UNIVERSITY 
OF  FLORIDA 
LIBRARY 


STORAGE 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 
in  2013 


http://archive.org/details/unatiOOvaug 


ft 


SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION 

UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 
Bulletin  103 


CONTRIBUTIONS  TO  THE  GEOLOGY  AND  PALEON- 
TOLOGY OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE,  PANAMA,  AND 
GEOLOGICALLY  RELATED  AREAS  IN  CEN- 
TRAL AMERICA  AND  THE  WEST  INDIES 


PREPARED  UNDER  THE  DIRECTION  OF 

THOMAS  WAYLAND  VAUGHAN 

Custodian  of  Madreporaria,  United  States  National  Museum, 
Geologist  in  Charge  of  Coastal  Plain  Investigation, 
United  States  Geological  Survey 


w 


WASHINGTON 
GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE 
1919 


ADVERTISEMENT. 


The  scientific  publications  of  the  United  States  National  Museum 
consist  of  two  series,  the  Proceedings  and  the  Bulletins. 

The  Proceedings,  the  first  volume  of  which  was  issued  in  1878,  are 
intended  primarily  as  a  medium  for  the  publication  of  original,  and 
usually  brief,  papers  based  on  the  collections  of  the  National  Mu- 
seum, presenting  newly  acquired  facts  in  zoology,  geology,  and 
anthropology,  including  descriptions  of  new  forms  of  animals  and 
revisions  of  limited  groups.  One  or  two  volumes  are  issued  annually 
and  distributed  to  libraries  and  scientific  organizations.  A  limited 
number  of  copies  of  each  paper,  in  pamphlet  form,  is  distributed  to 
specialists  and  others  interested  in  the  different  subjects  as  soon  as 
printed.  The  dates  of  publication  are  recorded  in  the  table  of  con- 
tents of  the  volume. 

The  Bulletins j  the  first  of  which  was  issued  in  1875,  consist  of  a 
series  of  separate  publications  comprising  chiefly  monographs  of 
large  zoological  groups  and  other  general  systematic  treatises  (occa- 
sionally in  several  volumes),  faunal  works,  reports  of  expeditions, 
and  catalogues  of  type-specimens,  special  collections,  etc.  The  ma- 
jority of  the  volumes  are  octavos,  but  a  quarto  size  has  been  adopted 
in  a  few  instances  in  which  large  plates  were  regarded  as  indis- 
pensable. 

Since  1902  a  series  of  octavo  volumes  containing  papers  relating 
to  the  botanical  collections  of  the  Museum,  and  known  as  the  Con- 
tributions from  the  National  Herbarium,  has  been  published  as 
bulletins. 

The  present  work  forms  No.  103  of  the  Bulletin  series. 

William  deC.  Ravenel, 

Administrative  Assistant  to  the  Secretary, 
In  charge  of  the  United  States  National  Museum. 
Washington,  D.  C,  September  15,  1919. 


PREFACE. 


Geologists  generally  recognize  that  knowledge  of  the  geology  of 
Central  America  is  essential  to  solving  the  problems  of  the  geologic 
history  of  the  Americas,  and  many  of  them  have  devoted  as  much 
thought  and  study  to  the  region  as  their  rather  occasional  oppor- 
tunities for  investigation  permitted.  Among  the  previous  investiga- 
tors T.  A.  Conrad,  W.  M.  Gabb,  J.  W.  Gregory,  W.  H.  Dall,  H.  Dou- 
ville,  P.  Lemoine  and  R.  Douville,  M.  Bertrand  and  Ph.  Ziircher, 
R.  T.  Hill,  and  Ernest  Howe  should  be  mentioned.  Since  work  on 
the  Panama  Canal  was  initiated  by  the  United  States  Government, 
excluding  the  investigations  associated  with  official  duties,  contribu- 
tions have  been  made  by  Franz  Toula,  A.  P.  Brown  and  H.  A. 
Pilsbry,  and  W.  B.  Scott. 

In  1911  the  Isthmian  Canal  Commission  attached  to  its  staff  Dr. 
Donald  F.  MacDonald  as  commission  geologist.  In  October  and 
November,  in  1911,  I  had  the  privilege  of  spending  a  full  month  in 
field  work  along  the  canal,  largely  as  a  guest  of  the  Canal  Commis- 
sion, and  I  here  wish  to  express  to  Maj.  Gen.  Goethals,  then  Col. 
Goethals,  my  very  hearty  thanks  for  the  facilities  afforded  me. 
Doctor  MacDonald  and  I,  of  course,  worked  together,  and  he  left 
nothing  undone  in  making  our  efforts  successful. 

Doctor  MacDonald  and  I  both  recognized  the  extraordinary  oppor- 
*  turiity  for  making  a  highly  valuable  contribution,  not  only  to  the 
geology  of  Central  America,  but  also  to  the  geologic  history  of  the 
continents  to  the  north  and  south.  As  a  result  of  our  conferences,  I 
suggested  to  the  Director  of  the  United  States  Geological  Survey  a 
plan  for  cooperation  between  the  United  States  Geological  Survey, 
the  Smithsonian  Institution,  and  the  Canal  Commission.  He  ap- 
^  proved  the  suggestion  and  submitted  it  to  the  Secretary  of  the 
Smithsonian  Institution,  who  also  gave  his  approval.  As  a  result 
of  these  preliminaries  the  following  letter  was  prepared  and  sent  to 
the  chairman  of  the  Canal  Commission : 

February  26,  1912. 

Col.  George  W.  Goethals, 
S.       Chairman  Isthmian  Canal  Commission, 

Washington  Office,  Washington,  D.  C. 
■0    Sir:  As  a  thorough  knowledge  of  the  geology  of  the  Panarnic  Isthmian  region  is 

essential  to  a  solution  of  fundamental  problems  of  the  geologic  history  of  both  North 

and  South  America  and  of  the  adjacent  oceanic  basins;  as  the  excavations  for  the 
J  Panama  Canal  and  along  the  line  of  the  relocated  Panama  Railroad  offer  opportunities 

during  the  next  few  years  never  before  realized  and  probably  never  again  to  be  realized 

in 

3  121525 


IV 


PREFACE. 


for  a  geologic  study  of  this  region;  as  there  is  a  scientific  need  for  the  extension  of  the 
geologic  investigations  beyond  the  Canal  Zone  to  adjacent  areas,  and  as  these  extended 
investigations,  although  they  may  not  always  bear  directly  on  the  problems  of  build" 
ing  the  canal,  will,  by  furnishing  a  basis  for  a  wider  knowledge  of  the  geology  of  the 
area  than  can  be  obtained  on  the  Canal  Zone,  be  helpful  in  deciphering  the  local 
stratigraphy  and  structure  of  the  rock  formations  cut  by  the  canal,  and  will  afford  infor- 
mation on  whether  there  are  fuels,  notably  fuel  oil,  or  other  geologic  products  of  eco- 
nomic value  within  reach  of  the  canal: 

The  Smithsonian  Institution  and  the  United  States  Geological  Survey  desire  to  enter 
into  cooperation  with  the  Isthmian  Canal  Commission  in  making  a  study  of  the  geology 
of  the  Canal  Zone  and  extending  the  studies  to  adjacent  regions  so  far  as  is  feasible. 

The  following  is  submitted  to  the  Isthmian  Canal  Commission  for  its  consideration: 

It  is  hoped  and  urged  that  the  Canal  Commission  will  continue  in  its  service  a  com- 
mission geologist,  and  will  provide  facilities  for  his  field  work  within  the  Canal  Zone 
until  the  excavations  for  the  canal  for  the  Panama  Railroad,  and  for  any  other  projects 
that  may  require  excavations  have  been  completed  and  carefully  studied .  The  Canal 
Commission  is  especially  requested  to  permit  the  commission  geologist  to  extend  his 
examinations  of  the  geologic  formations  and  mineral  resources  beyond  the  Canal  Zone, 
the  salary  of  the  geologist  to  be  paid  by  the  Canal  Commission,  and  funds  for  his  field 
expenses  to  be  provided  by  the  Smithsonian  Institution.  The  commission  geologist 
will,  of  course,  submit  to  the  Canal  Commission  a  report  of  such  nature  and  scope  as  the 
commission  may  direct. 

The  United  States  Geological  Survey  will,  without  charge,  cut  rock  sections  for 
microscopic  study,  make  chemical  analyses,  and  furnish  special  reports  on  fossils  and 
other  collections  made  and  submitted  by  the  commission.  The  advice  of  the  different 
specialists  on  the  survey  will  be  at  the  service  of  the  commission  whenever  their  advice 
may  be  desired. 

After  the  completion  of  the  field  work  and  after  the  commission  geologist  has  sub- 
mitted his  report  to  the  Canal  Commission,  the  Smithsonian  Institution  desires  to  pub" 
lish  comprehensive  and  detailed  monographic  accounts  of  the  physiography,  strati- 
graphic  and  structural  geology,  geologic  history,  geologic  correlation,  mineral  resources 
(including  coal,  oil,  and  other  fuels),  petrography,  and  paleontology  of  the  Canal  Zone 
and  of  as  much  of  the  adjacent  areas  in  the  isthmian  region  as  is  feasible.  The  services 
of  the  most  eminent  authorities  will  be  enlisted  in  the  preparation  of  special  memoirs 
on  the  various  collections  made  and  submitted.  The  endeavor  will  be,  by  full  presen- 
tation of  all  obtainable  information,  to  make  the  Canal  Zone  the  geologic  standard  of 
comparison  for  Central  America  as  well  as  for  portions  of  North  and  South  America. 
In  these  reports  due  credit  will  be  given  to  the  Isthmian  Canal  Commission  for  its  par- 
ticipation in  the  investigations. 

We  hope  that  this  plan  will  meet  with  your  approval  and  support. 
Very  respectfully, 

(Signed)         Charles  I).  Walcott, 

Secretary,  Smithsonian  Institution. 
(Signed)         Geo.  Otis  Smith, 

Director,  U.  S.  Geological  Survey. 

The  proposed  cooperation  was  approved  by  the  chairman  of  the 
Canal  Commission.  Doctor  MacDonald  remained  with  the  commis- 
sion nut  ll  i  he  excaval  ions  in  connection  with  the  canal  were  completed 
and  he  made  explorations  outside  the  Canal  Zone,  especially  along 
Banana  River  in  Costa  Rica,  and  in  the  Province  of  Los  Santos 
(Azuero  Peninsula)  and  from  David  northward  to  the  volcano  of 
Chiriqui,  in  Panama.  He  was  also  geologist  for  the  Costa  Rica- 
PananiM  Boundary  Commission. 


PREFACE. 


V 


Doctor  MacDonald's  reports  to  the  Canal  Commission  have  been 
published  in  the  annual  reports  of  the  chairman  of  the  Canal  Com- 
mission; and  he  is  the  author  of  a  more  lengthy  paper  entitled 
"Some  engineering  problems  of  the  Canal  Zone  in  their  relation 
to  geology  and  topography/'  published  as  Bulletin  86  of  the  United 
States  Bureau  of  Mines.  1  Since  the  termination  of  his  services  for 
the  Canal  Commission  he  has  completed  a  large  report  on  the 
physiography;  stratigraphic  and  structural  geology,  petrography, 
and  economic  geology  of  the  Canal  Zone.  The  transmission  of  this 
memoir  for  publication  has  been  delayed  because  some  of  the  paleon- 
tologic  determinations  were  needed  for  interpreting  the  geologic 
history. 

After  the  agreement  to  the  proposed  plan  of  cooperation,  I  took 
charge  for  the  United  States  Geological  Survey  of  the  preparation 
of  the  special  paleontologic  reports,  of  the  problems  of  geologic 
correlation,  and  of  the  coordination  of  the  investigations  with  other 
work  on  the  physiography,  stratigraphy,  paleontology,  and  geologic 
history  in  the  southeastern  United  States  and  the  West  Indies.  The 
paleontologic  material  was  sorted  according  to  groups,  and  the 
following  specialists  undertook  monographic  reports : 

Dr.  Marshall  A.  Howe,  calcareous  algae. 

Prof.  Edward  W.  Berry,  higher  plants. 

Dr.  Joseph  A.  Cushman,  foraminifera. 

Dr.  T.  Wayland  Vaughan,  madreporarian  corals. 

Dr.  Robert  T.  Jackson,  echinoids. 

Dr.  C.  Wythe  Cooke,  mollusca. 

Mr.  F.  Canu  and  Dr.  R.  S.  Bassler,  bryozoa. 

Dr.  Mary  J.  Rathbun,  decapod  Crustacea. 

Prof.  H.  A.  Pilsbry,  cirrepedia. 
The  few  vertebrates  obtained  were  identified  by  Mr.  J.  W.  Gidley. 
All  of  the  paleontologic  reports  are  now  complete  except  that  on  the 
mollusks.  It  was  at  first  hoped  that  Dr.  W.  H.  Dall  would  prepare 
the  one  on  this  group,  but  pressure  of  other  work  prevented  him. 
Later  Dr.  C.  Wythe  Cooke,  paleontologist  of  the  United  States 
Geological  Survey,  began  a  study  of  the  collection  of  mollusks,  but 
other  duties  have  interfered  with  his  prosecution  of  it.  The  recent 
papers  by  Toula  2  and  by  Brown  and  Pilsbry 3  have  been  used,  and 
they  are  valuable,  but  they  do  not  meet  the  needs  of  the  present  in- 
vestigation, for  the  material  described  in  them  mostly  represents 
one  geologic  formation,  the  Gatun  formation,  and  the  stratigraphic 

>  U.  S.  Bureau  Mines  Bull.  86,  pp.  88,  29  pis.,  9  text  figs.,  1915. 

*  Toula,  Franz,  Eine  jungtertiare  Fauna  von  Gatun  am  Panama-Kanal,  Geolog.  Reichsanstalt  Wien 
Jahrb.,  vol.  58,  pp.  673-760,  pis.  25-28,15  text  figs.,  1909;  Die  jungtertiare  Fauna  von  Gatun  am  Panama- 
Kanal,  Ibid.,  vol.  61,  pp.  487-530,  pis.  30,31,1911. 

8  Brown,  Amos  P.,  and  Pilsbry,  Henry  A.,  Fauna  of  the  Gatun  formation,  Isthmus  of  Panama,  Acad. 
Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  Proc.  for  1911,  pp.  336-373,  pis.  22-29,  3  text  figs.,  1911;  Fauna  of  the  Gatun  formation, 
Isthmus  of  Panama,  II,  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  Proc.  for  1912,  pp.  500-519,  pis.  22-26,  5  texts  figs.,  1913. 


PREFACE. 


data  are  not  sufficient.  It  is  probable  that  three  and  perhaps  four 
horizons  will  be  discriminated  within  the  Gatun  formation.  Other 
groups  of  organisms  are  adequate  for  correlation  purposes  in  most 
or  all  of  the  other  geologic  formations,  but  for  the  Gatun  formation 
the  principal  reliance  must  be  placed  on  the  moliusks.  The  collec- 
tions of  moliusks  made  by  Doctor  MacDonald  and  myself  is  very 
extensive,  and  the  greatest  possible  care  was  taken  in  obtaining  full 
information  on  the  stratigraphic  relations  of  the  material.  It  is 
hoped  that  a  report  commensurate  with  the  size  and  importance  of 
the  collection  may  not  be  much  longer  delayed. 

The  series  of  papers  here  presented  comprises  all  of  the  pale- 
ontologic  memoirs  that  have  been  completed.  These  are  immedi- 
ately followed  by  descriptions  of  the  geologic  exposures  where 
collections  of  fossils  were  made,  with  summaries  of  the  fossils  ac- 
cording to  their  stratigraphic  occurrence,  and  a  chapter  on  the 
geologic  correlation  of  the  fossiliferous  formations,  both  with  other 
American  and  with  European  formations.  It  is  intended  that  Doctor 
MacDonald's  comprehensive  general  report  will  be  published  soon 
after  this  series  of  memoirs  has  been  issued. 

The  names  of  the  geologic  formations  used  in  the  paleontologic 
reports  are  the  same  as  those  employed  by  Doctor  MacDonald  in 
Bulletin  86  of  the  United  States  Bureau  of  Mines,  to  which  reference 
is  made  on  page  v  of  this  preface. 

I  wish  to  thank  the  officials  of  the  Canal  Commission,  particularly 
Maj.  Gen.  Goethals,  Director  George  Otis  Smith,  and  Chief  Geologist 
David  White  of  the  United  States  Geological  Survey,  and  Dr.  Charles 
D.  Walcott,  Secretary  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  for  the  sup- 
port they  have  given  these  investigations.  To  my  colleagues  out- 
side the  Geological  Survey  and  United  States  National  Museum, 
Dr.  Marshall  A.  Howe,  Prof.  E.  W.  Berry,  Dr.  Robert  T.  Jackson, 
Mr.  F.  Canu,  and  Prof.  H.  A.  Pilsbry,  who  has  collaborated  in  this 
work,  I  am  under  deep  obligations;  and  it  is  a  pleasure  to  record  my 
appreciation  of  the  efforts  of  my  official  colleagues,  Dr.  D.  F.  Mao 
Donald,  Dr.  Joseph  A.  Cushman,  Dr.  C.Wythe  Cooke,  Dr.  R.  S.  Bassler, 
Dr.  Mary  J.  Rathbun,  and  Mr.  J.  W.  Gidley,  all  of  whom  have  labored 
harmoniously  to  bring  a  large  undertaking  to  a  successful  conclusion. 

Thomas  Wayland  Vaughan. 

september  15,  1919. 


CONTENTS.1 


Page. 


On  some  fossil  and  recent  Lithothamnieae  of  the  Panama  Canal  Zone. 

By  Marshall  A.  Howe   1 

Introduction   1 

Descriptions  of  species   2 

Archaeolithothamnium  episporum   2 

Lithothamnium  vaughanii   6 

isthmi   8 

Lithoporella  melobesoides   11 

Explanation  of  plates   11 

Index   i 

The  fossil  higher  plants  from  the  Canal  Zone.    By  Edward  W.  Berry. . .  15 

Introduction   15 

Correlation   16 

Botanical  character   18 

Tertiary  ecology   21 

Flora  of  the  Canal  Zone   22 

Systematic  paleobotany   23 

Descriptions  of  species   23 

Fern  fragments  of  Acrostichum   23 

Palm  rays   24 

Palmoxylon  palmacites   24 

Ficus  culebrensis   26 

Guatteria  culebrensis   27 

Myristicophyllum  panamense   29 

Taenioxylon  multiradiatum   30 

Inga  oligocaenica   32 

Cassi  culebrensis   34 

Hiraea  oligocaenica   35 

Banisteria  praenuntia   35 

Hieronymia  lehmanni   36 

Schmidelia  bejucensis   37 

Mespilodaphne  culebrensis   38 

Calyptranthes  gatunensis   39 

Melastomites  miconioides   40 

Diospyros  macdonaldi   41 

Rondeletia  goldmani   42 

Rubiacites  ixoreoides   43 

Explanation  of  plates   44 

Index   i 

The  smaller  fossil  Foraminifera  of  the  Panama  Canal  Zone.    By  Joseph 

Augustine  Cushman   45 

Introduction   45 

List  of  material   45 


JFor  the  most  part  the  papers  in  this  volume  have  individual  indexes  following  the  plates  at  the  end  of 
the^paper,  and  the  Explanation  of  plates  at  the  end  of  each  paper  gives  a  full  description  of  the  plates. 

VII 


VIII  CONTENTS. 

The  smaller  fossil  Foraminipera  of  the  Panama  Canal  Zone — Con.  Page. 

Descriptions  of  species   51 

Textularia  abbreviate   51 

sagittula   51 

agglutinans   52 

laminata   52 

subagglutinans   52 

carinata   53 

panamensis   53 

Chrysalidina  pulchella   54 

Bolivina  cf.  B.  punctata   54 

aenariensis   54 

robusta   55 

species   55 

Bigenerina  nodosaria.   56 

Gaudryina  flintii   56 

triangularis  ..   56 

Clavulina  parisiensis   57 

communis   57 

Virgulina  squamosa   58 

Lagena  striata,  var.  strumosa   58 

Nodosaria  communis   59 

insecta   59 

raphanistrum   59 

species   60 

Cristellaria  rotulata   60 

italica   61 

protuberans   61 

vaughani   61 

Uvigerina  canariensis   62 

canariensis,  variety .  „   63 

pygmaea   63 

tenuistriata   63 

Siphogenerina  raphanus,  var.  trans  versus   64 

Globigerina  bulloides   64 

inflata   65 

dubia   65 

conglobata   66 

sacculifera   66 

aequilateralis   67 

Orbulina  uni versa   67* 

Discorbis  obtusa   68 

Truncatulina  americana   68 

pygmea   68 

ungeriana   69 

wuellerstorfi   69 

culebrensis   70 

Pulvinulina  sagra   70 

concentrica   71 

menardii  t   71 

Siphonia  reticulata   72 

Nonionina  deprossula   72 

scapha   73 

panamensis   74 

anomalina   74 


CONTENTS.  IX 

The  smaller  fossil  Foraminifera  of  the  Panama  Canal  Zone — Con. 

Description  of  species — continued.  Page. 

Polystomella  striato-punctata   74 

sagra   75 

macella   76 

crispa   76 

craticulata   77 

species   77 

Amphistegina  lessonii   77 

Quinqueloculina  seminulum   78 

contorta   79 

auberiana  ,   79 

undosa   79 

bicornis   80 

panamensis   80 

Sigmoilina  tenuis   81 

asperula   81 

Triloculina  trigonula   82 

tricarinata   82 

bulbosa   83 

projecta   83 

Biloculina  bulloides   84 

Spiroloculina  excavata   84 

Orbiculina  adunca   84 

Explanation  of  plates   85 

Index   i 

The  larger  fossil  Foraminifera  of  the  Panama  Canal  Zone.    By  Joseph 

Augustine  Cushman   89 

Introduction   89 

List  of  species  and  their  geologic  occurrence   90 

Description  of  species  :   91 

Lepidocyclina  canellei   91 

chaperi   92 

vaughani   93 

macdonaldi   94 

panamensis   94 

duplicata   96 

Heterosteginoides  panamensis   97 

Orthophragmina  minima   97 

Nummulites  panamensis   98 

davidensis   98 

Orbitolites  americana   99 

Explanation  of  plates   99 

Index   i 

Fossil  Echini  of  the  Panama  Canal  Zone  and  Costa  Rica.    By  Robert 

Tracy  Jackson   103 

Introduction   103 

List  of  species  and  their  geologic  occurrence   103 

Description  of  species   104 

Clypeaster  lanceolatus   104 

gatuni   105 

Encope  annectans   106 

platytata   108 

megatrema   110 

Echinolampas  semiorbis   112 


X 


CONTEXTS. 


Fossil  Echini  of  the  Panama  Canal  Zone  and  Costa  Rica — Continued. 

Description  of  species — continued.  Page. 

Schizaster  armiger   113 

cristatus   113 

panamensis   114 

Description  of  plates   115 

Index   i 

Bryozoa  of  the  Canal  Zone  and  related  areas.    By  Ferdinand  Canu 

and  Ray  S.  Bassler   117 

Descriptions  of  species   117 

Ogivalina  mutabilis   117 

Cupularia  umbellata.   118 

canadensis   119 

Holoporella  albirostris   120 

(           Stichoporina  tuberosa   121 

N^.  Explanation  of  plate   121 

Index   i 

Decapod  Crustaceans  from  the  Panama  Region.    By  Maty  J.  Rathbun.  123 

Introduction   123 

Literature  on  Tertiary  Decapods  of  Panama   124 

List  of  stations  from  which  material  has  been  examined,  arranged  from  the 

earliest  to  the  latest,  with  the  species  found  at  each   124 

Descriptions  of  species   131 

Family,'  genus,  and  species  indeterminable   131 

Macrobrachium,  species   131 

Macrobrachium  (?),  species   132 

Nephrops  costatus   132 

Nephrops,  species   133 

Pachycheles  latus   134 

Petrolisthes  avitus   134 

Axius  reticulatus  :   135 

Axius  (?),  species   136 

Callianassa  ovalis   137 

lacunosa   138 

elongata   139 

scotti   140 

crassimana   141 

moinensis   142 

spinulosa   143 

tenuis   144 

quadrata   145 

toulai   146 

abbreviata   147 

hilli   148 

vaughani   148 

Htridens   151 

magna   151 

crassa   152 

Callianassa,  species   152 

Callianaswa  (?),  species   153 

Petrochirus  bouvieri   153 

Goniochele  (?)  armata   154 

Sepal  111  chiliensis   155 

Ilepatiis,  species   155 


CONTEXTS.  XI 

Decapod  Crustaceans  from  the  Panama  Region — Continued. 

Descriptions  of  Species — Continued.  Page. 

Calappa  costaricana   156 

flammea  ;   157 

zurcheri   157 

Calappella  quadrispina   157 

Mursia  macdonaldi   158 

obscura   159 

Mursilia  ecristata   160 

Leucosilia  jurinei   161 

bananensis   161 

Leucosiidae,  genus  and  species  indeterminable   162 

Callinectes  declivis   162 

reticularis   163 

species   164 

Arenaeus,  species   165 

Euphylax  callinectias   165 

fortis   167 

Gatunia  proa  vita   168 

Carpilius,  species   171 

Heteractaea  lunata   171 

Panopeus  antepurpureus   172 

tridentatus   172 

species   173 

Eurytium  crenulatum   174 

Euryplax  culebrensis   174 

Thaumastoplax  prima   176 

Cardisoma  guanhumi  •.   177 

Uca  macrodactylus   177 

Brachyrhyncha,  family,  genus,  and  species  indeterminable   177 

Brachyrhyncha,  family,  genus,  and  species  indeterminable   178 

Parthenope  panamensis   178 

pleistocenica   179 

Explanation  of  plates   179 

Index   i 

Cirripedia  from  the  Panama  Canal  Zone.    By  Henry  A.  Pilsbry   185 

Balanus  eburneus   185 

glyptopoma   185 

concavus  rariseptatus   186 

(Hesperibalanus?),  species   187 

Lepas  injudicata   188 

Explanation  of  plate   188 

Fossil  Corals  from  Central  America,  Cuba,  and  Porto  Rico,  with  an 
Account  of  the  American  Tertiary,  Pleistocene,  and  Recent  Coral 

Reefs.    By  Thomas  Wayland  Vaughan   189 

Introduction   189 

Geologic  correlation  by  means  of  fossil  corals   190 

Geologic  history  of  the  upper  Eocene  and  later  coral  faunas  of  Central 

America,  the  West  Indies,  and  the  eastern  United  States   193 

Eocene   193 

Brito  formation,  Nicaragua   193 

St.  Bartholomew  limestone   193 

Jackson  formation  and  Ocala  limestone   195 

Concluding  remarks  on  the  Eocene   198 


XII 


CONTENTS. 


Fossil  Corals  prom  Central  America,  Cuba,  and  Porto  Rico,  etc. — Con. 
Geologic  history  of  the  upper  Eocene  and  later  coral  faunas  of  Central 

America,  the  West  Indies,  and  the  eastern  United  States — Continued.  Page. 

Oligocene   198 

Lower  Oligocene   198 

I fiddle  Oligocene   199 

Antigua  formation   199 

Pepino  formation  of  Porto  Rico   203 

Limestone  above  conglomerate  near  Guantanamo,  Cuba   204 

Basal  part  of  Chattahoochee  formation  in  Georgia   205 

"Coral  limestone"  of  Salt  Mountain,  Alabama   206 

San  Rafael  formation  of  eastern  Mexico   206 

Tonosi,  Panama   207 

Serro  Colorado,  Arube   207 

Concluding  remarks  on  the  middle  Oligocene   207 

Upper  Oligocene   208 

Culebra  formation  '.   208 

Emperador  limestone   208 

Anguilla  formation   209 

Cuban  localities   210 

Tampa  formation  of  Florida   211 

Concluding  remarks  on  the  upper  Oligocene   211 

Miocene   212 

Bowden  marl   212 

Santo  Domingo   213 

Cuba   218 

Baracoa  and  Matanzas   218 

La  Cruz  marl   218 

Florida   219 

Alum  Bluff  formation   219 

Middle  and  South  Atlantic  States   220 

Costa  Rica   221 

Panama   221 

Colombia   221 

Concluding  remarks  on  the  Miocene   221 

Pliocene   222 

Caloosahatchee  marl,  Florida   222 

Limon,  Costa  Rica   223 

Carrizo  Creek,  California   223 

Pleistocene   225 

Summary  of  the  stratigraphic  and  geographic  distribution  of  the  Ter- 
tiary and  Pleistocene  coral-faunas  of  Central  America  and  the  West 

Indies   226 

Table  of  stratigraphic  and  geographic  distribution  of  species   228 

Conditions  under  which  the  West  Indian,  Central  American,  and  Floridian 
coral  reefs  have  formed,  and  their  bearing  on  theories  of  coral-reef  forma- 
tion*  238 

Definition  of  the  term  "coral  reef"                                              . .  238 

Ecology  of  reef-forming  corals   240 

Ilypotheses  of  the  formation  of  coral  reefs   241 

Testa  of  coral-reef  hypotheses   246 

Criteria  for  recognizing  shift  in  position  of  strand  line   246 


CONTEXTS.  XIII 

Fossil  Corals  prom  Central  America,  Cuba,  and  Porto  Rico,  etc. — 
Continued. 

Conditions  under  which  the  West  Indian,  Central  American,  and  Flori- 
dian  coral  reefs  have  formed,  and  their  bearing  on  theories  of  coral-reef 
formation. — Continued.  Page. 
Criteria  for  measuring  the  amount  of  vertical  shift  in  strand  line, 
and  for  determining  the  relative  ages  of  terraces  and  the  physio- 
graphic stage  attained  by  a  shore  line   247 

Criteria  for  ascertaining  the  role  of  corals  as  constructional  agents.  248 

Solubility  of  calcium  carbonate  in  sea  water   250 

Effects  of  wind-induced  and  other  currents  in  shaping  coral  reefs.  251 
Criteria  for  determining  the  effect  of  glaciation  and  deglaciation 

on  the  development  of  living  reefs   252 

Amount  of  vertical  displacement  of  strand  line  by  glaciation 

and  deglaciation   252 

Rate  of  growth  of  corals  and  length  of  post-Glacial  time   253 

Effect  of  lowering  of  marine  temperature  on  reef  corals  during 

glaciation   254 

Valley-in-valley  arrangement  and  cliffed  spurs   256 

American  Tertiary  and  Pleistocene  reef  corals  and  coral  reefs   258 

Eocene  reef  corals  of  St.  Bartholomew   259 

West  Indian  middle  Oligocene  reefs   259 

Antigua   259 

Porto  Rico   260 

Cuba   261 

West  Indian  and  Panamanian  upper  Oligocene  reefs   262 

Anguilla   262 

Canal  Zone   262 

West  Indian  Miocene  reef  corals   263 

West  Indian  Pleistocene  reefs   263 

Tertiary  and  Pleistocene  reef  corals  and  coral  reefs  of  the  United 

States   265 

Southeastern  United  States   265 

Pliocene  reef  corals  from  Carrizo  Creek,  California   271 

Living  coral  reefs  of  the  West  Indies.  Florida,  and  Central  America. . .  271 

Antigua-Barbuda  Bank   273 

St.  Martin  Plateau   275 

St.  Croix  Island   278 

Virgin  Bank   279 

Cuba   280 

Bahamas   291 

Bermudas   293 

Florida   297 

Campeche  Bank   299 

Honduran  reefs   300 

Mosquito  Bank   300 

Some  other  West  Indian  Islands   301 

Brazil  and  Argentina   301 

Atlantic  coast  of  the  United  States  north  of  Florida   303 

Types  of  West  Indian  and  Central  American  littoral  and  sub- 
littoral  profiles  and  their  relations  to  coral  reefs   303 

Submerged  banks  north  of  the  coral  reef  zone  in  the  western  Atlan- 
tic Ocean   305 

Summary  of  the  conditions  under  which  the  American  fossils  and 

living  reefs  formed   305 


XIV 


CONTENTS. 


Fossil  Corals  from  Central  America,  Cuba,  and  Porto  Rico,  etc. — 
Continued 

Conditions  under  which  the  West  Indian,  Central  American,  and  Flori- 
dian  coral  reefs  have  formed,  and  their  bearing  on  theories  of  coral-reef 


formation. — Continued.  Page. 

Coral  reefs  of  the  Pacific  Ocean   306 

Great  Barrier  Reef  of  Australia   306 

New  Caledonia   308 

Fiji  Islands   309 

Society  Islands   311 

Tahiti   311 

Smaller  islands  of  the  Society  group   312 

Atolls   313 

Conclusions   319 

Bearing  of  these  conclusions  on  hypotheses  of  the  formation  of  coral 

reefs   325 

Suggestions  as  to  future  investigations   329 

Systematic  account  of  the  faunas   333 

Class  Anthozoa   333 

Madreporaria  Imperforata   333 

Family  Seriatoporidae   333 

Genus  Stylophora   333 

Pocillopora   342 

Madracis   345 

Family  Astrocoenidae   345 

Genus  Astrocoenia   345 

Stylocenia   351 

Family  Oculinidae   352 

Genus  Oculina   352 

Archohelia   352 

Family  Eusmiliidae   354 

Genus  Asterosmilia   354 

Stephanocoenia   356 

Dichocoenia   360 

Eusmilia   361 

Family  Astrangiidae   361 

Genus  Cladocora   361 

Family  Orbicellidae   362 

Genus  Orbicella   362 

Solenastrea   395 

Antiguastrea   401 

Stylangia   410 

Sepastrea   411 

Family  Faviidae   412 

Genus  Favia   412 

Favites   414 

Goniastrea   416 

Maeandra   417 

Leptoria   421 

Manicina   421 

ThysaniiH   423 

Family  Muttidae   424 

Genus  Syzygophyllia   424 


CONTENTS.  XV 

Fossil  Corals  from  Central  America,  Cuba,  and  Porto  Rico,  etc.— Continued. 
Systematic  account  of  the  faunas — Continued. 

Class  Anthozoa — Continued.  Pa^e. 

Madreporaria  Fungida   425 

Family  Agariciidae   425 

Genus  Trochoseris   425 

Agaricia   426 

Pavona   430 

Leptoseris   431 

Pironastraea   432 

Siderastrea   435 

Family  Oulastreidae   453 

Genus  Cyathomorpha   454 

Diploastrea   460 

Madreporaria  Perforata   479 

Family  Eupsamniiidae   479 

Genus  Balanophyllia   479 

Family  Acroporidae   47!) 

Genus  Acropora   479 

Astreopora   483 

Actinacis   486 

Family  Poritidae   488 

Genus  Goniopora   488 

Porites   498 

Class  Hydrozoa   507 

Order  Hydrocorallinae   507 

Family  Milieporidae   507 

Genus  Millepora   507 

Explanation  of  plates   507 

Index   i 

The  sedimentary  formations  of  the  Panama  Canal  Zone,  with  special 
reference  to  the  stratigraphic  relations  of  the  fossiliferous  beds. 

By  Donald  Francis  MacDonald   525 

Introduction   525 

Sedimentary  formations   526 

Eocene  (?)   526 

Bas  Obispo  formation   526 

Las  Cascadas  agglomerate   526 

Oligocene....   526 

Bohio  conglomerate   526 

Culebra  formation   527 

Cucuracha  formation   527 

Emperador  limestone   531 

Caimito  formation   531 

Miocene    531 

Gatun  formation   531 

Panama  formation   532 

Pliocene   532 

Toro  limestone   532 

Chagres  sandstone   532 

Pleistocene   532 

Descriptions  of  local  sections  across  the  Isthmus  of  Panama   532 

Section  in  canal  cut  600  feet  south  of  Miranores  Locks   533 

Section  at  Canal  Commission  station  2089  south  of  Miranores  Locks. . .  533 

8370—19  ii 


XVI 


CONTENTS. 


The  sedimentary  formations  of  the  Panama  Canal  Zone — Continued. 

Descriptions  of  local  sections  across  the  Isthmus  of  Panama — Continued.  Page. 

Section,  north  end  of  Miraflores  Locks   534 

Section,  Pedro  Miguel  Locks  to  Paraiso  Bridge   534 

Section  at  Bald  Hill  near  Miraflores  Locks   534 

Section  along  east  side  of  Gaillard  Cut  from  Canal  Commission  stations 

1843  to  1850   535 

Section  on  west  side  of  Gaillard  Cut  from  Canal  Commission  stations 

1775  to  1756   535 

Section  on  west  side  of  Canal  Commission  station  1720,  near  Empire,  to 

1740,  near  Culebra   536 

Section  on  west  side  of  Gaillard  Cut  near  Las  Cascadas,  Canal  Commis- 
sion stations  1617  to  1597   537 

Sections  in  cuttings  of  Panama  Railroad  near  Caimito  Junction   539 

Railroad  cut  near  stream  about  midway  between  Rio  Frijol  and  Rio 

Frijolito   539 

Section  in  railway  cuts  near  New  Frijoles   540 

Section  showing  chief  railway  cuttings  and  outcrops  along  the  Panama 

Railroad  between  Bohio  and  Monte  Lirio   540 

Exposure  a  quarter  of  a  mile  northwest  of  old  Bohio  railroad  station. .  541 
Exposure  opposite  old  Bohio  railroad  station,  north  side  of  the  railroad 

track   541 

Section  at  Pena  Blanca,  about  one  mile  below  Bohio,  on  the  west  side 

of  Chagres  River   541 

Section  at  Vamos  a  Vamos,  2\  miles  below  Bohio,  west  side  of  Chagres 

River   542 

Section  on  Panama  Railroad  from  Monte  Lirio  to  outcrop  of  Gatun 

formation  on  south  side  of  Big  Swamp   542 

Section  showing  Gatun  formation,  one-quarter  to  one-half  mile  from 

Camp  Cotton,  toward  Monte  Lirio,  at  big  curve  on  railroad   542 

Large  railway  cutting  a  quarter  of  a  mile  from  Camp  Cotton,  toward 

Monte  Lirio   543 

In  the  next  two  exposures  going  toward  Camp  Cotton   543 

Section  in  cut  one-half  mile  west  of  Camp  Cotton  toward  Gatun   543 

Generalized  sections  of  the  bluffs  exposed  along  the  Panama  Railroad, 

relocated  line,  about  3,500  feet  south  of  Gatun  railroad  station.  ....  543 
Section  from  top  of  hill  at  western  end  of  Gatun  dam  to  bottom  of  the 

spillway   543 

Section  at  west  end  of  the  spillway   543 

Exposures  in  the  vicinity  of  Mindi  Hill   544 

Monkey  Hill,  Mount  Hope  station   544 

Section  of  bluff  at  end  of  Toro  Point   544 

Section  one- third  mile  south  of  southern  end  of  Toro  Point  Breakwater, 

in  quarry   545 

The  biologic  character  and  geologic  correlation  of  the  sedimentary 
formations  of  Panama  in  their  relation  to  the  geologic  history  of 

Central  America  and  the  West  Indies.    By  Thomas  Wayland  Vaughan.  .  547 

Introduction  ...  547 

Biologic  character  of  the  sedimentary  formations  in  Panama   547 

Eocene   547 

Oligocene   549 

Bohio  conglomerate   549 

Limestone  on  limit  Chagres   549 

Limestone  at  David   549 

Large  Foraminifera  from  David  . ..   549 


CONTENTS.  XVII 

The  biologic  character  and  geologic  correlation  of  the  sedimentary 
formations  of  Panama,  etc.— Continued. 
Biologic  character  of  the  sedimentary  formations  in  Panama — Con. 

Oligocene — Continued.  Page. 

Culebra  formation   550 

Fossils  from  the  Culebra  formation   551 

Deposits  of  the  age  of  the  Culebra  formation  near  Tonosi   554 

Larger  Foraminifera  from  near  Tonosi   555 

Fossil  corals  from  station  ,6587,  Tonosi   555 

Cucuracha  formation   555 

Emperador  limestone   556 

Fossils  from  the  Emperador  limestone   557 

Caimito  formation   558 

Miocene   558 

Gatun  formation   558 

Fossils,  except  Mollusca,  from  the  Gatun  formation   559 

Mollusca  from  the  Gatun  formation,  according  to  Brown  and 

Pilsbry   560 

Pliocene   562 

Toro  limestone   562 

Pleistocene   563 

Fossils  from  the  Pleistocene  of  the  Canal  Zone   563 

Correlation  of  the  sedimentary  formations  of  Panama   565 

Tertiary  formations  of  the  southeastern  United  States   565 

A  provisional  correlation  table  of  the  Tertiary  formations  of  the 
South  Atlantic  and  eastern  Gulf  Coastal  Plain  of  the  United 

States   569 

Correlation  of  the  Tertiary  formations  of  the  southeastern  United 

States  with  European  subdivisions  of  the  Tertiary   569 

Eocene   569 

Oligocene   570 

Miocene   572 

Alum  Bluff  formation   572 

Marks  Head  marl  and  the  Calvert  formation   574 

Choptank  and  St.  Marys  formations   575 

Yorktown  formation  and  Duplin  marl   575 

Choctawhatchee  marl   576 

Pliocene   576 

Age  of  the  sedimentary  formations  of  Panama,  and  the  distribution  of 

their  age-equivalents  in  Central  America  and  the  West  Indies   577 

Eocene   577 

Oligocene   578 

Lower  Oligocene   578 

Middle  Oligocene   582 

Upper  Oligocene   585 

Miocene   586 

Pliocene   593 

Tentative  correlation  table  of  the  Tertiary  marine  sedimentary 

formations  of  Panama   595 

Pre-Tertiary  formations  in  Central  America  and  the  West  Indies   595 


CONTENTS. 


XVIII 


The  biologic  character  and  geologic  correlation  of  the  sedimentary 
formations  of  Panama,  etc. — Continued. 
Outline  of  the  geologic  history  of  the  perimeters  of  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  and 


the  Caribbean  Sea   596 

Geographic  relations  of  the  three  Americas   597 

General  relations   598 

Tectonic  Provinces   599 

Bahamas   599 

Atlantic  and  Gulf  Coastal  Plain   600 

Mexican  Plateau   600 

Oaxaca-Guerrero   600 

Yucatan   601 

Guatemala-Chiapas   601 

Cuba   601 

Haiti,  northern  part   601 

Honduras  and  the  Jamaican  Ridge   602 

Haiti,  southern  part,  Porto  Rico,  and  the  Virgin  Islands. .  602 

Saint  Croix   603 

Costa  Rica-Panama   603 

Andes   603 

Maritime  Andes   604 

Caribbean  Islands   604 

Barbadian  Ridge   604 

Caribbean  Arc   604 

Aves  Ridge   604 

Paleogeographic  summary   604 

Late  Paleozoic   605 

Triassic,  Jurassic,  and  Cretaceous   606 

Eocene  and  Oligocene   607 

Miocene   607 

Pliocene  and  later   609 

Tabular  summary  of  some  of  the  important  events  in  the  geologic 

history  of  the  West  Indies  and  Central  America   611 


SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION 

UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 
Bulletin  103 


CONTRIBUTIONS  TO  THE  GEOLOGY  AND  PALEON- 
TOLOGY OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE,  PANAMA,  AND 
GEOLOGICALLY  RELATED  AREAS  IN  CEN- 
TRAL AMERICA  AND  THE  WEST  INDIES 


ON  SOME  FOSSIL  AND 
RECENT  LITHOTHAMNIEAE  OF  THE 
PANAMA  CANAL  ZONE 

By  MARSHALL  A.  HOWE 

Of  the  New  York  Botanical  Garden 


Extract  from  Bulletin  103,  pages  1-13,  with  Plates  1-3 1 


WASHINGTON 
GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE 
1918 


ON  SOME  FOSSIL  AND  RECENT  LITHOTHAMNIE  AE  OF 
THE  PANAMA  CANAL  ZONE. 


By  Marshall  A.  Howe, 

Of  The  New  York  Botanical  Garden. 


INTRODUCTION. 

The  following  report  is  based  chiefly  upon  a  number  of  specimens 
of  fossil  calcareous  algae,  of  the  group  known  to  geologists  as  "  Nulli- 
pores,"  from  Oligocene  and  Pleistocene  strata  in  the  Panama  Canal 
Zone,  collected  in  1911  by  D.  F.  MacDonald  and  T.  W.  Vaughan.  of 
the  United  States  Geological  Survey. 

In  this  material  the  Pleistocene  period  is  represented  by  a  single 
collection  (MacDonald,  6039),  consisting  of  numerous  excellent  free 
specimens,  "  from  flats  near  Mount  Hope,  five  feet  above  tide  level." 
These  Pleistocene  specimens  appear  to  the  writer  to  belong  to  a 
species  found  by  him  a  year  or  two  earlier  to  be  living  in  the  Colon 
region,  only  a  few  kilometers  distant.  This  species,  so  far  as  the 
writer  can  determine,  has  been  hitherto  undescribed;  in  framing  its 
diagnosis,  as  published  below,  the  fossil  as  well  as  the  recent  mate- 
rial has  been  considered,  but  a  recent  specimen,  being  more  complete 
and  satisfactory  for  detailed  study,  has  been  named  as  the  technical 
type  of  the  species. 

So  far  as  the  present  writer  has  been  able  to  discover,  the  fossil 
coralline  algae  of  America,  in  their  taxonomic  aspects  at  least,  offer 
a  practically  untouched  field  for  research.  It  is,  of  course,  possible 
that  geological  and  paleontological  papers  in  which  calcareous  algae 
have  been  described  have  escaped  the  attention  of  phycologists,  but 
inquiry  among  American  geologists  and  paleontologists  and  a  search 
of  accessible  literature  have  thus  far  revealed  to  the  writer  but  a 
single  1  hitherto  described  species  of  fossil  Lithothamnieae  from  the 
Western  Hemisphere,  namely,  Lithothamnium  curasavicum  K.  Mar- 
tin, from  the  Island  of  Curacao,  a  species  to  which  further  allusion  is 
made  below  in  the  discussion  of  Archaeolithothamnium  ejnsporum. 

1  Stromatopora  compacta  Billings  (Palaeozoic  Fossils,  vol.  1,  p.  55,  1862)  from  the 
Island  of  Montreal,  etc.,  has  sometimes  been  considered  by  geologists  to  be  of  corallina- 
ceous  affinities  (the  species  has  been  referred  to  Solenopora  by  Nicholson  and  Etheridge, 
Geol.  Mag.,  vol.  3,  p.  529,  1885),  but,  if  we  may  judge  from  published  figures,  the  organ- 
ism seems  to  the  writer  hardly  a  coralline  alga,  if  indeed  it  is  an  alga  at  all. 

1 


2  BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 

The  fossil  Lithothamnieae  of  Europe  have  been  described  and  fig- 
ured in  considerable  number  and  with  various  degrees  of  care  and 
detail.  Most  of  these  European  descriptions  and  figures  the  writer 
has  been  able  to  see;  some  of  them  offer  a  reasonable  basis  for  the 
future  recognition  of  the  forms  concerned,  without  a  reexamination 
of  the  original  materials,  but  many  of  them  do  not.  The  present 
writer  has  had  access  to  a  good  representation  of  the  living  Litho- 
thamnieae of  North  America,  the  West  Indies,  Europe,  and  the  East 
Indies,  but  so  far  as  the  fossil  forms  are  concerned,  he  has  had  to 
depend  upon  descriptions  and  figures  alone,  which,  as  stated 
above,  are  often  very  unsatisfactoiy.  In  venturing  to  propose  as 
new,  two  species  of  Lithothamnieae  from  Oligocene  strata  of  the 
Panama  Canal  Zone,  he  doubtless  risks  the  possibility  that  some 
future  investigator,  working  with  better  materials  or  even  with  the 
same,  may  be  able  to  convince  himself  or  even  to  prove  conclusively, 
that  one  or  both  of  said  species  should  be  considered  identical  with 
species  previously  described  from  Europe.  The  diagnostic  charac- 
ters, the  limits  of  variation,  and  the  geographic  range  of  even  the 
living  species  are  still  very  imperfectly  understood.  Some  of  the 
species  are  evidently  widely  distributed  within  certain  temperature 
limits ;  others  are  at  present  known  from  single  localities.  So  far  as 
may  be  inferred  from  our  present  knowledge,  very  few,  if  any,  of  the 
forms  of  Lithothamnieae  now  living  in  tropical  America  occur  also 
in  European  waters. 

List  of  Species  and  Their  Geologic  Occurrence. 

ArchaeoUthotJiamnium  episporum,  new  species.  Recent,  Toro  Point;  and 
Pleistocene,  Mount  Hope;  both  in  the  Canal  Zone. 

Lithothammum  vaughanii,  new  species,  Oligocene,  Culebra  formation  at 
station  6026,  about  half  way  between  Monte  Lirio  and  Bohio  Ridge. 

Lithothamnium  isthmi,  new  species,  Oligocene,  Emperador  limestone  at 
stations  6021,  about  4  miles  north  of  Gamboa  Bridge,  and  6024-?).  Rio 
Agua  Salud,  Panama  Railroad  (relocated  line). 

Lithoporclla  meJobcsioides  (Foslie)  Foslie,  Oligocene,  Emperador  lime- 
stone at  station  6024-r?,  Rio  Agua  Salud,  Panama  Railroad  (relocated 
line). 

ARCHAEOL1THOTHAMNIUM  1  EPISPORUM,  new  species. 

Plates  1  to  6. 

Brownish  red  when  living,  the  thallus  forming  at  first  widely  ex- 
panded crusts  0.25-1.0  mm.  thick,  these  in  many  cases  repeatedly 
overgrown,  the  resulting  crusts  becoming  5  mm.  or  more  thick,  some- 
times remaining  nearly  smooth  or  exhibiting  the  irregularities  of  the 

»  We  follow  Rothplctz's  original  spelling  of  the  final  syllable  of  this  unfortunately  long 
name,  a  spelling  that,  happily,  agreer  with  Phlllppl's  spelling  of  the  final  syllable  of 
lAthothamnium. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


3 


substratum  alone,  but  more  often  developing  coarse,  irregular 
rounded  excrescences  5-12  mm.  in  diameter,  or  short  rounded  ver- 
rucae  or  nodules  2-5  mm.  in  diameter,  the  surface  in  sterile  parts 
mostly  smooth,  indurated,  and  occasionally  subnitent;  hypothallia 
varying  from  weakly  to  strongly  developed,  30-170  thick,  their 
cells  17-28  pL  by  8-11  \l  ;  cells  of  the  perithallium  in  distinct  and  regu- 
lar layers  except  in  oldest  and  youngest  parts,  the  layers  in  more  or 
less  distinct  zones,  layers  of  short  and  of  long  cells  occasionally  al- 
ternating, cells  mostly  8-15  p  by  5-8  jji,  in  decalcified  condition  sub- 
moniliate,  sphaeroidal  to  ellipsoidal,  1-2-J  times  as  high  as  broad, 
in  calcified  condition  mostly  subquadrate  or  oblong  in  vertical  sec- 
tion: sporangia  superficial,  their  apicula  even  with  the  surface,  or 
slightly  protruding,  their  cavities  becoming  only  imperfectly  and 
irregularly  embedded,  the  sori  slightly  elevated,  very  irregular  in 
outline,  mostly  0.1-1.0  mm.  broad,  often  widely  confluent  and  anas- 
tomosing and  becoming  5  mm.  or  more  broad,  the  surface  at  length 
whitish  and  scarious,  the  ostioles  mostly  16-22  \k  in  diameter,  sporan- 
gia 65-96  pi  high  (including  apiculum),  27-50  pi  broad,  4-partite  (oc- 
casionally 2-partite?).  the  spores  irregularly  paired  or  rarely  sub- 
z  on  ate. 

Localities  and  geologic  occurrence. — Covering  dead  corals,  etc., 
and  often  forming  concretionary  pebbles  with  coral  cores,  from  low- 
water  mark  to  a  depth  of  several  meters,  Point  Toro,  near  Colon, 
Panama  Canal  Zone.  Howe  6832  (type,  in  Herb.  N.  Y.  Bot.  Gard.), 
January  7,  1910;  Colon,  Howe  6840  (this  covers  continuously  a  mass 
of  old  coral  32  cm.  long  and  14  cm.  in  greatest  width)  ;  also,  as  a 
Pleistocene  fossil,  "  from  flats  near  Mount  Hope,  five  feet  above  tide 
level,"  D.  F.  MacDonald,  station  6039,1  1911. 

Paratopes.— -Cat.  No.  35298,  U.S.N.M. 

In  outward  form  and  in  its  habit  of  overgrowing  old  corals, 
Archaeolithothamnium  episporum  resembles  A.  erythraeum  (Roth- 
pletz)  Foslie,  f.  durum  (Heydrich)  Foslie,  from  the  Red  Sea  and  the 
East  Indies,  especially  as  illustrated  by  Weber-van  Bosse  and  Foslie 
(Corallinaceae  of  the  Siboga  Expedition,  pi.  5).  Of  this  species  we 
have  seen  only  one  specimen  (from  near  Makassar),  communicated 
by  Mme.  Weber-van  Bosse,  but  from  this  and  from  the  descriptions 
and  figures  of  A.  erythraeum  published  by  Foslie,  Heydrich,  and 
Lemoine,  we  infer  that  the  Panamanian  specimens  represent  a  differ- 
ent species.  Perhaps  the  most  important  distinctive  character  of  A. 
episporum  is  to  be  found  in  its  more  superficial  sporangia,  as  may  be 
seen  by  comparing  our  photographs  (pi.  2,  fig.  1;  pi.  3)  with  He}7- 
drich's  figure2  of  a  vertical  section  through  a  sporangial  sorus  of  his 


1  This  is  associated  with  minor  amounts  of  other  crustaceous  corallines,  including 
Lithophyllum,  species,  and  Ooniolithon,  species. 
-  Ber.  Deuts.  Bot.  Ges.,  vol.  15,  p.  63,  fig.  2.  1897. 


4 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Sporolithon  ptychoides,  which  Foslie 1  and  Lemoine 2  consider  to  be 
synonymous  with  A.  erythraeum.  The  sori  or  the  emptied  sporangial 
cavities  appear  also  to  be  much  less  regularly  embedded  or  overgrown 
by  new  tissue  than  is  the  case  in  A.  erythraeum,  if  one  may  judge 
from  Rothpletz's  original  description,3  Hej'drich's  figure  3,4  Le- 
moine's  figure  29,2  and  the  descriptions  given  by  the  last-named  writ- 
ers; however,  Foslie  "'  remarks  of  A.  erythraewm  that  "the  sori  are 
partly  to  be  found  overgrown  in  great  numbers  by  new  formed  tissue, 
partly,  however,  they  are  not  to  be  seen  in  section."  In  A.  episporum. 
the  sporangia  themselves  have  never  been  seen  except  close  to  the 
surface ;  the  emptied  sporangial  cavities  do  not  show  in  a  rough  frac- 
ture or  in  an  ordinary  ground  section,  but  irregular  traces  of  them 
are  often  to  be  found  in  thin  microtome  sections  of  decalcified  ma- 
terial. The  sori  of  A.  episporum  are  so  superficial  that  their  cover- 
ing, after  the  discharge  of  the  spores,  appears  to  die  and  is  flaked  off 
together  with  more  or  less  of  the  intersporangial  parts,  and  the  new 
tissue  growing  up  from  the  base  of  the  sorus  shows  only  occasionauy 
and  imperfectly  the  outline  of  the  former  sporangial  cavities. 

Rothpletz's  original  description  of  his  Lithothamnium  erythraeum 
leaves  one  in  some  doubt  as  to  whether  he  found  the  contents  of  the 
sporangium  divided  or  undivided ;  he  uses  the  term  "  Tetrasporen," 
but  the  measurements  that  he  gives  for  these  "  Tetrasporen  "  are 
such  as  commonly  belong  to  the  whole  sporangium  in  this  group. 
In  Heydrich's  first  description0  of  his  Sporolithon  ptychoides,  the 
"  Tetrasporangien "  are  said  to  be  "  meist  ungetheilt,  selten  zwei- 
theilig,"  but  a  little  later 7  lie  figures  four  tetraspores  in  a  sporangium, 
arranged  in  the  "  cruciate  "  manner.  But  this  mode  of  division  being 
at  variance  with  the  prevailing  ideas  as  to  the  arrangement  of  the 
spores  in  the  Corallinacese,  Foslie,8  a  little  later  in  writing  a  diag- 
nosis of  the  genus  ArchcseoUthothammum  inserted  a  question  mark 
after  "  sporangia  *  *  *  imparted  or  cruciate?"  and  this  sign  of 
doubt  as  to  the  cruciate  division  has  been  repeated  by  later  writers.0 
In  A.  episporum  the  mature  sporangia  are  commonly  and  normally 
4-parted  in  an  irregularly  "  cruciate"  fashion,  but  often  the  division 
axes  of  the  two  pairs  of  spores  are  at  right  angles  to  each  other,  so 
that  only  three  spores  are  visible  in  a  lateral  view,  and  occasionally 

1  Siboga  Export.  Monog.,  No.  61,  p.  38.  1904. 

2  Ann.  Inst.  Oc6anog.,  vol.  2,  pt.  2,  p.  07.  1911. 

3  Rothplotz,  A.    Bot.  Centralb.,  vol.  64,  p.  5.  1S93. 

4  Bcr.  Deuts.  Bot.  Oes.,  vol.  16,  p.  68.  is<>7. 
Sibor/n  Expert.  Monog..  No.  01,  p.  41.  1904. 

•  Ber.  Dents,  Bot.  o<>s..  vol.  15,  p.  <">9.  1897. 

7  Idem.  pi.  1S,  flg.  3. 

•Kgl.  Norske  Virtonsk.  Selsk.  Skr.  1900,  pt  5,  P-  8-  1900. 

»De  Tonl,  Syll.  Alg.,  vol.  4,  p.  IT21,  1906  J  Bvedellus,  in  Eng.  &  I'rantl,  Nat.  Pfl:in/.<Mi- 
fam..  vol.  i,  pt.  2j  Nachtsftge,  p.  lm;t.  1911. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


0 


the  second  divisions  seem  to  be  omitted  and  the  sporangium  is  appar- 
ently mature  with  only  two  spores.  Very  irregular  types  of  division 
also  occur,  and  rarely  one  finds  an  approach  to  the  zonate  1  arrange- 
ment characteristic  of  most  of  the  Corallinaceae. 

The  perithallic  cells  of  A.  episporum,  appear  to  be,  in  the  decal- 
cified state,  more  rounded  and  in  more  moniliform  filaments  than  is 
the  case  in  A.  erythraeum,  as  may  be  seen  by  comparing  our  photo- 
micrograph2 with  the  photomicograph  of  a  presumably  decalcified 
section  of  A.  erythraeum — published  by  Lemoine.;i  The  distinct  strat- 
ification of  the  perithallium  of  A.  episporum  is  due,  in  part,  to  the 
alternation  of  layers  of  long  and  short  cells,  but  we  have  never  seen 
in  the  Panamanian  species  any  such  striking  alternation  of  long  and 
short  cells  as  is  shown  in  this  photograph  published  by  Mine.  Le- 
moine  and  as  is  shown  still  more  emphatically  in  Heydrich's  figure  3  4 
of  a  vertical  section  of  his  Sporolithon  ptychoides. 

From  Archaeolithothamnium  dimotum  Foslie  and  Howe,5  the  only 
living  species  of  this  genus  previously  described  from  the  West 
Indian  region,  A.  episporum  differs  Avidely  in  its  thicker  crusts,  in 
its  more  superficial  sporangial  sori,  which  are  for  the  most  part  ex- 
foliated after  maturity  of  the  sporangia  and  are  only  obscurely  and 
imperfectly  overgrown,  in  the  usually  larger,  more  rounded,  and 
more  moniliately  arranged  cells  of  the  perithallium,  the  larger  and 
rather  less  widely  separated  sporangial  ostioles,  etc. 

Archaeolithothamnium  curasavicum  (K.  Martin)  Foslie,0  a  Creta- 
ceous fossil  from  the  island  of  Curagao,  is  described  and  figured  as 
showing  distinctly  rows  of  embedded  sporangial  cavities,  such  as 
would  not  be  seen  even  in  a  thin  decalcified  section  of  A.  episporum. 

A  Pleistocene  fossil,  collected  by  MacDonald  at  station  6039,  from 
flats  near  Mount  Hope,  came  from  a  few  kilometers  from  the  locali- 
ties where  we  found  the  plant  living,  and  we  can  entertain  no  serious 
doubt  as  to  the  specific  identity  of  the  recent  and  the  fossil  forms. 
The  living  and  fossil  are  similar  in  external  habit,  as  may  be  seen 
by  comparing  plates  1  and  4.  They  are  similar  also  in  their  rela- 
tions to  old  corals,  and  in  structure  (compare  fig.  1,  pi.  2,  and  fig.  -t, 
pi.  5)  they  appear  to  exhibit  only  such  differences  as  may  be  ascribed 
to  individual  variation  or  as  may  be  expected  in  comparing  the  recent 
or  living  with  the  long  dead.    But  little  remains  of  the  fossil  speci- 

1  Zonately  4-parted  sporangia  have  been  described  by  Foslie  for  the  California!! 
Archaeolithothamnium  zonatosporum  (Foslie,  Algologiske  Notiser.  II.  Kgl.  Norske 
Vidensk.  Selsk.  Skr.,  1906,  pt.  2,  p.  11),  so  that  it  would  appear  that  this  genus  exhibits 
a  wide  variety  in  the  matter  of  division  of  its  sporangia. 

2  Plate  3,  fig.  2. 

3  Ann.  Inst.  Oceanog.,  vol.  2.  pt.  2.  pi.  1,  fig.  1.  1911. 

4  Ber.  Deuts.  Bot.  Ges.,  vol.  15.  1897. 

5  Bull.  N.  Y.  Bot.  Card.,  vol.  4,  p.  128,  pi.  80,  fig.  1  ;  pt.  87,  1906. 

6  Lithothamnium  curasavicum  K.  Martin,  Bericht  fiber  eine  Reise  nach  Niederliindiseh 
West-Indien  und  darauf  gegrundete  Studien.    II.  Geologie,  p.  26,  pi.  2,  figs.  22-2."),  1888. 


6 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


mens  after  decalcification,  though  the  outlines  of  the  cells  may  be 
recognized  here  and  there.  As  microtome  sections  of  the  decalcified 
fossil  material  are  out  of  the  question,  comparisons  of  structure  of 
the  recent  and  fossil  must  naturally  be  based  upon  calcareous  ground 
sections.  And  in  comparing  the  cell  structure  in  sections  of  the  re- 
cent decalcified  specimens  (pi.  3)  with  that  shown  in  ground  sections 
of  the  calcareous  fossils,  it  is  necessary,  of  course,  to  bear  in  mind 
that  cells  in  calcareous  ground  sections  of  the  Corallinaceae  com- 
monly  appear  much  more  rectangular  than  in  decalcified  sections  of 
the  same  material.1  In  the  sections  of  the  fossil  material  thus  far 
made  there  are  no  certainly  recognizable  traces  of  sporangial  cavi- 
ties, but  this  is  true  in  almost  an  equal  degree  of  calcareous 
ground  sections  of  the  recent  specimens  except  as  to  the  surface  of 
the  plant  (fig.  1,  pi.  2),  where  the  sori  are,  in  fact,  so  decidedly 
superficial  or  even  exserted  that  they  could,  perhaps,  hardly  be 
expected  to  persist  in  the  fossil  state. 

In  the  same  locality  with  the  type-specimens  (Howe  6832)  there 
occurs  an  outwardly  somewhat  similar  plant  (Howe  6837)  that  we  at 
first  suspected  to  be  the  antheridial  form  of  A.  episporum.,  but  certain 
recognizable,  though  possibly  unimportant,  differences  in  the  form, 
size,  and  zonation  of  the  perithallic  cells  have  restrained  us  from  so 
considering  it.  The  antheridial  conceptacle  (cavities)  in  this  6837 
arc  64-95  \l  broad  and  60-72  \i.  high ;  they  become  copiously  embedded 
by  the  continued  upward  or  outward  growth  of  the  thallus. 

LITHOTHAMNIUM  -  VAUGHANII,  new  species. 

Plate  7.  %s.  1  and  2,  and  plate  S. 

Thallus  forming  at  first  expanded  crusts  1-2  mm.  thick,  these  be- 
coming overgrown,  irregularry  stratified,  and  10  mm.  or  more  thick, 
developing  finally  numerous,  rather  coarse,  crowded  anastomosing 
branches,  and  forming  masses  2-4  cm.  or  more  high;  branches  mostly 
3-12  mm.  in  diameter,  usually  much  flattened,  occasionally  subterete, 
often  reduced  to  anastomosing  ridges,  or  sometimes  appearing  as 
dome-shaped  elevations  2  cm.  or  more  broad;  primary  hypothallia 
somewhat  reduced,  their  cells  14-33  [x  by  8-14  pi,  rather  irregularly 
arranged  (i.  e.,  not  distinctly  "  coaxial  cells  of  medullary  hypo- 
thallia mostly  15-30  \l  by  5-13  \l.  secondary  hypothallia  numerous 
and  thin;  branches  showing  in  section  numerous  narrow  irregularly 
flexuous,  often  subelliptic-lenticular  or  subcrescentic  zones  caused  by 

1  For  Illustrations  of  these  differences,  see  Lemolne,  Ann.  Inst.  Oceanog.,  vol.  2,  pt.  2, 
p.  4T,.  figs.  19-21,  1911. 

■The  writer  believes,  with  Mme.  Paul  Lemolne,  that  the  current  rules  of  nomenclature 
ii'<iulrc  that  I'hilippi's  original  spelling  of  this  generic  name  should  be  respected,  even 
though  prevailing  usage  lius  modified  the  final  syllable.  Whether  the  rules  of  nomencla- 
ture justify  the  use  <»f  this  generic  name  for  any  of  the  species  now  bearing  it  is  a  more 
Complicated  question. 


GEOLOGY  ASD  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


7 


the  alternation  of  layers  of  short  and  long  perithallic  cells,  or  by  the 
interpolation  of  reduced  secondary  hypothallia ;  the  larger  perithallic 
cells  mostly  13-22  \j.  by  11-14  pi,  usually  higher  than  broad,  the 
smaller  subquadrate,  about  8  \i  square,  or  sometimes  much  compressed 
(7  \l  high,  14  (jl  broad)  :  conceptacles  becoming  embedded;  tetrasporic 
conceptacles  much  flattened,  oblong  or  elliptic-oblong  in  radio-ver- 
tical section,  the  cavity  500-740  \l  in  maximum  width,  130-230  \x  in 
height;  roof  of  the  tetrasporic  conceptacle  rather  sharply  defined,  its 
cells  in  regular  vertical  rows  of  1-4  cells,  often  elongate  vertically, 
becoming  sometimes  25-30  u.  high. 

Locality  and  geologic  occurence. — Oligocene,  Culebra  formation, 
"about  half  way  between  Monte  Lirio  and  Bohio  Eidge,  on  the  relo- 
cated line  of  the  Panama  Railroad,"  collected  by  D.  F.  MacDonald 
and  T.  W.  Vaughan,  1911  (station  No.  6026). 

Holotype  and  paraty pes. —Cat.  Nos.  35299,  35300,  TJ.S.N.M. 

The  specimens  obtained  are  more  or  less  embedded  in  a  hard  rock 
matrix,  so  that  our  photograph  (fig.  1,  pi.  7)  can  give  only  an  imper- 
fect idea  of  the  outward  form  of  the  plant.  With  a  little  mental 
clearing  away  of  the  matrix,  it  seems  probable  that  in  size  and  ex- 
ternal appearance,  the  species  may  be  compared  with  rather  coarse 
eroded  conditions  of  the  living  Lithothamnium  glaciate  Kjellman, 
but  there  is  little  similarity  in  structure;  the  perithallic  cells  of  L. 
vaughanii  average  considerably  larger  than  those  of  L.  glaciale  and 
they  are  arranged  in  more  distinct  layers;  the  embedded  tetrasporic 
conceptacles  of  L.  vaughanii  are  more  flattened  than  those  of  L. 
glaciale,  their  cavities  have  about  twice  the  maximum  width  of  those 
of  L.  glaciale  and  the  specialized  character  of  the  conceptacle  roof 
is  not  noticeable  in  L.  glaciale. 

In  external  habit  Lithothamnium  vaughanii  may  perhaps  be  com- 
pared also  with  the  living  Lithophyllum  racemus  (Lamarck)  Foslie 
forma  crassum  (Philippi)  Foslie1  of  the  Mediterranean  and  Ad- 
riatic seas,  especially  as  shown  in  Hauck's  figure  2  2  under  the  name 
Lithothamnium  crassum  Philippi,  though  the  Panamanian  fossil 
sometimes  develops  longer  and  perhaps  more  flattened  branches  than 
this  form. 

Of  the  living  Lithothamnieae  now  known  to  the  present  writer  as 
occurring  in  the  West  Indian  region,  Lithothamnium  vaughanii  per- 

!Kgl.  Norske  Vidensk.  Selsk.  Skr.,  1898,  pt.  3,  p.  9,  1898.  Poslie's  identification  of 
Lithothamnium  crassum  Philippi  as  a  form  of  Lithophyllum  racemus  (Lamarck)  Foslie 
was  accepted  by  Heydrich  (Bot.  Jahrb.,  vol.  28,  p.  536,  1901),  but  Mme.  Lemoine  quotes 
Lithothamnium  crassum  Philippi  as  a  synonym  of  Lithothamnium  calcareum  (Pallas) 
Areschoug.  It  is  not,  however,  apparent  that,  any  of  these  writers  examined  authentic 
material  of  Philippi's  Lithothamnium  crassum,  if  such  exists.  It  is  of  some  interest,  also, 
to  note  that  less  than  six  months  before  Heydrich  accepted  Lithothamnium  crassum 
Philippi  as  a  form  of  Lithophyllum  racemus  he  named  it  as  the  type  of  a  proposed  new 
genus  Stichospora  (Ber.  Deuts.  Bot.  Ges.,  vol.  18,  p.  316,  1900). 

2  Hauck,  F.  Die  Meeresalgen  Deutschlands  und  Oesterreichs.  In  Rabenhorst,  L., 
Kryptogamen-Flora  von  Deutschland,  Oesterreich  und  der  Schweiz,  vol.  2,  pi.  1,  1885. 


8 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


haps  most  resembles  Lithophyllum  daedaleum  Foslie  and  Howe1  as 
to  general  habit,  but  differs  from  it  much  in  structure. 

In  the  best  section,  No.  35299  U.S.KM.,  the  one  from  which  the 
photographs  (fig.  2,  pi.  7  and  pi.  8)  were  made,  the  coarse  inter- 
sporangial  sterile  tissue  of  the  tetrasporic  conceptacles  is  scarcely 
shown,  yet  the  roofs  of  the  conceptacles  show  unmistakable  canals 
and  none  of  the  conceptacles  in  section  exhibits  a  single  orifice,  so 
that  we  consider  ourselves  justified  in  inferring  that  the  specimen  in 
question  is  tetrasporic  and  that  it  belongs  in  the  genus  Lithotham- 
nium in  the  sense  in  which  that  name  is  currently  applied  to  living 
plants.  In  a  section  from  another  specimen  under  the  same  collec- 
tion number,  traces  of  the  sporangia  and  of  the  intersporangial 
sterile  tissue  are  evident.  It  is  to  be  observed  also  that  the  zonate 
arrangement  of  tissues,  as  observed  in  a  section,  is  essentially  of  the 
character  assumed  by  Mme.  Lemoine 2  as  being  peculiar  to  the  genus 
Lithothamnium.  The  rather  distinctly  specialized  nature  of  the 
cells  of  the  conceptacle  roof  is  evidently  a  character  of  importance, 
in  which  respect  it  differs  markedly  from  the  plant  we  are  de- 
scribing as  Lithothamnium  isthmi,  as  also  in  the  distinctly  zonate 
structure  of  the  thallus,  the  reduced  hypothallium,  the  larger  tetra- 
sporic conceptacles,  larger  perithallic  cells,  etc. 

Among  the  more  fully  described  fossil  Lithothamnieae,  L.  vaugh- 
anii  may  perhaps  be  compared  with  Lithothamnium  suganum  Roth- 
pletz 3  from  the  Tertiary  ("  Scio-Schichten ")  of  Val  Sugana,  near 
Borgo  in  the  Austrian  Tyrol,  but  the  conceptacles  of  the  Panamanian 
fossil  are  much  larger  (500-740  jji  wide  and  130-230  \x  high  vs.  250  u. 
wide  and  100  \l  high)  and  the  perithallic  cells  appear  to  average  con- 
siderably larger,  being  sometimes  13-22  [a  high,  while  those  of  L. 
sugamim  are  described  as  9-12  pi  long. 

LITHOTHAMNIUM  ISTHMI,  new  species. 

Piute  7,  fig.  3;  plates  9,  10,  and  11. 

Thallus  forming  at  first  stratified  crusts  3-12  mm.  thick,  but  at 
length  developing  tortuous  anastomosing  branches  and  forming  large 
rather  solid,  concrescent,  fruticose  masses;  branches  mostly  2-12  mm. 
in  diameter,  much  flattened  or  subterete,  often  subconic-cylindrict 
flexed-digitiform,  or  molariform;  hypothallia  showing  regular  con- 
centric layers  of  cells  ("coaxial'')  :  hypothallium  of  the  crustaceous 
parts  100-480  [l  thick,  its  cells  17-28  \l  by  8-13  [a,  transition  to  the 

"  Bull.  N.  Y.  Bot.  Gard.,  vol.  4,  p.  133,  pis.  83,  84,  93,  190G. 

•  Leniolue,  Mme.  Paul.    Structure  anatomique  des  M£Iobeslees.    Application  a  la  classl- 
Ocntlon.    Ann.  Inst.  Oceanog.,  vol.  2,  pt.  2,  pp.  27,  28,  1911. 
'Zelts.  Deuts.  (Jeol.  Ges.,  vol.  43,  p.  319,  pi.  17,  fig.  4,  1891. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  9 

peri  thallium  abrupt :  medullary  hypothallium  of  the  branches  mostly 
0.6-2.0  mm.  in  diameter,  often  turning  yellow  and  more  or  less  disin- 
tegrated, its  cells  17-44  p.  by  8-13  ^,  transition  to  the  peri  thallium 
abrupt  or  gradual;  cells  of  the  perithallium  in  distinct  layers,  the 
layers  in  rather  indistinct  zones;  perithallic  cells  of  the  crustaceous 
parts  subquadrate,  8-11  fj,  in  diameter,  sometimes  only  6  |x  broad; 
perithallic  cells  of  the  branches  usually  a  little  higher  than  broad, 
8-19  [x  by  8-12  (jl  ;  conceptacles  becoming  embedded ;  tetrasporic  con- 
ceptacles  appearing  much  flattened  in  a  vertical  section,  the  cavity 
240-550  ^  in  maximum  width,  130-165  \l  i  n  height. 

Localities  and  geologic  occurrence. — In  Emperador  limestone  of 
Oligocene  age  (and  often  constituting  the  dominant  element  in  its 
composition)  on  relocated  line  of  the  Panama  Railroad,  opposite  San 
Pablo,  Panama  Canal  Zone  ("  first  limestone  outcrop  just  north  of 
Caimito  Station,  about  four  miles  north  of  Gamboa  Bridge"),  col- 
lected by  D.  F.  MacDonald  and  T.  W.  Vaughan,  1911,  Station  No. 
6021  (No.  35301,  type);  and  "above  foraminiferous  marl  at  Agua 
Salud  Bridge  about  -J  mile  north  of  New  Frijoles  on  relocated  line, 
Panama  Railroad,"  by  the  same  collectors.  Station  No.  6024&. 

Holotype  and  par aty pes. —Cat.  Nos.  35301  to  35303,  U.S.N.M. 

The  material  upon  which  the  above  description  is  based  shows 
much  variation  in  form  and  structure  and  it  was  our  first  impression 
that  two  or  more  species  were  represented  in  it.  However,  if  this  is 
true,  the  two  or  more  species  are  so  intergrown  and  entangled  and 
are  so  similar  in  structure  that  it  is  difficult  to  determine  where  one 
begins  and  the  other  ends.  As  regards  the  vegetative  structure,  we 
believe  that  we  have  been  able  to  trace  the  continuous  organic  con- 
nection of  the  two  types  shown  in  our  photomicrographs  (pi.  9  and 
fig.  2,  pi.  11),  yet  it  is  notoriously  easy  in  the  case  of  overgrowing 
and  overgrown  fossil  Lithothamnieae  to  mistake  the  close  contact  of 
independent  plants  for  structural  continuity. 

In  the  tetrasporangial  specimen  (No.  35301 — fig.  3,  pi.  7  and  pi.  9) 
that  we  have  named  as  the  type,  the  thallus  presents  itself  in  the 
form  of  irregularly  superposed  crusts,  more  or  less  overlaid  by 
crusts  showing  a  somewhat  different  structure  and  conceptacles  of 
a  different  sort,  these  outer  layers  probably  representing  a  crustace- 
ous species  of  Lithophyllum.  The  hypothallium  of  this  No.  35301  is 
suggestive  of  that  figured  by  Foslie1  for  his  living  Lithothamnium 
fragilissimum  from  Borneo  (which,  however,  has  a  much  thinner 
thallus).    It  suggests  also  the  hypothallium  of  Lithothamnium  lich- 

1  Foslie,  M.  Lithothamnioneae,  Melobesieae,  Mastophoreae.  In  Weber-van  Bosse,  A., 
and  Foslie,  M.  The  Corallinaceae  of  the  Siboga  Expedition,  Siboga  Exped.  Monog.  No.  61, 
fig.  5,  1904. 


10 


BULLETIX  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


enoides,  as  figured  by  Rosanoff1  and  by  Lemoine,-  but  the  crusts  are 
evidently  more  massive  than  in  that  species. 

Although  the  outward  form  of  Lithothamnium  isthmi  is  more  or 
less  obscured  by  being  embedded  in  rock,  it  seems  probable  that  in  its 
typical  condition  (Xo.  35301)  the  external  appearance  of  the  plant 
may  be  compared  with  the  recent  plant  from  the  Adriatic  Sea  figured 
by  Hauck 3  as  "  Litkophyllum  decussatum  Solms,*'  which  Foslie4 
afterwards  referred  to  his  Lithothamnium  philippii — a  species  that 
he  maintained  even  after  conceding5  its  specific  identity  with  the 
earlier-published  Lithophyllum  erispatum  Hauck.  The  typical 
form  of  Foslie's  Lithothamnium  philippii  is  said  by  him0  "to  have 
its  hypothallium  distinctly  marked  and  vigorously  developed,  form- 
ing a  coaxilate  layer,"  but  the  "coaxial"  character  is  essentially 
denied  by  Mine.  Lemoine 7  to  what  she  considers  the  same  species 
under  the  name  Lithothamnium  erispatum  Hauck.  The  perithallic 
cells  of  the  crustaceous  parts  of  Lithothamnium  isthmi  appear  to 
average  considerably  smaller  than  tho^e  of  L.  erispatum  (L.  phi- 
lippii) according  to  the  measurements  given  by  Lemoine  and  by 
Foslie.  The  tetrasporangial  conceptacles  of  the  Lithophyllum  de- 
cussatum  of  Hauck  (Lithothamnium  philippii  Foslie)  are  stated  by 
Hauck  to  be  "  SOOpt,  bis  1  mm."  in  diameter,  while  in  Lithothamnium 
isthmi  they  are  only  240-550  \l  in  maximum  width.  Moreover, 
unless  we  are  mistaken  in  connecting  the  fruticulose  parts  of  the 
Panamanian  fossil  with  the  crusts,  Lithothamnium  isthmi  develops 
numerous  solid  anastomosing  branches,  while  in  L.  erispatum  the 
short  branchlike  excrescences  are  mostly  hollow,  inf  undibuliform, 
or  scyphiform.  These  fruticulose  conditions,  which  comprise  a 
Large  part  of  the  material  collected  by  MacDonald  and  Vaughan. 
suggest  in  external  form  certain  states  of  the  living  West  Indian 
Lithophyllum  daeclaleum  Foslie  and  Howe,  which  also  presents 
itself  in  both  crustaceous  and  fruticulose  conditions.  Occasionally 
an  unusually  long  subterete  branch  may  resemble  in  form  a  frag- 

iMto.  Soc.  Imp.  Sci.  Nat.  Cherbourg,  vol.  12,  pi.  G,  fig.  14,  1S6G. 

1  Ann.  Inst.  Oceanog.,  vol.  2,  pt.  2,  fig.  GO,  1911.  It  is  of  interest  to  note  that  Mine. 
Lenioino,  basing  her  system  of  classification  primarily  upon  the  vegetative  structure  of 
ihr  tliallus.  leaves  Lithothamnium  lichenoides  in  the  genus  Lithophyllum ,  notwithstand- 
ing the  fact  that  its  tetrasporangia  are  borne  as  in  the  genus  Lithothamnium  of  modern 
#rlters.  In  the  same  way  she  would  doubtless  place  Lithothamnium  isthmi  in  the  genus 
l.ifhophtillum,  oven  though  this  species  (or  its  typo  at  least)  clearly  has  the  tetrasporan- 
gial conceptacles  of  the  conventional  Lithothamnium. 

Hauck.  V.  Die  Meeresalgen  Doutschlands  und  Oesterreichs.  pi.  1,  flg.  7.  See  also 
pi.  1,  I'm.  1.  of  Foslic's  Die  Lithothamnien  des  Adriatischen  Meeres  und  Marokkos  (Wiss. 
Meoresuntersuch.  Helgoland,  vol.  7,  pt.  1,  1004). 

«  Foslie,  M.  On  gome  Lithothamnla.  Kgl.  Norske  Vidensk.  Selsk.  Skr.,  1897,  pt.  1, 
l».  7,  1897. 

Wiss.  Meeresuntcrsuch,  Helgoland,  vol.  7,  pt.  1,  pp.  13,  14.  1904. 
•Kgl.  Norske  Vidensk.  Selsk.  Skr.,  1900,  pt.  1,  p.  5,  1900. 
1  Ann.  Inst.  Oceanog.,  vol.  2,  pt.  2,  p.  80,  fig.  38,  1911. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  ]  1 

ment  of  the  living  East  Indian  Lithothamnium  pulchrum  A.  Weber 
and  Foslie.1 

Lfthotho.mniv.ru  fosliei  (Trabucco)  De  Toni  (Syll.  Alg.,  vol.  4.  p. 
1761,  1905),  a  Miocene  fossil  from  Italy,  is  figured2  as  having  a 
u  coaxial "  hypothallium,  but  from  the  illustrations  given  of  the  con- 
ceptacles, there  is  no  sufficient  ground  for  considering  this  plant 
to  be  a  Lithothamnium  rather  than  a  Lithophyllum.  In  the  original 
place  of  publication  nothing  but  a  figure  (section)  is  given,  from 
which,  according  to  the  scale  of  magnification  given,  it  would  appear 
that  the  concept acles  are  only  140-160  \l  by  80-90  \l  and  the  perithallic 
cells  about  16  pi  high,  making  the  cells  rather  larger  and  the  con- 
ceptacles much  smaller  than  in  L.  isthmi. 

If  we  are  correct  in  including  with  Lithotha?rmium  isthmi  the  more 
ramified  forms  collected  by  MacDonald  and  Vaughan,  the  species, 
though  commonly  coarser,  appears  to  be  sometimes  suggestive  of 
plants  figured  as  Nullipara  ramosissima  Reuss  or  Lithothamnium 
ramosissimum  (Reuss)  Schimper,  from  the  Tertiary  "  Leithakalk  " 
of  the  vicinity  of  Vienna,  but  Reuss's  original  figures  and  descrip- 
tion3 relate  to  external  form  only,  and  give  no  adequate  basis  for 
referring  the  plant  to  a  modern  genus.  Unger 4  adds  good  figures 
of  the  vegetative  structure,  but  shows  no  conceptacles.  Rothpletz  5 
describes  the  conceptacles  of  L.  ramosissimum  as  280  [a  high,  while 
the  height  of  the  conceptacles  of  L.  isthmi  is  130-165  p  and  the  width 
240-550  \l.  Rothpletz  has  no  doubt  that  there  are  two  species  of 
Lithothamnieae  in  the  "  Leithakalk."  which  may  have  been  confused. 

LITHOPORELLA  MELOBESOIDES  (Foslie)  Foslie. 

Lithoporella  melobesiovAes  (Foslie)  Foslie,  Kgl.  Norske  Vidensk.  Selsk., 
1900,  pt.  2,  }..  50. 

Mattophora  melobesioides  Foslie,  Kgl.  Norske  Vidensk.  Selsk.  Aarsber., 
1902.  p.  24,  1003. 

Locality  and  geologic  occurence. — This  species  occurs  in  small 
quantity  with  Lithothamnium  isthmi  in  Emperador  limestone  of  the 
Oligocene  age,  "  above  foraminiferous  marl  at  Agua  Salud  Bridge 
about  J  mile  north  of  New  Frijoles  on  relocated  line,  Panama  Rail- 
road.*' D.  F.  MacDonald  and  T.  W.  Vaughan,  1911.  Station  No.  60246. 

EXPLANATION  OF  PLATES. 
Plate  1. 

ArchaeolithotJiamnium  episporum  M.  A.  Howe. 
Photograph,  natural  size,  of  the  type-specimens,  collected  at  Point  Toro.  near 
Colon,  Panama  Canal  Zone.  January  10,  1910  (Howe  6832).    The  technical 

1  Compare  pi.  4.  Siboga  Exped.  Monog.  61. 

2  Eulithothamnium  fosliei,  Trab.  Boll.  Soc.  Geol.  Ital..  vol.  19,  pi.  11,  fig.  10,  1900. 
•Haidinger,  Naturw.  Abb..,  vol.  2,  pt.  1,  p.  29,  pi.  3,  figs.  10,  11,  1848.    Type  from 

"  Neudorfl,"  Hungary. 

*  Denkschr.  k.  Akad.  Wiss.  Wien,  vol.  14,  p.  23,  pi.  5,  flgs.  18-22,  1858. 
3Zeits.  Deuts.  Geol.  Ges.,  vol.  43,  p.  320,  1891. 

8370°— 18h— Bull.  103  2 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


type  in  a  narrower  sense  is  the  specimen  shown  at  the  lower  right-hand  corner 
of  the  plate — the  specimen  from  which  figure  ]  of  plate  5  was  obtained. 

Plate  2. 

Archaeolithothamnium  episporum  M.  A.  Howe. 

Photographs  of  radio-vertical  ground  (calciferous)  sections  of  type  material 
(Point  Toro,  Howe  6882). 

Fig.  1.  TAthothamnium   uaaghanii  M.   A.  Howe.     Photograph  of  the  type- 
portiou  of  a  sporangial  sorus,  enlarged  42  diameters. 
2.  Section,  enlarged  200  diameters. 

Plate  3. 

Archaeolithothamnium  episporum  M.  A.  Howe. 

Photographs  of  radio-vertical  sections  of  decalcified  material  (Point  Toro, 
Howe  6832).  enlarged  200  diameters. 

Fig.  1.  Section  showing  sporangia  and  tetraspores. 

2.  Section  showing  emptied  sporangia,  form  and  arrangement  of  peri- 
thallic  cells,  a  weakly  developed  hypothallium,  etc. 

Plate  4. 

Archaeolithothamnium  episporum  M.  A.  Howe. 

A  Pleistocene  fossil,  "  from  flats  near  Mount  Hope,  five  feet  above  tide  level," 
1».  P.  MacDonald  6039.  1011,  natural  size. 

Plate  5. 

Archaeolithothamnium  episporum  M.  A.  Howe. 

I  n  s.  1  and  2.  Photographs  of  the  type  material  (Point  Toro.  Howe  6832). 

Fig.  1.  Portion  of  the  surface,  showing  the  more  or  less  confluent  sporangial 
sori,  enlarged  4  diameters. 
2.  A  smaller  part  of  the  same  surface,  showing  the  sporangial  ostioles, 
etc.,  enlarged  25  diameters. 
Fn.s.  :;  and  4.  Photographs  of  Pleistocene  specimen  from  Mount  Hope  (Mac- 
Donald.  Oat.  No.  35298,  U.S.N.M.) 
Fig.  3.  Etadioyertical  section  showing  several  superposed  crusts  and  three  well- 
developed  hypothallia,  enlarged  42  diameters. 
4.  A  [»art  of  a  < toss  section  of  one  of  the  excrescences  or  branches,  showing 
;i  single  weakly  developed  hypothallium,  enlarged  42  diameters.  Com- 
pare  structure  of  living  specimen  as  shown  in  fig.  1,  plate  2. 

Plate  6. 

ArchdcolilhoUKinniiinii  (pisponnu  M.  A.  Howe. 

Photograph  Of  SOCtiOO  of  the  Pleistocene  fossil  from  near  Mount  Hope 
<r:,t.  \o.  3520.x,  r.S.X.M.).    .\  section  magnified  73  diameters. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  13 


Plate  7. 

Fig.  1.  Lithothamnium  vaughanii  M.  A.  Howe..  Photograph  of  the  type- 
specimens  (between  Monte  Lirio  and  Bohio  Ridge.  MacDonald  and 
Vaughan.  Cat.  Xo.  35299.  U.S.N.M.),  natural  size. 

2.  Lithothamnium  vaughanii.    A  section  showing  irregular  zonation,  tetra- 

sporic  conceptacles.  etc.,  enlarged  42  diameters. 

3.  Lithothamnium  isthmi  M.  A.  Howe.    A  section,  slightly  enlarged  (11/8 

of  tin1  natural  dimensions),  showing  the  type-specimen  embedded  in 
the  matrix  (from  about  4  miles  north  of  Gamboa  Bridge,  MacDonald 
and  Vaughan,  station  6021).  The  type  material  (Cat.  No.  35301, 
C.S.N.M.),  from  which  the  section  shown  in  plate  9  was  obtained, 
occupies  the  central  portion  of  the  light  area  and  is  overgrown  by 
crusts  of  what  appears  to  be  a  different  plant,  probably  a  species  of 
LithopkyUum. 

Pr.ATK  8. 

Lithothamnium  vaughanii  M.  A.  Howe. 

An  enlargement  of  ;i  part  of  the  section  shown  in  figure  2,  plate  7,  illus- 
trating form  of  perithallic  cells,  the  reduced  secondary  hypothallia,  the  some- 
what, specialized  roof  of  the  tetrasporic  conceptacles,  etc.  Magnification  100 
dia  meters. 

Plate  9. 

Lithothamnium  isthmi  M.  A.  Howe. 

A  section  of  the  type  material  (MacDonald  and  Vaughan.  station  6021,  Cat. 
Xo.  35301,  U.S.N.M.),  enlarged  100  diameters.  The  section  shows  the  well- 
developed  "  coaxial "  hypothallium,  the  smaller-celled  perithallium.  and  the 
conceptacles  with  the  coarse  intersporangial  tissue  characteristic  of  the  genus 
JAthQthamnium. 

Plate  10. 

Lithothamnium  isthmi  M.  A.  Howe. 

A  specimen  from  about  one-third  mile  north  of  New  Frijoles  (MacDonald 
and  Vaughan,  station  6024-b,  Cat.  Xo.  35305,  U.S.N.M.),  natural  size,  showing 
fossil  embedded  in  matrix,  in  both  weathered  and  freshly  broken  surfaces. 

Plate  11. 

Lithothamnium  isthmi  M.  A.  Howe. 

A  somewhat  obliquely  transverse  section  of  a  branch  (specimen  from  about 
4  miles  north  of  Gamboa  Bridge,  MacDonald  and  Vaughan,  station  6021.  Cat. 
No.  35302,  U.S.N.M.),  enlarged  106  diameters. 


U.  S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN  103    PL.  I 


Archaeolithothamnium  episporum  M.  A.  Howe. 

For  explanation  of  plate  see  pages  II.  12. 


U.  S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM  BULLETIN  103    PL.  2 


2 

Archaeolithothamnium  episporum  M.  A.  Howe. 


For  explanation  of  plate  see  page  12. 


U.  S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN  103    PL.  3 


2 

Archaeolithothamnium  episporum  M.  A.  Howe. 


For  explanation  of  plate  see  page  12 


U.  S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN  103    PL.  4 


Archaeolithothamnium  episporum  M.  A.  Howe. 

For  explanation  of  plate  see  page  |2. 


BULLETIN  103    PL.  5 


2  4 

Archaeolithothamnium  episporum  M.  A.  Howe. 

For  explanation  of  plate  see  page  12. 


MU.  S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN  103    PL.  6 


U.  S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN  103    PL.  7 


3 

I,  2.  LlTHOTHAMN  IUM  VAUGHANI I  M.  A.  HOWE.    3.  LlTHOTHAMN  I UM  ISTHMI 

M.  A.  Howe. 

For  explanation  of  plate  see  page  13. 


U.  S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN  103    PL.  8 


LlTHOTHAMNIUM  VAUGHAN 1 1  M.  A.  HOWE. 

For  explanation  of  plate  see  page  13. 


U.  S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN  103   PL.  9 


LlTHOTHAMNIUM  ISTHUl  M.  A.  HOWE. 

For  explanation  of  plate  see  page  13. 


U.  S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN  103    PL.  10 


LlTHOTHAMN I UM  ISTHMI  M.  A.  HOWE. 

For  explanation  of  plate  see  page  13. 


U  S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN  103    PL.  II 


LlTHOTHAMNIUM  ISTHMI  M.  A.  HOWE. 

For  explanation  of  plate  see  page  13. 


INDEX. 


Page. 

Archaeolitbotharanium   4 

dimotum   5 

episporurn__  1—6,  12 
erythraeura —  3-5 
zonatosporura  5 

Eulithothanmium  fosliei   11 

Goniolithon   3 

Lithophyllum  3,  9-11,  13 

crispatum   10} 

daedaleum   8, 10 

decussatum   10 

racemus   7 

Lithoporella  melobesioides   2, 11 

Lithothamnium  2,  8,  10,  11,  13 

crassum   7 

curasaricum   1,  5 


Page. 

Lithothauiniuin  fosliei   11 

fragilissimura   !» 

glaciale   7 

isthmi  2,  8,  10,  11,  13 

lichenoides   9, 10 

philippii   10 

pulchrum   11 

ramoissinium   11 

suganum   8 

vaughanii  2,  Q-i .  3 

Mastophora   melobesioides   11 

Nullipora  ramosissima  _  11 

Sporolithon  ptycboides   4.  5 

Stichospora   7 

Stromatopora  compacta   1 


I 


SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION 

UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 
Bulletin  103 


CONTRIBUTIONS  TO  THE  GEOLOGY  AND  PALEON- 
TOLOGY OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE,  PANAMA,  AND 
GEOLOGICALLY  RELATED  AREAS  IN  CEN- 
TRAL AMERICA  AND  THE  WEST  INDIES 


THE  FOSSIL  HIGHER  PLANTS  FROM 
THE  CANAL  ZONE 


By  EDWARD  W.  BERRY 
Of  the  Johns  Hopkins  University,  Baltimore 


Extract  from  Bulletin  103,  pages  15-44,  with  Plates  12-18 


WASHINGTON 
GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE 
1918 


THE  FOSSIL  HIGHER  PLANTS  FROM  THE  CANAL  ZONE.1 


By  Edward  W.  Berry, 
Of  the  Johns  Hopkins  University,  Baltimore. 


INTRODUCTION. 

It  is  a  truism  that  the  present  floras  and  faunas  of  Central  America 
are  the  result  of  a  long  series  of  antecedent  geologic  changes  which 
might  be  amplified  as  geographic,  climatic,  and  biologic.  As  the 
past  can  only  be  understood  by  means  of  our  knowledge  of  the 
present,  so,  too,  the  present  can  only  be  understood  by  means  of 
our  knowledge  of  the  past.  Moreover,  this  can  never  be  a  local  prob- 
lem, and  this  is  particularly  true  of  the  Isthmus  of  Panama  marking 
as  it  does  at  times  the  highway  of  communication  between  the  ter- 
restrial life,  both  animal  and  plant,  of  North  and  South  America; 
,at  other  times  marking  one  of  the  paths  of  communication  between 
the  marine  life  of  the  Atlantic  and  Pacific.  Thus  the  history  of  the 
Central  American  region  is  of  the  utmost  importance  in  any  con- 
sideration of  the  extinct  terrestrial  faunas  and  floras  of  North  Amer- 
ica or  the  marine  faunas  that  formerly  flourished  on  the  east  and 
west  coasts. 

Our  knowledge  of  the  present  flora  of  the  isthmian  region  is  based 
upon  Seemamvs  flora  2  and  Hemsley's  flora  of  Central  America,  sup- 
plemented by  the  scattered  papers  by  numerous  authors  on  special 
topics  relating  to  this  flora.  As  the  results  of  the  recent  Biological 
Survey  of  the  Canal  Zone  become  available,  we  will  doubtless  have 
a  secure  basis  for  comparisons  with  antecedant  floras  both  in  this 
region  and  the  areas'  north  and  south  of  it. 

The  present  distribution  of  plant  associations  is  in  its  broader 
outlines  governed  almost  entirely  by  the  interrelations  between 

XR.  T.  Hill,  who  did  some  geological  work  on  the  Isthmus  in  1895  for  Alexander 
A.gassiz.  mentions  lignite  and  fragments  of  fossil  plants  in  the  Culebra  clays  at  the  base 
af  the  canal  cutting  at  Culebra  station  (Bull.  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.,  vol.  28,  No.  5,  1898),  and 

he  lignitic  coal  at  Chiriqui  Lagoon  was  studied  by  Dr.  John  Evans  in  1857,  who  reported 
'  that  the  fossil  plants  associated  with  the  coal  were  endogenous  and  allied  to  or  identical 
vith  those  at  present  growing  in  the  vicinity."  (Repts.  of  Expl.  &  Surv.  for  the  Loca- 
tion of  Inter-oceanic  ship  canals,  etc.,  by  the  U.  S.  Naval  Exped.,  1875,  E.  P.  Lull, 

T.  S.  N.f  commanding,  Washington,  1879.) 
2  Seemann,  Flora  Panamensis,  Botany  of  the  voyage  of  H.  M.  S.  Herald,  pp.  57-346, 

852-1857. 

15 


16  BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


topography  and  the  prevailing  winds  and  the  resulting  variations 
in  rainfall. 

The  climate  is  now  moist  tropical,  modified  by  the  nearness  of 
the  two  oceans,  and  there  is  therefore  but  slight  diurnal  or  annual 
variations  in  temperature.  So  far  as  information  is  available  re^ 
garding  the  conditions  during  the  Tertiary,  there  is  no  evidence  that 
can  be  deduced  from  the  fossil  flora  or  the  geographical  history  of 
the  region  to  indicate  that  the  climate  was  very  different  from  what 
it  is  now  at  any  time  during  the  Tertiary,  unless  we  are  prepared  tc 
assent  to  enormous  changes  in  the  altitude  of  the  land,  for  which 
the  data  does  not  seem  to  be  adequate. 

The  prevailing  winds  now  come  from  the  northeast,  and  as  the 
divide  is  near  the  Pacific  Coast  the  major  part  of  the  Isthmus  north 
of  this  low  divide  has  a  heavy  rainfall,  as,  for  instance,  170  inches 
at  Porto  Bello  and  129  at  Colon,  as  compared  with  90  inches  at 
Culebra  or  71  inches  at  Ancon.    There  are  two  seasons — a  shorl 
relatively  dry  season  extending  from  January  to  April  and  a  long: 
and  relatively  wet  season  the  balance  of  the  year  with  the  maximun 
of  precipitation  from  September  to  December.    Before  the  clearing 
of  the  French  Canal  Company  forests  covered  six-tenths  of  the| 
Isthmus,  the  remainder  being  broken  forests  and  savannas.    Ever  j 
green  tropical  rain- forests  of  mixed  angiosperms  covered  the  entire 
northern  watershed  and  part  of  the  Darien  region  on  the  south  side 
Some  of  the  forests  of  the  southern  watershed  are  what  are  knowr 
as  monsoon  forests,  with  many  deciduous  species,  and  at  high  alti 
tudes  there  may  be  more  gregarious  types  of  forest  as,  for  example 
the  oak  forests  which  are  so  striking  a  feature  in  the  uplands  o: 
Central  America  as  you  proceed  to  the  northwest. 

The  shores  are  skirted  with  dunes  abounding  in  Leguminosae  am 
Euphorbiaceae  with  Coco  palms  and  Hippomane.  Low  shores  an(l 
tidal  inlets  are  covered  with  mangrove  swamps  with  Rhizophora; 
Avicennia,  Conocarpus,  etc.  Less  saline  coastal  marshes  are  covere< 
with  Acrostichum,  Crescentia,  or  Paritium  thickets.  The  evergreei 
forest  is  composed  chiefly  of  species  of  Sterculia^ceae,  Tiliaceae,  an<| 
Mimosaceae,  Euphorbiaceae,  Anacardiaceae,  Rubiaceae,  Myrtaceaq 
and  Melastomataceae,  with  small  palms  like  Chamaedorea,  Trithri 
nax,  and  Bactris. 

CORRELATION. 

The  fossil  flora  described  in  the  present  report  is  too  limited  foj 
purposes  of  exact  correlation,  which  may  be  expected  to  be  settle 
by  the  marine  faunas  present  at  most  horizons  in  the  Isthmian  regioi 
Regarding  the  plants  in  the  various  formational  units  recognized  i 
the  Canal  Zone  by  MacDonald  a  glance  at  the  accompanying  tab] 
of  distribution  will  show  that  from  the  oldest  (Bohio)  to  the  yomi£ 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


17 


est  (Gatim)  plant-bearing  formations  there  is  no  observable  dif- 
ference in  floral  facies,  and  while  the  plants  are  entirely  too  few  for 
positive  conclusions,  and  while  not  much  variation  can  be  expected 
in  fossil  floras  of  the  Tropics  unless  after  the  lapse  of  long  intervals 
of  time  or  the  intervention  of  marked  changes  in  physical  conditions, 
I  am  disposed  to  think  that  this  so-called  Oligocene  series  of  forma- 
tions does  not  represent  any  great  interval  of  time. 

Nearly  all  of  the  fossil  plants  are  new,  the  only  outside  occurrences 
being  the  Hieronymia  which  is  common  to  the  Tertiary  of  Ecuador 
and  the  Palmoxylon  and  Taenioxylon  both  of  which  occur  in  the 
Oligocene  of  the  island  of  Antigua,  and  both  have  related  types  in 
the  Oligocene  (Catahoula  and  Vicksburg)  of  our  Southern  States 
In  addition  to  the  Hieronymia  common  to  Ecuador  there  are  several 
other  elements  in  the  Tertiary  flora  of  the  latter  region  that  are 
similar  to  Panama  forms,  and  it  is  not  improbable  that  the  coals  of 
Loja  in  the  Ecuadorian  Andes  are  the  same  age  as  the  so-called 
Oligocene  series  of  Panama.  Only  one  pre-Oligocene  plant  is  re- 
corded from  Panama  and  the  age  (Eocene)  rests  on  the  stratigraphic 
observations  of  Doctor  MaeDonald  and  paleontologic  determinations 
by  C.  W.  Cooke.  The  form  itself  offers  no  intrinsic  evidence  of  its 
age  and  might  well  be  early  Oligocene  but  for  the  fact  that  Doctor 
MaeDonald  collected  the  type  stratigraphically  below  a  bed  con- 
taining a  varietal  form  of  the  mollusk,  Venericardia  planicosta. 

The  chief  question  of  interest  in  the  correlation  of  these  Panama 
beds  is  their  equivalence  in  terms  of  the  European  section.  The 
present  flora  offers  no  evidence  on  this  point  which  must  hence  be 
determined  by  the  accompanying  marine  faunas.  However,  in  view 
of  the  traditional  unscientific  assumption  that  all  of  the  fossiliferous 
beds  of  the  Carribbean  region  are  Oligocene  in  age,  it  is  of  interest 
to  note  that  Douville1  from  a  study  of  the  foraminifera,  pointed 
out  as  early  as  1898,  that  a  considerable  part  of  the  so-called  Oligo^ 
cene  of  the  Isthmus  was  Aquitanian  and  Burdigalian  in  age;  that  is 
to  sa^y,  lower  Miocene  according  to  the  present  conceptions  of  Euro- 
pean geologists  and  palentologists. 

In  my  preliminary  announcement 2  of  the  discovery  of  fossil  plants 
in  the  Canal  Zone  I  stated  that  none  of  the  plants  recognized  indi- 
cated Eocene  and  that  they  were  all  probably  Oligocene  in  age. 
This  statement  was  perhaps  overemphasized  in  a  desire  to  offset  the 
extreme  views  of  certain  foreign  paleontologists  who  have  held  that 
these  faunas  were  young  Miocene  or  even  Pliocene. 

The  question  of  the  exact  time  in  the  Tertiary  at  which  connections 
between  North  and  South  America  were  replaced  by  marine  condi- 
tions is  of  the  utmost  importance  in  all  studies  of  distribution  of  both 


1  Douvill£,  H.  Bull.  Soc.  Geol.  de  France,  ser.  3,  vol.  26,  pp.  587-600,  1898. 
3  Berry,  E.  W.    Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  39,  p.  357,  1914. 


18 


BULLETIN  103.  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


the  marine  faunas  and  the  terrestrial  faunas  and  floras.  The  floral 
evidence  as  previously  stated  is  inconclusive.  I  should  not,  however, 
be  inclined  to  consider  any  of  the  fossil  plants,  except  one  Eocene 
species,  described  in  the  present  report  as  younger  than  Burdigalian 
nor  older  than  Sannoisian  (Lattorfian). 


Gatun  formation. 

Caimito  formation. 

Lower  Oligocene  Lime- 
stone. 

Cuouracha  formation.  J 

Culebra  formation. 

Bohio  formation. 

Eocene. 

X        Oligocene  of  Antigua. 

Palmoxyhn  pilmacite*  

6845 

x 

Ficus  eulebrensis   

6837 

X 

X 
X 

X 

6837 

X 

6837 

X 

Guatteria  eulebrensis  

X 

6840 

X 

Myristocophyllum  panamev.se  

Taenioxylon  multiradiatum  



6523 

X 

6845 

X 

X 

X 

Inga  oligocaenica  

Cassia  eulebrensis  

6840 

X 



Hiraea  oliaocaenica   

Banisteria  praenuntia  

X 

Hieronymia  lehmanni  

X 

6840 

X 

Schmidelia  bejucensis  

X 
X 

Mespilodaphne  eulebrensis  

Calyptranthes  gatunensis  

X 

Melastomites  miconioides  

X 

6586b 

X 

Rondeletia  goldmani  

X 
X 

Rubiacites  ixoreoides  

6839 

Palm  rays   X  i  mile  S.  of  Kmplri 

6837  Bridge. 


Fern  fragments   6837  c/.  Acrostichum.  ! 

BOTANICAL  CHARACTER. 

The  fossil  flora  at  present  known  from  the  Canal  Zone  is  extremely 
limited  and  entirely  too  small  for  either  purposes  of  adequate  cor- h 
relation  or  for  deductions  concerning  the  true  botanical  facies  or  thej 
eni  ironmental  conditions.  Seventeen  species  are  determined  and 
two  or  three  additional  forms  are  tentatively  recognized.  This 
paucity  is  especially  to  be  regretted  since  it  is  improbable  that  undei 
the  existing  climatic  conditions  as  favorable  opportunities  for  the 
discovery  and  collection  of  fossil  plants  will  ever  be  presented  ad 
during  the  digging  of  the  canal.  While  fossil  plants  were  nowhere* 
found  to  be  abundant  in  the  shales,  nevertheless,  it  is  very  probable 
that  an  experienced  collector  by  working  over  a  large  amount  oil 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  19 


material  could  have  gotten  together  a  much  more  representative  col- 
lection. 

The  plants  collected  include  ill-defined  fragments  of  one  fern, 
two  undertermined  species  of  palm,  represented  by  fragments  of 
foliage,  and  a  third  represented  by  petrified  stems,  and  16  dicotyle- 
dons, of  which  two  are  represented  by  fruits  and  the  balance  by 
leaves. 

Among  the  Dicotyledonae  there  are  representatives  of  the  orders 
Urticales,  Ranales,  Rosales,  Geraniales,  Sapindales,  Thymeleales, 
Myrtales,  Ebenales,  and  Rubi-ales.  Orders  conspicuous  in  the  exist- 
ing flora  of  the  Isthmian  region  unrepresented  among  the  fossils  are 
the  Arales*  Poales,  Cyperales,  and  Orchidales  among  the  Monocoty- 
ledonae,  and  the  Camp  anal  ales  and  Personates  among  the  Dicoty- 
ledonae. 

The  following  14  families  are  represented  by  fossils  in  Panama:  • 
Moraceae,  Anonaceae,  Myristicaceae,  Mimosaceae,  Caesalpiniaceae, 
Papilionaceae,  Malpighiaceae,  Euphorbiaceae,  Sapindaceae,  Laura- 
ceae,  Myrtaceae,  Melastomataceae,  Ebenaceae,  and  Rubiaceae.  Only 
the  last,  with  two  species,  is  represented  by  more  than  a  single  species. 
When  so  sparse  and  evenly  distributed  a  representation  of  the 
families  is  present  in  a  fossil  flora,  it  is  an  indication  that  after  allow- 
ing for  some  accidents  of  preservation,  those  families  represented  may 
be  regarded  as  the  most  abundantly  represented  in  the  Tertiary  flora 
of  the  region,  and  in  this  respect  there  is  a  very  great  similarity  to  the 
existing  flora  of  the  Isthmian  region.  The  present  forests  of  Panama 
are  made  up  principally  of  species  of  Arecaceae,  Moraceae,  Mimo- 
saceae,  Papilionaceae,  Sterculiaceae,  Tiliaceae,  Euphorbiaceae,  Ana- 
cardiaceae,  Myrtaceae,  Melastomataceae,  and  Rubiaceae.  The  only 
ones  of  this  list  not  found  fossil  are  the  Sterculiaceae,  Tiliaceae,  and 
Anacardiaceae,  and  as  these  three  families  are  all  abundant  in  the 
much  more  complete  floras  from  the  Tertiary  of  the  southeastern 
United  States,  it  is  safe  to  assume  that  they  were  also  present  in  the 
Tertiary  flora  of  Panama.  The  mainly  herbaceous  families  abundant 
in  the  Recent  flora,  which  are  hardly  to  be  expected  in  the  fossil  flora, 
are  the  Poaceae,  C3^peraceae,  Orchidaceae,  Araceae,  and  Compositae. 

"The  bowers  of  wild  figs  of  the  existing  flora  are  represented  by  a 
small-leafed  species  of  Ficus  from  two  localities  in  the  Culebra 
formation.  The  family  Anonaceae,  which  has  numerous  species  of 
Anona  and  Guatteria  in  the  Recent  flora  of  Central  America,  is  rep- 
resented by  a  fine  large  species  of  the  latter  genus  which  is  not  un- 
common in  the  Gatun,  Caimito,  and  Culebra  formations.  Guatteria 
contains  about  50  existing  species  of  tropical  shrubs  and  trees  of 
varying  habitats  and  exclusively  American,  and  has  not  been  previ- 
ously recognized  with  certainty  in  fossil  floras.    Anona  is  abundant 


20  BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 

in  the  Eocene  and  Oligocene  of  our  Southern  States,  but  Guatteria 
has  not  been  recognized. 

The  Myristicaceae  is  represented  by  an  infrequent  species  of 
Myristicophyllum  in  the  Culebra  formation,  and  in  this  connection  it 
is  of  interest  to  note  the  presence  of  fruits  and  seeds  of  Myristica  in 
the  uppermost  Eocene  of  Texas  suggestive  of  the  subgenera  Virola 
and  Compsoneura,  both  of  which  occur  in  the  Recent  flora  of  Central 
America.  The  Leguminosae  have  three  fossil  species.  The  Mimosa 
ceae,  which  are  very  abundant  in  the  existing  forests  of  Panama,  are 
represented  by  a  fossil  species  of  Inga,  a  large  genus  of  tropical  trees 
with  upward  of  two-score  species  in  Central  America,  nearly  hali 
of  which  are  recorded  from  Panama.  Inga  is  well  represented  in 
the  abundant  Eocene  floras  of  our  Southern  States,  and  it  is  of  in 
terest  to  note  the  resemblance  between  the  fossil  species  from  Panama 
and  a  species  described  by  Engelhardt  from  an  unknown  Tertiary 
horizon  in  Ecuador. 

The  Caesalpiniaceae  is  represented  by  a  single  species  of  Cassia,  a 
large  genus  not  only  in  the  Recent  equatorial  floras  but  well  repre 
sented  in  most  fossil  floras  from  the  Upper  Cretaceous  to  the  present 

The  Papilionaceae,  very  abundant  in  the  existing  flora  of  Panama 
is  supposed  to  be  represented  by  the  petrified  wood  of  a  large  tree 
referred  to  the  genus  Taenioxylon  and  found  in  the  Cucuracha 
Culebra,  and  Bohio  formations. 

The  family  of  Malpighiaceae  is  represented  by  the  genera  Hiraec 
and  Banisteria.  The  former  has  about  30  recent  species,  exclusively 
American,  ranging  from  Mexico  and  the  Antilles  to  tropical  Brazi 
and  Peru,  and  it  is  represented  by  a  fossil  species  in  the  Eocene  o 
the  Mississippi  embayment.  Banisterm  contains  about  80  existing 
species,  mostly  climbing  shrubs.  It  is  at  present  confined  to  thi 
American  tropics,  but  appears  to  have  been  present  in  Europe  as  wel 
as  in  the  southern  United  States  during  the  Tertiary. 

The  Euphorbiaceae,  abundantly  represented  in  the  present  forest 
of  Panama,  is  represented  in  the  Caimito  formation  by  a  species  o 
Hieronymia  apparently  identical  with  one  described  by  Engelhard 
from  the  Tertiary  of  Ecuador.  Hieronymia,  not  otherwise  knowi 
in  the  fossil  state,  contains  about  a  dozen  existing  species  which  ar< 
confined  to  tropical  America,  where  they  range  from  Mexico  and  th< 
West  Indies  to  Brazil. 

The  Sapindaceae,  abundant  in  all  fossil  floras  from  the  Uppe 
Cretaceous  onward,  and  exceedingly  abundant  in  the  Tertiary  flora 
of  the  Mississippi  embayment,  is  represented  in  the  fossil  flora  o 
Pjin  a  in  a  by  a  species  of  /Schmidelia  found  in  the  Caimito  and  Culebr: 
formations.  Schmidelia  has  a  large  number  of  existing  species  ii 
the  equatorial  regions  of  both  hemispheres  and,  except  for  petrifie< 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


21 


material  from  the  island  of  Antigua,  it  has  not  previously  been  recog- 
nized in  the  fossil  state. 

The  family  Lauraceae.  so  extensively  represented  in  the  Tertiary 
f  floras  of  the  Mississippi  embayment  and  in  the  Kecent  tropical  flora 
t  of  South  America,  is  represented  at  Panama  by  a  single  fragmentary 
a  species  which  is  referred  to  Mespilodaphne.  The  latter  has  numer- 
i  ous  modern  species  in  the  tropics  of  America  and  Africa. 

The  Myrtaceae.  one  of  the  abundant  families  in  the  existing  for- 

-  ests  of  tropical  America,  has  a  fossil  species  of  Calyptranthes  at 
Panama.    This  genus  has  about  70  exclusively  American  existing 

-  species  ranging  from  Mexico  and  the  West  Indies  to  southern  Brazil. 
:  Hemsley  records  7  recent  species  from  Central  America,  of  which 

2  are  found  on  the  Isthmus.    It  is  also  represented  in  the  lower 
Eocene  of  the  Mississippi  embayment.    The  abundant,  both  Kecent 
and  fossil,  representatives  of  the  allied  genera  Eugenia  and  Myrcia 
7  have  not  been  recognized  in  the  fossil  flora  of  the  Isthmus. 

The  Melastomataceae.  an  immense  tropical  family  in  the  existing 
flora  and  very  abundant  throughout  Central  America,  has  a  single 
*  fossil  species  in  the  Culebra  formation. 

The  family  Ebenaceae,  usually  abundant  in  fossil  floras  from  the 
Upper  Cretaceous  onward,  and  with  a  large  number  of  species  in 
tropical  America,  is  represented  on  the  Isthmus  by  the  petrified 
fruits  of  a  species  of  ebony  (Diospyros)  known  to  be  from  an  older 
horizon  (Eocene)  than  the  balance  of  the  known  fossil  flora. 

The  Rubiaceae,  a  prominent  family  in  the  existing  flora  of  Central 
America,  where  according  to  Wallace  (1911)  it  ranks  fourth  in  size 
with  146  species,  is  represented  by  two  fossil  species,  both  found  in 
the  Gatun  formation.    These  are  referred  to  Rondeletia  and  Rxibi- 
Df  acites. 

The  former  has  not  heretofore  been  found  fossil.  It  includes 
about  70  existing  species  of  a  variety  of  habitats,  confined  to  the 
American  tropics  and  chiefly  massed  in  the  Antilles  and  Central 
America.  Rubiaeites  is  represented  by  a  fruit  which  is  apparently 
referable  to  the  tribe  Ixoreae,  now  confined  to  the  tropics  of  both 
:  hemispheres. 


TERTIARY  ECOLOGY. 


The  restricted  variety  and  fragmentary  condition  of  the  fossil 
plants  thus  far  collected  inhibits  a  detailed  discussion  of  the  prob- 
able ecology  of  the  Tertiary  flora.  In  so  far  as  climatic  conditions 
are  concerned  the  Tertiary  plants  indicate  an  abundant  rainfall  and 
ol  relatively  high  equable  temperatures  such  as  prevail  at  the  present 
n  time  in  the  Hill  country  and  Coastal  Plain  of  the  Isthmus.  There  is 
no  indication  of  upland  vegetation.  None  of  the  fossil  plants  indicate 


22 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


mountains  sufficiently  high  to  harbor  that  mixture  of  temperate  types 
such  as  is  seen  at  the  present  time  in  the  mountains  of  Central 
America,  as,  for  example,  above  6,000  feet  in  Costa  Rica.  There  was 
plenty  of  opportunity  for  the  introduction  of  such  types  had  the 
climate  been  propitious,  so  that  I  would  infer  that  the  Tertiary  relief 
was  slight,  that  is  under  5,000  feet  and  probably  much  less  than  this, 
although  there  is  no  evidence  to  warrant  precision  of  statement. 

On  the  other  hand,  the  collected  floras  do  not  furnish  any  traces 
of  the  characteristic  vegetations  of  low  muddy  shores,  although  types 
like  Rhizophora,  Avicennia,  Conocarpus,  Laguncularia,  etc.,  were 
already  in  existence  in  Eocene  times  as  we  know  from  their  presence 
in  the  Mississippi  embayment  of  that  time,  where  they  were  undoubt- 
edly derived  from  the  south.  I  do  not  infer  that  these  costal  types 
were  absent  in  the  Tertiary  flora  of  the  Isthmus.  On  the  contrary 
they  must  have  been  present;  but  no  traces  of  them  have  been  dis- 
covered except  the  traces  of  Acrostichum  in  the  Culebra  formation. 

The  bulk  of  the  fossil  plants  clearly  belong  to  the  evergreen  rain 
forests  and  they  have  the  appearance  of  having  been  washed  into 
the  basins  of  sedimentation  by  streams.  None  of  the  lithologic  speci- 
mens that  I  have  seen  from  the  Isthmus  indicate  autochonous  swamp 
deposits  either  of  coastal  or  valley  situations  and  I  picture  the  flora 
as  one  of  a  humid  tropical  character  covering  a  country  of  low  hills. 
This  is  of  necessity  a  tentative  conclusion  and  perhaps  even  such 
general  deductions  are  unwarranted  because  of  the  very  limited  data 
with  which  I  have  had  to  deal. 

FLORA  OP  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 

Arecales : 

Arecaceae — 

Palmoxylon  palmacites  (Sprengel)  Stenzel. 
Urticales : 

Moraceae — 

Ficus  culebrensis,  new  species. 

Ranales : 

Anonaceae — 

Guatteria  culebrensis,  new  species. 
Myristicaceae — 

Myristicophyllum  panamense,  new  species. 

Rosales : 

Leguminosae — 

Taenioxylon  multiradiatum,  Felix. 
Inga  oligocaenica,  new  species. 
Cassia  culebrensis,  new  species. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  23 


Geraniales : 

Malpighiaceae — 

1  Hircea  oligocaenica,  new  species. 

Banisteria  praenuntia,  new  species. 
Euphorbiaceae — 
i  Hieronymia  lehmanni  Engelhardt? 

Sapindales : 
3  Sapindaceae — 

Schmidelia  bejucensis,  new  species. 
5  Thymeleales: 

Lauraceae — 

M espilodaphne  culebrensis,  new  species. 
s  Myrtales: 
1  Myrtaceae — 

Calyptranthes  gatimensis,  new  species. 
1  Melastomataceae — 

Q  Melastomites  miconioides,  new  species. 

0  Ebenales: 

l"  Ebenaceae — 

P  Diospyros  macdonaldi,  new  species. 

a  Rubiales: 

1  Rubiaceae — 

^  Rondeletia  goldmani,  new  species. 

:a  Rubiacites  ixoreoides,  new  species. 

Fern  fragments  of  Acrostichum. 

Palm  rays. 

SYSTEMATIC  PALEOBOTANY. 

PTERIDOPHYTA. 

Order  FILICALES. 

FERN  FRAGMENTS  OF  ACROSTICHUM. 

The  material  from  the  Culebra  formation,  one-fourth  mile  south 
of  Empire  Bridge,  contains  several  obscure  fragments  of  large  simple 
fern  pinnules  with  reticulate  venation  strongly  suggestive  of  Acros- 
tichum, but  too  incomplete  for  identification.  The  genus  now  prin- 
cipally represented  by  the  cosmopolitan  tropical  tidal  marsh  species 
Acrostichum  aurevm  is  abundant  in  the  Eocene  and  Oligocene  of 
both  America  and  Europe,  and  is  especially  characteristic  in  the 
Jackson,  Catahoula,  and  Vicksburg  of  our  Gulf  States. 


24 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


SPERMATOPHYTA. 

Order  ARECALES. 

Family  ARECACEAE. 

PALM  RAYS. 

The  broken  rays  of  apparently  two  species  of  palms  occur  spar- 
ingly in  the  Culebra  formation  at  the  locality  one-fourth  mile  south 
of  Empire  Bridge.  These  are  too  incomplete  for  even  tentative 
generic  determination. 

Genus  PALMOXYLON  Schenk. 

Group  LUNARIA. 

PALMOXYLON  PALMA CITES  (Sprengel)  Stenzel. 

Plate  12,  fig.  1. 

Endogenites  paltnacites  Sprengel,  Comraentatio,  p.  39,  figs.  6,  6a,  1828. 
Fasciculites  palmacites  Cotta,  Dendrol.,  pp.  49,  89,  pi.  9,  figs.  1,  2,  1832  — 

Unger  in  Martius,  p.  59,  tab.  geol.  3,  fig.  6,  1845. 
Palmacites  duhius  Corda,  Beitrage,  p.  42,  pi.  22,  1845. — Schimper,  Pal 

Veget.,  vol.  2,  p.  513,  1870;  Handbuch,  Abst.  2,  p.  887.  1892. 
Palmaeylon  tenerum  Felix,  Foss.    Holzer  Westindiens,  p.  26,  pi.  4,  fig.  1 

1883 —Schenk  in  Zittel. 
Palmoxylon  palmacites  Stengel,  Foss.  Palmenholzer,  p.  245,  pi.  20,  fig.  255 

1904. 

Description. — Fibro-vascular  bundles  small,  very  numerous,  closel; 
spaced,  orbicular  or  ovate  in  cross  section,  uniformily  distributed  a 
a  rule,  0.60  mm.  to  0.75  mm.  in  diameter,  and  rarely,  if  ever,  tha 
distance  from  one  another.  Auxiliary  bundles  absent. 

Sclerenchyma  portion  excavated  more  or  less  deeply  to  receive  th 
vascular  portion,  which  is  often  nearly  equal  to  it  in  size.  Occa 
sionally  a  thin  zone  of  sclerenchyma  entirely  surrounds  the  vascula' 
portion.  Sclerenchyma  fibres  small,  isodiametric,  greatly  thickener 
of  nearly  uniform  size,  about  0.035  mm.  in  diameter.  Vessels  varij 
able  in  size,  ranging  from  0.072  mm.  to  0.18  mm.  in  diameter,  usuall 
two  large  vessels  and  either  none  or  several  small  vessels  on  the  sid; 
away  from  the  bast  in  each  bundle.  The  phloem  portion  in  generr 
destroyed  and  represented  by  a  disorganized  cavity  between  the  vesj1 
-els  and  the  bast. 

The  ground  mass  of  the  stem  consists  of  thin  walled  parenchym 
without  intercellular  spaces.  The  cells  are  small,  isodiametri 
rounded  pentagonal  or  hexagonal  except  where  there  are  but  one  c 
two  rows  between  closely  adjacent  bundles,  in  which  case  they  ai 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  25 

narrowly  compressed  and  elongated  parallel  to  the  sides  of  the 
bundles.  Their  diameter  varies  from  0.035  mm.  to  0.10  mm.  Scat- 
tered through  the  stem  parenchyma  are  darker  cells  which  in  polar- 
ized light  appear  to  be  gum  cells.  They  are  slightly  larger  than  the 
parenchyma  cells,  being  from  0.072  mm.  to  0.108  mm.  in  diameter. 

Occasional  bundles  are  seen  to  be  branching.  These  are  the  fas- 
ciculi fibroductores  or  Kreuzungsbiindel. 

This  species  was  first  recognized  by  Sprengel  in  1828,  who  referred 
it  to  Endogenites;  Cotta  four  years  later  transferred  it  to  Fasciculites, 
^  and  Corda  in  1845  referred  it  to  Palmacites.  When  Felix  came  to 
publish  on  the  Antigua  woods  in  1883  he  recognized  this  species, 
but  in  describing  it  under  the  genus  Palmoxylon  which  had  been 
proposed  by  Schenk  only  a  year  or  two  before  he  took  the  libert3r 
of  giving  it  the  new  name  of  tenerum,  which  under  the  rules  of 
nomenclature  has  no  standing  as  Stenzel  recognized  in  print  in  1904. 

The  specimen  from  Panama  is  small  and  may  be  from  near  the 
periphery  of  a  stem,  although  in  the  group  Lunaria  there  is  little 
difference  between  the  central  and  peripheral  regions.    In  the  size,, 
outline,  and  crowding  of  the  fibrovascular  bundles  as  well  as  in  the 
J  character  of  the  parenchyma  of  the  groundmass  the  present  species 
greatly  resembles  Palmoxylon  integrum  described  by  Felix1  from 
Cuba  and  considered  by  Stenzel 2  as  merely  a  variety  of  the  Antiguan 
species  Palmoxylon  antigu&nse  (Unger)  Felix.3   It  differs  from  that 
H  species  in  altogether  lacking  the  numerous  auxiliary  sclerenchyma 
g  bundles  which  are  so  well  marked  in  Palmoxylon  integrum.   A  fur- 
ther difference  is  the  presence  of  gum  or  mucilage  cells  which  are 
A  fairly  numerous  in  the  Panama  specimen  of  Palmoxylon  palmacites 
and  which  might  upon  a  merely  superficial  examination  be  mistaken 
1  for  auxiliary  sclerenchyma  bundles.    Among  the  Oligocene  species 
of  Palmoxylon  from  the  southern  United  States  Palmoxylon  missis- 
A  sippense  Stenzel 4  is  very  similar  to  the  present  species. 
J    Other  described  fossil  species  which  show  more  or  less  resem- 
jj  blances  are  Palmoxylon  stellatum,  aschersoni,  varwbile,  and  ceylani- 
cum.    The  nearest  affinity  among  recent  palms  is  not  determinable 
in  the  present  state  of  our  knowledge  of  the  anatomy  of  the  latter. 
The  present  type  of  structure  is  commonly  known  as  the  Cocos- 
like  type. 

For  some  unknown  reason  the  upper  Eocene  and  lower  Oligocene 
in  southeastern  North  America  abounds  in  silicified  palm  wood. 
Palm  leaves  are  often  very  abundant  in  the  Wilcox  and  Claiborne 
Eocene  and  in  the  Apalachicola  Oligocene;  but  all  of  the  petrified 

1  Felix,  Foss.  Holz.  Westindiens,  p.  24,  pi.  5,  fig.  2,  1S83. 

2  Stenzel,  Foss.  Palmenholzer,  p.  154,  pi.  1,  figs.  1-10,  1904. 

3  Felix,  Foss.  Holz.  Westindiens,'  p.  22,«  pi.  4\  tig.>  5.  ■ 

4  Stenzel,  Foss.  PalmennorZ^  p,  24b,  pi.  21,-fi3Sr  254  -26Z-. 


26  BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 

palm  wood  in  our  Gulf  region  is  confined  to  the  Jackson  or  Vicks- 
burg  groups. 

The  island  of  Antigua,  celebrated  for  at  least  a  century  for  its 
petrified  woods,  has  furnished  at  least  seven  species  of  petrified 
palms,  five  of  which  were  known  to  Unger  as  early  as  1850,  and  one 
was  figured  by  Witham  in  1833.  These  also  are  of  Oligocene  age. 
There  are  two  additional  Oligocene  species  described  from  the  West 
Indies  without  definite  information  as  to  exact  locality,  and  there 
is  also  a  species  from  Trinidad  and  another  from  Cuba.  The  Oligo- 
cene species  at  present  known  from  the  southern  United  States  are 
seven  in  number,  four  of  which  have  not  been  found  outside  of  that 
region,  while  one  or  possibly  two  are  common  to  Antigua,  and  a  third 
has  been  reported  by  Felix  from  Southern  Mexico. 

Occurrence. — Cucuracha  formation,  green  clays,  Gaillard  Cut  (loc. 
6586).   Collected  by  D.  F.  MacDonald. 

Collection. — U.  S.  National  Museum.    Cat.  No.  35310. 

Order  URTICALES.  ! 

Family  MORACEAE. 
Genus  FICUS  Linnaeus. 

FICUS  CULEBRENSIS,  new  specie!. 

Plate  13,  fig.  1. 

Description. — Leaves  of  relatively  small  size,  broadly  oblong- 
lanceolate  in  general  outline,  apex  acute  but  not  extended  or  cuspi- 
date. Base  bluntly  pointed.  Margins  evenly  rounded.  Texture 
coriaceous.  Length  about  8  cm.  Maximum  width,  in  the  middle 
part  of  the  leaf,  about  2.15  cm.  Petiole  short,  stout,  and  curved. 
Midrib  stout  and  prominent  on  the  under  surface  of  the  leaf.  Sec- 
ondaries thin,  very  numerous,  evenly  spaced,  subparallel;  they  di- 
verge from  the  midrib  at  wide  angles  averaging  about  75  degrees, 
pursue  an  almost  straight  outward  course,  their  ends  being  con- 
nected well  within  the  margins  by  regular  flat  arches  formed  by 
their  abrupt  camptodrome  endings.  Tertiaries  obsolete. 

This  is  an  especially  well-marked  species  of  the  lanceolate  leafed 
section  of  Ficus,  and  it  may  be  matched  by  a  number  of  still  exist- 
ing  species  found  in  the  American  tropics.  Among  such  a  large 
number  of  both  existing  and  fossil  forms  detailed  comparisons  are 
not  especially  pertinent.  Two  comparisons  that  seem  significant  are 
lh.«  resemblance  of  the  present  form  to  Ficus  newtonensis  Berry  of  the 
\  rpper  C  laiborne  of  the  Mississippi  embayment  and  to  the  forms  from 
the  Sarmoisianof  li.iermg  in  Che  Tyrol  which  Ettingshausen 1  refers 

1  Ktlingshnusrn,  Tert.  Fl.  von  Haerlng.  p.  41,  pi.  10,  figs.  6,  8,  1853. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  27 


3-  to  Ficus  jynx  linger,  but  which  appear  to  me  to  be  decidedly  differ- 
ent from  Unger's  type, 
s     Occurrence. — Culebra  formation,  upper  part.    East  wall  of  the 
sd  Gaillard  cut  just  north  of  Canal  Commission  station  1760  (collected 
e  by  M.  I.  Goldman). 


Order  RANALES. 

Family  ANONACEAE. 
Genus  GUATTERIA  Ruiz  and  Pavon. 

Br* 

GUATTERIA  CULEBRENSIS.  new  species. 

Plate  13,  fig.  2. 

Description. — Leaves  of  large  size,  broadly  ovate  in  general  out- 
line, with  a  narrowed  slightly  decurrent  base  and  a  narrowed  and 
extended  acuminate  tip.  Length  about  20  cm.  Maximum  width, 
approximately  midway  between  the  apex  and  the  base,  between  6  cm. 
and  7  cm.  Margins  entire.  Texture  coriaceous.  Petiole  short  and 
stout,  enlarged  proximad,  about  2.25  cm.  in  length.  Midrib  stout 
and  promient.  Secondaries  mediumly  stout  and  prominent,  about 
ten  opposite  to  alternate  pairs  diverge  from  the  midrib  at  angles 
ranging  from  45°  to  60°,  sweeping  upward  in  regular  ascending 
subparallel  curves,  camptodrome  in  the  marginal  region.  Tertiaries, 
where  visible,  percurrent. 

The  present  is  one  of  the  more  abundant  and  better  preserved 
forms  from  the  Canal  Zone,  but  the  large  size  of  the  leaves  usually 
results  in  fragmentary  specimens,  the  tip  being  almost  invariably 
missing.  The  species  shows  great  similarity  with  various  existing 
forms  of  Anonaceae.  It  is  very  close  to  Anona  marcgravii  Martius  of 
Venezuela,  French  and  Dutch  Guiana,  and  Brazil  (Bahia  and  Per- 
nambuco).  It  is,  however,  among  the  various  species  of  Guatteria 
that  the  closest  homologies  are  found.  The  latter  genus  contains 
about  fifty  species  of  shrubs  and  trees,  exclusively  American1  and 
found  in  Mexico,  Central  America,  tropical  South  America,  and  in 
the  northern  Andes.  The  fossil  may  be  compared  with  a  large  num- 
ber of  the  existing  species,  as  for  example  Guatteria  our  eg  on  Dunal, 
a  large  tree  of  the  Carribbean  islands  and  equatorial  South  America, 
Guatteria  dolichopoda  De  Candolle  or  G.  grandiflora  De  Candolle 
of  Central  America. 

The  family  Anonaceae  contains  about  700  existing  species,  dis- 
tributed among  about  48  genera,  only  two  of  which  are  present  in 
North  America.    The  family  is  practically  confined  to  the  Tropics, 

1  The  Asiatic  species  of  various  authors  are  referred  to  the  genus  Polyalthia. 
8370°— 18g— Bull.  103  3 


28  BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


a  single  Australian  species,  and  the  North  American  genus  Asimina, 
with  6  or  7  species  being  the  only  conspicuously  extratropical  forms. 
The  area  of  maximum  representation  is  southeastern  Asia  and  the  ad- 
joining region  of  Malaysia,  for  while  only  16  genera  are  confined  to 
this  region  it  contains  over  350  species,  and  six  additional  genera 
(MUiusa,  Uvana,  Poly  alt  hia,  Oxymitra,  Melodorwni,  and  Poporvia), 
with  a  total  of  over  250  species  have  the  bulk  of  their  species  in  this 
area.  Only  a  single  genus  is  confined  to  Australia,  and  the  bulk  of 
the  Australian  species  are  to  be  regarded  as  migrants  from  the  pre- 
ceding area.  There  are  upwards  of  100  species  and  6  peculiar  genera 
in  tropical  Africa ;  and  America  has  about  200  species  and  10  peculiar 
genera.  These  are  all  confined  to  the  Tropics,  except  for  a  species  of 
Anona,  which  reaches  the  coast  of  peninsular  Florida,  and  for  the 
genus  Asimina,  with  six  or  seven  species  of  shrubs  and  small  trees  of 
the  south  Atlantic  and  Gulf  States.  One  of  these,  Asimina  triloba 
Dunal,  is  hardy  as  far  north  as  New  York,  and  has  the  distinction 
of  growing  the  farthest  distance  from  the  Equator  of  any  existing 
member  of  the  family.  The  fossil  record  of  the  Anonaceae  is  very 
incomplete,  only  the  genera  Anona  Linneaus  and  Asimina  Adanson. 
being  known  with  certainty.  Both  of  these  genera  are  present  in 
the  flora  of  the  Wilcox  group  of  the  Mississippi  embayment. 

The  genus  Guatteria  has  not,  so  far  as  I  knowT,  been  heretofore 
found  fossil,  except  for  a  doubtful  species  described  by  Hollick  from 
the  Upper  Gretaceous  of  Marthas  Vineyard  and  Long  Island.  The 
genus  Uvaria  Linnaeus  has  a  Pliocene  and  three  Pleistocene  species 
on  the  Island  of  Java,  and  the  genera  Melodorum  Dunal  and  Mitre- 
phora  Blume  are  both  represented  in  the  Pleistocene  of  that  island. 

The  genus  Anona  has  from  fifteen  to  twenty  fossil  species,  five  of 
which  are  also  represented  by  seeds.  The  oldest  is  a  species  described 
from  the  Dakota  sandstone.  There  is  a  second  species  in  the  late 
Cretaceous  or  Early  Eocene  of  the  Rocky  Mountain  province.  The 
flora  of  the  Wilcox  affords  a  glimpse  into  the  true  stage  of  evolution 
of  Tertiary  floras  in  that  expanded  belt  of  the  American  equatorial 
region  which  was  the  center  of  radiation  of  so  many  recent  typesi 
There  were  three  exceedingly  well-marked  species  of  Anona  along 
the  Wilcox  coast  and  their  leaves  are  very  common  at  some  localities, 
although  no  seeds  have  as  yet  been  discovered.  I  assume  that  these 
Wilcox  forms  had  habits  similar  to  those  of  the  majority  of  the  ex- 
isting species,  exemplified  by  our  Florida  Anona  glabra  Linnaeus, 
or  pond  apple,  which  frequents  shallow  fresh-water  swamps,  low 
shady  hammocks,  or  stream  borders  near  the  coast.  Other  species 
OCCUr  in  the  low  coppice  association  or  on  edges  of  brackish  swamps 
on  the  Bahamas.  The  cultivated  species,  as,  for  example,  the  Ameri 
can  Anona  reticulata  Linnaeus,  which  is  planted  in  Guam,  often 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OE  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


29 


spreads  naturally  along  the  inner  beaches,  while  attempts  to  intro- 
duce others  of  the  most  highly  esteemed  American  species  in  the 
Orient  have  failed.  From  its  prevalence  among  the  existing  species 
the  habit  of  growing  in  wet,  shaded  soils  is  evidently  an  old  one,  and 
since  the  Wilcox  Anonas  are  associated  with  a  strand  flora  the  as- 
sumption that  they  grew  on  the  inner  beaches  or  the  shaded  and 
more  swampy  edges  of  lagoons  possesses  every  degree  of  probability. 

In  the  pipe  clays  of  Alum  Bay  which  were  contemporaneous  with 
the  Wilcox  there  are  two  species  of  Anona,  and  Engelhardt  has  de- 
scribed two  species  from  the  Eocene  or  Oligocene  of  Chili.  The 
OHgocene  record  shows  a  species  in  France  and  a  second  in  Saxony. 
In  the  Miocene  there  are  two  species  each  in  England,  Styria,  and 
Croatia,  and  one  each  in  Bohemia,  Colorado,  and  Transylvania. 
There  is  one  each  in  the  Pliocene  of  France  and  Italy,  showing  how 
modern  was  their  extinction  in  the  south  of  Europe. 

The  genus  Asimina  has  only  four  or  five  recorded  fossil  species. 
These  are  all  American  except  for  a  form  from  the  Pliocene  of  Italy 
which  has  been  referred  to  this  genus,  although  I  suspect  that  it 
represents  .  Inona,  since  Asimina  appears  to  have  originated  and  been 
confined  to  the  Western  Hemisphere.  The  oldest  known  species  is 
based  on  foliage  which  is  found  in  the  basal  Eocene  of  the  Rocky 
Mountains  (Denver  formation)  and  of  the  embayment  (Midway 
Group).  There  is  a  single  species  based  on  a  seed  from  the  basal 
Wilcox  and  no  other  records  except  a  form  close  to  the  modern 
from  the  late  Miocene  of  New  Jersey  (Bridgeton  sandstone)  and  the 
occurrence  of  the  existing  Asimmo  triloba  Dunal  in  the  interglacial 
beds  of  the  Don  valley  in  Ontario.  There  are  IT  existing  species  of 
Anon  a  recorded  from  Central  America,  six  of  which  are  known  from 
Panama.  Hemsley  records  11  species  of  Guatteria  from  Central 
America,  at  least  two  of  which  occur  in  Panama. 

Occurrence. — Culebra  formation,  upper  part.  East  wall  of  Gail- 
lard  Cut  just  north  of  Canal  Commission  station  1760  (collected  by 
M.  I.  Goldman).  Gatun  formation.  Gatun  borrow  pits  (collected 
by  M.  I.  Goldman).  7  miles  northeast  of  Bejuca  near  Chame 
(=Caimito  formation)  (collected  by  MacDonald). 

Family  MYRISTICACEAE. 
Genus  MYRISTICOPHYLLUM  Geyler. 

MYRISTICOPHYLLUM  PANAMENSE,  new  species. 

Plate  13,  fig.  8. 

Description. — Leaves  ovate  or  ovate  lanceolate  in  outline  with 
pointed  apex  and  base,  entire,  evenly  rounded  margins,  subcoriaceous 
in  texture.  Length  about  9  cm.  Maximum  width,  midway  between 
the  apex  and  the  base,  about  3.3  cm.  Petiole  slender,  about  8  mm. 
long.  Midrib  slender.   Secondaries  thin,  about  8  subopposite  ascend- 


30 


BULLET1X   L03,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


ing  subparallel  pairs;  they  diverge  from  the  midrib  at  acute  angles 
and  are  subparallel  with  the  lower  lateral  margins,  eventually  camp- 
todrome.   Tertiaries  obsolete. 

This  species  is  unfortunately  represented  by  fragmentary  remains 
inadequate  for  conclusive  identification.  The  genus  Myristica  Lin- 
naeus contains  about  two  score  existing  species,  rather  more  than  half 
being  American  tropical  forms,  now  often  segregated  into  several 
genera.  Many  are  insular  and  coastal  forms,  Schimper  recording  4 
species  in  the  Indomalayan  strand  flora  and  several  species  ranging 
eastward  in  the  Pacific  to  the  Fiji,  Tonga,  and  Samoan  Islands,  and 
their  fruits  are  recorded  by  both  Gaudiehaud  and  Guppy  in  the  sea 
drift,  although  the  oriental  species  are  normally  distributed  by  fruit 
pigeons  (Mosley,  Hemsley,  Guppy). 

De  Candolle  ancTMiquel  both  considered  the  foliage,  especially  the 
venation,  as  offering  the  best  criteria  for  differentiation,  but  in  the 
absence  of  comparative  material  and  the  incomplete  character  of  the 
Panama  fossil  it  is  not  possible  to  apply  these  criteria.  The  American 
Recent  species  number  about  25,  and  these  are  mainly  South  Ameri- 
can in  their  distribution,  although  the  sections  or  genera  Virokt 
A  ublet  and  Compsoneura  De  Candolle  both  occur  in  Central  America. 

The  distribution  of  the  Recent  species  in  tropical  America,  Asia, 
and  Africa  is  conclusive  evidence  of  a  Tertiary  history,  although  this 
evidence  is  practically  unknown.  Geyer  1  described  two  forms  of  leal 
fragments  from  the  Miocene  of  Labnan  (Borneo)  and  Engelhardt2  a 
third  from  the  Tertiary  of  Ecuador  and  Chile.  The  most  conclusm 
evidence  of  their  Tertiary  radiation  is  furnished  by  the  characteristic 
fruits  described  recently  by  the  writer3  and  preserved  in  the  wind 
blown  sands  of  the  uppermost  Eocene  of  Texas. 

Occurrence. — Culebra  formation  (upper  part).    East  wall  of  (Jail 
lard  Cut  just  north  of  Canal  Commission  station  1760  (collected  by 
M.  1.  Goldman). 

Order  ROSALES. 

Superfamily  LEGUMINOSAE. 

Genus  TAENIOXYLON  Felix. 

TAENIOXYLON  MULTIRADIATUM  Felix. 
Plates  L4  ;md  15. 

Taenioatylon    multiradiatuni    Felix,    Die    fossilen    Holzer  Westindlem 
Sanaml  pnlaeont  Abh.,  ger.  t,  Heft  h  p.  11,  pi.  1.  figs.  10,  11  :  pi. 
flg.  10,  L883. 

Transverse  section. — In  a  radial  distance  of  5  cm.  there  are  n< 
definite  annual  of  seasonal  rin^s.    In  certain  zones  the  vessels  arl 


1  Geyler,  H.  T.,  I  eya  Expedition,  vol.  a,  p.  498,  pi.  33,  figs.  3-0,  1887. 
•Btlgelhardt,  ll..  Ahli.  Scm-k.  Naturf.  Oosollsch.,  vol.  l(i.  p.  003,  pi.  6,  fig.  9;  pi. 
ftg,  il\  1891  :  vol.  19,  i).  13,  pi.  1,  11k.  21,  1895. 

•Berry.  B.  \v..  Amer.  .I<>nrn.  Sci..  scr.  4.  vol.  4'J,  pp.  iMl-24.r»,  8gs.  1-0.  1916. 


GEOLOGY  AlsD  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  31 


1  larger,  more  generally  compound,  and  closer  together,  and  in  other 
H  gones  they  are  more  distant,  slightly  smaller,  and  prevailingly  single. 

No  changes  are  observable  in  the  other  elements  and  there  is  no 
i  regular  alteration  of  vessel  rich  and  vessel  poor  areas  nor  any  change 
•  from  so-called  summer  to  spring  wood  such  as  characterizes  the  trees 
:  of  the  temperate  zone. 

il  Vessels  single  or  two.  three,  or  four  together  in  radial  rows  (an 
1  anomalous  group  of  five  vessels  in  juxtaposition  is  shown  in  the  de- 
g  tailed  drawing).  Outline  of  single  vessels  elliptical,  those  in  groups 
i  flattened  on  one  or  both  sides  by  mutual  compression;  their  tangen- 
t  tial  diameter  ranging  from  0.10  mm.  to  0.14  mm.;  their  radial  diam- 
I  titer  ranging  from  0.12  mm.  to  0.16  mm.,  exceptionally  large  ones  up 
to  0.22  mm.;  their  walls  thick.  0.0067  mm.  to  0.01  mm.  in  thickness, 
i  clearly  showing  the  numerous  small  pits  in  section.    Vessels  fre- 

1  bueiitly  filled  with  gum.  Vessels  usually  surrounded  by  one  to  three 
e  layers  of  rounded  or  more  or  le.->s  compressed  thin- walled  wood  paren- 
ii  chyma,  somewhat  variable  in  amount  in  different  parts  of  the  stem 
i-  and  tending  to  form  tangential  bands.  Prosenchyma  very  abundant, 
"  the  elements  polygonal,  small,  somewhat  smaller  than  those  of  the 
i.  wood  parenchyma,  and  thick  walled.  Rays  very  numerous,  one  or 
i.  two  cells  wide  as  seen  in  transverse  sections,  flexuous  in  their  courses 
s  since  they  are  bowed  out  around  the  large  vessels  and  approach  more 
f  or  less  in  the  radial  intervals  between  vessels;  from  0.10  mm.  to 
a  0.20  mm.  apart,  averaging  nearer  the  former  than  the  latter  figure, 
e  The  ray  cells  toward  the  ends  of  the  rays  which  appear  to  be  those 
ic  usually  seen  in  the  several  sections  examined  are  not  elongated  radi- 
l-  ally  but  are  nearly  isodiametric  and  about  0.02  mm.  in  diameter. 

Radial  section. — The  radial  section  shows  the  close  set,  fine,  trans- 
1-  versely  elongated  pits  of  the  vessels  which  have  simple  perforations. 
vlThe  wood  parenchyma  is  septate,  the  cells  being  about  times  as 
long  as  wide  with  large  simple  pits.  The  rays  are  of  variable  height, 
from  9  to  17  cells.  They  are  seen  in  radial  view  to  consist  of  a  central 
series  of  radially  elongated  cells  with  numerous  fine  simple  pits, 
above  and  below  which  is  a  series  of  longitudinally  elongated  cells, 
beyond  which  are  one  or  two  rows  of  isodiametric  cells  which  are 
regularly  hexagonal  in  this  view. 

Tangential  section, — The  tangential  section  shows  the  uniform 
(  close  set  fine  pitting  on  all  the  walls  of  the  vessels,  the  relative  short 

2  length  and  the  large  simple  pits  of  the  adjoining  septate  wood  paren- 
chyma.   The  rays  are  seen  to  be  very  numerous,  and  separated  by 

K  tmt  few  rows  of  flexuous  prosenchyma;  they  are  lenticular  in  outline 
pi  and  of  variable  height,  one  or  two  rays  of  terminal  cells  (those  which 
-  are  hexagonal  in  outline  in  the  radial  view)  are  single:  then  come 
if  one  to  three  biseriate  rows  (those  longitudinally  elongated  in  the 


32 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


|<j 

nri 
I 


Family  MIMOSACEAE. 

Genus  INGA  Willdenow. 

INGA  OLIGOCAENICA,  new  species. 

Plate  16,  fig.  2. 

Pescrijrtion. — Leaflets  rather  above  medium  size,  elliptical-ova 
and  very  inequilateral  in  general  outline.   Apex  abruptly  acute,  n 


il 


radial  view)  ;  toward  the  median  region  the  rays  are  three  or  four 
cells  broad  (the  radially  elongated  cells  in  the  radial  view). 

Felix  states  that  in  the  Antigua  material  the  rays  were  usually 
biseriate,  while  uniseriate  and  triseriate  rays  were  rare.    I  do  not  I 
know  the  extent  of  his  material,  but  in  the  case  of  that  from  Panama  | 
I  had  but  few  radial  sections  cut.    Ray  cells  frequently  filled  to  a 
greater  or  less  degree  with  gum. 

Remarks. — Fragments  of  the  wood  of  this  species  are  very  com- 
mon in  the  collections  from  Panama,  but  a  good  deal  was  rather  badh 
decayed  before  petrification.   That  which  has  formed  the  chief  basis  I 
for  the  foregoing  description  and  all  of  the  photographs  and  draw-,  ^ 
ings  is  beautifully  preserved.    The  species  is  clearly  identical  witq  |( 
the  type,  as  very  insufficiently  described  and  illustrated  by  Felix 
One  highly  ferruginized  and  fairly  well  preserved  quadrant  of  i 
trunk  indicates  a  large  tree,  with  a  diameter  of  at  least  25  cm. 

The  genus  Taenioxylon  was  established  by  Felix  in  1882  witlifo: 
T.  various  from  Antigua  as  the  type.  He  has  since  described  7  addij 
tional  species  including  2  additional  from  Antigua.  1  from  southen 
Brazil,  1  from  East  Indies,  1  from  Philippines,  1  from  Caucasus^ 
and  1  from  the  Swabian  Alps.    All  are  of  Tertiary  age  and  shov 
resemblances  to  various  members  of  the  3  Leguminous  families 
Caesalpiniaceae,  Miomosaceae,  and  Papilionaceae.    Felix  consider k  ^ 
the  present  species  to  be  a  member  of  the  Papilionaceae,  and  it  agree 
entirely  with  Solereders  account  of  the  anatomy  of  this  family.  Th 
two  kinds  of  ray  cells  described  have,  according  to  Saupe,  beej 
shown  to  occur  in  the  following  tribes  in  this  family,  namely  th 
Podalyrieae,  Genisteae,  Galegeae,  Hedysareae,  and  Sophoreae.  Witl 
out  much  recent  comparative  material,  which  is  unavailable,  it 
impossible  to  allocate  the  present  species  more  definitely  within  th 
extensive  family. 

Occurrences. — Bohio  formation,  middle  Bohio  Ridge  (poorly  pr 
served)  quadrant  of  a  large  trunk  indicating  a  tree  with  trunk  i 
least  25  cm.  in  diameter.  Cucuracha  formation,  upper  part  Gree 
clays  of  Gaillard  Cut  (locality  G845)  Oligocene  limestone.  Orb; 
toidal  limestone,  2  miles  north  of  David  (locality  6523)  (all  abort 
collected  by  D.  F.  MacDonald).  Culebra  formation,  upper  pai 
Near  top  of  big  slide,  just  north  of  Culebra.  Collected  by  M. 
Goldman  (figured  material). 

Collections.— -TJ.  S.  National  Museum.  Johns  Hopkins  Universit 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


33 


:  xtended.    Base  very  inequilateral,  truncate  or  ascending  on  one 
ide  and  wide  and  cordate  on  the  other.   Margins  entire,  full.  Tex- 
:  ure  subccriaceous.   Length  about  8  cm.  or  9  cm.   Maximum  width, 
1  it  or  slightly  above  the  middle,  about  4  cm.   Petiolule  curved,  short 
:i  .nd  stout,  about  3  mm.  long.    Midrib  stout,  greatly  curved.  Sec- 
1  >ndaries  thin,  five  or  six  pairs,  angles  of  divergence  and  courses 
arious,  all  ultimately  camptodrome:  lower  pair  opposite,  from  the 
op  of  petiolule ;  they  diverge  from  the  midrib  at  angles  of  at>out  45 
.legrees,  curving  slightly  outward  and  then  ascending,  parallel  with 
;;he  respective  margins;  the  one  in  the  narrow  side  of  the  lamina 
\rches  along  the  margin  in  a  brochiodrome  manner;  the  one  in  the 
•vide  side  of  the  lamina  sends  off  on  the  outside  a  series  of  regularly 
spaced  camptodrome  tertiaries.    Tertiary  venation  for  the  most 
i>art  obsolete. 

This  characteristic  species  may  be  compared  with  Inga  densiflora 
•^entham,1  Inga  edulls  Martius.2  Inga  marginata  Willdenow,3  or  Inga 
-pecnosa  Spruce4  and  with  various  other  of  the  larger-leafed  species 
>f  Inga  in  the  American  Tropics  to  which  region  the  212  of  its 

-  xisting  species  of  shrubs  and  trees  are  confined.  It  may  also  be 
v  ompared  with  a  number  of  tropical  American  species  of  Cassia,  as, 
:,!or  example,  Cassia  ruseifolia  Jacquin. 

-  About  fiften  fossil  species  have  been  referred  to  Inga.  These 
-nclude  three  from  the  Upper  Cretaceous,  two  European,  and  one 

North  American.    There  are  also  two  or  three  species  in  the  Oligo- 
:  ene  of  Europe,  one  in  the  Pliocene  of  Bolivia,  two  in  the  Tertiary 
:il»f  Ecuador,  and  one  in  the  Tertiary  of  Colombia,  four  well-marked 
:  pecies  in  the  Lower  Eocene  of  the  Mississippi  embayment  (Wilcox 
jroup)  and  one  in  the  middle  Eocene  of  that  region  (Claiborne 
Troup).    The  Panama  species  is  not  especially  close  to  any  of  the 
'oregoing.    It  is  nearest,  however,  to  Inga  lot  if  oh' a,  described  by 
[V£ngelhardt 5  from  the  Tertiary  of  Ecuador,  differing  in  its  broader 
%rm  and  more  inequilateral  base. 

"!  Pittier  records  14  existing  species  of  Inga,  from  Panama. 6  Hems- 
^ey  lists  35  species  in  his  flora  of  Central  America,  or  which  number 

8  are  recorded  from  Panama. 
ir   Occurrence. — Lower  part  of  Culebra  beds  one-fourth  mile  south  of 
Empire  Bridge.    (Collected  by  D.  F.  MacDonald.)    U.S.G.S.  6837. 
Type.— Cat.  No.  35311,  U.S.N.M. 


iBentham,  Trans.  Linn.  Soc.  Lond.,  vol.  30,  p.  617,  1875  (Peru). 

2  Martius,  Flora,  vol.  20,  Beibl..  p.  113.  1837  (Brazil). 

5  Willdenow,  Sp.  PI.,  vol.  4,  p.  1015,  1806  (Venezuela). 

4  Spruce,  in  Bentham,  Trans.  Linn.  Soc.  Lond..  vol.  30,  p.  620  (Brazil). 

5Engelhardt,  EL,  Abh.  Senck.  Naturfor.  Gesell.,  vol.  19,  1895,  p.  20,  pi.  2,  figs.  11,  12. 

c  Pittier,  H..  Cont.  U.  S.  Natl.  Herb.,  vol.  18.  pt.  5.  pp.  218-223.  1916. 


34  BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Family  CAESALPINIACEAE. 
Genus  CASSIA  Linnaeus. 

CASSIA  CULEBRENSIS,  new  species. 

Plate  16,  fig.  1. 

t 

Description. — Leaves  obviously  pinnately  compound.  Leaflet 
ovate,  slightly  inequilateral  and  falcate,  with  an  obliquely  acumi 
nate,  practically  equilateral  tip,  and  an  acuminate  markedly  inequi 
lateral  base.  Length  about  6.25  cm.  Maximum  width,  about  mid 
way  between  the  apex  and  the  base,  2.75  cm.;  one  side  of  the  laminj 
15  mm.  wide,  the  other  12.5  mm.  wide.  Texture  mediumly  coriace 
ous.  Petiolule  reduced  to  a  thickened  proximal  part  of  the  midrit 
extending  but  1  mm.  below  the  point  of  junction  of  one  margin  anc 
about  2.5  mm.  below  the  point  of  junction  of  the  opposite  margin 
Margins  entire,  evenly  rounded  and  full.  Midrib  relatively  thin,  no 
prominent,  curved.  Secondaries  thin,  numerous,  about  10  suboppo 
site  to  alternate  pairs;  they  diverge  from  the  midrib  at  wide  angles 
about  70°  in  the  middle  part  of  the  leaflet,  are  nearly  straight  regu 
larly  spaced  and  subparallel  in  their  outward  course  for  two-third 
of  the  distance  to  the  margin  where  the  principal  ones  fork  to  joi: 
in  rounded  arches  the  similar  branches  of  adjacent  secondaries;  th 
secondaries  in  the  apical  and  basal  portions  of  the  leaflet  are  regu 
larly  camptodrome ;  those  toward  the  tip  of  the  leaflet  more  closel  ; 
spaced.  Marginal  tertiaries  camptodrome,  internal  tertiaries  mostl 
obsolete. 

This  type  in  its  general  form  and  the  character  of  its  base  an 
petiolule  indicates  that  it  is  a  leaflet  of  a  pinnate  leguminous  lea: 
Its  general  appearance  suggests  comparisons  with  the  gener 
Sweetia,  Myrocarpus,  Toluifera,  Cassia,  and  Sophora — the  first  thrc 
confined  to  tropical  South  America  and  the  last  two  cosmopolitan  i 
the  existing  flora.  While  the  evidence  is  not  conclusive,  I  prefer  t 
consider  it  more  closely  allied  to  Cassia  than  to  the  other  genei 
mentioned,  particularly  as  the  venation  characters  are  such  as  I  ha^ 
considered  referable  to  Cassia  in  my  studies  of  the  fossil  floras  of  t\ 
southern  United  States.  No  species  related  to  the  Panama  form 
known  from  the  Oligocene  of  the  United  States. 

The  modern  species  of  Cassia  are  very  numerous,  upwards  of  4(] 
having  been  described.  They  comprise  herbs,  shrubs,  and  trees  <J 
varied  habitats  in  the  warmer  parts  of  both  hemispheres,  particular'} 
tropical  America.  The  fossil  species  are  also  numerous  and  til 
generic  history  goes  back  to  near  the  base  of  the  Upper  Cretaceom 
The  genus  has  been  continuously  represented  in  the  warmer  parts 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


35 


America  from  the  time  of  deposition  of  the  Tuscaloosa  sediments  of 
Alabama  to  the  present. 

Occurrence. — Culebra  formation,  lower  part,  one-fourth  mile  south 
of  Empire  Bridge  (collected  by  D.  F.  MacDonald)  U.S.G.S.  6837 : 

Type.— Cat.  No.  35312,  U.S.N.M. 

Order  GERANIALES. 

Family  MALPIGHIACEAE. 
Genus  HIRAEA  Jacquin. 

HIRAEA  OLIGOCAENICA,  new  specie*. 

Plate  17,  fig.  1. 

l|  Description. — Leaves  relatively  large,  ovate-lanceolate  in  outline, 
^-falcate,  with  an  equally  cuneatly  pointed  apex  and  base.  Margins 
btentire,  evenly  curved.  Texture  subcoriaceous.  Length  about  9.5 
k-m.  Maximum  width,  at  or  somewhat  below  the  middle,  about  3.5 
umi.  Petiole  short,  stout,  about  3  mm.  in  length.  Midrib  stout,  flex- 
nfeous.  Secondaries  thin,  regularly  spaced,  about  9  pairs,  prevailingly 
^alternate ;  they  diverge  from  the  midrib  at  angles  of  about  45°  and 
Jjsweep  upward  in  regular  subparallel  slight  curves,  and  are  campto- 
i.-drome  in  the  marginal  region.  Tertiaries  obsolete, 
di  This  genus,  which  has  well  characterized  leaves,  has  seldom  been 
'^recognized  in  the  fossil  state.  One  species1  is  not  uncommon  in  the 
slower  Eocene  of  the  Mississippi  embayment,  and  Ettingshausen 2 
:uhas  recorded,  but  not  described,  a  second  species  from  the  Ypresian 
lof  Alum  Bay,  England. 

'4  The  existing  species  number  between  25  and  30  and  are  exclusively 
American,  ranging  from  Mexico  and  the  Antilles  throughout  Central 
and  northern  South  America  to  the  Peruvian  tropics, 
ifl  The  present  fossil  species  is  not  unlike  Hiraea  wilcoxiana  Berry 3 
en  from  the  lower  Eocene  of  Tennessee  and  is  closely  comparable  with 
:?*the  existing  Hiraea  chrysophylla  Jussieu  of  the  northern  coastal  re- 
ligion of  South  America. 

Occurrence. — Caimito  formation  7  miles  northeast  of  Bejuca 
(U.S.G.S.  station  6840).    Collected  by  D.  F.  MacDonald. 
ir    Type.— Cat.  No.  35313,  U.S.N.M. 
thl 

Genus  BANISTERIA  Linnaeus. 

BANISTERIA  PRAENUNTIA,  new  species. 

Plate  17,  fig.  2. 

Description. — Leaves  of  medium  size,  broadly  ovate  in  general  out- 
line, with  an  abruptly  acuminate  tip  and  a  broad  rounded  or  cuneate 

r  base.    Length  about  8  cm.    Maximum  width,  at  or  slightly  above  the 

tii  _  .  


(JO  i. 


1  Berry,  E.  W.,  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey  Prof.  Paper  91,  p.  257,  pi.  57,  fig.  8  ;  pi.  109,  fig.  6, 
1916. 

3  Ettingshausen,  C.  von,  Roy.  Soc.  London  Proc,  vol.  30,  p.  235,  1880. 
8  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey  Prof.  Paper  91,  p.  257. 


36 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


middle,  about  5  cm.  Margins  entire,  full  and  rather  evenly  rounded. 
Petiolar  character  unknown.  Midrib  of  medium  size,  uncharacteris- 
tic. Secondaries  thin,  seven  or  eight  opposite  to  alternate  pairs  di- 
verge from  the  midrib  at  regular  intervals  at  angles  varying  from 
45°  in  the  upper  part  of  the  leaf  to  55°  in  the  basal  part ;  they  ascend 
in  slight  but  subparallel  curves  increasing  in  intensity  as  they  pro- 
ceed toward  the  margins  with  which  the}7  become  subparallel  and 
eventually  camptodrome.  Tertiaries  thin,  mostly  obsolete.  Leaf 
substance  thin  but  apparently  of  a  somewhat  coriaceous  texture. 

The  present  species  receives  its  name  from  its  supposed  praenuntial 
relationship  to  the  existing  Banisteria  sinemariensis  De  Candolle,  a 
form  ranging  from  the  West  Indies  to  Brazil  and  whose  somewhat 
variable  leaves  may  be  exactly  matched  by  the  fossil. 

The  genus  contains  upward  of  eighty  existing  species,  mostly 
climbing  shrubs,  confined  to  the  American  tropics  and  largely  de- 
veloped in  northern  South  America.  Its  geological  history  goes  back 
to  the  Lower  Eocene,  a  species  having  been  described  by  Watelet  from 
the  Ypresian  of  the  Paris  basin  and  four  homotaxial  species,  one 
based  on  seeds,  having  been  described  by  the  writer  from  the  Wilcox 
group  of  the  Mississippi  embayment  in  Western  Tennessee  and  Ken- 
tucky. Several  additional  fossil  species  have  been  described  from 
the  European  Tertiary,  from  all  of  which  the  Panama  fossil  is 
conspicuously  different,  its  major  differential  character  being  its 
relatively  short  and  broad  outline. 

A  species  based  upon  fruits  has  been  described  by  Engelhardt3 
from  the  Tertiary  of  Ecuador. 

There  are  5  species  of  Banisteria  recorded  by  Hemsley  from  Cen- 
tral America,  3  of  these  in  Panama,  B.  billbergiana  Beurling  on  the 
seashore  of  the  island  of  Manzanillo.  Two  additional  Panama  spe- 
cies of  Banisteria  are  referred  to  the  allied  genus  Heteropterys  Kunth 
by  Hemsley. 

Occurrence. — Culebra  formation.  West  wall  of  Gaillard  Cut  be- 
low Miraflores  locks  (collected  by  M.  I.  Goldman).  Culebra  forma 
tion  (lower).  West  wall  of  Canal  opposite  Culebra  Railroad  station 
(Collected  by  D.  F.  MacDonald). 

Family  EUPHORBIACEAE. 

Genus  HIERONYMIA  Allem. 

HIERONYMJA  LKHMANNI  Engelhardt  (?). 

Plate  16,  fis.  3. 

Hieronymia  lehmanrU  Engelhardt,  L'ber  neue  Tertiarpflanzen  Siid-Anieri 
kas,  Abh.  Senck.  Naturf.  Gesell..  vol.  10.  p.  11.  pi.  2.  fijrs.  1.  2,  1895. 

Description. — Leaves  broadly  elliptical  or  somewhat  deltoid  anc 
inequilateral  in  outline,  with  a  shortly  acuminate  tip  and  broadh 


1  Kn^<  Ihnnlt,  II.,  n>rr  n<Mi<>  T.Mtiiirpflanzon  Siid-Amerikas,  Abh.  Sonek.  Naturf.  Ge 
sellsch.,  vol.  19,  p.  14.  pi.  2.  fijrs.  18,  10,  I80r>. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  37 


rounded  full  lower  lateral  margins  and  a  very  wide,  somewhat  ob- 
|  liquely  truncated  base.  Length  about  12  cm.  Maximum  width,  in  the 
lower  half  of  the  leaf,  about  10  cm.  Margins  entire,  full,  and  rounded. 
£  Texture  thin  but  coriaceous.  Midrib  stout,  curved,  prominent  on  the 
d  lower  surface  of  the  leaf.  Secondaries  stout,  10  or  11  irregularly 
y  spaced  pairs,  prominent  on  the  lower  surface  of  the  leaf ;  they  diverge 
j  from  the  midrib  at  wide  angles  which  become  more  acute  in  the  apical 
j  part  of  the  leaf,  those  on  the  narrower  side  are  more  ascending  and 
somewhat  straighter  than  those  on  the  wide  side,  all  are  conspicu- 
jj  ously  camptodrome  at  some  distance  from  the  margin.  Tertiaries 
a  thin,  mostly  percurrent.  Areolation  of  small,  isodiametric  polygonal 
1{  meshes,  well  marked  on  the  under  side  of  the  leaf. 

This  large  leaf  is  unfortunately  represented  by  fragmentary  mate- 
rial from  a  single  locality  in  the  Caimito  formation.    In  some 
respects  its  characters  suggest  a  broad  Ficus,  but  it  seems  clearly 
^identical  with  the  species  described  by  Engelhardt1  in  1895  from 
m  the  Tertiary  of  Ecuador.   I  have,  however,  queried  the  determina- 
tion because  of  the  broken  character  of  the  Panama  material.  In 
)X|the  illustration  I  have  reconstructed  a  leaf  from  a  combination  of 
.the  Panama  material  with  the  more  complete  specimens  figured 
by  Engelhardt  from  Ecuador.    The  two  largest  fragments  from 
jj  Panama  are  indicated  on  the  drawing  by  tinting.   It  is  unfortunate 
(5  for  purposes  of  correlation  that  the  present  determination  can  not  be 
conclusive,  although  in  view  of  other  similarities  shown  between 
r;  the  Oligocene  plants  of  Panama  and  those  from  the  Tertiary  of 
Ecuador,  I  am  disposed  to  regard  the  present  determination  as 
tt.  fairly  satisfactory. 

iei    The  genus  Hieronymia  comprises  about  a  dozen  existing  species 
?.  of  shrubs  and  trees  confined  to  tropical  America  and  rather  widely 
.[  distributed  from  Mexico  to  Brazil  as  well  as  in  the  West  Indies. 
Occurrence. — Caimito  formation,  7  miles  northeast  of  Bejuca 
(U.S.G.S.  station  No.  6840).    (Collected  by  D.  F.  MacDonald.) 
Collection. — U.  S.  National  Museum,  Cat.  No.  35314. 

Order  SAPINDALES. 

Family  SAPINDACEAE. 
Genus  SCHMIDELIA  Linnaeus. 

SCHMIDELIA  BEJUCENSIS,  new  species. 

Plate  17,  fig.  4. 

Description. — Leaf  or  leaflet  elongate  elliptic  in  outline,  inequi- 
lateral.   Apex  and  tip  equally  and  bluntly  pointed  inequilateral. 
||  Margins  entire.    Texture  coriaceous.    Length  about  11  cm.  Maxi- 


1  Uber  neue  Tertiarpflanzen  Sud-Amerikas,  vol.  19,  p.  11.  1895. 


38  BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


mum  width,  midway  between  the  apex  and  the  base,  about  4.5  cm,  ^ 
Width  on  one  side  of  the  midrib  21.5  mm.,  on  opposite  side  24  mm.  ^r 
Petiole  missing.  Midrib  flexuous,  stout,  and  prominent.  Secondaries  ^ 
stout,  regularly  spaced,  mostly  immersed,  about  7  alternate  pairs  ^ 
diverge  from  the  midrib  at  angles  of  about  50°,  curving  upward1  ^ 
subparallel  and  camptodrome  in  the  marginal  region.  Tertiaries 
mostly  obsolete,  a  few  percurrent  ones  seen. 

This  large  and  striking  leaf  is  referred  to  the  sapindaceous  genus 
Schmidelia,  which  comprises  about  100  existing  species  of  the  equa- 
torial regions  of  both  hemispheres  with  unif oliate  or  palmately  com-'  ^ 
pound  leaves.  About  half  of  the  species  are  American  where  they 
are  confined  to  the  Antilles,  Central,  and  tropical  South  America. 
They  are  sometimes  referred  to  the  genus  Allophylus  Linnaeus  (as 
by  Kadlkofer)  and  with  the  exception  of  this  genus  all  of  the  mem- 
bers of  the  tribe  Thouinieae  are  confined  to  America.  Fossil  repre 
sentatives  have  been  unknown  except  for  the  petrified  wood  from 
the  Oligocene  of  the  island  of  Antigua  which  Felix  described  as 
Schmideliopsis.1 

Occurrence. — Culebra  formation.  East  wall  of  Gaillard  Cut  jusifa 
north  of  station  1760  (collected  by  M.  I.  Goldman). 

Caimito  formation,  7  miles  northeast  of  Bejuca  (U.S.G.S.  6840)  m 
Collected  by  D.  F.  MacDonald.)  15 

Type.— Cat.  No.  35315,  U.S.N.M.  ,  pi 

I  lllffif 

Order  THYMELEALES 


Family  LAURACEAE. 
Genus  MESPILODAPHNE  Nees. 

MESPILODAPHNE  CULEBRENSIS,  new  species. 

Plate  17,  fig.  3. 

Description. — Leaves  lanceolate-falcate  in  general  outline,  wit] 
acuminate  apex  and  base.  Margins  entire.  Texture  subcoriaceous 
Length  about  10  cm.  Maximum  width,  in  the  middle  part  of  th 
leaf,  about  2.5  cm.  Petiole  missing.  Midrib  stout,  curved,  prominen 
on  the  under  surface  of  the  leaf.  Secondaries  stout,  remote,  regu 
larly  spaced,  nine  or  ten  subopposite  to  alternate  pairs,  they  diverg 
from  the  midrib  at  angles  of  about  65  degrees  and  are  conspicuous! 
camptodrome  close  to  the  margins.  Tertiaries  obscured  by  the  poo 
preservation  of  the  material. 

The  present  species  resembles  numerous  existing  and  fossil  specie 
of  Lauraceae,  from  all  of  which,  however,  it  appears  distinct.  It  i 
similar  to  Mespilodaphne  columbmna  Berry  of  the  Upper  Claiborn 
of  the  Mississippi  embayment,  but  is  a  stouter,  more  falcate,  shorter 
and  less  acuminate  form. 


ill 

Mlffi 
idge 
the  n 

It 

HUM 

Eoce 
by  S 


Felix,  J.,  Die  fonsile  Holzer  Westindiens.  p.  16,  pL  2,  figs.  6,  8.  1883. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  39 

a  The  modern  species  of  Mespilodaphne  are  numerous,  inhabiting 
i  Lfrica  and  tropical  America,  and  are  often  united  with  Oreodaphne 
i  nd  Strychnodaphne  to  form  the  composite  genus  Ocotea  of  Aublet. 
n  ?heir  fossil  history  is  almost  entirely  lost  in  the  multitude  of  species 
dhat  have  been  referred  to  the  form  genera  Laurus  and  Laurophyl- 
$um.  Mespilodaphne  is  abundant  and  varied  throughout  the  Eocene 

nd  Oligocene  of  the  Mississippi  embayment  area. 
II  Occurrence. — Culebra  formation,  upper  part.    East  wall  of  the 
i-iraillard  Cut  just  north  of  Canal  Zone  station  1760.    (Collected  by 
n  1.  I.  Goldman.) 

J  Order  MYRTALES. 

Family  MYRTACEAE. 
Genus  CALYPTRANTHES  Swartz. 

1 

CALYPTRANTHES  GATUNENSIS,  new  species. 

i 

di  Plate  18,  fig.  1. 

Description. — Leaves  broadly  oblong-elliptic  in  general  outline, 
widest  in  the  middle  and  tapering  equally  in  both  directions  to  the 
bruptly  acute  apex  and  base.    Margins  entire.    Texture  subcoria- 
i  eous.   Length  between  7  cm.  and  8  cm.   Maximum  width  between 
.5  cm.  and  4  cm.   Petiole  missing.   Midrib  stout,  somewhat  curved, 
rominent  on  the  lower  surface  of  the  leaf.   Secondaries  thin,  very 
umerous,  and  close  set,  often  inosculating  by  forking ;  they  diverge 
rom  the  midrib  at  angles  averaging  about  70  degrees,  at  intervals 
f  1  mm.  to  3  mm.,  pursue  a  but  slightly  curved  outwardly  ascending 
ourse  and  have  their  ends  united  by  an  aerodrome  vein  on  each 
dge  of  the  lamina  parallel  with  and  from  1  nun.  to  2  mm.  within 
tie  margin.  Tertiaries  forming  open  isodiametric  polygonal  meshes. 
The  present  well-marked  species  closely  resembles  the  only  other 
itkamed  fossil  form  Calyptranthes  eocenica  Berry  from  the  lower 
neocene  of  the  Mississippi  embayment  (Wilcox  Group).   It  may  also 
due  compared  with  the  slightly  smaller  Myrtus  rectinervis  described 
L:y  Saporta1  from  the  Sannoisian  of  southeastern  France. 
m  The  genus  Calyptranthes,  which  is  exclusively  American  in  the 
rg&xisting  flora,  has  about  seventy  species  ranging  from  Mexico  and 
jslfie  West  Indies  to  southern  Brazil.   There  is  a  strong  generic  like- 
ness between  the  leaves  of  all  of  the  species.   Calyptranthes  zyzygium 
)e  Candolle  may  be  mentioned,  among  others,  as  a  form  with  leaves 
>  lmost  exactly  like  the  fossil.   There  is  also  a  marked  family  resem- 
y  lance  to  some  of  the  existing  tropical  American  species  of  Eugenia, 
-tfQd  more  especially  Myrcia,  Myrcia  multiflora  De  Candolle  from 
>er  ie  Guianas  being  very  similar  to  the  present  species. 


1  Saporta,  Etudes,  vol.  1,  p.  251,  pi.  11,  fig.  5,  1863. 


40 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Hemsley  records  7  existing  species  of  Calyptranthes  from  Centra 
America,  two  of  which  occur  in  Panama. 

Occurence. — Gatun  formation,  Gatun  Borrow  Pits.  (Collected  d1 
by  M.  I.  Goldman.) 

Family  MELASTOMATACEAE. 
Genus  MELASTOMITES  Unger. 

MELASTOMITES  MICONIOIDES,  new  species. 

Plate  18,  fig.  2. 

Description. — Leaf  oblong-elliptic  in  outline,  of  relatively  smal 
size,  with  an  equally  and  bluntly  pointed  apex  and  base.  Lengt! 
about  6  cm.  Maximum  width,  in  the  middle  part,  about  2.25  en 
Margins  entire.  Texture  subcoriaceous.  Petiole  short  and  stoui 
Midrib  stout  and  prominent.  Lateral  primaries  stout,  prominenl 
diverging  from  the  midrib  at  an  acute  angle  just  above  the  bas 
and  aerodrome.  From  the  disposition  of  the  outwardly  directe 
nervilles  from  the  primaries  it  is  probable  that  subordinate  acre 
drome  primaries  constitute  an  infra  marginal  vein  on  each  side,  bv, 
these  can  not  be  made  out.  Close-set  subparallel  nervilles  run  tram 
versely  between  the  midrib  and  the  primaries. 

This  species  is  represented  by  a  small  amount  of  fragmentar 
material,  too  poor  to  permit  definite  generic  determination.  It 
therefore,  referred  to  the  form-genus  Malastomites  proposed  by  Ui 
ger  for  generically  undeterminable  leaves  of  the  Melastomatacea 
While  the  fossil  somewhat  suggests  the  leaves  of  various  Lauraceoi 
genera,  such  as  Cinnamomum,  Camphor  omaea,  Goeppertia,  ar 
Cryptocarya,  its  characters  are  clearly  those  of  the  Melastomatacea 
It  particularly  suggests  the  genus  Tibouchina  Aublet,  which  has  u 
ward  of  200  species  of  shrubs  and  undershrubs  in  tropical  Americ 

The  family  Melastomataceae  is  a  relatively  large  one,  with  abo 
150  genera  and  over  three  thousand  species.  It  is  almost  strict 
tropical,  although  some  members  range  southward  to  40°  south  lal 
tucle.  This  great  family  is  typically  American,  seven  of  the  fifte 
tribes  into  which  it  is  divided  being  confined  to  tropical  Americ 
and  about  2,500  of  the  existing  species  being  also  endemic  in  tr 
region.  While  the  geologic  history  of  this  vast  assemblage  of  fori 
is  practically  unknown,  there  is  no  evidence  to  disprove  the  theo 
that  it,  like  the  allied  families  Combretaceae  and  Myrtaceae,  had 
origin  in  that  most  prolific  region — the  American  tropics. 

The  few  fossil  forms  that  have  been  found,  including  leaves,  flo 
ers,  and  calices,  have  been  referred  to  the  form-genus  Melastomh 
first  proposed  by  Unger.  A  doubtfully  determined  species,  whi 
probably  belongs  to  the  Lauraceae,  has  been  recorded  from  the  U 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  41 

>er  Cretaceous  of  Westphalia.  The  only  known  Eocene  species  is 
he  well-marked  form  present  in  the  lower  Eocene  of  the  Mississippi 
mbayment  region  (Wilcox  Group.)  Four  Oligocene  species  have 
»een  described  from  Bohemia,  Styria,  and  Egypt;  four  Miocene 
pecies  from  Switzerland,  Prussia,  and  Croatia;  and  a  Pliocene 
pecies  from  Italy. 

Occurrence. — Culebra  formation,  upper  part.  East  wall  of  Gail- 
ard  Cut  just  north  of  Canal  Zone  station  1760.  (Collected  by  M.  I. 
xoldman.) 

Order  EBENALES. 

Family  EBENACEAE. 
Genus  DISOPYROS  Linnaeus. 

DIOSPYROS  MACDONALDI,  new  species. 

Plate  18,  figs.  4-8. 


jm  Description. — Globose  berry-like  fruits  of  small  size  and  consider- 
able consistency,  possibly  preserved  in  an  unripe  state  since  the  flesh 
s  stringy  and  with  a  great  many  tannin  cells.  The  great  abundance 
irj)f  these  fruits  in  the  andesitic  tuffs  makes  it  seem  more  probable, 
[However,  that  they  are  mature,  particularly  as  some  are  greatly  flat- 
tened. The  numerous  elongated  pendulous  seeds  and  the  amount  of 
>aKTascular  fibers  in  the  flesh  would  tend  to  prevent  much  compression 
oln  a  certain  number  of  cases.  Diameter  12  to  15  mm.  Flesh  hard, 
r  erv  tanniferous,  and  with  numerous  fibers.  Seeds  8  to  10  in  number, 
oblong,  elliptical,  compressed,  with  a  hard  seed  coat.  The  interior 
jif  the  seeds  is  filled  with  amorphous  silica  and  fails  to  show  any 
^Structure.  Seeds  about  7.5  mm.  long,  averaging  3  mm.  high  and  1 
)0lnm.  to  2  mm.  thick,  very  unequally  developed,  one  to  three  usually 
^nore  or  less  abortive.  Peduncle  not  preserved,  nor  do  any  of  the 
jj  ipecimens  show  the  calyx. 

These  seeds  are  exceedingly  abundant  and  more  or  less  perfectly 
ilicified,  the  flesh  being  dark  brown  and  the  seeds  white,  making 
rery  striking  objects.    They  are  clearly  referable  to  Diospyros  and 
Jko  far  as  I  know  represent  the  only  known  petrified  fruits  of  this 
eQ]£enus.  although  the  persistent  calices  are  not  uncommon  as  impres- 
ions  from  the  Upper  Cretaceous  onward.   The  modern  species  have 
Tom  4  to  12  compressed  seeds  which  tend  to  become  less  numerous 
vith  the  increase  in  the  fleshy  part  of  the  fruit,  so  that  possibly  these 
J  pore  consistent  and  prevailingly  10-seeded  fossil  fruits  may  represent 
.^n  earlier  stage  in  their  evolution,  although  this  seems  doubtful 
ince  the  calyx  of  a  very  large  fruited  form  is  known  from  the  Upper 
Eocene  of  southwestern  Texas. 


42 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Diospyros  is  cosmopolitan  in  the  existing  flora  with  about  18« 
species  in  the  warmer  regions  of  both  hemispheres.  Mostly  Oriental 
but  not  uncommon  in  the  southern  United  States,  Antilles,  and  fror 
Mexico  through  tropical  South  America.  Upward  of  100  fossil  spe 
cies  are  known  ranging  in  age  from  the  Upper  Cretaceous  to  th 
present. 

Occurrence. — Section  near  mouth  of  Tonosi  River,  in  deposits  o 
Eocene  age  (MacDonald). 

Type.— Cut  No.  35316,  U.S.N.M. 

Order  RUBIALES. 

Family  RUBIACEAE. 
Genus  RONDELETIA  Plumier. 

RONDELETI A  GOLDMANI,  new  species. 

Plate  18,  tig.  3. 

Description. — Leaves  lanceolate  in  outline,  somewhat  falcate  an 
inequilateral,  with  an  equally  acuminate  apex  and  base.  Length  be 
tween  12  cm.  and  13  cm.  Maximum  width,  midway  between  the  ape 
and  the  base,  about  3  cm.,  13.5  mm.  on  the  concave  side  and  15.5  mn 
on  the  convex  side.  Margins  entire.  Texture  coriaceous.  Petio 
short  and  stout,  expanded  proximad,  about  5  mm.  long.  Midri 
curved,  stout,  and  prominent.  Secondaries  thin,  numerous,  suboppc 
site  to  alternate,  rather  regularly  spaced ;  about  15  pairs  diverge  f roi 
the  midrib  at  angles  of  about  45°  and  ascend  in  rather  flat  but  regula 
and  subparallel  curves  and  are  camptodrome  in  the  marginal  regioi 
Tertiaries  obsolete. 

This  well-marked  species  is  referred  to  the  subfamily  Cinchonoidea 
and  tribe  Rondeletieae  and  seems  to  indicate  an  Oligocene  species  c 
RoTuleletia.  a  genus  of  shrubs  and  trees  confined  to  tropical  Americ 
and  not  heretofore  found  fossil.  Rondeletia  has  about  70  existing  sp 
cies,  a  few  of  which  occur  in  northern  South  America,  but  the  m$ 
jority  arc  confined  to  the  Antilles  (45  species)  and  Central  Americ 
(24  species).1  The  present  species  may  be  compared  with  the  exis 
ing  Rondeletia  racemosa  Swartz  of  Jamaica,  and  with  other  Antilles 
and  Central  American  forms.  More  remote  comparisons  may  I 
made  witli  certain  species  of  Psychotria,  as,  for  example,  Psychotn 
barbiflora  De  Candolle  of  Brazil,  and  with  the  genus  Tapiria  Ju 
sieu  of  the  Anacardiaceae,  a  fossil  species  of  which,  Tapiria  lanca 
lata,  has  been  described  by  Engelhardt  2  from  the  Tertiary  of  Ecui 


1  Brltton  record*  85  species  from  Cuba.    Bull.  Torrey  Bot.  Club,  vol.  44,  pp.  20-30,  19] 

2  Engelbardt,  EL,  liber  neue  Tertiiirpflanzen  Siid-Arnerikas,  Abh.  Senck.  Naturf.  Oesel 
vol.  19,  p.  16,  pi.  9,  fl*.  4,  1895. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


43 


dor.  Another  fossil  species  somewhat  resembling  the  Panama  form 
is  Cinchonidium  multinerve  described  by  Ettingshausen1  from  the 
Tertiary  of  Priesen,  Bohemia. 

|  Named  in  honor  of  Dr.  Marcus  I.  Goldman,  who  collected  it  while 
a  Fellow  at  the  Johns  Hopkins  University. 

Occurrence. — Gatun  formation,  Gatun  Borrow  Pits.  (Collected  by 
M.  I.  Goldman.) 

Genus  RUBIACITES  Weber. 

RUBIACITES  IXOREOIDES,  new  .petie*. 

Plate  18,  tigs.  9-12. 

Description. — Fruit  bilocular,  indehiscent  or  tardily  dehiscent, 
igneous,  capsular-like.  Form  a  prolate  spheroid  2.7  cm.  long  and  2 
;m.  in  diameter.  The  surface  roughened  by  small  tuberculations  and 
pits.  Walls  about  2  mm.  thick.  Median  partition  thin.  Seeds  one 
n  each  cell,  suspended,  elliptical  in  both  transverse  and  longitudinal 
actions,  compressed  along  the  central  partition.    Surface  striate. 

in  Endosperm  not  ruminating.  One  seed  is  more  fully  developed  than 
he  other.    The  larger  is  about  2  cm.  long,  1.4  cm.  wide  and  9  mm. 

m  :hick. 

m  This  well  marked  form  is  unfortunately  represented  by  but  a  single 
o  specimen  which  however  shows  most  of  the  cavity  occupied  by  the 
li  Fruit,  the  two  contained  seeds  partially  petrified  and  the  lignified  wall 
p  aid  part  of  the  partition.  The  accompanying  illustrations  show  the 
roi external  appearance  of  the  fruit  (fig.  9)  and  a  side  view  showing  the 
ill  relative  development  of  the  two  seeds  (fig.  10).  Figure  12  shows  a 
o:  ignified  end  of  the  fruit  with  the  median  partition  and  figure  11 
s  a  side  view  with  the  smaller  seed  in  front  and  the  larger  forming 
ies  he  background.  So  far  as  I  know  nothing  like  it  has  previously 
si  >een  found  fossil. 

>rii  i  There  seems  to  be  no  question  but  that  the  present  fruit  represents 
;p  some  Oligocene  species  of  Rubiaceae  and  it  is  consequently  referred 
in  rO  the  form-genus  Rubiacites  proposed  by  Weber,  although  probably 
riiUot  congeneric  with  the  previously  described  fossil  species  of  Rubia- 
^rites.    The  fruits  of  this  large  family  exhibit  considerable  variety 

Deing  either  capsular,  achene-like  or  drupaceous.  Without  a  much 
v  i  larger  amount  of  recent  comparative  material  than  is  available  it  is 
/piot  possible  to  definitely  fix  the  botanical  relation  of  the  present 
Ji  ipecies  which,  however,  appears  to  be  referable  to  the  tribe  Ixoreae  or 

t  he  Psych otrieae.  The  specific  name  chosen  suggests  a  resemblance 
:fi  io  the  fruits  of  Ixora  Linnaeus,  a  genus  with  over  100  species  of 

J  1  Ettingshausen,  C.  von,  Die  Fossile  Flora  des  Tertiar-Beckens  von  Bilin,  Theil  2,  p.  208, 
■*   ■  36,  fig.  5,  1868. 

8370°— 18g— Bull.  103  1 


44  BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


shrubs  and  small  trees  found  in  the  tropics  of  both  hemispheres  bw 
chiefly  Asiatic. 

Occurrence. — Gatun  formation.  Gatun  Borrow  Pits.  (Collecte( 
by  M.  I.  Goldman.) 

EXPLANATION  OF  PLATES. 
Plate  12. 

Palmoxylon  palmacites  (Sprengel)  Stenzel.    Cucuraeha  formation. 
Fig.  1.  Showing  abundance  of  fibrovascular  bundles  and  gum  cells.  X20. 

Plate  13. 

Fig.  1.  Fi&us  culebrensis  Berry.    Culebra  formation. 

2.  Guatteria  culebrensis  Berry.    Culebra  formation. 

3.  Myristicophyllum  panamense  Berry.    Culebra  formation. 

Plate  14. 

Taenioxylon  multiradiatum  Felix.    Culebra  formation. 
Fig.  1.  Transverse  section.  X25. 
2.  Same.  X200. 

Plate  15. 

Taenioxylon  multiradiatum  Felix.    Culebra  formation. 
Fig.  1.  Radial  section.  X200. 

2.  Tangential  section.  X200. 

Plate  16. 

Fig.  1.  Cassia  culebrensis  Berry.    Culebra  formation. 

2.  Inga  oligocaenica  Berry.    Culebra  formation. 

3.  Hieronymia  lehmanni  Engelhardt  (?).    Caimito  formation. 

Plate  17. 

Fig.  L  Hiraea  oligocaenica  Berry.    Caimito  formation. 

2.  Banisteria  praenuntia  Berry.    Culebra  formation. 

3.  Mespilodaphne  culebrensis  Berry.    Culebra  formation. 

4.  Schmidelia  bejucensis  Berry.    Caimito  formation. 

Plate  18. 

Fig.  1.  Calyptranthes  gatun ensis  Berry.    Gatun  formation. 

2.  Melastomites  miconioides  Berry.    Culebra  formation. 

3.  Rondeletia  goldmani  Berry.    Gatun  formation. 
4-8.  Diosypros  viacdonaldi  Berry.    Eocene  (?). 

4.  Showing  abundance  of  fruits  in  tuffs. 
5,  7,  8.  Transverse  median  sections  of  fruits. 

6.  Longitudinal  median  section  of  fruit. 
9-12.  Rubiacitcs  ixoreoides  Berry.    Gatun  formation. 
9.  External  appearance. 

10.  Median  longitudinal  section  showing  unequally  developed  seeds. 

11.  Side  view  of  seeds. 

12.  Llgnifled  fragment  showing  end  walls  and  partition. 


U.  S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN  103    PL.  12 


PALMOXYLON  PALMACITES  (Sprengel)  Stenzel. 

For  explanation  of  plate  see  page  44. 


S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN  103  PL 


S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN  103    PL.  14 


Taenioxylon  multiradiatum  Felix. 

For  explanation  of  plate  see  page  44. 


U.  S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN  103    PL.  16 


3 

Fossil  Dicotyledonous  Leaves. 


For  explanation  of  plate  see  page  44. 


U.  S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM  BULLETIN  103    PL.  18 


Fossil  Leaves,  Fruits,  and  Seeds. 


For  explanation  of  plate  see  page  44. 


IXD 


EX. 


Page. 

Acfosticbum   16.  18,  22,  28 

aureum  _   23 

\llopbylus   38 

Auona  .  19,  28,  29 

glabra    28 

marcgravii   27 

reticulata   28 

Asimina  28,29 

triloba  28,  29 

Avicennia  16,  22 

Bactris   16 

Banisteria   20,  85,  36 

billbergiana   36 

praenuntia   18,  23,  35,  44 

sinemariensis   36 

Calyptranthes   21,  89,  40 

eocenica   39 

gatunensis   18,  23,  39,  44 

zyzygium   39 

Camphoromaea   40 

Cassia  20,  84 

culebrensis   18,  22,  34,  44 

ruseifolia   33 

Chamaedorea  i   16 

Cichonidium  multinerve   43 

Cinnamomum   40 

Compsoneura   30 

Conocarpus  16,  22 

Crescentia   16 

Cryptocarya   40 

IDiospyros  21,  41 
macdonaldi   18,  23  41,  44 
Endogenites  palmacites   24 
Eugenia   21 
Fascieulites  palmacites   24 
Ficus  19,  26 

culebrensis   18,  22,  26,  44 

jynx   27 

newtonensis   26 

Goeppertia   40 

Guatteria  _       19,  20,  27,  29 

culebrensis   18,  22,  27,  44 

dolichopoda   27 

grandiflora   27 

ouregon   27 

Heteropterys   36 

Hippomane   16 

Hiraea  20,  35 

chrysophylla   35 

oligocaenica   18,  23,  35,  44 

wilcoxiana   35 

Hieronymia   17,  20,  86,  37 

lehmanni   18,  23,  36,  44 

Inga   20,  82,  33 

densiflora   33 

edulis   33 


Pag*. 

Inga  latifolia   33 

oligocaenica  18,  22,  82.  44 

Ixora   43 

Laguncularia   22 

Laurus   39 

Laurophyllum   39 

Melastomites   40 

miconioides   18,  23,  40,  44 

Melodorum   28 

Mespilodaphne  3S,  39 

columbiana   38 

culebrensis   18,23,38,  44 

Mitrephora   28 

Myrcia  21,  39 

multiflora   39 

Myristica  20,  30 

Myristicophyllum  20,  29 

panamense__  18,  22,  29,  44 

Myrocarpus   34 

Myrtus  rectinervis   39 

Ocotea   39 

Oreodaphne   39 

Palmacites  dubius   24 

tenerum   24 

Palmoxylon   17.  24,  25 

antiguense   25 

aschersoni   25 

ceylanicum   25 

integrum   25 

mississippiensis   25 

palmacites   18,  22,  24,  44 

stellatum   25 

tenerum   25 

variabile   25 

Palms   16,  18,  23,  24 

Paritium   16 

Psycbotria  barbiflora   42 

Rhizophora  16,  22 

Rondeletia  21,  42 

goldmanni   18,  23,  42,  44 

racemosa   42 

Rubiacites  21,  43 

ixoreoides   18,  23,  43,  44 

Schmidelia   20,  37,  3S 

bejucensis   18,  23,  37,  44 

Sophora   34 

Sweetia   34 

Taenioxylon   17,  20,  30,  32 

multiradiatum  ___  18,  22,  30,  44 

varians   31 

Tapiria  lanceolata   42 

Tibouchina   40 

Toluif  era   34 

Tritbrinax   16 

Venericardia  planicosta   17 

Virola   30 


I 


SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION 

UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 
Bulletin  103 


CONTRIBUTIONS  TO  THE  GEOLOGY  AND  PALEON- 
TOLOGY OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE,  PANAMA,  AND 
GEOLOGICALLY  RELATED  AREAS  IN  CEN- 
TRAL AMERICA  AND  THE  WEST  INDIES 


THE  SMALLER  FOSSIL  FORAMINIFERA 
OF  THE  PANAMA  CANAL  ZONE 

By  JOSEPH  AUGUSTINE  CUSHMAN 

Of  the  United  States  Geological  Survey 


Extract  from  Bulletin  103,  pages  45-87,  with  Plates  19-33 


WASHINGTON 
GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE 
1918 


THE  SMALLEE  FOSSIL  FORAMINIFERA  OF  THE 
PANAMA  CANAL  ZONE. 


By  Joseph  Augustine  Cushmak. 
Of  the  United  States  Geological  Survey. 


INTRODUCTION. 

The  collection  of  fossil  foraminifera  included  in  this  report  were 
sent  to  the  writer  by  the  LTnited  States  Geological  Survey.  It  con- 
sists almost  entirely  of  material  collected  by  Messrs.  D.  F.  Mac- 
Donald  and  T.  Wayland  Vaughan  in  1911,  to  whom  I  am  indebted 
for  data  as  to  the  geological  correlation.  The  names  applied  to  the 
geologic  formations  are  those  used  in  MacDonald's  "  Sedimentary 
formations  of  the  Panama  Canal  Zone,  with  special  reference  to  the 
stratigraphic  relations  of  the  fossiliferous  beds,"  which  appears  in 
the  latter  part  of  this  volume.  Where  former  correlation  has  seemed 
not  to  apply  to  the  foraminifera,  especially  those  of  three  stations, 
6033c,  6035,  and  6036a,  discussion  of  the  data  obtained  from  the 
foraminifera  is  given  in  detail  later. 

The  orbitoids  and  nummulites  are  both  well  represented  in  the 
collection,  but  as  these  require  special  study  in  connection  with  those 
of  the  Coastal  Plain  and  of  the  West  Indian  region  it  seems  ad- 
visable to  treat  them  in  a  separate  paper  which  immediately  follows 
the  present  one. 

The  following  data  are  given  for  only  the  stations  from  which 
foraminifera  were  obtained  and  which  are  recorded  in  this  paper. 

LIST  OF  MATERIAL. 

U.S.G.S.  station  6009. — Oligocene — Culebra  formation  (upper  part;. 

From  section  in  Canal  cut  600  feet  south  of  Miraflores  Locks. 

Dark,  soft,  fairly  well  laminated  clay  rock. 

Few  foraminifera  and  rather  poorly  preserved. 
3010. — Oligocene — Culebra  formation  (lower  part). 

From  section — Pedro  Miguel  Locks  to  Paraiso  Bridge. 

Dark,  well  laminated,  very  soft,  carbonaceous  clay  rocks. 

Foraminifera  in  fairly  good  numbers  and  a  rather  varied  assort- 
ment; mostly  stained  black,  except  certain  of  the  Miliolidae, 
which  still  keep  their  calcareous  tests  more  or  less  in  their 
original  condition. 

45 


46  BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 

6012. — Oligocene — Culebra  formation. 

From  section — west  side  of  Gaillard  Cut. 

a.  Dark,  well  laminated  soft  and  very  friable  carbonaceous  shale 
Few  foraminifera — some  glauconitic,  others  well  preserved. 

c.  From  a  lens  of  sandy  limestone  5  feet  thick. 

Few  foraminifera — some  stained,  some  glauconitic,  rather  poor! 
preserved  as  to  details. 

d.  From  lenses  of  limy  sandstone  at  base  of  gravel,  3  feet  thicl 
Few  foraminifera  and  these  poorly  preserved. 

6015.  — Oligocene — Emperador  limestone. 

From  old  quarry,  one- fourth  mile  north  of  west  from  Empir< 
Cream-colored,  coral  limestone. 
Few  foraminifera. 

6016.  — Oligocene — Emperador  limestone. 

From  old  quarry,  one-third  mile  north  of  west  of  Empire. 
Few  poorly  preserved  foraminifera. 

6019.  — Section  on  west  side  of  Gaillard  Cut  near  Las  Cascadas. 
a-f.  Oligocene — Culebra  formation. 

a.  Grayish,  rather  nodular,  impure  limestone. 
Foraminifera  few  and  poor. 

I).  Dark,  well  stratified,  very  friable,  tufaceous  material. 
Foraminifera  few  and  poor  except  Orbitolites,  which  are  larl 
and  fine. 

c.  Grayish,  well  stratified,  very  friable,  tufaceous  sandstone.  1 

Few  casts  of  foraminifera  and  central  portions  of  orbitoids. 

d.  Grayish-green,  limy,  tufaceous  sandstone. 
Very  few  foraminifera,  poor  specimens. 

e.  Thin-bedded,  light  gray  to  cream-colored,  limy  sandstone  w;'i 
some  partings  of  light-colored  clay. 

orbitoids  and  Orbitolites?  only. 

/.  Dark,  very  friable  shales  and  tuffs. 

Foraminifera  fairly  common,  some  well  preserved,  others  gll-  ; 
conitic. 

g.  Oligocene — Emperador  limestone. 
Light  gray  to  yellowish  gray,  somewhat  sandy  limestone. 
Some  orbitoids  and  Orbitolites?  but  little  else  in  the  way  if 
foraminifera. 

6020.  — 0 lig o cene — Cu lebra  formatio n . 
Same  locality  as  6019. 

a-c.   Dark-gray  carbonaceous  clays,  friable  shales  and  tuffs. 
a.  Foraminifera  numerous  but  of  few  species,  mostly  glaucon:.c, 

at  least  in  part. 
c.  A  few  Orbitolites  in  the  coralliferous  layer. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


47 


W24. — Section  in  railway  cuts  near  New  Frijoles. 
a.  Oligocene — Culebra  formation. 
Dark,  basic,  orbitoidal,  tufaceous  material. 

Many  worn  central  portions  of  Orbitoids  and  a  very  few  other 
foraminifera  poorly  preserved. 
1025 . — Oligocene — Culebra  formation  (upper  part). 

About  200  yards  south  of  southern  end  of  switch  at  Bohio 

Ridge  station  relocated  line  Panama  Railroad. 
Contains  a  number  of  species  of  foraminifera  but  for  the  most 
part  broken  or  poorly  preserved. 
$026. — Two  miles  south  of  Monte  Lirio. 
Somewhat  coarse-grained  sandstone. 
Few  poor  specimens  of  foraminifera. 

. — Section  one-half  mile  from  Camp  Cotton,  toward  Monte  Lirio. 
at  big  curve  on  railroad.    Miocene — Gatun  formation. 

a.  Bluish,  fossiliferous  argillite. 
Very  few  foraminifera. 

b.  Bluish  argillite. 

Few  foraminifera,  but  considerably  more  than  in  a. 

c.  Bluish,  fossiliferous  argillite. 

Very  few  poor  specimens  of  Amphistegina. 
§030 — Railroad  cut  north  side  of  Big  Swamp,  one  and  one-half  miles 
north  of  Monte  Lirio.   Miocene — Gatun  formation. 
Bluish  gray,  argillaceous  beds. 

The  only  foraminifera  consisted  of  a  single  specimen  of  Trilo* 
culina. 

'031. — Section  in  cut  one-half  mile  west  of  Camp  Cotton  toward 
Gatun.    Miocene — Gatun  formation. 
Conglomerate  bed  and  sandy  marl  1  foot  above. 
A  few  poorly  preserved  specimens  of  Quinquelo  culina  were  the 
only  foraminifera. 
•*  '033. — Generalized  section  of  the  bluffs  exposed  along  the  Panama 
Railroad,  relocated  line,  about  3,500  feet  south  of  Gatun  Railroad 
Station.  Miocene  Gatun — formation. 

c.  Dark-colored,  marly,  fossiliferous  clay. 

Rich  in  foraminifera,  especially  in  specimens.    A  fair  number 
of  species,  well  preserved. 

035.  — Vicinity  of  Mindi  Hill.    Miocene — Gatun  formation. 
Gray-green,  fine  grained  sandy  shell  marl. 

Very  fine-grained  material,  but  with  numerous  species  and  speci- 
mens of  foraminifera  representing  an  off-shore  assemblage. 

036.  — Monkey  Hill,  Mount  Hope  Station.    Miocene — Gatun  for- 
mation. 

Dark-colored,  fine  grained,  sandy  clay  marl. 


48  BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 

Specimens  of  foraminifera  numerous  and  well  preserved,  re] 

resenting  an  off- shore  assemblage  comparable  to  6035. 
5850. — Near  Mount  Hope — Pleistocene. 

Loose  shells  and  marl  obtained  from  ditch  through  swamp 

ground  about  one-fourth  mile  from  present  sea  beach  ai 

about  6  to  8  feet  above  high  tide. 
Contains  a  few  foraminifera  of  common  shallow  water,  tropic 

species. 

The  geological  position  of  certain  material  from  near  the  Atlanlj? 
end  of  the  canal  seems  from  the  evidence  of  the  contained  foramij- 
fera  to  be  younger  than  the  position  previously  assigned  to  it — til 
upper  Oligocene.    By  a  reference  to  the  table  of  distribution  it  w  I 
be  noted  that  the  great  majority  of  the  species  occurring  at  the  st| 
tions  in  question;  6533c,  6035,  and  6036,  do  not  occur  in  the  m- 
terial  of  definitely  Oligocene  age.    In  such  cases  as  that  of  Crist^\ 
laria  rotulata  there  is  a  slight  difference  in  the  specimens  from  the! 
stations  and  those  from  the  Pacific  side,  6010,  6012<2,  6012c,  but  t| 
specimens  at  the  latter  stations  were  in  small  quantity,  and  the  d  - 
ferences  could  not  be  made  use  of,  mainly  from  lack  of  a  sufficiet 
number  of  specimens.    In  the  case  of  Gristellaria  vaughani  tls  \\ 
seems  to  be  a  well-characterized  species  occurring  at  several  statioij,  \ 
but  even  in  it  there  are  very  minor  differences.    Among  the  spec  1  j| 
of  Globigerina,  the  more  generalized  species  such  as  G.  bulloidy  j: 
which  has  a  ver}^  wide  geological  range,  occur  more  or  less  constant!  )\ 
throughout  the  collections,  but  the  strongest  evidence  comes  fr<|  1 
the  last  three  species  and  Orbulina,  which  are  very  rarely  foully 
fossil,  and  then  only  in  the  very  latest  tertiary.    These  were  wl 
characterized  species,  the  specimens  are  very  clean  and  complete,  al 
resemble  a  modern  Globigerina  ooze  of  considerable  depth.  lp! 
three  species  of  Pulvinulina  also  occur  nowhere  but  at  these  statiol 
Pulvinulina  concentrica  is  essentially  a  recent  species  and 
nardii  is  characteristic  of  modern  Globigerina  ooze.  Sigmoihb 
terms  and  S.  asperula  are  also  speces  of  recent  Globigerina  ooze  t 
moderate  depths.    On  the  other  hand,  the  lack  of  certain  things^ 
also  significant.    Amphistegina,  which  occurs  more  or  less  regula  jr 
in  the  other  portion  of  the  material,  is  entirely  wanting  in  the  th* 
Pacific  stations,  6033c,  6035,  and  6036.    Polystomella  also  does 
occur.    Both  the  last  two  genera  are  very  characteristic  of 
coastal  plain  Oligocene  of  the  United  States.    It  may  be  argued h 
'  this  case,  however,  that  the  stations  were  originally  too  far  frn 
shore  to  have  these  genera  which  are  more  characteristic  of  shall  ft 
littoral  conditions. 

On  the  whole,  the  foraminifera  bear  out  the  geological  determi  }- 
tions  based  upon  the  other  groups  of  organisms. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  49 


0S8S 


38S09 


36209 


+++  :+:+:::  :+  :+  :  :++  :+  :  :+  :++++++ 


:+++  :  :++++++ 


:  :+  :+  :++ 


9209 


:  + 


5209 


»f-209 


00209 


»02Q9 
/6T09 


36109 


P6T09 


36109 


Q6I09 


»6T09 


W03 


9T09 


SI09 


P2I09 


32109 


»2I09 


0109 


++  +  +  :+  :  +  +  +  :++^ 


+  +  +  + 


-S  So  w 

*C>  SSs        8  "9  f- 


.2®  • 

II: 
llBS 


S   <o  rrj  , 

SMS 

SI 

*.  FX, 


it  UiiilfeM 


"lllllllllf 


||  |  |||  I 


sit-  «^ 

3 1!  §  ll 


I  :  :  i  i 
I  :  :  :gg« 


WW-s 

-S  « ,2  c§ 

?S  rO        ^3    5J   «0  C3 


50 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


+ 

+  + 

+ 

+  + 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 
+ 

++  : 

+  ; 

+  +  + 

+ 

— 

+++ . 

+  : 

++ 

+ 

+  : 

+  : 

++ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+  ; 

+ 

- 

+ 

+ 

+ 

- 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

- 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

++ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+  + 

+ 

+ 

!  e 

•  S 

■  e 

! 

3 

2 

'■2 

•  c 

:  i 

> 

i 

•  c 

n 

•  £ 

•  0 

\> 

P 
■  c 

i 

1 

J 
3 

5 

• 

1 

X 
- 

G 

i- 

1 
) 

j  a 

1 

5 

GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  51 


DESCRIPTIONS  OF  SPECIES. 

Family  TEXTULARIIDAE. 
Genus  TEXTULARIA  Defrance,  1824. 

TEXTULARIA  ABBREVIATA  d'Orbigny. 

Plate  19,  fig.  1. 

Textularia  abbreviata  d'Orbigny,  For  am.  Foss.  Bass.  Tert.  Vienne,  1846, 
p.  249,  pi.  15,  figs.  9-12  (7-12). 

Description. — Test  broad  and  short,  somewhat  compressed,  cham- 
bers comparatively  few  in  number,  broad  near  the  center  and  taper- 
ing to  the  periphery,  sutures  in  these  specimens  indistinct,  aperture 
an  arched  slit  extending  nearly  across  the  test,  wall  comparatively 
smooth. 

Length  0.65  mm.,  breadth  about  1  mm.    Cat.  No.  324608,  U.S.N.M. 

Specimens  from  U.S.G.S.  No.  6010,  from  the  Culebra  formation, 
iark  clay  north  of  Pedro  Miguel  Locks.  Apparently  the  material 
is  rather  metamorphosed  and  more  or  less  glauconitic  so  that  little 
of  the  original  test  is  preserved.  This  is  a  rather  common  Tertiary 
species. 

TEXTULARIA  SAGITTULA  Defrance. 

Plate  19,  fig.  2. 

Textularia  sagittula  Defrance,  Diet.  Sci.  Nat,  vol.  32,  1824,  p.  177 ;  vol.  53, 
1828,  p.  344 ;  Atlas,  Conch.,  pi.  13,  fig.  5. 

Description. — Test  elongate,  tapering,  much  compressed  especially 
it  sides,  chambers  numerous,  sutures  indistinct,  aperture  a  curved 
slit  occupying  about  one-half  the  width  of  the  base  of  the  chamber. 

Length  about  1.5  mm.,  breadth  1  mm.    Cat.  No.  324609,  U.S.N.M. 

A  few  poorly  preserved  specimens  from  U.S.G.S.  No.  6025,  from 
bhe  Culebra  formation,  foraminiferal  marl  and  coarse  sandstone 
ibout  200  yards  south  of  southern  end  of  switch  at  Bohio  Ridge 
station,  relocated  line,  Panama  Railroad. 

Although  this  material  is  more  or  less  glauconitic  and  poorly  pre- 
served the  three  specimens,  one  of  which  is  here  figured,  are  referred 
vith  a  reasonable  degree  of  certainty  to  this  species. 

A  single  fragmentary  specimen  from  U.S.G.S.  No.  6026,  from  the 
Culebra  formation,  coarse,  sandy  foraminiferal  marl  about  half  way 
>etween  Monte  Lirio  and  Bohio  Ridge,  relocated  line,  Panama  Rail- 
;oad,  seems  also  to  be  this  species. 


52 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


TEXTULARIA  AGGLUTINANS  d'Orbigny. 


Plate  19,  fig.  3. 


Tc.rtalaria  agglutinins  d'Orbigny,  in  De  la  Sagra,  Hist.  Fis.  Pol.  Nat. 
Cuba,  1839,  "  Foraminiferes,"  p.  136,  pi.  1,  figs.  17,  18,  32-34. 

Description— Test  elongate,  tapering,  but  slightly  compressed  lat- 
erally, chambers  high,  sutures  deep,  outline  sinuous,  end  view  broadly 
elliptical,  wall  composed  of  rather  coarse  agglutinated  material, 
aperture  a  narrow  slit  a  little  more  than  half  the  width  of  the  base! 
of  the  chamber. 

Length  1.23  mm.,  breadth  0.65  mm.    Cat.  No.  324610,  U.S.N.M. 

A  single  specimen  here  figured  seems  referable  to  this  species.  Ii 
is  from  U.S.G.S.  No.  6019-/,  from  the  uppermost  bed  of  the  Culebrc 
formation,  the  lower  limestone  of  the  Las  Cascadas  section,  opposite 
Las  Cascadas,  Gaillard  Cut,  Although  not  so  rounded  in  end  vie? 
as  this  species  usually  is  in  recent  specimens,  the  general  characters 
wall  structure,  high  rotund  chambers  and  lobulated  outline  seem  t» 
place  it  here. 


Description. — Test  elongate,  cuneate,  tapering  from  the  wides 
part  near  the  apertural  end,  gradually  and  evenly  to  the  initial  en 
which  is  subacute,  median  line  raised  thence  tapering  rapidly  towar 
the  periphery  which  is  thin  and  extends  out  into  a  lamella-lit 
border,  chambers  numerous,  wide  and  low,  sutural  lines  raised,  som< 
what  curved  backward:  border  irregular,  wall  finely  arenaceous 
aperture  indistinct. 

Length  2  mm.,  breadth  1.2  mm. 

Specimen  figured  from  U.S.G.S.  No.  6010,  from  lower  part  of  tl. 
Culebra  formation,  dark  clay  north  of  Pedro  Miguel  Locks.  Spec 
men  rather  better  preserved  than  most  from  this  station.  The  er 
view  of  this  specimen  is  mainly  rhomboidal  with  the  borderii 
carina  extending  outward  in  a  thin  carina.  It  is  in  some  ways  su 
gestive  of  Textulariu  carinata  but  differs  in  many  respects  fro 
that  species  which  is  also  figured  on  plate  19,  fig.  6. 

Type-specimen.— Cat.  No.  324611,  U.S.N.M. 


TEXTULARIA  LAMINATA,  new  species. 


Plate  19.  fig.  4. 


TEXTULARIA  SUBAGGLUTINANS,  new  species. 


Plato  19,  fig.  5. 


Description. — Test  subrhomboidal  in  front  view  tapering  from  tl 
middle  toward  either  end,  in  end  view  oblong,  sides  truncated;  cha  • 
bers  comparatively  few,  somewhat  inflated,  sutures  conspicuously  c 


GEOLOGY  AXD  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  53 


pressed,  vrall  composed  of  rather  coarse  arenaceous  material,  aper- 
ture extending  into  the  base  of  the  chamber  in  a  narrow  rounded 
opening  deeper  than  wide. 
Length  1.3  mm.,  breadth  0.85  mm. 

This  species  was  fairly  common  from  U.S.G.S.  No.  6033c,  the 
Gatun  formation,  in  marl  from  second  bed  from  bottom,  just  below 
lower  cla}\  Gatun  section,  relocated  line  Panama  Railroad. 

This  species  may  be  distinguished  from  Textularia  agglntinans  by 
the  truncated  sides,  the  oblong  end  view  and  especially  by  the  deep, 
narrow  aperture. 

Type  specimen.— Cat.  Xo.  324612,  U.S.N.M. 

TEXTULARIA  CARINATA  d'Orbigny. 

Plate  19.  fig.  G. 

Textularia  carinata   d'Osbigny,  Ann.  gci.  Nat*,  vol.  7,  1820.  \i.  203,  No.  23: 
Foram  Foss.  Bass.  Tert.  Vienne,  1846,  p.  247,  pi.  14,  figs.  32-34. 

Description. — Test  much  compressed,  rather  abruptly  tapering 
oward  the  initial  end,  sutures  strongly  limbate.  in  well-preserved 
specimens  extending  out  from  the  periphery  in  angular  spine-like 
Drojections.  aperture  narrow,  elongate. 

Length  1  mm.,  breadth  0.65  mm.    Cat.  No.  324613,  U.S.N.M. 

The  only  material.of  this  species  is  from  U.S.G.S.  No.  6036,  from 
, /he  Gatun  formation,  a  dark-colored,  fine-grained,  sandy  clay  marl 
:rom  Monkey  Hill,  Mount  Hope  Station.  It  is  very  evidently  this 
species  and  is  well  preserved. 

TEXTULARIA  PAN'AMENSIS,  new  species. 

Plate  20.  fig.  1. 

Description. — Test  rhomboid  in  front  view,  very  much  compressed, 
n  end  view  long  and  narrow,  the  faces  nearly  parallel,  sides  rounded : 
•omposed  of  comparatively  few  chambers  but  variable ;  long  and 
ow,  sutures  somewhat  depressed,  wall  rather  coarsely  arenaceous; 
iperture  indistinct. 

'  Length  0.85  mm.,  breadth  0.65  mm. 

The  figured  specimen  is  from  U.S.G.S.  No.  6036,  from  the  Gatun 
!ormation,  a  dark-colored,  fine-grained  sandy  clay  marl  from  Monkey 
■Jill,  Mount  Hope  Station.  Specimens  were  common  from  U.S.G.S. 
^o.  6033c,  in  marl  from  second  bed  from  bottom,  just  below  lower 
lay,  Gatun  section,  relocated  Panama  Railroad. 

This  is  a  rather  striking  species,  with  its  very  flat,  broad  front 
lew  and  very  compressed  character  of  the  test. 
\  Type-specimen. —Cat.  No.  324614,  U.S.N.M. 


54  BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Genus  CHRYSALIDINA  d'Orbigny,  1846. 

CHRYSALIDINA  PULCHELLA,  new  species. 

Plate  20,  fig.  2. 

Description. — Test  elongate,  gently  tapering,  broadest  at  the  apica 
end ;  in  end  view  triangular ;  early  chambers  triserial,  later  ones  uni 
serial ;  chambers  in  uniserial  portion  triangular,  the  sutures  distinct 
gently  curved  backward  at  the  angles,  outline  more  or  less  irregulai 
apertural  face  gently  convex,  with  indications  of  numerous  circula 
apertural  openings,  wall  smooth. 

Length  0.5  mm.,  breadth  0.2  mm. 

This  species  occurred  at  U.S.G.S.  No.  6036,  the  Gatun  formatior 
in  dark-colored,  fine-grained,  sandy  clay  marl,  from  Monkey  Hil 
Mount  Hope  Station. 

The  species  differs  from  the  only  known  recent  species,  Chrysc 
lidina  dimorpha,  in  the  more  tapering  and  elongate  test,  the  greate 
irregularity  of  the  contour  and  test  in  general  and  its  generally  lej 
trim  and  neat  appearance.  The  specimen  figured  is  well  preserve 
in  its  general  characters,  except  those  of  the  apertural  face,  whic 
are  somewhat  obscured. 

Type-specimen.— Cat.  No.  324615,  U.S.N.M. 

Genus  BO  LI  VINA  d'Orbigny,  1826. 

BOLIVINA  cf.  B.  PUNCTATA  d'Orbigny. 

Plate  21,  fig.  3. 

Bolivina  punctata  d'Orbigny,  Voyage  Am6r.  Merid.,  vol.  5,  pt.  5,  "  Foral 
niferes,"  1839,  p.  63,  pi.  8,  figs.  10-12.— H.  B.  Brady,  Rep.  Voy.  Chi 
longer,  Zoology,  vol.  9,  1884,  p.  417,  pi.  52,  figs.  IS,  19.— Flint,  Al 
Rep.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  1897  (1899),  p.  292,  pi.  38,  fig.  1. 

Description. — Test  much  elongate,  sides  nearly  parallel,  abrupt 
tapering  at  the  initial  end,  chambers  numerous,  usually  higher  thiil 
broad,  inflated,  sutures  distinct  but  slightly  depressed;  wall  fine 
punctate,  occasionally  becoming  slightly  striate. 
Length  0.60  mm.,  breadth  0.15  mm.    Cat.  No.  324616a,  b,  U.S.NJJ 
Specimens  which  seem  referable  to  this  species  were  obtained  li 
U.S.G.S.  No.  6033c,  Gatun  formation,  marl  from  second  bed  frc^ 
bottom,  just  below  lower  clay,  Gatun  section,  relocated  line  Panari 
Railroad  and  6035,  Gatun  formation,  from  gray  green,  fine  graincl 
sandy  shell  marl,  vicinity  of  Mindi  Hill.    There  is  a  tendency  f? 
the  specimens  to  take  on  a  semi-striate  appearance,  an  extreme  foil 
both  in  shape  and  striation  shown  in  plate  21,  figure  3. 

BOLIVINA  AENARIENSIS  (Costa). 

Plate  21,  fig.  2. 

BrizaUna  aenartenrts  Costa,  Atti  Acad.  Pontnniana,  vol.  7,  1856,  p.  297 
15,  fig.  1,  A.  B. 

Bolivina  aenaricnsis  H.  B.  Brady,  Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  Edinburgh,  vol.  11,  1£ 
p.  711;  Rep.  Voy.  Challenger,  Zoology,  vol.  9,  1884,  p.  423,  pi.  53 
10,  11. 


1 

i 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  55 


Description. — Test  much  compressed,  composed  of  numerous  cham- 
bers about  twice  as  broad  as  high,  sutures  distinct,  slightly  curved 
backward,  chambers  slightly  inflated,  especially  in  the  center,  test 
bordered  by  a  narrow  but  distinct  carina ;  surface  smooth  except  for 
u  several  longitudinal  raised  costae  radiating  from  the  initial  end  which 
arries  also  a  short  spine. 
Length  0.65  mm.,  breadth  0.35  mm.  Cat.  No.  324617a,  &,  U.S.N.M. 
A  few  specimens  were  obtained  from  U.S.G.S.  No.  6033c,  Gatun 
formation,  in  marl  from  second  bed  from  bottom,  just  below  lower 
lay,  Gatun  section,  relocated  line,  Panama  Railroad. 

While  these  specimens  are  not  absolutely  typical  they  undoubtedly 
belong  to  this  species. 

Very  typical  specimens  occur  at  U.S.G.S.  No.  6036,  Gatun  forma- 
tion, in  dark  colored,  fine  grained,  sandy  clay  marl,  from  Monkey 
Hill,  Mount  Hope  Station. 


I 


tinel 


BOLIVINA  ROBUSTA  H.  B.  Brady. 


Plate  21,  fig.  4. 


Bolivina  robusta  H.  B.  Brady,  Quart.  Journ.  Micr.  Sci.,  vol.  21,  1881,  p. 
57 ;  Rep.  Voy.  Challenger,  Zoology,  vol.  9,  1884,  p.  421,  pi.  53,  figs.  7-9. 

Description. — Test  compressed,  gradually  tapering  toward  the 
apical  end;  chambers  comparatively  few;  about  twice  as  broad  as 
ligh;  sutures  limbate,  gently  curved  backward,  often  slightly  tabu- 
lated or  occasionally  showing  traces  of  reticulation  on  the  surface, 
Mwall  otherwise  smooth  but  punctate,  not  spinose  at  the  apical  end. 
Length  0.45  mm.,  breadth  0.25  mm.    Cat.  No.  324618,  U.S.N.M. 
These  specimens,  an  extreme  form  of  which  is  figured,  are  many  of 
"%em  very  close  to  typical  B.  robusta  which  is  at  best  either  a  variable 
pecies  or  one  including  more  than  one  form.    The  sutures  are 
usually  limbate,  as  shown  in  some  of  Brady's  figures,  but  no  apical 
spine  is  apparently  in  any  of  the  specimens  in  this  material.  They 
were  from  U.S.G.S.  No.  6035,  Gatun  formation,  from  gray  green, 
ine  grained,  sandy  shell  marl,  vicinity  of  Mindi  Hill. 


BOLIVINA,  species? 

Plate  21,  fig.  1. 


This  specimen  is  rather  ill-defined  and  cannot  be  definitely  deter- 
nined  from  the  single  example,  the  sutures  are  limbate  as  in  Bo- 
'ivina  robusta  Brady,  but  have  apparently  no  secondary  extensions 
is  in  that  species.  The  whole  specimen  seems  to  be  replaced.  The 
specimen  is  from  U.S.G.S.  6010,  lower  part  of  the  Culebra  formation, 
-rom  dark  clav  north  of  Pedro  Miguel  Locks.  Cat.  No.  324619, 
J.S.N.M. 


56 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Genus  BIGENERINA  d'Orbigny,  1826. 

BIGENERINA  NODOSARIA  d'Orbigny. 

Plato  21,  fig.  5. 

Bigencrina  rwdosaria  d'Orbigny,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.,  vol.  7,  1826.  p.  261,  i 
11,  figs.  9-11. — H.  B.  Brady,  Rep.  Voy.  Challenger,  Zoology,  vol. 
1884,  p.  369,  pi.  44,  figs.  14-18. 

Description. — Test  elongate,  subcylindrical,  early  portion  consis 
ing  of  a  few  chambers  arranged  as  in  Textularia,  later  ones  uniseria' 
early  portion  tapering  abruptly  toward  the  apical  end,  wall  coarse"1 
arenaceous,  sutures  rather  indistinct,  aperture  circular  and  central. 

Length  2  mm.,  breadth  0.8  mm.    Cat.  No.  324620,  U.S.N.M. 

Several  specimens  in  excellent  condition  were  obtained  fro, 
U.S.G.S.  No.  6036,  Gatun  formation,  in  dark-colored,  fine-graine, 
sandy  clay  marl  from  Monkey  Hill,  Mount  Hope  Station. 

These  specimens,  as  in  the  one  figured,  have  but  a  slight  indicate  i 
of  the  biserial  chambers  from  the  exterior,  but  otherwise  seem  to  5 
typical.  At  first  glance  they  might  be  taken  for  a  species  t 
ClavuZina. 

Genus  GAUDRYINA  d'Orbigny,  1839. 

GAUDRYINA  FLINTII  Cushman. 
Plate  20,  fig.  4. 

Gaudryina  subrotundata  Flint   (not  G.  snbrotundata  Schwager.  186 
Ann.  Rep.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  1897  (1899),  p.  287,  pi.  33,  fig.  3L 

Gaudryina  flintii  Cushman,  Bull.  71.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  pt.  2,  1911,  p.  f, 
fig.  102a-c. 

Description. — Test  subconical,  early  portion  rounded  conical,  tri 
rial,  later  portion  subcylindrical,  biserial  chambers  of  later  port: 
nearly  semicircular  in  transverse  section,  sutures  distinct;  wall  a 
naceous ;  aperture  subcircular,  at  the  base  of  the  inner  margin  of 
chamber. 

Length  1.20  mm.,  breadth  0.72  mm.    Cat.  No.  324621. 

A  single  specimen  which  seems  to  be  close  to  recent  specimens  f 
this  species  was  obtained  from  U.S.G.S.  No.  6010,  lower  part  of 
Culebra  formation,  in  dark  cla}7,  north  of  Pedro  Miguel  Locks,  lie 
specimen  is  somewhat  glauconitic  and  certain  of  the  details  are  m  e 
or  less  obscured. 

GAUDRYINA  TRIANGULARIS  Cushman. 

Plate  20,  fig.  3. 

Gaudryina  triangularis  Cushman,  Bull.  71,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  pt.  2,  1 
p.  G5,  figs.  104a-c. 

Description. — Test  somewhat  longer  than  broad,  early  portion 
angular,  the  faces  somewhat  concave,  triserial ;  later  portion  bise:  L 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  57 


rounded  in  transverse  section;  wall  coarsely  arenaceous,  chambers 
comparatively  few,  sutures  indistinct,  aperture  a  narrow  slit  at  the 
base  of  the  inner  margin  of  the  last  formed  chamber. 
Length  1.7  mm.,  breadth  1.0  mm.  Cat,  No.  324622,  U.S.N.M. 
A  single  specimen  which  seems  to  belong  to  this  species  was  found 
in  material  from  U.S.G.S.  No.  6010,  lower  part  of  the  Culebra  forma- 
tion, in  dark  clay,  north  of  Pedro  Miguel  Locks.  The  specimen,  like 
many  others  from  this  station,  is  glauconitic  and  not  well  preserved 
in  all  its  details. 


nL 


CLAVULINA  PARISIENSIS  d'Orbigrny. 

Plate  20,  fig.  5. 


Genus  CLAVULINA  d'Orbigny,  1826. 


Clavulina  parisiensis  d'Orbigny.  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.,  vol.  7,  1820.  p.  268. — H.  B. 
Brady,  Rep.  Voy.  Challenger,  Zoology,  vol.  9,  1884,  p.  395,  pi.  48,  figs. 
14-18. 

D-escription. — Test  elongate,  subcylindrical,  early  portion  conical, 
later  portion  gradually  increasing  in  diameter  toward  the  apertural 
end,  chambers  comparatively  few,  those  of  the  uniserial  portion  cir- 
cular in  cross  section,  wall  coarsely  arenaceous,  somewhat  rough; 
aperture  circular,  terminal. 

Length  nearly  2  mm.,  diameter  0.7  mm.    Cat.  No.  32-1623,  U.S.N.M. 

A  single  specimen  representing  this  species  was  obtained  in  mate- 
rial from  U.S.G.S.  No.  6010,  lower  part  of  the  Culebra  formation, 
in  dark  clay  north  of  Pedro  Miguel  Locks.  Both  this  and  the  fol- 
lowing are  common  Tertiary  species. 


CLAVULINA  COMMUNIS  d'Orbigny. 

Plate  20,  fig.  6. 


Clavulina  communis  d'Orbigny,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.,  vol.  7,  1826,  p.  268;  Foram. 
Foss.  Bass.  Tert.  Yienne,  1846,  p.  196,  pi.  12,  figs.  1,  2. 

Description. — Test  very  elongate,  subcylindrical,  circular  in  trans- 
verse section,  early  portion  triserial,  later  portion  uniserial,  of  rather 
uniform  diameter,  sutures  more  or  less  indistinct,  wall  smooth ;  aper- 
ture terminal. 

Length  2  mm.,  breadth  0.45  mm.    Cat.  No.  324621,  U.S.N.M. 

A  single  specimen  of  this  species  occurred  with  the  preceding, 
U.S.G.S.  No.  6010,  in  the  lower  part  of  the  Culebra  formation.  It 
is  fragmentary  but  probably  represents  this  species. 


58 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Genus  VIRGULINA  d'Orbigny,  1826. 

VIRGULINA  SQUAMOSA  d'Orbigny. 

Plate  21,  fig.  6. 

Virgulina  squamosa  d'Orbigny,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.,  vol.  7,  1826,  p.  267. — Cush- 
man,  Bull.  71,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  pt.  2,  1911,  p.  91,  fig.  145a,  6. 

Description. — Test  elongate,  tapering  gradually  to  the  apical  end 
and  again  toward  the  apertural  end,  chambers  comparatively  few. 
inflated,  sutures  distinct,  wall  smooth,  aperture  a  comma-like  slit  at 
the  base  of  the  last  formed  chamber. 

Length  0.T  mm.,  breadth  0.25  mm.    Cat.  No.  324625a,  5,  c,  U.S.N.M. 

Specimens  of  this  species  occurred  in  the  Gatun  formation  at  the 
following  three  stations,  U.S.G.S.  No.  6033c,  marl  from  second  bed 
from  bottom,  just  below  lower  clay,  Gatun  Section,  relocated  line 
Panama  Railroad;  U.S.G.S.  No.  6035,  in  gray-green,  fine-grained 
sandy  shell  marl  vicinity  of  Mindi  Hill,  and  U.S.G.S.  No.  6036,  ir 
dark-colored  fine-grained,  sandy  clay  marl,  at  Monkey  Hill,  Moun 
Hope  Station. 

At  none  of  these  stations  were  more  than  a  few  specimens  foun( 
but  all  seem  referable  to  this  species. 

Family  LAGENIDAE. 
Genus  LAGENA  Walker  and  Boys,  1784. 

LAGENA  STRIATA  (d'Orbigny).  var.  STRUMOSA  Reass. 

Plate  21,  fig.  7. 

iAigena  strumosa  Reuss,  Zeitschr,  geol.  Ges.,  185S,  p.  434;  Sitz,  Aka<. 

Wiss.  Wien,  vol.  46,  pt.  1,  1862  (1S63),  p.  328,  pi.  4,  fig.  49. 
Lagena  striata  (d'Orbigny),  var.  strumosa  Cushman,  Bull.  71,  U.  S.  Na, 

Mus.,  pt.  3,  1913,  p.  20.  pi.  7,  figs.  7-10. 

Description. — Test  clavate  or  subglobular,  the  body  portion  orm 
mented  with  numerous  longitudinal  raised  costae,  apical  end  with 
single  stout  spine;  neck  short  and  stout,  typically  with  a  phialine  li 
and  transverse  costae. 

Diameter  0.5  mm.    Cat.  No.  324626,  U.S.N.M. 

A  single  specimen  of  this  variety  was  obtained  in  material  fro: 
U.S.G.S.  No.  6010,  from  the  lower  part  of  the  Gatun  formation,  daij 
clay,  north  of  Pedro  Miguel  Locks.    This  is  the  only  representatnj 
of  the  genus  in  the  whole  series  of  samples  examined.    The  spec 
men  lacks  the  neck  except  the  base  and  the  tip  of  the  apical  spine. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  59 


Genus  NODOSARIA  Lamarck,  1812. 

NODOSARIA  COMMUNIS  d'Orbi&ny. 

Plate  21,  fig.  8. 

Nodosaria  (Dcntalina)  communis  d'Orbigny,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.,  vol.  7,  1826, 
p.  254,  No.  35. 

Nodosaria  communis  Rettss,  Yerst.  Bohm.  Kreid.,  pt.  1,  1845.  p.  28,  pi.  12, 
fig.  21. — H.  B.  Brady,  Rep.  Yoy.  Challenger,  Zoology,  vol.  9.  1884.  p.  504, 
pi.  62,  figs.  19-22. 

Description. — Test  elongated,  slender,  gradually  tapering,  slightly 
urved,  chambers  slightly  inflated  in  the  middle,  sutures  distinct, 
ightly  depressed,  somewhat  oblique;  wall  smooth. 
Length  2  mm.?    Cat.  No.  324627. 

A  single  fragment  showing  four  chambers  was  obtained  in  material 
rom  U.S.G.S.  No.  6036,  Gatun  formation,  from  dark-colored  fine- 
rained,  sandy  clay  marl  at  Monkey  Hill,  Mount  Hope  Station.  The 
Tagment  with  its  general  characters,  its  smooth  surface,  slightly 
lflated  chambers  and  oblique  sutures  seem  to  clearly  indicate  this 
ecies. 

NODOSARIA  INSECTA  Schwager? 

Plate  21,  fig!  9. 

Nodosaria  insecta  Schwager,  Novara  Exped.  Geol.  Thiel.,  pt.  2.  1866,  p.  224.. 
pi.  5.  figs.  52,  53. 

Deselection. — Test  elongate,  gradually  tapering  from  the  nearly 
3ute  slender  base  to  a  broad  apical  end,  which  is  the  greatest  in 
iameter  of  any  of  the  chambers  of  the  test;  chambers  numerous, 
iflated,  nearly  spherical,  sutures  much  depressed;  wall  smooth, 
pertures  with  a  slight  neck  and  circular  opening. 
Length  2.3  mm.  Cat.  No.  324628a,  b,  U.S.N.M. 
Specimens  were  found  in  the  lower  part  of  Culebra  formation  both 
b  U.S.G.S.  No.  6010,  in  dark  clay,  north  of  Pedro  Miguel  Locks, 
ad  6012a,  from  lower  dark  clay  beneath  lower  conglomerate,  one- 
mrth  mile  south  of  Empire  Bridge. 

The  specimens  are  very  close  to  the  species  described  by  Schwager 
'om  the  Tertiary  of  Kar  Nicobar.  The  two  forms,  megalospheric 
id  microspheric.  occur  in  the  Panamanian  material,  the  latter  being 
uch  more  slender  at  the  initial  end  than  in  the  megalospheric. 


3i 


[{rflll  NODOSARIA  RAPHANISTRUM  (Linnaeus). 

i  dar  i 

Plate  21,  fig.  10. 

Nautilus  raphanistrum  Linnaeus,  Syst.  Nat.,  ed.  10,  1758,  p.  710. 
Xodosaria  raphanistrum  Reitss,  in  Geinitz,  Grundr.  Verstein,  1S45-46,  p. 
653,  pi.  24,  fig.  6.— Jones.  Parker,  and  H.  B.  Brady.  Monogr.  Pal.  Sol-., 
vol.  19.  1SG6,  p.  50,  pi.  1,  figs.  6-S. 
8370°— 18— Bull.  103  5 


60  BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Description. — Test  elongate,  subcylindrical,  slightly  tapering, 
chambers  numerous,  distinct,  apertural  end  with  a  short  tapering 
neck;  wall  ornamented  with  longitudinal  costae  continued  clear  to 
the  aperture,  about  12-15  in  number. 

Length  4  mm.    Cat.  No.  324629,  U.S.N.M. 

A  single  specimen  of  this  species  figured  here  was  obtained  fronr 
U.S.G.S.  No.  6010,  lower  part  of  the  Culebra  formation,  in  dark 
clay,  north  of  Pedro  Miguel  Locks.  The  specimen  is  not  complete 
at  the  initial  end  but  the  last  six  chambers  including  the  aperture 
are  very  well  preserved. 

NODOSARIA,  species? 

Plate  21,  fig.  11. 


i 

IHK 


A  fragment  consisting  of  one  complete  chamber  and  the  adjacent 
parts  of  two  others  was  found  in  the  same  material,  U.S.G.S.  No, 
6010,  as  the  above  but  nearly  twice  the  diameter.  The  costae  are 
also  more  numerous.  Without  further  material  it  is  unsafe  to  try 
to  determine  the  fragment,  but  the  occurrence  of  another  species  al  :Pr- 
this  station  should  be  at  least  recorded.    Cat.  No.  624630,  U.S.N.M  & 


adth 
si::.: 


Genus  CRISTELLARIA  Lamarck,  1812. 

CRISTELLARIA  ROTULATA  (Lamarck). 

Plate  22.  fig.  1. 

"  Cornu  Hammonis  seu  Nautili  "  Plancus,  Conch.  Min.,  1739,  p.  13,  pi.  1 
fig.  III. 

Lentimlites  rotitlata  Lam  vtu  k.  Ann.  Mus..  vol.  5,  1804.  p.  188,  No.  3;  vol.  t 

1800.  pi.  62,  fig.  11. 
Cristellaria  rotulata  d'Okbigny,  Mem.  Soc.  Geol.  France,  ser.  1.  vol.  4,  1844 
p.  26,  pi.  2,  figs.  16-18.— H.  B.  Brady,  Rep.  Voy.  Challenger,  Zoologj 
vol.  9,  1884,  p.  547,  pi.  69,  figs.  13a,  b. 
Description. — Test  comparatively  large,  biconvex,  close  coile 
throughout,  chambers  variable  in  number  in  the  coil,  sutures  distinct 
periphery  not  tabulated,  usually  not  keeled;  previous  apertures  oj 
the  test  usually  visible  as  is  often  the  preceding  coil  at  least  in  part 
wall  smooth. 

Diameter  up  to  2  mm.    Cat.  Nos.  324631a,  ft,  c,  d,  e,  U.S.N.M. 

This  seems  to  be  the  commonest  species  in  the  Panamanian  materia  I 
It  differs  slightly  in  form  in  the  various  stations  but  all  may  t|  | 
grouped  under  this  species.  It  occurred  in  two  groups  of  statior 
as  noted  in  the  chart  of  distribution.  They  are  as  follows:  Low* 
part  of  the  Culebra  formation  at  U.S.G.S.  No.  6010,  in  dark  cla. 
north  of  Pedro  Miguel  Locks;  No.  6012a,  in  lower  dark  clay  beneat 
lower  conglomerate,  one-fourth  mile  south  of  Empire  Bridg 
Gatun  formation  at  U.S.G.S.  No.  6033c,  in  marl  from  second  be 


At 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  61 


rom  bottom  just  below  lower  clay,  Gatun  section,  relocated  line 
anama  Kailroad:  No.  6035,  in  gray  green,  fine-grained,  sandy  shell 
iarl,  vicinity  of  Mindi  Hill:  and  No.  6036  in  dark-colored,  fine- 
rained,  sandy  clay  marl  of  Monkey  Hill,  Mount  Hope  Station. 


CRISTELLARIA  ITALICA  (Def ranee). 


Saracenaria  italica  Defrance,  Diet  Sei.  Nat.,  vol.  82,  1824,  p.  177;  vol.  47, 

1827,  p.  344 ;  Atlas-  Conch.,  pi  13,  fig.  6. 
Cristcllaria  (Saracenaria)  italica  d'Obbigny,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.,  vol.  7,  1826, 

p.  293,  No.  26;  Modeled  Nps:  19  and  S5. 
Cristcllaria  italica  Parked.  Jones,  and  H.  B.  Brady,  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist., 
ser.  3,  vol.  16,  1865,  pp.  21,  32,  pi.  1,  figs.  11,  42. — H.  B.  Brady,  Rep. 
Yoy.  Challenger,  Zoology,  vol.  9,  1884.  p.  544.  pi.  68,  figs.  17,  18,  20-23. 

Description. — Test  with  the  early  portion  close  coiled,  later  por- 
eD  on  more  or  less  uncoiled,  chambers  numerous,  those  of  the  hast- 
ened portion  being  triangular  in  cross  section,  periphery  keeled, 
nd  the  apertural  face  broad  and  flattened,  the  sides  angled  and  ex- 
(tj  ;nding  on  either  side  to  the  keel  in  flat  faces,  sutures  but  slightly 
l&pressed,  wall  smooth ;  apertures  peripheral,  radiate,  usually  with  no 
\  eck. 

Diameter  0.75  mm.    Cat.  No.  324632,  U.S.N.M. 
Two  specimens  are  evidently  of  this  species  in  a  young  stage,  the 
ncoiling  not  yet  having  proceeded  to  a  great  degree.  They  are  from 
\S.G.S.  No.  6036,  Gatun  formation,  in  dark-colored,  fine-grained, 
mdy  clay  marl  from  Monkey  Hill,  Mount  Hope  Station. 

CRISTELLARIA  PROTUBERANS,  new  species. 

Plate  22,  fig.  2. 

Description. — Test  compressed,  close  coiled,  biconvex,  seven  cham- 
ps in  each  coil,  each  much  inflated  in  its  central  portion,  space  be- 
veen  much  compressed,  flattened,  periphery  sharply  and  broadly 
>eled;  aperture  peripheral,  radiate. 
Diameter  0.80-1.20  mm. 

Three  specimens  of  this  species  occurred  at  U.S.G.S.  No.  6010, 
>wer  part  of  Culebra  formation,  in  dark  clay  north  of  Pedro  Miguel 
ocks.    It  is  in  some  respects  similar  to  species  found  in  the  Western 
acific,  especially  in  comparatively  deep  water  off  the  Philippines. 
Type-specimen,— Cat.  No.  324633,  U.S.N.M. 


CRISTELLARIA  VAUGHANI,  new  species. 

Plate  22,  fig.  3. 

Description. — Test  much  compressed,  with  a  slight  tendency  to  un- 
>iling  in  the  last-formed  chambers,  periphery  slightly  keeled,  not 
bulated,  rounded,  about  nine  chambers  in  the  last-formed  whorl. 


62 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


sutures  slightly  curved  backward,  extending  in  to  the  umbilicus  s( 
that  only  the  last-formed  coil  is  visible  from  the  exterior,  surfac< 
smooth  except  for  lines  of  beads  along  the  sutures  extending  fron 
the  umbilicus  to  the  periphery;  apertural  face  truncated  or  eve] 
slightly  concave,  aperture  radiate,  peripheral,  with  a  short  cylin 
drical  neck. 

Diameter  0.75  mm. 

The  type-sections  of  this  species  are  from  U.S.G.S.  No.  603f 
Gatun  formation,  in  gray  green,  fine-grained,  sandy  shell  marl  fror 
the  vicinity  of  Mindi  Hill.  It  also  occurred  at  6036,  Gatun  forma 
tion,  in  dark-colored,  fine-grained,  sandy  clay  marl  from  Monke 
Hill,  Mount  Hope  Station ;  No.  6019/,  upper  part  of  Culebra  f ornu 
tion,  fourth  limy  bed  from  bottom,  section  opposite  Las  Cascada 
Gaillard  Cut;  and  No.  6010,  lower  part  of  Culebra  formation,  i 
dark  clay,  north  of  Pedro  Miguel  Locks. 

This  species  is  somewhat  suggestive  of  some  forms  <  f  O.  wetherelq 
but  has  no  longitudinal  ribbing.  It  is  perhaps  nearest  to  C.  gemma* 
described  by  Brady  from  the  Philippines  and  South  Sea  Islands,  bi 
lacks  the  typical  papillate  surface  common  in  that  species. 

The  species  is  named  for  Dr.  T.  Wayland  Vaughan,  whose  colle 
tions  in  the  Canal  Zone  have  added  much  to  the  available  foramk 
fera  from  this  region. 

Type-specimens.— -Cat.  No.  324634,  U.S.N.M. 

Genus  UVIGERINA  d'Orbigny,  1826. 

UVIGERINA  CANARIENSIS  d'Orbigny. 

Plate  22.  fig.  5. 

"Testae  pineiforuie  minusculae  "  Soidani,  Testaceographia,  vol.  2,  17 

p.  18,  pi.  4.  figs.  E,  F,  G,  H. 
Vvigerina  nodosa,  var.  B  d'Orbigny,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.,  vol.  7,  1826,  p.  260,  Nc 
Vvigerina  canariensis  d'Okbigny,  Foram.  Canaries,  1839.  p.  138,  pi.  1,  f 

25-27. — H.  B.  Brady,  Rep.  Voy.  Challenger,  Zoology,  vol.  9.  1881,  p.  * 

pl.  74,  figs.  1-3. 

/description. — Test  elongate,  chambers  numerous,  spirally  arrang 
triserial.  inflated,  separated  by  distinct  sutures;  wall  smooth  exalt 
for  the  early  chambers  which  may  show  traces  of  spines  or  longituf- 
nal  striae;  apertural  end  usually  with  a  tubular  nook  and  ofteife 
phialine  lip. 

Length  0.75  mm.,  diameter  0.35  mm.  Cat.  No.  324635,  U.S.N.iV 
The  only  typical  material  of  this  species  is  from  U.S.G.S.  No.  6C 

Gatun  formation,  in  gray-green,  fine-grained  sandy  shell  marl  It 

the  vicinitv  of  Mindi  Hill. 


ft* 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  63 


UVIGERINA  CANARIENSIS  d'Orbigny,  variety. 


Plate  22,  fig.  6 

Em  I 


A  larger  and  much  stouter,  entirely  smooth  variety  as  shown  in  the 
above  figure  was  found  in  material  from  U.S.G.S.  No.  6010,  lower 
part  of  Culebra  formation,  in  dark  clay,  north  of  Pedro  Miguel 
Locks.    Cat.  No.  324636.  U.S.N.M. 


UVIGERINA  PYGMAEA  d'Orbigny. 

Plate  22,  fig.  4. 

null 

nke|      "  Polymorph  a  Pineiformia  "  Soldani,  Testaceographia,  vol.  1.  pt.  2,  1791, 
pi.  130,  figs,  s*,  tt. 

I'riaerina  pigmea  d'Orbigny.  Ami.  Sci.  Nat.,  vol.  7,  1826.  p.  269,  pi.  12,  figs. 

S,  9 ;  Mooeles,  1826,  No.  67. 
Uvigerina  pygmaea  d'Orbigny,  Foram.  Foss.  Bass.  Tert.  Yieime,  1846,  p.  190, 
pi.  11,  figs.  25,  26.— II.  B.  Brady,  Rep.  Voy.  Challenger,  Zoology,  vol.  9, 
1884,  p.  575,  pi.  74,  figs.  11-14. 

Description. — Test  subcylindrical,  triserially  spiral,  chambers  nu- 
merous, inflated,  sutures  deep;  wall  ornamented  by  numerous  longi- 
udinal  costae,  those  of  each  chamber  usually  independent  of  those 
Kf  adjacent  chambers;  aperture  with  a  short  cylindrical  neck  and 
phialine  lip. 

Leugth  0.75  mm:,  breadth  0.32  mm.  Cat.  No.  324637^,  b,  c, 
LT.S.N.M. 

Specimens  referable  to  this  species  occurred  in  the  Culebra  forma- 
tion at  U.S.G.S.  No.  6012a,  in  lower  dark  clay  beneath  lower  con- 
glomerate, one-fourth  mile  south  of  Empire  Bridge,  Gaillard  Cut, 
md  No.  6012&7  in  clay  and  sandstone  just  below  conglomerate  at 
Dase  of  green  clay  one-half  to  three- fourths  of  a  mile  north  of  Con- 
ractors  Hill,  Gaillard  Cut. 

Specimens  of  a  slightly  different  character  were  abundant  at  No. 
3035,  Gatun  formation,  in  gra^y-green,  fine-grained  sandy  shell  marl, 
fjlricinity  of  Mindi  Hill. 


igito 


0 


UVIGERINA  TENUISTRIATA  Reuss. 


Plate  22,  fig. 


Uvigerina  striata  Reuss.  Sitz.  Kais.  Akad.  Wiss.  Wien,  vol.  52,  1870,  p.  485. — 
von  Schlicht,  Foram.  Pietzputil,  1870,  pi.  22,  figs.  34-36. — H.  B.  Beady, 
Rep.  Voy.  Challenger,  Zoology,  vol.  9,  1884,  p.  574,  pi.  74,  figs.  4-7. 

Description. — Test  subcylindrical,  chambers  spirally  arranged,  tri- 
vial at  least  in  the  early  portion,  later  portion  sometimes  biserial 
md  more  slender ;  chambers  inflated,  sutures  deep,  walls  ornamented 
y  numerous  longitudinal  costae.  except  the  last  chambers,  which  tend 
:o  become  smooth  or  nearly  so;  aperture  with  a  short  tubular  neck 
md  often  a  phialine  lip. 


64 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Length  0.85  mm.,  breadth  0.30  mm.    Cat.  No.  324638,  U.S.N.M. 

Specimens  referred  to  this  species  were  very  common  in  mater 
from  U.S.G.S.  No.  6036,  Gatun  formation,  in  dark-colored,  hi 
grained  sandy  clay  marl,  from  Monkey  Hill,  Mount  Hope  Static 
Many  of  the  specimens  become  almost  uniserial  in  the  last-form 
portion. 

Genus  SIPHOGENERINA  Schlumberger,  1883. 

SIPHOGENERINA  RAPHANUS  (Parker  and  Jones)  var.  TRANSVERSUS,  new  variety 

Plate  22,  fig.  8. 

Description, — Test  subcylindrical,  composed  of  comparatively  iW' 
chambers,  the  earlier  ones  spirally  arranged,  later  and  greater  p| 
tion  of  the  test  uniserial,  sutures  very  prominently  indented,  i- 
tween  the  longitudinal  costae,  aperture  with  a  short  cylindrical  net 
Length,  1.25  mm.;  diameter,  0.54  mm.  Cat.  No.  324646,  U.S.N  1 
This  variety  differs  from  the  typical  form  in  the  much  grnur 
prominence  of  the  transverse  depressions  marking  the  sutures.  oo| 
sionally  as  in  the  figure  suggesting  the  depressions  of  S.  dimorpk 
The  specimens  were  frequent  in  material  from  U.S.G.S.  No.  6(0, 
lower  part  of  the  Culebra  formation,  in  dark  clay,  north  of  Pe  *o 
Miguel  Locks. 

Family  GLOBIGERINIDAE. 


Genus  GLOBIGERINA  d'Orbigny,  1826. 

GLOBIGERINA  BULLOIDES  d'Orbigny. 

Globif/erina  bulloides  d'Orbigny,  Ann.  Sci.  Xar.,  vol.  7,  1826,  p.  277,  N(|L 
Modeles,  No.  17,  and  No.  7(>;  in  Barker,  Webb,  and  Berthelot.  ] 
Nat.  Isles  Canaries,  1839.  pt.  2,  Foraminiferes,  p.  132,  pi.  2,  figs 
28— H.  B.  Brady,  Rep.  Voy.  Challenger,  Zoology,  vol.  0.  1SS4,  p 
pi.  77 ;  pi.  79,  figs.  3-7. 


in 


Description. — Test  subglobose,  spiral,  visible  portion  compose( 
but  few  chambers  from  below,  usually  three  to  five,  all  visible  f 
the  dorsal  side,  sutures  deep,  chambers  inflated,  umbilicate  bel 
surface  reticulate:  aperture  single,  from  cadi  chamber,  of  good 
opening  into  the  central  umbilical  cavity  on  the  ventral  side. 

Diameter,  0.60  mm.    Cat.  Nos.  324639^-45. 

Specimens  referable  to  this  widely  distributed  .-pecies  were  ft) 
tained  from  the  following  stations:  In  the  Culebra  format  n 
U.S.G.S.  No.  6009,  from  black  clays  and  sandy  beds  at  lower  id 
of  Pedro  Miguel  Locks;  6010  in  dark  clay,  north  of  Pedro  Mi  lei 
Locks;  6019/,  in  fourth  limy  bed  from  bottom,  Las  Cascadas  §c- 
tion,  Gaillard  Cut.    In  the  Gatun  formation,  U.S.G.S.  No.  60lj 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


65 


I.  in  argillaceous  and  sandy  indurated  marl,  one-fourth  to  one-half 
rimile  north  of  Camp  Cotton  on  relocated  line,  Panama  Railroad: 
im6033(?  in  marl  from  second  bed  from  bottom,  just  below  lower  clay, 
itiokjatun  Section  relocated  line,  Panama  Railroad;  6035,  in  gray  green, 
refine  grained,  sandy  shell  marl,  near  Mindi  Hill;  and  6036,  in  dark 

colored,  fine  grained,  sandy  clay  marl,  Monkey  Hill,  Mount  Hope 

Station. 

The  specimens  from  the  last  three  stations  are  very  well  preserved 
and  in  fact  might  almost  be  recent  material,  while  those  of  the  other 
stations  were  fragmentary,  often  glauconitic.    G.  bulloides,  var. 
triloba  Reuss  was  occasional  in  the  last  three  stations  where  the 
fjgenus  was  really  very  common. 


oc 


Description. — Test  composed  of  numerous  inflated  chambers  usu- 
ally arranged  in  a  spiral  test  with  about  three  volutions,  the  last- 
formed  one  with  four  chambers,  dorsal  side  of  test  nearly  flat,  ventral 
side  extended,  especially  in  the  last-formed  whorl;  ventrally  umfoili- 
cate;  surface  finely  reticulate;  aperture  large,  opening  toward  the 
umbilicus. 

Diameter,  0.75  mm.    Cat.  Nob.  324647,  8,  9,  U.S.N.M. 
Specimens  occurred  at  U.S.G.S.  No.  6010,  lower  part  of  the  Cule- 
bra  formation,  in  dark  clay  north  of  Pedro  Miguel  Locks;  and  in 
the  Gatun  formation  at  the  last  two  of  the  stations  already  referred 
Hto,  namely,  6035  and  6036. 


GLOBIGERINA  INFLATA  d'Orbigny. 

Globigerina  inflata  d'Orbigny,  in  Barker,  Webb,  and  Berthelot,  Hist.  Nat. 
Isles  Canaries,  vol.  2,  pt.  2,  1839,  Foraminiteres,  p.  134,  pi.  2,  figs. 
7-9. — H.  B.  Brady,  Rep.  Voy,  Challenger,  Zoology,  vol.  9,  1884,  p.  601, 
pi.  79.  figs.  8-10. 


GLOBIGERINA  DUBIA  Egger. 


GloUgerina  dubia  Egger,  Neues  Jahrb.  fur  Min„  1857.  p.  281.  pi.  9.  tigs. 
7-9.— H.  B.  Brady,  Rep.  Voy.  Challenger,  Zoology,  vol.  9.  1SS4,  p.  .195, 
pi.  79,  figs.  na-c. 

Description. — Test  composed  of  numerous  inflated  chambers  ar- 
ranged in  a  naut'iloid  spiral  all  visible  from  above,  the  last  coil  only, 
consisting  of  5  to  6  chambers,  visible  from  below,  ventral  side  with  a 
central  umbilicus,  surface  reticulate;  apertures  opening  into  the 
.[  central  umbilical  cavity. 

Diameter  0.75  mm.    Cat.  Nos.  324650-54. 
Mi    At  the  following  stations  specimens  referable  to  this  species  were 
found:  Culebra  formation,  U.S.G.S.  No.  6010,  in  dark  clay,  north 
6fl|of  Pedro  Miguel  Locks;  6025,  in  dark,  hard,  sandy  clay  about  200 


66 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


yards  south  of  southern  end  of  switch  at  Bohio  Ridge  Station,  r 
located  line,  Panama  Railroad.  Gatun  formation,  U.S.G.S.  N 
6033c,  in  marl  from  second  bed  from  bottom,  just  below  lower  cla 
Gatun  Section,  relocated  line,  Panama  Railroad ;  6035,  in  gray  gree 
fine  grained,  sandy  shell  marl  near  Mindi  Hill  and  6036  in  dai 
colored,  fine  grained,  sandy  clay  marl,  Monkey  Hill,  Mount  Ho; 
Station. 

As  in  the  case  of  the  preceding  species  the  specimens  from  t 
last  three  stations  were  very  finely  preserved  while  those  of 
others  were  glauconitic. 

GLOBIGERINA  CONGLOBATA  H.  B.  Brady. 

Olobigcrina  conglobota  H.  B.  Brady,  Quart.  Journ.  Micr.  Sci.,  vol.  19,  18 
p.  72;  Rep.  Voy.  Challenger,  Zoology,  vol.  9.  1884,  p.  603,  pi.  80,  fi 
1-5;  pi.  82,  fig.  5. 


is  ii 
limit' 


h 
m 
hi 
be 
rcticu 


Description. — Test  subglobular,  early  chambers  arranged  in  a  CO] 
pact  spiral,  the  last  three  chambers  in  the  complete  adult  test  fori 
ing  nearly  the  whole  of  the  visible  portion  of  the  test,  wall  coarse 
reticulate;  main  aperture  at  the  inner  margin  of  the  chamber  wi 
several  rounded  secondary  apertures  along  the  margins  of  t)\ 
chamber  where  it  is  attached  to  adjacent  ones. 

Diameter  up  to  1  mm.    Cat.  Nos.  324655-6. 

Specimens  of  G.  conglobota  were  found  in  small  numbers  in  t 
Gatun  formation  at  stations  6035  and  6036.    They  were  typical  hi 
perhaps  hardly  as  well  developed  as  in  some  Recent  material.  . 
occurrence  here  is  rather  interesting  as  it  is  almost  unknown  in  t 
fossil  condition. 

GLOBIGERINA  SACCULIFERA  H.  B.  Brady. 


Globigerina  helicina  Carpenter  (not  G.  helicina  d'Orbigny).  Intr.  Fora 
1862,  pi.  12,  fig.  11. 

Globigerina  saccnlifera  H.  B.  Brady,  Geol.  Mag.,  Dec.  2.  vol.  4,  1877  p. 
535;  Quart.  Journ.  Micr.  Sci.,  vol.  19,  1879,  p.  73;  Rep.  Voy.  ChallenM 
Zoology,  vol.  9,  1884,  p.  604,  pi.  80,  figs.  11-17 ;  pi.  82,  fig.  4. 

Description. — Test  composed  of  numerous  chambers,  in  its  eak 
stages  very  similar  to  G.  bulloides  but  later  developing  a  more  oblcg 
form,  the  chambers  extended,  somewhat  compressed  and  with  - 
cessory  apertural  openings,  the  final  chamber  often  flattened  M 
irregularly  formed  toward  the  outer  end;  wall  strongly  reticulad 
in  all  but  the  final  chamber  which  is  much  smoother  than  the  othej; 
aperture  large,  arched,  with  other  accessory  openings  in  the  chain! 
of  adult  specimens. 

Diameter  up  to  1  mm.    Cat.  Nos.  324657-8,  U.S.N.M. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  67 


rt  Specimens  were  not  uncommon  in  material  from  the  Gatun  forma- 
tion at  stations  6035  and  6036.  As  in  the  case  of  G.  conglobata  the 
^specimens  were  hardly  as  well  developed  as  they  are  in  recent  speci- 
mens, but  nevertheless  had  the  characteristic  marks  of  the  species. 
•'  As  in  G.  conglobata  the  records  of  this  species  are  almost  entirely 
^limited  to  Recent  material,  its  occurrence  as  a  fossil  being  practically 
unknown. 


GLOBIGERINA  AEQUILATERALIS  H.  B.  Brady. 


Cassidulina  globulvsa  (part)  Egger,  Nones  Jahrb.  fur  Min.,  1857,  p.  296, 
pi.  11,  fig-.  4. 

Globigcrina  aequilateralis  H.  B.  Beady,  Quart.  Journ.  Micr.  Sci.,  vol.  19. 
1S79,  p.  71 ;  Rep.  Voy.  Challenger,  Zoology,  vol.  9,  1884,  p.  605,  pi.  80, 
figs.  18-21. 

Description. — Test  composed  of  numerous  inflated  chambers,  ar- 
ranged in  a  planospiral  manner,  at  least  the  last  formed  coil,  cham- 
bers increasing  rapidly  in  size  as  added,  usually  5  to  6  in  the  last 
formed  volution;  sutures  depressed,  periphery  lobulated;  surface 
retieulate;  aperture  large,  at  the  base  of  the  inner  margin  of  the 
chamber. 

Diameter  up  to  1  mm.  Cat.  Nos.  324659-61,  U.S.N.M. 
In  the  material  from  the  Gatun  formation  at  three  stations,  Nos. 
6033r?,  6035,  6036,  this  species  was  not  uncommon.  The  only  char- 
acter in  which  there  seems  to  be  a  difference  from  the  Recent  material 
is  in  the  early  chambers  which  occasionally  show  at  one  side  as  a  flat 
spiral  while  the  later  chambers  are  bilateral.  The  species  is  not  a 
common  one  as  a  fossil. 

Genus  ORBULINA  d'Orbigny,  1839. 

ORBULINA  UNIVERSA  d'Orbigny. 

Orbulina  universa  d'Orbigny,  in  De  la  Sagra,  Hist.  Fis.  Pol.  Nat.  Cuba, 
1839,  Foraminiferes,  p.  3,  pi.  1.  fig.  1.— H.  B.  Brady,  Rep.  Voy.  Chal- 
lenger, Zoology,  vol.  9,  1884,  p.  60S.  pi.  78;  pi.  81.  figs.  8-26;  pi.  82, 
figs.  1-3. 

Description. — Test  in  adult  form  typically  consisting  of  a  single, 
spherical  visible  chamber,  which  may  or  may  not  have  contained 
within  the  early  Globigerine  stages ;  wall  strongly  reticulate,  a  single 
large  circular  aperture  and  smaller  openings  at  the  base  of  each 
^reticulation. 

otjiej   Diameter  up  to  1  mm.    Cat.  Nos.  324662-3,  U.S.N.M. 
^    Specimens  were  not  uncommon  in  the  Gatun  formation  at  the 
three  stations,  Nos.  6033c,  6035,  and  6036.    Occasional  specimens 
show  the  double  form  as  figured  by  Brady.    The  specimens  other- 
wise are  like  the  common  run  of  Recent  material. 


68  BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 

Family  ROTALIIDAE. 
Genus  DISCORBIS  Lamarck,  1804. 

DISCORBIS  OBTUSA  (d'Orbigny) . 

Plate  23,  figs.  la-c. 

Rosa-Una  obtusa  d'Oebigny,  Foram.  Foss.  Bass.  Tert.  Yienne,  1846,  p.  17f 
pi.  11,  figs.  4-6. 

Discorbina  obtusa  H.  B.  Brady,  Rep.  Voy.  Challenger,  Zoology,  vol.  9,  188- 

p.  644,  pi.  91,  figs.  Qa-c. 
Discorbis  obtusa  Cushman,  Bull.  71.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  pt.  5,  1915,  p 
figs.  ~\2a-c. 

Description. — Test  biconvex,  dorsal  side  more  so  than  the  venfcdj 
side,  peripheral  margin  rounded;  chambers  comparatively  few,  aboi 
five  in  the  last  formed  whorl;  sutures  curved,  depressed;  wall  pe 
forate;  aperture  an  elongate  narrow  slit  extending  from  the  un 
bilicus  nearly  to  the  periphery. 

Diameter  0.60  mm.    Cat.  No.  324664,  U.S.N.M. 

The  only  station  from  which  this  species  was  obtained  is  U.S.G.; 
No.  5850,  from  Pleistocene  marl  near  Mount  Hope,  a  quarter  mi 
from  the  present  sea  beach  and  6  to  8  feet  above  high  tide. 

Genus  TRUNCATULINA  d'Orbigny,  1826. 

TRUNCATULINA  AMERICANA,  new  species. 

Plate  23.  figs.  2a-c. 

Description. — Test  nearly  plano-convex :  ventral  side  strong 
convex,  periphery  keeled,  dorsal  side  nearly  flat  ;  chambers  numeroi 
up  to  nine  in  the  last  formed  coil;  sutures  curved,  prominent,  slight 
limbate.  umbilicate  below ;  surface  smooth,  aperture  nearly  \ 
ripheral. 

Diameter  0.65  mm. 

Type-specimen. —  (Cat.  No.  324665,  U.S.N.M.)  from  the  upjfl 
part  of  the  Culebra  formation,  at  U.S.G.S.  No.  6019/,  fourth  liif 
bed  from  bottom,  Las  Cascades  section,  Gaillard  Cut. 

TRUNCATULINA  PYGMEA  Hantken. 

Plate  23,  figs.  3a-c. 

TruncatuUna  pygmea  Hantken,  Mitth.  Jahrb.  uug.  geol.  Abstalt.,  voM, 

1875,  p.  78,  pi.  10,  fig.  8. 
TruncatuUna  pygmaea  H.  B.  Beady,  Rep.  Voy.  Challenger,  Zoology,  voH 

1884,  p.  666,  pi.  95,  figs.  9,  10. 


Di 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  69 

Description. — Test  nearly  equally  biconvex,  peripheral  margin 
)luntly  rounded;  chambers  numerous,  the  sutures  oblique,  distinct. 
)ften  limbate ;  aperture  a  narrow  slit  extending  from  near  the  periph- 
ery nearly  to  the  umbilicus. 

Diameter  0.65  mm.    Cat.  Xo.  324666-7,  U.S.N.M. 

The  only  station  at  which  this  species  occurred  is  in  the  upper  part 
|  i)f  the  Culebra  formation,  U.S.G.S.  No.  6019cZ,  upper  part  of  second 
lard,  limy,  sandstone  bed,  Las  Cascadas  section,  Gaillard  Cut.  It 

rather  larger  than  the  usual  run  of  T.  pygmaeo  but  is  evidently 
;his  species. 

Specimens  from  the  Gatun  formation,  U.S.G.S.  No.  6036,  while 
laving  fewer  chambers  and  somewhat  larger  size  are  questionably 
-eferred  here.    One  specimen  is  figured  on  plate  24,  figure  2. 


TRUNCATULINA  UNGERIANA  (d'Orbigny). 

Plate  24,  fig.  1. 


Rotalina  ungeriana  d'Orbigny,  Foram.  Foss.  Rass.  Tert.  Vienne,  184(3,  p 
.     157.  pi.  8.  figs.  1G-18. 
Planorbulina  ungeriana  H.  B.  Brady,  Trans.  Linn.  Soc.  London,  vol.  24, 

1864,  p.  469.  pi.  48.  fig.  12. 
TrunratuUna  ungeriana  Reuss,  Denkschr.  Akad.  Wiss.  Wien,  vol.  25,  1865. 
p.  161.— H.  B.  Beady,  Rep.  Voy.  Challenger,  Zoology,  vol.  9.  1S84.  p.  664, 
pi.  94,  figs.  9a-d. 

Description. — Test  biconvex,  dorsal  side  less  convex  than  the  ven- 
tral: peripheral  margin  subacute,  slightly  carinate,  chambers  numer- 
ous, 10  to  12  in  the  last  formed  whorl,  sutures  distinct,  slightly  lim- 
?tbate  on  the  dorsal  side;  aperture  a  narrow  arched  opening  running 
oiventrally  from  the  peripheral  margin. 
*    Diameter  0.50  mm.    Cat.  Nos.  324668-9,  U.S.N.M. 

Specimens  referable  to  this  species  but  not  entirely  typical  were 
obtained  in  material  from  lower  part  of  the  Culebra  formation,  as 
follows:  U.S.G.S.  No.  6009,  from  black  clays  and  sandy  beds  at  lower 
pfend  of  Pedro  Miguel  Locks;  and  6012a,  from  lower  dark  clay  be- 
dneath  lower  conglomerate,  one-fourth  mile  south  of  Empire  Bridge, 
west  side  Gaillard  Cut,  below  Culebra. 

TRUNCATULINA  WUELLERSTORFI  (Schwager). 

Plate  24,  fig.  3. 


Anomalma  ivuellerstorfi  Schwager,  Novum  Exped.,  gepl.  Thoil.,  vol.  l', 

1866,  p.  258,  pi.  7,  figs.  105,  107. 
Truncatulina  wuellerstorfi  H.  B.  Brady,  Rep.  Voy.  Challenger,  Zoology,  vol, 

9,  1884,  p.  662,  pi.  93,  figs.  8,  9. 

Description. — Test  plano-convex,  dorsal  side  nearly  flat,  ventral 
side  slightly  convex;  chambers  numerous,  elongate,  curved;  sutures 


70  BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


strongly  curved,  somewhat  limbate,  periphery  bluntly  rounded, 
slightly  lobulated,  especially  near  the  apertural  end  of  the  last 
formed  coil;  wall  coarsely  punctate;  aperture  peripheral,  a  short 
curved  opening. 

Diameter  of  larger  specimens  slightly  more  than  1  mm. 

Numerous  very  typical  specimens  of  this  species  occurred  in  mate- 
rial from  the  lower  part  of  the  Culebra  formation,  U.S.G.S.  No. 
0010,  from  dark  clay,  north  of  Pedro  Miguel  Locks.  Less  typical 
specimens  occurred  in  the  upper  part  of  the  Culebra  formation  at 
U.S.G.S.  6012c?,  from  clay  and  sandstone  just  below  conglomerate 
at  base  of  green  clay,  west  side  of  Gaillard  Cut,  below  Culebra ;  and 
6019/,  from  fourth  limy  bed  from  bottom.  Las  Cascadas  section, 
Gaillard  Cut. 

Cat,  Nos.  324670-2,  U.S.N.M. 

TRUNCATULINA  CULEBRENSIS,  new  species. 

Plate  24,  figs.  4a,  b. 

Description. — Test  biconvex,  much  compressed,  peripheral  margir 
rounded ;  chambers  numerous,  as  many  as  thirteen  in  the  last  f  ormec 
coil,  long  and  narrow,  gently  curved,  sutures  broad,  limbate,  smooth 
the  areas  between  very  coarsely  punctate;  apertural  face  of  chambe: 
somewhat  depressed,  flattened,  the  carinate  borders  extending  ou 
beyond  at  either  side;  aperture  a  narrow  slit  situated  at  the  base  o 
the  chamber  on  the  periphery. 

Diameter  up  to  1.5  mm. 

The  only  occurrence  of  this  species  was  in  the  upper  part  of  th< 
Culebra  formation,  U.S.G.S.  No.  6012c,  from  top  part  of  limy  sand 
stone  below  upper  conglomerate  near  foot  of  stairs,  west  side  Gail 
lard  Cut. 

This,  a  large  and  striking  species,  in  some  of  its  characters  sug 
gesting  T.  wuellerstorfi  but,  as  will  be  seen  by  a  comparison  of  th 
figures  of  the  two,  really  very  different. 

Type-specimen.— Cat.  No.  324673,  U.S.N.M. 


Genus  PULVINULINA  Parker  and  Jones,  1862. 

PULVINULINA  SAGRA  (d'Orbigny). 

Plate  24,  figs.  6er,  b. 

Rotalina  sagra  d'Ohbiony.  in  De  In  Sngrn,  Hist.  Fis.  Pol.  Nat.  Cuba,  183 
Foraminiferes,  p.  77,  pi.  5,  tigs.  13-15. 
Description. — Test  ovate,  biconvex,  the  ventral  side  more  convc 
than  the  dorsal,  peripheral  margin  subacute,  carinate;  chambers  con 
paratively  few  in  number  increasing  rapidly  in  size  in  the  last  forme 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  71 


>nes,  the  last  formed  chamber  on  the  ventral  side  making  up  a  large 
bart  of  the  area  of  the  test,  sutures  distinct,  curved,  slightly  de- 
Dressed,  more  so  on  the  ventral  side ;  wall  smooth  except  for  the  usual 
ine  punctations;  aperture  ventral  near  the  umbilicus. 

Length  0.60  mm.,  breadth  0.40  mm.    Cat.  No.  324674. 

The  only  record  for  this  species  from  Panama  is  from  the  Gatun 
formation,  U.S.G.S.  No.  6035.  in  gray  green,  fine  grained,  sandy 
hell  marl,  near  Mindi  Hill.  This  species,  described  by  d'Orbigny 
:rom  Cuba,  seems  to  be  a  common  species  in  the  American  Miocene. 

PULVINULINA  CONCENTRTCA  Parker  and  Jones. 

Plate  25,  fig.  1. 

Pulvinulina  concentrica  (Parker  and  Jones,  MS.)  H.  B.  Brady,  Trans.  Linn. 
Soc.  London,  vol.  24,  1S64.  p.  470.  pi.  48,  fig.  14.— H.  B.  Beady,  Rep. 
Voy.  Challenger,  Zoology,  vol.  9,  1884,  p.  686,  pi.  105,  figs.  la-c. 

Description. — Test  biconvex,  oval;  peripheral  margin  rounded; 
chambers  comparatively  few,  usually  seven  in  the  last  formed  coil, 
sutures  covered  by  clear  shell  material  joining  with  the  carinal  border 
:  xnd  often  covering  a  large  portion  of  the  test,  both  above  and  below, 
especially  toward  the  center;  wall  smooth,  finely  punctate;  aperture 
°f  i  narrow  slit  on  the  peripheral  portion  of  the  ventral  side. 

Diameter  1.2  mm.    Cat.  No.  324675,  U.S.N.M. 

The  only  specimen  of  this  species  is  from  the  Gatun  formation, 
U.S.G.S.  No.  6035,  in  gray  green,  fine  grained,  sandy  shell  marl  near 
Mindi  Hill.  The  specimen  as  will  be  seen  from  the  figure  is  very 
typical. 

PULVINULINA  MENARDII  (d'Orbigny). 


Plate  25,  figs.  2,  3. 

Rotalia  menardii  d'Orbigny,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.,  vol.  7.  1826,  p.  273,  No.  26; 
Modules,  No.  10. 

Pulvinulina  menardii  Owen,  Journ.  Linn.  Soc.  London  (Zool.).  vol.  9,  1867, 
p.  148,  pi.  5,  fig.  6. — H.  B.  Brady,  Rep.  Voy.  Challenaer,  Zoology,  vol.  9, 
1884,  p.  690,  pi.  103,  figs.  1,  2. 

Description. — Test  plano-convex,  ventral  side  convex,  dorsal  side 
nearly  flat;  compressed,  umbilicate;  peripheral  margin  thin,  slightly 
lobulated,  carinate;  chambers  five  or  six  in  the  last  formed  coil; 
sutures  distinct,  limbate  and  broad  on  the  dorsal  side,  curved,  on  the 
ventral  side  more  depressed,  not  limbate,  nearly  straight;  wall 
smooth,  finely  punctate:  aperture  extending  peripherally  from  the 
imbilicus,  usually  with  an  overhanging  lip. 

Diameter  up  to  1  mm.    Cat.  Nos.  324676-8,  U.S.N.M. 

Specimens  apparently  belonging  to  this  species  so  widely  dis- 
tributed in  the  present  oceans  were  obtained  in  the  Gatun  formation 
at  U.S.G.S.  No.  6035  in  gray  green,  fine  grained,  sandy  shell  marl, 


72 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


vicinity  of  Mindi  Hill ;  and  6036  in  dark  colored,  fine  grained,  sandy 
clay  marl  from  Monkey  Hill,  near  Mount  Hope  Station.  A  figure  of 
one  of  these  is  shown  in  plate  25,  figure  3.  From  603SV,  Gatun 
formation,  in  marl  from  second  bed  from  bottom,  just  below  lower 
clay,  Gatun  section,  relocated  line  of  the  Panama  Railroad,  are  even 
more  typical  specimens,  one  of  which  is  here  figured  on  plate  25, 
figure  2. 

Genus  SIPHONINA  Reuss,  1849. 

SIPHONINA  RETICULATA  (Czjzek). 
Plate  24,  fig.  5. 

Rotalina  reticulata  Czjzek,  Haidinger's  Nat.  Abh.,  vol.  2,  1848,  p.  145 
pi.  13,  figs.  7-9. 

Siphonina  reticulata  Brown,  Lethaea  Geognostica,  ed.  3,  vol.  3,  1853-56 
p.  227,  pi.  35  (?),  figs.  23a-c— Cushman,  Bull.  71,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus. 
pt.  5,  1915,  p.  43,  fig.  48 ;  pi.  16,  fig.  4 ;  pi.  28,  fig.  3. 

Truncatulina  reticulata  H.  B.  Beady,  Rep.  Voy.  Challenger.  Zoology,  vol.  9 
1884,  p.  669,  pi.  96,  figs.  5-8. 

Description. — Test  biconvex,  ventral  side  slightly  more  so  thai 
the  dorsal,  peripheral  margin  acute,  carinate;  chambers  numerou 
rather  indistinct,  sutures  slightly  depressed,  curved;  wall  rathe 
coarsely  perforate;  aperture  peripheral  with  a  short,  broad  neck  arf 
somewhat  flaring  phialine  lip. 

Diameter  0.65  mm.    Cat.  No.  324679,  U.S.N.M. 

The  only  station  at  which  this  species  occurred  is  in  the  Gatu: 
formation,  U.S.G.S.  No.  6036,  in  dark  colored,  fine  grained,  sand; 
clay  marl  of  Monkey  Hill,  Mount  Hope  Station. 

Although  the  specimen  is  not  perfectly  preserved  the  tubuli  of  th 
peripheral  margin  are  lacking  as  is  the  case  in  some  large  recer 
specimens. 

Family  NUMMULITIDAE. 
Genus  NONIONINA  d'Orbigny,  1826. 

NONIONINA  DEPRESSULA  (Walker  and  Jacob). 

Plate  25.  figs.  5a,  b. 

Nautilus  depressulus  Walker  and  Jacob,  Adam's  Essays,  Kanmachei 

ed.,  1798,  p.  641,  pi.  14,  fig.  33. 
Nonionina  deprcxftula  Parker  and  Jones,  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  ser.  3,  vol. 

1859,  pp.  339,  341  — H.  B.  Brady,  Rep.  Voy.  Challenger,  Zoology,  v<| 

9,  1884.  p.  725,  pL  109,  figs.  6,  7.— Bagg,  Bull.  U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  No.  5!) 

1912,  p.  88,  pi.  26,  figs.  16a- c;  pi.  28,  figs.  7,  8. 

Description. — Test  more  or  less  rounded  in  side  view,  slight f 
elongate,  about  ten  chambers  in  the  last  formed  coil,  apertural  vie 
narrow,  periphery  broadly  rounded,  sides  nearly  parallel,  about  t\ 
and  a  half  times  as  high  as  broad,  umbilicus  slightly  depress* 


011 

per; 
m 
D: 

h 

i 
h 
ii 
■ 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  73 


sually  filled  with  secondary  shell  material  and  a  slight  extension 
eripherally  along  the  sutures  which  are  slightly  depressed;  aper- 
iire  a  narrow  curved  slit. 

Diameter  0.60  mm.    Cat.  Nos.  324680-1,  U.S.N.M. 

Distribution. — Specimens  of  this  species  occurred  in  the  Gatun 
ormation  at  U.S.G.S.  No.  6033c,  in  marl  from  second  bed  from 
ottom,  just  below  lower  clay,  Gatun  Section,  relocated  line  of  the 
}anama  Railroad ;  and  6035,  in  gray  green,  fine  grained,  sandy  shell 
larl,  vicinity  of  Mindi  Hill.  The  specimens  are  rather  typical,  per- 
aps  varying  in  the  direction  of  increased  length  from  most  recent 
pecimens. 

NONIONINA  SCAPHA  (Fitchel  and  Moll). 


Plate  25,  figs.  6a,  b. 


Nautilus  scapha  Fichtel  and  Moll,  Test.  Micr.,  1803,  p.  105,  pi.  19,  figs. 
Nonionina  scapha  Parker  and  Jones,  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  ser.  3,  vol.  5. 
1860,  p.  102,  No.  4— H.  B.  Brady,  Nat.  Hist.  Trans.  Northumberland 
and  Durham,  vol.  1,  1865,  p.  106,  pi.  12,  figs.  10a,  b. — H.  B.  Brady,  Rep. 
Vpy.  Challenger,  Zoology,  vol.  9,  1884,  p.  730,  pi.  109,  figs.  14,  15,  and 
16. — H.  B.  Brady,  Parker,  and  Jones,  Trans.  Zool.  Soc,  vol.  12,  1888,  p. 
230,  pi.  43.  fig.  20— Woodward  aud  Thomas,  Geol.  Nat.  Hist.  Surv. 
Minnesota,  vol.  3,  1893,  p.  48,  pi.  E,  figs.  35,  36.— Egger,  Abh.  kon.  Bay. 
Akad.  Wiss.  Munchen.  CI.  II,  vol.  18,  1893,  p.  424,  pi.  19,  figs.  43,  44.— 
Goes,  Kongl.  Svensk.  Vet.  Akad.  Handl.,  vol.  25,  1894,  p.  104,  pi.  17, 
fig.  830.— Morton,  Proe.  Portland  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  vol.  2,  1897,  p.  121, 
pi.  1,  fig.  23— Flint,  Ann.  Rep.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  1897  (1899),  p.  337, 
pi.  80,  fig.  1. — Fornasini,  Mem.  Accad.  Sci.  1st.  Bologna,  ser.  6,  vol.  1, 
1904,  p.  12.  pi.  3,  fig.  4 ;  pi.  13,  fig.  5.— Millett,  .Tourn.  Roy.  Micr.  Soc, 
1904.  p.  601.— Bagg.  Proe.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  vol.  34.  1908,  p.  164.— Side- 
bottom,  Mem.  and  Proe.  Manchester  Lit.  and  Philos.  Soc,  vol.  53,  No. 
21,  1909,  p.  13;  vol.  54,  No.  16,  1910,  p.  29,  pi.  3,  fig.  13.— Bagg,  Bull. 
II.  S.  Geol.  Surv.  No.  513,  1912,  p.  88,  pi.  27,  figs.  1-3. 
Polystomella  crispa,  var.  (Nonionina)  scapha  Parker  and  Jones,  Philos. 
Trans.,  vol.  155,  1865.  p.  404,  pi.  14,  figs.  37,  38;  pi.  17,  figs.  55,  56. 

Description. — Test  in  side  view  longer  than  wide,  about  ten  drain- 
ers in  the  last  formed  coil,  rapidly  increasing  in  length  as  added, 
utures  evenly  curved,  slightly  depressed,  periphery  broadly  rounded, 
a  apertural  view  the  face  of  the  last  formed  chamber  making  up  a 
irge  part  of  the  visible  surface,  wall  smooth,  finely  punctate,  some- 
iscimjvhat  umbilicatc ;  aperture  an  arched  slit  at  the  base  of  the  chamber. 
Length  0.60  mm.    Cat.  No.  324682,  U.S.N.M. 

Specimens  of  this  species  were  collected  in  the  Gatun  formation 
t  a  single  station,  U.S.G.S.  No.  6033c,  in  marl  from  second  bed 
rom  bottom,  just  below  lower  clay,  Gatun  section,  relocated  line  of 
j.  jj|  he  Panama  Railroad, 
''"•it  ^e  sPecimen  figured  in  apertural  view  was  placed  to  show  the 
{1j  perture  rather  than  the  full  size  of  the  apertural  face  which  is  really 

ft 


74  BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


larger  than  appears  in  this  view,  the  earlier  portion  of  the  coil  being 
narrow. 

NONIONINA  PANAMENSIS,  new  species. 

Plate  26,  figs,  la,  b. 

Description. — Test  in  side  view  subcircular,  last  formed  chamber 
composed  of  about  nine  chambers,  in  front  view  bilaterally  sym- 
metrical, rapidly  increasing  in  breadth  as  chambers  are  added,  aper- 
tural  face  of  chamber  broadly  rounded,  early  portion  slightly  keeled; 
sutures  rather  strongty  curved,  slightly  limbate,  slightly  depressed; 
w  all  smooth,  distinctly  punctate;  aperture  a  narrow  curved  slit  at  the 
base  of  the  apertural  face  of  the  chamber. 

Diameter  0.65  mm. 

Specimens  of  this  species  were  obtained  from  the  lower  part  of 
the  Culebra  formation,  U.S.G.S.  No.  6010,  north  of  Pedro  Miguel 
Locks,  in  dark  clay. 

Type-speci?ne».—Ci\t.  No.  324683,  U.S.N.M. 

NONIONINA  ANOMALINA,  new  species. 

Plate  26,  figs.  2a,  6. 

Description. — Test  in  side  view  nearly  circular,  deeply  umbilicate, 
peripheral  margin  broadly  rounded,  bilaterally  symmetrical,  about 
seven  chambers  in  the  last  formed  coil,  sutures  little  if  at  all  de- 
pressed,  indistinct,  last  formed  chambers  extending  but  part  way 
across  the  test,  tending  toward  alternating  arrangement;  aperture 
a  narrow  slit  at  the  base  of  the  chamber. 

Diameter  1.25  mm. 

Typt  spi  '  hnen.—  (Cat,  No.  324684,  U.S.N.M.)  from  the  lower  part 
of  the  Culebra  formation,  in  dark  clay,  north  of  Pedro  Miguel  Locks 
iT'.S.G.S.  No.  6010). 

The  last  two  chambers  suggest  Cassidulina,  but  the  similarity  does 
DOt  continue  further. 

Genus  POLYSTOMELLA  Lamarck,  1822. 

POLYSTOMELLA  STRIATO-PUNCTATA  (Fitchel  and  Moll). 

Plate  26,  figs.  3a,  6;  4a,  b. 

VttUtUui  9triaUhpunctatU8  FlCHTEL  and  Moll,  Test.  Micr.,  1803,  p.  61,  pi.  9, 
SgB.  a-c. 

Polpitometta  ttriat(hpunctata  Parker  and  Jones,  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  ser. 
Bi  vol.  5,  1800,  p.  103,  No.  6— H.  B.  Brady,  Rep.  Voy.  Challenger, 
Zoology,  vol.  9,  1884.  p.  733,  pi.  109,  figs.  22,  23. 

Description. — Test  bilaterally  symmetrical,  subcircular  in  side  viewv 
innbilic  (((•.  peripheral  margin  broadly  rounded,  eight  to  ten  chambers 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


75 


in  the  last  formed  coil;  sutures  slightly  curved,  depressed;  wall 
smooth,  distinctly  punctate;  septal  lines  with  regularly  arranged, 
narrow  bridging ;  aperture  a  narrow  semicircular  opening  at  the  base 
of  the  apertural  face  of  the  chamber,  showing  occasionally  traces  of 
division  into  a  series  of  smaller  openings. 

Diameter  0.50  to  0.65  mm.    Cat  Nos.  324685-7,  U.S.N.M. 

Specimens  were  obtained  in  the  Culebra  formation,  U.S.G.S.  No. 
6020a,  opposite  Las  Cascadas,  in  lowest  fossiliferous  bed,  third  bed 
oelow  lowest  limestone.  These  were  very  largely  glauconitic,  and 
of  the  form  figured  in  4a,  b.  The  species  was  also  found  in  the 
Gratun  formation,  U.S.G.S.  No.  6029a,  one-fourth  to  one-half  mile 
north  of  Camp  Cotton,  relocated  line  of  the  Panama  Railroad,  in 
1  he  softer  sandy  marls  at  the  base  of  the  section.  The  form  figured 
jo.  3a,  5,  is  from  a  Pleistocene  deposit  at  U.S.G.S.  No.  5850,  loose 
shells  and  marl  from  near  Mount  Hope,  one-fourth  mile  from  present 
3each,  6  to  8  feet  above  high  tide. 

POLYSTOMELLA  SAGRA  d'Orbigny. 

Plate  26,  figs.  5a,  &. 

Polystomella  Sagra.  d'Orbigny,  in  De  la  Sagra,  Hist.  Fis.  Pol.  Nat.  Cuba, 
1839,  Foraminiferes,  p.  55,  pi.  6,  figs.  19,  20. 

i  Description. — Test  bilaterally  symmetrical,  subcircular  in  side 
iew;  peripheral  margin  rounded,  ten  or  more  chambers  in  the  last 
ormed  coil;  sutures  distinct,  curved,  slightly  depressed  in  the  last 
ormed  portion,  not  at  all  depressed  in  the  early  part  of  the  coil; 
arly  half  of  the  coil  with  definite  raised,  longitudinal  ribs,  corre- 
ponding  to  the  bridging  over  the  sutures,  persisting  longest  on  the 
•eripheral  portion  of  the  test,  later  portion  smooth;  bridging  of 
arliest  portion  of  coil  regular,  short,  in  the  last  formed  sutures  in- 
reasing  considerably  in  length;  apertural  face  smooth,  punctate; 
oughly  triangular  in  outline,  the  angles  rounded;  aperture  a  very 
arrow  slit  at  the  base  of  the  apertural  face  of  the  chamber. 

Diameter  0.65  mm.    Cat.  No.  324688,  U.S.N.M. 

The  only  station  at  which  this  species  was  obtained  is  a  Pleistocene 
eposit  at  U.S.G.S.  No.  5850,  loose  shells  and  marl  from  near  Mount 
tope,  one- fourth  mile  from  present  beach  and  6  to  8  feet  above  high 

de. 

A  comparison  of  this  figure  with  the  original  given  by  d'Orbigny 
i  his  iLiua  monograph  will  show  the  very  striking  similarity  be- 

,  "een  the  Cuba  and  Panama  specimens,  and  I  have  no  hesitation  in 
iferring  this  material  to  d'Orbigny's  species. 

A       8370° — IS — Bull.  103  6 


76 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


POLYSTOMELLA  MACELLA  (Fichtel  and  Moll). 

Plate  27,  figs,  ltf,  b. 
Nautilus  macellus,  var.  a,  Fichtel  and  Moll,  Test.  Micr.,  1803,  p.  66,  pi.  10 

figS.  €-(/■ 

Polystomella  macella  Parker  and  Jones,  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  ser.  3,  vol.  5 
I860,  p.  104,  No.  8. — H.  B.  Brady,  Rep.  Voy.  Challenge?',  Zoology,  vol.  8 
1884,  p.  737,  pi.  110,  figs.  8,  9,  11. 

Description. — Test  compressed,  bilaterally  symmetrical,  periphera 
margin  acute,  somewhat  carinate,  not  lobulated,  sixteen  to  twent 
chambers  in  the  last  formed  coil;  reticulated  bridgings  occupying 
greater  area  than  the  intermediate  portions;  umbilical  region  slightl 
depressed,  with  a  few  large  pores;  aperture  a  curved  or  V-shape 
slit  at  the  base  of  the  apertural  face,  either  simple  or  divided  int 
secondary  openings. 

Diameter,  0.75  mm.    Cat.  Nos.  324689-90,  U.S.N.M. 

Specimens  were  obtained  from  two  stations  in  the  Emperadc 
limestone,  as  follows:  U.S.G.S.  6015,  from  cream-colored  coral  lim< 
stone,  old  quarry  one-quarter  mile  north  of  west  from  Empire ;  an 
6016,  one-third  mile  north  of  west  of  the  same  place. 


PI 

M 

kin 

Dia 
ITii 

Mi 

m 

lio 
h 


POLYSTOMELLA  CRISPA  (Linnaeus). 

Plate  27,  figs.  2a,  b. 


I 


"Cornu  Hamnionls  orbiculatum "  Plancus,  Conch.  Min.,  1739.  p.  10,  pi. 

fig.  2.  Why: 
Nautilus  crispus  Linnaeus,  Syst.  Nat.,  ed.  12,  1767,  p.  1162.  Mhsi 
Poly8tomella  crispa  Lamarck,  Anim.  sans  Vert.,  vol.  7,  1822,  p.  625,  No.  l.J^: 

d'Orbigny,  Foram.  Foss.  Bass.  Tert.  Vienne,  1846,  p.  125,  pi.  6,  figs. 

14. — H.  B.  Brady,  Rep.  Voy.  Challenger,  Zoology,  vol.  9,  1884,  p.  7.L 

pi.  no,  figs.  6.  7.  M**k 


Description. — Test  bilaterally  symmetrical,  much  compressed,  r 


km 

Ituff 


ripheral  margin  obtusely  angled;  umbilical  region  not  depresses!;  T 
chambers  numerous,  eighteen  to  twenty  chambers  in  the  last  form™ 


.  * 


coil,  sutures  indistinct,  bridging  wider  than  the  intermediate  cIl 
space;  margin  not  lobulated;  umbilical  region  umbonate,  filled  w:B',~:::' 
clear  shell  material,  often  with  a  few  pores;  aperture  a  narrow  sjr,^( 
at  the  base  of  the  apertural  face  of  the  chamber,  usually  showi 
more  or  Less  division  into  secondary  openings. 

Diameter,  up  to  1.25  mm.    Cat.  No.  324691,  U.S.N.M. 

Specimens  referable  to  this  species  were  obtained  from  the  Gat 
formation  at  U.S.G.3.  No.  G029&,  one-fourth  to  one-half  mile  no  J 
of  Camp  Cotton  on  relocated  line  of  the  Panama  Railroad,  indura 
argillaceous  and  sandy  marl. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


77 


POLYSTOMELLA  CRATICULATA  (Fichiel  and  Moll). 

Plate  27,  figs.  3a,  b. 

Nautilus  craticuiatuo  Fichtel  and  Moll.  Test.  Micr..  1803.  p.  51,  pi.  5,  figs. 
h-k. 

Polystomella  craticulata  d'Orbigny,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.,  vol.  7,  1826,  p.  284, 
No.  3.— Carpenter,  Intr.  Forani.,  1862,  p.  279,  pi.  16,  figs.  1.  2— H.  P>. 
Brady.  Rep.  Voy.  Challenger,  Zoology,  vol.  9,  1884,  p.  739,  pi.  110,  figs. 
16,  17. 

n|  Description. — Test  bilaterally  symmetrical,  somewhat  compressed ; 
"peripheral  margin  broadly  rounded;  not  lobulated,  chambers  very 
inumerous.  forty  or  more  in  the  last  formed  coil,  narrow:  umbilical 
.jregion  filled  with  clear  shell  material  with  numerous  pores;  bridged 
riarea  about  equal  to  that  between;  aperture  a  series  of  openings  at 
:.t)the  base  of  the  apertural  face. 

Diameter,  1  mm.    Cat.  No.  324692,  U.S.N.M. 

This  species  was  found  in  considerable  numbers  in  the  Culebra 
formation  at  U.S.G.S.  No.  6025,  in  foraminiferal  marl  and  coarse 
sandstone  about  200  yards  south  of  the  southern  end  of  the  switch  at 
id  Bohio  Ridge  station,  relocated  line,  Panama  Railroad. 

The  specimens  have  not  as  subglobose  a  form  as  many  recent 
specimens,  but  in  other  respects  the  characters  are  very  similar. 

POLYSTOMELLA,  species? 

Numerous  stations  have  a  species  of  Polystomella  which  is  very 
nuch  like  P.  sagra  and  yet  is  not  so  definitely  characterized  as  are 
he  specimens  of  that  species  from  station  6025. 

The  stations  at  which  this  form  of  Polystomella  occurs  are  in  the 
ower  part  of  the  Culebra  formation  at  U.S.G.S.  No.  6009,  black 
?lays,  six  or  seven  hundred  feet  south  of  Miraflores  Locks.  In  Las 
^ascadas  section,  Gaillard  Cut,  60196,  from  the  4  feet  of  dark  strati- 
lied  tuff  and  clay  overlying  the  lower  limestone  bed;  6019/,  from 
ourth  limy  bed  from  bottom:  6020a,  from  the  lowest  fossiliferous 
)ed.  In  the  Emperador  limestone  at  6015  and  6016  from  cream- 
olored  coral  limestone,  old  quarry,  one-quarter  mile  north  of  west 
Tom  Empire.  In  the  Gatun  formation  at  6029a,  from  lowest  hori- 
;on,  one-fourth  to  one-half  mile  north  of  Camp  Cotton. 
Cat.  Nos.  324693-8,  U.S.N.M. 

Genus  AMPHISTEGINA  cTOrbigny,  1826. 

AMPHISTEGINA  LESSONH  d'Orbigny. 

,  Amphisteffina  lessonii  d'Oebigny,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.,  vol.  7,  1826,  p.  304,  No.  3, 
pi.  17,  figs.  1-4;  Modeles,  No.  98.— H.  B.  Bkady.  Rep.  Voy.  Challenger, 
Zoology,  vol.  9,  1884,  p.  740,  pi.  Ill,  figs.  1-7. 

Description. — Test  lenticular,  usually  more  convex  on  one  side  than 
he  other ;  composed  of  about  twenty-five  chambers  in  the  last  formed 


78  BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


coil,  wall  smooth  except  near  the  aperture  on  the  ventral  side  where 
there  is  usually  a  papillose  area  of  greater  or  less  extent;  periphery 
usually  somewhat  rounded;  sutures  on  the  dorsal  side  with  a  single 
simple  angle ;  below  usually  divided  into  two  deep  lobes  by  deep  con- 
strictions. 

Diameter,  1-2.5  mm.    Cat.  Nos.  324699-08,  U.S.N.M. 

This  species  is  common  in  the  lower  horizons  of  the  area  occurring 
at  the  following  stations :  Culebra  formation,  6009,  6012a,  d,  6019<?,  d 
6027 ;  Emperaclor  limestone,  6015,  6016 ;  Gatun  formation,  6029<z,  Z>,  c 

At  some  of  these  stations  specimens  are  rather  frequent.    In  th( 
matrix  this  species  may  often  be  indistinguishable  in  a  superficial  ex 
amination  from  worn  centers  of  Orbitoids  or  Nummulites.    It  is 
common  Tertiary  species. 

Family  MILIOLIDAE. 
Genus  QUINQUELOCULINA  d'Orbigny,  1826. 

QUINQUELOCULINA  SEMINULUM  (Linnaeus). 

Plate  27,  figs.  4a,  b;  plate  28;  plate  29,  figs.  la-e. 

Serpula  seminulum  Linnaeus,  Syst.  Nat.,  ed.  10,  1758,  p.  786;  ed.  1 

(Gmelin),  1758,  pp.  37,  39. 
Quinqueloculina  seminulum  d'Orbigny,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.,  vol.  7.  1826,  p.  30i 

No.  44. 

M Molina  seminulum  Williamson,  Bee.  Poram.  Great  Britain,  1858,  p.  8 
pi.  7,  figs.  183-189.— H.  B.  Brady,  Rep.  Voy.  Challenger,  Zoology,  vol.  ' 
1884,  p.  157,  pi.  5,  figs.  6a,  b,  c. 

Description.— Test  oval  in  front  view;  thickest  in  the  middl 
visible  exterior  composed  of  five  chambers,  three  visible  from  or 
side  and  four  from  the  other,  sutures  slightly  depressed,  distinct 
-all  smooth,  periphery  rounded,  aperture  somewhat  contractej 
usually  with  a  single  simple  tooth. 

Length  about  1  mm.    Cat.  Nos.  324709-13,  U.S.N.M. 

Wry  typical  specimens  were  obtained  from  U.S.G.S.  No.  585? 
among  loose  shells  and  marl  from  near  Mount  Hope,  from  dit<| 
through  swampy  ground,  one-fourth  mile  from  present  sea  beach  ail 
6  to  8  feet  above  high  tide  (Pleistocene).  Specimens  very  simili 
but  slightly  more  rotund  were  obtained  from  the  Gatun  formation 
No.  G03G,  in  dark  colored,  fine  grained,  sandy  clay  marl,  at  Monk* 
Hill,  Mount  Hope  Station. 

S  arietal  forms  here  figured  and  which  may  be  referred  to  Q.  sen* 
nulum  were  obtained  from  the  Culebra  formation  at  No.  6010,  frof 
dark  clay,  north  of  Pedro  Miguel  Locks;  6019a,  a  single  specim 
from  lower  limestone  of  Las  Cascadas  section;  6025,  a  single  glaj(ft  * 
COnitic  specimen  from  foraminiferal  marl  about  200  yards  south 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  79 


:  southern  end  of  switch  at  Bohio  Ridge  Station,  relocated  line  of  the 
Panama  Eailroad.    Another  much  flattened  glauconitic  specimen 
;.e  from  this  last  station  is  also  referred  here. 


QUINQUELOCULINA  CONTORTA  d'Orbigny. 

Plate  29,  figs.  2a-c. 

Quinqueloculina  contorta  d'Orbigny,  Foram.  Foss.  Bass.  Tert,  Vienne,  1846, 
p.  298,  pi.  20,  figs.  4-6. 

Description. — Test  about  twice  as  long  as  broad,  chambers  rather 
narrow  and  elongate,  in  end  view  polygonal,  peripheral  margin 
"broadly  curved,  sides  nearly  at  right  angles  to  the  peripheral  face 
with  a  sharp  angle  at  the  junction ;  sutures  deep,  apical  end  and  initial 
end  of  final  chamber  truncated ;  aperture  rounded  with  a  single  tooth ; 
wall  smooth. 
Length  0.65  mm.   Cat.  No.  324714,  U.S.N.M. 

The  only  material  of  this  species  was  obtained  from  U.S.G.S.  5850, 
among  loose  shells  and  marl,  from  near  Mount  Hope,  from  ditch 
:hrough  swampy  ground,  about  one-fourth  mile  from  present  sea 
)each  and  6  to  8  feet  above  high  tide  (Pleistocene). 


e-ill 


QUINQUELOCULINA  AUBERIANA  d'Orbigny. 


Plate  29,  figs.  Sa-c. 

Quinqueloculina  auberiana  d'Orbigny,  in  De  la  Sagra,  Hist.  Fis.  Pol.  Nat. 

Cuba,  1839,  Foraminiferes,  p.  193,  pi.  12,  figs.  1-3. 
Miliolina  auberiana  H.  B.  Brady,  Rep.  Voy.  Challenger,  Zoology,  vol.  9,  1884, 
p.  162,  pi.  5,  figs.  8,  9. 

Description. — Test  slightly  longer  than  broad,  periphery  of  the 
hambers  angled  with  a  concave  area  at  each  side  of  the  angle,  sutures 
''l-  lomewhat  depressed,  distinct;  wall  smooth;  aperture  with  a  single, 
usually  simple,  occasionally  slightly  bifid  tooth. 

Length  about  1  mm.    Cat.  No.  324715,  U.S.N.M. 

Two  specimens  of  this  species  were  obtained  in  material  from 
J.S.G.S.  5850,  among  loose  shells  and  marl,  from  near  Mount  Hope., 
i!rom  ditch  through  swampy  ground,  about  one-fourth  mile  from  pres- 
ent sea  beach  and  6  to  8  feet  above  high  tide  (Pleistocene) .  This  is  a 
%l:ommon  species  of  the  shallow-water  littoral  of  tropical  seas. 


QUINQUELOCULINA  UNDOSA  Karrer. 

Plate  30,  figs.  la-c. 

Quinqueloculina  undosa  Kabrer,  Sitz.  Akad.  Wiss.  Wien,  vol.  58,  abth.  1, 

1868,  p.  150,  pi.  3,  fig.  1. 
Miliolina  undosa  Kaerer,  Rep.  Voy.  Challenger,  Zoology,  vol.  9,  1884,  p.  176, 

pi.  6,  figs.  6-8. 

Description. — Test  elongate,  two  or  two  and  a  half  times  as  long  as 
■  ide;  chambers  sub-polygonal,  the  angles  more  or  less  irregular  giv- 


80    -        BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


ing  an  undulate  appearance  to  the  chambers,  apertural  end  typically 
with  a  slightly  projecting  neck,  aperture  with  a  single  tooth;  wall 
smooth. 

Length  1.25  mm.    Cat.  Nos.  324716-17,  U.S.N.M. 

Specimens  referable  to  this  species  were  obtained  in  the  Emperador 
limestone,  at  U.S.G.S.  6016,  from  old  quarry,  one-third  mile  north 
of  west  of  Empire;  and  in  the  Culebra  formation,  at  6025,  ir 
foraminiferal  marl  about  200  yards  south  of  the  southern  end  oi 
the  switch  at  Bohio  Ridge  Station,  relocated  line,  Panama  Railroad 

The  specimens  are  not  so  contorted  as  in  some  recent  ones  but  sho^ 
characteristic  undulations  of  the  chamber  borders. 

QUINQUELOCULINA  BICORNIS  (Walker  and  Jacob). 

Plate  30.  figs.  2a-c;  3a,  b. 

"  Serpula  bicornis  ventricosa,"  Walker  and  Boys,  Test.  Min..  1784,  p 
pl.  1,  fig.  2. 

"  Frumentaria  foeniculum "  Soldani,  Testaceographia.  vol.  1.  pt.  3,  179; 

p.  229,  pl.  154,  figs.  66,  cc. 
Serpula  bicornis  Walker  and  Jacob,  Adams's  Essays,  Kanmacher'a  ed 

1798,  p.  633,  pl.  14,  fig.  2. 
Miliolina  bicornis  Williamson,  Rec.  Foram.  Great  Britain,  1858.  p.  87, 

7.  figs.  190-192. — H.  B.  Brady,  Rep.  Voy.  Challenger,  Zoology,  vol 

1884,  p.  171,  pl.  6,  figs.  9,  11,  12. 

Description. — Test  in  side  view  about  twice  as  long  as  wid( 
sutures  rather  deep,  distinct,  chambers  more  or  less  keeled,  wa 
ornamented  with  numerous  rather  fine  longitudinal  raised  costa< 
aperture  slightly  exserted,  rounded,  with  a  single  tooth. 

Length  0.75  mm.    Cat.  Nos.  324718-9,  U.S.N.M. 

Specimens  were  obtained  in  a  Pleistocene  deposit  at  U.S.G.S.  585 
among  loose  shells  and  marl,  from  near  Mount  Hope,  from  dit< 
through  swampy  ground  about  one- fourth  mile  from  present  & 
beach,  and  6  to  8  feet  above  high  tide. 

From  the  Culebra  formation,  U.S.G.S.  6025,  in  foraminifero 
marl  about  200  yards  south  of  southern  end  of  switch  at  Bohio  Rid 
Station,  relocated  line,  Panama  Railroad,  were  obtained,  rath 
poorly  preserved  and  somewhat  glauconitic  specimens,  but  showii; 
traces  of  a  longitudinal  series  of  raised  ridges.  They  are  questio- 
ably  referred  here  and  one  is  figured,  on  plate  30,  figure  3. 


QUINQUELOCULINA  PANAMENSIS,  new  species. 


Plate  31,  figs,  la- 


Description. — Test  nearly  as  wide  as  long,  the  last  formed  chamlr 
tending  to  become  loose  coiled,  growing  away  from  the  preeedi? 
ones  on  the  apertural  half  of  the  inner  margin,  apertural  end  fu» 


I 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


81 


J  peripheral  margin  broadly  rounded,  sutures  much  depressed ;  wall 
H  smooth ;  aperture  circular. 
Length  0.85  mm. 

This  species  was  obtained  from  the  Gatun  formation,  U.S.G.S. 
6036,  in  dark  colored,  fine  grained,  sandy  clay  marl,  from  Monkey 
ft  Hill,  Mount  Hope  Station. 

ii    It  is  unusual  in  the  breaking  away  of  the  last  formed  chamber 
of  from  the  original  close  coiled  method  of  growth. 
&  Type-specimen.— €at.  No.  324720,  U.S.N.M. 
ii 

Genus  SIGMOILINA  Schlumberger,  1887. 

SIGMOILINA  TENUIS  (Czjzek). 

Plate  31,  figs.  4a-c 

Quinqueloeulina  tenuis  Czjzek,  Haidiuger's  Nat.  Abhandl.,  vol.  2,  1847.  p. 
3  149,  pi.  13,  figs.  31-34. 

Spiroloeulina  tenuis  H.  B.  Brady.  Rep.  Voy.  Challenger,  Zoology,  vol.  9, 
1884,  p.  152,  pi.  10,  figs.  7-11. 

Sigmoilina  tenuis  Sidebottom.  Mem.  and  Proc.  Manchester  Lit.  and  Philos. 
.  ,  Soc,  vol.  48.  No.  5,  1904,  p.  (5. 

Description. — Test  about  twice  as  long  as  wide,  narrow,  compressed, 
■  isible  chambers  5  or  6  on  either  side,  chambers,  narrow,  rounded, 
futures  depressed,  distinct:  wall  smooth,  aperture  exserted,  rounded. 
Length  0.65  mm.    Cat.  Xos.  324721-3,  U.S.N.M. 
Specimens  of  this  species  were  obtained  in  the  Gatun  formation 
it  the  following  three  stations :  U.S.G.S.  6033c,  in  marl  from  second 
)ed  from  bottom,  just  below  lower  clay,  Gatun  section,  relocated  line 
•  >f  the  Panama  Railroad;  6035,  in  gray  green,  fine  grained,  sandy 
hell  marl,  vicinity  of  Mindi  Hill;  and  6036,  in  dark  colored,  fine 
gained,  sandy  clay  marl,  from  Monkey  Hill,  Mount  Hope  Station. 

These  three  stations  have  several  species  in  common  as  will  be 
een  by  a  glance  at  the  accompanying  chart  of  distribution. 

SIGMOILINA  ASPERULA  (Karrer). 

Plate  31,  figs.  3  a,  b. 

Spirolucina  asperula  Karrer,  Sitz.  Akad.  Wiss.  Wien,  vol.  57,  1868,  p.  136, 
pi.  1,  fig.  10— H.  B.  Brady,  Rep.  Vol.  Challenger.  Zoology,  vol.  9,  1884, 
p.  152,  pi.  8,  figs.  13,  14,  and  11. 

Description. — Test  but  slightly  longer  than  wide,  very  much  com- 
ressed,  sutures  somewhat  indistinct,  several  chambers  visible  from 
ach  of  the  flattened  sides:  wall  covered  with  fine  arenaceous  parti- 
es; aperture  exserted,  nearl}T  circular. 
,   Length,  0.8  mm.    Cat.  Nos.  324724-5,  U.S.N.M. 


82  BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Specimens  were  not  uncommon  in  the  Gatun  formation  at  tw 
stations,  U.S.G.S.  6035,  in  gray  green,  fine  grained,  sandy  shell  mar 
vicinity  of  Mindi  Hill,  and  6036,  in  dark  colored,  fine  grained,  sand 
clay  marl,  from  Monkey  Hill,  Mount  Hope  Station. 

Genus  TRILOCULINA  d'Orbigny,  1826. 

TRILOCULINA  TRIGONULA  (Lamarck). 

Plate  32,  fig.  1. 

Miliolites  trigonula  Lamarck,  Ann.  Mus.,  vol.  5,  1804,  p.  351,  No.  3. 
Triloculina  trigonula  d'Orbigny,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.,  vol.  7,  1826,  p.  299,  No. 
pi.  16,  figs.  5-9. 

Miliolina  trigonula  Williamson,  Rec.  Foram.  Great  Britain,  1858,  p.  £f 
pi.  7,  figs.  180-182.— H.  B.  Brady,  Rep.  Voy.  Challenger,  Zoology,  vol. 
1884,  p.  164,  pi.  3,  figs.  14-16. 

Description. — Test  in  apertural  view  triangular,  angles  rounde 
chambers  rapidly  increasing  in  size  as  added,  but  three  visible 
adult  test;  outer  wall  broadly  rounded,  in  front  view  oval,  sutur1  31 
distinct,  aperture  not  produced,  lip  and  tooth  indistinct. 

Length,  0.75  mm.    Cat.  No.  324726,  U.S.N.M. 

A  single  specimen  referable  to  this  species  occurred  at  U.S.G. 
5850,  in  Pleistocene  marly  material  from  near  Mount  Hope,  or 
fourth  mile  from  present  sea  beach  and  about  6  to  8  feet  above  hij 
tide. 

This  is  a  common  species  in  shallow  water  of  recent  oceans. 

TRILOCULINA  TRICARINATA  d'Orbigny. 

Plate  32,  fig.  2. 

Triloculina  tricarinata  d'Orbigny,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.,  vol.  7,  1826,  p.  299,  No. 

Modeles,  No.  94. — H.  B.  Brady,  Trans.  Linn.  Soc.  London,  vol.  24,  18 

p.  446,  pi.  48,  fig.  3. 
Miliolina  tricarinata  H.  B.  Brady,  Rep.  Voy.  Challenger,  Zoology,  vol. 

1884,  p.  165,  pi.  3,  figs.  17a,  o. 

Description. — Test  differing  from  T.  trigonula  largely  in  the  i 
gles,  which  are  acute,  the  sides  concave,  at  least  toward  the  borde 
center  of  the  side  either  flat  or  slightly  convex,  in  end  view  rati 
sharply  triangular,  in  front  view  oval ;  neck  slightly  produced,  ap 
ture  rounded,  tooth  wanting  in  this  specimen. 

Length,  0.60-0.70  mm. 

Four  specimens  were  collected  in  the  Culebra  formation  at  U.S.G 
No.  6025,  foraminiferal  marl  about  200  yards  south  of  southern  e 
of  switch  at  Bohio  Ridge  Station,  relocated  line,  Panama  Railro 

Two  of  the  four  specimens  had  the  neck  somewhat  elongated 
others  were  more  nearly  normal  in  this  respect.  The  specimens  w 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


83 


somewhat  altered  and  showed  traces  of  apparently  a  glauconitic 
interior. 

TRILOCULINA  BULBOSA,  new  species. 

Plate  32,  fig.  3. 


Description. — Test  from  exterior  composed  of  three  visible  cham- 
bers, the  last  formed  one  making  the  largest  part  of  the  test.  The 
next  to  the  last  about  half  the  size  of  the  last  and  the  first  formed 
one  very  small  in  comparison,  test  in  end  view  nearly  biloculine,  with 
the  last  formed  chamber  nearly  as  wide  as  the  whole  test  in  its  great- 
est width,  in  front  view  breadth  and  height  about  equal,  chambers 
\verj  rotund,  sutures  deep,  aperture  without  a  neck,  rounded,  tooth 
ndistinct  or  wanting. 

Length,  about  0.65  mm. 

Type-specimen.—  (Cat.  Xo.  324728,  U.S.N.M.)  from  the  Gatun 
u  rormation,  U.S.G.S.  Station  6029a,  lowest  horizon,  one- fourth  to  one- 
lalf  mile  north  of  Camp  Cotton  on  relocated  line  Panama  Railroad. 
Another  specimen  was  obtained,  also  in  the  Gatun  formation,  at  No. 
^5030,  from  fossiliferous  marl,  from  cut  on  north  side  of  swamp  LJ 
Idles  north  of  Monte  Lirio,  relocated  line  of  the  Panama  Railroad. 
^  In  each  case  a  single  somewhat  glauconitic  specimen  was  obtained. 
The  species  has  the  last  two  chambers  developed  greatly,  the  third 
ne  very  small,  the  whole  test  appearing  almost  biloculine.  The 
pecimens  from  the  two  stations  were  practically  identical. 


TRILOCULINA  PROJECTA,  new  species. 


Plate  33,  fig.  1. 


Description. — Test  in  end  view  composed  of  three  radially  pro- 
;cting  portions,  the  intervening  portions  deeply  concave,  in  side 
iew  about  as  long  as  wide,  sutures  somewhat  indistinct,  periphery 
roadly  rounded;  wall  covered  with  a  thick  encrustation  of  sand 
rains  giving  the  whole  exterior  a  decidedly  arenaceous  appearance; 
Derture  with  a  slightly  projecting  neck  and  phialine  lip ;  apertural 
:>ening  circular,  in  the  specimen  figured  without  a  distinct  tooth. 
Length  0.T5  mm. 

Type-specimen. —  (Cat.  Xo.  324729,  U.S.N.M.)    From  gray  green, 
grained,  sandy  shell  marl  from  vicinity  of  Mindi  Hill,  U.S.G.S. 
o.  6035,  Gatun  formation. 
This  is  an  interesting  modification  of  this  genus,  comparable  in 
,   e  structure  of  the  test  to  Quinqueloculina  agglutinans  d'Orbigny 
others  of  the  same  character. 


84' 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Genus  BILOCULINA  d'Orbigny,  1826. 

BILOCULINA  BULLOIDES  d'Orbigny. 

Plate  33,  fig.  2. 

Biloculina  bulloides  d'Orbigny,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.,  vol.  7,  1826,  p.  297,  No. 
pi.  16,  figs.  1-4:  Modeles,  No.  90. — H.  B.  Beady,  Rep.  Voy.  ChaUeng 
Zoology,  vol.  9,  1884,  p.  142,  pi.  2,  figs.  5,  6 

Description. — Test  with  but  two  visible  chambers  in  the  adult, 
end  view,  each  semicircular,  in  front  view  elliptical,  very  rotun 
inflated,  suture  distinct;  aperture  usually  nearly  circular,  somewh 
produced. 

Length  0.60  mm.    Cat.  No.  324730,  U.S.N.M. 

The  only  specimen  of  this  species  is  from  the  Gatun  formatic 
U.S.G.S.  6036,  from  dark  colored,  fine  grained,  sandy  clay  mar]  frc 
Monkey  Hill,  Mount  Hope  Station. 

Genus  SPIROLOCULINA  d'Orbigny,  1826. 

SPIROLOCULINA  EXCAVATA  d'Orbigny. 

Plate  31,  fig.  2. 

Spiroloculi7i<i  excavata  d'Orbigny,  Foram.  Foss.  Bass.  Tert.    Vienne,  1£ 
p.  271,  pi.  16,  figs.  19-21—  H.  B.  Brady,  Rep.  Voy.  Challenger,  Zoolcfl 
vol.  9,  1884,  p.  151,  pi.  9,  figs.  5,  6. 

Description. — Test  planospiral,  chambers  much  elongated,  thick 
at  the  basal  end,  apertural  end  slightly  produced,  central  porti 
much  excavated,  due  to  the  gradual  increase  in  the  width  of 
chambers  as  added;  periphery  somewhat  convex,  angles  round 
sutures  distinct  except  toward  the  center;  apertural  end  producll 
aperture  rounded ;  tooth  wanting  in  our  specimen. 
Length  1.4  mm.    Cat.  No.  324731,  U.S.N.M. 
Specimens  were  obtained  at  Station  No.  5850,  in  marl  of  Ple^,| 
cene,  Mount  Hope,  Canal  Zone,  by  D.  F.  MacDonald. 

[l 

Genus  ORBICULINA  Lamarck,  1816.  ■ 


ORB1CULINA  ADUNCA  (Fichtel  and  Moll). 

Plate  33,  fig.  3. 


Nautilus  orbiculus  Fichtel  and  Moll,  Test.  Micr.,  1803,  p.  112,  pi.  21.  m;< 
OrUculina  adunca  Lamarck,  Tabl.  Encycl.  et  M6th.,  1816,  pi.  468,  I- 
2a-e  —  n.  B.  Brady,  Rep.  Voy.  Challenger,  Zoology,  vol.  !>.  1884,  p.  ftj 
pi.  14,  figs.  1-13.  I: 

Description. — Test  planospiral,  chambers  very  long,  divided  toj 
simple  chamberlets,  sides  with  alar  projections  extending  ncad  tol 
the  umbilicus,  sutures  distinct;  apertures  numerous,  peripheral,  II  < 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  85 


Diameter  1.6  mm.    Cat.  No.  324732,  U.S.N.M. 

A  few  specimens  were  obtained  from  U.S.G.S.  5850,  from  Pleisto- 
me  marl  near  Mount  Hope,  about  one-fourth  mile  from  present 
>a  beach  and  about  6  to  8  feet  above  high  tide. 

EXPLANATION  OF  PLATES. 
Plate  19. 

jg.  1.  Textularia  abbreviata  d'Orbigny.    X  50.    a,  apertural  view;  b,  front 
view. 

2.  Textularia  sagittula  Defrance.    X  30.    a,  apertural  view ;  b,  front  view, 
tit     3.  Textularia  agglutinins  d'Orbigny,    X  50.    a,  apertural  view;  b,  front 
view. 

4.  Textularia  laminata,  new  species.    X  30.    a,  apertural  view;  b,  front 

view. 

5.  Textularia  subagglutinans,  new  species.    X  35.    a,  apertural  view ;  b, 

front  view. 

6.  Textularia  carinata  d'Orbigny.    X  50.    a,  apertural  view;  b,  front  view. 

Plate  20. 

L  Textularia  panamensis,  new  species.    X  65.    a,  aperture  view ;  b,  front 
view. 

2.  Chrysalidina  pulchella,  new  species.    X   110.    o,  apertural  view;  b, 

viewed  from  flat  side:  c,  viewed  from  angle. 
3..  Gaudryina  triangularis  Cushman.    X  35.    a,  apertural  view;  b,  front 
view. 

4.  Gaudryina  flintii  Cushman.    X  50. 

5.  Clavulina  parisiensis  d'Orbigny.    X  35. 

6.  Clavulina  communis  d'Orbigny.    X  35. 

Plate  21. 


1.  Bolivina,  species.    X  65. 

2.  Bolivina  aenariensis  (Costa).    X  65. 
i'^  3.  Bolivina  cf.  B.  punctata  d'Orbigny.    X  65. 

4.  Bolivina  robusta  H.  B.  Brady.    X  135. 

5.  Bigenerina  nodosaria  d'Orbigny.    X  27.    a,  apertural  view ;  b,  front 
view. 

6.  Yirgulina  squamosa  d'Orbigny.    X  65. 

7.  Lagena  striata  (d'Orbigny),  var.  strumosa  Reuss.    X  65. 

8.  Nodosaria  communis  d'Orbigny.    X  65. 

9.  Nodosaria  cf.  N.  insecta  Schwager.    X  35. 

10.  Nodosaria  raphanistrum  (Linnaeus).    X  35. 

11.  Nodosaria,  species  ?    X  35. 

Plate  22. 

1.  Cristellaria  rotulata  (Lamarck).    X  35. 

2.  Cristellaria  protuberans,  new  species.    X  65. 

3.  Cristellaria  vaughani,  new  species.    X  65. 

4.  Uvigerina  pygmaca  d'Orbigny.    X  65. 

5.  Uvigerina  canariensis  d'Orbigny.    X  65. 

6.  Uvigerina  canariensis  d'Orbigny  var.    X  65. 

7.  Uvigerina  tenuistriata  Reuss.    X  65. 

8.  Siphogenerina  raphanus   (Parker  and  Jones)  var.  transversus,  new 
variety.    X  35. 


86'  BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Plate  23. 


Fig.  1.  Discorbis  obtusa  (d'Orbigny).    a,  dorsal  view;  b,  ventral  view;  c, 
ripheral  view.    X  65. 

2.  Truncatulina  americana,  new  species,    a,  dorsal  view;  b,  ventral  vie 

c,  peripheral  view.    X  65. 

3.  Truncatulina  pygmea  Hantken.    a,  dorsal  view;  b,  ventral  view;  c, 

ripheral  view.    X  65. 


Plate  24. 


Fig.  1.  Truncatulina  ungeriana  (d'Orbigny.) 

2.  Truncatulina  cf.  T.  pygmea  Hantken. 

3.  Truncatulina  ivuellerstorft  (Schwager). 

4.  Truncatulina  culebrensis,  new  species. 

ripheral  view. 

5.  Siphonina  reticulata  (Czjzek).    X  65. 

6.  Pulvinulina  sagra  (d'Orbigny).    X  65. 


X  65. 
X  33. 

X  50. 

X  33. 


a,  dorsal  view ;  b. 


a,  dorsal  view;  b,  ventral  vi< 


Plate  25. 


Fig.  1.  Pulvinulina  concentrica  Parker  and  Jones.    X  35. 

2.  Pulvinulina  menardii  (d'Orbigny).    X  65. 

3.  Pulvinulina  menardii  (d'Orbigny).    X  65. 

4.  Pulvinulina,  species  ?    X  65. 

5.  Nonionina  depressula  (Walker  and  Jacob).    X  65.    a,  side  view; 

apertural  view. 

6.  Nonionina  scapha  (Fichtel  and  Moll).    X  65.    a,  side  view;  b,  ai 

tural  view. 

Plate  26. 

Fig.  1.  Nonionina  panamensis,  new  species.    X  65.    a,  side  view;  b.  aperti 
view. 

2.  Nonionina  anomalina,  new  species.    X  65.    a,  side  view;  b,  apert\ 

view. 

3.  Polystomella  striato-punctata  (Fichtel  and  Moll).    X  65.    a,  side  vr 

b,  apertural  view. 

4.  Polystomella  striato-punctata  (Fichtel  and  Moll).    X  65.    a,  side  vi 

b,  apertural  view.  , 

5.  Polystomella  sagra  d'Orbigny.    X  65.    a,  side  view;  b,  apertural  v 

Plate  27. 

Fig.  1.  Polystomella  macclla  (Fichtel  and  Moll).    X  65.    a,  side  view;  b,  a 
tural  view. 

2.  Polystomella  crispa  (Linnaeus).    X  35.   a,  side  view;  b,  apertural  v 

3.  Polystomella  craticulata  (Fichtel  and  Moll).    X  50.    a,  side  view 

apertural  view. 

4.  Quinqueloculina  seminulum  (Linnaeus).    X  65.    a,  rear  view;  b,  a 

tural  view. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


87 


Plate  28. 

6.1.  Quinqueloculina  seminulum  (Linnaeus).    X  65.    a,  front  view;  b,  rear 
view;  c,  apertural  view. 

2.  Quinqueloculina  seminulum  (Linnaeus).    X  130.   a,  front  view;  b,  rear 

view;  c,  apertural  view. 

3.  Quinqueloculina  seminulum  (Linnaeus)  var.    X  65.    a,  front  view;  b, 

rear  view;  c,  apertural  view. 

Plate  29. 

G.  1.  Quinqueloculina  seminulum  (Linnaeus)  var.    X  80.    a,  front  view;  b, 
rear  view;  c,  apertural  view. 

2.  Quinqueloculina  contorta  d'Orbigny.    X  65.   a,  front  view ;  b,  rear  view ; 

c,  apertural  view. 

3.  Quinqueloculina  auberiana  d'Orbigny.    X  65.    a,  front  view;  b,  rear 

view;  c,  apertural  view. 

Plate  30. 

a.  1.  Quinqueloculina  undosa  Karrer.    X  50.   a,  front  view ;  b,  rear  view ;  c, 
apertural  view. 

2.  Quinqueloculina  bicornis  (Walker  and  Jacob).    X  65.   a,  front  view;  b, 

rear  view ;  c,  apertural  view. 

3.  Quinqueloculina  bicornis  (Walker  and  Jacob)?.    X  50.    a.  front  view; 

b,  rear  view. 

Plate  31. 

3. 1.  Quinqueloculina  panamensis,  new  species.    X  65.   a,  front  view ;  b,  rear 
view;  c,  apertural  view. 

2.  Spiroloculina  excavata  d'Orbigny.    X  40.    a,  front  view;  b,  apertural 

view. 

3.  Sigmoilina  asperula  (Karrer).    X  65.   a,  front  view;  b,  apertural  view. 

4.  Sigmoilina  tenius  (Czjzek).    X  65.  a,  front  view;  b,  rear  view;  c,  aper- 

tural view. 

Plate  32. 

1. 1.  Triloculina  trigonula  (Lamarck).    X  65.    a,  front  view;  b,  side  view; 

c,  apertural  view. 

'  2.  Triloculina  tricarinata  d'Orbigny.    X  65.    a,  rear  view;  b,  side  view;  c, 
apertural  view. 

3.  Triloculina  bulbosa,  new  species.    X  65.    a,  rear  view;  b,  side  view;  c, 
apertural  view. 

Plate  33. 

*.l.  Triloculina  projecta,  new  species.    X  65.    a,  front  view;  b,  rear  view; 
c,  apertural  view. 

2.  Biloculina  bulloides  d'Orbigny.    X  65.    a,  front  view;  b,  side  view; 
c,  apertural  view. 

3.  Orbiculina  adunca  (Fichtel  and  Moll).    X  30. 


I 


Smaller  Fossil  Foraminifera  from  Panama. 

For  explanation  of  plate  see  page  85. 


[ 


I 


0 


U.  S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN  103    PL.  20 


Smaller  Fossil  Foraminifera  from  Panama. 

For  explanation  of  plate  see  page  85. 


k 


U.  S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN  103    PL.  21 


Smaller  Fossil  Foraminifera  from  Panama. 

For  explanation  of  plate  see  page  35. 


U.  S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN  103    PL.  22 


Smaller  Fossil  Foraminifera  from  Panama. 

For  explanation  of  plate  see  page  85. 


U.  S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN  103    PL.  23 


U.  S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN  103    PL.  24 


Smaller  Fossil  Foraminifera  from  Panama. 

For  explanation  of  plate  see  page  86. 


U.  S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN  103    PL.  25 


Smaller  Fossil  Foraminifera  from  Panama. 

For  explanation  of  plate  see  page  86. 


U.  S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN  103    PL.  26 


Smaller  Fossil  Foraminifera  from  Panama. 

For  explanation  of  plate  see  page  86. 


U.  S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN  103    PL.  27 


For  exp-anation  of  plate  see  page  86. 


U.  S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN  103    PL.  28 


Smaller  Fossil  Foraminifera  from  Panama. 

For  explanation  of  plate  see  page  87. 


U.S. 


1 


U.  S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN  103    PL.  29 


Smaller  Fossil  Foraminifera  from  Panama. 

For  explanation  of  plate  see  page  87. 


U.  S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN  103    PL.  30 


Smaller  Fossil  Foraminifera  from  Panama. 

For  explanation  of  plate  see  page  87. 


'J.  5. ' 


U.  S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN  103    PL.  31 


U.  S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN  103    PL.  32 


Smaller  Fossil  Foraminifera  from  Panama. 

For  explanation  of  plate  see  page  87 


U.S.  I 


U.  S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN  103    PL.  33 


Smaller  Fossil  Foraminifera  from  Panama. 

For  explanation  of  plate  see  page  87. 


INDEX. 


Page. 

■  •reviata.  Textularia   51 

■  inca,    Orbiculina   84 

■  ariensis,  Bolivina   54 

■  uilateralis,  Globigerina   67 

■  lutinans,   Textularia   52 

■jricana,  Truncatulina   68 

■  phistegina   77 

lessonii   77 

■  malina,  Nonionina   74 

■  erula,  Sigmoilina   81 

■  eriana,   Quinqueloculina   79 

■  •mis,  Quinqueloculina   80 

■enerina   56 

nodosaria   56 

■bculina   84 

bulloides   84 

pivina   54 

aenariensis   54 

cf.  B.  punctata   54 

robusta   54 

■  osa,  Triloculina   83 

■ioides,  Biloculina   84 

■aides,  Globigerina   64 

■  iriensis,  Uvigerina   62 

«*aata,  Textularia   53 

|C  rsalidina   54 

pulchella    54 

C  ulina   57 

communis   57 

pafisiensis   57 

tnunis,  Clavulina   57 

( minis,  Nodosaria   59 

(  entrica,  Pulvinulina   71 

ice  lobata,  Globigerina   66 

ccorta,  Quinqueloculina   79 

«  culata,  Poiystomella   77 

«r  'a,  Poiystomella   76 

C  tellaria   qq 

italica   61 

protuberans   61 

rotulata   60 

vaughani   61 

cu  >rensis,   Truncatulina   70 

<fc?ssula,  Nonionina   72 

Di>rbeis   68 

obtusa   68 

<toi,  Globigerina  ~~  65 

^  'ata,  Spiroloculina   84 

^i,  Gaudryina               _  56 

GHryina   56 

flintii   56 

triangularis   56 

61  igerina  "  64 

aequilateralis   67 

bulloides   64 

conglobata   66 


Page. 


Globigerina  dubia   65 

inflata   65 

sacculifera   66 

inflata,  Globigerina   65 

insecta,  Nodosaria   59 

italica,  Cristellaria   61 

Lagena   53 

striata,  var.  strumosa   58 

laminata,  Textularia   52 

lessonii,  Amphistegina   77 

macella.  Poiystomella   76 

menardii,  Pulvinulina   71 

Nodosaria   59 

communis   59 

insecta   59 

raphani  strum   59 

nodosaria,  Bigenerina   56 

Nonionina   72 

anomalina   74 

depressula   72 

panamensis   74 

scapha   73 

obtusa,  Discorbis   68 

Orbiculina   84 

adunca   84 

Orbulina   67 

universa   67 

panamensis,  Nonionina   74 

Quinqueloculina   80 

Textularia   53 

parisiensis,  Clavulina   57 

Poiystomella   74 

craticulata   77 

crispa   76 

macella   76 

sagra   75 

striato-punctata   74 

projecta,  Triloculina   83 

protuberans,  Cristellaria   61 

pulchella,  Chrysalidina   54 

Pulvinulina   70 

concentrica   71 

menardii   71 

sagra   70 

pygmea,  Truncatulina   68 

pygmaea,  Uvigerina   63 

Quinqueloculina   73 

auberiana   79 

bicornis   80 

contorta   79 

panamensis   80 

seminulum   78 

undosa   79 

raphanistrum,  Nodosaria   59 


raphanus,  var.  transversus,  Siphoge- 
nerina  


I 


n 


INDEX. 


Page. 


reticulata,  Siphonina   72 

robusta,  Bolivina   55 

rotulata,  Cristellaria   60 

sacculifera,  Globigerina   66 

sagittula,  Textularia   51 

sagra,  Polystomella   75 

Pulvinulina   70 

scapha,  Nonionina   73 

seminulum,  Quinqueloculina   78 

Sigmoilina   81 

asperula   81 

tenuis   81 

Siphogenerina   64 

raphanus,  var.  trans- 

versus   64 

Siphonina   72 

reticulata    72 

Spiroloculina   84 

excavata   84 

squamosa,  Virgulina   58 

striata,  var.  strumosa,  Lagena   58 

striato-punctata,  Polystomella   74 

strumosa,  Lagena  striata,  var   58 

subagglutinans,    Textularia   52 

tenuis,  Sigmoilina   81 

tenuistriata,  Uvigerina   63 

Textularia   51 

abbreviata   51 

agglutinans   52 

carinata   53 

laminata   52 


Textularia  panamensis  

sagittula  

subagglutinans  

transversus,  Siphogenerina  raphanus, 

var  

triangularis,  Gaudryina   

tricarinata,  Triloculina  

trigonula,  Triloculina  

Triloculina  

bulbosa   

projecta   

tricarinata  

trigonula  

Truncatulina  1  

americana   

culebrensis  

pygmea  

ungeriana  

wuellerstorfi  

undosa,  Quinqueloculina  

ungeriana,  Truncatulina  

universa,  Orbulina  

Uvigerina  

canadensis  

pygmaea  

tenuistriata  

vaughani,  Cristellaria  

Virgulina  

squamosa  

wuellerstorfi,  Truncatulina  


SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION 

UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 
Bulletin  103 


:ONTRIBUTIONS  TO  THE  GEOLOGY  AND  PALEON- 
TOLOGY OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE,  PANAMA,  AND 
GEOLOGICALLY  RELATED  AREAS  IN  CEN- 
TRAL AMERICA  AND  THE  WEST  INDIES 


^HE  LARGER  FOSSIL  FORAMINIFERA  OF 
I       THE  PANAMA  CANAL  ZONE 

By  JOSEPH  AUGUSTINE  CUSHMAN 
Of  the  United  States  Geological  Survey 


Extract  from  Bulletin  103,  pages  89-102,  with  Plates  34-45 


Tfl 


THE  LARGER  FOSSIL  FORAMINIFERA  OF  THE  PANAMA 

CANAL  ZONE. 


By  Joseph  Augustine  Cushman, 
Of  the  United  States  Geological  Survey. 


INTRODUCTION. 

The  foraminifera,  especially  the  larger  forms  of  the  orbitoids,  have 
been  little  used  in  America  as  critical  index  fossils,  except  in  the 
Vicksburg  group;  but  in  Europe,  Asia,  and  the  East  Indies  they 
have  long  been  used  to  distinguish  horizons.    In  mam^  geologic 
(papers  one  finds  Orbitoides  mentioned,  probably  Orbitoides  mantelli 
Morton,  and  occasionally  0.  dispansus,  0.  forbesi,  etc.   From  a  crit- 
ical study  of  the  group  it  soon  becomes  evident  that  such  identifica- 
tions as  have  been  made  of  American  orbitoids,  except  those  of 
Lemoine  and  Douville,  have  been  largely  superficial,  and  are  there- 
fore of  little  value.    Since  the  earlier  work  of  Gumbel  the  orbitoid 
foraminifera  have  with  further  study  been  divided  largely  into  the 
four  genera  Orbitoides,  Orthophragmina,  Lepidocyelina,  and  Mio- 
lypsina,  in  general  respectively  characterizing  Cretaceous,  Eocene, 
31igocene,  and  Miocene  formations,  but  with  important  exceptions. 
The  American  forms,  with  the  exception  of  the  work  of  Lemoine  and 
Douville,  have  not  been  properly  referred  to  their  respective  genera, 
dthough  our  American  Orbitoides  mantelli,  described  by  Morton  as 
Vummulites  mantelli  in  1833,  is  the  type-species  of  Lepidocyelina. 
n  their  work  on  Lepidocyelina  Lemoine  and  Douville  1  describe  two 
lew  American  species,  L.  canellei  and  L.  chaperi,  from  the  Panama 
]anal  Zone,  figuring  also  for  the  first  time  the  critical  chambers  of 
^.  mantelli  (Morton).    These  are  all  the  American  species  that  are 
^iven,  although  thev  call  attention  to  the  apparently  superficial  char- 
cter  of  the  references  to  Orbitoides  in  American  geologic  papers. 
>chlumberger,  in  his  classic  works  on  the  genera  Orbitoides  and 
^Hhophragmina,  did  not  have  American  material.    The  American 

1  Sur  le  Genre  Lepidocyelina  Gumbel,  M€m.  Soc.  Geol.  France,  Paleontologie,  Mem.  32, 
>04. 

89 


90    '       BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 

field  is  therefore  practically  unworked,  and  the  description  of  our 
species  with  accurate  stratigraphic  information  is  of  prime  impor- 
tance, as  they  have  been  proved  elsewhere  to  be  of  great  use  as  index 
fossils. 

The  collections  now  in  my  hands  represent  the  Canal  Zone,  the 
West  Indies,  and  Coastal  Plain  Province  of  the  eastern  and  south- 
ern United  States.  Excellent  material  was  collected  in  the  Panama 
Canal  Zone  by  T.  Wayland  Vaughan  and  D.  F.  MacDonalcl,  and 
is  here  presented  as  a  beginning  in  the  determination  and  figuring 
of  the  American  species.  This  will  be  followed  by  papers  on  the 
.  West  Indian  and  Coastal  Plain  species  which  now,  owing  to  the  care- 
ful collecting  by  Doctor  Vaughan  and  his  associates,  are  represented 
by  excellent  suites  of  specimens  covering  broad  ranges,  both  geo 
graphically  and  stratigraphically.  As  these  are  gradually  worked  uj 
there  will  be  a  mass  of  data  which  should  be  of  excellent  service  ir 
the  correlation  of  horizons  where  these  groups  are  represented,  ever 
in  the  absence  of  Mollusca  and  other  groups  of  fossils. 

The  systematic  descriptions  of  the  species  of  Lepidocyclina,  Num 
mulites,  and  Orbitolites  follow,  together  with  that  of  a  genus  an( 
species  believed  to  be  new. 

LIST  OF  SPECIES  AND  THEIR  GEOLOGIC  OCCURRENCE. 


Lepidocyclina  canellei  Lemoine  and  Douville.    Oligocene,  Culebr 
formation,  stations  6019a,  Gaillard  Cut;  6023,  Eio  Frijol;  6021 
Bohio  (old  station)  ;  6891;  Bailamons;  6892,  450  feet  south  c  D 
switch  at  Mamei.    Also  Oligocene  of  Trinidad. 

Lepidocyclina  chaperi  Lemoine  and  Douville.  Oligocene,  Culebii 
formation,  stations  6019/,  Las  Cascadas;  6025,  Bohio  Ridg 
switch. 

Lepidocyclina  vaughani,  new  species.  Oligocene,  Emperaclor  lim 
stone,  stations  6021  and  6673,  near  Caimito  Junction;  6255,  ha 
mile  south  of  Miraflores  Station. 

Lepidocyclina  macdonaldi,  new  species.  Oligocene,  station  6523, 
miles  north  of  David. 

Lepidocyclina  panamensis,  new  species.    Oligocene?,  stations  651 
river  bed,  David;  Oligocene,  6586^  and  6587,  near  mouth 
Tonosi  River;  probably  at  6010,  near  Miraflores  Locks,  ai 
6012a  and  6012^  in  Gaillard  Cut,  in  the  Culebra  formatio; 
doubtfully  in  the  Emperador  limestone,  at  station  6015,  Empi:- 

Lepidocyclina  duplicata,  new  species.  Oligocene,  stations  655 
2  miles  north  of  David ;  and  6586<?,  near  mouth  of  Tonosi  Riv 

Heterosteginoides  panamensis,  new  species.  Oligocene,  Culebra  f< 
mation,  stations  6011,  Gaillard  Cut;  6024a,  Rio  Agua  Salu 
6025,  Bohio  Ridge  switch.  Emperador  limestone,  stations  60 
6016,  quarries  at  Empire. 





i 


> 
Si 
k 
k 
in 

k 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


91 


Orthophragmina  minima,  new  species.  Oligocene  ?,  station  6512, 
river  bed,  David. 

Nummulites  panamensis,  new  species.  Oligocene,  Culebra  forma- 
tion, stations  6024a,  Eio  Agiia  Salud;  6025,  Bohio  Eidge  switch; 
doubtfully  at  6026,  2  miles  south  of  Monte  Lirio. 

Nummulites  davidensis,  new  species.  Oligocene?,  stations  6512,  river 
bed,  David;  6526,  Chiriqui. 

Orbit olites  americana,  new  species.  Oligocene,  Culebra  formation, 
Gaillard  Cut  at  stations  6013,  6019&,  and  6020a. 

DESCRIPTIONS  OP  SPECIES. 

Family  NUMMULITIDAE. 

Genus  LEPIDOCYCLINA. 

LEPIDO  CYCLINA  CANELLEI  Lemoine  and  Douville. 

Plate  34,  figs.  1-6. 

Lepidocyclina  canellei  Lemoine  and  Douville,  M§in.  Soc.  Geol.  France, 
Paleontologie.  Mem.  32,  p.  20,  pi.  1,  fig.  1 ;  pi.  3,  fig.  5,  1904. 

Test  comparatively  small,  diameter  of  largest  specimens  slightly 
ess  than  four  millimeters,  thickness  a  little  more  than  one-fourth  the 
liameter;  circular  in  outline,  central  portion  somewhat  raised  and 
venly  rounded,  near  the  periphery  flattened  or  even  slightly  con- 
ave;  surface  in  well  preserved  specimens  finely  granular  or  even 
[nely  papillate,  but  not  strongly  so,  often  appearing  smooth  to  the 
Raided  eye.  In  worn  specimens  the  surface  appears  as  a  series  of 
egular  hexagonal,  honeycomb-like  reticulations  due  to  the  edges 
f  the  lateral  chambers. 

!  In  vertical  section  the  lateral  chambers  are  seen  to  be  arranged  in 
ertical  columns,  one  directly  above  the  other,  from  the  equatorial 
lambers  to  the  surface,  about  twelve  chambers  in  each  vertical  col- 
mn  in  the  central  region,  the  lateral  walls  hardly  thicker  than  the 
pper  or  lower  surfaces.    Chambers  of  adjacent  columns  arranged 
i  ternately,  no  distinct  columns  present.    Equatorial  chambers  grad- 
illy  increasing  in  size  toward  the  periphery,  single  throughout,  ex- 
i  nding  peripherally  beyond  the  lateral  chambers  and  in  surface  view 
|{.  well-preserved  specimens  appearing  as  a  hexagonal  reticulation, 
mbryonic  chambers  nearly  equal  in  size,  nearly  semicircular  in  see- 
on,  their  common  wall  straight. 

Horizontal  section  showing  the  equatorial  chambers  regularly 
Ixagonal,  those  toward  the  periphery  largest.  Embryonic  cham- 
1  rs  similar  to  those  shown  in  the  vertical  view. 

\  Occurrence. — Lemoine  and  Douville  described  and  figured  this 
Secies  from  Panama,  from  Penablanca,  also  noting  it  from  Mar- 
}  8370b— 18— Bull.  103  7 


92  BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


tinique  and  Angola.  The  species  from  Panama  was  recorded  by 
Dall  and  by  Bagg  as  Orbitoides  forbesi  Carpenter.1 

Cat.  No.  135216,  U.S.N.M.,  is  Lepidocyclina  canellei  Lemoine  and 
Douville.  Figures  1,  4-6,  on  plate  34  are  from  this  material,  col- 
lected by  Hill  at  Bohio,  Panama,  where  it  is  very  abundant.  This 
is  the  same  locality  as  station  6027  of  Vaughan  and  MacDonald, 
orbitoidal  marl,  a  quarter  of  a  mile  northwest  of  Bohio  railroad 
station.  In  this  material  L.  canellei  is  very  abundant  and  makes  up 
a  considerable  proportion  of  the  marl.  Parts  of  five  specimens,  close 
to  one  another,  are  visible  in  a  small  part  of  a  section  from  this 
station. 

Specimens  in  the  collection  of  the  United  States  National  Mu 
seum,  Catalogue  No.  107158,  from  the  Oligocene  of  Trinidad  ("Led 
bed,"  Naparima)  collected  b}^  Guppy,  are  also  very  evidently  Lepido 
eyclina  canellei. 

Specimens  of  L.  canellei  were  also  very  abundant  at  station  6891 
foraminiferal  limestone  from  Bailamonas,  Canal  Zone,  collected  b 
D.  F.  MacDonald. 

There  is  a  limestone  from  station  6892,  450  feet  south  of  switc 
at  Mamei,  Canal  Zone,  also  collected  by  MacDonald,  which  contain 
numerous  specimens  of  a  Lepidocyclina  in  general  shape  in  sectio 
resembling  L.  canellei,  but  the  material  is  very  cherty  and  the  fine 
structure  is  not  well  preserved. 

A  few  small  weathered  specimens  from  6019a,  Gaillard  Cut,  opp 
site  Las  Cascadas,  seem  to  belong  to  this  species  also ;  and  specimei 
were  also  obtained  at  station  6023,  along  the  relocated  line  of  t 
Panama  Railroad,  at  Rio  Frijol.    The  geologic  occurrence  is  in  t 
Culebra  formation. 

Cat.  Nos.  324733-5,  U.S.N.M. 

LEPIDOCYCLINA  CHAPERI  Lemoine  and  Douville. 

Plate  35,  figs.  1-3 ;  plate  36. 

Lepidocyclina  chaperi  Lemoine  and  Douville,  Mem.  Soc.  Geol.  Fran 
Paleontologie,  Mem.  32,  p.  14,  pi.  2,  fig.  5,  1904. 

Test  of  medium  size,  diameter  from  8  to  20  millimeters,  circular 
outline,  somewhat  saddle-shaped,  central  portion  slightly  thickem 
thence  gradually  and  evenly  thinning  toward  the  periphery;  surfi 
where  well  preserved  slightly  papillate,  usually  roughened  by  e: 
sion,  toward  the  periphery  often  somewhat  reticulately  depresj 
above  the  equatorial  chambers. 

Vertical  section  usually  curved,  lateral  chambers  numerc 
breadth  much  greater  than  height,  columns  separated  by  disti 
pillars,  comparatively  few  except  in  the  central  region  where  t' 

1  Hill,  Geology  of  Panama,  Bull.  Mus.  Comp.  Ztfol.,  vol.  28,  pp.  272,  275,  1897. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  93 


re  a  few  larger  than  the  others :  embryonic  chambers  of  the  double 
ype.  the  two  chambers  nearly  equal  in  size  and  separated  by  a 
traight  common  wall. 

Horizontal  section  shows  similar  conditions  of  the  embryonic 
tiambers  and  distinctly  hexagonal  equatorial  chambers. 

Occurrence. — Lemoine  and  Douville  described  this  species  from 
Panama  (Haut-chagres,  San  Juan).    The  figured  specimens  are  from 

nited  States  Geological  Survey  station  6025,  Culebra  formation, 
com  marl,  south  end  of  Bohio  Ridge  switch,  relocated  line,  Panama 

ailroad,  collected  by  Vaughan  and  MacDonald. 

Specimens  from  station  6019-/,  Culebra  formation,  on  the  west 
de  of  Gaillard  Cut  near  Las  Cascadas.  seem  to  represent  the  micro- 
Dheric  form  of  this  species.  The  sections  are  shown  in  plate  35, 
gure  3,  and  plate  36. 

A  specimen  from  station  65*26.  Chiriqui,  Canal  Zone,  shows  a  sec 
on  which  from  its  general  proportions  strongly  suggests  L.  chaperi. 
Cat,  Nos.  324736-8,  U.S.N.M. 

LEPIDOCYCLINA  VAUGHANI,  new  species. 

Plate  37.  figs.  1-5;  plate  38. 

Test  of  medium  size,  10  millimeters  or  more  in  diameter,  flat,  sur- 
ce  somewhat  umbonate  in  the  central  portion,  gradually  sloping  to 
le  peripheral  portion,  the  outer  half  of  which  is  nearly  flat.  Wall 
nooth  except  for  fine  papillae. 

Horizontal  section  shows  the  peculiarity  of  the  chambers,  many  of 
oich,  especially  those  of  the  outer  peripheral  portion  are  rhomboid, 
lose  of  the  inner  portion  being  more  typical  and  hexagonal.  These 
e  shown  especially  well  on  the  sections  of  the  larger  specimens, 
ose  of  the  smaller  specimens  showing  only  the  regular  hexagona1 
laracter  of  the  earlier  chambers. 

No  very  good  vertical  sections  were  obtained  in  the  thin  sections 
it  several  accidental  sections  show  the  characters  well.  The  em- 
•yonic  chambers  are  rather  large,  of  the  usual  American  type,  of 
70  nearly  equal  chambers,  lateral  chambers  in  vertical  columns 
ith  a  very  few,  rather  well  developed  pillars. 

Occurrence. — Type-specimen  from  station  6021,  from  the  Empera- 
>r  Limestone  in  cuttings  of  the  Panama  Railroad  near  Caimito 
taction,  Panama,  United  States  National  Museum  Catalogue  No. 
4739,  collected  by  T.  W.  Vaughan  and  D.  F.  Mac  Donald.  Speci- 
'  ms  were  abundant  in  this  light  gray  to  cream-colored  sandy  lime- 
>ne.  Specimens  were  also  abundant  in  the  collection  from  the  same 
mlity  collected  later  by  MacDonald  under  station  No.  6673.  Speci- 
'3ns  which  are  apparently  the  same  species  are  abundant  in  a  fos- 


94 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


siliferous  limy  sandstone  collected  by  MacDonald  at  station  No. 
6255  from  half  a  mile  south  of  Miraflores  Station  on  the  wagon  road 
to  Panama. 

LEPIDOCYCLINA  MACDONALDI,  new  species. 


Plate  40,  figs.  1-6. 

Test  circular,  rather  small,  about  5  to  7  millimeters  in  diameter, 
thickest  in  the  central  region,  thence  gradually  sloping  to  the 
periphery  which  for  a  short  distance  in  from  the  edge  is  nearly  flat: 
wall  rather  smooth  except  the  central  portion  of  the  umbonal  region 
which  has  a  few  pustule-like  raised  spots  at  the  surface  end  of  tht 
vertical  pillars. 

Vertical  section  shows  the  test  widest  in  the  middle,  gentry  sloping 
to  near  the  periphery  where  the  edges  are  nearly  parallel  for  a  shor 
distance  to  the  peripheral  edge  or  even  slightly  increasing  in  thick 
ness.  Lateral  chambers  in  the  central  portion  in  definite  vertica 
columns,  occasionally  slightly  overlapping.  Equatorial  chamber 
not  increasing  very  rapidly  in  height  in  megalospheric  specimens 
those  at  the  periphery  hardly  more  than  double  the  height  of  thos 
near  the  center  of  the  test ;  embryonic  chambers  in  the  megalospheri 
form,  large,  usually  of  two  nearly  equal  chambers,  but  in  oblique  cul 
ting  these  may  appear  somewhat  unequal,  plate  40,  figures  2  and  '< 

Horizontal  sections  show  chambers  somewhat  similar  to  1 
vaughani  but  with  the  inner  half  of  two  walls  at  nearly  right  angle 
the  outer  wall  broadly  rounded.  The  oblique  section  (pi.  40,  fig.  6 
shows  the  pillars. 

Occurrence, — Type-specimens  from  station  6523,  from  orbitoid 
limestone,  2  miles  north  of  David,  Panama,  collected  by  D.  F.  Ma 
Donald,  U.  S.  National  Museum  Catalogue  No.  324740.  Specime] 
were  abundant  at  this  station,  occurring  with  L.  panamemis  and 
duplicata.  The  species  were  also  collected  by  MacDonald  at  static 
6512,  in  the  river  bed  at  David. 

LEPIDOCYCLINA  PANAMENSIS,  new  species. 

Plate  39,  figs.  1-6 ;  plate  42. 

Test  circular,  small,  central  portion  very  strongly  umbonate,  thic| 
rapidly  decreasing  in  thickness  peripherally,  the  peripheral  porti 
thin  and  flattened,  the  raised  central  portion  only  one-third  to  oi] 
fifth  the  entire  diameter,  which  ranges  from  three  to  six  millimetei 
occasional  specimens,  perhaps  representing  the  microsphere  for 
up  to  10  or  12  millimeters  in  diameter;  surface  smooth  except  i 
the  unbonal  portion  which  has  a  few  large  pustule-like  projectk| 
marking  the  ends  of  the  internal  pillars. 


i! 


ill 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  95 


The  vertical  section  shows  very  peculiar  embryonic  chambers  in 
hat  they  do  not  exhibit  the  usual  characters  of  American  species,  but 
lave  a  broad  and  much  flattened  central  chamber  two  to  four  times 
s  broad  as  high  with  a  compressed,  partially  encircling  chamber, 
rhich  in  section  is  usually  cut  on  the  opposite  sides  of  the  central 
hamber.   In  some  cases  there  seems  to  be  an  irregular  mass  of  three 
r  four  more  or  less  nearly  spherical  chambers.    In  the  former  case 
lese  central  chambers  in  section  are  nearly  as  wide  as  the  whole 
mbonal  portion  of  the  test.   Lateral  chambers,  usually  about  twice 
5  wide  as  high,  the  outer  wall  often  somewhat  arched  toward  the 
Interior  of  the  test,  arranged  in  vertical  columns.    Pillars  not  dis- 
nct  except  in  the  central  portion  where  there  are  a  few  strong  ones 
creasing  rather  rapidly  in  diameter  toward  the  periphery,  usually 
H)ut  9  or  10  chambers  in  a  vertical  column  in  the  center  of  the 
nbilical  region.    The  peripheral  region  has  only  a  thin  coating  of 
teral  chambers,  the  last  formed  layer  present  only  on  the  outer 
If  of  the  periphery  and  often  none  at  all  present  on  the  last  quar- 
r  of  the  test. toward  the  periphery,  the  surface  being  made  up  by 
•3per  and  lower  walls  of  the  equatorial  chambers.  Equatorial  cham- 
rs  numerous,  comparatively  broad,  the  peripheral  wall  convex  out- 
irdly  toward  the  periphery,  the  chambers  at  least  as  wide  as  high. 
In  horizontal  section  the  equatorial  chambers  are  usually  some- 
lat  irregularly  hexagonal  near  the  center,  toward  the  periphery 
ore  or  less  rhomboid  with  the  outer  peripheral  wall  curved. 
A.s  far  as  described  material  is  concerned  this  is  an  unusual  form 
r  American  species  of  Lepidocyclina.  especially  in  its  embryonic 
ambers. 

[Occurrence. — Type-specimen,  vertical  sections,  U.  S.  National 
usemn  Catalogue  Xo.  324741.  The  specie1.-  is  fairly  abundant  at 
tions  65S6e  and  6587  from  near  the  mouth  of  Tonosi  River, 
nama.  D.  F.  MacDonald,  collector.  It  was  also  collected  by  Mac- 
nald  at  station  6512,  river  bed,  David. 

At  stations  6010,  600  or  700  feet  south  of  the  Miraflores  Locks,  and 
2ft  and  6012c,  south  of  Empire  Bridge,  in  the  Culebra  formation, 
ecimens  of  small  orbitoids  occur,  but  they  are  not  sufficiently  well 
served  for  positive  identification.    Although  those  from  the  latter 
tion  seem  somewhat  like  L.  panamanensis  in  their  thin  borders 
raised  center  with  papillae,  they  can  not  be  specifically  identified 
h  certainty.    At  other  stations  poorly  preserved  orbitoid  fo- 
inifera  occur,  but  their  specific  identity  can  not  be  accurately 
rminecl.    Specimens  doubtfully  referable  to  L.  panamensis  were 
ained  in  the  Emperador  limestone,  at  station  6015,  Empire. 


9G 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


MULTICYCLINA,  new  subgenus. 

Subgenus  differing  from  typical  Lepidocyclina  in  the  equator] 
chambers  which  instead  of  being  in  a  single  series  become  comp' 
toward  the  periphery  and  may  consist  of  several  series. 

Type  of  the  subgenus. — Lepidocyclina  duplicata  Cushman. 

LEPIDOCYLINA  DUPLICATA,  new  species. 

Plate  41,  figs.  2-4. 

Test  of  medium  size,  10  to  14  millimeters  in  diameter,  very  mil 
thickened  in  the  umbonal  region,  usually  the  thickness  about  one-hl 
the  diameter;  without  the  flattened  periphery  the  central  port! 
is  subspherical,  thinning  rapidly  toward  the  periphery,  then  thill 
ening  again  at  the  margin,  which  is  often  doubly  plicate  in  the  111 
preserved  specimens.  Surface  of  the  umbonal  portion  studded  \yl 
numerous  fine  papillae  marking  the  surface  terminations  of  the  9 
lars,  peripheral  portion  nearly  smooth. 

Vertical  section  showing  the  embryonic  chambers  as  very  sirB 
apparently  microsphere  in  the  specimens  sectioned,  appearing  spal 
as  is  usual  in  the  microspheric  form.  Lateral  chambers  numerB 
flattened  or  lenticular,  the  numerous  pillars  as  wide  as  or  wider  tin 
the  intermediate  columns  of  chambers,  especially  in  the  central  ;H 
tion,  rapidly  increasing  in  size  toward  the  surface.  EquatcS 
chambers  very  small  near  the  center,  gradually  increasing  in  ze 
toward  the  periphery  where  they  become  multiple  instead  of  si  ,'le 
as  is  usually  the  case,  and  make  three  or  four  vertical  series,  ch 
with  numerous  fine  apertural  pores  on  the  outer  convex  wall. 

Horizontal  section  shows  the  increase  in  size  of  the  equat<M 
chambers  which  toward  the  center  seem  hexagonal  and  toward  he 
periphery  almost  rhomboid  with  the  outer  half  convex. 

Of  somewhat  similar  character  as  far  as  the  duplication  of  c 
toral  chambers  is  the  species  described  by  Martin  from  Jav; 
multipartita  (Martin),  and  the  form  described  by  Jones  and  P*Br 
from  Christmas  Island,  L.  insulae  natalis,  var.  inequalis  (JonesH 
Parker) . 

Occurrence. — Type-specimen,  U.  S.  National  Museum,  Cata'gue 
No.  324742.  Specimens  were  very  abundant,  weathered  out  of  aB* 
bitoid  limestone,  at  Station  6523,  2  miles  north  of  David,  Paiffla, 
D.  F.  MacDonald,  collector.  They  also  occur  with  other  specilrf 
Lepidocyclina  at  Station  058G6  from  near  the  mouth  of  Tonosi  I»r, 
D.  F.  MacDonald,  collector. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE, 


97 


HETEROSTEGINOIDES,  new  genus. 

lest  generally  lenticular,  somewhat  excentric,  one  side  extended 
jripherally  more  than  the  other,  chambers  rather  coarsely  per- 
Irate,  embryonic  chambers,  often  two,  of  nearly  equal  size,  thick 
idled,  chambers  added  as  in  Heterostegina,  in  a  revolving  series  ex- 
uding from  the  umbonal  region  on  both  sides  to  the  periphery, 
tambers  hemispherical,  the  outer  side  strongly  convex  and  all 
l&rsely  perforate,  the  equatorial  chambers  larger  than  the  lateral 
res  and  nearly  spherical. 

Type  of  the  genus. — Heterosteginoides  panamensis,  new  species. 

HETEROSTEGINOIDES  PANAMENSIS,  new  species. 

Plate  43,  figs.  1-8. 

Test  biconvex,  somewhat  more  strongly  convex  on  one  side  than  on 
e  other,  revolving  edge  indistinct,  surface  unevenly  rugose,  or  ir- 
gularly  pustulate,  thickest  in  the  umbonal  region.  Vertical  section 
\owing  the  embryonic  chambers  as  an  equal  pair  of  nearly  spherical, 
ick-walled  chambers,  equatorial  chambers  also  nearly  spherical, 
teral  chambers  hemispherical  with  the  curved  side  outermost,  ir- 
gularly  piled  above  the  equatorial  chambers.  Horizontal  section 
lowing  the  central  chambers  with  the  equatorial  chambers  arranged 
i  an  irregular  semi-spiral  manner  about  them. 
Test  small,  between  1  and  2  millimeters  in  diameter.  Cat.  Nos. 
£4743-4,  U.S.N.M. 

^  Occurrence. — This  species  was  abundant  in  the  Culebra  formation 
t  station  6025,  from  marl,  south  end  of  Bohio  Ridge  switch,  relo- 
lted  line,  Panama  Railroad,  collected  by  Vaughan  and  MacDonald. 
liere  are  also  numerous  specimens  at  station  6011,  Culebra  forma- 
on,  along  east  side  of  Gaillard  Cut,  collected  by  Vaughan  and  Mac- 
)onald.  It  was  also  collected  in  the  Culebra  formation  at  station 
024-a,  Rio  Agua  Salud,  and  is  doubtfully  present  in  the  Emperador 
mestone  at  stations  6015  and  6016,  in  Empire. 

This  species,  which  in  external  appearance  somewhat  resembles  a 
mall  orbitoid  or  nummulite,  may  be  distinguished  from  most  species 
f  either  group  by  its  comparatively  coarse  pustulate  exterior.  In 
ection  it  can  easily  be  recognized  by  its  peculiar  structure. 

Genus  ORTHOPHRAGMINA. 

ORTHOPHRAGMINA  MINIMA,  new  species. 

Plate  41,  fig.  1. 

Test  circular,  very  small,  slightly  more  than  2  millimeters  in 
liameter,  thickness  somewhat  less  than  half  the  diameter,  central 
)ortion  very  strongly  umbonate,  evenly  rounded  to  a  point  about 


98 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


two-thirds  of  the  distance  from  the  center  to  the  periphery,  fr 
which  point  to  the  periphery  the  surface  is  nearly  flat;  surfacej 
the  test  comparatively  smooth. 

Horizontal  section  through  the  equatorial  chambers  shows  v 
fine  rectangular  chambers  and  the  embryonic  chambers  nearly  eqi 
in  size. 

Vertical  section  (fig.  1)  shows  well  the  contour  of  the  test  in  ij 
section,  the  strongly  curved  central  umbonate  portion  making 
two-thirds  or  more  of  the  width  and  the  peripheral  flange  with 
nearly  parallel  sides.  The  chambers  are  very  small,  except 
embryonic  central  chambers,  which  are  nearly  equal  and  hav 
straight  division  line  between  them.  The  lateral  chambers  are] 
vertical  columns,  but  the  test  is  without  pillars.  In  the  central  reg 
there  may  be  more  than  20  chambers  in  a  vertical  column,  and  e: 
on  the  peripheral  flange  there  are  usually  three  or  four  in  a  coin 
on  each  side  of  the  equatorial  chambers. 

Occurence. — Type-specimen — the  vertical  section  here  figui 
Collection  of  the  U.  S.  National  Museum  Catalogue  No.  324745.1 

The  species  is  abundant  at  United  States  Geological  Survey 
tion  6512  in  the  white  limestone,  in  the  river  bed  above  the  ice  pi 
near  David,  Panama,  collected  by  D.  F.  MacDonald. 

This  is  a  very  small  species  yet  it  has  an  abundance  of  very 
chambers.   There  is  an  exceptional  development  of  lateral  chaml 
in  the  region  of  the  periphery. 

Genus  NUMMULITES. 

NUMMULITES  PANAMENSIS.  new  species. 

Plate  43.  figs.  0.  10. 

Test  small,  about  \\  millimeters  in  diameter,  much  compres 
chambers  very  numerous,  about  22  in  the  last  formed  coil,  eaclB 
section  two  to  three  times  as  high  as  long,  test  of  about  four  wh(j 
walls  comparatively  thick,  whole  test  lenticular,  peripheral  mai 
broadly  rounded,  central  portion  nearly  flat. 

Occurrence. — Specimens  occur  with  some  frequency  in  the  Cul 
formation  at  station  6025,  in  marl,  south  end  of  Bohio  Ridge  swi 
relocated  line,  Panama  Railroad,  collected  by  Vaughan  and  \ 
Donald.  Type-specimen.  U.  S.  National  Museum  Catalogue 
32474G.  The  species  was  also  collected  in  the  Culebra  formatio] 
station  0024-^,  Rib  Agua  Salmi,  and  doubtfully  at  station  60j 
miles  south  of  Monte  Lirio,  on  the  relocated  line  of  the  Pan; 
Railroad. 

NUMMULITES  DAVIDENSIS,  new  species. 
Plate  AW  fig.  11. 

Test  comparatively  small,  about  :U  millimeters  in  diameter,  sc 
what  compressed,  chambers  about  twice  as  high  as  long  in  me< 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


99 


ions,  test  of  three  or  four  whorls,  walls  of  medium  thickness, 
upright  wall  rather  strongly  recurved  backward  in  the  central 
tion,  15  or  16  chambers  in  the  last  formed  whorl. 
iccu-rrence. — Specimens  were  not  common  at  station  6512  from 
te  limestone  in  river  bed  above  ice  plant  near  David,  Panama, 
ected  by  D.  F.  MacDonald. 
ype-specimen.— Cat.  No.  324751,  U.S.N.M. 

q  material  from  station  6526  from  Chiriqui,  Canal  Zone,  col- 
ed  by  MacDonald,  numerous  specimens  occur  which  in  section 
n  identical  with  this  species. 

Family  MILIOLIDAE. 
Genus  ORBITOLITES. 

ORBITOLITES  AMERICANA,  new  species. 

Plate  43,  figs.  12-14;  plate  44,  figs.  1,  2;  plate  45. 

'est  flat,  of  medium  size,  larger  specimens  about  10  millimeters 
iliameter,  chambers  with  the  outer  wall  strongly  convex,  the  inner 
[1  running  backward  and  bluntly  pointed,  side  walls  parallel, 
Imbers  in  two  or  more  tiers;  tests  mostly  microspheric,  one  (pi.  43, 
1 14)  apparently  megalospheric,  and  one  (pi.  44,  fig.  2)  seemingly 
inflating  from  a  fragment  of  an  older  test.  Numerous  specimens, 
[aerially  plate  45,  figure  1,  show  evidence  of  breakage  and  repair, 
i  apertures  between  the  chambers  are  not  evident,  as  the  material 
^ely  consists  of  internal  casts  of  the  chambers.  Some  of  the 
|2imens  suggest  the  genus  Presorites  of  the  Cretaceous  described 
||Doiivi31e,  but  this  is  probably  due  to  the  condition  of  fossilization. 
Occurrence, — Specimens  which  seem  referable  to  this  species  are 
I'm  the  following  stations  at  Panama,  collected  by  Vaughan  and 
fcDonald:  Culebra  formation,  6013,  east  side  of  Gaillard  Cut; 
''9&,  6019-6-/,  west  side  of  Gaillard  Cut  near  Las  Cascadas;  and 
*0a-c  of  the  same  section.  Also  collected  in  the  Emperador  lime- 
lie  at  station  6015,  in  Empire. 

"ype-specimen.— Cat.  No.  324748,  U.S.N.M.,  from  station  6020a. 
EXPLANATION  OF  PLATES. 
Plate  34. 

Lepidocyclina  canellei  Lemoine  and  Douville\ 

?  1.  View  of  exterior  of  specimen  X  10,  a  portion  of  a  second  specimen  show- 
ing above  the  first,  from  Bohio,  Panama.    (U.S.N.M.  Cat.  No.  135216.) 


100 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


2.  Horizontal  section  X  10,  showing  embryonic  chambers  and  hexagc 

equatorial  chambers,  from  west  side  of  Gaillard  Cut  near  Las  ( 
cadas  (U.S.G.S.  station  6019a). 

3.  Horizontal  section  showing  hexagonal  equatorial  chambers  and  irr> 

larities  in  the  annuli  due  to  repairs  of  breakage,  a  X  10;  b  X, 
Same  locality  as  No.  2  above. 

4.  Slightly  oblique  section  X  20,  showing  narrow  zone  of  equatorial  cl 

bers  and  two  broader  zones  of  lateral  chambers,  the  latter  with  a  1 
evident  lack  of  pillars.    Same  locality  as  No.  1  above. 

5.  Vertical  section  at  one  side  of  embryonic  chambers  showing  gen, 

characters  of  equatorial  and  lateral  chambers  X  20.    Same  loc* 
as  No.  1  above. 

6.  Vertical  section  through  the  embryonic  chambers  showing  the 

nearly  equal  chambers  with  the  straight  wall  dividing  the  two,  X 
Same  locality  as  No.  1  above. 

Plate  35. 

Lepidocyclina  chaperi  Lemoine  and  Douville. 

Fig.  1.  Exterior  view  of  specimen  X  5.    Specimen  broken.    From  upper 

of  Culebra  formation,  from  Panama  Railroad,  southern  switch,  fjfl 
Ridge,  in  light-colored  limy  sandstone  (U.S.G.S.  station  6025). 

2.  Exterior  view  of  small,  more  complete  specimen  from  same  localitH 

the  preceding,  X  5. 

3.  Horizontal  section  showing  early  chambers  of  the  microsphere  for  till 

the  species,  X  20.  From  west  side  of  Gaillard  Cut  near  Las  CascH 
(U;S.G.S.  station  6019/=). 

Plate  36. 

Lepidocyclina  chaperi  Lemoine  and  Douville. 

Horizontal  section  X  10,  showing  early  central  chambers  and  hexa 
chambers  of  the  equatorial  region  (U.S.G.S.  station  6019/). 

Plate  37. 

Lepidocyclina  vaughani,  new  species. 

Fig.  1.  View  of  exterior  of  specimen  X  5,  with  fiat  periphery  and  umbH 
center,  from  limy  sandstone  half  a  mile  south  of  Miraflores  St  ton. 
on  wagon  road  to  Panama  (station  6255). 

2.  Horizontal  section  of  young  specimen  with  regularly  hexagonal  mn 

torial  chambers  X  20  (same  locality  as  No.  1). 

3.  Oblique  section  X  20,  with  narrow  zone  of  regularly  hexagonal  flta 

torial  chambers  and  broader  zones  of  lateral  chambers  and  a  stilht 
division  wall  (same  locality  as  No.  1). 

4.  Specimen  showing  zone  of  equatorial  chambers  about  periphera  m- 

tion,  lateral  chambers  covering  them  in  the  center  X  10.  From  me- 
stone  in  cut  of  relocated  line  of  Panama  Railroad  opposite  San  HN 
and  about  4  miles  north  of  Gamboa  bridge  (station  6673). 

5.  Portion  of  vertical  section  (slightly  oblique)   through  the  embilPi0 

chambers,  X  20  (same  locality  as  No.  1). 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  101 


Plate  38. 

Lepidocyclina  vaughani.  new  species. 

echnen  X  20,  showing  peripheral  zone  cut  through  the  equatorial  chambers 
central  portion  covered  by  lateral  chambers.  From  limestone  in  cut  of  re- 
ed line  of  Panama  Railroad  opposite  San  Pablo  and  about  4  miles  north 
amboa  bridge  (station  6673). 

Plate  39. 

Lepidocyclina  panamen&is,  new  species. 

1.  Very  young  specimen  in  vertical  section  consisting  of  embryonic  cham- 
bers and  one  or  two  following  chambers,  X  20. 
2-4.  Vertical  sections  with  broad  embryonic  chambers  and  showing  the  rela- 
tion of  equatorial  and  lateral  chambers,  vertical  columns  of  lateral 
chambers  with  intermediate  pillars,  X  20. 

5.  Oblique  section  with  zone  of  hexagonal  equatorial  chambers,  X  20. 

6.  Section  of  rock  with  six  specimens  lying  closely  adjacent,  four  of  these 

cut  through  the  embryonic  chambers,  X  20. 

I  specimens  from  near  the  mouth  of  Tonosi  River,  Panama  (station 
e). 

Plate  40. 

Lepidocyclina  macdonaldi,  new  species. 

1.  Exterior  view  of  specimen,  X  10,  showing  pillars  appearing  at  the 
surface  as  raised  area. 
2-5.  Vertical  sections  (slightly  oblique)  through  the  embryonic  chambers, 
which  when  cut  in  plane  at  right  angles  to  division  wall  show  nearly 
equal  chambers  with  the  division  wall  straight  or  very  slightly 
curved.   Pillars  evident,  especially  in  Nos.  2  and  5.    X  20. 

6.  Oblique  section,  X  20,  showing  zone  of  "  lozenge-shaped  "  equatorial 
chambers  with  lateral  chambers  on  each  side.  The  upper  series 
showing  the  cut  sections  of  pillars. 

II  specimens  from  limestone  2  miles  north  of  David,  Panama  (station  6523). 

Plate  41. 

Orthophragmina  minima,  new  species. 

1.  Vertical  section,  X  20,  showing  general  outline  and  numerous  very  fine 

chambers.  From  white  limestone  in  river  bed  above  ice  plant,  David, 
Panama  (U.S.G.S.  station  6512). 

Lepidocyclina  duplicata,  new  species. 

2.  Exterior  view  of  type,  X  5,  showing  raised  center  and  depressed  area 

inside  the  raised  periphery. 

3.  Portions  of  vertical  section  showing  great  increase  in  width  of  equa- 

torial zone,  multiplication  of  chambers  toward  the  periphery,  heavy 
pillars  and  wide  lateral  chambers.    X  20. 


102         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


4.  Portion  of  oblique  section  showing  narrow  zone  of  "  lozenge-sha 
equatorial  chambers,  perforations  of  peripheral  wall  of  outer 
torial  chambers  and  perforated  pillars  among  the  lateral  chan 
X  20. 

All  specimens  of  L.  duplicata  from  limestone,  2  miles  north  of  David,  Pa 
(station  6523). 

Plate  42. 

Section  of  limestone  from  station  6523,  2  miles  north  of  David,  showin 
merous  specimens  of  Lepidocyclina,  X  20.  Left  center,  L.  panamensis 
broad  embryonic  chambers ;  lower  middle  L.  macdonaldi  with  subspherica 
bryonic  chambers;  at  right  a  portion  of  L.  duplicata. 

Plate  43. 

Heterosteginoides  panamensis,  new  genus  and  new  species. 

Fig.  1, 2.  External  view  of  specimens,  X  10,  from  limy  sandstone,  east  si 
Gaillard  Cut  (station  6011). 
3-3.  Vertical  portions,  X  20,  showing  irregular  piling  of  lateral  cham 
fig.  6  with  two  embryonic  chambers  with  thick  walls.  Speci 
from  limy  sandstone  near  southern  switch,  Bohio  Ridge  (st 
6025). 

7,  8.  Horizontal  sections,  X  20,  from  same  locality  at  Bohio. 

Nummulites  panamensis,  new  species. 

9.  Horizontal  section,  X  20,  from  limy  sandstone  near  southern 
Bohio  Ridge  (station  6025). 

10.  Vertical  section  from  same  rock  specimen,  X  10. 

Nummulites  davidensis,  new  species. 

11.  Horizontal  section,  X  20,  from  white  limestone  in  river  bed  aboi 

plant,  David,  Panama  (station  6512). 

Orbitolites  americana,  new  species. 

12-14.  Horizontal  sections,  X  10,  specimens  from  west  side  of  Gaillard 
near  Las  Cascadas  (station  6020a). 

Plate  44. 

Orbitolites  americana,  new  species. 

Fio.  1.  Horizontal  section  of  large  specimen,  X  10,  from  Gaillard  Cut,  neai 
Cascadas  (station  6019-&). 
2.  Horizontal  section,  broken,  showing  two  layers  of  chambers  and  1 
cast  of  outer  surface,  X  20  ( station  6020a ) . 

Plate  45. 

Orbitolites  americana,  new  species. 

Specimen  in  horizontal  section,  X  20,  showing  several  areas  of  breakage 
subsequent  repair,  shown  by  the  angular  reentrants  of  the  annuli  in  va 
places.    From  Gaillard  Cut,  near  Las  Cascadas  (station  6020a). 


NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN  103    PL.  34 


NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN  103    PL.  35 


Larger  Fossil  Foraminifera  from  Panama. 

For  explanation  of  platf  see  page  100. 


NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN  103    PL.  37 


Larger  Fossil  Foraminifera  from  Panama. 

For  explanation  of  plate  see  page  100' 


For  explanation  of  plate  see  page  lOi 


NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN  103    PL.  39 


Larger  Fossil  Foraminifera  from  Panama. 

For  explanation  of  plate  see  page  101 


NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN  103    PL.  40 


ATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN  103    PL.  42 


NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN  103    PL.  43 


Larger  Fossil  Foraminifera  from  Panama. 

For  explanation  of  plate  see  page  102. 


S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN  103    PL.  44 


2 


Larger  Fossil  Foraminifera  from  Panama. 

For  explanation  of  plate  see  page  102. 


,  S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN  103    PL.  45 


Larger  Fossil  Foraminifera  from  Panama. 

For  explanation  of  plate  see  page  102. 


INDEX. 


Page. 


iricana,  Orbitolites   99 

ellei,  Lepidocyclina   91 

peri,  Lepidocyclina   92 

idensis,  Nummulites   98 

ilicata,  Lepidocyclina   96 

terosteginoides   97 

panamensis   97 

)idocyclina   91 

canellei   91 

chaperi   92 

duplicata   96 

macdonaldi   94 

panamensis  .   94 

vaughani   93 


Page. 


macdonaldi,  Lepidocyclina   94 

minima,  Orthophragmina   97 

Multicyclina   96 

Nummulites   98 

davidensis   98 

panamensis   98 

Orbitolites   99 

americana   99 

Orthophragmina   97 

minima   99 

panamensis,  Heterosteginoides   97 

panamensis,  Lepidocyclina   94 

panamensis,  Nummulites   98 

tyaughani,  Lepidocyclina   93 


SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION 

UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 
Bulletin  103 


|)NTRIBUTIONS  TO  THE  GEOLOGY  AND  PALEON- 
TOLOGY OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE,  PANAMA,  AND 
GEOLOGICALLY  RELATED  AREAS  IN  CEN- 
TRAL AMERICA  AND  THE  WEST  INDIES 


3SSIL  ECHINI  OF  THE  PANAMA  CANAL 
ZONE  AND  COSTA  RICA 


By  ROBERT  TRACY  JACKSON 
Of  Peterborough,  New  Hampshire 


Extract  from  Bulletin  103,  pages  103-116,  with  Plates  46-52 


JPBRN 


WASHINGTON 
GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE 
1918 


FOSSIL  ECHINI  OF  THE  PANAMA  CANAL  ZONE  AND 

COSTA  EICA. 


By  Robert  Tract  Jackson, 
Of  Peterborough,  New  Hampshire. 


INTRODUCTION. 

The  following  is  essentially  a  reprint  of  my  paper  bearing  the 
me  title  published  in  the  Proceedings  of  the  United  States  National 
useum,  volume  53.  pages  489-501.  plates  62-68,  September  24,  1917: 
The  fossil  echini  of  the  Panama  Canal  Zone  were  submitted  to  me 
•r  studj7  and  description  by  Dr.  T.  Wa viand  Vaughan  as  part  of  the 
udies  he  is  making  in  that  region  in  connection  with  his  investiga- 
3iis  of  the  geology  of  the  Costal  Plain  of  the  United  States  and  of 
;e  West  Indies.  The  material  contains  some  very  interesting 
•ecies,  particularly  in  the  genus  Encope,  of  which  there  are  three 
!iw  forms.  Some  of  the  material  is  well  preserved,  and  parts  are 
agmentary.  A  number  of  specimens  too  poorly  preserved,  or  too 
agmentary  for  specific  determination,  indicate  that  a  more  ex- 
nsive  echinoid  fauna  may  be  found  by  further  search. 
II  wish  to  express  my  heartiest  thanks  to  my  friend,  Dr.  Hubert 
yman  Clark,  of  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology,  who,  with  his 
•eat  knowledge  of  Clypeastroids  and  Spatangoids,  helped  me 
aterially  in  preparing  this  report. 

LIST  OF  SPECIES  AND  THEIR  GEOLOGIC  OCCURRENCE. 

lypeaster  lanceolatus  Cotteau.  Upper  Oligocene,  Emperador  lime- 
stone, Gaillard  Cut,  stations  58666,  66T1. 

typeaster  gatuni  Jackson.  Miocene,1  Gatun  formation,  station  5662, 
near  Gatun  Dam  site ;  and  at  station  6237,  north  of  Ancon  Hill, 
about  4  miles  south  of  Diablo  ridge. 

neope  annectans  Jackson.1  Miocene,  Gatun  formation,  station 
5846,  Spillway,  Gatun  Dam. 

wope  platytata  Jackson.  Miocene,1  Gatun  formation,  station 
6029a,  one-quarter  to  one-half  mile  from  Camp  Cotton,  toward 
Monte  Lirio. 

This  formation  is  more  appropriately  referable  to  the  lower  Miocene,  i.  e.,  Burdigalian, 
in  to  the  upper  Oligocene. — T.  W.  V. 

103 


104         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 

Encope  megatrema  Jackson.  Miocene,1  Gatun  formation,  stat 
6030,  about  one  and  one-half  miles  from  Camp  Cotton,  tow; 
Monte  Lirio. 

Echinolampas  semiorbis  Guppy.  Upper  Oligocene,  Emperador  In 

stone,  Gaillard  Cut,  stations  58666  and  6019^. 
Schizaster  armiger  W.  B.  Clark.  Miocene  ( ?),*  Bonilla,  Costa  Rk 
Schizaster  cristatus  Jackson.    Miocene         Brazil,  Costa  Rica,  \ 
tion  5505. 

Schizaster  panamensis  Jackson.  Miocene,1  Gatun  formation,  n 
Gatun,  at  stations  6008  and  7294. 

DESCRIPTION  OF  SPECIES. 

CLYPEASTER  LANCEOLATUS  Cotteau. 

Plate  46,  figs.  1,  2. 

Clypeaster  lanceolatus,  Cotteau,  Descripcion  de  los  Equinoides  Fossiles  c 
Isla  de  Cuba,  Bol.  Com.  del.  Mapa  Geologico  de  Espana,  vol.  22,  189' 
39,  pi.  9,  figs.  1,  2,  3.— Jackson,  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  vol.  53,  191' 
490,  pi.  62,  figs.  1,  2. 

This  species  is  one  of  the  few  in  the  series  from  the  Panama  Ca 
Zone  that  seems  referable  to  an  already  published  species.  Th 
are  seven  specimens,  all  in  good  condition  of  preservation  and  re\ 
senting  two  localities  which,  however,  from  the  character  of 
material  may  be  nearly  associated.    I  give  measurements  of 
largest  specimen  of  the  set.   Length,  95  mm. ;  width,  77mm. ;  heig 
21  mm.    Test  elongate,  wider  behind  than  in  front,  moderately 
vated,  deeply  concave  in  ventral  view.    Ambulacral  petals  eleva 
distally  acuminate,  nearly  closed  and  pinched  up  as  if  squee 
between  the  thumb  and  finger.   Anterior  petal  III  equal  in  len 
to  petals  I  and  V  and  a  few  millimeters  longer  than  are  the  ante] 
pair  II  and  IV.  The  anterior  petal  III  is  more  widely  separated  fi 
petals  II  and  IV  than  are  those  latter  .from  I  and  V.  Interporifer 
areas  of  petals  are  elevated,  wide,  being  about  equal  to  both  po 
erous  areas.    Interambulacra  are  narrow,  extremely  so  near 
apical  disk.   Tubercles  are  small  and  of  about  the  same  size  dorsj 
and  ventrally.   Apical  disk  is  central,  mouth  central,  deeply  sunl 
periproct  ventral,  about  four  mm.  from  the  posterior  border  of 
test.   The  original  material  described  by  Cotteau  is  from  the  "1 
cene  "  of  Matanzas,  Cuba,  where  he  says  it  is  very  rare.  It  is  ap] 
ently  more  or  less  common  in  the  Canal  Zone,  as  there  are  seven  sp 
mens  from  that  region. 


1  This  formation  is  more  appropriately  referable  to  the  lower  Miocene,  i.  e„  Burd 
than  to  the  Upper  Oligocene. — T.  W.  V. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  105 

•MLocalities  and  geologic  occwrenee. — Upper  Oligocene ;  Emperador 
■aestone.  Upper  Limestone,  Las  Cascadas,  Panama,  D.  F.  Mac- 
Imald,  collector,  U.  S.  National  Museum  station  No.  6671,  two 
■acimens,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  Cat.  No.  324152 ;  also  Panama  Canal  Zone, 
■per  Limestone  bed,  near  Tower  "  N  "  (opposite  Las  Cascadas,  Gail- 
Ad  Cut)  D.  F.  MacDonald,  collector,  1911,  U.  S.  National  Museum 
.tion  No.  5866  5,  five  specimens,  XL  S.  Nat.  Mus.  Cat.  No.  324451. 

CLYPEASTER  GATUNI  Jackson. 

Plate  47,  fig.  1 ;  plate  48,  fig.  1. 
Clypeastcr  gatuni  Jackson,  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  vol.  53.  1917,  p.  491,  pi. 
63,  fig.  1 ;  pi.  64,  fig.  1. 

This  species  is  represented  by  a  fine,  large  specimen  in  perfect  con- 
ion  of  preservation.  Two  additional  specimens  much  worn  and 
jomplete  are  also  referred  to  it. 

The  type  measures  146  mm.  in  length.  122  mm.  in  width,  and  35 
n.  in  height.  The  test  is  elongate,  moderately  pentagonal  in  out- 
e,  with  slight  incurving  of  the  borders  in  interambulacral  areas 
2.  3,  and  4.  Its  greatest  width  is  across  ambulacra  II  and  IV. 
intrally  the  test  is  deeply  concave,  being  flat  only  on  the  border, 
te  ambulacral  petal  III  is  equal  in  length  to  petals  I  and  V  and 
!ew  millimeters  longer  than  are  petals  II  and  IV.  The  petals  are 
lidistant.  highly  elevated,  and  open  at  their  distal  ends.  Ventrally. 
e  deep  ambulacral  grooves  extend  to  the  mouth.  Interambu- 
;ra  are  broad  on  the  border  of  the  test,  narrowing  up  dorsally  and 

■ty  narrow  near  the  apical  disk.  Each  of  the  interambulacra 
fcween  the  petals  are  strongly  elevated  as  if  pinched  up.  The 
ical  disk  is  slightly  anterior  to  the  middle  of  the  test  and  is  very 
.all  The  mouth  is  central,  deeply  sunken.  The  periproct  is 
atral,  slightly  elliptical,  its  posterior  border  5  mm.  from  the 
sterior  limits  of  the  test.  Tubercles  are  small,  covering  the 
rsal  surface  of  the  test,  ventrally  the  same,  but  slightly  larger. 
'lypeaster  gatuni  approaches  nearest,  perhaps,  to  C.  baicersi  Weaver, 
t  differs  in  the  shape  of  the  test,  the  deeply  concave  base,  the 
ipe  and  proportionate  size  of  the  petals  and  interambulacra  dor- 
ly,  and  the  fact  that  the  periproct  is  ventral  instead  of  terminal. 
^Locality  and  geologic  occurrence. — Gatun  formation,  Miocene, 
nama  Canal  Zone,  near  Gatun  Dam  site,  D.  F.  MacDonald,  col- 
tor,  1911,  holotype,  LT.  S.  National  Museum,  station  No.  5662, 

te  specimen. 

Limestone  in  swamp,  north  of  Ancon  Hill,  about  4  miles  south  of 
*ablo  Ridge  in  the  upper  Oligocene  Emperador  limestone.  U.  S. 
I  tional  Museum,  station  No.  6237,  two  specimens. 

Volotype.— Cat.  No.  324453,  U.S.N.M. 

This  species  is  present  on  both  the  Atlantic  and  Pacific  sides  of 
Isthmus. 


106         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 

ENCOPE  ANNECTANS  Jackson. 

Plate  49,  figs.  1,  2 ;  plate  50,  fig.  1. 

Encope  annectans  Jackson,  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  vol.  53,  1917,  p.  491,  t 
fig.  1 ;  pi.  65,  figs.  1,  2 ;  pi.  66,  fig.  1. 

This  interesting  species  is  represented  by  three  specimens  wh*: 
include  two  tests  free  from  matrix  and  more  or  less  complete,  a 
a  sandstone  mould  of  the  exterior  of  the  ventral  side  of  a  specirr 
which  is  the  largest  of  the  three. 


PARTS  ARE  INDICATED  BY  DOTTED  LINES. 

In  shape,  the  specimens  are  thin,  flattened,  and  nearly  circular 

outline,  excepting  for  the  reentrant  marginal  ambulacral  note!  syoi 

The  edges  are  thin,  exceptionally  so  for  the  genus,  and  the  wh  m] 

test  superficially  is  scutelliform.    In  the  anterior  ambulacrum  1  m 

there  is  a  shallow  rounded  notch,  and  in  the  lateral  ambulacra  |2 
deeper  and  narrower  notches,  the  deepest  being  in  the  posterior  p 

of  ambulacra,  IV  and  V.  The  apical  disk  is  central.  The  peristo  ^ 

is  small  and  also  central.    Continuing  posteriorly  from  the  p<  ^ 

stome  on  the  ventral  side  is  a  quite  deep  groove,  and  on  the  dor  c 

side  is  a  shorter  and  shallower  groove.   These  grooves  do  not  fo  ^ 

a  hole  through  the  test,  but  represent  the  incipient  beginnings  of  ra 

I  ii] 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  107 

Dule  which  is  characteristic  in  Encope  of  the  posterior  interambula- 
im  5.  This  is  most  interesting  and  is  discussed  later  at  length. 
The  type-specimen  measures  86  mm.  in  length,  89  mm.  in  width, 
d  8  mm.  in  height.  The  highest  point  is  distinctly  anterior  to  the 
ddle  of  the  test.  The  specimen  represented  by  a  mould  of  the 
tral  side  is  somewhat  larger  than  the  type.  It  measures  about 
mm.  in  length  by  about  96  mm.  in  width. 

In  the  type,  the  ambulacral  petals  are  broad,  about  equal  in  length 
the  several  areas,  the  posterior  pair  extending  back  to  a  line  with 
i  anterior  limit  of  the  lunule  in  interambulacrum  5.  Ventrally,  the- 
ibulacral  furrows  are  deep,  slightly  curved  outward  from  the 
dian  line  of  each  ambulacrum,  forking  near  the  border  of  the  test, 
:h  furrow  giving  off  a  forked  branch  at  nearly  a  right  angle  to  the 
in  furrow..  The  apical  disk  is  central,  but  details  are  obscured 
ing  to  local  imperfections  in  both  specimens  showing  the  dorsal 
e.  Interambulacral  areas  are  narrow  in  the  petaloid  areas,  wide 
ir  the  margin  of  the  test.  The  whole  dorsal  surface  of  the  test  is 
rered  with  small  tubercles;  on  the  ventral  side  of  the  test  the 
•ercles  are  somewhat  larger,  but  they  are  reduced  in  size  or  want- 
;  along  the  lines  of  the  ambulacral  furrows.  The  mouth  is  small 
I  central  in  position.  The  periproct  is  small,  oval  in  outline,  and 
lated  at  nearly  one-third  the  distance  from  the  mouth  to  posterior 
der  of  the  test. 

"he  lunule  of  interambulacrum  5  is  the  remarkable  and  most  in- 
isting  feature  of  this  species.  Ventrally,  it  consists  of  an  im- 
ssed  area  15  mm.  long  by  2  mm.  wide,  extending  to  and  being 
fluent  with  the  opening  of  the  periproct.  Dorsally,  the  lunule 
)  consists  of  an  impressed  area  lying  above  the  middle  of  the  ven- 
[  lunular  depression  and  measuring  10  mm.  in  length  by  2  mm.  in 
Ith.  This  is  the  only  species  in  the  genus  recorded  in  which  the 
ule  fails  to  make  an  opening  through  the  test.  Structually,  it 
ost  interesting,  as  it  closely  resembles  the  condition  in  a  young 
3imen  of  Mellita  sexiesperforata  (Leske)  from  the  west  coast  of 
rida,  30  fathoms,  No.  2900,  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology, 
s  young  Mellita,  wThich  measures  9  mm.  in  length,  has  no  notches 
unules  as  yet  developed  in  the  ambulacral  areas,  but  in  interam- 
crum  5,  as  viewed  ventrally,  there  is  a  distinct  impressed  area 
king  the  initial  beginnings  of  a  lunule  as  in  our  specimen  of  adult 
ope  annectans.  It  should  be  stated  that  this  specimen  of  Mellita 
bably  exceptional  in  holding  this  youthful  character  so  late,  as 
1  small  series  of  younger  specimens  of  M.  sexiesperforata  measur- 
from  4  to  7  mm.  in  length,  all  have  a  perforate  lunule  in  interam- 
crum  5.  This  latter  set  is  from  Salt  Key,  Bahamas,  No.  2439, 
teum  of  Comparative  Zoology.  As  pointed  out  by  Mr.  Agassiz 
M  vision  of  the  Echini,  pp.  320-324)  in  Mellita  sexiesperforata,  the 
8370c— 18— Bull.  103  8 

I 


108 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


ambulacra!  and  interambulacral  lunules  develop  by  resorption  throi 
the  test,  whereas  in  the  other  species  of  M ellita,  as  far  as  known, 
ambulacral  lunules  are  developed  by  the  inclusion  of  marg. 
notches  and  the  interambulacral  lunule  alone  is  formed  by  invag 
tion  through  the  test. 

Encope  annectans  is  primitive  like  the  other  fossil  species  of  Enc 
in  that  the  ambulacral  notches  are  not  inclosed  to  form  lunules 
are  still  shallow  and  open.  It  is  undoubtedly  the  most  primitive 
the  genus  in  that  the  lunule  in  interambulacrum  5  is  still  im] 
f orate.  It  makes  an  approach  to  the  Recent  Encope  miche 
Agassiz  of  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  and  E.  grandis  Agassiz  of  the  Gul 
California  which  are  the  only  living  species  characterized  by  o 
marginal  notches.  On  the  other  hand,  E.  annectans  resembles 
cope  micropom  Agassiz  of  the  West  Coast  in  the  form  of  the 
and  the  position  of  the  interambulacral  lunule. 

Locality  and  geologic  occurrence. — Gatun  formation,  Mioc 
Panama  Canal  Zone,  Spillway  at  Gatun  Dam  site,  D.  F.  MacDon 
collector,  U.  S.  National  Museum  station  No.  5846,  three  specimen 

Type.— Cat.  No.  324454,  U.S.N.M.    Paratype.— Cat.  No.  3-24 
U.S.N.M. 

ENCOPE  PLATYTATA  Jackson. 

Plate  51,  figs.  1,  2. 

Encope  platytata  Jackson,  Ptoc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mm.,  vol.  53,  1917,  p.  494,  texi| 
2 ;  pi.  67,  figs.  1,  2. 

There  is  only  a  single  specimen  representing  this  species,  I 
while  it  is  imperfect,  it  yet  has  the  essential  parts  preserved  thatfl 
necessary  for  a  description.  As  in  the  last  described  species,  E.  I 
nectans,  this  species,  E.  platytata,  is  thin,  flattened,  and  if  comp  % 
apparently  would  be  nearly  circular  in  outline  excepting  for  the  I 
bulacral  notches.  If  complete,  the  specimen  would  measure  as  <■ 
mated  about  100  mm.  in  length  and  100  mm.  in  width.  The  greaF 
height  of  the  test  is  in  the  apical  region,  where  it  measures  10  if 
As  the  ventral  side  of  the  test  is  somewhat  concave  instead  of  b<| 
flat,  the  thickness  of  the  test  at  the  center,  as  measured  by  calif  | 
is  somewhat  less  than  the  height  and  measures  only  8  mm. 

The  anterior  ambulacral  notch  of  area  III  is  very  shallow 
rounded.    The  notches  of  the  lateral  anterior  ambulacra  II  andB 
are  also  rounded  but  deeper  than  the  notch  of  area  III.  PresumiJ 
the  notches  of  the  posterior  ambulacra  I  and  V,  if  preserved,  w 
be  similar  but  somewhat  deeper,  as  this  is  the  usual  characte: 
associated  species.    The  lunule  in  interambulacrum  5  is  small, 
passes  directly  through  the  test  instead  of  being  imperforate  a 
Encope  annectans.    This  lunule  is  only  preserved  for  the  ante 
part  of  its  extent  as  shown  in  the  figures.    The  mouth  is  small 


<  iu 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  109 


tral  in  position,  the  periproct  is  elongate  oval,  its  anterior  border 
.3  mm.  posterior  to  the  border  of  the  mouth  opening.  Poste- 
•ly  the  periproct  is  confluent  with  the  infolded  depression  of  the 
rambulacral  lunule. 

le  ambulacral  petals  are  rather  narrow  in  this  specimen,  measur- 
13  mm.  in  width.  The  odd  anterior  ambulacral  petal  is  longer 
a  the  others,  and  measures  36  mm.  in  length,  whereas  the  pos- 
or  petals  of  the  trivium  measure  28  mm.  in  length.  The  petals 
he  bivium,  or  I  and  V,  are  longer  than  the  posterior  pair  of  the 


!. — ENCOPE  PLATYTATA.      DRAWING  OP  THE  TYPE-SPECIMEN,  NATURAL  SIZE.  RESTORA- 
TIONS ARE  INDICATED  BY  DOTTED  LINES. 

urn,  but  as  the}'  are  incomplete  posteriorly,  a  measurement  can 
ibe  given.  On  the  ventral  side,  the  ambulacral  furrows  are 
igly  marked  and  each  gives  off  a  few  weakly  impressed  branches, 
e  apical  disk  is  quite  well  preserved,  shows  clearly  the  ocular 
and  four  of  the  five  genital  pores,  which  are  a  characteristic 
re  of  Encope.  The  only  genital  pore  wanting  is  that  occurring 
ea  1,  which  is  destroyed  by  a  local  fracture  of  the  test.  Minute 
cles  cover  the  dorsal  side  of  the  test.  Ventrally  the  tubercles 
irger  except  near  the  ambulacral  furrows  where  they  are  minute. 


110         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Encope  platytata  is  a  near  ally  of  Encope  tenuis  Kew 1  o: 
Miocene  of  California,  but  differs  from  that  species  in  that  the  g 
est  height  of  the  test  is  central,  and  the  periproct  is  confluent 
the  lunule. 

Locality  end  geologic  occurrence. — Gatun  formation,  Mic 
Panama  Canal  Zone,  from  lowest  horizon  in  big  cut,  one-four 
one-half  mile  beyond  Camp  Cotton  toward  Monte  Lirio,  D.  F. 
Donald  and  T.  W.  Vaughan,  collectors,  1911,  U.  S.  National  Mu 
station  No.  6029«,  one  specimen. 

Type.— Cat.  No.  324155,  XJ.S.N.M. 

ENCOPE  MEGATREMA  Jackson. 

Plate  52,  fig.  1. 

Encope  megatrema  Jackson.  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  vol.  53,  1917,  i 
text  figs.  3,  4 ;  pi.  6S,  fig.  1. 

This  species  is  represented  by  one  fairly  good  test  with  its  con 
part,  and  in  addition  some  12  fragments  which  yield  helpful  I 
on  close  study.  From  the  incompleteness,  measurements  and  I 
details  will  have  to  be  given  in  general  terms  or  omitted.  As  a  wB, 
the  test  is  low,  elongated,  thin  on  the  borders  and  with  shB 
ambulacral  notches  and  an  enormous  lunule  in  interambulacrumB 

From  the  best  specimen,  which  is  figured,  the  length  probabbfl 
about  120  mm.  and  the  width  about  106  mm.:  thickness  of  thfl 
at  its  center  is  10  mm.  Ambulacral  notches  are  shallow  and  )■ 
wide  in  areas  II  and  V,  indicating  that  this  is  the  character  il 
two  posterior  ambulacra  I  and  Y  and  also  in  the  paired  anterio  I 
bulacra  II  and  I  V.  This  evidence  is  supported  by  several  of  the  m 
ments  which  show  shallow  lobes  like  the  type,  but  it  can  nl 
definitely  stated  which  areas  they  represent.  The  notch  of  the  jH 
rior  odd  ambulacrum  III  is  not  known,  but  it  was  probably  shal  wa 
than  the  others,  as  is  characteristic  of  species  of  the  genus.  TheH 
striking  feature  of  this  species  is  the  lunule  in  interambulacriM 
which  is  enormous.  It  is  situated  about  midway  between  the  iwk 
<lisk  and  posterior  limits  of  the  test,  and  is  roughly  triangidH 
shape,  the  apex  of  the  triangle  pointing  anteriorly.  It  measusai 
the  surface  of  the  opening  27  mm.  in  length  and  27  mm.  in  wicH 
the  widest  part  posteriorly.  The  walls  of  the  lunule  slope  outart 
from  the  center,  as  seen  looking  from  above,  as  is  well  shown  i» 
of  the  fragmentary  specimens.  From  this  sloping  character  (W 
walls,  it  results  that  the  width  of  the  lunule  would  be  greater  by  *<m 
6  to  10  millimeters  on  the  ventral  side  than  it  is  on  the  dorsal.  H 
height  of  the  wall  of  the  lunule  is  12  mm.,  which  is  doubtle?  J 
highest  point  of  the  test.  The  lunule  in  this  species  is,  relativjH 
the  size  of  the  specimens,  the  largest  known  in  any  species  (I 

1  Kew,  W.  S.  W.    Tertiary  ecbinoids  of  the  Carrizo  Creek  Region  in  the  Colorado 
University  of  California  Bull.,  Dept.  Geology,  vol.  8,  No.  5,  pp.  30-GO,  pis.  1-3,  PH 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


Ill 


Anus,  fossil  or  living.  It  is  striking  that  this  great  size  of  the  lunule, 
iprogressive  character,  should  be  associated  with  small  and  shall ow 
Jmjmlacral  notches  which,  for  the  genus,  is  a  relatively  primitive 
iLaracter. 

i  B^he  ambulacral  petals  are  beautifully  distinct  and  well  preserved 
i  tr  part  of  their  extent  in  the  type  and  one  other  specimen.  The 


• 


a 


.  7  .  \Z 

ig.  3. — a}  Encope  megatrema.  IIolotyfe,  natural  size.  The  area  showing  part  of 
ambulacrum  ii  is  drawn  from  a  fragment.  restorations  are  indicated  by  dotted 
lines.  6,  Section  of  lunule  to  show  the  inclined  faces,  drawn  from  two 
fragments. 

Dsterior  pair,  I  and  Y,  are  long  and  narrow  with  a  relatively  wide 
>riferous  area  and  narrow  median  interporiferous  area.  The  width 
:  the  petal  of  ambulacrum  Y  is  11  mm.  and  its  length  is  50  mm.  It 
;tends  posteriorly  in  a  wide  curve  around  the  lunule  of  interambu- 
crum  5  and  reaches  a  line  coincident  with  the  posterior  end  of  the 


112         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 

lunule.  It  also  extends  to  within  5.5  of  the  ambulacral  notch  of 
area  in  which  it  lies.  Ambulacrum  IV  is  much  shorter  than  amb 
crum  V,.  measuring  30  mm.  in  length  and  12  mm.  in  width  at 
widest  part.  This  ambulacrum  extends  to  within  3.5  mm.  of 
marginal  notch.  The  features  of  the  ambulacra  V  and  IV,  as 
scribed,  indicate  the  character  of  ambulacra  I  and  II,  which  are  c 
preserved  in  part  in  the  holotype,  though  one  of  the  fragments 
ambulacrum  II  quite  perfectly  preserved.  Ambulacrum  III  is  re] 
sented  only  in  part  (for  a  length  of  25  mm.)  by  the  left  side  oi 
petaloid  area  ;  it  probably  had  about  the  length  and  width  of 
petal  of  ambulacrum  IV,  as  in  the  allied  species  Encope  macropk 
Ravenel.  Ambulacral  furrows  on  the  ventral  side  are  deep,  stror 
marked,  with  some  forking  near  the  periphery  of  the  test.  The  in 
ambulacra  are  very  wide,  not  narrowing  markedly  near  the  ap 
disk.  Minute  tubercles  cover  the  dorsal  surface  of  the  test,  and  ^ 
trally  the  tubercles  are  larger  excepting  on  the  lines  of  ambula 
furrows,  where  they  are  minute  or  wanting.  Details  of  the  ap 
disk,  peristome  and  periproct  are  entirely  wanting.  This  species  c 
not  make  a  close  approach  to  any  other  known  species,  but  its  nea 
ally  is  Encope  macrophora  Ravenel  from  the  upper  Miocene 
South  Carolina  and  the  Pliocene  of  Florida.1 

Locality  and  geologic  occurrence. — Gatun  formation,  Mioc 
Panama  Canal  Zone.  From  85-foot  cut  north  side  of  big  swamp 
relocated  line,  Panama  R.  R.,  about  one  and  one-half  to  two  m 
beyond  Camp  Cotton,  toward  Monte  Lirio,  D.  F.  MacDonald 
T.  W.  Vaughan,  collectors,  1911.  Fourteen  specimens,  includ 
fragments,  U.  S.  National  Museum  station  No.  6030. 

Tyl?e.—Czt.  Xo.  324450,  U.S.N.M. 

ECHINOLAMPAS  SEMIORBIS  Guppy. 

Echinolampas  semiorbis  Gtjept,  On  Tertiary  Echihoderms  from  the  \ 
Indies,  Quart.  Journ.  Geol.  See.  London,  vol.  22,  1S6G,  p.  299,  pi 
fi£.  7. — Cotteau,  Eehinides  Tertiares  des  lies  St.  Barthelemy  et 
guilla,  Kongl.  Svensk.  Vetenskaps.  Akad,  vol.  13.  1S75,  p.  24,  p 
figs.  1-2;  pi.  G,  fig.  1.— Jackson,  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  vol.  53 
p.  498. 

This  species  is  abundant  in  the  Oligocene  Tertiary  of  the  Vi 
Indies,  material  from  Anguilla  having  been  described  by  Guppy,  sj 
Cotteau  erroneously  records  it  from  St.  Bartholomew.  Dr.  T.  AY 
land  Vaughan  in  1914  collected  abundant,  fine  specimens  in  the  Isla 
of  Anguilla. 

From  the  Panama  Canal  Zone  a  number  of  specimens  were  ( 
lected  from  a  hard  gray  limestone.  The  specimens  are  for  the  m 
part  uncompressed  and  in  very  good  condition  of  preservation. 


1  Clark,  William  Bullock,  and  Twttcnell,  Mayvtlle  W.    Mesozoic  and  Cenozoic  Ecb 
dermata  of  tiio  United  States.    Monograph,  U.  S.  Geol.  Surrey,  vol.  54,  1915,  p. 
pi.  93,  0g8.  2a~c;  pi.  94,  figs,  la-f. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  113 


he  largest  specimens  measures  107  mm.  in  length,  103  mm.  in 
'  th,  and  53  mm.  in  height. 

ocaJity  and  geologic  occurrence. — Upper  Oligocene.  Emperador 
stone,  Panama  Canal  Zone.  Upper  Limestone  bed  near  Tower 
1  (opposite  Las  Cascadas,  Gaillard  cut),  D.  F.  MacDonald,  col- 
>r.  1911,  U.  S.  National  Museum  station  No.  58666,  one  specimen, 
i  Nat.  Mus.  Cat.  No.  324457.  Also  Panama  Canal  Zone,  from  5th 
opmost  limestone,  Gaillard  cut,  opposite  Las  Cascadas,  U.  S. 
onal  Museum  station  No.  6019^,  D.  F.  MacDonald  and  T.  W. 
ghan,  collectors,  1911,  4  specimens.    U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  Cat.  No. 

:58. 

SCHIZASTER  ARMIGER  W.  B.  Clark. 

Schizastcr  urmiger  Clark  and  Twitchell,  Mesozoic  and  Cenozoic  Echiuo- 
D  dermata  of  the  United  States,  Monograph  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey,  vol.  54, 
r  1915,  p.  152,  pi.  70,  figs.  la-d. — Jackson,  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  vol. 
J     53.  1917.  p.  498. 

u|l  this  species  the  test  is  rather  large,  cordiform;  upper  surface 
r  as  at  first  rapidly,  then  more  slowly  from  the  anterior  margin  to 
apical  system  beyond  which  an  elevated  sharp  ridge  continues  to 
truncated  posterior  margin.    Length,  59  mm. ;  width.  50  mm. ; 
,ht.  '!•)  mm.    The  ambulacra  are  broad  and  the  odd  anterior 
tilacral  petal  III  is  situated  in  a  deep  groove  that  indents  the 
c  rior  margin.   The  two  lateral  anterior  ambulacra  II  and  IV  are 
r  keep,  broad  grooves,  with  petals  18  mm.  long.    The  posterior 
julacra  I  and  V,  similar  but  shorter,  are  9  mm.  long.  Peripetalous 
iole  is  broad  and  distinct.   Interambulacra  gibbous,  the  posterior 
5  being  built  up  into  an  elevated  keel.   The  peristome  is  indis- 
in  our  specimen,  but  as  shown  in  W.  B.  Clark's  excellent  figures, 
ide  and  near  the  anterior  margin.    The  periproct  is  high  on  the 
cated  posterior  end. 

le  type  material  described  by  Clark  is  ascribed  to  the  upper 
;kson)  Eocene  of  Choctaw  County,  Alabama. 
reality  and  geologic  occurrence. — Miocene  Bonilla,  Costa 

,  Hill  collection.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  Cat.  No.  135214,  one  specimen. 

SCHIZASTER  CRISTATUS  Jackson. 

Plate  52,  figs.  2-4. 

Ichizaster  cristatus  Jackson,  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  vol.  53,  1917,  p.  499. 
pi.  68,  figs.  2-4. 

ie  material  of  this  species  consists  of  two  internal  moulds ;  as  the 
2S  are  entirely  wanting,  of  course  external  characters  can  not  be 
n.  The  more  perfect  of  the  two  specimens  measures  40  mm.  in 
th.  36  mm.  in  width,  and  22  mm.  in  height.    Test  is  moderate 


cording  to  Hill  and  Dall  the  rocks  exposed  at  this  locality  are  of  the  same  age  as 
at  Gatun,  Canal  Zone.  For  a  further  discussion  see  the  last  chapter  (by  Vaughan) 
s  volume. 


I 


114         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 

sized,  cordif  orm,  sloping  gradually  from  the  anterior  border  up  U 
median  crest,  the  widest  portion  being  through  the  middle  of  thej 
The  most  striking  feature  of  this  species  is  the  median  keel-like  i 
that  rises  sharply  from  the  summit  of  interambulacrum  5  at  the 
terior  border  of  the  test. 

The  petal  of  ambulacrum  III  is  sunken  in  a  deep,  wide  groove 
lending  to  the  anterior  border  of  the  test  and  measuring  23  mr 
length.  The  petals  of  the  lateral  anterior  ambulacra  II  and  TV, 
in  deep  grooves  measuring  13  mm.  in  length  and  having  abou 
plates  in  each  half  ambulacrum,  as  is  indicated  by  the  casts  ol 
pores.  The  petals  of  the  posterior  ambulacra  I  and  V  are  wit 
divergent  from  the  anterior  pair,  nearly  parallel  and  directed  h 
ward  in  deep,  sunken  grooves.  The  grooves  are  7  mm.  long, 
there  are  about  14  plates  in  each  half  ambulacrum  at  this  poin 
indicated  by  casts  of  the  pores.  The  periproct  is  situated  on) 
posterior  face  and  coincides  with  the  base  of  the  crest  in  intei 
bulacrum  5.  The  peristome  is  wide  and  situated  far  forward,; 
tip  which  almost  closes  the  mouth  being  i!<  mm.  from  the  ant< 
border  of  the  test. 

Locality  and  geologic  occurence. — Miocene  (?) ,  Brazil,  Costal  3 
A.  Alfaro,  collector,  U.  S.  National  Museum  station  No.  5505.  4 
specimens. 

Type.— Cat.  No.  324460,  U.S.N.M. 

SCHIZASTER  PANAMENSIS  Jackson. 

Plate  50,  figs.  2-3. 

Schizaster  panamensis  Jackson,  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  vol.  53,  1917,  p. I) 
pi.  66,  figs.  2,  3. 

The  material  consists  of  an  internal  mould  free  from  matrix,  id 
three  specimens  more  or  less  complete,  embedded  in  porous,  dlJ 
colored  volcanic  tuff  which  also  bears  some  fragments  of  ligi-34 
The  specimen,  free  from  matrix,  is  the  most  completely  preser  dj 
although  somewhat  compressed  dorso-ventrally,  and  is  selecte<asl 
the  type.  The  specimen  measures  48  mm.  in  length,  40  mm.  in  wi  h, 
and  25  mm.  in  height.  The  petals  of  the  ambulacra  are  situatejii 
broad,  deep  furrows.  The  anterior  petal  III  extends  to  the  antesr 
limit  of  the  test  and  measures  23  mm.  in  length.  The  paired  antetf 
ambulacra  II  and  IV  are  in  grooves  13  mm.  long  and  diverge  wial 
from  the  anterior  petal.  The  posterior  petals  I  and  V  are  shosr- 
than  the  anterior  pair,  measuring  5  mm.  in  length,  and  are  dire-ifl 
almost  straight  backward.  The  position  of  the  periproct  is  Nl 
clearly  indicated  on  the  mould,  but  apparently  it  is  near  the  upr 
part  of  the  posterior  face.  The  peristome  is  wide  and  rounded,  m 
is  situated  16  mm.  from  the  anterior  border  of  the  test.   The  pH 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


115 


llous  fasciole  is  quite  wide  and  is  fairly  well  shown  in  areas  II 
I IV  on  the  type-specimen  and  still  better  in  one  of  the  fragments, 
feh  is  a  counterpart  of  the  dorsal  side  of  the  same. 
Ine  of  the  specimens,  which  is  an  external  mould,  shows  the  im- 
I  s  of  the  outline  of  the  plates  of  part  of  a  test,  and  gives  measure- 
I  ts  of  considerable  interest.  It  measures  about  50  mm.  in  length, 
lit  45  mm.  in  width,  and  about  38  mm.  in  height.  From  incom- 
■eness  of  the  specimen  no  exact  measurements  can  be  given,  yet 
le  available  indicate  a  very  high  test. 

mocality  and  geologic  occurrence. — Gatun  formation,  Miocene, 
Piama  Canal  Zone.  Second  cut,  south  of  Gatun  E.  K.  Station, 
lilman  Coll.,  U.  S.  National  Museum  station  No.  7294,  four  speci- 
Ls.  Holotype,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  Cat.  No.  324461.  Another  speci- 
m.  imperfect  and  much  worn,  with  a  very  high  test,  and  appar- 
jky  referable  to  this  species,  is  from  Panama  Canal  Zone,  Gatun, 
ton  A,  from  middle  of  Bed  "  E,"  D.  F.  MacDonald,  collector,  U.  S. 
Ji  onal  Museum  station  No.  6008,  one  specimen.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus. 
fa  No.  324462. 

DESCRIPTION   OF  PLATES. 


Plate  46. 

fni.  Clypeaster  lanceolatus  Cotteau,  dorsal  view,  natural  size.    The  dark 
spot  in  interambulacrum  5  is  a  yellow  label  that  took  black  in  the 
photograph. :   U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  Cat.  No.  324451,  Station  5S66&. 
2.  Another  specimen  of  the  same,  ventral  view,  natural  size,  U.  S.  Nat. 
Mus.  Cat.  No.  324451,  Station  5866&. 

Plate  47. 

■Q.  Clypeaster  gatuni  Jackson,  dorsal  view.    Holotype,  slightly  reduced. 
U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  Cat.  No.  324453,  Station  5662. 

Plate  48. 

Ficl.  Clypeaster  gatuni  Jackson,  ventral  view;  same  specimen  as  Plate  47. 
Holotype,  slightly  reduced,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  Cat.  No.  324452,  Station 
5662. 

Plate  49. 

PkI.  Encope  annectans  Jackson,  dorsal  view,  natural  size.    Holotype,  U.  S. 
Nat.  Mus.  Cat.  No.  324454,  Station  5846. 
2.  The  same,  ventral  view. 

Plate  50. 

■tL.  Encope  annectans  Jackson,  another  specimen,  external  mould  of  ven- 
tral side  seen  from  above.  Natural  size,  Paratype,  U.  S.  Nat  Mus. 
Cat.  No.  324466,  Station  5846. 

2.  ScMzaster  panamensis  Jackson,  dorsal  view,  natural  size.  Holotype, 

U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  Cat.  No.  324461,  Station  7294. 

3.  The  same,  ventral  view.   The  dark  spot  in  interambulacrum  5  is  a  yel- 

low ticket  that  took  black  in  the  photograph. 


116 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Plate  51. 

Fig.  1.  Encope  platytata  Jackson,  dorsal  view,  natural  size.    Holotype,  i 
Nat.  Mus.  Cat.  No.  324455,  Station  6029a. 
2.  The  same,  ventral  view.    The  dark  spot  in  inter  ambulacrum  4  om, 
and  in  interambulacrum  2  of  fig.  2  are  yellow  tickets  that  toot  »la 
in  the  photographs. 

Plate  52. 

Fig.  1.  Encope  megatrema  Jackson,  dorsal  view,  natural  size.    Holotype  utt 
ral  size,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  Cat.  No.  324456,  Station  6030. 

2.  Schizaster  cristatus  Jackson,  dorsal  view,  natural  size.     He  tyj 

U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  Cat.  No.  324460,  Station  5505. 

3.  The  same,  ventral  view. 

4.  The  same,  side  view. 


U.  S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN  103    PL.  46 


Dorsal  View  of  Clypeaster  gatuni. 

For  explanation  of  plate  see  page  115- 


Ventral  View  of  Clypeaster  gatuni. 

For  explanation  of  plate  see  page  115. 


U.  S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN  103    PL.  49 


1 


S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN  103    PL.  50 


Mould  of  Ventral  Side  of  Encope  annectans  seen  from  above,  (2)  Dorsal, 
and  (3)  Ventral  Views  of  Schizaster  panamensis. 


For  explanation  of  plate  see  page  ||5. 


U.  S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN  103    PL.  51 


Dorsal  View  (I)  and  Ventral  View  (2)  of  Encope  platytata. 

For  explanation  of  plate  see  page  116. 


For  explanation  of  plate  see  page  lie 


INDEX 


Page. 

si  ctans,  Encope  103, 106 

a:  ger,  Schizaster  104, 113 

b<  tsI,  Clypeaster   105 

C  easter  bowersi   105 

gatuni  103, 105 

lanceolatus  103, 104 

ci  atus,  Schizaster  104, 113 

E  nolanipas  semiorbis  104, 112 

E  >pe  annectans  103, 106 

grandis   108 

macrophora   112 

megatrema  104, 110 

michelini   108 

micropora  :   108 

platytata  103, 108 

tenuis   110 


Page. 

gatuni,  Clypeaster  103, 105 

grandis,  Encope   108 

lanceolatus,  Clypeaster_  103, 104 

macrophora,  Encope   112 

megatrema,  Encope  104,  110 

Mellita  sexiesperforata   107 

michelini,  Encope   108 

micropora,  Encope   108 

panamensis,  Schizaster  104, 114 

platytata,  Encope  103,  108 

Schizaster  armiger  104, 113 

cristatus  104, 113 

panamensis   104, 114 

semiorbis,  Echinolampas  104, 112 

sexiesperforata,  Mellita   107 

tenuis,  Encope   110 

I 


O 


I 


• 


SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION 


UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


Bulletin  103 


ONTRIBUTIONS  TO  THE  GEOLOGY  AND  PALEON- 
TOLOGY OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE,  PANAMA,  AND 
GEOLOGICALLY  RELATED  AREAS  IN  CEN- 
TRAL AMERICA  AND  THE  WEST  INDIES 


BRYOZOA  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE 
AND  RELATED  AREAS 


By  FERDINAND  CANU 
Of  Versailles,  France 


AND 


RAY  S.  BASSLER 
Of  Washington,  District  of  Columbia 


Extract  from  Bulletin  103,  pages  117-122,  with  Plate  55 


WASHINGTON 


GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE 


1918 


BRYOZOA  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE  AND  RELATED 

AEEAS. 


By  Ferdinand  Canu 
Of  Versailles,  France 

AND 

Ray  S.  Bassler 
Of  Washington,  District  of  Columbia. 


The  following  pages  contain  the  descriptions  of  the  few  bryozoa 
at  have  so  far  been  found  in  the  rocks  of  the  Canal  Zone  and 
lated  areas.  These  bryozoa  consist  of  two  species  from  the  Em- 
;rador  limestone  of  the  Canal  Zone  collected  by  Messrs.  T.  Way- 
ad  Vaughan  and  D.  F.  MacDonald  and  three  species  from  the 
iocene  of  Costa  Rica  collected  by  D.  F.  MacDonald.  The  list  of 
ecies  described  is  as  follows : 

Ogivalina  mutabilis,  new  species,  Emperador  limestone,  Panama 
inal  Zone. 

Eoloporella  albirosiris  (Smitt),  Emperador  limestone,  Panama 
mal  Zone. 

Cupularia  urtibellata  Defrance,  Miocene,  Costa  Rica. 
Cupularia  canariensis  Busk,  Miocene,  Costa  Rica. 
Stichoporina  tuberosa,  new  species,  Miocene,  Costa  Rica. 


Order  CHEILOSTOMATA. 
Group  MEMBRANIPORAE. 

Genus  OGIVALINA  Canu  and  Bassler. 

OGIVALINA  MUTABILIS,  new  species. 

Plate  53,  fig.  1. 

The  zoarium  is  incrusting.  The  zocecia  are  elongated,  oval,  dis- 
ict,  separated  by  a  deep  furrow;  the  mural  rim  is  thin,  smooth, 
unded;  there  is  often  a  small  gymnocyst.  The  opesium  is  very 
rge,  irregular,  more  often,  oval.    The  ovicell  is  endozocecial,  small, 

8370(3—18  117 


118         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


little  convex.  Sometimes  there  is  a  small  interzooecial  fusif<p 
avicularium  ( ? ) . 

r,  f  A0=O.6O-O.7O  mm 

Measurements. — Opesium  I ,     ~  n~  ~  AK 

^  j/tf= 0.30-0.45  mm 

Lz= 0.75-0.95  mm 
lz— 0.50-0.70  mm 


Zocecium 


The  great  irregularity  of  form  and  zocecial  dimensions  of  i* 
species  justifies  its  name.  There  are  some  variations  which  re  jtt 
those  of  M  embranipora  irregularis  Manzoni,  1875 1  which  posse  es 
a  mural  rim  enlarged  at  the  base  and  also  some  large  interzoaal 
avicularia. 

The  present  species  differs  from  the  splendid  Ogivalina  eximfy 
Canu  and  Bassler  from  the  Middle  Jacksonian  of  North  and  Scth 
Carolina  in  its  smaller  dimensions,  in  the  absence  of  cryptocyst,  id 
in  the  presence  of  a  gymnocyst.    The  avicularium  (?)  is  ident  al 
in  form  and  position. 

Occurrence. — Emperador  limestone,  old  quarry,  one- third  il 
north  of  west  of  Empire,  Panama  Canal  Zone.  D.  F.  MacDoiM 
and  T.  Wayland  Vaughan,  collectors,  1914,  Station  No.  6016. 

Southwest  side  Crocus  Bay  Hill,  Anguilla,  Leeward  Isla  Is. 
T.  Wayland  Vaughan,  collector,  1914,  Loc.  No.  6893. 

Holotype.— Cat.  No.  65039,  U.S.N.M. 


Family  OPESIULIDAE  Jullien. 
Genus  CUPULARIA  Lamouroux. 

CUPULARIA  UMBELLATA  Defrance,  1823. 

Plate  53,  figs.  2-4. 


1908.  Cupularia  umbcllata  Canu,  Ieonographie  des  Bryozoaires  foh.es 
de  1' Argentine,  Anales  del  Museo  Nacional  de  Buenos  Aires,  vol  17, 
p.  275,  pi.  5,  figs.  4,  5.    (See  for  complete  bibliography.) 

1909.  Cupularia  umbellata  Canu,  Bryozoaires  fossiles  du  Sud-Oues  de 
la  France,  Bulletin  de  la  Societe  Geologique  de  France  ser.  4, 

pp.  448,  454,  pi.  16,  figs.  16,  17.    (Regional  bibliography.) 
1909.  Cupularia  lowei  Norman,  On  the  Polyzoa  of  Madeira,  Journ.  in- 

nean  Soc,  vol.  30,  p.  290,  pi.  37,  figs.  7-12. 
1913.  Cupularia  umbellata  Canu,  Etude  comparee  des  Bryozoaires  el- 

vetiens  de  l'figypte  avec  les  Bryozoaires  vivants  de  la  Mediteri  »ee 

et  de  la  Mer  Rouge,  Mem.  a  l'institut  Egyptien,  vol.  6,  fasc.  3,  p.  2i| 
1913.  Cupularia  umbellata  Canu,  Cont.  a  l'etude  des  Bryozoaires  fos  es, 

pt.  5,  p.  125;  pt.  7,  p.  126;  pt.  12,  p.  127;  Bulletin  Soc.  Geol.  Frl 

(IV,  XIII). 

3914.  Cupularia  loicci  Osburn,  The  Bryozoa  of  the  Tottugas  Isl.lfi. 
Florida.  Publication  No.  182,  of  the  Carnegie  Institution  of  WasIB 
ton,  p.  194. 


1  Brlozol  del  pliocene  antieo  di  Castrocaro,  Bologna,  1875,  p.  10,  pi.  1,  figs.  5,  8. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  119 


The  fossils  which  are  identified  as  above  are  rather  well  preserved 
id  their  determination  is  easy.  The  pores  of  the  hydrostatic  zocecia 
•e  not  radicular.  We  are  ignorant  as  to  why  Xorman,  who  is  a 
•eat  lover  of  archaic  names,  has  not  preserved  the  name  of  Def ranee, 
tie  figures  published  by  this  author  and  by  d'Orbigny  are  excellent 
id  leave  no  doubt  as  to  the  identity  of  the  two  species. 
Occurrence. — Miocene,  Banana  River,  Costa  Eica.  D.  F.  Mac- 
onald,  collector,  1911.  Bowden  marl,  Bowden,  Jamaica. 
This  species  is  almost  always  associated  with  C.  canariensis  Busk, 
ke  the  latter,  it  commences  in  the  Alum  Bluff  formation  and  con- 
lues  in  the  higher  Miocene  and  Pliocene  deposits  of  the  United 
ates. 

;  Geological  distribution. — Aquitanian  of  Italy  (Seguenza,  Nevi- 
i),  of  Bordeaux  (Canu).  Burdigalian  of  Italy  (Seguenza,  Canu), 
Bordeaux  (Canu).  Helvetian  of  Italy  (Seguenza),  of  Touraine 
)anu),  of  Bordeaux  (Canu),  of  Maryland  (Ulrich),  of  Egypt 
)anu).    Tortonian  of  Provence   (Canu),  of  Italy  (Seguenza). 

.  aisancian  of  England  (Busk),  of  Italy  (Manzoni).  Astian  of 
'ily  (Neviani,  Canu),  of  Provence  (Canu).  Sicilian  of  Italy 
Jeviani).  Quaternary  of  Italy  (Seguenza),  of  England  (Canu). 
Habitat. — Mediterranean.  Atlantic  to  the  Canary  Islands,  and 
iorida.  It  is  common  in  the  Gulf  of  Gascony  in  the  Miocene;  it 
s  now  disappeared  from  it. 

It  has  been  dredged  at  a  depth  of  11  to  48  meters  in  America  and 
)m  81  to  113  meters  in  Madeira. 

CUPULARIA  CANARIENSIS  Busk. 

Plate  53,  figs.  5-7. 

1908.  Cup ul aria  canariensis  Canu,  Iconographie  des  Bryozoaires  fossiles 
de  l'Argentine,  Anales  del  Musee  Nacional  de  Buenos  Aires,  vol.  17 
(ser.  3,  vol.  10),  pt.  1,  p.  275,  pi.  5,  figs.  8,  9,  10.  (See  for  complete 
bibliography. ) 

1909.  Cupularia  guineensis  Norman,  The  Polyzoa  of  Madeira  and  neighbor- 
ing islands,  Linnean  Society's  Journal,  Zool.,  vol.  30  (July),  p.  289, 
pi.  37,  figs.  2-6. 

1914.  Cupularia  guineensis  Osburn,  The  Bryozoa  of  the  Tortugas  Islands, 
Florida,  Publication  No.  182,  of  the  Carnegie  Institute  of  Washington, 
p.  194. 

The  beautiful  figure  published  by  Busk  in  1859,  has  led  all  paleon- 
t  ogists  to  use  the  specific  term  canariensis,  especially  since  the  same 
<;hor  distinguished  this  species  from  Cupularia  guineensis  Busk, 
1>4.  For  a  half  century,  it  was  therefore  employed  by  Busk,  Waters, 
1  inzoni,  Van  den  Brock,  Neviani,  Seguenza,  De  Angelis,  and  Canu. 

^ow  it  appears  established  that  Busk's  two  species  are  identical 
<  onnan,  Osburn).    We  do  not  believe  it  necessary  to  change  the 


120         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


names  of  these  species  as  the  latter  authors  have  done  since 
author  of  each  is  the  same.  A  simple  question  of  date  ought  10 
alter  all  the  literature  of  this  species  which  although  it  has  n© 
been  entirety  published  is  nevertheless  quite  important. 

Our  American  specimens  are  well  preserved. 

Occurrence. — Miocene,  Banana  River,  Costa  Rica.  D.  F.  MacI  »n 
aid,  collector,  1911.    Bowden  marl  at  Bowden,  Jamaica. 

The  earliest  occurrence  of  this  species  in  the  United  States  is  ir  h( 
Alum  Bluff  formation,  but  it  is  found  also  at  many  other  horizor  p 
the  Miocene  and  Pliocene. 

Geological  distribution. — Burdigalian  of  Bordeaux  (ColleeB 
Canu).  Helvetian  of  France  (Canu)  of  Spain  (De  Angelis).  V 
tonian  of  Austria-Hungary  (Reuss),  of  Italy  (Seguenza).  Pis- 
ancian  of  Italy  (Manzoni),  of  England  (Busk),  of  Spain  (De  A- 
gelis),  of  Algeria  (Canu).  Astian  of  Italy  (Neviani,  Canu).  Lil- 
ian of  Rhodes  (Manzoni),  of  Italy  (Neviani).  Quaternary  of  1m 
(Neviani),  of  Argentina  (Canu).    Miocene  of  Australia?  (Wabfl, 

Family  CELLEPORIDAE  Busk. 
Genus  HOLOPORELLA  Waters. 

HOLOPORELLA  ALBIROSTRIS  (Smitt). 

Plate  53,  fig.  8. 

1873.  Discopora  albirostris  Smitt,  Floridan  Bryozoa,  pt.  2,  Kongl.  Sv 
Vetenskaps-Akademiens  Handlingar,  vol.  11,  No.  4,  p.  70,  pi.  12  igs. 
233-239. 

1889.  Cellepora  albirostris  Jelly,  A  Synonymic  Catalogue  of  the  Ej| 
Marine  Bryozoa,  p.  45.    (See  for  complete  bibliography.) 

1914.  Holoporella  albirostris  Osbup.n,  Bryozoa  of  Tortugas  Islands 
182,  Caruegie  Institution,  p.  215. 

Of  the  two  specimens  of  this  species  which  have  been  collect* j# 
Panama  and  at  Anguilla  one  corresponds  to  Smitt's  figure  237  nd 
the  other  to  figure  238. 

Occurrence. — Rare  in  the  Emperador  limestone  at  the  old  qv 
one-third  mile  north  of  west  of  Empire,  Panama  Canal  Zone,  iK 
MacDonald  and  T.  Wayland  Vaughan,  collectors,  1911  (St: ran 
No.  6106).  Also  rare  along  the  southwest  side  of  Crocus  Bay,K 
guilla,  Leeward  Islands,  Dr.  T.  Wayland  Vaughan,  collector,  m- 
Loc.  No.  6894. 

Geological  distribution. — Miocene  of  Australia  and  New  Ze/cM 
(Waters).  Habitat.  Atlantic  off  Florida.  Pacific  off  Austiffc 
Specimens  have  been  dredged  off  Australia  to  a  depth  of  121  m»MB. 
Smitt  in  Florida  has  discovered  them  between  40  and  56  metersout 
Osburn  states  that  it  abounds  at  a  depth  of  24  meters. 


; 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  121 

Family  CONESCHARELLINIDAE  Levinsen. 
Genus  STICHOPORINA  Stoliczka. 

STICHOPORINA  TUBEROSA,  new  species. 

Plate  53,  figs.  9-12. 

Le  zoarium  is  free,  conical,  hollow  with  very  thick  walls.  The 
j  nstome  is  salient,  ornamented  with  small  tuberosities ;  it  bears  one 
( two  small  elliptical  avicularia  with  bar  or  denticles.  The  ovicell 
i large,  somewhat  salient,  convex;  it  is  hyperstomial  and  always 
(sed  by  the  operculum.  On  the  lower  face,  there  are  large  pores 
STOunded  by  very  small  ones. 

ha=0.15  mm. 


Measurements. — Apertura  ^ , 

r  |Za=z0.09  mm. 

This  is  a  very  elegant  species  characterized  by  its  peristomial  tuber- 

( ties.    The  ancestrula  is  visible  only  in  the  interior  of  the  zoarium ; 

Is  covered  exteriorly  by  the  first  zocecia.    All  the  zooecia  are  sepa- 

led  from  each  other  by  small  canals  which  appear  to  end  in  the 

|gp,  inferior  pores. 

This  species  must  not  be  confounded  with  Mamillopora  cupula 
liitt,  1872.  It  differs  from  it  in  its  ovicell  which  is  not  bilobate 
d  in  its  ovarian  zooecia  which  are  not  larger  than  the  others. 

Occurence. — Miocene,  Banana  Eiver,  Costa  Rica,  D.  F.  McDonald, 
(lector,  1911. 

lotypes.— Cut.  No.  65040,  U.S.N.M. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  53. 

Ogivalina  mutabilis,  new  species. 

1. 1.  The  type-specimen,  X  20,  with  large  irregular  opesia,  small  ovicell,  small 

gymnocyst  and  one  zcecium  with  a  fusiform  avicularium. 
Smperador  limestone,  Crocus  Bay  Hill,  Anguilla. 

Cupularia  umbellata  Def ranee. 

h.  2.  Two  zoaria,  natural  size. 

3.  Celluliferous  convex  surface,  X  20. 

4.  Concave  surface,  X  20. 
•liocene,  Banana  River,  Costa  Rica. 

Cupularia  canariensis  Busk. 


I  }.  5.  Two  zoaria,  natural  size. 

6.  Celluliferous  convex  surface,  X  20. 

7.  Concave  surface,  X  20. 
Hocene,  Banana  River,  Costa  Rica. 


t  122         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 

Holoporella  alUrostris  (Smitt). 

Fig.  8.  Several  zooecia  much  enlarged  (after  Smitt). 
Recent,  Gulf  of  Mexico. 

Stichoporina  tuberosa,  new  species. 

Fig.  9.  Two  zoaria,  natural  size. 

10,  11.  Two  views  X  20,  of  the  convex,  celluliferous  side. 
12.  Photograph  of  the  concave  side,  X  20. 
Miocene,  Banana  River,  Costa  Rica. 


t  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN  103    PL.  531 


Bryozoa  of  the  Panama  Canal  Zone  and  Related  Areas. 

For  explanation  of  plate  see  pages  121.  122. 


INDEX. 


I  Synonyms  are  in  italics.] 


Page. 

c  rostris,  Cellepora   120 

Discopora   120 

a  rostris,   Holoporella  117,  120,  122 

ciriensis,  Cnpularia  117, 119,  121 

(  epora  albirostris   120 

(  ularia  canariensis  117,  119,  121 

( 'Ularia  guineensis   119 

loxoei   118 

(  ularia  umbellata  117, 118,  121 


O 


Page. 

Discopora   albirostris   120 

guineensis,  Cnpularia   119 

Holoporella  albirostris  117, 120,  122 

lowei,  Cnpularia   118 

mutabilis,  Ogivalina  117, 121 

Ogivalina  mutabilis  117,  121 

Sticnoporina   tuberosa  117,  121, 122 

tuberosa,   Sticboporina  117, 121, 122 

umbellata,  Cupularia  117, 118,  121 

I 


m 


SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION 


UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


Bulletin  103 


DISTRIBUTIONS  TO  THE  GEOLOGY  AND  PALEON- 
TOLOGY OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE,  PANAMA,  AND 
GEOLOGICALLY  RELATED  AREAS  IN  CEN- 
TRAL AMERICA  AND  THE  WEST  INDIES 


DECAPOD  CRUSTACEANS  FROM  THE 
PANAMA  REGION 


By  MARY  J.  RATHBUN 

Associate  in  Zoology,  United  States  National  Museum 


Extract  from  Bulletin  103,  pages  123-184,  with  Plates  54-66 


WASHINGTON 
GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE 
1918 


DECAPOD  CRUSTACEANS  FROM  THE  PANAMA 

REGION. 


By  Mary  J.  Rathbun, 
Associate  in  Zoology,  United  States  National  Museum. 


INTRODUCTION. 

?ifty-eight  species  of  Decapods  are  enumerated  from  the  collec- 
tns  examined  by  the  author.  Three  species  described  by  other 
8;hors  are  inserted  in  systematic  order,  thus  making  the  list  com- 
(te  to  date  for  the  Panama  region.  All  the  available  material 
tthe  United  States  National  Museum  from  Panama  and  Costa  Rica 
imcluded;  it  ranges  in  age  from  the  Oligocene  (Culebra  formation) 
t  :he  Pleistocene. 

n  the  list  of  stations  and  the  table  of  distribution  the  data  relat- 
I:  to  Cirripedia  from  Dr.  H.  A.  Pilsbry's  report  are  included  for 
J.venience  of  reference. 

?he  literature  on  Panama  Tertiary  Decapods  is  so  scanty  that  it 
a  iot  surprising  that  nearly  all  of  the  forms  now  examined  prove  to 
j  new.  Six  species  previously  described  from  living  forms  are  here 
"orded  from  the  Pleistocene  (4  species)  or  the  Pliocene  (2  spe- 
li).  Thirty-nine  species  are  described  as  new,  three  are  types  of 
iv  genera,  and  one  of  these  is  the  type  of  a  new  family,  the  Ga- 
I  iidae.  This  is  an  extremely  large  and  massive  crab  and  combines 
I  characters  of  the  well-known  Recent  families,  the  Cancridae  and 
I  Portunidae.  The  most  remarkable  occurrence  is  that  of  a  mem- 
>  of  the  Hexapodinae,  that  subfamily  of  the'  Goneplacidae  in  which 
1  legs  of  the  last  pair  are  wanting.  This  is  a  small  group  of  Recent 
abs  containing  5  genera  and  8  species  and  is  strictly  Indo-Pacific. 
13  species  from  the  Oligocene  of  Panama  is  the  first  one  observed 
It  fossil  state.  Many  other  genera  dealt  with  in  this  report  have 
I  er  before  been  found  fossil.  Such  are  Pachycheles,  Petrolisthes, 
hu8,  Hepatus,  Mursia,  LeucosUia,  Eupkylax,  Heteractaea,  Eury- 
*  n.,  Euryplax,  and  Cardisoma. 

in  all  large  collections  of  fossil  crustaceans  there  are  a  number 
):  fragments  whose  position  is  problematic.  Some  of  these  can  be 
1'  ?rmined  as  to  genera,  others  as  to  family  only. 

8370e— 18— Bull.  103  9  123 


124 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


LITERATURE  ON  TERTIARY  DECAPODS  OF  PANAMA. 

Bouvier,  E.  L.  Calappa  Zurcheri,  Crabe  nouveau  des  terrains  i 
cenes  de  Panama.  Bull.  Mus.  Hist.  Nat.  Paris,  vol.  5,  1899, 
189-192,  1  text-fig. 

Calappa  zurcheri  is  not  represented  in  the  United  States  Geological  Sn, 
collections. 

Toula,  Franz.    Die  jungtertiare  Fauna  von  Gatun  am  Pana 
kanal.    II.  Teil.    Jahrbuch  der  k.  k.  Geolog.  Reichsansj 
Wien,  vol.  61,  1911,  pp.  487-530  (1-44),  pis.  30,  31  (1,  2). 

The  hermit-crab  (Petroehirus)  noted  and  figured  by  Toula  (p.  511,  pi.  3(3| 
13)  I  have  ventured  to  describe  as  a  new  species,  combining  as  it  does  the  ar 
acters  of  the  two  nearly  related  Recent  species  which  inhabit  opposite  sidj 
the  continent.  The  "  Krabbenscheren  "  of  Toula  (p.  512,  pi.  30,  fig.  14)  arfl 
scribed  below  as  a  species  of  Callianassa,  C.  toulai. 

Brown,  Amos  P.,  and  Pilsbry,  Henry  A.  Fauna  of  the  Gatun  jr 
mation,  Isthmus  of  Panama.  II.  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  PlH 
delphia,  vol.  64,  Dec.  1912  (publ.  Jan.  30, 1913),  pp.  500-519,1 
22-26. 

The  author  is  indebted  to  Dr.  H.  A.  Pilsbry  for  the  loan  of  the  specimelfrl 
Callianassa  in  the  collection  of  the  Philadelphia  Academy  of  Natural  SciBl 
which  were  described  by  Brown  and  Pilsbry.  They  have  been  critically  )m 
pared  with  those  collected  by  the  United  States  Geological  Survey. 

LIST  OF  STATIONS  FROM  WHICH  MATERIAL  HAS  BEEN  EXAMM 
ARRANGED  FROM  THE  EARLIEST  TO  THE  LATEST,  WITH  W 
SPECIES  FOUND  AT  EACH. 

Station  6012a.1 — Panama  Canal  Zone.  One-quarter  mile  soutiH 
Empire  Bridge.  From  lower  dark  clay  beneath  lower  conglomeS] 
Culebra  formation  (lower  part).  Oligocene  series.  CollecjB 
D.  F.  MacDonald  and  T.  W.  Vaughan;  1911.  Balanus  (Hesm 
baldnus?) ,  species.   Callianassa  lacunosa  Rathbun. 

Station  6010. — Panama  Canal  Zone.  Near  Panama  Canal  St:fla 
"  1910,"  north  of  Pedro  Miguel  locks.  From  dark  clay.  Cajla 
formation  (lower  part).  Oligocene  series.  Collectors,  D.  F.  mr 
Donald  and  T.  W.  Vaughan;  1911.   Mursia  obscura  Rathbun. 

Specimens  in  Museum,  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences,  PhilM 
phia. — Panama  Canal  Zone.  Las  Cascadas  section,  Gail  lard  Jut. 
Lignitic  layers  about  65  feet  below  the  base  of  Pecten  bed  at  Tffcr 
N.  Culebra  formation  (central  part).  Oligocene  series.  Collcor, 
Prof.  William  B.  Scott;  1911.  Callianassa  scotti  Brown  and  m* 
bry.  Callianassa  spinulosa  Rathbun.  Callianassa  quadrata  lm-> 
bun. 


1  The  station  numbers  refer  to  the  station  book  of  Cenozoic  Invertebrate  fossils 
Unitod  States  National  Museum. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


125 


Station  6019b. — Panama  Canal  Zone.  Las  Cascadas  section,  Gail- 
;>d  Cut.    Four  feet  of  dark,  stratified  tuff  and  clay  immediately 

erlying  the  lower  limestone  bed.  Culebra  formation  (upper  part). 
i  igocene  series.   Collectors,  D.  F.  MacDonald  and  T.  W.  Vaughan ; 

11.  Callianassa  scotti  Brown  and  Pilsbry.  Callinectes,  species, 
.mo pens,  species. 

^Specimen  in  Museum,  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences,  Philadel- 
\ia. — Costa  Eica.   Probably  Culebra  formation.    Oligocene  series: 

5>i3eled  "  Miocene."  Collector.  W.  M.  Gabb.  Callianassa  scotti 
Sown  and  Pilsbry. 

Station  6019c. — Panama  Canal  Zone.  Las  Cascadas  section,  Gaii- 
Td  Cut.  Lower  part  of  lime-cemented  soft  gray  to  oliye-colored 
hestone,  with  cent  ral  parting  of  dark  clay.  The  first  hard,  limy 
ndstone  bed  above  the  lower  limestone  and  just  above  6019&. 
(lebra  formation  (upper  part).  Oligocene  series.  Collectors, 
]  F.  MacDonald  and  T.  W.  Vaughan ;  1911.  Callianassa  vaughani 
Hkbun  (probably).  Callianassa,  f,  species.  Hepatus,  species. 
;  Station  6019 e. — Panama  Canal  Zone.  Las  Cascadas  section,  Gail- 
Id  Cut.  Third  hard  sandstone  bed  from  bottom.  Culebra  forma- 
:o.  (upper  part).  Oligocene  series.  Collectors,  D.  F.  MacDonald 
al  T.  W.  Vaughan:  1911.   Callianassa  stridens  Eathbun. 

Station  6012c. — Panama  Canal  Zone.  Gaillarcl  Cut.  Top  part  of 
hy  sandstone  below  upper  conglomerate,  near  foot  of  stairs, 
^iebra  formation  (upper  part).  Oligocene  series.  Collectors, 
I  F.  MacDonald  and  T.  W.  Vaughan;  1911.  Natantia,  family, 
2ius,  and  species  indeterminable.  Callianassa,  species.  Callinectes, 
3  cies.    Euryplax  culebrensis  Eathbun. 

Station  6020a. — Panama  Canal  Zone.  Las  Cascadas  section, 
:illard  Cut.  Lowest  fossiliferous  bed.  Third  bed  below  lowest 
laestone  beds  separated  by  rows  of  nodules.  Culebra  formation 
'(wer  part  of  upper  half).  Oligocene  series.  Collectors,  D.  F. 
McDonald  and  T.  W.  Vaughan:  1911.  Balanus  (Hesperiba- 
sp.  Axius  reticulatus  Eathbun.  Callianassa  oralis  Eath- 
ii.  Callianassa  elongata  Eathbun.  Callianassa  crassimana  Eath- 
>i.  Callianassa  spinulosa  Eathbun.  Callianassa  quadrata  Batu- 
mi. Callianassa  abbreviata  Eathbun.  Callianassa  magna  Eath- 
)  i.    Goniochele  ?  armata  Eathbun.    Calappella  quadrispina  Eath- 

>  l   C allinectes  reticulatus  Eathbun.    Thaumastoplax  prima  Eath- 

>  •  Brachyrhyncha,  family,  genus,  and  two  species  indeterminable. 
'tation  6025.— Panama  Canal  Zone.    About  200  yards  south  of 

*ihern  end  of  switch  at  Bohio  Eidge  station,  relocated  line  Panama 
8  lroad.  Foraminiferal  marl  and  coarse  sandstone.  Culebra  for- 
cion  (upper  part).  Oligocene  series.  Collectors,  D.  F.  Mac- 
Jiald  and  T.  W.  Vaughan;  1911.    Carpilius,  species. 


126         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Station  6019 g. — Panama  Canal  Zone.  Las  Cascadas  section,  G 
lard  Cut.  Fifth  or  topmost  limestone.  Emperador  limestone, 
gocene  series.  Collectors,  D.  F.  MacDonald  and  T.  W.  VauglJB 
1911.  M  acrobraehium,  species.  Callianassa  tenuis  Rathbun.  Am 
sia  macdonaldi  Rathbun.    Parthenope  panamensis  Rathbun. 

Station  6003. — Panama  Canal  Zone.  Gatun  section  A,  bed  A  ( )t- 
tom  of  section).  Gatun  formation  (lower  part).  Miocene  sees. 
Collector,  D.  F.  MacDonald.    Callianassa  erassa  Rathbun. 

Station  6029a. — Panama  Canal  Zone.  One-fourth  to  one-half  m 
beyond  Camp  Cotton  toward  Monte  Lirio.  From  lowest  horizojjj 
big  cut.  Gatun  formation  (lower  part).  Miocene  series,  I 
lectors,  D.  F.  MacDonald  and  T.  W.  Vaughan;  1911.  CaUiaM 
vaughani  Rathbun. 

Station  6033b. — Panama  Canal  Zone.  Gatun  section.  Upper II 
of  lowest  bed.  Gatun  formation.  Miocene  series.  Collectors,  I  J. 
MacDonald  and  T.  W.  Vaughan;  1911.  Lepas  injudicata  Pils(r. 
f  Gatunia  proavita  Rathbun. 

Station  6030. — Panama  Canal  Zone.  One  and  one-half  to  2  « 
beyond  Camp  Cotton  toward  Monte  Lirio.  From  85-foot  cu  on 
north  side  of  big  swamp  on  relocated  line,  P.  R.  R.  Gatun  forma  on. 
Miocene  series.  Collectors,  D.  F.  MacDonald  and  T.  W.  VaugH 
1911.  Balanus  concavus  rariseptatus  Pilsbry.  Callianassa  vaugM 
Rathbun  Gatunia  proavita  Rathbun. 

Station  5900. — Panama  Canal  Zone.  Gatun  Locks.  Gatun  foH 
tion.  Miocene  series.  Collector,  D.  F.  MacDonald;  May,  H 
Gatunia  proavita  Rathbun. 

Catalogue  No.  113706,  U.S.N.M.— Panama  Canal  Zone.  Nea]fl| 
tun.  Gatun  formation  ( ?) .  Miocene  series.  Labeled  "MiodH 
Collector,  Rev.  J.  Rowell.    Gatunia  proavita  Rathbun. 

Station  5659. — Panama  Canal  Zone.  Near  Gatun  Dam.  C'U 
formation.  Miocene  series.  Collector,  one  of  the  workmen ;  shilH 
by  D.  F.  MacDonald;  1911.    Gatunia  proavita  Rathbun. 

Catalogue.  No.  135218,  U.S.N.M.— Panama  Canal  Zone.  (■ 
beds.  Gatun  formation.  Miocene  series.  Collector,  R.  T.  fll 
Callianassa  hilli  Rathbun. 

Catalogue  No.  135219,  U.S.N.M. — Panama  Canal  Zone.  (H 
beds.  Gatun  formation.  Miocene  series.  Collector,  R.  T.  Bj 
Mursilia  ecristata  Rathbun. 

Station  6882k.— Cost*  Rica.  Banana  River;  tenth  fossilifou* 
zone  below  the  uppermost  one  of  the  section.  Probably  equrvjB 
to  Gatun  formation.  Miocene  series.  Collector,  D.  F.  MacDoStfi 
1911.   Euphylax  forth  Rathbun. 

Station  5882j. — Costa  Rica.  Banana  River;  ninth  t'ossilif *ous 
zone  below  the  uppermost  one  of  the  section.  Probably  equivaLfcto 
Gatun  formation.  Miocene  series.  Collector,  D.  F.  MacDoiMi 
1911.   Euphylax  callinectias  Rathbun. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  127 


Itfteft'cm  58821. — Costa  Rica.  Banana  River;  eighth  fossiliferous 
Ine  below  the  uppermost  one  of  the  section.  'Probably  equivalent 
11  Gatnn  formation.  Miocene  series.  Collector,  D.  F.  MacDonald ; 
111.  Callinectes  declivis  Eathbun. 

I  Station  588*271. — Costa  Eica.   Banana  River  ;  seventh  fossiliferous 
Ine  below  the  uppermost  one  of  the  section.   Probably  equivalent  to 
Ltun  formation.    Miocene  series.    Collector,  D.  F.  MacDonald; 
11.  Leucosilia  bananensis  Rathbun. 

^Station  5882y. — Costa  Rica.  Banana  River;  sixth  fossiliferous 
Ine  below  the  uppermost  one  of  the  section.  Probably  equivalent  to 
litun  formation.  Miocene  series.  Collector,  D.  F.  MacDonald; 
111.  Leucosilia-  bananensis  Rathbun. 

{Station  5882 f. — Costa  Rica.  Banana  River;  fifth  fossiliferous 
Ine  below  the  uppermost  one  of  the  section.  Probably  equivalent  to 
litun  formation.  Miocene  series.  Collector,  D.  F.  MacDonald; 
Hi.  Leucosilia  bananensis  Rathbun. 

{Catalogue  No.  321&87,  U.S.N.M.— Costa  Rica.    Moin  Hill,  near 
i!mon.    Probably  equivalent  to  Gatun  formation.    Miocene  series, 
selector,  H.  Pittier.    Callianassa  moinensis  Rathbun. 
uStation  588Jfd. — Costa  Rica.    Moin  Hill;  third  fossiliferous  zone 
llow  the  uppermost;  just  above  level  of  the  rails  in  railway  cut. 
I'obably  equivalent  to  Gatun  formation.    Miocene  series.  Col- 
lator, D.  F.  MacDonald;  1911.    Callianassa  moinensis  Rathbun. 
\\Station  5906a. — Panama  Canal  Zone.   Chagres  River,  50  to  75  feet 
plow  those  of  (17c)  ^5905"  in  lighter  colored  limestone  according 
|»  incomplete  evidence.    Pliocene  series.    Collector,  D.  F.  Mac- 
Donald; May,  1911.   Balanus  glyptopoma  Pilsbry. 
kJStation  5903. — Panama  Canal  Zone.    From  across  Chagres  River 
:  d  probably  220  to  225  feet  above  level  of  river,  top  of  hill  opposite 
-ihajuela.    Gray  tufaceous  limestone.    Pliocene  series.  Collector, 
I  F.  MacDonald;  May,  1911.  Balanus  glyptopoma  Pilsbry. 

Station  4269. — Costa  Rica.  City  of  Port  Limon.  Port  Limon 
urination.    Pliocene  series.    Collector,  Dr.  L.  A.  Wailes.  Pa- 

•ycheles  latus  Rathbun.    Petrolisthes  avitus  Rathbun.  Calappa 

<staricana  Rathbun.    Heteractaea  lunata   (Milne  Edwards  and 

icas).    Oardisoma  guanhumi  Latreille. 

Station  5886. — Mexico.  From  the  Sayula  District  of  Chiapas, 
a  the  Arroyo  Chapapoapam.  Pliocene  series.  Collectors,  Dr. 
W.  Hayes  and  others,  1911.  Balanus  glyptopoma  Pilsbry. 
Station  6038. — Panama  Canal  Zone.  From  black  mud  from  lower 
•d  of  Gatun  Locks.  Pleistocene  series.  Collector,  D.  F.  MacDon- 
i;  1911.  Balanus  eburneus  Gould. 


128  BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Station  5867. — Panama  Canal  Zone.    From  dark  mud  forma 
about  10  feet  above  present  sea  level,  near  lower  end  of  Gatun  L< 
Pleistocene  series.    Collector,  D.  F.  MacDonald;  April,  1911. 
lanus  eburneus  Gould. 

Station  5868. — Panama  Canal  Zone.  From  Mount  Hope.  Sw 
ditch.  Black  mud  formation.  Pleistocene  series.  Collector,  I 
MacDonald;  April,  1911.   BaZanus  eburneus  Gould. 

Station  5850. — Panama  Canal  Zone.  Near  Mount  Hope  in  ( 
through  swampy  ground.  About  one-fourth  mile  from  preseniB 
beach  and  about  0  to  8  feet  above  high  tide.  Pleistocene  -scB. 
Collector,  D.  F.  MacDonald :  April,  1911.  MaerobrachiumK  sp<  es, 
Nephrops  costaius  Eathbun.  Nephrops,  species.  Axhisf,  sp*  es, 
Hepatus  chiliensis  Milne  Edwards.  Calappa  fMmmea  (Hert). 
LeucosUia  jurinei  (Saussure).  Leucosiidae,  genus  and  species  in- 
terminable. Arenaeus.  species.  Panopeus  antepurpureus  Eatr.on, 
Panopeus  tridentatus  Eathbun.  Eurytium  crenulatum  Eattin, 
Uca  macrodactylus  (Milne  Edwards  and  Lucas).  Parthenope  yu- 
tocenica  Eathbun. 

In  the  following  table  the  Cirripedia  (see  pp.  185-188)  ar«W 
eluded  with  the  Decapoda.  The  letter  "n"  after  a  name  in  the  ist 
column  indicates  a  new  species  or  a  new  genus.  The  numerical  1  id- 
ings  refer  to  the  same  stations  as  in  the  above  list  but  are  arra  £ed 
serially  instead  of  chronologically. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEO 


TOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


129 


X  ; 

x  | 

•qq^fj  'K  av 

— 

X 

•jamu  'h  i  : 

— 

x  • 

"W.oog  -a  "AV  | 

-T- 

X 

X 

X 

'mm  -ox  -^o  I 

-. 

— 

— . 

— 

- 

— 

■lOH  '  J/  "H  '81  j 

X 

'S£09 

x  • 

- 

-T 

-7— 

•qsRi»  i 

X 

— 

— ! 

"0S09  1 

x 

X 

— 

"«6ZD9  | 

X 

|                    -S2C9  ! 

—. 

■ 

•x 

< 

x  • 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

'26T09  j 

x  • 

X 

"96109  1 

X 

- 

[a 

it 

•«>PT09  ! 

— 

X 

X 

X 

-r 

X 

■2oI09 

X 

X 

•x 

X 

- 

— 

•oioo 

£009  1 

- 

X 

•T5906?  | 

X 

■£069  | 

X 

O06S 

— 

1      '        "988S  \ 

X 

-vms  ! 

•X 

- 

r- 

r 

.- 

— : 

'36S8S  | 

•fesss  ! 

E88S 

'mm  j 

"8985 

x  ■ 

7985 

x  : 

•0S8S 

;XXX 

';X 

•  x  • 

"699? 

*69S* 

;xx 

1 

o 
a 

i 

:  >> 
-  * 

5§ 

■  5 

!  | 

>. 

in 

3  s 

2  5 

!t 

;  1 

'  0 

J  < 
■*! 
•  e 

:  i 

►>  ] 

J  i 
j 

[J 

> 

i 

> 

t  £ 

3  i 

*»" 
a 

avUus,  n  

;  f 

>"] 
•  c 

i  S 

'  : 

jj 

!! 

•  f 
:-: 

•5 

;  p 

•  8 
'  C 

1! 
I* 
n 

»  « 

-  c 

J 

1  1 
I  5 
i"« 
3  * 

r§ 

•i 

: 
> «. 

-  c 

1 

! 

-  - 

\  r 

! 

:"5 

3  , 

!! 

I  . 
>  5 

•  c 

±" 

:  c 
- 

] 
*■ 

:~ 

c 

•  u 

z 

3 

W 

:  P 
.  <i 
•-c 

: 
; 

: 
: 

• 

I     111  i  I'll  I 


130 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


2"S  - 


IS  I 


fl  I  fl  a 
B  3  S  05 

Mil 

E  c  w  ^ 
S  8 

■3 


•pepjooej  XisnoTA9Jcx  (  • 

X 

m#mi$  *h  j 

■  • 

•Moog  -fi  -av  |  : 

'9021811  °K  '**b  ': 

x  • 

■IRH  X  'H  '81  !  • 

X 

"8£09  !  I 

•qgsog  • 

X 

•0£09  |  : 

X  ' 

•^09  |  i 

"9209  | 

X 

'E0S09  j 

ix 

ix 

X 

XX 

•26109  1  ': 

X 

X 

•96109  I 

'O6T09  |  i 

•q6i09  |  : 

X  ' 

•-^109  j  S 

- 

;> 

•BST09  I  : 

•0X09  |  : 

X 

■z    1  :. 

"^9065  |  ; 

'S069  |  I 

'0069 

X 

"98  85 

•P*88S  !  ; 

•^3889  ; 

- 

•X 

•fe889  !  • 

X 

'K.889  1  : 

X 

"MZS8S  |  : 

x  : 

"5g889  |  • 

x  • 

•JZS89  j  • 

7989  |  • 

'0S8S  j  •> 

X 

;X 

X 

X 

•x 

:X 

'6599 

X 

•692f 

X 

X 

ustaoeans 

• » 

a 
c 
c 

e 

V 

c_ 

C 

8 

1 

c 

c 

| 

■/ 

:| 

> 
j 

! 

o 

li 

98  23 

0*  s 

'  i e 

r  '<  ^ 
5 «-  p 

r 

- 

,  u 

l  species  inc 

tie  Edwards 

_c 

'5 

cl  C 
|  a  « 

IH  1 1 

Oft 

as 


-3.2 
S  S.J 

ga5 


it 


3 


llillil 


ff|l«n 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  131 
DESCRIPTIONS  OF  SPECIES. 


Subclass  MALACOSTRACA. 

Order  DECAPODA. 

Suborder  NATANTIA. 

Family,  genus,  and  species  indeterminable. 

Plate  57,  fijr.  1. 

\  Locality. — Panama  Canal  Zone.  Top  part  of  limy  sandstone  below 
iper  conglomerate,  near  foot  of  stairs,  Gaillard  Cut,  Upper  part 
k  Culebra  formation.  Oligocene  series.  D.  F.  MacDonald  and 
I  W.  Yaughan,  collectors.  1911.  Station  6012<?.  Cat.  No.  324267, 
1S.N.M. 

Material. — One  specimen  showing  three  segments  from  the  pleon 
I  a  shrimp.  Pleon  compressed  laterally.  Each  of  the  two  overlap- 
pg  segments  has  the  posterior  angle  produced  backward  in  a 
i  mded  lobe  of  moderate  size. 

Family  PALAEMONIDAE. 

MACROBRACHIUM,  species. 

PI  ate  57,  figs.  4  and  5. 

{Locality. — Panama  Canal  Zone.  Las  Cascadas  section,  Gaillard 
flit.  From  fifth  or  topmost  limestone.  Emperador  limestone.  Oli- 
^ene  series.  D.  F.  MacDonald  and  T.  W.  Yaughan,  collectors, 
111.  Station  6019?.  Cat.  No.  324256,  U.S.N.M. 
[  Material. — One  propodus  of  left  cheliped,  minus  finger.  Slightly 
(npressed,  subcylindrical.  Some  of  the  outer  crust  is  lacking,  but 
i  general,  the  segment  widens  rapidly  for  the  proximal  two-fifths, 
pan  widens  gradually  at  the  middle,  but  not  at  all  in  the  distal  two- 
fths.  There  is  no  shallow  sinus  in  the  lower  margin  behind  the 
f  ger,  as  in  M.  jamaicense,1  M.  acanthurus  panamense 2  and  others ; 
lither  is  the  palm  like  that  of  M.  mexicanum?  which  is  not  at  all 
civex  below,  and  has  subparallel  margins. 

The  specimen  resembles  Macrobrachium  more  than  it  does  any 
i  trine  genus  now  existing  in  Panamian  waters. 

k  Cancer  (Astacus)  jamoicensis  Herbst,  Natur.  Krabben  u.  Krebse.  vol.  2,  1792,  p.  57, 
I  27,  fig.  2. 

Rathbun,  in  Snrithson.  Misc.  Coll.,  vol.  59,  No.  13,  1912,  p.  1. 

Palaemon  mex-icanus  Saussure,  M£m.  Soc.  Phys.  Hist.  Nat.  Geneve,  vol.  14,  1858, 
£  68  [52],  pi.  4,  flgs.  27,  27a. 


132         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 

Measurements. — Length  of  palm,  13  mm.:  width,  4.3  mm.;  ttfl 

ness,  3.7  mm. 

MACROBRACHIUM  ?,  species. 

Plate  57,  fig.  9. 

Locality. — Panama  Canal  Zone.  From  near  Mount  Hope  in  cm 
through  swampy  ground.  About  one-quarter  mile  from  presentp 
beach,  6  to  8  feet  above  high  tide.  Pleistocene  series.  D.  F.  Ill 
Donald,  collector.  April,  1911.  Station  5850.  Cat.  No.  32« 
U.S.N.M. 

Material. — One  segment  (perhaps  the  carpus)  of  the  secon«|B 
large  pair  of  chelipeds,  probably  the  left  one.  Subcylindrical.p 
larging  gradually  to  the  distal  end,  slightly  curved,  a  longitudB 
vow  of  5  low  conical  spines  irregularly  spaced. 

Measurements. — Length,  9.5  mm. ;  diameter,  1.7  mm. 


Suborder  REPTANTIA. 
Tribe  ASTACURA. 
Family  HOMARIDAE. 

NEPHROPS  COSTATUS,  new  species. 


Plate  57,  tigs.  13-17. 

Type-locality. — Panama  Canal  Zone.  From  near  Mount  Ho™ 
ditch  through  swampy  ground.  About  one-quarter  mile  from  pr<B 
sea  beach,  6  to  8  feet  above  high  tide.  Pleistocene  series.  IV 
MacDonald,  collector.   April,  1911.   Station  5850. 

Types.— Qui.  No.  324246,  U.S.N.M. 

Material. — Three  dactyli  of  left  cheliped,  one  of  which  is  f:H 
complete  and  is  taken  as  the  holotype;  the  other  specimens  im 
only  the  distal  half  or  two-thirds.  A  fourth  specimen  (distal  m 
only)  represents  a  fixed  linger  perhaps  and  if  so  belongs  on  theH 
side. 

Holotype. — Length  9.5  mm.  In  dorsal  view  the  inner  or  right  « 
gin  is  sinuous,  the  tip  curved  strongly  inward;  viewed  fromfll 
inside,  both  edges  are  sinuous,  curving  downward  toward  theip- 
Upper  and  lower  surfaces  a  little  flattened.  Five  longitucH 
costae,  2  dorsal,  2  ventral,  1  inner;  each  costa  marked  by  a  liifl 
fine  granules,  with  a  row  of  punctae  adjacent.   On  the  proximal  I 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  133 


Ire  is  some  intercostal  granulation.  Prehensile  edge  armed  with 
1;  teeth  and  divided  into  3  sinuses  separated  by  2  large  teeth;  the 
Ital  of  these  has  its  distal  edge  normal  and  its  proximal  edge 
lique  to  the  margin  of  the  dactylus ;  the  top  of  the  other  large  tooth 
|>roken  off;  the  terminal  bay  has  a  somewhat  enlarged,  but  still 
Bill,  tooth  at  its  middle. 

>aratypes. —  (a)  Distal  half  of  dactylus,  but  with  small  tip  lack- 
1,  same  width  as  holotype;  terminal  sinus  same  length  but  more 
fved,  so  that  the  distal  border  of  the  boundary  tooth  is  shorter; 
tjdle  sinus  half  as  long,  nondentate,  next  boundary  tooth  broader 
■n  in  holotype. 

l>)  Dactylus  with  proximal  end  lacking,  same  width  as  holotype, 
y:ae  more  rounded,  terminal  sinus  a  little  shorter,  boundary  tooth 
ah  end  missing,  enlarged  middle  tooth  better  developed  than  in 
|i3type,  pointing  obliquely  distad;  middle  sinus  longer,  boundary 
i:h  broken. 

'  c)  Propodal  (?)  finger  broader  than  the  others,  showing  one 
Dis  nearly  equal  to  2  sinuses  of  the  holotype  and  limited  by  a  large 
i:h  with  nearly  equal  sides. 

have  placed  this  species  in  Xephrops  on  account  of  the  ribbed 
ijers  irregularly  toothed.  The  'ariations  in  the  dactyl  may  repre- 
|t  either  individual  or  sexual  variation. 

NEPHROPS,  species. 

Plate  57,  figs.  25  and  26. 

ocality. — Panama  Canal  Zone.   From  near  Mount  Hope  in  ditch 
hugh  swampy  ground.    About  one-quarter  mile  from  present  sea 
:|2h,  6  to  8  feet  above  high  tide.    Pleistocene  series.    D.  F.  Mac- 
Jkald,  collector.    April,  1911.    Station  5850.    Cat.  Xo.  324249. 
Iji.N.M. 

(aterial. — Dactylus  of  right  cheliped,  12  mm.  long;  distal  half 
olerately  curved  toward  the  propodal  finger,  but  the  whole  finger 
Jfngly  curved  downward;  6  strong,  longitudinal  costae,  3  dorsal, 

arginal,  2  ventral;  about  9  linos  of  punctae;  the  prehensile  teeth, 
.  '^in  all,  are  larger  and  more  projecting  in  that  two-fifths  of  the 
O'gin  just  posterior  to  the  middle. 

iter  the  above  description  was  written  the  proximal  half  of  the 
pimen  was  accidentally  crushed  and  destroyed. 

-lthough  the  dactylus  is  much  more  curved  than  in  any  species  of 
^hrops,  yet  its  ornamentation  is  so  similar  to  that  of  the  preced- 
E  species,  N.  costatus,  that  it  is  referred  to  the  same  genus. 


134         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Tribe  ANOMURA. 

Superfamily  GALATHEIDEA. 
Family  PORCELLANIDAE. 

PACHYCHELES  LATUS,  new  species. 

Plate  57,  figs.  21-23. 

Type-locality. — Costa  Rica;  Port  Limon.    Pliocene  series. 
L.  A.  Wailes,  collector.    Station  4269.    Holotype,  left  manus  t 
propodal  finger;  inner  proximal  corner  of  manus  broken  off.  Pi 
type,  left  manus,  with  both  fingers;  proximal  portion  of  ma 
broken  off. 

Type.— Cstt  No.  324264,  U.S.N.M. 

Measurements. — Width  of  palm,  4.6  mm. ;  length  of  same  to  si 
5.1  mm. ;  length  to  end  of  finger,  6.7  mm. ;  greatest  thickness*  2.3  i 

Holotype. — Outer  and  inner  margins  thick  and  strongly  cm 
in  dorsal  view;  upper  surface  covered  with  granules  crowded 
gether  and  of  varying  size ;  the  granules  are  continued  on  the  o 
surface  and  a  little  way  on  the  under  surface ;  they  are  then  reph 
by  squamiform  granules  and  short  rugae  which  are  continued  < 
the  inner  surface.  There  are  no  marginal  lines  indicated.  At 
distal  end,  the  width  from  the  articulating  condyle  to  the  inner  ai 
is  nearly  as  great  as  to  the  outer  margin.  The  fixed  finger  is  si 
and  stout,  width  subequal  to  length;  a  bit  of  the  tip  is,  howe 
missing;  a  low  tooth  occupies  the  greater  part  of  the  basal  hal 
the  prehensile  edge. 

Pa/ratype. — Smaller  than  the  holotype  and  much  worn  so  that 
granulation  is  not  well  marked.  Tooth  at  base  of  immovable  fii 
minute.  Movable  finger  very  short  and  broad,  granulate,  wit 
basal  prehensile  tooth,  its  surface  granulate. 

In  general  shape  and  granulation,  this  form  resembles  the  ms 
of  the  Recent  P.  grossimanus  (Guerin)  from  Peru  and  Chile,  bu 
the  latter  the  outer  margin  is  paved  with  larger  granules  formii 
definite  edge,  and  the  propodal  finger  is  longer  and  more  curved. 

PETROLISTHES  AVITUS,  new  species. 

I  'late  67,  flgs.  is-20. 

Type-locality. — Costa  Rica  ;  Port  Limon.    Pliocene  series.. 
L.  A.  Wailes,  collector.    Station  4269. 
Type.— Cat  No.  324266,  U.S.N.M. 

Holotype. — Palm  of  left  cheliped,  showing  the  greater  part  of 
upper  and  lower  surfaces  including  the  inner  margin  and  the  di 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  135 


3ulating  edge  of  the  lower  surface.    Outer  edge,  proximal  end, 
finger  missing.    Upper  surface  covered  with  coarse  granulated 
ie  of  very  different  lengths,  varying  from  1  to  10  or  12  granules, 
arranged  obliquely  longitudinally.   Lower  surface  covered  with 
|  ed,  wavy  and  punctate  striae  starting  almost  at  right  angles  with 
inner  margin,  curving  slightly  forward  and  then  abruptly  back- 
i;  so  that  the  greater  part  is  more  longitudinal  than  transverse; 
|  striae  are  somewhat  subdivided  and  followed  outwardly  by 
ter  striae;  at  the  inner  end  the}*  terminate  abruptly,  so  that  from 
ke  they  have  the  appearance  of  13  truncated  shallow  teeth, 
gth  5.2  mm. 

p.is  manus  resembles  that  of  two  common  recent  species,  P. 
ptu$  (Gibbes)1,  and  P.  galathinus  (Bosc)2,  both  found  on  the  At- 
ic  as  well  as  on  the  Pacific  side  of  the  continent.  The  upper 
ace  of  the  palm  is  similar  in  P.  urm-atus,  that  is,  it  is  ornamented 
(.  short,  irregular  striae,  which  are,  however,  parallel  to  the  inner 
gin,  while  in  the  fossil  form  they  diverge  proximally  from  the 
{jin.  The  lower  surface  of  P.  avitus,  on  the  other  hand,  resembles 
.  3  closely  that  of  P.  galathinus,  but  in  the  latter,  the  striae  trend 
3  strongly  forward  on  leaving  the  inner  margin,  and  that  margin 
f  is  not  formed  of  such  strongly  marked  teeth. 

Superfamily  THALASSINIDEA. 
Family  AXIIDAE. 

AXIUS  RETICULATUS,  new  species. 

Plate  57,  figs.  2  nnd  3. 
'/pe-locality. — Panama  Canal  Zone.    Las  Cascadas  section,  Gaii- 
Cut.    From  lowest  fossiliferous  bed.    Third  bed  below  lowest 
:J  stone  beds  separated  by  rows  of  nodules.    Lower  part  of  upper 
x'-    of  Culebra  formation.    Oligocene  series.    D.  F.  MacDonald 
■    T.  W.  Vaughan,  collectors.    1911.   Station  6020a. 

olotype. — Cat.  No.  324260,  U.S.N.M.    Left  propodus  of  first 
i<a  iopod,  embedded  in  a  nodule  and  showing  the  finger  and  the 
c   iter  part  of  the  palm,  except  the  proximal  end  and  the  distal 
1  er  corner.   An  impression  of  the  same  is  shown  in  another  piece 
ie  nodule.   The  segment  as  uncovered  is  14.3  mm.  long,  greatest 
i'ht  5  mm.,  length  of  finger  7  mm.    The  palm  is  greatly  swollen 
at  the  top  rounds  over  into  a  broad  upper  surface  about  2.4  mm. 
I  idth.   The  shell  is  considerably  cracked  and  in  life  may  not  have 
.  as  thick  as  it  appears.   The  lower  margin  is  sinuous,  forming  a 
at  about  the  distal  third  of  the  palm;  so  far  as  the  edge  is  pre- 
ed  it  is  formed  of  small  bead  granules.    The  outer  and  upper 
ace  is  ornamented  with  granules  irregular  in  size  and  disposi- 

.  fPorcellana  armata  Gibbes,  Proc.  Amer.  Assoc.  Adv.  Sci.,  vol.  3,  1850,  p.  100. 
[ht    » Porcellana  galathina  Bosc,  Hist.  Nat.  Crust.,  vol.  1,  1802,  p.  233,  pi.  6,  fig.  2. 


136         BULLETIN  103,   UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


tion,  larger  and  thicker  on  the  distal  part  midway  between  uj 
and  lower  margins,  elsewhere  smaller  and  to  a  large  extent  f  ormh 
reticulate  pattern ;  proxinially  on  the  upper  part  of  the  outer  sur 
the  raised  reticulate  lines  are  smooth,  or  non-granulate. 

The  outer  surface  of  the  finger  is  rather  regularly  tapering, 
lower  margin  directed  slightly  upward,  the  superior  margin  ne 
straight;  surface  smooth;  finger  thick,  the  upper  surface  obliqu 
beveled;  traces  of  line  teeth  are  visible  on  the  prehensile  edge. 

AXIUS?,  species. 

Plate  57,  fig  10. 

Locality. — Panama  Canal  Zone.  From  near  Mount  Hope,  in  e 
through  swampy  ground.  About  one-quarter  mile  from  present 
beach,  6  to  8  feet  above  high  tide.  Pleistocene  series.  D.  F.  I 
Donald,  collector.  April,  1911.  Station  5850.  Cat.  No.  324 
U.S.N.M. 

Material. — A  single  movable  spine,  6.7  mm.  long,  with  the 
broken  off,  resembles  the  styloid  scaphocerite  or  movable  acicle  oim 
outer  antenna  of  some  species  of  Axius.  The  spine  is  some\iJ 
3-angled,  the  most  acute  edge  being  dorsal,  the  two  blunt  edges  bag 
nearer  together  and  ventral.  There  are  a  few  punctae :  4  large  les 
in  a  row  on  the  ventral  surface ;  2  large,  external,  far  apart,  ist 
below  the  upper  margin;  4  small  ones,  internal,  3  of  which  foij 
triangle  near  the  middle,  while  the  other  is  nearer  the  distal  enc 

Family  CALLIANASSIDAE. 

KEY  TO  THE  SPECIES  OF  CALLIANASSA  HERE  DESCRIBED. 

The  material  is  insufficient  to  distinguish  between  the  larger 
the  smaller  chela  of  the  same  pair,  which  also  may  vary  in  shape  ) 
size  in  the  two  sexes. 

A1.  Maims  and  carpus  meeting  in  an  oblique  line. 

B1.  Lower  margin  of  manus  serrated  oualis, 

B2.  Lower  margin  of  manus  smooth  lacunosa, }] 

AJ.  Manus  and  carpus  meeting  in  a  vertical  line. 

B\  Lower  margin  of  manus  directed  forward  and  upward,  at  least  in  paij 
C\  Palmar  portion  of  manus  distinctly  longer  than  high. 
D\  Palm  compressed. 

E\  Palm  elongate;  margins  strongly  convergent  elongata, 

E2.  Palm  less  elongate ;  margins  moderately  convergent — scotti,  ]] 

D2.  Palm  swollen  moinensis, 

O*.  Palmar  portion  of  manus  about  as  long  as  high,  or  shorter.  T|| 
margin  of  manus  directed  forward  and  downward  toward  the 
margin. 

D*.  Immovable  finger  very  thin,  a  cross-section  near  its  base  being 
than  twice  as  long  as  wide.  A  strong  tooth  in  the  sinus  betwee 
fingers  or  on  the  base  of  the  immovable  finger  SQinulosd, 

I)2.  Immovable  finger  thicker,  a  cross  section  near  its  base  beimj 
than  twice  as  long  as  wide.  A  tooth  in  the  sinus  between  the  fi| 
but  near  the  base  of  the  dactylus  tenuis, 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


137 


I,  Manus  and  carpus  meeting  in  a  vertical  line — Continued. 
{J.  Lower  margin  of  manus  directed  straight  forward  or  nearly  so;  that  is, 

at  right  angles  to  its  proximal  margin. 
O1.  Upper,  margin  of  manus  subparallel  to  lower  margin.    No  tooth  in 
sinus  between  fingers.    Carpus  much  higher  than  long. 

D\  Lower  margin  serrulate  quadrata,  p.  145 

D2.  Lower  margin  granulate  toulai,  p.  146 

C2.  Upper  margin  of  manus  directed  forward  and  downward  toward  lower 
margin. 

D\  A  large  tooth  in  sinus  between  fingers  and  situated  on  base  of  im- 
movable finger  abbreviate,  p.  147 

D2.  A  small  tooth  in  sinus  between  fingers,  and  situated  near  movable 
finger.    Carpus  very  little,  if  at  all,  higher  than  long  hilli,  p.  148 

D3.  No  tooth  in  sinus  between  fingers.    Fingers  long  and  strong. 

vaughani,  p.  148 

i3.  Lower  margin  of  manus  unknown.    A  stridulating  ridge  near  the  hori- 
zontal upper  margin  stridens,  p.  151 

Meeting  of  manus  and  carpus  unknown. 

\  Immovable  finger  slender.    Distal  articulating  edge  of  manus  crenulate 

and  very  oblique  crassimana,  p.  141 

2.  Only  the  dactylus  known. 

C1.  Dactylus  of  large  size.  Cross  section  at  base  subcylindrical.  Pre- 
bensile  edge  thin  magna,  p.  151 

C2.  Dactylus  half  as  long  as  preceding,  more  compressed.  Prehensile 
edge  thicker  crassa,  p.  152 

The  2  Callianassas  to  which  specific  names  are  not  given  are  ex- 
iled from  the  above  key. 


CALLIANASSA  OVALIS,  new  species. 

Plate  59,  figs.  1-4. 

'ype-locality. — Panama  Canal  Zone.  Las  Cascadas  section,  Gail- 
i  Cut.  From  lowest  fossiliferous  bed,  third  bed  below  lowest 
estone  beds  separated  by  rows  of  nodules.  Lower  part  of  upper 
f  of  Culebra  formation.    Oligocene  series.    D.  F.  MacDonald 

T.  W.  Vaughan,  collectors.    1911.    Station  6020a.  Holotype 

one  paratype.    Cat.  No.  324269,  U.S.N.M. 

lolotype. — A  left  chela  with  Avrist  and  arm  attached,  and  enclosed 
i  nodule  which  is  split  in  two.  The  specimen  had  been  crushed, 
the  half  nodule  containing  the  impression  shows  also  small 
*;es  of  the  cheliped  itself.  Wrist  and  manus  together  oblong- 
II;  line  between  them  oblique;  upper  and  lower  margins  of  manus 
dhtly  convex;  greatest  width  about  equal  to  the  upper  length; 
»n  the  widest  point,  the  lower  margin  of  the  propodus  slants 
ward.    Fingers  directed  straight  forward  and  of  subequal  length. 

movable  finger  an  isosceles  triangle,  the  base  of  which  is  two- 
i  ds  as  long  as  either  side ;  end  blunt ;  cutting  edge  with  a  shallow 
Angular  tooth  at  the  proximal  two-fifths.  Movable  finger  sub- 
^>ng,  end  broad,  cutting  edge  with  a  broad,  shallow,  rounded  tooth 


138 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


near  the  base.    The  merus  appears  to  be  about  twice  as  long  as 
and  is  dilated  at  the  middle. 

Measurements. — Length  of  carpus  and  propodus,  measured  i 
lowest  point  of  articulation  with  merus  to  end  of  propodal  fir 
20.5  mm.;  proximal  width  of  propodus  (approx.),  9.4  mm.;  gre: 
width  of  same,  10  mm.;  distal  width  of  same,  8.7  mm.;  supi 
length  of  same,  10.2  mm. ;  inferior  length  of  same,  13.2  mm. ;  le 
of  propodal  finger  measured  on  cutting  edge,  5.7  mm.;  lengt 
dactylus,  5.7  mm. 

Paratype. —  (a)  Left  manus  with  part  of  the  fixed  finger, 
bedded  in  a  nodule  and  exposing  the  outer  surface.  Larger 
holotype.    The  lower  margin  of  the  manus  has  blunt  serraljl 
resembling  the  stumps  of  spines;  above  the  margin  is  a  row  ofB 
distant  punctae;  at  the  distal  end  there  are  two  rows  of  grail 
leading  toward  the  upper  part  of  the  fixed  finger. 

Paratype. —  (b)  Carpus  of  left  cheliped  embedded  in  a  noduleB 
imprint  of  same,  showing  the  distal  and  upper  margins  and  a  ll 
part  of  the  outer  surface.   The  distal  margin  is  oblique  and  corty< 
and  has  a  little  rounded  lobe  at  each  end ;  the  upper  margin  is  an 
and  has  a  snbmarginal  groove. 

CALLIANASSA  LACUNOSA,  new  species. 

Plate  59.  figs.  6-11. 

Type-locality. — One-quarter  mile  south  of  Empire  Bridge,  C 
Zone,  Panama;  from  lower  dark  clay  beneath  lower  conglome 
Lower  part  of  Culebra  formation.    Oligocene  series.    D.  F. 
Donald  and  T.  W.  Vaughan,  collectors.    1911.    Station  6012a. 
specimens,  each  a  left  propodus  of  the  first  cheliped.  Cat. 
324278,  U.S.N.M. 

Holotype. — The  palmar  portion  of  a  propodus,  the  fixed  fj 
broken  off  near  its  base ;  the  propodus  is  incomplete  near  the  da( 
and  also  at  the  proximal  end;  this  end  is,  however,  fairly  com| 
on  the  inner  surface,  so  that  the  measurements  may  be  stated 
approximate  accuracy.  Length,  at  the  level  of  the  sinus  bet] 
the  fingers,  16  mm.;  greatest  height,  15.6  mm. ;  least  height,  15.2 
thickness,  6.6  mm.  The  upper  margin  is  a  little  arched,  the 
nearly  straight;  the}7  converge  a  little  distally;  they  are  very 
the  top  of  this  thin  edge  along  the  upper  margin  is  set  with  oljM 
tubercles,  dorsal  in  position;  the  lower  edge  is  smooth.  The  M 
surface  has  a  row  of  6  pits  a  little  above  the  edge  and  fairly  e|H 
spaced;  they  have  a  raised  edge  and  are  distally  inclined,  indiciDi 
that  they  were  sockets  for  hairs  or  bristles;  3  similar  pits  far 
are  close  up  under  the  upper  margin;  of  the  few  scattered  p| 
form  a  triangle  at  the  distal  end,  the  one  near  the  base  of  thei 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  139 

being  the  largest;  there  is  also  a  medium-sized  pit  a  little 
,  )w  the  middle,  while  3  small  ones  are  visible  near  the  proximal 
'  .  A  prominent  blunt  ridge  runs  from  near  the  top  of  the  fixed 
jer  obliquely  backward  and  upward  for  a  short  distance  on  the 
m;  near  this  ridge,  but  chiefly  above  it,  and  partly  behind  it, 
re  is  a  patch  of  low  tubercles,  mostly  oblong  but  very  irregular 
>hape  and  size.    On  the  inner  surface  there  is  a  row  of  8  sockets 
ttle  distance  below  the  thin,  upper,  marginal  rim;  these  sockets, 
le  of  good  size,  have  very  narrow,  perpendicular  openings.  Above 
lower  margin  there  is  a  row  of  12  sockets;  this  row  distally  ap- 
laches  close  to  the  edge,  while  the  sockets  themselves  become  larger 
j.  farther  apart;  they  are  very  oblique  to  the  margin  and  are 
''  ost  more  distal  than  lateral  in  their  inclination.    These  2  rows 
1  sockets  on  the  inner  surface  are  more  prominent  than  any  others ; 
l»w  the  middle  there  are  10  or  12  scattered  sockets  mostly  small ; 
!  p  the  middle  there  is  a  patch  of  tubercles,  somewhat  masked  by 
'iin  layer  of  adhering  matrix.    On  the  inner  surface  there  is  a 
1  at  ridge  leading  back  from  the  finger  similarly  placed  to  that  on 
r  'outer  surface,  but  lower  and  wider.  The  finger  is  slender,  judging 
a  the  section  at  its  base. 

araiype. — This  propodus  shows  the  outline  of  the  proximal  end, 

i  the  distal  end  is  broken  off  and  not  a  vestige  of  the  finger  remains. 

1  size  is  less  than  in  the  holotype :  length,  at  the  level  of  the  sinus 
(Eveen  the  fingers,  10.3  mm.;  greatest  height,  11.4  mm.;  least 
ijht,  10  mm.;  thickness,  5.2  mm.  The  margins  are  more  con- 
:  fj*ent  than  in  the  holotype  and  the  palm  is  relatively  shorter.  The 

fier  as  well  as  the  lower  edge  is  almost  smooth.  On  the  outer  sur- 
l|  the  sockets  in  the  upper  submarginal  row  are  4,  as  there  is  an 

[itional  one  visible  at  the  proximal  end;  the  sockets  of  the  lower 
1  are  fewer  and  more  distant  than  in  the  larger  specimen,  as  only 
,In  be  detected;  of  the  scattered  sockets,  3  form  a  distal  triangle. 

vie  10  or  12  small  ones  are  disposed  transversely  near  the  proximal 
1;  the  protuberances  above  the  oblique  ridge  leading  from  the  fixed 

ler  consist  of  a  few  small  granules.  On  the  inner  surface,  a 
J  of  8  submarginal  sockets  above,  as  in  the  holotype;  near  the 

Ipr  margin  only  10  sockets  can  be  counted,  because  the  distal 
„),ier  is  broken  away;  scattered  sockets  16  or  18,  below  the  middle: 
w  granules  close  to  the  sinus  between  the  digits. 

CALLIANASSA  ELONGATA,  new  species. 

M  Plate  60,  figs.  4-6. 

'Vpe-locality. — Panama    Canal    Zone.    Las    Cascadas  section, 
I  lard  Cut.    From  lowest  fossiliferous  bed,  third  bed  below  lowest 
i  stone  beds  separated  by  rows  of  nodules.    Lower  part  of  upper 
8370°— 18— Bull.  103  10 


.  140         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 

half  of  Culebra  formation.  Oligocene  series.  D.  F.  MacD(> 
and  T.  W.  Vaughan,  collectors.    1911.    Station  602.0a. 

Holotype.—Cat.  No.  324271,  U.S.N.M.  A  left  manus,  with! 
of  immovable  finger  attached;  this  shows  all  of  the  outer  suiB 
except  the  margin  bordering  the  dactylus;  nearly  the  whole  oft 
inner  surface  is  concealed  by  the  matrix.  The  upper  margin  isnB 
straight  throughout  its  length,  and  is  bluntly  angled;  lower  msj 
very  sinuous,  the  manus  being  very  much  deeper  in  its  pro?J 
than  its  distal  half,  edge  serrulate  or  spinulous  throughout  its  lei  th 
proximal  edge  vertical,  nearly  as  long  as  upper  margin.  Oifi 
outer  surface  there  is  a  group  of  granules  at  the  distal  two-sevi,B 
and  just  below  the  middle;  there  is  a  curved  row  of  granules  I 
the  sinus,  which  is  continued  upon  the  propodal  finger  near  its  ill 
edge;  6  granules  in  all  are  visible.  Finger  very  slender,  inc* 
downward.  The  dactylus  must  have  been  very  stout,  and  the  . 
cent  edge  of  the  manus  very  oblique,  but  it  is  now  incomplete. 

Measurements. — Superior  length  of  manus  (approx.),  15.7  ] 
length  to  sinus,  20.4  mm. ;  greatest  height,  16.2  mm. ;  proximal  h  \ 
(approx.),  15.1  mm.;  distal  height,  12.4  mm. 

CALLIANASSA  SCOTTI  Brown  and  Pilsbry. 

Plate  60,  figs.  9-12. 

Callianassa  scotti  Brown  and  Pilsbry  (part),  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  I 
vol.  64,  1913.  p.  503,  pi.  22,  figs.  1  and  3  (not  fig.  2). 

Locality. — Panama  Canal  Zone.    From  the  4  feet  of  dark  si 
lied  tuff  and  clay  immediately  overlying  the  lower  limestone 
Las  Cascadas  section.    Upper  part  of  Culebra  formation.  CH 
cene  series.   D.  F.  MacDonald  and  T.  W.  Vaughan,  collectors.  A 
Station  60i9&.    Cat,  No.  324279,  U.S.N.M. 

Material. — A  left  manus,  removed  from  the  matrix,  and  infl 
plete  at  the  proximal  end.  Outer  surface  very  convex  from  updH 
lower  margin;  upper  margin  straight,  with  a  blunt  marginal  m 
lower  edge  acute  and  serrulate  with  fine  appressed  teeth  or  s\m 
inclined  upward  toward  the  base  of  the  finger,  then  dowirwB 
three  granules  or  tubercles  in  a  curved  row  just  outside  the  ed:jtf 
the  sinus  between  the  fingers.  The  cross  section  of  the  finger  H 
its  base  is  very  small,  in  relation  to  the  manus.  Inner  su|H; 
slightly  convex,  from  upper  to  lower  edge,  and  with  a  depressicB 
either  side  of  the  base  of  the  fixed  finger;  numerous  granules  m 
the  distal  end,  some  arranged  in  a  curved  band  between  the|H 
fingers. 

Measurements. — Greatest  height  of  manus,  25.2  mm.:  least  ln^l 
of  same,  23.3  mm. ;  length  of  same  to  digital  sinus,  24.6  mm. ;  thiclWt 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  141 


Wne,  10.9  mm.:  greatest  diameter  of  fixed  finger  near  its  base, 
mm. ;  least  diameter  of  same,  4.2  mm. 

\olotype  and  paratypes. — In  the  material  included  by  Mr.  Brown 
:  Dr.  Pilsbry  under  C.  scotti  are  specimens  of  three  species;  two 
hese  species  were  figured  with  the  original  description ;  the  larger 
;ies  illustrated 1  by  figures  1  and  3,  plate  22,  is  chosen  to  bear  the 
3  le  scotti,  and  the  original  of  figure  1  may  be  designated  as  the 
3-specimen.  as  it  is  free  from  the  matrix  and  shows  more  of  the 
racteristic  granulation  than  does  the  original  of  figure  3,  which 
lrnished  with  a  propodal  finger,  but  is  half  embedded  in  a  matrix. 
Iso  shows,  although  roughly,  a  row  of  5  pits  on  the  upper  margin ; 
row,  however,  slopes  downward  a  little  distally  on  to  the  inner 
!ace.    The  greatest  height  of  the  type  is  27  mm.,  length  at  level  of 
s  between  fingers,  28  mm. 

till  a  third  specimen,  also  a  left  manus,  was  taken  at  the  same 
;e;  the  surface  is  much  worn,  but  the  proximal  angles  are  well  de- 
i.  The  t}7pe-locality  is  in  the  lignitic  layers,  about  65  feet  below- 
base  of  the  Pecten  bed  at  Tower  N.,  Las  Cascadas  section,  Gail- 
.  Cut:  Prof.  W.  B.  Scott,  collector,  1911.  Type,  Cat.  No.  2259, 
5.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  Philadelphia. 

he  hand  mentioned  by  Brown  and  Pilsbry,2  as  collected  by  W.  M. 
b  in  Costa  Rica,  apparently  belongs  to  C.  scotti.  It  shows  well 
upper  marginal  row  of  pits,  numbering  7,  which  drops  dis  bally 
;o  the  inner  surface.  The  specimen  is  labeled  "  Miocene."  Cat. 
2255,  Mus.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  Philadelphia. 

CALLIANASSA  CRASSIMANA,  new  species. 

Plate  61,  fi?s.  15-17. 

\ype-locality . — Panama  Canal  Zone.    Las  Cascadas  section,  Gail- 
.  Cut.    From  lowest  fossiliferous  bed,  third  bed  below  lowest 
i] 'stone  beds  separated  by  rows  of  nodules.    Lower  part  of  upper 
of  Culebra  formation.    Oligocene  series.    D.  F.  MacDonald 
i  T.  W.  Vaughan,  collectors.    1911.    Station  6020a. 
'easurements. — Distal  height  of  palm,  22  mm. ;  thickness  of  palm, 
?ast  7.7  mm. ;  length  of  crenulated  lobe  bordering  dactylus,  10.2 
fc;  upper  length  of  dactylus  (tip  broken  off),  18  mm.;  greater 
diueter  at  the  break  near  the  tip,  1.7  mm.;  lesser  diameter  at  same 
put,  1.3  mm.:  greater  diameter  at  a  break  about  middle  of  finger, 
&nm. ;  lesser  diameter  at  same  point,  2.8  mm. 

I  olotype.— Cat.  No.  324273,  U.S.N.M.  A  portion  of  the  distal  end 
phe  left  manus  with  the  propodal  finger  attached ;  embedded  in  a 
nule.   This  must  have  been  a  very  large  specimen.    The  oblique 

Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sic,  Phila.,  vol.  64,  1913,  p.  503       2  Idem,  p.  504. 


142  BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


margin  of  the  lobe  of  the  maims  which  overlapped  the  dactyl 
very  oblique  and  is  straight  and  deeply  crenulated  with  abou 
crenules ;  the  length  of  the  lobe  is  as  great  as  the  distance  acros; 
adjoining  sinus  and  the  propodal  finger.    This  sinus  is  very 
and  proximally  subtruncate.    The  immovable  finger  is  very  narr< 
relation  to  the  size  of  the  palm ;  it  is  slightly  compressed,  and  \ 
upward;  on  the  inner  surface  just  within  the  lower  margin  the 
a  row  of  punctae ;  on  the  outer  face  there  are  3  larger  spots,  2 
the  lower  margin  and  one  near  the  sinus,  which  may  be  socket 
setae.    A  tubercle  on  the  outer  surface  just  behind  the  sinus, 
inner  surface  of  the  manus  is  deeply  channeled  out  near  the  ! 
between  the  fingers. 

The  holotype  is  in  two  pieces,  as  the  immovable  finger  is  brokijB 
two,  the  distal  portion  embedded  in  that  half  of  the  nodule  yM 
bears  the  imprint  of  the  remainder  of  the  holotype. 

This  species  is  very  near  C.  scotti,  but  has  a  larger  sinus  betM 
the  fingers,  a  longer  propodal  finger,  and  a  shallower  sinus  iiH 
lower  margin  of  the  manus  just  behind  the  finger. 

CALLIANASSA  MOINENSIS,  new  species. 

Plate  60,  figs.  1-3. 

Type-locality. — Moin  Hill,  near  Limon,  Costa  Rica.  Prol 
equivalent  to  Gatun  formation.  Miocene  series.  H.  Pittier,  coll 
Propodus  of  right  cheliped,  and  an  impression  of  half  a  finger 

Measurements. — Length  (approx.)  of  manus,  to  sinus  be 
fingers,  9  mm. ;  height  of  same,  7  mm. ;  thickness  of  same,  4.7 
length  of  immovable  finger  (tip  broken  off),  8.6  mm. 

Holotype.— -Cat.  No.  324287,  U.S.KM.    Palm  much  swollen, 
section  ovate,  lower  margin  viewed  from  the  side  very  arcuate,  i 
margin  slightly  so.    The  surface  has  almost  entirely  lost  the 
white  layer,  but  the  next  layer  is  gray  and  is  crossed  transverse 
many  very  short  rugae,  which  are  strongest  on  the  lowest  part  c 
outer  surface.   There  is  a  distinct  line  below  dividing  the  inner 
the  outer  surface  and  marked  by  an  irregular  row  of  very 
punctae.   On  the  inner  surface  considerably  below  the  upper  ml 
there  is  a  row  of  large  punctae. 

The  immovable  finger  is  slender,  bent  downward  and  ciHJ 
inward.  It  has  7  more  or  less  defined  ridges,  the  bluntest  of  \W& 
is  the  most  inferior;  either  side  of  the  ridge  representing  theU 
hensile  edge  there  is  a  granular  ridge,  the  outer  of  which  ifl 
elevated;  in  addition,  there  are  2  ridges  on  the  outer  surface  an<l» 
on  the  inner ;  near  each  ridge  there  is  a  row  of  fine  punctae.  ■ 
hensile  edge  armed  with  small  irregular  teeth.  There  is  an  unusWI 
deep  furrow  above  the  principal  ridge  on  the  inner  surface. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


143 


'aratype  (a).— Cat.  No.  324287,  U.S.N.M.  On  a  small  piece  of 
mbling  rock  there  is  an  impression  of  the  distal  half  of  a  finger, 
:  not  the  finger  of  the  holctype.  The  impression  has  a  similar 
mature  and  3  rows  of  punctae  are  present. 
:  'aratype  (b) .— Cat.  No.  324288,  U.S.N.M.  Moin  Hill,  Costa  Rica ; 
•d  fossiliferous  zone  below  the  uppermost;  just  below  level  of  rails 
'•airway  cut.  Probably  equivalent  to  Gatun  formation.  Oligccene 
iod.  D.  F.  MacDonald,  1911.  Station  5884d.  A  right  propodus 
hout  finger,  similar  in  size  to  the  holotype  and  corresponding  in 
characters. 

CALLIANASSA  SPINULOSA,  new  species. 

i  Plate  61,  tig*.  6-9. 

•-'  CaUianassa  scotti  Pilsbry  (part),  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Set  Phila.,  vol.  64.  1913, 
p.  503  (not  pi.  22,  figs.  1-3). 

'^ype-locality. — Panama  Canal  Zone.    Las  Cascadas  section,  Gail- 
I  Cut.    From  lowest  fossiliferous  bed,  third  bed  below  lowest 
estone  beds  separated  by  rows  of  nodules.    Lower  part  of  upper 
f  of  Culebra  formation.   Oligocene  series.   D.  F.  MacDonald  and 
W.  Vaughan,  collectors.   1911.   Station  6020a. 
lolotype.— Cat.  No.  324272,  U.S.N.M.   Left  propodus  which  was 
iased  in  a  nodule;  the  manus  has  been  removed  except  the  proximal 
't  of  the  outer  surface;  of  the  propodal  finger  only  the  impression 
"  lains.   Length  of  manus  less  than  greatest  height ;  the  upper  and 
rer  margins  converge  distally,  the  upper  margin  convex,  the  lower 
.  uous.    Outer  surface  very  convex  in  a  vertical  direction,  having 
lew  scattered  granules,  also  a  short  vertical  line  of  3  granules  near 
;  upper  distal  corner,  a  row  of  6  distant  granules  just  above  the 
'  rer  margin,  and  a  sharp  granule  near  the  sinus.  The  lower  margin 
rery  thin  and  serrated;  between  the  serrations  are  the  truncated 
:es  of  movable  spines;  9  such  spines  remain.   Upper  edge  bluntly 
irginecl.   Inner  surface  convex  except  near  the  inferior  and  distal 
n-gins:  a  row  of  3  granules  on  the  middle  line,  2  above  the  base  of 
5  propodus,  2  parallel  to  the  lower  margin,  and  many  small  granules 
i  t  above  that  margin.  An  obliquely  longitudinal  line  of  pits  below 
i  upper  margin. 

The  propodal  finger  is  very  much  smaller  than  the  dactylus  and 
t  n ;  a  cross  section  near  its  base  is  somewhat  diamond-shaped,  the 
ipression  of  the  thumb  (viewed  sideways)  is  sub  triangular,  end 
C*ved  upward;  prehensile  edge  concave;  at  its  base  in  the  sinus  be- 
Uen  the  fingers  there  is  a  short  but  strong  curved  tooth;  on  both 
\  er  and  inner  surfaces  of  the  thumb,  leading  down  from  the  palm, 
t  re  is  an  oblique  ridge. 

Measurements. — Length  of  propodus  to  end  of  finger  (approx.), 
$  4  mm. ;  length  of  manus,  measured  on  the  inner  side,  to  sinus,  14.7 


144         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


mm.;  greatest  height  (proximally),  15.3  mm.;  least  height  (distal 
13.3  mm. 

Paratopes. —  (a)  One  left  propodus  with  about  half  of  the  fi 
finger  attached  was  taken  in  the  lignitic  layers,  about  65  feet  be 
the  base  of  the  Pecten  bed  at  Tower  N.,  Las  Cascadas  section,  G 
lard  Cut;  central  part  of  Culebra  formation,  Oligocene  series;  P 
W.  B.  Scott,  collector;  1911  (Mus.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philaclelph 
The  specimen  is  half  embedded  in  a  nodule  which  conceals  the  in 
surface  and  the  upper  part  of  the  outer  surface.  It  is  nearly  as  la 
as  the  type.  It  shows  the  large  tooth  at  the  proximal  end  of  the 
hensile  edge  of  the  fixed  finger,  the  tubercle  on  the  outer  surface 
the  sinus  between  the  fingers,  and  roughly,  the  ornamentation  on 
lower  edge  of  the  palm. 

(h)  From  the  same  source,  a  similar  left  propodus  half  embed i 
in  a  nodule  but  so  as  to  expose  the  inner  surface  and  the  upper  ec 
it  shows  the  characteristic  row  of. pits  on  the  inner  surface  just  be 
the  upper  edge,  the  row  sloping  downward  distally. 

(c)  Also  a  third  specimen,  free  from  the  matrix  but  with  the  ec 
broken ;  it  shows  the  palmar  ridge  leading  to  the  fixed  finger  anc 
basal  tooth  on  the  edge  of  the  latter. 

CALLIANASSA  TENUIS,  new  species. 

Plate  60,  figs.  13  and  14. 

Tyj>e-locality. — Panama  Canal  Zone.  Las  Cascadas  section,  G 
lard  Cut.  From  fifth  or  topmost  limestone.  Emperador  limest 
Oligocene  series.  D.  F.  MacDonald  and  T.  W.  Vaughan,  collect 
1911.   Station  6019^. 

Holotype.— Cat.  No.  324282,  U.S.N.M.  Left  manus  with  prop< 
linger  broken  off,  segment  shorter  than  its  greatest  height,  in  gen 
subrectangular.  with  upper  and  lower  margins  converging  dista 
outer  surface  very  convex  from  top  to  bottom;  upper  and  lo! 
edges  marginate,  the  lower  one  very  thin:  inner  surface  convex 
cept  near  the  bottom  where  it  is  flat,  at  the  proximal  end  where  t 
is  a  furrow  parallel  with  the  articulation,  and  near  the  distal  s: 
where  there  is  a  depression.  The  propodal  finger,  is  very  ir 
smaller  than  the  dactylus,  and  its  cross  section  is  suboval  y 
pointed  ends;  the  sinus  is  about  as  wide  as  the  thumb;  it  bears,  c 
up  to  the  insertion  of  the  dactylus  and  on  the  edge  of  the  outer 
face,  pointing  forward,  a  short,  broadly  triangular  spine.  Surf 
much  worn,  so  that  it  is  difficult  to  tell  whether  unevennesses 
natural  or  not. 

Mritxan  in,  „.  >.    Length  of  manus,  measured  to  sinus,  11.4  ir| 
greatest  height,  13  mm.:  distal  height,  10.3  mm.:  thickness,  5.3  m 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEOBIOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  145 


CALLIANASSA  QUADRATA,  new  species. 

Plate  62,  figs.  4-14. 

lallianassa  scotti  Brown  and  Pilsbry  (part),  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila., 
vol.  64.  1913,  p.  503,  pi.  22,  fig.  2  (not  figs.  1  and  3). 

epresented  by  2  specimens  of  the  left  manus  from  which  the 

)odal  finger  has  been  broken  off.  The  smaller  one  is  used  as 
.  type,  as  it  is  the  better  preserved. 

ype-locality. — Panama  Canal  Zone.  Las  Cascadas  section,  Gail- 
■ .    Cut.    From  lowest  fossiliferous  bed,  third  bed  below  lowest 

stone  beds  separated  by  rows  of  nodules.  Lower  part  of  upper 
of  Culebra  formation.    Oligocene  series.    D.  F.  MacDonald 

T.  W.  Vaughan,  collectors.    1911.    Station  6020«,  Holotype 

paratype.    Cat.  No.  321275,  U.S.N.M. 

asurcments  (in  mm.). — 

Holotype.  Paratype. 

Height  of  manus  near  middle  13.  3  15.  3 

)    Length  of  manus  measured  to  sinus  12.  8  15.  7 

:    Thickness  of  manus   6.  2  7.  5 

olotype. — Hand  squarish,  with  the  corners  rounded  off.  The 
3r  and  lower  margins  are  subparallel,  the  upper  slightly  arched, 
lower  with  a  shallow  distal  sinus.  Distal  margin,  at  the  articula- 
with  the  dactylus,  nearly  vertical.  Outer  surface  slightly  con- 
in  a  longitudinal  direction,  strongly  convex  vertically,  furrowed 
le  distal  end  across  the  middle  third:  inner  surface  moderately 
;rex  except  at  the  distal  and  lower  portions,  where  it  is  concave ; 

...  [e  is  a  groove  just  above  the  lower  margin  which  widens  as  it  ap- 
aches the  finger.  Lower  margin  serrulate ;  upper  margin  bluntly 
led  except  in  the  distal  third,  where  it  is  rounded:  just  within 

.  .  margin  there  is  a  row  of  sockets  of  which  3  can  be  made  out. 
,the  outer  surface  near  the  sinus  between  the  fingers  there  is  a 
ircle  and  near  the  carpus  3  granules  far  apart  in  a  vertical  row ; 
he  inner  surface  there  is  a  row  of  granules,  running  almost  longi- 
nally  near  the  middle  and  thence  downwards  toward  the  sulcus 
ireen  the  fingers;  2  tubercles  near  the  articulation  with  the  dac- 
rs.  Propodal  finger  narrow,  much  compressed,  subtriangular  at 
V  base  in  cross  section,  with  the  small  end  of  the  triangle  down. 
3  of  dactylus  very  large. 

(iratype  (a). — Larger  than  the  type;  upper  margin  straighter; 
•tubercle  on  the  outer  surface  near  the  sinus  is  of  good  size;  on 
*  nner  surface  near  the  middle  there  are  numerous  granules  instead 
le  single  row  in  the  holotype :  2  tubercles  near  the  dactylus. 
oubtful  specimen. — A  single  specimen  of  a  left  carpus,  from  the 
3  locality  as  the  types  may  belong  to  the  same  species.  The 
r  surface  is  mostly  concealed  by  the  matrix.    Outer  surface 


146         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


very  convex  from  the  upper  to  the  lower  margin ;  convexity  ak: 
that  of  the  manus  of  this  species,  which  is  the  reason  for  pla 
the  carpus  here  rather  than  with  Callianassa  elongata  or  any  c 
species  occurring  at  the  same  locality.  Carpus  about  If  time 
high  as  its  greatest  width,  which  is  in  the  upper  part;  the  a 
formed  by  the  superior  and  the  distal  margins  is  a  little  less  th 
right  angle ;  superior  margin  straight ;  distal  angle  projecting  a 
the  articulation  with  the  manus.  The  inferior  distal  angle  pro 
even  more  below  the  articulation;  the  angle  is  obtuse;  from  1 
margin  rounds  downward  and  then  upward  in  a  single  curve 
lowermost  part  is  finely  serrate. 

Measurements. — Height  of  carpus,  between  distal  angles, 
mm. ;  greatest  height,  18.8  mm. ;  greatest  width,  12.8  mm. ;  widt 
upper  margin,  12  mm. ;  greatest  width  below  the  articulation  wit] 
merus,  11.8  mm. 

Four  specimens  before  me  from  the  collection  of  the  Acaden 
Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia  belong  to  this  species;  they  ar< 
right  and  three  left  chelae  and  form  part  of  the  material  referre 
Brown  and  Pilsbry  to  their  C.  scotti.    (Paratype  b)  One  left 
is  that  figured  on  plate  22,  fig.  2.1   All  are  larger  than  the  type 
terial  described  above,  but  so  far  as  their  characters  are  prese 
they  agree  in  essentials  with  the  type.    (Paratype  e)  The  right 
(the  largest  specimen)  its  about  23  mm.  long  by  21.2  mm.  wide 
possesses  a  longer  piece  of  the  propodal  finger  than  the  other  s 
mens;  the  exposed  cross  section  of  the  finger  is  oval.  (Paratyj 
The  shortest  of  the  left  chelae  has  a  large  part  of  the  outer  laye 
served  on  the  infero-distal  and  inferior  surface,  where  it  is  co^ 
with  granules,  arranged  without  regularity  except  for  a  row  o: 
outer  surface  parallel  and  close  to  the  lower  edge.   This  row  i 
visible  in  my  figure  14,  plate  62.    The  longest  of  the  left  c 
(Paratype  e)  is  about  24  mm.  by  19  mm.,  that  is,  considerably 
rower  than  (c). 

CALLIANASSA  TOULAI,  new  species. 

"  Krabbenscheren ■    Toijla,  Jahrb.  der  k.  k.  Geolog.  Reichsanstalt,  v« 
1911,  p.  512  [26],  pi.  30  [1],  fig.  14. 

Founded  on  two  chelae,  one  with  palm  20.6  mm.  long,  16.5 
wide,  the  other  (without  movable  finger)  with  palm  9.4  mm. 
5.5  mm.  wide. 

Outer  surface  of  palm  arched,  inner  surface  almost  flat  and  vi 
flat  depression  close  to  the  lower  margin  and  extending  fro 
fixed  finger.    The  upper  and  lower  margins  are  sharp,  the  f 
bears  3  spinelike  projections  directed  forward,  the  lowest  spine 

1  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  vol.  64,  1913,  p.  503 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  147 


i ,  sharp  margin;  lower  margin  very  finely  and  sharply  granulate 
he  finger  tip.  Outer  surface  smooth  and  glossy,  thickly  covered 
•ip  the  lower  margin  with  fine  granules.  Inner  surface  covered 
i  very  small,  oblong  punctae.  A  stout  tooth  on  the  prehensile 
gin  of  the  immovable  finger  visible  from  the  outside;  another 
,h  on  the  movable  finger,  visible  from  the  inside. 
ype-locality. — Gatun.    Miocene  series. 


CALLIANASSA  ABBREVIATA,  new  species. 

Plate  63,  figs.  1-6. 

ype-locality. — Panama  Canal  Zone.    Las  Cascadas  section,  Gail- 
l|t  Cut.    From  lowest  fossiliferous  bed;  third  bed  below  lowest 
Ti  istone  beds  separated  by  rows  of  nodules.    Lower  part  of  upper 
:  of  Culebra  formation.    Oligocene  series,    D.  F.  MacDonald 
idei  T.  W.  Vaughan,  collectors.    1911.    Station  6020a.    4  specimens, 
y  ar  'ypes.— Cat.  No.  324274,  U.S.N.M. 

^(easurements. — Length  of  manus  to  sinus,  10.3  mm.;  greatest 
eft  *ht,  10  mm. ;  distal  height,  8.4  mm. 

lolotype. — Specimen  of  right  manus  partially  embedded,  showing 
ires  3r  surface  and  half  of  outer  surface;  an  imprint  of  the  inner  sur- 
ihti  i  of  the  holot}rpe  is  seen  on  a  separate  piece  of  rock.   Length  and 
ride  *ht  subequal ;  inf  ero-proximal  angle  a  right  angle,  upper  margin 
:  •  vex.  Outer  surface  slightly  convex  from  end  to  end,  more  so  from 
q  to  bottom.  Inner  surface  equally  convex  in  both  directions,  with 
::a  'irrow  close  to  the  proximal  end ;  an  oblique  furrow  near  the  lower 
3'  e,  directed  slightly  upward  distally,  and  a  depression  leading  to 
:n sdnus  between  the  fingers  and  to  the  adjacent  part  of  the  immov- 
■r.  i  finger;  on  the  oblique  raised  line  belowT  this  depression,  there  is 
t  3W  of  4  granules.   Upper  and  lower  edges  margined ;  the  lower 
;e  shows,  in  the  impression,  about  18  dots,  but  whether  these  are 
ictae  or  spinules  on  the  outer  surface  can  not  be  told.   There  is  a 
is  of  6  punctae  just  wdthin  the  upper  margin.    A  few  scattered 
>iictae  on  inner  surface.   An  oblique  cross  section  of  the  thumb  is 
nil  and  somewhat  diamond-shaped;  above  this  section  there  is  a 
)  nt  tooth ;  sinus  between  the  2  fingers  V-shaped.   The  impression 
Jws  a  little  more  of  the  length  of  the  thumb  than  remains  in  the 
I  e,  but  represents  neither  the  full  length  nor  width. 
*aratype  (a). — Left  manus,  larger  than  the  holotype,  and  free 
the  matrix;  immovable  finger  broken  off;  edges  worn;  inter- 
1  ital  tooth  present,  and  near  by  on  the  outer  surface,  a  granule. 
waratype  (b). — A  fragment,  comprising  the  distal  lower  end  of 
t-  propodus  with  broken  finger  attached ;  interdigital  tooth  present. 


148         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


CALLIANASSA  HILLI,  new  species. 

I  Mate  58,  tigs.  18-20. 

Type-locality. — Gatun  beds,  Panama  Canal  Zone.  Gatun  for 
tion.   Miocene  series.   Robert  T.  Hill,  collector;  Station  18. 

Types.— Cat.  No.  135218,  U.S.N.M. 

Measurements. — Greatest  height  of  carpus  of  right  cheliped 
nun. ;  superior  length  of  same,  10.3  mm. 

Material. — 3  pieces  of  rock  from  the  same  place  contain  fragm 
of  Callianassa  which  belonged  to  at  least  2  specimens  and  prob 
represent  a  single  species.    The  largest  piece  contains  *2  fragm* 
each  consisting  of  a  right  merus  and  carpus  (the  better  preserv 
these  may  be  considered  the  holotype)  ;  the  imprint  of  a  right 
and  hand;  the  distal  half  of  a  right  propodus  and  a  portion  of 
dactylus.    The  second  piece  of  rock  has  been  broken  from  the 
and  contains  the  continuation  of  the  right  propodus,  with  ca 
and  merus  attached  (paratype  a),  also  the  first  4  segments  of 
third  right  leg.  The  third  piece  of  rock  contains  the  sixth  joint  oi 
tail  (paratype  b) .    The  following  description  is  compiled  fron 
the  specimens: 

The  merus  of  the  right  cheliped  has  the  outer  margin  promine 
carinate  with  a  smooth  rounded  carina  ;  upper  margin  granul 
In  both  instances  the  merus  is  so  flexed  beneath  the  carpus  that 
lower  margin  is  not  visible.    The  carpus  is  about  equally  long 
high ;  its  upper  margin  is  slightly  convex  to  a  point  near  the  artic 
tion  with  the  merus ;  distal  margin  slightly  concave,  but  nearly 
tical ;  margin  from  the  inf ero-distal  angle  to  the  merus  strongly 
ate.   Manus  about  as  long  as  high,  moderately  convex,  outer  sui 
more  so  than  inner;  lower  margin  nearly  straight:  just  above 
inner  surface  a  row  of  many  fine  punctae  from  which  setae  may 
sprung;  this  row  is  continued  on  the  propodal  finger;  the  lat 
only  partly  uncovered;  it  is  flat  on  the  inner  side,  at  least  half  as 
as  the  manus  and  its  lower  margin  is  a  straight  line  continuous 
that  of  the  manus. 

The  right  leg  of  the  third  pair  is  very  much  like  the  correspon 
member  in  C.  stimpsoni  Smith,  the  Callianassa  of  the  Atlantic 
of  the  United  States. 

The  sixth  segment  of  abdomen  or  tail  is  subrhomboidal,  with  a 
striction  behind  the  middle;  the  segment  is  much  wider  in  i 
than  behind ;  the  depressed  portion  at  the  anterior  middle  was  hi 
in  life  under  the  fifth  segment. 

CALLIANASSA  VAUGHANI,  new  species. 

Plate  63,  tigs.  10-13. 
Type-locality. — Panama  Canal  Zone.    From  85-foot  cut  on  r 
side  of  big  swamp  on  relocated  line,  Panama  Railroad:  H  to  '1  i 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  149 


md  Camp  Cotton  toward  Monte  Lirio.  Gatun  formation, 
icene  series.  D.  F.  MacDonald  and  T.  W.  Vaughan,  collectors. 
L.  Station  6030.  Holotype  and  2  paratypes.  Cat.  Xo.  324285, 
I.N.M. 

'olotype. — Portion  of  the  right  claw,  comprising  the  distal  end  of 
manus  and  both  fingers ;  outer  surface  only.  Height  of  manus  at 
al  end  equal  to  length  of  dactylus  measured  on  the  chord  from  the 
to  the  middle  of  its  articulating  edge ;  surface  convex  from  upper 
}wer  edge.  Fixed  finger  wide  in  its  proximal  half,  then  abruptly 
rowed ;  distal  half  directed  slightly  upward ;  length  twice  as  great 
rasal  width.  The  ends  of  the  fingers  are  somewhat  crushed;  the 
able  finger  curves  strongly  downward  and  appears  to  overreach 
tip  of  the  immovable  finger,  being  at  right  angles  to  it ;  its  lower 
3  has  two  teeth,  one  near  the  articulation  squarish,  broader  than 
the  other  smaller,  separated  by  a  rounded  sinus.  At  the  sinus 
\\  to  this  tooth  is  the  widest  inter  digital  gape :  a  little  further  on 
fingers  would  meet  for  a  ways,  if  they  were  closed,  while  the  tips 
Id  cross  each  other.  The  greatest  width  of  the  dactylus  is  a  little 
e  than  a  third  of  its  greatest  length,  measured  in  a  straight  line, 
ae  oblique  edge  of  the  propodus  which  projects  over  the  dactylus 
enulate.  On  the  manus  near  the  gape  of  the  fingers  there  are  3 
rcles  in  a  curve  parallel  with  the  edge.  Behind  the  crenulation 
:3  are  2  scale-like  sockets  from  which  setae  probably  arose,  and 
nd  these  a  vertical  thumb-nail  impression.  Xear  the  supero- 
tl  angle  of  the  manus  there  is  another  socket.  On  the  proximal 
of  the  dactylus  there  are  9  sockets  of  larger  size  than  those  on 
nanus  and  irregularly  disposed:  2  are  on  the  larger  prehensile 
ii  and  one  on  the  smaller. 

iratype  (a). — Left  manus,  both  sides  visible.  A  smaller  speci- 
than  the  holotype.  Upper  and  lower  margins  distally  converg- 
Length  a  little  more  than  greatest  width.  Outer  surface  con- 
|m  both  directions,  but  more  so  from  top  to  bottom.  Surface  for 
nost  part  smooth  and  shining.  The  ornamentation  is  like  that 
ie  type,  that  is,  a  crenulated  edge  on  the  lobe  which  overlaps  the 
plus,  a  row  of  tubercles  just  behind  the  gape — the  lower  of  the 
>ercles  is  broken  off — above  this  2  sockets,  and  then  a  very  short 
iib-nail  impression,  followed  by  a  socket  near  the  upper  angle, 
upper  margin  is  subacute  in  its  proximal  half,  becoming  gradu- 
blunt  toward  the  distal  end ;  on  either  side  is  a  row  of  sockets ; 
5  visible  on  the  outer  surface  and  5  on  the  inner ;  lower  margin 
d,  also  with  a  row  of  sockets  on  either  side :  5  are  visible  on  the 
*  side  and  about  10  on  the  inner  side  in  the  distal  half;  the 
imal  half  is  broken.  There  are  a  few  punctae  scattered  about 
niter  surface:  while  on  the  inner  surface  near  the  depression 


150         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 

leading  to  the  gape  there  is  a  double  row  of  granules,  8  of  w 
can  be  made  out.   The  edge  overlapping  the  dactylus  is  crenulat  I 
the  inner  surface. 

Paratope  (£>). — Portion  of  left  propodus  showing  part  of  fil 
and  a  small  part  of  the  manus.    Surface  shining.    Three  tube! 
near  gape,  and  continuing  the  same  curve  along  the  upper  part  o: 
outer  surface  of  the  finger,  there  is  a  granule  followed  by  2  soc 

Measurements. —  (Approximate  only.)  Holotype:  Distal  h<j 
of  manus,  19.3  mm. ;  length  of  dactylus  from  tip  to  proximal  eni 
upper  margin,  23.5  mm. ;  height  of  dactylus,  measured  straigh 
from  the  edge  of  the  basal  tooth,  8.6  mm. ;  length  of  immoi 
finger  measured  along  the  prehensile  edge,  15  mm. ;  height  of  i 
at  base,  7  mm.  Paratype  (a)  :  Length  of  manus  across  middle,^ 
mm.;  proximal  height,  16.7  mm.;  distal  height,  15  mm.;  gre 
thickness,  6.6  mm.  Paratype  (h)  :  Height  of  immovable  fingq 
base,  5.8  mm. 

Additional  localities. — Panama  Canal  Zone.    Las  Cascadas 
tion.    From  lower  part  of  lime-cemented  soft  gray  to  olive  co 
limestone  with  central  parting  of  dark  clay.    The  first  hard, 
sandstone  bed  above  the  lower  limestone  just  above  Station  6<i 
Upper  part  of  Culebra  formation.    Oligocene  series.    D.  F.  '. 
Donald  and  T.  W.  Vaughan,  collectors.    1911.   Station  6019<?. 
left  propodus  with  most  of  the  fixed  finger  attached.   The  spec 
is  so  bruised  and  crushed  that  its  identity  can  not  be  determined 
certainty.   Cat.  No.  324283,  U.S.N.M. 

Also,  from  the  same  place,  a  right  dactylus  from  a  chelipet 


much  smaller  size.  Its  identity  is  uncertain.  It  lacks  the  large  j 
on  the  cutting  edge,  but  it  may  belong  to  the  feebler  of  theS 
chelipeds,  or  to  a  female.  There  is  evidently  a  shallow  sinus  aft 
base,  followed  by  a  low  broad  tooth.  Six  sockets  for  setae  caB 
made  out.  The  thick  outer  crust  has  nearly  all  broken  away,  m 
No.  324283,  U.S.N.M. 

Panama  Canal  Zone.  From  lowest  horizon  in  big  cut  from  jB: 
mile  beyond  Camp  Cotton  toward  Monte  Lirio.  Lower  paM 
Gatun  formation.  Miocene  series.  D.  F.  MacDonald  and  iH 
Vaughan,  collectors.  1911.  Station  6029a.  Left  manus,  abouB^ 
mm.  long,  measured  at  the  level  of  the  articulating  condyle  oft 
dactylus;  edges  mostly  broken  and  obscured.  Identification  )H. 
(1)  on  the  general  contour  of  the  surface,  (2)  the  color,  a  light  H 
(3)  the  margin  adjacent  to  the  articulating  condyle  of  the  daclM, 
and  (4)  2  sockets  just  below  the  upper  margin  on  the  inner  suiM, 
Cat.  No.  324284,  U.S.N.M. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


151 


CALLIANASSA  STKIDENS,  new  species. 

Plate  61,  figs.  12-14. 

ype-locality. — Panama  Canal  Zone.  From  third  hard  sandstone 
from  bottom.  Las  Cascadas  section.  Upper  part  of  Culebra  for- 
ion.  Oligocene  series.  D.  F.  MacDonald  and  T.  W.  Vaughan. 
Wors.  1911.  Station  6019^.  Cat.  No.  324281,  U.S.N.M. 
rolotype. — Manus  of  a  left  cheliped.  Only  the  upper  two-thirds 
-isible,  the  lower  third  is  embedded  in  rock.  Upper  margin 
zontal,  distal  and  proximal  margins  vertical,  supero-posterior 
ler  rounded.  Upper  edge  thin,  a  little  sinuous,  viewed  from  the 
On  the  inner  surface  a  little  below  the  upper  edge  there  is  a 
of  8  short  vertical  ridges,  which  occupies  the  whole  length  of 
segment.  This  may  have  been  a  stridulating  mechanism. 
T  easurements. — Superior  length  of  manus,  11  mm. ;  thickness, 
am. 

CALLIANASSA  MAGNA,  new  species. 

Plate  62,  figs.  1^3. 

ype-locality. — Panama  Canal  Zone.    Las  Cascadas  section,  Gail- 
Cut.    From  lowest  fossiliferous  bed.    Third  bed  below  lowest 
stone  beds  separated  by  rows  of  nodules.   Lower  part  of  upper 
of  Culebra  formation.    Oligocene  series.    D.  F.  MacDonald 
T.  W.  Vaughan,  collectors.    1911.    Station  6020«.    Cat.  No. 
1 570,  U.S.N.M. 

easurements. — Greatest  length  of  movable  ringer  (tip  broken 
:{X ,  33  mm. ;  greatest  height,  13.2  mm. ;  thickness,  0.8  mm. ;  length 
asal  sinus,  6  mm. 

olotype. — The  only  specimen  is  a  movable  finger  or  dactylus  of 
freight  cheliped.  It  is  very  much  worn  and  a  considerable  portion 
he  tip  is  lacking.  The  lower  border  is  thin,  but  the  remainder 
thick  and  in  cross  section  subcircular.  and  tapers  gradually  to- 
fi  the  distal  end.  At  the  proximal  end  below  there  is  a  broad 
:Js;  the  thin  prehensile  edge  is  slightly  concave,  viewed  from  out- 
i  and  feebly  denticulate,  especially  when  viewed  from  inside; 
lie  is  a  somewhat  larger  and  better  preserved  tooth  just  within  the 
*j*in  at  the  widest  part  of  the  finger.  Upper  margin  in  outer  view 
i  ght  in  its  proximal  half,  gently  curved  distally.  In  dorsal 
f  the  finger  is  much  curved  and  in  the  middle  of  its  upper  surface 
'M  is  a  longitudinal  row  of  four  large  punctse. 
!.  its  general  shape,  including  the  basal  sinus,  this  dactylus  re- 
gies that  of  C.  pellucida  Rathbun,  from  the  Leeward  Islands, 
'scription  of  which  is  about  to  be  published  by  the  Carnegie  In- 
i  tion,  but  the  prehensile  edge  is  thinner  and  more  laminate  and 
<  inner  outline  more  concave  in  dorsal  view  instead  of  almost 
t  ght  as  in  that  species. 


-152         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


CALLIANASSA  CRASSA,  new  species. 

Plate  61,  figs.  1-3. 

Type-locality. — Gatun  section  A,  bed  A  (bottom  of  sect 
Lower  part  of  Gatun  formation.  Miocene  series.  D.  F.  | 
Donald,  collector.    Station  6003.    Two  dactyli  of  the  left  chel. 

Types.— Cat.  No.  324276.  U.S.N.M. 

Measurements. — Length  of  dactylus,  16.3  mm. ;  height,  6.2  mm 
Holotype. — Outer  and  upper  surfaces  exposed,  outline  of  ti] 
scure.   Viewed  from  the  outside  the  upper  outline  is  arcuate  an< 
tip  bent  down  below  the  prehensile  edge,  which  is  nearly  horizc 
Viewed  from  above,  the  outer  line  is  much  curved  and  the  innei 
nearly  straight.    On  the  prehensile  edge  there  is  a  shallow 
sinus,  followed  by  a  very  low,  broad  tooth;  rest  of  margin  fa 
sinuous.   The  surface  shows  a  number  of  granules,  some  large,  o 
small:  the  large  ones  are  about  7  on  the  outer  surface  and  5  o: 
upper  surface :  of  the  former,  2  are  submarginal,  one  of  them  1 
above  the  lobe,  the  other  half  way  to  the  tip:  the  other  5  ext 
granules  are  disposed  on  the  distal  half:  the  5  superior  granule 
arranged  in  2  rows,  one  row  of  3  toward  the  inner  surface,  an 
other  row  of  2  granules  toward  the  outer  surface;  the  proxinr 
these  is  double.    On  the  middle  of  the  outer  surface  there  is  a 
of  about  50  small  granules.  The  chalky-white  outer  layer  of  the 
has  crumbled  away  except  near  the  edges,  so  that  one  can  nc 
whether  the  granules  were  apparent  on  that  surface.    Color  o: 
face  now  exposed  dull  light  bluish. 

Paratype. — About  t^o-thirds  as  large  as  the  holotype,  and 
both  ends  of  the  finger  missing.  Granules  as  follows:  3  large 
the  lower  margin.  2  as  in  the  holotype,  the  other  above  the 
sinus;  on  the  inner  surface  are  3  similarly  spaced  but  placed 
distad.  On  the  upper  surface  there  is  a  row  of  4  toward  the 
surface,  and  below  the  second  one  from  the  proximal  end  are  i 
together.  The  small  granules  are  more  separated  than  on  the 
type  and  are  distributed  chiefly  on  the  upper  hnlf  of  the 
surface. 

CALLIANASSA,  species. 

Pinto  59,  fig.  5. 

Locality. — Panama  Canal  Zone.  Top  part  of  limy  sandsto: 
low  upper  conglomerate,  near  foot  of  stairs,  Gaillard  Cut.  1 
part  of  Culebra  formation.  Oligocene  series.  D.  F.  Mad 
and  T.  W.  Vaughan,  collectors.  1911.  Station  6()12r\  Ca 
324277,  U.S.N.M. 

Material. — Manns  of  left  cheliped  of  a  small  specimen.  Out( 
face  visible.   Very  convex  from  top  to  bottom,  a  deep  groove  r 
the  edge  articulating  with  the  carpus:  upper  and  lower  mar 
defined. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


153 


CALLIANASSA  ?,  species. 

Plate  64,  fig.  10. 

^cality. — Panama  Canal  Zone.  Las  Cascadas  section.  From 
r  part  of  lime-cemented  soft  gray  to  olive-colored  limestone 
1  central  parting  of  dark  clay).  The  first  hard,  limy  sandstone 
ibove  the  lower  limestone  just  above  station  60196.  Upper  part 
1  ulebra  formation.  Oligocene  series.  D.  F.  MacDonald  and 
^ r.  Vaughan,  collectors.  1911.  Station  6019c.  Cat.  No.  324280, 
OI. 

*  iterial. — One  small  specimen  resembling  in  shape  the  merus 
"ai  of  the  smaller  of  the  chelipeds  of  the  first  pair.    If  the  above 
>  be  correct,  this  is  from  the  right  cheliped.    The  two  oblique 
ves  near  the  distal  end  may  have  been  artificially  produced. 

Family  PAGURIDAE. 

PETROCHIRUS  BOUVIERI.  new  species. 

'  Petrochirus  cf.  gramdatus  Olivier  s/j."  Toula,  Jahrb.  der  k.  k.  Geolog-. 
a     Reichsanstalt,  Wien,  vol.  61,  1911,  p.  511  [25],  pi.  30  [1],  fig.  13. 

^,tun;  Miocene  (Toula).    Not  represented  in  the  collection  at 

:i  .ere  are  two  recent  species  of  Petrochirus  on  opposite  sides  of 
'  continent,  namely,  P.  bahamensis  (Herbst)1^^.  gramdatus 
rier) .  which  extends  from  Florida  to  Brazil,  and  P.  calif  orni- 
Bouvier2  taken  at  La  Paz,  Mexico,  and  in  Ecuador.  One  of 
Principal  differences  between  them  lies  in  the  ornamentation  of 

-  melae.  The  right  chela  of  P.  bahamensis  is  covered  chiefly  with 
haped  clusters  of  granules,  all  of  which  trend  forward  and 
Isnt  a  smooth,  oval  side-face  when  viewed  dorsally;  the  clusters 
■I  in  size,  and  some  are  composed  of  only  2  granules,  while  others 
represented  by  only  one  granule;  all  are  fringed  anteriorly  with 
i  which  fills  the  interspaces.  The  right  chela  of  P.  calif orniensis 
Similarly  clusters  and  single  granules,  but  the  clusters  are  not 
■  haped  but  round,  or  nearly  round,  and  are  composed  of  a  large 
•th  central  granule  surrounded  by  small  granules  tipped  with  a 
i),  horny  point ;  the  granules  are  much  more  elevated  and  have  a 

1 dorsal  inclination  than  in  bahamensis ;  the  single  granules  are 
more  numerous  than  in  that  species. 

I  e  right  chela  of  the  fossil  specimen  figured  by  Toula  resembles 
*of  P.  calif  oimiensis. 

-  e  left  chela  of  P.  bahamensis  is  covered  with  fan-shaped  clusters 
'anules  like  those  on  its  right  chela,  but  the  clusters  are  more 

Cancer  lahamensis  Herbst,  Naturg.  d.  Krabben  u.  Krebse,  vol.  2,  1796,  p.  30. 

-  Bull.  Mus.  Hist.  Nat.,  Paris,  1895,  p.  6. 


,154         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


crowded,  and  single  granules  are  fewer.    The  left  chela  of  P. 
fomiensu  is  covered  with  clusters  like  those  on  its  right  chela 
more  crowded,  and  the  granules  of  which  they  are  composed  ai» 
a  smaller  average  size. 

The  left  chela  of  the  fossil  agrees  more  nearly  with  that  o 
bahamensis. 

We  therefore  have  a  Tertiary  species  combining  the  charactei 
two  Recent  species,  at  least  as  far  as  the  chelae  are  concerned,  pos 
ing  the  right  chela  of  one  and  the  left  chela  of  the  other. 

Tribe  BRACHYURA. 

Subtribe  DROMIACEA. 

Family  DROMIIDAE. 
Genus  GONIOCHELE  Bell. 

GONIOCHELE?  ARMATA,  new  species. 

Plate  57.  figs.  11  and  12. 

Type-locality. — Panama  Canal  Zone.  Las  Cascadas  section,  (! 
lard  Cut.  From  lowest  fossiliferous  bed.  Third  bed  below  lo 
limestone  beds  separated  by  rows  of  nodules.  Lower  part  of  u1 
half  of  Culebra  formation.  Oligocene  series.  D.  F.  MacDc 
and  T.  W.  Vaughan,  collectors.  1911.  Station  602(k.  Mov 
finger  of  the  left  cheliped.    Cat.  No.  324259,  U.S.N.M. 

Measurements. — Length  of  movable  finger  (tip  broken  off) ,  19 1' 
width  at  about  the  middle,  6  mm.;  greatest  thickness,  4.5  mm. 

Holotype. — The  shape  is  elongate-triangular  viewed  from  oulB 
the  prehensile  edge  being  nearly  straight  and  the  upper  edge  sli* 
arched:  outer  surface  convex  in  both  directions.  The  prehe 
edge  has  a  sinus  at  its  base,  defined  distally  by  a  broad  tooth  y 
is  at  present  truncate,  but  may  have  been  prolonged  in  two  i 
teeth :  beyond  are  four  teeth  separated  by  rounded  sinuses  and 
their  tips  missing;  the  first  two  are  spiniform,  the  last  two  I 
find  thin.  The  upper  margin  bears  5  low,  spaced  teeth,  whiW 
within  and  alternating  there  is  a  line  of  3  teeth.  On  the  outer 
face  are  2  rows  of  tubercles  not  far  from  the  margins,  4  in  the  1 
and  3  in  the  upper  row;  the  proximal  tubercle  in  the  upper 
is  bifid.  On  the  inner  surface  are  5  tubercles  besides  those  f 
mentioned,  2  in  a  longitudinal  row  in  the  middle,  2  on  the  distal 
a  little  above  the  prehensile  edge,  and  1  small  one  toward  th« 
and  behind  the  middle. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


155 


have  placed  this  specimen  in  Goniochele1  on  account  of  the 
ylus  being  armed  on  both  edges,  as  in  G.  angulata  Bell,2  the 
of  the  genus,  and  because  the  general  shape  of  the  segment  is 
lar.    In  Bell's  species  the  dorsal  surface  is  smooth. 

Subtribe  OXYSTOMATA. 

Family  CALAPPIDAE. 

HEPATUS  CHILIENSIS  Milne  Edwards. 

Plate  66,  flg.  4. 

lepatus  chiliensis  Milne  Edwards,  Hist.  Nat.  Crust.,  vol.  2,  1837,  p.  117. 

cality. — Panama  Canal  Zone.  From  near  Mount  Hope  in  ditch 
lgh  swampy  ground.  About  one-quarter  mile  from  present  sea 
i,  6  to  8  feet  above  high  tide.  Pleistocene  series.  D.  F.  Mac- 
Jd,  collector.  April,  1911.  Station  5850.  Cat.  No.  324235, 
OI. 

iterial. — Dactylus  of  right  chela,  5.3  mm.  long.  This  little 
men  shows  all  the  essential  characters  of  recent  individuals  of 
species :  8  shallow  rounded  teeth  on  the  lower  margin ;  a  row  of 
ercles  on  the  proximal  part  of  the  upper  margin  and  a  row  of 
ercles  just  below  and  on  the  outer  surface;  still  further  down, 
•re  tubercles ;  a  stridulating  ridge  on  the  inner  surface  just 
g  ( the  upper  edge  is  formed  of  upwards  of  45  fine  parallel  striae 
\|  >ccupies  the  greater  part  of  the  length  of  the  finger. 

ttribution  of  Recent  material. — Ranges  at  the  present  time  from 
.  |dor  to  Chile. 

HEPATUS,  species. 

Plate  60.  fig.  12. 

-;;  \alitij. — Panama  Canal  Zone.  From  lower  part  of  lime-cemented 
^ray  to  olive-colored  sandstone  (with  central  parting  of  dark 
[n  :  The  first  hard  linry  sandstone  bed  above  the  lower  lime- 
a5j  just  above  fossil  lot  No.  6019?>.  Upper  part  of  Culebra  forma- 
Oligocene  series.  D.  F.  MacDonald  and  T.  W.  Vaughan, 
rj  fx>rs,  1911.    Station  6019f.    Cat.  No.  324239,  U.S.N.M. 

"erial. — One  dactylus  of  left  chela,  much  worn  and  incom- 
.   at  both  extremities;  the  proximal  half  of  the  upper  margin  is 
....  vanting.    The  curves  in  side  view  are  much  like  those  of 
iliensis  Milne  Edwards.3    Both  inner  and  outer  surfaces  are 

onograph  of  the  Fossil  Malacostracous  Crustacea  of  Great  Britain,  pt.  1,  1857, 

,  pi.  4,  flg.  6. 
»  Nat.  Crust.,  vol.  2,  1837,  p.  117. 

m°— 18— Bull.  103  11 


,156         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 

convex  from  top  to  bottom.    The  prehensile  edge  has  traces 
small  teeth,  one  near  the  base  and  one  at  about  the  distal  t] 
There  are  also  various  depressed  granules  or  pits,  namely,  a  ro 
5  small  ones  on  the  upper  margin;  opposite  the  distal  one  of  ii 
there  is  a  larger  one  on  the  inner  surface;  and  3  or  4  on  the  (I 
surface.   These  are  all  sunken  so  that  they  do  not  project  abov<pl 
present  surface,  which  is  not  the  true  outer  surface. 

This  finger  is  not  quite  so  flat  inside  as  H.  chiliensis. 

Measurements. — Length  of  dactylus,  13.6  mm.:  height  at  mi 
3.6  mm. ;  thickness  at  middle,  2.7  mm. 

CALAPPA  COSTARICANA,  new  species. 

Plate  57,  tig-.  24. 

Type-locality. — Costa  Rica:  City  of  Port  Limon.    Port  U 
formation.  Pliocene  series.  Dr.  L.  A.  Wailes.  4269. 

II olotype.— Cat.  Xo.  324240.  U.S.N.M.  A  triangular  frag1 
measuring  about  9  mm.  on  each  margin,  representing  the  proi< 
finger  and  the  infero-distal  portion  of  the  palm  of  a  left  che 
the  weaker  form — that  is,  without  a  strong  submarginal  tooth  oil 
characteristic  of  the  stronger  chela  in  Calcippa.  Lower  margin  er 
sinuous,  the  tip  of  the  finger  directed  upward,  proximal  ha  I 
margin  armed  with  6  strong  tubercles  directed  distally.  Just  aJn 
on  the  outer  side,  and  beginning  nearer  the  finger-tip  there  is  » 
of  11  smaller  tubercles,  normal  to  the  surface.  The  prehensile  I 
is  nearly  straight,  inclined  at  an  angle  of  about  75°  with  the  I 
margin  of  the  palm,  and  is  furnished  with  6  large,  unequal  tub(H 
which  end  at  the  small  sinus  which  ordinarily  exists  just  belo'B 
raised  margin  surrounding  the  articulation  with  the  dactyluflj 
the  upper  side  of  this  sinus  are  2  small  tubercles,  and  abovH 
point,  the  specimen  comes  to  an  end.  The  outer  surface  is  ccH 
with  upward  of  40  flattened  scale-like  tubercles  pointing  up'W 
*iiey  are  separated  from  the  submarginal  row  by  a  smooth  dfc 
sion.  The  propodus  is  thick  and  the  inner  surface  is  bevele-M 
bevel  for  the  most  part  smooth ;  remainder  of  inner  surface  st  H 
with  very  unequal  pearly  granules  and  tubercles;  interspace  cr(H( 
with  fine  punctae;  2  sinuous  ridges  run  toward  the  finger-tip.  \ 

This  species  resembles  C.  {/alius  (Herbst)1,  which  is  found  rinj 
at  the  present  time  from  Florida  Keys  to  Bahia,  Brazil.  The  ossi 
species  differs  in  the  very  prominent  tubercles  of  the  lower  nrgii 
of  the  palm  and  the  longer  tubercles  of  the  submarginal  ro^  jus 
above,  on  the  outer  surface. 

*  Cancer  gallua  II<>rbst,  Natur.  Krabben  u.  Krebse,  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  1803,  pp.  18  id 
pi.  58,  fig.  1. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


157 


CALAPPA  FLAMMEA  (Herbst). 

Plate  61,  figs.  4  and  5. 

Cancer  flammeus  Herbst,  Naturg.  d.  Krabben  u.  Krebse.  vol.  2,  1794,  p. 
161,  pi.  40,  fig.  2 ;  vol.  3,  pt.  3,  1803,  p.  19. 

ocality. — Near  Mount  Hope.  Panama  Canal  Zone,  in  ditch 
High  swampy  ground  about  one-fourth  mile  from  present  sea 
;h,  6  to  8  feet  above  high  tide;  Pleistocene  series:  D.  F.  Mac- 
lald,  collector.  April,  1911.  Station  5850.  Cat.  No.  3*24-237. 
MM. 

^presented  only  by  one  clactylus  or  movable  finger  belonging  to 
stronger  chela.  The  milling  of  the  striclulating  ridge  on  the 
ir  surface  just  below  the  upper  edge  is  more  strongly  marked  than 

I  lost  of  the  recent  specimens  examined. 

[easurements. — Extreme  length.  15  mm.;  width  just  distal  to  the 
er  marginal  tooth,  4.7  mm. 

distribution  of  Recent  material. — From  North  Carolina  to  Colom- 
and  Venezuela. 

CALAPPA  ZURCHERI  Bouvier. 

^Calappa  surcheri  Bouvier,  Bull.  Mus.  Hist.  Nat.  Paris,  vol.  5,  1899.  p.  190, 

iai '  text-fig. 

anama.    Lower  Miocene. 
■  ot  represented  in  the  Museum  collection. 

CALAPPELLA,  new  genus. 

arapace  very  little  broader  than  long,  without  clypeiform  ex- 
sions,  but  with  a  spine  at  the  junction  of  the  antero-lateral  and 

cero-lateral  borders,  and  a  spine  at  each  end  of  the  posterior 

(ler. 

■kront  small,  projecting  forward  beyond  the  orbits. 
•  jrbits  small,  directed  forward. 

b  the  narrow  front  and  small  orbits,  this  genus  resembles  Calappa, 
J  in  its  narrow  carapace  armed  with  4  slender  spines,  it  differs 
m  that  genus  as  well  as  from  all  other  Calappinae. 
ype  of  the  genus. — Calappella  quadrispina,  new  species. 

CALAPPELLA  QUADRISPINA,  new  species. 

Plate  58,  figs.  1  aud  2. 

ype-locality . — Panama  Canal  Zone.    Las  Cascadas  section,  Gail- 

II  Cut.  From  lowest  fossiliferous  bed;  third  bed  below  lowest 
u  'stone  beds  separated  by  rows  of  nodules.  Lower  part  of  upper 
f  of  Culebra  formation.    Oligocene  series.    D.  F.  MacDonald 


158         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


and  T.  W.  Vaughan,  collectors.  1911.  Station  602(to.  Cat. 
324238,  U.S.KM. 

Measurements  (approx.). — Length  of  carapace  (spines  excluc 
14  mm.;  width  (spines  excluded),  14.4  mm. 

Holotype. — Species  represented  by  one  specimen  showing  pai 
the  carapace  and  no  appendages,  enclosed  in  a  nodule  which  has 
broken  in  two.  Nodule  not  much  larger  around  than  the  carapac 

Carapace  nearly  as  long  as  wide,  spines  excluded;  width  bet- 
outer  angles  of  orbits  a  little  greater  than  posterior  margin, 
of  the  antero-lateral  margin  nearly  twice  as  long  as  that  oi 
postero-lateral  margin.   Antero-lateral  margin  divided  into  2 
the  anterior  two-fifths  being  slightly  convex,  the  posterior 
fifths  very  convex  with  a  tubercle  at  its  middle.  Postero-lateral 
gin  somewhat  sinuous,  but  in  general  concave;  posterior  im 
slightly  convex,  about  twice  as  long  as  the  slender  spine  at  eitheii 
which  is  directed  backward  and  slightly  outward.  Lateral  spine 
slender,  but  longer,  half  as  long  as  the  postero-lateral  margin 
pointing  obliquely  backward. 

The  central  and  anterior  part  of  the  surface  of  the  carapa 
lacking.  There  are,  however,  two  oblique,  parallel,  branchial 
rows ;  between  them  a  row  of  3  tubercles  and  some  scattered  gran 
the  outer  part  of  the  branchial  region  is  higher  and  rough 
irregular  tubercles  which  are  more  or  less  confluent.  Cardiac 
high,  with  a  median  tubercle  on  its  posterior  slope;  in  almos 
same  plane  transversely,  but  on  a  lower  level,  there  is  another  tut 
on  each  side  just  above  the  postero-lateral  margin. 

There  is  a  very  small  hollow  in  the  nodule  where  the  point 
front  rested,  and  on  the  other  half  of  the  nodule  may  be  seei 
lower  surface  of  the  front  where  it  j  oined  the  interantennular  se} 

The  orbits  are  small,  their  upper  and  lower  margins  forme 
two  teeth,  the  innermost  advanced,  separated  by  a  blunt  V-sr 
sinus. 

On  the  lower  surface,  the  inner  tooth  of  the  orbit  is  conside 
elevated  (that  is,  ventrally).    A  sharp  ridge  runs  obliquely 
ward  from  or  near  the  epistome,  and  is  armed  with  a  tooth 
posterior  third. 

MURSIA  MACDONALDI,  new  species. 

Plate  58,  fig.  21. 

Type-locality. — Panama  Canal  Zone.  Las  Cascadas  section, 
or  topmost  limestone.    Emperador  limestone.    Oligocene  series 
P.  MacDonald  and  T.  W.  Vaughan,  collectors.   1911.   One  spec 
part  of  left  cheliped.    Station  6019?.    Cat.  No.  324229,  U.S 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  159 


Measurements. — Length  of  palm  between  articulations,  19  mm. : 
jht  (approx.),  10.2  mm. 

epresented  by  the  left  palm  only,  which  has  the  customary  Calap- 
l  form,  and  a  portion  of  the  immovable  finger ;  the  edges  are  not 
(  shown ;  two  teeth  may  be  seen  near  the  distal  end  of  the  upper 
gin.  The  only  details  of  the  outer  surface  that  can  be  made  out 
a  few  large  tubercles,  more  or  less  compressed  as  in  Recent  species 
\[ursia;  these  tubercles  number  about  15;  there  is  a  row  of  4 
;tle  above,  and  subparallel  to,  the  lower  margin;  from  these  4 
rcles  irregular  rows  extend  obliquely  upward,  trending  toward 
[fingers;  including  those  of  the  horizontal  row,  those  of  the  distal 
que  row  are  4,  of  the  second  row  5,  of  the  third  row  3,  of  the 
idmal  row  3 ;  these  rows  are  not  strictly  parallel  nor  their  tuber- 
regularly  spaced.  The  lower  proximal  tubercle  is  the  largest  and 
I  compressed. 

aere  is  an  indication  of  the  distal  spine  of  the  arm- joint,  which 
[  be  seen  in  the  figure. 

iseinbles  Mursia  armata  de  Ha  an.1  but  in  that  species  the  prin- 
il  tubercles  of  the  hand  are  9,  arranged  in  3  parallel  and  fairly 
Br  rows. 

MURSIA  OBSCURA,  new  species. 

Plate  61.  fig.  18. 

tpe-locality. — Near  Panama  Canal  Station  "  1910,"  north  of 
'0  Miguel  locks,  Panama  Canal  Zone.  From  dark  clay,  lower 
of  Culebra  formation.  Oligocene  series.  D.  F.  MacDonald 
T.  W.  Vaughan,  collectors.  1911.  Station  6010.  Cat.  No. 
05,  U.S.KM. 

pasurements  of  fragmentary  specimen,  8.2  mm.  long,  9  mm.  wide. 
\ilotype. — The  central  part  of  the  carapace,  devoid  of  its  margin. 
Dt  perhaps  the  middle  of  the  posterior  margin.    This  fragment 
iibedded  wrong  side  up  in  a  piece  of  rock:  only  the  thin  outer 
\>  of  the  specimen  remains  and  its  under  surface  alone  is  visible, 
is  been  referred  to  this  genus  because  the  cavities  or  pits,  which 
?sent  tubercles  on  the  dorsal  surface  of  the  shell,  are  arranged 
l  as  in  M ursia.    There  are  5  longitudinal  rows  of  these  pits :  The 
san  row  consists  of  3  large  pits.,  one  cardiac,  one  genital,  one  gas- 
I  preceded  by  2  small  pits  side  by  side ;  the  two  lateral  rows 
leach  side)  are  very  little  oblique  to  the  median  line,  but  sub- 
%)  llel  to  each  other ;  the  inner  of  these  rows  consists  of  4  pits,  the 
Ultimate  one  being  in  a  transverse  line  with  the  last  pit  of  the 
I  an  roAv ;  the  last  pit  of  the  inner  lateral  row  is  round  and  deep 


1  Fauna  Japonica,  1839,  p.  73,  pi.  19,  fig.  2. 


160         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 

and  indicates  a  large  excrescence,  perhaps  a  spine,  on  the  dorsal 
face ;  3  pits  only  are  visible  in  the  outer  row,  the  middle  pit  < 
transverse  line  with  the  anterior  pit  of  the  other  rows,  whil< 
anterior  pit  of  the  outer  row  is  not  quite  in  line  with  the  two  b( 
it.  Either  side  of  the  pair  of  small  submedian  gastric  pits  th< 
a  large  cavity.  The  furrows  separating  the  branchial  fron 
gastric  and  cardiac  regions  are  indicated  by  sinuous  ridges. 

Judging  from  the  proximity  of  the  rows  of  pits,  this  carapjj 
narrower  in  proportion  to  its  length  than  in  other  species  of  M'< 
This  together  with  the  evidence  of  a  strong  prominence  nea 
postero-lateral  borders  points  to  a  genus  different  from  any  desci 


MURSILIA,  new  genus. 


The  manus  resembles  that  of  Mursia,  but  lacks  the  crest  or 
on  the  inferior  margin. 

Type  of  the  genus. — Mursilia  ecristata,  new  species. 


MURSILIA  ECRISTATA,  new  species. 


Plate  57,  fig.  27. 


Type-locality. — Gatun  beds.    Gatun  formation.  Miocene 
"Robert  T.  Hill,  collector. 

Holotype.— Cut.  No.  135219,  U.S.KM. 

Measurements. — Length  of  palm,  9.8  mm.,  height  of  palm,  7 

Represented  by  only  one  specimen  showing  the  right  palm 
portion  of  the  wrist.  Palm  short  and  high.  Surface  finehM 
rather  distantly  granulated  on  the  upper  half  of  the  outer  sil 
and  at  the  proximal  end;  more  closely  granulated  on  the  loweM 
face.  There  are  9  large  tubercles  arranged  in  3  oblique,  subp™ 
rows ;  the  tubercle  at  the  inferior  proximal  corner  is  much  the  Is  jes 
is  flattened  above  and  has  a  raised  rim  ;  between  it  and  theW 
tubercle  in  the  horizontal  row,  but  a  little  below,  there  is  a  siH 
tubercle.  Below  the  distal  tubercle  of  the  horizontal  row  of  <'■ 
nearer  the  inner  than  the  outer  surface  there  is  a  small  tuberckB 
the  upper  margin  there  are  7  narrow,  thickened  teeth  similar  tcH 
of  Calappa.  Below  the  sinus  between  the  fifth  and  sixth  ^eti 
(counting  from  the  wrist)  there  is  a  low  tubercle;  also  one  <| 
base  of  the  second  tooth.  A  part  of  a  tubercle  near  the  beginn 
the  immovable  finger  is  visible. 

The  outline  of  the  wrist  is  defined,  but  very  little  of  the  s 
remains;  a  small  piece  near  the  distal  upper  corner  is  granulate nB 
the  upper  half  of  the  palm. 

The  tuberculation  of  the  manus  or  palm  resembles  that  of 
the  dentation  of  the  upper  margin  is  nearer  that  of  Calappa ,W 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


161 


segment  differs  from  both  those  genera  in  lacking  the  crest  on  the 
pil  er  margin  of  the  palm. 

Family  LEUCOSIIDAE. 

LEUCOSILIA  JURINEI  (Saussure). 

n  i 

Guaia  (ilia)  jurinei  Saussuke,  Rev.  et  Mag.  de  Zool.,  No.  8,  1853,  p.  12, 
;       pi.  13,  fig.  4. 

|  Leucosilia  jtirinii  Bell,  Trans.  Linn.  Soc.  London,  vol.  21,  1855,  p.  295,  pi.  32, 
fig.  1. 

-l  i 

:ic  .ocality. — Panama  Canal  Zone.  From  near  Mount  Hope  in  ditch 
Dugh  swampy  ground.  About  one-quarter  mile  from  present  sea 
ch,  6  to  8  feet  above  high  tide.  Pleistocene  series.  D.  F.  Mac- 
aald,  collector.  April,  1911.   Station  5850. 

\laterial. — Six  small  arm-joints  more  or  less  worn;  four  of  them 
incomplete  at  one  or  both  ends. 
•ize. — Length  of  a  large  one,  5.6  mm. 

distribution  of  Recent  Material. — Ranges  from  Mazatlan,  Mexico, 
3eru  and  the  Galapagos  Islands. 

LEUCOSILIA  BANANENSIS,  new  species. 

ie  i  Plate  .57,  figs.  6-S. 

yype-locality. — Banana  River.  Costa  Rica.    Probably  equivalent 
.  Gatun  formation.    Miocene  series.    D.  F.  MacDonald,  collec- 
1911.    Station  5882A,  5Z>,  1  arm,  holotype,  from  seventh  fos- 
ferous  zone  below  the  uppermost  one  of  the  section.  Station  5882<7, 
1  arm,  paratype  (a),  from  sixth  fossiliferous  zone  below  the  up- 
most  one  of  the  section.   Station  5882/,  3/,  1  arm,  paratype  (&), 
21  fifth  fossiliferous  zone  below  the  uppermost  one  of  the  section. 
;  7ypes.— Cat.  Nos.  324230,  324231,  and  324232,  U.S.N.M. 
'\{ easurements. — Length  of  holotype,  11.1  mm.;  greatest  diameter, 
.mm. 

,i  represented  by  only  3  arms  from  3  different  layers.  The  best 
i]cimen  represents  the  left  arm  nearly  complete,  lacking  only  the 
l:al  articulating  edge. 

»hape  subcylindrical,  slightly  compressed  in  a  vertical  direction, 
J  greatest  diameter  being  proximal  to  the  middle,  the  smallest 
i  meter  at  the  proximal  end.  The  ornamentation  consists  of 
Mercies  or  large  granules,  the  granules  becoming  small  at  both  ends 
ithe  arm;  around  the  middle  of  the  segment  the  granules  number 
Rut  15;  the  tops  of  the  granules  are  broken  off  so  that  they  appear 
r  flatter  than  they  really  were.  Compared  with  L.  jurinei,  the 
f  i  is  more  swollen,  the  granules  less  numerous,  more  equal  and 
ft  ther  apart. 


-162 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


LEUCOSIIDAE?,  genus  and  species  indeterminable. 

Plate  60,  figs.  7  and  8. 

Locality — Panama  Canal  Zone.  From  near  Mount  Hope  in  d| 
through  swampy  ground.  About  one-quarter  mile  from  present 
beach,  6  to  8  feet  above  high  tide.  Pleistocene  series.  D.  F.  ]j 
Donald,  collector.  April,  1911.  Station  5850.  Cat.  No.  324| 
U.S.N.M. 

Material. — Dactylus  of  left  chela,  11.4  mm.  long,  with  prox 
end  lacking.  This  dactylus  differs  from  those  of  Persephona 
allied  genera  in  its  strong  curvature  upwards,  supposing  the 
hensile  edge  to  be  directed  inwards.  This  edge  is  nearly  stra 
except  just  at  the  tip  and  is  armed  with  25  small  unequal  teeth, ) 
which  in  the  proximal  third  are  the  largest.  Besides  this  edge 
surface  is  composed  of  4  high,  smoothly  rounded  ridges  separ 
by  narrow  grooves;  2  of  the  ridges  are  inferior,  and  2  superior, 
outermost  of  the  latter  embracing  the  outer  edge  and  having  a  ki 
tudinal  row  of  punctae  near  its  middle.  Each  side  of  the  prehe: 
edge  there  are  2  or  3  rows  of  punctae.  Tip  of  finger  bent  rai 
abruptly  but  obliquely  inward,  while  in  its  upward  trend  it  conti 
the  curve  of  the  rest  of  the  dactylus. 

Subtribe  BRACHYGNATHA. 

Superfamily  BRACHYRHYNCHA. 
Family  PORTUNIDAE. 

CALLINECTES  DECLIVIS,  new  species. 

Plate  66,  figs.  1-3. 

Type-locality. — Banana  River,  Costa  Rica.  Eighth  fossilifci 
zone  below  the  uppermost  one  of  the  section.  Probably  equiva 
to  Gatum  formation.  Miocene  series.  D.  F.  MacDonald,  colle! 
1911.    Station  5882i;  6c.    Cat.  No.  324262,  U.S.N.M. 

Measurements. — Greatest  height,  14  mm. ;  length  of  maims  n 
ured  horizontally  from  extreme  base  of  proximal  spine,  21  II 
thickness,  9.2  mm. 

Tlolotype. — The  propodus  of  the  left  cheliped,  with  the  tip  o: 
finger  broken  off.  The  palm  is  prismatic  as  in  recent  specie 
Callinectes,  with  7  facets,  more  or  less  distinct ;  4  facets  on  the  (i 
surface  and  3  on  the  inner  surface.  The  surface,  or  what  remaii 
it.  is  smooth  and  shining  to  the  naked  eye,  but  under  a  lens,  a 
very  fine  granulation,  and  larger  scattered  punctae.  The  facet: 
separated  by  blunt  ridges;  one  facet  is  a  little  above  the  midd 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  163 

outer  surface,  and  has  subparallel  margins;  the  facet  below  this 
3ns  distally  and  its  lower  edge,  not  very  prominent,  is  continued 
a  the  finger,  where  it  is  sharper ;  the  lower  facet  of  the  outer  sur- 
I  is  not  sharply  marked:  the  facet  above  the  middle  narrows 
fitly  toward  either  end  and  has  raised  margins;  at  its  proximal 
there  is  the  stout  base  of  a  large  spine  such  as  exists  in  CalUnectes 
le  present  day.  The  upper  facet  of  the  inner  surface  is  narrow, 
ir  in  the  middle  than  at  the  ends,  and  is  not  depressed,  its  distal 
ir  corner  only  is  visible  when  the  manus  is  viewed  externally; 
le  distal  end  just  outside  the  inner  margin  is  an  indication  that 
ine  has  been  broken  off.  The  remainder  of  the  inner  surface  is 
led  into  2  facets  of  nearly  equal  width  separated  by  a  prominent 
e. 

le  finger  is  a  little  curved  inward;  on  the  outer  and  inner  sur- 
there  are  2  grooves,  each  with  a  row  of  large  punctae,  the  groove 
le  middle  of  each  surface  being  deeper  than  that  near  the  pre- 
ile  teeth.  The  teeth  are  of  moderate  size,  irregular,  the  larger 
alternating  with  one  or  two  smaller  ones ;  at  the  broad  proximal 
of  the  cutting  edge  there  are  2  small  teeth  side  by  side,  one  near 
nner  the  other  near  the  outer  surface. 

lis  propodus  differs  from  those  of  all  the  Eecent  CalUnectes  in 
f)osition  of  the  uppermost  facet.  In  C.  sapiclus,  etc.,  this  facet  is 
rt  of  the  outer  series,  that  is,  continues  the  slope  of  the  adjoining 
:  on  the  outer  surface ;  while  in  the  fossil  it  inclines  downward 
rd  the  inner  surface  except  at  the  distal  end  where  it  is  nearly 
iontal.  Furthermore,  the  propodus  is  shorter  in  proportion  to 
ieight  than  in  recent  CalUnectes. 

aave  placed  this  species  in  CalUnectes  rather  than  in  Portunus 
Septimus  of  authors)  because  the  palm  is  nearer  the  shape  of 
'nectes  than  it  is  to  similar  segments  in  the  genus  Portnnus,  as 
['nguinolentus;  the  fossil  is  very  unlike  any  Portunus  now  living 
le  coast  of  tropical  America. 

CALLINECTES  RETICULATUS,  new  species. 

Plate  66,  figs.  5-7. 

'pe-locality. — Panama  Canal  Zone.  Las  Cascadas  section,  Gail- 
Cut.    From  lowest  f ossilif erous  bed ;  third  bed  below  lowest 

r;tone  beds  separated  by  rows  of  nodules.  Lower  part  of  upper 
of  Culebra  formation.  Oligocene  series.  D.  F.  MacDonald 
T.  W.  Vaughan,  collectors.    1911.    Station  6020a.    Cat.  No. 

1)1,  U.S.KM. 

asurements. — Greatest  height  of  manus,  15.6  mm. ;  length  of 
is  measured  horizontally  on  middle  of  outer  surface,  19.2  mm. ; 
ness,  10  mm. 


164 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Holotype. — The  propodus  of  the  right  cheliped,  the  immo 
finger  being  broken  off  near  its  middle. 

In  shape,  this  hand  is  shorter,  higher,  and  thicker  than  the 
ceding.  The  surface,  aside  from  the  ridges  and  the  uppermost 
is  covered  with  a  fine  reticulation  of  transverse  grooves.  The  i 
are  7  in  number  and  in  position  are  like  those  of  C.  declivis,  ex 
ing  that  the  narrow  uppermost  one  which  appears  to  belong  t 
inner  surface  in  C.  declivis  is  more  horizontal  in  C.  reticulatiM 
forms  the  upper  surface  of  the  segment.  The  next  facet  on  the 
side  is  narrowest  at  the  distal  end  and  widens  to  the  middle, 
which  the  margins  are  subparallel;  the  next  facet  widens  dis 
and  the  next  also,  but  in  a  lesser  degree ;  the  lower  facet  is  ill  de: 
The  2  facets  of  the  inner  surface  are  subequal  and  widen  distal] 

There  is  the  base  of  a  tooth  at  the  inner  distal  end  of  the  i 
facet,  and  a  short  blunt  spine  at  the  distal  end  of  the  crest  bet 
the  upper  and  middle  facets.  If  there  was  a  tooth  at  the  pro:; 
end  it  is  broken  off. 

The  propodal  finger  bears  on  its  upper  edge  the  stumps  of  8 
equal  teeth;  nearer  the  palm  on  the  same  surface  there  are  2 
acute  tubercles  transversely  placed,  the  inner  one  the  larger. 

Aside  from  the  difference  in  shape  and  ornamentation  betweei 
species  and  the  preceding,  there  is  a  difference  in  the  form  o 
facets  which  may  be  seen  by  comparing  figures  5  to  7  with  1  to 
plate  66. 

CALLINECTES,  species. 

Plate  65,  figs.  1  and  2. 

Locality. — Panama  Canal  Zone.    From  the  4  feet  of  dark,  < 
fied  tuff  and  clay  immediately  overlying  the  lower  limestone! 
Las  Cascadas  section.    Upper  part  of  Culebra  formation.  (■ 
cene  series.    D.  F.  MacDonalcl  and  T.  W.  Vaughan,  collq 
1911.    Station  60196.    Cat.  No.  324255,  U.S.N.M. 

A  specimen  of  a  left  manus  and  carpus,  very  much  worn,  the 
and  lower  margins  and  the  distal  end  of  the  manus, being  laol 
The  palm  is  narrower  than  in  C.  reticxdatus  described  above | 
facet  near  the  middle  of  the  outer  surface  is  wider  than  in  C.  de< 
and  widens  distally  instead  of  having  subparallel  margins  as  ii| 
species. 

CALLINECTES,  species. 

Plate  65,  fig.  7. 

Locality. — Panama  Canal  Zone.   From  top  part  of  limy  sane 
below  upper  conglomerate,  near  foot  of  stairs,  Gaillard  Cut.  Ij 
part  of  Culebra  formation.    Oligocene  series.    D.  F.  MacF 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  165 


n  T.  W.  Vaughan,  collectors.    1911.    Station  6012c.    Cat.  No. 
38,  U.S.N.M. 

.,  te  distal  third  of  the  immovable  finger  of  a  claw  of  a  Callinectes* 
a  he  prehensile  edge  is  shown  the  most  distal  of  the  large  teeth 
>mary  in  the  genus  followed  (toward  the  tip)  by  3  smaller  teeth: 
,  ,ip  is  defective,  having  been  broken  off,  then  reattached  in  the 
...  ig  place.  There  is  a  punctated  groove  down  the  middle  of  the 
1  p  and  the  outer  surface. 

. ,  !  the  species  of  Callinectes  living  on  the  Pacific  coast  of  America. 

fragment  resembles  most  C.  toxotes  Ordway,1  which  occurs  from 
l  i  St.  Lucas  to  Peru. 

ARENAEUS,  species. 

Plate  64,  fig.  1. 

<  \eality. — Panama  Canal  Zone.  From  near  Mount  Hope  in  ditch 
PN  lgh  swampy  ground.  About  one-quarter  mile  from  present  sen 
i,  6  to  8  feet  above  high  tide.    Pleistocene  series.    D.  F.  Mac- 

:  !dd,  collector.  April,  1911.  Station  5850.  Cat.  No.  321-252, 
il  N.M. 

iterial. — Five  fingers  worn  and  more  or  less  incomplete.  Prob- 
w  1  all  are  movable  fingers  or  dactyli.    Length  of  most  perfect 
mi  imen,  8.2  mm.   On  the  outer  surface  there  are  two  grooves  dotted 
in  minute  punctae;  one  is  shallow  and  near  the  prehensile  teeth, 
)ther  is  above  the  middle  of  the  segment;  on  the  upper  surface 
)  are  also  two  punctated  grooves,  but  near  together,  while  the 
v  surface  has  two  furrows  similar  to  those  of  the  outer  surface. 
»,e  or  four  of  the  prehensile  teeth  are  enlarged  as  is  usual  in 
unids,  and  the  tip  is  curved  downward.   There  are  evidences  ot 
-  granulation  on  the  uppermost  ridges  and  on  the  proximal  part 
*ie  segment. 

j  lis  is  near  A.  mexicanus  (Gerstaeeker 2),  a  Recent  species  which 
!<rs  from  the  west  coast  of  Mexico  to  Peru.  The  shape,  curvature, 
l  granulation  are  similar,  but  three  of  the  six  grooves  belong  clefi- 
:  tiy  to  the  outer  surface. 

EUPHYLAX  CALLINECTIAS,  new  species. 

Plate  65,  figs.  3-6. 

ipe-locality.-. — Banana  River,  Costa  Rica;  ninth  fossiliferous  zone 
B«v  the  uppermost  one  of  the  section.  Probably  equivalent  to  Gatun 
>nation.  Miocene  series.  D.  F.  MacDonald,  collector.  1911. 
lion  5882;'/  U.  Cat.  No.  324234,  U.S.N.M. 

,  rfyston  Joura.  Nat.  Hist,  vol.  7,  1863,  p.  576. 

8  ictenota  mexicana  Gorstaecker,  Arch,  fiir  Naturg.,  vol.  22,  pt.  1,  1856,  p.  131,  pi.  5, 
and  4. 


166         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Measurements. — Length  of  carapace,  45  mm. ;  gastro-cardiac  sut 
9.6  mm. 

Holotype. — One  male  specimen,  showing  parts  of  the  upper 
lower  surfaces,  but  no  appendages.  The  outer  layer  of  the  she] 
the  carapace  remains  only  in  the  central  part,  where  the  gas 
1  >ranchial  and  cardiac  regions  meet.  This  surface  is  granulated 
areolated  much  as  in  Oallinectes;1  that  is,  the  regions  are  separ 
by  definite  depressions,  the  gastro-cardiac  groove  is  transverse,  t 
is  an  areola  at  the  inner  angle  of  the  branchial  region,  but  ther 
shallower  division  into  2  lobules  than  in  Oallinectes.  The 
gastric  area  is  incomplete  anteriorly,  so  that  it  is  impossible  t< 
whether  it  is  marked  by  a  raised  and  granulated  margin;  the 
of  this  area  most  nearly  resembles  that  of  0.  exasperatus 
staecker2),  and  its  granulation  that  of  0.  bocourti  A.  Milne  Edw 
the  granules  being  absent  or  sparse  along  the  lateral  and  post* 
borders.  Across  the  middle  of  the  gastric  region  runs  a  blunt 
tion,  concave  forward.  ,  The  branchial  region  is  divided  in  tw< 
a  depression  running  obliquely  backward  and  outward.  These 
two  features  suggest  the  carapace  of  Euphylax  dovii  Stimpso 
species  now  existing  on  the  Pacific  coast  of  America,  between  Cei 
America  and  Payta,  Peru. 

Anterior  margin  very  broad,  as  in  E.  dovii,  most  of  it 
occupied  by  the  orbits;  the  front  is  narrow,  T-shaped,  much 
stricted  at  base;  the  anterior  part  of  the  T  has  a  concave  sui 
and  is  deflexed  to  meet  the  epistomial  spine.    This  is  more  adv 
than  the  front;  its  tip  is  broken  off.    The  upper  margin  of 
orbit  slopes  backward  and  outward  and  is  somewhat  imdula 
The  shape  of  the  orbit  can  not  be  definitely  made  out,  but  a  poi 
of  the  smooth  inner  lining  of  the  outer  extremity  remains, 
indications  are  that  the  eyestalk  is  long  and  the  corneal  extre 
large,  as  in  E.  dovii. 

The  sternum  and  abdomen  resemble  those  of  E.  dovii,  the  ant 
end  of  the  sternum  is  depressed,  the  depression  having  a  co 
posterior  margin,  from  which  a  furrow  leads  back  to  the  abdo 
Surface  of  sternum  and  abdomen  covered  with  large  and  dis 
punctae.    Abdomen   broadly    triangular;   first   segment  not 
tingnishable;  second,  third,  and  fourth  segments  each  crossed 
transverse  ridge;  third,  fourth,  and  fifth  fused,  and  perhaps  alsc 
second  with  them.    The  sides  of  the  penult  segment  are  less 
vergent  than  in  E.  dovii. 

This  species  in  all  the  characters  visible  in  the  type-specimei 
sembles  the  genus  Euphylax  as  typified  b}'  E.  dovii,  excepting  ii 

>  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus..  vol.  18,  1S96,  pis.  12-23. 
2  Arch.  f.  Naturg.,  vol.  22,  pt.  1,  1856,  p.  129. 
8  Ann.  Lyc.  Nat.  Hist.  N.  Y.,  vol.  7,  1860,  p.  226,  pi.  5,  fig.  5. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  167 

lation  and  ornamentation  of  the  central  part  of  the  carapace 
ih  indicate  an  affinity  with  Callinectes. 

EUPHYLAX  FORTIS,  new  species. 

Plate  64,  figs.  11-13. 

\ipe-locality. — Banana  River,  Costa  Eica ;  tenth  fossiliferous  zone 
v  the  uppermost  one  of  the  section.  Probably  equivalent  to 
n  formation.  Miocene  series.  D.  F.  MacDonald.  collector, 
ber,  1911.  Station  58S2&.  Cat.  No.  324233,  U.S.N.M. 
msuremsnts. — Length  of  body  (approx.),  43.5  mm.:  length  of 
ible  finger,  27.3  mm.:  width  of  the  sternum  between  the  coxae 
ie  chelipeds,  24.5  mm. 

rfotype. — One  specimen  showing  a  part  of  the  lower  surface 
the  right*  cheliped.  The  abdomen  resembles  that  of  an  imma- 
female  or  is  possibly  that  of  a  male. 

irnura  broad,  surface  rough  with  coarse  punctae  and  fine  reticu- 
g  lines ;  anterior  part  depressed  and  with  a  median  groove  lead- 
)ack  to  the  abdomen  much  as  in  E.  callinectias ;  the  ridge  just 
Dnt  of  the  abdomen  is  more  transverse  than  in  that  species, 
•domen  broadly  triangular:  it  is  impossible  to  tell  which  seg- 
s,  if  any,  are  fused;  terminal  segment  subequilateral;  surface 
!sth  and  seventh  segments  like  that  of  the  sternum,  of  fourth 
ifth  segments  covered  with  a  low,  confluent  granulation, 
hium  of  external  maxilliped  with  a  longitudinal  groove,  the 
ce  on  the  inner  side  of  the  groove  more  raised  than  on  the 
f  side. 

eliped  elongate.  A  cross  section  of  the  arm  is  shown  and  a 
on  of  its  lower  surface;  this  last  has  a  broad  longitudinal  de- 
ion  through  the  middle,  and  the  surface  near  the  margins,  at 
i  is  coarsely  granulate. 

e  general  outline  of  the  fingers  can  be  made  out  and  the  sur- 
tof  some  of  the  prehensile  teeth.    The  fingers  are  elongate,  as 
usual  Portunid,  and  gradually  taper,  ending  in  slender  black 
(svhich  cross  each  other.    The  prehensile  teeth  are  large,  thick, 
colored,  and  very  irregular,  the  one  at  the  base  of  the  dactylus 
i;  the  largest ;  they  appear  to  fit  close  together.    The  cheliped 
ger  and  stronger  in  proportion  to  the  size  of  the  body  than  in 
■■■  ecent  species  of  Portunid. 

■  e  generic  position  of  this  species  is  problematical ;  in  the  width 
:  ie  sternum  it  resembles  Eupkylax;  in  the  strong  teeth  of  the 
;  *  it  approaches  Scylla,  while  the  groove  on  the  lower  side  of  the 
oint  is  unique. 


168 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


GATUNIIDAE,  new  family. 

Characters  of  the  type  genus,  Gatunia. 

GATUNIA,  new  genus. 

Carapace  of  the  customary  Cancrid  outline,  that  is,  transver 
oval,  with  a  narrow,  dentate  front  (between  the  orbits) ;  orbits 
row,  with  a  forward  inclination;  antero-lateral  margins  am 
longer  than  the  postero-lateral,  and  armed  with  8  teeth,  inclui 
the  orbital  tooth;  postero-lateral  margins  strongly  convert 
Genital  region  very  narrow.    Carapace  without  transverse  ridg( 

Outer  maxilliped  with  the  ischium  greatly  elongate,  and  lo, 
tudinally  grooved. 

Chelipeds  massive;  palms  thick,  not  flattened  on  the  inner  :j 
devoid  of  ridges  on  the  outer  side. 

Last  pair  of  feet  with  the  propodus  and  dactylus  flattened 
broadened  to  form  a  swimming  organ  as  in  the  Portunids. 

Abdomen  of  the  male  with  the  third,  fourth,  and  fifth  segrcj 
fused. 

This  genus  resembles  the  family  Cancridae  in  the  form  of  j 
carapace,  front  and  orbits ;  while  the  swimming  paddles  and  th< 
domen  are  like  those  of  the  Portunidae.    The  chelipeds  appr| 
those  of  the  genus  Scylla  in  their  massiveness,  long  fingers  and 
of  costae,  but  the  absence  of  spines  gives  them  the  appearam 
many  of  the  Xanthidae. 

Type  of  the  genus. — Gatunia  proavita  Rathbun. 

GATUNIA  PROAVITA,  new  species. 

Plates  54-56:  plate  58,  figs.  16  and  17. 

Type-locality. — Gatun  formation,  near  Gatun  Dam,  Panama  ( 
Zone.  Miocene  series.  Collected  by  one  of  the  workmen 
shipped  by  D.  F.  Macdonald.  Station  5659.  One  specimen  (j 
type),  nearly  complete.    Cat.  No.  324289,  U.S.KM. 

Measurements. — Length  of  carapace,  from  tip  of  submedian  1] 
133.2  mm.;  from  median  sinus,  128.3  mm.;  width,  between  ti]] 
teeth  of  posterior  pair,  182.5  mm.;  width  between  teeth  of  pei 
mate  pair,  the  same. 

Tlolotype. — Carapace  about  1£  times  as  wide  as  long;  antero-hi 
margin  strongly  arched,  cut  into  7  strong  teeth,  besides  the 
at  the  outer  angle  of  the  orbit ;  teeth  similar  in  shape,  having  a  c<] 
posterior  and  a  concave  anterior  margin,  tip  acute;  the  7  teet 
crease  in  size  from  the  first  to  the  fifth  and  then  diminish  tl 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  169 

i  nth,  which  is  the  most  spiniform.  The  orbit  has  a  strong  tooth 
le  outer  and  at  the  inner  angle  and  one  less  prominent  between; 
w  the  inner  angle  there  is  a  narrow  tooth  more  advanced  than 
e  above.  Frontal  region,  between  the  orbits,  with  a  concave 
al  surface ;  anterior  border  cut  into  4  teeth,  those  of  the  middle 
i  nearer  to  each  other  than  they  are  to  those  of  the  outer  pair,  and 
rated  by  a  shallower  sinus;  teeth  of  inner  pair  oblong,  with 
ided  end:  those  of  outer  pair  thicker.  Postero-lateral  margins 
-ly  straight ;  posterior  margin  slightly  convex  and  thickened, 
lrface  covered  with  a  pavement  of  fine,  flattened  granules,  and 
i  less  numerous  and  unequal  punctae  visible  to  the  naked  eye. 
-  '  depression  between  the  gastric  and  branchial  regions  is  well 
ked  except  anteriorly,  the  hepatic  region  not  being  defined, 
ital  region  very  narrow,  longer  than  wide.  Cardiac  and  intestinal 
ons  incompletely  outlined, 
either  the  eyes  nor  the  antennae  are  visible. 

pistome  subtriangular,  prolonged  downward  at  the  middle  in  an 
e  angle;  thence  a  small  button-hole  groove  runs  obliquely  back- 
i.  Palatal  ridge  strong  except  anteriorly  where  it  is  low  and 
i.  Pterygostomian  region  granulate,  densely  so  near  the  buccal 
ty.  On  the  sternum  a  furrow  runs  obliquely  forward  from  the 
.e  of  the  chelipeds  to  the  median  line. 

ae  abdomen  of  the  male  is  broad  and  at  the  base  reaches  to  the 
le  of  the  last  pair  of  feet;  there  is  only  one  segment  visible  be- 
in  the  carapace  and  the  third  segment;  it  is  probably  the  second, 
:e  the  first  is  hidden  under  the  carapace  much  as  in  the  Portunid 
is  Callinectes;  the  second  is  of  nearly  even  length  throughout 
vidth;  the  third,  fourth  and  fifth  are  fused,  but  their  extent  is 
cated  by  indentations  in  the  lateral  margins  and  by  a  short  groove 
Ihe  middle;  the  3d  segment  is  produced  sideways  beyond  the 
nd  4th  and  its  margins  are  very  convex;  margins  of  the  4th  to 
segments,  inclusive,  taken  together  are  slightly  convergent,  those 
le  4th  a  little  convex ;  6th  segment  about  If  times  as  wide  as  long ; 
iinal  segment  nearly  as  long  as  the  preceding,  subtriangular,  end 
ided. 

„,  aelipeds  very  stout,  in  general  smooth,  there  being  no  ridges  nor 
es.  The  surface  is  finely  granulate  and  punctate,  the  granules 
tie  higher  than  on  the  carapace.  The  inferior,  anterior  margin 
tie  only  margin  of  the  merus  visible ;  it  is  smoothly  rounded, 
pus  massive,  with  a  broad  tooth  at  inner  angle.  Chelae  unequal, 
k,  broadly  rounded  above  and  below  without  marginal  lines ; 
t  or  larger  manus  about  1J  times  as  long  as  high,  left  or  smaller 
.".  [.us  about  li  times  as  long  as  high;  next  the  articulation  of  the 
,  ,er  palm  with  the  dactylus  there  is  a  large  lobe  or  tooth  directed 
ird  the  end  of  the  dactylus,  as  in  Scylla.  The  digits  each  have  2 


170         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


longitudinal  punctate  impressions  on  the  outer  surface,  the  la* 
dactylus  is  more  arched  than  the  smaller;  the  fingers  cross  i 
other  a  little  before  the  tips,  at  least  in  the  smaller  chela;  the 
of  the  larger  immovable  finger  is  broken  off;  prehensile  edges  ai 
with  large  irregular,  separated  teeth,  the  basal  tooth  of  the  la 
dactylus  being  of  enormous  size  and  directed  obliquely  bacln 
as  in  Scylla.  The  distal  half  or  two-fifths  of  the  fingers  is  d> 
colored,  also  the  prehensile  teeth. 

The  3  pairs  of  ambulatory  legs  are  only  partially  preserved; 
would,  if  extended,  reach  about  to  the  middle  of  the  manus  oi 
chelipeds;  the  first  five  segments  are  stout;  the  propodus,  of  vi 
only  impressions  exist,  has  a  groove  through  the  middle  and  apf 
to  be  flattened ;  the  dactylus  can  not  be  made  out  with  any  degni 
certainty;  the  swimming- feet,  or  those  of  the  last  pair,  are 
broad,  the  carpus  is  as  broad  as  long;  the  propodus  is  about  ti 
as  long  as  broad;  the  dactylus  is  lanceolate-oval,  about  2J  tim» 
long  as  broad. 

Another  specimen  (paratype  a)  lacking  the  dentate  border  o) 
carapace,  and  all  appendages  except  the  coxal  joints  of  the  legs, 
taken  from  the  Gatun  formation,  Gatun  Locks,  by  D.  F.  MacDo 
May,  1911.  Station  5900.  Cat.  No.  324241,  U.S.N.M. 

A  much  smaller  specimen  (paratype  b)  which  is  identifie 
probably  belonging  to  this  species  is  labeled:  "Near  Gatun. 
cene.   Rev.  G.  Rowell.   Cat.  No.  113706,  U.S.N.M."   It  is  pro* 
from  the  Gatun  formation.    A  portion  of  the  left  side  of  the  < 
pace  is  preserved,  showing  the  base  of  the  3  posterior  of  the  an  toe 
lateral  teeth;  on  the  under  side  is  shown  the  margin  of  the  bica 
cavity,  fragments  of  a  maxilliped  and  the  base  of  the  cheliped 
separate  specimen  (paratype  c),  from  the  same  locality,  is  the  eft 
manus,  somewhat  crushed,  proximally  incomplete  and  lackinaB 
propodal  finger,  but  with  the  base  of  the  dactylus  attached,  incluB 
the  first  or  large,  rounded  tooth. 

A  fragment  of  a  finger  bearing  3  teeth  (paratype  d)  is  refijH 
here ;  the  smooth  outer  layer  is  almost  gone  except  a  few  bits  B 
the  teeth;  it  was  taken  from  the  85-foot  cut  on  north  side  oil 
swamp  on  relocated  line  of  the  Panama  Railroad,  1£  to  2  mileHi 
yond  Camp  Cotton  toward  Monte  Lirio ;  Gatun  formation ;  MkB 
series;  D.  F.  MacDonald  and  T.  W.  Vaughan,  collectors,  MX 
Station  6030;  Cat.  No.  324242,  U.S.N.M. 

I  refer  here  with  doubt  a  curved  fragment  of  a  thick-shelled  sp'll 
which  has  a  large  tooth  occupying  half  its  surface.  It  may  b« 
near  one  of  the  articulations.  It  was  taken  at  Station  6033&,  hH 
upper  part  of  the  lowest  bed,  Gatun  section;  Gatun  forma M 
Miocene  series:  MacDonald  and  Vaughan;  1911;  Cat.  No.  32;86r 
U.S.N.M. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  171 


■  he  larger  claw  of  this  species  is  strikingly  like  that  described  by 
Vlilne  Edwards1  under  the  name  Scylla  michelini  from  Sceaux, 

-  f  Doue,  France,  in  the  Miocene  shell  deposits  of  the  shell-marl 

•  Lnjou.    M.  Milne  Edwards  founded  the  species  on  the  claw  alone, 
s  very  likely  congeneric  if  not  conspecific  with  the  form  here 

-  ;ribed. 

Family  XANTHIDAE. 

CARPILIUS,  species. 

Plate  58,  fig.  22. 

•  ocality. — Panama  Canal  Zone.  Foraminiferal  marl  and  coarse 
:  Istone  about  200  yards  south  of  southern  end  of  switch  at  Bohio 

are  ge  station,  relocated  line  Panama  Railroad.    Upper  part  of 

}bra  formation.  Oligocene  series.  D.  F.  MacDonald  and  T.  W. 
•:  ,ghan,  collectors.  1911.   Station  6025.  Cat.  No.  324243,  U.S.N.M. 

T  aterial. — Piece  of  propodal  segment  of  ambulatory  leg  on  left 
of  crab.    Length  17  mm.,  greatest  width  7.2  mm.,  least  width 
lea  nm.,  proximal  thickness  4.5  mm.,  distal  thickness  3.7  mm.  Viewed 
Dj  sally,  the  anterior  margin  is  slightly  convex,  the  posterior  faintly 

jave.  Viewed  edgeways,  the  upper  surface  is  longitudinally  con- 
itifi  ,  and  the  lower  surface  concave.    Cross  section  oval.  Surface, 

Upt  for  accidental  breaks,  smoothly  rounded,  without  ridges, 

rows,  or  tubercles, 
thei  1  its  smoothness  and  general  form,  resembles  the  propodus  of  the 
eyf  ambulatory  leg  of  Carpilius  corallinus  (Herbst2),  for  which 
r  \  ion  I  venture  to  attach  the  name  Carpilius  to  this  fragment. 

HETERACTAEA  LUNATA  (Milne  Edwards  and  Lucas). 

;  til  i 

q  |  Plate  63,  figs.  7-9. 

Pilumnus  lunatus  Milne  Edwards  and  Lucas,  d'Orbigny's  Voy.  Amer.  Mgr., 
^1  |      vol.  6,  1843,  p.  20 ;  vol.  9,  atlas,  1847,  pi.  9,  fig.  2. 

ocality. — Costa  Rica :  City  of  Port  Limon.    Port  Limon  f orma- 
le«  •   Pliocene  series.    Dr.  L.  A.  Wailes,  collector.    Station  4269. 
jk.  No.  324265,  U.S.N.M. 

)[  distribution. — Recent,  San  Diego,  California,  to  Chile. 
T aterial. — One  specimen  showing  distal  portion  of  outer  surface 
arger  palm,  with  proximal  half  of  dactylus  (showing  all  sur- 

■-*!s)  attached.    This  must  have  belonged  to  a  small  individual 
i  carapace  about  15  mm.  wide.    The  fossil  is  crushed  and  the 
of  the  tubercles  are  lacking.    The  shape  of  the  two  segments  so 

istoire  des  Crustac<§s  podophthalmaires  fossiles,  Paris,  1861,  p.  136,  pi.  3,  figs.  3,  3A. 
:  aturg.  d.  Krabben  u.  Krebse,  vol.  1,  1783,  p.  133,  pi.  5,  fig.  40. 

8370°— 18— Bull.  103  12 


172         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


far  as  it  is  preserved  accords  with  that  of  recent  specimens; 
dactylus  is  more  deflexed  than  it  could  be  if  the  immovable  fr 
were  preserved  in  situ.    The  tubercles  of  the  palm  are  arrai 
in  general  as  in  recent  individuals,  and  slight  divergences  are  attil 
table  to  individual  variation.  The  dactylus  has  6  punctated  gro<l 
and  the  prehensile  tooth  situated  at  a  little  distance  from  the  baj| 
present ;  the  three  uppermost  ridges  bear  some  tubercles,  the  ( 
ridge  two  tubercles,  the  upper  one  three  tubercles,  and  the  inner  i 
one  tubercle  followed  by  several  crenulations. 

PANOPEUS  ANTEPURPUREUS,  new  species. 

Plate  58,  figs.  3-11. 

Type-locality. — Panama  Canal  Zone.  From  near  Mount  Ho] 
ditch  through  swampy  ground.  About  one-fourth  mile  from  pr 
sea  beach,  6  to  8  feet  above  high  tide.  Pleistocene  series.  I 
MacDonald,  collector.    April,  1911.    Station  5850. 

Types.— Cat.  No.  324245,  U.S.N.M. 

Material. — 18  dactyli  of  stronger  chela  from  right  side;  9  ds 
of  stronger  chela  from  left  side ;  4  dactyli  of  weaker  chela  f ron  ei 
side ;  one  propodal  finger  of  weaker  chela  from  right  side. 

With  one  exception  these  digits  belonged  to  small  individuals 
exception,  a  right  dactylus  12.8  mm.  long,  is  made  the  holotype. 

The  dactyli  are  very  much  like  the  corresponding  parts  < 
pwrpureus  Lockington,1  a  recent  species  ranging  from  Lower 
fornia  to  Peru.  The  only  differences  are  as  follows:  The  fingei'B 
a  little  longer,  slenderer,  and  straighter;  the  large  basal  tooth  cB 
stronger  chela  is  closer  to  the  articulation  with  the  manus ;  there 
coarse  granulation  on  the  basal  portion  of  the  dactyli,  as  there  |) 
the  living  form.   Most  of  the  specimens  are  purplish-blue  exce 
the  tip. 

The  propodal  finger  also  is  slenderer  than  in  P.  purpure 
lower  groove  of  the  outer  surface  is  nearer  the  lower  margin.  A  $i 
finger  was  not  attached  to  a  dactylus,  one  cannot  be  positive  t 
belongs  to  the  same  species  as  the  dactyli. 

PANOPEUS  TRIDENTATUS,  new  species. 

Plate  58,  figs.  12-15. 

Type-locality. — Panama  Canal  Zone.  From  near  Mount  HcH 
ditch  through  swampy  ground.  About  one-quarter  mile  from  p.fc 
sea  beach,  6  to  8  feet  above  high  tide.  Pleistocene  series.  H 
MacDonald,  collector.    April,  1911.    Station  5850. 

Types.— Cat.  No.  324244,  U.S.N.M. 


'  Proc  California  Acad.  Scl.,  vol.  7,  1876  (1877),  p.  101. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  ITS 


Material. — Eleven  dactyls  and  three  propodal  digits  of  the  right 
ila,  all  detached.   One  of  the  dactyls  is  made  a  hoiotype. 
Measurements. — Length  of  longest  dactyl  9.2  mm.,  height  3  mm. ; 
;gth  of  hoiotype  6.1  mm.,  height  2.3  mm. 

Hoiotype. — I  have  chosen  a  small  specimen  for  hoiotype  because 
\s  the  best  preserved.   The  dactyl  is  rather  slender  for  the  major 
ila  of  a  Panopeid,  but  it  has  the  general  character  of  Panopeus 
i  its  allies.    The  prehensile  edge  has  3  enlarged  teeth,  placed  as 
lows,  beginning  at  the  proximal  end :  1  L,  2  s.,  1  L,  3  s.,  1  L,  7  s.,  tip.- 
e  proximal  tooth  is  of  the  customary  backward-pointing  type,, 
i  is  of  moderate  size  compared  to  the  basal  tooth  of  living  Pan- 
iids.    The  second  of  the  large  teeth  is  of  nearly  the  same  size, 
re  pointed,  and  directed  downward;  the  third  large  tooth  is  defin- 
h  J  smaller  than  the  others.   The  small  teeth  are  unequal  and  shal- 
i  f.   The  longitudinal  depression  either  side  of  the  teeth  is  punc- 
i  b;  there  are  3  other  punctate  furrows,  one  external,  one  internal 
1  the  other  dorsal  but  nearer  the  outer  side ;  just  within  the  proxi- 
1  half  of  the  dorsal  furrow  there  is  a  marginal  line  of  granules, 
i  faratypes. — The  number  of  small  teeth  intervening  between  the 
ger  teeth  of  the  prehensile  edge  vary  as  follows,  beginning  at  the 
ximal  end :  1-3,  4-6,  6-8. 
x  )ne  can  not  be  sure  that  the  propodal  digits  referred  here  belong 
.he  same  species  as  the  dactyli.  They  too  have  3  large  teeth,  which 
jxs  i  subequal  and  are  separated  by  small  teeth  as  follows,  beginning 
the  proximal  large  tooth:  2,%4-5,  4^6.    Proximal  end  broken 
Am  each  case,  but  in  one  instance  a  small  tooth  is  visible  proximal 
r  f  he  first  large  tooth.  When  an  immovable  finger  is  applied  against 
3  lovable  finger  of  complementary  size,  the  large  teeth  of  the  former 
3  t  into  the  sinuses  distal  to  the  corresponding  large  teeth  of  the 
,.tier.   There  are  6  longitudinal  punctate  depressions  on  each  pro- 
lus,  one  adjacent  to  the  teeth  on  either  side,  one  external,  one  in- 
^  iial,  and  two  inferior. 

PANOPEUS,  species. 

Plate  66,  figs.  8  and  9. 

•ocality. — From  the  four  feet  of  dark,  stratified  tuff  and  clay 
Uediately  overlying  the  lower  limestone  bed.    Las  Cascadas  sec- 
[..  Upper  part  of  Culebra  formation.    Oligocene  series.    D.  F. 
bDonald  and  T.  W.  Vaughan,  collectors.    1911.    Station  60196. 
No.  324254,  U.S.N.M. 
^.material, — One  dactylus  of  right  cheliped,  with  proximal  end  in- 
Iiplete.   Dactylus  very  broad  at  base  in  proportion  to  its  length, 
I  unusually  thick.   Length,  9.2  mm. ;  width,  4.7  mm. ;  thickness, 
m.   In  outer  view  the  upper  margin  is  much  curved,  the  surface 


174         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


is  much  worn,  but  there  is  a  line  of  punctae  visible  through  the 
die:  there  is  a  large  subbasal  tooth  directed  obliquely  backward.! 
bounded  posteriorly  by  a  deep,  wide  groove ;  the  tooth  does  not 
ject  beyond  the  general  lower  margin,  but  it  may  have  done  so 
entire.    On  the  distal  portion  of  the  outer  edge  of  the  prehensilel 
face  there  are  a  few  shallow  crenulations. 

This  specimen  comes  nearer  to  Panopeus  than  to  any  other  la 
genus;  from  P.  chilensis  Milne  Edwards  and  Lucas1  it  diffJ 
its  greater  width,  in  the  large  tooth  originating  higher  up  01 
outer  surface  and  in  the  groove  behind  it  being  deeper  and 
extensive. 

EURYTIUM  CRENULATUM,  new  species. 

Plate  64,  figs.  8  and  9. 

Type-locality. — Panama  Canal  Zone.    From  near  Mount  HoJ 
ditch  through  swampy  ground.    About  one-quarter  mile  from 
ent  sea  beach,  6  to  8  feet  above  high  tide.   Pleistocene  series. 
MacDonald,  collector.    April,  1911.    Station  5850. 

Bolotype,—* Cat  No.  324253,  U.S.N.M.  Dactylus  of  right  chell 
mm.  long.  This  has  the  general  shape  of  a  Eurytium  finger,  bil 
large  basal  tooth  of  the  prehensile  edge  is  inserted  higher  uj 
oblique  base  running  posteriorly  well  up  on  the  outer  surface) 
tooth  is  directed  strongly  backward  and  is  broadly  rounded  i 
extremity.  It  is  followed  by  about  ten  low  teeth,  the  first  and 
of  which  are  the  larger.  Somewhat  above  the  middle  of  the 
ttnd  of  the  outer  surface  there  is  a  longitudinal  depression  contgj 
a  row  of  a  few  punctae.  There  is  a  deep  groove  on  the  uppe 
face  and  just  within  it  but  higher  up  there  is  a  row  of  sepa 
granules  or  crenulations;  they  point  outward,  that  is,  a  side  vi 
them  may  be  obtained  by  looking  down  on  the  top  of  the  11 
The  ridge  just  outside  the  dorsal  groove  is  proximally  microscoj  I 
granulate. 

This  finger  can  not  be  referred  to  E.  affine2  or  E.  tristani* 
Panamian  fauna  on  account  of  the  elevation  and  direction 
basal  tooth,  and  the  row  of  granules  on  the  upper  edge. 

Family  GONEPLACIDAE. 

Subfamily  Prionoplacinae. 

EURYPLAX  CULEBRENSIS,  new  species. 

Plate  GG,  figs.  13  and  14. 
Typc-locel'dy. — Panama  Canal  Zone.    Top  part  of  limy  sa 
below  upper  conglomerate,  near  foot  of  stairs,  Gaillard  Cut. 

i  D'Orbigny's  Voy.  Am6r.  M<5r.,  vol.  G,  pt.  1.  1843,  p.  16  ;  vol.  9,  atlas,  1847,  pi.  8, 
3  Panopeua  affinis  Streets  and  Kingsley,  Bull.  Essex  Inst.,  vol.  9.  1S77,  p.  10( 
•Rathbun.  I'roe.  Biol.  Soc.  Washington,  vol.  19,  1906,  p.  100. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  175 

of  Culebra  formation.  Oligocene  series.  D.  F.  MacDonald 
T.  W.  Yaughan,  collectors.  1911.  Station  6012g\ 
olotype.— Cat  No.  324226.  U.S.N.M.  Propodus  of  right  and 
or  cheliped  with  only  the  base  of  the  immovable  finger  remaining, 
a  swollen.  In  side  view  the  upper  and  lower  margins  are  arcu- 
the  palm  narrowing  considerably  toward  the  wrist.  Surface 
3th.  At  the  distal  end  above  the  lower  margin  there  is  a  deep 
•ve  which  is  prolonged  on  the  finger.  The  palmar  tooth  which 
laps  the  dactylus  is  present ;  also  4  prehensile  teeth  of  the  fixed 
;r,  arranged  in  2  transverse  rows  on  the  upper  surface,  the  outer 
a  of  the  distal  pair  being  much  the  largest. 

easurements. — Length  of  palm,  to  sinus,  6.5  mm.;  height,  4.3 
;  thickness,  2.7  mm. 

lis  specimen  has  the  general  form  of  E.  nitida  Stimpson,1  a  Re- 
species  occurring  on  the  coast  of  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  and  the 
b  Indies.  I  have  no  example  of  the  Panamian  species,  E.  polita 
h.2  for  comparison.  E.  nitida  is  considerably  larger  than  the 
1  form,  the  fixed  finger  is  somewhat  wider  at  the  base  but  it  has 
!:  basal  teeth  similarly  disposed ;  the  proximal  end  of  the  upper 
nn  is  thinner  and  more  acute  than  in  E.  culehrensis. 

Subfamily  Hexapodinae. 

ving  representatives  of  this  subfamily  are  restricted  to  the  Indo- 
:  fic  region. 

Genus  THAUMASTOPLAX  Miers. 

tihauniastoplax  Miers,  Ann.  Mag.  Nat  Hist,  ser.  5,  vol.  8,  1881,  p.  261. 
le  generic  position  of  the  species  placed  here  has  to  be  deter- 

■oj  d  by  the  characters  discernible  in  a  dorsal  view.  As  in  Thau- 
oplax,  the  shape  of  the  carapace  is  subrectangular  with  the 
I'O-lateral  corners  rounded  off;  the  second  ambulatory  leg  is 
ger  than  the  first  and  third.  Of  the  other  Hexapodinae,  or 
placids  with  only  3  pairs  of  walking  legs,  Hexapus  de  Haan3 
're  subcylindrical  and  has  the  three  legs  of  subequal  size;  Lamb- 
■  alius  Alcock4  has  smaller  orbits;  Hexaplax  Doflein5  has  very 
ae  orbits  seen  from  above,  while  Paeduma  Eathbun6  (=A?nor- 
\wt  Bell 7)  is  said  to  be  almost  cylindrical. 

•  a.  Lye  Nat.  Hist.  New  York,  vol.  7,  1859,  p.  60. 
Iins.  Connecticut  Acad.  Sci.,  vol.  2,  1870,  p.  163. 
Ima  Japon.,  1833,  p.  5;  1S35,  p.  35. 
.  irn.  Asiat.  Soc.  Bengal,  vol.  69,  1900,  p.  329. 
W  Ergeb.  deutschen  Tiefsee-Exped.  Valdivia,  1S98-99,  vol.  6,  1904,  p.  122. 
J'C  Biol.  Soc.  Washington,  vol.  11,  1897,  p.  163. 
r.  Linn.  Soc.  London,  Zool.,  vol.  3,  1858,  p.  27. 


,176         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


THAUMASTOPLAX  PRIMA,  new  species. 

Plate  66,  figs.  15-18. 

Type-locality. — Panama  Canal  Zone.  Las  Cascadas  section,  ( 
lard  Cut.  From  lowest  fossiliferous  bed;  third  bed  below  lo 
limestone  beds  separated  by  rows  of  nodules.  Lower  part  of  u 
half  of  Culebra  formation.  Oligocene  series.  D.  F.  MacDo 
and  T.  W.  Vaughan,  collectors.    1911.    Station  6020a. 

Measurements. — Length  of  carapace,  paratype,  12.2  mm. 
prox.)  ;  width,  18  mm.  (approx.)    The  holotype  is  a  little  w 
about  19.6  mm.,  but  the  length  can  not  be  measured  as  the  front 
of  the  carapace  is  not  visible. 

Holotype  and  paratype. — Carapace  about  1J  times  as  broad  as 
longitudinally  very  convex,  from  side  to  side  nearly  horizontal, 
per  surface  not  bordered  by  a  definite  line;  H-shaped  depressk 
the  center  of  the  carapace  deep;  surface  deeply  punctate,  pir. 
crowded  near  the  margins,  sparse  near  the  middle.  Fronto-oi 
distance  about  two-fifths  as  great  as  the  extreme  width  of  the 
pace.    Antero-lateral  margins  long,  arcuate ;  postero-lateral  ma 
subparallel;  posterior  margin  slightly  convex.    Front  defiexedl 
widening  a  little  from  the  base  of  the  eyestalks  downward, 
orbit  is  about  as  wide  as  the  narrowest  part  of  the  front  and  is 
by  the  eyestalk ;  its  upper  margin  is  transverse. 

Chelipeds  short,  when  flexed  scarcely  reaching  beyond  the  j 
end  of  the  orbit;  carpus  very  large,  convex,  smooth,  and  pun( 
chela  small,  not  much  longer  than  carpus  and  considerably' 
rower;  finger  shorter  than  palm:  the  end  of  the  finger  is,  hov 
not  visible.  The  merus  of  the  first  leg  reaches  quite  to  the  ej 
the  carpus  of  the  cheliped,  its  upper  margin  has  a  row  of 
conical  tubercles  or  granules,  and  there  is  a  cluster  of  granules 
the  articulation  with  the  carpus.  The  merus  of  the  secon] 
reaches  a  little  beyond  that  of  the  first,  and  is  very  much  stroj 
it  also  has  a  superior  row  of  granules  and  a  few  granules  ol 
outer  surface;  carpus  elongate,  about  half  as  long  as  merus:] 
podus  as  wide  as  the  greatest  width  of  the  carpus;  only  a  p<| 
of  it  is  visible.  Third  leg  very  much  shorter  and  slenderc] 
carpus  reaching  little  beyond  the  merus  of  the  second  pair ;  its  rl 
as  well  as  that  of  the  second  pair,  is  longitudinally  grooved. 

The  above  description  is  made  from  two  specimens  from  the! 
place.  Each  specimen  was  enclosed  in  a  nodule  which  is  broil 
two.  The  holotype  shows  the  upper  surface  of  the  carapac(| 
cept  the  front  part),  portions  of  the  left  cheliped,  and  of  the  1 
of  both  sides.  The  nodule  is  not  large  enough  to  have  includi  i 
whole  of  the  legs  in  their  extended  position.  Cat.  No.  3l 
TJ.S.N.M.    The  paratype  shows  the  carapace  only;  there  is  ncl 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  177 

aelipeds  or  legs ;  the  nodule  is  very  little  wider  than  the  carapace. 
No.  324228,  U.S.N.M. 

Family  GECARCINIDAE. 

CARDISOMA  GUANHUMI  Latreille. 

Plate  64,  figs.  2-4. 

lardisoma  guanhumi  Latkeille,  Encyc.  Meth.,  Hist.  Nat.,  Insectes,  vol.  10, 
.  ?  |     1825,  p.  685. 

icdlity. — Costa  Rica  :  City  of  Port  Limon.  Port  Limon  forma - 
Pliocene  series.  Dr.  L.  A.  Wailes,  collector.  Station  4269. 
,  No.  324263,  U.S.N.M. 

aterial. — Left  propodal  finger  of  cheliped,  with  extremities  lack- 
.  ,  length  18.5  mm.   Pieces  of  the  outer  crust  remain  along  the  pre- 

ile  teeth,  around  the  distal  end,  and  on  the  lower  part  of  the 
.  [imal  end,  where  it  shows  the  characteristic  scaly  granulation  of 

jpecies. 

.  'stribution  of  Recent  Material. — From  Bahamas  and  Florida 
3  to  Brazil ;  Bermudas. 

Family  OCYPODIDAE. 

UCA  MACRODACTYLUS  (Milne  Edwards  and  Lucas) . 

Plate  64,  fig.  7. 

if  \lelasimus  macrodactylus  Milne  Edwabds  and  Lucas,  d'Orbigny's  Voy. 
.  i     Amer.  M§r.,  vol.  6,  1843,  p.  27 ;  vol.  9,  atlas,  1847,  pi.  11,  fig.  3. 

\cality. — Panama  Canal  Zone.   From  near  Mount  Hope  in  ditch 
lgh  swampy  ground.   About  one-quarter  mile  from  present  sea 
..-g  l,  6  to  8  feet  above  high  tide.    Pleistocene  series.    D.  F.  Mac- 
j  ild,  collector.    April,  1911.    Station  5850.    Cat.  No.  324251, 
1  tf.M. 

iterial. — A  single  dactylus,  6.7  mm.  long,  of  an  ambulatory  leg 
.  sponds  with  that  of  a  recent  specimen  from  Costa  Rica.  The 

dus  is  rather  slender,  regularly  tapering  and  strongly  curved 
■",8  concave  as  well  as  on  its  convex  margin,  it  has  6  longitudinal 
...  res  separated  by  as  many  smooth  rounded  ridges ;  toward  the 

y  tip  these  ridges  are  themselves  guttered  by  a  narrow  groove. 

stribution  of  Recent  Material. — From  Guaymas,  Mexico,  to  Val- 
-\  so,  Chile. 

BRACHYRHYNCHA,  family,  genus,  and  species  indeterminable. 

Plate  64,  fig.  6. 

cality. — Panama  Canal  Zone.    Las  Cascadas  section,  Gaillard 
From  lowest  fossiliferous  bed.   Third  bed  below  lowest  lime- 


'178 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


stone  beds  separated  by  rows  of  nodules.  Lower  part  of  upper 
of  Culebra  formation.  Oligocene  series.  D.  F.  MacDonalc 
T.  W.  Vaughan,  collectors.  1911.  Station  6020a.  Cat.  No.  32 
U.S.N.M. 

Material. — A  specimen  9.3  mm.  long  and  7.7  mm.  wide,  whic 
sembles  the  proximal  part  of  the  right  manus  of  a  crab.  The  oute 
lower  surfaces  are  exposed,  but  the  outer  layer  of  shell  has  almos 
appeared.  The  surface  gradually  ascends  to  a  line  a  little  belo^ 
middle  where  a  blunt  longitudinal  ridge  is  formed.  Just  belo^ 
upper  margin,  and  also  just  wTithin  the  lower  margin  on  the 
side,  there  is  a  narrow  furrow. 

The  blunt  crest  is  suggestive  of  the  Portunidae. 

BRACHYRHYNCHA,  family,  genus,  and  species  indeterminable 

Plate  64,  fig.  5. 


■ 


Locality. — Panama  Canal  Zone.  Las  Cascadas  section,  Ga 
Cut.  From  lowest  fossiliferous  bed.  Third  bed  below  lowest 
stone  beds  separated  by  rows  of  nodules.  Lower  part  of  uppei; 
of  Culebra  formation.  Oligocene  series.  D.  F.  MacDonalc 
T.  W.  Vaughan,  collectors.  1911.  Station  6020a,  Cat.  No.  3$! 
U.S.N.M. 

Material. — Two  specimens,  each  embedded  in  a  nodule,  of  a 
ment  which  appears  to  be  the  merus  segment  of  an  ambulatoi| 
of  a  crab.  The  surface  is  flat,  the  lateral  margins  are  arcuat| 
there  is  a  shallow  longitudinal  depression  near  one  edge.  The 
is  very  suggestive  of  the  Portunidae  and  yet  they  do  not  c 
resemble  any  known  species. 

Superfamily  OXYRHYNCHA. 
Family  PARTHENOPIDAE. 

PARTHENOPE  PANAMENSIS,  new  species. 

Plate  66.  figs.  10  and  11. 


Type-locality. — Panama    Canal    Zone.    Las    Cascadas  s 
From  fifth  or  topmost  limestone.    Emperador  limestone.  Oli 
series.    D.  F.  MacDonalc!  and  T.  W.  Vaughan,  collectors.  ■ 
Station  6019r/.    Cat.  No.  324257,  U.S.N.M. 

Measurements. — Length  of  arm  measured  along  lower  margijH 
complete),  24.6  mm.;  distal  width,  measured  on  inner,  lower  si(M 
6.6  mm. ;  minimum  width,  on  the  same  surface,  4.7  mm. 

Ilolotype. — One  specimen  represented  by  only  the  merus  j<|iti 
the  left  cheliped.    This  segment  is  thick;  a  cross  section  is  cH 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  179 


ral  and  nearly  as  broad  as  long ;  the  proximal  end  is  broken  off? 
distal  end  is  embedded  in  a  hard  matrix.  The  two  upper  sur- 
s  are  each  not  much  more  than  half  as  wide  as  either  of  the  two 
jr  surfaces.  The  upper,  inner  and  outer  margins  are  armed  with 
gular  spines  and  tubercles,  the  lower  margin  with  tubercles  only, 
ch  are  not  in  a  single  row ;  the  surfaces  also  have  a  few  scattered 
es  and  tubercles.  The  tips  of  most  of  the  spines  are  broken  off; 
largest  spines  are  one  on  the  upper  margin  near  the  proximal  end 
the  specimen),  and  one  just  above  the  outer  margin  in  the  middle 
d.  The  distal  extremity  of  the  segment  widens  in  a  manner  sug- 
ive  of  the  propodus  of  a  Parthenopid,  but  it  is  not  triangular- 
matic  as  customary  in  the  propodal  segments. 

PARTHENOPE  PLEISTOCENICA,  new  species. 

Plate  61,  figs.  10  and  11. 


ype-locality. — Panama  Canal  Zone.  From  near  Mount  Hope  in 
h  through  swampy  ground.  About  one-quarter  mile  from  pres- 
sea  beach,  6  to  8  feet  above  high  tide.  Pleistocene  series.  D.  F. 
•Donald,  collector.  April,  1911.  Station  5850.  Cat.  Xo.  324247, 
IN.M. 

'olotype. — Propodal  finger  of  right  and  major  chela ;  lower  proxi- 
portion  missing.    Lower  margin,  so  far  as  it  remains,  nearly 
ight.  tip  upturned;  upper  margin  broad  at  the  proximal  end 
')|  armed  with  5  unequal  blunt  teeth;  the  first  or  that  nearest  the 
is  broadly  united  with  the  second  which  is  much  larger;  third 
imilar  size  and  shape  to  the  second  and  well  separated  from  it; 
rth  much  smaller  and  fifth  minute.    Four  lateral  rows  of  punctae, 
either  side  of  the  prehensile  teeth,  and  one  through  the  middle 
he  inner  and  of  the  outer  surface.    The  posterior  half  of  both 
:aces  is  sparsely  covered  with  prominent  and  very  unequal 
mles. 

arthenope  excavata  (Stimpson)1  of  which  there  is  an  example 
a  Panama  in  the  United  States  National  Museum  collection  has 
Hilar  prehensile  surface,  but  the  lateral  face  is  shorter  and  higher 
is  granulate  all  over  outside. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATES. 
Plate  54. 

Gatunia  proavita  Rathbun.  holotype,  dorsal  view.  X  %. 
Plate  55. 

Gatunia  proavita,  holotype,  ventral  view.  X  -h 


ambrus  cxcavatus  Stimpson,  Ann.  Lyc.  Nat.  Hist.  New  York,  vol.  10.  1S71,  p.  08. 


180 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Plate  56. 
Gatunia  proavita,  holotype. 


Fig.  1.  Anterior  view,  X  f . 
2.  Posterior  view,  X  f . 


Plate  57. 


Fin.  1.  Natantia,  indeterminable,  lateral  view  of  pleon.    X  2. 

2.  Axius  reticulatus  Rathbun,  holotype,  outer  view  of  propodus  of 

cheliped,  X  3. 

3.  Impression  of  same.  .  I 

4.  Macrobrachium,  species,  Cat.  No.  324256,  outer  view  of  propodus  of 

cheliped,  X  3. 

5.  Upper  view  of  same. 

G.  Leucosilia  banancnsis  Rathbun,  paratype  a,  arm  joint,  X  3. 

7.  Leucosilia  banancnsis,  paratype  b,  arm  joint,  X  3. 

8.  Leucosilia  banancnsis,  holotype,  arm  joint,  X  3. 

9.  Macrobrachium?,  species,  Cat.  No.  324248,  segment  of  large  chel 

X  3^. 

10.  Axfoist,  species,  Cat.  No.  324250.  scaphocerite,  X  34. 

11.  GoniochelM  armaia  Rathbun,  holotype,  outer  view  of  dactylus  of 

cheliped,  X  2. 

12.  Lower  view  of  same,  X  2. 

13.  Nephrops  costatus  Rathbun,  holotype.  dactylus  of  left  cheliped, 

view,  X  3^. 

14.  Dorsal  view  of  same,  X  3$. 

15.  Nephrops  costatus,  paratype  a,  dactylus  of  left  cheliped,  dorsal 

X  34. 


_6.  Nephrops  costatus,  paratype  e,  propodal  finger  of  left  cheliped,  d  fate 


view,  X  34. 

17.  Nephrops  costatus,  paratype  b,  dactylus  of  left  cheliped,  dorsal 

X  Si. 

18.  Petrolisthes  avitus  Rathbun,  holotype,  palm  of  left  cheliped,  dorsal 

X  3~i. 

19.  Inner  view  of  same,  X  3£. 

20.  Ventral  view  of  same,  X  Sh 

21.  Pachycheles  latus  Rathbun,  holotype,  propodus  of  left  cheliped.  ve 

view.  X  3*. 

22.  Dorsal  view  of  same. 

23.  Pachycheles  latus,  paratype,  left  chela,  dorsal  view,  X  3£. 

24.  CaJappa  costaricana  Rathbun,  holotype,  portion  of  propodus  of 

chela,  outer  view,  X  3. 

25.  Ncplirops,  species,  Cat.  No.  324249,  dactylus  of  right  cheliped,  preh< 

edge,  X  3*. 

26.  Dorsal  view  of  same,  X  34. 

27.  MursiUa  ccristata  Rathbun,  holotype,  right  cheliped,  outer  view,  X 

Plate  58. 

Fig.  L  Calappclla  quadrispina  Rathbun,  holotype,  impression  of  carapace, 

2.  Carapace  of  figure  1,  X  3. 

3.  Panopeus  antepurpureus,  Rathbun,  holotype,  dactylus  of  right  che 

X  3i. 


i1 

Pan 

hi 

x 

r. 

Fra: 

X 

Fis; 
fall 
U\ 

m 

hi 
Can 

le: 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  181 


,  5.  Panopeus  antepurpureus,  paratypes,  dactyli  of  right  chelipeds,  X  3*. 
i  Panopeus  antepurpureus.  paratype,  immovable  finger  of  right  cheliped, 
X  3J. 

Panopeus  antepurpureus,  paratypes,  dactyli  of  left  chelipeds,  X  3*. 
Panopeus  tridentatus  Rathbun,  paratype,  dactylus  of  right  cheliped,  X  3£. 
Panopeus  tridentatus.  paratype,  propodal  finger  of  right  cheliped,  X  3*. 
1  Panopeus  tridentatus,  holotype.  dactylus  of  right  cheliped,  outer  view, 
X  3£. 

Upper  edge  of  same,  X  3A. 
j  Fragment  of  Gatunia  proavita  ff,  Cat.  No.  3242SG.  showing  lobe  in  profile, 
X  2. 

Flat  surface  of  same,  X  2. 
(  Callianassa  hilli  Rathbun,  paratype  b,  sixth  segment  of  pleon,  X  2. 
Uallianassa  hilli,  holotype.  merus  and  carpus  of  right  cheliped,  X  2. 
Callianassa  hilli,  paratype  a,  right  cheliped,  X  2. 
Mursia  macdonaldi  Rathbun,  holotype,  left  palm,  X  2. 
Carpilius.  species,  Cat.  No.  324243,  piece  of  propodus  of  a  left  ambulatory 
leg,  X  2. 

Plate  59. 

|  Callianassa  oralis  Rathbun,  holotype.  left  cheliped,  X  2. 
Callianassa  oralis,  paratype  a,  propodus  of  left  cheliped,  X  2. 
Impression  of  figure  1.  X  2. 

Callianassa  oralis,  paratype  b,  carpus  of  left  cheliped,  X  2. 
I  Callianassa,  species,  Cat.  No.  324277,  manus  of  left  cheliped,  X  3£. 

Callianassa  lacunosa  Rathbun.  holotype.  left  manus,  distal  view,  X  3. 
I  Outer  view  of  same.  X  3. 
\  Inner  view  of  same,  X  3. 

Callianassa  lacunosa.  paratype,  left  manus,  inner  view,  X  3. 
S  Outer  view  of  same,  X  3. 

Distal  view  of  same,  X  3. 

Plate  60. 

Callianassa  moinensis  Rathbun,  holotype,  propodus  of  right  cheliped, 

lower  view.  X  3. 
Upper  view  of  same.  X  3. 
Outer  view  of  same,  X  3. 

Callianassa  elemgata  Rathbun,  holotype,  propodus  of  left  cheliped,  upper 

view,  X  2. 
').  Outer  view  of  same,  X  2. 
3.  Lower  view  of  same,  X  2. 

.  Leucosiidae?.  indeterminable.  Cat.  No.  324136.  dactylus  of  left  chela, 

I      outer  view.  X  3$. 

\  U/pper  view  of  same,  X  3£. 

».  Callianassa  scotti  Brown  and  Pilsbry,  holotype,  left  manus,  lower  view, 
X  1*. 

).  Callianassa  scotti,  paratype,  Cat.  No.  2259,  left  propodus,  upper  view, 
X  lh 

I.  Outer  view  of  same,  X  1£. 

I.  Callianassa  scotti,  Cat.  No.  324279,  left  manus,  distal  view,  X  li. 
.  I.  Callianassa  tenuis  Rathbun,  holotype,  left  manus,  inner  view,  X  3. 
.  Outer  view  of  same,  X  3. 

■ 


•182 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Plate  61. 

Fig.  1.  Callianassa  erassa  Rathbun,  holotype,  dactylus  of  left  cheliped 
view,  X  2. 

2.  Outer  view  of  same,  X  2. 

3.  Callianassa  crass  a,  paratype,  dactylus  of  left  eheiiped,  outer  vie 

4.  Calappa  flammea,  dactylus  of  right  cheliped,  inner  view,  X  2. 

5.  Outer  view  of  same,  X  2. 

6.  Callianassa  spinulosa  Rathbun,  paratype  in  Mus.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci 

propodus  of  left  cheliped,  outer  view,  X  2. 

7.  Callianassa  spinulosa,  holotype  and  impression,  left  propodus 

view,  X  2. 

8.  Distal  view  of  same  holotype.  X  2. 

9.  Inner  view  of  same,  X  2. 

10.  Parthcnopc  pleistocenica  Rathbun,  holotype,  propodal  finger 

chela,  upper  view,  X  3-£. 

11.  Outer  view  of  same,  X  3£. 

12.  Callianassa  stridens  Rathbun,  holotype,  left  manus,  outer  view 

13.  Upper  view  of  same,  X  3. 

14.  Inner  view  of  same.  X  3. 

15.  Callianassa  crassimana  Rathbun,  holotype,  propodus  of  left  c 

inner  view,  X  2. 

16.  Impression  of  same,  and  piece  of  finger,  X  2. 

17.  Holotype  laid  against  impression  of  same,  outer  view,  X  2. 

18.  Mursia  obscura  Rathbun,  holotype,  carapace,  X  3. 

Plate  62. 

Fig.  1.  Callianassa  magna  Rathbun.  holotype,  dactylus  of  right  cheli 
view,  X  1-}. 

2.  Outer  view  of  same,  X  1*. 

3.  Upper  view  of  same,  X  1£. 

4.  Callianassa  qua  drat  a  Rathbun  V,  carpus  of  left  cheliped,  upper  vie 

5.  Lower  view  of  same,  X  2. 

6.  Outer  view  of  same,  X  2. 

7.  Callianassa  quadrata,  holotype,  left  manus,  distal  view,  X  2. 

8.  Inner  view  of  same,  X  2. 

9.  Outer  view  of  same,  X  2. 

10.  Callianassa  quadrata,  paratype  «,  left  manus,  outer  view,  X  2. 

11.  Inner  view  of  same,  X  2. 

12.  Distal  view,  X  2. 

13.  Callianassa  quadrata,  paratype  c,  right,  manus,  outer  view,  X  2 

14.  Callianassa  quadrata,  paratype  d.  left  manus,  outer  view,  X  2. 

Plate  63. 

Fir..  1.  Callianassa  abbreviata  Rathbun,  holotype.  right  manus.  inner  vie 

2.  Outer  view  of  same.  X  3. 

3.  Distal  view  of  same,  X  3. 

4.  Impression  of  same.  X  3. 

o.  Qallia-nassa  abbreviate,  paratype  &,  piece  <»('  propodus  of  left  c 
outer  view,  X  3. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  183 


6.  Callianassa  abbreviate,  paratype  a,  left  maims,  outer  view,  X  3. 

7.  Heteractaea  lunata  (Milne  Edwards  and  Lucas),  right  chela,  Cat.  No. 

324265,  outer  view,  X  3$. 

8.  Upper  view  of  same,  X  3^. 

9.  Heteractaea  lunata,  right  chela  of  Recent  specimen,  Cat.  No.  214G,  X  3£. 

0.  Callianassa  vaughani  Rathbun,  paratype  b,  portion  of  propodus  of  left 

cheliped,  outer  view,  X  2. 
.1.  Callianassa  vaughani,  paratype  a,  left  maims,  outer  view,  X  2. 
l2.  Inner  view  of  sam?,  X  2. 

3.  Callianassa  vaughani.  holotype,  right  chela,  outer  view.  X  2. 

Plate  64. 

1.  Arcnaeus,  species,  Cat.  No.  324252,  left  movable  finger,  outer  view, 

X  3A. 

2.  Cardisoma  guanhumi  Latreille,  propodal  finger  of  left  cheliped.  outer 

view,  X  3. 

3.  Lower  view  of  same,  X  3. 

4.  Upper  view  of  same,  X  3. 

5.  Brachyrhyncha,  indeterminable.  Cat.  No.  324258,  merus  of  ambulatory 

leg,*X  3. 

6.  Brachyrhyncha,  indeterminable,  Cat.  No.  324294,  right  maims.  X  3. 

7.  Uca  macrodactylus  (Milne  Edwards  and  Lucas),  Cat.  No.  324251,  dacty- 

lus  of  ambulatory  leg,  X  3$. 

0.  Callianassa?.  species.  Cat.  No.  324280.  merus  of  right  cheliped  (?), 

view.  X  Sh 
9.  Upper  view  of  same,  X  3^. 

>L0.  Callianassa  ?,  species.  Cat.  No.  324280,  merus  of  right  cheliped  (?), 
J         X  Sh 

I.  1.  Euphylax  fortis  Rathbun,  holotype,  right  side,  showing  cross  sections  of 

merus  of  cheliped  "and  of  two  legs,  X  1$. 

1 2.  Front  view  of  same,  showing  remains  of  fingers.  X  II. 

13.  Ventral  view  of  same,  X  1| 

Plate  65. 

1.  Callinectes,  species.  Cat.  No.  324255,  maims  and  carpus  of  left  cheliped. 

outer  view,  X  1*. 

2.  Upper  view  of  same,  X  1£. 

3.  Euphylax  callinectias  Rathbun,  holotype,  dorsal  view,  X  1£. 
1 4.  Posterior  view  of  same,  X  1^. 

5.  Ventral  view  of  same,  X  lh. 

6.  Anterior  view  of  same,  X  1|. 

7.  Callinectes,  species,  Cat.  No.  324268,  distal  third,  tip  missing,  of  immov- 

able finger,  X  3. 

Plate  66. 

II.  Callinectes  declivis  Rathbun,  holotype,  propodus  of  left  cheliped,  upper 

view,  X  lh 

2.  Inner  view  of  same,  X  1£. 

3.  Outer  view  of  same,  X  lh 

14.  Hepatus  chiliensis  Milne  Edwards,  Cat.  No.  324235,  dactylus  of  right 

chela,  inner  view,  X  Sh 
o.  Callinectes  reticulatus  Rathbun.  holotype.  propodus  of  right  cheliped, 
upper  view,  X  U. 


184 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Fig.  6.  Inner  view  of  same,  X  1£. 

7.  Outer  view  of  same,  X  1$. 

8.  Panopeus,  species,  Cat.  No.  324254,  dactylua  of  right  cheliped,  im 

view,  X  3. 

9.  Outer  view  of  same,  X  3. 

10.  Parthenope  panamensis  Rathbun,  holotype,  merus  of  left  cheliped,  <tee 

view,  X  li. 

11.  Inner  view  of  same,  X  1$. 

12.  Hepatus,  species,  Cat.  No.  324239,  dactylus  of  left  cheliped,  outer  m 

X  2. 

13.  Euryplax  culebrensis  Rathbun,  holotype,  propodus  of  right  cheljm 

upper  view,  X  3$. 

14.  Outer  view  of  same,  X  3£. 

15.  Thaumastoplax  prima  Rathbun,  paratype,  carapace,  X  2. 

16.  Impression  of  same,  X  2. 

17.  Thaumastoplax  prima,  holotype,  X  2. 

18.  Impression  of  same,  X  2. 


J.  S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN  103    PL.  54 


U.  S. ^NATIONAL  MUSEUM  BULLETIN  103    PL.  55 


U.  S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN 


103 


PL.  56 


U.  S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN  103    PL.  57 


Panama  Decapod  Crustaceans. 


For  explanation  of  plate  see  page  180. 


S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN  1 03    PL.  58 


Panama  Decapod  Crustaceans. 

For  explanation  of  plate  see  page  180 


S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN  103    PL.  59 


Panama  Decapod  Crustaceans. 

For  explanation  of  plate  see  page  181 


U.S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN  103  PL.r60 


Panama  Decapod  Crustaceans. 

For  explanation  of  plate  see  page  181- 


U.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN  103    PL.  61 


Panama  Decapod  Crustaceans. 

For  explanation  of  plate  see  page  182 


S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN  103    PL.  63 


Panama  Decapod  Crustaceans. 

For  explanation  of  plate  see  pages  182.  183. 


S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN  103    PL.  64 


Panama  Decapod  Crustaceans. 

For  explanation  of  plate  see  page  183. 


Panama  Decapod  Crustaceans. 

For  explanation  of  plate  see  page  183. 


I.  S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN  103    PL.  66 


Panama  Decapod  Crustaceans. 

For  explanation  of  plate  see  pages  183,  184. 


INDEX. 


Page. 

bbreviata,  Callianassa   125,  129, 

137,  147, 182,  183 
I  canthurus    panamense,  Macrobra- 

i  chium   131 

(fine,  Eurytium   174 

Bnis,  Panopeus   174 

morpbopus   175 

ngulata,  Goniochele   155 

jiomura   134 

Qtepurpureus,  Panopeus   128,  130, 

172,  180,  181 

renaeus  mexicanus   165 

species   128,  130,  165,  183 

rmata,  Goniochele?   125, 129, 154,  180 

Mursia   159 

Porcellana   135 

rmatus,  Petrolistb.es   135 

stacura   132 

Vitus,.  Petrolisthes   127,  129,  134,  180 

.xiidae   135 

xius  123,  136 

reticularis   125,129,135,180 

species   128,  129,  136,  180 

ahamensis,  Cancer  +   153 

Petrocbirus   153 

alanus  concavus  rariseptatus  126,  129 

eburneus   127,  128,  129 

glyptopoma  127,  129 

(Hesperibalanus  ?) ,  spe- 
cies  124, 125,  129 

ananensis,  Leucosilia  __  127, 130,  161, 180 

ocourti,  Callinectes   166 

ouvieri,  Petrocbirus  129,  153 

:racbygnatba   162 

irachyrhyncba   162 

family,  genus  and 
species  indetermin- 
able  125,  130, 

177,  178,  183 

;rachyura   154 

alappa   160 

costaricana   127,  130,  156,  180 

flammea   128,  130,  157,  182 

gallus   156 

zurcberi   124,  130,  157 

alappella  130,  157 

quadrispina          125, 130,  157,  180 

alappidae   155 

Uiforniensis,  Petrocbirus   153 

lUianassa   124, 136 

abbreviata   125,  129,  137, 

147,  182,  183 


Page. 

Callianasaa  crassa__126,  129,  137,  152,  182 
crassimana   125,  129, 

137,  141,  182 
elongata   125,  129,  136, 

139,  146,  181 

billi  126,  129,  137,  148,  181 

lacunosa   124,  129, 

136,  138,  181 
magna—  125,  129,  137,  151,  182 
moinensis   126,  129, 

136,  142,  181 
ovalis  __  125,  129,  136,  137,  181 

pellucida   151 

quadrata   124,  125,  129, 

137,  145,  182 
scotti__  124,  125,  129,  136,  140. 

142,  143,  145,  146,  181 

species   129,  152,  181 

species   125,  129,  153,  183 

spinulosa   124,  125,  129, 

136,  143,  182 

stimpsoni   148 

stridens   125,  129, 

137,  151,  182 
tenuis__  126,  129,  136,  144,  181 

toulai   124,  129,  137,  146 

vaughani   125,  126,  129, 

137,  148,  183 

Callianassidae   136 


Callinectes   163, 166, 169 

bocourti   166 

declivis   127,  130. 

162,  164,  183 

exasperatus   166 

reticulatus   125,  130, 

163,  164,  183 

sapidus   163 

species   125,  130,  164,  183 

toxotes   165 

callinectias,  Eupbylax   127,  130, 

165,  167,  183 

Cancer  (Astacus)  jamaicensis   131 

bahamensis   153 

flammeus   157 

gallus   158 

Cancridae   123 

Cardisoma   123 

guanhumi   127,  130,  177, 183 

Carpilius   171 

corallinus.   171 

species   125,  130,  177,  181 


I 


II' 


INDEX. 


Page. 

chilensis,  Panopeus   174 

chiliensis,  Hepatus   128, 129, 155,  183 

concavus  rariseptatus,  Balanus—  120,  129 

cprallinus,  Carpilius   171 

costaricana,  Calappa          127, 130,  156, 180 

costatus,  Nophrops-  12S,  129,  132,  133,  180 
crassa,  Callianassa  _  126,  129,  137,  152,  182 
crassimana,  Calliauassa  125, 

129,  137,  141,  182 
crenulatum,  Eurytium  __  128, 130, 174, 183 

culebrensis,  Euryplax         125,  130,  174,  184 

Decapoda   131 

declivis,  Callinectes.  127, 130, 162,  164,  183 

dovii.  Euphylax   166 

Dromiacea   154 

Dromiidae   154 

eburneus,  Balanus   127, 128, 129 

eeristata,  Mursilia   126, 130, 160, 180 

elongata,  Calliauassa   125, 

129,  136,  139,  146,  181 

Euctenota  mexicana   165 

Euphylax   123, 166, 167 

eallinectias   127, 

130,  165,  167,  183 

dovii   166 

fortis   127,  130,  167,  183 

Euryplax   123 

culebrensis   125,  130,  174,  184 

nitida   175 

polita   175 

Eurytium  123,  174 

affine   174 

crenulatum          128,  130,  174.  1S3 

tristani   174 

exasperatus,  Callinectes   166 

excavata,  Parthenope   179 

excavatus,  Larabrus   179 

flammea,  Calappa   128,130,157,182 

flammeus,  Cancer   157 

fortis,  Euphylax   127,  130,  167,  183 

Galatheidea   134 

galathina,  Porcellana   135 

jjalathinus,  Petrolisthes   135 

gallus,  Calappa   156 

Cancer   156 

(Jatunia  130,  168 

proavita   126, 

130, 168,  179, 180,  181 

Gatuniidae   168 

Qecarcinidae   177 

Gelasimus  macrodactylus   177 

glyptopoma,  Balanus  127, 129 

Goneplacidae  123, 174 

Goniocheie   154 

angulata   155 

armata          125,  129,  ir>4,  180 

l:  rami  la  t  us,    Petrocbirus   153 

grossimanus,  Pachycheles   134 

guanhumi,  Cardlsoma— „  127,  180, 177, 183 

Hepatus   12l{ 

ChiltenslB   128,  129,  155,  183 

species   125,  155,  184 

Ffesperibalanus,   species    124,125,129 


Pa 

Heteractaea  

lunata   127,  130, 171,  ] 

Hexaplax  

Ilexapodinae   123, 

Hexapus  

hilli,  Callianassa___  126,  129,  137,  148, 

Ilomaridae  

injudicata,  Lepas  126, 

jamaicense,  Macrobrachium  

jamaicensis,  Cancer  (Astacus)  

jurinei,  Leucosilia   128,  130, 

lacunosa,  Calliauassa  

129,  136,  138, 

Lambdophallus   

Lambrus  excavatus   

latus,  Pachycheles   127,  129,  134, 

Lepas  injudicata  126, 

Leucosiidae   

genus  and  species  inde- 
terminable  1 

130,  162, 

Leucosilia  

bananensls  ___  127,  130,  161, 

jurinei    128,  130, 

lunata,  Heteractaea   127, 130,  171, 

lunatus,  Pilumnus  

macdonaldi,  Mursia   126, 130,  158, 

Macrobrachium  

acanthurus    p  a  n  a  - 

mense  

jamaicense  

mexicanumi   H 

species—  126, 129,  130,  W 
species.  128,  129,  132,  K) 

macrodactylus,  Gelasimus   7 

Uca    128,  130,  177,  ■ 

magna,  Callianassa-  125,  129,  137,  151,1 

Malacostraca   I 

mexicana,  Euctenota   I 

mexicanumj  Macrobrachium   M 

mexicanus,  Arenaeus   '5 

Palaemon   ;1 

michelini,  Scylla   1 

moinensis,  Callianassa  126,  9, 

136,  142,  U 

Mursia   123,  W 

arniata   '9 

macdonaldi   126,  130,  158,  $1 

obecura   124,  130,159,  tt 

Mursilia   50 

eeristata   126,  130,  160:| 

Natantia   !t* 

family,   genus,  and  species 

indeterminable  129,  131.  JO 

Nephrops  

costatus   12S,  129,  132.  ?0 

species    128,  129,  133  30 

Neptunus   "> 

nitida,  Euryplax   ^ 

obscura.  Mursia   124,  130,  159  # 

Oeypodidae   ^ 

ovalls,  Callianassa   125,  0, 

130,  137  31 

i  Oxyrhyncha   ' 


INDEX. 


in 


Page. 

:ystomata   155 

.chycheles   123 

grossimanus   134 

latus   127,  129, 134,  180 

eduma   175 

guriclae   153 

laemon  mexicanus   131 

laenionidae   131 

aamense,     Macrobrachiura  acan- 

thurus   131 

aamensis,  Parthenope.  126,130,178,184 

aopeus   173, 174 

affinis   174 

antepurpureus   128,  130, 

172,  180,  181 

chileusis   174 

purpureus   172 

species   125, 130, 173,184 

tridentatus  ___  128, 130, 172, 181 

rthenope  excavata   179 

panamensis.  126,  130,  178, 184 

pleistocenica   128,  130, 

179, 182 

'rthenopidae   178 

|:ten  124,141 

Ilucida,  Callianassa   151 

rsepbona   162 

t;trochirus   124 

bahamensis   153 

bouvieri   129,  153 

californiensis   153 

granulatus   153 

trolisthes   123 

arinatus   135 

avitus   127,  129,  134,180 

galathinus  

-'jumnus  lunatus  i'.   171 

listocenica,  Parthenope   128, 

130, 179,  182 

ijjita,  Euryplax   175 

Vcellaua  armata   135 

galathina   135 


Pagt. 

Porcellanidae   134 

Portunidae  123, 162 

Portunus   ,   163 

sanguinolentus   163 

prima,  Tbauinastoplax        125,  130,  175,  184 

Prionoplacinae    174 

proavita,  Gatunia   120, 

130,  168,  179,  180,  1S1 

purpureus,  Panopeus   172 

quadrata,  Callianassa   124 

125,  129,  137,  145,  182 
quadrispina,  Calappella__  125,  130,  157, 180 
rariseptatus,   Balanus  coucavus__  126.  129 

Reptantia   132 

reticularis,  Axius   125,  129,  135,  180 

Callinectes   125. 

130,  103,  164,  183 

sanguinolentus.  Portunus   163 

sapidus,  Callinectes   163 

scotti.  Callianassa   124,  125,  129, 

136,  140,  142,  143,  145,  146,  181 

Scylla   167, 168,  169,  170 

miehelini   171 

spinulosa,  Callianassa   124, 

125,  129,  136,  143,  182 

stiinpsoni,  Callianassa   148 

stridens,    Callianassa    125. 

129,  137, 151, 182 
tenuis,  Callianassa  _  126,  129,  136,  144,  181 

Thalassinidea   135 

Tbauinastoplax   175 

prima  __  125,  130,  175,  184 

toulai,  Callianassa   124, 129, 137, 146 

toxotes,  Callinectes   165 

tridentatus,  Panopeus         128, 130, 172,  181 

tristani,  Eurytium   174 

Uca  macrodactylus   128,  130,  177,  183 

vaughani,  Callianassa    125, 

126,  129,  137,  148,  183 

Xanthidae    171 

zurcheri,  Calappa   124,  130,  157 


O 


SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION 


UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


Bulletin  103 


>NTRIBUTIONS  TO  THE  GEOLOGY  AND  PALEON- 
TOLOGY OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE,  PANAMA,  AND 
GEOLOGICALLY  RELATED  AREAS  IN  CEN- 
TRAL AMERICA  AND  THE  WEST  INDIES 


CIRRIPEDIA  FROM  THE  PANAMA 
CANAL  ZONE 


By  HENRY  A.  PILSBRY 

Of  tlie  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences,  Philadelphia 


Extract  from  Bulletin  103,  pages  185-188,  with  Plate  67 


WASHINGTON 
GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFPICE 
1918 


1 


CIKRIPEDIA  FROM  THE  PANAMA  CANAL  ZONE. 


By  Henry  A.  Pilsbry, 

Of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences,  Philadelphia. 


The  small  number  of  barnacles  collected  show  the  following  rela- 
is.  The  Pleistocene  and  Pliocene  species  are  identical  with  recent 
antic  coast  and  Caloosahatchie  Pliocene  species,  respectively,  and 

distinctively  Atlantic  forms.  Of  the  Oligocene  and  Miocene 
cies,  one  has  relatives  in  both  oceans,  another  only  in  the  Pacific; 

affinities  of  the  third  being  doubtful. 

BALANUS  EBURNEUS  Gould. 

Balanus  ebumeus  Pilsbry,  Bull.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus..  No.  93,  1916,  p.  80,  pi.  24. 
figs.  1-lc,  2,  text-figs.  14  and  15,  and  synonymy. 

This  recent  species  is  represented  by  four  individuals  from  Station 
»7j  the  wall  being  preserved  complete,  but  without  opercular  plates, 
e  smooth  surface  and  the  closety,  regularly  septate  parietal  tubes 
characteristic,  the  septa  forming  cells  about  equal  in  length  and 
adth,  throughout  the  tubes. 

locality  and  geologic  occurrence. — They  are  from  a  dark  mud 
mation  about  10  feet  above  the  present  sea  level,  near  lowTer  end 
Gatun  Locks.  Pleistocene  series.  D.  F.  MacDonald,  collector, 
ril,  1911.  Cat.  No.  324297,  U.S.N.M.  Five  specimens,  from  Sta- 
ll 5868,  from  Mount  Hope,  in  swamp  ditch,  in  black  mud  forma- 
a;  Pleistocene;  D.  F.  MacDonald,  1911.  Cat.  No.  324290,  U.S.N.M. 
Pen  specimens  of  the  same  were  taken  at  Station  6038,  also  from 
ck  mud  f romlower  end  of  Gatun  Locks.  Pleistocene  series.  D.  F. 
cDonald,  collector,  1911.   Cat.  No.  324293,  U.S.N.M. 

BALANUS  GLYPTOPOMA  Pilsbry. 

Plate  67,  figs.  1-3. 

Balanus  concavus  glyptopoma  Pilsbry,  Bull.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  No.  93,  p.  102, 
pi.  21,  fig.  2 ;  pi.  22,  figs.  2-2c. 

The  walls  only  of  several  groups  growing  on  oysters  and  scallops 
re  collected.  They  agree  with  the  above  species  described  from 
Pliocene  of  the  Caloosahatchie  River,  and  show  some  additional 
iracters,  notably  the  color.  The  radii  are  broad.  The  parietes  are 
ikly  ribbed  longitudinally,  the  intervals  in  the  best  preserved  in- 
iduals  being  of  a  deep  livid  brown  color,  the  low  ribs  white.  The 
ietal  tubes  are  crossed  by  many  septa,  down  to  the  base ;  these  are 
ttle  less  regular  than  in  B.  eburneus,  most  of  the  cells  being  longer 
8370/— 18  185 


186         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


than  wide,  exactly  as  in  the  type  of  B.  glyptopoma.    There  ar< 
tubes  in  the  rostrum  of  one  of  the  specimens  figured  (fig.  2). 
basis  is  profusely  porous,  the  pores  septate  (fig.  3,  left  hand 
middle  individuals  of  group  shown  in  fig.  1).   The  middle  speci 
of  this  group  is  31  mm.  high,  the  rostro-carnial  diameter  a1 
22  mm. 

B.  glyptopoma  was  described  as  a  subspecies  of  B.  concavm  Br 
but  it  differs  from  that  by  the  closely  septate  parietal  tubes,  ar 
evidently  a  distinct  species.  In  B.  concavus  the  tubes  are  fillec 
near  the  summits,  and  are  open,  with  very  few  septa  below,  or 
in  the  American  subspecies.  The  Miocene  form  formerly  referre 
B.  glyptopoma  is  a  distinct  subspecies  of  B.  concavus. 

Location  and  geologic  occurrence. — The  specimens  are  from 
tion  5903,  across  Chagres  River  and  about  200  to  225  feet  abo's 
top  of  hill  opposite  Alhahuela,  in  a  gray  tufaceous  limestone, 
No.  324298,  U.S.N.M.  and  Station  5906«,  50  to  75  feet  below 
Cat.  No.  324299,-  U.S.N.M.  Both  collected  by  D.  F.  MacDoii 
Upon  mentioning  to  Dr.  William  H.  Dall  that  I  had  identifil  i 
Pliocene  barnacle  from  these  Stations,  he  kindly  informed  me  a* 
"both  are  above  the  Oligocene  strata  and  separated  from  the  ltei 
by  an  unconformity.  They  are  doubtless  Pliocene.  5906a  istfu 
lower  of  the  two  horizons." 

Mexico.  From  the  Sayula  District  of  Chiapas,  on  the  AiH 
Chapapoapam.  Pliocene  series.  Dr.  C.  TV.  Hayes  and  othersJH 
lectors;  1911.  Station  5886.  One  specimen,  without  opercular  vsiK 
Cat.  No.  324291,  U.S.N.M. 


: 


BALANUS  CONCAVUS  RARISEPTATUS,  new  subspecies. 

Plate  67,  fig.  4. 


In  form  this  barnacle  is  somewhat  cylindric  with  contracted  un- 
mit  in  the  adult  stage,  convexly  conic  when  young.  The  orif  3  is 
ovate.  The  walls  are  only  slightly  roughened  longitudinally.  W 
carinolateral  compartments  are  narrow,  the  parietes  about  one-(B 
as  wide  as  the  lateral  compartments.  The  radii  are  wideH 
oblique  summits,  without  pores;  the  articulating  edges  being  cfe 
lated.  The  parietal  tubes  have  very  few,  irregularly  scattered,  imk 
verse  septa.  There  are  29  tubes  in  the  rostrum  of  the  type-specifc 
Another,  of  equal  size,  has  17  tubes  in  the  lateral,  6  in  the  csM 
lateral  compartment. 

Length,  27  mm.;  carino-rostral  diameter,  22.5  mm.;  lateral  d  me- 
ter, 21  mm.  In  the  largest  individual  exposed  the  rostrum  is  3Mun. 
long. 

This  form  is  represented  by  a  group  of  about  16  individuals  'ow- 
ing upon  and  largely  concealing  a  single  old  one  of  about  S'inm. 
basal  diameter.   Probably  three  generations  are  present.  Thejfere 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  187 

a  tufaceous  limestone.  The  tubes  of  the  walls  are  solidly  filled 
:h  calcite. 

Hiis  was  at  first  thought  to  be  a  smooth  form  of  Balanus  concavus 
onn,  but  on  cutting  it  the  parietal  tubes  were  found  to  be  much 
re  numerous.  In  a  specimen  of  B.  concavus  from  the  British  Red 
kg  (Pliocene),  No.  12058,  U.S.N.M.,  there  are  19  tubes  in  the 
ftrum,  which  is  65  mm.  long.  Most  of  these  tubes  have  transverse 
>ta  at  long,  irregular  intervals,  but  in  some  places  near  the  edges 
i  septa  are  rather  close,  though  irregular. 

The  relation  of  this  form  to  B.  concavus  can  not  be  exactly  esti- 
ted  until  the  opercular  plates  are  found.   It  may  be  an  ancestral 
m  of  concavus  or  a  distinct  species.  Meantime,  it  is  readily  reeog- 
lable  by  the  characters  of  the  compartments. 
.  locality  and  geologic  occurrence. — Panama  Canal  Zone.  From 
■K  foot  cut,  just  on  north  §ide  of  big  swamp,  on  relocated  line  Panama 
ilroad,  1^  to  2  miles  beyond  Camp  Cotton  toward  Monte  Lirio. 
Dfl  fun  formation.    Miocene  series.    D.  F.  MacDonald  and  T.  W. 
ughan  collectors,  1911.   1  cluster;  Cat.  No.  324292,  U.S.N.M. 

::\ 

BALANUS  (HESPERIBALANUS?),  species. 

If  I 

!l  small,  conic  barnacle  having  a  basal  diameter  of  about  7  or  8 
l.  is  represented  by  several  compartments  and  one  incomplete 
Icimen,  without  opercular  valves.  The  walls  are  smooth  except  for 
i;ht  ripples  parallel  to  the  base.  They  are  solid,  having  no  parietal 
:ftes.   The  compartments  are  rather  thick  for  so  small  a  barnacle, 
1 1  when  parted  the  articulating  edges  of  the  radii  and  the  opposed 
iiural  surfaces  are  seen  to  be  conspicuously  crenulated.   The  basis 
calcareous,  thin,  and  seems  to  have  radial  threads  on  its  inner 

3  ft. 

•  :  )'hese  characters  indicate  a  species  of  the  subgenus  Hesperibalanus, 
-%  possibly  Solidobalanus.    Neither  group  has  been  recognized 
riierto  in  American  tertiary  deposits,  or  in  the  recent  faunas  of  the 
:$iamic  region  or  western  Atlantic.    The  specimens  do  not  seem 
ilracteristic  enough  to  serve  as  the  basis  of  a  new  species,  though 
I  y  can  not,  I  think,  be  referred  to  any  described  form. 
>oeality  and  geologic  occurrence. — They  were  collected  by  Mac- 
vkiald  and  Vaughan  in  the  "  lowest  fossiliferous  bed,  the  third  below 
J  lowest  limestone  bed,  Las  Cascadas  section,  Gaillard  Cut.  Lower 
);  t  of  upper  half  of  Culebra  formation.  Oligocene."  Station  6020a, 
nil.  No.  324295,  U.S.N.M. 

>.  single  valve  was  taken  one-fourth  mile  south  of  Empire  Bridge, 
aiai  lower  dark  clay  beneath  lower  conglomerate,  lower  part  of 
Cebm  formation,  Oligocene;  Station  6012a;  Cat.  No.  324296, 

,;;S.N.M. 

8370°— 18— Bull.  103  13 


188         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


LEPAS  INJUDICATA,  new  species. 

Plate  67,  fig.  5. 

This  species  is  based  upon  a  calcareous  plate  believed  to  be 
scutum  of  a  Lepadid  barnacle.  It  is  thin,  trapezoidal  in  outline,  h 
basal  border  straight,  almost  equal  to  the  length,  and  a  little  n 
tracted  or  narrowly  bent  in.  The  tergal  extremity  is  broad  to 
somewhat  convex.  The  occludent  margin  is  almost  straight.  § 
surface  has  the  curvature  of  an  ordinary  Lepas,  such  as  L.  anati$ 
and  is  sculptured  with  coarse,  unequal  concentric  folds,  with^a 
wards  the  growing  edges,  some  rather  fine  concentric  striation.  i 

The  fossil  is  imperfect  at  the  tergal  end,  but  if  restored  accorm 
to  the  lines  of  growth  it  would  be  about  25  mm.  long ;  width  23  I 

That  the  fossil  has  been  correctly  interpreted  is  by  no  means  er 
tain.  If  Lepadid,  as  believed,  the  very  obtuse  tergal  end  prob)l 
indicates  a  small,  transversely  placed  tergum,  not  running  bet  jei 
scutum  and  carina,  or  perhaps  none.  Either  condition  would  dtoto 
greater  specialization  than  the  modern  genus  Lepas.  However  hi; 
may  be,  the  fossil  is  specifically  recognizable  by  its  form  and  s<lp 
ture,  and  we  must  await  the  finding  of  further  material  to  r<ea 
its  nature. 

Locality  and  geologic  occurrence. — The  holotype  is  No.  3218 
U.S.N.M.  It  was  found  by  MacDonald  and  Vaughan  in  a  secti<w 
the  bluffs  exposed  along  the  Panama  Railroad.  Eelocation,  » 
3,500  feet  south  of  Gatun  Railroad  Station,  in  bed  No.  6033&,  Gin 
formation.   Miocene  series. 

EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  67. 

Fig.  1.  Balanus  glyptopoma  Pilsbry.   Lateral  view  of  group  from  StationH 

2.  Rostral  view  of  a  specimen  of  B.  glyptopona  growing  on  Pecten,  SVl 

3.  Basal  view  of  fig.  1. 

5903,  the  outer  lamina  of  the  wall  removed.  Length  of  rr  rmi) 
16  mm. 

4.  Balanus  concavus  rariseptatus  Pilsbry.  Type. 
5.  Lepas  injudicata  Pilsbry.  Type. 


NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN  103    PL.  67 


SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION 

UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 
Bulletin  103 


DISTRIBUTIONS  TO  THE  GEOLOGY  AND  PALEON- 
TOLOGY OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE,  PANAMA,  AND 
GEOLOGICALLY  RELATED  AREAS  IN  CEN- 
TRAL AMERICA  AND  THE  WEST  INDIES 


FOSSIL  CORALS  FROM  CENTRAL 
AMERICA,  CUBA,  AND  PORTO  RICO, 
WITH  AN  ACCOUNT  OF  THE  AMER- 
ICAN TERTIARY,  PLEISTOCENE,  AND 
RECENT  CORAL  REEFS 


Extract  from  Bulletin  103,  pages  189-524,  with  Plates  68-152 


WASHINGTON 
GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE 
1919 


CONTENTS. 


Page. 

ntroduction   189 

reologic  correlation  by  means  of  fossil  corals   190 

eologic  history  of  the  upper  Eocene  and  later  coral  faunas  of  Central  America, 

the  West  Indies,  and  the  eastern  United  States  :   193 

Eocene   193 

Brito  formation,  Nicaragua   193 

St.  Bartholomew  limestone   193 

Jackson  formation  and  Ocala  limestone   195 

Concluding  remarks  on  the  Eocene   198 

Oligocene   198 

Lower  Oligocene   198 

Middle  Oligocene   199 

Antigua  formation   199 

Pepino  formation  of  Porto  Rico   203 

Limestone  above  conglomerate  near  Guantanamo,  Cuba   204 

Basal  part  of  Chattahoochee  formation  in  Georgia   205 

"Coral  limestone"  of  Salt  Mountain,  Alabama   206 

San  Rafael  formation  of  eastern  Mexico   206 

Tonosi,  Panama   207 

Serro  Colorado,  Arube   207 

Concluding  remarks  on  the  middle  Oligocene   207 

Upper  Oligocene   208 

Culebra  formation   208 

Emperador  limestone   208 

Anguilla  formation   209 

Cuban  localities   210 

Tampa  formation  of  Florida   211 

Concluding  remarks  on  the  upper  Oligocene   211 

Miocene   212 

Bowden  marl   212 

Santo  Domingo   213 

Cuba   218 

Baracoa  and  Matanzas   218 

La  Cruz  marl   218 

Florida   219 

Alum  Bluff  formation   219 

Middle  and  South  Atlantic  States   220 

Costa  Rica   221 

Panama   221 

Colombia   221 

Concluding  remarks  on  the  Miocene   221 

•■Pliocene   222 

Caloosahatchee  marl,  Florida   222 

Limon,  Costa  Rica   223 

Carrizo  Creek,  California   223 

''Pleistocene   225 


in 


IV 


CONTENTS. 


Geologic  history  of  the  upper  Eocene,  etc. — Continued. 

Summary  of  the  stratigraphic  and  geographic  distribution  of  the  Tertiary 
and  Pleistocene  coral-faunas  of  Central  America  and  the  West  Indies.  . . 

Table  of  stratigraphic  and  geographic  distribution  of  species  

Conditions  under  which  the  West  Indian,  Central  American,  and  Floridian 
coral  reefs  have  formed,  and  their  bearing  on  theories  of  coral-reef  formation . 

Definition  of  the  term  "coral  reef"  

Ecology  of  reef-forming  corals  

Hypotheses  of  the  formation  of  coral  reefs  

Tests  of  coral-reef  hypotheses  

Criteria  for  recognizing  shift  in  position  of  strand  line  

Criteria  for  measuring  the  amount  of  vertical  shift  in  strand  line,  and 
for  determining  the  relative  ages  of  terraces  and  the  physiographic 

stage  attained  by  a  shore  line  

Criteria  for  ascertaining  the  role  of  corals  as  constructional  agents  

Solubility  of  calcium  carbonate  in  sea  water  

Effects  of  wind-induced  and  other  currents  in  shaping  coral  reefs  

Criteria  for  determining  the  effect  of  glaciation  and  deglaciation  on 

the  development  of  living  reefs  

Amount  of  vertical  displacement  of  strand  line  by  glaciation  and 

deglaciation  

Rate  of  growth  of  corals  and  length  of  post-Glacial  time  

Effect  of  lowering  of  marine  temperature  on  reef  corals  during 

glaciation  

Valley-in-valley  arrangement  and  cliffed  spurs  

American  Tertiary  and  Pleistocene  reef  corals  and  coral  reefs  

Eocene  reef  corals  of  St.  Bartholomew  

West  Indian  middle  Oligocene  reefs  

Antigua  

Porto  Rico  *.  

4  Cuba  

West  Indian  and  Panamanian  upper  Oligocene  reefs  

Anguilla  

Canal  Zone  

West  Indian  Miocene  reef  coials  

West  Indian  Pleistocene  reefs  

Tertiary  and  Pleistocene  reef  corals  and  coral  reefs  of  the  United  States. 

Southeastern  United  States  

Plicene  reef  corals  from  Carrizo  Creek,  California  

Living  coral  reefs  of  the  West  Indies,  Florida,  and  Central  America  

Antigua-Barbuda  Bank  

St.  Martin  Plateau  

St.  Croix  Island  

Virgin  Bank  

Cuba  

Bahamas  

Bermudas  

Florida  

Oampeche  Bank  

Honduran  reefs  

Mosquito  Bank  

Some  other  West  Indian  Islands  

Brazil  and  Argentina  

Atlantic  coast  of  the  United  States  north  of  Florida  

Types  of  West  Indian  and  Central  American  littoral  and  sublittoral 
profiles  and  their  relations  to  coral  reefs  


CONTENTS.  V 

'  conditions  under  which  the  West  Indian,  Central  American,  and  Floridian 

coral  reefs  have  formed — Continued.  Page. 
Living  coral  reefs  of  the  West  Indies,  Florida,  and  Central  America — Contd. 
Submerged  banks  north  of  the  coral  reef  zone  in  the  western  Atlantic 

Ocean   305 

Summary  of  the  conditions  under  which  the  American  fossil  and  living 

reefs  formed   305 

J     Coral  reefs  of  the  Pacific  Ocean   306 

Great  Barrier  Reef  of  Australia   306 

New  Caledonia   308 

Fiji  Islands   309 

Society  Islands   311 

Tahiti   311 

Smaller  islands  of  the  Society  group   312 

i[     Atolls   313 

J     Conclusions   319 

Bearing  of  these  conclusions  on  hypotheses  of  the  formation  of  coral  reefs   325 

Suggestions  as  to  future  investigations..   329 

Systematic  account  of  the  faunas   333 

Class  Anthozoa   333 

Madreporaria  Imperforata   333 

Family  Seriatoporidae   333 

Genus  Stylophora   333 

Pocillopora   342 

Madracis   345 

Family  Astrocoenidae   345 

Genus  Astrocoenia   345 

Stylocoenia   351 

Family  Oculinidae  !   352 

Genus  Oculina   352 

Archohelia   352 

Family  Eusmiliidae.   354 

Genus  Asterosmilia   354 

Stephanocoenia   356 

Dichocoenia   360 

Eusmilia   361 

Family  Astrangiidae   361 

Genus  Cladocora   361 

Family  Orbicellidae   362 

Genus  Orbicella   362 

Solenastrea   395 

Antiguastrea   401 

Stylangia   410 

Sepastrea   411 

Family  Faviidae   412 

Genus  Favia   412 

Favites   414 

Goniastrea   416 

Maeandra   417 

Leptoria   421 

Manicina   421 

Thysanus   423 

Family  Mussidae   424 

Genus  Syzygophyllia   424 


VI 


CONTENTS. 


Systematic  account  of  the  faunas — Continued. 
Class  Anthozoa — Continued. 

Madreporaria  Fungida   

Family  Agariciidae  

Genus  Trochoseris  

Genus  Agaricia  

Pavona  

Leptoseris  

Pironastraea  

Siderastrea  

Family  Oulastreidae  

Genus  Cyathomorpha  

Diploastrea  

Madreporaria  Perforata  

Family  Eupsammiidae  

Genus  Balanophyllia  

Family  Acroporidae  

Genus  Acropora  

Astreopora  

Actinacis  

Family  Poritidae  

Genus  Goniopora  

Porites  

Class  Hydrozoa  

Order  Hydrocorallinae  

Family  Milleporidae  

Genus  Millepora  

Explanation  of  plates  


'OSSIL  CORALS  FROM  CENTRAL  AMERICA,  CUBA,  AND 
PORTO  RICO,  WITH  AN  ACCOUNT  OF  THE  AMERICAN 
TERTIARY,  PLEISTOCENE,  AND  RECENT  CORAL  REEFS. 

By  Thomas  Wayland  Vaughan, 

ustodian  of  Madreporaria,  United  States  National  Museum,  and  Geologist  in  charge 
of  Coastal  Plain  Investigations,  United  States  Geological  Survey. 


INTRODUCTION. 

The  object  of  the  present  memoir  is  to  contribute  information 
aat  may  aid  in  deciphering  the  geologic  history  of  the  perimeters 
f  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  and  the  Caribbean  Sea.  Therefore,  problems 
f  correlation,  the  physical  conditions  under  which  the  different 
)rmations  were  deposited,  and  the  distribution  of  land  and  sea 
uring  the  successive  geologic  epochs  have  been  particularly  in  mind. 

The  material  on  which  this  paper  is  based  is  extensive.  It 
lcludes  collections  made  in  Panama  by  Dr.  D.  F.  MacDonald  and 
le,  working  jointly,  and  by  Doctor  MacDonald  while  alone;  and  Dr. 
Lalph  Arnold  obtained  a  small  but  valuable  lot  of  specimens  at 
empire  in  the  Canal  Zone.  The  collections  from  Cuba  were  made 
y  Dr.  Arthur  C.  Spencer,  Mr.  O.  E.  Meinzer,  and  myself;  the  one 
rom  Porto  Rico  was  made  by  Mr.  R.  T.  Hill,  who  also  obtained  a 
mall  but  valuable  lot  of  specimens  in  Antigua;  the  principal  eol- 
ations from  Antigua  and  Anguilla  are  the  results  of  my  individual 
fforts,  and  I  obtained  considerable  material  in  St.  Bartholomew, 
•ut  not  so  much  as  Cleve  got  in  1869.  There  are  numbers  of  small 
)ts,  as  follows:  One  from  Nicaragua,  obtained  by  Dr.  C.  W.  Hayes; 
ne  from  Colombia,  collected  by  Mr.  G.  C.  Matson;  specimens  from 
iimon,  Costa  Rica,  procured  by  Doctor  Wailes  and  Mr.  H.  Pittier; 
■nd  specimens  from  eastern  Mexico,  obtained  by  Mr.  E.  T.  Dumble. 
dl  of  the  collections  mentioned  are  the  property  of  the  United 
itates  National  Museum,  having  been  made  in  connection  with 
fficial  work  of  some  kind,  or  the  material,  if  privately  collected, 
ias  been  presented  to  the  Museum.  Messrs.  Matson,  Wailes,  Pittier, 
nd  Dumble  have  presented  specimens.  My  own  collecting  in 
uitigua,  St.  Bartholomew,  and  Anguilla  was  made  possible  by  a 
linor  grant  from  the  Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington,  and  as  a 
esult  I  brought  some  thousands  of  specimens  to  Washington. 

189 


190  BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


These  were  presented  to  the  United  States  National  Museum  i 
the  Carnegie  Institution. 

Besides  having  studied  the  material  indicated,  I  have  twice  b' 
able  to  examine  all  of  Duncan's  types  preserved  in  the  Museum  of 
Geological  Society  of  London  and  in  the  British  Museum  (Natl 
History),  and  I  heartily  thank  the  officers  of  those  institutions 
the  privileges  accorded  me.    In  1904  Prof.  A.  G.  Hogbom  *f 
Prof.  C.  Wiman  most  generously  permitted  the  Cleve  collect* 
from  St.  Bartholomew  and  Anguilla  to  be  sent  to  me  in  Washingt 
This  collection  contained  all  of  Duncan's  types  from  St.  I 
tholomew;  and  I  thank  Messrs.  Hogbom  and  Wiman  for  the  excell  <t 
opportunity  they  gave  me.    Some  duplicates  from  the  Cleve  <p 
lection,  identified  by  direct  comparison  with  Duncan's  types,  wk 
procured  for  the  United  States  National  Museum  by  exchange|a 

Opportunities  to  study  the  Gabb  collection  from  Santo  Doming 
divided  between  the  Philadelphia  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  m 
the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology,  and  the  specimen  obtained  y 
Miss  Carlotta  J.  Maury  in  Santo  Domingo,  have  been  very  valua'a. 
In  fact,  as  a  result  of  Miss  Maury's  careful  stratigraphic  studies  n 
that  Republic,  the  stratigraphic  relations  of  the  Santo  Doming  n 
faunas  became  known.  Except  retaining  a  few  duplicates,  she  to 
generously  presented  to  the  United  States  National  Museum  ie 
material  obtained  by  her. 

I  wish  to  thank  my  associates  in  the  United  States  National  Muse  a 
and  in  the  United  States  Geological  Survey  for  their  helpfulns 
during  the  prosecution  of  this  study.  Mr.  W.  O.  Hazard,  of  ie 
Survey  photographic  laboratory,  made  most  of  the  photographs  u  d 
for  illustrations,  and  Miss  Frances  Wiesser  retouched  some  of  th<  t 

There  is  almost  no  literature  on  the  Tertiary  fossil  corals  )f 
Central  America,  Cuba,  or  Porto  Rico.  I  listed  a  few  Pleistoc.e 
species  obtained  by  Mr.  R.  T.  Hill  at  a  place  li  miles  west  of  It 
Limon,  Costa  Rica; 1  and  Felix  has  recorded  from  Colombia  2  tbe 
species,  as  follows: 

Orbicella  theresiana  Felix,  probably  a  synonym  of  Solenasua 
bournoni  M.  Edward  and  Haime. 

Isastraea  turbinata  Duncan. 

Stephanocoenia  cf.  S.fairbanksi  Vaughan. 

None  of  these  records  is  further  considered  in  the  present  paper 
Toula  has  described  Oculina  gatunensis  from  Gatun  (see  footn<,J, 
page  352  of  this  paper). 

GEOLOGIC  CORRELATION  BY  MEANS  OF  FOSSIL  CORALS.  | 
That  vegetative  variation  in  corals  is  great  and  that  without  la  e 
suites  of  specimens  the  limits  of  variation  can  not  bo  ascertained 

J  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.  Bull.,  vol.  28,  p.  275,  1898. 

*  Folix,  J.,  Ueber  einige  fossilo  Korallon  aus  Cotambfon,  K.  Bayer.  Akad.  Wiss.,math.-phys. |- 
SitzuriRsber.,  vol.  35,  pp.  85-93,  1905. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  191 


^WO  facts  so  well  known  to  students  of  Madreporaria  that  they  need 
ply  to  be  mentioned.    I  can  not  be  sure  that  all  of  the  supposed 
'^ecies  recorded  in  this  paper  as  valid  are  really  valid;  and  perhaps 
identifying  specimens  from  one  locality  with  species  from  other 
,4»calities  I  may  not  always  have  discriminated  closely  enough.  I 
Jm  discussing  close  resemblances  and  minute  differences,  for  these 
i  |re  the  basis  of  correlation  within  such  regional  limits  as  the  borders 
■Al  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  and  the  Carribbean  Sea,  and  the  recognition 
Jad  proper  evaluation  of  this  kind  of  resemblances  and  differences 
•  ifect  the  reliability  of  the  deductions  as  to  age  equivalence.    I  have 
4j|een  as  careful  as  I  well  could  be,  but  I  should  not  like  to  insist  that 

i  am  always  right  in  these  very  refined  matters  of  observation  and 
TjjC  inferences  based  on  such  refined  observation.  In  order  to  mini- 
■  dze  error  inherent  in  such  work,  I  have  tried  not  to  rely  on  one 
;M)ecies,  but  on  groups  of  species — for  instance  the  species  of  Orbi- 
;  flla  and  of  Goniopora  in  both  the  Emperador  limestone  and  the 

nguilla  formation — and  I  have  utilized  the  testimony  of  other 

roups  of  organisms. 
x  Comparisons  of  faunas  according  to  the  percentages  of  species  in 
:  )mmon  may  be  very  misleading.    Faunas  now  living  only  a  short 
)  istance  from  each  other  may  have  nothing  or  almost  nothing  in 

)inmon.    In  order  to  illustrate  this  I  am  introducing  a  table  of  the 

Drals  obtained  in  the  Cocos-Keeling  Islands  by  Dr.  F.  Wood  Jones.1 
;  Ithough  the  list  has  been  published  elsewhere,  it  is  not  very  long 
i  fid  strikingly  illustrates  faunal  phenomena  that  are  of  great  geologic 

Qportance. 

1st  of  corals  obtained  by  Dr.  Wood  Jones  in  Cocos-Keeling  Islands  and  their  habitat. 
br.=branching;  frag.=fragile;  msv.=massive;  p].=plate;  incrust.=incrusting. 


Name  of  species  and  growth- form. 


Habitat. 


Lagoon. 


Barrier  pools 
and  barrier 
flat. 


Exposed 
barrier. 


rtatopora  angulata  Klunzinger,  delicately  branched  

icillopora  bulbosa  Ehrenberg,  br.,  form  depends  on  environment  

damicornis  (Esper),  br.,  rather  strong  

verrucosa  (Ellis  and  Solander),  stout  br  

elegans  Dana,  strong  br.,  aborted  on  surf  

eydouxi  M.  Edwards  and  Haime,  br.,  rather  strong  

woodjonesi  Vaughan,  br.,  rather  strong  , 

'bkella  versipora  (Lamarck),  msv  

'iphastrea  micro pMhalma  (Lamarck),  msv  

thinopora  lamellosa  (Esper),  thin  folia  

'-ptastrea  purpurea  (Dana),  msv  

bottae  (M.  Edwards  and  Haime),  msv  

immcrsa  Klunzinger,  msv  

avia  stelligera  (Dana),  msv  

speciosa  (Dana),  msv.  (dead  specimen)  

ivites  abdita  (Ellis  and  Solander),  msv  

melicerum  (Ehrenberg),  msv.  (dead  specimen)  

'ptoria  phrygia  (Ellis  and  Solander),  msv  

ydnophora  microconos  (Lamarck),  msv.  (dead  specimen)  

exesa  (Pallas),  lobate  


1  Vaughan,  T.  W.,  Some  shoal-water  corals  from  Murray  Island  (Australia),  Cocos-Keeling  Islands, 
"1  Fanning  Island,  Carnegie  Inst.  Washington,  Pub.  213,  pp.  70-72,  1918. 


192 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


List  of  corals  obtained  by  Dr.  Wood  Jones  in  Cocos-Keeling  Islands  and  their  habi 

Continued. 


Name  of  species  and  growth-form. 


Fungia/ungites  (Linnaeus),  free  disk  

scutaria  Lamarck,  free  disk  

Herpetolitha  crassa  Dana,  free  coral  

Pavona  danai  (M.  Edwards  and  Haime),  strong  folia. 

maidivensis  (Gardiner),  msv  


Habitat. 


Lagoon. 


varians  Verrill.msv  

Psammocora  haimiana  M.  Edwards  and  Haime,  msv. 

sp.,  incrust  


Dendrophyllia  willeyi  (Gardiner),  msv  , 

diaphana  Dana,  incrust,  base,  protub.  corallites. 

Astrcopora  myriophthalma  (Lamarck),  msv  , 

Montipora  levis  Quelch,  br  

tortuosa  (Dana),  frag.,  br  , 

ramosa  Bernard,  frag.,  br  , 


cocosensis  Vaughan,  br.... 

spumosa  (Lamarck),  msv. 
sp.,  lobate  columns  


informis  Bernard,  msv.?  pi.  on  lower  edges. 

foliosa  ( Pallas),  thin  folia  

Acropora  pulchra  (Brook),  frag.,  br  

pharaonis  (M.  Edwards  and  Haime),  br... 

forma arabica  (M.  Edwards  and  Haime). 
corymbosa  (Lamarck),  corymbose  


spicifera  (Dana),  corymbose  

schcrzeriana  (Brueggemann),  msv.  base,  stout  br. 

ocellata  (Klunzinger),  msv.  lob  

variabilis  ( Klunzinger),  br  

palifera  (Lamarck),  strong  br  

Porites  solida  (Forsfcal),  msv  

somaliensis  Gravier,  msv  

lichen  Dana,  incrust  

nigrescens  Dana,  br  

Millepora  dichotoma  Forskal,  br  


platyphylla  Ehrenberg,  strong  folia, 
sp.,  incrust  


Total  number  of  species  according  to  locality. 


Sand 
flats. 


Lagoon 
inlet. 


23 


Barrier  pools 
and  barrier 


Ex] 

bar 


Lagoon  edge 
of  barrier. 

X 

X 


Especially 
inner  margin 
Lagoon 
side. 


Lagoon 
side. 


Inner  margin 
of  barrier. 


20 


Of  the  23  species  found  in  the  lagoon,  3  also  occur  on  the  expo*! 
barrier,  and  one  of  these  is  so  modified  to  meet  surf  conditions  t  it 
ordinarily  the  specimens  from  the  two  localities  would  not  be  \> 
ognized  as  belonging  to  the  same  species.  Thirteen  per  cent  of  e 
lagoon  species  occur  on  the  exposed  barrier;  while  18  per  cent)f 
the  exposed-barrier  species  occur  in  the  lagoon.  These  are  ie 
relations  within  perhaps  half  a  mile.  There  are  20  species  in  ie 
barrier  pools  and  on  the  barrier  flat.  Of  these  6  occur  within  ie 
lagoon  and  2  were  obtained  on  the  exposed  barrier;  or  there  *e 
30  per  cent  in  common  with  the  lagoon  and  10  per  cent  in  comnn 
with  the  exposed  barrier.  When  such  relations  as  these  pre  il 
among  the  living  corals  of  a  small  group  of  small  islands,  what  'e 
the  chances  that  we  should  among  fossil  corals  get  a  large  percent  ;e 
of  common  species? 

The  collection  listed  shows  that  certain  species  do  occur  in  11 
three  habitats,  and,  by  searching,  spots  may  be  found  where  e 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  193 


mas  of  the  different  habitats  mingle.  Corals  of  the  same  habitat 
ovld  be  compared,  or  groups  of  species  of  the  same  genera,  as  I 
ve  done  for  Empire  (Canal  Zone)  and  Anguilla,  where  the  habitats 
-3  nearly  enough  alike  for  the  same  genus  to  thrive  in  both.  Un- 
:  s  it  can  be  established  that  the  habitats  are  ecologically  very 
arly  the  same  the  percentages  can  not  be  used  safely. 

10LOGIC  HISTORY  OF  THE  UPPER  EOCENE  AND  LATER  CORAL 
KAUNAS  OF  CENTRAL  AMERICA,  THE  WEST  INDIES,  AND  THE 
EASTERN  UNITED  STATES. 

Eocene. 

BRITO  FORMATION,  NICARAGUA. i 

Dr.  C.  W.  Hayes  collected  on  or  near  the  Pacific  coast  of  Nicaragua 
re  following  species: 
Astrocoenia  d'achiardii  Duncan. 
Syzygophijllia  Jiayesi  Vaughan. 

■J  ST.  BARTHOLOMEW  LIMESTONE.* 

I  am  introducing  the  name  St.  Bartholomew  limestone  for  the 
i»per  Eocene  limestones  of  St.  Bartholomew.  Description  of  the 
13k,  its  stratigraphic  relations,  and  summaries  of  its  faunal  char- 
ters are  given  in  the  papers  referred  to  in  the  footnotes.  Only 
io  species  of  corals  found  in  the  St.  Bartholomew  limestone  are 
itually  described  in  the  present  memoir,  namely: 

Astrocoenia  d'achiardii  Duncan. 

incrustans  (Duncan)  Vaughan. 

The  fossil  corals  from  the  St.  Bartholomew  limestone  have  been 
serially  considered  by  Duncan  3  and  myself.  Prof.  A.  G.  Hogbom, 
1  the  University  of  Upsala,  kindly  lent  me  in  1904  the  entire  Cleve 
Section  from  St.  Bartholomew,  and  in  1914  I  spent  eight  days 
sidying  and  collecting  on  the  island.  I  am  combining  both  the 
'  eve  and  my  collections  in  the  following  list,  and  am  adding 
ie  names  of  the  Jamaican  Eocene  species,  several  of  which  also 

For  an  account  of  the  Brito  formation,  see  Hayes,  C.  W.,  Physiography  and  geology  of  region  adjacent 
t  he  Nicaragua  Canal  route,  Geol.  Soc.  Amer.  Bull.,  vol.  10,  pp.  285-348,1910.  Description  of  t  he  Brito 
f  nation,  pp.  309-313. 

For  accounts  of  the  geology  of  St.  Bartholomew,  see  as  follows:  Cleve,  P.  T.,  On  the  geology  of  the 
i  theastern  West  India  Islands,  K.  svenska  Vet.-Akad. -Handl.,  vol.  9,  No.  12,  pp.  24-27, 1872.  Vaughan, 
'  W.f  Study  of  the  stratigraphic  geology  *  *  *  of  the  smaller  West  Indian  Islands,  Carnegie  Inst. 
!  shington  Yearbook  No.  13,  pp.  358-360,  1915;  also  Yearbook  No.  14,  pp.  368-373,  1916;  [Present  status 
<  eologic  correlation  of  the  Tertiary  and  Cretaceous  formations  of  the  Antilles],  Washington  Acad.  Sci. 
«  r.,  vol.  5,  p.  489,  1915;  Reef-coral  fauna  of  Carrizo  Creek,  Imperial  County,  California,  and  its  signifi- 
1  ce,  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey  Prof.  Pap.  9S-T,  pp.  362,  363,  1917. 

Duncan,  P.  M.,  On  the  older  Tertiary  formations  of  the  West-Indian  Islands,  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart. 
•  m.,  vol.  29,  pp  548-565,  pis.  19-22,  1873. 

aughan,  T.  W.,  Some  Cretaceous  and  Eocene  corals  from  Jamaica,  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.  Bull.,  vol.  34, 
!  227-250,  255-256,  pis.  36-41,  1899;  A  critical  review  of  the  literature  on  the  simple  genera  of  the  Madre- 
1  aria  Fungida,  with  a  tentative  classification,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  Proc,  vol.  28,  pp.  371-324, 1905;  Study  of 

stratigraphic  geology  *  *  *  of  the  smaller  West  Indian  Islands,  Carnegie  Inst.  Washington  Year- 

k  No.  13,  pp.  358-360,  1915;  The  reef-coral  fauna  of  Carrizo  Creek,  Imperial  County,  California,  etc., 

8.  Geol.  Survey  Prof.  Pap.  98-T.  pp.  362-363, 1917. 


194         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


occur  in  St.  Bartholomew.  Duncan  described  Eocene  species  fr 
Jamaica  in  the  papers  referred  to  in  the  footnotes  below.1 

Eocene  corals  from  St.  Bartholomew  and  Jamaica. 


Revised  name. 


Placotrochvs  clevei  (Duncan) . . . 
Asterosmilia  pourtalesi  Duncan. 

new  species  


Trochosmilia  new  species  

hilli  Vaughan  

Stylophora  compressa  Duncan  

contorta  (Leymerie) 
Duncan) 
Astrocoenia  duerdevi  (Vaughan).. 

incrustans  (Duncan). 


d'achiardii  Duncan. . 
Antillia  (?)  compressa  (Duncan). 

(?)  clevei  (Duncan)  

species  

Columnastrea  eyeri  Duncan  

Favia  new  species  1  

new  species  2  

Goniastrea  variabilis  Duncan  

Maeandra  new  species  1  


(fide 


new  species  2 . 


St. 

Bar- 
tholo- 
mew. 


Jamaica. 


[ 

Cata-  I  Rich- 1  Cam- 
dupa  mond  bridge 
forma-  forma-  forma- 
tion. I  tion.  tion. 


Notes. 


Leptoria  profunda  Duncan  

conferticosta  (Vaughan)  

conferticosta    var.  columnaris 
(Vaughan) 

Trochoseris  catadupensis  Vaughan  

A  tttilloseris  eocaenica  (Duncan)  

major  (Duncan)  

grandis  (Duncan)  

jamaicaensis  (Vaughan)  .1 

cantabrigiensis  (Vaughan)  I 

angulata  (Duncan)  ; 

cyclolites  (Duncan)  

Physoseris  insignis  (Duncan)  j 

Protethmos  (?)  new  species  1  1 


new  species  2. 


new  species  3  

new  species  4  

Metethmos  (?)  new  species  

Dendracis  cantabrigiensis  Vaughan. 
A  ctinacis  new  species  


MuUicolumnastrata  cyatkiformi 
can) 

Goniopora  new  species  1  


(Dun- 


new  species  2. 


Turbinoseris  clevei  Duncan. 

Flabellum  appendiculatum 
can,  woi;Brogniart. 


Stylocoenia  duerdeni  Vaughi 
Stephanocoenia  incrustans 
can. 

Circophyllia  compressa  Dun 
Circophyllia  clevei  Duncan. 

"  Eocene  of  Jamaica. " 


Manicina  areolata  Duncai 

Linnaeus. 
Ulophyllia   macrogyra   Du  IH 

not  Reuss. 

Diploria  conferticosta  Vaugb . 


These  three  "species"  m: 
reduced  to  one. 


Trochosmilia  insignis  Duni 
T.  arguta  Duncan,  not  1 

Trochosmilia  subcurvata  Di 
pi.  19,  fig.  1,  not  Reuss. 

Trochosmilia  sulcurvata  Dl 
pi.  19,  fig.  la,  not  Reuss. 


Astraeopora  panicea  Duna 
Pictet. 


A  ctinacis    rollei  Duncatfld 

Reuss. 

Porites    ramosa    Duncan  »■ 
Catullo. 


The  following  names  in  Duncan's  list  of  St.  Bartholomew  cells 
are  dropped,  because  the  specimens  on  which  he  based  his  debr- 
minations  could  not  be  found: 


i  Duncan,  P.  M.,  and  Wall,  G.  P.,  A  notice  of  the  geology  of  Jamaica,  especially  with  reference*  »• 
district  of  Clarendon;  with  descriptions  of  the  Cretaceous,  Eocene,  and  Miocene  corals  of  the  island, 
Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ.,  vol.  21,  pp.  1-15,  pis.  1,2, 1865  (the  descriptions  of  the  corals  are  by  Du:|B)» 
Duncan,  P.  M.,  On  the  fossil  corals  (Madreporaria)  of  the  West  Indian  Islands,  Geol.  Soc.  London 
Journ.,  vol.  24.  pp.  9-33,  pis.  1-2,  1867. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  195 


lUylophora  distans  (Leymerie). 
conferta  Reuss. 
tuberosa  Reuss. 
granulata  Duncan. 
Uephanocoenia  elegans  (Leymerie). 
isirocoenia  muliigranosa  Reuss. 

ramosa  (Sowerby). 
^locophyllia  caliculata  (Catullo). 
-  hlenastraea  columnaris  Reuss. 

a  Che  revised  list  of  the  St.  Bartholomew  coral-fauna  contains  33 
i  icies,  two  of  which  may  be  referred  to  the  synonymy,  but  a  few 
cies  may  be  added  from  the  collection  I  made,  the  study  of  which 
tiot  quite  complete.  I  have  described  and  have  had  figures  made 
I  ill  the  species  in  the  Cleve  collection.  I  hope  soon  to  add  descrip- 
jtas  of  the  specimens  I  obtained  and  then  to  publish  a  full  account 
obhe  fauna. 

■  seriously  doubt  the  Catadupa  corals  being  Eocene ;  it  seems  more 
P'bable  that  they  are  Cretaceous.  The  species  I  described  as 
1  )chosmilia  Mlli  is  probably  a  f ungid  coral.  The  Richmond  "  beds  " 
jlamaica  contain  two  species,  one  of  which  is  found  in  the  St.  Bar- 
tUomew  limestone.  The  Cambridge  "beds"  contain  three  species, 
r>  of  which  also  occur  in  the  St.  Bartholomew  limestone.  The 
J«  relation  of  the  Richmond  and  Cambridge  formations  of  Jamaica 
Rh  the  St.  Bartholomew  limestone,  seems  to  be  well  founded. 

JACKSON  FORMATION  AND  OCALA  LIMESTONE. 

?he  corals  of  the  upper  Eocene  Jackson  formation  in  the  Gulf  States 
i  described  in  monograph  cited  below.1  The  species  are  as  follows : 
.  l?hbellum  cuneiforme  var.  wailesi  Conrad. 

Udrichiella  2  elegans  (Vaughan). 

"urbinolia  pharetra  Lea. 

"rochocyathus  lunulitiformis  (Conrad). 

var.  montgomeriensis  Vaughan. 

laryophyllia  dalli  Vaughan. 
\rasmilia  ludoviciana  Vaughan. 
ircJiohelia  burnsi  (Vaughan).3 
istrangia  expansa  Vaughan. 

ludoviciana  Vaughan. 

harrisi  Vaughan.4 

^latycoenia  jacksonensis  Vaughan. 

ManopTiyllia  irrorata  (Conrad). 
—  

aughan,  T.  w.,  The  Eocene  and  lower  Oligocene  coral  faunas  of  the  United  States,  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey 
M  39,  pp.  263,  24  pis.,  1900.  See  especially  p.  30. 
langed  from  AUrichia. 
ranged  from  Astrohelia. 
ime added. 


196         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Endopachys  maclurii  (Lea). 

var.  triangulare  Conrad. 
shaleri  Vaughan.1 
minutum  Vaughan. 
A  comparison  of  this  list  with  the  one  of  the  St.  Bartholons 
and  Jamaican  corals  reveals  nothing  in  common;  but  I  believe  it  j 
be  made  clear  that  the  two  faunas  are  of  nearly  the  same  age.    T  it 
the  Jackson  formation  in  Mississippi  and  Louisiana  is  a  shallow-Wirf 
deposit  is  indicated  by  the  nature  of  the  sediments,  the  growtlnl 
specimens  of  Astrangia  on  rounded,  somewhat  indurated  balls  A 
sand,  such  as  are  common  along  some  beaches,  the  presenceBi 
oyster  shells,  etc.    The  striking  difference  between  the  Jackson  A 
St.  Bartholomew  coral  faunas  is  due  neither  to  great  difference  m 
geologic  age  nor  to  difference  in  the  depth  of  water  in  which  m 
faunas  lived,  but  it  is  due  to  difference  in  the  temperature  of  m 
water.    The  St.  Bartholomew  is  a  tropical  fauna;  the  Jackson  :  1 
temperate  fauna. 

The  correlation  of  the  St.  Bartholomew  limestone,  the  Richmnd 
and  Cambridge  formations  of  Jamaica,  and  the  Brito  formation^ 
Nicaragua  with  the  Jackson  formation  of  the  Gulf  States  has  bjB 
made  possible  by  the  work  of  C.  W.  Cooke  and  J.  A.  Cusnmi, 
Cooke  shows  in  the  paper  cited  in  the  footnote  2  that  the  Oda 
limestone  of  southern  Georgia  and  Florida  is  of  Jackson  age;  am  n 
more  recent  papers  he  3  describes  the  stratigraphic  occurrence,  » 
J.  A.  Cushman  4  describes  the  species  of  the  orbitoid  genus  of  for*' i- !' 
inifera  Ortliophragmina  from  the  Ocala  limestone  in  southern  Geo;iai 
and  Florida.    The  following  is  a  list  of  the  species: 
Orthophragmina  flintensis  Cushman. 

fioridana  Cushman. 
americana  Cushman,  st. 
mariannensis  Cushman,  st. 
mariannensis  var.  papillata  Cushman,  st. 
georgiana  Cushman,  st. 
vaughani  Cushman,  st. 
Those  species  whose  names  are  followed  by  "st."  are  stellai[y  | 
marked  or  are  stellate  in  form.    The  Ocala  limestone  is  a  shoal-wf&r 
deposit,  laid  down  in  a  sea  having  a  tropical  temperature.5  On<)f 
the  results  of  my  collecting  in  St.  Bartholomew  was  to  find  in  efl 
St.  Bartholomew  limestone  a  stellate  species  of  Orthopliragm/ih 

»  Name  added. 

2  Cooke,  C  W.,  The  age  of  the  Ocala  limestone,  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey  Prof.  Pap.  95-1,  pp.  107-117, 19 

3  Cooke,  C.  W.,  The  stratigraphic  position  and  fannal  associates  of  the  orbitoid  foraminifcrs  of  the !  Uf 
Orthophrag mina  from  Georgia  and  Florida,  U.  S.  Gcol.  Survey  Prof.  Pap.  108-G,  pp.  109-113,  1917 

«  Cushman,  J.  A.,  Orbitoid  foraminifera  of  the  genus  Ortliophragmina  from  Georgia  and  Florida,  |&  i1 
Geol.  Survey  Prof.  Pap.  108-G,  pp.  115-124,  pis.  40-44. 

&  Vaughan,  T.  W.,  A  contribution  to  the  geologic  history  of  the  Floridian  Plateau,  Carnegie  Inst.  \  b- 
ington  Pub.  133,  pp.  150-153,  1010. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


197 


iriy  related  to  0.  mariannensis  Cushman,  and  a  second  species  of 
tkophragmina  that  is  of  lenticular  form.  I  also  collected  two 
hcies  of  Nummulites  and  one  species  of  Lepidocyclina  in  St.  Bar- 
hlomew.  Lepidocyclina  occurs  in  Georgia  as  far  down  strati- 
iiphically  as  a  horizon  about  the  middle  of  the  Jackson  formation, 
Id  apparently  as  low  as  the  base  of  the  formation.  The  presence  of 
Ipecies  of  Orthophragmina  so  similar  to  0.  mariannensis  seems  to 
4nant  the  correlation  of  the  St.  Bartholomew  limestone  with  the 

i  per  part  of  the  Ocala  limestone  of  Florida  and  Georgia,  and  there- 
-|e  with  the  Jackson  formation  in  Mississippi  and  in  the  States 

|ther  westward. 

(Regarding  the  Brito  formation  of  Nicaragua,  it  must  be  recognized 
sAit  a  single  poor  specimen  of  coral  furnishes  slim  evidence  on  which 
febase  a  correlation.    Doctor  Cushman  submits  the  following  state- 
■|nt  regarding  the  foraminifera  from  the  Brito  formation: 

*js  to  the  Brito  material,  two  lots  especially  are  of  interest.  No.  6411  "coast  about 
1 1.  s.  e.  of  Brito  Harbor"  marked  "Ool.  fos.  I.  s."  has  abundant  orbitoids  with  a 
_b  utifully  ornamented  exterior  which  without  the  confirmatory  evidence  of  sections 
nil  to  be  clearly  Orthophragmina  of  a  group  not  so  far  represented  in  the  material 
31  lied.  From  No.  6408  two  miles  n.  w.  of  Brito  Harbor,  however,  there  is  more 
3  lence.  The  material  is  very  different  and  contains  specimens  which  in  accidental 
it  ion  show  definite  chambers  of  Orthophragmina  of  a  different  group.  This  does  not 
hrever. suggest  either  of  the  species  from  St.  Bartholomew.  Associated  with  it  is  a 
B]:ies  of  the  flattened,  broadly  spiral  form  of  nummulites.  In  the  St.  Bartholomew 
a  ierial  there  is  such  a  form  but  of  a  species  very  much  larger. 

ow  there  is  on  the  other  hand  a  closer  resemblance,  that  is  to  the  lowest  material 
tt  he  Flint  River  collections.  The  Brito  species  of  Orthophragmina  is  similar  so  far 
&  have  made  out  to  the  one  I  have  called  0 .  fiintensis.  Moreover  it  is  associated 
a  irito  as  along  the  Flint  River  with  this  broadly  spiral,  flattened  form  of  nummu- 
li.  The  specimens  of  nummulite  from  the  two  localities  are  very  close  in  form 
a  size  and  only  differ  in  minute  details.    They  may  not  be  specifically  identical 

ii  inal  analysis  but  are  very  close. 

The  statement  by  Doctor  Cushman  seems  conclusive. 
1  horizon  very  nearly  the  same  is  recognizable  in  Colombia  as  the 
flowing  quotation  from  Doctor  Cushman  shows: 

ow,  as  to  the  specimen  from  one  league  west  of  Arroyo  Hondo,  Bolivar,  Republic 
o  olombia.  There  is  an  association  of  Nummulites  and  stellate  orbitoids  which  very 
d  idedly  suggests  Eocene.  While  I  can  not  definitely  make  out  the  equatorial 
embers,  the  stellate  form  is  very  apparent  in  several  specimens,  and  I  should  say 
8]  nfically  different  from  any  of  the  species  of  Orthophragmina  described  in  my 
Per  from  Georgia  and  Florida;  in  fact,  they  represent  a  very  different  group,  I 
thk,  but  are  undoubtedly  Orthophragmina. 

Eocene  deposits  of  the  same  or  nearly  same  horizon  as  the  St. 
Irtholomew  limestone  are  widely  distributed  in  Cuba,  as  is  indi- 
te ed  by  species  of  Orthophragmina  and  a  number  of  echinoid  species 
t  t  also  occur  in  St.  Bartholomew. 


198         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


CONCLUDING  REMARKS  ON  THE  EOCENE. 

From  the  foregoing  discussion  it  is  clear  that  marine  upper  Eoce 
formations  are  widely  distributed  in  the  southern  United  States,  t 
West  Indies,  Central  America,  and  northern  South  America,  a 
that  the  Atlantic  and  Pacific  Oceans  were  connected  at  that  tir 
One  of  the  areas  in  which  there  was  such  a  connection  was  acr< 
the  present  site  of  eastern  Nicaragua. 

Haug,  I  believe,  correctly  correlated  the  Jackson  of  Mississi 
and  other  Gulf  States  with  the  Bartonian-Ludian  (Priabonian) 
Europe.1 

Attention  should  be  directed  to  a  statement  by  Oppenheim  2 
which  he  suggests  that  the  St.  Bartholomew  coral-fauna  might 
the  equivalent  of  the  Priabona  formation.    The  sequence  I 
giving  three  of  the  important  American  horizons  precisely  pai< 
lels  Oppenheim 's  order,  as  expressed  on  page  13  of  his  work  cit 
It  is  as  follows : 

Oligocene: 

Middle  (Stampian  =  Rupelian  =  Antiguan) . 
Lower  (Sannoisian  =  Lattorfian  =  Vicksburgian) . 

Eocene : 

Upper    (Priabonian  =  Ludian  =Jacksonian  =  horizon  of 
Bartholomew  limestone,  etc.). 

Oligocene. 

LOWER  OLIGOCENE. 

The  lower  Oligocene  corals  of  the  United  States  have  been 
scribed  by  me.3 

Dr.  C.  W.  Cooke,  in  a  paper  recently  published,  subdivides 
Vicksburg  group  in  Mississippi,  Alabama,  and  Florida  as  follows: 

Subdivisions  of  the  Vicksburg  group  in  Jfississippi,  Alabama,  and  Florida. 


Mississippi. 

Alabama. 

Bryam  calcareous  marl. 

Glendon  limestone  member. 

II 

Maris 
limes 

Mint  Spring 
calcareous  mar! 
member. 

i  "Chimney  Rock"  fades 

Florida. 


Forest  Hill  sand  Red  BlufI  clay 

(Western  Mississippi).       (Eastern  Mississippi). 


■  Haug,  Emile,  Traite  de  goolcgie,  vol.  2,  p.  1523,  1911. 
'Oppenheim,  P.,  Die  Priabonaschichten  und  ihre  Fauna,  Palaoontographica,  vol.  47,  pp.  348,  2!| 
1901. 

»  Vaughan,  T.  W.,  The  Eocene  and  lower  Oligocene  coral  faunas  of  the  United  States,  U.  S.  Geol. 
Mon.  39,  pp.  263,  pis.  21,  1900.   See  especially  p.  30. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  199 


The  11  coral  limestone,"  formerly  referred  to  the  top  of  the  Vicks- 
irg  group,  as  will  be  shown  on  subsequent  pages,  is,  in  my  opinion, 
uivalent  to  the  basal  part  of  the  Chattahoochee  formation.  The 
[lowing  is  a  list  of  the  species  of  corals  at  present  known  from  the 
cksburg  group: 

Fossil  corals  from  the  Vicksburg  group. 


Name. 


Byram 
calcareous 
marl, 


i  bellum  magnocostatum  Vaughan  

rhomboideum  Vaughan  

binolia  insignifica  Vaughan  

iphonotrochas  pulcher  Vaughan  

thohelia  neglecta  (Vaughan)  

vicksburgemis  (Conrad)  , 

mississippiensis  (Conrad)  

harrisi  (Vaughan)  

aldrichi  (Vaughan)  , 

j  'iguastrta  cellulosa  (Duncan)  

finophyUia  elongata  Vaughan  , 

caulifera  (Conrad)  

caulifera  var.  mvltigranosa  Vaughan. 
J  drophuUiu  new  species  


Marianna 
limestone. 


Glendon 
limestone 
member. 


Mint 
Spring 
calcareous 

marl 
member 


Red 
Bluff 
clay. 


rhis  fauna  is  different  from  any  now  known  in  the  West  Indies  or 
(ntral  America.  It  lived  under  conditions  closely  similar  to  those 
ider  which  the  Jackson  fauna  of  the  same  area  lived.  It  is  impor- 
tit  to  note  that  Antzguastrea  cellulosa,  a  species  very  abundant  in 
ti  middle  and  sparingly  present  in  the  upper  Oligocene,  occurs  in 
tj  uppermost  beds  of  the  Vicksburg  group.  The  Oligocene  coral  reef 
nresented  by  the  " coral  limestone"  at  Salt  Mountain,  Alabama, 
si  at  Bainbridge,  Georgia,  overlies  the  Vicksburg  group,  which  can 
■;h  considerable  assurance  be  correlated  with  the  lower  Oligocene 
(attorfian)  of  Veneto  and  elsewhere  in  Europe.  The  greatly- 
creloped  Oligocene  coral  reefs  of  Antigua  are  to  be  correlated  with 
b)  reefs  of  Bainbridge.  They  are  therefore  stratigraphically  higher 
tin  the  Vicksburg  group  and  are  of  middle  Oligocene  (Rupelian  = 
Simpian)  age. 

MIDDLE  OLIGOCENE. 
ANTIGUA  FORMATION.1 

The  following  list  of  species  is  based  on  a  revision  of  Duncan's 
9  rk  on  the  Antigua  corals,2  after  a  study  of  his  types  in  the  collec- 

N'ame  proposed  by  J.  W.  Spencer  in  his  paper  entitled  On  the  geological  and  physical  development 
°  ntigua,  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ.,  vol.  57,  pp.  496-498,  1901.    See  also,  Brown,  Amos  P., 

3S  on  the  geology  of  the  Island  of  Antigua,  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  Proc.  for  1913,  pp.  584-616,  pis.  18-20, 
Vaughan,  T.  W.,  papers  referred  to  in  footnote  on  page  193;  and  Memorandum  on  the  geology  and 
g  ndwaters  of  Antigua,  B.  W.  I.,  Imperial  Dep 't  of  Agriculture  West  India  Bull.,  vol.  14,  No.  4,  5  pp., 

>uncan,  P.  M.,  On  the  fossil  corals  of  the  West  Indian  Islands,  Part  1,  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ- 
v  19,  pp.  408-458,  pis.  13-16, 1863;  Part  4,  Idem.,  vol.  24,  pp.  9-33,  pis.  1,  2,  1867. 

37149— 19— Bull.  103  2 


200         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


tions  of  Geological  Society  of  London  and  the  British  Musei 
(Natural  History),  and  principally  the  collection  made  by  mys 
which  contains  60  species.  It  seems  that  I  failed  to  find  7  of  1 
species  reported  by  Duncan;  and  apparently  Mr.  Robert  T.  Hill  a 
Dr.  J.  W.  Spencer  each  obtained  one  species  that  I  did  not  colle 
I  feel  a  little  doubtful  about  two  or  three  of  Duncan's  types  hav: 
really  come  from  Antigua.  Each  species  whose  name  is  precec 
by  an  asterisk  *  is  considered  in  the  systematic  part  of  this  paper 


Fossil  corals  from  the  Antigua  formation. 


Name. 


Distribution  outside  Antigua. 


*Stylophora  ponderosa  Vaughan  

new  species  1  

new  species  2  

Poeillopora  tenuis  Duncan  

new  species  

Aladrepora  new  species  

*Stylocoenia  pumpellyi  (Vaughan) 


Salt  Mt.t  Ala 


Nomenclatorial  notes. 


new  species  

*Astrocoenia  guantanamensis  Vaughan.. 

*decaturevsis  Vaughan . . 


*portoricensis  Vaughan . 

new  species  

Asterosmilia  exarata  Duncan  var  

Genus  indet.  new  species  

Euphyllia  new  species  

Antillia  new  species  

Leptomussa  new  species  

Genus  indet.  new  species  

Cladocora  recresccns  Lonsdale  


*0rbkella  antillarum  (Duncan). 

*costata  (Duncan)  


*itisignis  (Duncan) . . . 
intermedia  (Duncan). 


*Antiguastrea  cellulosa  (Duucan). 


*var.  curvata  (Duncan)  

*var.  silecensis  Vaughan  . 
Diplothecastraea  monitor  (Duncan)  Dun- 
can. 

*Favia  macdonaldi  Vaughan  

*Favites  polygonalis  (Duncan)  

new  species  

Lamellastraea  smythi  Duncan  

Genus  indet.  new  species  

Goniastrea  reussi  (Duncan)  

*Afaeandra  antiguensis  Vaughan. 


dens-elcphantis  (Duncan). 
*Leptoria  spenceri  Vaughan  


Manicina  willoughbiensis  Vaughan 

*Pironastraea  antiguensis  Vaughan  . 

Pavona  new  species  

Leptoseris  new  species  1  

new  species  2  

Haloscris  new  species  

*Siderastrea  con/crta  (Duncan)  


*  Cyathomorpha  hilli  Vaughan  

*brovmi  Vaughan  

*belli  Vaughan  

*splendcns  Vaughan . . 
*antigucnsis  (Duncan), 


*ienuis  (Duncan). 


Bainbridge  Ga. 


Cuba,  Panama  

Cuba,  Bainb'idge,  Ga. 


Porto  Rico  

Santo  Domingo. 


Chattahoochee  formation,  up- 
per part,  Ga. 

Montserrat  

Porto  Rico,  Canal  Zone,  An- 
guilla  

Arube  


Porto  Rico,  Cuba,  Fla.,  Ga., 
Miss.,  Mex.,  Anguilla,  Arube 


Ga.,  Fla.,  Mex, 


Panama  

Bainbridge,  Ga. 


Panama. 
Cuba.!" 


Cuba. 


Porto  Rico,  Canal  Zone,  An- 
guilla. 


Porto  Rioo,  Cuba,  Mex. 


Porto  Hico,  Cuba . 


Stylocoenia  lobato-rot 
Duncan,    not   M.  Edwi 
and  Haime. 


Astrocoenia  ornata  Dm 
not  M.  Edwards  and  Ha 


Heliastraea antillarum  Dm  i 
Heliastraea  costata  (D 

Duncan. 
Heliastraea  insignis  Du: 
Heliastraea  radiata  var. 

media  (Duncan). 
Heliastraea  cellulosa  (Di 

Duncan  +  Isastraea  tu\ 

Duncan. 


Stephanoccenia  reussi  Dm  I 
Coeloriadensclephantis  Di 

Maeandrina  species  Di 
Coeloria  labyrinth  if  or  mis 
can,  not  Linnaeus. 


Isastraea  conferta  Dune 


Heliastraea  antiguensis 
can)    Duncan    +  As 
afjlnis  Duncan  + 
antiguensis  Duncan. 

Heliastraea    tenuis  (1 
Duucan. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  201 

Fossil  corals  from  the  Antigua  formation — Continued. 


Name. 


Distribution  outside  Antigua. 


Nomenclatorial  notes. 


ploastrea  crasxolamcllata  (Duncan) . . 


*var.  magnified  (Duncan). . . 

*var.  nvgenti  (Duncan)  

sfairophyllia  new  species  

Jropora  panamensis  Vaughan  

new  species  1  

*saludensis  Vaughan  

new  species  2  

*  treopora  antiguensis  Vaughan  

* tinacis  alabamiensis  Vaughan  

new  species  1  

new  species  2  

( iopora  new  species  1  

new  species  2  

♦regularis  (Duncan)  


Porto  Rico,  Cuba,  Ga.,  Canal 
Zone. 


Porto  Rico,  Cuba,  Ga . 


Heliastraea  crassolamellata 
(Duncan)  Duncan  +  vars. 
magnetica,  pulchella,  and  no~ 
bilis. 

+  var.  minor  Duncan. 


Canal  Zone 
Canal  Zone. 


Canal  Zone  

Salt  Mt.,  Ala.:  Bainbridge,  Ga. 
Bainbridge,  Ga  


iopora 
t.  opora 


♦var.  microscopica  (Duncan). 

new  species  3  |  

*clevei  Vaughan  i  Anguilla,  Canal  Zone. 

*portoricen$is  Vaughan  j  Porto  Rico  

*cascadensis  Vaughan  j  Anguilla,  Canal  Zone. 

new  species  4  !  

new  species  5  1  

(?)  tenvis  (Duncan)  1  


new  speciesl., 
new  species  2. 


Alveopora  daedalaea  var.  rcgu- 
laris  Duncan. 


Stephanocoenia  tenuis  (Dun- 
can) +  Rhodaraea  irregularis 
Duncan. 


Three  of  the  species  recorded  by  Duncan  from  Antigua,  in  my 
anion,  are  incorrectly  identified  and  their  names  are  dropped 
f  m  the  list.    They  are  as  follows : 

Favoidea  jungliuhni  Reuss,  according  to  Duncan. 

Heliastraea  barbadensis  Duncan. 
-  Solenastraea  turonensis  (Michelin),  according  to  Duncan. 

Another  species,  Asiraea  megalaxona  Duncan,  is  based  on  uniden- 
t  able  material,  and  its  name  is  also  dropped.  The  total  number 
c  recorded  species  from  Antigua,  therefore,  is  69,  and  5  varieties  are 
r  ognized.  Of  the  33  species  iudicated  as  new,  descriptions  of  8 
Ivq  been  written  [and  descriptions  of  26  remain  to  be  written  at 
U  time  of  making  out  the  preceding  table. 

The  number  of  species,  69,  recognized  is  interesting  for  compari- 
si  with  the  number  recorded  for  areas  in  which  living  reefs  occur. 
Marenzeller  1  records  71  species  from  the  Red  Sea  in  his  report 

0  the  Pola  expedition  corals  Bedot 2  records  a  total  of  74  species 
■5  varieties  from  Amboina — a  number  that  should  be  reduced  by 
flDut  4,  because  of  the  reference  of  some  names  to  the  synonymy  of 
oier  species  listed,  leaving  the  number  of  valid  species  at  about  70. 

1  my  paper  on  the  shoal-water  corals  from  Murray  Island,  Austra- 
li  I  list  63  species  from  Murray  Island  and  its  vicinity  in  water 
r  exceeding  18  fathoms  deep,  and  report  51  species  from  Cocos- 


<'on  Marenzeller,  E.,  Riffkorallen,  Exped.  S.  M.  SehirY  Pcla  in  das  Rote  Meer,  Zool.  Ergeb.  26,  K.  K. 
d.  Wiss.  "Wien,  Mat.-Naturwiss  CI.,  vol.  80,  pp.  28-97,  pis.  1-29, 1906. 

*edot,  M.,  Madreporaries  d'  Arnboine,  Rev.  Suisse  de  Zool.,  vol.  15,  pp.  143-292,  pis.  5-50,  1907. 


202 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Keeling  Islands.1  It  is  known  that  at  least  a  few  more  than 
species  occur  in  these  islands.  Outside  the  main  coral-reef  z 
the  number  of  species  is  smaller.  For  instance,  there  are  only* 
supposedly  valid  species  recorded  from  water  between  0  and  25 
fathoms  deep  in  the  Hawaiian  Islands  and  Laysan.2  It  is  not  ■ 
tain  that  3  of  the  species  included  in  the  number  43  were  obtaisd 
in  the  Hawaiian  Islands.  The  usual  number  of  species  obtained 
Florida  or  the  West  Indies,  in  water  less  than  25  fathoms  dB 
where  conditions  are  favorable  for  coral  growth  is  about  35.  Tire 
were  on  the  Antiguan  reef  as  many  species  of  corals  as  are  at  pre*  it 
usual  for  one  island  or  a  small  group  of  islands  in  the  Indo-Pact<E 
and  about  twice  as  many  species  as  are  usual  on  a  living  West  In(  in 
reef. 

The  reason  for  referring  the  Antigua  reefs  to  a  horizon  above  le 
lower  (Lattorfian)  Oligocene  is  given  on  page  199.  The  follow  lg 
list  of  middle  (Rupelian)  Oligocene  genera  is  taken  from  Fabin,5 
but  it  is  considerably  revised  and  needs  further  revision: 


Middle  Oligocene  (Rupelian)  genera  of  corals  in  Veneto. 


*Stylophora. 

*Stylocoenia. 

*  Astrocoenia . 

Trochosmilia. 

Coelosmilia. 

Epismilia? 

Phyllosmilia? 

Parasmilia. 

*Euphyllia. 

Dichocoenia. 

Stylina? 

Grumia. 


Montlivaultia? 

Leptaxis. 

Astrangia . 

Holangia. 

Gombertangia. 

*Orbicella. 

Solenastrea. 

*Antiguastrea. 

Aplophyllia? 

Rhabdophyllia. 

Calamophyllia 

*Goniastrea. 


*Hydnophora. 
*Leptomussa. 
Mycetophyllia . 

*  Trochoseris . 
Cyathoseris. 

*  Mesomorpha . 
Comoseris? 
Mycetoseris. 
Leptophyllia? 
Stephanosmilia . 
Tkamnasteria? 


Dimorphastrea'. 

Cyathomorpha. 

Hydnophyllia. 

Astraeomorpha 

Acropora. 

Dendracis. 

*Astreopora. 

*Actinacis. 

*Goniopora. 

*  Pontes. 

*Alveopora. 


*  Indicates  that  the  genus  is  also  found  in  the  middle  Oligocene  of  the  West  Indies  or  the  southe  srn 

United  States. 

The  generic  characters  of  a  number  of  the  corals  listed  )y 
Fabiani  can  not  be  ascertained  without  a  restudy  of  authentic  ly 
identified  specimens  in  the  light  of  modern  systematic  techni  te,i 
which  require  that  besides  having  an  adequate  knowledge  of  he 
morphology  of  the  coral  skeleton,  the  investigation  shall  pro<sd 
from  a  critical  study  of  the  type-species  of  the  genera  to  be  re»g- 
nized  to  a  similar  critical  study  of  the  species  to  be  generically  i  n- 
tified,  and  that  due  attention  shall  be  paid  to  the  rules  of  zool^c 
nomenclature  as  expressed  in  the  International  Code.    I  will  point  ut  j 
in  passing  that  there  are  in  the  United  States  National  MuseunlO  j 
specimens  of  the  coral  to  which  Reuss  applied  the  name  Cyaihophw  j 
annulaia.    It  would  be  too  great  a  diversion  to  give  in  this  pla  a-; 
discussion  of  the  literature  on  this  species.    This  is  a  fungid  c<u,| 

>  Vaughan,  T.  W.,  Some  shoal-water  corals  from  Murray  Island  (Australia),  Cocos-Keeling  Island  ^  i 
Fanning  Island,  Carnegie  Inst.  Washington  Pub.  213,  see  especially  pp.  67-72,  1918. 

2  Vaughan,  T.  W.f  Recent  Madreporaria  of  the  Hawaiian  Islands  and  Laysan,  IT.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  ^1- 
No.  59,  pp.  32-34,  1907.   [The  list  referred  to  has  been  slightly  revised  and  the  number  reduced  by  2  m  #•)  < 

«  Fabiani,  II.,  II  paleogone  del  Veneto,  H.  Univ.  Padova  Inst.  Geol.  Mom.,  vol.  3,  pp.  229-231. 19: 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


203 


^  th  a  synapticulate  and  perforate  wall  at  and  just  below  the  calicu- 
r  margin,  the  wTall  at  lower  levels  usually,  but  not  invariably, 
]  coming  solid.    In  Fabiani's  list  this  species,  under  the  generic 
me  Stephanosmilia  (name  proposed  by  Reuss  in  1874,  not  Ste- 
■anosmilia  De  Fromentel,  1862),  comes  between  Parasmilia  and 
^ocophyllia  (a  synonym  of  EupJiyllia) .    I  do  not  know  what  the 
6"stematic  relations  of  Leptaxis  Reuss  are.    Reuss  based  the  genus 
\j  d  the  type-species,  L.  eUiptica  Reuss,  on  a  single  specimen  from 
p)nte  Grumi  and  seems  not  to  have  obtained  another  from  any- 
~iere.   Until  additional  specimens  of  L.  eUiptica  have  been  critically 
idied,  Leptaxis  is  not  an  identifiable  genus.    Although  Duncan 
Qsidered  Leptaxis  a  subgenus  of  Antillia,  I  think  that  it  may  be 
e  of  the  simple  fungid  genera.  The  species  referred  to  10  genera, 
lose  names  are  followed  by  a  question  mark,"       should  all  be 
tically  restudied. 

The  names  of  the  genera  preceded  by  an  asterisk,  "*",  in  the 
:egoing  table  are  also  found  in  the  middle  Oligocene  of  the  West 
Idies  or  the  southeastern  United  States.  The  following  genera 
Ive  closely  related  species: 

Iflophora         EupJiyllia  Leptomussa  Actinads 

ijlocoenia        Orbicella  CyatJiomorpJia  Goniopora 

Arocoenia        Antiguastrea  Astreopora  Alveopora 

I  am  not  at  all  sure  that  some  of  the  American  middle  Oligocene 
*d  the  European  Rupelian  species  are  not  identical. 

Dr.  Joseph  A.  Cushman  has  described  the  following  species  of 
1  pidocyclina  from  the  collection  I  made  in  Antigua  (not  yet  pub- 
lhed): 

Lepidocyclina  gigas  Cushman 

undulata  Cushman 
undosa  Cushman 
favosa  Cushman 

L.  undulata  seems  to  be  the  largest  known  species  of  Lepicocyclina , 
sine  specimens  attaining  a  diameter  of  100  mm. 

The  calcareous  algae,  echinoids,  Mollusca,  and  Bryozoa,  as  well  as 
1 3  Foraminif era  of  the  Antigua  formation  will  be  described  in  a  forth- 
cning  volume  to  be  published  by  the  Carnegie  Institution  of  Wash- 
ip»on.  The  Antigua  formation  must,  in  my  opinion,  be  the  type 
E  the  American  middle  Oligocene. 

PEPINO  FORMATION  OF  PORTO  RICO.1 

The  corals  here  listed  were  almost  all  collected  by  Mr.  R.  T.  Hill. 
1  lave  added  the  names  of  a  few  additional  species  collected  b}r 
i  mbers  of  the  New  York  Academy  Porto  Rico  Survey. 

■^or  accounts  of  the  geologic  relations  of  this  formation,  see  Hill,  R.  T.,  Notes  on  the  forest  conditions 
o  jrto  Rico,  U.  S.  Dept.  Agriculture  Div.  of  Forestry  Bull.  No.  25,  pp.  14,  15,  1889.  Vaughan,  T.  W. , 
*  eferences  in  footnote  on  prj.  193,205. 


204         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Fossil  corals  from  the  Pepino  formation. 

Astrocoenia  portoricensis  Vaughan,  Antigua,  and  Canal  Zone.  I 
Orbicella  costata  (Duncan),  Antigua,  Anguilla,  Canal  Zone. 
Antiguastrea  cellulosa  (Duncan),  Antigua,  Florida,  Georgia.,  etc.1 
Maeandra  portoricensis  Vaughan. 
Leptoseris  portoricensis  Vaughan. 
Pironastraea  anguillensis  Vaughan,  Anguilla. 
Siderastrea  conferta  (Duncan),  Antigua,  Canal  Zone,  Anguilla. 
CyathomorpJia  antiguensis  (Duncan),  Antigua,  Cuba,  Mexico.  i 

tenuis  (Duncan),  Antigua,  Cuba. 
Diploastrea  crassolamellata  (Duncan),  Antigua,  Cuba,  Georgia. 
Astreopora  portoricensis  Vaughan. 
Goniopora  portoricensis  Vaughan,  Antigua. 
Of  the  12  species  from  the  Pepino  formation,  8  are  known  in  t1 
Antigua  formation  of  Antigua. 

LIMESTONE  ABOVE  CONGLOMERATE  NEAR  GUANTANAMO,  CUBA. 

The  geologic  relations  of  the  corals  from  the  vicinity  of  Guan \* 
namo  will  be  described  by  Mr.  O.  E.  Meinzer  in  a  forthcoming  repo 
The  following  is  a  list  of  the  species: 

Fossil  corals  from  the  middle  Oligocene,  Guantanamo,  Cuba. 

Pocillopora  guantanamensis  Vaughan. 

Astrocoenia  guantanamensis  Vaughan,  Antigua,  Panama. 

decaturensis  Vaughan,  Antigua,  Georgia. 

meinzeri  Vaughan. 
Antiguastrea  cellulosa  (Duncan),  Antigua,  Porto  Kico,  etc. 
Trochoseris  meinzeri  Vaughan,  Panama. 
Pironastraea  antiguensis  Vaughan,  Antigua. 
Cyathomorpha  anguillensis  Vaughan,  Anguilla. 

antiguensis  (Duncan),  Antigua,  Porto  Rico,  etc. 
tenuis  (Duncan),  Antigua,  Porto  Rico,  etc. 
Diploastrea  crassolamellata  (Duncan),  Antigua,  etc. 
Goniopora  decaturensis  Vaughan,  Georgia. 

Of  the  12  species  here  listed  7  are  also  found  in  Antigua;  of  th 3  : 
remaining  species  2  are  at  present  known  from  only  one  locality 2 
occur  elsewhere  in  association  with  a  fauna  of  the  same  facies  3  i 
that  of  Antigua,  while  1  occurs  in  the  base  of  the  Anguilla  formatii . 

Limestone,  Rio  Canapu,  Manasasas  trail,  Cuba. 

The  following  species  were  collected  by  Dr.  Arthur  C.  Spencer: 
Leptoria  spenceri  Vaughan,  Antigua. 
Cyathomorpha  tenuis  (Duncan),  Antigua. 
Diploastrea  crassolamellata  (Duncan)  Antigua. 
The  first  and  second  species  of  the  above  list  were  obtained  atf  * 
tion  No.  3473  of  the  U.  S.  N.  M.  record  of  localities  for  Cenozoic  i- 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  205 


3rtebrate  collections.  Specimens  of  Orihophragmina  were  obtained 
)  the  same  station  and  indicate  upper  Eocene  or  lower  Oligocene  as 
te  age  of  the  rock.  This  matter  will  be  further  discussed  in  the 
■rthcoming  report  on  West  Indian  paleontology. 

Ir. 

BASAL  PART  OF  CHATTAHOOCHEE  FORMATION  IN  GEORGIA. 1 

The  localities  at  which  the  specimens  of  fossil  corals  were  obtained 
-e  at  Blue  or  Russell  Springs  on  Flint  River  about  4  miles  below 
ainbridge,  and  at  other  localities  along  Flint  River  to  Hale's  Land- 
g,  about  7  miles  below  Bainbridge.  The  corals  are  most  embedded 
i  or  weathered  out  of  chert  which  was  once  a  coral-reef  limestone 
lat  was  formed  on  the  subaerially  eroded  surface  of  the  Eocene 
cala  limestone  after  submergence.  Dr.  W.  H.  Dall  in  a  recently 
lblished  paper  2  appears  to  correlate  this  bed  with  the  Orthaulaz 
ugnax  zone  of  Tampa,  Florida,  and  states  that  I  concur  in  that 
)inion.  Although  the  chert  forming  the  base  of  the  Chattahoochee 
rmation  in  the  vicinity  of  Bainbridge  is  faun  ally  nearly  related  to 
te  "silex"  bed  of  the  Tampa  formation,  in  my  opinion  they  are  not 
[  the  same  age,  the  "silex"  bed  being  geologically  younger.  The 
>ral  faunas  are  not  the  same,  and  there  is  at  least  a  species  of  one 
)iius  at  Tampa  of  stratigraphically  later  affinities  than  any  species 
the  vicinity  of  Bainbridge. 

The  following  are  the  species  from  near  Bainbridge  mentioned  in 
lis  paper: 

Fossil  corals  from  basal  part  of  Chattahoochee  formation  near  Bainbridge,  Georgia. 

Stylophora  minutissima  Vaughan. 

Stylocoenia  pumpellyi  (Vaughan)  V aughan,  Antigua. 

Astrocoenia  decaturensis  Vaughan,  Antigua,  Cuba. 

OrbiceUa  bainbridgensis  Vaughan,  Santo  Domingo  ?,  Porto  Rico. 

Antiguastrea  cellulosa  (Duncan),  Antigua,  etc.,  Tampa. 

var.  silecensis  Vaughan,  Antigua,  etc. 
Favites  polygonalis  (Duncan)  var.,  Antigua. 
Siderastrea  silecensis  Vaughan,  Tampa;  Alum  Bluff  formation. 
Diploastrea  crassolamellata  (Duncan),  Antigua,  etc. 

var.  magnified  (Duncan),  Antigua,  etc. 
Astreopora  antiguensis  Vaughan,  Antigua. 

Actinacis  dlabamiensis  (Vaughan),  Antigua;  Salt  Mountain,  Ala. 
Goniopora  decaturensis  Vaughan,  Cuba. 

The  more  important  references  to  the  literature  are  as  follows: 

f  aughan,  T.  W.,  A  Tertiary  coral  reef  near  Bainbridge,  Georgia,  Science,  n.  s.,  vol.  12,  pp.  873-875, 1900; 
inbridge  and  vicinity  in  Preliminary  report  on  the  Coastal  Plain  of  Georgia  by  O.  Veatch  and  L.  W. 
phenson,  prepared  under  the  direction  of  T.  W.  Vaughan,  Geol.  Survey  of  Ga.  Bull.  26,  pp.  328-333, 
1;  The  reef  coral  fauna  of  Carrizo  Creek,  Imperial  County,  California,  and  its  significance,  U.  S.  Geol. 
-vey  Prof.  Pap.  98-T,  pp.  363-364,  1917. 

Ooke,  C.  W.,  Age  of  the  Ocala  limestone,  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey  Prof.  Pap.  95-1,  pp.  107-117, 1915. 

A  contribution  to  the  invertebrate  fauna  of  the  Oligocene  beds  of  Flint  River,  Georgia,  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat. 

•  ,vol.  51,  pp.  487-524,  plates  83-88,  1916. 


206  BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Of  the  13  species  and  varieties  listed  above,  9  are  common 
Antigua,  and  Goniopora  decaturensis  occurs  in  Cuba  in  associati 
with  species  of  corals  abundant  in  Antigua;  of  the  3  remaini 
species,  Stylophora  minutissima  has  so  far  been  positively  identifi 
only  at  Bainbridge,  but  it  is  very  near  a  species  common  in  Antigi 
2  of  the  13  forms  are  known  from  the  "silex"  bed  of  Tampa.  T 
coral  fauna  near  Bainbridge  is  a  moderately  rich  one.  In  additi 
to  those  listed  there  are  species  of  Stylophora,  Astrocoenia,  Antillic 
Astrangia  or  Rhizangia,  Mesomorpha,  Astreopora,  Actinacis,  Gon 
pora,  and  Alveopora,  and  of  a  few  genera  not  yet  positively  identify 
There  are  between  25  and  30  species,  of  which  only  4  or  5  are  cor 
mon  to  the  Tampa  coral  fauna. 

It  should  be  stated  here  that  casts  of  a  species  of  Pecten,  whi 
appears  to  P.  suwaneensis  Dall,  occur  at  station  3381  in  the  mati 
with  Diploastrea  crass  olamellata,  which  may  therefore  be  of  upj 
Eocene  as  well  as  of  Oligocene  age,  or  I  may  not  have  discriminat 
closely  enough  between  species. 

"CORAL  LIMESTONE "  OF  SALT  MOUNTAIN,  ALABAMA.1 

I  described  in  the  monograph  referred  to  in  the  footnote  || 
species,  as  follows: 

Stylophora  ponderosa  Vaughan,  Antigua. 

Actinacis  alabamiensis  (Vaughan),  Antigua;  Flint  River,  Georgia 

I  long  surmised  that  the  " coral  limestone"  of  Salt  Mount  i 
really  represented  the  basal  part  of  the  Chattahoochee  formatic, 
but  only  recently  did  I  obtain  evidence  that  this  limestone  is  ti 
stratigraphic  correlative  of  the  Antigua  formation  and  of  the  coi. 
reef  horizon  near  Bainbridge. 

SAN  RAFAEL  FORMATION  OF  EASTERN  MEXICO.2 

The  formation  from  which  the  fossil  corals  were  obtained 
first  designated  by  Mr.  Dumble  "San  Fernando  beds,"  a  name  lo. 
in  use  for  a  Tertiary  formation  in  the  Island  of  Trinidad.    He  h 
recently  changed  the  name  to  San  Rafael.    It  is  an  important  fori 
tion  in  eastern  Tamaulipas,  Mexico.    Several  of  the  corals  are 
well  enough  preserved  for  purposes  of  identification.    The  follow 
is  a  List  : 

Antiguastrea  cellulosa  (Duncan),  Antigua,  etc. 

var.  siheensis  Vaughan,  Antigua,  etc. 
Favites  mexicana  Vaughan. 
Maeandra  dumblei  Vaughan. 


i  For  a  description  of  the  geologic  relations,  see  Vaughan,  T.  W.,  Eocene  and  lower  Oligocei 
faunas  of  the  United  States,  U.  S.  Geological  Survey  Mon.  39,  pp.  30,  31,  1900. 

a  The  principal  literature  is  as  follows: 

Dumble,  E.  T.,  Some  events  in  the  Eoceno  history  of  the  present  Coastal  area  of  the  Gulf  of  Me* 
Texas  and  Mexico,  Journ.  Geol.,  vol.  23,  pp.  481-498,  1915  (see  especially  pp.  495-497);  Tertiary  de 
of  northeastern  Mexico,  California  Acad.  Sci.  Proc,  ser.  4,  vol.  5,  pp.  163-193,  pis.  16-19,  1915  (see  | 
cially  pp.  189-192). 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  207 


D  CyatJiomiorplia  antiguensis  (Duncan),  Antigua,  etc. 
iS  Goniopora  species.    Similar  to  Antiguan  species. 

Although  the  identifiable  species  are  few,  it  appears  safe  to  cor- 
:ii  ilate  the  San  Rafael  formation  with  the  Antigua  formation. 

TONOSI.  PANAMA. 

Doctor  MacDonald  obtained  at  this  locality,  station  6587,  the  fol- 
-  j  wing  species  of  corals : 
'  Astrocoenia  guantanamensis  Vaughan,  Antigua,  Cuba. 
.  ■  Favia  macdonaldi  Vaughan,  Antigua. 
J  Maeandra  antiguensis  Vaughan,  Antigua. 

Trochoseris  meinzeri  Vaughan,  Cuba. 

Diploastrea  crassolamellata  (Duncan),  Antigua,  Cuba,  etc. 

There  can  be  no  reasonable  doubt  that  this  is  the  same  as  the  coral 

una  found  in  the  Antigua  formation.    As  the  locality  at  which 

e  specimens  were  obtained  is  on  the  Pacific  coast  of  Panama,  the 
■idence  is  conclusive  that  there  was  middle  Oligocene  connection 

>tween  the  Atlantic  and  the  Pacific  in  that  area. 

SERRO  COLORADO,  ARUBE. 

Three  species  were  obtained  at  this  locality,1  as  follows: 
Orbicella  insignis  (Duncan),  Antigua. 
Antiguaslrea  cellulosa  (Duncan),  Antigua. 
:  Goniopora  species  (the  kind  of  casts  to  which  Duncan  applied  the 
ime  Alvepora  daedalea  var.  regularis). 

This  fauna  is  evidently  the  same  as  that  of  the  Antigua  formation. 

CONCLUDING  REMARKS  ON  THE  MIDDLE  OLIGOCENE. 

The  foregoing  lists  show  that  Antiguan  middle  Oligocene  coral 
una  is  known  in  Porto  Rico,  Cuba,  southern  Georgia,  southern 
iabama,  eastern  Mexico,  Panama,  and  Arube.    That  it  also  occurs 

Santo  Domingo  is  known  from  some  of  the  specimens,  Siderastrea 
nferta  (Duncan)  typical  and  a  peculiar  variety  of  Asterosmilia 
arata  (Duncan),  both  brought  from  Santo  Domingo  by  Gabb.  It 

a  key  horizon  in  the  American  Oligocene.  The  Byram  calcareous 
arl  of  Mississippi  occurs  either  at  its  base  or  just  below  its  base. 

therefore  overlies  all  the  Vicksburgian  lower  Oligocene,  with  the 
)ssible  exception  of  the  uppermost  member,  and  is  stratigraphi- 
lly  just  below  the  "silex  bed"  of  the  Tampa  formation.  The 
^relation  of  the  deposits  containing  this  fauna  with  the  Rupelian 

Veneto  has  been  made  on  page  202. 

That  there  was  middle  Oligocene  connection  between  the  Atlantic 
id  the  Pacific  was  pointed  out  on  this  page  in  discussing  the  species 
3m  Tonosi,  Panama. 


Vaughan,  T.  W.,  Some  fossil  corals  from  the  elevated  reefs  of  Curacao,  Arube,  and  Bonaire,  Geolog. 
ichs-Mus.  Leiden  Samml.,  ser.  2,  vol.  pp.  1-91,  1901  (especially  pp.  11,  12). 


208         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


UPPER  OLIGOCENE. 
CULEBRA  FORMATION. 

The  Culebra  formation  and  the  base  of  the  Emperador  limestoi 
in  the  Canal  Zone  contain  a  few  species  that  indicate  close  relation 
ship  with  the  Antiguan  horizon,  but  on  the  whole  the  affinities  a: 
rather  with  the  next  higher  fauna.  Fossil  corals  were  obtained  i 
the  Culebra  formation  at  three  stations,  as  follows: 

Station  5863,  west  side  of  Gaillard  Cut,  at  station  1863  of  tl 
Canal  Commission,  between  points  opposite  Curacha  and  Paraiso. 

Station  6020c,  Las  Cascadas,  Gaillard  Cut,  third  bed  from  tl 
bottom  of  the  section. 

Station  6026,  one  and  one-half  miles  south  of  Monte  Lirio,  ( 
Panama  Railroad  (relocated  line). 

The  list  of  species  is  as  follows: 

Species  of  corals  from  the  Culebra  formation. 


Name. 

Station  |  Station 
5863.    |  6020c. 

Station 
6026. 

Empera- 
dor Is. 

Antigua. 

Anguil 

X   

X 
X 

X 
X 

X 

Orbicella  costata  (Duncan)  

::::::::::r*  x"  •' 

XXXX 

X 

X 

 !  x 

X 

Goniopora  cascadensis  Vaughan  

::::::::::r-x- 

X 

Of  the  6  species  in  the  Culebra  formation,  2  also  occur  in  tl 
Emperador  limestone;  4  also  occur  in  the  Antigua  formation;  and 
also  occur  in  the  Anguilla  formation.  There  is  only  one  speck 
Astreopora  aniiguensis,  that  is  elsewhere  known  only  from  tl 
Antigua  horizon;  while  2  species  are  at  present  known  elsewhe 
only  from  the  Anguilla  horizon.  These  relations  indicate,  but  do  n 
prove,  that  the  upper  part  of  the  Culebra  formation,  the  part  of  t] 
formation  in  which  the  corals  were  collected,  is  stratigraphical 
higher  than  the  Antigua  formation,  and  is,  therefore,  referable  to  tl 
upper  Oligocene.  The  foraminiferal  fauna,  to  be  discussed  on  pag 
554,  555,  585,  supplies  stronger  evidence  in  favor  of  considering  tl 
upper  part  of  the  Culebra  as  of  upper  Oligocene  age. 

EMPERADOR  LIMESTONE. 

The  principal  collections  from  the  Emperador  limestone  were  ma< 
by  Doctor  MacDonald  and  me  at  Station  6015  and  6016,  in  Empi 
village.  Dr.  Ralph  Arnold  subsequently  made  a  small  collection 
Empire  and  obtained  one  species,  Pocillopora  arnoldi  Vaughan,  n 
collected  by  Doctor  MacDonald  and  me.  Doctor  MacDonald  ai 
I  also  made  a  small  collection  at  Station  60246,  the  upper  bed 
the  lower  end  of  the  culvert  where  the  Panama  Railroad  (relocate 
line)  crosses  Rio  Agua  Salud;  and  he  subsequently  obtained  son 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  209 

ary  interesting  specimens  at  station  6256,  which  is  1J  miles  south 

f  Miraflores.    The  following  is  a  list  of  the  species: 
I  *  * 

Species  of  corals  from  the  Emverador  limestone. 


Empire 
quarries. 

Station 
60246. 

Station 
6256. 

Anguilla. 

Antigua. 

ylophoro,  impcrdtoris  Vaughan 

X 

V 

x 

X 

panamcnxis  Vaughan 

ffocthcilsi  Vaughan 

xxxx: 

wiacdoncildi  Vaughan 

x 



cancilis  Vaughan 

tciUopora  arnoldi  Vaughan 

ttTococnia  poTtoTic€7i$it  Vaughan 

x 



x 

bicclla  im  petaloTis  Vaughan 

X 

X 
X 

X 

X 
X 

cancilis  Vaughan 

'jlanoia  panamensis  Vaughan 

X 
X 

rropora  panamensis  Vaughan  

X 

X 

X 

xxxxxxxxxxx: 

X 

 !  

panamensis  Vaughan  

X 

X 
X 
X 

clevei  Vaughan  

X 

toulai  Vaughan  

X 

i       anguillemis  Vaughan  

X 

X 

X 
X 

X  X 

Of  26  species  from  the  Emperador  limestone,  6  have  been  identified 
.  the  Antigua  formation  and  9  in  the  Anguilla  formation,  but  it 

probable  that  the  number  of  species  common  to  the  Emperador 
mestone  and  the  Anguilla  formation  will  be  somewhat  increased, 
he  Emperador  limestone  is  of  nearly  the  same  horizon  as  the  An- 
nilla  formation.  Additional  evidence  favoring  this  opinion  will  be 
iduced  on  subsequent  pages. 

ANGUILLA  FORMATION.1 

This  name  is  proposed  for  the  coralliferous  limestone  and  argilla- 
ious  marls  of  Anguilla.  The  type-locality  is  on  the  south  and  west 
des  of  Crocus  Bay,  where  it  is  exposed  to  a  thickness  of  about  200 
set.  The  faima  has  been  monographically  described,  and  the  account 
f  it  will  be  published  in  a  forthcoming  volume  of  the  Carnegie  Institu- 
on  of  Washington.  The  following  species  of  corals  from  it  are 
onsidered  in  the  present  paper: 


The  principal  literature  is  as  follows: 

21eve,  P.  T.,  On  the  geology  of  the  northeastern  West  India  Islands,  K.  svenska  Vet.-Akad.  Handl., 
1 9,  No.  12,  p.  22, 1872. 

Vaughan,  T.  W.,  see  references  in  footnote,  p.  193. 


210 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 

Species  of  corals  from  the  Anguilla  formation. 


Name. 

Cu'ebra 
forma- 
tion. 

Empera- 
dor  lime- 
stone. 

Antigua. 

Other  localities. 

Stt/lophora  imperatoris  Vaughan  

X 

X 
X 

Cuba. 

X 

X 

X 

X 

P.  R.;  Cuba;  etc 

Agaricia  anguillensis  Vaughan  

Pimnastraea  anguillensis  Vaughan  

P.  R. 
P.  R. 

Siderastrea  conferta  (Duncan)  

X 

X 

Goniopora  panamensis  Vaughan  

xxxx: 

cascadensis  Vaughan  

X 

X 
X 

P.  R.=Pcrto  Rico. 


Of  the  17  species  listed  above,  4  are  also  found  in  the  Culebr 
formation,  9  in  the  Emperador  limestone,  and  12  of  the  17  in  th 
combined  Culebra  and  Emperador  of  the  Canal  Zone.  In  additio 
to  the  species  here  considered  there  are  other  species  of  Siylophort 
Stylocoenia,  Antillia,  Cladocora,  Maeandra,  Goniopora,  and  Poritet 
There  are  9  or  10  species  of  Goniopora.  The  total  coral  fauna  in  th 
collections  available  to  me  comprises  about  28  species. 

The  Anguilla  formation  is  correlated  with  the  Emperador  limeston 
for  the  following  reasons :  Heterosteginoides ,  a  new  genus  of  orbitoidi 
foraminifera  described  by  Doctor  Cushman,  is  represented  in  tb 
Anguilla  formation  by  a  species,  also  found  in  Antigua,  but  ver 
near  a  species  that  occurs  in  the  Emperador  limestone.  Althoug 
Heterosteginoides  occurs  in  both  Antigua  and  Anguilla,  Lepidocyclim 
which  is  so  abundant  in  Antigua,  was  not  collected  by  me  in  Anguill 
and  is  only  sparingly  present  in  the  Emperador  limestone 
identity  of  certain  species  of  corals  in  the  two  formations  has  bee 
shown.  Echinolampas  semiorbis  Guppy  is  abundant  in  Anguilla  (o 
the  west  side  of  Crocus  Bay  between  25  and  70  feet  above  sea  leve 
and  in  the  base  of  the  Emperador  limestone,  Canal  Zone.  Ortha 
pugnax  (Heilprin)  was  collected  in  the  base  of  the  Crocus  Bay 
posures. 

CUBAN  LOCALITIES. 

Orbicella  imperatoris  Vaughan  has  been  collected  at  the  folio 
localities  in  Cuba:  Station  3450,  4  miles  north  of  Pinar  del 
station  3451,  one-half  mile  west  of  Cienaga  railroad  station,  n 
Habana;  station  3566,  Bejucal;  station  7544,  Rio  Yateras,  1 
Guantanamo.    That  the  Anguilla  horizon  is  widely  extended 
Cuba  is  shown  by  the  distribution  of  the  echinoids  which  will  b 
considered  in  another  place. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


211 


TAMPA  FORMATION  OF  FLORIDA. 

The  corals  from  the  "silex"  bed  of  the  Tampa  formation  considered 
1  this  paper  are  as  follows : 
Orbicella  tampaensis  Vaughan. 

var.  silecensis  Vaughan. 
Antiguastrea  cellulosa  (Duncan). 
Siderastrea  silecensis  Vaughan. 

Siderastrea  Mllsboroensis  Vaughan  occurs  at  about  the  same  horizon 
3  the  "silex"  bed. 

The  Tampa  coral  fauna  has  not  been  described  in  print,  but  I 
lrnished  Doctor  Dall  a  list  of  my  manuscript  names  of  the  species 
ad  it  appeared  in  his  monograph  of  the  molluscan  fauna  of  the 
rthaulax  pugnax  zone  of  the  Oligocene  of  Tampa,  Florida.1  I  have 
ointed  out  that  Orbicella  tampaensis  var.  silecensis  (see  p.  391  of  this 
aper)  closely  resembles  some  of  the  variants  of  0.  costata  from  An- 
uiUa  and  that  the  specimens  identified  as  Siderastrea  silecensis  in 
hich  there  are  over  60  septa  perhaps  should  be  referred  to  S.  con- 
rta  (see  p.  449).  Besides  the  species  mentioned,  there  are  species 
^presenting  the  following  genera:  Stylophora,  Antillia^,  Galaxea, 
olenastrea,  Maeandra,  Syzygopliyllia  ?,  Endopachys,  Acropora,  Gonio- 
ora,  Porites,  and  Alveopora. 

Two  and  perhaps  three  of  the  "silex"  bed  species  of  corals  also 
ccur  at  Bainbridge,  but  the  faunas  otherwise  are  not  the  same, 
'wo  of  the  species  from  Tampa  are  near  living  West  Indian  and 
loridian  species.  These  are  S olenastrea  tampaensis  Vaughan,  nomen 
udum,  which  is  near  S.  liyades  (Dana) ;  and  Porites  wiUcoxi  Vaughan, 
omen  nudum,  which  has  the  septal  arrangement  of  Porites  asireoides. 
he  presence  of  such  species  with  modern  affinities  seems  to  me  toindi- 
ite  a  considerably  younger  age  than  that  of  the  reefs  near  Bain- 
ridge.  Furthermore  Lepidocyclina  is  abundant  in  the  reefs  near 
'ainbridge,  but  has  not  yet  been  found  at  Tampa.  Orthaulax  pugnax 
xurs  in  the  " silex"  bed  at  Tampa,  but  it  has  not  been  found  in  the 
berrying  limestone;  the  same  species  occurs  in  the  base  of  the  An- 
uilia  formation,  but  I  did  not  find  it  at  higher  levels.  Dr.  C.  W. 
ooke,  who  has  monographically  described  the  moliusca  of  the 
nguilla  formation,  correlates  it  with  the  Tampa  formation  on  the 
asis  of  similarity  in  their  molluscan  faunas.  The  correlation  of  the 
ampa  formation  is  further  discussed  on  pages  570,  571. 

CONCLUDING  REMARKS  ON  THE  UPPER  OLIGOCENE. 

■  That  there  was  connection  between  the  Atlantic  and  Pacific  oceans 
uring  upper  Oligocene  time  is  shown  by  the  continuity  of  both  the 
ulebra  formation  and  the  Emperador  limestone  from  the  Atlantic 
)  the  Pacific  slopes  of  the  Isthmus.   On  the  geologic  map,  plate  153, 


i  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  Bull.  90,  p.  18, 1915. 


21,2         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


the  Emperador  limestone  is  represented  as  dipping  below  the  Gaty 
formation  on  the  north  side  of  the  Isthmus,  and  it  is  exposed  almoi, 
down  to  the  sea  level  on  the  south  side.  The  Culebra  formatic 
underlies  the  Emperador  limestone  on  both  slopes,  but  it  is  not  ind| 
cated  on  the  map  on  the  north  slope  of  the  Isthmus. 

Miocene. 

BOWDEN  MARL.' 

The  point  of  departure  in  the  consideration  of  the  Miocene  is  tlj 
fauna  of  the  Bowden  marl  of  Jamaica.  The  following  is  a  revise 
list  of  the  species: 

Placotrochus  costatus  Duncan. 
Sphenotroclius  new  species. 
Placocyathus  barretti  Duncan. 

alveolus  (Duncan.) 
StylopJiora  granulaia  Duncan. 
Asterosmilia  profunda  (Duncan). 

MM  Vaughan. 
Stephanocoenia  intersepta  (Esper),  also  living. 
Aniillia  walli  Duncan. 
TJiysanus  exceniricus  Duncan. 

elegans  Duncan. 

new  species. 
SyzygopJiyllia  gregorii  (Vaughan). 
Siderastrea  siderea  (Ellis  and  Solander),  also  living. 
Goniopora  new  species. 
Porites  baracoaensis  Vaughan. 
Acropora  new  species. 

This  fauna  indicates  somewhat  deeper  water  than  that  in  whi<( 
the  species  mentioned  on  preceding  pages  lived;  but  the  presence  ! 
Stephanocoenia  intersepta,  Siderastrea  siderea,  Acropora  new  specie' 
a  massive  species  of  Goniopora,  and  Porites  baracoaensis,  furnish  ev 
dence  in  favor  of  the  conclusion  that  the  depth  probably  was  not ! 
much  as  20  fathoms.   The  most  striking  feature  of  this  list  is  that 
contains  the  names  of  two  species  still  living  in  the  Caribbean  regio 
in  this  respect  differing  from  all  the  other  faunas  previously  consi 
ered  in  this  paper.   The  Bowden  not  only  marks  the  introduction 
species  that  persist  in  the  West  Indian  region,  but  as  neither 
Jamaica,  Santo  Domingo,  nor  Cuba,  have  species  of  Astrocoem 
Siylocoenia,  Leptomussa,  Antiguastrea,  Faviies,  Leptoria,  Trochoser] 
Leptoseris,    llaloseris,    Pironastraea,    Mesomoryha,  Cyatkomorph 
Diploastrea,  Astreopora,  Aciinacis,  or  Porites  (Synaraea)  been  foui 
id  beds  of  the  samo  age  as  or  younger  than  the  Bowden,  the 

1  For  an  account  of  the  stratigraphic  relations  of  the  Bowden  marl,  son  Hill,  R.  T.,  The  geology  l'j 
physical  geography  of  Jamaica,  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.  Bull.,  vol.  34,  No.  1,  pp.  226,  with  35  plates,  1j  ' 

(especially  pp.  82  86,  145-152). 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


218 


genera  and  one  subgenus  of  middle  and  upper  Oligocene  corals 
tparently  had  become  extinct  in  this  region.  The  genus  Thysanus  is 
esent  in  the  Pliocene  Caloosahatchee  marl  of  Florida  ;%nd  in  Santo 
Dmingo  Placocyathus,  Stylophora,  AntiUia,  and  Syzygophyllia  occur 
horizons  above  that  of  the  Bowden  marl, 'while  the  number  of  species 
>w  living  increases.  The  Bowden  marl  marks  an  important  change 
the  character  of  the  coral  faunas,  a  change  from  an  older  to  a  more 
cent  facies.  It  therefore  seems  to  me  that  the  Bowden  marl  can 
f>t  be  considered  of  Oligocene  age,  and  that  it  must  be  referred  to 
e  lower  Miocene. 

SANTO  DOMINGO. 

With  regard  to  the  species  reported  by  Duncan  from  Santo  Do- 
ingo,  it  will  be  said  that  Duncan  does  not  describe  the  stratigraphy 
Santo  Domingo,  but  refers  the  specimens  to  the  Nivaje  shale,  the 
perficial  or  tufaceous  limestone,  Posterero  shale,  Cerro  Gordo 
ales,  Esperanza  shale,  and  "the  silt  of  the  sandstone  plain."  The 
[lowing  is  a  list  of  the  species  recorded  by  him,  the  geologic  forma- 
>n  in  which  they  were  reported  to  be  found,  and  the  revised  names 
I  th  annotations : 


Fossil  corals  reported  by  Duncan  from  Santo  Domingo. 


Name  used  by  Duncan. 


helium  exaratum  Duncan. 


'.helium  new  species  

cotrochus  lonsdalei  Duncan  

atotrochus  duodecim-costatus  M.  .hd- 
ards  and  Haime. 

Khocyathus  latero-spinosus  if.  Edwards 
ad  Haime. 

racyathus  henekeni  (Duncan)  Duncan. 
■  coqjathus  barretti  Duncan  


variabilis  Duncan  

costatus  Duncan  

•  illopora  crassoramosa  Duncan  

I  lophoro  affinis  Duncan  

var.  minor  Duncan. 
tlophora  affinis  Duncan  var.  2..... 


(?) 
+ 


«2  ® 

si 

<fl  a 


©  3  ' 

2*2  l 

So  - 

CO  «  Pi 


Hr  I. 


raristella  M.  Edwards  and 
Haime. 

Khocyathus  abnormalis  Duncan  

erosmilia  anomala  Duncan  

cornuta  Duncan  

exarata  Duncan  


« ohanocoenia  inter  septa  M.  Edwards 

id  Haime. 
•r'illastraea 

'uncan. 

■  hocoenia  tuberosa  Duncan. . 
•  ysmilia  intermedia  Duncan 


spongiformis  (Duncan) 


+  + 


i. 

a  a 


Revised  names  and  annota- 
tions. 


.  Described  from  Vere,  Jamaica; 
genus  doubtful;  identifica- 
tion doubtful. 

J  Not  determinable. 

.  Placotrochus  lonsda lei  Duncan. 

,  From  yellow  shale  of  Angos- 
tina,  Santo  Domingo;  speci- 
men not  determinable. 
Placocyathus  new  species. 

Paracyathus  henekeni  (Dun- 
can). 

Placocyathus  barretti  Duncan; 
originally  described  from 
Bowden,  Jamaica. 

Placocyathus  variabilis  Duncan. 

Placocyathus  costatus  Duncan. 

Pocillopora  crassoramosa  Dun- 
can. 

Stylophora  affinis  Duncan. 
Stylophora  minor  Duncan. 
Stylophora   new  species;  also 

from  Cerro  Gordo  shales. 
Name  discarded  for  Santo  Do- 

mingan  species. 

Asterosmilia  abnormalis  (Dun- 
can). 

Asterosmilia  exarata  Duncan; 
also  in  Antigua  formation, 
Antigua. 

Stephanocoenia  intersepta  (Es- 
per). 

\Dichocoenia  tuberose  Duncan. 


214 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 

Fossil  corals  reported  by  Duncan  from  Santo  Domingo — Continued. 


Name  used  by  Duncan. 


o3 


w  5 


03  1=1 

©.3 


Revised  names  and  annoti 
tions. 


Flabellum  dubium  Duncan . 
Antillia  lonsdaleia  Duncan. . 

bilobata  Duncan.... 
Cyphastraea  costata  Duncan. 


Phyllocoenia  sculpta  M.  Edwards  and 
Haime  var.  tegula  Duncan. 

Phyllocoenia  Umbata  Duncan  

Plesiastraea  ramea  Duncan  

Heliastraea  cylindrica  (Duncan)  Duncan 
endothecata  (Duncan)  Duncan  I 
brevis  (Duncan)  Duncan  

Plesiastraea  distans  Duncan  

globosa  Duncan  

Solenastraea  verhelsti  M.  Edwards  and 
Haime. 

Stephanocoenia  dendroidea  M.  Edwards 
and  Haime. 

Thysanus  corbicula  Duncan  

Teleiophyllia  grandis  Duncan  

navkula  Duncan  

Manicina  areolata  (Linnaeus)  

Maeandrina  filograna  Lamarck  


sinuosissima  M. 
and  Haime. 


Edwards 


Lithophyllia  afflnis  (Duncan)  Duncan. 


A  ntillia  ponderosa  (M.   Edwards  and 
Haime)  Duncan. 
dentata  Duncan  


Agaricia  agariciles  Lamarck. . , 
undata  Lamarck  var. 
Siderastraea  grandis  Duncan.. 


crenulata  Blainville  var.  an- 
tillarum  Duncan. 


Porites  collegniana  Michelin. 
Alveopora  fenestrata  Dana. . 


jAntillia  dubia  (Duncan). 

Antillia  bilobata  Duncan. 
The  type  of  this  is  from  I 
buda  and  is  a  precise  sy 

nym  of  Orbicella  annul 
(Ellis  and  Solander);  but 
Santo  Domingan  specii 
is  a  species  of  Solenastrea. 

} Orbicella  limbata  (Duncan);  i 
reported  from  "yellow  sha 

)  Varietal  forms  of  Orbicella 
J   ernosa  (Linnaeus). 
Orbicella  brevis  (Duncan). 

[Varietal  forms  of  Solenas 
bournoni  M.  Edwards  ; 
Haimo. 
A  highly  fossilized  specin 
name  discarded  for  the  Sa 
Domingan  coral. 
Locality  not  given;  probab 

species  of  Astrocoenia. 
Thysanus  corbicula  Duncan 
Thysanus  grandis  ( Duncan} 
Thysanus  navkula  (Duncar 
Maeandra  areolata  (Linnae 
"Shale,"  no  other  data  on  ; 
logic  relations;  name  dro" 
from  list. 
The  name  proposed  by  M 
Edwards  and  Haime  i 
synonym  of  Maeandra 
gosa  (Dana);  name  drop 
from  list. 
Mussa affinis  (Duncan);  ma; 
the  young  of  Mussa  angu 
(Pallas). 
Syzygophyllia  gregorii  ( Vaugh 
type  from  Bowden,  Jama 
Syzygophyllia    dentata  (I 
can). 

^Material  poor;  names  drop 
/   from  list. 
Type  from  Jamaica  is  Si 
trea  siderea  (Lllis  and 
lander). 
This  seems  to  be  a  synon 
S.  siderea  (Ellis  and 
dcr). 

Name  dropped  from  list. 
Name  dropped  from  list. 


It  has  appeared  that  perhaps  two  distinct  geologic  horizons  we 
represented  by  these  collections,  one  of  which  is  the  Nivaje  shale  ai 
another  which  is  represented  by  the  superficial  and  tufaceous  Y 
stones  and  the  silt  of  the  sandstone  plain.  The  revised  list  for  t 
Nivaje  shale  is  as  follows: 

Revised  list  of  species  reported  by  Duncan  from  the  Nivaje  shale. 

Placotroclius  lonsdalei  Duncan. 
Paracyathus  Jienekeni  (Duncan). 
Placocyaihus  variabilis  Duncan. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  215 


Placocyathus  costatus  Duncan. 

new  species. 
\Pocillopora  crassoramosa  Duncan. 
Stylaphora  affinis  Duncan. 

minor  Duncan, 
new  species. 
Asterosmilia  abnormalis  (Duncan). 

exarata  Duncan. 
Dichocoenia  tuberosa  Duncan. 
Antillia  dubia  (Duncan). 

bilobata  Duncan. 
Jrbicella  limbata  (Duncan). 
brevis  (Duncan). 
cavernosa  (Linnaeus). 
Thysanus  corbicula  Duncan. 
grandis  Duncan. 
navicula  Duncan. 
laeandra  areolata  (Linnaeus). 
Syzygophyllia  gregorii  (Vaughan). 

dentata  (Duncan). 
V  total  of  23  species. 
I  [The  species  from  the  superficial  and  tufaceous  limestones  and  the 
f ;  of  the  sandstone  plain  are  as  follows: 

hised  list  of  species  reported  by  Duncan  from  the  superficial  and  tufaceous  limestones 
and  the  silt  of  the  sandstone  plain. 

'Placocyathus  variabilis  Duncan. 
-  itephanocoenia  inters epta  (Esper). 
'Dichocoenia  tuberosa  Duncan. 
Orbicella  limbata  (Duncan). 
Orbicella  cavernosa  (Linnaeus). 
hlenastrea  bournoni  M.  Edwards  and  Haime. 
Mussa  affinis  (Duncan). 
Mderastrea  siderea  (Ellis  and  Solander) . 

^  total  of  8  species,  of  which  3,  those  preceded  by  an  asterisk  *,  are 
a  3  reported  from  the  Nivaje  shale;  6  of  these  species  are  either  at 
p  sent  living  in  the  West  Indies  or  the  fossil  specimens  are  so  similar 
ttbhose  of  living  species  that  specific  discrimination  is  uncertain  (see 
tile  on  pp.  213,  214  for  notes).  One  species,  Orbicella  limbata,  is  very 
suilar  to  one  of  the  growth  forms  of  Orbicella  annularis.  This  leaves 
o  y  one  species,  Placocyathus  variabilis,  that  seems  clearly  to  indicate 
a  older  Tertiary  age.  But  it  should  be  added  that  the  species  of 
£  lophora,  to  which  Duncan  attached  the  name  raristella,  also  inci- 
c  es  a  rather  old  Tertiary  formation.  Might  these  two  species  have 
t>  n  mixed  with  specimens  from  a  younger  formation  ?  Having  in 
37149— 19— Bull.  103  3 


216  BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


mind  the  information  above  stated,  I  published  the  suggestion  t 
some  of  the  Santo  Domingan  fossil  corals  are  perhaps  of  Pliocene  a; 

Recently  Miss  Carlotta  J.  Maury  has  submitted  to  me  for  study 
fossil  corals  she  collected  during  an  expedition  to  Santo  Doming 
She  informs  me  that  the  zones  on  Rio  Gurabo  are  lettered  in  stra 
graphically  descending  series,  "A"  being  at  the  top  and  "G"  at 
base  of  the  section;  zone  H  on  Rio  Cana  is  considered  to  be  the  sai 
as  zone  G  on  Rio  Gurabo.  Bluff  1  on  Cercado  de  Mao  is  correlat 
by  Miss  Maury  with  a  part  of  the  Rio  Gurabo  section  above  zone 
and  bluff  3  on  Cercado  de  Mao  is  correlated  with  that  part  of  the  I 
Gurabo  section  below  zone  F. 

As  regards  the  corals,  the  definite  stratigraphic  tie-point  is  fou 
in  zone  H  on  Rio  Cana,  where  three  species  which  also  occur  in 
Bowden  marl  of  Jamaica  were  collected.  It  has  been  stated  on 
212,  213  of  this  paper  that  the  Bowden  coral  fauna  is  stratigraphica 
above  the  Oligocene  faunas  of  Antigua,  Bainbridge  (Georgia),  La 
(Porto  Rico),  Empire  (Panama),  and  Tampa  (Florida).  These  Sai 
Domingan  corals,  except  those  from  zone  G-H,  therefore  belc 
stratigraphically  above  the  horizon  of  the  Bowden  marl.  In  a  mai 
script  now  almost  ready  for  press  I  am  describing  as  new  six  ac 
tional  species  of  Placocyathus  from  Miss  Maury's  collection.  Th 
are  not  entered  in  the  table  following. 


Washington  Acad.  Sci.  Jour.,  vol.  5.  p.  489,  1915. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


217 


£  :- 

£  o 
6  s 


+  + 


+-r 


+  + 


++ 


£  *-  ~ 


3  3s 
22P, 
c  g  so 

_:  — -  w 

5    §  1°  I  § 


13 
11 

w  CO 

35  s 


3  od  g 

si.5 


c  3  ?  ?: 


S  £  *:  ~  £ 
s|        a  a  £ 


-~  ^  U  g 


£££ 

III 
a  a  £ 


5  1 


s  5:  <s>  -~ 
Co^  CO 


■'CO  ^ 


1  I! 

a,  co» 


21'8         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 

An  inspection  of  the  foregoing  table  shows  that  at  zone  H  Orbicell 
cavernosa  and  Solenastrea  bournoni,  both  now  living,  were  collectec 
bringing  the  total  of  living  species  from  the  Bowden  horizon  up  to  fou: 

The  following  are  my  conclusions  on  the  geologic  age  of  the  cora 
liferous  beds  of  Santo  Domingo: 

1.  The  oldest  fauna  represented  by  Miss  Maury's  collection,  zor; 
H  on  Rio  Cana,  is  that  of  the  Bowden  marl.    It  is  somewhat  young< 
than  the  Chipola  marl  of  Florida  and  is  of  Burdigalian  age  accordir 
to  European  nomenclature. 

2.  Zone  F  is  closely  related  to  G  and  H.  It  is  also  probably* 
Burdigalian  age,  and  corresponds  to  a  part  of  the  Alum  Bluff  form; 
tion  of  Florida  lying  above  the  Chipola  marl  member. 

3.  Zone  E  and  D  are  faunally  near  the  underlying  beds  and  a: 
probably  of  uppermost  Burdigalian  or  Helvetian  age. 

4.  Zones  C  to  A,  inclusive,  are  probably  of  Helvetian  age. 

5.  The  Santo  Domingan  coral  faunas  are  younger  than  the  exte 
sively  developed  Oligocene  coral  reefs  of  Georgia,  Florida,  Cub 
Porto  Rico,  Anguilla,  Antigua,  and  Central  America. 

6.  The  presence  in  Santo  Domingo  of  Asterosmilia  exarata  variet 
which  is  also  found  in  the  Antigua  formation,  of  a  species  of  Lept 
mussa,  and  of  Siderastrea  conferta  (Duncan)  typical,  indicates  th 
there  are  deposits  of  middle  and  upper  Oligocene  age  in  San 
Domingo,  but  Miss  Maury  did  not  make  collections  of  corals  fro 
those  horizons. 

CUBA. 

BARACAO  AND  MATANZAS. 

Fossil  corals  of  Bowden  age  were  collected  at  two  localities 
namely,  station  3476,  in  a  yellow  marl  at  Baracao;  and  station  34( 
also  in  a  yellow  marl  in  the  gorge  of  Yumuri  River,  Matanzas.  T 
species  are  as  follows : 

Fossil  corals  from  Baracoa  and  Matanzas,  Cuba. 


Name. 


Stylo-phora  granulata  Duncan  

Pocillopora  baracoaemis  Vaughan  

Madracis  mirabilis  (Duchassaing  and  Michelotti). 

Thysanus  hayesi  Vaughan  

Pontes  baracoaensis  Vaughan  

var.  matanzasenvis  Vaughan  


Baracoa.  Matanzas  Bo' 


LA  CRUZ  MARL. 


This  name  is  proposed  for  the  bedded,  yellow,  argillaceous,  «j 
calcareous  marl  particularly  well  exposed  on  the  east  side  of  Santilj 
Harbor  between  Santiago  and  the  Morro.  The  type  exposures  < 
along  the  railroad  eastward  from  the  La  Cruz  to  the  crossing  of  * 
highway  from  Santiago  to  the  Morro.    The  corals  collected  in  if 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  219 


rmation  are  listed  below.  Descriptions  of  the  raollusca  by  C.  W, 
>oke  will  appear  in  a  forthcoming  publication  of  the  Carnegie  In- 
itution  of  Washington.    The  corals  are  as  follows: 

Fossil  corals  from  the  La  Cruz  marl,  Cuba. 


Name. 


I  Santo 
'Domingo 
I  above 
zone  H. 


■lopkora  affinis  Duncan  

puopora  species  

phanocoevia  intersepta  (Esper)  

oicella  limbata  (Duncan)  

.enastrea  hyades  (Dana)  

bournoni  M.  Edwards  and  Haime  . 

i  ysanus  aft5.  T.  excentricus  Duncan  

>eraztrea  siderea  (Ellis  and  Solander)  

liopora  jacobiana  Vaughan  

iritesporites  (Pallas)  

astreoidcs  (Lamuck)  


Santo 
Domingo 
zone  H 


Bowden. 


Eecent. 


Of  11  species  listed  above,  5  are  now  living  in  the  Antillean  re- 
Dn;  but  of  the  8  genera  represented,  4,  i.  e.  50  per  cent,  are  now  un- 
lown  in  the  Atlantic  Ocean.  The  horizon  appears  to  be  above  that  of 
e  Bowden  marl,  and  to  be  near  zones  D  and  E  of  the  table  on 
ige  217.  I  obtained  numbers  of  poor  prints  and  casts  of  corals 
ar  or  at  the  base  of  the  formation  in  the  vicinity  of  Santiago, 
though  they  are  too  poor  for  determination,  they  resemble  in 
rm  the  species  of  Placocyathus,  Asterosmilia,  Antillia,  Thysanus, 
id  Syzygophyllia,  of  the  Santo.  Domingan  deposits.  Similar  poor 
sts  and  imprints  suggest  that  this  is  a  widelv  distributed  formation 
Cuba. 

FLORIDA. 


ALUM  BLUFF  FORMATION. 


The  coral  fauna  of  the  Chipola  marl,  member  of  Alum  Bluff  f orma- 
m  is  small,  comprising  four  species  representing  as  many  genera, 
mely,  Stylophora,  Antillia,  a  new  genus  that  resembles  a  Thysanus 
th  a  commensal  sipunculid  worm  in  its  base,  and  Goniopora. 
The  coral  fauna  of  the  Alum  Bluff  formation  is  meager.  Exclud- 
^  the  Chipola  marl  member  it  comprises  the  following  species: 

Fossil  corals  from  the  Alum  Bluff formation. 


Name. 

Oak 
Grove. 

White 
Springs.1 

Tampa 
brick- 
yard. 

rhelia  new  species   . 

X 

erastrea  hillsboroensis  Vaughan  

X 

X 
X 

silecensis  Vaughan  

liopora  jacobiana  Vaughan  

X 

For  description  of  the  stratigraphic  relations  of  beds  at  White  Springs  see  Vaughan,  T.  W.,  and  Cooke, 
1  V.,  Correlation  of  the  Hawthorne  formation,  Washington  Acad.  Sci.  Journ.,  vol.  4,  pp.  250-253, 1914. 

Although,  in  my  opinion,  the  formation  in  which  these  corals  occur 
;ould  be  referred  to  the  Miocene,  I  believe  it  is  very  low  Miocene, 


I 


22.0  BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


below  the  Bowden  horizon.    A  recent  discovery  by  Sellards  is 
importance  in  determining  the  age  of  the  Alum  Bluff  formatioi 
The  following  is  a  list  of  the  vertebrates: 
•  Parahippus  leonensis  Sellards. 

Mery  chip  pus  species. 

Mesocyon?  leonensis  Sellards. 

Oxydactylus? 

Leptomeryx? 

Sellards  says: 

It  would  seem,  therefore,  as  a  whole,  that  the  vertebrate  fossils  indicate  that  t 
Alum  Bluff  formation  is  to  be  referred  to  the  Miocene.  The  presence  of  protohipp; 
horses  in  particular  would  seem  to  be  decisive  as  to  the  age  of  the  formation,  excli 
ing  its  reference  to  the  Oligocene. 

The  opinion  of  Prof.  J.  C.  Merriam  on  the  age  indicated  by  t 
Merychippus  is  quoted.  He  says  that  he  would  judge  the  horiz 
to  near  the  lower  portion  of  the  middle  Miocene.  Later  Profess 
Merriam  informed  me  that  he  considers  the  Merychippus  as  of  low 
Miocene  (Burdigalian)  age. 

The  evidence  in  favor  of  considering  the  Alum  Bluff  as  of  low 
Miocene  age  might  be  greatly  multiplied.  The  presence  at  0 
Grove,  Yellow  River,  Florida,  of  a  species  of  Astrlielia  closely  relat 
to  .4.  palmata  (Goldfuss)  of  the  Maryland  Choptank  and  Calv 
formations  suggests  Miocene.  Pecten  sayanus  Dall  indicates  M 
cene.  Canu  and  Bassler  are  positive  that  the  Bryozoa  are  of  Miocc 
age.  Berry's  opinion  based  on  his  study  of  the  fossil  flora  2  is  i 
incompatible  with  this  interpretation. 

MIDDLE  AND  SOUTH  ATLANTIC  STATES. 

The  following  is  a  list  of  the  Miocene  species,  as  far  as  at  pres< 
known  : :; 


Miocene  corals  from,  the  Middle  and  South  Atlantic  States. 


Name. 

Geologic  formal  ion. 

Calvert. 

Chop- 
tank. 

St.     i  York- 
Marys.  ,  town. 

Duplin. 

Choc 
hate 

J'aracyathu.s  vaughani  Gane  

X  X 

X 

Astrhelia  palmata  (Goldfuss)  

X 

X 

Astrangia  lineata  (Conrad)  

X  X 
X   

conradi  Vaughan  

Scptastrca  marylandica  (Conrad)  

X  X 

cras.ia  (Tuomev  and  Holmes) 

X 



 1  

i  Sellards.  E.  II.,  Fossil  vertebrates  from  Florida,  A  new  Miocene  fauna,  Florida  Geo!.  Surv.,  8tb  p. 

Kept.,  pp.  83-92,  1916. 

»  Berry,  E.  \y\,  The  physical  conditions  and  age  indicated  by  the  flora  of  the  Alum  BlulT  forme 
U.  S.  Geol.  Survey  I'rof.  Pap.  98-E,  pp.  41-59,  pis.  7-10,  1916. 

3  Vaughan,  T.  W.,  Anthozoa:  Maryland  Geol.  Survey  Miocene,  pp.  438-448,  pis.  122-129,  1904;  Th«' 
coral  fauna  of  Carrizo  Creek,  Imperial  County.  California,  and  its  significance,  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey  »• 

Pap.  98-T.,  p.  366,  1917. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  221 


l  Berry  has  recently  reviewed  the  Miocene  Calvert  flora  of  Maryland 
lid  Virginia,  and  expressed  the  following  opinion:1 

■Seven  of  the  Calvert  plants,  or  26.9  per  cent,  are  common  to  the  Tortonian  of  Europe, 
pi  10  others,  or  38  per  cent,  are  represented  in  the  Tortonian  by  very  similar  forms. 
B  view  of  the  fact  that  these  floras  spread  into  both  regions  from  a  common  and  equally 
■■essible  source,  as  I  have  just  stated,  the  evidence  that  the  Calvert  flora  indicates 
k'ortonian  age  is  as  conclusive  as  intercontinental  correlations  can  ever  be.  Com- 
■  ed  with  other  American  floras  of  Miocene  age,  that  of  the  Calvert  has  little  in  com- 
nn  with  the  described  Miocene  floras  from  Colorado,  Idaho,  Oregon,  or  California, 
uch  are  all  lake  or  river  valley  floras  of  moist  upland  forest  types. 

i  Should  Berry  be  correct  in  his  correlation  of  the  Calvert  with  the 
iiropean  Tortonian,  there  is  at  present  no  definitely  recognized 
Helvetian  Miocene  in  the  Coastal  Plain  of  the  United  States;  and  con- 
smently  no  Helvetian  coral-fauna. 

COSTA  RICA. 

■[Corals  representing  the  Bowden  horizon  or  one  very  near  it  were 
K'tained  in  Costa  Rica  at  two  localities,  viz: 

i  Limon,  Colline  en  demolition,"  No.  618  of  the  H.  Pittier  collection; 
Id  at  station  6249,  Hospital  Point,  Bocas  del  Toro.  The  species 
f  m  the  former  of  these  localities  are  as  follows: 

Asterosmilia  hilli  Vaughan. 
t  Stephanocoenia  inter  septa  (Esper). 
j  Dichocoenia  tuherosa  Duncan. 

Balanophyllia  pittieri  Vaughan. 

BalanophyUia-  pittieri  was  obtained  at  Hospital  Point  as  well  as 
8  Port  Limon. 

PANAMA. 

The  type  of  Stylo phora  portobellensis  Vaughan,  from  Portobello, 
v.s  probably  collected  in  the  Gatun  formation. 

COLOMBIA. 

vlr.  George  C.  Matson  collected  at  a  locality  0.5  kilometer  east  of 
liacuri  in  association  with  a  fauna  representing  the  Gatun  forma- 
t  q  specimens  of  Septastrea  matsoni  Vaughan,  which  is  very  nearly 
rited  to  Septastrea  marylandica  (Conrad) — a  species  common  in 
tp  St.  Marys  and  Yorktown  Miocene  of  Virginia.  The  available 
e  dence  leads  to  the  opinion  that  the  Gatun  formation  is  of  Miocene 
Pp,  and  that  part  of  it  is  of  upper  Miocene  age. 

CONCLUDING  REMARKS  ON  THE  MIOCENE. 

Qie  Gatun  formation,  the  formation  next  above  the  Emperador 
li.es tone,  according  to  the  geologic  map,  plate  153,  occurs  only  on 
H  north  flank  of  the  Isthmus  and  does  not  extend  from  ocean  to 
0  an.    There  is  in  the  Canal  Zone  no  evidence  to  indicate  inter- 

i  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey  Prof.  Pap.  98-F.,  p.  66,  1916. 


222 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


oceanic  connection  during  Miocene  time,  although  there  was  su 
connection  in  other  areas  not  far  away,  in  Nicaragua  for  instan 
During  the  Miocene  there  was  a  very  weak  development  of  re 
corals  in  Central  America,  the  Antilles,  and  the  southeastern  Unii 
States,  as  the  foregoing  lists  show.  The  Miocene  is  characterized 
the  disappearance  of  many  genera  of  corals  that  were  abundant 
the  middle  and  upper  Oligocene  and  by  the  introduction  of  the  mod< 
coral-fauna.  However,  a  number  of  genera  at  present  known  liv. 
only  in  the  Indo-Pacific  persisted.  These  genera  are  as  follows: 
Placotrochus.  PociUqpora.  Syzygopliyllia. 

Placocyathus.  Antillia.  Pavona. 

Siylopliora.  Favites.  Goniopora. 

Of  the  Miocene  genera,  Astrhelia,  Septastrea,  and  Thysanus  are  i 
known  living. 

Pliocene. 

CALOOSAHATCHEE  MARL,  FLORIDA. 

The  following  species  of  corals  have  been  recognized  in  the  Caloo 
hatchee  marl: 

*Archolielia  limonensis  Vaughan. 
Dichocoenia  new  species  1. 

new  species  2. 
Meandrina  maeandrites  (Linnaeus). 
Cladocora  johnsoni  Gane. 
Pliyllangia  Jloridana  Gane. 
*Solenastrea  Jiyades  (Dana). 

*bournoni  M.  Edwards  and  Haime. 
Septastrea  crassa  (Tuomey  and  Holmes). 
Thysanus  species. 
Maeandra  pliocenica  (Gane). 

aff.  M.  strigosa  (Dana), 
aff.  M.  clivosa  (Ellis  and  Solander). 
*Siderastrea  pliocenica  Vaughan. 

*dalli  Vaughan. 
*Porites  porites  (Pallas). 

*furcata  Lamarck. 
divaricata  Le  Sueur. 
Those  species  whose  names  are  preceded  by  an  asterisk  are  c 
sidered  in  the  descriptive  part  of  this  paper. 

The  foregoing  list  is  complete  for  the  Caloosahatchee  corals  fi 
Caloosahatchee  River  and  Shell  Creek,  Florida,  except  one  spo- 
of whose  genus  I  am  not  sure.  There  are  in  the  United  Sta, 
National  Museum  19  species  from  the  Caloosahatchee  marl 
these  19  species,  6  and  porhaps  8  are  also  living  in  the  Florida 
region,  while  the  other  species,  except  those  belonging  to  Septas' 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  223 


d  Thy sanus f  have  close  relatives  in  the  present  Floridian  fauna. 

Jiave  previously  pointed  out1  that  this  fauna  contains  no  genera 
:  present  confined  to  the  Indo-Pacific,  such  as  Placoirochus ,  Placo- 

Tthus,  Stylophora,  Pocillopora,  Antillia,  Syzygophyllia,  and  Gonio- 
■:\  ra,  all  of  which  occur  in  the  West  Indian  Miocene,  and  all  except 

e  first  two  also  occur  in  the  West  Indian  Oligocene  or  Eocene. 

LIMON,  COSTA  RICA. 

,  Certain  corals  collected  in  the  vicinity  of  Limon  are  reputed  to 
me  from  a  bed  of  Pliocene  age.    The}"  are  as  follows: 
Madracis  mirabilis  (Duchassaing  and  Michelotti). 
Archohelia  limonensis  Vaughan. 
Orbicella  annularis  (Ellis  and  Solan der)  var. 

cavernosa  var.  endoihecata  (Duncan). 

var.  cylindrica  (Duncan). 
Except  Archohelia  limonensis,  it  appears  that  these  corals  might 
^resent  the  Santo  Domingan  Miocene  above  the  Bowden  horizon, 
e  material  is  not  adequate  for  a  positive  opinion. 

CARRIZO  CREEK,  CALIFORNIA. 

Recently  I  have  described  in  detail  an  interesting  small  reci- 
tal fauna  from  Carrizo  Creek,  Imperial  County,  California.2 
The  following  table,  taken  from  the  paper  mentioned,  contains 
h  names  of  the  species  composing  this  fauna  and  of  the  most 
iarly  related  species  in  Florida  and  the  West  Indies. 

Corals  from  Carrizo  Creek,  Cal. 


Name. 


i  milia  carrizensis  Vaughan  

L  wcoenia  merriami  (Vaughan)  

var.  crassisepta  Vaughan  

8 nastrea  fairbanksi  (Vaughan),  typical. 

var.  columnaris  (Vaughan)  

var.  normalis  Vaughan  

var.  minor  Vaughan  

J  '.andra  bowersi  Vaughan  

6  rastrea  mendenhalli  Vaughan  

var.  minor  Vaughan  

S  rastrea  californica  Vaughan  

■F  tes  carrizensis  Vaughan  


Most  nearly  related  species  in  Florida  or  West 
Indies. 


!  Eusmilia  fastigiata  (Pallas),  PI,  R. 

\\Dichocoenia  species,  P;  D.  slokesi  Milne  Edwards 

!/  and  Haime,  PI,  R  . 


[Solenastrea  hyades  (Dana)Tand  S.  bournoni  Milne 
[Edwards  and  Haime,  P,  PI,  R. 

Maeandra  labyrinthiformis  (Linnaeus),  PI,  R. 

^Siderastrea  dalli  Vaughan,  P. 

Siderastrea  pliocenica  Vaughan,  P. 
Porites  astreoides  Lamarck,  PI,  R. 


P,  Pliocene;  PI,  Pleistocene;  R,  Recent. 

ttegarding  the  geologic  age  of  this  fauna,  it  was  said: 

'he  specific  affinities  of  the  Carrizo  Creek  corals  are  discussed  in  detail  after  the 
dcriptions  in  the  systematic  part  of  this  paper.  The  Carrizo  Creek  species  are  so 
u  r  species  belonging  to  the  same  genera  in  the  Pliocene  Caloosahatchee  marl  of 
J  rida  and  in  the  Pleistocene  and  living  reefs  of  Florida  and  West  Indies  that  it 
a*  xis  to  me  they  can  scarcely  be  so  old  as  Miocene;  lower  Pliocene  appears  to  be  the 
^umum  age  which  may  be  assigned  to  the  fauna. 

The  reef-coral  fauna  of  Carrizo  Creek,  Imperial  County,  California,  Prof.  Pap.  9&-T.  p.  366,  1917. 
U.  S.  Geol.  Survey  Prof.  Pap.  98-T,  pp.  355-386,  pis.  92-102,  1917. 


224 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


The  following  is  said  as  to  the  bearing  of  this  fauna  on  a  possi" 
post-Oligocene  interoceanic  connection: 

That  there  was  interoceanic  connection  across  parts  of  Central  America  dui 
upper  Oligocene  time  and  that  this  connection  was  terminated  in  Miocene  tinn 
generally  admitted.    The  extinction  of  Pacific  faunal  elements  in  the  Gulf  of  Mex: 
the  Caribbean  Sea,  and  the  Western  Atlantic  Ocean  has  been  discussed  and  si 
marized  on  page  366.    Was  there  interoceanic  connection  during  upper  Mioceru 
Pliocene  time  after  the  sharp  differentiation  of  the  Caribbean  and  Mexican  C 
faunas  from  the  Indo-Pacific  faunas,  thereby  permitting  interoceanic  faunal  mij' 
tion?    The  discovery  of  a  reef-coral  fauna  of  purely  Floridian  and  Caribbean  facie 
the  head  of  the  Gulf  of  California  strongly  suggests,  if  it  is  not  positive  proof,  that 
western  Atlantic  fauna  extended  from  the  Atlantic  into  the  Pacific  after  the  fan 
differentiation  had  taken  place.    It  is  well  known  that  the  living  reef-coral  fauna 
the  Pacific  side  of  Central  America  is  depauperate  in  comparison  with  that  on 
Atlantic  side.    Greater  vigor  may  account  for  the  dominance  of  the  migrant  fa 
over  the  Pacific  fauna,  which  was  finally  suppressed,  or  geologic  or  other  ecolct 
conditions  that  are  not  yet  understood  may  have  excluded  the  Pacific  fauna  from  i 
head  of  the  Gulf  of  California,  while  they  permitted  the  migration  of  the  Atlai 
fauna  into  that  area. 

That  the  suggested  interoceanic  connection  existed  can  scarcely  be  doubted, 
locate  it,  in  the  present  state  of  meager  knowledge  of  the  areal  and  stratigraphic  geol 
of  Central  America,  is  not  possible.    Perhaps  it  was  across  the  Isthmus  of  Tehuai 
pec.    The  problem  awaits  future  investigation. 

This  fauna  differs  from  the  Miocene  fauna  of  the  La  Cruz  marl 
Cuba  in  the  absence  of  genera  at  present  living  in  the  Indo-Paci , 
for  instance,  Stylophora,  Poc'dlopora,  and  Goniopora,    As  none  of  13 
Indo-Pacific  genera  occurs  in  the  Carrizo  Creek  fauna,  and  as  ou 
genera  of  Atlantic  affinities  have  been  found  there,  it  seems  nec- 
sary  to  infer  that  the  fauna  migrated  from  the  Atlantic  to  the  h( 
of  the  Gulf  of  California  after  the  Indo-Pacific  genera  had  becoi 
extinct  in  the  Atlantic.    This  would  mean  connection  between  • 
Atlantic  and  the  Gulf  of  California  in  very  late  Miocene  or  Plioc<9 
time. 

Attention  should  here  be  called  to  a  statement  for  which  I  1 
responsible.    It  is  said  in  the  report  referred  to  below1  that  so? 
fossils  obtained  by  Mr.  William  Palmer  in  a  quarry  in  Calle  Infan, 
Habana,  may  be  of  Pliocene  age,  although  it  is  probable  that  th 
are  Pleistocene  and  that  other  limestone  near  Habana  is  perhaps! 
Pliocene  age.    The  material  obtained  by  Mr.  Palmer  is  very  poB 
but  some  specimens  are  casts  of  the  inside  of  the  calico  and  the  int - 
septal  loculi  of  a  large  bilobate  species  of  Antillia.    The  species  nv 
probably  is  A.  waUi  Duncan  of  the  Bowden  marl,  but  it  might  J 1 
A.  hilobata  Duncan;  another  cast  seems  to  represent  a  species  f  \ 
Thy  Minus:  while  another  is  a  species  of  Syzygophijttia,  probal' t 
S.  dentata  (Duncan).    One  specimen  of  Stephanocncnia  mterse}  \ 
(Ellis  and   Solander)   is   identifiable.    The   material   seems  qu1 
clearly  to  represent  either  the  Bowden  or  a  somewhat  higher  horiji 

1  Hayes,  C.  W.,  Vaughan,  T.  W.,  and  Spencer,  A.  C,  A  geological  reconnaissance  of  Cuba.  p.  23,  W 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  225 

the  Miocene.  It  is  not  Pliocene,  according  to  our  present  knowledge 
Pliocene  coral  faunas. 

Pleistocene. 

3nlv  the  names  of  the  Pleistocene  species  considered  in  this  paper 
given  in  the  following  lists: 

Pleistocene  corals  from  Mount  Hope  and  Colon,  Canal  Zone. 

Icullna  diffusa  Lamarck. 

rarlcosa  Le  Sueur. 
fSusmilia  fasti  giata  (Pallas ) . 

Astrangia  (Phylhngia)  americana  M.  Edwards  and  Haime.1 
[fladocora  arbuscula  Le  Sueur. 
Solenastrea  bournoni  Milne  Edwards  and  Haime. 
avia  fragum  (Esper). 
Maeandra  areolata  (Linnaeus). 
Manicina  gurosa  (Ellis  and  Solander). 
igaricia  agaricites  (Linnaeus). 

var.  purpurea  Le  Sueur. 
pusilla  Verriil. 
riderastrea  radians  (Pallas'). 

siderea  (Ellis  and  Solander'. 
icropora  muricata  (Linnaeus)' 

palmaia  (Lamarck)  at  Colon. 
■*&rites  furcata  Lamarck. 

astreaides  Lamarck. 
Uillepora  alcicornis  Linnaeus. 

t  will  be  remarked  in  passing  that  the  coral  fauna  at  Mount 
Kpe  is  a  typical  inner-flat  coral  fauna. 

'leistocene  specimens  were  obtained  at  Monkey  Point  and  Limon, 
^  ta  Rica.    The  list  is  as  follows: 

Pleistocene  corals  from  Monkey  Point  and  Limon,  Costa  Rica. 


Name . 


Monkey 
Point." 


X 


E<  J  ilia  fastigiata  ( Pallas )  '.  

H'lndra  clivosa  (Ellis  and  Solander)  I  X 

strigosa  (Dana)   X 

Micina  gyrosa  (Ellis  and  Solander)  

A\icia  agaricites  var.  crassa  Verriil  i  

Si\astrea  siderea  (Ellis  and  Solander)   X 

Mpora  muricata  (Linnaeus)   X 

palmata  Lamarck  |  X 

■ftcs furcata  Lamarck  


Limon 
Moin  Hill 


'he  corals  from  Monkey  Point  represent  a  seaward-facing  reef; 
w  le  those  from  Moin  Hill  are  more  characteristic  of  inner-flat 
I  ditions. 

imes  added  in  the  proof  and  not  entered  in  the  table  of  species,  pp.  228-237.,  or  the  systematic 
a<f  nt  of  the  faunas. 


226 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Summary  of  the  stratigraphic  and  geographic  distribution  op  the  Terti 
and  Pleistocene  coral-faunas  of  Central  America  and  the  West  Indie 

1.  The  upper  Eocene  coral-fauna  of  the  St.  Bartholomew  li 
stone  is  known  in  St.  Bartholomew,  in  Jamaica,  and  on  the  Pa< 
side  of  Nicaragua. 

2.  No  lower  Oligocene  coral-fauna  is  at  present  known  in 
West  Indies  or  Central  America. 

3.  Rich  middle  Oligocene  coral-faunas  are  known  in  Anti< 
Porto  Rico,  Cuba,  Georgia  (near  Bainbridge),  Alabama  (Salt  Mc 
tain),  eastern  Mexico,  Panama,  and  the  Island  of  Arube.  The  I 
fauna  is  known  to  be  present  in  Santo  Domingo. 

4.  Upper  Oligocene  coral-faunas  are  present  in  Anguilla, 
Canal  Zone,  Florida  (Tampa  formation),  and  there  are  some  i 
corals  representing  the  same  fauna  in  Cuba.    There  seems  to  1 
distinct  break  between  this  and  the  succeeding  Miocene  faunas. 

5.  The  Bowden,  Jamaica,  lower  Miocene  fauna  is  represente< 
Santo  Domingo,  Cuba,  and  Costa  Rica.  This  fauna  is  probi 
younger  than  the  coral-fauna  of  the  Alum  Bluff  formation  in  Flor 

6.  A  closely  related  but  higher  Miocene  fauna  is  present  in  S* 
Domingo  and  Cuba.  It  seems  probable  that  this  fauna  is  geol 
cally  older  than  the  coral  fauna  of  the  Mar}dand  and  Virginia  Mioc 

7.  The  presence  at  Usiacuri,  Colombia,  of  a  species  of  Sepiasi 
very  closely  related  to  S.  maryiandica  of  the  St.  Marys  and  Yorkt 
Miocene  of  Virginia,  suggests  the  presence  in  northern  South  Ami 
of  a  middle  or  an  upper  Miocene  coral  fauna. 

8.  There  is  a  moderately  rich  Pliocene  fauna  in  the  Caloosaha 
marl  of  Florida,  and  this  fauna  appears  to  be  represented  at  Lir 
Costa  Rica. 

9.  Pleistocene  reefs  are  extensively  developed  in  Central  Ame: 
the  West  Indies,  and  Florida. 

10.  Living  reefs  exist  in  the  same  areas  in  which  there  are 
tocene  reefs. 

11.  The  periods  of  reef-coral  development  are  as  follows: 

(a)  Upper  Eocene  St.  Bartholomew  limestone,  weak  developn 

(b)  Middle  Oligocene,  the  greatest  known  development  of  Amer 
coral-reefs. 

(c)  Upper  Oligocene,  considerable  development  of  reefs. 

(d)  Miocene,  weak  development  of  reefs. 

(e)  Pliocene,  weak  development  of  reef-corals  in  Florida. 
(/)  Pleistocene,  extensive  development  of  reefs. 
(g)  Recent,  extensive  development  of  reefs. 

12.  Periods  of  connection  between  the  Atlantic  and  Pacific  o 
are  as  follows: 

(a)  Upper  Eocene. 

(b)  Middle  and  upper  Oligocene  and  lower  Miocene. 

(c)  A  connection,  probably  narrow,  in  very  late  Miocene^c 
Pliocene  time. 


228  BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 

Table  of  Stratigraphic 


Name  of  species. 


Oligocene. 


Eocene — Brito  !. 
formation,  i 
Nicaragua.  ; 


Horizon  of 

Antigua 
formation. 


Culebra 
formation, 
Canal  Zone. 


Horizon 
Anguill 
formatio 


Stylophora  imperatoris  Vaughan. 


panamensis  Vaughan . 
afflnis  Duncan  


Gaillard  Cut; 
1J  mi.  S. 
Monte  Liiio. 


Anguilla . 


portobellensis  Vaughan. 

goethalsi  Vaughan  

macdonaldi  Vaughan. . . 
granulata  Duncan  


1*  mi.  S.  of 
Monte  Lino. 


canalis  Vaughan  — 
ponderosa  Vaughan . 


Pocillopora  arnoldi  Vaughan   — 

baracoaensis  Vaughan  

guantanamensis  Vaughan . 

Madracis  mirabilis  (Duchassaing  and 

Michelotti). 
Astrocoenia  d'achiardii  Duncan  


guantanamensis  Vaughan. 


Also  St.  Bar- 
tholomew. 


Alabama;  An- 
tigua. 


Near  Guanta- 
namo, Cuba. 


incrustans  (Duncan).. 
decaturensis  Vaughan 


meinzeri  Vaughan  

portoricensis  Vaughan. 

Stylocoenia  pumpellyi  (Vaughan). 

Oculina  diffusa  Lamarck  


Antigua;  near 
Guantanamo, 
Cuba;  Tono- 
si,  Panama. 


varicosa  Le  Sueur  

Archohelia  limonensis  Vaughan. 


Asterosmilia  hilli  Vaughan  

Ste phanocoenia  intersepta  (Esper). 


Bain  bridge, 
Ga.;  Antigua; 
near  Guanta- 
namo, Cuba. 

Near  Guanta- 
namo, Cuba. 

Antigua;  Lares 
P.  R. 

Bain  bridge, 
Ga. ;  Antigua. 


Dichocoenia  tuberosa  Duncan. 


Eusmilia  fastigiata  (Pallas). 


Cladocora  arbuscula  (Le  Sueur)  

Orbicella  annularis   (Ellis   and  Sol- 
ander). 

limbata  (Duncan)  


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 
^graphic  Distribution  of  Species. 


229 


•ligocene— 
'ontinued. 


Imperador 
imestone, 
anal  Zone. 


Miocene- 
Horizon  of 
Bowden 
marl,  etc. 


Pliocene. 


ipire:  Rio 
gua  Salud. 


npire. 


Santo  Domin- 
go: Santiago, 
Cuba. 

(?) 


npire . 


npire;  Rio 
gua  Salud. 


Matanzas  and 
B  a  r  a  c  o  a  , 
Cuba;  Rio 
Gurabo,  St. 
Domingo, etc 


npire . 


npire. 


Baraeoa.Cuba 


Pleistocene. 


Recent. 


Matanza: 
Cuba. 


Colon,  Costa 
Rica. 


o  Agua  Sa- 
id. 


Limon,  C.  R.; 
Bowden,  Ja- 
maica. 

Bowden,  Ja- 
maica; Li- 
mon, C.  R.; 
Santo  Domin- 
go; Santiago, 
Cuba. 

Limon,  C.  R.; 
Santo  Domin- 
go. 


Limon,  C.  R.; 
C  a  1  o  o  s  a  - 
hatchee  marl. 
Florida. 


Limon.  C.  R. . 


Mt.  Hope,C.Z. 
Mt.Hope,C.Z. 


West  Indian 
region. 


Mt,  Hope,  C. 
Z.;  Monkev 

Pt.,  C.  r:; 

W.  I. 
Mt.Hope,C.Z. 
W.I.:Fla.:et*. 


Caribbean  re- 
gion. 


Florida;  West 
Indies,  etc. 
....do  


West  Indies, 
Bermuda,etc. 


Remarks. 


Porto  Bello;  prob- 
ably Gatun  forma- 
tion. 


Upper  Eocene  of  St. 
Bartholomew. 


West  Indies; 
Florida,  etc. 


.do., 
.do.. 


Very  near  the  Plei- 
stocene and  living 
D.  stokesi  M.  Ed- 
wards and  Haime 
of  the  West  Indies. 
Florida,  etc. 


Santo  Domin- 
go, Cuba. 


230  BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 

Table  of  Stratigra  phic  and  Geograp 


Name  of  species. 


Orbicdla  imperatoris  Vaughan. 

antillarum  (Duncan). 
altissinia  (Duncan) . . 


cavernosa  (Linnaeus). 


var.  endothecata  (Duncan). 

var.  cylindrica  (Duncan).. 

aperta  (Verrill)  

bainbridgensis  Vaughan  


costata  (Duncan). 


canalis  Vaughan  

tampaensis  Vaughan. 


var.  silecensis  Vaughan 
brevis  (Duncan)  


Oligocene. 


Eocene— Brito 
formation, 
Nicaragua 


insignis  (Duncan) . . . 

intermedia  (Duncan). 
gabbi  Vaughan  


irradians  (M.  Edwards  and 
Haime). 


Solenastrea  hyades  (Dana). 


bournoni  M.  Edwards  and 
Haime. 


Septastrea  matsoni  Vaughan  

Antiguastrea  cellulosa  (Duncan). 


var.  curvata  (Duncan)., 
var.  silecensis  Vaughan. 


elegans  (Reuss)  

alveolaris  (Catullo). 

Slylangia  panamensis  Vaughan . 
Faviafragum  (Esper)  


inacdonaldi  Vaughan . . 
Favites  mexicana  Vaughan .. . 
polygonalis  (Duncan). 


Ooniastrca  canalis  Vaughan  

Mnmndra  antiguensis  Vaughan 


portoricensis  Vaughan. 


dumblei  Vaughan . . 
areolata  (Linnaeus) . 


Horizon  of    j      Culehra  Horizon 
Antigua     I    formation,  Anguilla 
formation.    |   Canal  Zone.  formation 


A  n  g  u  i  1  ] 
Cuba. 


Bain  bridge,  I  

Ga. 

Antigua;  Lares,:  Las  Cascadas . 


Anguilla. 
Anguilla. 


Antigua;  Aru- 
be. 

Antigua  


Antigua;  P. 

R.;  Cuba  ; 

Ga.;  eastern  , 

Mex.;  Arube. 

Antigua  

Bain  bridge,  . 

Ga.;  Antigua. 


Tonosi,  Pana- 
ma; Antigua. 

Eastern  Mexi- 
co. 

Antigua;  Bain- 
bridge,  Ga. 


Antigua;  To- 
nosi,Panama. 

Lares,  Porto 
Rico. 

Eastern  Mex.. 


n  g  u  i  1  ; 


Ai 
Tampa,  I 
da. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  231 
stribution  of  Species — Continued. 


)ligocene — 
Continued. 

1 

Miocene — 
Horizon  of 
Bowden 
marl,  etc. 

limestone, 
'anal  Zone. 

Pliocene. 

Pleistocene. 

Recent. 

npire  and 

ear  Mira- 



West  Indies; 
Florida. 

West  Indies; 
Florida;  Bra- 
zil 

Ell. 

Santo  Domin- 

Limon,  C.  R , 

 do  

0  Santo  Domin- 

go. 

 1  



Santiago  and 
C  i  en  a  g  a , 
Cuba. 

Santiago, 
Cuba;  Santo 
Domingo. 

Usiacuri,  Co- 
lombia. 

Caloohat- 

West  Indies; 
Florida. 

West  Indies; 
Florida. 

chee  marl, 
Fla. 
 do  





jipire,  C.  Z.. 

Mt.Hope,C.Z.; 
W.I.;  Fla. 

W.  I.;  Fla.; 
Bermudas; 
Azores;  St. 
Vincent. 

;  pire,  C.  Z 

i 

Mt.Hope,C.Z.; 
W.  I.;  Fla., 
etc. 

W.  I.;  Fla.; 

etc. 

Remarks. 


Montserrat,  geologic 
horizon  unknown. 

St.  Croix,  Trinidad; 
probably  about  the 
horizon  of  the  An- 
tigua formation. 


Tampa,  Fla.;  about 
the  horizon  of  the 
Anguilla  formation. 
Do. 

Santo  Domingo,  Niv- 
aje  shale.  Horizon 
unknown. 


Santo  Domingo;  hori- 
zon unknown. 

Lutetian  (Eocene); 
Rupelian  (Oliogo- 
cene)  of  Veneto, 
Italy. 


Formation  in  part  the 
same  as  the  Gatun 
formation,  C.  Z. 
Byram  marl,  Miss. 


Rupelian  (Oligoeene), 
Venetio,  Italy. 

Rupelian  (Oligoeene), 
Venetio,  Italy. 


37149— 19— Bull.  103- 


232         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 

Table  of  Stratigraphic  and  Geograp 


Name  of  species. 


Eocene — Brito 
formation, 
Nicaragua. 


Maeandra  clivosa  (Ellis  and  Solander). 

strigosa  (Dana)  

Leptoria  spenceri  Vaughan  

Manicina  gyrosa  (Ellis  and  Solander) . 


willoughbiensis  Vaughan. 
Thysanus  excentricus  Duncan  


haycsi  Vaughan. 


Syzygophyllia  hayesi  Vaughan. 
Trochoseris  meinzeri  Vaughan. 


Agaricia  agaricites  (Linnaeus). 


var.  purpurea  Le  Sueur, 
var.  crassa  Verrill  


Brito 


var.  pusilla  Verrill.. 
anguillensis  Vaughan . 
dominicensis  Vaughan. 


Pavona  panamensis  Vaughan  

Leptoseris  portoricensis  Vaughan . . . 
Pironastraea  anguillensis  Vaughan 

antiguemis  Vaughan. . 

Sideraslrea  pariana  (Duncan)  


radians  (Pallas)... 

stellata  Verrill  

confusa  (Duncan). 


pourlalesi  Vaughan  

pliocenica  Vaughan  

hillsboroensis  Vaughan. 


siderea  (Ellis  and  Solander) 


var.  dominicensis  Vaughan 
silecensis  Vaughan  


Oligocene. 


Horizon  of 
Antigua 
formation. 


Culebra  >  Horizon  i 
formation,  Anguilh 
Canal  Zone.   ,  formatioi 


II  i  o  Canapu. 
Cuba;  Anti- 
gua?. 


Antigua. 


Guantanamo; 
Tonosi.  Pana- 
ma. 


Lares,  P.R....L 
Lares     road ,  . 

ZoneC,  P.R.  ; 
Antigua;  Guan-j. 

tanamo,Cuba.; 


Anguilla. 


Anguilla . 


Anguilla. 


dallt  Vaughan 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  233 
bTKiBUTiox  of  Species — Continued. 


)ligocene- 
3ontinued. 


Miocene- 
Horizon  of 
Bowden 
marl,  etc. 


Pliocene. 


Pleistocene. 


Recent. 


Remarks. 


.  Santiago, 
Cuba;  Bow- 

i   den,  Jamaica. 

.  Matanzas, 
Cuba. 


npire. 


Santo  Domin- 
go: Matanzas, 
Cuba. 


Monkey  Pt.,  !. 
C.  R.;"W.  I.; 
Fla. 

 do  L 


.do. 


.do. 


Mt.Hope,C.Z.; 
Moin  Hill,C. 
R .;  W.  I.;  etc. 


Fla.:  W.I.;  etc. 


Mt.Hope,C.Z.; 
W.  I.;  Fla.; 

Mt.Hope,C.Z.. 
Moin  Hill. 
C.  R. 


Mt.Hope,C.Z. 


W.  I.;  Fla.;  etc. 


Mt.Hope.C.Z.: 
W.  I.;  Fla.; 
etc. 


Bowden,  Ja- 
maica; Santo 
Domingo; 
San  t  i  ag  o , 
Cuba. 


Caloosahatchee 
marl,  Fla. 


Mt.Hope,C.Z. 
Monkev  Pt., 
C.  R.;  W.  1.1 
Fla. 


....do  

Especially 
abundant 
east  side  of 
Andros  Is., 
Bahamas. 

Colon,  C.  Z.... 


W.   I.;  Fla.; 
Bermudas. 


Brazilian 
reefs. 


W.  I. 
etc. 


Haiti. 


Fla. 


St.  Croix,^Trinidad; 
probably  nearly  the 
same  as  the  Antigua 
horizon. 


Do. 


Santo  Domingo;  hori 
zon  unknown. 


Chattahoochee,  Tam- 
pa, and  Alum  Bluff 
formations,  Florida 
and  Georgia. 


Do. 


Caloosahatchee 
marl,  Fla. 


2B4 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 

Table  of  Stratigraphic  and  Geograi 


Name  of  species. 


Siderastrca  conferta  (Duncan)  

Cyathomor  pha  rochet  Una  (Michelin) . 


hilli  Vaughan  

broicni  Vaughan  

belli  Vaughan  

splendens  Vaughan... 
anguillensis  Vaughan. 
roxboroughi  Vaughan. 
antiguensis  (Duncan). 


tenuis  (Duncan). 


Diploastrea  heliopora  (Lamarck). 


crassolamellata  (Duncan). 


var,  magnified  (Duncan), 


var.  nugenti  (Duncan) 
Blanophyllia  pittieri  Vaughan  


Acropora  panamensis  Vaughan. 

saludensis  Vaughan . . 


muricata  (Linnieus,.. 


palmata  (Lamarck). 


istrcopora  goethalsi  Vaughan  . . . 

antiguensis  Vaughan. 


portoricensis  Vaughan 
ictinacis  alabamiensis  Vaughan.. 


loniopora  hilli  Vaughan  

panamensis  Vaughan. 
decaturensis  Vaughan 


regularis  (Duncan)  

xar.microscopica  (Duncan) 
jacobiana  Vaughan  


I m peraiorls  Vaughan  . . 

canalis  Vaughan  

portoricensis  Vaughan. 


Eocene— Brito 
formation, 
Nicaragua. 


Oligocene. 


Horizon  of 

Anligua 
formation. 


Antigua; 
Lares,  P.  R. 


Antigua. 
....do... 
....do... 
....do... 


Culebra 
formation, 
Canal  Zone. 


Horizon  | 
Anguilli 

f  ormatio: 


Las  Cascadas . . :  Anguilla . . 


Antigua; 
Lares,  P.  R.; 
Guantanamo, 
Cuba;  eastern 
Mexico. 

Antigua; 
Lares,  P.  R.; 
Rio  Canapu 
and  Guanta- 
namo. 


Antigua 
Lares,  P.  R 
(Zone  C) 
Cuba;  Bain 
bridge,  Ga. 
Tonosi,  Pana- 
ma. 

Antigua 
Lares,  P.  R.;  j 
Guantanamo,; 
Cuba;  Bain-  ! 
bridge,  Ga. 

Antigua  


Anguilla. 
 do. 


Antigua. 
....do... 


Antigua; 
Bainbridgc, 
Ga. 

Lares,  P.  R  

Ala.;  Bain- 
bridge,  Ga.; 
Antigua. 


Bainbridgc, 
Ga.;  Guanta- 
namo, Cuba. 

Antigua;  P. 
R.;  Arube. 

Antigua  


1£  mi.  S.  of 
Monte  Lirio. 


Angi 


■  Angt 
 do. 


Lares,  P.  R. 
Antigua. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  235 


i*TRiBUTiox  of  Species — Continued. 


"Miocene— 
Jontinued. 

Miocene — 
Horizon  of 
Bowden 
marl,  etc. 

imperador 
limestone, 
'anal  Zone. 

Pliocene. 

Pleistocene. 

Recent. 

Remarks. 

Lattorfian  and  Rape- 
lian  (Oligocene)  ol 
Veneto,  Italy. 


East  coast  of 
Africa  to  Fiji 
Islands. 

• 

Limon  and 
Hospital  Pt, 

o  Agua  Sa- 
id, C.  Z. 
o  Agua  Sa- 
id and  Em- 
ire,  C.Z. 

Monkey  Pt. 
and  Moin 
Hill,  C.  R.; 
W.  I.;  Fla.; 
etc. 

Monkev  Pt., 
C.  R.;" Colon, 
C.  Z. 

W.L;  Fla.;etc. 
W.I.;  Fla.:  etc. 



npire  

npire  

Santiago; 

apire  

Cuba;  ~\\  hite 
Springs,  Fla. 

•  -do  



1 

236         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Table  of  Stratigraphic  and  Geograp 


Name  of  species. 

Eocene — Brito 
formation, 
Nicaragua. 

Oligocene. 

TTnri7fvn  nf 
A  n  ti  Btnsn 

J.\ll  tig  Lit* 
lwl  lllcl  L  1  \JL1  • 

vUlcUl  Ct 

mi  mo vi uii j 
f^ano!  7nTiP 

V-  LilLcLl  /jUIII. 

±X\JLLHjl±  C 

A  TI  (Til  1 1  lo 

AUg  U 1  lid 

f  f\ run  q  t  i  q  n 
1UI  Hid  lldl 

Antigua  

Anguilla . . 

baracodrnsis  Vauerhan  

var.  matamasensis  Vaughan.  .1  

douvillei  VaiiErhan  

astreoides  Lamarck  

panamensis  Vaughan  

  .   

Anguilla . . 

{Synarxa)  howei  Vaughan 

macdonaldi  Vaughan  

Anguilla. . 



GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  237 


jtribution  of  Species — Continued. 


ligocene — 
ontinued. 

;mperador 
imestone, 
anal  Zone. 

Miocene — 
Horizon  of 
Bowden 
marl,  etc. 

Pliocene. 

Pleistocene. 

Recent. 

Remarks. 

npire  

Santiago, 
Cuba. 

W.  I  

W.I.;  Fla.;  etc. 
 do  

- 

Mt.  Hone.  C. 

Baracoa,Cuba; 
Bowden,  Ja- 
maica. 

Matanzas,Cuba 

Z.;Moin  Hill, 
C.  R. 

! 

  _•   

Santiago, 
Cuba. 

Mt.  Hope,  C. 
Z.;  W.  I.; 
Fla. 

W.   I.;  Fla.; 
Bermudas; 
Brazil,  etc. 

.do  

.do  



.do  

Mt.Hope,C.Z. 

W.I.;Fla.;etc. 

CONDITIONS  UNDER  WHICH  THE  WEST  INDIAN,  CENTRAL  AMERICA  J 
AND  FLORIDIAN  CORAL  REEFS  HAVE  FORMED,  AND  THEIR  BE/1 
ING  ON  THEORIES  OF  CORAL-REEF  FORMATION. 

A  brief  review  of  the  results  obtained  from  a  study  of  America 
Tertiary  and  post-Tertiary  corals  in  their  relation  to  the  larger  pr<I 
lem  of  coral-reef  formation  in  general  will  now  be  given.  In  a  pa]l 
recently  published  1  I  stated  that  in  my  opinion  coral  reefs  sho"(l 
be  studied  from  at  least  the  following  standpoints: 

1.  The  corals  themselves,  to  ascertain  the  ecologic  conditions  under  which  t 
live  or  lived,  and  to  distinguish  the  calcium  carbonate  secreted  by  corals  from  1( 
contributed  through  other  agencies. 

2.  A  complex  of  geologic  processes  operating  in  the  area  must  be  studied,  analyj 
and  evaluated — among  these  are  the  agencies  other  than  corals  whereby  calc: 
carbonate  may  be  taken  from  the  sea  water,  the  probability  of  the  solvent  actio:' 
sea  water  on  calcium  carbonate,  the  effects  of  winds,  currents,  and  waves  in  bui 
ing,  shaping,  and  destroying  banks,  and  in  submarine  planation. 

3.  The  stratigraphic  and  structural  geology  of  the  area,  including  a  careful  stj 
of  the  origin  of  the  sedimentary  rocks  with  which  corals  are  associated. 

4.  The  physiography,  especially  that  of  the  shore  line,  that  of  the  land  area  a> 
cent  to  the  shore,  and  that  of  the  sea  bottom  from  the  shore  to  abyssal  depths. 1 

In  the  subsequent  discussion,  after  defining  coral  reef,  brief  attW 
tion  will  be  given  to  the  following  topics:  (1)  The  general  ecoL 
of  reef -forming  corals;  (2)  the  more  striking  hypotheses  of  the  1 
mation  of  coral-reefs;    (3)  the  conditions  under  which  the  Ameri' 
Tertiary  and  Pleistocene  reefs  have  formed  and  their  importa  e 
as  constructional  geologic  agents;  (4)  the  conditions  under  wr ti- 
the living  reefs  of  the  same  area  formed  and  their  importance's i 
constructional  agents;  (5)  coral  reefs  of  the  Pacific  Ocean  and  c( i-J 
parison  of  them  with  the  American  fossil  and  living  reefs;  (6)  su-1 
mary  of  conclusions. 

It  is  needless  to  say  that,  as  an  elaborate  discussion  of  the  subj<  3 
mentioned  would  require  a  large  volume,  it  is  possible  in  the  presit 
connection  to  give  only  summary  statements. 

Definition  of  the  Term  "Coral  Reef." 

As  definitions  are  essential  in  this  as  in  other  discussions,  0 
expression  " coral  reef"  will  be  defined  as  follows: 

A  coral  reef  is  a  ridge  or  mound  of  limestone,  the  upper  surface  of  which  lieOt  » 
lay  at  the  time  of  its  formation,  near  the  level  of  the  sea,  and  is  predominantly  (b*  A 
posed  of  calcium  carbonate  secreted  by  organisms,  of  which  the  most  important  v 
corals.2 

1  Some  shoal-waror  corals  from  Murray  Island  (Australia).  Cocos-Keeling  Islands,  and  Fanning  b  d> 
Carnegie  Inst.  Washington  Pub.  213,  p.  54,  1918. 

9  Vaup:han,  T.  W.,  Physical  conditions  under  which  Paleozoic  coral  reefs  were  formed,  Bull.  Cleol  *•  | 
America,  vol.  22,  p.  238,  1911. 


238 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


239 


Frequently  it  is  difficult  to  decide  whether  or  no  to  apply  the  desig- 
ition  " coral  reef"  to  richly  coralliferous  deposits  that  are  obviously 
idded.    However,  I  am  applying  it  wherever  corals  of  reef  facies 
em  sufficiently  abundant  to  have  formed  appreciable  rugosities 
i  the  sea  bottom,  although  the  deposits  are  bedded, 
i Reefs  predominatly  formed  by  calcareous  algae  should  be  desig- 
ned "nullipore'1  or  "Lithothamnium  reefs."    However,  where 
le  proportion  of  these  organisms  to  corals  is  so  nearly  the  same  that 
Jy  exact  computation  will  decide  between  the  two,  such  a  reef 
ay  be  designated  "coral."    The  expression  "reef  coral"  will  be 
»plied  to  corals  of  the  facies  usual  in  reefs;  and  "coralliferous 
nestone"  or  "coralliferous  beds"  will  be  applied  where  corals 
i  e  present,  although  they  may  be  rare.    Rock  predominantly  com- 
»sed  of  the  shells  of  mollusks,  of  the  tests  of  foraminifera  and 
ryozoa,  and  of  chemically  precipitated  calcium  carbonate  are  ex- 
lded  from  the  category  "coral  reefs." 
:  The  restricted  use  of  the  term  "coral  reef"  in  this  paper  will  prob- 
>ly  be  disapproved  by  a  considerable  number  of  investigators, but 
:  my  opinion  it  is  essential  to  clear  thinking.    Limestones  are 
:  itially  formed  by  one  of  two  processes,  namely,  (1)  through  chem- 
:d  precipitation  either  by  inorganic  or  organic  agencies  that  lead 
supersaturation  of  water  with  reference  to  calcium  carbonate 
!aC03),  (2)  through  the  activity  of  organisms  that  cause  the  pre- 
oitation  of  calcium  carbonate  (CaC03)  in  contact  with  their  soft 
ssues.    Corals  belong  to  a  group  of  organisms  that  secrete  calcium 
•rbonate  (CaC03),  that  is,  cause  the  precipitation  of  calcium  car- 
•nate  (CaC03)  in  contact  with  their  soft  tissues.    Every  kind  of 
:oal-water  calcium-carbonate  deposit  has  been  called  "coral  rock": 
e  mollusc an-shell  sands  of  the  Bermudas,  the  chemically  precip- 
tated  calcium  carbonate  of  the  oolites  of  Florida  and  the  Bahamas, 
id  limestones  composed  of  the  remains  of  Foraminifera  and  Bryozoa. 
le  terms  coral  sand  and  coral  mud  have  been  applied  to  bottom- 
posits  in  which  there  is  no  coral.    To  apply  the  term  "coral  rock" 
"coral-reef  rock"  to  all  the  kinds  of  limestones  indicated  would  at 
e  present  time,  in  my  opinion,  be  willful  mental  obfuscation. 
le  study  of  the  origin  of  limestones  and  the  classification  of  lime- 
ones  according  to  the  source  of  their  ingredients  constitute  a 
Lentific  problem  of  great  geologic  importance,  and  I  believe  it  a 
ientific  duty  to  break  away  from  a  usage  that  in  most  instances 
ncealed  scientific  fact. 

The  importance  of  the  distinction  between  "reef"  and  the  mate- 
d  lying  between  a  "reef"  and  the  shore  is  particularly  discussed 
i  page  249. 


240 


BULLETIN  103, 


UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Ecology  of  Reef-Forming  Corals. 

This  subject  has  received  the  attention  of  very  many  investigate 11 
and  most  of  the  broad  principles  have  long  been  known.  Darw 
clearly  recognized  the  difference  '  in  growth-form  of  exposed-re 
corals  and  the  corals  that  grow  in  the  lagoons.1  This  subject  h 
been  discussed  at  great  length  by  subsequent  investigators,  of  who 
I  am  one,  but  although  facts  have  been  presented  in  a  more  or  le 
statistical  way,  the  principle  of  adaptation  of  growth  form  to  en^ 
ronment  was  as  clearly  perceived  by  Darwin  as  it  is  by  anyone  t 
day.  Dana's  conclusions  on  the  relations  of  corals  to  the  tempei 
ture  of  the  ocean  have  been  modified  in  only  a  subordinate  way. 
is  scarcely  known  who  first  recognized  the  polymorphism  of  speci 
of  corals  according  to  difference  in  habit.  The  recognition  of  su 
vegetative  adaptation  was  at  least  foreshadowed  by  Klunzinger  a: 
Pourtales.  Brook  clearly  recognized  the  principle,  and  during  mc 
recent  years  it  has  been  elaborately  discussed  by  Gardiner,  V 
Marenzeller,  Wood  Jones,  and  many  others,  including  myself, 
literature  on  coral  ecology  is  enormous,  and  probably  the  ecoloj 
relations  of  no  other  group  of  marine  organisms  are  so  well  known. 

Kecently  I  have  published  two  summaries  on  the  physical  con 
tions  under  which  coral  reefs  form,2  and  have  discussed  in  detail  t 
temperature  relations  of  coral  reefs  in  a  paper  entitled  Temperat 
of  the  Florida  Coral-reef  Tract.3  Dr.  A.  G.  Mayer  has  given  i: 
port  ant  information  on  some  of  the  subjects  of  coral  ecology  ir 
paper  entitled  Ecology  of  the  Murray  Island  coral  reef;4  and 
have  given  considerable  data  on  the  relation  between  the  gro 
form  of  colonies  and  habitat  in  my  monograph,  Some  shoal-wa 
corals  from  Murray  Island  (Australia),  Cocos-Keeling  Islands,  a 
Fanning  Islands.5  The  last-mentioned  paper  contains  a  compl 
bibliography  of  my  publications  on  corals  and  coral  reefs  up 
March,  1917. 

In  the  second  of  my  papers  referred  to  in  the  preceding  paragra 
I  state  on  page  99 : 

The  conditions  necessary  for  vigorous  coral-reef  development  may  be  summj 
as  follows:  (1)  Depth  of  water,  maximum,  about  45  meters;  (2)  bottom  firm  or  rc 
without  silty  deposits;  (3)  water  circulating,  at  times  strongly  agitated;  (4)  an 
dant  supply  of  small  animal  plankton;  (5)  strong  light;  (6)  temperature,  annual 
mum  not  below  18°  C;  (7)  salinity  between  about  27  and  38  parts  per  thousai 

To  this  should  be  added  the  statement  that  the  mean  temperat 
of  the  coldest  month  must  not  be  lower  than  about  21°  C. 


1  Structure  and  dist  ribution  of  coral  reefs,  ed.  3,  pp.  1-19,  1889. 

2  Vaughan,  T.  W.,  Physical  conditions  under  which  Paleozoic  coral  reefs  were  formed,  Geol.  Soc.  A: 
Bull.,  vol.  22,  pp.  238-252,  1911;  The  results  of  investigations  of  the  ecology  of  the  Floridian  and  Baha 
shoal-water  corals,  Nat.  Acad.  Sci.  Proc,  vol.  2,  pp.  95-100,  1916.  See  also  Corals  and  ihc  formatif 
coral  reefs,  Smithsonian  Ann.  Rept.  for  1917  (in  press). 

«  Carnegie  Inst.  Washington  Pub.  213,  pp.  321-339,  1918. 
<  Idem,  pp.  1-48,  pis.  1-19,  1918. 
t>  Idem,  pp.  49-233,  pis.  20-93,  1918. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  241 


Wherever  there  are  well-developed  fossil  coral  reefs  it  seems  safe 
infer  that  the  physical  conditions  above  enumerated  prevailed, 
is  unnecessary  to  discuss  separately  each  item  entered  under  No. 
of  the  summary  statement  of  the  periods  of  coral  reef  develop- 
pnt  on  page  226.    During  upper  Oligocene  time  (the  time  of  the 
position  of  the  upper  part  of  the  Chattahoochee  formation)  tropical 
inditions  extended  in  Georgia  as  far  north  as  latitude  32°  45 '. 

Hypotheses  of  the  Formation  of  Coral-Reefs . 

During  the  past  few  years  elaborate  reviews  of  theories  of  the  forma- 
)ii  of  coral  reefs  have  been  published  by  Prof.  W.  M.  Davis,  the 
I'ger  of  which  are  referred  to  in  the  footnote  below.1    These  reviews 
[e,  valuable  in  presenting  most  of  the  important  coral-reef  theories, 
I  they  are  understood  by  a  physiographer,  who  is  convinced  of  the 
equacy  of  the  Darwinian  hypothesis.    Numbers  of  complex  phe- 
imena  associated  with  coral  reefs  are  not  considered,  and  his  pre- 
itations  are  not  in  all  respects  satisfying.    Prof.  R.  A.  Daly  has 
viewed   the  literature  on  coral-reef   theory,  particularly  from 
\e  standpoint  of  an  adherent  of  the  glacial-control  hypothesis.2 
'ie  literature  on  coral  reefs  is  so  enormous,  that  in  the  present  paper 
nsideration  can  be  given  only  to  certain  papers  that  largely  deal  with 
Hral-reef  hypotheses  or  that  contain  information  on  areas  herein  dis- 
<ssed.    The  limitations  of  space  cause  me  to  omit  references  to 
liny  papers  of  much  merit. 

Three  kinds  of  coral  reefs  are  generally  recognized,  namely:  (1) 

.inging  or  shore  reefs  which,  as  the  name  indicates,  occur  along  the 
Irand  line;  (2)  barrier  reefs  which  occur  at  variable  distances 
If  shore  and  have  lagoons  from  1  or  2  to  as  much  as  30  or  even  40 

:  thorns  in  depth  between  them  and  the  strand  line;  (3)  atolls,  which 
e  ring-like  and  inclose  lagoons  above  whose  surface  no  land-masses 

!  importance  protrude.- 

As  the  relations  of  barrier  reefs  and  atolls  to  the  platforms  above 
'rich  they  rise  constitute  in  the  opinion  of  geologists  the  essential 
]Jt  of  the  theory  of  the  development  of  Recent  reefs,  the  warfare 
«  coral  reef  theory  has  been  waged  over  the  interpretation  of  these 
Nations,  which  are  the  conditions  of  changing  or  changed  position 
1  the  strand  line  and  the  part  played  by  reef -forming  organisms 
•  constructional  agents. 

1.  According  to  Darwin  3  and  Dana,4  corals  first  form  a  fringing 
Jf  off  the  sloping  shore  of  a  subsiding  land  area;  the  reef  grows 

Davis,  W.  M.,  Dana's  confirmation  of  Darwin's  theory  of  coral  reefs,  Amer.  Journ.  Sci.,  ser.  4,  vol.  35, 
1  173-188, 1913;  The  home  study  of  coral  reefs,  Amer.  Geogr.  Soc.  Bull.,  vol.  46,  pp.  561-577,  641-654,  721-739, 

:  A  Shaler  memorial  study  of  coral  reefs,  Amer.  Journ.  Sci.  ,  ser.  4,  vol.  40,  pp.  223-271,  1915;  Problems 
t  'dated  with  study  of  coral  reefs,  Scientific  Monthly,  vol.  2,  pp.  213-333,  479-501,  557-512,  1916.  Also 
5  >ral  short  articles  in  Nat.  Acad.  Sci.  Proc,  vols.  1,  2, 1915-1917. 

Daly,  R.  A.,  The  glacial-control  theory  of  coral  reefs,  Amer.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sci.,  vol;  51,  pp.  157-251, 1915. 

Darwin,  C.  R.,  Structure  and  distribution  of  coral  reefs,  ed.  3,  fig.  5,  p.  134,  fig.  6,  p.  137,  1899. 

Dana,  J.  D.,  Corals  and  coral  reefs,  ed.  3,  pp.  263,  267,  1890. 


242  BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 

upward  at  such  a  rate  that  its  top  remains  near  the  surface  of  tl 
water  and  through  retreat  of  the  shore  it  is  converted  into  a  barrie 
Continued  subsidence,  where  the  inclosed  !and  area  is  an  inlan 
may  result  in  the  production  of  an  atoll  circumscribing  a  lago< 
without  any  land  mass  projecting  above  the  water  level.  But  tl 
is  not  all.    The  Darwinian  hypothesis  involves  more  than  me 


Fig.  4.  Copy  of  Darwin's  figure  illustrating  conversion  of  a  fringing  into  a  barrier  re: 
according  to  his  hypothesis.  a  a — outer  edge  of  the  reef  at  the  level  of  the  sea.  b. 
Shores  of  the  island.    A  'A  '—Outer  edge  of  the  reef,  after  its  upward  growth  purin 

PERIOD  OF  SUBSIDENCE.  CC—  THE  LAGOON-CHANNEL  BETWEEN  THE  REEF  AND  THE  SHORES  OF  '. 
NOW  ENCIRCLED  LAND.  B'B'— THE  SHORES  OF  THE  ENCIRCLED  JSLAND.  N.  B.— IN  THIS,  AND  '. 
FOLLOWING  CUT,  THE  SUBSIDENCE  OF  THE  LAND  COULD  ONLY  BE  REPRESENTED  BY  AN  APPARENT  «' 
IN  THE   LEVEL  OF  THE  SEA. 

subsidence  and  the  conversion  of  a  fringing  into  a  barrier  reef, 
also  attempts  to  account  for  extensive  submarine  platforms  1 
assuming  that  they  have  been  built  upon  sloping  basements  throuj 
agencies  dependent  on  the  presence  of  reefs.    (See  text-figs.  4,  o,  ( 
Dana's  interpretation  1  is  essentiaUy  that  of  Darwiii. 


Fig.  5.  Copy  of  Darwin's  figure  illustrating  conversion  of  a  barrier  reef  into  an  atoll, 
cording  to  his  hypothesis.  a' a' — outer  edges  of  the  barrier-reef  at  the  level  of  the  s 
The  cocoa-nut  trees  represent  coral-islets  formed  on  the  reef.  CC— The  lagoon-chamn 
B'B'—  The  shores  of  the  island,  generally  formed  of  low  alluvial  land  and  of  coral  dk' 
tus  FROM  the  lagoon  channel.  A" A"— The  outer  edges  of  the  reef,  now  forming  an  atc 
C— The  lagoon  of  the  newly  formed  atoll.    According  to  the  scale  the  depth  of  the  lagc 

AND  OF  THE  LAGOON  CHANNEL  IS  EXAGGERATED. 

That  Darwin  considered  an  alternative  hypothesis  is  shown  by  ti 
following  quotation: 

I  may  here  observe  that  a  bank  either  of  rock  or  of  hardened  sediment,  level  wi 
the  surface  of  the  sea  and  fringed  with  living  coral,  would  be  immediately  convert 
into  an  atoll,  without  passing,  as  in  the  case  of  a  reef  fringing  the  shore  of  an  islar 
through  the  intermediate  form  of  a  barrier  reef. 


1  Corals  and  coral  islands,  od.  :\,  figs.  pp.  263,  267,  1S90. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  243 


He  adds,  however, 

*  *  but  as  we  have  seen,  the  larger  groups  of  atolls  in  the  Pacific  and  Indian 
eans  have  not  been  formed  on  banks  of  this  nature.  1 


}.  6.  Reproduction  of  J.  B.  Jukes'  section  across  the  great  barrier  reef  of  Australia,  a. 

EA  OUTSIDE  THE  BARRIER,  GENERALLY  UNFATHOMABLE.  b.  THE  ACTUAL  BARRIER.  C.  CLEAR  CHAN- 
fEL  INSIDE  THE  BARRIER,  GENERALLY  ABOUT  15  OR  20  FATHOMS  DEEP.  d.  THE  INNER  REEF.  € .  SHOAL 
HANNEL  BETWEEN  THE  INNER  REEF  AND  THE  SHORE.  F.  THE  GREAT  BUTTRESS  OF  CALCAREOUS  ROCK, 
!  ORMED  OF  CORAL  AND  THE  DETRITUS  OF  CORALS  AND  SHELLS.  G.  THE  MAINLAND,  FORMED  OF  GRANITES 
ND  OTHER  SIMILAR  ROCKS. 

2.  The  first  important  protest  against  the  Darwinian  explanation 
as  by  Carl  Semper,2  who,  in  1863,  after  studies  in  the  Pelew  Islands, 
Ivanced  the  hypothesis  that  atolls  could  be  formed  in  areas  of 
•evation  by  the  solution  of  the  interior  of  preexistent  limestone 
asses,  and  that  solution,  erosion  by  currents,  and  wave-cutting 
•uld  develop  platforms  behind  fringing  reefs,  thus  transforming  a 

,1  in  gin  g  into  a  barrier  reef. 

3.  Murray 3  introduced  the  idea  of  banks  being  built  upward 
j  showers  of  the  remains  of  pelagic  organisms  until  the  bathymetric 
me  of  reef-forming  organisms  is  reached,  and  he  called  attention  to 
e  cutting  of  volcanic  islands  down  to  wave  base.  His  theory  has 
'en  briefly  summarized  by  himself  in  the  following  words:4 

That  when  coral  plantations  build  up  from  submarine  banks  they  assume  an  atoll 
•m.  owing  to  the  more  abundant  supply  of  food  to  the  outer  margin,  and  the  removal 
dead  coral  rock  from  the  interior  portions  by  currents  and  by  the  action  of  the 
rbonic  acid  gas  dissolved  in  sea-water. 

That  barrier  reefs  have  been  built  out  from  the  shore  on  a  foundation  of  volcanic 
bris  or  on  a  talus  of  coral  blocks,  coral  sediment,  and  pelagic  shells,  and  the  lagoon 
annel  is  formed  in  the  same  way  as  a  lagoon. 

That  it  is  not  necessary  to  call  in  subsidence  to  explain  any  of  the  characteristic 
itures  of  barrier  reefs  or  atolls,  and  that  all  these  features  would  exist  alike  in  areas 
slow  elevation,  of  rest,  or  of  slow  subsidence. 

4.  H.  B.  Guppy  in  1890  published  the  following  important  opinion 
garding  the  relations  of  barrier  reefs  to  submarine  plateaus  or 
dges  :5 

I  have  now  gone  far  enough  to  establish  the  probability,  judging  from  the  instance  of 
e  Australian  Barrier-reef,  that  reefs  of  this  class  are  in  reality,  and  not  in  appearance, 

Structure  and  distribution  of  coral  reefs,  ed.  3,  pp.  138,  139. 
Semper,  Carl,  Reisebericht,  Zeitsch.  fur  wiss.  Zoologie,  vol.  13,  pp.  563-569,  1863. 
Murray,  John,  On  the  structure  and  origin  of  coral  reefs  and  islands,  Roy.  Soc.  Edinburgh  Proc, 
•  10,  1879-80,  pp.  505-518,  1880. 
Idem,  p.  517. 

Guppy,  H.  B.,  The  origin  of  coral  reefs,  Victoria  Inst.  Journ.  Trans.,  vol.  23,  pp.  51-61,  1890. 


244  BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


situated  on  the  border  of  a  submarine  plateau  or  ledge.   Such  a  position,  accordi 
to  the  explanation  of  barrier-reefs,  first  advanced  by  LeConte,  and  supported 
myself,  presents  the  most  favorable  conditions  for  reef  growth,  the  corals  being  limil 
on  the  outside  by  the  depth,  and  on  the  inside  by  the  sediment  in  the  water.  1 
influences  of  food-supply  and  currents  act  subsequently  as  auxiliary  causes. 

^'hat,  then,  is  the  explanation  of  the  submarine  ledge?    The  supposition  that  i 
a  continuation  of  the  land  slope  is  at  once  negatived  by  the  fact  that  the  slope  of  v 
land  in  the  reef-encircled  islands  of  the  Pacific  is  usually  6  degrees  or  7  degrees,  soi 
times  only  3  degrees  or  4  degrees,  but  often  as  much  as  10  degrees,  or  12  degrees,  wljj 
the  submarine  ledge,  when  stripped  of  reefs  and  denned  by  the  100-fathom  line,  woi! 
possess  a  scarcely  recognizable  inclination,  represented  by  a  fraction  of  a  degij 
It  will  be  found,  however,  when  we  examine  the  contour  of  such  an  island  as  Vanikq 
that  the  distance  of  the  barrier-reef  from  the  coast  may  vary  according  to  the  slope 
the  land.    Thus,  on  the  west  side  of  this  island,  the  average  angle  of  the  land  slop 
6  degrees,  and  the  distance  of  the  barrier  reef  about  21  miles.    On  the  north  side 
inclination  of  the  land  is  between  11  degrees  and  12  degrees,  and  the  barrier  ree! 
rather  over  a  mile  distant  .    This  is  just  what  we  should  expect  .  The  more  gradual  \ 
land  slope,  the  broader  will  be  the  submarine  ledge,  cut  out  in  the  course  of  agesj 
the  action  of  the  sea,  and  the  more  distant  will  be  the  barrier  reef  that  has  grown  | 
along  its  margin.    This  I  believe  to  be  the  true  explanation  of  the  position  of  bar; 
reefs.    A  submarine  ledge  is  in  the  first  place  necessary;  and,  since  the  sediment  i 
mud  in  the  shallower  waters  on  the  ledge  repress  the  growth  of  corals,  reefs  y 
naturally  spring  up  toward  the  margin  of  the  ledge,  where  the  water  is  clearer  j| 
where  the  depth  is  within  that  of  the  reef-coral  zone.1 

5.  Admiral  Sir  W.  J.  L.  Wharton 2  explained  the  uniform  depth 
atoll  lagoons,  whose  edges  are  in  various  degress  encircled  by  growi 
coral,  by  considering  that  the  corals  grow  upon  foundations  that  i 
the  bases  of  volcanic  islands  that  have  been  reduced  by  wave  act: 
to  wave  base. 

6.  Alexander  Agassiz  3  found  older  limestone  under  the  recent  rej 
in  many  areas  investigated  by  him.  He  explained  atolls  by  the  so| 
tion  and  erosion  of  the  interior  of  preexisting  limestone  masses  aj 
ascribed  the  formation  of  the  platforms  of  barrier  reefs  to  mar, 
erosion  without  change  of  sea  level. 

7.  Andrews  4  pointed  out  that  the  platform  of  the  Great  Banp 
Reef  of  Australia  has  been  submerged  at  a  relatively  recent  date  sh 
that  it  continues  southward  beyond  the  reef  ,  and  he  inferred  that  oi 

a  minor  part  of  the  platform  is  "formed  of  coral  growth. " 

8.  The  opinions  of  Stanley  Gardiner 5  arc  closely  in  accord  with  th 
of  Semper,  Murray,  Wharton,  and  Agassiz.  According  to  him  si 
marine  plana  tion  is  effective  to  depths  as  great  as  200  fathoms. 

1  Guppy,  H.  B.,  The  origin  of  coral  reefs,  pp.  60,  61. 

2  Wharton,  W.  J.  L.,  Foundations  of  coral  atolls,  Nature,  vol.  55,  pp.  390-393,  1897. 

3  Agassiz,  Alexander,  The  ('oral  reefs  of  the  Tropical  Pacific,  Mem.  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.,  vol.  27,  1  vP'  I 
text,  3  vols,  of  pis.,  1903. 

*  Andrews,  E.  C,  Preliminary  note  on  the  geology  of  the  Queensland  coast  with  references  [U  'e  1 
geography  of  the  Queensland  and  N.  S.  Wales  Plateau,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  New  South  files,  pt .  2,  pp  r*  J 
185,  1902. 

5  Gardiner,  J.  Stanley,  The  formations  of  the  Maldives,  Geographical  Journal,  pp.  277-296,  March,  *i  \ 
Fauna  and  geography  of  the  Maldive  and  Laccadive  Archipelagoes,  pp.  182,  183,  1901-3. 


* 


GEOLOGY  AXD  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  245 

9.  Hedley  and  Griffith  Taylor1  accepted  Andrews's  interpretations 
Ld  clearly  showed  that  coral  reefs  of  either  atoll  or  linear  form  that 
?e  above  shallow  platforms  owe  their  shapes  to  prevailing  winds  and 
xrents.    They  say: 

This  explanation  differs  from  that  of  Sir  J.  Murray,  who  considers  the  atoll  form  to 
assumed  by  abundant  growth  of  well-fed  corals  on  the  margin  and  the  solution  of 
ad  coral  rock  in  the  interior.  But  if  solution  be  so  destructive,  how  can  a  reef  form 
all02 

10.  According  to  Daly3  the  depths  in  the  drowned  valleys  within 
irrier  reefs,  in  barrier-reef  lagoons,  and  in  atoll  lagoons  in  the  Pacific, 
e  closely  accordant  and  he  attributes  this  accordance  to  Recent  rise 
sea  level  subsequent  to  deglaciation,  whereby  the  depth  of  water 
the  Tropics  was  increased  some  33  to  38  fathoms,  thus  submerging 
decedent  platforms  of  marine  planation.  That  glaciation  and 
glaciation  effect  the  development  of  living  reefs  did  not  originate 
th  Daly,  but  it  is  principally  he  who  has  elaborated  the  hypothesis, 
e  gives  in  his  papers  an  account  of  the  earlier  suggestions. 

11.  Wood  Jones4  considered  sedimentation  the  critical  factor  in 
ral-reef  theory,  as  corals  grow  only  where  there  is  comparatively 
tic  deposition  of  sediment.  He  accepts  the  conclusions  of  Hedley 
id  Griffith  Taylor  on  the  importance  of  winds  and  currents  in  shap- 
g  atolls,  and  especially  attacks  the  hypothesis  of  "a  deepening  or 
dening  of  the  lagoon  by  a  process  of  'solution'." 

Although  the  results  of  my  own  investigations  will  be  elaborated 
i  subsequent  pages,  the  following  summary  statement  may  here  be 
ade:  I  have  greatly  multiplied  the  evidence  in  favor  of  Recent 
bmergence  in  the  coral-reef  areas  in  the  western  Atlantic,  the  Gulf  of 
exico,  and  the  Caribbean  Sea,  and  have  shown  that  the  living  off- 
sore  reefs  in  those  areas  formed  either  during  or  after  submergence 
d  are  growing  on  submerged  basement  platforms  where  conditions 
e  favorable  for  the  life  of  reef-forming  corals.  The  platforms  are 
1  ntinuous  beyond  the  limits  of  the  reefs  and  their  existence  is  in  no 
ise  dependent  upon  the  presence  of  reefs. 

I  have  also  shown  that  the  great  Florida  Plateau  has  existed  as  a 
ateau  since  at  least  late  Eocene  time;  and  that  some  of  the  West 
dian  platforms  are  about  as  old.  As  these  plateaus  existed  previous 
Pleistocene  time  they  could  not  have  been  formed  by  marine  plana- 
m  during  Pleistocene  glaciation.  Whatever  be  the  cause  of  shift 
i  position  of  strand  line,  off-shore  reefs  form  on  shallow  submarine 
ts  during  or  after  rise  in  sea  level,  provided  the  rate  of  movement 
not  too  rapid.    This  explanation  applies  to  the  fossil  reefs  of 

Hedley,  C,  and  Taylor,  T.  Griffith,  Coral  reefs  of  the  Great  Barrier,  Queensland,  Australasian  Assoc. 
v.  Sci.,  Adelaide  Meeting,  pp.  397-413,  1907. 
Idem.,  p.  407. 

Daly,  R.  a.,  Pleistocene  glaciation  and  the  coral-reef  problem,  Amer.  Journ.  Sci.,  ser.  4,  vol.  30,  pp. 
*  -308,  1910;  The  Glacial-control  theory  of  coral  reefs,  Amer.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sci.,  vol.  51,  pp.  157-248, 1915. 
Jones,  F.  Wood,  Corals  and  Atolls,  London,  1910. 


246         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 

Florida  and  the  West  Indies  as  well  as  to  the  reefs  living  to-dai 
I  have  pointed  out  that  there  are  in  the  Virgin  and  northern  Leewa 
Islands  and  off  the  shores  of  Central  America  certain  subrnarii 
terrace  flats,  one  at  a  depth  of  about  17  to  20  fathoms,  another  at 
depth  of  about  26  to  30  fathoms,  the  deeper  flat  being  separated  fro  j 
the  shallower  by  an  escarpment.  These  relations  accord  with  t.j 
demands  of  the  Glacial-control  theory  as  expounded  by  Daly. 

Tests  of  Coral-reef  Hypotheses. 

The  tests  of  the  theories  comprise  ascertaining  the  answers  to  | 
following  questions: 

1.  Were  the  important  coral  reefs  of  the  world  formed  during 
after  the  submergence  of  their  basements,  either  by  a  sinking  of  tj 
land  or  by  a  rise  of  ocean  level  due  to  some  world-wide  cause  ? 

2.  What  is  the  role  of  corals  as  constructional  geologic  agent 
What  percentage  of  the  sediments  around  coral  reefs  is  composed 
corals,  and  is  the  flat  area  between  a  barrier  reef  and  the  shore  d| 
to  infilling  behind  the  reef  or  was  there  a  shallow  marginal  flat  befc  | 
the  reef  formed  ? 

3.  Can  a  lagoon  channel  behind  a  barrier  reef  or  the  lagoon  witlj 
an  atoll  rim  be  formed  by  submarine  solution  by  sea  water  or 
submarine  scour  ? 

4.  What  and  how  much  effect  have  wind-induced  and  other  cij 
rents  in  shaping  coral  reefs  ? 

5.  What  effect  have  glaciation  and  deglaciation  had  on  tj 
development  of  living  coral  reefs  ? 

Before  considering  the  fossil  and  living  coral  reefs  of  the  W< 
Indies  in  their  bearing  on  the  answers  to  these  questions,  some 
the  more  important  criteria  to  be  used  in  answering  the  questki 
will  be  briefly  outlined. 

CRITERIA  FOR  RECOGNIZING  SHIFT  IN  THE  POSITION  OF  STRAND  LINE.'  J  I 

The  criteria  for  recognizing  elevation  of  a  former  strand  Lj 
comprise:  (a)  Coastal  terraces  bordered  inland  by  escarpments 
cliffs  that  may  be  inferred  to  owe  their  origin  to  wave  cuttiij 
(6)  wave-cut  grooves  in  cliffs  and  sea  caves  that  stand  too  high 
have  been  formed  at  present  sea  level;  (c)  elevated  beaches  or  baj 
which  under  proper  conditions  form  on  shallow  marine  terraces  a] 
at  the  mouths  of  embayments;  (d)  the  presence  above  sea  level  [ 
organisms  that  must  have  lived  in  the  ocean. 

The  criteria  for  recognizing  submergence  of  former  strand  lii! 
comprise:  (a)  Indentation  of  the  coast  line  caused  by  the  sea  infi 
ing  the  lower  parts  of  subaerially  eroded  valleys,  the  channels 
which  in  many  instances  are  preserved  below  sea  level  across  aj 
beyond  the  existing  strand  line;  (b)  the  presence  below  sea  level | 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  247 


■marine  flats  separated  by  relatively  steep  slopes  or  escarpments,  that 
I  due  either  to  marginal  wave  cutting  by  the  sea  or  are  due  to  the 
nation  of  a  subaqueous  profile  above  a  previous  profile;1  (c)  the 
sence,  especially  in  limestones,,  below  sea  level,  of  solution  wells, 
and  caverns  that  inferentially  were  formed  subaerially  by  the 
rent  action  of  fresh  water ;  (d)  the  presence  inland  of  free  openings 
t  connect  with  the  sea,  showing  that  there  are  underground 
nnels  by  which  ground  water  formerly  flowed  to  the  sea;  (e)  the 
; sence  of  submerged  peat  bogs  or  swamp  deposits  composed  of 
its  that  grow  only  at  or  above  sea  level;  (/)  the  presence  below 
|  level  of  indurated  limestone,  the  induration  of  which  is  due  to 
iition  of  some  of  the  original  material  and  subsequent  redeposi- 
if  (g)  erosion  unconformities  at  the  bases  of  marine  formations, 

i  wing  that  there  was  sub  aerial  erosion  of  the  basement  previous 
*the  submergence  during  which  the  formation  was  deposited  or 
cimulated  in  the  sea. 

I 'he  foregoing  statements  might  be  elaborated,  but  to  do  so  seems 
pecessary.  The  criteria  enumerated  are  those  I  have  actually 
tosl  in  my  own  work. 

\  esides  ascertaining  the  proper  succession  of  changes  in  the  posi- 
■i<  of  strand  line,  it  is  essential  that  the  amount  of  the  oscillations 
If  aeasured,  that  differential  crustal  movements  be  noted  and  dated, 
k<  that  an  estimate  be  made  of  the  endurance  of  the  strand  line  in 
te  elation  to  present  sea  level. 

jfeERIA  FOR  MEASURING  THE  AMOUNT  OF  VERTICAL  SHIFT  IN  STRAND  LINE, 
iD  FOR  DETERMINING  THE  RELATIVE  AGES  OF  TERRACES  AND  THE  PHYSIO- 
WA.PHIC  STAGE  ATTAINED  BY  A  SHORE  LINE. 

"J  he  criteria  for  estimating  the  exact  amount  of  rise  or  fall  of  sealevel 
ffnot  yet  definite,  because  adequate  study  has  not  been  made  of 

ii  factors  that  determine  effective  wave  base  and  of  the  depth  to 
Kh  effective  wave  cutting  extends.  Notwithstanding  this  inade- 
[upy  of  precise  information,  an  approximation  of  the  amount  of 
ihige  may  be  made.  In  the  case  of  elevation,  the  base  of  a  wave- 
'<u  escarpment  or  cliff,  the  flats  of  marine  terraces,  and  wave-cut 
{rives  on  sea  cliffs,  may  be  assumed  to  represent  approximately 
oner  sea  level.  Approximate  measures  of  the  amount  of  sub- 
icice  may  be  based  upon  the  depth  of  drowned  valleys,  the  depth 
Bk  sea  level  of  the  bottoms  of  submerged  solution  wells  and 

1  - '  discussions  of  this  subject  see  as  follows: 

B  ell,  Joseph,  Factors  in  movement  of  the  strand  line,  Washington  Acad.  Sci.  Journ.,  vol.  12,  pp.  413- 
J0,}15;  Factors  in  movements  of  the  strand  line  and  their  results  in  the  Pleistocene  and  Post-Pleisto- 
m  vmer.  Journ.  Sci.,  ser.  4,  vol.  40,  pp.  1-22, 1915. 

V;  ;han,  T.  W.,  Some  littoral  and  sublittoral  physiographic  features  of  the  Virgin  and  northern  Lee- 
slands  and  their  bearing  on  the  coral  reef  problem,  Washington  Acad.  Sci.  Journ.,  vol.  6,  pp. 
B  916. 

2 1  fundamental  principle  of  this  criterion  is  discussed  on  p.  250,  under  the  caption  " Solubility  of  cal- 
irbonate  in  sea  water." 

37149— 19— Bull.  103  5 


248         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


•caverns,  and  the  depth  to  which  peat  or  swamp  deposits  that  we 
formed  at  or  above  sea  level  are  submerged.  Where  there  are  reco 
nizable  submerged  wave-cut  scarps,  the  depth  of  the  base  of  tit 
scarp  below  sea  level  is  nearly  a  measure  of  the  amount  of  su 
mergence;  the  depth  in  the  West  Indies  in  some  instances  probab 
exceeds  the  amount  of  submergence  by  about  6  fathoms.  In  t! 
case  of  islands  that  rise  from  a  common  platform  and  which  bioloj 
and  other  data  show  were  once  parts  of  one  land  mass,  the  depth 
water  ok  the  common  platform  may  be  assumed  to  be  an  appro: 
mate  measure  of  the  amount  of  the  rise  of  sea  level  with  reference . 
those  islands. 

The  criteria  for  determining  the  relative  ages  of  elevated  terra< 
with  reference  to  each  other  and  for  determining  the  amount 
deformation  to  which  they  have  been  subjected  are  as  follows:  i 
Relative  height;  (b)  relative  amount  of  dissection;  (c)  relative  degj 
of  inclination  and  direction  of  the  slope  of  the  terrace  flats ;  (d)  pr 
ence  or  absence  of  a  succession  of  higher  and  lower  terrace  flats 
promontory  tips  and  in  places  protected  from  vigorous  marine  c  • 
ting;  (e)  stratigraphic  relations  of  terrace  deposits. 

Estimates  of  the  endurance  of  the  present  relation  of  sea 
to  strand  line  are  based  upon  recognizing  the  stage  of  physiograp 
development  of  the  shore  line.    Among  the  important  features 
be  observed  are  the  presence  or  absence  and  the  character  of 
cliffs  bordering  the  shore;  the  amount  of  delta  and  alluvial  pi 
building  at  the  mouths  of  stream  ways ;  the  character  of  beaches,  hi 
and  spits;  the  nature  and  extent  of  the  alluvial  deposits  back  fr 
the  shore;  the  profiles  of  valley  sides;  and  the  axial  profiles  of 
streams. 

CRITERIA    FOR    ASCERTAINING    THE    ROLE  ( 

AGENTS. 

The  failure  correctty  to  evaluate  corals  as  geologic  agents  has  b 
a  defect  of  nearly  all  investigations  of  the  so-called  coral-reef  pi 
lem;  in  fact,  usually  no  attempt  has  been  made  to  make  such 
evaluation.    This  evaluation  may  be  made  in  several  ways,  w 
are  as  follows:  (a)  In  studying  fossil  reefs  exposed  to  view, 
relative  proportion  of  coral  to  other  constituents  of  the  rock  sh 
be  estimated;  (b)  in  studying  marine  bottom  samples,  percent 
estimates  of  the  proportion  of  the  different  ingredients  should 
made;  (c)  for  submerged  platforms  on  winch  reefs  grow,  the 
of  the  reefs  should  be  compared  with  the  total  area  of  the  platfc 
an  effort  should  be  made  to  ascertain  the  nature  of  the  rock  un 
lying  the  sea  floor  between  the  reef  and  the  shore,  and  the  contin 
in  outline  of  the  platform  should  be  compared  with  the  extent 
position  of  the  reefs;  (d)  knowledge  of  the  growth  rate  of  co 


GEOLOGY  AXD  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


249 


In  the  relative  frequency  of  specimens  is  known,  permits  an 
[nate  of  the  rate  of  their*  constructional  work, 
■his  subject  as  a  part  of  the  problem  of  the  formation  of  coral  reefs 
■esses  an  importance  that  can  scarcely  be  overestimated,  for  it 
Iprises  critical  tests  of  both  the  Darwinian  and  the  glacial-control 
Ibtheses.  The  topics  in  the  foregoing  list  will  be  discussed  seriatim. 
i)  Estimate  of  the  relative  quantity  of  coral  to  other  constituents 
Inerged  formations  containing  reefs,  if  they  have  not  been  exten- 
l.y  recrystallized,  is  relatively  simple,  although  great  precision  in 
lititative  expression  is  not  to  be  expected.  This  topic  will  be 
per  considered  in  discussing  the  Caribbean,  Floridian,  and  Baha- 

■  fossil  reefs. 

I)  Percentage  estimates  of  material  according  to  source  are 
liult,  but  the  results  are  of  great  value.  The  technique  of  making 
r  estimates  is  described  in  a  memoir  recently  published  by  the 
toegie  Institution  of  Washington.1 

If  Here  it  should  be  emphasized  that  one  of  the  postulates  of  the 
ferinian  hypothesis  is  that  the  prism  of  material  included  between 
|to;  surfaces,  namely,  (1)  the  sea-bottom  landward  of  the  barrier, 
t)i  surface  assumed  as  an  extension  of  the  land  slope  under  sea  until 
ilibersects  (3)  a  surface  projected  downward  from  the  landward 
fcof  the  reef,  is  due  to  the  presence  of  the  reef  (see  figure  4,  page 

■  Proof  that  a  barrier  has  formed  during  or  after  submergence 
Mnot  carry  with  it  proof  that  the  prism  of  material  above  indi- 
w.  is  due  to  the  presence  of  the  reef. 

Here  are  at  least  three  criteria  that  can  be  applied  in  deciding 
Wuer  or  no  the  flat  between  the  reef  and  the  shore  exists  inde- 
Bomtly  of  the  reef.  They  are  as  follows:  (1)  If  the  flat  is  de- 
S*mt  on  the  presence  of  the  reef,  where  there  are  breaks  in  the 
inr  tongues  of  deep  water  should  extend  landward  across  the 
la  >w  bottom  of  the  flat  behind  the  reef;  and  where  there  is  no  reef 
I  should  be  either  a  normal  profile  of  equilibrium  or  an  approach 
» s)h  a  profile,  showing  a  deeper  flat  than  that  behind  the  reef,  he- 
fty of  the  absence  of  an  off-shore  wall  behind  which  sediment 
pj  accumulate;  but  if  the  flat  is  independent  of  the  reef,  in  general 
si  uld  be  continuous  irrespective  of  the  presence  of  the  reef  and 
'Oilin  places  extend  beyond  the  reef  limits.  (2)  If  the  formation 
.jwj  flat  is  dependent  on  the  presence  of  the  reef,  the  reef  should 
an  on  the  seaward  edge  of  the  flat,  that  is,  the  flat  should  not  project 
&vrd  beyond  the  reef.  (3)  It  is  often  possible  to  discover  the 
Lti3  of  the  rock  forming  the  sea  floor  between  a  barrier  and  the 

■  lan,  T.  W.,  in  collaboration  with  Cushman,  J.  A.,  Goldman,  M.  I.,  Howe,  M.  A.,  and  others, 
.    i  al-water  bottom  samples  from  Murray  Island,  Australia,  and  comparisons  of  them  with  samples 

&  t  Ida  and  the  Bahamas,  Carnegie  Inst.  Washington  Pub.  213,  pp.  235-297,  pis.  94-98,  1918.  See 
'  PM:"  the  article  by  M.  I.  Goldman,  Composition  of  two  Murray  Island  samples  according  to  source  of 

kril  pp.  249-262.  t 


2'50 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


shore.  Such  a  floor  if  formed  by  agencies  associated  with  the  pi 
ence  of  the  reef  will  not  be  composed  of  rock  demonstrably  ol< 
than  the  reef,  and  will  not  exhibit  geologic  phenomena  that  in  I 
clearly  antedate  the  reef;  but  if  it  can  be  shown  that  the  rock  of 
floor  is  older  than  the  reef  and  that  the  floor  has  had  a  geologic  I 
tory  antecedent  to  the  formation  of  the  reef,  it  is  demonstrated 
the  reef  is  merely  growing  on  the  surface  of  a  flat  whose  format 
is  entirely  independent  of  the  reef  development. 

id)  The  growth  rate  of  corals,  which  furnishes  one  of  the  che 
to  be  applied  to  the  Glacial-control  hypothesis  of  the  formatior 
living  reefs,  is  further  considered  on  pages  253,  254. 

SOLUBILITY  OF  CALCIUM  CARBONATE  IN  SEA  WATER. 

As  the  formation  of  lagoon  channels  behind  barrier  reefs  and 
atoll  lagoons  by  the  solvent  action  of  carbon  dioxide  (C02)  disso] 
in  sea  water  is  a  part  of  the  coral-reef  hypotheses  of  Semper,  Mur 
A.  Aggassiz,  and  Gardiner,  if  lagoons  and  lagoon  channels  have 
formed  in  the  way  indicated,  in  the  Tropics  the  surface  water 
the  ocean  should  contain  an  excess  of  carbon  dioxide  (C02 
should  exercise  a  demonstrable  solvent  effect  on  calcium  carboi 
(CaC03).    If  it  should  be  found  that  there  is  no  excess  of  cai 
dioxide  (C02)  in  such  water  and  that  the  water  is  saturated 
reference  to  calcium  carbonate  (CaC03),  the  hypothesis  of  the  foi 
tion  of  lagoons  and  lagoon  channels  in  the  manner  postulatec 
Murray  and  others  must  be  definitely  abandoned. 

In  1913,  Mr.  R.  B.  Dole  undertook  at  Tortugas,  Florida,  cei 
examinations  that  were  intended  to  solve  this  problem,  if  poss 
In  1914  I  summarized  in  the  following  words  the  results  I  had 
tained  from  a  study  of  the  bottom  samples  along  the  Florida 
tract,  those  of  Drew  on  dentrifying  bacteria,  and  those  of  Do 
the  chemistry  of  the  waters.1 

There  are  two  rival  hypotheses  for  the  formation  of  atolls:  One  of  these  attri 
them  to  the  submarine  solution  of  the  interior  of  a  mass  of  limestone,  the  oth 
counts  for  them  by  constructional  agencies.    In  order  thoroughly  to  test  the  so 
hypothesis  the  results  of  four  lines  of  investigation  were  brought  to  bear  up 
and  all  are  accordant.    (1)  All  the  bays,  sounds,  and  lagoons  within  the  Florid 
and  key  region  are  filling  with  sediment;  (2)  Drew's  investigations  of  dentr 
bacteria  show  that  chemical  precipitation  of  calcium  carbonate  is  taking  pi 
the  lagoons;  (3)  the  chemical  examination  by  R.  B.  Dole  of  samples  of  sea 
flowing  into  and  out  of  Tortugas  lagoon,  collected  twice  daily  for  a  lunar  period 
that  although  both  carbonate  and  bicarbonate  radicles  are  in  solution  uncon: 
carbon  dioxide  is  not  present,  and  that  the  water  possesses  no  capacity  for 
solution  of  calcium  carbonate  by  virtue  of  its  content  of  free  carbon  dioxide; 
determinations  by  Dole  of  the  salinity  of  the  water  within  the  Tortugas  lagoc 
at  the  southern  end  of  Biscayne  Bay  show  a  higher  concentration  than  that 
open  sea  water  on  the  outside,  indicating  that  tidal  inflow  and  outfioware  no 
cient  completely  to  mix  the  water  in  the  lagoons  with  the  water  of  the  surro 

>  Wash.  Acad.  Sci.  Journ.,  vol.  4,  pp.  27-28,  Jan.  19, 1914. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  251 


and  that  concentration  by  evaporation  is  taking  place.  As  the  results  of  these 
3  of  inquiry  are  so  positive,  the  formation  of  lagoons  by  submarine  solution  may 
iefinitely  eliminated  from  consideration. 

&ace  the  publication  of  this  statement  other  investigators  have 
pe  important  contributions  to  this  subject,  noteworthy  among 
Dm  are  John  Johnston,  H.  E.  Merwin,  and  E.  D.  Williamson,  of 
Geophysical  Laboratory  of  the  Carnegie  Institution  of  Wash- 
W,  and  Roger  C.  Wells,  of  the  United  States  Geological  Survey. 
Us  says : 1 

i  other  words,  sea  water  [from  the  Florida  reef]  appears  to  contain  so  much  car- 
ate  that  in  contact  with  the  atmosphere  at  1°  C.  it  neither  has  nor  acquires  an 
reciable  solvent  action  on  calcite. 

is  I  have  considered  the  subject  in  detail  in  my  paper  on  the 
pray  Island  bottom-samples 2  and  in  a  paper  on  "  Chemical  and 
ianic  deposits  of  the  sea"  3  I  will  merely  say  that  sea  water  in 
ial- water  areas  within  the  Tropics  can  not  dissolve  calcium  car- 
mte,  and  that  lagoon  channels  and  atoll  lagoons  are  not  formed 
solution,  but  are  flattish  areas  more  or  less  completely  inclosed  by 
lt-up  walls. 

is  lagoons  are  areas  of  sedimentation  and  not  of  removal  of 
fcerial,  their  formation  by  submarine  scour  may  also  be  discarded. 

ECTS'  OF  WIND-INDUCED  AND  OTHER  CURRENTS  IN  SHAPING  CORAL  REEFS. 

j.^his  is  an  old  topic;  in  fact,  considerable  bibliographic  work 
lid  be  needed  to  ascertain  the  names  of  all  the  investigators  who 
i'e  contributed  to  it  and  who  deserve  mention.  That  Darwin  at 
^it  had  an  adumbration  of  the  importance  of  these  agents  is  indi- 
«3d  by  his  statement  regarding  Keeling  atoll: 4 

:iat  they  [the  waves]  beat  against  it  in  the  same  peculiar  manner  in  which  the  swell 
.  windward  now  obliquely  curls  round  the  margin  of  the  reef,  was  evident  from  the 
;lomerate  having  been  worn  in  to  a  point  projecting  from  the  beach  in  a  simUarly 
que  manner. 

■onong  recent  investigators  Hedley  and  Griffith  Taylor,  as  noted 
ipage  245,  Wood  Jones,5  and  I,  in  a  number  of  my  papers,  two 
)1vhich  are  cited  below,6  have  devoted  attention  to  this  subject. 
Ding  the  field  season  of  1914  I  had  numbers  of  Ekman  meter 
krent-measurements  made  around  Tortugas  and  at  other  places 
ihg  the  Florida  reef  tract.    The  measurements  to  a  certain  degree 

-  IJ  e^s'  solubility  of  calcite  in  sea  water  in  contact  with  the  atmosphere,  and  its  variation 

n  temperature,  Carnegie  Inst.  Washington  Pub.  213,  pp.  316-318, 1918. 

5  jnegie  Inst.  Washington  Pub.  213,  pp.  265-268,  1917. 
1  Ml.  Soc.  Amer.  Bull.,  vol.  28,  pp.  933-944,  1918. 
4;ructure  and  distribution  of  coral  reefs,  ed.  3,  p.  22,  1889. 

6  >ral  and  atolls,  pp.  253-261,  1910. 

'  ie  building  of  the  Marquesas  and  Tortugas  atolls  and  a  sketch  of  the  geologic  history  of  the  Florida  reef 
«  Carnegie  Inst.  Washington  Pub.  182,  pp.  55-67, 1914;  Sketch  of  geologic  history  of  the  Florida  coral - 
"W  ract  and  comparisons  with  other  coral-reef  areas,  Washington  Acad.  Sci.  Journ.,  vol.  4,  pp.  26-34, 
W 


252  BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 

give  qualitatively  the  relations  of  currents  to  land  forms,  and  co 
pletely  confirm  the  more  qualitative  generalizations  of  Hedley  g 
Griffith  Taylor,  which  in  brief  are  the  axis  of  elongation  of  linear  re 
is  parallel  to  the  direction  of  the  dominant  current  while  the  bow 
a  crescentic  reef  is  directed  toward  the  direction  whence  the  domin; 
current  comes.  These  relations  of  reef  form  to  current  direction 
most  striking  where  the  reefs  rise  above  comparatively  shallow  p 
forms,  as  along  the  Great  Barrier  reef  of  Australia  and  along 
Florida  Keys.  In  atolls  that  more  or  less  encircle  the  flat  tops 
submarine  peaks,  although  currents  are  undeniably  important 
shaping  sections  of  the  reefs,  they  are  not  of  so  great  importance 
reefs  that  rise  above  shallow,  long,  wide  platforms. 

CRITERIA  FOR  DETERMINING  THE  EFFECT  OF  GLACIATION  AND  DEGLACIAT 
ON  THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF  LIVING  REEFS. 

Daly's  elaborate  paper  on  the  Glacial-control  theory  of  coral  r< 
has  been  cited  on  page  245.  If  the  Glacial-control  theory  is  true 
following  conditions  should  prevail:  (a)  There  should  be  evident 
geologically  Recent  submergence  of  most  of  the  shore-lines  of 
earth;  (b)  the  average  amount  of  submergence  should  be  equal  to 
amount  of  lowering  of  the  ocean-level  during  Pleistocene  glaciat; 

(c)  the  position  of  the  strand  line  during  Pleistocene  glaciation  she 
be  indicated  by  scarps  separating  flats,  and  the  amount  of  s 
mergence  indicated  by  their  present  position  below  sea  level  she 
agree  with  the  amount  of  raising  ocean  level  due  to  deglaciat: 

(d)  rate  of  growth  corals  should  be  such  that  since  the  disappears 
of  the  continental  ice  sheets  coral  reefs  could  grow  to  a  thick] 
equal  to  the  amount  sea  level  was  raised  as  a  result  of  the  deglaciat 

(e)  living  barrier  coral  reefs  and  atoll  reefs  should  be  superposed 
antecedent  basement  flats  or  platforms.  It  should  here  be  st* 
that  the  fact  that  there  has  been  local  differential  crustal  movem< 
does  not  at -all  invalidate  the  importance  of  the  Glacial-control  the 
in  its  application  to  the  explanation  of  the  modern  coral-reef  deve 
ment. 

Of  the  criteria  stated  in  the  foregoing  list  only  the  amoun 
vertical  change  in  the  position  of  sea  level  because  of  glaciation 
deglaciation,  the  length  of  time  since  the  disappearance  of  the  g 
continental  glaciers,  and  the  rate  of  growth  of  corals  need  discus 
at  this  place.  After  their  consideration  some  attention  will  be 
to  other  criteria  of  less  determined  value. 

AMOUNT  OF  VERTICAL  DISPLACEMENT  OF  STRAND  LINE  BY  GLACIATION  AND  DEGLACIATION. 

It  is  entirely  obvious  that  the  withdrawal  of  water  from  the  o< 
to  form  the  Pleistocene  continental  glaciers  would  lower  sea  1( 
and  that  the  return  of  the  waters  so  locked  up  to  the  ocean  upon 
melting  of  the  continental  glaciers  would  raise  sea  level  back  to  w 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


253 


fctood  previous  to  the  formation  of  the  continental  glaciers,  unless 
l.stal  changes  in  the  earth  counterbalanced  the  effects  of  such  with- 
liwal  and  return  of  oceanic  water.  Reference  here  will  be  made 
■only  the  two  latest  computations. 

■W.  J.  Humphreys,  as  part  of  a  symposium  before  the  Geological 
feety  of  Washington,  on  March  24,  1915,  said:1 

■he  fact  that  the  average  thickness  of  the  ice  cap  during  the  last  glaciation  can  be 
■r  roughly  estimated  renders  any  calculation  of  its  effect  on  ocean  level  corre- 
■idingly  doubtful.  It  does  not  seem  probable,  however,  that  they  should  have 
Braged  much  if  any  thicker  than  the  present  caps  of  Greenland  and  of  Antarctica, 
Ich  a  number  of  good  observers  have  estimated  to  be  about  1,000  meters.  Taking 
I  value  and  assuming  the  deglaciated  area  to  be  equal  to  one-fifteenth  the  area  of 
I  ocean,  or,  roughly,  twice  the  glaciated  area  of  North  America,  we  estimate  the 
■age  in  sea  level  to  have  been  about  67  meters.  As  already  stated,  this  is  only 
■  stimated  change,  but  perhaps  it  is  a  conservative  estimate. 

■)aly  in  his  paper  on  the  Glacial-control  theory  of  coral  reefs  sum- 
■rizes  his  discussion  in  the  following  words:2 

■bmbining  results,  it  is  seen  that,  at  the  time  of  maximum  glaciation,  the  tropical 
«e  probably  had  an  average  level  which  was  60  to  70  meters  (33  to  38  fathoms)  lower 
It  at  the  present  time. 

■the  estimates  of  Humphreys  and  Daly  are  essentially  the  same. 

ls  maximum  glaciation  was  probably  not  of  long  duration  the 
Batest  effect  of  submarine  terracing  would  be  expected  in  some- 
Mat  shallower  depths,  probably  between  20  and  30  fathoms. 

RATE  OF  GROWTH  OF  CORALS  AND  LENGTH  OF  POST-GLACIAL  TIME. 

I  recently  I  have  published  two  summaries  of  the  results  of  my 
e:  eriments  and  observations  on  the  growth  rate  of  Floridian  and 
Biamian  corals,  and  compared  my  results  with  those  obtained  by 
jfatigators  in  the  Pacific.3  The  following  statements  are  taken 
frn  the  second  of  the  papers  referred  to  in  the  footnote: 

i  j  has  been  stated,  the  primary  object  of  this  investigation  was  to  get  an  approxi- 
mi  measure  of  the  rate  at  which  corals  might  build  reefs.  In  order  to  make  this 
es  aate  the  true  reef  corals  must  be  considered  separately  from  those  which  live  in 
ot  r  habitats.  The  reef  species  par  excellence  in  the  Recent  and  Pleistocene  reefs  of 
Fl  ida  and  the  West  Indies  is  Orbicella  annularis;  after  it  in  importance  are  Afaean- 
drttjigosa,  M.  labyrinthiformis,  and  Siderastrea  siderea.  Other  corals,  the  most  impor- 
ts of  which  is  Porites  astreoides,  with  Agaricia  and  Favia  fragum  of  secondary 
imrtance,  occur  in  the  areas  intermediate  between  the  prominent  heads.  In  some 
M«;  Acropora  palmata  is  the  dominant  species.  The  massive  heads  form  the  strong 
fraework  of  the  reef,  with  infilling  by  other  corals  and  other  organisms.  Therefore 
th  lpward  growth  rate  of  Orbicella  annularis  on  the  reef  is  critical.    *   *  * 

1  imphreys,  W.  J.,  Changes  of  sea  level  due  to  changes  of  ocean  volume,  Washington  Acad.  Sci. 
|W  •,  vol.  5,  pp.  445-446,  June  19,  1915. 
i'tner.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sci.  Proc,  vol.  51,  p.  174. 

*  ughan,  T.  W.,  Geologic  significance  of  the  growth-rate  of  the  Floridian  and  Bahaman  shoal-water 
Mr  Washington  Acad.  Sci.  Journ.,  vol.  5,  pp.  591-600, 1915;  Growth  rate  of  the  Floridian  and  Bahaman 
^c  ^ater  corals,  m  On  Recent  Madreporaria  of  Florida,  the  Bahamas,  and  the  West  Indies,  etc., 
CMine  Inst.  Washington  Yearbook  No.  14,  pp.  221-231,  1916. 


254 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Using  these  figures  [in  the  paper  referred  to]  as  the  basis  of  a  further  computat 
a  reef  by  the  continuous  upward  growth  of  corals  [Orbicella  annularis]  might  at 
at  a  rate  of  6  mm.  a  year  a  thickness  of  25  fathoms =150  feet  in  7,620  years;  and 
rate  of  7  mm.  a  year  it  might  attain  the  same  thickness  in  6,531  years. 

Should  the  growth  rate  of  Acropora  palmata  be  taken  as  a  measure,  the  tim 
accumulate  such  a  thickness  would  be  considerably  less.  This  species  forms  spr 
ing,  palmate  fronds,  rising  from  stout  bases.  As  age  advances  the  fronds  thicken 
can  withstand  the  pounding  of  surf  and  breakers.  The  average  upward  growt 
between  25  and  40  mm.  per  year,  but  as  the  interspaces  between  the  fronds  are 
siderable  in  volume,  comparisons  with  Orbicella  annularis  must  be  based  upon  rela 
increases  in  weight  for  a  known  period.    *   *  * 

These  two  estimates  [as  shown  in  the  paper  cited]  give  a  measure  of  the  limi 
reef  formation  under  continuously  favorable  conditions  for  upward  growth.  S 
corals  as  Orbicella  annularis  might  form  a  reef  150  feet  thick  in  between  6,500  j 
and  7,600  years;  while  such  corals  as  Acropora  palmata  might  form  a  similar  thick 
in  1,800  years. 

The  data  available  for  the  Pacific  corals  are  not  so  abundant  as  those  for  the  Atlai 
nor  have  the  records,  with  few  exceptions,  the  same  degree  of  precision.  Howe 
they  are  sufficient  for  some  general  comparisons.    The  general  growth  rate  of  branc 
corals  is  nearly  the  same  for  both  regions;  but  the  growth  of  the  massive  forms 
Pacific  appears  to  be  appreciably  more  rapid  than  that  of  similar  forms  in  the 
tic.    Therefore  it  seems  probable  that  in  the  coral  reef  regions  of  the  Pacific  and  In 
oceans  a  reef  150  feet  thick  may  form  under  favorable  conditions  in  less  than 
years.    According  to  Gardiner  such  a  reef  might  form  in  1,000  years. 

As  the  disappearance  of  the  last  continental  ice  sheets  is  estimated  to  have 
between  10,000  years  ago  in  Scandinavia  and  Alaska  and  40,000  years  ago  at  Niaj 
the  data  presented  show  that  there  has  been  ample  time  for  the  development  of 
known  living  reef  since  deglaciation. 

EFFECT  OF  LOWERING  OF  MARINE  TEMPERATURE  ON  REEF  CORALS  DURING  GLACIATION. 

Daly  in  his  paper  on  the  Glacial-control  theory  devotes  much  at 
tion  to  the  probable  extinction  of  reef  corals  over  large  areas 
their  restriction  to  only  the  hotter  parts  of  the  ocean  during  gla 
tion.1  Daly's  discussion  of  this  subject  is  interesting  and  suggest 
but  not  really  convincing.  It  is  one  on  which  far  more  researc 
needed.  I  rather  hope  that  the  data  I  have  recently  presents 
my  paper  on  the  temperature  of  the  Florida  coral-reef  tract2  will 
in  furnishing  a  basis  for  such  a  computation.  That  there  wi 
lowering  of  the  vitality  of  corals  over  large  areas  marginal  to  tro 
can  scarcely  be  doubted,  but  that  reef  corals  thrived  througl 
Pleistocene  time  appears  more  than  merely  probable. 

In  this  connection  this  following  list  of  corals  from  the  elevated  i 
of  Barbados  is  pertinent.    Professor  Jukes-Browne  sent  the  collec 
to  me  after  Prof.  J.W.  Gregory  had  published  his  paper  on  the  1 
badian  elevated-reef  corals,3  making  the  statement  that  great 
had  been  taken  in  determining  the  height  above  sea  level  at  w 

1  Amcr.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sci.  Proc,  vol.  51,  pp.  160-171. 
*  Carnegie  Inst.  Washington  Pub.  213,  pp.  319-339,  1918. 

»  Gregory,  J.  W.,  Contributions  to  the  paleontology  and  physic  al  geography  of  the  West  Indies, 
Soc.  London  Journ.,  vol.  51,  pp.  255-310,  pi.  11,  1895. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  255 

ch  lot  was  obtained.  The  collection  is  now  the  property  of  the 
lited  States  National  Museum. 

mis  from  the  elevated  reefs  of  Barbados  submitted  by  Prof.  A.  J.  Jukes- 

Brovrne. 

[Elevation  1,043  feet.    Horse  Hill,  St.  Joseph. 

Orbicella  annularis  (Ellis  and  Solander). 
Elevation  845  feet.    Cutting  side  of  road,  Parris  Hill,  St.  Joseph. 

Orbicella  annularis  (Ellis  and  Solander). 
^Elevation  747  feet.    Cutting  side  of  road,  Market  Hill,  St.  George. 
,  Orbicella  annularis  (Ellis  and  Solander) . 
Elevation  720  feet.    Russia  Gully,  St.  Thomas. 

Orbicella  annularis  (Ellis  and  Solander). 

Maeandra  labyrinthiformis  (Linnaeus). 
Elevation  707  feet.    Haynesfield,  St.  John. 
(  Stephanocoenia  inter  septa  (Esper) 

Orbicella  annularis  (Ellis  and  Solander). 
;    Manicina  gyrosa  (Ellis  and  Solander). 
Elevation  700  feet.    St.  Johns  Church,  St.  John. 
!    Maeandra  strigosa  (Dana). 
(Elevation  480  feet.    Locust  Hall,  St.  George. 
>    Stephanocoenia  inter  septa  (Esper). 
\  Orbicella  annularis  (Ellis  and  Solander). 
cavernosa  (Linnaeus). 

Siderastrea  siderea  (Ellis  and  Solander). 
Elevation  362  feet.    Ridge,  Christ  Church. 
\  Siderastrea  siderea  (Ellis  and  Solander). 
iElevation  360  feet.    Small  Ridge,  Christ  Church. 
f;   Orbicella  annularis  (Ellis  and  Solander). 

Elevation  300  feet.    Skeens  Hill,  near  Lower  Greys,  Christ  Church, 
i  Orbicella  annularis  (Ellis  and  Solander). 
;  Siderastrea  siderea  (Ellis  and  Solander) . 
Elevation  300  feet.    Dayrells  Hill,  St.  Michael. 

Manicina  gyrosa  (Ellis  and  Solander). 
Elevation  180  feet.    Codrington  Quarry,  St.  Michael. 

Orbicella  annularis  (Ellis  and  Solander). 

Manicina  gyrosa  (Ellis  and  Solander). 
Elevation  160  feet.    Cutting  side  of  road,  Charles  Rose  gully,  St. 
(orge. 

Maeandra  labyrinthiformis  (Linnaeus). 
Elevation  100  feet.    Chelston  Quarry,  St.  Michael. 
Meandrina  maeandrites  (Linnaeus). 
Manicina  gyrosa  (Ellis  and  Solander). 
Siderastrea  siderea  (Ellis  and  Solander). 
Acropora  muricata  (Linnaeus). 


256'        BLLLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Elevation  80  feet.    Prospect,  St.  James. 
Stephanocoenia  intersepta  (Esper). 
OrbiceUa  annularis  (Ellis  and  Solan der). 
Maeandra  labyrinthiformis  (Linnaeus). 
Acropora  muricata  (Linnaeus)  s.  s.  (as  pebbles). 
Elevation  70  feet.    Grazettes,  St.  Michael. 
Stephanocoenia  intersepta  (Esper). 
OrbiceUa  annularis  (Ellis  and  Solander). 
Maeandra  labyrinthiformis  (Linnaeus). 
Siderastrea  siderea  (Ellis  and  Solander). 
Elevation  40  feet.    Sandy  Lane,  St.  James. 
OrbiceUa  annularis  (Ellis  and  Solander). 
Maeandra  labyrinthiformis  (Linnaeus). 
Elevation  40  feet.    Colleton,  St.  Lucy  Parish. 

Maeandra  strigosa  (Dana). 
Elevation  20  feet.    Black  Rock. 

Acropora  muricata  (Linnaeus)  s.  s. 
Just  how  much  of  Pleistocene  time  is  represented  by  this  collect 
I  can  not  say,  but  it  is  certainly  a  considerable  part  of  it. 

Mr.  O.  E.  Meinzer,  in  the  vicinity  of  Guantanamo  Bay,  Cuba, 
tained  living  species  of  reef  corals  on  Pleistocene  terraces  between 
and  500  feet,  at  275  feet,  200  feet,  125  feet,  and  50  feet  above  sea  le^ 
It  is  unfortunate  that  Daly  should  have  attempted  to  account 
the  disappearance  in  the  West  Indies  of  so  large  a  percentage  of  gen 
that  now  persist  in  the  Indo-Pacific  by  appeal  to  the  lowering  of 
temperature  in  the  western  Atlantic  Ocean  through  Pleistocene  gl 
ation.    In  a  recently  published  paper1,  as  well  as  the  present  on< 
have  shown  that  the  genera  had  disappeared  previous  to  Pliocene  til 
It  is  at  present  my  opinion  that  not  enough  is  known  regarding 
effect  of  lowering  of  marine  temperature  during  glaciation  to  se. 
as  a  basis  for  very  strong  arguments  for  or  against  the  validity  of 
Glacial-control  hypothesis. 

VALLEY-IN- VALLEY  ARRANGEMENT  AND  CLIFFED  SPURS. 

Professor  Davis  says  in  his  Shaler  Memorial  study  of  coral  reefs: 

Furthermore,  if  the  embayments  of  a  central  island  within  a  barrier  reef  result  f 
the  drowning  of  valleys  that  were  eroded  with  respect  to  lowered  sea  level  of  a  relatii 
short  glacial  period,  then  each  valley  must  be  entrenched  in  the  floor  of  a  pregla 
valley;  and  above  the  head  of  each  embayment  resulting  from  the  drowning 
new-cut  valley,  there  should  be  a  ' 'valley -in- valley "  landscape,  unless  the 
glacial  valley  was  so  young  and  narrow  that  its  sides  were  undercut  and  destroyec 
I  he  deepening  and  widening  of  the  glacial  valley.2 

i  Vaughan,  T.  W.,  The  reef-coral  fauna  of  Carrizo  Creek,  Imperial  County,  California,  and  its  sitmific: 
U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.  Prof.  Pap.  98-T,  p.  366,  1917. 
"  Amer.  Journ.  Sci.,  ser.  4,  vol.  35,  p.  210,  19K"> 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


257 


The  character  of  the  entrenching  within  an  established  valley  after 
wering  of  sea  level  will  depend  upon  the  off  shore  slope  of  the  sea 
)ttom  previous  to  the  lowering  of  sea  level.  As  any  acceleration 
'  headward  erosion  by  a  stream  depends  upon  increase  in  steepness 
'  the  longitudinal  profile  of  the  stream  bed,  unless  the  gradient  of 
ie  lower  course  of  the  stream  is  considerably  increased  there  will 
5  no  visible  valley-in-valley  landscape  after  submergence  following 
jglaciation.    Subsequently  I  will  show  that  in  the  West  Indies  there 

abundant  evidence  of  another  kind  that  during  Pleistocene  time 
a  level  was  lowered,  and  that  at  the  close  of  Pleistocene  time  it  was 
ised.  Valley-in-valley  arangement  is  a  criterion  of  very  doubtful 
ulue. 

Professor  Davis  also  insists  that  if  the  Glacial-control  hypothesis 
correct,  the  spurs  of  islands  within  barrier  reefs  should  be  cliffed — 
e  cliffs  cut  during  Pleistocene  glaciation.  As  promulgated  in  print 
r  Professor  Davis,  I  doubt  the  validity  of  this  criterion.  Perhaps 
e  following  hypothetical  explanation  may  apply  in  some  instances: 
Around  volcanic  islands,  the  centers  of  which  are  far  enough  from 
e  shore  for  the  surface  profile  of  the  ejecta  to  have  assumed  the 

,   eoretic  catenary  curve,  marine  planation  may  proceed  without  at 

.  st  cutting  pronounced  cliffs.  If  the  material  on  the  higher  slopes 
not  greatly  consolidated,  alluviation  and  surface  creep  may  deliver 

..  <tritus  more  rapidly  than  the  sea  can  remove  it  by  marginal  cutting 

q  id  by  undertow  and  other  transporting  agents.  The  sea  may  thus 
«  held  back  from  the  interiorly  situated  harder  volcanic  rocks  and 

.  [e  development  of  well-marked  sea  cliffs  may  thereby  be  prevented 

.".  |iile  the  sea  bottom  would  be  aggraded  near  shore  and  a  submarine 
.  (,t  produced.    Should  sea  level  then  fall  so  that  the  shore  line  would 

■:r,  |ift  to  the  outer  edge  of  the  previously  formed  flat,  erosional  processes 
ight  obliterate  the  low  scarp  carved  into  unconsolidated  colluvial 
td  alluvial  material.  Under  such  circumstances,  should  the  sea- 
( ttom  gradient  be  less  than  that  of  the  stream  profiles,  the  lowering 
i  sea  level  would  not  lead  to  the  development  of  valleys-within- 
lleys,  and  alluvial  plains  might  be  pushed  forward  beyond  the  ends 

&  i  the  interstream  spurs.  Should  sea  level  rise  back  to  its  former 
9ind  reef  corals  might  establish  themselves  on  the  submerged  flat 

:>  1  any  place  where  the  proper  ecologic  conditions  might  be  found 
d  develop  into  a  barrier  reef,  off  a  land  area  on  which  there  would 

^  no  valley-in-valle}7  arrangement  of  stream  courses  and  along  whose 
ores  there  would  be  no  cliffed  spurs.  This  is  an  hypothetical  in- 
ince,  but  that  it  is  possible  is  apparently  shown  by  the  island  of 
Christopher,  West  Indies,  where  such  an  arrangement  of  central 
plcanic  mountains  and  relatively  flat  areas  underlain  by  volcanic 
Ricta  and  colluvial  and  alluvial  material  intervene  between  them 


2,58 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


and  the  shore.    In  other  volcanic  islands  the  sea  may  not  be  h 
back  from  the  harder  rocks  and  may  cliff  them. 

There  are  numbers  of  possibilities  which  deserve  consideration,  1 
the  actual  explanation  of  how  present  conditions  were  brought  ab( 
is  possible  only  through  detailed  field  work  in  each  area. 

Some  other  kinds  of  shore  hues  may  be  mentioned.  It  is  v 
known  that  one  of  the  important  factors  in  determining  the  amon 
of  cliffing  and  the  character  of  the  cliffing  of  some  shores  is  geolc^ 
structure.  In  an  uplifted  island  composed  of  bedded  sedime 
which  have  been  moderately  tilted  the  highest  cliffs  will  be  on  ( 
up-dip  side  along  the  line  of  the  strike;  the  cliffs  will  decrease! 
height  from  the  up-dip  exposure  along  the  line  of  the  dip,  and  on 
side  of  the  island  where  the  rocks  pass  beneath  sea  level  there  mayt 
almost  no  cliffs.  These  relations  are  well  illustrated  in  Anguilla  I 
other  islands  in  the  West  Indies.  After  such  an  earth  block  I 
been  outlined  there  may  be  oscillation  of  strand  line  without  furti 
local  crustal  deformation. 

The  island  of  St.  Croix  is  interesting  in  this  connection.  J 
south  of  its  north  shore,  which  is  determined  by  a  fault,  are  matuil 
dissected  mountains  which  attain  an  altitude  of  about  1,000  f«j 
Off  the  south  foot  of  the  highland  is  a  sloping,  slightly  undulat 
plain,  underlain  by  limestone,  which  extends  to  the  south  con 
(See  pi.  70,  fig.  D).  If  this  island  were  submerged  120  feet  the  lii| 
stone  plain  would  form  a  submarine  flat  from  one  to  about  tfc: 
sea-miles  wide.  Corals  might  grow  on  such  a  flat  and  form  a  bari 
reef  inside  which  there  would  be  no  strongly  cliffed  spurs  along  el 
shore,  while  the  mountains  would  be  in  a  stage  of  mature  dissect 

American  Tertiary  and  Pleistocene  Reef  Corals  and  Coral  Reefs. 

Most  investigators  of  the  genesis  of  coral  reefs  have  conside 
only  the  modem;  but  the  ancient,  or  fossil,  reefs  in  many  instar 
afford  better  opportunities  than  the  living  reefs  to  determine 
geologic  character  of  the  basement  on  which  the  reefs  have  b 
built,  the  change  in  the  relation  between  the  reef  basement  and 
level,  and  the  importance  of  corals  as  constructional  agents.  ' 
southeastern  United  States  and  near-by  West  Indian  Islands  fun 
numerous  examples  of  both  ancient  and  modern  coral  reefs, 
these  have  been  the  subject  of  investigation  for  many  years, 
location  of  the  Tertiary  fossil  reefs  in  the  southeastern  United  Sta 
their  associated  faunas,  the  inclosing  sediments,  including  in  n 
instances  both  the  overlying  and  underlying  strata,  the  stratigrajic  j 
relations  of  the  successive  geologic  formations,  the  geologic  struct  H 
and  the  geologic  history,  have  been  ascertained  with  a  fair  de<»j 
of  accuracy.  The  coralliferous  beds  range  in  age  from  the  base  of  ie  \ 
Eocene  to  Recent,  and  the  coral  fauna  of  each  geologic  formation  | 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


259 


own  with  approximate  completeness.  The  total  coral  faunas  have 
•lded  some  hundreds  of  species. 

EOCENE  REEF  CORALS  OF  ST.  BARTHOLOMEW. 

The  corals  obtained  from  the  St.  Bartholomew  limestone  are  listed 
page  194.  Although  there  are  many  specimens  and  species  of  reef 
;ies,  they  scarcely  form  a  reef  properly  speaking.    However,  the 
tatigraphic  relations  are  interesting.    The  best  collecting  ground 
on  the  northeast  face  of  the  northwestward  projecting  limb  of  the 
md,  between  Anse  Lezard  at  the  northwest  and  Jean  Bay  at  the 
itheast.    Anse  Ecaille  lies  between  the  two  bays  mentioned. 
>ve's  1  account  of  the  geologic  succession  is  correct,  perhaps  with 
lie  modification  of  his  dates  of  a  part  of  the  igneous  rocks.  The 
se  of  the  section  is  composed  of  volcanic  agglomerate,  above 
lich  there  is  interbedded  agglomerate  or  sandstone,  conglomerate 
mposed  of  volcanic  material,  and  limestone,  succeeded  by  mas- 
e,  hard,  blue  limestone.    Most  of  the  corals  occur  in  the  lower 
rt  of   the  sedimentary  formation,  in  the  limestone  or  in  the 
t'ter,  more  rapidly  weathering  layers  of  calcareous  sandstone,  in 
ich  there  is  rehandled  volcanic  material.    In  conglomerate  at 
>  base  of  one  exposure  I  observed  boulders  of  volcanic  material 
much  as  8  inches  in  diameter.    Although,  as  Cleve  stated,  there  is 
bae  interbedding  of  the  limestone  and  agglomerate  in  the  lower  part 
the  sediments  the  upper  formation  rests  unconformably  on  the 
i  ever. 

The  gradation  upward  into  purer,  more  massive  limestone  has  been 
tentioned.    The  presence  in  the  higher  limestone  of  a  few  corals  of 
B  same  species  as  those  in  the  lower  beds  and  the  abundance  of 
dcareous  algae  in  some  places,  indicate  a  shoal-water  deposit; 
»d,  as  the  area  of  the  deposit  is  relatively  extensive,  the  evidence 
fin  favor  of  its  having  been  laid  down  on  a  submerged  flat. 
The  Jamaican  Eocene  corals  are  shoal-water  forms  but  they  are 
|illy  not  of  reef  facies. 

WEST  INDIAN  MIDDLE  OLIGOCENE  REEFS. 


That  the  bedded  volcanic  tuffs  underlying  most  of  the  Central 
,  ain  of  Antigua  dip  under  the  Antigua  formation  toward  the  north- 
;3  £t  is  indicated  by  the  general  structure  of  the  island,  and  is  con- 
med  by  a  well  record,  kindly  furnished  me  by  Dr.  H.  A.  Tempany, 
-  vernment  chemist  of  the  Leeward  Islands.    The  record  mentioned 
of  a  well  bored  on  Fitches  Creek,  half  a  mile  northeast  of  the  south- 
.  ^st  boundary  of  the  limestone.    Compact,  noncalcareous  rock 
is  struck  below  the  limestone.    In  the  Central  Plain  patches  of 


5  "Cleve,  P.  T.,  On  the  geology  of  the  northeastern  West  India  Islands  K.  svenska  Vet.-Akad.  Handl. 
9,  No.  12,  pp.  24-27,  1872. 


260 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


gravel  and  cobbles  overlie  the  surface  of  the  bedded  tuft's  at  a  numb* 
of  places,  two  of  which  are  Casada  Gardens  and  Gunthorpe  sugai 
factory.  At  Morris  Looby  Hill,  near  the  head  of  Willoughby  Ba; 
conglomerate  immediately  underlies  the  limestone;  and  the  bas 
contact  of  the  formation  is  also  exposed  on  the  north  side  of  Wi 
loughby  Bay,  where  it  is  underlain  by  conglomerate,  mostly  compose 
of  basic  volcanic  material.  The  main  reef  occurs  within  the  Antigt 
formation  at  or  near  its  base  and  is  exposed  along  a  southwes 
northeast  line  from  Willoughby  Ba}^  to  near  Wetherell  Point.  Tl' 
Antigua  reef  therefore  grew  upon  a  basement  that  had  been  sui 
aerially  eroded  and  was  later  depressed  below  sea  level.  The  re 
and  the  limestone  of  which  the  reef  forms  a  part  were  formed  durii 
or  after  the  submergence  of  their  basement.  Associated  with  tl 
corals  are  many  specimens  of  several  species  of  Lepidocyclina,  whic 
are  organisms  characteristic  of  shallow,  tropical  water.  The  are; 
extent  of  these  sediments,  coupled  with  the  fact  that  the  deformatic 
of  the  water-bedded  tuffs  that  lie  below  the  Antigua  formation  is  n<i 
much  greater  than  that  of  the  Antigua  formation,  indicates  thi 
they  were  deposited  on  a  submarine  flat.  In  the  northeastern  pa 
of  the  island  both  the  tuffs  and  the  limestone,  according  to  J.  "V 
Spencer,  dip  northeastward  at  a  rate  of  12°  to  20°. 1  My  own  mea 
urements  show  dips  of  about  20°  toward  the  north  or  northeast  f<! 
the  volcanic  tuffs  and  dips  between  10°  and  15°  in  amount,  and  ran 
ing  from  N.  60°  E.  to  N.  70°  E.  in  direction,  for  the  Antigua  formatio 
The  rocks  are  more  disturbed  in  the  Central  Plain,  where  the  di] 
of  the  volcanic  tuffs  were  measured.  Therefore,  according  to  tl 
available  evidence  the  Antigua  formation  was  a  relatively  extensr 
formation  deposited  in  shoal  water  on  a  flattish  floor. 

The  main  reef-coral  bed  is  about  60  feet  thick  and  is  near  tl 
bottom  of  the  formation.    Above  it  corals  are  scarcer,  but  appe. 
to  be  too  sparingly  distributed  throughout  a  thickness  of  about  3(  j 
feet  of  limestone  above  their  profuse  development  nearer  the  basj 
or  the  Antigua  formation  seems  to  have  a  total  thickness  of  a  littH; 
more  than  350  feet. 

PORTO  RICO. 

The  middle  Oligocene  coral  fauna,  as  has  been  stated  on  page  20M 
occurs  in  the  geologic  formation  to  which  Hill  applied  the  nauB 
Pepino.  This  is  a  hard,  calcareous  marl,  full  of  coral  heads,  wiiB 
occasional  indurated  strata  of  white  porous  limestone.  It  is  w<B 
exposed  north  and  northwest  of  Lares  in  the  Pepino  Hills,  when<H 
the  name  for  the  formation  is  derived  and  where  the  collection  I 
corals  submitted  to  me  by  Mr.  Hill  was  obtained.2    This  is  the  foil 

1  Spencer,  J.  W.,  On  the  geological  and  physical  development  of  Antigua,  Geol.  Soc.  London  Qua! 
Journ.,  vol.  57,  pp.  494,  496,  1901. 

2  Hill,  It.  T.,  Notes  on  the  forest  conditions  of  Porto  Rico,  U  S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  DivjH 
Forestry  Bull.  No.  25,  pp.  14,  15, 1S99. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


261 


tion  to  which  G.  P.  Berkey  later  applied  the  name  Arecibo  forma- 
m  I  have  no  field  acquaintance  with  the  formation  but  from 
ie  notes  on  it  made  by  Cleve,  before  it  had  been  named,  from  the 
criptions  of  Hill  and  Berkey,  and  from  some  of  the  corals  collected 
members  of  the  New  York  Academy  Porto  Eican  investigations, 
m  inclined  to  the  opinion,  that  there  is  not  a  "formation"  but  a 
up  of  formations  of  similar  lithology,  for  the  "formation"  contains 
1  middle  Oligocene  (Antiguan)  and  upper  Oligocene  (Anguillan) 
ils,  and  probably  also  some  Miocene  species.  Ultimately  the 
rmation, "  as  Berkey  also  has  suggested,  will  probably  be  split 
j  several  formations;  it  seems  to  me  that  there  will  be  at  least 
3e  and  perhaps  more.  Only  the  stratigraphic  relations  of  the  base 
he  formation  particularly  need  consideration  here.  These  rela- 
ys are  those  of  unconformity  according  to  Berkey,  who  says:2 

oove  it  [the  Arecibo  formationl  in  ail  cases  lie  the  recent  alluvial  deposits  and  the 
Juan  formation,  and  below  it  lie  the  older  and  more  complicated  igneous  and 
nentary  rocks.  The  break  between  these  two  represents  the  chief  unconformity 
lie  whole  geological  column. 

ji  excellent  illustration  of  the  unconformity  below  the  "Arecibo" 
iven  on  page  16,  figure  3,  of  Berkey's  paper, 
erkey  says  in  his  summary  of  the  geologic  history  of  the  island:3 

here  more  simple  marine  conditions  came  into  control,  as  would  happen  when 
..  jiergence  or  planation  had  masked  or  destroyed  the  more  elevated  source  of  sup- 
the  deposits  became  almost  wholly  reef  limestones  and  shell  limestones,  with 
minor  amounts  of  strictly  detrital  material  irregularly  distributed. 

he  middle  Oligocene  reef-coral  development  of  Porto  Rico,  there- 
,  took  place  after  its  basement  had  been  subaerially  eroded  and 
l  depressed  below  sea  level,  and  it  seems  that  the  basement  prior 
ts  submergence  had  been  almost  reduced  to  a  peneplain  surface. 


>  CUBA. 

eef  corals  of  middle  Oligocene  age  were  first  collected  in  Cuba, 
Rio  Canapu,  by  Arthur  C.  Spencer,  who  obtained  three  species, 

lil  m  which  also  occur  in  Antigua;  but  the  only  at  all  extensive  col- 
f  ion  is  from  the  vicinity  of  Guantanamo,  and  was  made  by  O.  E. 
Inzer,  who  studied  in  detail  the  stratigraphic  relations  of  the  coral- 
f  ous  formation.  I  am  taking  the  following  note  from  a  manu- 
B>t  by  Mr.  Meinzer,  now  awaiting  publication.  That  there  is  a 
riounced  unconformity  is  indicated  by  a  conglomerate  at  the  base 

-  f  he  formation.  Previous  to  the  submergence,  during  which  the 
#1  reefs  were  formed,  there  was  a  long  period  of  subaerial  erosion, 
1  geologic  investigations  have  not  been  prosecuted  over  large 

j  rkey,  C.  P.,  Geological  reconnaissance  of  Porto  Rico,  New  York  Acad.  Sci.  Ann.,  vol.  26,  pp.  12-17, 
M 

'  ;m.  p.  3. 
3  m.p.59. 


262 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


enough  areas  in  Cuba  to  draw  inferences  as  to  the  physiograph 
features  of  the  land  surface  resulting  from  the  erosional  activitie 

WEST  INDIAN  AND  PANAMANIAN  UPPER  OLIGOCENE  REEFS. 

ANGUILLA. 

Basic  igneous  rock  above  which  in  places  there  is  some  sandstoi 
is  exposed  below  the  coralliferous  limestone  at  Crocus  Bay  ai 
Road  Bay.  The  contact  is  very  clearly  one  of  erosion  unconformit 
The  following  is  a  composite  of  the  sections  exposed  at  Crocus  Ba 

Geologic  section  at  Crocus  Bay,  'Anguilla. 

3.  Hard  cavernous  limestone,  with  few  or  no  corals   60  fe 

2.  More  or  less  argillaceous  limestone  with  some  beds  of  harder,  purer  lime- 
stone; contains  fossil  corals  from  bottom  to  top,  some  coral  heads  as  much 
as  2  feet  in  diameter;  this  member  subdivisible  into  subordinate  beds 

about   2  )  fe 

1.  Yellowish  and  brownish  clay  underlain  by  dark  blue-black  clay,  or  sand- 
stone and  conglomerate  of  igneous  material  overlying  basic  igneous  rock 
(exposed  at  Pelican  Point)   5  feet 

The  exposure  at  Road  Bay  is  essentially  the  same  as  that  at  Croc 
Bay. 

The  Anguillan  reef  was  evidently  formed  during  submergence  afl 
the  subaerial  erosion  of  its  basement. 

It  should  be  emphasized  that  the  richly  coralliferous  limestone 
overlain  by  more  massive,  harder,  limestone  in  which  there  are  f 
or  no  corals;  and  that  the  areal  extent  of  the  shoal-water  limestc 
indicates  a  submarine  flat. 

CANAX  ZONE . 

The  Emperador  limestone,  according  to  Doctor  MacDonald,  lj 
unconformably  on  several  of  the  beds  belonging  to  the  underlyil 
Culebra  formation,  and  supplies  another  instance  of  a  fossil  coral  r 
with  an  unconformable  basal  contact. 

The  stratigraphic  relations  of  the  important  West  Indian  and  Ca:J 
Zone  reef  corals  and  coral  reefs  are  summarized  in  the  follow] 
table : 


Stratigraphic  relations  of  West  Indian  and  Canal  Zone  Eocene  and  Oligocene  reef  co 

and  coral  reefs. 

Age. 

Locality. 

Basal  contact. 

Overlying  rock. 

Surface  of  b 
ment. 

Upper  Oligocene  

Middle  Oligocene.... 

Canal  Zone  (Em- 
perador Is.) 
Anguilla  

Unconformable  on 
Culebra  formation. 

Unconformable  on 
igneous  rock  or  on 
sandstone  and  con- 
glomerate. 
 do  

Limestone  without 
or  with  few  corals. 

 do  

Submerged 

Do. 
Do. 

Not  known 
Submerged 

Porto  Rioo  (Pepino 

formation). 
Cuba  (Guantanamo) 

 do  

 do  

 do  

Limestone  without 
or  with  few  corals. 

GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  263 


Jl  of  the  fossil  reefs  discussed  in  the  foregoing  remarks  were 
ned  during  periods  of  subsidence  that  followed  subaerial  erosion 
their  basements.  The  basal  contacts  might  be  interpreted  as 
porting  Darwin's  hypothesis,  but  in  four  of  the  six  instances  the 
s  are  buried  under  later  nearly  pure  limestones  in  which  there  are 

or  no  corals.  What  caused  the  change  in  the  character  of  the 
ments,  and  coincidently  led  to  the  extermination  of  the  reefs  is 

known;  but  the  organisms  in  the  overlying  sediments  indicate 
low,  tropical  waters,  and  as  the  geologic  formations  are  areally 
;nsive  (relatively  speaking),  they  were  evidently  formed  on 
aiarine  flats.  The  corals  began  to  grow  on  such  flats  and  were 
nately  killed.    So  long  as  the  ecologic  conditions  were  favorable, 

corals  flourished,  but  died  when  the  conditions  changed.  The 
lation  of  the  flats  can  scarcely  be  attributed  to  the  corals. 

WEST  INDIAN  MIOCENE  REEF  CORALS. 

eager  developments  of  reef  corals  during  the  Miocene  occur  in 
a  and  Santo  Domingo,  but  at  present  no  Miocene  reefs  are  known 
ss  the  name  reef  be  applied  to  the  corals  found  in  the  La  Cruz 
I,  eastward  from  La  Cruz  to  the  intersection  of  the  railroad  with 
highway  from  Santiago  to  the  Morro.  The  La  Cruz  marl  is  a 
led  formation  in  which  there  are  a  few  reef  corals.  The  presence 
ebbles  in  the  basal  part  of  the  formation  at  the  south  end  of 
iago  Harbor  suggests  an  erosion  unconformity  with  some  older 
iary  formation. 

p  Pliocene  reef  corals  are  at  present  known  in  the  West  Indies, 
erroneous  suggestion,  that  a  coralliferous  limestone  exposed  in 

uarry  on  Calle  Infanta,  opposite  Castillo  de  la  Punta,  Habana, 
it  be  Pliocene,  has  been  corrected  on  page  224.  This  limestone 
is  to  represent  very  nearly  the  same  horizon  in  the  Miocene 
ie  Bowden  marl  of  Jamaica;  it  may  be  stratigraphically  somewhat 
er.  It  contains  some  corals  of  reef  facies  but  it  can  not  appro- 
mely  be  called  coral-reef  rock.    The  stratigraphic  relations  of  the 

a:  of  the  deposit  are  not  known. 

WEST  INDIAN  PLEISTOCENE  REEFS. 

'ie  West  Indian  Pleistocene  reefs,  whose  stratigraphic  relations 
I  been  critically  investigated  and  can  be  discussed  here  are  those 
i  imaica  and  Cuba.  Mr.  K.  T.  Hill  has  placed  in  my  hands  a 
ifiiscript  describing  the  Pleistocene  reefs  of  Barbados,  and  Doctor 
la  3onald  will  discuss  those  of  Costa  Rica  and  Panama  in  his  memoir 
&  ie  geology  of  the  Canal  Zone  and  adjacent  areas. 

ie  basal  contacts  of  the  Jamaican  Pleistocene  reefs,  as  has  been 
la>rately  presented  by  K.  T.  Hill  in  his  account  of  the  Jamaican  1 

1 1 .  R.  T.,  The  geology  and  physical  geography  of  Jamaica,  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.  Bull.,  vol.  34,  pp.  90-99, 
89. 

37149— 19— Bull.  103  6 


264         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


reefs,  at  least  usually  show  unconformable  relations.  Althc 
that  Agassiz  was  aware  of  the  unconformity  at  the  base  of  the  Ci 
Pleistocene  reefs  can  be  inferred  from  his  descriptions,  he  did 
emphasize  the  stratigraphic  relations;  however,  he  does  say  regar 
the  living  Cuban  reefs:  ''In  Cuba  they  [the  coral  reefs]  abut  upor 
Tertiary  limestone  of  its  shores."  I  observed  the  unconform 
relations  at  Baracoa,  and  stated  that  "Upper  Oligocene  yello 
calcareous  marls  or  limestone  are  found  in  the  vicinity  of  Nuev 
also  at  Baracoa,  where  they  immediately  underlie  the  Pleistocene  co 
soborruco."1  On  page  32  of  the  same  report  it  is  stated:  "It  sh 
be  added  here  that  all  of  the  elevated  Pleistocene  coral  reefs  as 
by  us  and  all  of  those  recorded  by  those  whom  we  consider  co] 
tent  observers,  are  plastered  on  the  surface  of  the  upper  Oligc 
[mostly  Miocene]  formations,  or  in  some  instances  upon  older  g 
gic  formations." 

Unconformable  relations  between  the  elevated  Pleistocene 
and  the  underlying  Miocene  limestone  or  marl  are  observab 
Matanzas,  Habana,  and  Santiago.  The  rock  in  the  left  foregr 
(pi.  71,  fig.  A,)  is  the  slightly  elevated  soborruco  (coral-reef  : 
that  extends  into  the  mouth  of  Santiago  Harbor,  clearly  p 
ing  that  the  harbor  was  outlined  as  a  drainage  basin  pre 
to  the  formation  of  the  particular  reef  now  under  consider* 
The  bluff  and  slopes  in  the  background  and  on  the  right  side  c 
illustration  are  formed  in  the  Santa  Cruz  marl. 

The  known  unconformable  relation  at  the  base  of  the  Pleist 
elevated  reefs  was  the  basis  of  inferred  "subsidence  of  80  to  100 
during  the  Pleistocene;  this  subsidence  was  followed  by  elevatio: 
channeling  in  the  mouth  of  the  harbor;  and  this  was  follow* 
Recent  submergence.2  I  have  recently  prepared  a  revised  accoi 
the  shore-line  phenomena  of  Cuba,  and  present  the  following 
mary  for  the  vicinity  of  Habana: 

1.  Stand  of  land  high  enough  for  the  subaerial  erosion  c 
basement  of  a  reef  that  seems  to  be  about  30  feet  above  sea 
at  present,  and  for  the  outlining  by  erosion  of  Habana  Harboi 

2.  Submergence  in  Pleistocene  time  to  a  stand  about  30  feet 
than  at  present. 

3.  Emergence  in  Pleistocene  time  sufficient  to  permit  the  c 
of  a  channel,  now  submerged  100  feet  in  Habana  Harbor;  the  ai 
of  this  emergence  would  be  about  100+     feet  =130  feet. 

4.  Submergence,  assigned  to  Recent  time,  to  a  depth  of 
100  feet. 

J  Hayes,  C.  W.,  Vaughan,  T.  W.,  and  Spencer,  A.  C,  A  geological  reconnaissance  of  Cuba,  mi 
the  direction  of  General  Leonard  Wood,  Military  Governor,  p.  23.  The  upper  01igocen9  in  this  | 
is  now  considered  Miocene.   The  italicized  part  of  the  sentence  is  in  Roman  letters  in  the  ort  " 

*Idem.,  p.  34. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


265 


There  may  have  been  minor  oscillations,  for  instance  the  5-foot 
orruco  may  represent  slight  elevation  subsequent  to  the  last 
nergence. 

r.  O.  E.  Meinzer,  in  his  manuscript,  "Geologic  reconnaissance  of 
egion  adjacent  to  Guantanamo,  Cuba/'  referred  to  on  page  204, 
s  the  following  summary  of  events  for  the  vicinity  of  Guantanamo : 
(Previous  to  the  formation  of  the  terraces)  "Erosion,  resulting 
le  excavation  of  the  principal  valleys  now  in  existence,  some  of 
m  probably  below  present  sea  level. 

Submergence  sufficient  in  amount  to  bring  the  land  at  least 
feet  below  the  level  of  the  present  shore  line. 

Successive  stages  of  emergence  and  perhaps  slight  tilting  of  the 
I  alternating  with  stages  of  quiescene,  the  emergence  being  about 
feet  in  amount  so  that  the  land  area  stood  about  100  feet  higher 
i  at  present,  thereby  permitting  stream  erosion  below  the  present 
level;  during  the  stages  of  quiescence  sea  benches  and  cliffs 
3  formed  at  different,  successive  stands  of  the  land. 

Submergence  to  the  present  level,  resulting  in  the  drowning  of 
lower  parts  of  the  stream  valleys  and  in  the  production  of  innum- 
)le  small  estuaries,  bays,  and  coves. 
Filling  of  the  submerged  valleys  and  development  of  a  new  sea 
h  by  destructive  and  constructive  processes. " 
he  reefs  considered  in  this  section  are  fringing  reefs.  They  rest 
Dnformably  upon  their  basements,  but  were  formed  during 
ses  in  emergence. 

7IARYAND  PLEISTOCENE  REEF  CORALS  AND  CORAL  REEFS  OF  THE  UNITED 

STATES. 

SOUTHEASTERN  UNITED  STATES. 

the  United  States  Tertiary  reef  corals  first  appear  at  the  base 
le  Eocene  in  the  Midway  group  in  Alabama,  but  these  are  not 
pently  abundant  to  entitle  the  deposit  to  the  designation 
al  reef." 

ae  oldest  Tertiary  coral  reefs  in  this  province  are  of  middle 
ocene  age,  and  have  been  studied  at  Salt  Mountain,  near  Jackson, 
>ama,  and  near  Bainbridge,  Georgia.    The  basal  contact  of  the 
at  Salt  Mountain  is  not  exposed,  and  its  nature  is,  therefore, 
Mown.  The  reef  in  the  basal  part  of  the  Chattahoochee  formation 
ainbridge,  Georgia,  rests  on  the  surface  of  the  upper  Eocene  Ocala 
stone,  which  shows  evidence  of  subaerial  erosion,  and  is  exposed 
place  to  place  along  Flint  Kiver  throughout  a  distance  of  8 
miles.    It  is  relatively  thin,  perhaps  only  10  to  15  feet  thick, 
contains  a  fauna  of  about  30  species  of  corals,  mingled  with 
h  are  many  specimens  of  Liihothamnion  and  large  Lepidocyclina. 
ie  next  younger  development  of  reef  corals  is  in  the  upper  part 
ie  Chattahoochee  formation  and  its  stratigraphic  equivalent, 


266         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


the  "srlex"  bed  and  limestone  of  the  Tampa  formation.  Corals 
sufficiently  abundant  to  justify  being  designated  "  reefs"  at  sevi 
localities,  the  most  important  of  which  are  18  miles  south  of  TV 
hassee,  Florida,  in  several  counties  in  southern  Georgia,  and! 
Tampa,  Florida.    Coralliferous  limestone  of  the  same  or  nearly  i 
same  age  is  exposed  one-half  mile  south  of  River  Junction,  Flor 
and  at  old  Jacksonboro,  Georgia.    Well  borings  in  Tampa  show  1 
beneath  the  coralliferous  limestone  is  a  variable  thickness  of 
which  overlies  the  irregular  surface  of  the  Ocala  limestone,  indica1 
subaerial  erosion,  followed  by  submergence.    The  coralliferous  1 
are  stratigraphically  below  the  next  younger  set  of  deposits  groii 
under  the  Alum  Bluff  formation,  indicating  the  continuation  of 
sidence  after  the  formation  of  the  reefs.    The  thickness  of  the  r 
and  coralliferous  beds  is  not  great,  perhaps  between  10  and  20  i 
The  fauna  comprises  about  20  species  of  corals.    Where  not  silic 
and  its  character  may  be  studied,  the  limestone  associated  with 
corals  is  of  complex  origin.    It  is  partly  organic,  probably  in  p* 
chemical  precipitate,  and  contains  terrigenous  impurities.    This  : 
cates  that  the  reefs  and  corals  of  this  period  grow  during  subsid! 
on  a  previously  formed  platform,  but  possess  greater  value  for  | 
aid  in  stratigraphic  correlation  than  as  constructional  agents. 

The  Alum  Bluff  formation,  which,  in  my  opinion,  is  of  Mioft 
age,  according  to  the  usage  adopted  by  the  United  States  Geoloft 
Survey  is  subdivided  into  three  members,  which  named  fron» 
bottom  upward  are  the  Chipola  marl,  Oak  Grove  sand,  and  £St 
River  marl.  The  basal  Chipola  marl  member  was  known  on  ll 
an  area  extending  from  Alum  Bluff  on  Apalachicola  River  west«( 
to  Chipola  River  until  it  was  recently  identified  by  Miss  Julia  Cm 
ner  from  a  collection  made  by  Dr.  E.  H.  Sellards  at  Boynton  Laiflf 
on  Choctawhatchee  River,  in  Washington  County.  The  beA 
Chipola  River  seems  conformably  to  overlie  the  Chattahoochee  fc'ft 
tion,  it  is  conformably  overlain  by  higher  beds  of  the  typical  .1 
Bluff  formation,  and  is  between  15  and  17  feet  thick.  Of  theBc 
or  five  species  of  corals  found  at  this  horizon,  one  is  of  reef  facHi 
massive  species  of  Goniopora.  Subsidence  was  in  progress  B 
these  coralliferous  beds  were  being  deposited.  ■ 

Before  completing  the  discussion  of  the  Alum  Bluff  formatioiw 
tain  events  antecedent  to  its  deposition  in  central  peninsular  FlBi 
should  be  stated.  Previous  to  the  deposition  of  Chattahooche<Bi 
Tampa  sediments,  the  Ocala  limestone  was  deformed  with  thefll 
duction  of  a  low,  elongate  dome,  the  axis  of  which  extends 
near  Gainesville  to  near  Ocala.  On  both  the  east  coast  an<K 
west  coast  along  an  east-west  line  through  Gainesville  the  siH 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OP  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  267 


i  he  Ocala  is  below  sea  level  and  is  overlain  by  younger  forma- 
us,  while  along  the  axis  of  the  dome  its  surface  rises  from  80  to 
j  ttle  more  than  100  feet  above  sea  level.    This  low  dome  formed 

ii  he  upper  Oliogocene  sea  an  island  or  a  group  of  islands  to  which 
rave  applied  the  name  "  Orange  Island."  The  Chattahoochee 
oj  Tampa  formations  were  deposited  on  the  western  slope  of  this 

ad  but  they  are  not  known  in  central  Florida.  The  subsidence 
i  ch  brought  about  the  deposition  of  these  two  formations  con- 
ned until  the  Alum  Bluff  sea  advanced  entirely  across  central 
.  ida,  where  deposits  of  Alum  Bluff  age  rest  on  the  surface  of  the 
i  la  limestone  apparent!}-  without  the  intervention  of  deposits  of 
:  rmediate  age. 

b  he  portion  of  the  Alum  Bluff  formation  above  its  basal  member 
)  iains  in  central  Florida  at  numerous  localities  heads  of  corals  of 
lii  facies  belonging  to  the  genus  Siderastrea.    At  a  place  near 
itlier  Sink,  about  8  miles  north  of  Alachua,  Florida,  there  is  a 
a  irastrea  reef,  which,  according  to  aneroid  barometer  measurement, 
is  bout  35  feet  thick.    The  sediments  associated  with  the  Alum 
.  ff  reef  corals  are  greenish,  usually  phosphatic  sands  and  clays,  and 
ure  phosphatic,  in  places  magnesian  limestone.    The  corals  are 
dedly  subordinate  in  importance  to  other  constructional  agents, 
'  ough  they  grew  on  a  subsiding  basement, 
dum  Bluff  sedimentation  was  succeeded  by  uplift  and  subaerial 
:  ion  preceding  the  depression  initiating  the  deposition  of  the 
ctawhatchee  Miocene.    Although  the  Miocene  Choctawhatchee 
^Chesapeake  faunas  comprise  about  a  dozen  species  of  coials  of 
.  tinctive  facies,  no  reef  corals  are  known  as  the  temperature  of  the 

3r  was  evidently  too  low. 
:  o  Pliocene  coral  reefs  are  known,  but  corals  of  reef  facies  are  well 
j  esented  in  the  Caloosahatchee  marl,  which  is  largely  composed  of 
uscan  shells.    The  stratigraphic  relation  of  the  Caloosahatchee 
I  to  the  Miocene  has  not  been  definitely  ascertained,  but  available 
fence  suggests  separation  by  an  erosion  unconformity.  Whatever 
t,  relation  may  be,  the  formation  was  deposited  during  subsidence, 
oils  are  of  slight  importance  as  contributors  of  material  to  the 
utation,  as  Heilprin  long  ago  pointed  out. 

me  following  table,  which  is  a  slightly  revised  copy  of  a  table 
r-iously  published,1  shows  the  stratigraphic  distribution  of  coral 
jfc  and  reef  corals  from  Oligocene  to  Recent  time,  and  their  rela- 
to  changing  sea  level. 

CVjighan,  T.  W.,  and  Shaw,  E.  W.,  Geologic  investigations  of  the  Florida  coral  reef  tract,  Carnegie 
•Washington  Yearbook  No.  14,  p.  238, 1916. 


268         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Stratigraphic  distribution  of  coral  reefs  and  reef  corals  in  the  southeastern  United  S 
from  Oligocene  to  Recent  time,  and  their  relation  to  changing  sea  level. 


Series. 


Recent  

Pleistocene . 
Pliocene  


Miocene . 


Oligocene. 
Eocene. 


Geologic  formations,  members, 
unconformities. 


Distribution  of  reef  corals  and 
coral  reefs. 


Erosion  unconformity. 
Key  Largo  limestone. .'. . 

Erosion  unconformity. 
Caloosahatchee  marl. . . . 

Erosion  unconformity , 
Choctawha  tehee  marl. . , 

Erosion  unconformity, 


Cora!  reefs  

Coral  reefs  

Reef  corals  

No  reefs,  a  few  corals. 


Change 
relation 
basemen 
sea  lev< 


Alum  Bluff  for- 
mation. 


Shoal  River  marl. 
I  Oak  Grove  sand  . 

Chipola  marl  


Chattahoochee  formation^PP^  ■ 

Erosion  unconformity. 
Ocala  limestone  


A  few  corals;  slight  development  of  \] 
reefs  in  central  and  northern  i 
peninsular  Florida. 

A  few  corals;  one  species  of  reef  ! 
facies.  j 

Coral  reefs  (Tampa,  Fla.,  etc.)  j 

Coral  reefs  (Bainbridge,  Ga.)  


No  coral  reefs   Subsiden 


Submerge 
Subsiden 
Subsiden 
Subsiden 

►Subsiden 


Subsiden 
Subsiden 


■ 


The  table  shows,  besides  the  stratigraphic  distribution  of  the  r 
and  reef  corals,  that,  with  possibly  one  exception,  each  developn 
occurred  during  subsidence  which  followed  subaerial  erosion . 

To  consider  the  basement  of  these  fossil  reefs:  The  geogra 
extent  and  composition  of  the  limestones  of  upper  Eocene  age,  w! 
form  the  basement  of  the  Floridian  plateau,  have  been  ascertai 
with  considerable  exactness.  The  surface  outcrop  has  been  map 
in  Georgia  and  Florida,  and  well  borings  have  revealed  the  pres 
of  limestone  of  this  age  and  character  under  younger  formation 
west  Florida,  at  Panama  City,  and  in  Peninsular  Florida,  at  Tar 
Key  West,  Key  Vaca,  and  Palm  Beach.  The  limestone  is  lar 
composed  of  the  remains  of  Foraminifera,  including  myriad; 
Nummulites  and  orbitoidal  Foraminifera,  Bryozoa,  and  some  molli 
and  echinoids,  with  which  is  an  undetermined  proportion  of  eh 
cally  precipitated  calcium  carbonate  and  some  terrigenous  mate 
Corals  are  always  rare  and  are  usually  absent.  The  organisms  oc 
ring  in  the  formation  are  characteristic  of  tropical,  shoal  wate] 
fathoms  or  less  in  depth.  As  the  100-fathom  curve  delimits  the 
merged  border  of  the  Coastal  Plain,  it  is  evident  that  the  Flori 
plateau  was  a  part  of  the  Coastal  Plain  and  had  essentially  its  pre 
outline  back  in  upper  Eocene  time  before  the  formation  of  the  ol 
Chattahoochee  reef,  which  was  therefore  superposed  on  a  subsi 
platform  not  produced  by  corals.  The  paleogeographic  developi 
of  the  Floridian  plateau  shows  that  each  successive  developmei 
Tertiary  reefs  was  on  an  antecedent  platform  which  was  formec 
agencies  other  than  those  dependent  on  the  presence  of  coral  r 
In  all  instances  the  volume  of  coral  as  compared  with  material  J 
other  sources  is  of  minor  and  usually  of  negligible  importance. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  269 


he  accompanying  map  (fig.  7)  shows  the  location  of  the  Oligocene 
s  with  reference  to  the  Plateau  surface. 

hat  Pliocene  deposition  was  followed  by  uplift,  erosion,  and  de- 
ision,  is  shown  by  the  fact  that  the  Pleistocene  shell  marls  along 
)Osahatchee  River  rest  on  the  eroded  surface  of  the  Pliocene.  The 
stocene  reefs,  the  location  of  which  is  shown  on  the  map  (fig.  8) , 
b  formed  during  subsidence  which  followed  uplift  at  the  close  of 
cene  deposition.    At  the  base  of  the  reef,  which  is  105  feet  thick, 


'.—Florida,  Ocala  limestone  plateau  with  superposed  Oligocene  and  Miocene  coral  reefs 
)  reef  corals.  oc.  ls.=oc\lx  limestone;  the  figures  are  for  the  depths  of  its  upper  surface 

OW  SEA  LEVEL.  C7(=CHATTAHOOCHEE  AND  TAMPA  OLIGOCENE  FORMATIONS.  Al.  B.—AhVM  BLUFF 
>CENE  FORMATION. 

s  calcareous  deposit,  55  feet  thick,  of  undetermined  age.  Beneath 
tre  450  feet  of  sand,  mostly  quartz,  of  Miocene  age,  below  which 
)w  in  descending  order,  limestones  of  Chattahoochee  and  Ocala 
a{.  but  without  any  development  of  reef -corals.  Planimeter  meas- 
I  nents  indicate  an  area  of  66  square  miles  for  the  Pleistocene  reef 
a{inst  an  area  of  1,670  for  the  chemically  precipitated  calcium  car- 
I  ate  of  the  Miami  and  Key  West  oolites.    I  have  already  published 


270         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


the  statement  that  in  Pleistocene  time  the  calcium  carbonate  chi 
cally  precipitated  probably  predominated  over  that  secreted  by  c< 
in  the  ratio  100 rl.1 

The  theory  advanced  by  Louis  Agassiz  2  for  the  building  of  p( 
sular  Florida  is  familiar  to  most  geologists  through  the  writii 
LeConte.    Agassiz  says:  *    *    *    "the  peninsula  itself  has 
been  a  reef  at  least  as  far  as  the  28th  degree  of  north  latitude, 
shown  by  the  investigation  of  the  Everglades,  and  by  the  examim 


Fig.  8.  Florida,  location  of  Pleistocene  coral  reefs  as  shown  by  +,  and  the  location 

AGAS3IZ-LeCONTE  BOUNDARY  OF  SUPPOSED  CORAL  FORMATION. 


of  the  rocks  at  San  Augustine."  According  to  LeConte 's  map 
half  of  peninsular  Florida  was  formed  through  the  agency  of 
reefs.3    (See  figure  8,  above.) 

Eugene  A.  Smith,  in  1881,  showed  that  Eocene  deposits  exmm 
south  of  Ocala  into  the  peninsula;  Heilprin  showed  that  coralf«d 
unimportant  to  the  latitude  of  Lake  Okechobee;  Alexander  AglBi 

»  Vaughan,  T.  W.,  Sketch  of  the  geologic  history  of  the  Florida  coral-reef  tract  and  comparison  witBH 
coral-reef  areas,  Journ.  Washington  Acad.  Sci.,  vol.  4,  p.  26,  1914. 
2  U.  S.  Coast  and  Geodetic  Survey  Ann.  Rept.  1851,  pp.  145-160,  1852. 
J  Elements  of  geology,  cd.  4,  p.  163. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  271 


fe-epted  the  results  of  Smith  and  Heilprin  but  contended  that  the 
cithern  end  of  the  peninsula  is  composed  of  wind-blown  coral  sand. 

ter  investigations  have  established  that  the  material  comprising 
pei3  part  of  the  peninsula  is  neither  coral  sand  nor  is  it  wind-blown, 
^rtecedent  to  the  Recent  reef  out  of  an  area  of  between  25,000  and 
-  aOOO  square  miles,  perhaps  as  much  as,  but  probably  less  than,  66 
iiiare  miles  may  now  be  attributed  to  coral. 

iirhe  data  on  the  fossil  reefs  of  the  Southeastern  States  may  be 
nmarized  as  follows: 

h  Corals  have  played  a  subordinate  part,  usually  a  negligible  part, 
the  building  of  the  Floridian  plateau. 

\  I  Every  conspicuous  development  of  fossil  coral  reefs  or  reef 
mh  took  place  during  subsidence. 

I.  In  every  instance  the  coral  reefs  or  reef  corals  have  developed 
platform  basements  which  owe  their  origin  to  geologic  agencies 
er  than  those  dependent  on  the  presence  of  corals. 


ilendenhall 1  has  described  in  detail  the  relations  of  the  coralli- 
)us  beds  at  this  locality,  and  I  have  republished  his  statements 
ny  account  of  the  collection  of  corals  made  by  him  and  Dr.  Stephen 
wers.2  There  is  here  another  instance  of  a  richly  coralliferous 
|  mation  with  an  erosion  unconformity  at  its  base. 

-ii 

[Ving  Coral  Reefs  of  the  West  Indies,  Florida,  and  Central  America. 

general  account  of  the  position  and  general  features  of  the 
-vng  reefs  within  the  region  above  mentioned  will  be  given  here,  as 
subject  has  been  fairly  well  treated  by  Alexander  Agassiz  for  the 
st  Indies  and  Central  America,3  and  during  the  past  eight  years 
ave  published  a  number  of  papers,  listed  in  the  footnote,4  on  the 

fendenhall,  W.  C,  Notes  on  the  geology  of  Carrizo  Mountain  and  vicinity,  San  Diego  County,  Cali- 
a,  Journ.  Geology,  vol.  18,  pp.  336-355,  1910. 

aughan,  T.  W.,  The  reef-coral  fauna  of  Carrizo  Creek,  Imperial  County,  California,  and  its  significance, 
y.  Geol.  Survey  Prof.  Paper  98-T,  pp.  355-386,  plates  92-102, 1917. 

-  gassiz,  A.,  A  reconnaissance  of  the  Bahamas  and  of  the  elevated  reefs  of  Cuba  in  the  steam  yacht  Wild 
1 Mus.  Comp.  Zool.  Bull.,  vol.  26,  pp.  145-166, 1894. 
aughan,  T.  W.: 

3tch  of  the  geologic  history  of  the  Floridian  Plateau,  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  32,  pp.  24-27,  July  1, 1910. 
contribution  to  the  geologic  history  of  the  Floridian  Plateau,  Carnegie  Inst.  Washington  Pub.  No.  133, 
1)9-185, 1910. 

;  idies  of  the  geology  and  of  the  Madreporaria  of  the  Bahamas  and  of  southern  Florida,  Carnegie  Inst. 
<  aington  Year  Book  No.  11  (for  1912),  pp.  153-162,  1913. 

marks  on  the  geology  of  the  Bahamas  and  on  the  formation  of  the  Floridian  and  Bahaman  oolites, 
$j  aington  Acad.  Sci.  Journ.,  vol.  3,  pp.  302-304,  May  19, 1913. 

ith  L.  V.  Pirsson,  A  deep  boring  in  Bermuda  Island,  Amer.  Jour.  Sci.,  ser.  4,  vol.  36,  pp.  70-71,  July, 

jf'  letch  of  geologic  history  of  the  Florida  coral  reef  tract  and  comparisons  with  other  coral  reef  areas,  Wash- 
°>n  Acad.  Sci.  Journ.,  vol.  4,  pp.  26-34,  Jan.  19,  1914;  abstract,  Geol.  Soc.  America  Bull.,  vol.  25,  pp. 
- ] March,  1914. 

e  reef  corals  of  southern  Florida,  Carnegie  Inst.  Washington  Year  Book  No.  12  (for  1913),  pp.  181-183, 


PLIOCENE  REEF  CORALS  FROM  CARRIZO  CREEK,  CALIFORNIA. 


[Footnote  continued  on  page  272.J 


272 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Floridian,  Bahamian,  West  Indian,  and  Central  American  re 
In  addition  to  my  studies  in  the  field  and  my  work  on  charts  e 
maps  in  the  office,  I  have  compiled  all  available  information 
Pleistocene  and  Recent  strand-line  movement  along  the  Atlai 
coast  between  Argentina  on  the  south  and  New  England  on 
north. 

The  discussion  to  follow  will  present  evidence  on  Recent  changi 
the  position  of  strand  line,  on  the  amount  of  change,  and  on  the  r 
tions  of  the  living  coral  to  the  basements  on  which  they  have  fonl 
for  the  West  Indies  from  Antigua  along  the  Caribbean  arc  to  Ci 
the  Bahamas,  the  Bermudas,  Florida,  and  Central  America.  Accou 
of  these  areas  will  be  followed  by  remarks  on  some  other  West  Inc 
Islands,  on  the  Brazilian  reefs,  on  the  Argentine  shore  line,  and  on 
shore  line  of  the  United  States  between  Florida  and  Cape  Cod. 


■ 


[Footnote  continued  from  page  271.] 

Investigations  of  the  geology  and  geologic  proccesses  of  the  reef  tracts  and  adjacent  areas  in  the  Bat 
and  Florida,  Carnegie  Inst.  Washington  Year  Book  No.  12  (for  1913),  pp.  183-184,  1914. 

The  platforms  of  barrier  coral  reefs,  Amer.  Geog.  Soc.  Bull.,  vol.  46,  pp.  426-429,  1914. 

Preliminary  remarks  on  the  geology  of  the  Bahamas  with  special  reference  to  the  origin  of  the  FIoj 
Mid  Bahama  oolites,  Carnegie  Inst.  Washington  Pub.  No.  182,  pp.  47-54,  1914. 

The  building  of  the  Marquesas  and  Tortugas  atolls  and  a  sketch  of  the  geologic  history  of  the  F.j 
ree;  tract,  Carnegie  Inst.  Washington  Pub.  No.  182,  pp.  55-67,  1914. 

Study  of  the  stratigraphic  geology  and  of  the  fossil  corals  and  associated  organisms  in  several  of  the  si  ier 
West  Indian  Islands,  Carnegie  Inst.  Washington  Year  Book  No.  13  (for  1914),  pp.  358-360,  1915. 

Geological  investigations  in  the  Bahamas  and  southern  Florida,  Carnegie  Inst.  Washington  Year  Kik 
No.  13  (for  1914),  pp.  227-233,  1915. 

Reef  corals  of  the  Bahamas  and  southern  Florida,  Carnegie  Inst.  Washington  Year  Book  No.  1 
1914),  pp.  222-226,  1915. 

Coral  reefs  and  reef  corals  of  the  southeastern  United  States,  their  geologic  history  and  their  signifii  ice, 
Abstract,  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  41,  pp.  508-509,  April  2,  1915;  Geol.  Soc.  America  Bui.,  vol.  26,  pp.  60, 
1915. 

Introductory  remarks  to  symposium  on  the  factors  producing  changes  in  position  of  strand  line  c  ing 
the  Pleistocene  and  post-Pleistocene,  Washington  Acad.  Sci.  Journ.,  vol.  5,  pp.  444^145,  June  18,  191 

[Resum6  of  the  present  status  of  the  geologic  correlation  of  the  Cretaceous  and  Tertiary  formations 
Antilles],  Washington  Acad.  Sci.  Journ.,  vol.  5,  p.  489,  July  19, 1915. 

Memorandum  on  the  geology  of  the  ground  waters  of  the  Island  of  Antigua,  B.  W.  I.,  West  Indian 
vol.  14,  No.  4,  4£  pp.,  1915.  Imperial  Dept.  of  Agri.  for  the  West  Indies. 

The  geologic  significance  of  the  growth  rate  of  the  Floridianaud  Bahaman  shoal-water  corals,  Washi 
Acad.  Sci.  Journ.,  vol.  5,  No.  17,  pp.  591-600,  Oct.  19,  1915. 

On  Recent  Madreporaria  of  Florida,  the  Bahamas,  and  the  West  Indies,  and  on  collections  from  M 
Island,  Australia,  Carnegie  Inst.  Washington  Year  Book  No.  14  (for  1915),  pp.  220-231,  1916. 

And  Shaw,  E.  W.,  Geologic  investigations  of  the  Florida  coral-reef  tract,  Carnegie  Inst.  Wash! 
Year  Book  No.  14  (for  1915),  pp.  233-238,  1916. 

Study  of  the  stratigraphic  geology  and  of  the  fossil  corals  and  associated  organisms  in  several  of  the  s 
West  Indian  Islands,  Carnegie  Inst.  Washington  Year  Book  No.  14  (for  1915),  pp.  368-373,  1916. 

Present  status  of  the  investigations  of  the  origin  of  barrier  coral  reefs,  Amer.  Journ.  Sci.,  ser.  4,  t 
No.  241,  pp.  131-135,  January,  1916. 

The  results  of  investigations  of  the  ecology  of  the  Floridian  and  Bahaman  shoal-water  corals,  Nat 
Sci.  Proc,  vol.  2,  pp.  95-100,  February,  1916. 

Some  littoral  and  sublittoral  physiographic  features  of  the  Virgin  and  northern  Leeward  Islanr  MA 
1  heir  bearing  on  the  coral  reef  problem,  Washington  Acad.  Sci.  Journ.,  vol.  6,  No.  3,  pp.  53-66,  Feb.  4  HI 
also  abstract  Geol.  Soc.  America  Bull.,  vol.  27,  No.  1,  pp.  41-45,  1916. 

The  corals  and  coral  reefs  of  the  Qui!  of  Mexico  and  the  Caribbean  Sea  (abstract  of  paper  read  lV 
special  meeting  of  Amer.  Ass.  Adv.  Sci.,  in  cooperation  wit  h  Pan-American  Congress),  Science,  ne  Jm 
vol.  43,  pp.  250-251,  February  18,  1916. 

In  collaboration  with  Cushman,  J.  A.,  Goldman,  M.  I.,  Howe,  M.  A.,  and  others:  Some  shoal mf 
bottom  samples  from  Murray  Island,  Australia,  and  comparisons  of  them  with  samples  from  FloricjH 
the  Bahamas,  Carnegie  Inst.  Washington  Pub.  No.  213,  pp.  235-297,  pis.  94-98,  1918. 

Chemical  and  organic  deposits  of  the  sea,  Geol.  Soc.  American  Pull.,  vol.  28,  pp.  933-914.  pis.  47, 4fBM 


Uei 


1 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  273 


ANTIGUA-BARBUDA  BANK. 


The  islands  of  Antigua  and  Barbuda  rise  from  a  bank  which  is 
mded  by  the  100-fathom  curve  and  is  50  miles  in  length  along  a 
iipth-soutn  line,  and  from  13  to  20  miles  in  width.    Antigua  is  near 
southern  and  Barbuda  near  the  northern  end,  with  water  from 
to  18  fathoms  in  depth  between  them.    (See  text  fig.  9.) 


17 


C2 


13 
18 

18  12 
12 

.140V 


104/  21 

/*  15 
30  19  1S 


,  9      6  & 
.Paliuetto.Pt.,.       .  . 

Codrington  Skls-V;-',.-.  'i'lY  a'****.  1 

13 16 17  feWVv  !»r 

12         24  15       /'  8  6  'Vjfjlfi  / 

15     14    Co.Sh.^y^io    '  1^/146 


14  16 


M      39 1 
19     J5  / 
40/ 


14  \ 
15    21  \ 


100 


/  29    18       , ,  St.Joh 


22  .17 


18     W»i  \ 
15    15        17  «V        ,-.(?;  dJ\ 

ig         i5/pi7  irr>  sslVi* 


13 


225  \ 


295 


11 


.13 


}m  i  ANTIGUA 

3^^/15  (British) 
1  t-.'<-/v.  30  34 


320 


'v31 

345  255s 


338 


(52c 


-Chart  of  antigua— barbuda  bank.  From  U.  S.  hydrographic  chart  no.  2318.  Scale,  1 

INCH  =  ABOUT  12.8  NAUTICAL  MILES. 


The  shore  line  of  Antigua  is  deeply  indented  by  numerous  bays 
ad  harbors,  as  St.  John,  Five  Islands,  and  Falmouth  harbors,  and 
Mloughby,  Nonsuch,  and  Belfast  bays  (pi.  68,  figs.  A,  B,  and 
mt  fig.  10).  The  absence  of  terraces  and  elevated  wave-cut  cliffs 
i  especially  noteworthy.  The  discover}'  in  St.  John  Harbor,  at  a 
I  ">th  of  20  feet  below  sea  level,  of  a  4-foot  bed  of  peat,  which 


274 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


is  not  composed  of  marine  plants  (according  to  Mr.  C.  A.  Da^j 
adds  confirmation  to  the  inference  from  the  indented  shore  line 
the  absence  of  elevated  terraces  and  wave-cut  cliffs  that  the 
important  movement  of  the  strand  line  was  one  of  submerge] 
Present  sea-level  relations  have  persisted  long  enough  for  the  deve 
ment  of  sea  cliffs,  in  places  100  feet  or  more  high,  for  the  allu 
fillings  at  the  heads  of  the  bays,  and  for  the  extension  inlanc 
alluvial  deposits  along  the  stream  ways.    There  is  some  evidence 
slight  upward  movement  of  the  land,  a  few  feet,  less  than  10,  s 
the  submergence. 

t 


Fig.  10.— Chart  of  part  of  east  coast  of  antigua.  From  U.  S.  hydrographic  chart  no.  1C 

Barbuda,  which  is  composed  of  limestone  and  has  a  maxin 
height  of  about  200  feet,  has  no  marked  indentations  of  its  si 
line;  but  Dr.  H.  A.  Tempany  informs  me  that  fresh-water  spr 
emerge  below  sea  level  in  the  lagoon  about  one-half  mile  souti^p 
Codrington  village,  a  fact  of  significance  in  probably  indica 
submergence. 

The  similarity  of  the  land  mollusca  of  Antigua  and  Barbuda 
support  to  the  inference  from  physiographic  data  that  these  is 
were  part  of  one  land  mass  in  Pleistocene  time  and  have  been  sevi 
by  submergence,  and  as  the  w_ater  between  the  islands  is  IS  fath  j 
deep,  the  sea  level  must  have  risen  at  least  that  amount.  A 
merged  steep  slope  off  the  southeast  side  of  Antigua  at  depths 
tween  100  and  150  feet  accords  with  submergence  to  a  depth  of  at  1 


J 

wad 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  275 


7  fathoms,  and  indicates  submergence  of  about  120  feet  or  20 
horns.    (See  fig.  11  below.) 

Barrier  coral  reefs  occur  around  Antigua  of!  the  mouth  of  Nonsuch 
off  the  southwest  angle  of  the  island,  and  there  is  a  discon- 


uous  barrier  off  the  west  side  of  the  island, 
^ches,  some  of  which  are  almost  barriers. 


There  are  other  reef 
Barbuda  has  barrier 
%s,  Cobb  and  Goat  reefs,  off  its  northern  end. 
These  reefs  of  iintigua  and  Barbuda  occur  on  a  platform  which  has 
m  submerged.    That  the  platform  or  flat  lying  between  Antigua 
1  surrounding  Antigua  is  in  origin  independent  of  the  corals  growing 
itsjfsurface  is  shown  not  alone  by  its  continuity  irrespective  of 
)  presence  of  corals.    That  a  land  area  existed  between  Antigua 
i  Barbuda  in  Pleistocene  time  is  clearly  shown  by  the  land  mol- 
ca:  while  the  submerged  steep  slope  or  scarp  shows  that  the  flat 


SOUTHEAST  COAS 


<£j  mr'/cs  - 
OF  ANTIGUA 


Sea  !eve! 


EAST  COAST  OF  ANGUILLA 


d 


-  6/^  mi.  J 

NORTH  COAST  0 
ST.  THOMAS 


HAVANA  HARBOR 
shosving  depth  of  filled 
channel  in  harbor 


S3. 

MCSQUiTO  BANK 


Fig.  11. — Submarine  profiles  off  west  indian  islands  axd  across  mosquito  bank. 

sted  and  was  marginally  cut  by  the  sea  while  it  stood  about  120 
t  higher  than  at  present. 

ST.  MARTIN  PLATEAU. 

f  J.  W.  Spencer  has  applied  this  designation  to  the  plateau  on  which 
I.  Bartholomew,  St.  Martin,  and  Anguilla  stand.  This  plateau,  as 
funded  by  the  100-fathom  curve,  is  irregular  in  shape  and  is  75 
lies  long  by  45  miles  wide.  The  maximum  depth  of  water  between 
£  Bartholomew  and  St.  Martin  is  16  fathoms  and  between  St. 
hrtin  and  Anguilla  14  fathoms.  (See  text  fig.  12.) 
The  shore  line  of  St.  Bartholomew  is  indented,  the  indentations  are 
I  lally  divided  by  beaches  into  an  inner  or  lagoon  part  and  an  outer 
ty  or  harbor  part  (pi.  68,  figs.  C,  D).  The  beaches  may  have 
1  en  elevated  between  3  and  5  feet.    The  lagoons  behind  the  beaches 


276  BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


are  the  salt  ponds  of  the  island.    There  is  an  entire  absence  of  € 
vated  terraces,  unless  some  apparent  shoulders  on  outlying  islets, 
actually  visited  b}^  me,  should  be  slightly  elevated  sea-cut  bench 
Wave-cut  cliffs  margin  the  rocky  shores,  and  alluvial  flats  oc< 
around  the  heads  of  the  bays. 

The  shore  line  of  St.  Martin  is  indented.    Each  reentrant  into 
land  is  usually  divided  by  a  transverse  beach  into  an  inner  lagoon 

 63!  


lb 


260 


301 


248 


296 


190  -gg-v 

179/25 26 

/  Co.  26  G4».\ 
jgg  1  A  n  gu  i  1 1  a\ 

160  28„26 

,45 

132,/     19  26 


Bank 


25  40  **  . 


40\. 


102 


^1012          13     2^4,5tfte#  2*  30 


036 


140.^  '° 


25    23     31    34  "  38 
27  2V,,  27    28  ' 
„  Scrub  I 

(j     14  (50) 


33 


37 


56v^-.„.^'4i:iQ4 


38  32 


to 


157 


3*       38  3=3       37  36 

30  37  /* 

29     32  38/ 


16  22  2 
NGUILLA 


33 


27  36/' 


W"  ^TintamarreX  (go)  ao  33/' 

Vl9_^^.8..SS$7j  6   14  18    24    26  26  26 

ito                         3T.MARTIN  I.  _  / 

5    i>  ,-OtiMer  Pond  Oi  go  oa' 

15     18        28  29  \ 

■m<*  k  chxkens      23  22  27\146 


*  Ag*       20      ._23    24  ^ 


297 


422 


^^f^.2123     22      30  ^30-^ 
;;4^:^,^  21       26  24  34\ 


121X28  21 


ST.B  AKTHOLOMEW !  I. 


.28  23 


28 


24 


24-13'0      ^   25  27 

\4928    »        29        30  Vll6_  , 

n.     on     :*J       32         26     19  /^,,:^^ 

1T2  29    cv  90  c«.  Co../ 

\28 


"  '  28  °"  30   26   >5  . 
31     32  ^    (  c,.s.sa. 

^31     40   30      ^  '33  33 


120 


111 


G3U 

i-IU.  12. — 1.  ilAKl  OV  St.  MARTIN  tU.±'i  KA\S.    FROM  U.  S.  HYDROGRAPHIC  CHART  NO.  2318.  8CALE; 
INCH=  ABOUT  12.8  NAUTICAL  MILES. 


salt  pond  and  an  outer  bay  portion;  and  alluvial  flats  margin 
heads  of  the  reentrants  and  project  inland  between  the  hills, 
spurs  along  the  shore  are  truncated  by  wave-cut  cliffs  (see  pi. 
fig.  A)  and  exhibit  no  definite  terracing.    Older  beach  rock  was 
at  the  northeast  end  of  Blanche  Point,  perhaps  indicating  s1 
differentia]  uplift  for  that  locality. 

The  shore  line  of  Anguilla  (see  pi.  (39,  figs.  B,  D),  although 
so  conspicuously  indented  as  that  of  St.  Bartholomew  and  St.  M 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  277 

indented,  and  a  number  of  instances,  Road  Ba}^,  for  example,  of 
e  separation  by  beaches  of  an  inner  lagoon  from  an  outer  bay  are 
esent.  Three  instances  of  inclosed  basins  having  underground 
mmunication  with  the  sea  were  noted  (pi.  69,  fig.  C).  No  definite 
-races  are  present  and  wave-cut  cliffs  are  greatly  developed. 
That  the  last  important  change  of  sea  level  was  by  submergence 
i  the  land  is  evident  from  the  character  of  the  shore  fine  in  St.  Bar- 
olomew,  St.  Martin,  and  Anguilla;  and  in  Anguilla  additional 
idence  is  afforded  by  the  underground  communication  between 
closed  basins  in  the  limestone  and  the  sea.  Stable  condition  of  the 
ore  line  for  a  considerable  time  is  attested  by  the  wave-cut  cliffs, 
e  development  of  the  beaches,  the  alluvial  fillings  at  the  heads  of 
3ntrants  into  the  landmass,  and  in  St.  Martin  by  the  presence  of 
kterraced  flood  plains  along  the  streamways. 

In  my  paper  on  the  littoral  and  sublittoral  physiographic  features 
the  Virgin  and  northern  Leeward  Islands,  referred  to  in  the  foot- 
te  on  page  272, 1  have  shown  that  on  the  windward  side  of  the  St. 
irtin  plateau  there  is  an  outer  deeper  flat,  26  to  36  fathoms  below 
a  level,  with  a  maximum  length  east  and  west  of  over  30  miles,  and 
at  this  flat  may  be  subdivisible  into  two  subordinate  terrace  flats, 
le  scarp  on  the  landward  side  of  the  deeper  flat  in  places  is  about 
feet  high,  in  depths  between  20  and  28  fathoms;  above  the  deeper 
t  is  a  shallower  one,  whose  outer  edge  is  about  20  fathoms  under 
e  sea  (see  text-fig.  11,  p.  275).    Other  submarine  evidence  of  sub- 
3rgence  in  this  area  is  given  in  my  paper  cited.    At  the  time  the 
ore  line  around  the  St.  Martin  Plateau  was  about  20  fathoms 
firer  than  at  present,  Anguilla,  St.  Martin,  and  St.  Bartholomew 
nst  have  been  united.    The  biologic  evidence  at  present  available 
i  not  sufficient  to  be  decisive,  but  all  that  is  known  accords  with 
Us  interpretation.    Notches  on  the  outer  edge  of  the  plateau  sim- 
Ute  hanging  valleys  and  may  represent  the  outer  ends  of  valleys 
jt  while  the  sea  stood  about  40  fathoms  lower  than  now;  but  the 
?ormation  on  these  is  too  scant  to  justify  more  than  a  suggestion. 
The  hydrographic  chart  does  not  show  well  the  reefs  of  these  islands, 
r  does  the  British  Admiralty  West  India  Pilot  give  a  good  descrip- 
>n  of  them.    Because  of  rough  weather  most  of  my  own  observa- 
>ns  were  made  from  the  shore.    Coral  reefs  occur  across  the  en- 
mces  to  most  of  the  bays  on  the  northeast  and  southeast  sides  of 
.  Bartholomew;  reefs  are  well  developed  on  the  east  side  of  St 
irtin,  off  North  Point,  and  on  the  southeast  side  of  Tintamarre 
and;  and  there  are  dangerous  reefs  off  the  southeast  coast  of 
iguilla  and  on  the  north  coast  of  the  east  end  of  the  island.  Seal 
and  reefs  occur  on  a  ridge  extending  westward  from  the  northeast 
d  of  Anguilla.    Some  of  these  reefs  are  of  the  barrier  type,  as 
vigable  channels  lie  between  them  and  the  shore,  one  at  Forest 
>int  is  an  instance. 


278 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


The  reefs  of  the  St.  Martin  Plateau  are  superposed  on  an  ai 
cedent  platform  that  was  brought  into  its  present  relations  to 
level  by  geologically  Recent  submergence  to  an  amount  of  aboul 
fathoms. 


65° 


pollers  frequently  occur  /         29       25     17     12  £j  17  ^NEGAD 

from  October  to  May    l  _  ^      &    7i£^c'3c:<?18  \ 


^--'"81 
Co  5 
35  30 


140.  

-'30  35 


19   21  r^-lAO.^---^ 


20  / 


\-M  Scrao?  it ^£mW+'G   $  i3  j.-«6 L'  /  ^ 


t.  ^r&,-3/l8        ,/-^0  23 


15, 


18   IT     J8"%^glO  lOrV8         15  ^ 

330    «f  ooo  880  G 


720 


1105 


18 


565  1020 
325 


1230^  \ 
\  1395 


1337 


V 

1061 


875 

^  1350 
1116  519 

990 

695 


1698 
—1275 


1091 
861 


158G- 


2112 
2376 


lOtJO  999 


1600 

1253 


1670 
::0  1005 


550 


910 

600 
213 


931 
720 


625 


5   l&lW    1  ' 


936    ^  ?^r2  >  551 

ML*£  185  $ M ;180 
0  /^-..r  -^13  15^1^ 


758  765 
879 
667 


ST.CROIX  V 


:u^v  redone  |^f>rv^- 
'117  "112 


Fig.  13.— Chart  of  virgin  islands  and  st. croix.   From  U.S. hydrograhiic  chart  no.  2318. 

ONE  INCH— ABOUT  12.8  NAUTICAL  MILES. 

ST.  CROIX  ISLAND. 

This  island  rises  above  a  bank  about  30  miles  long  and  10  rM 
wide.    The  distance  from  the  shore  to  the  100-fathom  curve  is  usiflj 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


279 


i|3  than  three-quarters  of  a  mile  on  the  west  end;  and  on  the  north 
oje  west  of  Sugar  Bay  the  distance  ranges  from  one-quarter  to  one- 
j}lf  mile.  Off  the  south  shore  the  distance  to  the  100-fathom  curve 
:places  slightly  exceeds  3  miles;  off  the  east  end  for  7  miles  the 
?ter  is  less  than  40  fathoms  deep,  while  off  the  north  coast  the 
t,tform  gradually  narrows  westward  until  near  Salt  River  Point  its 
'  1th  is  less  than  one-half  mile. 

.  rhere  is  a  long,  disconnected  barrier  reef  off  most  of  the  south 
list,  and  barrier  reefs  are  present  off  the  north  coast  to  a  short  dis- 

!'ice  west  of  Christians  ted.  The  indented,  ragged  coast  line  and 
i  depth  of  water  on  the  platform  so  clearly  point  to  the  same  con- 
cision as  that  already  drawn  from  a  study  of  Antigua,  St.  Bar- 
idomew,  etc.,  that  reiteration  is  not  necessary. 

VIRGIN  BANK. 

The  Virgin  group  of  islands  consists  of  about  100  small  islands  and 
us  (text  fig.  13).  The  bank  above  which  they  rise  is  an  eastward 
jlongation  of  that  on  which  Porto  Rico  stands.  The  chart  shows  the 
rented  coast  line  and  the  extensive,  relatively  shoal  platform  above 
]  surface  of  which  the  islands  project.  The  maximum  depth  of 
sber  between  the  islands  is  about  17  fathoms.  St.  Thomas  well 
uibits  the  coastal  phenomena  to  which  attention  has  already  been 
•  often  directed — reentrants  with  alluvial  fillings  at  their  heads, 
i  erraced  alluvial  bottoms  along  streamways,  and  wave-cut  cliffs  on 
]  unterraced  promontories  (pi.  70,  figs.  A,  B,  C). 

n  my  paper  on  some  littoral  and  sublittoral  physiographic  features 

>  :he  Virgin  and  northern  Leeward  Islands,  already  referred  to,  it 
i  been  pointed  out  that  there  are  three  terrace  flats  under  the  sea 
):St.  Thomas,  St.  John,  Tortola,  and  Virgin  Gorda  (see  text  fig.  11, 

>  375).  On  the  leeward  side  the  deepest  lies  between  26  and  30 
noms  in  depth  and  is  separated  by  a  scarp  or  steep  slope  on  its 
aiward  side  from  a  flat  ranging  from  14  to  20  fathoms  in  depth, 
?  ch  in  turn  is  separated  by  a  steep  slope  from  a  flat  ranging  from 

>  o  10  fathoms  in  depth.  On  the  windward  side  the  respective 
l'ths  are  26  to  34  for  the  deepest  flat,  14  to  20  fathoms  for  the 
immediate  flat,  and  7  to  10  fathoms  for  the  shallowest  one.  The 
Evrmediate  flat  is  narrow  or  absent  on  the  promontory  tips  on  the 
vdward  side,  while  it  is  preserved  on  the  leeward  side,  strongly 
ft  gesting,  if  not  actually  proving,  that  the  intermediate  flat  is  older 
'1q  the  deeper  one  and  was  cut  away  in  exposed  places  while  the 
1  per  one  was  forming.  This  evidence  necessitates  the  deduction 
(H  in  recent  geologic  time  the  Virgin  Islands,  except  minor  differ- 
^ial  crustal  movement  in  the  vicinity  of  Anegada,  have  been  sub- 
K'ged  to  a  depth  of  about  20  fathoms,  and  that  they  were  previously 
Ided  to  Porto  Rico,  a  deduction  completely  corroborated  by  bio- 

37149— 19— Bull.  103  7 


280         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


logic  evidence,  for  Dr.  L.  Stejneger  says  in  his  herpetology  of  Pc 
Kico  that  "St.  Thomas  and  St.  John  form  only  a  herpetological  , 
pendix  to  Porto  Kico/'  and  Dr.  P.  Bartsch  informs  me  that 
testimony  of  the  land  mollusca  is  the  same  as  that  of  the  rept 
and  batrachians.    Indentations  at  depths  of  about  40  fathoms  in 
outer  edge  of  the  submarine  bank  simulate  hanging  valleys  that  e 
have  been  formed  while  the  sea  level  was  40  fathoms  lower  thar 
present. 

In  the  Virgin  Islands  there  are  three  tiers  of  coral  reefs,  nam 
(1)  on  the  outer  edge  of  the  deepest  flat,  (2)  on  the  outer  edge  of 
intermediate  flat,  (3)  within  depths  of  10  fathoms  or  less.  The  r< 
could  not  have  been  formed  on  the  deepest  flat  while  the  scarp 
the  landward  side  of  the  flat  was  being  cut,  and  the  other  reefs 
clearly  younger  than  the  basements  above  which  they  rise,  for  t] 
basements  existed  and  had  had  a  complicated  history  prior 
the  formation  of  the  living  reefs.  In  fact,  the  basements  were  c 
land  surfaces  during  at  least  a  part  of  Pleistocene  time. 

CUBA. 

The  principal  contributors  to  the  literature  on  the  shore-line  f 
nomena  of  Cuba  are  W.  O.  Crosby,1  Alexander  Agassiz,2  R.  T.  B 
Vaughan  and  Spencer,4  and  Hayes,  V aughan,  and  Spencer.5  I  h 
in  papers  cited  on  pages  271,  272  referred  to  some  of  the  feature 
the  Cuban  shore  line  as  bearing  on  the  conditions  under  which  the 
ing  coral  reefs  off  the  shores  of  the  island  have  formed.  W.  M.  Di 
has  recently  alluded  to  the  origin  of  the  pouch-shaped  harbors,6 
here  it  may  be  well  to  direct  attention  to  a  criticism  made  by 
in  his  article  cited  in  the  foot  note.    He  says: 

It  is,  however,  worth  noting  that  the  embayments  here  considered  have  a  c 
different  relation  to  the  adjacent  coral  reefs  from  that  found,  according  to  Hi 
Vaughan,  and  Spencer,  in  the  pouched-reef 7  harbors  of  Cuba:  All  the  embayn 
I  saw  inside  of  sea-level  barrier  reefs  in  the  Pacific  islands  occupy  valleys  older 
the  reefs;  but  in  Cuba  the  valleys,  and  still  more  the  subsidence  which  dro\ 
them  in  producing  the  pouched  harbors,  are  described  by  the  above-named  aui 
as  younger  than  the  elevated  reefs  which  inclose  them;  and  such  valleys  do  not 
on  the  origin  of  the  reefs,  as  appears  from  the  following  extract:    *  * 

The  extract  is  followed  by  comment,  then  by  a  quotation  f: 
Crosby  and  one  from  Hill,  after  which  he  says:  "Without  additi 

«  Crosby,  W.  O.,  On  the  elevated  reefs  of  Cuba,  Bost.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.  Proc.,  vol.  22,  pp.  124-130  ! 
2  Agassiz,  A.,  A  reconnaissance  of  the  Bahamas  and  of  the  elevated  reefs  of  Cuba  in  the  steam 
Wild  Duck,  January  to  April,  1893,  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.  Bull.,  vol.  26,  pp.  108-136, 1894. 
a  Hill,  R.  T.,  Notes  on  the  geology  of  the  island  of  Cuba,  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.  Bull.,  vol.  16,  pp.  2't  I 

1895. 

4  Vaughan,  T.  W.,  and  Spencer,  A.  C,  The  geography  of  Cuba,  Amer.  Geog.  Soc.  Bull.,  vol.  34,  pi | 
116,  1902. 

*  Ila3'es,  C.  W.,  Vaughan,  T.  W.,  Spencer,  A.  C,  Report  on  a  geological  reconnaissance  of  Cub' 
123, 1902. 

«  Davis,  W.  M.,  A  Shaler  Memorial  study  of  coral  reefs,  Amer.  Journ.  Sci.,  ser.  4,  vol.  40,  pp.  2 
1915. 

i  "Pouched-reef  harbors"  are  words  not  used  in  the  publication  under  discussion  by  Professor! 1S- 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  281 


i  study  it  is  impossible  to  say  which  one  of  these  views  is  correct, 
the  features  of  the  Pacific  reefs  that  I  have  seen  support  Hill's 
■nation."    I  have  twice  published  the  statement  that  "  Hayes, 
ighan,  and  Spencer  have  shown,  as  is  evidenced  by  the  pouch- 
1  ped  harbors  of  the  Cuban  coast  and  filled  channels,  such  as  the 
1  merged  filled  channel  in  Habana  Harbor,  that  the  last  movement 
"  he  Cuban  coast  has  been  downward  with  reference  to  sea  level," 
that  "  the  platform  on  which  the  Cuban  reefs  grow  1  has  been 
;  lght  to  its  present  position  by  subsidence."    These  remarks 
ly  to  the  present  living  coral  reefs  and  not  to  the  elevated  reefsr 
the  conditions  presented  by  the  pouch-shaped  harbor  is  only  a 
\  of  the  evidence  showing  recent  submergence  of  the  Cuban  shore 

rofessor  Davis's  remark  that  £ '  all  the  embayments  I  saw  inside 

sea-level  barriers  in  the  Pacific  occupy  valleys  older  than  the 

s"  has  no  application  whatever  to  the  protecting  effect  a  fringing 

may  have  on  the  shore  of  a  land  during  elevation  subsequent 

he  formation  of  a  fringing  reef,  thereby  permitting  erosional 

icies  to  operate  more  rapidly  on  the  softer  rocks  lying  back 

j  l  the  shore.    The  words  in  the  Cuba  report  are:  "  Wherever  the 

.  litions  are  favorable  for  the  growth  of  corals  a  fringing  reef  is 
W  L.    *    *    *  >> 

a  preceding  pages  of  this  paper  I  have  shown  that  there  were 
1  reefs  in  Cuba  in  middle  Oligocene  time;  that  there  were  reef 
Is  in  both  upper  Oligocene  and  Miocene  time  (this  Miocene  is 
id  upper  Oligocene  in  the  Cuba  report);  and  that  there  are 
utocene  as  well  as  living  reefs.    In  the  Miocene  La  Cruz  marl  in 
u  vicinity  of  Santiago  the  greatest  abundance  of  reef  corals  is  not 
\  ie  present  head  of  Santiago  Harbor,  but  it  is  seaward  of  the  town 
f  antiago,  east  of  La  Cruz.    (For  a  view  seaward  through  the 
icth  of  Santiago  Harbor,  see  pi.  71,  fig.  B.)    Whether  the  coral 
ess  are  sufficiently  abundant  to  have  retarded  erosion  toward 
Knouth  of  the  harbor,  while  it  was  more  rapid  on  the  landward 
d  I  am  not  prepared  to  say.    This,  however,  was  not  a  fringing 
ie  should  it  be  appropriately  considered  a  reef. 
-  to  whether  the  elevated  Pleistocene  fringing  reefs  extended  up 
I  ie  sides  of  the  outflowing  water  at  the  harbor  mouths,  thereby 
ia  taining  restricted  outlets,  or  whether  channels  have  been  cut 
ci>s  the  reefs  after  uplift,  either  of  the  alternatives  is  possible* 
Jfl-he  mouths  of  bays  in  Antigua,  channels  are  maintained  across 
Vg  barrier  reefs,  which  are  tied  to  the  shore  at  one  end;  while 
ff  irgin  Gorda,  a  barrier  reef  extends  perpendicularly  across  the 
p  of  the  mouth  of  a  submerged  valley.    These  are  living  reefs, 
'hh  have  grown  up  during  or  after  submergence  and  are  younger 

1  Not  italicized  in  the  original.   Note  use  of  present  tense,  "grow," 


282  BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


than  the  valleys  landward  of  them.  However,  as  the  eleva 
Cuban  reefs  under  consideration  are  fringing  reefs,  it  seems  to 
more  probable  that  they  never  extended  across  the  harbor  mout 
and  I  will  add  that  the  harbor  basins  had  been  formed,  at  leasl 
large  part,  before  the  development  of  the  now  elevated  fring 
Pleistocene  reefs. 

Crosby,  in  1883,  seems  to  have  been  the  first  one  to  recognize 
significance  of  the  pouch-shaped  harbors  of  Cuba.    He  says:1 

*  *  *  During  this  period  of  elevation,  Cuba,  like  most  rising  lands,  had 
harbors,  but  when  subsidence  began  the  sea  occupied  the  channels  and  basins  w 
had  been  excavated  and  cleared  out  by  the  rivers,  and  thus  a  large  number  of  hai 
came  into  existence.  *  *  *  They  are  half -drowned  valleys  filled  to  a  cons 
able  depth  with  land  detritus,  conditions  which  could  not  exist  if  the  land  was  r 
or  had  risen. 

There  are  very  many  pouch-shaped  along  the  Cuban  coast, 
following  table  presents  information  on  15  of  them: 

Principal  Cuban  harbors. 


Name. 


NORTH  COAST. 


Bahia  Honda  

Cabanas  

Mariel  

Habana  

Nue  vitas  

Padre  

Banes  

Nipe  

Livisa  and  Cabonico. 
Tanamo  


Shape. 


Palmatelv  digitate . , 

Trilobate  

Irregularly  digitate.. 

Trilobate  

Bilobate  

Irregularly  bilobate . 
Palmately  digitate. 
Unequally  bilobate. 
 do  


Maxi- 
mum 
width, 

sea- 
miles.1 


SOUTH  COAST. 


Baitiqueri... 
Guantanamo. 


Santiago  

Ensenada  de  Mora. 
Cienfuegos  


Irregularly  bilobate . 


Trilobate  head  

Irregularly  dumb-bell 

shaped. 
Unilateral  


Unilateral. 


3.00 
6.00 
1.50 
«  2.00 
7.00 
7.50 
3.25 


8.00 
5.38 


5.00 
1.00 
'4.25 


Maxi- 
mum 

known 
depth 

in  chan- 
nel or 

harbor. 


Chan- 
nel 
length, 
sea- 
miles. 


Feet. 

2  59 
79 

3  72 
5  60 

6  137 
75 
85 
ic  234 
"  168 
156 


12  33 
59 

68 
58 
13  139 


1.50 
.50 
.60 
.75 
4.38 
1.75 
1.50 
2.00 
.50 
.63 


.18 
3.75 


.38 
2.13 


;  Height  of 

Chan-  centlar 
nel  | 

within   

narrow- 
est   j  East 
part.  side. 


Feet. 
2,180 
1,825 
900 
470 
1,400 
900 
450 
2,900 
1,300 
600 


300 
,530 


675 


1,200 


Feet. 
30-40 
160 


200 
Flat. 
Flat, 
s  100 
8  200 
50-75 
120-176 


590 
436 


230 
i30 


1 1  sea-mile=6,081  feet. 

2 110  feet  outside  at  channel  mouth. 

3  90  feet  in  channel  mouth. 

*  About. 

5  Submerged  channel  100. 

6  100  feet  frequent. 

7  Coral  rock  according  to  A.  Agassiz. 


8  South. 
»  North. 

10  180  feet  and  over  frequent. 

11  150  feet  frequent. 

12  78  feet  at  mouth. 

13  214  feet  off  Pta.  Pasa  Caballos. 


It  is  important  to  note  that  where  the  harbors  are  digita 
shape,  Bahia  Honda  for  instance,  one  or  more  streams  enter 
digitation,  and  that  the  mouths  of  the  streams  are  either  emt 
or,  in  places,  swamps  and  delta  plains  have  formed.  The  p< 
shaped  harbors  are  not  the  only  indentations  of  the  shore  lin  for 
the  lower  courses  of  all  the  larger  streams  are  more  or  less  emb  m 


i  Crosby,  W.  O.,  On  the  elevated  reefs  of  Cuba,  Bost.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.  Proc.,  vol.  24,  pp.  124-130 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


283 


284  BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


How  are  the  harbors  to  be  explained?  Doctor  Hayes  anc 
believed  we  found  the  answer  in  the  conditions  at  present  exist 
along  Yumuri  River,  near  Matanzas.  The  river  here  empties  ii 
the  sea  through  a  narrow  gorge  cut  through  Miocene  limestone  i 
marls  (see  pi.  71,  fig.  C).  The  top  of  the  gorge  is  200  feet  ab( 
sea  level,  while  farther  back  from  the  stream  altitudes  of  400  f 
or  slightly  more  are  attained.  Above  the  gorge,  the  Yumuri  i 
its  tributary,  Rio  Caico,  have  sunk  their  courses  through  the  lii 
stone,  have  removed  it,  and  have  developed  wide,  almost  base-le 
valleys  (see  pi.  71,  fig.  D),  on  the  underlying  softer  sandsfoj 
and  shale.  If  this  basin  were  depressed  sufficiently  to  let  the 
into  it  through  Yumuri  gorge  a  pouch-shaped  harbor  would  result 

Additional  evidence  bearing  on  the  problem  of  the  origin  of  tl 
harbors  was  obtained  from  records  of  borings.  Mr.  C.  A.  Knowlli 
an  engineer  at  Santiago,  reported  to  us  that  in  boring  wells  in 
valley  of  San  Juan  River,  3  miles  southeast  of  Santiago,  he  fo 
at  a  depth  of  70  feet  below  sea  level  what  appeared  to  be  stn 
gravel.  Even  more  convincing  evidence  was  obtained  in  Hab< 
Harbor.  In  the  preparation  of  plans  for  a  sewerage  system  i 
Military  Governor  had  a  series  of  borings  made  across  the  harl- 
This  harbor  occurs  in  a  rather  wide  valley  surrounded  by  a; 
which  slope  upward  from  sea  level  to  an  altitude  of  about  200  ff 
The  borings  revealed  a  submerged  terraced  valley  within  the  wj 
valley  and  in  the  middle  of  the  inner  valley  a  channel  reachin 
depth  of  more  than  30  meters  (about  100  feet)  below  sea  level  I 
text-fig.  14).  The  depth  of  the  first  flat  above  the  sides  of 
channel  is  about  13  meters  (about  42  feet)  below  sea  level.  This  i 
is  now  covered  with  sand  and  the  submerged  channel  is  filled  1 
sand  and  clay.  There  are  at  present  no  known  processes  whe:J 
such  a  channel  and  terrace  could  be  developed  and  then  bui| 
except  by  a  higher  stand  of  the  land  enabling  a  stream  to  ci 
trench  and  develop  a  terrace,  followed  by  a  lower  stand  of  the  .x 
which  submerged  both  the  channel  and  the  terrace  and  resultei 
their  burial  by  sediment  deposited  over  them. 

It  appears  to  me  that  there  is  no  escape  from  the  interpreta 
made  first  by  Crosby,  that  the  pouch-shaped  harbors  are  dro\» 
drainage  basins.    Before  the  accumulation  of  the  data  by  He? 
Spencer,  and  me,  Hill  endeavored  to  explain  them  without  a  :i 
in  height  of  strand-line,  but  after  the  additional  information  ' 
presented  to  him  he  abandoned  his  interpretation  and  accepted  < 
There  is  a  statement  to  this  effect  in  a  manuscript  by  him  now  irjl 
possession,  and  this  citation  is  made  with  his  authority. 

The  factors  producing  the  peculiar  form  of  the  harbors  will  >* 
be  briefly  considered.    According  to  Crosby,  Hill,  and  the  accW 
in  our  report  on  Cuba,  fringing  reefs  are  supposed  to  have  restried 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


285 


mouths  of  the  streams,  either  by  growing  up  to  the  edges  of  the 
.flowing  water,  a  channel  thereby  being  maintained,  or  because  of, 
ir  greater  hardness  they  offered  greater  resistance  to  erosion  than 
the  softer  rocks  on  their  landward  side.    It  is  my  present 
trion  that  the  hypothesis  of  the  reefs  having  more  than  a  secondary 
wrtance  in  the  development  of  these  features  must  be  discarded 
| the  following  reasons:  First,  that  such  physiographic  forms  are 
lio  wise  dependent  on  the  presence  of  coral  reefs  is  shown  by  their 
wuency  in  areas  underlain  by  Cretaceous  limestones  in  Texas. 
BLcoat  Valley  in  the  southwest  quarter  of  the  Nueces  quadrangle, 
|tas,  is  such  a  basin,  with  a  narrow  outlet  into  Nueces  River.  This 
isnly  one  of  a  number  of  instances  that  might  be  given.    In  phy- 
*Taphic  form  this  basin  and  its  outlet  resemble  the  pouch-shaped 
labors  of  Cuba.    Second,  there  is  no  evidence  that  corals  had  any 
Ire  influence  in  Cuba  than  in  Texas,  for  instance,  Yumuri  gorge  at 
MLanzas  is  about  200  feet  deep.   The  highest  important  elevated  coral 
m  rocks  occur  at  an  altitude  of  about  35  feet  above  sea  level  off  the 
||l:Sof  the  stream  mouth.   The  stream  has  cut  and  maintained  a  gorge 
tbmgh  about  165  feet  of  limestone  and  marl  which  are  topographi- 
py  above  the  reef  and  which  are  not  coral  reef  rocks,  but  which 
ar bedded  and  were  formed  by  other  agencies.    Other  instances  of 
ftie  relations  might  be  given. 

he  conditions  around  the  Habana  Harbor  are  interesting  in  this 
coiection.  Limestone  of  upper  Oligocene  or  Miocene  age  occurs 
at  he  Morro  and  forms  the  higher  land  along  the  shore  east  of  the 
Ml,  and  it  outcrops  at  lower  altitudes  in  the  western  part  of  the 
eil ;  but  the  drainage  at  the  south  end  of  the  harbor  has  cut  through 
th  limestone  and  exposed  the  underlying  rocks,  serpentine,  rotten 
di'ite,  etc.;  and  that  underground  solution  is  active  is  indicated  by 
th  presence  of  springs  along  the  serpentine  contact.  The  condi- 
tio are  here  favorable  for  erosion  by  both  mechanical  cutting  and 
so.tion  in  the  area  lying  behind,  while  a  channel  has  been  main- 
tasd  across  the  limestone  on  the  sea  front.  This  basin  after  it 
Wt  outlined  was  submerged. 

is  intended  to  give  a  much  fuller  discussion  of  the  Cuban  harbors 
in  paper  now  almost  ready  for  press.  The  differences  in  form,  and 
thi causes  to  which  the  differences  are  due,  are  worthy  of  far  more 
de  iled  treatment  than  is  practicable  in  this  place.  I  will  end  this 
pa  of  the  present  discussion  by  saying  that  corals  have  in  certain 
msinces  played  a  subordinate  role  by  narrowing  the  mouth  of  a 
ha  or  and  by  preserving  a  constricted  outlet.  That  the  outlets  of 
th» basins  here  considered  were  constricted  by  reef  rocks,  now  ele- 
ya  d,  is  shown  by  the  conditions  in  Habana  and  Santiago  harbors, 
a&  that  similar  constriction  is  now  taking  place  by  similar  agencies 


286         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 

is  exemplified  in  many  of  the  West  Indian  Islands.  As  the  c 
rock  is  usually  harder  than  the  rocks  on  which  it  rests,  after 
emergence  it  protects  the  narrow  exit  behind  which  erosion  is  n 
rapid  and  enlarges  the  basin. 

From  the  remarks  already  made  it  appears  unnecessary  to  dis 
specially  which  are  the  older — the  drainage  basins  occupied  by 
harbors  or  the  coral  reefs  now  elevated  about  30  feet.  Howe 
that  the  Santiago  basin  is  older  than  the  coastal  soborruco  is  sh 
by  finding  the  soborruco  within  the  harbor  mouth;  and  as  I  f 
recent  species  of  reef  corals,  apparently  in  place,  on  the  east  sid 
Habana  Harbor,  south  of  the  Morro,  at  a  height  of  30  feet  above 
level,  the  30-foot  reef  seems  to  extend  into  the  mouth  of  Hat 
Harbor.    The  valleys  are  clearly  older.    On  page  264  of  this  pap 
special  point  was  made  of  the  unconformity  between  the  elev 
Pleistocene  reefs  and  the  underlying  Miocene  material  and  the 
ference  was  drawn  that  the  reefs  were  formed  during  subsidence 
erosion  of  the  basement  under  them.    This  is  precisely  the  inter  pi 
tion  Professor  Davis  had  made  of  the  relations  in  the  elevated 
of  the  New  Hebrides,  but  it  seems  such  relations  may  develop  in 
same  cycle,  and,  in  my  opinion,  they  are  of  slight  importance  in 
bearing  on  the  general  theory  of  coral-reef  formation. 

The  Isle  of  Pines  furnishes  important  information  on  changes  ii 
level  around  Cuba.  This  island  is  nearly  opposite  Habana,  60  r 
south  of  the  south  coast  of  Cuba,  from  which  it  is  separated  by  "ttiJ 
less  than  10  fathoms  deep.  It  comprises  two  parts,  a  southern  w  ch 
is  mostly  swamp,  and  a  northern  which  is  topographically  hi|  er. 
The  surface  of  the  northern  division  is  mostly  a  plain,  real  ft 
peneplain  (see  pi.  72,  fig.  A),  above  whose  surface  stand  monadn  kfl 
of  harder  rocks  (pi.  72,  fig.  B).  This  island  is  very  different  m 
the  main  island  for,  as  no  Tertiary  or  Cretaceous  marine  dep  its 
are  known  to  occur  on  it,  it  appears  to  have  remained  above  W 
level  during  these  periods,  but  it  has  experienced  the  later  chaies 
of  sea  level  which  affected  the  larger  island  and  during  Pleisto  n* 
time  it  was  joined  to  Cuba.  The  peneplain  was  formed  at  a  \m 
level  than  that  at  which  it  now  stands,  it  was  then  sufficiently  upl  ed 
to  permit  streams  to  cut  into  it,  and  has  then  been  depre  )d, 
thereby  drowning  the  mouths  of  the  streams,  but  not  bringing  h« 
plain  surface  so  low  as  it  formerly  stood  (pi.  72,  fig.  C).  m 
coast  line  of  the  Isle  of  Pines  and  that  of  Cuba  immediately  nor  (■ 
it  both  are  indented  by  the  embayment  of  stream  mouths  thr  gh 
geologically  recent  submergence. 

That  the  Isle  of  Pines  was  joined  to  Cuba  during  Pleistocene  a»i 
is  shown  convincingly  by  its  land  fauna.  Every  species  of  re]ik> 
except  one,  found  on  it,  Dr.  L.  Stejneger  informs  me,  is  know  to 
occur  in  Cuba,  and  two  species  of  the  mammalian  genus  Capr 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  287 

:|  common  to  both.  Dr.  Paul  Bartsch  tells  me  that  the  Isle  of 
ies  is  only  "a  chunk  of  Cuba"  and  that  its  land  Mollusca  represent 
liunal  area  as  closely  related  to  the  faunal  areas  of  Cuba  as  are 
I  different  faunal  areas  in  Cuba  to  one  another;  that  is,  faunally, 
I  Isle  of  Pines  is  simply  a  portion  (a  faunal  area)  of  Cuba.  There- 
in, it  is  clear  that  the  Isle  of  Pines  has  been  severed  from  Cuba  in 
I  latest  Pleistocene  or  Recent  geologic  time. 

irractically  all  the  Cuban  shore  line  has  now  been  considered  except 
«t  on  the  north  side  of  the  Province  of  Pinar  del  Rio,  within  the 
^torados  Reefs.  Guadiana  Bay  is  a  nearly  typical  estuarine  em- 
'fcment,  while  slighter  embayment  of  other  stream  mouths  is 
licated,  and  lines  of  islands  extend  seaward  from  some  headlands. 
ih  shore  line  clearly  indicates  submergence.  Mr.  J.  B.  Henderson 
■i  Doctor  Bartsch,  however,  tell  me  that  there  is  positive  evidence 
f  ainor  uplift  west  of  Guadiana  Bay. 1 

•t'he  Cuban  shore  line  as  a  whole  shows  evidence  of  Recent  or  latest 
"Aistocene  submergence,  and  this  submergence  has  influenced  the 
federn  coral-reef  development. 

f  tegarding  the  amount  of  Recent  submergence  of  the  Cuban  shore 
l  .  reference  to  the  table  on  page  282  shows  that  there  is  close  ac- 
llance  in  the  depths  of  the  channels  or  harbors,  except  certain 
■As  that  will  be  discussed  later.  These  indicate  that  prior  to  the 
fi  submergence  the  land  stood  about  100  feet  or  slightly  more, 
iVut  20  fathoms,  higher  than  at  present.  The  amount  of  emergence 
wild  establish  a  broad  land  connection  with  the  Isle  of  Pines. 
J  uhe  discrepant  harbors  are  Nuevitas  Bay,  which  shows  an  excess 
i:only  about  27  feet,  Nipe  and  Tanamo  bays,  and  the  channel 
cling  from  Livisa  and  Cabonico  bays,  on  the  north  coast,  and 
Onfuegos  on  the  south  coast.  The  harbors  with  the  discrepant 
d  tths  on  the  north  coast  all  occur  on  the  north  side  of  the  Province 
o.Oriente  and  at  the  eastern  end  of  the  Province  of  Camaguey. 
Joy  seem  to  indicate  deeper  submergence  than  at  other  places  and 
tit  the  submergence  has  not  been  uniform  in  amount  for  the  entire 
c<st.  However,  the  depths  do  not  contradict  a  Recent  rise  of  sea 
lejsl  to  an  amount  of  about  20  fathoms.  The  harbor  of  Cienfuegos 
^ild  be  expected  to  be  abnormal,  for  the  fault  line  which  runs 
n  thward  from  Cape  Cruz  intersects  the  shore  line  at  its  mouth 
(*3  text-fig.  15).  It  is  possible  that  structural  relations  have  also 
ituenced  the  depths  in  the  other  harbors  and  channels  that  are 
d^repant.  Regarding  these  it  will  be  said  that  except  Nuevitas 
£  rbor  they  occur  within  a  linear  distance  of  31  miles.  Nipe  Harbor, 
westernmost  of  the  group,  lies  on  the  north  side  of  Loma  de 
^las,  while  it,  Livisa,  Cabonico,  and  Tanamo  harbors  all  are  on 
t-  north  side  of  Sierra  Cristal. 


1  Henderson,  J.  B.,  Cruise  of  the  Tomas  Barrcra,  pp.  161-164,  New  York,  1916. 


288         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 

The  great  extent  and  relatively  uniform  height  of  a  coral- 
terrace  between  30  and  40  feet  above  sea  level  favors  the  interpr 
tion  that  the  geologically  Recent  shift  in  position  of  strand  line 
been  without  pronounced  crustal  deformation. 

The  relations  of  the  off-shore  reefs  to  the  platforms  on  which  t 
grow  will  now  be  briefly  considered.    A  detailed  description  of 
reefs  is  unnecessary  here,  as  it  would  be  only  a  repetition  of  1 
already  given  by  A.  Agassiz  1  and  the  accounts  contained  in 
West  Indies  Pilot.2    It  need  only  be  stated  that  the  best  develc 
off-shore  reefs  on  the  north  coast  are  the  Colorados  Reefs,  betw 
Bahia  Honda  and  Cape  San  Antonio ;  and  that  off  the  south  © 
the  best  are  those  between  Trinidad  and  Cape  Cruz  and  those 
and  west  of  the  Isle  of  Pines.    Mr.  John  B.  Henderson  has  dev( 
attention  to  the  Colorados  Reefs  in  his  "  Cruise  of  the  To 
Barrera."    Have  the  reefs  off  the  south  coast  grown  up  on 
surface  of  preexistent  platforms  or  are  the  platforms  due  to  infih 
behind  a  reef  during  subsidence? 

The  area  between  Trinidad  and  Cape  Cruz  will  be  consid<i 
first.  The  fact  that  the  reefs  form  disconnected  hillocks  or  moui 
sometimes  of  mushroom  shape,  above  a  plain  surface,  which  in  pi; 
is  50  miles  wide  along  a  line  perpendicular  to  the  shore,  while'] 
the  seaward  side  of  the  reefs  there  are  large  areas  of  shallow  platfoi  i 
without  any  margining  reefs,  seems  conclusive  evidence  against  i 
platform  having  been  caused  by  infilling  behind  reefs. 

The  following,  in  my  opinion,  is  the  correct  explanation:  Thej 
toral  geologic  formations  from  Cape  Cruz  to  Trinidad  are  mo 
upper  Oligocene  or  Miocene  marls  and  limestones  which  dip  ui\ 
the  sea  at  relatively  low  angles.  They  dip  into  the  Cauto  Val 
which  is  a  gently  pitching  syncline,  and  into  its  seaward  contir 
tion,  the  Gulf  of  Guacanayabo.  The  embayment  northeast  of  B 
Grande  passage  is  probably  also  synclinal  in  structure.  The  abr 
undersea  termination  of  the  platform  is  most  reasonably  explai 
by  a  submarine  fault  which  runs  from  Punta  Sabanilla,  at  the  mo 
of  Cienfuegos  Harbor,  to  Cape  Cruz.  The  coral  reefs  have  gro 
up  on  the  surface  of  a  plain -underlain  by  geologic  formations  t 
were  gently  tilted  seaward  and  faulted  along  the  line  indicated. 

That  the  Isle  of  Pines  was  joined  to  Cuba  during  Pleistocene  t  4 
has,  I  believe,  been  shown  in  a  convincing  manner.    As  the  Mioc 
and  upper  Oligocene  formations  from  Batabano  to  Pinar  del  Rio  M 
under  the  sea  at  low  angles  they  must  underlie  the  flat  bottoirjj 
the  Gulf  of  Batabano.    That  the  submarine  slope  from  East  Gu  f| 
Key  to  off  Cape  San  Antonio  is  determined  either  by  a  fault  or  1 
very  steep  flexure  is  clearly  indicated,  as  off  the  south  shore  of 


i  Bull.  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.,  vol.  26,  pp.  133-136,  1894. 

I  West  Indies  Pilot,  vol.  1,  pp.  199-332,  1913  (U.  S.  Hydmgraphic  Office). 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  289 


290  BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 

Isle  of  Pines  the  descent  from  the  shore  in  9  sea-miles  is  13,080  i 
a  slope  of  about  1  in  4.  The  Gulf  of  Cazones  appears  to  have  1 
outlined  by  faulting.  This  shelf  differs  from  the  one  considere 
the  preceding  paragraph,  in  that  the  Isle  of  Pines,  whose  are 
about  1,200  square  miles,  stands  on  its  outer  margin,  and  appare 
has  affected  the  course  of  the  fault.  However,  there  was  here 
an  undersea  flat,  which  was  produced  by  the  gentle  seaward  tii 
low-lying  geologic  formations,  and  its  outer  margin  was  also  d( 


85°  »  .  84° 


Fig.  16.— Chart  of  colorados  reefs,  cuba.  From  U.  S.  hydrographic  chart  no.  966 


mined  by  faulting.    The  living  reefs  are  growing  on  its  subme* 
unfaulted  part,  above  which  they  rise  as  disconnected  patches  c 
a  broken  barrier. 

The  Colorados  reefs  (text-fig.  16)  grow  as  patches  of  barrier  i 
or  upon  a  shelf,  which,  according  to  Henderson,  largely  consist  D| 
coral  rock  that  had  been  uplifted  above  the  sea  and  then  depresjlJ 

The  conditions  under  which  the  Cuban  offshore  reefs  are  groi  I 
ran  be  very  easily  summarized,  as  follows:  (1)  They  are  superp  ^ 


l  Henderson,  John  B.,  Cruise  of  the  Toman  Barrtra,  pp.  62-64,  126-130,  1916. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


291 


flats  submerged  in  geologically  Recent  time;  (2)  the  amount  of 
submergence  of  Cuba  was  about  100  feet. 

BAHAMAS. 

lexander  Agassiz  has  in  his  reconnaisance  of  the  Bahamas1  the 
)wing  very  significant  statement: 

iy  we  not  to  a  great  extent  measure  the  amount  of  subsidence  which  must  have 
ti  place  at  certain  points  of  the  Bahamas  by  the  depth  attained  in  some  of  the 
lied  ocean  holes,  as  marked  on  the  charts?    Of  course  we  assume  that  they  were 
in  the  aeolian  strata  to  the  same  process  which  has  on  the  shores  of  many  islands 
ed  potholes,  boiling  holes,  banana  holes,  sea  holes,  caverns,  caves,  sinks,  cavities, 
,holes,  and  other  openings  in  the  aeolian  rocks.    They  are  all  due  more  or  less  to 
fiction  of  rain  percolating  through  the  aeolian  rocks  and  becoming  charged  with 
pnic  acid,  or  rendered  acid  by  the  fermentation  of  decomposed  vegetable  or  ani- 
matter  or  by  the  action  upon  the  limestone  of  sea  water  or  spray  under  the  most 
Ing  conditions  of  elevation  and  of  exposure.    None  of  them  have  their  upper 
angs  below  low-water  mark,  though  some  of  them  may  reach  many  feet  below 
rater  level.    Ocean  holes  were  formed  in  a  similar  way  at  a  time  when  that  part 
e  bank  where  they  exist  was  above  high-water  mark,  and  at  a  sufficient  height 
e  that  point  to  include  its  deepest  part.    The  subsidence  of  the  bank  has  carried 
evel  of  the  mouth  and  of  the  bottom  of  the  hole  below  high-water  mark. 
)m  the  description  of  the  strata  which  crop  out  upon  the  banks  in  the  vicinity  of 
of  the  ocean  holes  at  Blue  Hole  Point,  there  seems  to  be  little  doubt  that  the 
fication  characteristic  of  the  aeolian  rocks  has  been  observed. 

he  deepest  of  the  holes  mentioned  by  Agassiz  has  a  depth  of  38 
Loms,  "in  the  extension  of  the  line  of  Blossom  Channel  leading 
l  the  Tongue  of  the  Ocean  up  on  the  bank." 
have  had  opportunities  to  study  such  "holes"  or  solution  wells, 
re  sea  level  in  Florida  and  have  examined  many  of  them,  both 
ve  and  below  sea  level,  in  the  Bahamas.    Mr.  E.  W.  Forsyth 
tlhded  other ' '  holes  "  and  reported  the  results  to  me.2    The  depths  of 
ihholes  range  from  about  2  fathoms  to  as  much  as  33  fathoms,  the 
■best  hole  in  Fat  Turtle  Sound,  North  Bight,  Andros  Island, 
Affided  by  Mr.  Forsyth.    As  in  my  opinion  i^gassiz's  deduction  as 
•ohe  origin  of  these  holes  is  incontrovertible,  they  indicate  a  stand 
>f  be  land  during  Pleistocene  time  at  least  228  feet  higher  than  at 
>r.ent.    Shattuck3  and  Miller  accept  a  higher  stand  of  300  feet, 
©Wed  by  submergence  of  300  feet,  and  conclude  that  this  move- 
R< t  in  strand-line  position  was  followed  by  emergence,  to  an  amount 
>ev'een  15  and  20  feet.    From  my  own  experience  in  the  Bahamas 
^h  last  change  in  the  position  of  strand  line  was  accompanied  by 
n  or  differential  crustal  movement.    For  instance,  at  Nicollstown 
Lilt,  Andros  Island,  a  sea  cave  stands  at  such  a  height  above  the 
*e>as  to  show  conclusively  an  elevation  of  18  feet  above  the  position 

•  Mis.Comp.  Zool.  Bull.,  vol.  26,  pp.  41-42,  1894. 
J  ughan,  T.  W.,  Carnegie  Inst.  Washington  Yearbook  No.  13,  p.  229,  1915. 

'jattuek,  G.  B.,  and  Miller,  B.  L.,  Physiography  and  geology  of  the  Bahama  Islands,  The  Bahama 
Islj  s,  pp.  19,  20,  1905. 


292 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


at  which  it  was  formed;  but  4,000  feet  southeast  of  the  cave 
elevation  is  only  about  4  feet  in  amount.    I  have  given  more  in1 
mation  on  this  minor  uplift  in  the  paper  referred  to  in  the  footnc 

Agassiz,  Shattuck,  and  Miller,  and  I  agree  as  to  the  geol 
cally  Recent  submergence  of  the  Bahamas. 

The  accompanying  diagram  (text-fig.  17)  indicates  the  relat: 
of  the  barrier  reef  off  the  west  side  of  Andros  Island  to  the  platf< 
on  the  edge  of  which  it  is  growing.  This  reef  is  growing  on  the  € 
of  a  platform  that  had  stood  above  sea  level  at  least  as  much  as  ' 
feet.  It  was  perforated  by  solution  wells  and  then  submerged, 
perforations  in  the  platform  show  that  it  antedates  the  barrier  i 
and  that  its  formation  is  not  dependent  on  agencies  associated  \ 
the  presence  of  the  reef.  There  is  here  another  instance  of  a 
formed  during  or  after  submergence,  and  superposed  on  the  sur 
of  an  antecedent  platform. 


Old  oolite 


Fig.  17.— Diagrammatic  section  across  the  barrier  reef,  Andros  Island,  Bahamas. 


The  relative  importance  of  the  constructional  role  of  the  lr 
reef  will  be  briefly  mentioned.  The  Pleistocene  oolite  of  the  Baha 
is  not  coral-reef  rock,  as  was  contended  by  A.  Agassiz.  It  is  comjN 
of  calcium  carbonate  chemically  precipitated  on  extensive  subma 
flats.2  I  have  several  times  published  the  estimate  "that  on  An< 
Island,  Bahamas,  the  ratio  of  the  constructive  work  of  the  pra 
reef  to  that  of  agencies  that  previously  resulted  in  the  formation 
the  Pleistocene  oolite  is  approximately  as  1  to  several  thousand; 
as  a  constructive  agent,  chemical  precipitation  has  been  sev 
thousand  times  more  effective  in  forming  limestone  than  corals." 

Before  passing  to  the  discussion  of  the  next  area  it  should 
pointed  out  that  the  amount  of  submergence  of  the  Bahamas, 

»  Carnegie  Inst.  Washington  Yearbook  No.  13,  p.  229,  1915. 

2  For  the  most  recent  discussions  of  this  subject,  see  Vaughan,  T.  W.,  Some  shoal-water  bottom  sa 
from  Murray  Island,  etc.,  Carnegie  Inst.  Washington  Pub.  213,  pp.  277-280,  1918;  Chemical  and  oi 
deposits  of  the  sea,  Geol.  Soc.  Amer.  Bull.,  vol.  28,  pp.  933-944,  1918. 

a  Wash.  Acad.  Sci.  Journ.,  vol.  4,  pp.  26,  27,  1914;  Carnegie  Inst.  Washington  Pub.  213,  p.  279, 191< 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  293~ 


is  greater  than  that,  about  120  feet,  indicated  for  the  areas 
idy  considered,  unless  the  notches  in  the  outer  edges  of  the  St. 
Lin  Plateau  and  the  Virgin  Bank  really  indicate  a  position  of  sea 
.  40  fathoms  lower  than  present  sea  level. 

BERMUDAS. 

exander  Agassiz  has  given  a  good  account  of  proto-Bermuda,  that 
the  extent  and  general  physical  character  of  the  Bermudas  pre- 
3  to  the  submergence  that  has  left  the  group  in  very  nearly  the 
in  which  we  now  know  it.1    Recently  Prof.  L.  V.  Pirsson  has  con- 
.ted  two  highly  valuable  articles  to  the  literature  on  the  geology 
le  islands,  basing  his  interpretations  largely  upon  a  study  of 
>les  from  a  well  bored  in  Southampton  Parish,  on  the  slope  of  a 
ibout  a  mile  west  of  the  lighthouse  on  Gibbs  Hill,  from  a  height 
5  feet  above  sea  level  to  a  depth  of  1,413  feet  below  the  surface, 
a  depth  of  1,278  feet  below  sea  level.2 
|.ere  were  penetrated  in  the  well  mentioned  three  major  classes 
aterial,  as  follows:  (1)  From  the  surface  to  a  depth  383  feet 
v it,  limestone;  (2)  from  383  feet  to  600  feet,  oxidized  volcanic 
rial;  (3)  below  600  feet  to  1,413  feet,  with  one  slight  exception, 
tic,  usually  black  lava.    Pirsson  concludes  the  first  of  his  two 
Kes  with  the  following  statement: 

Itppears  to  the  writer  that  what  has  been  learned  regarding  the  history  of  the 
'.ruda  volcano  has  an  important  bearing  on  the  question  of  the  way  in  which  the 
B'ms  on  which  coral  islands,  barrier  reefs  and  atolls  are  situated,  have  been 
.It  I.  There  is  of  course  nothing  new  in  the  idea  that  these  may  be  volcanic  in 
gi  only  in  Bermuda  we  have  once  more  a  positive  demonstration  of  the  fact.  We 
|Cilso  seen  that,  provided  the  volcanic  masses  are  of  sufficient  antiquity,  they 
iy  'ven  though*  of  great  size,  have  been  reduced  to  sea  level,  furnishing  platforms 
.ife  extent.  As  mentioned  above,  such  masses  reduced  to  sea  level  would  con- 
Bi  o  project  from  the  ocean  abysses  indefinitely  and  many  of  them  may  be  of  great 
pl^.c  age.  There  is  nothing  in  the  mere  size  of  any  of  the  atolls  of  the  Pacific  which 
(U, preclude  their  being  placed  on  the  stumps  of  former  volcanic  masses;  it  is  not 
teied  to  assert  by  this  that  the  foundation  in  every  case  is  necessarily  a  volcanic 
I.  If  such  masses  have  once  been  brought  down  to  sea  level  and  continue  to  exist 
-I  rat  level  changes  within  limits  from  time  to  time  by  warpings  in  different  places 
th';ea  floor,  or  by  an  accumulation  of  ice  on  the  lands  and  its  melting,  as  suggested 
■ffiy,  then  conditions  of  shallow  water  over  them  may  be  established  suitable  for 
eii  olonization  by  those  organisms  concerned  in  the  production  of  the  so-called 
rabefs,  which  may  be  formed  under  the  conditions  postulated  by  Vaughan. 

I' was  the  understanding  between  Professor  Pirsson  and  me  that 
sluld  prepare  a  report  on  the  calcium-carbonate  samples.  The 
Ucing  is  a  preliminary  statement,  accompanied  by  determinations 
itb  Foraminifera  by  Dr.  Joseph  A.  Cushman. 

M  ;iz,  Alexander,  A  visit  to  the  Bermudas  in  March,  1894,  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.  Bull.,  vol.  26,  pp.  273- 
fepL  1895. 

Pi  m,  L.  V.,  Geology  of  Bermuda  Island,  I.  The  igneous  platform,  Amer.  Journ.  Sci.,  ser.  4,  vol.  38, 
•Woe;  II.  Petrology  of  the  lavas,  Idem.,  pp.  331-344,  1914. 


294 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Preliminary  description  of  the  limestone  samples  and  list  of  species  of  Foraminifera 

the  Bermuda  well. 


No.  of  specimen 

and  depth 
below  surface. 


Description. 


Species  of  Foraminifera 


(0-6  feet) 


2    (61-110  feet) 


3   (110-216  feet) 


4  (216-241  feet) 


5  (241-286  feet) 


6  (286-331  feet) 


7   (331-341  feet) 


8  (341-383  feet) 


Light  cream-colored  limestone;  mixture  of  cal- 
cite  and  aragonite;  most  of  the  constituent 
particles  angular;  largely  or  mostly  broken 
remains  of  organisms;  occasional  small  round 
grains  0.10  mm.  or  less  in  diameter,  may  be 
aggregates  of  chemically  precipitated  calcium 
carbonate.  Largely  or  mostly  an  organic 
limestone. 


Light  cream-colored  limestone;  mixture  of  cal- 
cite  and  aragonite;  constituent  particles  most- 
ly angular,  Foraminifera  and  broken  tests  of 
other  organisms  present;  a  few  rounded  grains 
0.04  mm.  or  less  in  diameter,  may  be  aggre- 
gates of  chemically  precipitated  material. 
Largely  or  mostly  an  organic  limestone. 


Light  cream-colored  limestone;  mixture  of  cal- 
cite  and  aragonite,  apparently  but  little  ara- 
gonite; largely  a  recrystallized  limestone, 
without  conspicuous  grains;  some  small  pock- 
ets contain  pulverulent  calcium  carbonate; 
some  pieces  granular.  A  few  grains  0.05  to 
0.8  mm.  in  diameter  resemble  small  oolite 
grains.  The  rock  is  mostly  a  foraminiferal 
limestone,  the  Foraminifera  embedded  in  a 
cryptocrystalline  matrix. 

Whitish  limestone,  very  slight  yellowish  tinge, 
some  blackish  particles;  mixture  of  aragonite 
and  calcite ;  specimen  consists  mostly  of  broken 
rock  fragments;  an  occasional  small  pebble, 
one  2.5  mm.  as  maximum  diameter;  constit- 
uent material  largely  organic,  Foraminifera. 
fragments  of  mollusks,  shells,  etc.  Most  small 
particles  angular;  a  few  less  than  0.12 
mm.  appear  oolitic.  One  0.09  by  0.17  mm. 
in  size  had  form  of  an  oolitic  ellipsoid .  Mostly 
an  organic  limestone. 

Whitish,  faintly  yellowish,  pulverulent  lime- 
stone; mixture  of  calcite  and  aragonite.  Com- 
paratively few  tests  of  organisms,  some  Fora- 
minifera, many  small  rounded  grains  and 
cryptocrystalline  material.  Some  of  the  round 
grains  appear  oolitic;  one  of  these  is  0.11  by 
0.15  mm.  in  size.  It  appears  that  a  consider- 
able proportion  of  this  bed  is  a  chemical  pre- 
cipitate, 

White,  pulverulent  limestone;  mixture  of  cal- 
cite and  aragonite.  No  organic  tests  were  ob- 
served. Round  grains  up  to  0.1  or  0.2  mm. 
appear  to  be  oolite;  small  round  grains  0.04 
mm.  in  diameter.  Much  cryptocrystalline 
material.  This  bed  appears  to  be  largely  a 
chemical  precipitate. 

White,  friable  limestone;  mixture  of  calcite  and 
aragonite.  Round  grains  which  range  in  di- 
ameter from  0.22  to  0.45  mm.,  may  be  oolitic. 
Small  grains,  0.09  mm.  in  diameter  seem  defi- 
nitely oolitic.  Besides  the  rounded,  there  are 
broken  angular  grains  and  much  cryptocrys- 
talline material.  Few.  or  no  organic  tests. 
This  appears  to  be  largely  a  chemical  precip- 
itate. 

Light-colored,  earthy,  yellowish-gray,  impure 
limestone;  some  iron  pyrites;  mostly  calcite, 
if  aragonite  is  present  the  proportion  is  small. 
Many  Foraminifera,  Nummulites,  fragments  of 
coral.  Bryozoa,  etc.;  many  rounded  grains 
which  may  be  dctrital;  no  definitely  oolitic 
grains  were  observed.  A  thin  section  shows 
many  Foraminifera  embedded  in  a  cryptocrys- 
talline matrix.  This  bed  is  an  impure,  forami- 
niferal, shoal  water  limestone.  It  may  con- 
tain some  chemically  precipitated  material. 


Textularia  agglutinans  d'Orbij 
Polystomella  striatopunctata  . 

&  Moll. 
Polystomella  species. 
Amphistegina  lessonii  d'Orbig] 
Quinqueloculina  reticulata  d'O: 
Q.  oblonga  Montagu. 
Q.  auberiana  d'Orbigny. 
Peneroplis  pertusus  Forskal. 
Orbiculina  adunca  Fichtel  &  H 

Textularia  agglutinans  d'Orbi 
Polystomella  striatopunctata 

&  Moll. 
Polystomella  species. 
Amphistegina  lessonii  d'Orbig 
Quinqueloculina  reticulata  d'O 
Q.  auberiana  d'Orbigny. 
Orbiculina  adunca  Fichtel  &  1 

Clavulina  angularis  d'Orbignj 
Planorbulina  larvata  Parker  i 
Truncatulina  species. 
Polystomella  striatopunctata 

&  Moll. 
Amphistegina  lessonii  d'Orbig 
Triloculina  cf.   T.  circularis 

mann. 

Orbiculina  adunca  Fichtel  & 


Truncatulina  species. 
Pulvinulina  canariensis  d'Orb 
Polystomella  striatopunctata 
■  &  Moll. 

Polystomella  species. 
Amphistegina  lessonii  d'Orbig 
Triloculina  linneana  d'Orbigi 
Orbiculina  adunca  Fichtel  &  1 


JBolivina  species. 
Truncatulina  species. 
Discorbis  vilardeboana  d'Orbij 
Amphistegina  species. 
Quinqueloculina  reticulata  d'C 
Biloculina  species. 


None  reported. 


Amphistegina  species. 


Nummulites  species. 


R 


I: 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  295 

s  examination  reveals  three  kinds  of  limestone,  the  uppermost 
ich  subsequently  may  be  subdivided.  The  three  divisions  are 
Lows: 

.cimens  1-4  (0-241  feet)  represent  a  limestone  which  is  largely  or 
y  of  organic  origin,  but  which  may  contain  a  few  grains  of 
cally  precipitated  material.  This  corresponds  to  the  upper 
1  division  recognized  by  Cushman. 

cimens  5-7  (241-341  feet)  represent  a  pulverulent  limestone, 
Dsed  of  rounded  grains  imbedded  in  finely  crystalline  material, 
i  rains  in  their  size  and  shape  resemble  oolite,  and  some  grains 
d  with  greater  or  less  distinctness  suggestions  of  oolitic  struc- 

The  foraminiferal  fauna  is  meager,  but  it  differs  from  that  of 
lens  1-4  and  the  underlying  bed  represented  by  specimen  8. 
ins  safe  to  draw  the  inference  that  this  division  of  the  lime- 
is  in  part,  at  least,  a  chemical  precipitate, 
cimen  8  (341-383  feet)  represents  an  impure,  foraminiferal, 
t  limestone,  or  a  calcareous  marl,  in  which  there  may  be  some 
cally  precipitated  material.    This  bed  is  the  uppermost  in 

the  Nummulites  reported  by  Cushman  occur.    It  was  also 

in  the  underlying  bed  No.  9,  383-393  feet. 

Probable  geologic  age  of  the  limestone  in  the  Bermuda  well. 
[Height  of  well  mouth  above  sea  level,  135  feet.] 


amples.  Probable  geologic  age. 

1-241  feet  Recent  and  Pleistocene. 

11-286  feet  Pliocene  or  Miocene. 

151-341  feet  Nothing  determinable. 

pl-393  feet  Oligocene  or  Eocene  (Nummulites). 

b)3-485  feet  Eocene?  (no  Nummulites). 


b  outline  of  the  geologic  history  of  the  Bermudas  subsequent 
pc  volcanic  activity  seems  to  be  as  follows : 

)<tor  Cushman's  identification  of  the  Foraminifera  from  the 
'iida  well  shows  the  presence  of  an  undetermined  species  of 
tyomella  between  393  and  480  and  between  480  and  485  feet. 
&  depths  are  well  down  in  the  oxidized  zone  and  indicate  marine 
■Hons  which  persisted  throughout  the  deposition  of  the  super- 
u  bent  material.  Other  Foraminifera  occur  between  383  and  393, 
I  them  being  a  species  of  Nummulites,  which  was  also  obtained 
on  the  basal  bed  of  limestone  at  a  depth  of  341  feet.  As  the 
m  Nummulites  is,  according  to  our  present  knowledge,  confined 
t  upper  Eocene  and  Oligocene  formations  in  the  southeastern 
itl  States  and  the  West  Indies,  the  inference  may  be  drawn  that 
sl  rmuda  samples  between  341  and  393  feet  probably  represent  a 
)l<jic  formation  of  either  Eocene  or  Oligocene  age,  and  that  those 
ft  $93-485  feet  represent  a  formation  of  probably  Eocene  age. 
>>7149— 19— Bull.  103  8 


296         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 

Until  the  specimens  of  Nummulites  from  the  Bermuda  well  ] 
been  identified  with  species  of  known  stratigraphic  position  a  i 
definite  statement  can  not  be  made.  It  appears  safe  to  assigi 
Eocene  or  pre-Eocene  age  to  the  Bermudian  volcanic  activity. 

The  calcareous  sediments,  therefore,  began  to  accumulate  < 
submerged  volcanic  basement  in  Eocene  or  lower  Oligocene  t 
and  the  submergence  progressed  until  the  basement,  in  prob 
Miocene  time,  was  entirely  blanketed  by  calcareous  deposits 
feet  thick,  which  differ  in  their  physical  aspect  both  from  the  ur 
lying  nummulitic  rock  and  the  overlying  organic  limestone, 
rock  is  probably  in  considerable  part  a  chemical  precipitate, 
well  samples  indicate  no  stratigraphic  break  at  either  its  top 
base. 

The  limestone  from  a  depth  of  241  feet  to  the  surface  is  a  s] 
water,  organic  deposit,  in  which  living  species  of  Foraminiferg 
abundant.  Its  age  is  probably  Pleistocene,  although  the  lower 
may  prove  to  be  Pliocene.  The  shoal-water  nature  of  the  limes 
indicates  continued  slow  subsidence. 

The  subsidence  which  apparently  had  been  interrupted  b; 
period  of  emergence  since  Oligocene  time  was  succeeded  in  Pk 
cene  time  by  uplift  to  an  amount  of  probably  more  than  100 
All  the  surface  rock  of  the  Bermudas  except  some  in  areas  of 
elevation  is  considered  by  the»geologists  who  have  visited  the  is] 
to  be  eolian  deposits.  However,  certain  of  the  published  illu 
tions  suggest  that  in  some  exposures  there  are  in  the  bedding 
zontal  planes  intersecting  the  inclined  layers.  Cross-bedding  bet 
horizontal  planes  is  a  structure  characteristic  of  shoal-water  or  1 
deposits  but  not  of  eolian  deposits.  A  more  critical  study  o 
bedding  of  the  Bermudian  rocks  may  discriminate  elevated  ( 
bedded  water-laid  and  eolian  deposits.  However  this  may  b( 
period  of  uplift  under  consideration  was  the  time  of  the  Greater 
muda,  which  has  been  admirably  described  by  William  North  <! 
A.  Agassiz,  and  A.  E.  Verrill.  According  to  the  latter,  the  ar 
Greater  Bermuda  was  somewhat  more  than  230  square  miles,  or  t 
11  times  that  of  the  present  land  surface,  which  is  estimated  as 
ing  an  area  of  19 J  square  miles.1  The  evidence  indicates  tha 
elliptical  area  inclosed  by  the  outer  reefs  was  entirely  above  sea 
as  perhaps  also  were  the  surfaces  of  Challenger  and  Argus  bank 

The  last  important  change  in  the  relations  of  sea  level  wa 
Verrill  has  so  ably  shown,  submergence  to  an  amount  of  abou 
feet,  reducing  the  land  area  from  that  of  230  square  miles  durin 
period  of  Greater  Bermuda  to  that  of  19  J  square  miles,  the  pr 


1  Conn.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sci.  Trans.,  vol.  12,  p.  52,  1905. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  297 


la.  The  evidence  is  not  decisive  as  to  there  having  been  a  slight 
iirgence,  of  6  to  10  feet,  since  the  great  submergence. 
|U  Verrill  has  shown,  the  Bermuda  limestone  is  composed  not  of 
111  debris,  except  in  a  subordinate  proportion,  but  is  made  up  of 
Iken,  more  or  less  triturated,  calcareous  tests,  largely  of  mollusks. 
I  designates  the  material  as  "  shell  sands."  The  Bermudas  are, 
■refore,  inappropriately  called  "  coral  islands."  The  recent  corals 
1  growing  on  a  foundation  of  older  lime  rock,  brought  into  its 
fcent  relation  to  sea  level  by  submergence. 

la  that  the  last  dominant  change  in  the  position  of  its  strand  line 
It  by  submergence,  Bermuda  accords  with  the  Florida  coast,  the 
Biamas,  Cuba,  and  most  of  the  smaller  West  Indian  islands. 

FLORIDA. 

Iftrand-line  oscillation  in  Florida  has  attracted  the  attention  of 
i)iy  geologists,  among  whom  may  be  mentioned  Shaler,  Heilprin, 
m  Dall  of  the  earlier  investigators,  and  Matson,  Sanford,  Sellards, 
Slw,  and  myself  of  the  later  ones.  Shaw  and  I  have  recently 
re  ewed  the  subject.1  That  subsequent  to  formation  of  the  Pleis- 
kme  barrier  reef  of  Florida,  the  reef  tract  was  elevated  to  a  height 
alut  50  feet  above  its  previous  stand  and  that  this  elevation  was 
{owed  by  submergence  to  an  amount  of  about  30  feet  is  shown  by 
fla  submerged  cave  at  Miami;  (2)  submerged  solution  well  below 
■level,  near  East  Bahia  Honda  Key; 2  (3)  submerged  peat  bed  at 
West;  (4)  submerged  indurated,  cemented,  recrystallized  oolite 
uier  the  Marquesas;  (5)  submerged  wave-cut  terrace  front  at 
T'  tug  as. 

l  addition  to  this  evidence  Shaw  and  I  say  in  the  paper  cited : 

r  Iditional  deductions  of  importance  may  be  made  from  the  submarine  physiography 
at  ?pths  beyond  10  fathoms.  Although  the  investigations  are  at  presert  only  in  a 
pr  minary  stage,  it  may  be  said  that  along  the  sides  of  the  Gulf  Stream  from  opposite 
|tf}nito  Satan  and  Vestal  Shoals,  just  west  of  Sand  Key,  the  Coast  and  Geodetic  Survey 
thte  indicate  fairly  uniform  slopes  from  10  to  100  fathoms,  but  there  may  be  narrow 
tei  ces  which  are  not  brought  out  by  the  soundings.  West  of  Vestal  Shoal  the  sea 
bom  drops  suddenly  from  10  to  20  fathoms,  with  a  flat  or  gently  sloping  surface 
beeen  21  and  28  fathoms.  South  of  Coalbin  Rock  there  is  an  escarpment  between 
ilO  id  30  fathoms,  a  flat  or  gentle  slope  between  30  and  40  fathoms,  and  another  flat 
or  intly  sloping  area  between  40  and  50  fathoms.  The  soundings  are  not  sufficiently 
nierous  to  trace  surfaces  with  a  feeling  of  confidence,  but  the  scarp  from  10  to 
be  een  25  and  30  fathoms  is  clear  cut  and  can  be  followed  for  25  miles  to  the  west  end 
tof  le  Quicksands.  Westward  in  the  vicinity  of  Tortugas  there  are,  besides,  the 
bc)m  of  Tortugas  lagoon  and  the  surface  of  the  shoal  7  to  10  miles  west  of  Loggerhead 
t£',  two  undersea  terrace  plains,  one  at  a  depth  of  15  to  17  fathoms,  the  other,  which 
>*8  ilarge  plain  west  of  Tortugas,  ranges  in  depth  from  28  fathoms  on  its  landward  to 
36  thorns  on  its  seaward  edge,  and  has  an  east  and  west  width  of  10  miles.  The  15 
to  fathom  flat  is  especially  well  developed  south  and  southwest  of  Tortugas.    It  is 

ljmghan,  T.  W.,  and  Shaw,  E.  W.,  Geologic  investigations  of  the  Florida  coral-reef  tract,  Carnegie 
l^  Washington  Yearbook  No.  14,  pp.  232-238,  1916. 
s  al  communication  of  Mr.  Samuel  Sanford. 


I 


298 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


separated  by  a  scarp  from  the  28  to  36  fathom  flat,  and  by  another  scarp  from 
shallower  levels  in  Tortugas.  The  presence  of  the  continuous  scarp  from  Coalbin  B 
to  off  the  west  end  of  the  Quicksands,  with  a  depth  of  25  to  30  fathoms  at  its  foot, 
the  presence  of  a  terrace  28  to  36  fathoms  deep,  10  miles  wide,  and  bounded  on  its  1; 


$2X 


1  [i 
ift.  '■:  Grass 


,  .  .  .  y  ^.y orris'  Cut  4  3i  !  : 


16  31  SS=  !  • 

.     ,  ■:,-?>.■■£■/  3!    4  !41 
,  ^;3i        Hi*  3^|  7. 


""17    /»J        ^      |4i         3}3*    j    Am.  10* 
3l4f-3i 


51  »  I  4  V 

14     „     ./  3|  34 

■-  J4  31      31  4     ,*       31    31  41 

HI6^1       W!*31    **  « 
•»       .  v:ao<         j  41 J 

31  h    16;  «**.     g  4.  5i 

LP  TOWEFfiT'-A  3s?  *» 


61 

•41  7| 


iit>^5  Cape  Florida; 


V<  "IV"'.'  VI  ;•'   3    "  fl*  3 . 


41 


41    !3l.3i    31  4 


«     JW*  4  f  *,3*    41  «17 


2  #  1^.^3>  3131%)  |31 

-  V  2  V41 !  71 


ft    /      "  {/f  li\i^    17.  W  Sl(l8    ^,,-^C|H     j  »* 


Fig.  18.— Chart  of  northern  end  of  fi.omdian  harrier  reef.   From  United  States  coas 
geodetic  survey  chart  no.  165. 

ward  margin  by  a  similar  6carp,  suggest  that  the  portion  of  the  Florida  reef  trad 
of  Key  West  at  one  time  stood  some  20  fathoms  higher  than  now,  while  the  15  j 
fathom  terraces  suggest  another,  shallower  stand  of  sea  level. 

Although  the  tracing  of  the  oscillations  of  the  Florida  reef  tract  can  not  ncjbfl 
made  in  detail,  it  seems  probable  that  it  at  one  time  stood  more  than  120  feet  h ier 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  299 


I  at  present  (and  has  been  submerged  to  a  similar  amount).  Besides  the  suggested 
zt  swing  there  have  been  intermediate  stands  of  sea  level  and  numerous  minor 
lations.  The  last  movement  of  importance  was  one  of  submergence,  but  subse. 
;it  to  it  there  has  been  a  minor  uplift  of  some  10  feet  or  slightly  more  in  the  vicinity 
iami. 

'he  accompanying  figure  (fig.  18)  shows  that  the  flat  that  the  living 
rier-reef  margins  or  above  which  coral-reef  patches  rise  extends 
ond  the  northern  reef  limits,  near  Fowey  Rocks.  The  living  bar- 
reef  has  developed  seaward  of  the  Pleistocene  barrier  near  the  edge 
,  previously  prepared  platform,  for  the  continuity  of  the  platform 
spective  of  the  presence  of  the  reefs  shows  that  its  origin  is  inde- 
dent  of  them. 

CAMPECHE  BANK. 

'he  best  known  reef  on  the  Campeche  Bank  is  Alacran  Reef,  which 
i  described  by  A.  Agassiz  in  considerable  detail  in  1888.1  (See 
73,  photograph  of  model.)     Heilprin  in  1891 2  said  regarding 
4,atan,  "the  evidence  is  all  but  conclusive  that  there  has  been 
int  subsidence";  but  I  am  unable  to  discover  in  his  article  the 
is  of  this  opinion.    Dr.  C.  W.  Hayes  orally  informed  me  shortly 
>re  his  deeply  lamented  death  that  there  is  clear  evidence  of 
int  submergence  around  Terminos  Lake  at  the  base  of  the  penin- 
i;  on  its  west  side.    The  lagoons  between  Progreso  and  Holbox 
Ind  are  strongly  suggestive  of  submergence.    There  is.  a  steeper 
ke  between  about  20  and  28  on  the  outer  edge  of  the  bank,  indi- 
ting change  in  position  of  sea  level  by  submergence,  similar  to  the 
f  age  already  recorded  for  St.  Thomas  and  other  West  Indian 

II  ids. 

l  this  connection  the  following  quotation  from  Alexander  Agassiz 
f.  be  introduced  :3 

'.  fact,  what  I  have  seen  so  far  in  my  exploration  of  the  coral  reefs  of  the  West  Indies 
fc  d  show  that  wherever  coral  reefs  occur,  and  of  whatever  shape,  they  form  only  a 
onaratively  thin  growth  upon  the  underlying  base,  and  are  not  of  great  thickness. 
H  lorida  they  rest  upon  the  limestones  which  form  the  basis  of  the  great  peninsula, 
toie  Yucatan  Bank  they  are  underlain  by  a  marine  limestone.  In  Cuba  they  abut 
the  Tertiary  limestones  of  its  shore.  Along  Honduras,  the  Mosquito  Coast,  and 
tH.orth  shore  of  South  America  they  grow  upon  extensive  banks  or  shoals,  parts  of 
tnhore  plateau  of  the  adjoining  continent,  where  they  find  the  proper  depth. 

doubt  if  there  is  any  one  bold  enough  to  claim  that  Campeche 
Si  k  has  been  formed  by  infilling  behind  a  barrier  reef,  for  it  is  too 
•biously  due  to  a  large  gentle  flexure  of  the  earth  crust  or  some 
ftr  kind  of  broad  structural  uplift,  and  that  in  suitable  places 
o  1  grows  on  the  surface  of  the  submarine  plateau  formed  in  the 
a* ner  indicated.    E.  W.  Shaw4  collected  a  few  bottom  samples  6  to 

Agassiz,  A.,  Three  cruises  of  the  Blake,  vol.  1,  p.  71,  1888. 

Heilprin,  A.,  Geological  researches  in  Yucatan,  Phila.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Proc.  for  1891,  p.  148. 
5  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.  Bull.,  vol.  26,  p.  172,  1894. 
Shaw,  E.  W.,  Oral  communication . 


300 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


8  miles  off  shore  at  Progreso,  and  in  these  he  found  only  two  fragmei 
of  coral,  the  main  mass  of  the  samples  heing  shell  fiagments. 

HONDURAN  REEFS. 

Although  this  is  an  important  barrier  reef,  its  length  being 
sea-miles,  I  know  of  no  adequate  published  description  ot  it,  noi 
any  published  account  of  the  shore  line  or  of  the  oscillations  of 
strand  line  behind  it.  The  configuration  of  Honduras  Bay  and 
the  Gulf  of  Dulce,  which  lies  inland  from  it  and  is  connected  wit 
by  a  waterway,  as  well  as  that  of  Chetumal  Bay,  points  clearly 
submergence.  The  reef  occupies  the  outer  edge  of  a  platform  1( 
22  miles  wide  and  is  separated  from  the  shore  by  a  channel  frorc 
to  33  fathoms  deep.  This  is  a  remarkably  continuous  barrier  r 
but  it  shows  discontinuity  at  its  southern  end  and  therefore  evide 
of  superposition. 

MOSQUITO  BANK. 

Hayes,  although  he  was  not  giving  particular  attention  to  c 
reefs,  has  made  one  of  the  finest  studies  of  a  shore  line  in  a  c(j 
reef  area  as  yet  published.1    The  following  is  quoted  from 
article : 2 

7.  In  middle  Tertiary  time  the  region  was  elevated  and  subjected  to  long-conti 
subaerial  degradation,  and  the  narrower  portion  of  the  isthmus  was  reduced  to  a 
plain,  with  monadnocks  at  the  divide  near  the  axis.  There  is  no  evidence  that 
communication  has  existed  between  the  two  oceans  across  this  portion  of  the  ist 
since  the  middle  Tertiary  uplift. 

8.  In  post-Tertiary  time  the  region  was  again  elevated  and  the  previously  deve : 
peneplain  deeply  trenched. 

9.  A  recent  slight  subsidence  has  drowned  the  lower  courses  of  the  river  vsl 
and  the  estuaries  thus  formed  have  subsequently  been  filled  with  alluvial  de]  i 

J.  E.  Spurr  furnished  me  a  note  3  confirming  Hayes's  dedu 
regarding  the  submergence  of  the  lower  courses  of  the  stream 
the  east  coast  of  Nicaragua.  Subsequently  I  had  profiles  d! 
across  Mosquito  Bank  (see  text  fig.  11,  page  275). 4  These  indi 
submergence  to  an  amount  of  about  20  fathoms.  As  on  Mos 
Bank  there  is  a  submerged  terrace  front  between  about  20  aij 
fathoms  in  depth,  the  bank  had  to  exist  previous  to  formati- 
that  feature,  and  as  the  living  reefs  grow  on  the  shallower 
which  according  to  available  evidence  was  out  of  water  duri  l 
least  a  part  of  Pleistocene  time,  they  are  necessarily  superpos 
an  antecedent  basement.  Furthermore,  the  enormous  area  c| 
Hat  and  the  relatively  small  areas  occupied  by  living  reefs,  le 
the  same  conclusion — that  is,  the  living  reefs  are  merely  growil 
parts  of  a  submarine  plateau  where  conditions  favor  their  life. 

1  Hayes,  ('.  W„  Physiography  and  geology  of  region  adjacent  to  the  Nicaragua  Canal  route,  Cj 
Amcr.  Bull.,  vol.  10,  pp.  285-348,  pis.  30-32,  1899. 
« Idem,  p.  348. 

3  Amer.  Geog.  Soc.  Bull.,  vol.  46,  p.  429,  1914. 
<  Wash.  Acad.  Sci.  Journ.,  vol.  6,  pp.  57,  62,  1916. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  301 

lie  shore-line  phenomena  of  Panama  and  Costa  Rica  have  been 
lifully  described  by  D.  F.  MacDonald  in  his  forthcoming  report 
■he  physiography  and  geology  of  the  Canal  Zone  and  adjacent 
13.  His  conclusions  in  general  accord  with  those  I  have  expressed 
k»ther  areas. 

SOME  OTHER  WEST  INDIAN  ISLANDS. 

t  T.  Hill  in  1899  1  pointed  out  "that  Jamaica  was  once  a  more 
tiasive  land  than  now,  with  benched  and  terraced  margins  which 
1  submerged  by  subsidence,"  and  that  "similar  submerged 
bis  are  now  occupied  by  the  growing  reefs  around  the  island." 
I  appears  to  hold  the  view  that  the  reefs  were  formed  during 
It,  after  submergence,  and  as  regards  the  elevated  fringing  reefs 
■leve  he  is  correct.  In  fact,  Mr.  Meinzer  and  I  make  a  similar 
fcpretation  of  the  conditions  under  which  the  coral-reef  terraces 
jliba  were  formed.  But,  it  seems  to  me  that  the  barrier  reef  off 
lint  Point,  Jamaica,  has  been  formed  after  an  episode  of  sub- 
feence.  The  pouch-shaped  harbors  of  Jamaica  suggest  that 
pderable  stretches  of  the  Jamaica  shore  line  have  undergone 
scit  submergence. 

dhave  compiled  information  on  the  shore  lines  of  other  West 
Kin  islands,  but  to  present  more  seems  unnecessary.  Possibly 
lot  a  reef  off  the  southeast  side  of  Barbados,  all  the  off-shore 
k  Indian  reefs  on  which  I  have  obtained  information  have 
red  on  preexisting  flats  or  plateaus  during  or  after  an  episode  of 
itiergence. 

BRAZIL  AND  ARGENTINA. 

Lrbert  M.  Smith,2  it  seems,  was  the  first  to  recognize  evidence  of 
il  tergence  on  the  east  coast  of  South  America,  and  Rich  3  has 
hp  a  pertinent  application  of  Smith's  observations  and  deductions 
\-e  coral-reef  problem.    Smith  says: 

BUi  an  estuary  as  I  have  described  could  only  have  been  formed  by  the  subsidence 
tl  land  over  a  great  area,  and  the  encroachment  of  the  sea  on  some  former  Amazons 
d  3  tributaries. 

Iiring  late  geologic  time  there  is  in  the  region  of  the  Amazon 
I  nee  of  a  higher  followed  by  a  lower  stand  on  the  land, 
lanner  has  made  the  most  careful  study  of  the  shore  line  of 
tel,  and  summarizes  his  conclusions  as  follows:  4 

3-  lthough  no  changes  of  level  are  known  to  have  taken  place  within  the  historic 
fi ,  there  are  evidences  of  both  elevation  and  depression  of  the  Brazilian  coast  in 
«  eologic  times. 

M  Comp.  Zool.  Bull.,  vol.  36,  pp.  99,  100. 

S)  h,  Herbert  M.,  Notes  on  the  physical  geography  of  the  Amazon  Valley,  Amer.  Naturalist,  vol. 
P'  '7-37,  1885. 

R  ,  John  L.,  The  physiography  of  the  lower  Amazon  Valley  as  evidence  bearing  on  the  coral-reef 
to  i,  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  45,  pp.  589-590,  June  8, 1917. 

B  .ner,  John  Casper,  The  stone  reefs  of  Brazil,  their  geological  and  geographical  relations,  with  a 
*"  on  the  coral  reefs,  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.  Bull.,  vol.  44,  pp.  168, 169,  1904. 


,302         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


9.  The  evidences  of  depression  consist  of: 
(a)  The  open  bays:  Rio  de  Janeiro  and  Bahia. 
(6)  The  partly  choked-up  bays,  such  as  Santos  and  Victoria. 

(c)  The  coast  lakes  formed  by  the  closing  of  the  mouths  of  estuaries  such  as 
Manguaba,  Lagoa  do  Norte,  Jiquia,  Sinimbu,  etc. 

(d)  Embayments  altogether  filled  up. 

(e)  The  islands  along  the  coast  are  nearly  all  close  in  shore  and  have  the  appea 
of  having  been  formed  by  depression  of  the  land. 

(/)  The  buried  rock  channels  at  Parahyba,  now  filled  with  mangrove  swam 
mud,  show  a  depression  of  at  least  twelve  metres  since  those  channels  were  cu 
(g)  Wind-bedded  sand  below  tide  level  on  Fernando  de  Noronba. 

10.  The  evidences  of  elevation  consist  of: 

(a)  Elevated  sea  beaches  especially  well  shown  about  the  Bay  of  Bahia,  anc 
the  coast  of  the  State  of  Bahia. 

(6)  Marine  terraces  about  Ilheos  in  the  State  of  Bahia.  These  are  abou 
metres  above  tide  level. 

(c)  Horizontal  lines  of  disintegration  about  one  metre  above  high  tide  in  g 
and  gneisses  at  and  about  Victoria,  State  of  Espirito  Santo. . 

(d)  Burrows  of  sea  urchins  so  far  above  low  tide  that  sea" urchins  can  not  ni 
in  them.    These  are  well  shown  at  Pedras  Pretas  on  the  coast  of  Pernambuco. 

11.  Of  the  two  movements  the  depression  has  been  much  the  greater  and  t 
earlier. 

12.  The  great  depression  probably  took  place  in  early  Pliocene  times 

Additional  evidence  in  support  of  the  submergence  of  the  Brsj 
coast  is  given  by  O.  P.  Jenkins.1 

That  the  last  dominant  shift  in  the  position  of  the  strand  1 
eastern  Brazil  was  by  submergence,  it  seems  to  me,  is  incontrove]| 
and  that  the  Brazilian  reefs  are  merely  growing  on  the  surfac 
submerged  continental  shelf  is  too  obvious  to  need  defense.  Inl 
relations  the  Brazilian  reefs  accord  with  all  other  American  of  j 
reefs,  perhaps  with  the  exception  of  the  Barbadian  reef  sp(| 
mentioned  on  page  301.  Professor  Branner  dates  the  submejl 
whereby  the  Brazilian  harbors  were  brought  into  being,  as  Pli» 
whereas  the  submergence  in  the  other  areas  discussed  is  c| 
Recent.  Without  definite  evidence  I  should  not  be  justified  in 
the  drowning  a  later  date  than  that  assigned  to  it  by  Professor  Br  jl 
but  I  now  know  that  I  assigned  too  great  antiquity  to  some  p 
graphic  features  I  considered  about  the  same  time  that  he  was  eij 
on  his  work  on  the  Brazilian  stone  reefs ;  for  instance,  the  higher 
terraces  are  Pleistocene  and  not  Pliocene,  as  I  said  in  the  Cuba 
previously  cited.  May  not  the  antiquity  of  the  submergence  f& 
Brazilian  coast  be  less  than  Professor  Branner  inferred? 
both  the  submergence  and  the  minor  uplift  following  it  be) 
Pleistocene  in  age  ?  Should  the  two  events  mentioned  be  geol< 
Recent,  the  shore-line  history  of  Brazil  would  parallel  that  of  | 
Central  America. 

I  Jenkins,  O.  P.,  Geology  of  tho  region  about  Natal,  Rio  Grande  do  Norte,  Brazil,  Amer.  Pf 
Proc,  vol.  52,  pp.  431-465,  1913. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


303 


Willis  has  directed  attention  to  two  areas  of  submergence  by  down- 
rping  along  the  Argentine  coast,  namely,  the  embayment  of  the 
p  de  la  Plata  and  Bahia  Blanca;1  but  Barrell  is  of  the  opinion,  from 
i  character  of  the  submarine  profiles,  that  there  has  been  sub- 
jrgence  of  the  coast  subsequent  to  the  warping.2  That  there  has 
m  in  late  geologic  time  a  rising  of  ocean  level  on  the  Argentine 
^st  seems  a  justified  deduction. 

ATLANTIC  COAST  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES  NORTH  OF  FLORIDA. 

That  the  last  shift  in  position  of  strand  line  from  the  Georgia- 
)rida  line  at  least  to  Narraganset  Bay  has  been  by  submergence  is 
clearly  shown  by  drowned  stream  mouths,  resulting  in  estuaries 
d  harbors,  is  so  well  known  to  geologists  that  no  detailed  presenta- 
n  of  evidence  is  necessary.  Northward  from  near  Boston  there 
3  been  subsequent  to  submergence,  emergence,  probably  due  to 
istal  rebound  after  deglaciation  and  relief  of  the  pressure  exerted 
the  superincumbent  continental  glaciers. 

PES  OF  WEST  INDIAN  AND  CENTRAL  AMERICAN  LITTORAL  AND  SUBLITTORAL 
PROFILES  AND  THEIR  RELATIONS  TO  CORAL  REEFS. 

[n  my  paper  on  littoral  and  sublittoral  physiographic  features  of 
}  Virgin  and  northern  Leeward  islands,3  I  pointed  out  that  there 
a  four  types  of  sublittoral  profiles  in  the  West  Indies  (see  fig.  19) 
tfoUows:  (1)  That  found  off  volcanic  islands,  such  as  Saba,  into  the 
,es  of  which  the  sea  has  cut  relatively  narrow  platforms;  (2)  fault 
me  profiles,  such  as  the  north  side  of  St.  Croix;  (3)  wide  undersea 
Its,  where  planation  agencies  have  long  been  active,  as  off  Anguilla 
f  d  north  of  St.  Thomas;  (4)  submarine  banks,  such  as  Saba,  Pedro, 
Id  Rosalind,  which  have  no  bordering  land,  and  whose  upper  sur- 
ffces  lie  between  9  and  30  fathoms  below  sea  level.    All  of  these 
;fcas  have  undergone  geologically  Recent  submergence.  Where 
jti  the  offshore  reefs  occur  ? 

IjiThere  is  no  barrier  reef  on  the  fault  slope  on  the  north  side  of 
ft.  Croix.  No  reef  started  as  a  fringing  reef,  then  increased  in  thick- 
«3S  and  grew  seaward  so  as  to  form  a  prism  of  coral-reef  rock 
$d  material  caught  behind  the  reef,  so  as  to  become  converted 
i cording  to  the  Darwinian  hypothesis  into  a  barrier  reef;  but  tuere 
ia  barrier  off  the  south  side  of  the  island,  where  gently  dipping  lime- 
ones  pass  below  the  sea  and  produce  a  platform  on  the  surface  of 
^lich  at  the  proper  depth  a  barrier  reef  has  formed.  Off  the  fault 
sore  of  the  south  side  of  Oriente  province,  Cuba,  there  is  no  barrier 
Hf,  but  farther  west,  between  Cape  Cruz  and  Trinidad  where  there 

Willis,  Bailey,  Geologic  notes,  in  Hrdlicka,  A.,  Early  man  in  South  America,  Bur.  Amer.  Ethn.  Bull. 
'  -fi?p.  16-18,  1912. 

Barrell,  , Joseph,  Factors  in  movements  of  the  strand  line  and  their  results  in  the  Pleistocene  and  post- 
1  stocene,  Amer.  Journ.  Sci.,  ser.  4,  vol.  40,  p.  6,  1915. 
Washington  Acad.  Sci.  Journ.,  vol.  6,  pp.  53-66, 1916. 


304         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


is  a  submerged  flat  underlain  by  gently  dipping  limestones  there 
offshore  reefs,  some  of  which  have  the  barrier  form.    Where  tb 
are  extensive  offshore  flats  at  the  proper  depths,  if  the  other  ecolo 
conditions  are  favorable,  reef  corals  grow  upon  the  surface  of 
flats  and  form  either  patches,  stacks,  or  barriers. 


Sea  level  W 


1,000 


1,000 


No.l 


Sea  level     No.2  . ...    Sea  level 


"8-B 


SABA  ISLAND 


Sea  level 


NORTH  SIDE  OF  ST  THOMAS. 

0  2  4  6  8 
i  i  i  i  i  i  .  i  i  i 

nautical  miles 


NORTH  SIDE  OF  ST.CROI* 
0  2*66 

Nautical  miles 


EAST  COAST  OF  ANGUILLA 


Sea  /eve/ 


PEDRO  BANK 


Sea.  level 


ROSALIND   SANK  FUNAFUTI  ATOLL 

FIG.  19. — TYPES  OF  WEST  INDIAN  SUBLITTORAL  PROFILES  AND  PROFILE  OF  FUNAFUTI  ATOLL. 

It  seems  that  no  one  would  try  to  explain  Saba,  Rosalind,  or  P(i 
Bank  as  the  result  of  infilling  behind  barrier  reefs.  They  are  sub 
rine  plateaus,  leveled  by  planation  agencies,  which  almost  certa| 
were  both  subaerial  and  submarine,  and  they  have  been  submerge' 
Recent  geologic  time.  There  is  a  rather  meagre  growth  of  reef  co| 
on  their  windward  sides;  but  these  banks  are  scientifically  of  g.- 
importance,  for,  except  that  the  coral  growth  is  not  so  luxuri; 
they  essentially  duplicate  the  great  atolls  in  the  Pacific. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  305 

ERGED  BANKS  NORTH  OF  THE  CORAL  REEF  ZONE  IN  THE  WESTERN  ATLANTIC 

OCEAN. 

aat  there  are  off  the  Atlantic  coast  of  Central  and  North  America, 
h  of  the  temperature  zone  in  which  coral  reefs  now  exist,  sub- 
ne  banks  at  suitable  depth  below  sea  level  for  the  growth  of  reef- 
dng  corals,  has  been  stated  in  several  of  my  papers.1  There  are 
submarine  banks  projecting  seaward  from  the  eastern  part  of 
iral  and  North  America.  Named  in  order  from  the  south  north- 
1  these  banks  are,  first,  three  on  which  there  are  coral  reefs, 
ely,  Mosquito  Bank  off  Nicaragua  and  Honduras,  Campeche 
k  off  Yucatan,  and  the  Floridian  Plateau;  and,  second,  three  on 
;h  there  are  no  coral  reefs,  namely,  Georges  Bank,  the  banks  off  the 
t  of  Nova  Scotia,  and  the  Grand  Banks  of  Newfoundland.  The 
ence  of  such  banks  is  entirely  independent  of  corals,  but  corals 
grow  on  the  surface  of  such  banks  where  the  necessary  ecologic 
litions  prevail. 

[ARY  OF  THE  CONDITIONS  UNDER  WHICH  THE  AMERICAN  FOSSIL  AND  LIVING 
CORAL  REEFS  FORMED. 

The  elevated  Pleistocene  fringing  reefs  of  the  West  Indies  are 
rated  by  erosion  unconformities  at  their  bases  from  the  geologic 
nations  that  they  overlie,  but  they  were  usually,  if  not  invariably, 
lied  during  intermittent  uplift  following  considerable  depression. 

The  offshore  reefs,  whether  forming  parts  of  more  or  less  bedded 
Liations  or  forming  patches,  stacks,  or  barriers  of  living  reef,  were 
i,ied  during  or  after  submergence,  as  is  shown  in  the  case  of  the 
til  reefs  by  unconformable  basal  contacts  wiierever  basal  contacts 
\d  be  studied,  and  in  the  case  of  the  living  reefs  by  a  great  variety 
evidence  indicating  geologically  Recent  submergence. 
;  The  offshore  reefs  grewT  upon  or  are  growing  upon  antecedent 
I,  only  a  small  part  of  the  surface  of  which  was  or  is  covered  by 
B.    The  flats  existed  prior  to  the  submergence  during  or  after 
:h  the  reefs  developed.    Corals  are  constructional  geologic  agents 
help  build  up  the  sea  bottom,  but  the  large  flats  on  which  they 
tv  would  exist  were  there  no  corals.    Such  flats  are  not  confined 
ohe  temperature  zone  in  which  corals  live. 

.  The  submergence  of  the  basements  of  the  fossil  reefs  seems  more 
e.onably  explained  as  the  result  of  differential  crust  al  movement; 
R  the  development  of  the  living  reefs  seems  in  large  part  a  result 
ideologically  Recent  rise  in  the  stand  of  ocean  level,  for  nearly  the 
Kre  eastern  shore  of  the  Americas  from  Argentina  on  the  south  to 
1  e  Cod  on  the  north  exhibits  evidence  of  Recent  submergence,  after 
w  ch  there  has  been  in  some  places  minor  emergence  by  differential 
I  ital  movement.    The  amount  of  the  submergence  usually  seems 


1  ience,new ser.,  vol.  41, pp.  508,  509,  April  2, 1915;  Geol.  Soc.  Amer.  Bull.,  vol.  26,  pp.  58-60,  1915;  Amer 
W..  Sci.,  ser.  4,  vol.  41,  p.  134.  1916;  Carnegie  Inst.  Washington  Yearbook  No.  14,  p.  238,  1916. 


306         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


to  be  about  20  fathoms,  but  in  places  some  facts  indicate  that 
maximum  is  between  30  and  40  fathoms.  Although  more  accu| 
investigations  of  the  amount  of  the  submergence  are  needed, 
available  evidence  accords  with  the  hypothesis  that  glacial  conti 
one  of  the  important  factors  in  bringing  about  the  formatio 
living  coral  reefs. 

Coral  reefs  of  the  Pacific  Ocean. 

It  is  manifestly  impracticable  to  consider  in  this  chapter  more 
a  few  of  the  important  reefs  of  the  Pacific  Ocean.  Those  sele 
for  discussion  are  the  Great  Barrier  of  Australia,  the  barrier  ree 
New  Caledonia,  and  those  off  the  Fiji  and  Society  islands.  Fii 
a  few  paragraphs  will  be  devoted  to  atolls. 

GREAT  BARRIER  REEF  OF  AUSTRALIA. 

The  literature  on  the  Great  Barrier  Eeef  is  very  extensive, 
includes  contributions  from  numbers  of  investigators,  among  w 
Jukes,  Saville-Kent,  H.  B.  Guppy,  Alexander  Agassiz,  A.  C.  Had 
Wood  Jones,  E.  C.  Andrews,  C.  Hedley  and  Griffith  Taylor,  E 
worth  David,  W.  M.  Davis,  and  A.  G.  Mayer  may  be  mentic 
R.  A.  Daly  and  I  have  based  statements  regarding  it  upon  ci 
graphic  studies.  No  attempt  will  'here  be  made  to  review  all 
literature,  and  attention  will  be  mostly  confined  to  those  papers  ij 
in  my  opinion,  correctly  interpret  the  relations  of  the  reef. 

Andrews  in  1902  published  a  remarkable  paper  1  on  the  shore 
of  Queensland  and  the  platform  on  which  the  Great  Barrier 
stands.    This  paper  contains  an  excellent  account  of  the  phy 
raphy  of  the  Queensland  coast,  applying  the  deductions  based 
the  physiographic  study  to  the  conditions  under  which  the 
developed,  and  in  it  is  recognized  the  significance  of  a  con  tin 
platform  and  an  interrupted  reef.    Because  of  the  embayed  s 
line  Andrews  correctly  inferred  submergence  of  the  Australian 
tinental  shelf,  and  he  makes  the  important  statement: 

*  *  *  the  continuance  in  width  of  the  shelf  southwards  of  the  limits  of 
(coralline),  and  the  great  shoals  thereon,  points  to  a  minor  part  only  of  the  shelf 
formed  ofc  coral  growth.2 

A  few  years  later  Hedley  and  Griffith  Taylor  published  a  vail! 
paper  on  the  same  subject.3    They  accepted  Andrews's  dedu< 


» Andrews,  E.  O,  Prelininary  note  on  the  geology  of  the  Queensland  coast  with  references 
geography  of  the  Queensland  and  N.  S.  Wales  Plateau,  Linn.  Soc.  N.  S.  Wales,  Proc.  for  1902,  pt 
146-185,  1902. 

2  Idem,  p.  177. 

a  Hedley,  C,  and  Taylor,  T.  Griffith,  Coral  reefs  of  the  Great  Barrier,  Queensland:  A  study  < 
structure,  life  distribution,  and  relation  to  mainland  physiography,"  Australasian  Assoc.  Adv.  So: 
laide  Meeting,  Jan.  1907,  pp.  394-413,  3  pis.  1908. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  307 


ding  submergence  and  devoted  particular  attention  to  the 
s  of  wind-induced  currents  in  shaping  atoDs.    They  also  say: 

ay  be  allowed,  though  Darwin  deprecated  the  idea,  that  the  continental  shelf 
ady  prepared  with  numerous  banks  representing  eroded  islands,  just  reaching 
lin  the  required  distance  of  the  surface,  when  the  first  coral  builders  came. 1 

a  subsequent  page  they  add: 

tever  the  history  of  the  Great  Barrier  Reef  was,  the  reefs  of  the  Coral  Sea,  such 
3U  Reefs,  Flinders  Reefs,  and  Herald  Cays,  shared  in  it. 2 

ave  stated  in  one  of  my  papers  :3 

nspection  of  the  admiralty  charts  for  the  eastern  coast  of  Australia  shows  con- 
ly  that  the  platform  on  which  the  Great  Barrier  Reef  of  Australia  stands  has 


56te  m//es 


Profiles  across  continental  shelf,  east  side  of  Australia.  The  latitude  at  the  inter- 
fn  of  each  profile  with  the  shore  line  is  followed  by  a  statement  of  the  direction  of 
tofile  from  the  shore. 

t  of  the  southern  end  of  the  great  barrier  pveef: 

)m  shore  east  of  leading  hlll,  s.  lat.  25°  26'  15",  south  82°  east. 

)M  base  of  Sandy  Cape,  S.  Lat.-  24°,  53'  40",  North  68°  East. 

bM  Toowong  Hill,  S.  Lat.  24°  22'  4",  North  45°  East,  passing  between  Lady  Elliot  and 

ADY  MUSGROVE  ISLANDS. 

is  the  Great  Barrier  Reef: 

)M  Rodd  Peninsula,  S.  Lat.  24°  0'  0",  North  50°  East. 

)M  Georges  Point,  Hinchinbrook  Island,  S.  Lat.  18°  25'  40",  North  72°  30'  East. 

itence  independent  of  the  Great  Barrier  Reef,  and  that  corals  have  established 
Ives  on  this  platform  where  the  conditions  favorable  for  their  life  are  realized. 

Ely  has  given  cross -sections  of  the  Australian  shelf  both  south  of 
d  cross  the  Great  Barrier  Reef  in  two  of  his  papers,4  and  I  have 
esited  a  series  of  cross-sections  in  one  of  mine,5  both  of  us  basing 
I  rofiles  on  the  British  Admiralty  charts.  There  is  one  important 
-t  hown  by  both  Daly's  and  my  profiles,  but  which  Daly  seems 
I )  have  emphasized.    It  is  that  the  platform  not  only  continues 

Cc  ieefs  of  the  Great  Barrier,  Queensland,  p.  406. 
Id  .,  p.  413. 

P  lington  Acad.  Sci.,  Journ.,  vol.  4,  p.  32,  1914. 

^:  R.  A.,  The  glacial-control  theory  of  coral  reefs,  Amer.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sci.,  vol.  51,  p.  197,  figs. 
24>  15;  Problems  of  the  Pacific  Islands,  Amer.  Journ.  Sci.,  ser.  4,  vol.  41,  p.  179,  figs.  26-29,  Feb.  1916. 
^  lington  Acad.  Sci.  Journ.,  vol.  6,  p.  64,  profiles  Nos.  1-5,  8-14,  1916. 


i 


308 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


southward  from  the  reef  limits,  but  in  many  places  the  barrier  : 
stands  not  on  the  margin  of  the  shelf  but  miles  landward  from 
edge.  (See  text-fig.  20.)  There  is  also  a  significant  terrace  fi 
at  depths  somewhat  deeper  than  120  feet.  These  profiles  she 
be  compared  with  those  for  the  West  Indies  (fig.  11,  p.  275).  T 
tell  essentially  the  same  story.  The  platform  can  not  be  due  to 
presence  of  the  Great  Barrier  Reef,  for  in  many  places  it  proj 
beyond  the  reef.    I  state  in  my  paper  cited : 

The  evidence  in  favor  of  a  shore  line  between  25  and  30  fathoms  below  presen 
level  is  strong,  if  not  conclusive,  and  supports  the  deduction  that  the  living  hi 
reef  is  growing  on  what  was  a  land  surface  in  Pleistocene  time,  an  interpret 
essentially  that  proposed  by  E.  C.  Andrews  in  1902. 1 

NEW  CALEDONIA. 

I  have  seen  no  good  account  of  the  coast  of  New  Caledonia 
whose  shores  is  one  of  the  most  important  barriers  known.  Accor 
to  P.  Marshall, 2U  the  northeast  coast  is  practically  straight,  but  n 
inlets  that  form  excellent  harbours  penetrate  the  southwest  co<f 
The  chart  shows  indentations  in  the  north  coast,  although  they 
not  so  deep  as  those  on  the  south.  I  find  references  to  the  shore 
features  in  two  of  Professor  Davis's  papers,3  and  from  them  cei 
information  may  be  obtained.  The  shore  line  is  embayed,  t 
are  deltas  mostly  contained  in  the  embayments  between  headl 
that  are  strongly  cliffed  on  the  sea  front.  The  present  barrier 
has  developed  subsequent  to  the  truncation  of  the  headlands 
subsequent  to  the  submergence  that  has  caused  the  embay] 
of  the  coast.    Just  how  much  of  the  platform  surmounted  b) 

1  W.  M.  Davis  has  published  since  the  manuscript  of  this  paper  went  to  press  an  article  entitle 
Great  Barrier  Reef  of  Australia  (Amer.  Journ.  Sci.,  vol.  44,  pp.  339-350,  Nov.,  1917),  in  which  he  c; 
me  and  others  because  we  have  not  "satisfactorily  explained"  the  origin  of  the  form  of  "the  cont 
mass."  Among  the  statements  of  Professor  Davis  is  "  Vaughan's  view  is  based  on  the  physio 
investigations  of  parts  of  the  eastern  coast  of  Australia  by  Andrews  (1903);  *  *  *  ",  after  he  h£ 
duced  two  quotations  from  my  paper  on  the  littoral  and  sublittoral  physiographic  features  of  the 
Islands,  etc.,  as  given  in  abstract  (Amer.  Geolog.  Soc.  Bull.,  vol.  27,  pp.  41-45,  1916).  Professo 
has  drawn  an  erroneous  deduction  regarding  my  cartographic  studies  of  the  Great  Barrier  Reef 
could  not  have  been  based  on  Andrew's  work,  because  Andrews  neither  published  nor  made  ccj 
on  a  series  of  profiles  across  the  Australian  platform,  such  as  those  I  had  prepared.  Furtherm 
emphasis  of  the  fact,  which  it  seems  I  was  the  first  to  point  out— namely,  that  the  present  Great 
Reef  in  places  stands  some  miles  landward  from  the  margin  of  the  continental  shelf— and  ray  de 
therefrom,  that  the  platform  can  not  be  attributed  to  infilling  behind  the  reef,  do  not  warrant  the  L 
that  "Vaughan  *  *  *  has  excluded  coral-reef  agencies  from  any  part  in  forming  the  platfor 

*  *  *."  I  not  only  do  not  know  how  the  Australian  continental  shelf  was  formed,  but  I  do  n< 
how  any  one  of  a  number  of  hypothesis  can  be  tested.  I,  therefore,  endeavored  to  confine  my  du 
to  matters  on  which  evidence  is  procurable,  and  said  nothing  regarding  the  origin  of  the  pi 
Professor  Davis  advances  the  hypothesis  that  the  platform  on  which  the  present  Great  Barrier  is 
is  a  "mature  reef-plain",  formed  in  a  previous  physiographic  cycle,  and  that  it  has  been  recen 
merged.  Whether  reefs  in  past  geologic  time  formed  a  rampart  on  the  edge  of  the  Australian  con 
shelf  and  a  plain  resulted  from  infilling  behind  the  barrier  can  at  present  be  neither  proved  nor  di 
and  on  this  subject  I  have  expressed  no  opinion. 

2  "Oceania,"  Handb.  rcgionalen  Geologie,  vol.  7,  Abt.  2,  p.  23,  1912. 

8  Davis,  W.  M.,  Shaler  Memorial  study  of  coral  reefs,  Amer.  Journ.  Sci.,  ser.  4,  vol  40,  pp.  232, 
243,245,  270, 1915;  Problems  associated  with  the  study  of  corals,  The  Scientific  Monthly,  vol.  2,  fig. 
25,  p.  27,  1916. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  309 


ladonian  barrier  is  due  to  the  cut  and  fill  process  of  marine 
nation  at  and  below   sea   level   during   the    clifhng   of  the 
montories  and  to  the  sediment  deposited  in  the  sea,  derived 
)Ugh  the  erosion  of  mature  valleys,  I  can  not  say  with  cer- 
ity,  but  that  so  much  material  deposited  in  the  sea  would 
I.er  the  influence  of  waves  and  currents  form  a  submarine  plain 
si  warranted  deduction;  and  as  the  barrier  reef  is  crossed  by 
Is  and  is  discontinuous  at  both  the  southeast  and  northwest  ends, 
h  deduction  seems  safe  that  it  is  superposed  on  a  submerged  plat- 
to  a  of  antecedent  existence. 

FIJI  ISLANDS. 

I  hat  the  barrier  reefs  off  the  Fiji  Islands  have  developed  during 
w  iter  submergence  of  their  basements  is  obvious  from  an  inspec- 
ts of  the  charts  to  anyone  familiar  with  the  physiography  of  shore 
in.  The  numerous  reproductions  of  British  Admiralty  charts  in 
■Agassiz's  volume  on  the  Fiji  Islands1  is  valuable  and  convenient 
fcnich  a  cartographic  study.  That  the  indentations  of  the  shore  line 
Ijie  Fijis  are  due  to  the  drowning  of  the  lower  parts  of  subaerially 
■led  valleys  has  been  pointed  out  by  many  geologists,  the  first 
M/hom  appears  to  have  been  Dana,  who  says:2 

arjere  is.  further,  not  merely  probable  but  positive  evidence  of  subsidence  in  the 
m  coast  indentations  of  the  high  islands  within  the  great  barriers.  The  long  points 
«leep  fiordlike  bays  are  such  as  exist  only  where  a  land,  after  having  been  deeply 
to  id  by  erosion,  has  become  half  submerged.  The  author  was  led  to  appreciate 
ffovidence  when  on  the  ascent  of  Mount  Aoraion  Tahiti,  in  September  of  1839. 
P  to  any  level  above  that  of  five  hundred  feet  the  erosion  valleys  of  Tahiti  would 
H(ne  deep  bays,  and  above  that  of  one  thousand  feet,  fiordlike  bays,  with  the 
ids  spreading  in  the  water  like  spider's  legs;  and  this  is  a  common  feature  of  the 
wis  and  islets  within  the  lagoons  of  barrier  islands.  The  evidence  of  subsidence 
Bits  of  no  doubt.  It  makes  the  conclusion  from  the  Gambier  group  positive; 
jaoqually  so  that  for  Raiatea  and  Bolabola  represented  on  the  charts  in  Darwin's 
mil  Islands;"  the  Exploring  Isles  and  others  of  the  Fiji  group;  and  that  for  islands, 
m  and  small,  in  the  Louisade  Archipelago  and  in  other  similar  groups  over  the 

'  lis  statement  was  misinterpreted  by  Davis  as  being  confirmation 
i  tarwin's  theory  of  coral  reefs,3  which,  as  is  more  than  once  pointed 
>uin  the  present  paper  (see  especially  p.  249),  carries  with  sub- 
licence an  hypothesis  of  platform  building.  Evidence  of  sub- 
idice  does  not  prove  that  the  flat  lying  between  a  barrier  reef 
m<the  shore  has  been  formed  by  infilling  behind  the  barrier. 

-dy  made  a  definite  statement  in  1910  in  a  list  of  "  maximum 
fejhs  recorded  for  the  drowned  portion  of  these  valleys, "  in  which 

-  ?siz ,  Alexander,  The  Islands  and  Coral  Reefs  of  Fiji,  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.  Bull.,  vol.  33,  pp.  167,  112 
lat  1899. 

,]  ia,  J.  D.,  Corals  and  coral  islands,  ed.  3,  pp.  273,  274,  1890. 

IN  is,  W.  M.,  "Dana's  confirmation  of  Darwin's  theory  of  coral  reefs,  Amer.  Journ.  Sci.,  ser.  4,  vol.  35, 
P-  -188,  Feb.  1913. 


310         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


he  includes  Mbengha  and  Moala  of  the  Fiji  group.1  Subsequen 
Davis,  in  several  of  his  papers,  cited  and  others  have  similarly  int 
preted  the  estuarine  character  of  the  lower  ends  of  the  valleys 
Were  the  platforms  on  which  the  Fijian  reefs  stand,  or  which  tl 
margin,  formed  by  infilling  behind  barriers  or  are  the  reefs  mer 
superposed  on  antecedent  platforms?  In  1914  I  published  • 
following  statement : 

Having  presented  criteria  for  recognizing  the  relations  of  continental  and  lj 
insular  platforms  supporting  barrier  reefs  to  the  presence  of  the  reefs,  islands  sue 
those  in  the  Society  and  Fiji  groups  may  be  considered.  *  *  *  A  study  of 
charts  of  barrier  reef  islands,  as  Viti  Levu,  Fijis,  and  Tahiti,  Society  Islands,  shi 
that  the  platforms  are  independent  of  the  presence  of  reefs,  and  therefore  the  I 
tions  in  these  islands  are  similar  to  those  indicated  for  barriers  off  continental  she 
for  here  the  reefs  are  also  superimposed  on  platforms  antedating  their  presence. 

Plate  7  of  Agassiz's  work  on  the  Fiji  Islands,  already  cited,  sh( 
the  continuity  of  the  platform  northward  and  westward  from  Ova 
without  any  margining  barrier  reef.  In  my  opinion  these  relati 
clearly  show  that  the  reef,  where  it  is  present,  is  merely  superpo 
on  an  antecedent  platform,  and  that  the  suggestion  of  Davis,  t 
the  entire  platform  is  due  to  infilling  behind  a  reef  which  in  pk 
has  ceased  to  grow,  is  farfetched. 

Recently  E.  C.  Andrews  and  W.  G.  Foye  have  published  imp 
tant  papers  on  the  Fijis.    Andrews  in  his  paper  says: 

The  Viti  Levu  salt  water  arms,  therefore,  with  their  contained  deltas,  suggest 
submergence  of  the  Viti  Levu  coastal  lowland  in  recent  time,  with  the  conseq 
drowning  of  the  lower  portions  of  the  river  courses. 

The  island  is  girt  with  a  Great  Barrier  Reef,  several  hundreds  of  miles  in  let 
broken  here  and  there  by  passages.  The  present  Great  Barrier  Reef,  which  ris" 
the  level  of  the  sea,  has  thus,  in  all  probability,  been  built  up  by  coral-reef  organ 
upon  the  submerged  lowlands  of  Viti  Levu.2 

Andrews  similarly  interprets  the  conditions  of  development  of 
barrier  reef  off  Vanua  Levu.    The  interpretations  advanced  > 
Andrews  essentially  accords  with  mine;  that  is,  the  reefs  are  su; 
posed  on  a  depressed  platform  that  was  previous  to  its  submerg 
a  coastal  lowland. 

Foye  3  makes  the  following  statement  regarding  Viti  Levu: 

In  general  the  present  coral  reefs  are  developing  on  platforms  which  origir 
during  the  deposition  of  the  coastal  series.4 

Regarding  Vanua  Levu  he  says: 

1  visited  only  the  eastern  and  central  portions  of  Vanua  Levu.  The  modern  fri 
reefs  are  here  developing  either  along  the  shore  line  of  recently  submerged  vol 
rocks  or  on  coastal  flats  formed  of  the  fine  ash  swept  from  the  elevated  hills  of 

•  i  Daly,  R.  A.,  Pleistocene  glaciation  and  the  coral  reef  problem,  Amer.  Journ.  Sci.,  ser.  4,  vol.30, 
November.  1910. 

2  Andrews,  E.  C,  Relations  of  coral  reefs  to  crust  movements  in  the  Fiji  Islands,  Amer.  J 
ser.  4,  vol.41,  p.  138,  1916. 

a  Foye,  W.  G.,  The  geology  of  the  Fiji  Islands,  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Proc.,  vol.  3.  pp.  305-310,  April, 
*  Idem.  p.  306. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  311 


ie  tuffs.  The  most  recent  movements  have  been  differential,  and  while  uplift 
iken  place  at  the  southeastern  side  of  the  island,  subsidence  has  occurred  to  the 
md  north.  The  modern  barrier  reef  occurs  where  subsidence  has  taken  place 
r  due  to  tilting  or  faulting  during  uplift.1 

mcerning  the  Lau  Islands,  he  states: 

thin  quite  recent  times  the  islands  have  subsided  50  to  90  feet  and  the  modern 
reefs  are  developing  on  the  eroded  and  submerged  platforms.2 

ie  paragraph  of  Foye's  conclusions  is  as  follows: 

3  data  assembled  by  Daly  and  Vaughan  convince  the  writer  that  Pleistocene 
•rms  exist  very  generally  throughout  the  coral  seas.  Yet  while  this  is  true,  the 
rms  in  Fiji  are  post-Pleistocene  in  their  development.  The  writer  was  unable 
cover  any  evidence  of  Pleistocene  wave-cut  platforms.3 

ie  second  one  of  Foye's  papers  4  contains  the  following  signifi- 
statement: 

;re  is  another  method  by  which  atolls  develop.    The  limestone  islands  are  rapidly 

i  to  sea  level  by  atmospheric  solution.    Evidence  of  this  process  may  be  seen 

i  diminishing  limestone  masses  within  the  lagoons  of  many  of  the  Lau  islands. 

dal  scour  and  wave  action  platforms  are  developed  slightly  below  sea  level. 

I  pies  of  such  platforms  may  be  seen  about  Fulanga  and  Ongea.    It  is  significant, 

rer,  that  most  of  these  islands  have  lagoons  10  to  15  fathoms  in  depth.  Such 

s  can  not  be  ascribed  to  erosion,  but  must  be  the  result  of  recent  submer- 
#   *  * 

r.e  information  bearing  on  the  Fijis  may  be  summarized  as  fol- 

The  fringing  reefs  have  unconformable  basal  contacts,  as  do 
)  of  the  West  Indies. 

The  barrier  reefs  are  superposed  on  antecedent  platforms  of 
se  origin  during  or  after  submergence. 

The  submergence  is  concomitant  with,  if  not  actually  due  to, 
ifi  ential  crustal  movement. 

A  In  that  they  were  formed  during  or  after  submergence  and  are 
$  posed  on  antecedent  platforms,  the  offshore  reefs  of  the  Fijis 
scd  with  all  others,  perhaps  except  a  Barbadian  reef,  so  far 
todered. 

SOCIETY  ISLANDS. 

TAHITI. 

lat  Tahiti  had  undergone  subsidence  is  implied  in  statements  by 
3  the  occasional  harbors  being  mentioned  in  two  places  in  his 

00  W.  M.  Davis  says:6 

Tl  cliff -rimmed  island  of  Tahiti,  the  largest  and  youngest  of  the  group,  has  suffered 
&  ite  subsidence  after  its  cliffs  were  cut,  but  its  bays  are  now  nearly  all  filled 
ltbelta  plains;  hence  a  pause  or  stillstand  has  followed  its  latest  sinking. 

'Theology  of  the  Fiji  Islands,  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Proc.,  p.  308,  April,  1917. 
'ft,  p.  309. 

1  Id  ,  p.  309,  310. 

,  W.  G.,  The  geology  of  the  Lau  Islands,  Amer.  Joura.  Sci.,  ser.  4,  vol.  43,  pp.  343-350,  May,  1917. 
0°  s  and  coral  islands,  ed.  3,  pp.  149,  158,  246,  247,  1890. 
Al '.  Journ.  Sci.,  ser.  4,  vol.  40,  p.  271, 1915. 

37149— 19— Bull.  103  9 


I 


•312 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


The  condition  of  the  reef  between  Taunoa  Pass  and  Point  V 
is  interesting  in  this  connection.  Alexander  Agassiz  has  giv! 
good  description  of  this  part  of  the  reef  and  reef  platform  and 
reproduced  the  British  Admiralty  chart  of  it.1    Agassiz  says: 

Reef  patches,  the  remnants  of  a  former  barrier  reef,  extend  westward  from 
Point  parallel  with  the  shore  of  Matavai  Bay,  forming  the  chain  of  Toa  Tea  reel1 
they  are  merely  patches  of  Nullipores,  with  here  and  there  diminutive  coral 
which  have  taken  no  part  in  the  building  of  these  reefs. 

There  is  along  the  Toa  Tea  Reefs  a  great  break  in  the  continui 
the  reef,  but  the  platform  continues,  irrespective  of  the  presen 
absence  of  a  margining  barrier.  The  depths  in  Matavai  Bay,  16 
fathoms,  seem  to  be  the  maximum,  are  about  the  same  as  in  Pa 
Harbor,  outside  which  there  is  a  well-developed  reef  crosse 
Papiete  Pass.  These  reefs,  also,  seem  to  me  to  have  grown  u]U 
connectedly  on  a  submerged  coastal  flat. 

SMALLER  ISLANDS  OF  THE  SOCIETY  GROUP. 

Alexander  Agassiz  has  described  each  of  these  islands  in  his  3r 
reefs  of  the  Tropical  Pacific,2  and  P.  Marshall  has  made  the  obsNji 
tions  and  deductions  recorded  in  the  following  quotation:3 

This  reef  marks  the  edge  of  the  platform  of  marine  erosion  as  described  by  I  \e4 
but  the  original  margin  of  the  land  before  depression  as  described  by  Darw  a 
Dana.    *   *  * 

It  is  evident  that  if  the  coral  reef  rises  on  the  edge  of  a  platform  of  marine  oai 
this  very  erosion  would  have  worn  the  spurs  back  in  such  a  way  that  theyou 
terminate  in  steep  cliffs.  In  no  instance  at  Huaheine,  Raiatea,  or  Tahiti  t  M 
author  observed,  did  the  spurs  have  an  abrupt  termination.  The  lower  slope  if  t 
islands  are  in  all  cases  notably  less  steep  than  the  upper  slopes. 

The  deep  inlets  that  intersect  the  coast  line  of  Huaheine,  Tahaa,  and  Raii  a  a 
clearly  due  to  stream  erosion.  Prolonged  marine  action  would  have  shall(  ed 
filled  them  up  or  at  least  would  have  built  up  bars  of  coastal  debris  across  the  en  Jia 

The  author  is  therefore  strongly  of  opinion  that  the  absence  of  cliffs  at  the  t  aail. 
tion  of  radiating  spurs,  the  presence  of  deep  water  in  the  lagoon,  and  of  far-ichi 
inlets,  prove  that  marine  erosion  has  not  had  any  influence  on  the  form  of  thes(  ilan, 
at  the  present  sea  level.    *   *  * 

Finally  the  deep  inlets  appear  to  be  drowned  stream  valleys  and  then! 
strongly  supports  the  belief  that  they  have  been  subjected  to  an  important  mc| 
of  subsidence. 

Mehetia  is  interesting  in  that  it  is  a  young  volcanic  island,  I 
strongly  clifTed  shore,  a  very  narrow  or  no  platform,  and  nc 
reefs  around  it,  only  a  few  coral  patches.    That  the  other  is| 
Murea,  Huaheine,  Raiatea,  Tahaa,  Bora-Bora,  and  Maupit 
undergone  geologically  Recent  submergence  and  that  the  barri< 
have  developed  during  or  after  submergence,  can  not  be  contro 
Is  the  reef  flat  due  to  marine  planation  and  to  terrigenous  sedl 


•  Agassiz,  Alexander,  The  coral  reefs  of  the  Tropical  Pacific,  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.  Mem.,  vol.  2 
154,  pi.  209,  1903. 
« Idem,  pp.  140,  141,  156-167. 

3  Marshall,  P.,  Oceania,  Handb.  regionalen  Geologie,  vol.  7,  Abt.  2,  p.  13,  1912. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  313 


Tied  by  the  streams  to  the  sea  prior  to  the  submergence  after 
ich  the  living  reefs  have  formed  ?    Unless  sediment  was  delivered 
the  sea  so  rapidly  that  a  coastal  plain  pushed  forward  beyond  the 
erstream  divides  as  to  protect  them  from  attack  by  the  sea,  their 
ward  ends  should  have  been  cliffed,  should  the  flat  have  been 
e  med  in  the  manner  suggested.    What  are  the  submarine  profiles 
the  spur  ends?    Are  there  submerged  cliffs  at  the*  divide  tips? 
e  of  Agassiz's  illustrations1  represents  a  cliff  of  considerable  height 
one  place  on  the  shore  of  Maupiti.    In  my  opinion  sufficient  evi- 
lce  is  not  available  to  establish  how  the  reef  flats  of  these  islands 
f re  formed,  and  they  may  be  made  to  accord  with  whatever  theory 
reef-flat  formation  an  author  may  prefer.    Should  it  ultimately 
proved  that  these  barrier  reefs  accord  with  the  Darwinian  hypothe- 


W.— Diagram  to  show  how  a  linear  reef  lying  across  the  wind  is  formed  into  a  horseshoe. 
(After  hedley  and  Griffith  taylor.) 

a  few  instances  in  which  that  hypothesis  applies  will  have  been 
li  overed. 

Atolls, 


here  are  two  kinds  of  atolls:  Those  of  the  first  kind  rise  above 
e lively  shoal-water  platforms,  and  are  represented  by  the  atolls  of 
b  Great  Barrier  Reef  of  Australia,  those  of  the  Floridian  reef-tract, 
J  the  faros  of  the  Maldives.  That  there  was  never  any  central  land 
tf.  for  these  atolls  is  perfectly  obvious.  Hedley  and  Griffith  Taylor, 
a  heir  paper,  cited  on  pages  245,  251,  have  shown  how  the  atolls 
•d'  g  the  Great  Barrier  have  been  shaped  by  the  prevalent,  mostly 
n  l-induced,  currents;  and  I  have  shown  in  my  papers  on  the  Mar- 
ls as  and  Tortugas  atolls  that  precisely  the  same  principles  apply 
o  lem.    The  principles  involved  are  illustrated  by  the  accompany- 


The  Coral  Reefs  of  the  Tropical  Pacific,  p!.  101,  fig.  4. 


S14         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 

ing  diagram  (fig.  21),  which  is  copied  from  Hedley  and  Griffith  Tay' 
Stanley  Gardiner  has  given  good  descriptions  of  the  faros  of  the  ft 
dives.1    He  says  in  a  footnote  on  the  page  referred  to: 

The  technical  term  atoll  is  der.v 'd  from  the  Maldivan  atolu,  signifying  a  prov 
for  governmental  purposes.    There  are  13  of  these  in  the  Maldives,  and  many  coi 
of  the  islands  on  separate  banks,  most  of  which  have  distinct  encircling  series  of 
reaching  the  surface.    Many  of  the  individual  reefs  are  themselves  ring-shaped 
pools  of  water  several  fathoms  deep  in  their  centers.    There  are  obvious  disadvant 
in  using  diminutives  of  the  terms  atoll  and  lagoon  as  applying  to  such.  Thej 
situated  on  shallow  banks,  and  many  are  actually  larger  than  some  of  the  isolated : 
shaped  reefs  of  the  Pacific,  which  arise  separately  in  the  deep  basin  of  that  oceaii 
therefore  propose  to  borrow  further  the  Maldivan  terms,  faro  and  velu,  the  fo:  I 
signifying  such  a  small  ring-shaped  reef  of  an  atoll  or  bank  and  the  latter  its  ce:  1 
basin.    I,  further,  following  the  Maldivan  use  of  the  term  velu,  apply  it  to  deep  ]  J 
even  in  the  long,  linear,  circumscribing  reefs  of  many  of  the  banks,  as  I  conceive  I 
such  pools  have  in  all  these  reefs  on  banks  the  same  mode  of  origin. 

On  page  171  of  the  same  work,  Gardiner  says: 

Each  large  reef  on  the  bank  is  a  separate  entity  that  has  grown  up  and  pursue  i 
history  by  itself,  influenced  it  is  true  by  the  reefs  in  its  vicinity  but  never  dir  i 
connected  with  them.  It  is  only  now  that  the  bank  is  at  all  approaching  the  c  i 
tion  cf  the  perfect  atoll.  Having  seen  how  small  faro  mdf  be  formed  from  i 
earliest  beginnings,  we  now  see  in  North  Mahlos  the  further  fortune  of  such  a 
their  joining  together  where  possible  to  form  long  linear  reefs  with  the  loss  perhi  i 
the  whole  inner  part  of  their  own  reefs. 

The  second  kind  of  atolls  more  or  less  margin  and  more  or 
completely  encircle  the  flat  summits  of  eminences  rising  from  ocea 
depths.    The  Darwinian  explanation  of  the  formation  of  such 
rings  is  illustrated  by  figure  5,  page  242,  of  this  paper.    Have  t» 
atolls  formed  in  accordance  with  the  postulates  of  the  Darwiii 
hypothesis,  or  have  more  or  less  perfect  rings  developed  on 
edges  of  submarine  flats,  with  or  without  submergence  ? 

The  origin  of  the  first  kind  of  atolls  has  been  ascertained  will! 
high  degree  of  probability  that  it  amounts  to  certainty.  They  ivi 
been  formed  on  relatively  shoal  submarine  flats,  during  or  folio  iu^ 
submergence,  and  have  been  shaped  by  the  prevalent  currlti 
But  a  basement  platform  for  the  second  kind  of  atolls  can  n<  1 
traced  beyond  the  atoll  limits,  at  least  in  our  present  state  of  faro 
edge.  However,  in  case  of  atolls  of  an  area  so  large  as  Rangin  I 
the  Paumotus,  for  instance,  the  presumption  is  against  their  de|vi 
tion  from  barrier  reefs  according  to  the  Darwinian  hypot  sis, 
They  are  too  large,  and,  as  Wharton  long  ago  pointed  out,  I 
bottoms  are  too  nearly  level.  If  the  Darwinian  explanation  m 
true,  lagoon  floors  should  be  concave,  more  or  less  bowl  sh  m 
That  small,  flat,  summit  areas  may  result  from  subaerial  degrad  iofl 
and  marine  planation  is  known  in  many  instances.    That  voM 


1  Oardiner,  J.  Stanley,  The  fauna  and  geography  of  the  Maldive  and  Loccadlve  Archipelagoo: 
pt.  2,  p.  155,  1901-1903. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  315 


316         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


piles  may  be  cut  to  wave  base  is  known,  and  on  page  311  of  this  pa 
Foye  is  quoted  on  a  process  by  means  of  which  reduction  of  limest 
masses  to  sea  level  or  slightly  below  sea  level  is  accomplished. 

In  this  connection  Salt  Key  Bank,  which  lies  between  the  Strait 
Florida,  Santaren  Channel,  and  Nicholas  Channel  (text-fig.  22) 
interesting,  as  it  is  .61  nautical  miles  long  by  37  nautical  miles  w 
Except  a  few  marginal  islets  and  elongate  keys,  it  ranges  betw? 
3 J  and  8  fathoms  in  depth.  Alexander  Agassiz  visited  and  descri 
this  bank  1  and  says  that  it  is  composed  of  eolian  rock  similar  to 


64° 


225     286  m 

225  ~, 
/51   46  ^ 

'54  43 


17 


475 


341 


276 


200 


jan  L50 
430  j 


\  375  ( 

y    40  24 
M  67  20  15 

107/' 


15  2l\ 


120 


,!Saba  I. 

'  (2820) 


45 


15 


13 


/ 


39   ~  54 


817 

t!o 


/  25 
|  22 

\     26     gg  21 


360 

12  \7  \Noo  384 

U^\Sfc"°    343  ^ 

12  nH>4f  , 0ra' 

54         ^      19  12  V  l\ 

23     20  16      u    „  10 

23  e  4  d 


122/  32  21 


12 

17  w  » 


^  16     ~  n 

S4  BANK 

JO       (clear  white  coral  sand)      11  °\9; 
18         16        11  1! 

19  16 


(8)11)  7U38  #1 


24 


19  18 


20 


776 


815 


641 


580 


510 
646 

826 


\  20 

408 
679 


(§>/ 
148 


(clear  white  coral  sand)      LI  i$  .'10^>  0 

!i6  16    11 12    12  S\6firjl 

16    14     12  "jt^J^f 

%  iiasE^==#=sM/  313 

.''170        "138  160  co**V 

ThhieM*  408 

533 


503 


-964  810- 


951 


-594- 


C4° 


Fig.  23.— Chart  of  san  saba  bank.    From  U.  S.  hydrographic  chart  No.  2318. 


Bahamas.  The  bank  looks  as  if  it  were  once  a  part  of  the  Bahj 
and  was  dissevered  by  faulting  between  it  and  the  Bah* 
Whether  that  suggestion  is  or  is  not  true,  there  is  here  a  large 
bank,  obviously  not  formed  according  to  the  Darwinian  hypotl 
that  might  serve  an  atoll  foundation.  Saba,  Pedro,  and  Ron 
banks  in  the  Caribbean  Sea  have  been  mentioned  on  pages  303  i 
Figures  23-25  illustrate  them. 

It  is  not  practicable  to  work  out  the  geology  of  the  foundati< 
the  Paumotuan  and  the  Maldive  and  Laccadive  stolls,  bu 

1 A  reconnaissance  of  the  Bahamas,  etc.,  Mus.  Comp.  Zooi.  Bull.,  vol.  26,  p.  81,  pis.  1  and  31, 1 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  317 


>ability  seems  distinctly  in  favor  of  their  being  submerged  pla- 
l  surfaces,  upon  which  coral  reefs,  mostly  marginal,  have  estab- 
id  themselves  during  and  subsequent  to  moderate  submergence, 
will  revert  to  Admiral  Wharton's  emphasis  of  the  levelness  of 
floors  of  atoll  lagoons  (depth  24  to  26  fathoms),  to  his  statement, 
ide  the  low  rim  of  growing  coral  which  encircles  their  edges  in 
ous  degrees,"  and  to  his  question  "What  causes  this  remarkable 
larity  of  depth  and  this  extraordinarily  even  surface  over  these 
banks?"  As  I  believe  this  short  article  by  Admiral  Wharton 
ie  of  the  truly  great  contributions  to  our  knowledge  of  coral  reefs, 

80 


_  297 
17 


18  c 


350. 


679 


242,' 


\140 

{m     15  \ 

U  M  15 

\  1?  ,18 

\  17    P  e  d  r 


236 


230 


270 
„  462 


M§_J4 
610 


4J5 


584 


12  R 
911 


jr. 

675  V17 


190 


S,  318 

J240  JO;r^2---lQ}%^ 

Q  HI 


!.6    »„«  b  &&~r*%m.f£i** 


240 


642 


150  %f 


m 

4    12  # 

VM';240 


Rosalind 
Ban 


609 


187 


715 


607 


1232 


18  dfl 
Iff  12"^  ~N  V 15  cy-ii"* 

/  'frTl  <;  13\  SerranilTa 


64  S 


1290 


773 


707    357  1250 


1122 
675 


W.Breaket 
(2  FT) 

120 


,  l2T  I'Baio  Nuevo 
•\  ;,->''      (Sew  bore) 


134 


1, 


Scale  1  inch  =  48 


l<  4.— Chart  of  Fedro  bank.   From  U.  S.  hydrographic  chart  No.  1290. 

NAUTICAL  MILES. 

temptation  to  quote  all  of  it  is  great.  In  it  he  points  out  one  of 
fundamental  defects  of  the  Darwinian  hypothesis,  namely,  that 
I  agoon  floor  is  not  basin  shaped  as  it  should  be  if  the  atoll  is  due 

ie  upgrowth  of  a  reef  that  began  on  the  slopes  of  a  volcanic  cone, 
■pays:  "I  have  no  hesitation  in  saying  that  a  flat  floor  is  an 
K liable  characteristic  of  a  large  atoll,  and  I  can  not  find  his  'deeply 
Wave  surface'  in  any  large  atoll.  On  the  contrary,  a  flat  surface 
find  in  all  of  these,  whether  the  rim  be  above  or  below  the  surface." 

ily  in  his  two  papers  cited  has  made  an  elaborate  study  of  the 
Bj  lis  of  atoll  lagoons  of  the  Pacific  and  Indian  oceans  and  has  com- 
*d  the  depths  in  them  with  the  depths  in  the  lagoon  channels  of 
I  iame  region.    As  the  data  compiled  by  him  can  not  be  repeated 


318         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 

here,  his  later  discussion  in  his  paper  on  the  Glacial-control  th  e 
may  be  consulted.1    Daly  says:  el 

"Since  probably  not  more  than  5  m.  to  25  m.  can  be  allowed  for  the  thickD  111 
the  post-glacial  calcareous  veneer  in  the  wider  lagoons,  the  accordance  of  pla  | 
depth  for  the  wider  lagoons  and  reefless  banks  seems  clear.  Their  range  of  60-  : 
represents  magnitudes  of  the  same  order  as  the  depths  computed  for  the  Pleist  'e 
wave-formed  benches."  (  y 

I  have  pointed  out  the  similarity  in  the  depths  on  Saba,  P<  < 
and  Rosalind  banks,  to  those  on  the  atoll-lagoon  floors  of  the  P; 
and  Indian  oceans — that  is,  the  depths  are  between  20  and  30  f  ath 

 ef  ,. 


/28  »_\» 

202      f.crUe.  322 
ICO      f.orLs.  tnjj  077        ^23  25  *_^51 

J-crl-6-  «•«*•»  f.crU  100U     M    2)  mt 

\  :M     al  IT  «  16  II  17 

15  16  17  [5  16 


SO' 


tCTl. 


18  17 
18     17  20 


a  20  v 

20  \ 


f  J  16  2«'i5  "15  i«  i«V7  i*15,.  I 
£?9f/,  "n  i5^„      H    ■;.  l7.,  !J 


/•9124--     3b  "';-cW,.2^    L*.  .«  .H1320 '!.  13     12     11      1?  8  „•,<».'  - 

^u^7»;^%^«  -     €»  s ,3^% .2 12 «^  232 .. 

1Qso«?sm« '  2Ie'iii*,      I  .        -■,'«15„  "I*  ",2-n^'W5i3t  J 

'■^•122      121  15  1?    / 170 ;'     19£*\\        i«        137  •«  i»      12   13  12    12  '»  i'12. 10;  12 M., 

«S»         150      155       ,  A\         "       17    H"       iti2  12"    l"»B»    |J  ■ 

5"  «.  \»»    16  j\.       £    _  \un  ,!•>*••*.„ l4ii„*»W, 

30"    27  V  *    119  \         16     "'r^no   i  37  _'.  3      U     11     12    1113    )2  '5l»15o 


ROSALIND 
BANK 


150 

23^  " 


OS 


,19  19 

lib. 


19  " 
18    W  18 


,  ISO" 
17      \  TKV 
17     17  16\  %\ 
15  \1» 


11  12 
12  16    12  II  13 

»"  I''2 13  nu**"58i 

15, ,13        11     1?-:  W'.7d 


28  28 


13   is     16  15  15 


5P 

J75_40. 


16  11 


13  13  13 
13,  12 


\H     _12  13  ll'lcLaKlV 


20  13 
.  181717 


-J*   /-  -y  ?/  <g  HJii  "/.IC27A. 


17 


II 


29   1716   14  13  . 
23'  li    *      13  13 

21- 19    19       li  12 

B  ,3  U  13 


It 


13d, 

136  '      12'"'  ' 


— -•  ir--,,-ia6 


ih*°$  57 


130. 

138 


32  17 
20  11  13 


130 


"^9L 

17.12- 1* 
12'A. 


"  13  13 


M     IS  M  11  ; 

15   '5    1a22  1 


or 

Fig.  25.— Chart  of  Rosalind  and  Sarranilla  banks.  From  U.  S.  hydrographic  chart  N 


1 


The  possibility  of  the  formation  of  atoll  lagoons  by  subc 
solution  was  eliminated  in  the  discussion  on  page  250  of  this  ; 
Atoll  rims  are  formed  by  constructional  processes.  That  the  g 
abundance  and  luxuriance  of  reef-forming  organisms  on  the  pe 
ries  of  atolls  is  due  mostly,  if  not  solely,  to  the  intolerance  ol£ 
organisms  to  sediment,  is  shown  by  certain  of  my  experiment 
the  colonies  are  protected  from  sediment,  the  growth  of  corals  | 
a  lagoon  may  exceed  that  of  corals  on  the  outside. 

It  is  my  belief  that  the  coral  reefs  forming  atoll  rims  are  supe 
on  platforms  that  antedate  the  formation  of  the  living  reefi 
which  have  undergone  a  moderate  submergence  in  Recent  ge 


'  Amer.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sci.,  vol.  51,  pp.  178-199,  1915- 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  319 


l|ie.  It  is  reasonable  to  ascribe  this  submergence  to  rise  in  ocean 
el  because  of  deglaciation,  because  the  order  of  magnitude  of  the 
miergence  is  the  same  as  the  order  of  magnitude  expected  from 
^laciation.  Marginal  wave-cut  benches  should  exist,  or  should 
4  re  existed  around  the  atoll  banks.  Perhaps  more  accurate  hydro- 
phic  surveys  and  more  detailed  studies  of  the  submarine  profiles 
Pil  discover  them. 

Conclusions. 

The  results  of  an  examination  of  the  Tertiary,  Pleistocene,  and 
-  ing  coral  reefs  and  reef  corals  of  the  West  Indies,  Central  America,. 
1  the  Southeastern  United  States  are  as  follows: 
I  The  fringing  reefs  have  formed  usually,  if  not  invariably,  during 
iods  of  intermittent  uplift,  following  considerable  submergence. 
I.  All  the  important  offshore  reefs,  both  fossil  and  living,  possibly 
jept  the  reefs  off  the  southeast  coast  of  Barbados,  have  devel- 
3d  during  or  following  submergence  after  the  subaerial  erosion  of 
ar  basements. 

).  Most  of  the  fossil  offshore  reefs,  all  of  those  on  which  informa- 
n  has  been  obtained,  and  all  of  these  living  reefs  are  superposed  on 
becedent  flattish  basements  or  platforms.  Where  there  are  no 
.tforms,  as  off  fault  shore  lines  and  young  volcanic  islands,  there 
|j  no  offshore  reefs. 

1.  Although  corals  are  constructional  geologic  agents,  they  are 
^ordinate  to  other  limestone  forming  agencies,  and  none  of  the 
lerican  platforms  were  formed  by  infilling  behind  a  barrier. 
k5.  Submarine  flats  and  plateaus  at  proper  depths  below  sea  level 
•I  have  furnished  basements  for  offshore  reefs  are  not  confined  to 
h  temperature  zone  suitable  for  coral  growth.    Such  extralimital 
Inks  are  Georges  Bank,  the  banks  off  the  coast  of  Nova  Scotia,  and 
'p  Grand  Banks  of  Newfoundland.    Reefs  form  on  such  banks 
'4iere  the  proper  ecologic  conditions  for  the  life  of  reef  building 
j:als  prevail. 

6.  The  submergences  during  and  after  which  the  fossil  reefs  were 
•med  were  almost  certainly  due  to  differential  crustal  movement; 
1  3  submergence  of  the  basement  of  the  living  reefs  is  probably  due 
*-  complex  causes,  for  there  was  differential  crustal  movement  in 
b  area  under  consideration  during  Pleistocene  time,  also  at  some 
F  kces  within  it  during  Recent  time,  and,  in  addition  to  these  more 
hi  >  less  local  movements,  there  seems  to  have  been  during  Recent 
ifl  lae  a  general  submergence  of  the  eastern  coast  of  America  from 
l:  gentina  to  New  England.    The  amount  of  the  general  Recent  sub- 
irgence  lies  between  40  and  slightly  more  than  20  fathoms;  an 
\i  lount  of  the  order  of  magnitude  that  would  be  expected  to  result 
')m  the  effect  of  deglaciation  in  raising  sea  level.    The  principal 
ive-formed  Pleistocene  plain  now  lies  between  26  and  36  fathoms 


320         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


in  depth,  and  is  separated  by  an  escarpment  from  a  shallower  p] 
that  now  ranges  between  17  and  20  fathoms  in  depth.  What  app 
to  be  marginal  hanging  valleys  north  of  St.  Thomas  and  on  the 
Martin  Plateau,  and  solution  wells,  in  the  Bahamas,  33  to  38  fath( 
deep,  suggest  that  there  may  have  been  a  short  stand  of  sea  1< 
about  40  fathoms  below  its  present  stand. 

7.  The  fact  that  the  terrace  flat  between  17  and  20  fathoms 
depth  is  cut  away  on  promontory  tips  on  the  windward  side  of 
Thomas,  while  it  is  preserved  in  protected  areas,  indicates  that 
higher  flat  is  older  than  the  lower,  and  that  it  has  been  resubmer 
after  the  development  of  the  lower  flat.    The  general  similarity 
the  submarine  profiles  off  Antigua,  on  the  St.  Martin  Plateau,  anc 
Mosquito  Bank  favors  the  inference  that  there  was  in  those  are* 
similar  lowering  and  subsequent  rise  of  sea  level.    The.  submerU, 
channel  within  the  channel  at  the  mouth  of  Habana  Harbor,  m 
similar  phenomena  at  other  localities  around  the  Cuban  coast,  sljg 
that  during  later  Pleistocene  time  Cuba  stood  more  than  100 
higher  than  immediately  previous  to  the  cutting  of  these  val 
within  older  valleys,  and  that  after  the  valle}^s-wi  thin -valleys  "V 
formed  there  was  submergence  to  an  amount  of  about  100  feet. 

of  sea  level  during  Pleistocene  time  and  rise  auiing  Recent  timfi 
indicated  for  the  Bermudas,  the  Bahamas,  Florida,  Central  Amei>% 
and  the  mouth  of  the  Amazon,  as  well  as  for  the  areas  just  mentioiii 
These  phenomena  are  in  essential  accord  with  the  demands  of  Q| 
Glacial-control  hypothesis. 

8.  The  principal  living  West  Indian  and  Central  American  reef:?  re 
superposed  on  submarine  flats  or  plateaus  of  pre-Pleistocene  age,  iB 
were  dry-land  areas  during  at  least  a  part  of  Pleistocene  time,  I 
while  they  were  dry  land  they  were  wave  cut  and  remodeled  arc  .id 
their  margins  by  submarine  planation. 

9.  There  are  two  kinds  of  atolls,  namely,  (a)  those  that  rise  at  A 
relatively  shoal-water  platforms  and  were  shaped  by  the  prevapit 
currents,  which  are  largely  wind  induced :  (b)  those  that  more  or  iss 
completely  encircle  the  flat  summits  of  eminences  that  rise  fjjfc 
ocean  depths.  These  rings  are  formed  by  constructional  geoljic 
agencies,  because,  as  submarine  solution  by  sea  water  in  such  aja$ 
and  at  such  depths  is  chemically  impossible,  a  lower,  flat  area,  n- 
rou nded  by  a  higher  rim  can  not  be  formed  by  submarine  solup 
or  by  any  other  known  destructional  agencies.  The  depths  on  im 
banks  as  Saba,  Pedro,  Rosalind,  etc.,  indicate  that  they  werlii 
large  part,  at  least,  above  water  during  part  of  Pleistocene  tjfti 
and  that  the  flat  summits  are  largely  due  to  processes  operathjin 
pre-Pleistocene  time.  WTiat  the  processes  were  that  caused  m. 
leveling  of  the  summits  is  a  matter  of  pure  speculation,  but  it  s(fls 
probable  that  they  were  subaerial  erosion  and  submarine  planaiB 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  321 


m  living  coral  rims  on  the  banks  enumerated  have  formed  during 
subsequent  to  Recent  submergence. 

e  i  review  of  the  conditions  under  which  the  principal  barrier  reefs 

j  ,he  Pacific  Ocean  were  formed  leads  to  essentially  identical  con- 
dons.  Those  of  the  Australian  Great  Barrier,  of  New  Cale- 
ia,  the  Fiji  Islands,  and  Tahiti  are  superposed  on  antecedent 

^forms  that  have  been  submerged  in  Recent  geologic  time.  The 
mergence  of  the  Australian  continental  shelf  apparently  can  be 
gned  to  Recent  rise  of  sea  level  because  of  deglaciation,  as  it 
ns  that  most  of  the  surface  of  the  platform  was  exposed  as  a  dry- 
1  area  by  withdrawal  of  water  from  the  ocean  during  at  least  a 
t  of  Pleistocene  time.  The  submergence  of  the  Fijian  platforms 
oncomitant  with,  if  not  entirely  due  to,  differential  crustal  move- 
it.  The  superposition  of  the  barrier  reefs  off  the  shores  of  the 
iller  Society  Islands  on  antecedent  platforms  is  not  proved. 
!dence  sufficient  for  the  basis  of  an  opinion  is  not  available.  The 
ence  of  reefs  around  Mehetia,  where  there  is  no  shore  platform, 

;  ignificant.  That  the  barriers  off  the  other  smaller  islands  were 
ned  after  the  submergence  of  their  basements  is  clear.  The  small 
Is  at  the  spurs  ends,  in  my  opinion,  do  not  constitute  evidence 
j!.inst  the  presence  of  shore  platforms,  fiats,  or  lowlands,  ante- 

'  ent  to  submergence.    That  ocean  level  in  the  Indo-Pacific, 

|ause  of  deglaciation,  in  Recent  time  has  risen  to  an  amount  of 
)ut  60  meters  (about  33  fathoms)  as  postulated  by  Humphreys 

1 1  Daly,  and  that  this  rise  of  ocean  level  had  influenced  the 

1'elopment  of  living  coral  reefs,  is,  I  believe,  so  well  established 

i to  be  almost  if  not  quite  incontrovertible. 

?he  rims  of  the  large  atolls,  and  perhaps  of  the  smaller  ones  also, 
i  growing,  in  my  opinion,  on  the  surfaces  of,  mostly  the  edges  of, 
3<  summit  areas  that  have  undergone  geologically  Recent  submerg- 
i:e.  These  flats,  I  believe,  were  mostly  formed  in  pre-Pleisto- 
*tfe  time,  and  it  is  my  opinion  that  they  were  largely  out  of  water, 
nvere  very  near  the  surface  of  the  water,  during  Pleistocene  time. 
I  hey  projected  above  the  water  for  an  appreciable  time,  they  should 
bVe  been  wave  cut  around  their  edges  by  the  lowered  Pleistocene 
P ,  and  evidence  of  such  benching  should  be  sought.  I  believe  the 
edence  will  not  be  found  on  the  hydrographic  charts  at  present 
Billable,  for  the  object  of  the  published  charts  is  to  guide  navigators 
rher  than  to  serve  as  a  basis  for  physiographic  studies  of  the  sea 
htom  in  depths  where  navigation  is  safe. 

"rom  what  precedes  I  believe  it  is  clear  that  I  consider  that  there 
R  two  factors  that  determine  the  vigorous  development  of  offshore 
tfe,  which  under  the  most  favorable  conditions  form  barriers  or 
Ml  rims,  the  other  proper  ecologic  conditions  also  being  present. 
-  e  first  factor  is  the  existence  of  an  offshore  flat,  which  may  have 


322         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 

a  land  area  on  one  side  and  open  ocean  on  the  other  or  which  r 
be  the  top  of  an  oceanic  eminence.  The  second  factor  is  gradual  s 
mergence.  The  vigor  of  offshore  reefs  where  these  conditions  ] 
vail  can  be  correlated  with  certain  ecologic  demands  of  reef-fom 
corals. 

Reef  corals  thrive  on  offshore  flats,  near  or  against  ocean  wa 
because   they   are   there  removed  from   the   deleterious  eff. 
of  both  land-derived  and  other  sediment.    Some  of  these  r! 
tions  are  well  exemplified  in  the  barrier  reef  off  the  east  sid(i 
Andros  Island,  Bahamas.    This  reef  grows  on  the  outer,  windwj 
edge  of  a  small  shallow  flat,  against  the  deep  water  of  the  Tongu 
the  Ocean.    As  the  winds  set  landward  across  the  reef  no  ocei 
or  land-derived  sediment  is  deposited  on  the  reef,  it  is  bathed  I 
the  purest  ocean  water,  and  receives  the  largest  amount  of  ani 
plankton  that  that  part  of  the  sea  can  supply.    On  the  great  sh1 
of  the  Bahama  Banks  and  in  the  shoal  waters  of  Florida  behind  i 
reefs  the  winds  stir  up  the  mud  on  the  bottom;  the  sediment  "w 
in  suspension  kills  the  plankton ;  when  it  settles  it  kills  those  bott 
living  organisms  that  can  not  endure  being  covered  by  mud.    On  sj 
flats  reef -forming  corals  can  not  live.    On  shallow  banks  a 
reefs  therefore  thrive  best  on  the  windward  sides.    However,  if  3 
flat  extends  far  enough  offshore  for  land-derived  sediment  no  to 
reach  the  reef  and  if  the  depth  is  sufficient  for  waves  under  ordirrl 
conditions  not  to  stir  up  the  mud  on  the  bottom,  but  not  too  op 
for  the  growth  of  reef  corals,  barriers  may  develop  on  the  leevrl 
sides  of  islands.    A  land  area  to  the  windward  may  actuji 
favor  coral  growth,  as  it  breaks  the  force  of  the  winds.    A  posi)i 
on  an  offshore  flat,  particularly  on  the  windward  edge  of  a  itj 
insures  a  supply  of  the  purest  ocean  water  and  an  abundanc  oS 
animal  plankton. 

The  gradual  submergence  of  an  offshore  flat  perpetuates  the  fa  >r* 
able  conditions  for  the  life  of  reef-building  corals,  and  gives  ii 
opportunity  for  continual  growth  upward.  With  upward  grew 
during  slow  submergence  of  the  basement  the  ecologic  conditio 
for  the  life  of  reef -forming  corals  are  made  better,  for  the  deletei  m 
effects  of  sediment  are  minimized. 

As  regards  the  life  of  corals,  tho  method  of  bringing  about  t  so 
conditions  is  of  no  importance.  Whether  the  flat  was  formec  I 
marine  planation,  by  alluviation  and  the  building  of  a  coastal  it, 
by  base-leveling  through  subaerial  erosion,  by  the  formation  |fl 
submarine  plain  of  deposition,  or  by  any  other  special  proces'Hj 
unimportant,  provided  the  flat  be  formed.  Whether  the  subir^ 
enco  be  caused  by  differential  crustal  movement,  local  or  remote 
by  rise  in  ocean  level  duo  to  the  melting  of  glaciers,  is  u)H- 
portant,  provided  there  be  gradual  submergence  of  the  baseirit* 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


323 


|)  manner  of  producing  the  result  is  subordinate  to  the  result. 
Iwever  the  conditions  may  be  brought  about,  preexistent  flats 
I  gradual  submergence  are  two  factors  needed  to  supply  continu- 
lly  favorable  conditions  for  the  growth  of  reef-forming  corals. 
I;  importance  of  deglaciation  on  modern  coral-reef  development 
Ipjsts  in  its  having  caused  a  gradual  and  moderate  increase  in  the 
tth  of  the  ocean,  thereby  producing  submergence  both  in  rate 
I.  amount  favorable  for  the  growth  of  reef-forming  corals, 
me  general  conclusions  here  expressed  are  similar  to  those  pre- 
[nsly  published  in  a  number  of  my  papers.    Before  discussing  the 
iring  of  my  conclusions  regarding  the  formation  of  coral  reefs  on 
[  theories  advanced  by  others,  I  will  give  brief  attention  to  some 
karks  by  Prof.  W.  M.  Davis.    The  following  paragraph  is  copied 
In  a  paper  by  him  entitled:  The  origin  of  coral  reefs.1  Similar 
e Larks  occur  in  others  of  his  papers. 

laefs  and  Reef-Platforms.  A  modification  of  Darwin's  theory  has  lately  been 
Losed  by  Vaughan,  who  regards  recent  submergence  proved  by  the  embayments  of 
central  islands  as  the  determining  cause  for  the  upgrowth  of  existing  barrier  reefs 
[who  interprets  the  deeper  and  larger  part  of  the  entire  reef  mass  as  an  independent 
jitform"  of  earlier  origin.  As  this  investigator  has  not  yet  published  his  views 
Irding  the  origin  of  the  reef-platforms  his  modification  of  Darwin's  theory  will  not 
i^iere  discussed  further  than  to  note  that  it  seems  inapplicable  to  many  barrier 
m  in  the  Fiji  and  Society  groups;  that  the  discontinuity  of  certain  barrier  reefs 
lis  to  "be  explicable  on  the  assumption  of  imperfect  upgrowth  during  and  aftei 
fhent  and  rapid  subsidence  as  well  as  on  the  assumption  of  independent  origins  for 
S!*eefs  and  their  platforms;  and  that,  while  the  extension  of  reef-platforms  outside 
ftie  coral  zone  as  in  the  case  of  the  Great  Barrier  reef  of  Australia,  truly  suggests  a 
di  origin  of  reef  masses,  this  does  not  exclude  the  contemporaneous  growth  of  plat- 
Eo .  and  reef  within  the  coral  zone  during  long-continued  but  irregular  or  intermittent 
Juidence. 

■  lost  of  the  objections  raised  by  Professor  Davis  have  been  an- 
nred  on  preceding  pages  of  this  paper.  It  will  be  obvious  to  those 
w,)  have  read  what  I  have  said  that  my  inferences  as  to  submergence 
ai  by  no  means  confined  to  the  evidence  of  embayments  in  shore 
lis.  In  fact,  many  submerged  areas  show  no  clear-cut  shore-line 
enayments.  It  will  also  be  obvious  that  the  interpretation  I  am 
Dicing  did  not  originate  with  me.  E.  C.  Andrews,  in  1902,  after  his 
W'k  on  the  Great  Barrier  reef  of  Australia,  put  forward  in  essential 
pnciples  the  same  explanation. 

a  answer  to  Professor  Davis's  statement  "regarding  the  origin  of 
tl  reef  platform,"  I  will  say  that  the  recognition  of  the  fact  of  super- 
P'ition  does  not  require  knowledge  of  the  constitution  or  origin  of 
tl  basement  on  which  an  object  or  structure  has  been  superposed. 
^  may  recognize  the  fact  that  a  book  lies  on  a  table  without  knowing 
tl  kind  of  material  of  which  the  table  is  composed  or  the  process  of  its 


iNat.  Acad.  Sci.  Proc,  vol.  1,  pp.  146-152,  March,  1915. 


324         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 

manufacture;  there  is  controversy  as  to  the  origin  of  the  Sunder^ 
terrace  in  Maryland  and  Virginia,  but  no  geologist  will  deny  i 
certain  houses  have  been  built  on  the  surface  of  the  Sunder 
terrace  flat;  although  the  geologic  history  of  the  pre-Camb 
formations  in  Michigan  and  in  other  areas  adjacent  to  the  G 
Lakes  may  be  inadequately  known,  no  one  is  justified  in  denying 
such  a  reason  that  glacial  deposits  overlie  the  geolcgically  old  rc 
as  it  is  obvious  that  the  overlying  material  has  in  some  way  ] 
placed  on  the  underlying.    The  superposition  of  a  geologic  forma 
on  another  may  be  recognized  without  knowing  the  complete  his 
of  either  the  upper  or  the  lower.    The  oligocene  coral  reef  a 
Flint  River  near  Bainbridge,  Georgia,  rests  on  the  eroded  surface  c 
upper  Eocene  limestone  now  designated  the  Ocala  limestone.  T 
knowledge  of  the  Ocala  limestone  may  not  be  adequate  does 
invalidate  the  recognition  of  the  facts  that  the  fossil  reef  overli; 
and  that  an  erosion  period  intervened  between  its  deposition  anc, 
growth  of  the  reef,  which  obviously  formed  during  or  after  the 
mergence  of  its  basement. 

To  ascertain  the  origin  of  the  submarine  flats  on  which  on°S| 
reefs  stand  is  important  in  the  advancement  of  our  knowledgi 
geologic  history,  and  I  have  acquired  as  much  information  on 
subject  as  I  could.  I  am  completely  convinced  that  there  is  nc 
explanation  that  can  be  applied  to  all  of  them.  The  following  Im 
have  already  been  recognized:  (1)  Slightly  tilted  bedded  tuff,  ;  ii 
the  fossil  reefs  of  Antigua;  (2)  slightly  tilted  bed  of  limestone,  sB 
the  south  coast  of  St.  Croix  and  Cuba;  (3)  submerged  coastal  B 
as  in  the  Fiji  Islands;  (4)  submerged  peneplained  surfaces,  as  ii  In 
fossil  reefs  of  Porto  Rico;  (5)  submarine  plains  due  to  uplift  of  ■ 
siderable  areas  of  the  ocean  bottom  and  to  the  deposition  of  orgjol 
deposits  on  such  a  surface,  as  the  Floridian  Plateau  previous  UM 
formation  of  the  middle  and  upper  Oligocene  reefs  of  Florida  m 
southern  Georgia ;  (6)  flats  of  complex  and  not  definitely  known  oifl 
such  as  those  of  the  Antigua-Barbuda  Bank,  the  Virgin  Bank,  Ml 
the  continental  shelves  of  tropical  America  and  Australia.  Pins 
suitable  for  the  growth  of  corals  have  been  formed  by  subaerialnd. 
submarine  deposition,  and  by  both  subaerial  base-leveling  and  mt 
marine  plantation.  Nearly  every,  if  not  every,  plain-prodiing 
process  operative  in  tropical  and  subtropical  regions  has  taken  art 
in  the  formation  of  plains  on  which  corals  have  grown  or  are  groin^ 
where  the  plains  have  been  brought  below  sea  level  and  whereto 
other  ecologic  conditions  for  offshore  reef  formation  obtain. 

I  will  revert  to  this  subject  in  discussing  the  Glacial-control  tbO' 
and  in  making  suggestions  as  to  future  research. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  325 


i  iking  of  these  conclusions  on  hypotheses  of  the  formation  of  coral 

Reefs. 

Eow  do  my  results  compare  with  the  theories  and  hypotheses 
:  vanced  by  others  ?    Before  considering  my  conclusions  in  their 
:  ation  to  those  reached  by  other  investigators,  I  wish  to  make  a  few 
leral  remarks  on  the  literature  appertaining  to  coral  reefs.    It  is  a 
yject  that,  in  order  to  be  properly  treated,  requires  a  considerable 
'  rersity  of  knowledge,  as  biologic,  oceanographie,  and  geologic 
)blems  are  inyolyed.    Very  rarely  has  it  been  practicable  for  a  man 
J  [be  a  specialist  in  all  of  these  fields.    Usually,  as  any  investigator 
5  been  specially  qualified  in  only  one  or  two  of  them,  he  has  paid 
'ticular  attention  to  those  subjects  with  which  he  was  familiar,  and 
urly  always  did  good  work  in  those  subjects;  but  in  those  fields  in 
'  ich  he  has  been  only  casually  engaged,  his  work  is  nearly  always 
ateurish,  and  his  conclusions  are  in  many  instances  erroneous. 
-  Duld  we  expect  a  man  who  is  primarily  a  biologist  to  be  an  expert 
geology,  especially  when  he  attempts  geologic  work  after  he  arrives 
i  the  place  where  he  expects  to  conduct  his  inyestigations,  without 
Tring  had  previous  experience  ?    Should  we  expect  a  man  who  has 
■feted  his  attention  on  dry-land  physiography,  and  who  has  not 
toight  of  biologic  problems  or  of  the  physiography  of  the  sea 
p,tom  to  take  information  from  those  branches  of  science?  In 
t  ding  the  many  publications  on  coral  reefs,  I  am  impressed  with  the 
pticular,  personal  interests  of  the  investigators,  but  what  strikes 
t)  more  forcibly  is  the  excellence  of  nearly  all  the  papers.    I  know 
d  paper  by  a  serious  scientific  man  on  a  coral-reef  area  that  does  not 
titain  records  of  valuable  observations  and  correct  conclusions.  I 
pre  had  the  wish  to  write  an  account  of  the  very  gradual  growth  of 
t !  knowledge  we  now  have  of  coral  reefs,  and  point  out  how  each  of 
t  successive  workers  has  contributed  toward  making  that  knowl- 
e>e  what  it  now  is.    It  would  be  a  record  of  honorable  achievement. 
I  the  short  review  to  follow  I  trust  I  may  point  out  some  of  the 
8>stantial  additions  to  be  credited  to  those  whose  opinions  I  shall 
dcuss. 

.  The  Darwin-Dana  hypothesis,  in  my  opinion,  is  correct  as  regards 
t:  formation  of  offshore  reefs  during  and  after  submergence;  but  as 
f  ards  the  formation  of  a  prism  of  reef  material,  the  upper  surface 
o  which  forms  a  flat  behind  the  barrier,  their  theory  is  wrong  for 
e>ry  area  on  which  we  have  definite  information.  Although  the 
t'oretic  possibility  of  the  conversion  of  a  fringing  reef  into  a  barrier 
a  l  a  barrier  into  an  atoll  may  not  be  denied,  no  instance  of  such 
c  iversion  has  yet  been  discovered.  The  inferences  of  Darwin  as  ta 
a  as  of  subsidence  and  of  elevation,  as  shown  on  plate  3  of  his  work, 
a  largely  in  error,  for  barrier  reefs  are  present  where  there  is  not 
gieral  crustal  subsidence,  as  Foye  points  out  in  his  paper  on  tho 


326         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 

geology  of  the  Fiji  Islands,  where  "  since  the  Pleistocene  period  t] 
algebraic  sum  of  the  movements  has  been  positive  and  uplift  hi 
resulted. " 1  Very  many  similar  instances,  the  Bermudas,  the  Bahanuj 
Florida,  and  Cuba  among  them,  can  be  given.  The  criticisms  of  ti 
Darwin-Dana  hypothesis  apply  to  the  recent  publications  of  W.  ]| 
Davis. 

2.  Semper,  Alexander  Agassiz,  and  others,  who  have  maintain 
that  barrier  coral  reefs  have  formed  in  areas  of  uplift,  are  correct, 
the  sum  total  of  the  movements  since  some  date  back  in  Tertiai 
time  be  considered,  and  their  observations  and  deductions  are  vail 
able  in  that  they  emphasize  these  facts ;  but  they  are  in  error  in  th 
they  failed  to  take  into  account  that  in  many  areas  there  is  incc 
trovertible  evidence  showing  submergence  of  the  basements  of  t 
now-living  reefs.  Semper  made  astute  observations  on  currents,  h 
his  deductions  as  to  the  formation  of  lagoons  by  destructional  pn 
esses  are  not  warranted. 

3.  Sir  John  Murray  invented  a  very  stimulating  hypothesis,  a 
correctly  emphasized  the  necessity  of  taking  submarine  planati! 
into  account  in  studies  of  the  basements  of  coral  reefs.    He,  howev 
overlooked  important  facts  clearly  proving  Recent  submergence 
coral-reef  areas,  and  his  theory  of  the  formation  of  atoll  lagoons  a 
lagoon  channels  through  submarine  solution  by  sea  water  is  entiri  i 
disproved,  and  there  are  no  other  known  destructional  procesn 
whereby  lagoons  may  be  formed,  f  or  lagoons  are  areas  of  sedimentati|l 
in  which  filling  predominates  over  removal  of  material. 

4.  Guppy  is  correct  in  his  interpretation  of  offshore  reefs  be:| 
superposed  on  submarine  platforms  or  "ledges,"  and  he  made  i| 
merous  valuable  contributions  to  our  knowledge  of  coral  reefs,  but  I 
failed  to  take  into  account  evidence  showing  Recent  submergence 

5.  Admiral  Sir  W.  J.  L.  Wharton  made  one  of  the  greatest  c< 
tributions  to  our  knowledge  of  atolls  when  he  discovered  the  flatni 
of  the  floors  and  the  uniformity  of  depth  in  atoll  lagoons,  and  i 
pointed  out  the  inadequacy  of  the  Darwinian  hypothesis  to  expl1 
these  phenomena.    He  emphasized  the  importance  of  submarp 
plana tion  in  leveling  the  top  of  peaks  that  reach  or  almost  reach  -fr 
level,  and  definitely  suggested  the  superposition  of  coral  patches  ejl 
atoll  rims  on  flats  produced  in  that  way.    He  not  only  did  not  oppe 
the  subsidence  of  such  flats,  but  he  thought  that  they  frequently 
"subside  and  that  some  of  the  deeper  lagoons  may  owe  their  depth 
50  fathoms  or  so  to  such  a  movement,  quite  apart  from  subside: 
of  large  areas  which  we  know  occurs."    The  only  emendations  of  th 
statements  that  I  can  suggest  is  that  the  probable  effects  of  gla<-l 
tion  and  deglaciation  might  have  been  considered. 


I  Nat.  Acad.  Sci.  Proc,  vol.  3,  p.  309,  1917. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


327 


I  Alexander  Agassiz  correctly  observed  the  superposition  of  the 
jj.g  coral  reefs  of  the  Bermudas  and  the  Bahamas  on  older  lime- 
ce  foundations  that  stood  above  sea  level  previous  to  the  sub- 
licence which  made  possible  the  formation  of  reefs  in  the  places 
Ire  they  now  grow.  He  also  pointed  out  the  superposition  of  the 
kidian,  Cuban,  and  Central  American  living  reefs  on  antecedent 
p'orais  or  older  limestone.  He  showed  that  in  several  areas  in  the 
^jfic  the  sum  total  of  local  crustal  movements  since  some  time  in 
^ertiary  period  had  been  upward.  But  he  failed  to  take  account 
Recent  submergence  in  Florida,  the  West  Indies,  and  Central 
prica,  and  he  advanced  the  hypothesis  that  the  living  offshore 
ft  of  the  Pacific  are  superposed  on  wave-cut  platforms  without 
pge  of  sea  level  by  submergence  of  the  land.  I  believe  Agassiz 
pet  in  his  emphasis  of  the  need  of  an  antecedent  platform  for  the 
Rous  growth  of  offshore  reefs;  but  he  did  not  recognize  the  clear 
pmce  of  Recent  submergence  of  the  shores  of  the  reef -encircled 
tils,  and  unfortunately  tried  to  explain  the  formation  of  lagoons 
Hibmarine  solution  and  scour. 

7E.  C.  Andrews,  I  believe,  is  incontrovertibly  correct  in  the 
■tials  of  his  interpretation  of  the  conditions  under  which  the 
ret  Barrier  Reef  of  Australia  has  formed;  that  is,  it  is  superposed 
I  at  part  of  the  recently  submerged  Continental  Shelf  of  Australia 
ui  lies  within  the  temperature  zone  favorable  for  the  life  of  reef- 
>r;ing  corals. 

8  Stanley  Gardiner,  who  has  made  great  contributions  to  our 
ac  ledge  of  Indo-PacifLc  corals  and  coral  reefs  and  whose  work  on 
le  ceanography  of  the  Indian  Ocean  is  justly  rated  as  classic,  corn- 
it  d  the  same  errors  in  interpreting  the  geologic  relations  of  coral 
I  as  did  Murray  and  Agassiz.  He  failed  to  infer  submergence 
oi  shore  line  characters  and  advocated  the  formation  of  lagoons 
mgli  submarine  solution  by  sea  water. 

9  Hediey  and  Griffith  Taylor  agreed  in  all  the  essentials  of 
1  ;ws?s  interpretation  of  the  conditions  under  which  the  Australian 
m  Barrier  formed;  they  opposed  Murray's  solution  hypothesis  for 
ie  rmation  of  lagoons,  and  correctly  emphasized  the  importance  of 
in  its,  largely  wind  induced,  in  the  shaping  of  the  atolls  along  the 
re;  Barrier. 

m  Daly  did  not  originate  the  Glacial-control  theory  of  coral 
W|but  he  is  its  principal  exponent.  The  following  ascertained 
m  >us  of  living  offshore  coral  reefs  conform  to  the  demands  of  this 
M|hesis:  (a)  They  are  superposed  on  antecedent  basement  fiats; 
I  e  amount  of  recent  submergence,  between  30  and  slightly  more 
iw  -0  fathoms,  without  deducting  the  amount  of  Recent  up-build- 
g  <  the  sea  bottom,  which  probably  is  as  much  as  a  few  fathoms, 
o  the  order  of  magnitude  expected  from  deglaciation;  (c)  the 

57149— 19— Bull.  103  10 


328 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


rate  of  growth  of  corals  is  known  to  be  of  such  an  order  of  magnit  I 
as  to  account  for  the  thickness  of  any  known  living  coral  reef  j 
the  growth  of  coral-reef  organism  since  the  disappearance  of  ■ 
last  great  continental  glaciers.  As  Daly  is  not  a  specialist  on  coil 
he  has  made  some  errors  in  his  discussions  of  the  geologic  histl 
and  ecology  of  corals,  but  these  errors  do  not  affect  the  validity! 
glacial  control  being  one  of  the  dominant  factors  in  modern  coral-  a 
development.  The  only  important  point  on  which  I  am  not  in  agl 
ment  with  him  is  the  evaluation  of  Pleistocene  marine  planatior  J 
have  shown  that  the  Floridian  Plateau  has  existed  as  a  plateaijl 
least  since  late  Eocene  time,  and  there  have  been  extensive  subma  m 
flats  in  certain  West  Indian  areas  since  late  Eocene  or  Oligocene  1 1 
The  submarine  profiles  that  I  have  drawn  for  the  West  Iml 
Central  America,  and  Australia  indicate  Pleistocene  benchmji 
depths  between  26  and  36  fathoms,  without  deducting  anything  i 
Recent  upbuilding  of  the  sea  bottom.  Certain  West  Indian  k 
Central  American  reefs  and  the  Australian  Great  Barrier,  I,  there  m 
believe  are  growing  on  what  were  dry-land  areas  during  at  hem 
part  of  Pleistocene  time.  It,  therefore,  seems  to  me  that  mar  J 
the  flats  discussed  by  Daly  are  of  pre-Pleistocene  age,  and  that  hell ; 
over-evaluated  Pleistocene  marine  planation.  Daly  admits  that  1 3H 
has  been  local  crust al  movement  in  some  coral-reef  areas. 

11.  Wood  Jones  is  undoubtedly  correct  in  attaching  great  m 
portance  to  the  effects  of  sediment  on  the  formation  of  coral  lfy 
No  one  who  has  had  actual  experience  with  coral  reefs  can  ipiir 
moment  doubt  it.    He  also  correctly  accepts  the  interpreta» 
of  Andrews  and  of  Hedley  and  Griffith  Taylor  for  the  Great  Bi  if 
of  Australia,  joining  with  the  latter  two  in  their  opposition  t«* 
solution  hypothesis  and  in  their  emphasis  of  the  effects  of  ^m: 
induced  currents  in  shaping  the  segments  of  a  reef.    He,  how^ 
appears  not  to  have  appreciated  the  importance  that,  in  my  opi  ot 
should  be  attached  to  submergence  as  factor  in  coral-reef  formrcj> 

12.  My  own  opinions  can  be  very  simply  stated :  (a)  Fringing m. 
seem  always  to  have  unconformable  basal  contacts ;  they  may  be  fo  fc. 
after  submergence  that  is  not  followed  by  uplift  or  during  interm wr 
uplift  that  follows  submergence;  that  is,  they  may  form  during  piW^ 
of  either  emergence  or  submergence  of  land  areas.  Are  the  basafc^ 
tacts  really  significant  ?  Must  not  these  contacts  in  the  very  nat'!B|0j 
the  case  be  unconformable  ?  If  the  basement  has  moved  upS% 
reference  to  sea  level  and  a  reef  begins  along  the  strand  lin-B^ 
basement  of  the  reef  will  certainly  be  different  from  the  reefM^ 
and  there  will  bo  an  obvious  unconformity.  If  the  land  masijHi^ 
sides  and  a  fringing  forms  along  shore,  the  base  of  the  reef  will  ref 
exhibit  unconformable  relations.  I  am  unable  to  imagine  a  fr  jav, 
without  an  unconformable  basal  contact.    I  never  saw  one  tbtfl ; : 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  329 


i  have .  such  a  contact,  (b)  Offshore  coral  reefs,  barriers,  and 
|»lls,  form  on  antecedent  flattish  basements  during  and  after  sub- 
Irgence  in  areas  where  the  general  ecologic  conditions  are  suitable 
1  coral  growth,  as  stated  on  page  240.  This  generalization  applies 
it-fossil  as  well  as  to  living  reefs,  (c)  Recent  rise  of  sea  level  because 
lieglaciation  has  made  conditions  favorable  for  coral-reef  formation 
mr  enormous  areas,  and  it  is  one  of  the  important  factors  in  causing 
1  great  development  of  coral  reefs  at  the  present  time.  But  in 
lie  areas,  as  in  the  Fijis,  the  flats  on  which  the  reefs  are  growing 
|  coastal  flats  that  have  been  brought  below  sea  level  by  tilting, 
.(described  by  Andrews  and  Foye.  (d)  The  theoretic  possibility  of 
progressive  change  of  a  fringing  reef  into  a  barrier  and  later  into 
toll,  according  to  the  Darwin-Dana  hypothesis,  may  not  be  denied, 
no  instance  of  such  a  transformation  has  as  yet  been  discovered. 
The  coral-reef  investigation  is  of  value  to  geology,  not  so  much 
ause  of  what  has  been  discovered  regarding  corals  as  it  is  that 
as  led  to  the  study  of  a  great  complex  of  geologic  phenomena 
mg  which  corals  and  coral  reefs  are  only  incident.  Further  inves- 
1/tions  of  the  phenomena  associated  with  coral  reefs  are  among  the 
■it  desiderata  of  geologic  research. 

Suggestions  as  to  Future  Investigations. 

■efore  closing  this  discussion  I  will  present  a  few  suggestions  that 
ne  appear  pertinent. 

|.  It  is  my  belief  that,  although  ecologic  notes  are  of  much  value 
systematic  work,  not  a  great  deal  more  advantage  will  result 
a  such  ecologic  investigations  in  areas  where  corals  are  luxuriant 
£  hose  conducted  by  Gardiner,  Wood  Jones,  and  others,  including 
I. elf.  We  need  to  know  more  of  the  physiology  of  corals,  but  such 
fi  arches  must  be  conducted  by  expert  physiologists.  There  is 
pr,t  need  for  ecologic  work  in  the  waters  northward  and  southward 
r<i  the  coral-reef  zone.  Within  the  coral-reef  zone  there  are  three 
►  ias  delimited  by  depth  and  temperature.  What  happens  outside 
h  coral-reef  zone  ?  Do  the  deeper-water  forms  live  in  shallower 
|63r  as  the  high  latitudes  are  attained  ?  Is  it  depth  or  temperature 
h  causes  the  vertical  faunal  distribution  within  the  Tropics  ? 
I<s  knowledge  of  the  ecologic  relations  of  the  deeper-water  faunas 
i  le  Tropics  and  of  the  faunas  in  both  shoal  and  deep  water  in  the 
derate  zones  of  the  ocean  is  of  great  importance  to  geologists, 
Much  knowledge  would  furnish  a  basis  for  interpreting  the  physical 
options  under  which  some  of  the  fossil  faunas  lived.  For  some 
e  s  I  have  wished  to  make  an  investigation  of  the  kind  outlined, 
u  other  duties  have  prevented  the  fulfilment  of  my  desire.  There 
»  Large  amount  of  morphologic  work  needed,  both  on  the  skeletons 
&  on  the  soft  parts  of  corals,  but  particular  consideration  of  this 
&  set  is  scarcely  in  place  here. 


330  BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


2.  The  study  of  sediments  in  coral-reef  areas  has  scarcely  been  ir 
ated.    Accurate  determination  of  the  source  of  the  constituent; 
calcium-carbonate  bottom-deposits  should  be  made,  the  deposits  she, 
be  classified  according  to  their  constituents,  at  least  the  area  occu] 
by  each  kind  of  deposit  should  be  ascertained  as  nearly  as  is  prg; 
cable,  and  an  endeavor  should  be  made  to  ascertain  the  rates 
which  the  different  kinds  of  sediments  accumulate.    The  results  f 
investigations  of  this  kind  are  of  vital  importance  to  geology, 
only  b}r  firmly  basing  our  inductions  on  wide  and  accurate  knowk, 
of  what  is  now  happening  in  the  ocean  can  we  hope  to  make  reli 
deductions  concerning  the  origin  of  and  the  conditions  under  m 
older  sediments  were  formed.    The  quantitative  evaluation  of 
work  done  by  the  different  agents  cooperative  in  the  productio 
the  different  kinds  of  sediments  should  be  an  object  constant! 
mind.    Although  this  is  essentially  a  new  field  of  research,  du, 
the  past  few  years  a  number  of  investigators  have  notable  achi 
ments  to  their  credit. 

3.  Detailed  studies  of  the  general  geology  of  tropical  islands  and  , 
tinental  areas  adjacent  to  tropical  and  subtropical  waters  shouL 
undertaken  wherever  possible.    These  investigations  should  inc 
consideration  of  the  stratigraphic  and  structural  geology,  the  pet 
raphy  of  both  the  igneous  and  sedimentary  rocks,  very  detailed  v 
on  the  stratigraphic  paleontology,  and  the  physiography  of  the 
areas.    We  now  know  that,  by  combining  knowledge  gleaned  fron 
study  of  many  relations,  it  is  possible  not  only  to  recognize  fo 
area  the  succession  of  rocks,  their  age  equivalents  in  other  areas, 
their  deformational  history,  but  that  it  is  also  possible  to  ascei 
the  successive  physiographic  stages  and  other  physical  condiij 
throughout  at  least  a  considerable  part  of  the  history.    The  struc 
relations  of  the  successive  formations,  the  nature  of  the  contacj 
formations,  and  the  character  of  the  sediments,  are  among  the  cri 
to  be  used  in  making  the  latter  kind  of  deductions.    Of  how  n,  ^ 
tropical  areas  are  there  topographic  maps  on  a  scale  of  1  :  62,500  ;. 
1  :  125,000?    Many  areas,  where  the  geology  is  very  complicw 
should  be  mapped  on  a  scale  of  at  least  1  :  20,000.    The  very  det  H. 
studies  of  a  few  carefully  selected  areas  would  supply  keys  for  (■ 
areas  and  thereby  accelerate  work  in  other  areas.    Detailed  m 
of  the  kind  suggested  should  be  done  in  Antigua,  St.  BartholoiM 
St.  Martin,  and  Anguilla,  in  the  West  Indies,  for  each  of  these  islB 
typifies  certain  phenomena  that  are  critical  in  elucidating  the  hitl, 
of  the  West  Indies,  Central  America,  the  southern  United  S<H  ;, 
and  northern  South  America. 

4.  Biogeographic  investigations  supply  a  basis  for  deductions  rejW 
ing  former  land  connections  and  the  dates  of  the  separation  of  i&W,. 
that  may  have  been  parts  of  large  land  masses. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  331 

1   Shore-line  history  is  obviously  an  essential  part  of  the  study  of 

-  al  reefs.  But  the  entire  story  can  not  be  deduced  from  the  infor- 
:ion  furnished  by  all  of  the  lines  of  investigation  above  suggested. 

- 1  configuration  of  the  sea  bottom  needs  to  be  studied,  both  in 
'  i  and  profile.  Notwithstanding  the  great  amount  of  work  that 
;  been  done  on  oceanic  hydrography,  close  attention  to  the  minor 

•  figuration  of  the  sea  bottom  and  attempts  to  draw  inferences  from 

•  a  studies  are  of  very  recent  date.  Since  most  hydrographic 
rts  were  not  intended  to  serve  as  a  basis  for  such  researches,  we 

-  fortunate  that  we  can  extract  so  much  information  from  them, 
rough  it  is  probable  that  a  much  larger  amount  of  data  is  on 
charts  than  has  as  yet  been  utilized,  that  additional  hydrographic 
•arch  is  needed  is  obvious.  What  are  submarine  slopes  off  the 
de  ends  in  reef -encircled  islands  ?  What  is  the  character  of  the 
»es  off  both  the  reefs  and  the  breaks  in  the  reefs  ?    The  problem 

-  Submerged  terraces,  flats  and  fronts,  has  barely  been  touched. 
v  extensively  are  such  features  present,  and  what  is  their  signifi- 
es ?    These  considerations  lead  to  inquiries  regarding  wave  base, 

1  rate  of  motion  of  the  water,  the  erosional  and  transporting  power 
3  flie  water  while  in  motion  at  different  rates,  and  the  relations  of 

|sion  and  transportation  to  depth.  Although- the  factors  men- 
:  fed  are  among  those  that  determine  the  profile  of  subaqueous 

lilibrium  and  must  be  considered  in  their  relation  to  it,  there  are 

J3r  factors,  among  which  are  the  initial  slope  of  the  bottom,  the 
■  pness  and  degree  of  consolidation  of  the  material  forming  the 

(bom,  and  the  attitude,  height,  and  hardness  of  the  rocks  at  the. 
■■'  pe.    More  information  on  this  complex  of  problems  is  urgently 

Bed. 

ea  level  rises  or  falls  with  reference  to  the  land,  or  the  land  rises 
nails  with  reference  to  the  sea  level.  That  there  have  been  many 
ip  in  the  position  of  the  strand  fine  since  the  beginning  of  Pleisto- 
wp  time  is  known  to  every  geologist.  He  also  knows  that  in  many 
r-is  shifts  have  been  caused  by  tilting  or  flexing  of  parts  of  the 
ph's  crust,  and  that  there  must  have  been  lowering  of  sea  level 
file  there  were  great  continental  ice  sheets,  followed  by  rise  of 
te  level  when  the  ice  sheets  melted.  How  much  of  the  geologically 
*«ent  change  in  the  position  of  strand  line  is  to  be  attributed  to 
watic  causes  and  how  much  to  differential  crustal  movement? 
&e  accurate  and  areally  more  extensive  studies  of  shore-fine  his- 
*>  should  enable  a  more  precise  evaluation  of  the  effects  due  to 
aapi  than  is  now  possible.  Such  investigations  must  not  be  confined 
» ropical  and  subtropical  areas — they  must  be  world  wide, 
f  fhen  there  is  the  problem  of  Pleistocene  wave  cutting.  I  believe, 
;o  "easons  stated  elsewhere,  that  Daly  has  overevaluated  the  effects 

leistoceme  marine  planation.    Has  either  of  us  really  enough 


3,32 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


information  to  be  convincing?    Should  answers  to  the  questiJ 
raised  in  the  preceding  two  paragraphs  be  forthcoming,  and  if 
oan  make  reliable  estimates  of  the  duration  of  the  Pleistocene, 
amount  of  marine  planation  while  sea  level  was  lowered  in  the  PI 
tocene  might  be  more  nearly  approximated. 

In  conclusion,  I  wish  to  say  that  the  questions  and  suggestions  c 
tained  in  the  foregoing  remarks  have  grown  out  of  a  study  of  coi 
and  coral  reefs  and  the  phenomena  associated  with  them;  and 
though  it  may  have  been  shown,  that  corals  are  not  so  important 
they  were  once  considered  to  be,  geolgists  should  be  grateful  for  U 
romantic  interest  inspired  by  these  lowly  animals,  for  this  inte  " 
has  led  us  into  the  presence  of  some  of  the  profoundest  problem 
geology.  Perhaps  the  interest  will  endure  and  it  may  lead  us  t 
better  understanding  of  the  world  of  which  we  form  a  part. 

\ 
tl 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  333 


SYSTEMATIC  ACCOUNT  OF  THE  FAUNAS. 

I  Class  ANTHOZOA. 

MADREPORARIA  IMPERFORATA. 
Family  SERIATOPORIDAE  Milne  Edwards  and  Haime. 

.849.  Seriatoporidae  Milne  Edwards  and  Haime,  Comptes  Rend.,  vol.  29,  p.  262. 

i869.  Pocilloporidae  Yerrill,  Essex  Inst.  Proc,  vol.  6,  p.  90. 

f870.  Stylophoridae  Yerrill,  Conn.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sci.  Trans.,  vol.  1,  p.  514. 

i  a  recent  publication  1  I  have  stated  that  while  I  seriously 
Dted  the  propriety  of  placing  Stylophora  and  PociMopora  in 
.rate  families,  the  traditional  usage  was  followed.  Additional 
y  since  that  statement  was  written  has  convinced  me  that  Stylo- 
a,  Seriatopora,  and  Pocillopora  all  belong  to  the  same  family, 
ict,  it  seems  that  both  Seriatopora  and  Pocillopora  are  derived  from 
■yphora,  mostly  through  retrogression  in  the  development  of  the 
a.  It  is  hoped  to  present  in  a  future  paper  the  evidence  on  which 
suggestion  is  based. 

Genus  STYLOPHORA  Schweigger  (emend.  Milne  Edwards  and  Haime). 

819.  Stylophora  Schweigger  (part),  Beobacht.  auf  Xaturf.,  pi.  5. 

820.  Stylophora  Schweigger,  Hand.  Naturg.,  p.  413. 

830.  Stylophora  and  Sideropora  de  Blainville,  Diet.  Sci.  nat.,  vol.  60,  pp.319, 
351, 

835.  Anthopora  Gray,  Zool.  Soc.  London  Proc.  for  1835,  pt.  3,  p.  86. 
I  846.  Sideropora  Dana,  U.  S.  Expl.  Exped.  Zooph.,  p.  517. 
850.  Stylophora  Milne  Edwards  and  Haime,  Ann.  Sci.  nat.,  ser.  3,  Zool., 
vol.  13,  p.  102. 

I  857.  Stylophora  Milne  Edwards  and  Haime,  Hist.  nat.  Corall.,  vol.  2,  p.  133. 

.  861.  Stylophora  de  Fromentel,  Intr.  Polyp,  foss.,  p.  179. 

.  884.  Stylophora  Duncan,  Linn.  Soc.  London  Journ.,  Zool.,  vol.  18,  p.  45. 

/pe-species. —  Madrepora  pistillata  Esper. 

.mean  in  his  papers  on  the  Fossil  Corals  of  the  West  Indies  either 
es^ibes  as  new  or  lists  the  following  species: 
]om  the  Eocene  of  Jamaica: 

Stylophora  contorta  (Leymerie)  +  1  var.  . 
i  lorn  the  Eocene  of  St.  Bartholomew,  Cleve  collection: 
Stylophora  compressa  2  Duncan. 

distans  (Leymerie). 

1 C  aegie  Inst.  Washington  Pub.  213,  p.  73,  191S. 

*  f  lough  I  have  studied  the  collection  rom  St.  Bartholomew  submitted  to  Duncan,  I  could  recognize 
85  e  species  which  I  hare  divided  into  our  varieties. 


334 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


StylopTiora  conferta  Reuss. 

tuber osa  Reuss. 

qffinis  Duncan  (described  from  Santo  Domingo] 
granulata  Duncan  (described  from  Bowden, 
maica). 
From  Santo  Domingo : 

StylopTiora  qffinis  Duncan. 

var.  minor  Duncan  (a  valid  species). 
raristella  (Def ranee). 
From  Bowden,  Jamaica: 

StylopTiora  granulata  Duncan. 
From  St.  Croix,  Trinidad : 

StylopTiora  minuta  Duncan. 

raristella  (Def ranee). 

mirabilis  Duncan  (not  Duchassaing  and  Michelo 
I  described  in  1900  1  StylopTiora  ponder  osa  from  the  Oligocen 
Salt  Mountain,  near  Jackson,  Alabama,  and  StylopTiora  minutis 
from  the  Oligocene  of  Blue  or  Russell  Spring,  near  Bainbri 
Georgia. 

I  recognize  as  valid  the  six  species  described  as  new  by  Duncan 
the  two  later  described  by  myself.  Duncan's  identifications  of  \ 
Indian  specimens  with  European  species  are  all  discarded  as  the) 
probably  erroneous. 

In  addition  to  the  six  species  here  described  as  new,  I  have 
scribed  six  other  species  in  manuscript  not  yet  published,  maki: 
total  of  at  least  20  species  of  StylopTiora  known  to  me  from 
American  Tertiary  formations.  The  stratigraphic  range  of  the  g 
in  America  is  from  the  upper  Eocene  to  Miocene. 


STYLOPHORA  IMPERATORIS,  new  species. 

Plate  74,  figs.  1,  la,  2,  3,  4,  4a,  5. 

Corallum  attaining  a  rather  large  size,  the  basal  part  of  £ 
colonies  as  thick  as  a  man's  wrist.  The  cross-section  of  bran 
ranges  in  form  from  subelliptical  to  curved  lamellate.  The  folio 
are  the  diameters  of  the  broken  ends  of  the  specimen,  which  is 
mm.  long,  represented  by  plate  74,  figure  1. 

Dhmeters  in  millimeter  s  of  branches  of  Stylophora  imperatoris. 


Lesser 

Gr 

diameter. 

diai 

Basal  end  

14.5 

Smaller  branch  

13.0 

Wider  branch  

9.5  10  16 

U.  S.  Geol.  Survey  Mon.  39,  p.  132,  1900. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


335 


fcrhe  branch  terminals  are  compressed  and  often  form  sinuous 
ptes.  Thickness  just  below  the  summits  about  3  mm.;  width  very 
v  iable,  ranges  from  6  or  7  up  to  25  mm.  Nodule-like  growths  are 
fo  ment  on  the  sides  of  older  branches. 

Kalices  on  older  parts  of  the  corallum  from  1  to  1.3  mm.  in  diameter, 
tlrefore  rather  large  and  conspicuous;  intervening  wails  from  0.75 
t(2  mm.  across,  usually  about  1.25  mm.  Near  and  on  the  branch 
STimits  the  calices  are  usually  crowded  and  slightly  less  than  1  mm. 
ir diameter.  Upper  margin  of  the  calices  usually  more  prominent 
tin  the  lower,  sloping  slightly  downward,  externally  finely  costulate. 
|j>epta,  6  primaries  distinct,  well  developed,  extending  to  the  col- 
li ella,  the  directives  more  prominent  than  the  other  primaries; 
■Dndaries  are  small  or  obsolete,  if  they  were  present  they  usually 
Ire  been  destroyed  in  the  type  and  paratypes  of  the  species. 
I  /olumella,  a  small,  only  slightly  prominent  style, 
■itoenenchyma  dense;  its  surface  beset  with  pointed  granulations. 
m{jOcalities  and  geologic  occurrence. — Canal  Zone  stations  6016,  in  the 
Eperador  limestone,  quarry,  Empire,  where  some  hundreds  of 
8]cimens  were  obtained;  6024&,  lower  end  of  culvert,  Panama 
Klroad  (relocated  line),  on  Rio  Agua  Salud,  in  the  upper  bed,  col- 
le  ed  by  T.  W.  Vaughan  and  D.  F  MacDonald.  Station  6026,  in  the 
Cebra  formation,  2 J  miles  south  of  Monte  Lirio,  Panama  Railroad 
(located  line),  collected  by  T.  W.  Vaughan  and  D.  F.  MacDonald. 
i^nguilla,  station  6894,  bluff,  south  side  of  Crocus  Bay,  in  the  lower 
5<feet  of  the  exposure,  collected  by  T.  W.  Vaughan.  (See  pi. 
7'  figs.  4,  4a.) 

■doctor  MacDonald  obtained  the  specimen  represented  by  plate 
1L  figure  5,  at  station  1863  of  the  canal  commission,  on  the  west 
fci;  of  Gaillard  Cut,  between  points  opposite  Cucaracha  and  Paraiso, 
9t;ion  5853  of  the  United  States  National  Museum  locality  register. 
IT;  specimen  came  from  a  layer,  about  2 \  feet  thick,  consisting  of 
p«bles,  gravel,  and  tuffs  cemented  with  calcareous  material;  below 
tl  layer  is  gray,  flaggy  sandstone  and  tuff  beds;  above  it  is  gray, 
fljgy  sandstone,  in  thin  layers  separated  by  partings  of  carbonaceous 
bbk  shale.  The  geologic  horizon  therefore  seems  to  be  in  the  Culebra 
fo  nation,  probably  near  its  top.  The  specimen  appears  to  be  a  form 
oUtylopJiora  imperatoris  in  which  the  calices  are  more  crowded  than 
usal,  as  it  agrees  with  that  species  in  all  other  characters. 

"type.— No.  324752,  U.S.N.M. 

'aratypes.— Nos.  324753,  324754,  U.S.N.M. 

STYLOPHORA  PANAMENSIS,  new  species. 

Plate  75,  figs.  1,  la. 

orallum,  branches  more  or  less  contorted  plates  (see  pi.  75,  fig.  1). 
r  thickness  of  the  lower  end  of  the  type  is  12.5  mm.;  width, 
Needs  28  mm.;  length  from  base  to  summit,  38  mm. 


/ 


336         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Calices  small,  apertures  from  0.5  to  0.75  mm.  in  diameter;  crowcjl 
maximum  distance  apart  1  mm.,  usually  less  than  0.5  mm. — thai! 
less  than  a  calicular  diameter  apart.  Margins  very  slightly  or  I 
at  all  elevated;  upper  wall  in  places  forms  an  obscure  upper  lip.  I 
Septa,  the  six  primaries  distinct,  fuse  in  the  calicular  axis,  direc  4 
plane  well  marked;  secondaries  not  recognizable  in  the  type-spl 
mens  and  appear  to  be  absent,  but  it  is  possible  that  they  were  presl 
and  have  been  destroyed  by  fossilization. 

Columella  a  compressed  style,  not  prominent. 
Coenenchyma,  surface  badly  worn  in  the  type,  but  some  gran  i 
tions  may  be  distinguished. 

Locality  and  geologic  occurrence. — Canal  Zone,  station  6016,  in 
Emperador  limestone,  quarry,  Empire,  collected  by  T.  W.  Vaugj 
and  D.  F.  MacDonald. 

Type.— No.  324763,  U.S.N.M. 

S.  panamensis  has  smaller  and  more  crowded  calices  thai 
imperatoris. 

STYLOPHORA  AFFINIS  Duncan. 

1863.  Stylophora  affinis  Duncan,  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ.,  vol.  19,  p 
pi.  16,  fig.  4.  ' 

1866.  Reussia  affinis  Duchassaing  and  Michelotti,  Sup.  Corall.  Antilles, 
(of  reprint). 

1867.  Stylophora  affinis  Duncan,  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ.,  vol.  24,  p] 
1870.  Reussia  affinis  Duchassaing,  Rev.  Zooph.  Antilles,  p.  26. 

Original  description. — "Corallum  branched,  large;  branches  nd 
•cylindrical,  leaving  the  stem  at  an  acute  angle,  slightly  flattene 
one  side.    The  largest  stem  is  four-fifths  inch  in  diameter.  B) 
aborted,  branchlike  swellings  exist  on  some  of  the  larger  stj 
Corallites  radiating  from  the  center  of  the  stem  and  branches, 
rated  by  about  their  own  width  of  dense  coenenchyma,  which  is  sj 
in  the  larger  specimens,  to  be  very  slightly  cellular.    Walls  not  dil 
guishable  from  the  coenenchyma  in  the  substance  of  the  mass,! 
slightly  raised  into  a  very  shallow  crateriform  edge  on  the  surj 
Calices  circular,  a  very  little  raised  as  crateriform  elevations, 
numerous,  disposed  irregularly,  but  very  nearly  equidistant  in 
places  and  less  so  in  others;  margins  sharp.    Diameter  one-thirl 
inch  [0.83  mm.],  rarely  larger.    The  calicular  margin,  when  well 
served,  looks  like  a  little  ring  placed  on  the  intercalicular  space, 
the  small  styliform  columella  renders  the  appearance  very  dist 
Intercalicular  spaces  marked  by  a  continuous  and  rigid  line,  w 
being  in  the  part  of  the  spaces  at  the  base  of  the  calicular  ej 
tions,  and  being  continued  round  each  calice,  is,  from  its  geji 
straightness,  formed  into  irregular  polygons.    The  line  is  senM 
raised,  convex,  and  now  and  then  dentated.    Between  the  linctfW 
the  calicular  margin  there  are  distinct  papillae,  one  row  at  theflj 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  337 


irginai  edge,  the  other  corresponding  to  it  a  little  lower  down  the 
licular  wall;  a  third  is  sometimes  seen;  and  in  places  where  there 
■m  unusual  distance  between  the  calices,  and  when  the  'line'  is 
siting,  the  papillae  are  numerous,  distinct,  and.  a  little  smaller. 
D  line  and  the  papillae  form  a  very  marked  distinction.  Between 
lie  calices  there  are  faint  elevations.  Septa  whole,  not  exsert,  but 
lie  visible  in  perfect  calices,  but  very  distinct  when  the  coral  is 
in.  Upper  margin  perfect  and  concave  upward,  the  septa  ap- 
iring  festooned  to  the  columella;  they  are  delicate,  very  little 
fcker  at  the  wall  than  elsewhere,  and  join  the  columella  high  up 
Ir  its  point.  The  papillae  at  the  calicular  edge  extend  a  little  on 
I  wall,  and  may  be  considered  as  rudimentary  septa  and  costae; 
♦i,  there  is  a  second  cycle,  and  also  a  third  in  half  of  each  system. 
I;  persistence  of  six  septa,  nearly  all  of  the  same  size,  is  very  re- 
liable. Columella  styliform,  large  and  dense  in  the  corallite,  and 
-tiring  a  rounded- off  cylinder  with  a  sharpish  rounded  tip,  which  is 
my  distinct  halfway  down  the  calice.  Calicular  fossa  shallow, 
But  half  as  deep  as  broad.  Endothecal  dissepiments  stout,  trans- 
ine,  numerous.  The  walls  and  columella  do  not  fill  up  the  lower 
Hbs  of  the  corallites.  Increase  by  extracalicular  gemmation. 
I  From  the  Nivaje  shale.  Coll.  Geol.  Soc." 
hincan  reports  the  species  from  the  Nivaje  and  Cerro  Gordo 
l.es,  Santo  Domingo. 

have  received  22  specimens  labeled  Siylopliora  affinis  from  the 
dseum  of  Comparative  Zoology,  and  6  from  the  Philadelphia 
1  demy  of  Sciences.  I  have  separated  four  of  the  specimens  be- 
tjing  to  the  former  institution  and  have  described  them  as  a  new 
pies.  Six  specimens  are  S.  affinis,  9  are  worn  but  probably  are 
lijjinis,  2  seem  to  be  different  and  possibly  belong  to  a  different 
p'ies,  1  I  refer  to  Duncan's  S.  granulata.  I  think  that  two  of 
l.adelphia  Academy  are  referable  to  S.  affinis,  the  four  others  are 
nably  worn  specimens  of  the  same  species. 

|  l  the  specimens  that  I  have  referred  to  S.  affinis  the  upper  margin 
f  tie  calice  is  more  prominent  than  the  lower  forming  a  small,  pro- 
ving lip.  Duncan's  description  in  other  respects  is  satisfactory. 
^  he  surface  of  specimens  is  easily  worn  by  rolling,  the  upper  Hp 
f  he  calice  and  the  surface  ornamentation  being  destroyed,  the 
ctive  identification  of  many  specimens  is  rendered  impossible, 
hjhe  tips  of  the  branches,  which  are  blunt  and  rounded,  the  calices 
r  crowded,  with  no  development  of  intervening  coenenchyma. 

iss  Maury  obtained  in  Santo  Domingo  a  single  specimen,  a  piece 
f  small  branch,  of  this  species,  on  Rio  Gurabo,  zone  D,  associated 
'  Madracis  decactis  (Lyman),  Pocillopora,  crassoramosa  Duncan, 
thanocoenia  intersepta  (Esper),  Orbicella  limbata  (Duncan), 
i  cella  cavernosa  var.  cylindrica  (Duncan),  and  Syzygophyllior 
Ota  (Duncan), 


338  BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


I  collected  at  station  3446,  in  the  La  Cruz  marl,  first  deep  cuti 
east  of  La  Cruz,  near  Santiago,  Cuba,  casts  of  the  surface  of  a  spe 
of  Siylophora.  Squeezes  of  the  surfaces  of  these  casts  agree  a 
pletely  with  specimens  from  Santo  Domingo  identified  by  ni( 
S.  ajfinis.  I  am  therefore  attaching  that  name  to  the  specim 
It  is  probable  that  similar  casts  from  other  localities  in  Cuba  re 
sent  the  same  species. 

STYLOPHORA  PORTOBELLENSIS,  new  species. 

Plate  76,  figs.  1,  la. 

Corallum  ramose,  branches  compressed,  more  or  less  conto 
flabellate  at  the  terminals.  Growth  form,  therefore,  similar  to 
of  Stylophora  imperatoris.  The  type  is  37.5  mm.  long;  sms 
diameter  of  basal  end  10  mm.,  width  of  base  about  13  mm.;  maxin 
width  of  branch  in  horizontal  plane  about  22  mm.,  thickness  at  s 
level  10  mm. 

Calices  shallow,  diameter  averages  about  0.75  mm.  or  slig 
less;  distance  apart  approximately  equals  the  calicular  diamt 
in  places  less,  0.25  to  0.5  mm.;  margins  flush  with  the  coenench} 
surface,  in  places  slightly  elevated  on  the  upper  side,  but  not  enc 
to  form  a  distinct  upper  lip. 

Septa,  six  primaries  distinct,  rather  thin,  extend  to  the  colum 
no  vestige  of  secondaries  was  observed. 

Columella,  a  pointed  style,  moderately  prominent,  thickened  b 
the  bottom  of  the  calice. 

Coenenchyma  dense  or  eostulate  with  an  intercalicular  ridge 
cells  on  its  sides.  The  surface  is  worn,  but  vestiges  of  small  gr 
lations  may  be  recognized.    Axis  of  the  corallum  spongy. 

Locality  and  geologic  occurrence. — Panama,  probably  from 
Porto  Bello,  collected  by  D.  St.  Clair;  geologic  horizon  unknown 

Type.— No.  324762,  U.S.N.M. 

This  coral  has  considerable  resemblance  to  Stylophora  aoethalsi 
its  calices  are  distinctly  larger,  and  their  upper  margins  are  in  i 
places  slightly  raised.  Stylophora  imperatoris  has  larger  calices 
distinct  upper  lips.  Stylophora  portobellensis  appears  most  cL 
related  to  Stylophora  aflinis  Duncan,  from  the  Nivaje  shale  of  S 
Domingo. 

STYLOPHORA  GOETHALSI,  new  species. 

Plate  75,  figs.  2,  3,  4. 

Corallum  ramose,  with  branches  subelliptical  or  much  compr 
in  cross-section,  in  this  character  resembling  S.  imperatoris.  Bi 
summits  frequently  or  usually  with  digitiform  protuberances 
pi.  75,  fig.  2). 

Calices  shallow,  decidedly  small,  0.5  to  0.75  mm.  in  diameter 
relatively  distant,  from  a  calicular  diameter  up  to  1.5  mm.  a 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


339 


Jicular  margins  obscurely  or  not  at  all  elevated;  without  a  pro- 
■jrant  upper  lip. 

Itapta,  six  distinct  primaries,  about  equal  in  size,  extend  to  the 
fcmella;  secondaries  much  smaller,  but  can  be  distinguished  in 
■better  preserved  caiices. 

IjDlumella  a  small,  slightly  compressed,  fairly  prominent  style. 
■Denenchymal  surface  closely  set  with  pointed  granulations. 
locality  and  geologic  occurrence. — Canal  Zone,  at  stations  6016, 
■:ry  in  the  Emperador  limestone,  Empire,  Canal  Zone,  collected 
|i\  W.  Vaughan  and  D.  F.  MacDonald;  6026,  in  the  Culebra 
■nation,  2\  miles  south  of  Monte  Lirio,  Panama  Railroad  (relocated 
If,  collected  by  T.  W.  Vaughan  and  D.  F.  MacDonald. 
mtypes.—Ko.  324767,  U.S.N.M.  (3  specimens). 
mylopftora  gocthalsi  resembles  the  Santo  Doming  an  species,  S.  minor 
■  can,  which  is  ramose  and  has  small  caiices,  from  0.5  to  0.75  mm. 
Iliameter.    The  end  of  the  branches  in  S.  goethalsi  arc  more  corn- 
iced than  in  S.  minor,  its  caiices  are  slightly  larger,  and  its 
lindary  septa  are  better  developed.    Although  closely  rehited, 
"If  appear  to  belong  to  distinct  ?pecics. 

STYLOPHORA  MACDONALD!,  new  species. 

Plate  75,  fi^s.  5,  uo,  G,  Ca,  7,  7a. 

j')rallum  composed  of  elongate,  slender,  curved  branches  and 
fichlets,  with  bluntish,  rounded  summits.  The  only  branch 
|Linal  that  is  perfect  is  represented  by  plate  75,  figure  5.  The 
■wing  are  measurements  of  four  broken  branches: 


Measurements  in  millimeters  of  branches  of  Stylophora  macdonaldi 


i 

Branch  No.  Length. 

1 

Pinmeter  of 
smaller  end. 

Diameter  of 
larger  end. 

 1  ■„ 

3.  r>  by  5. 0 

4.  nbv  6.5 
4.5T>y  5.0 
4.0  by  4.0 

5.0  by  5.3 
5.  5  by  7.  5 
5.0  by  6.  5 
4. 5  by  5. 5 

  19.0 

^st  below  the  place  of  bifurcation  the  parent  branch  is  consider- 
compressed;  in  one  branch  the  greater  diameter  below  a  fork 

!  mm.,  while  the  lesser  diameter  is  only  6.5  mm. 

IKces  rather  shallow,  but  distinctly  excavated:  diameter,  1  mm. ; 
is  nee  apart  from  0.5  to  1.5  mm.,  usually  less  than  the  calicular 
Peter;  margins  usually  slightly  or  not  at  all  raised,  but  knots 
wspond  to  the  outer  ends  of  the  septa.  There  is  no  upper  lip  to 
icalices. 

ipta,  six  weU-devcloped,  strong,  subequal  primaries  extend  to 
k columella;  secondaries  small  but  usually  distinct.  Subequal 
Is  correspond  to  the  outer  ends  of  the  two  cycles  of  septa,  and  a 


340  BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


smaller  lmot  with  no  corresponding  septum  usually  occurs  befrwl 
each  pair  of  larger  knots. 

Columella,  a  distinct,  round,  moderately  prominent  style,  \ 
slightly  compressed  in  the  directive  plane. 

Coenenchymal  surface  roughly  granulated,  from  1  to  4  row; 
granules  between  calices,  depending  on  their  distance  apart. 

Localities  and  geologic  occurrence. — Canal  Zone,  in  the  Empen 
limestone  at  stations,  6016,  quarry,  Empire;  6024&,  lower  end  of 
vert,  Panama  Railroad  (relocated  line),  on  Rio  Agua  Salud  in 
upper  bed,  collected  by  T.  W.  Vaughan  and  D.  F.  MacDonald. 

Cotypes.—'No.  324769,  324770,  U.S.N.M.  (7  specimens). 

Of  other  species  of  StylopTwra  with  which  I  am  acquainted  S.  % 
donaldi  seems  to  resemble  most  S.  granulata  Duncan  from  Bow 
Jamaica.  S.  granulata  has  deeper  calices,  less  developed  secon< 
septa,  and  in  some  specimens  the  upper  lip  of  the  calices  is  r| 
prominent  than  the  lower. 

STYLOPHORA  GRANULATA  Duncan. 

1864.  Stylophora  granulata  Duncan,  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Jour.,  vo 
p.  10,  pi.  2,  fig.  3. 

1867.  Stylophora  granulata  Duncan,  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Jour.,  vo 
p.  25. 

1873.  Stylophora  granulata  Duncan,  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Jour.,  vol 
p.  551. 

Original  description. — "The  corallum  is  ramose;  the  branches Ify 
nearly  cylindrical,  often  flattened  on  one  side,  and  leave  the  ste:]A 
an  acute  angle.  The  calices  are  placed  irregularly,  and  are  separ| 
by  a  coenenchyma,  which  is  sharply  granular,  and  which  has 
rarely  any  grooves  or  continuous  ridges  on  its  surface.  The  c£l| 
are  circular,  not  inclined,  very  deep,  and  are  surrounded  by  a  r; 
ring  formed  by  the  septa  and  costae.  The  columella  is  sitij 
deeply;  it  is  cylindrical  below,  and  sharp  where  free,  but  it  doet 
reach  the  level  of  the  calicular  margin;  it  is  delicate,  and  six 
septa  are  attached  to  it  low  down.  The  septa  are  in  two  sets, 
superficial  septa  are  from  eighteen  to  twenty  in  number;  six  areiBi 
tinuous  with  the  large  septa,  and  the  rest  taper  finely  intern  all)  j 
externally,  the  spindle-shaped  process  being  one-naif  septum  an< 
rest  costa.  The  processes  are  close,  radiate,  and  horizontal.  Ei 
eter  of  calices,  one-thirtieth  inch  [0.8  mm.]. 

"Localities:  Bowden  and  Vere,  Jamaica.'' 

Duncan,  in.  1873,  cites  this  species  from  St.  Bartholomew,  buti 
I  am  convinced,  is  an  erroneous  identification. 

There  are  two  small  broken  branches  of  this  species  in  the  cj 
tion  of  Mr.  T.  H.  Aldrich,  obtained  at  Bowden,  Jamaica,  an< 
sen  ted  to  the  United  States  National  Museum. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  341 


Specimen  No.  1. — Small  branch,  16  mm.  long,  diameter  of  lower 
4  mm.;  upper  end  flattened,  bifurcating,  greater  diameter  5.5 
,  lesser  3  mm. 

)iameter  of  calices  very  slightly  less  than  1  mm.,  separated  by 
>ut  the  same  width  of  coenenchyma.  The  margin  is  usually  a  very 
htly  elevated  rim  without  an  elevated  Up  around  which  are  12  to 
small  costae.  In  a  few  instances  the  costae  continue  from  one 
ce  to  the  next,  but  usually  the  intercalicular  coenenchymal  sur- 
I  is  merely  granulate.  There  are  from  two  to  six  indefinite  zones 
wavy  lines  of  granulations  between  two  calices.  The  granula- 
s  are  subcorneal,  round-pointed.  Limits  of  zooids  sometimes 
tly  indicated  by  a  slightly  raised  granulated  line.  Calices  mod- 
ely  deep.  Six  principal  septa,  the  second  cycle  represented  by 
•ill  shoit  septa,  variable  number  of  rudimentary  members  of  the 
w.    The  upper  margins  are  slightly  exsert. 

olu'mella  does  not  reach  to  level  of  calicular  margin,  sharp- 
lted. 

pecimen  No.  2. — A  small  somewhat  compressed,  broken  branch, 
nm.  long;  greater  diameter  of  lower  end,  6.5  mm.,  lesser,  5  mm.; 
iter  diameter  of  upper  end,  6  mm.,  of  lesser,  4  mm.    Diameter  of 
ces  very  slightly  more  than  1  mm.    Width  of  intervening  coenen- 
ma  averages  about  the  same  as  the  diameter  of  the  calices. 
licular  rim  a  little  elevated,  and  slightly  swollen  around  the  base. 
»  ostae  longer  than  in  No.  1.    Granulations  about  the  same  in  both 
fiimens.    Elevated  line  between  zooids  usually  distinct. 
Lhere  is  in  this  collection  a  third  specimen  which  is  probably  only 
I  triation  of  the  same  species.    It  is  a  fragment  of  a  branch  14  mm. 
I The  diameter  of  the  calices  is  about  0.75  mm. ;  the  calicular 
fas  are  not  elevated  but  usually  tend  to  be  depressed.    The  coenen- 
Imal  surface  is  very  densely  and  minutely  granulate.    The  limits  of 
oining  zooids  are  indicated  either  by  a  very  faint  raised  or  by  an 
dressed  line. 

t  ocalities  and  geologic  occurrence. — Besides  occurring  in  the  Bowden 
a  l  of  Jamaica,  StylopTiora  granulata  is  also  found  in  Cuba  at  sta- 
ffs 3476,  Baracoa,  and  3461,  gorge  of  Yumuri  Eiver,  Matanzas, 
■cected  by  T.  W.  Vaughan. 

anto  Domingo,  station  7781,  Rio  Cana,  zone  H,  collected  by  Miss 
I .  Maury. 

STYLOPHORA  CANALIS.  new  species. 

Plate  76,  figs.  2,  2a. 

orallum  of  type,  a  small,  nodular  mass,  42  mm.  long,  23  mm.  tall, 
from  10  to  14  mm.  thick  (see  pi.  76,  fig.  2,  for  view,  natural  size. 
ie  upper  surface). 


tin 


342  BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Calices  shallow,  fairly  large,  1  mm.  in  diameter;  usually  1  m 
apart.  Margins  not  elevated;  the  walls  barely  distinguishable  fn 
the  surrounding  coenenchyma. 

Septa  in  two  distinct  cycles;  only  the  six  primaries  reach  1 
columella,  but  the  secondaries  are  well  developed. 

Columella,  a  pointed  style. 

Coenenchymal  surface  crossed  by  costules,  along  which  are  re 
tively  coarse  granulations.  In  places  the  coenenchyma  appears  ( 
lular,  as  the  costules  are  not  solidly  fused  but  have  cellules  develoj  I 
between  them. 

Locality  and  geologic  occurrence. — Canal  Zone,  station  6016,  in 
Emperador  limestone,  quarry,  Empire,  collected  by  T.  W.  Vaugl 
and  D.  F.  Macdonald. 

Type— No.  324775,  U.S.N.M. 

This  species  most  closely  resembles  a  species  from  the  base  of 
Chattahoochee  formation,  on  Flint  River,  4J  miles  below  Bainbric 
Georgia,  but  it  differs  from  the  latter  species  in  two  charact* 
namely,  the  outer  ends  of  the  principal  septa  are  not  produced  i 
prominent  teeth,  and  in  places  the  coenenchyma  is  distinctly  cellu. 

STYLOPHORA  PONDEROSA  Vaughan. 

1900.  Stylophora  ponderosa  Vaughan,  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey  Mon.  39,  p.  132 
13,  fig.  16;  pi.  14,  figs.  1,  la,  16. 

One  of  the  specimens  obtained  by  me  in  Antigua  seems  refer* 
to  this  species.  The  upper  surface  has  four  nipple-shaped  elevati 
on  it;  the  largest  is  about  15  mm.  in  diameter  at  the  base,  at 
5  mm.  tall,  and  about  5  mm.  in  diameter  just  below  the  roun 
summit.  Except  such  protuberances,  the  surface  is  flattish,  \ 
some  undulations.  The  size  of  the  calices  and  the  septal  charac 
are  as  in  the  cotypes  of  S.  ponderosa. 

Localities  and  geologic  occurrence.— Alabama,  Salt  Mountaii 
miles  south  of  Jackson,  just  above  the  top  of  the  Vicksburg  gr< 
collected  by  T.  W.  Vaughan. 

Antigua,  station  6854,  Rifle  Butts,  in  the  Antigua  format 
collected  by  T.  W.  Vaughan. 

Genus  POCILLOPORA  Lamarck. 

1K1G.  Pocillopora  Lamarck,  Hist,  int.  Anim.  sans  Vert.,  vol.  2.  p.  273. 
191S.  Pocillopora  Vaughan,  Carnegie  Inst.  Waa-tington  Pub.  213,  p.  75. 

Type  species. — Pocillopora  acuta  Lamarck. 

Duncan  described  two  fossil  species  of  Pocillopora  from  the  1 
Indies,  P.  crassoramosa  1  from  the  Nivaje  shale  of  Santo  Domi 
and  Pocillopora  tenuis  2  from  Antigua.    I  have  seen  good  suit( 


»  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ.,  vol.  20,  p.  40,  pi.  5,  figs.  2a,  2b,  1864. 
Idem,  vol.  24,  p.  21,  pi.  1,  figs.  5a,  5b,  5c,  I**7. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  343 


pimens  of  P.  crassoramosa,  but  have  seen  none  of  P.  tenuis, 
crassoramosa  has  thickish  branches  on  which  verrucae  may  be 
i  developed  or  obsolete;  P.  tenuis  appears  to  be  of  more  or  less 

sive  growth-form  and  has  across  the  corallite  cavities  thin 
|,ilae,  the  spaces  between  which  are  not  filled  by  storoplasinic 
B)sit. 

i.have  specimens  representing  four  additional  American  fossil 
Lies  of  the  genus.  They  are  all  branching  forms.  I  collected 
kof  the  species  at  Willoughby  Bay,  Antigua,  in  the  Antigua  forma- 
c;  and  another  in  the  upper  Oligocene  marl  at  Baracoa,  Cuba, 
p  specimen  at  the  latter  locality  was  obtained  in  association  with 
wphora  granulata  Duncan,  which  was  originally  described  from  the 
pden  marl  of  Jamaica.  Miss  Carlotta  J.  Maury  obtained  P. 
woramosa  in  Santo  Domingo  in  what  she  designates  zone  D,  which 
toove  the  horizon  of  the  Bowden  marl.  The  geographic  range  of 
fe^enus  in  the  West  Indies  is,  therefore,  from  the  Antiguan 
R)cene  to  a  horizon  appreciably  above  that  of  the  Bowden  marl. 

POCILLOPORA  ARNOLDI,  new  species. 

Plate  76,  figs.  3,  3a,  36. 

Lie  type,  which  is  a  fragment  of  a  branch,  is  28  mm.  long,  diameter 
jtwer  end  6.5  by  12  mm.,  diameter  of  upper  end  5.5  by  9  mm. 
IJcross  section  of  the  branch  is  strongly  compressed,  and  one  side 
I  and  at  a  place  of  bifurcation  is  concave  instead  of  being  convex. 
*e  are  no  verrucae. 

(dices  slightly  oblong,  lesser  diameter  about  0.75  mm.,  longer 
aeter,  parallel  to  the  axis  of  the  branch,  from  1  to  1.25  mm. 
ivies  rather  deep,  about  0.5  mm.,  and  steep-walled.  Intercorallite 
e  flattish,  arched,  or  slightly  crested  in  profile,  of  unequal  width, 
I  0.3  mm.  to  1  mm.  across.  Coenenchymal  surface  granulo- 
s late,  granulations  fairly  coarse. 

S)ta  rudimentary,  occur  as  low,  blunt-topped,  perpendicular 
1<3  on  the  inside  of  the  -calicular  walls.  In  some  calices  12  of 
e:  ridges  may  be  distinguished.    The  bottom  of  the  calice  is  flat 

^ry  gently  concave;  no  vestige  of  a  columella  could  be  found. 
Cmenchyma  solid;  corallite  cavities  solidly  filled  except  a  few 

t)  axis  of  the  branch. 

Lnlity  and  geologic  occurrence. — Canal  Zone,  station  6444,  quarry 
ti  Emperador  limestone,  Empire,  collected  by  Dr.  Ralph  Arnold, 
Bp  name  I  take  pleasure  in  attaching  to  this  well-marked  species. 
Ive.— No.  324782,  U.S.N.M. 

0  the  other  five  fossil  species  of  Pocillopora  known  from  the 
-rjiry  formation  of  the  West  Indies  and  Central  America,  the 
Dned  species  from  Antigua,  previously  mentioned,  is  the  most 
r.    The  latter  species  is  composed  of  small,  more  or  less  com- 

37149— 19— Bull.  103  11 


,344  BULLETIN  103,   UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


pressed  branches,  it  has  no  verrucae,  the  calices  are  rather  deep  | 
septa  are  perpendicular  ridges  down  the  inside  of  the  calicular  vl 
and  there  is  no  trace  of  a  columella.  In  these  characters  the  tw<| 
similar.  The  species  from  Antigua  differs  from  P.  arnoldi  by  hsU 
larger  calices,  lesser  diameter  1  mm.  or  more,  usually  more  than  1  ]j| 
and  the  calicular  margin  is  rather  persistently  marked  by  a  sli| 
raised  acute  rim.  A  description  of  the  species  from  Baracoa,  ( 
follows. 

POCILLOPORA  BARACOAENSIS,  new  species. 

Plate  77,  figs.  1,  la. 

This  species  may  be  characterized  as  follows: 

The  corallum  is  branching;  it  has  no  verrucae  and  no  colunJ 
tubercle.  The  branch  is  regularly  subcircular  or  broadly  ellij 
in  cross  section,  10.5  mm.  in  diameter  at  lower  end.  The  calicc 
very  shallow  and  are  subcircular  in  outline,  about  0.75  mi. 
diameter,  distance  apart  usually  slightly  more  than  the  cali 
diameter.  Thick  short  septa  join  the  columellar  plug  to  the 
Coenenchyma  very  dense. 

These  characters  are  different  from  those  of  any  of  the  other  k 
American  species. 

Locality  and  geologic  occurrence. — Cuba,  station  3476,  in  jm 
argillaceous  marl,  Baracoa,  associated  with  Stylopliora  grai\ 
Duncan,  collected  by  T.  W.  Vaughan.    The  geologic  horizon  o| 
species  is  that  of  the  Bowden  marl. 

Type.— No.  324783,  U.S.N.M. 

POCILLOPORA  GUANTANAMENSIS,  new  species. 

Plate  77,  figs.  2,  2a. 

Corallum  composed  of  irregularly  shaped,  more  or  less  comp 
and  contorted  branches,  among  which  there  is  considerable 
tomosis.    The  branches  may  be  as  much  as  27  mm.  wide,  7.1 
thick  near  the  summit,  and  12  mm.  thick  at  the  base.    The  t] 
on  which  these  measurements  were  made  is  41  mm.  long.  Vei] 
entirely  absent  on  the  type. 

Calices  from  0.75  to  1.25  mm.  in  diameter;  usually  less  tl\ 
about  their  diameter  apart.    They  are  deep  pits  without  any 
of  septa,  except  that  hi  a  few  calices  what  appear  to  be  thick  U 
tives  are  recognizable  on  the  plug  forming  the  calicular  floor.  ( 
lar  margins  usually  even  with  the  coenenchymal  surface;  in j 
calicos  they  are  somewhat  tumid  and  slightly  elevated. 

The  columella  is  only  a  plug.    Stout,  horizontal  tabulae  pi 

Coenenchyma  very  dense.    Surface  in  type  worn,  but  appaj 
beset  with  spines  or  granulations  and  not  costulate. 

Locality  and  geologic  occurence. — Cuba,  station  7514,  al 
miles  nearly  due  oast  of  Monument  H4  on  the  east  boundary 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  345 


3.  Naval  Reservation,  Guantanamo,  altitude  about  400  feet  a.  t.,  in 
ils  of  the  age  of  the  Antigua  formation,  collected  by  O.  E.  Meinzer. 
type. — No.  324784.  U.S.N.M.  This  species  differs  so  markedly 
n  the  other  West  Indian  species  of  Pocillopora  that  comparisons 
h  the  other  species  seem  unnecessary. 

Genus  MADRACIS  Milne  Edwards  and  Haime. 

1849.  Axhelia  Milne  Edwards  and  Haime,  Comptes  Rend.,  vol.  29,  p.  69. 

1849.  Madracis  Milne  Edwards  and  Haime,  Comptes  Rend.,  vol.  29,  p.  70. 

1861.  Reussia  Duchassaing  and  Michelotti,  Mem.  Corall.  Ant.,  p.  63  (of  reprint). 

1871.  Pentalophora  Saville-Kent,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  London  for  1871,  p.  283. 
j  1884.  Madracis  Duncan,  Linn.  Soc.  London  Journ.,  Zool.,  vol.  18,  p.  45. 
T1900.  Madracis  Vaughan,  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey  Mon.  39,  p.  128. 
-11901.  Axhelia  Vaughan,  U.  S.  Fish  Commission  Bull,  for  1900,  vol.  2,  p.  294. 
iil902.  Madracis  Verrill,  Conn.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sci.  Trans.,  vol.  11,  p.  108. 


ype-species. — Madracis  asperula  Milne  Edwards  and  Haime! 

MADRACIS  MIRABILIS  (Duchassaing  and  Michelotti). 


Li 


L861.  Stylophora  mirabilis  Duchassaing  and  Michelotti,  Mem.  Corall.  Ant., 

p.  62  (of  reprint),  pi.  9,  figs.  6,  7. 
L901.  Axhelia  mirabilis  Vaughan,  U.  S.  Fish  Commission  Bull,  for  1900,  vol.  2, 
p.  295,  pi.  1,  figs.  3,  3a. 

single  fragment  of  a  branch  from  Limon,  Costa  Rica,  is  23  mm. 
,  2  mm.  in  diameter  at  the  lower  end.  and  3  mm.  in  diameter 
t  below  trifurcation  at  the  upper  end.  The  fragment  is  slightly 
r-.ate  in  form,  not  quite  straight,  and  is  not  so  crooked  as  is  usual 
i  he  specimens  of  M.  mirabilis  with  which  I  have  compared  it. 
1  septa  are  less  exsert  around  the  calicular  margins  then  is  usual 
i  tie  species.  Although  there  are  the  differences  indicated,  they 
Ipf  the  kind  that  may  be  produced  by  vegetative  causes. 
jcality  and  geologic  occurrence, — Costa  Rica,  hills  of  Port  Limon, 
(669  of  H.  Pittier  collection  ;  geologic  horizon  not  known. 
,'iba,  station  3461,  gorge  of  Yumuri  River,  Matanzas,  19  frag- 
(ts  collected  by  T.  W.  Vaughan  in  a  marl  of  lower  Miocene 
Svden)  age. 

'iese  fragments  perhaps  should  be  referred  to  a  new  species; 
ithey  appear  more  probably  to  be  only  a  variant  of  M.  mirabilis. 


rati 


Family  ASTROCOENIIDAE  Koby. 

Genus  ASTROCOENIA  Milne  Edwards  and  Haime. 

348.  Astrocoenia  Milne  Edwards  and  Haime,  Comptes  Rend.,  vol.  27,  p.  469. 
X)0.  Astrocoenia  Gregory.  Palaeontol.  Indica.  ser.  9,  vol.  2.  pt.  2.  p.  59.  (Syn- 
onvmv  and  elaborate  discussion.) 


,11 


pe-species  —Astrea  numisma  Defrance. 

sides  the  five  species  of  Astrocoenia  recognized  in  the  present 
,  I  have  described  one  under  the  name  of  Stylocoenia  duerdtni 


346         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


from  the  Eocene  of  Jamaica,1  which  also  occurs  in  the  upper  Eoc< 
of  St.  Bartholomew.    I  describe  as  new  the  species  from  Anti^ 
(A.  decaturensis) ,  to  which  Duncan  applied  the  name  Astrocoe 
ornata.2    This  species  is  also  found  in  the  coral  reef  at  the  base  of 
Chattahoochee  formation  on  Flint  River,  near  Bainbridge,  Geor^ 
and  near  Guantanamo,  Cuba.    More  critical  study  may  lead  to 
recognition  of  one  or  two  additional  species.    The  names  of 
European  species  applied  by  Duncan  and  others  to  West  Ind 
forms  probably  should  be  dropped  from  the  literature. 

ASTROCOENIA  D'ACHIARDII  Duncan. 

Plate  78,  figs.  2,  2a. 

1873.  Astrocoenia  cT achiardii  Duncan,  Geol.  Soc.  London,  Quart.  Jonrn.,  vol 

p.  554,  pi.  20,  figs.  7,  7a. 
1899.  Astrocoenia  d'achiardii  Vaughan,  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.  Bull.,  vol.  34,  p.  22 

Dr.  C.  W.  Hayes  obtained  in  Nicaragua,  "on  or  near  the  Pac 
coast,"  a  specimen  of  Astrocoenia  (pi.  78,  figs.  2,  2a)  that  se<| 
referable  to  A.  d'achiardii. 

The  corallum  is  ramose;  branch  somewhat  compressed,  le; 
diameter  of  lower  end  10.5  mm.,  greater  diameter  only  slightly  rcj 
than  the  lesser. 

Calices  from  2  to  3  mm.  in  diameter,  measured  between  tin 
summits;  the  diameter  of  the  largest  calice  is  3  mm.  Maxim j 
thickness  of  walls  between  adjoining  calicular  cavities,  1  r| 
Depth  of  calices  about  1  mm. 

Eight  prominent  septa  reach  the  columella,  with  a  small  seplj 
between  each  pair  of  the  larger.  The  large  septa  are  narrow  au 
the  bottom  of  the  calice,  where  they  widen  and  fuse  to  the  colunni 
around  which  they  show  decided  thickening.  The  calicular  cavj 
therefore,  is  steep-sided  and  relatively  flat-bottomed. 

The  columella  is  a  slightly  prominent,  compressed  style. 

Locality  and  geologic  occurrence. — Nicaragua,  on  or  near  the  Pai 
coast,  in  the  Brito  formation,  collected  by  C.  W.  Hayes.  Dr.  Hu 
s&ys  regarding  the  Brito  formation.3 

The  greater  part  of  the  Brito  formation  is  apparently  barren  of  organic  rem; 
The  only  location  at  which  fossils  have  been  found  are  on  or  near  the  Pacific  ( j 
This,  however,  may  be  due  to  the  fact  that  the  rock  exposures  are  not  elsewh( 
such  a  character  as  to  facilitate  the  discovery  of  fossils,  and  the  latter  may  pos 
be  more  generally  distributed  than  present  knowledge  would  indicate.  The  f| 
are  confined  almost  wholly  to  the  limestones  and  marly  beds.  They  consist  of  c  j 
molluscan,  and  foraminiferal  remains. 

The  Foraminifera,  according  to  Dr.  Joseph  A.  Cushman,  indi 

an  Eocene  a^e. 


•  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.  Bull.,  vol.  34,  p.  235,  pi.  37,  figa.  1-1,  1899. 

•  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ.,  vol.  19,  p.  425,  pi.  14,  fig.  7,  1863;  Idem.,  vol.  21,  p.  23,  1867. 
«  QeoL  Soc.  Amer.  Bull.,  vol.  10,  p.  312,  1899. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


347 


istrocoenia  d'acliiardii  was  described  from  the  upper  Eocene  of  St. 
rtholomew.  Finding  it  on  the  Pacific  coast  of  Nicaragua  is  addi- 
lal  evidence  in  favor  of  connection  between  the  Atlantic  and  Pacific 
ans  across  Central  America  during  upper  Eocene  time. 

ASTROCOENIA  GUANTANAMENSIS,  new  species. 

Plate  79,  figs.  1,  la,  2. 

Jorallum  massive,  with  a  rather  uniformly  rounded  or  more  or  less 
erose  surface.  Type  55  mm.  long,  maximum  width  about  31  mm., 
*ht  38  mm.  The  corallum  may  be  much  larger. 
Malices  polygonal,  shallow,  almost  superficial,  small;  maximum 
about  1.75  mm.  in  diameter,  1.5  mm.  usual,  smallest  calices 
ut  1  mm.  in  diameter,  measured  between  thecal  summits.  Inter- 
illite  walls  acute  or  flattish,  usually  less  than  0.25  mm.  wide, 
dmum  width  0.5  mm.;  crossed  by  subequal  costae  corresponding 
ill  septa  unless  very  narrow,  when  the  edge  of  the  wall  is  dentate 
ead  of  costate. 

epta  16  in  number,  8  reach  the  columella;  8  small,  about  half 
length  of  the  principals;  in  most  instances  they  are  thicker  in 
wall  than  at  their  inner  ends.    Margins  of  the  longer  with  about 
;e  dentations  on  each.    Septal  faces  with  sharp  granulations, 
olumella,  a  small,  erect,  central  style. 

ocallties  and  geologic  occurrence. — Cuba,  station  7522,  Mogote 
k,  0.5  mile  east  of  east  boundary  of  United  States  Naval  Reser- 
on,  Guantanamo,  south  side  of  peak,  altitude  about  375  feet  a.  t.; 
)cted  by  0.  E.  Meinzer  (type) . 

ntigua,  station  6865,  Jackass  Point,  St.  John,  collected  by  T.  W. 
Ifighan. 

ianama,  station  6587,  Tonosi,  collected  by  D.  F.  MacDonald. 
*  type.— No.  324794,  U.S.N.M. 

\\strocoenia  guantanamensis  is  most  nearly  related  to  Astrocoema 
mistans  (Duncan)  which  is  from  the  upper  Eocene  St.  Bartholo- 
W  limestone,  and  is  the  next  species  here  described.  The  calices 
1L  incrustans,  a  description  of  which  follows,  are  rather  deep  and 
I  bit ercor alii te  areas  are  flattish  and  costate. 

ASTROCOENIA  INCRUSTANS  (Duncan). 

\   873.   Stephanocoenia  incrustans  Duncan,  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ., 
vol.  29,  p.  553,  pi.  20,  fig.  6. 
899.   Stephanocoenia  incrustans  Vaughan,  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.  Bull.,  vol.  34, 
p.  229. 

iginal  description. — "The  corallum  is  low  in  height,  and  in  crusts 
My  surfaces.  The  corallites  are  united  by  their  rather  thick  walls, 
^  are  parallel.  The  calices  are  quadrangular  or  pentangular,  and 
th<"  margins  are  marked  by  the  septa  of  the  adjacent  corallites. 


I 


348  BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


The  septa  are  subequal  at  the  wall,  and  16  in  number;  but  c 
eight  reach  the  small  and  deep  styloid  columella;  the  others  pro 
very  slightly,  and  are  moniliform  on  their  free  edge.  The  pali 
attached  to  the  eight  larger  septa. 

"Height  of  corallum,  one-tenth  inch  [  =  2.5  mm.].  Breadtl 
calice,  one-twentieth  inch  [  =  1.25  mm.]." 

The  following  notes  are  based  on  the  type-specimen: 
It  is  a  small  thin  fragment,  17.5  mm.  long,  8  mm.  wide,  and  4  i 
thick. 

The  calices  are  moderately  deep  polygonal,  many  are  elongate, 
smaller  ones  measure  0.9  mm.  in  diameter,  an  elongated  one  is 
mm.  wide  and  2  mm.  long.  The  walls  are  thin,  about  0.2  mm.  w 
however,  the  upper  edges  of  the  septa  are  flattened  and  somev 
expanded.    No  mural  styles. 

Septa,  16  in  number,  equal  in  thickness  at  the  wall,  thicker 
the  spaces  between;  8  extend  to  the  columella,  the  laminae  thi 
between  the  portions  surrounding  the  columella  and  the  outer  e 
The  other  8  septa  are  short.    The  margins  are  finely  dentate, 
tinct  pali  absent.    Apparently  dissepiments  are  present. 

ColumeUa  st3Tliform,  rather  prominent,  compressed. 

This  coral  can  not  be  referred  to  Steplianocoenia  because  there 
no  pali  and  the  septal  margins  are  dentate,  instead  of  being  en 
However,  it  exhibits  all  the  characteristics  of  Astrocoenia.  In 
size  of  the  calices,  number  of  the  septa,  and  character  of  the  sc 
margins  it  resembles  A.  duerdeni  (Vaughan),  but  differs  from 
species  by  the  apparent  absence  of  mural  spines  Notwithstan 
this,  it  is  not  impossible  that  the  type-specimen  could  be  a  poi 
of  a  corallum  of  A.  duerdeni,  the  styles  being  absent  from  the 
whence  it  was  derived. 

Locality  and  geologic  occurrence. — Island  of  St.  Bartholoi 
P.  T.  Cleve,  collector;  subsequently  collected  by  T.  W.  Vaugha 
the  upper  Eocene  St.  Bartholomew  limestone. 

Type. — University  of  Upsala. 

ASTROCOENIA  DECATURENSIS,  new  species. 

Plate  78,  figs.  3,  3a,  4,  4a. 

1863.  Astrocoenia  ornata  Duncan,  Gool.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ.,  v( 

p.  425,  pi.  14,  fig.  7.    (Not  Milne  Edwards  and  Haime.) 

1864.  Astrocoenia  ornata  Duncan,  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ.,  vol.  24 

Corallum  massive,  rather  large,  upper  surface  with  numerous 
bosities.  One  specimen  has  a  base  14  by  17  cm.,  respectively,  a 
smaller  and  greater  diameter,  and  is  about  8  cm.  in  height,  an« 
has  19  cm.  as  the  greatest  diameter  of  the  base. 

Corallites  polygonal,  separated  by  walls  that  are  never  very  t 
rarely  as  much  as  1  mm.,  upper  edge  usually  if  not  always  ma 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  349 


a  ^niall  raised,  granulated  line.    The  distal  ends  of  the  septa  are 
jj'  duced  as  short  costae  to  this  line  and  often  a  granulation  occurs 
ween  each  pair  of  costae.    The  diameter  of  the  corallites  ranges 
r<  il  1.5  to  2.5  mm. ;  about  2  mm.  is  the  average.    Calices  shallow, 
•epta  distant,  normally  16  in  number,  of  which  8  extend  to  the 
rmella,  occasionally  20,  with  10  reaching  the  columella.  Their 
er  ends  are  slightly  prominent  on  the  wall  and  are  equal  in  size. 
|j  inner  margins  lie  almost  in  a  straight  line  or  are  very  slightly 
avated  but  are  regularly  finely  dentate,  with  four  to  seven  teeth 
..:>ach  septum.    These  teeth  are  moderately  acute  and  are  directly 
j.quely  upward  and  inward.    Granulations  on  the  faces  minute, 
jpted. 

Indothecal  dissepiments  present,  thin,  not  abundant, 
olumella  a  strong  style,  upper  end  pointed  but  not  very  promi- 
t.    There  is  some  thickening  of  the  inner  ends  of  the  larger  septa 
;re  they  fuse  to  the  columella. 

ocalities  and  geologic  occurrence. — -Georgia,  station  3383,  Hale's 
ding  on  Flint  River,  7  miles  below  Bainbridge;  and  station  3381, 
8  Springs,  4  miles  below  Bainbridge,  collected  by  T.  W.  Vaughan. 

.  dand  of  Antigua,  West  Indies,  in  the  Antigua  formation,  collected 

'.iRobert  T.  Hill. 

uba,  station  7523,  south  side  of  Mogote  Peak,  altitude  250  feet 
J .,  one-half  mile  east  of  east  boundary  of  the  United  States  Xaval 
nervation,  near  Guantanamo,  collected  by  O.  E.  Meinzer. 
;  'ype.— Cat.  No.  324789,  U.S.N.M. 
iaratype.— Gat.  No.  324788,  U.S.N.M. 
strocoenia  ornata  Duncan  from  Antigua  (No.  12948,  coll.  Geol. 
c  London)  is  a  massive  species  of  Astrocoenia.    It  is  silicified;  the 
)  llites  are  crowded,  polygonal,  intervening  walls  thin,  diameter  of 
)  llites,  1.5  to  1.75  mm.    Septa,  8  principal,  8  rudimentary,  thin 
f  distant.    Columella,  a  slender  style. 

ASTROCOENIA  MEINZERI,  new  species. 

Plate  79,  figs.  3,  3a. 

)rallum  composed  of  thick  branches,  with  broadly  elliptical  cross- 
xion.  Type,  a  broken,  bifurcating  branch.  Length  from  broken 
a  to  fork,  50  mm.;  diameter  of  basal  end,  23.5  by  about  24  mm. 
Hneter  of  broken  end  of  branch  at  fork,  23  by  24  mm.  Length  of 
ten  lateral  branch  from  fork,  21  mm.:  diameter  of  distal  broken 
a  17.5  by  20.5  mm. 

dices  rather  large,  diameter  measured  between  thecal  summits 
m  2.5  to  3  mm.;  depth,  1.25  to  1.5  mm.  Intercorallite  walls  from 
■to  1.5  mm.  across  where  well  preserved,  about  0.75  mm.  usual, 
a  laces  the  top  of  the  wall  is  acute,  but  this  condition  is  probably  due 


350  BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 

to  weathering.    Where  the  walls  are  wide  there  is  usually  a  dislj 
intercorallite  groove.    Thick  costae  or  mural  teeth  are  prob 
present  on  perfect  specimens,  but  they  are  not  distinct  on  the  t 
as  its  surface  is  worn. 

Septa  16  in  number;  8  principals  extend  to  the  columella,  ail 
are  short  but  thick.  The  principal  septa  slope  in  a  concave  curve  t< 
bottom  of  the  calice,  and  are  narrow  nearly  to  the  level  of  the  bol 
of  the  calice;  the  smaller  septa  are  narrow.  All  septa  are  thic| 
the  wall,  and  the  principals  are  fused  by  their  thickened  inner 
around  the  columella.  About  seven  small  dentations  were  cou! 
on  one  long  septum.    Septal  faces  with  small  granulations. 

Columella  a  low  style,  with  rounded  upper  end;  it  with  the  if 
septal  ends  fused  around  it  forms  a  rather  large  columellar  ma* 

Thickish  dissepiments  are  present.. 

Locality  and  geologic  occurrence, — Cuba,  station  7522,  Mogote  II 
0.5  mile  east  of  east  boundary  of  United  States  Naval  Reservalfc 
Guantanamo,  south  side  of  peak,  altitude  about  375  feet  a.  t., 
lected  by  O.  E.  Meinzer. 

Type.—  No.  324791,  U.S.N.M. 

The  species  most  nearly  related  to  Astrocoenia  meinzeri  i 
d'acJiiardii  Duncan  from  the  upper  Eocene  St.  Bartholomew  | 
stone.  The  branches  of  A.  d'acJiiardii  are  more  irregular  in  f 
for  the  same  size  branch  the  calices  are  larger,  up  to  3.5  mi 
diameter,  the  intercorallite  walls  are  not  so  wide,  the  outer  pa| 
the  septal  margins  are  steeper,  and  the  septal  dentations  are  coci 
Notwithstanding  these  apparent  differences,  it  should  be  adm 
that  larger  collections  may  lead  to  combining  the  two  suprl 
species. 

ASTRO  COEN1A  PORTORICENSIS,  new  species. 

Plate  76,  figs.  4,  4a;  plate  78,  figs.  1,  la. 

1901 .  Astrocoenia  omata  Vaughan,  Geol.  Soc.  London,  Quart.  Jour.,  vol.  57. 

Not: 

1838.  Pontes  ornata  Michelotti,  Speoim.  Zooph.  diluv.,  p.  172,  pi.  6,  fig.  i, 
1857.  Astrocoenia  ornata  Milne  Edwards  and  Haime,  Hist.  nat.  Corall.,  vo| 
257 

The  following  is  a  description  of  the  type  (pi.  76,  figs.  4,  4a): 
Corallum  forming  flattened,  even  palmate  branches.  The 
specimen,  which  is  broken,  has  a  greatest  width  of  53  mm.,  Id 
105  mm.,  and  a  thickness  ol  15.5  mm.  at  the  lower  and  of  7.5  mi| 
the  upper  end. 

Calices,  diameter  from  1 .0  to  1 .5  mm.,  excavated  but  rather  shal 
outline  polygonal,  united  by  compact,  rather  narrow  walls,  Vj 
range  from  0.2  to  0.5  mm.  across.    The  distal  ends  of  the  septa 
low  costae. 

Septa,  16  in  number,  8  reach  the  calumella  and  8  are  short  or 
rudimentary;  a  few  dentations,  usually  about  3  or  4  on  the  m 


GEOLOGY  AXD  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  351 


each  principal  septum.  Interseptal  loculi  about  as  wide  as  the 
k  ckness  of  the  septa. 

t  columella  an  erect  style,  which  does  not  reach  the  level  of  the  upper 
;e  of  the  wall;  its  upper  termination  rounded;  cross-section  ellip- 
il. 

I  Sndothecal  dissepiments  present. 

localities  and  geologic  occurrence. — Island  Antigua  in  the  Antigua 
Jtaaation.    Collected  by  R.  T.  Hill  and  by  T.  W.  Vaughan. 
r  ^orto  Rico,  station  3191,  4  miles  west  of  Lares,  in  the  Pepino  forma- 
nL  coUected  by  R.  T.  Hill. 

banal  Zone,  station  60246,  in  the  Emperador  Hmestone,  at  the 
issing  of  the  Panama  Railway  over  Rio  Agua  Salud,  collected  by 

\N.  Vaughan  and  D.  F.  MacDonald. 

nype  —  No.  324785  U.S.N.M.,  from  4  miles  west  of  Lares,  Porto, 
ii'ino  formation,  collected  by  R.  T.  Hill, 
i  faratype.— Cat.  No.  324786,  U.S.N.M. 
i'he  foregoing  description  is  based  on  the  type-specimen  and  does 
i  take  into  consideration  the  variation  of  the  species.    I  obtained 
|)od  suite  of  specimens  at  two  exposures  of  the  Antigua  formation 
■the  island  of  Antigua.    The  branches  range  in  form  from  greatly 
lipressed  to  sub  cylindrical  (see  pi.  77,  figs.  1,  la,  illustrations  of  a 
pimen  from  Willoughby  Bay,  Antigua).    A  segment  from  near 
Jbase  of  a  subcylindrical  branch  was  collected  on  Rio  Agua  Salud, 
k  al  Zone. 

Genus  STYLOCOENIA  Milne  Edwards  and  Haime. 
1849.  Stylocoenia  Milne  Edwards  and  Haime.  Comptes  Rend.,  vol.  27,  p.  469. 
ype-species. — Astrea  emarciata  Lamarck. 

STYLOCOENIA  PUMPELLYI  (Vaughan). 

H900.  Astrocoenia  pumpellyi  Vaughan,  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey  Mon.  39.  p.  149.  pi. 
17,  figs.  7,  7a. 

his  species  seems  to  belong  to  the  genus  Stylocoenia,  as  it  has  inter- 
ollite  pillars;  but  as  some  septa  show  dentations  on  their  margins, 
h  original  generic  identification  may  be  correct.  It  occurs  in  the 
■ft'  of  the  Chattahoochee  formation,  near  Bainbridge,  Georgia,  and 
oin  Vicksburgian  deposits,  as  I  stated  in  the  original  description. 

realities  and  geologic  occurrence. — Georgia:  Station  2326,  Russell 
•png,  Flint  River,  4  miles  below  Bainbridge,  collected  by  R.  Pum- 
W  (type,  Cat,  No.  158315,  U.S.N.M.) ;  station  3381,  same  locality 
she  preceding,  collected  by  T.  W.  Vaughan;  stations  3383,  coi- 
ned by  T.  W.  Vaughan,  and  7078,  collected  by  T.  W.  Vaughan, 
'•'V*.  Cooke,  and  W.  C.  Mansfield,  Hales  Landing,  Flint  River, 

i  les  below  Bainbridge,  in  the  base  of  the  Chattahooche  formation. 


352  BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Antigua:  Station  6881,  Willoughby  Bay,  collected  by  T. 
Vaughan  in  the  Antigua  formation. 

Family  OCULINIDAE  Milne  Edwards  and  Haime. 

Genus  OCULINA  Lamarck.1 

1816.  Oculina  Lamarck,  Hist.  nat.  Anim.  sans  Vert.,  vol.  2.  p.  283. 

1849.  Oculina  Milne  Edwards  and  Haime,  Comptes  Rend.,  vol.  29.  p.  68. 

1850.  Oculina  Milne  Edwards  and  Haime,  Mon.  Brit.  foss.  Cor..  Inti\,  p. 

Type-species. —  Madrepora  virginea  Ellis  and  Solander. 

OCULINA  DIFFUSA  Lamarck. 

1816.  Oculina  diffusa  Lamarck,  Hist.  nat.  Anim.  sans  Vert.,  vol".  2,  p.  285. 

1901.  Oculina  diffusa  ?  variety  Vaughan,  U.  S.  Fish  Commission  Bull,  for 

vol.  2  p.  294.  pi.  1.  figs.  5.  5a. 
1915.  Oculina  diffusa  Vaughan.  Washington  Acad.  Sci.  Journ..  vol.  5.  p.  5£ 
1915.  Oculina  diffusa  Vaughan,  Carnegie  Inst.  Wash.  Yearbook  No.  14,  p.  I 

Doctor  MacDonald  obtained  seven  pieces  of  branches  of 
species  at  the  locality  mentioned  below.  They  are  slender 
resemble  fragments  from  specimens  of  Oculina  diffusa,  which  j 
either  in  water  10  to  16  fathoms  deep  or  where  the  water  is 
quiet.  The  specimens  from  Panama  nearly  duplicate  those  1 
scribed  from  Porto  Rico. 

Locality  and  geologic  occurrence. — Canal  Zone,  station  5849,  swi 
Mount  Hope,  Pleistocene,  collected  by  D.  F.  MacDonald. 

OCULINA  VARICOSA  LeSueur. 

1820.  Oculina  varicosa  Le  Sueur,  Paris  Mus.  Mem.,  vol.  6,  p.  291,  pi.  17,  fig. 

1902.  Oculina  varicosa  Verrill,  Conn.  Acad.  Sci.  Trans.,  vol.  11.  pi.  32,  fige 

4  (refs.  to  literature). 

A  single  nearly  typical  fragment  of  a  branch  was  obtained. 
Locality  and  geologic  occurrence. — Canal  Zone,  station  5849,  sw 
Mount  Hope,  Pleistocene,  collected  by  D.  F.  MacDonald. 

ARCHOHELIA,  new  genus. 

Archohelia  differs  from  Oculina  solely  by  having  a  persistent 
corallite,  whereas  in  Oculina  there  is  no  axial  corallite.    Pali  or 
form  teeth  are  present  on  all  but  the  last  cycle  of  septa,  Colui 
trabecular,  with  some  papillae  on  its  upper  surface. 

Type-species. — Arclwlielia  limonesis  Vaughan. 

The  relations  of  this  genus  to  the  species  described  in  my  irl 
graph  on  the  Eocene  and  lower  Oligocene  coral  faunas  of  the  U: 
States  2  under  the  names  Astrolielia  neglecta,  A.  burnsi,  Oculina  i\ 
burgensis,  O.  mississippiensis,  0.  singleyi,  0.  alabamensis,  0.  Ml 

I  Toula  (K.  K.  Geolog.  Reichsanstalt  Jahrb.,  Vol.  61,  p.  489,  pi.  30,  fig.  1,  1911)  applies  the  nac! 
Una  gatuncnsis  to  a  piece  of  a  branch  of  coral,  but  his  description  and  figure  are  inadequate  for  till 
I  ideal  ion  of  the  species. 

*  U.  S.  Cool.  Survey  Monograph  39,  pp.  114-124,  1900. 


GEOLOGY  AXD  PALEOXTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


353 


Jdrlclt  i ,  and  0.  ?  smithi  should  be  indicated.  The  species  mentioned 
e  axial  corallites  and  generically  resemble  Archohelia  except  in 

details  of  the  inner  ends  of  the  septa.  The  type-species  of 
rhelia  (the  correct  spelling  of  the  name,  instead  of  Astrohelia)  is 
drepora  palmata  Goldfuss,  which  has  no  definite  axial  corallites, 

I  have  seen  no  pah  or  paliform  lobes  on  its  septa.  The  species 
which  I  applied  the  names  Astrohelia  neglecta  and  A.  burn  si,  as 
W  possess  axial  corallite  should  be  taken  out  of  the  genus 
rhelw.  As  it  is  not  practicable  just  now  to  revise  critically  the 
ene  and  lower  Oligocene  species  listed  above,  it  will  here  only  be 
itioned  that  they  probably  should  be  transferred  to  Archohelia. 

ARCHOHELIA  LIMONENSIS,  new  species. 

Plate  80,  figs.  1,  la,  16,  2,  3. 

(iorallum  composed  of  relatively  slender  branches.  The  following 
{measurements  of  the  cotypes  : 


Dimensions  in  millimeters  of  cotypes  of  Archohelia  limonensis. 


Branch. 

Length. 

Diameter. 

Calices. 

Lower 
end. 

Upper 
end. 

Diameter. 

Exsert. 



25 
31 
33 

4.5 
4.5 
4 

4 
4 

3.5 

2. 5-3 
2-2.6 
2. 3-3 

1-3.5 
0.  5-3.  5 
1-7 

.  he  cavity  of  the  axial  corallite  is  about  2.25  in  diameter.  The 
o?oing  tables  give  the  dimensions  and  amount  of  the  projection 
'  le  radial  calices — the  diameters  stated  are  as  measured  from  the 
lide  of  the  walls.  The  distance  between  adjacent  calicular  mar- 
4  is  about  2.5  mm.  on  branch  No.  2;  in  extreme  cases  it  ranges 
po  as  much  as  7  min.,  as  between  some  calices  on  branch  No.  3. 
I  arrangement  is  in  more  or  less  definite  spirals.  Subequal  or 
ijitly  alternating  costae,  with  closely  granulate  surfaces,  cor- 
don d  to  all  septa  just  below  the  calicular  edges;  lower  down  on 
I  corallite  limbs  they  flatten  and  become  subequal;  they  may 
Miniie  on  the  coenenchymal  surface  or  disappear.  The  calicular 
fcties  are, excavated;  moderately  deep,  about  1.5  mm. 
I  pta  normally  in  three  complete  cycles;  primaries  as  a  rule  slightly 
tfT  than  the  secondaries,  both  cycles  reach  the  columella,  and 
a  subequal,  slightly  exsert  upper  margins;  tertiaries  smaller  than 
Secondaries  and  have  lower  upper  margins.  Inner  edges  of  the 
Varies  usually  free,  but  in  some  systems  they  fuse  to  the  sides  of 
M  ded  secondary  septa.  Single  or  double  paliform  teeth  on  the 
tf"  ends  of  the  primaries  and  secondaries.  Septal  faces  closely 
tt  .date. 


354  BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Columella  papillate. 

Coenenchyma  dense;  with  or  without  costal  prolongations 
the  calicular  peripheries ;  fine  granulations  scattered  over  its  suri 

Localities  and  geologic  occurrence. — Costa  Rica,  Limon,  as  foil 
Station  2692,  collected  by  R.  T.  Hill;  Moin  Hill,  Niveau  d  and 
461,  collected  by  H.  Pittier;  station  5884&,  Moin  Hill,  collectei 
D.  F.  MacDonald.    The  geologic  horizon  seems  to  be  Pliocene. 

Florida,  station  3300  in  the  Pliocene  Caloosahatchee  marl  of  I 
Creek,  collected  by  Frank  Burns. 

Cotypes  —  No.  324809,  U.S.N.M.,  from  Niveau  d,  Moin  Hill, 
Limon  (3  specimens). 

Family  EUSMILIIDAE  Verrill. 

Genus  ASTEROSMILIA  Duncan. 

1867.  Asterosmilia  Duncan,  Roy.  Soc.  Philos.  Trans.,  vol.  157,  p.  653. 
1873.  Asterosmilia  Duncan,  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ.,  vol.  29,  p.  ,5 
1884.  Asterosmilia  Duncan,  Linn.  Soc.  London  Journ.  Zool.,  vol.  28,  p.  61 

Type-species. — TrochocyatJius  ahnormalis  Duncan. 

When  Duncan  described  this  genus  he  referred  to  it  his  Tr 
cyathus  ahnormalis,  changing  the  name  to  anomala,  and  refig 
the  species.    He  also  described  two  additional  species  as  A\ 
smilia  exarata  and  A.  cornuta,  a  synonym  of  A.  ahnormalis  A 
failed  to  designate  a  type-species  for  the  genus.  Trochocyll 
ahnormalis  was  described  with  much  care,  while  the  descriptioj 
the  two  other  species  are  short  and  unsatisfactory.    A.  cornuti 
synonym  of  A.  ahnormalis.    It  therefore  seems  best  to  tak( 
species  I  have  selected,  as  indicated  above,  as  the  type-speci 
the  genus. 

Duncan  described  three  species  of  Asterosmilia  from  the  Tei 
formations  of  Santo  Domingo,  namely,  TrocJwcyathus  ahnorn 
for  which  the  genus  Asterosmilia  was  subsequently  erected,  A 
nuta,  and  A.  exarata,1  and  one  species  A.  pourtdlesi  from  the  ii 
Eocene  St.  Bartholomew  limestone.  I  consider  A.  cornuta  a  i 
nym  of  A.  ahnormalis,  and  transfer  Duncan's  TrochocyatJius  profi 
from  the  genus  in  which  it  was  originally  placed  to  Astero® 
leaving  four  described  fossil  species  in  the  genus.  Pourtales  desc 
from  the  West  Indies  one  recent  species  that  belongs  to  Asteros'. 
his  A.  prolifera,  originally  named  CeratocyatJius  prolifer,  and  of 1 
Lindstrom's  ParacyatJius  arcuatus  is  a  synonym.  I  here  descri 
additional  new  species,  namely,  A.  liilli,  from  Bowden,  Jamaica 
Limon,  Costa  Rica,  and  have  described  two  additional  species 
Santo  Domingo,  in  a  paper  not  yet  published,  making  eight,  the 
number  of  American  species  at  present  known  to  belong  to  the 

•  Collected  by  A.  Olsson  on  Provision  Tslarvl,  Costa  Pica,  in  the  Gatun  formation.  Footn 
to  page  proof. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


355 


ASTEROSMILIA  HILLI,  new  species. 

Plate  80,  figs.  4,  5,  6,  6a. 

I 

j  1899.  Asterosmilia  species  Vaughan,  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.  Bull.,  vol.  34,  p.  149. 

|  find  it  difficult  to  explain  why  a  species  so  common  as  this  one 
I  d  have  so  long  remained  undescribed.    There  are  from  Bowden, 

aica,  41  specimens  in  the  Henderson  and  Simpson  collection,  20  in 
[  Hill  collection,  and  9  in  the  T.  H.  Aldrich  collection,  making 

tal  of  70  specimens  that  I  have  studied  from  this  one  locality. 

ries  of  ten  of  the  best  specimens  of  the  Henderson  and  Simpson 

ction  have  been  selected  as  the  co types. 

>rallum  cornute  with  a  pointed  base  and  attached,  at  least  in  its 
k  stages,  rather  slender,  curved  in  the  plane  of  the  greater  trans- 
3  axis  of  the  calice.  The  following  table  gives  the  measurements 
number  of  septa  in  the  t}^pe  specimens. 

Dimensions  of  and  number  of  sepia  in  Asterosm  ilia  hilli. 

«  [it  .  ;  y  . 

Number  of  septa. 


About  24,  and  probably  some  rudimentary. 
24,  and  a  few  rudimentary. 
24,  and  a  few  rudimentary. 
24  +  17  of  the  fourth  cycle." 
24  +20  of  the  fourth  cycle. 
24+20  of  the  fourth  cycle. 
Calice  broken  on  side. 
24+20  of  the  fourth  cycle. 
48,  fourth  cycle  complete. 
48,  four  complete  cycles. 

1  About. 

]e  calice  is  oblique,  its  upper  edge  being  considerably  higher  than 
wer.    In  the  measurements  given  above  the  height  of  the  coral- 
ts  measured  from  the  tip  of  the  pedicel  to  the  highest  point  of  the 
li  liar  margin. 

le  wall  is  only  moderately  thick,  externally  there  is  a  variable 
Ipt  of  pellicular  coating.    Costae  corresponding  to  all  septa, 
■let,  but  usually  not  prominent.    There  is  a  fair  amount  of  varia- 
In  the  costal  characters.    In  some  specimens  the  costae  of  all 
fe  are  equal  or  subequal,  low,  flattish  or  only  slightly  crested; 
(lers,  those  corresponding  to  the  septa  of  the  first  and  second 
pr>  of  septa  are  decidedly  more  prominent  than  the  intervening 
it?.    Those  corresponding  to  the  third  cycle  of  septa  may  be 
?Hy  more  prominent  than  those  corresponding  to  the  fourth, 
n times  costae  of  both  kinds  are  combined  in  one  specimen, 
it  *r  often  in  an  intercostal  space  there  is  a  raised  thread  or  line 
I  does  not  correspond  to  a  septum.    Minute,  crowded  granula- 
are  scattered  over  the  surfaces  of  the  costae  and  in  the  inter- 
1  spaces. 


Lesser 
diameter 
of  calice. 


Height  of 
corallum. 


mm. 
6.5 
7 
9 

10.5 
12 
15 

15.5 
18.5 
19 
25 


356  BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Septa,  thin,  distant,  those  of  the  first  and  second  cycles  have  slig 
exsert  margins.    In  adult  specimens,  19  to  25  mm.  tall,  there ; 
four  complete  cycles,  in  younger  specimens  the  fourth  cycle  is] 
complete.    The  members  of  the  first  and  second  cycles  are  of  e 
size,  extend  to  the  columella,  and  are  decidedly  thicker  than  the  o| 
septa.    The  members  of  the  fourth  cycle  are  thinner  and  shorter 
those  of  the  third.    The  septal  margins  are  subentire,  arched  all 
and  fall  at  a  very  steep  angle  to  the  bottom  of  the  calicular  f<| 
Septal  faces  finely  striate,  with  more  or  less  elongate  granulalj 
along  the  courses  of  the  striae.    Line  of  divergence  of  the  striae  j 
close  to  the  inner  side  of  the  wall.    Wide,  tall,  thin,  pali,  rouji 
above,  stand  before  the  septa  of  the  third  cycle,  from  whose  i 
margin  they  are  separated  by  a  deep  notch.    The  width  of  a  pal} 
about  1  mm.,  height,  1.5  mm. 

Dissepimental  endotheca,  present,  but  not  abundant.  The  i 
sepiments  thin. 

The  columella  in  fully  grown  specimens,  prominent,  compress* 
even  distinctly  lamellar  in  appearance.  In  young  and  broken  sj 
mens  it  appears  to  be  composed  of  interfused  processes  froKf 
inner  ends  of  the  septa,  it  is  decidedly  vesicular.  Calice,  r: 
deep,  3  to  4  mm. 

Localities  and  geologic  occurrence. — Jamaica,  Bowden,  collectej 
J.  B.  Henderson  and  C.  T.  Simpson  and  R.  T.  Hill. 

Costa  Rica,  "Colline  en  demolition,"  Limon,  Costa  Rica,  Noj 
of  H.  Pittier's  collection. 

Cotypes.—'Nos.  324815,  32-1816,  U.S.N.M.  (10  specimens). 

The  specimens  from  Limon,  Costa  Rica,  are  essentially  duplfl 
of  those  from  Bowden.  One  specimen  with  a  greater  calicular  (| 
eter  of  9.5  mm.  has  a  few  quinary  septa. 


Genus  STEPHANOCOENIA  Milne  Edwards  and  Haime. 


L 348 .  Stephanocoenia  Milne  Edwards  and  Haime,  Comptes  Rend.,  vol.  27, 
1848.  Stephanocoenia  Milne  Edwards  and  Haime,  Ann.  Sri.  nat.,  Zool., 
vol.  10,  p.  300. 

1850.  Stephanocoenia  Milne  Edwards  and  Haime,  Mod.  Brit.  foss.  Cor., 
p.  XXX. 

1857.  Stephanocoenia  Milne  Edwards  and  Haime,  Hist.  nat.  Corall.,  ■ j 

p.  264.  ■ 
1884.  Antillastraea  Duncan,  Linn.  Soc.  London  Journ.,  Zool.,  vol.  28,  P- W;'r' 


Type-species. — Astrea  intersepta  Lamarck  =  Madrepora  inte\ 
Esper. 


it 

STEPHANOCOENIA  INTERSEPTA  (Esper).  lit 


1795.  Madrepora  intersepta  EsrER,  Pflanzenth.,  Eortsetz.,  p.  99,  pi.  79,  fl|| 
1816.  Astrea  intersepta  Lamarck,  Hist.  nat.  Anira.  sansTert.,  vol.  2,  p.  2  P 
1848.  Stephanocoenia  intersepta  Milne  Edwards  and  Haime,  Compte9  < 
vol.  27,  p.  469. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


357 


,1848.  Stephanocoenia  intersepta  Milne  Edwards  and  Haime,  Ann.  Sci.  nat., 

ser.  3,  Zool.,  vol.  10,  p.  300,  pi.  7,  figs.  1,  la,  16. 
1848.  Stephanocoenia  michelinii  Milne  Edwards  and  Haime,  Ann.  Sci.  nat., 

ser.  3,  Zool.,  vol.  10,  p.  301. 
1864.  Plesiastraea  spongiformis  Duncan,  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ.,  vol.  20, 

p.  39,  pi.  4,  figs.  6a,  66. 
1866.  Stephanocoenia  debilis  Duchassaing  and  Michelotti,  Sup.  Mem.  Corall. 

Antilles,  p.  76,  pi.  9,  figs.  7,  8. 
1884.  Antillastraea  spongiformis  Duncan,  Linn.  Soc.  London,  Journ.,  Zool., 
vol.  18,  p.  108. 

11895.  Stephanocoenia  intersepta  Gregory,  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ.,  vol. 
i  51,  p.  276. 

1900.  Stephanocoenia  intersepta  Vaughan,  U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.  Mon.  39,  pp.  152, 153. 
1900.  Plesiastraea  goodei  Verrill,  Conn.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sci.  Trans.,  vol.  10, 
p.  553,  pi.  67,  fig.  1. 

4901.  Stephanocoenia  intersepta  Vaughan,  Geol.  Reichs.  Mus.  Leiden  Samml., 
ser.  2,  vol.  2,  p.  20. 

1902.  Plesiastraea  goodei  Verrill,  Conn.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sci.  Trans.,  vol.  11, 
p.  106,  fig.  1,  p.  172,  pi.  31  (not  pi.  30  as  given  in  the  text),  figs.  1,  la. 
.  4915.  Stephanocoenia  intersepta  Vaughan,  Carnegie  Inst.  Wash.  Yearbook  No.  13, 
p.  222. 

1916.  Stephanocoenia  intersepta  Vaughan,  Carnegie  Inst.  Wash  Yearbook  No.  14, 
p.  221. 

lthough  the  original  description  of  Lamarck  is  brief,  it  is  good. 
Drding  to  him,  "Cette  espece  forme  de  large  plaques  un  peu 
rexe,  et  ofTre  a  sa  surface  un  reseau  assez  fin,  constitue  par  les 
Is  reunis  des  cellules.    On  voit  un  petit  axe  au  centre  de  chaque 
e."    He  placed  Madrepora  intersepta  Esper  doubtfully  in  its 
>nymy.    Esper  says  regarding  his  specimens  of  the  species: 
I  kommt  diese  Koralle  von  den  ostindischen  Meeren;  ich  habe  sie 
Ipfalls  durch  die  Giite  des  Herm  Prediger  Chemnitz,  mitgetheilt 
litem"    It  appears  that  Chemnitz  had  specimens  from  both  the 
t  ntic  and  the  Indo-Pacific  and  that  he  gave  number's  of  them  to 
st.    Apparently  in  some  instances  the  locality  labels  were  con- 
El,  and  that  this  is  one  of  them,  for  Esper's  figures  (pi.  79,  figs. 
I  are  fairly  good  for  the  West  Indian  and  Floridian  species  to 
hh  the  specific  name  intersepta  is  now  applied,  and  seem  to  me 
1  present  no  other  living  species  of  coral  with  which  I  am  familiar, 
lie  corallum  is  massive,  either  subhemispherical  or  pulvinate  in 
r.    The  corallites  are  not  protuberant,  joined  directly  by  their 
a .  or  by  costae,  in  the  latter  case  exothecal  dissepiments  may  be 
Knt.    The  diameter  of  the  calices  ranges  between  2  and  3  mm. 
^ i  in  three  cycles.    Primaries  and  secondaries  bear  well-developed 
dby  which  they  are  joined  to  the  columella.    Tertiaries  thin  and 
luvely  short.    Septal  margins  subentire  or  very  finely  dentate. 
)1  nella,  a  compressed  style  of  nearly  the  same  height  as  the  pali. 
f  thecal  dissepiments  subhorizontal,  thin,  average  about  0.5  mm. 


358  BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


As  this  is  the  type-species  of  the  genus  Stephanocoenia,  the  follow 
notes  on  its  finer  structure  will  be  repeated,  with  slight  emendati 
from  my  paper  on  the  Eocene  and  lower  Oligocene  corals  of 
United  States  (1900):  The  septa  are  composed  of  ascending  trabe 
lae;  near  the  wall  is  a  line  of  divergence.    External  to  this  line 
trabecular  pass  upward  and  have  a  slight  inclination  outward.  I 
trabe 3ulae  on  the  inner  side  of  the  line  of  divergence  pass  upward  I 
incline  inward.    The  trabeculae  are  fine,  measuring  from  0.027 
0.04  mm.  across.    A  study  of  the  lines  of  growth  across  the  trabeci 
indicate  an  entire  or  very  obscurely  dentate  septal  margin.  11 
growth  segments  of  the  septa  are  well  defined;  the  distance  ac:' 
one  measured  along  the  fine  of  divergence  is  about  0.32  mm.  on 
average.    The  distal  ends  of  the  septa  do  not  thicken  sufficiently 
form  a  pseudotheca.    In  places  dark  centers  or  a  dark  band  car 
seen  in  the  theca  between  the  septal  ends;  that  is,  the  wall  belc 
in  the  euthecal  class.    In  some  instances  the  wall  is  clearly  forj 
by  peripherally  placed  dissepimenta.    The  corallites  are  rather  o 
joined  by  their  costae.    In  such  instances  the  wrall  of  one  coralli 
usually  formed  by  dissepiments.    There  is  usually  distinguishab 
central  erect  piece,  around  which  the  principal  septa  fuse  by 
inner  margins.    In  some  instances  the  columella  appears  to  be  for 
merely  by  the  fusion  of  the  septal  margins.    In  one  calice  the 
of  the  columella  is  vacant,  the  septal  margins  having  fused  aroun 
The  pali  in  cross  section  show  as  thickenings  on  the  inner  septal 
The  inner  ends-of  the  tertiary  septa  are  free. 

The  above  description  should  be  compared  with  Felix's  descrir 
of  Steplxanocoema  formosa  (Goldfuss).1  I  should  also  like  to 
attention  to  a  statement  by  Miss  Ogilvie,  that  "it  is  doubtful  if 
(Astrocoenia  and  StepJianocoenia)  are  represented  in  recent  sea 
She  evidently  did  not  know  that  the  type-species  of  Stephanocc 
is  the  recent  S.  intersepta  (Esper).  So  if  there  is  any  doubt, 
that  the  genus  is  found  fossil  earlier  than  late  Tertiary. 

It  is  astonishing  to  find  the  following  statement  in  a  recent  p 
by  Felix:3  "Von  dieser  Art,  welche  heutzutage  in  Australis 
Meeren  lebt,  liegen  mir  zwei  examplare  vor.  Fossil  findet  sich  in 
Pliocanen  Mergel  von  Rangoen  auf  Java."  Such  a  statement 
the  species  he  is  discussing  is  one  of  the  most  widespread  and 
known  of  those  in  Pleistocene  deposits  adjacent  to  and  in  the  R 
waters  of  the  western  Atlantic  Ocean,  the  Caribbean  Sea,  anc 
Gulf  of  Mexico ! 

Synonymy. — Gregory  in  1895  gave  full  references  to  the  liter 

on  this  species  up  to  that  date,  except  that  he  did  not  place  Step) 

cocn'ia  debiV.s  Duchassaing  arid  Michelotti  in  its  synonym. 
 J 

1  Deut83h.  Geolog.  Gosell.  Zoitschr.,  vol.  50,  pp.  252-251,  pi.  2,  fig.  1. 

2  Roy.  Roc.  London  Trans.,  vol.  187,  p.  307,  1896. 

s  Konigl.  Sachs  Gescll.  Wiss.,  Leipzig,  Math,  Phys.  Kl.,  vol.  64,  p.  441,  1012. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  359 


Vhile  in  Turin  in  1897  I  examined  the  specimens  identified  by 
chassaing  and  Michelotti  as  StepJianocoenia  intersepta  and  S.  micJie- 
,  They  belong  to  the  same  species.  It  is  said  of  S.  debilis:  1 1  Bien 
t  les  dimensions  des  calices  de  cette  espece  soient  les  memes  que 
s  la  StepJianocoenia  michelini,  elle  s'en  distingue  pourtant  par  la 
iraille,  par  les  cloisons  plus  minces,  et  par  Jes  palis  qui  atteignent 
auteur  de  la  columelle.''  The  only  character  of  apparent  value  is 
f  height  of  the  pali,  which  are  as  tali  as  the  columella.  The  pali 
columella  are  usually  of  nearly  the  same  height  in  the  species; 
reas  on  some  specimens  the  columella  is  somewhat  taller;  in  other 
is  the  pali  are  taller. 

■  examined  Duncan's  type  of  Plesiastraea  [later  described  as  Antil- 
yaea]  spongiformis  and  a  specimen  identified  by  him  as  StepJiano- 
ia  intersepta.  The  corallites  of  the  former  are  united  by  their 
ae,  and  where  the  costae  meet  there  is  often  a  second  wall  outside 
true  corallite  wall.  The  second  specimen  had  been  cut,  the  larger 
e  bearing  the  label  StepJianocoenia  intersepta;  the  smaller  piece, 
;h  fits  into  the  larger,  was  labeled  Plesiastraea  spongiformis. 
can,  it  seems,  could  not  distinguish  between  the  two.  I  agree 
|.  Gregory  in  placing  Plesiastraea  spongiformis  in  the  S3monym  of 
Jianocoenia  intersepta. 

Usiastraea  goodei  Verrill,  fragment  of  the  type  No.  36497, 
(N.M.,  is  precisely  the  same  as  StepJianocoenia  intersepta — there 

differential  characters. 
,'stribution  of  StepJianocoenia  intersepta. — Just  how  old,  geolog- 
ic, this  species  is,  is  not  definitely  known. 

pmaica. — There  is  a  specimen  in  the  United  States  National 
mum  bearing  the  station  number  2580,  which  is  for  the  collection 
a)  by  Messrs.  J.  B.  Henderson  and  C.  T.  Simpson  in  the  Bowden 
of  Jamaica. 

Into  Domingo. — Miss  C.  J.  Maury  obtained  five  specimens  of  this 
Uji-named  species,  as  follows: 

1 3  Gurabo:  Zone  D,  associated  with  StylopJiora  affinis  Duncan, 
I "uds  decaciis  (Lyman),  Pocillopora  crassoramosa  Duncan,  Orbicella 
n  ta  (Duncan),  Orbicella  cavernosa  var.  cylindrica  (Duncan),  Syzy- 
p  'Ilia  dentata  (Duncan) ;  zone  E,  associated  with  Placocyattius 
Species,  PlacocyatJius  variabilis  Duncan,  StylopJiora  new  species, 
d  ads  decaciis  (Lyman),  SyzygopJiyllia  dentata  (Duncan),  Pavona 
Species.  Limestone,  Los  Quemados,  associated  with  Placocy- 
1  variabilis  Duncan.  As  zones  I  and  H  of  Miss  Maury's  sec- 
wepresent  the  Bowden  fauna,  zones  E  and  D  are  stratigraphi- 
U,  above  the  Bowden. 

C>a. — I  collected  a  specimen  near  the  Morro,  at  the  mouth  of 
n  igo  Harbor,  altitude  about  240  feet  above  level.  This  specimen 
I  je  of  Pleistocene  age.    The  general  basement  country  rock  is 

37149— 19— Bull.  103  12 


360         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 

Miocene  limestone  and  marl,  which  contain  some  corals  of  reef  fac 
and  on  this  basement  there  are  in  places  well-developed  Pleistoc 
coral  reefs.  Therefore,  the  specimens  of  StepJianocoenia  inter 'St 
might  be  of  Miocene  age.  Other  specimens  from  stations  3436 
3449,  south  side  of  the  trocha  in  Santiago,  seem  definitely  to  bel 
in  the  La  Cruz  marl  and  to  be  of  pre-Pleistocene  age. 

Doctor  Pittier  obtained  a  specimen  of  the  species  at  the  aCo] 
en  demolition/ '  Limon,  Costa  Rica,  apparently  in  association  ^ 
Asterosmilia  MM,  Dichocoenia  tuber vsa,  and  Balanophyllia  pitt 
The  horizon  would  therefore  be  near  that  of  the  Bowden  marl. 

Pleistocene. — General  in  the  elevated  reefs  of  the  Caribbean 
Gulf  region:  Barbados  (low-level  reefs);  Curacao  and  Arube;  I 
Vaca,  Florida, 

Recent. — The  West  Indies  in  general,  northward  to  the  Bermu 
Florida  ;  British  Honduras. 

Although  I  have  often  picked  up  specimens  of  this  species  w 
they  had  been  washed  up  by  the  waves,  both  in  Florida  and  in 
Bahamas,  I  have  not  certainly  seen  it  alive  on  the  reefs.  As 
color  of  the  living  polyps  is  brown,  while  alive  it  so  closely  resen 
Siderastrea  radians  that  only  very  close  examination  will  distin 
between  them,  probably  on  the  reefs  it  was  mistaken  for  the  la 
That  it  is  a  common  associate  of  the  usual  West  Indian  reef 
is  shown  by  its  usual  presence  among  them  in  the  fossil  reefs, 
species  ranges  into  slightly  deeper  water  than  most  of  the 
Indian  reef  corals.    I  dredged  it  at  a  depth  of  4-9  fathoms  off 
sau,  Bahamas,  and  at  a  depth  of  16  fathoms  off  Tortugas,  Flo 
Genus  DICHOCOENIA  Milne  Edwards. 

1848.  Dichocoenia  Milne  Edwards  and  Halme,  Compt.  Rend.,  vol.  27,  p 
1857.  Dichocoenia  Milne  Edwards  and  Haime,  Hist.  nat.  Coral!.,  vol.  2, 

(type-species,  figured,  pi.  DI,  figs.  10a,  106). 
1917.  Dichocoenia  Vaughan,  U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.  Prof.  Pap.  98-T,  p.  370. 

Type  species. — Dichocoenia  porcata  Milne  Edwards  and  Haia 

DICHOCOENIA  TUBEROSA  Duncan. 

Plate  79,  figs.  4,  4a,  46. 

1863.  Dichocoenia  tuberosa  Duncan,  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ.,  v 
p.  432,  pi.  15,  figs.  5a,  56. 

This  name  has  been  placed  in  the  synonymy  of  the  living  L 
coenia  stokesi  Milne  Edwards  and  Haime  by  both  Gregory  1  anc 
self.2  One-half  of  Duncan's  type  is  in  the  United  States  Nat 
Museum,  No.  155275,  presented  by  the  officers  of  the  Geol( 
Society  of  London.  Although  D.  tuberosa  is  very  similar  1 
stokesi,  D.  tuberosa  has  a  pendunculate  base  and  granulate  < 
markings  below  the  calicular  surfaces  in  all  the  specimens  I 

1  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ..  vol.  51,  p.  208,  1895. 

2  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey  Prof.  Pap.  98-T,  p.  371,  1917. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  361 


mined .  As  I  am  able  to  recognize  the  species  I  am  treating  it 
valid.  Duncan  records  the  form  from  the  "Nivaje  shale  and 
aceous  limestone  of  Santo  Domingo." 

jocality  and  geologic  occurrence. — Costa  Rica,  "Colline,  en  dSmoli- 
r  Limon,  No.  618  of  H.  Pittier  collection,  associated  with 
erosmilialiilli,  Steplianocoeniaintersepta,  and  BalanopJiyllia  pittieri. 
ingle,  small,  immature  specimen.  The  illustrations  present  its 
racters  well  enough  to  make  a  detailed  description  unnecessary, 
'anto  Domingo,  Rio  Gurabo,  zone  F,  of  Miss  C.  J.  Maury's  sec- 
associated  with  PlacocyatJius  variabilis  Duncan  and  Avtillia 
ia  (Duncan^. 

Genus  EUSMILIA  Milne  Edwards  and  Haime. 
L84S.     usmilia  Milne  Edwards  and  Haime,  Comptes  Rend.,  vol.  27,  p.  467. 
'ype-species. —  Madrepora  fastigiata  Pallas. 

EUSMILIA  FASTIGIATA  (Pallas'). 

766.  Madrepora  fastigiata  Pallas,  Elench.  Zooph.,  p.  301. 

895.  Eusmilia  fastigiata  Gregory,  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ.,  vol.  51, 

p.  260  (with  synonymy). 
895.  Eusmilia  knorri  Gregory,  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ.,  vol.  51,  p.  261 
(with  synonymy). 

901.  Eusmilia  knorri  Vaughan,  Geol.  Reichs.  Mus.  Leiden  Samml.,  ser.  2,  vol. 
2,  p.  13. 

902.  Eusmilia  aspera  Verrill,  Conn.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sci.  Trans.,  vol.  11,  p.  114, 
fig.  3. 

915.  Eusmilia  fastigiata  Vaughan,  Washington  Acad.  Sci.  Journ.,  vol.  5,  p.  596. 

916.  Eusmilia  fastigiata  Vaughan,  Carnegie  Inst.  Washington  Yearbook  No.  14, 
p.  227. 

udy  of  large  suites  of  Eusmilia  convince  me  that  Eusmilia 
jiata  (Pallas)  and  E.  aspera  (Dana)  —  E.  Jcnorri  M.  Edwards  and 
iae  are  not  specially  separable,  as  there  is  great  variation  and 
oiete  overlapping  in  the  columellar  characters  by  which  they 
distinguished. 

calities  and  geologic  occurrence. — Canal  Zone,  Pleistocene  at  sta- 
5849,  Mount  Hope;  Costa  Rica,  6251,  Monkey  Point,  collected 
!.  F.  MacDonald. 

neral  in  the  living  and  Pleistocene  coral  reefs  of  Florida,  the 
Indies,  and  the  Caribbean  coast  of  Central  America. 


Family  ASTRANGIID^E  Verrill. 
Genus  CLADOCORA  Ehrenherg. 

34.  Cladocora  Ehrenberg,  Corallenth.  Roth.  Meer.,  p.  85  (of  separate). 
'48.  Cladocora  Milne  Edwards  and  Haime,  Comptes  Rend.,  vol.  27,  p.  493. 

-ipe-species. — Caryophyllia  cespitosa  Lamarck. 


BULLETIN    103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


CLADOCORA  ARBUSCULA  (Le  Sueur). 

1820.  Caryophyllia  arbuseula  Le  Sueur,  Paris  Mus.  Mem.,  vol.  6,  p.  275,  p 
figs.  2a-2d. 

1901.  Cladocora  arbuseula  Vaughan,  U.  S.  Fish  Commission  Bull,  for  1900,  v 
p.  298,  pi.  2,  figs.  3,  3a  (with  synonymy). 
This  species  is  common  in  the  Pleistocene  marls  near  Colon. 
Locality  and  geologic  occurrence. — Canal  Zone,  station  5850 
6039,  Pleistocene,  Mount  Hope,  collected  by  D.  F.  MacDon 
Living  in  Florida  and  the  West  Indies  on  reef  flats  and  in  water  1 
8  or  9  to  about  20  fathoms  deep. 

Family  ORBICELLIDAE  Vaughan. 

Genus  ORBICELLA  Dana. 

1846.  Orbicella  Dana,  U.  S.  Expl.  Exped.  Zooph.,  p.  205. 

L849.  Phyllocoenia  Milne  Edwards  and  Haime,  Comptes  Rend.,  vol.  27,  p 

1901.  Orbicella  Vaughan,  Geol.  Reichs  Mus.  Leiden  Samml.,  ser.  2,  vol.  2, 

f902.  Orbicella  Verrill,  Conn.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sci.  Trans.,  vol.  11,  p.  93. 

1918.  Orbicella  Vaughan,  Carnegie  Inst.  Washington  Pub.  213,  p.  85. 

Type-species.— Midrepora  annularis  Ellis  and  Solander. 

Of  this  perplexing  genus  of  corals,  the  following  species  and  v 
ties  are  treated  as  valid  in  the  present  papers : 
Orbicella  annularis  (Ellis  and  Solander) . 
limbata  (Duncan). 
imperatoris,  new  species. 
altissima  (Duncan). 
antillarum  (Duncan). 
cavernosa  (Linnaeus). 

var.  endotJiecata  (Duncan), 
var.  cylindrica  (Duncan). 
aperta  (Verrill). 
bainbridgensis,  new  species. 
costata  (Duncan). 
canalis,  new  species. 
tamjmensis,  new  species. 

var.  silecensis,  new  variety 
brevis  (Duncan). 
insignis  (Duncan). 
intermedia  (Duncan). 
gabbi,  new  species. 
As  synonymy  is  discussed  on  subsequent  pages,  it  is  here 
necessary  to  say  that  under  the  name  Astraea  megalaxona1  Du 
described  from  Antigua  a  silicificd  coral  which  is  not  determin 
thnt  his  Astraea  crassoJameUata a  and  its  varieties  are  here  rcferr 

i  Geol.  Boe.  London  Quart.  Journ.,  vol  it,  p.  120,  pi.  13,  figs!  ]2a,  12ft,  1863. 
1  Idem.,  p.  412,  pi.  13,  OftS.  1-7. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  363 


I  fungid  genus  Diploastrea  Matthai;  his  Astraea  cellulosa1  is  made 
i  type-species  of  a  new  genus,  Antiguastrea,  and  his  Astraea  omti- 
Yisis 2  and  Astraea  tenuis 3  are  referred  to  the  fungid  genus 
wthomorpJia  Reuss. 

iJthough  inadequacy  of  information  regarding  four  species,  0. 
Xisima,  0.  antiUarum,  0.  insignis,  and  0.  intermedia,  described  by 
lie  an,  renders  the  preparation  of  an  adequate  synoptic  table 
Iracticable,  an  attempt  will  be  made  to  summarize  the  most 
long  characters.    With  one  exception,  the  species  fall  into  two 

■  er  groups:  the  members  of  the  first  group  normally  have  only 
le  cycles  of  septa;  those  of  the  second  group  have  four  cycles, 
I  fourth  cycle  is  incomplete  in  some  specimens,  while  in  other  spec- 
kis  a  variable  number  of  quinary  septa  are  present.  One  species, 
mcella  gabbi  Vaughan,  has  five  cycles  of  septa. 

SYNOPSIS  OF  AMERICAN  SPECIES  OF  ORBICELLA. 

Species  with  3  cycles  of  septa. 

as  usually  2  to  3  mm.  in  diameter;  costae  subequal;  primary  and  secondary  septa 

qual,  extend  to  the  columella   1.0.  annularis  (Ellis  and  Solander). 

ha  3  to  4  mm.  in  diameter;  costae  usually  alternately  large  and  small;  secondary 
epta  thinner  than  the  primaries,  but  usually  reach  the  columella 

2.  0.  limbata  (Duncan). 

il 3S  3.5  to  5  mm.  in  diameter;  costae  prominent,  thin;  secondary  septa  usually 
bout  half  as  long  as  the  primaries,  tertiaries  small  and  thin. 

3.  0.  imperatoris,  new  species. 

lbs  7.5  mm.  in  diameter;  costae  tolerably  developed,  subequal;  primary  and  sec- 
ndary  septa  subequal,  extend  to  the  columella...  4.  0.  antillarum  (Duncan). 

■  Species  of  Orbicella  with  the  4th  cycle  of  septa  nearly  or  quite  complete. 

ptfa  5  mm.  in  diameter;  costae  unequal,  thicker  than  the  septa,  last  "order-'  of 
>stae  well  developed,  contrasting  with  rudimentary  septa;  septa  irregular  in 
'rangement,  36  in  number,  6  septa  in  each  of  6  systems. .  5.  0.  altissima  (Duncan). 
Ji  s  from  5  to  11  mm.  in  diameter;  costae  correspond  to  all  septa,  usually  subequal; 
pta  normally  in  4  complete  cycles,  subequal  over  top  of  wall,  first  3  cycles  reach 

)lumella,  no  pali   6.  0.  cavernosa  (Linnaeus). 

Costae  strongly  alternating  in  size,  fourth  cycle  small  and  thin  without  ob- 
vious corresponding  septa   6a.  var.  endothecata  (Duncan). 

Corallites  smaller  than  in  6a  (5  to  6  mm.  in  diameter),  about  38  septa,  last 

cycle  of  costae  rudimentary  or  obsolete  66.  var.  cylindrica  (Duncan). 

m,r  to  0.  cavernosa  except  that  the  first  three  cycles  of  septa  are  thinner  and 
Her,  strongly  contrast  in  height  with  the  quaternaries..  7.0.  aperta  (Verrill). 
3  6  to  7  mm.  in  diameter;  costae  low,  equal;  septa  low  and  subequal  on  mural 
mniit;  primaries  and  secondaries  with  rather  wide  erect,  paliform  lobes,  young- 
t  septa  composed  of  incompletely  fused  spines. 

8.  0.  bainbridgensis,  new  species. 
Hp  7.5  to  8.5  mm.  in  diameter;  costae  highly  developed,  alternate 'in  size  except 
calicular  margin;  septa  normally  in  4  cycles,  thin  except  in  wall  of  some  speci- 
1    sns,  paliform  lobes  and  thickenings  distinct  but  rather  small,  tertiaries  usually 
orter  than  secondaries   9.  0.  costata  (Duncan  V 

'  eol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ.,  vol.  19,  p.  417,  pi.  13,  fig.  10.       -  Idem  p.  419,  pi.  13,  fig.  8. 
3  Idem,  p.  421,  pi.  13,  fig.  11. 


364  BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Calices  5  to  9  mm.  in  diameter;  costae  sub  equal  or  alternately  large  and  small  b 
calicular  edge.  Septa  in  4  or  nearly  4  complete  cycles;  primaries  as  a  rule  not 
larger  than  the  secondaries,  with  a  prominent  tooth  on  inner  end;  second 
smaller,  but  with  paliform  tooth  on  inner  end  of  each;  tertiaries  still  sma 

quaternaries  very  small   10.  0.  canalis,  new  spe 

Calices  6  to  10  mm.  in  diameter,  exsert  4  to  4.5  mm.;  costae  very  prominent, 
only  rudimentary  costae  correspond  to  last  cycle  of  septa;  septa  in  3  or  4 
margins  of  primaries  exsert  as  much  as  1.5  mm. . .  11.  0.  tampdensiss,  new  spe 
Calices  not  so  elevated  as  in  11 ;  small  but  distinct  costae  correspond  tc 

cycle  of  septa   11a.  var.  silecensis,  new  var 

Calices  5  mm.  in  diameter,  protuberant  but  rather  low;  costae  strongly  alterni 
in  size;  primary  septa  the  largest;  fourth  cycle  incomplete 

12.  0.  brevis  (Dun« 

Calices  10  mm.  in  diameter;  costae  long,  slender,  subequal,  occasionally  a  rudimei 
costa  with  no  corresponding  septum;  septa  delicate,  long,  slender,  distant,  f( 

cycle  incomplete   13.  0.  insignis  (Dum 

Calices  5  mm.  in  diameter;  in  places  small  costae  between  larger  ones;  a  few 
ternary  septa   14.  0.  intermedia  (Dun 

The  numbers  preceding  the  names  in  the  synopsis  correspon 
numbers  before  the  names  heading  the  following  descriptions. 

As  OrbiceUa  gdbbi  is  the  only  species  with  5  complete  cycle  of  se 
it  needs  no  special  caption  nor  is  0.  irradians  included  in  the  ke 

1.  ORBICELLA  ANNULARIS  (Ellis  and  Solander). 

,  Plate  80,  figs.  7,  7a,  7b;  plate  81,  figs.  1,  la,  2;  plate  82,  figs.  1,  la,  2;  plate  83 
1,  2,  3,  3a;  plate  84,  figs.  1,  2,  3,  3a. 
1786.  Madrepora  annularis  Ellis  and  Solander,  Nat.  Hist.  Zooph.,  p.  3 69,  J 
figs.  1,  2. 

1786.  Madrepora  faveolata  Ellis  and  Solander,  Nat.  Hist.  Zooph.,  p.  166,  J 
figs.  5,  6. 

1790.  Madrepora  acropora  Gmelin,  Linn.  Syst.  Nat.,  ed.  13,  p.  3767. 
1790.  Madrepora  faveolata  Gmelin,  Linn.  Syst.  Nat.,  ed.  13,  p.  3769. 
1794.  Madrepora  acropora  Esper,  Pflanzenth.,  Fortsetz.,  vol.  1,  p.  21,  pi.  3 
1816.  Astrea  annularis  Lamarck,  Hist.  nat.  Anim.  s.  Vert.,  vol.  2,  p.  259. 
1821.  Astrea  annularis  Lamouroux,  Exp.  Meth.  Genres  des  Polyp.,  p.  58,  ] 
figs.  1,  2. 

1821.  Astrea  faveolata  Lamouroux,  Exp.  Meth.  Genres  des  Polyp.,  p.  58, 1 
figs.  5,  6. 

1834.  Explanaria  annularis  Ehrenberg,  Corallenth.  Roth.  Meer.,  p.  i 
separate). 

L846.  Astraea  {OrbiceUa)  annularis  Dana,  U.  S.  Expl.  Exp.  Zoophytes,. p 
pi.  10,  fig.  6. 

1857.  Heliastraea  annularis  Milne  Edwards  and  Haime,  Hist.  nat.  Corall 
2,  p.  473. 

1861.  Heliastraea  annularis  Duchassaing  and  Michelotti,  M6m.  Corall.  An 
p.  76  (of  reprint). 

1861.  Heliastraea  acropora  Duchassaing  and  Michelotti,  M6m.  Corall.  Ad 
p.  76  (of  reprint). 

1861.  Heliastraea  lamarcki  Duchassaing  and  Michelotti,  M£m.  Corall.  Ad 
p.  76  (of  reprint). 

1863.  Cyphastraea  costala  (part)  Duncan,  Cool.  Soc.  Lond.  Quart.  Journ..  v 
pp.  441  and  443. 

1863.  Astraea  barbadensis  Duncan,  Geol.  Soc.  Lond.  Quart.  Journ.,  vol.  1  Pi 

421  and  444,  pi.  15,  figs.  6a,  66. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  365 


1864.  Orbicella  annularis  Verrill,  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.  Bull.,  vol.  1,  No.  3,  p.  48. 

1865.  Orbicella  annularis  Verrill,  Boston  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.  Proc,  vol.  10,  p.  323. 

1866.  Heliastraea  annularis  Duchassaixg  and  Michelotti,  Sup.  Mem.  Coral] . 

Antilles,  p.  84  (of  reprint ). 
1866.  Heliastraea  lamarcki  Duchassaixg  and  Michelotti,  Sup.  Mom.  Corall. 

Antilles,  p.  84  (of  reprint). 
1866.  Heliastraea  acropora  Duchassaixg  and  Michelotti,  Sup.  Mem.  Corall. 

Antilles,  p.  84  (of  reprint). 
1866.  Heliastraea  barbadensis  Duchassaixg  and  Michelotti,  Sup.  Mem.  Corall. 

Antilles,  p.  85  (of  reprint). 
1866.  Cyphastraea  costata  Duchassaixg  and  Michelotti,  Sup.  Mem.  Corall. 

Antilles,  p.  85  (of  reprint). 
1868.  Heliastraea  barbadensis  Duxcax,  Geol.  Soc.  Lond.  Quart.  Journ.,  vol.  24, 

p.  24. 

1868.  Cyphastraea  costata  Duxcax,  Geol.  Soc.  Lond.  Quart.  Journ.,  vol.  24,  p.  24. 
1895.  Orbicella  acropora  Gregory,  Geol.  Soc.  Lond.  Quart.  Journ.,  vol.  51,  p.  272. 
1895.  Cyphastraea  costata  Gregory,  Geol.  Soc.  Lond.  Quart.  Journ.,  vol.  51,  p.  274. 
1895.  Echinopora franshi  Gregory,  Geol.  Soc.  Lond.  Quart.  Journ.,  vol.  51,  p.  274, 

pi.  11,  figs.  2a,  26.  . 
1901.  Orbicella  acropora  Vaughax,  Geolog.  Reichs.  Mus.  Leiden  Samml.,  ser.  2, 

vol.  2,  p.  22. 

1901.  Orbicella  acropora  Vaughax,  U.  S.  Fish  Commission  Bull,  for  1900,  vol. 

2,  p.  301,  pis.  6,  8. 

1902.  Orbicella  annularis  Verrill,  Conn.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sci.  Trans.,  vol.  11, 

p.  94,  pi.  15,  fig.  1. 

1902.  Orbicella  annularis  var.  stellulata  Verrill,  Conn.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sci. 

Trans.,  vol.  11,  p.  96,  pi.  15,  fig.  2. 
1902.  Orbicella  hispidula  Verrill,  Conn.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sci.  Trans.,  vol.  11,  p. 

100,  pi.  15,  figs.  3,  3a,  3&. 

1902.  Orbicella  annularis  Vaughax,  Biol.  Soc.  Washington  Proc,  vol.  15,  p.  56. 

1903.  Orbicella  annularis  Duerdex,  Nat.  Acad.  Sci.  Mem.,  vol.  8,  p.  564,  pis. 

8-10,  figs.  64-73. 

1915.  Orbicella  annularis  Vaughax,  Washington  Acad.  Sci.  Journ.,  vol..  5,  p.  596. 

1916.  Orbicella  annularis  Vaughax,  Carnegie  Inst.  Washington  Yearbook  No.  14, 

p.  227. 

ubsequent  study  has  led  me  to  believe  that  changes  should  be 
wle  in  the  synonymy  as  given  in  the  first  of  my  papers  cited  in  the 
rpnymv.  Phyllocoenia  limbata  Duncan,  P.  limbata  var.  teguta 
3  ican,  and  Plesiastraea  ramea  Duncan  represent  one  species  and  it 
s  sparable  from  Orbicella  annularis.  As  Phyllocoenia  limbata  is  the 
H;r  name,  the  species  should  be  designated  Orbicella  limbata  (Dun- 
Ja).  The  most  conspicuous  difference  between  it  and  O.  annularis 
JQsists  in  its  primary  septa  being  markedly  more  developed  than 
;h  secondaries. 

wbicella  annularis  is  the  principal  coral  of  the  outer  reefs  in  Florida , 
ihWest  Indies,  and  on  the  Caribbean  side  of  Central  America.  It 
s  ineral  in  the  elevated  Pleistocene  of  the  same  region. 

<*of.  J.  Graham  Kerr,  of  the  University  of  Glasgow,  has  kindly 
!e~  me  photographs  of  the  type  of  this  species,  which  is  preserved 


366 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


in  the  Himterian  Museum  at  that  institution,  and  I  have  hased  II 
following  description  on  them: 

The  corallum  is  head-shaped,  with  a  greater  diameter  of  107  m 
and  a  lesser  of  86. 

The  calices  are  circular,  2  mm.  in  diameter,  margins  slightly  | 
vatedj  joined  by  equal  costae,  distance  apart  usually  about  1  m: 
occasionally  2. 

Septa  24  in  number,  alternately  larger  and  smaller;  the  larger 
rather  thick  and  reach  the  columella;  the  intermediate  ones  are  sh 
and  their  inner  ends  are  free. 

Columella  spongy,  well  developed,  its  diameter  about  one-thi 
that  of  the  calice. 

A  comparison  of  the  photographs  with  specimens  shows  that  < 
traditional  Orbicella  annularis  of  the  Caribbean  and  Gulf  regioil 
correctly  identified. 

There  are  in  the  collection  of  the  United  States  National  Musei 
a  number  of  specimens  that  are  almost  duplicates  of  the  type-sp  i- 
men,  except  that  they  are  not  worn,  as  is  the  type.    These  specimisi 
form  the  basis  of  the  succeeding  description  (see  pi.  81,  figs.  1,  la. in 

The  corallum  forms  rounded  masses  rising  above  a  rather  lae,- 
firmly  attached  base,  which  is,  however,  less  in  diameter  than  le 
maximum  diameter  of  the  corallum.  Frequently  there  is  a  in- 
jecting or  incrusting  edge  whose  lower  surface  is  covered  by  epitha. 
The  upper  surface  may  be  uniformly  rounded,  undulate,  or  lold. 
The  size,  of  course,  is  variable;  the  masses  may  be  several  fee  in 
diameter. 

The  calices  are  circular,  or  slightly  deformed.  Their  diamtHtf 
measured  between  thecal  summits  is  from  2  to  2.5  mm.    In  depfr 

sions  on  the  surface  they  may  be  smaller,  about  1.5  mm.,  but  ilmk 
are  abnormal.    Their  edges  are  from  0.5  to  almost  2  mm.  ap*t,. 
about  1   mm.  is  probably  an  average.    The  calicular  edges  te\ 
slightly  elevated.    The  inter  cor  alii  te  areas  are  costate.    Costae  j£: 
respond  to  all  septa;  subequal  or  alternating  in  size,  those  of  adj 
ing  calices  meeting;  edges  dentate;  thicker  than  the  width  of 
intercostal  spaces  and  moderately  elevated. 

Septa  in  three  complete  cycles,  primaries  and  secondaries  cc 
rather  stout,  extending  to  the  columella  and  fusing  to  it;  tertk 
shorter,  about  half  the  length  of  the  primaries,  somewhat  thin 
inner  edges  free.  Margins  of  the  primaries  and  secondaries  cN 
edly  exsert;  their  inner  edges  fall  perpendicularly  to  the  bottoi 
the  calicular  fossa,  and  bear  just  above  the  columella  one  or 
prominent  teeth,  with  a  few  smaller  teeth  above;  the  septal  ar<i 
either  very  gentle,  obtuse,  or  it  may  be  truncate,  its  dentations 
the  outer  margins  steep,  but  more  inclined  than  the  inner,  dental 
relatively  coarse.  Septal  faces  finely  granulate;  in  longitud 
actions,  the  inner  edges  arc  lacerate,  the  last  cycle  with  perforat 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  367 


Endothecal  dissepiments  delicate,  thin,  nearly  horizontal,  slightly 
slined  downward  from  the  corallite  walls.  In  this  series  of  speci- 
3ns  the  corallite  walls  are  thick  and  close  together,* those  of  ad- 
3ent  corallies  sometimes  heing  solidly  fused  together;  usually, 
wever,  there  is  some  exotheca,  consisting  of  stout,  subhorizontal 
bsepiments. 

t Columella  well  deyeloped,  formed  by  interlacing  processes  from 
|3  inner  edges  of  the  septa;  diameter  from  one-third  to  one-half 
iat  of  the  calice;  its  upper  surfcce  about  1  mm.  below  the  thecal 
I  irgin . 

These  specimens,  it  should  be  repeated,  are  typical,  and  except  in 
se  and  to  a  certain  extent  in  the  configuration  of  the  surface  show 
aaost  no  yariation.  They  come  from  the  following  localities:  Dry 
Jrtugas,  Florida,  Dr.  Edward  Palmer,  collector,  8  specimens;  east 
fel  of  Hog  Island,  Bahamas,  B.  A.  Bean,  collector,  1  specimen; 
brida  and  the  Bahamas,  many  specimens,  collected  by  T.  W. 
Aughan  and  others.  There  are  other  specimens,  bearing  the  in- 
dinite  label  "West  Indies"  or  haying  no  locality  stated.  These 
l<  alities  indicate  that  the  species  in  its  typical  foim  is  of  general 
o.urrence  in  the  coral  reef  areas  around  the  Caribbean  Sea  and  Gull 

0  Mexico. 

The  recent  specimens  in  the  United  States  National  Museum  show 
a  least  four  kinds  of  yariation  from  the  typical  form. 

Variation  No.  1  (pi.  84,  fig.  2). — -This  yariation  is,  I  belieye,  only 
i growth  form.  It,  in  its  structural  features,  is  the  same  as  the 
vical  form,  except  that  the  septa  near  the  growing  edge  are  less 

1  ert  and  the  exotheca  appears  to  be  absolutely  solid.  The  corallum 
*n  obtuse,  compressed  column,  with  an  undulated  surface.  Greater 
I  meter  of  the  base,  62  mm.;  lesser  52  mm.;  height  72  mm. 

jocality. — -Dry  Tortugas,  Florida. 
,  Variation  No.  2  (pi.  81,  fig.  2).— The  general  growth  form  is  similar 
:<that  of  typical  specimens,  except  that  the  surface  is  thrown  into 
pbosities  of  irregular  shape  and  size;  these  are  often  about  a  centi- 
r;er  in  height  and  several  centimeters  in  diameter.  The  calices 
u  larger  than  in  the  typical  specimens,  often  measuring  3,  occa- 
i tally  4  millimeters  in  diameter,  between  thecal  summits.  The 
<bal  edges  are  slightly  elevated;  the  margins  of  the  primaries  and 
iemdaries  decidedly  exsert,  not  infrequently  standing  2  mm.  above 
I  inter  corallite  furrow.  The  three  characters  here  mentioned  are 
1  distinguishing  ones  of  this  variation,  namely,  gibbosities  on  the 
v'ace;  larger  calices;  and  more  exsert  septa. 

ocalities. — Dry  Tortugas,  Florida,  Dr.  Edward  Palmer,  collector, 
t  >ecimen:  east  end  of  Hog  Island,  Bahamas,  B.  A.  Bean,  collector, 
!■  ><?cimen;  and  two  other  specimens,  without  locality  labels. 


368  BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Variation  No.  3  (pi.  82,  fig.  2)  is  represented  by  a  single  specimd 
The  corallum  is  discoid,  lower  surface  flat,  upper  surface  convex,  so.j 
irregularities.  Greater  diameter,  22.7  cm.,  lesser,  19.2  cm;  thicknl 
in  the  center  about  5  cm.,  on  the  edge,  3  cm. 

Calices  with  elevated  margins  and  crowded  together,  the  differ*  1 
corallite  walls  almost  contiguous;  margins  of  primary  and  second^ 
septa  decidedly  exsert.    Diameter  of  calices  about  2.75  mm. 

The  distinguishing  characters  of  this  variation  are  its  discoid  ioii 
its  crowded  calices,  its  decidedly  exsert  septal  margins. 

Locality. — Fort  Taylor,  Key  West,  Florida. 

Variation  No.  4  (pi.  82,  figs.  1,  la)  is  represented  by  the  spJ 
mens  that  I  have  described  from  Mayaguez,  Porto  Rico,  in  I 
"Stony  corals  of  the  Porto  Rican  waters."  1  The  following  desc]| 
tion  is  based  on  them: 

The  corallum  forms  ascending  masses;  the  largest  specimeri 
about  20  cm.  tall;  diameter  above  flared -out  base  about  13.5  1 
The  base  of  each  specimen  is  considerably  produced  as  a  wide,  :| 
edge  invested  below  by  epitheca. 

Calices  with  very  slightly  or  only  moderately  elevated  marg 
diameter  measured  between  thecal  summits,  from  3.25  to  4 
rather  shallow;  distance  apart,  from  a  thin  dividing  edge  to 
mm.;  about  1.5  mm.  is  probably  the  average.  Thin  costae  nio 
ately  prominent,  subequal,  or  alternating  in  size,  correspond  tcfl 
septa;  those  from  one  calice  extend  across  the  intercorallite  sp  lei 
and  meet  those  from  the  adjacent  calices. 

Septa  thin,  24  to  28  in  number,  one-half  of  them  extend  from  le 
wall  to  the  columella,  and  have  decidedly  exsert  margins ;  the  o 
half  are  not  so  tall  and  are  short,  their  inner  ends  free. 

Endotheca  and  exotheca  as  in  the  typical  specimens,  except 
they  are  more  delicate. 

These  differ  from  typical  specimens  by  their  much  lighter  texl 
which,  of  course,  is  determined  by  their  thinner  skeletal  structi 
the  wrde,  flaring,  free  edges  of  the  base,  and  their  larger  ca] 
The  calices  overlap  in  size  those  of  variation  No.  2,  otherwi 
should  consider  the  specimens  as  representing  a  distinct  species. 

Variation  No.  5  (pi.  83,  figs.  1,3,  3a). — OrbiceUa  hispidula  Veil 
The  following  is  the  original  description: 

Coral  an  inerusting  mass  over  125  mm.  across,  and  from  5  to  20  mm.  thick, 
texture  is  rather  solid  and  heavy,  there  being  much  solid  exotheca  be  twee  I 
calicles,  which  are  rather  far  apart,  the  interspaces  being  mostly  equal  to,  and? 
exceeding,  their  diameter. 

The  calicles  are  round,  regularly  stellate,  a  little  prominent,  with  swollen.  sl<ji 
costate  rims  much  as  in  those  of  0.  annularis,  which  they  resemble  in  size,  tiW 
distinctly  larger.    The  septa  are  in  three  very  regular  cycles;  the  twelve  pritlP 

«  Bull.  U.  S.  Fish  Commission  for  1900,  vol.  2,  p.  301,  pis.  6,  7,  1901. 
•  Tonn.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sci.  Trans.,  vol.  11,  pp.  100,  pi.  15,  figs.  3,  3a,  3b. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  369 


Ls  are  wide,  nearly,  equal,  all  reaching  the  rather  large  columella;  their  edges  are 
Ipendicular  and  finely,  sharply  serrate,  with  slender,  rough  teeth,  which  extend 
li  over  their  prominent,  obtuse,  or  subtruncate  summits,  giving  them  a  rough 
Mearance  under  a  lens;  their  surfaces  are  also  rough  or  hispid  with  numerous  conical 

ins.    The  septa  of  the  third  cycle  are  narrow,  straight,  and  usually  reach  about 

fway  to  the  columella. 

te  costae  are  thick,  not  very  high,  meeting  or  inosculating  between  the  calicies. 
covered  with  a  single  row  of  small  slender,  rough  spinules.  The  columella  is 
1  developed,  formed  of  contorted  trabecular  processes,  and  often  having  a  small 
in  the  center  and  a  few  erect  spinules.  similar  to  the  slender,  rough,  paliform  teeth 
t  often  (but  not  regularly)  stand  at  the  base  of  some  of  the  12  larger  septa, 
a  sections  the  walls  are  very  thick  and  nearly  solid.  The  endothecal  dissepi- 
lte  are  small  thin,  irregularly  convex  or  flat  above.  The  calicies  are  not  filled 
below,  or  only  slightly  encroached  upon,  by  a  deposit,  between  some  of  the  septa, 
meter  of  the  calicies  3  to  3.5  mm.;  distance  between  them  mostly  2  to  4  mm., 
n  more. 

lorida  Keel's  t^Maj.  E.  B.  Kuntj.  Yale  Museum  5  Xo.  98.  Xear  Nassau.  N.  P. 
(1.  R.  P.  Whitfield),  Amer.  Mus.,  New  York. 

his  has  the  general  appearance  of  0.  annularis,  but  with  calicies  larger  than  usual 
i  decidedly  farther  apart,  The  walls  and  exotheca  are  much  thicker  and  more 
i,  and  the  endothecal  cells  are  fewer  and  less  regular..  The  sharply  spinulose 
i  hispid  septa  and  costae  are  also  characteristic.  The  exothecal  deposits  are 
k\y  as  solid  as  in  Oculina. 

{  Nassau  specimen,  in  the  American  Museum,  is  an  irregular,  rounded  mass  about 
»ches  in  diameter,  and  3  to  4  thick,  with  a  a  lobulated  surface.  The  coral  is  heavy 
u  solid:  the  surface  of  the  coenenchyma  is  spinulose;  the  costae  well  developed, 
f  calicies  are  more  variable  in  size  than  in  the  type,  in  some  places  being  one-half 
I  Her  and  closely  crowded.    Coll.  R.  P.  Whitfield. 

I  lie  form  of  0.  hispidula  Verrill,  in  which  the  upper  surface  is 
kulate.  is  common  on  the  reef  off  Cocoanut  Point,  Andros  Island, 
Eiamas,  where  a  suite  of  12  specimens  was  obtained  by  the  Anton 
lirn  expedition  in  1914.    The  calices  of  most  of  these  specimens 

precisely  as  in  the  type  of  Professor  VerrhTs  0.  Mspidula  (frag- 
ntat  of  type  No.  40476,  U.S.N.M.)  and  Gregory's  EcJiinopora  franski 
(itgment  of  type  No.  156455,  U.S.N.M.),  but  in  both  growth 
kn  and  calicular  characters  there  is  intergradation  with  the  more 
U;al  characters  of  0.  annularis.  Plate  76,  figures  3,  3a  illustrates 
tl  appearance  of  one  of  the  specimens  with  lobulate  surface. 

l  specimen  from  Port  Castries,  Santa  Lucia  (pi.  83,  fig.  2),  shows 
a  ariation  worthy  of  note.  In  all  of  the  variations  so  far  described, 
tl  primary  and  secondary  septa  are  constantly  subequal,  uniformly 
rching  the  columella.  In  the  Santa  Lucia  specimen  a  secondary 
sctum  in  some  systems  is  shorter  and  thinner  than  a  primary;  and 
tr-onie  calices  there  are  as  many  as  30  septa.  This  specimen  is  of 
ir»ortance  for  comparison  with  Pliyllocoenia  sculpta  var.  tegvla 
Ehcan  and  EcMnopora  franksi  Gregory. 

nese  remarks  cover  the  variation  of  the  recent  specimens  that 
I  ive  actually  been  able  to  study.  Pourtales,  Verrill,  and  Duerden, 
fo'ever,  have  added  other  observations. 


370 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Pourtales  says  of  the  species: 

The  same  remarks  about  variation,  given  under  the  head  of  0.  cavernosa,  can 
applied  to  this  species;  there  are  very  fine  examples  in  the  museum  of  the  gi 
variation  of  form  of  the  calicles  in  the  same  specimen. 

It  is  very  common  in  Florida  on  the  reef  and  in  the  channels, .  and  forms  I 
hemispherical  masses  nearly  up  to  low- water  mark.  The  central  and  highest  ] 
often  dies  out  from  being  left  uncovered  at  very  low  tide  and  the  mass  then  assu 
an  annular  form  through  the  decay  of  the  dead  part.1 

Verrill  writes: 

It  shows  considerable  variation  in  the  size  of  the  calicles;  in  the  extent  to  wl 
they  are  crowded  together;  in  the  prominence  of  their  borders  above  the  intervei 
exotheca;  in  the  prominence  of  the  septa  above  the  walls;  and  in  the  extent  to  wl 
the  small  septa  of  the  third  cycle  are  developed.  But  yet  these  variations,  so  fa 
I  have  seen,  never  go  so  far  as  to  render  difficult  the  recognition  of  the  species  im 
the  specimens  are  badly  worn. 

******* 

When  well  grown  it  forms  hemispherical  or  spheroidal  masses,  up  to  5  feet  or  d 
in  diameter.  But  it  also  grows  in  irregular  incrusting  plates,  and  sometimes  in  no< 
or  lobulate  masses,  or  even  in  branched  forms.2 

Duerden,  in  describing  specimens  from  Jamaica,  says: 

The  species  occurs  on  coral  areas  in  small  or  large,  fixed,  nearly  spheroidal  ma: 
also  as  an  incrustation  occupying  areas  several  feet  across.  Small  isolated  colo 
are  sometimes  conical.   In  places  it  is  an  important  constituent  of  the  reefs.3 

This  is  one  of  the  species  to  which  I  devoted  a  great  c 
attention  in  my  study  of  the  living  reefs  in  Florida  and  the  Bahan 
and  have  inserted  references  to  two  of  my  papers  (1915,  1916)  in  wl 
it  is  considered.  It  is  preeminently  the  great  reef-building  spe 
of  the  Pleistocene  and  Recent  reefs  in  Florida  and  the  West  Ind 
Where  there  is  sand  on  the  bottom,  it  forms  tall,  thick,  round-top 
columns. 

VARIATION  OF  FOSSIL  SPECIMENS. 

There  are  specimens,  particularly  those  of  known  Pleistocene  t 
similar  to  the  typical  form  of  the  species,  except  that  there  ma) 
variations  in  the  size  of  the  calices;  those  of  a  specimen  from  1 
Nassau,  Curacao,  range  from  3  to  4.5  mm.  in  diameter,  measi 
between  thecal  summits;  those  of  another  specimen  from  W 
punt,  Curayao,  are  from  2.5  to  3  mm.  in  diameter.  The  for 
possesses  the  largest  calices  of  any  specimen  of  the  species  I  have  s 

The  variations  not  included  in  the  preceding  remarks  may 
divided  into  two  classes,  dependent  upon  growth-  namely,  a, 
planate  or  incrusting;  b,  columnar. 

A.  Growth  from  explanate  or  incrusting. 

'  Mas.  Pomp.  Zool.  III.  Cat.  No.  -1,  p.  72,  1871. 
*  Conn.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sci.  Trans.,  vol.  11,  pp.  95,  96,  1902. 
;  West  Indian  Madropnran'un  Polyps*  Nat.  Acad.  Bd.  Mem.,  vol.  S.  p.  564,  1908. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  371 


Gregory1  was  mistaken  in  referring  the  specimens  described  by 
aa  as  EcMnopora  franksi  (see  pi.  84,  fig.  4)  to  the  genus  EcJiinopora. 
te  following  is  the  original  description : 

)iagnosis.~ The  coral  has  a  broad  base;  from  this  pass  outward  short,  thick,  rapidly 
-  Bering  expansions. 

)orallites  long,  often  an  inch  in  length.  Their  distance  one  from  the  other  varies 
ha  half  their  diameter  to  the  whole. 

lepta  strongly  dentate;  inner  teeth  paliform,  in  three  cycles.  Those  of  the  first 
le  always  unite  to  the  columella;  those  of  the  second  cycle  often  do  so,  but  may 
1  the  primary  septa;  those  of  the  third  cycle  are  much  smaller  and  independent, 
i  a  few  may  unite  with  the  septa  of  the  other  orders. 
;  Columella  of  very  loose  tissue;  half  the  diameter  of  the  corallite.  Endotheca  scanty. 
:  inenchyma  thinner  than  in  other  species  of  the  genus.  Echinulations  of  the  surface 

rse.   Epitheca  thick  and  well  developed. 
~:  Hmensions. — Diameter  of  an  average  corallite,  3  mm.;  height  of  corallite  varies 
a  10  to  to  25  mm.;  thickness  of  wall  varies  from  lh  to  3  mm. 

distribution.  Recent:  West  Indies.  Fossil:  Barbados:  Lowlevel  Reefs,  near 
dgetown. 

Ootypes. — -British  Museum  (Natural  History);  a  piece  of  one  of 
i  cotypes  in  the  United  States  National  Museum,  No.  156,455. 
i  comparison  of  this  description  with  the  notes  on  the  variation 
J  Orbicelfa  annularis  will  show  that  it  presents  no  important  differ- 
:)e  from  variations  of  the  species  already  recorded.  Its  growth 
m  is  explanate,  the  exotheca  is  solid,  and  the  secondary  septa 
'en,  but  not  always,  reach  the  columella. 
3.  Growth  from  columnar  (pi.  84,  figs.  3,  3a.) 

These  are  the  specimens  referred  to  in  my  paper  "Some  fossil 

als  from  the  elevated  reefs  of  Curacao,  Arube,  and  Bonaire/'  2 
J  Gained  by  Mr.  v.  Koolwijk  at  Westpunt,  Curacao.    Three  of  the 

■.cimens  are  in  the  United  States  National  Museum,  and  they 
Im  the  basis  of  the  following  description: 

The  corallum  forms  ascending,  compressed,  obtuse  columns. 
eK  I    Dimensions  in  millimeters  of  variant  of  Orbicella  annularis  from  Curarao. 


1  Greater 

Lesser 

?cimen  No. 

diameter 

diameter 

Height. 

Remarks. 

of  base. 

of  base. 

I 

mm. 

mm. 

mm. 

I  j  37.5 

25 

60 

Bifurcation  32  mm.  above  base. 

23 

71 

Constricted   above   base;  gradually  enlarging 

p   30+ 

above  the  constriction. 

  27.5 

.  21 

91 

Figured,  pi.  84.  figs.  3,  3a. 

JaJices  2.5  to  3.5  mm.  in  diameter;  from  less  than  1  mm.  to  2  mm. 
Irt.  The  upper  margin  is  usually  not  elevated,  while  the  lower 
I  is,  thus  tilting  the  calicular  orifices.  The  maximum  length  of 
J  lower  limb  of  the  calice  is  about  3  mm.  Subequal,  relatively 
likj  dentate  costae  correspond  to  all  septa. 


1  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Jour.,  vol.  51,  p.  274,  pi.  11,  figs.  2a,  26,  1895. 

2  Geolog.  Eeichs.  Mus.  Leiden  Samml.,  ser.  2.  vol.  2,  Heft  I,  p.  26. 


372  BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 

The  usual  number  of  septa  is  three  complete  cycles;  primaries  a: 
secondaries  subequal,  reach  the  columella;  tertiaries  short,  inr 
edges  free.  The  septa  present  only  one  noteworthy  difference  fr< 
what  is  usual  in  0.  annularis;  that  is,  the  margins  of  the  primar 
and  secondaries  are  less  exsert. 

Columella  not  very  large,  loose,  trabecular. 

The  three  salient  characteristics  of  this  variant  are  (1),  its  grov 
form;  (2),  the  tilted  calices;  (3),  the  lower  (less  exsert)  margins 
the  primary  and  secondary  septa. 

Geologic  horizon. — Pleistocene. 

NOTES  ON  SYNONYMY. 

A  number  of  other  names  need  to  be  considered  in  greater  or  ] 
detail. 

Gregory  1  applied  the  name  Orbicella  acropora  (Linnaeus)  to  \ 
species.    He  accepted  the  determination  of  the  species  by  Mi 
Edwards  and  Haime,2  who  separated  it  from  0.  annularis  by 
having  no  septa  corresponding  to  the  last  cycle  of  costae.  Greg< 
showed  that  occasionally  in  typical  specimens  of  0.  annularis 
last  cycle  of  septa  may  be  absent  while  the  costae  are  present,  t 
breaking  down  the  character  used  by  Milne  Edwards  and  Haime 
distinguish   the   species.    I    accepted  Gregory's   conclusion,  : 
followed  him  in  my  paper  on  Some  fossil  corals  from  the  eleva 
reefs  of  Curacao,  Arube,  and  Bonaire,  and  subsequent  pap 
Professor  Verrill,  in  his  Variations  and  Nomenclature  of  Bermudi 
West  Indian,  and  Brazilian  reef  corals,3  declares  that  Madrei 
acropora  Linnaeus  "is  utterly  indeterminable/ 1  and  takes  the  n 
later  specific  name,  annularis  Ellis  and  Solander,  for  the  spec 
Subsequent  study  convinced  me  that  Professor  Verrill  is  right, 
I  published  my  change  of  opinion  in  a  paper  on  Some  recent  Char 
in  the  Nomenclature  of  West  Indian  corals.4    Therefore,  I  i 
believe  that  Madrepora  acropora  Linnaeus  should  be  considerec 
undeterminable  and  that  the  name  should  be  dropped  from  c 
nomenclature. 

The  type-specimen  of  Madrepora  faveolata  Ellis  and  Solani 
preserved  in  the  Hunterian  Museum  of  the  University  of  Glasg 
where  I  have  seen  it,  and  Prof.  Graham  Kerr  has  kindly  sent  u 
photograph.  It  is  a  worn  specimen,  considerably  infiltrated  ^ 
calcium  carbonate,  and  is  probably  the  same  as  Orhicella  annuk 

Astraea  (Orhicella)  stellulata  Dana  has  been  carefully  redeseribec 
Professor  Verrill  from  Dana's  types,  which  are  preserved  in  the  1 
University  Museum.    The  following  is  his  description: 

They  5  are  beach-worn  specimens  of  a  true  Orbicella,  move  or  less  infiltrated 
calcium  carbonate,  to  which  the  unusual  solidity  of  the  walls  and  exothca,  in 

1  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ.,  vol.  51,  p.  272,  1895. 

2  Hist.  nat.  Corall.,  vol.  2,  p.  477  1857. 
2  Conn.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sci.  Trans.,  vol.  11,  p.  94,  1902. 
<  Rio!.  Soc.  "Washington  Proc,  vol.  15,  p.  56,  1902. 
•  Conn.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sci.  Trans.,  vol.  11,  p.  96,  pi.  15  ,fur.  2,  1902. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  373 


is,  as  seen  in  sections  figured  by  Dana,  seem  to  be  partly  due.  In  other  parts  the 
cture  is  nearly  as  in  0.  annularis,  to  which  it  probably  belongs,  though  there  are 
brences  in  the  sections  not  due  to  infiltration.  Its  septal  arrangement  is  the  same 
n  ordinary  specimens  of  the  latter,  those  of  the  third  cycle  being  distinct,  but 
row  and  thin.    The  borders  of  the  calicles  seem  to  have  been  but  little  raised,  and 

ft  septa  rather  thinner  than  usual,  and  not  much  exsert,  but  the  poor  condition  of 

ft  specimens  renders  these  characters  rather  uncertain. 

■he  calicles  are  rather  smaller  (2  to  2.5  mm.  in  diameter)  than  is  usual  in  0.  annu- 
The  thin  septa  are  in  three  regular  cycles;  those  of  the  third  cycle  are  very 
I  and  reach  only  one-fourth  or  one-third  to  the  columella,  which  is  well  developed. 
I  septa  are  a  little  thickened  at  the  wall;  their  faces  are  only  slightly  granulated, 
■re  are  a  few,  irregular,  small  teeth  on  their  inner  edges  where  best  preserved; 
i]er  ends  are  all  worn  off;  some  have  a  paliform  tooth  at  the  base.  The  costae  are 
I.  developed,  inosculating,  with  irregular  exothecal  dissepiments  between  them, 
li  0.  annularis.  But  in  some  vertical  sections  the  walls  appear  as  narrow,  solid 
■ctures  (where  unaltered);  in  the  sections  the  columella  region  is  loosely  filled 
.ft  stout  ascending  trabeculae;  the  endotheca  consists  of  small,  very  thin,  nearly 
ftzontal  dissepiments,  inclining  downward  a  little,  and  often  in  two  series.  No. 

■ieir  origin  is  uncertain,  but  it  appears  to  be  West  Indian.  They  are  in  the  same 
wh-worn  state  as  several  other  types  of  West  Indian  corals  studied  by  Professor 
■a.  Apparently  most  West  Indian  corals,  in  good  condition,  were  scarce  in 
■>rican  museums  at  the  time  when  he  wrote  his  great  work. 

If  appears  to  be  a  small  or  somewhat  dwarfed  variety  of  0.  annularis.  I  have  seen 
111  specimens  of  a  similar  variety  from  the  Florida  reefs. 

■lis  may  well  be  identical  with  M.  stellulata  Ellis  and  Solander,  but  the  latter 
■not  be  determined  with  any  certainty  from  the  figure,  which  represents  a  badly 
wu  specimen.  Its  calicles,  as  figured,  are  mostly  even  smaller  than  in  Dana's  type, 
■  somewhat  unequal  in  size;  the  walls  appear  to  be  as  solid  as  in  the  latter;  the 
'Ivies  project  slightly  as  in  annularis;  12  to  15  septa  are  figured,  all  perfect;  colu- 
m  a  is  as  in  annularis.  There  is  much  more  reason  for  calling  this  a  variety  of  0. 
an  daris  than  there  is  for  identifying  it  with  Solenastraea  hyades,  as  Gregory  has  done. 
II -e  is  no  evidence  that  it  is  a  Solenastraea. 

I  fortunately  Dana's  Orbicella  stellulata  is  a  synonym  of  0.  annu- 
hs  and  is  not  even  of  varietal  importance.  Professor  Verrill  says, 
■his  may  well  be  identical  with  M.  stellulata  Ellis  and  Solander/' 
anpinion  from  which  I  emphatically  dissent.  The  figures  of  Ellis 
ai  Solander  are  of  a  Solenastrea  (Nat.  Hist.  Zooph.,  pi.  53,  figs.  3,  4); 
tb  costae  do  not  continue  from  one  calice  to  those  of  adjacent  calices, 
ai  the  exotheca,  as  .is  shown  by  the  side  of  figure  3,  is  typical  of 
Scnastrea.  Furthermore,  in  the  description  of  the  species  it  is 
sted,  "interstitiis  planiusculis  scabriuscuhs,"  the  intercorallite 
aris  are  not  " radiate"  as  in  annularis.  The  Heliastraea  stellulata 
of -lime  Edwards  and  Haime  (see  pi.  80,  figs.  7,  7a,  71)  is  not  the 
folrepora  stellulata  of  Ellis  and  Solander;  it  is  probably  the  same 
*s~)rbicella  annularis. 

here  is  much  doubt  about  the  Cyphastraea  oblita  Duchassaing  and 
Kbelotti.    The  following  is  the  original  description: 

r  jpece  arrondie,  avec  des  etoiles  arrondies  et  a  bord  un  peu  elev<§:  cdtes  rares, 
Pr' liie  confluentes;  les  intervalles  de  l'une  a  Tautre  etoile  sont  garnies  de  granu- 
lans; la  columelle  est  grande  et  papilleuse. 


I 


874  BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 

La  Cyphastrea  oblita  a  les  bords  moins  eleves,  et  les  cloisons  plus  debordante  pju 
celles  de  la  Cyph.  micro  phthalma  qui  sont  aussi  garni es  d'une  petite  dent  sulWf 
forme  qui  manque  dans  la  Cyph.  oblita.    St.  Thomas. 

I  found  in  the  Museum  of  Natural  History  at  Turin  a  speciU 
labeled  "  Cyphastrea  oblita."  It  is  a  specimen  of  Orbicella  annulm 
Another  specimen  bearing  the  same  label,  seen  in  the  Museum  d  lis 
toire  Naturelle  at  Paris,  is  a  Solenastrea.1  The  latter  is  a  rouJI 
head  with  a  greater  diameter  of  about  130  mm.  The  calices  rig 
in  diameter  from  2  to  3  mm.;  distance  apart  from  somewhat  leiM 
slightly  more  than  1  mm.,  occasionally  2  mm.  Margins  of  the  ceM 
marked  by  a  slightly  raised  rim.  Costae  insignificant,  occasions 
extending  from  one  calice  to  the  next.  Septa  in  three  com  ■ 
cycles,  primaries  and  secondaries  reaching  the  columella;  tertiB 
shorter,  with  inner  edges  free,  i.  e.,  not  fused  to  the  sides  of  a  iM 
cycle.  Pali  variable  in  development;  in  some  calices  they  are  Lge 
flattened  above,  before  all  septa  except  the  last  cycle;  in  otfifj 
several  teeth  indicate  the  position  of  a  palus.  Columella,  lax» 
papillary.  This  specimen  is  the  same  as  the  Heliastraea  S 
Duchassaing  and  Michelotti. 

The  original  description  of  Cyphastrea  oblita  is  not  adequat* 
identification.    One  of  the  specimens  from  the  Duchassaing 
Michelotti  collection  is  Orbicella  annularis,  the  other  the  same  is 
own  Heliastraea  abdita.    Because  the  Paris  specimen  is  probablj 
type  I  am  placing  the  species  in  the  s}monymy  of  Solenastrea  c 
noni  M.  Edwards  and  Haime  (see  p.  400). 

Heliastraea  roiulosa  Duchassing  and  Michelotti  is  a  growth  for 
0.  annularis,  judging  by  the  description.  I  did  not  find  the  tyj! 
Turin. 

The  specimens  determined  by  Duchassing  and  Michelott 
Heliastraea  acropora  (Linnaeus)  and  H.  lamarcki  Milne  Edwards 
Haime  are,  according  to  specimens  bearing  those  names  in 
Museum  of  Natural  History  at  Turin,  referable  to  Orbicella  annul] 

The  type  of  Duncan's  Cyphasiraea  costata  from  Barbuda  is 
served  in  the  Geological  Society  of  London,  and  I  studied  it  t] 
The  specimen  shows  no  noteworthy  variation  from  the  usual  Orh\ 
annularis,  except  that  its  calices  are  from  3  to  4  mm.  in  diam 
usually  3.5  mm.    Another  specimen,  from  Santo  Domingo,  lan 
Cyphasiraea  costata  is  a  Solenastrea.    The  specimens  determine*  I 
Gregory  as  C.  costata  were  studied  in  the  British  Museun  of  Naif 
History;  they  are  0.  annularis. 

Astraea  bavbadensis  Duncan  is  a  specimen  of  0.  annularis  fromi 
Pleistocene  reefs  of  Barbados. 

1  Illustrations  of  this  specimen  have  been  published  by  me  in  U.  S.  Geol.  Sun  .  Prof.  Pay*.  98-T,  ' 
tips.  3,  8»;  1917. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  375 

jregory  refers  Heliastraea  altissima  Duncan  to  the  synonymy  of 
3  species,  but  I  doubt  the  correctness  of  his  conclusion  and  am 
Jating  it  as  valid. 

geologic  distribution. — Pleistocene  and  Recent,  throughout  the 
rated  reef  areas  of  the  West  Indies,  eastern  Central  America,  and 

>da- 

hincan  1  has  listed  Astraea  barbadensis,  one  of  the  synonyms  of 
Annularis,  from  the  "marl  formation"  of  Antigua,  remarking  that  it 
greatly  altered  by  f ossilization ;  the  calicular  surface  is  subplane, 
the  calices  are  seen  as  prominent  columnar  casts."  Should 
lean's  identification  be  correct,  the  geologic  range  of  0.  annularis 
3nds  from  Oligocene  time  to  the  present.    Mr.  R.  T.  Hill  obtained 
Lntigua  a  silicified  specimen  that  looks  like  0.  annularis,  but  I  am 
sure  that  it  is  that  species. 

osta  Rica,  station  4269,  Port  Limon,  collected  by  Doctor  Wailes 
eds  referred  to  the  Pliocene.  There  are  three  dissociated  coral- 
>  which  have  the  general  characters  of  Orbicella  annularis,  but  are 
absolutely  typical,  for  the  primary  septa  are  appreciably  but  not 
singly  thicker  than  the  secondaries.  They  are,  therefore ,  somewhat 
rmediate  between  typical  examples  of  the  species  and  Orbicella 
hata  (Duncan). 

2.  ORBICELLA  LIMBATA  (Duncan). 

Plate  85,  figs.  1,  la,  2,  2a,  26,  3,  4,  4a. 

863.  Phyllocoenia  sculpta  var.  tegula  Duncan,  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ., 
vol.  19,  p.  432.  , 

863.  Phyllocoenia  limbata  Duncan,  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ.,  vol.  19, 
p.  433. 

864.  Plcsiastraea  ramea  Duncan,  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ.,  vol.  20,  p. 
39,  pi.  5,  figs,  la,  16. 

866.  Phyllocoenia  limbata  Duchassaing  and  Michelotti,  Sup.  M£m.  Corall. 

Antilles,  p.  76  (of  reprint). 
866.  Plesiastraea  ramea  Duchassaing  and  Michelotti,  Sup.  Mem.  Corall. 

Antilles,  p.  87  (of  reprint). 
868.  Phyllocoenia  limbata  Duncan,  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ.,  vol.  24, 
p.  23. 

868.  Plesiastraea  ramea  Duncan,  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ.,  vol.  24,  p.  25. 
r870.  Phyllocoenia  limbata  Duchassaing,  Rev.  Zooph.  et  Spong.  Antilles,  p.  28. 
870.  Plesiastraea  ramea  Duchassaing,  Rev.  Zooph.  et.  Spong.  Antilles,  p.  30. 

'iginal  description  of  Phyllocoenia  limbata:1 

um  in  the  shape  of  Stylina  limbata  Edwards  and  Haime.    Stem  large 
ylindrical.    Corallites  numerous,  irregularly  placed.    Calices  separated  by 
coenenchyma,  circular  and  but  slightly  elevated.    Costae  covering  much 
e.    Slightly  dentate  where  they  approach,  and  turning  aside  from  those  of  other 
'lis;  they  are  not  continuous,  not  very  prominent,  and  slightly  granular.  Septa 
^  ejecting  far  inwards,  laminae  granular;  their  upper  margin  is  neither  incised  nor 
Hte;  in  six  systems  of  generally  three  cycles,  though  occasionally  of  four.  Pri- 


»  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ.,  vol.  19,  1863,  p.  433. 
37149— 19— Bull.  103  13 


376         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


mary  septa  largest.  Columella  rudimentary.  Endotheea  abundant.  Diamete 
calice.  with  costae,  one-fifth  inch  [5  mm.]. 

The  deficient  columella  is  the  only  point  in  which  this  species  differs  from  M\ 
pora  limbata  Goldfuss,  which  has  been  determined  by  Milne  Edwards  to  be  a  Styl 

From  the  yellow  shale  of  San  Domingo.    Coll.  Geol.  Soc. 

Original  description  of  Plesiastraea  ramea: 1 

Corallum  in  gibbous  masses  or  more  or  less  cylindrical  processes  with  irres 
swellings.    Calices  distant,  very  slightly  exsert,  circular,  and  unequal  in 
Septa  thick  at  the  wall,  thin  internally,   unequal  in   size,   according  to 
orders:  finely  dentate  above,  but  sparely  granular  laterally.    In  six  systems  of  t 
cycles,  with  occasionally  an  additional  order  in  one-half  of  a  system.  Pali 
small.    Columella  lax,  papillated,  and  small.    Fossa  moderately  deep.  Costae 
developed,  subequal,  and  marked  by  three  or  four  dentate  projections:  they  are( 
dently  covered  with  a  fine  epitheca,  which  is  not  granular;  where  the  epitheca  is  I 
the  costae  are  seen  to  be  smaller,  the  tertiary  being  much  smaller  than  the  other; E 
project,  however.    Exotheca  moderately  developed  and  often  becoming  indur; 
Endothecal  dissepiments  fragile,  but  horizontal  and  frequent.    Height,  some  in< 
diameter  of  branches  1  inch,  more  or  less;  diameter  of  corallites  four-thirtieths 
[3.3  mm.];  distance  between  corallites  about  one-tenth  inch  [2.5  mm.]. 

From  the  silt  of  the  Sandstone  plain,  San  Domingo.    Coll.  Geol.  Soc. 

I  examined  Duncan's  types  of  Phyllocoenia  limbata  and  Plesiasi. 
ramea  in  the  Geological  Society  of  London  and  made  a  note  that 
latter,  except  that  its  septa  are  broken  down  and  the  calices  ha* 
hollowed-out  appearance,  is  the  same  as  the  former. 

In  my  Some  fossil  Corals  from  the  elevated  Reefs  of  Cura 
Arube,  and  Bonaire,  and  my  Stony  Corals  of  the  Porto  R 
waters,  I  placed  in  the  synonymy  of  Orbicella  acropora  ( 
annularis),  the  three  names  of  Duncan,  cited  above,  considering 
specimens  to  which  they  were  applied  as  growth  forms  of  that  spe 
More  detailed  studies,  subsequently  made,  have  led  me  to  be] 
that  I  was  mistaken  in  that  course.  This  coral  is  very  similar  t 
annularis.  However,  there  appear  to  be  two  constant  differenc 
namely,  the  primary  septa  within  the  calices  are  uniformly  thi 
and  usually  longer  than  the  secondaries  (this  lesser  developmer 
the  secondaries  is  not  occasional  as  in  0.  annularis  but  constant) 
small,  but  distinctly  developed,  pali  occur  before  the  primary 
secondary  septa. 

I  have  for  study  one  specimen  from  Duncan's  original  ma 
labeled  Plesiastraea  ramea  Duncan,  No.  155273,  U.S.N.M.,  ki 
sent  to  the  United  States  National  Museum  by  the  authorities  oMl. 
Geological  Society  of  London  (see  pi.  85,  figs.  1,  la);  10  speciij^; 
belonging  to  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology,  4  specii 
collected  by  Miss  C.  J.  Maury  in  Santo  Domingo,  and  ma; 
obtained  by  myself  near  Santiago,  Cuba.  The  first  specimen  is 
in  very  good  condition  for  study,  and  does  not  fit  Duncan's  desH^ 
tion  well.    The  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology  specimens,  howMj^ 


I  Geol.  Soc.  London,  quart.  Jour.,  vol.  19,  1863,  p.  421. 


GEOLOGY  AXD  PALEOBIOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


377 


exactly,  omitting  the  remarks  about  the  costae  being  covered  by 
itheca.  The  figures  presented  on  plate  85,  figs.  2,  2a,  2b,  and  3, 
e  based  on  these  specimens. 

Pliyllocoenia  seidpta  var.  tegula  Duncan.1  As  I  do  not  find  Dun- 
n's description  of  this  coral  satisfactory,  and  as  the  authorities  of 
e  Geological  Society  of  London  have  kindly  sent  one  of  the  original 
ecimens  to  the  United  States  .  National  Museum  (No.  155274), 
3e  pi.  85,  figs.  4,  4a)v  I  submit  the  following  description: 
Cora  Hum,  a  rather  thick  folium;  the  specimen  here  described  is 
fortunately  broken  on  all  its  edges,  its  original  dimensions  are  there- 
re  unknown.  Its  present  length  is  62  mm. ;  width  40  mm. ;  greatest 
ickness,  15.5  mm.;  thickness  near  outer  edge  5.5  mm.  Base  in- 
sted  with  a  coarsely  wrinkled  epitheca. 

The  calicular  margins  are  on  the  same  level  as  the  flat  exothecal 
rfaces,  or  are  very  slightly  raised.  In  form  the  calices  are  circular 
somewhat  deformed.  Diameter  from  about  2  mm.,  to  2.5  by 
25  mm.;  distance  apart,  from  1  to  3  mm.  Intercorallite  areas  with 
stae,  beaded  on  the  edges,  equal  or  alternating  in  size,  correspond- 
l  to  all  septa,  those  of  one  calico  meeting  those  of  the  adjoining 
lices. 

'Septa  usually  in  three  complete  cycles,  primaries  and  secondaries 
ger,  and  usually  thicker,  than  the  tertiaries,  primaries  average 
'ger  than  the  secondaries.    All  the  primaries  and  most  of  the  second- 
es  reach  the  columella. 
Columella  trabecular. 

Locality  and  geologic  occurrence. — Nivaje  shale,  Santo  Domingo,  t. 
mean . 

Miss  Maury  obtained  specimens  in  Santo  Domingo  as  follows: 
io  Cana,  zone  H,  associated  with  Placocyathus,  new  species, 
phora  granulaia  Duncan,  Aniillia  bilobata  Duncan,  Orbicella  bain- 
ensis  Vaughan  ?,  Solenasirea  bournoni  M.  Edwards  and  Haime, 
gophyllia  gregorii  (Vaughan),  and  Siderastrea  siderea  (Ellis  and 
ander).    Rio  Gurabo,  zone  D,  associated  with  Stylophora  affinis 
ncan,  Madracis  decaciis  (Lyman),  Pocillopora  crassoramosa  Dun- 
Hi,  Steplianocoenia  intersepta   (Esper),  Orbicella  cavernosa  var. 
mindrica  (Duncan),  Syzygophyllia  dentata  (Duncan) ;  zone  not  stated, 
fcociated  with  Pocillopora  crassoramosa,  Thysanus  grandis  (Duncan), 
f^i  Syzygophyllia  dentata  (Duncan). 
.  collected  in  1901  a  fine  specimen  of  this  species  east  of  La  Cruz, 
the  crossing  of  the  highway  from  Santiago  to  the  Morro  over  the 
IV road,  near  Santiago,  Cuba.    Other  corals  collected  there,  including 
'h phora  species  (probably  S.  affinis  Duncan),  Solenasirea  hour- 
n  M.  Edwards  and  Haime,  a  species  of  Thysanus  (aft.  T.  excen- 
us  Duncan),  Siderastrea  siderea  (Ellis  and  Solander),  and  Goniopora 


Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ..  vol.  19,  p.  432,  1863. 


378 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


jacobiana  Vaughan,  indicate  similarity  in  horizon  with  zone  I)  of  tl 
Rio  Gurabo  section. 

3.  ORBICELLA  IMPERATORIS,  new  species. 

Plate  86,  figs.  2,  3,  4,  5. 

Corallum  forming  rounded  masses  16  cm.  or  more  in  diametea 
Calices  in  the  type-specimen  are  not  much  elevated  hut  have  a  di 
tinct,  somewhat  raised  wall;  in  other  specimens  the  corallites  im 
project  as  much  as  2.5  to  3  mm.  Calicular  diameter,  3.5  to  5  mn 
distance  between  calices,  from  2  to  3.5  mm.  Corallites  joined  1 
prominent,  rather  thin,  distant  costae,  which  correspond  either 
all  cycles  of  septa  or  to  the  primaries  and  secondaries. 

Septa,  typically  in  three  complete  cycles;  the  6  primaries  pron, 
nent,  thicker  than  the  members  of  the  higher  cycles,  and  extei 
to  the  columella;  the  secondaries  usually  do  not  reach  the  columel 
only  about  half  as  long  as  the  primaries;  tertiaries  shorter  and  thi 
ner  than  the  secondaries.  The  septa  are  usually  distant  in  the  wa1 
The  third  cycle  of  septa  is  incomplete  in  some  calices;  while  in  lar 
calices  a  few  secondaries  may  reach  oi  almost  reach  the  columella. 

Columella  formed  by  the  fusion  of  the  inner  edges  of  the  prima 
septa. 

Endotheca  well  developed  as  dissepiments.  Exotheca  well  dev 
oped  between  the  strong  costae,  about  3  dissepiments  within  1.5  m 

Localities  and  geologic  occurrence. — Canal  Zone, "Panama,  in  tl 
Emperador  limestone,  at  stations  6015  and  6016,  quarries  in  Empi 
and  6017,  one  mile  from  Empire  toward  Las  Cascadas,  collected 
T.  W.  Vaughan  and  D.  F.  MacDonald;  station  6256,  in  the  Empera( 
limestone,  1\  miles  south  of  Miraflores,  collected  by  D.  F.  MacDona 

Cuba,  station  3450,  4  miles  north  of  the  City  of  Pinar 
Rio,  and  station  3451,  one-half  mile  west  of  Cienaga  railroad  stati 
near  Habana,  collected  by  T.  W.  Vaughan;  station  3566,  Beju< 
collected  by  Arthur  C.  Spencer;  station  7544,  Rio  Yateras,  n 
Guantanamo,  collected  by  O.  E.  Meinzer.  N.  H.  Darton,  collec 
at  station  7664,  on  the  north  slope  of  La  Piedra,  northeast  of  Jamai 
which  is  northeast  of  Guantanamo,  a  specimen  of  Orbicella  apparer 
referable  to  this  species.  The  calices  are  rather  large,  7  mm. 
diameter,  and  nearly  all  of  the  secondary  septa  reach  the  colume 
It  seems  very  near  0.  antillarum.  The  specimens  from  Ciena 
Cuba  (pi.  86,  fig.  5),  is  illustrated  as  well  as  the  cotypes  from  Panai 

Anguilla,  stations  6893   and  6967,  Crocus   Bay.  collected 
T.  W.  Vaughan. 

Cotypes.— No.  324884,  324902,  324903,  U.  S.  N.  M. 

Paratype.—No.  324878,  U.  S.  N.  M. 

This  species  is  distinguished  by  the  small  size  of  its  calices, 
prominent  costae,  its  6  long  septa,  with  intermediate  septa  sho 
according  to  cycle. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


379 


1863. 


1866.. 


4.  ORBICELLA  ANTILLARUM  (Duncan). 

Astraea  antillarum  Duncan,  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ.,  vol 


443. 


19,  p. 
\ntilles, 
24, 


Astraea  antillarum  Duchassaing  and  Michelottt,  Sup.  Corall. 
p.  86  (of  reprint). 

1867.  Heliastraea  antillarum  Duncan,  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ.,  vol. 
p.  24. 

1870.  Heliastraea  antillarum  Duchassaing,  Rev.  Zooph.  Antilles,  p.  30. 
This  coral  was  doubtfully  referred  by  me  1  to  the  synonymy  of 
fiicella-  cavernosa;  but,  as  there  is  doubt,  it  is  here  accorded  specific 
teatment. 

Original  description.— •"  A  specimen  in  the  form  of  a  rolled  flint, 
|md  with  silicified  wood,  has  the  corallum  large,  tall,  probably 
ambling  in  shape  that  of  the  San  Domingan  A.  exothecata.  Coral- 
I  close,  unequal  in  size,  but  quite  distinct:  the  transverse  section 
>ws  them  to  be  circular  in  outline.  Septa  in  six  systems  of  three 
?les.  The  primary  and  secondary  septa  are  nearly  equal,  and* reach 
the  columella;  the  tertiary  are  small  and  straight:  all  are  slender, 
le  apart,  and  very  distinct.  Costae  tolerably  developed,  subequal. 
is  moderately  developed,  by  no  means  strong.  Columella  small, 
occupying  a  small  space.  Endotheca  greatly  developed,  vesicu- 
|  and  forming  cells  between  the  septa.    Exotheca  well  developed; 

cells  broad,  others  squarer,  with  shelving  dissepiments.  Diam- 
1  of  the  corallites  three-tenths  inch  [7.5  mm.].    The  interspaces  are 
?d  with  opalescent  or  porcellanous  silica:  sclerenchvma  often 
;troyed.    Coll.-Geol.  Soc." 
)cality. — Mojitserrat. 

ncan  2  list's  a  coral  as  Astraea  antillarum  variety,  and  makes 
following  note:  "With  more  distant  calices  than  the  type,  pro- 
ved costae,  and  a  less  perfect  development  of  the  third  septal 
le.    The  exact  locality  is  not  known,  but  the  coral,  from  its 
leralogical  characters,  appears  to  have  been  obtained  from  An- 
iia.    Brit.  Mus." 
legarding  the  apparent  absence  of  a  fourth  cycle  of  septa,  it  will 
loted  that  as  they  are  often  very  small  and  may  be  broken  away, 
lething  especially  likely  to  occur  in  worn  specimens  such  as 
dls  usually  are,  they  may  have  been  present,  but  were  subse- 
intly  destroyed.    The  size  of  the  calices,  7.5  mm.  in  diameter, 
jests  the  presence  of  quaternary  septa.    Additional  material 
Montserrat  is  needed  to  solve  the  question. 

5.  ORBICELLA  ALTISSIMA  (Duncan). 

L867.    Heliastraea  altissima  Duncan,  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ.,  vol.  24, 
pp.  12.  24,  pi.  2,  fig.  3. 

\  riginal  description. — "The  corallum  is  very  massive  and  tall,  and 
lpper  surface  is  sub  plane  and  wider  than  the  base.    The  calices 

1  Geologisch.  Reichs.  Mus.  Leiden  Samml.,  ser.  2,  vol.  2,  pt.  1,  p.  28,  1901. 

2  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ.,  vol.  20,  p.  36,  pi.  4,  fig.  2. 


380  BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


are  barely  above  the  common  surface,  they  are  circular,  but  occ 
sionally  deformed,  and  they  are  slightly  unequal  in  size.  The  calicul 
fossa  is  shallow,  and  the  calicular  margins  are  broader  than  t] 
septa.  The  columella  is  small,  distinct,  lax,  and  parietal.  T] 
costae  are  well  marked,  unequal,  and  rarely  touch,  and  they  a 
thicker  than  the  septa.  The  costae  of  the  highest  order  are  w 
developed,  and  contrast  with  their  rudimentary  septa.  The  sep 
are  delicate,  they  are  thinner  midway  than  elsewhere,  and  the 
which  reach  the  columella  have  a  paliform  tooth;  they  are  not  exse 
and  are  only  slightly  dentate.  The  septa  are  very  irregular  in  th 
arrangement.  There  are  six  s}'Stems,  and  in  most  of  them  the 
are  three  cycles  with  or  without  a  part  of  a  fourth  in  one-half  of 
system,  so  that  there  are  constantly  six  septa  in  a  system  inste 
of  eight.  The  endotlieca  is  well  developed;  and  the  dissepim 
are  close,  stout,  and  nearly  horizontally  parallel.  The  exotheca 
abundant,  forming  small  ceils  with  arched  outlines.  Height 
coralium  6-8  inches.  Diameter  of  calices  two-tenths  inch  [  =  5  mm 
Locality. — St.  Croix,  Trinidad. 

Gregory  1  places  Duncans  Heliastraea  altissima  in  the  synonyi 
of  Orhicella  acropora  (Linnaeus),  without  giving  his  reason.  He  n 
be  right,  but  the  calices  are  large  for  0.  acropora  (here  called 
annularis),  and  judging  from  the  presence  of  quaternary  septa 
almost  certainly  distinct.  According  to  Duncan's  figure  every  otl 
septum  reaches  the  columella,  a  septal  arrangement  which  is  one 
the  characteristics  of  0.  annularis.  I  did  not  see  the  type  in  Lond 
and  think  that  until  it  is  restudied  or  additional  material  has  b< 
collected  at  the  type  locality,  it  will  not  be  possible  to  reach  a  posit 
decision  as  to  the  validity  of  the  species. 

6.  ORBICELLA  C  AVERNOSA  (Linnaeus). 

Plate  87,  figs.  1,  la.  16,  lc;  plate  88,  figs.  1,  2,  3,  3a,  36. 

1766.  Madrepora  cavernosa  Linnaeus,  Syst.  Nat.,  ed.  12,  vol.  1,  p.  1276. 

1901.  Orhicella  cavernosa  Vaughan,  Geolog.  Reichs.  Mufi.  Leiden  Samml. 

2j  vol.  2,  p.  27  (Synonymy  with  exceptions  noted  below;. 

1902.  Orhicella  cavernosa  Verkill,  Conn.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sci.  Trans.,  vol.  1 

102. 

1915.  Orhicella  cavernosa  Vaughan.  Washington  Acad.  Sci.  Journ.,  vol.  5,  p. 

1916.  Orhicella  cavernosa  Vaughan.  Carnegie  Inst.  Washington  Year  Book  No 

p.  227. 

In  my  first  paper  referred  to  in  the  synonymy  I  placed  Astraea 
doihecata,  Astraea  cylindrica.  and  Astraea  brevis  of  Duncan  in 
synonymy  of  this  species.  .1.  endothecata  and  A.  cylindrica  i 
seem  to  mo  to  deserve  varietal  recognition  and  A.  brevis  should 
treated  as  a  valid  species  until  additional  information  concernin 
i-   available.    Duncan's   Astraea  antiguensis,  which  I  doubtf 

i  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ.,  vol.  51,  p.  272,  1895. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


381 


fced  in  the  synonymy  of  0.  cavernosa,  has  the  general  appearance 
Orbicella,  but  it  is  a  fungid  coral  and  is  referred  to  the  genus 
athomorplia.  Astraea  antittarum,  given  by  me  as  doubtfully  a 
lonym  of  0.  cavernosa,  should  for  the  present  at  least  be  treated 
a  valid  species. 

Vs  so  many  of  the  species  related  to  0.  cavernosa  must  be  con- 
.  ered  in  this  paper,  it  is  desirable  to  describe  all  those  members  of 
group  found  in  the  American  Tertiary  formations  and  now 
ng  in  the  western  Atlantic  Ocean.    The  systematic  rank  of  the 
ms  described  on  the  following  pages  is  open  to  debate,  and  I  wish 
e  to  express  my  recognition  of  other  methods  of  treatment.  As 
forms,  whether  they  be  designated  11 species,"  ''subspecies," 
,  ariations,"  or  merely  "variants,"  exist,  and  as  they  have  geographic 
I  geologic  significance,  they  should  be  discriminated  and  char- 
,  erized.    In  comparison  with   these   desiderata  nomenclatorial 
...  siderations  are  of  secondary  importance. 
jrbicella  cavernosa  is  so  variable  that  great  difficulty  has  been 
serienced  in  constructing  an  intelligible  description.    A  very 
^resting  specimen,  obtained  by  Prof.  J.  E.  Duerden  in  Jamaica 
t'  .  presented  by  him  to  the  United  States  National  Museum,  will 
}  be  described  in  detail,  as  it  shows  within  itself  a  wide  range  of 
tiation  and  indicates  the  lines  of  variation  of  other  specimens 
I  *e  constant  in  their  character  (see  pi.  87,  figs.  1,  la,  16,  lc). 
jhe  corallum  is  oblong;  upper  surface  convex  but  not  uniformly 
led  or  domed;  base  epithecate.    Length,  25  cm.;  breadth,  20 
:;  thickness,  11.3  cm. 
r..  |he  specimen  has  two  different  kinds  of  calices.    Those  of  one 
El  are  rather  distant,  protuberant,  and  have  subequal,  not  very 
a  thick,  dentate  costae  (pi,  87,  fig.  1).    The  transverse  outline  is 
iular  or  broadly  elliptical,  diameter  between  thecal  summits 
f  :m. ;  one  of  the  elliptical  calices  has  a  greater  diameter  of  11  mm., 
^?r  about  9  mm.    The  costae  are  about  1  mm.  tall.    The  distance 
ft,  measured  between  the  outer  costal  edges,  is  from  almost 
o  iguous  to  6  mm.    The  free  limb  of  the  corallite  is  sub  cylindrical 
d  projects  between  6  and  7  mm.    The  calices,  as  is  shown  by 
ffye  87,  figures  1,  la,  are  not  uniformly  distributed,  and  vary  in 
iz  form,  and  prominence. 

j  |.  a  fully  developed  calice  there  are  48  septa,  every  other  one  ■ 
xtnding  to  and  fusing  to  the  columella.  All  the  septa,  particularly 
h<  principals,  are  rather  thick.  The  margins  are  dentate,  within 
healicular  cavity,  they  fall  abruptly  to  the  bottoms  of  the  calices, 
■  h  are  3  to  4  mm.  deep,  and  there  the  principals  extend  to  the 
wnella.  There  are  septal  teeth  around  the  periphery  of  the 
otnella  but  they  are  not  in  the  form  of  well-developed  pali  or 
>a  orm  lobes. 


382 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


The  columella  is  large,  trabecular,  with  a  papillate  upper  surfs 
diameter,  as  much  as  4  mm.  The  columellar  elements  are  rat 
often  twisted  and  present  a  whorled  appearance. 

Endothecal  dissepiments  rather  delicate;  exotheca,  coarse 
very  vesicular. 

The  calices  of  the  other  kind  (pi.  87,  fig.  la)  in  their  typical  de^ 
opment  are  smaller  than  those  above  described,  their  edges 
only  slightly  elevated,  and  the  septa  and  costae  are  decidedly 
and  exsert.    Diameter  of  the  calices  from  5  to  8  mm. ;  septal  marj 
2  mm.  tall. 

The  differences  between  these  two  kinds  of  calices  are  so  gi. 
that  it  seems  scarcely  possible  that  they  could  belong  to  the  sf( 
species ;  however,  they  occur  on  the  same  corallum  where  per, 
intergradation  can  be  traced. 

Pourtales,  as  far  back  as  1871, 1  published  the  following  import, 
notes  on  this  species: 

There  is  considerable  variation  among  the  specimens  from  Florida  in  the  Museu 
Comparative  Zoology,  enough  apparently  to  warrant  placing  them  among  the 
species  mentioned  in  the  synonymy;  but  by  carefully  examining  the  different 
of  each  specimen,  passages  from  one  to  the  other  can  be  found.  Thus  young  po 
doms,  expanding  rapidly  laterally  and  with  rather  distant  polyps,  appear  at  fii 
differ  considerably  from  strongly  convex  ones  with  crowded  calices;  the  costa< 
larger,  flatter,  and  less  sharply  denticulate,  and  the  border  of  the  calicles  less  elev 

The  size  of  the  calicles,  relied  on  to  divide  the  genus  into  groups  by  Milne  Edv 
and  Haime,  is  a  very  uncertain  character;  one  specimen  has  in  one  part  the  cal 
varying  from  3.5  to  4  mm.,  in  another  from  7  to  8  mm.  The  same  specimen  h 
some  parts  the  contiguous  walls  united  solidly,  with  very  few  or  no  exothecal  eel 
others  separated  by  an  abundant  cellular  exotheca.  In  worn  specimens  the  last 
disappears  first,  for  that  reason  probably  Orbicella  (Madrepora)  radiata  Ellis  has 
characterized  by  the  Milne  Edwards  and  Haime  as  having  but  three  cycles. 

Verrill  gives  the  following  description:2 

Much  of  the  confusion  in  regard  to  the  name  of  this  species  is  due  to  the  fact  tl 
was  generally  described  and  figured  from  badly  beach- worn  specimens  by  the  ej 
writers.  Such  specimens  have  the  septa  and  calicles  worn  away  and  the  har< 
otheca  thus  becomes  prominent  around  the  excavate  calicles,  so  as  to  greatly  cl 
the  appearance  of  the  coral.  Another  cause  is  the  rather  wide  variations  in  th< 
of  the  calicles. 

The  normal  or  average  specimens  have  the  calicles  about  6  to  8  mm.  in  dian 
but  occasionally  a  specimen  occurs  in  which  part  or  all  of  them  may  be  9-10  mi 
rarely,  even  11  mm.  in  diameter.  Sometimes,  on  crowded  parts  of  large  specii 
the  diameter  may  be  only  4  to  5  mm.  The  degree  of  elevation  of  the  calicles  i 
more  or  less  variable  on  a  single  specimen. 

The  calicles  may  be  pretty  close  together-  where  crowded,  but  in  other  cases 
are  separated  by  spaces  of  4  to  C  mm.  or  more.  The  costae  are  usually  well  deve. 
as  denticulated,  rounded,  radial  ribs,  usually  48  in  number. 

The  septa  are  generally  about  48,  arranged  in  four  regular  cycles,  but  seve:  v 
those  of  the  last  cycle  are  often  rudimentary  or  lacking,  reducing  the  number  to  4 


'  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.  111.  Cat.,  No.  4,  p.  76. 

2  Trans.  Conn.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sci.,  vol.  11,  pp.  102,  103,  1902. 


k 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  383 


y  differ  in  breadth  and  thickness  according  to  the  cycles;  those  of  the  last  cycle 
very  thin  and  often  bend  toward  and  join  those  of  the  third  cycle.  The  principal 
ta  are  exsert,  denticulated,  and  thickened  at  the  wall.  The  columella  is  usually 
1  developed  and  broad.  The  paliform  teeth  are  distinct,  but  not  very  prominent, 
ometimes  forms  hemispherical  masses  4  to  5  feet  or  more  in  diameter, 
his  species  appears  to  be  rare  at  the  Bermudas,  and  probably  occurs  only  on  the 
prmost  reefs.  The  only  specimen  seen  by  me  from  there  was  from  near  the  North 
ks.  (Centennial  collection.)  It  is  a  hemisphere  about  11  inches  in  diameter,  of 
typical  form.  It  is  common  on  the  Florida  reefs  and  throughout  the  West  Indies 
lia,  Brazil;  (Yale  Mus.);=var.  hirta,  now,  with  elevated  corallites;  roughly  serrate- 
1  costae  and  septa;  caiicles  deep,  5-6  mm.  broad;  septa  narrow,  perpendicular 
lin,  usually  40-44. 

EThe  description  of  the  Jamaican  specimen,  when  taken  in  connec- 
h  with  the  notes  by  Pour  tales  and  Verrill,  gives  a  good  idea  of  the 
'ent  of  the  variation  of  the  species  except  in  one  particular,  that  of 
septal  arrangement.  The  normal,  fully  developed  calices  have  four 
hplete  cycles  of  septa;  however,  sometimes  the  fourth  cycle  may 
be  complete  while  at  others  there  may  be  a  few  quinaries.  In 
recent  specimens  the  tertiaries  usually,  but  not  invariably, 
end  to  the  columella. 

^he  characters  common  to  all  of  the  specimens  may  be  briefly 
umarized  as  follows: 
yorallum  massive,  base  epithecate,  upper  surface  flat,  irregularly 
Icvex,  or  domed.  Calices  more  or  less  elevated,  diameter  from  5  to 
•mm.,  externally  costate,  costae  normally  subequal.  Septa  nor- 
illy  in  four  complete  cycles,  the  members  of  the  first  three  cycles 
Eend  to  the  columella,  but  the  fourth  may  not  be  complete,  and 
Kietimes  there  may  be  a  few  quinaries.  Columellar  trabecular, 
►1  developed,  large,  with  a  papillary  upper  surface. 
J lemarks  on  the  synonomy  of  0.  cavernosa. — The  names  0.  radiata 
lis  and  Solander),  0.  argus  (Lamarck),  0.  eonferta  (Milne  Edwards 
Haime),  and  0.  cavernosa  var.  hirta  Verrill,  are  definitely  placed 
he  synonymy  of  0.  cavernosa,  and  it  is  thought  probable  that 
braziliana  Verrill,  should  be  referred  to  it.  These  names  will  be 
li'ussed  seriatim. 

tfrregory  applies  0.  radiata  to  this  species,  as  he  considers  the  Lin- 
Uan  definition  of  Madrepora  cavernosa  insufficient,  an  opinion  with 
Itch  I  do  not  agree.   All  the  Linnaean  descriptions  are  unsatisfactory, 
n  in  this  instance  Linnaeus  refers  to  the  figures  of  Seba,  he  places  the 
irepora  astroites  of  Pallas  in  its  synonymy,  and  he  states  "Habitat 
).  Americano.77    Taking  all  things  together,  the  original  diagnosis 
l  the  references  seem  to  me  sufficient  for  purposes  of  identifica- 
-in  fact,  the  brief  Latin  description  is  not  bad.    0.  radiata  was 
posed  to  differ  from  0.  cavernosa  by  possessing  only  three  cycles 
^pta.    Pourtales  states,  in  the  quotation  already  made  from  him, 
b  "In  worn  specimens  the  last  cycle  disappears  first;  for  that 
on  probably  Orbicella  (Madrepora)  radiata  Ellis  and  Solander  has 


« 

384         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


been  characterized  by  Milne  Edwards  and  Haime  as  having 
three  cycles." 

Lamarck's  Astrea  argus  is  a  new  name  for  the  Madrepora  cavern 
Esper.    The  reason  for  his  giving  it  is  not  evident. 

The  specimen  identified  by  Ehrenberg  as  Explanaria  argus,  wh 
is  the  type  of  Milne  Edwards  and  Haime  Astrea  conferta,  is  in 
Berlin  Museum  fur  Naturkunde,  and  the  following  notes  are  ba 
upon  it: 

The  specimen  is  much  worn  and  is  apparently  somewhat  fossiliz 
The  calices  are  not  regularly  rounded,  but  frequently  are  of  irregi 
polygonal  outline.  The  greater  diameter  of  an  average  calicc 
8.5  mm.;  lesser  7  mm.  Thickness  of  wall  between  the  calices  is 
mm.  In  one  calice  there  were  21  large  and  21  smaller  septa;  th 
may  be  four  complete  cycles  in  some  calices.  The  columella  is  v 
large  and  vesicular  and  occupies  the  greater  part  of  the  coral 
cavity.  Dissepiments  abundant,  about  13  to  5  mm.;  they  si 
downward  and  inward.  From  reading  the  Pourtales  descript 
quoted  above,  it  will  be  evident  that  this  is  only  a  variety  of 
cavernosa  with  crowded  calices.  The  Explanaria  radiata  of  Ehrenb 
is  the  ordinary  Keliastraea  cavernosa  as  figured  by  Milne  Edwa 
and  Haime,  except  that  the  fourth  cycle  of  septa  may  not  alwayi 
complete. 

Orbicella  cavernosa  var.  compacta  Vaughan  (pi.  88,  figs.  3,  3a, 
has  solid  exotheca,  low  mammillate  corallites,  and  equal  cosi 
Recent  on  the  Brazilian  coast;  lat.  12°  48'  S.,  long.  38°  W. 
fathoms. 

Localities  and  geologic  occurrence. — On  the  living  and  Pleistoc 
reefs  of  Florida,  the  West  Indies,  and  the  Caribbean  side  of  Cen 
America.    There  are  beach  worn  or  Pleistocene  specimens  from 
Isthmus  of  Darien  in  the  United  States  National  Museum,  coUec 
bv  Dr.  Van  Patton. 


6a.  ORBICELLA  CAVERNOSA  var.  ENDOTHECATA  (Duncan). 

Plate  89,  figs.  1,  la. 

1863.  Astraea  endothecata  Duncan,  Geol.  Soe.  Loud.  Quart.  Journ.,  vol. 

p.  434,  pi.  15,  figs.  7a,  7b. 
1868.  Heliastraea  endothecata  Duncan.  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ.,  vol 

p.  24. 

The  cor  alii  te  walls  are  thick;  costae  strongly  alternating  in  s 
the  last  cycle  are  small  and  thin,  and  there  appear  to  be  no  se 
corresponding  to  them;  occasionally  there  is  a  rudimentary  sept 
of  the  fourth  cycle.  The  last  cycle  of  septa  may  have  been  bro 
off;  or  the  wall,  because  of  subsequent  thickening,  may  have  incflj 
their  inner  ends;  all  othpr  septa,  with  rare  exceptions,  extend  to 
large,  well  developed  columella,    Diameter  of  corallites  from  8 


Ugly 


Gun 


ittn 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  385 


m.  Type  in  the  Geological  Society  of  London;  duplicate  in  the 
ed  States  National  Museum  (No.  155276).  The  preceding  re- 
rs  are  based  on  the  latter. 

>calitie£  and  geologic  occurrence. — Type  said  to  come  from  the 
je  shale  of  Santo  Domingo. 

»sta  Rica,  station  4269,  Port  Limon;  collected  by  Doctor  Wailes 
bed  of  leputed  Pliocene  age.  The  size  of  the  calices,  and  the 
le,  wall,  and  columella  of  the  Port  Limon  specimen  are  as  m  var. 
kJiecata;  but  usually  every  other  septum  meets  the  columella:  a 
;  of  small  septa  between  the  larger  is  clearly  present.  As  it  is 
able  that  the  last  cycle  of  septa  has  been  destroyed  in  the  type  of 
endothecata,  the  presence  of  small  septa  between  the  larger  would 
Idicate  specific  difference.  The  strongly  developed  costae  with 
I  ones  between  them  are  the  same  in  both  the  type  and  the  Port 
m  specimens. 

ie  stratigraphic  range  of  this  variety,  therefore,  is  from  the 
je  shale  (lower  Miocene)  to  probably  Pliocene. 

6b.  ORBICELLA  CAVERNOSA  var.  CYLINDRICA  (Duncan). 

Plate  89.  fig.  2. 

Astraca  eylindr'a-a  DUNCAN,  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ.,  vol.  19,  p. 
434,  pi.  15,  fig.  8. 

Heliastraea  cyhndrica  Du\<ax.  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ.,  vol.  24, 
p.  24. 

variety  closely  resembles  var.  endo&eeata.    It  has  smaller 
lites,  5  to  6  mm.  in  diameter  ;  fewer  septa,  12  to  16  principal 
with  from  1  to  3  smaller  intermediate  septa.    Between  each 
of  larger  septa  on  the  mural  summits  around  the  calices  is  an 
ediate  rudimentary  septum;  the  total  number  of  septa  is 
38.    The  costae  corresponding  to  the  principal  septa  are 
iingly  prominent,  while  those  corresponding  to  the  rudimentary 
i  are  very  small  oi  even  obsolete.    The  calice  is  rather  deep, 
t  2.5  mm. 

is  coral  may  be  only  a  growth  facies  of  0.  endothecata. 
caliiies  and  geologic  occurrence. — Duncan  type,  in  the  Geological 
C:ty  of  London,  comes  from  "the  tufaceous  limestone"  of  Santo 
ingo:  duplicate  specimen  No.  155277,  U.S.N.M.    Miss  C.  J. 
*y  has  recently  collected  the  variety  in  Santo  Domingo  as  fol- 

o  Gurabo,  zone  D,  associated  with  StylopJiora  affinis  Duncan, 
racis  decaciis  (Lyman),  Pocillopora  crassoramosa  Duncan, 
lanocoenia  intersepta  (Esper),  Orbicella  limbata  (Duncan),  Orbi- 
cavernosa  (Linnaeus)  var.,  Syzygophyllia  dentata  (Duncan), 
1' single  specimen  collected  is  essentially  typical,  in  fact  it  is  a 
r  specimen  than  Duncan's  type.    Cereado  de  Mao,  without 


386         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


more  specific  information.  The  latter  specimen  has  corallites  vi 
somewhat  larger  diameter,  as  much  as  7.5,  than  those  of  typw 
specimens,  diameter  4.5  to  5  mm.,  in  that  respect  more  cloj] 
resembling  var.  endothecata,  but  there  are  no  or  only  a  few  sii] 
costae  between  the  large  ones,  and  the  septal  characters  are  nn 
similar  to  those  of  var.  cylindrica. 

Costa  Rica  ''Colline  en  demolition",  Port  Limon,  No.  669,  1 
lection  of  H.  Pittier.  The  specimens  from  Port  Limon  consist^ 
two  isolated  corallites,  which  so  closely  resemble  those  of  the  ip< 
of  var.  cylindrica  as  not  to  need  comment.  Except  in  size,  they  I 
very  similar  to  var.  endothecata. 

7.  ORBICELLA  APERTA  (Verrill). 

Plate  89,  fig.  3. 

1868.  Heliastraea  aperta  Verrill,  Conn.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sci.  Trans.,  vol.  1,  pip 
1902.  Orbicella  aperta  Verrill,  Conn.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sci.  Trans.,  vol.  2.  p||S 
pi.  33,  figs.  1,  la. 

This  species  is  especially  characterized  by  having  the  prin<p 
septa,  that  is,  those  of  the  first,  second,  and  third  cycles,  all  of  w  cl 
ordinarily  reach  the  columella,  taller  and  thinner  than  is  usual 
0.  cavernosa.  At  one  time  I  was  inclined  to  consider  it  only  a  vaiB 
of  Orbicella  cavernosa,  but  comparisons  of  large  suites  of  0.  caver  m 
from  Florida  and  the  West  Indies  with  a  good  suite  of  0.  ajM 
from  Brazil  shows  persistently  recognizable  differences. 

Localities. — Abrolhos  reefs,  Bay  of  Bahia,  and  Island  of  Itapa|ftj 
Brazil. 

8.  ORBICELLA  BAINBRIDGENSIS,  new  species. 

Plate  90,  figs.  1,  la,  16,  lc. 

In  growth  form,  general  aspect  of  the  corallum,  and  size  of  csmn 
similar  to  Orbicella  cavernosa. 

Calices  6  to  7  mm.  in  diameter;  walls  slope  from  calicular  ma  ins 
to  bottom  of  intercorallite  areas;  protuberant  about  2  mm.;  distace 
apart  from  1.5  to  3.5  mm. 

Costae  subcqual,  relatively  thick,  rather  low,  beaded  ontho 
edges,  correspond  to  all  septa,  meet  in  the  intercorallite  depresjho 

Septa  in  nearly  four  complete  cycles,  10  to  12  septa,  i.  e jthe 
primaries  and  most  or  all  of  the  secondaries  are  thicker  thaiHj 
other  septa,  these  and  in  some  calices  a  variable  number  of  tertiHI 
extend  to  the  columella.  Usually  the  tertiary  septa  do  not  iVM 
the  columella,  and  the  quaternaries  are  still  shorter.  The  septW 
distinctly  of  three  sizes,  even  where  the  tertiaries  reach  the  coluiUl* 
they  are  thinner  than  the  members  of  the  lower  cycles.  SjW 
margins  dentate;  distinct,  rather  wide,  erect  paliform  lobes  W 
on  the  inner  ends  of  the  primaries  and  secondaries  and  in  ric# 
on  the  tertiaries;  on  some  septa  instead  of  paliform  lobes  therW0 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


387 


veral  teeth  with  rounded  upper  ends.  The  youngest  septa  are 
rgely  composed  of  ascending  spines  which  are  not  completely  fused  . 
Columella  relatively  large,  composed  of  septal  trabeculae,  upper 

surface  coarsely  papillate. 
Endothecal  dissepiments  highly  developed,  forming  curved  vesicles, 
cotheca  composed  of  successive,  superposed  but  separated  plat- 
5rms  extending  between  corallites  (see  pi.  90,  fig.  lc). 

^Localities  and  geologic  occurrence. — Georgia,  stations  3881,  Blue 
ring,  4  miles  below  Bainbridge,  and  station  3883,  Hales  Landing, 
iiiles  below  Bainbridge,  Flint  River,  Decatur  County,  collected  by 
W.  Vaughan;  in  the  basal  part  of  the  Chattahoochee  formation,  just 
love  the  contact  with  the  Ocala  limestone.    In  the  base  of  one 
Ixxmen  from  station  3383  there  is  a  cast  of  the  surface  of  Cerithium 
lighani  Dall,  and  there  are  several  specimens  of  orbitoidal  foram- 
fera,  one  of  which  is  clearly  a  species  of  Lepidocyclina.  Stations 
35,  Withlacoochee  River,  a  few  hundred  yards  below  the  Val- 
uta Southern  Railway  bridge,  and  6084,  about  3  miles  below  the 
:ne  bridge,  Lowndes  County,  Georgia,  collected  by  L.  W.  Stephen- 


-  ianto  Domingan  specimens,  representing  a  very  closely  related  if 
m  identical  species,  were  obtained  by  Miss  C.  J.  Maury,  on  Rio 
i'm,  in  what  she  refers  to  as  zone  H,  in  association  with  a  fauna 
•  resenting  the  Bowden  horizon,  namely,  Placocyathus  new  species, 
Hophora  granulata  Duncan,  Antillia  bilobata  Duncan,  OrbiceUa  lim- 
<i  (Duncan),  Solenastrea  bournoni  M.  Edwards  and  Haime,  Syzy- 
ih/ttia  gregorii  (Vaughan),  and  Siderastrea  siderea  (Ellis  and 
I  ander) . 

i*.  ORBICELLA  COSTATA  (Duncan). 

Plate  91.  figs.  1,  la.  2,  3,  3a:  plate  92,  figs.  1,  2,  3;  plate  93,  figs.  1,  la. 

:ll863.  Astraea  costata  Duncan,  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ.,  vol.  19,  p.  422, 
pl.  13,  fig.  9. 

1867.  Heliastraea  costata  Duncan,  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ..  vol.  24.  p.  24. 

riginal  description. — "The  specimens  of  this  species  which  I  have 
J  mined  present  polished  longitudinal  and  transverse  sections  of 
ullites,  but  I  have  seen  no  calices.  Corallites  long,  parallel,  some- 
(bs  deformed,  generally  circular  in  transverse  outline,  not  crowded, 
i  close,  varying  in  size.  IntercoraUite  spaces  very  distinct.  Walls 
• ,  not  thicker  than  the  delicate  septa.  Costae  large  alternately, 
(i  sizes  equally  produced:  wedge-shaped  at  the  wall,  pointed,  and 
in  bent  at  the  free  end.  Septa  all  delicate  and  linear  near  the 
ftinella  and  in  the  middle;  at  the  wall  their  base  is  narrower  than 
1  of  the  costae.  They*  are  arranged  in  six  systems,  the  cycles 
E  g  very  irregular.  In  three  systems  there  are  three  cycles,  and 
|pe  rest  an  incomplete  fourth;  rarely  there  are  two  systems  with 


388 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


four  complete  cycles;  the  fourth  and  fifth  orders  often  curve  tow 
the  third  order.  Lamellae  rather  cribriform,  joining  the  columlj 
by  oblique  processes.  Columella  lax,  small,  and  formed  by  dissji 
ments  from  the  septa  and  a  central  spongy  mass.  Endotheca  t| 
abundant,  vesicular,  and  horizontal,  with  four  or  five  dissepim<|t 
in  one-tenth  inch  [2.5  mm.].  Exotheca  abundant,  nearly  equab 
the  endotheca.  Reproduction  by  extra-calicular  budding.  Dik 
eter  of  the  corallites  from  three-tenths  to  seven-twentieths  inch  I 
to  8.25  mm.]. 

"This  species  is  closely  allied  to  the  astraeans  with  great  eila 
thecal  development,  and  especially  to  Astraea  vesiculosa  Edw;d| 
and  Haime,  from  Dax,  as  well  as  to  A.  antillarum  nob.,  and! 
endothecata  nob.n 

Locality. — "The  Marl  of  Antigua." 

Illustrations  based  on  one  of  Duncan's  original  specimens,  but  l 
the  type,  are  given  on  plate  91,  figures  1,  la. 

This  species  is  represented  in  the  Antigua  formation  of  AntiB 
the  Pepino  formation  of  Porto  Rico,  the  Culebra  formation  of  he 
Canal  Zone,  and  in  the  marls  and  limestone  of  Anguilla.  The  ]  n* 
cipal  variation  consists  in  the  size  of  the  calices.  The  minimum  J 
of  the  calices  in  the  Antiguan  specimens  (pi.  91,  figs.  2,  3,  3<  i$ 
about  7  mm.,  which  is  about  the  average  for  the  Porto  Rican  sjfl 
mens  (pi.  92,  fig.  1),  and  the  calices  of  the  specimens  from  the  Cfl 
Zone  (pi.  92,  fig.  2)  average  slightly  smaller  than  those  from  Tm 
Rico,  but  the  two  sets  of  specimens  differ  very  little.  In  Angll* 
(pi.  92,  fig.  3  ;  pi.  93,  figs.  1,  la)  the  large  and  small  calicled  f orm  i: 
found  in  association. 

The  amount  of  the  protuberance  of  the  corallites  varies  greM 
but  protuberant  and  low  corallites  are  found  on  the  same  coral m 
Usually  where  the  corallites  are  lowr  the  alternation  in  size  oim 
costae  is  not  so  pronounced  as  where  the  corallites  are  exsert:^ 
some  protuberant  corallites  of  the  specimen  represented  by  plat  pi 
figure  3,  have  equal  costae  on  at  least  one  side. 

There  are  pali  before  all  except  the  last  cycle  of  septa:  the;*i 
moderately  wide,  erect,  rounded  above,  form  two  crowns. 

Localities  and  geologic  occurrence. — Antigua,  in  the  Antigua  foil 
tion,  at  station  6881,  Willoughby  Bay,  collected  by  T.  W.  Yau^W 

Porto  Rico,  in  the  Pepino  formation,  station  3191,  4  miles  w<  ,;i 
Lares,  collected  by  R.  T.  Hill. 

( Janal  Zone  in  the(  lulebra  formation,  at  stat  ion  ()02GY  Las  Case 
collected  by  Vaughan  and  MacDonald. 

Anguilla,  stations  6893,  6894,  6966,  in  the  lower  and  the  m 
beds  on  the  south  and  west  sides  of  Crocus  Bay  :  6969a,  botto: 
at  Road  Bay. 


I 


GEOLOGY  AXD  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  389 


I  This  species  in  its  general  aspect  resembles  Cyathomorpha  belli 
iaughan  (see  p.  459),  but  has  thinner  septa  and  costae  and  deeper 
Alices.  The  lower  surface  is  more  or  less  invested  with  epitheca, 
hd  no  synapticulae  could  be  found. 

10.  ORBICELLA  CANALIS,  new  species. 

Plate  94,  figs.  1,  la,  2.  2a,  3,  3a;  plate  97.  figs.  4,  4a. 

This  species  can  best  be  characterized  in  terms  of  comparison  with 
costata.    The  growth  forms  and  the  general  facies  of  both  are 
nilar,  except  that  the  maximum  size  of  the  calices  in  0.  canal  is 
nearly  the  minimum  size  in  0.  costata:  range  in  calicular  diameter 
0.  canalis  from  5  to  9  mm.,  average  about  6  or  6.5  mm. 
The  costae  in  0.  canalis  are  alternately  large  and  small  or  sub- 
ual  around  the  calicular  edge  below  which  they  may  be  subequal, 
[  ernately  large  and  small,  or  the  last  cycle  may  disappear. 
Septa  in  4  or  nearly  4  cycles:  primaries  notably  larger  than  the 
tondaries  except  in  occasional  unusually  large  calices,  and  each 
lars  a  strong  tooth  on  its  inner  end:  secondaries  thinner  than  the 
fimaries,  also  with  a  tooth  on  the  inner  end,  these  and  the  primaries 
-Inch  the  columella  :  tertiaries  shorter,  but  with  a  paliform  thickening 
(  a  tooth  on  the  inner  end;  quaternaries  decidedly  small.  The 
-F)ta  usually  are  lanceolately  thickened  in  the  wall,  in  this  character 
fc'embling  typical  0.  costata. 

-{The  columella  is  formed  by  the  fusion  of  the  inner  ends  of  the 
s>ta  and  is  less  developed  than  in  0.  costata. 

4  5ndothecal  dissepiments  well  developed,  thin,  from  0.5  to  1.5  mm. 
airt.  Exotheca  consists  of  thick-walled  blister-like,  small  vesicles, 
a  mt  0.5  mm.  high,  and  more  or  less  wavy  platforms  which  extend 
J) ween  the  corallites. 

localities  and  geologic  occurrence. — Canal  Zone  stations  6015  and 
6  6,  quarries  in  the  Emperador  limestone.  Empire,  collected  by 
TW.  Vaughan  and  D.  F.  MacDonald,  also  collected  in  Empire  by 
Mph  Arnold. 

mguilla,  stations  6894,  lower  bed:  6966,  middle  bed,  between 
5  and  75  feet  above  the  base  of  the  section;  and  6967,  upper  bed. 
fpt  side  of  Crocus  Bay,  collected  by  T.  W.  Vaughan. 

nype.~ No.  324862,  U.S.N.M.  (pi.  94,  figs.  1,  la). 

Watypes.— No.  324861,  U.S.N.M.  (pi.  94,  figs.  2,  2a;  pi.  97,  figs.  4, 
4c  The  specimen  represented  by  plate  94,  fig.  3,  3a  No.  324859, 
U  .N.M.  is  a  varietal  form  that  appears  referable  to  0.  canalis;  it  is 
frn  Anguilla. 

sWrbicdla  canalis  is  so  nearly  related  to  a  number  of  Antillean  upper 
0  ;ocene  species,  that  I  have  hesitated  to  apply  a  distinctive  name, 
hi  as  the  large  suite  of  specimens  before  me,  30  of  those  from  Em- 
P1 ,  Canal  Zone,  have  been  selected  as  the  reserve  series  of  the 
'-'ted  States  National  Museum,  shows  characters  by  which  they 


390  BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


can  be  discriminated,  it  seems  logical  to  recognize  them  as  a  spec  ! 
Stylangia  panamensis  has  a  general  resemblance  to  those  specimftB 
of  0.  canalis  in  which  the  coraHites  are  small  and  the  costae  p 
very  prominent  ;  but  the  corallites  of  0.  canalis  are  larger,  and  tip 
have  not  the  lamellate  columella  of  S.  panamensis.  Small-calkp 
specimens  with  prominent,  strongly  alternating  costae  resemble t.- 
imperatoris,  and  differ  from  the  latter  by  their  somewhat  laii1 
calicos  and  more  numerous  septa.  The  calices  of  0.  costata  I 
larger,  the  primary  and  secondary  septa  are  subequal,  and  the  ■ 
umella  is  more  developed.  In  both  0.  intermedia  and  0.  cosM 
the  secondary  septa  are  more  developed.  Larger  suites  of  spH 
mens  than  are  at  present  available  may  lead  to  the  reduction  of  s<B 
of  .these  names  to  subspecific  or  varietal  rank. 

11.  ORBICELLA  TAMPAENSIS,  new  species. 

Plate  95,  figs.  1,  2,  2a,  3,  3a. 

1915.  Orbicella  cavernosa  var.  tampaensis  Vaughan,  nornen  nudum,  U.  S.  H 
Mus.  Bull.  90,  p.  18. 

The  corallum  forms  head-shaped  masses  up  to  the  size  of  a  mfl 
fist. 

Calices  deep,  decidedly  elevated,  up  to  4  or  4.5  mm.;  diamjP 
from  6  to  10  mm.  Costae  prominent,  distant;  there  are  no  or  <m 
rudimentary  costae  corresponding  to  the  last  cycle  of  septa. 

Septa,  distant,  in  four  cycles,  the  fourth  usually  more  or  lessB 
complete.  The  primaries  and  some  or  all  of  the  secondaries,  om 
sionally  a  tertiary,  reach  the  columella.  Usually  there  are  threH 
four  different  sizes.  On  the  inner  ends  of  the  primaries  are  palif  m< 
teeth,  below  which  the  margins  fall  steeply  to  the  bottom  of  the  fcW 
Margins  of  the  primaries  exert  as  much  as  1.5  mm.  ;  those  of  se  ll 
daries  almost  as  prominent;  those  of  the  tertiaries  less  prominjJ 
those  of  the  quaternaries  inconspicuous.    Septa  thickened  in  the 

Columella  much  looser  than  in  the  other  related  species. 

Locality  and,  geologic  occurrence.  —The  "silex"  bed  of  the  Ta  pi 
formation,  Tampa,  Florida. 

Type.— No.  324900,  U.S.N.M.  (pi.  95,  figs.  2,  2a.) 

Paratype.—No.  324901,  U.S.N.M.  (pi.  95,  fig.  1.) 

Paratype.  —  Wagner  Free  Institute  of  Science,  Philadelphia 
95,  fig.  3). 

lla.  ORBICELLA  TAMPAENSIS  var.  SILECENSIS,  new  variety. 

Plate  96. 

1915.  Orbicella  cavernosa  var.  silecensis  Vauoh an.  nomen  nudum,  IT.  S.  Naf.jHj 
Bull.  90,  p.  18. 

Corallum  oblong,  irregularly  convex  above;  typo  about  16  cm.l^N 
11  citi.  wide,  and  9.5  cm.  high. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


391 


A  Calices  slightly  elevated,  the  corallites  somewhat  swollen  below  the 
alicular  edges.    Diameter,  8.5  to  9.5  mm.    Costae  prominent;  those 
lOrresponding  to  the  primary  and  secondary  septa  subequal;  tertiaries 
iiibequal  to  those  of  lower  cycles  or  smaller;  fourth  cycle  small  but 
sually  recognizable. 

Septa  in  four  cycles,  usually  differentiated  in  size  according  to 
ycle;  primaries  and  secondaries  and  occasionally  some  tertiaries  reach 
tie  columella.  Margins  of  primaries,  secondaries,  and  tertiaries 
xsert,  up  to  as  much  as  1.5  mm.,  usually  about  1  mm.;  those  of  the 
uaternaries  obvious  but  not  prominent. 
Columella  rather  well  developed. 
-  J  Locality  and  geologic  occurrence. — The  "silex"  bed  of  the  Tampa 
>rmation,  Tampa,  Florida. 

Type. — Wagner  Free  Institute  of  Science,  Philadelphia. 
Parafype.—'No.  324896,  U.S.N.M. 

This  variety,  which  intergrades  with  the  typical  form  of  the  species, 
,  J  especially  distinguished  by  its  less  prominent  calices  and  the  better 
weloped  last  (quaternary)  cycle  of  costae. 

Orhicella  tampdensis  var.  silecensis  is  near  Orbicella  costata,  from 
hich  it  is  separable  especially  by  the  more  exsert  margins  of  the 
imary,  secondary,  and  tertiary  septa,  and  by  the  quaternary  septa 
„  jiving  much  lower  margins  than  those  of  the  other  cycles.    The  gen- 
al  resemblance  of  the  Tampa  specimens  of  0.  tampdensis  var.  silecen- 
5  is  so  close  to  specimens  of  0.  costata  from  Anguilla  that  at  one  time 
thought  them  referable  to  the  same  species,  but  the  differences  in 
je  characters  of  the  costae  and  of  the  upper  septal  margins  served  to 
ioarate  them.    For  a  comparison  of  0.  tampdensis  with  0.  irradians 
uilne  Edwards  and  Haime)  Vaughan  see  page  394  of  this  paper. 


ill 

w 


12.  ORBICELLA  BREVIS  (Duncan). 

Plate  97,  fig.  1. 

1864.    Astraea  brevis  Duncan,  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ.,  vol.  20,  p.  37, 
pi.  4,  figs.  3a,  3ft. 

1868.  Heliastraea  brevis  Duncan,  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ.,  vol.  24,  p.  24. 
1870.    Heliastraea  brevis  Duchassaing,  Rev.  Zooph.  et  Spong.  Ant.,  p.  30. 

The  following  is  Duncan's  original  description: 

orallum  small,  irregularly  convex  above,  and  slightly  concave  belcw.  Coral- 
s  short,  irregularly  distant,  and  radiating.    Calices  circular,  tolerably  elevated, 
tl  j  height  varying;  the  margin  is  rather  sharp,  and  the  external  wall  is  marked 
b  "ery  distinct  costae.    The  septa  are  very  slightly  exsert,  largest  at  the  wall,  arched, 
tl  radius  of  the  curve  being  directed  upwards  and  inwards,  passing  but  a  little  way 
Hards  before  descending  abruptly;  they  are  dentate  on  the  free  margin.    In  six 
3) ems  of  three  cycles,  with  a  septum  of  a  fourth  in  some  half-systems;  primary 
-  3€  a  the  largest,  the  tertiary  being  small.    The  laminae  are  perfect,  join  the  col- 
u:41a  by  ascending  processes,  and  are  slightly  granular.    Costae  well  developed, 
pi  ing  downwards  and  outwards  from  the  margin;  the  primary  are  equal  to  the 
*  ndary,  and  there  is  some  variation  in  the  size  of  the  tertiary;  they  are  dentate, 
37149— 19— Bull.  103  14 


II 


392         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 

and  appear  to  be  covered  with  a  fine  epitheea,  and  their  course  is  often  in  a  cu:  ® 
In  transverse  and  vertical  sections  the  costae  are  seen  to  project  far  from  the  f 
and  to  be  marked  by  oblique  and  abundant  exo thecal  dissepiments;  the  tert:  it 
costae  being  much  less  projecting,  than  the  others.    The  columella  is  large,  lax, 
papillary.    The  fossa  is  deep.    The  endotheca  is  not  well  developed,  but  the 
sepiments  extend  to  close  to  the  calice.    Diameter  of  calices  one-fifth  inch  [5  m 
height  of  the  corallum  9.10  inches  [22.5  mm.].    The  costae  are  very  marked  in 
species,  and  with  the  papillary  columella  and  short  calices  distinguish  it  fron 
allies;  it  is  related  both  to  Astraea  cylindrica  nob.,  and  to  Astraea  cavernosa  Edwj  p! 
&  Haime. 

From  the  Nivaje  shale,  San  Domingo.    Coll.  Geol.  Soc. 

Duncan's  remarks  on  the  affinities  of  this  coral  are  correct, 
in  a  previous  paper  I  referred  it  to  the  synonymy  of  0.  cavern 
The  type  of  the  species  is  represented  by  plate  97,  figure  1. 
costae  are  similar  to  those  of  0.  costata,  but  the  calices  are  m 
smaller.  It  will  be  noted  in  the  figure  that  around  the  caliei 
margins  the  costae  are  subequal  and  that  lower  down  on  the  cora 
limb  those  corresponding  to  the  last  cycle  of  septa  become  sma 
while  the  alternate  costae  become  more  prominent  and  extend  or 
the  intercorallite  areas.  The  costal  beading  is  rather  coarse,  thei| 
resembling  0.  tampaensis,  which  has  larger  calices.  As  predicti 
as  to  the  ultimate  fate  of  coral-names  are  admittedly  hazard 
I  will  only  remark  that  it  seems  to  me  from  the  material  avails 
for  study  that  0.  brevis  is  a  distinct  species;  but  a  specimen  from 
"silex"  beds  near  Tampa,  Florida,  so  nearly  bridges  the  gap  betw 
0.  tampaensis  and  0.  brevis  that  doubt  is  cast  on  their  specific  distfl 
ness.  Should  the  two  supposed  species  ultimately  be  combi 
under  one  name,  of  course  0.  brevis,  it  being  the  older  name,  w< 
persist,  and  0.  tampaensis  would  become  either  a  synonym  or  w( 
be  reduced  to  varietal  or  subspeciflc  rank. 


:- 


13.  ORBICELLA  INSIGNIS  (Duncan). 

Plate  98,  figs.  1,  2,  2a. 

1867  Heliastraea  insignis  Duncan,  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ.,  vol.  24 
19,  24,  pi.  1,  fig.  4. 

Original  description. — "The  corallum  is  large,  and  the  coral 
also;  they  are  wide  apart,  are  circular  in  transverse  outline,  and 
very  equal  in  size.  The  wall  is  stout  as  regards  the  septa  and  cos 
but  thin  in  comparison  with  the  diameter  of  the  corallites.  The  s< 
are  delicate,  wide  apart,  long,  slightly  thicker  at  the  wall  than  < 
where,  straight,  and  the  primary  septa  are  hardly  any  broader  t 
the  tertiary.  There  are  three  cycles  of  septa  in  the  six  systems, 
rarely  a  septum  of  the  fourth  cycle  is  noticed  in  half  of  a  sysl 
The  primary  and  secondary  septa  are  of  equal  length,  and  the  tert 
extend  far  in  towards  the  columella,  The  columella  is  small, 
costae  are  long,  slender,  often  bent,  almost  equal,  and  of  about 


1 

I 


I  Ctoolog.  Reichs.  Mus.  Leiden,,  sor.  2,  vo).  2,  pt.  1,  p.  29,  1901. 


GEOLOGY  AXD  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


393 


.ime  thickness  as  the  septa;  occasionally  a  rudimentary  costa  is 
ften,  and  is  not  represented  by  a  septum.  The  exotheca  is  inclined 
nd  abundant.    The  endotheca  is  very  abundant  and  inclined. 

Diameter  of  corallites  (costae  not  included)  four-tenths  inch  [10 
irn.]. 

' Loc.  Antigua n  Tertiary  deposits. 

'The  large  size  of  the  corallites,  the  low  septal  number,  the  long 
rpta  and  costae.  with  the  small  columella  and  highly  developed 
idotheca,  distinguish  this  species." 

One  of  Duncan's  original  specimens,  in  the  Geological  Society  of 
!  ondon,  is  represented  by  plate  98,  figure  1 . 
I  did  not  obtain  in  Antigua  any  coral  definitely  referable  to  0. 
signis. 

Regarding  the  specimens  from  Serro  Colorado,  Arube,  referred  by 
e  to  Orbicella  cavernosa,1  the  following  notes  will  be  made  (see 
.  98,  fig.  2,  2a): 

The  corallites  are  circular  in  cross  section,  and  have  a  diameter 
:  >|  a  centimeter,  sometimes  slightly  greater.    The  distance  between 
em  is  3  mm.  or  even  greater.    Endotheca  and  exotheca  are  very 
ihly  developed.    The  septa  are  usually  24  in  number,  alternately 
-ger  and  smaller,  all  of  the  larger  reach  the  columella;  occasional 
lall  quaternaries.    They  are  thin,  but  are  thickened  at  the  wall 
Eiciently  to  form  a  so-called  "pseudotheca."    There  are  two  speci- 
ns  of  this  coral  from  Serro  Colorado,  one  of  which  is  completely 
icified,  and  a  large  portion  of  the  other  has  undergone  silicification. 
le  columella  is  lax,  spongy,  and  fairly  large,  occupying  about  one- 
ird  of  the  diameter  of  the  corallite  cavity.    These  specimens  closely 
jemble  Duncan's  Astraea  radiata  var.  intermedia,  but  have  larger 
rallites;  they  are  very  near  0.  costata  (Duncan),  from  which  they 
er  by  having  thicker  and  fewer  septa  and  a  larger  columella; 
antillarum  differs  by  its  somewhat  smaller  corallites;  I  discover 
difference  from  0.  insignis  Duncan. 

14.  ORBICELLA  INTERMEDIA  (Duncan). 

Plate  97,  fig.  2. 

1863.    Astrsea  radiata  var.  intermedia  Duncan,  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ., 
vol.  19,  p.  421. 

Astraea  radiata  var.  intermedia  Duncan  is,  according  to  its  original 
ption,  characterized  by  u  having  the  third  cycle  of  septa  com- 
and  a  little  excess  of  vesicular  endotheca.    *  .  *    *  The 
iety  forms  a  link  between  the  great  astraeans  of  the  Miocene  of 
Antilles  and  the  existing  Astraea  radiata  of  the  Caribbean  Sea, 
raea  antillarum  being  closely  allied  to  it."    The  type-specimen, 
2943,  Geological  Society  of  London,  is  represented  by  plate  97, 
e  2.    The  diameter  of  the  corallites  is  about  5  mm.,  distance 
ween  corallites  from  1  to  2  mm.    There  are  in  places  indications 

1  Geolog.  Reichs.  Mus.  Leiden  Samml.,  ser.  2,  vol.  2,  pp.  32-33,  1901. 


3-94 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


of  small  costae  between  the  larger  ones,  similar  to  those  of  0.  cavernm 
var.  endoihecata,  and  there  are  a  few  quaternary  septa.  Colunulf 
rather  small. 

I  did  not  collect  any  specimen  of  this  species  in  Antigua.  Ill 
species  to  which  I  am  applying  the  name  0.  canalis  is  very  nests 
related  and  may  eventually  become  a  synonym.    However,  '(J 
primary  and  secondary  septa  are  more  nearly  equal  in  0.  interme 
than  in  0.  canalis.    0.  costata  and  0.  insignis  are  both  very  sim 
to  0.  canalis.    O.  costata  has  more  extended  costae,  and  0.  insic. 
has  larger  calices  and,  in  comparison  with  the  size  of  the  cali 
fewer  septa.    As  suites  of  specimens  adequate  for  a  satisfact 
study  of  variation  are  not  available,  at  least  temporarily,  the  tl 
names,  0.  intermedia,  0.  costata,  and  0.  insignis  should  be  treatec 
valid. 

Locality  and  geologic  occurrence.—  According  to  Duncan,  "Fi 
the  upper  Parian  of  Trinidad  (Wall  and  Sawkins  coll.),  and  the  m 
formation  [Antigua  formation]  of  Antigua."  The  specimen  re] 
sented  by  plate  97,  figure  2,  is  from  Antigua, 


15.  ORBICELLA  GABBI,  new  species. 

Plate  108,  figs.  1,  la,  16. 

Corallum  massive;  corallites  very  large,  from  20  to  25  mm 
diameter,  by  far  the  largest  corallites  of  any  species  of  the  ge 
known  from  the  American  Tertiary  formations.  Intercorallite  a: 
narrow  or  as  much  as  4.5  mm.,  perhaps  more,  across. 

Septa  very  numerous,  thin,  crowded,  106  were  counted  in  | 
coraUite  represented  by  plate  108,  figure  la.  There  are  more  the 
complete  cycles.  Septal  grouping  obvious,  usually  every  othe] 
every  fourth  septum  reaches  the  columella,  but  in  places  there 
seven  or  eight  shorter  septa,  forming  a  group,  between  two  1 
septa. 

Columella  rather  small,  only  about  2.5  mm.  in  diameter.  Ei 
thecal  and  exothecal  dissepiments  greatly  developed,  thin-walle< 
Locality. — Santo  Domingo  (Gabb  Collection). 
Type. — Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia. 

16.  ORBICELLA  IRRADIANS  (Milne  Edwards  and  Haime)  Vau?han. 

Plate  97.  figs.  3.  3a. 
1848.    Phyllocoenia  irradians  Milne  Edwards  and  Haime,  Comptes  Rend., 
27,  p.  469; 

]8(U).    Phyllocoenia  irradians  MlLNE  Edwards  and  Haime,  Hist.  nat.  ■ 
vol.  2.  p.  272. 

1868.    Phyllocoenia  irradians  Reuss,  K.  K.  Akad.  Wiasensch,  Wien,  M 
Naturw.  01.,  Denkschr..  vol.  28.  p.  150.  pi.  10.  figs.  5  7;  pi.  1  I .  figs. 

This  appears  to  he  the  species  referred  to  by  Fabiani  in  his 
paleogenc  del  Veneto"1  as  Heliastraea  irradians  Michelin.  Micl 
erroneously  applied  the  name  Astrea  radiata1  to  this  species. 


R.  Univ.  Padova  Inst,  geolog.  mom.,  vol.  8,  pp.  225,  230,  231,  1915. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  395 


Figures  of  Orbicella  irradians  and  some  notes  on  it  are  introduced 
a*e,  because  of  the  close  resemblance  of  Orbicella  tampaensis  to  it. 
Ihe  beading  of  the  costae  in  0.  tampaensis  appears  coarser,  and 
riliform  lobes  seem  more  specialized  in  0.  irradians. 
Locality  and  geologic  occurrence. — Milne  Edwards  and  Haime  (1857) 
.3ord  it  from  Castel  Gomberto  and  Chaine  d'Hala  (Sinde).  Reuss2 
ys  it  is  the  most  abundant  anthozoan  of  the  Monte  Grumi  beds. 
•|3  also  records  it  from  Castellaro,  Monte  Spiado,  Monte  del  Carrioli, 
id  Montecchio  Maggiore.3    D'Archiardi  mentions  it  as  occurring  in 
iiat  he  designates  as  the  Castel  Gomberto,  Montecchio  Maggiore, 
.  d  Monte  Viale  groups.4    Fabiani  refers  Heliastraea  irradians,  by 
rich  I  believe  he  means  this  species,  to  the  Lutetian  (Eocene)  and 
the  Rupelian  (middle  Oligocene)  of  Castel  Gomberto  and  San 
jvanni  Ilarione.    The  specimen  in  the  United  States  National 
Lseum  (No.  164723)  (see  pi.  97,  figs.  3,  3a),  was  received  from 
rfessor  Parona  of  the  University  of  Turin,   and  came  from 
nte  Grumi  di  Castel  Gomberto.    Although  apparently  reported 
m  the  Lutetian  Eocene  of  Veneto,  it  is  most  abundant  in  the 
pelian  or  middle  Oligocene.    Because  of  the  close  resemblance  of 
ncella  tampaensis  to  0.  irradians,  of  the  presence  of  Antiguastrea 
\ulosa  in  the  "silex"  bed  at  Tampa,  and  of  the  presence  at  Tampa 
[species  of  Stylophora,  Galaxea,  Endopachys,  Goniopora,  and  Alveo- 
la, all  genera  now  extinct  in  the  Atlantic  Ocean,  I  believe  that 
I  fauna  of  the  "silex''  bed  at  Tampa  surety  is  as  old  as  upper 
)*ocene. 

'he  generic  name  PJtyllocoenia,  genotype  P.  irradians,  is  a  syno- 
a  of  Orbicella  Dana. 


V 


Genus  SOLENASTREA  Milne  Edwards  and  Haime. 

1848.    Solenastrea  Milne  Edwards  and  Haime,  Compt.  Rend.,  vol.  27,  p.  494. 
1850.    Solenastrea  Milne  Edwards  and  Haime,  British  fossil  corals,  Introduc- 
tion, p.  xl. 

917.    Solenastrea  Vaughan,  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey  Prof.  Pap.  98-T,  p.  371. 
ype-species. — Astrea  turonensis  Michelin. 

SOLENASTREA  HYADES  (Dana). 

846.    A[straea]  Orbicella  hyades  Dana,  U.  S.  Expl.  Exped.  Zoophytes,  p  212, 
pi.  10,  fig.  15. 

,846.    A\straea]  Orbicella  ecccelsa  Dana,  17.  S.  Expl.  Exped.  Zoophytes,  p.  212, 
pi.  10,  fig.  16. 

902.    Orbicella  excelsa  Verrill.  Conn.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sci.  Trans.,  vol.  11,  p.  98, 
pi.  15.  figs.  4,  4a,  46. 

Zoophytol.,  p.  58,  pi.  12,  fie.  4,  18*2. 
Akad.  Wissensch.  Wien,  Math.-Natuwiss.  CI.  Denkschr.,  vol.  28,  p.  156,  1868. 
p.  135. 

ho  comparative)  fra  i  coralii  dei  terreni  terziari  del  Piernonte  e  dell"  Alpi  Yenete.p.  16,  Pisa,  1868- 


396 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


1902.    Solenastrea  hyades  Verrill,  Conn.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sci.  Trans.,  vol. 

p.  104,  pi.  15,  figs.  5,  5a,  56. 
1917.    Solenastrea  hyades  Vaughan,  U.  S.  Geological  Survey  Prof.  Paper  98 
pp.  372,  373,  pi.  98,  figs.  1,  la,  2,  2a,  3. 

Professor  Verrill  has  studied  Dana's  types  of  Orbicella  hyades  in  t 
collection  of  the  Boston  Society  of  Natural  History,  and  gives  t 
following  description:1 

Oalioles  circular,  or  nearly  so,  mostly  3  to  3.5  mm.  in  diameter;  borders  generc 
distinctly  elevated  above  the  exotheca,  often  to  the  height  of  0.5  to  1  mm.  Your 
and  smaller  calicles,  1.5  to  2.5  in  diameter,  are  scattered  between  the  full-gr( 
ones.  In  the  middle  of  the  convex  summit  the  calicles  are  so  crowded  that  the  w 
are  in  contact,  and  here  they  often  become  angular  by  crowding,  and  when  no' 
contact  their  edges  may  not  be  elevated.  On  other  parts  they  may  be  separate' 
intervals  of  2  or  3  mm.  or  more.  The  walls  are  very  thin.  The  costae  are  thicke 
and  roughly  minutely  serrulate;  they  are  very  narrow  and  mostly  confined  to 
wall,  never  extending  across  the  exothecal  spaces,  when  these  occur.  The  sur 
of  the  exotheca  is  smooth  or  vesicular;  in  sections  the  exotheca  is  openly  vesica 

Septa  20  to  24,  mostly  24  in  mature  calicles;  12  extend  to  the  columella;  thos 
the  third  cycle  are  also  wide,  but  thinner,  and  most  of  them  bend  toward  and 
the  larger  ones  about  midway  between  the  wall  and  columella.  The  septa  all  bee 
thin  and  curved  toward  the  columella,  but  thickened  at  the  wall;  the  summite 
narrowed  and  rather  prominent  above  the  walls;  inner  edge  irregularly  and  roujj 
serrulate,  especially  distally;  sides  roughly  granulated.  Paliform  lobes  small 
thin.  Columella  usually  rather  small  and  loose;  formed  of  small  twisted  proc< 
from  the  inner  edges  of  the  septa,  but  variable  in  size. 

Thickness  of  the  larger  mass  from  St.  Thomas,  about  50  mm.;  diameter  125  i 
diameter  of  calicles,  mostly  3  to  3.5  mm.,  rarely  4  mm. 

This  species  is  found  on  the  Florida  Reefs  and  throughout  the  West  Indies 
has  not  been  found  at  the  Bermudas.  St.  Thomas  (coll.  C.  F.  Hartt,  Yale  Mi 
In  the  American  Museum,  New  York,  there  is  a  large  turbinate  mass,  12  to  14  in 
in  diameter  and  about  10  inches  high,  from  Jamaica. 

The  same  author  gives  the  following  description  of  Orbit 
excel  sa  Dana: 2 

Dana's  type  of  this  species,  in  the  Boston  Society  of  Natural  History,  was  care 
studied  by  me  a  number  of  years  ago,  and  descriptions  were  made  at  that  time, 
type  is  apparently  slightly  beach-worn,  but  so  little  that  the  natural  surface  0; 
coenenchyma  and  costae,  and  the  summits  of  the  septa  are  well  preserved  in 
parts,  and  there  is  no  evidence  of  post-mortem  alteration  by  infiltration  to  acd 
for  the  solidity  of  the  coenenchyma,  referred  to  by  Dana,  and  which  is,  im 
quite  remarkable  in  most  parts.  The  coral  is  very  solid  and  heavy  as  cona 
with  O.  annularis  or  Solenastraca  hyades. 

A  fragment,  apparently  of  the  same  specimen,  and  which  appears  to  have 
used  by  Dana  in  describing  the  details,  is  preserved  in  the  Museum  of  Yale  Unive 
From  this  the  accompanying  photograph  has  been  made  (pi.  15,  fig.  4).  The 
grows  in  irregular,  often  upright,  lobed  or  gibbous  masses,  up  to  100  to  150  m 
more  high,  but  when  young  it  must  be  encrusting.    No.  1729. 

The  type-sperimon  is  so  strongly  lobed  that  the  lobules  in  some  places  loo! 
incipient  branches.  But  these  may  possibly  be  due  to  the  coral  growing  ov< 
tubes  of  invading  bivalves  or  annelids,  though  none  can  be  seen  without  se 

»  Conn.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sci.  Trans.,  vol.  11,  pp.  101,  105,  1902. 
2  Idem,  vol.  H,  pp.  98,  99,  1902. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  397 

ie  calicles  are  more  closely  crowded  on  the  lobules,  especially  at  the  obtuse  summits, 
'ere  they  become  angular  and  are  separated  by  thin  walls  and  cellular  exotheca. 
e where  the  calicles  are  nearly  circular,  scarcely  elevated,  and  separated  by 
^'thecal  spaces  usually  about  equal  to  the  radii  of  the  calicles,  but  toward  the  base 
|m  equal  to  their  diameters.   The  exotheca  and  walls  are  very  solid  in  most  parts. 
♦J'he  24  costae  are  subequal,  thickened,  only  slightly  raised,  faintly  or  almost  micro- 
Lically  granulated:  those  of  adjacent  calicles  are  usually  separated  at  the  surface 
la  slight  intermediate  groove,  forming  polygonal  areas  around  the  calicles.  The 
theca  is  nearly  level  with  the  edges  of  the  walls  and  costae,  flat  or  slightly  concave, 
nlutely  granulated  or  nearly  smooth,  sometimes  slightly  vesicular  at  the  surface, 
4- usually  almost  solid  and  blended  with  the  costae  and  walls;  near  the  tips  costae 
rtfe  and  exotheca  is  cellular. 

vii  a  transverse  section,  near  the  surface,  the  entire  partition  between  the  calicles 
w  be  perfectly  solid,  whether  thick  or  thin,  but  in  many  cases  one  or  two  rows  of 
d  11,  rounded  or  crescent-shaped  vesicles  can  be  seen,  and  sometimes,  close  to  the 
:iice,  vesicular  dissepiments  are  visible  between  the  small  costae,  while  close  to 

i  basal  margin  of  the  coral  the  exotheca  may  be  decidedly  vesicular,  appearing 
.1»t  like  miniature  honeycomb  in  transverse  sections.    But  this  basal  portion  is 

-jied  by  the  thin,  down-growing  margin,  where  the  new  calicles  are  very  short, 
jue,  and  far  apart,  as  in  many  other  corals  that  have  a  thin,  proliferous  margin. 

I  ie  septa  are  generally  24,  subequal,  in  three  regular  cycles;  those  of  the  first  two 
?o  33  are  nearly  equal  in  height  and  thickness;  those  of  the  third  cycle  are  thinner 

narrower,  and  generally  bend  to  the  right  and  left  in  pairs  to  join  the  straight 
of  the  second  cycle,  usually  at  a  point  more  than  half  way  to  the  columella,  and 
ill  i  very  near  it.    The  summits  of  all  the  septa  are  narrow  and  only  slightly  raised 
a  e  the  walls.    The  edges  are  irregularly  serrulate,  two  to  four  of  the  basal  teeth 
I  "the-  larger.    The  sides  are  distinctly  granulated.    The  septa  are  all  thin,  but 
tly  thickened  toward  the  wall,  and  all  are  narrowed  above  the  base,  so  as  to  leave 
>like  calicular  cavity.    The  columella  is  small,  trabecular,  papillose,  and  often 
y  wanting.    In  transverse  sections  of  some  calicles  it  is  solid,  and  formed  by  the 

I I  of  the  inner  edges  of  the  septa,  but  in  most  it  is  small,  porous,  trabecular, 
imeter  of  the  calices  2.5  to  3  mm.;  breadth  of  intercalicinal  spaces,  usually  1  to  2 

sometimes  3  to  4  mm.  or  more,  near  the  base. 

(gin  uncertain,  supposed  to  be  West  Indies.  Several  irregular  gibbous  masses 
s  species,  3  to  5  inches  in  thickness,  in  the  American  Museum,  New  York,  were 
I  near  Osprey,  West  Florida,  cast  on  the  beach,  after  a  storm,  by  R.  P.  Whit- 
No.  485).    I  have  also  seen  specimens  from  Key  West. 

irrill  keeps  0.  liyades  and  0.  excelsa  separate,  with  the  remark, 
3ver,  that  "they  may  eventually  prove  to  be  one  species.''  The 
rences  between  the  two  consist  in  the  latter  possessing  a  much 
solid  exotheca  and  more  developed  costae.    There  is  in  the 
ed  States  National  Museum  a  moderate  suite  of  specimens  from 
iving  Florida  reefs,  and  a  large  number  of  fossil  specimens.  I 
2onvinced  that  the  two  forms  are  only  variations  of  the  same 
as  in  the  same  specimen  the  exotheca  may  be  solid  or  vesicular; 
tthe  costae  may  be  confined  to  the  corallite  peiiphery  or  extend 
the  periphery  of  one  corallite  to  that  of  the  next.  Although 
'ssor  Verrill's  descriptions  are  so  comprehensive  as  to  render  a 
t^'jbne  unnecessary,  I  should  like  to  call  attention  to  some  features 
onsidered  in  detail  bv  him.    The  costae  seen  on  the  surface 


398  BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


are  not  prolongations  of  the  distal  ends  of  the  septa.  They  are  oiw 
elevations  on  the  exothecal  surface  corresponding  in  position  wa 
the  septa.  The  exotheca  is  usually  built  up  of  more  or  less  horizon  I 
platforms,  which  when  closely  applied  one  above  another  give  i| 
to  a  compact,  or  even  a  solid  exotheca  ;  if  the  platforms  are  separat I 
the  intervening  spaces  contain  vesicular  dissepiments.  In  sol 
instances  the  exothecal  surface  is  formed  by  thin-walled  vesical 
The  septal  trabecular  are  directed  upward  at  a  low  angle,  and  htm 
their  courses  indicated  by  rather  small  and  crowded  granulatiol 
The  inner  septal  edges  or  trabeculae  from  the  septal  edges  fusel 
form  a  false  columella.  The  septa  usually  are  imperforate;  howev I 
in  some  instances  perforations  occur  between  the  trabeculae  n 
the  columella,  but  never  so  abundantly  as  in  Orbicella  annularis 

Localities  and  geologic  occurrence. — Recent  specimens  in  the  Uni 
States  National  Museum:  Osprey  and  Caesars  Creek,  Florida, 
lected  by  T.  Wayland  Vaughan;  southern  Florida,  collected  by  S 
Walker;  Caesars  Creek,  Florida,  collected  by  Edw.  Palmer;  Ce 
Keys,  Florida,  collected  by  Lieut.  J.  F.  Moser,  U.  S.  N. ;  reefs  n 
Miami,  Florida,  collected  by  J.  E.  Benedict. 

Pleistocene,  Miami  oolite  and  Key  Largo  limestone,  Florida, 
lected  by  T.  W.  Vaughan. 

In  the  Pliocene  Caloosahatchee  marl  on  Shell  Creek  and  Caloc 
hatchee  River,  Florida,  collected  by  numerous  persons. 

In  the  Miocene  La  Cruz  marl  at  stations  3440  and  3443,  in 
northeast  part  of  Santiago,  Cuba;  station  3445,  crossing  over 
railroad  of  the  highway  from  Santiago  to  the  Morro,  collected 
T.  W.  Vaughan.  At  one  time  I  thought  these  Santiago  specim 
might  come  from  a  deposit  of  Pliocene  age,  but  the  other  associa 
fossils  indicate  that  this  is  another  species  of  considerable  geok 
antiquity.  A  specimen  from  station  3451,  Cienaga  railroad  stati 
near  Habana,  collected  by  T.  W.  Vaughan,  seems  to  belong  to  1 
speoies. 

SOLENASTREA  BOURNONI  Milne  Edwards  and  Haime. 

1850.  Solenaslrea  bournoni  Milne  Edwards  and  Haime,  Ann.  Sci.  nat.,  se: 

Zool.,  vol.  12,  p.  121. 
1861.  Cyphastrea  oblita  Duchassaing  and  Michelotti,  Mem.  Corall.  Anti 

p.  77  (of  reprint). 

186J.  Plesiastrea  carpinetti  Duchassaing  and  Michelotti.  Mem.  Corall.  Anti 
p.  77  (of  reprint). 

1861.  Solenastrea  ellisii  Duchassaing  and  Michelotti,  Mem.  Corall.  Anti 
p.  77  (of  reprint). 

1861.  Solenastrea  micans  Duchassaing  and  Micheloltti,  Mem.  Corall.  Anti 

p.  77  (of  reprint),  pi.  9,  figs.  10.  11. 
1861.  Leptastrea  caribaea  Duchassaing  amd  Michellotti.  Mem.  Corall.  Anti 

p.  78  (of  reprint). 

1863.  l'lesiastraea  distans  Duncan,  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ.,  vol.  2< 
'tf,  pi.  4,  figs.  4a,  Ah. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  399 


J1863.  Plesiastraea  globosa  Duncan,  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ.,  vol.  20,  p. 
38,  pi.  4,  fig.  5. 

v  1917.  Solenastrea  bournoni  Vaughan,  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey  Prof.  Paper  98-T,  pp. 
372,  374,  pi.  99,  figs.  1,  la,  16,  2,  3,  3a;  pi.  100,  figs.  1,  2,  2a,  3,  3a,  36. 

'he  following  description  is  based  on  specimens  from  the  Pliocene 
bosohatchee  marl  of  Florida: 

jWallum  forming  spheroidal  or  dome-shaped  masses,  sometimes 
'iiuch  as  a  foot,  or  even  more,  in  diameter;  the  outer  surface 
u  ormly  rounded  or  with  gibbosities. 

]he  succeeding  portion  of  the  description  is  based  upon  a  single 
"  i-shaped  specimen,  15.3  cm.  tall:  greater  diameter  12.8  cm., 
"Sr,  11  cm. 

D  he  calices  have  very  slightly  elevated  margins,  and  thin  corallite 
s.    Diameter  from  2  to  2.5  mm.    Distance  apart  from  0.75  to 
it  2  mm.:  usually  about  1  mm.,  or  half  the  diameter  of  the 
;es.    The  depth  of  the  calicular  fossae  can  not  be  determined  with 
ainty,  as  the  specimen  is  worn:  where  it  is  best  preserved  they 
'shallow.    The  corallite  walls  externally  are  costate,  a  costa  cor- 
onding  to  each  septum;  the  costae,  however,  are  short,  those 
i  one  corallite  not  extending  to  those  of  the  next.    Between  the 
llites  are  thin-walled  exothecal  vesicles,  which  have  a  hori- 
ally  stratified  arrangement.    The  outermost  exothecal  platform 
show  costal  striations. 
'ie  septa  are  thin,  somewhat  thicker  at  the  wall;  uniformly  in 
e  complete  cycles  ;  primaries  and  secondaries  equal  and  reaching 
i  columella:  tertiaries  only  about  half  as  long;  thinner,  inner 
^ins  free.    Rather  wide,  thin  pali  occur  before  the  first  and 
rid  cycles.    The  septal  faces  are  finely  granulate,  with  the 
ses  of  the  trabeculae  indicated;  no  perforations  could  be  dis- 
red.    Thin  endothecal  dissepiments  present.    Columella  poorly 
loped,  rather  small  and  lax. 

VARIATION  OF  SOLENASTREA  BOURNONI. 

ie  United  States  National  Museum  possesses  very  large  suites  of 
)( mens  of  this  species,  permitting  a  rather  satisfactory  study  of 
s  ariation.  The  specimen  already  described  shows  within  itself 
leimits  of  variation  in  the  size  and  distance  from  one  another  of 
ie  malices.  About  2  mm.  is  the  average  calicular  diameter.  The 
^(ieca  may  be  very  light  and  delicate,  or  rather  compact,  even 
Inst  solid.  The  septa  vary  in  thickness  and  the  pali  may  be 
:r«igly  or  weakly  developed;  where  strongly  developed  they  are 
iigular  in  shape,  the  base  of  the  triangle  directed  outward,  and 
ueertiaries  may  fuse  to  the  basal  corners  or  to  the  sides  of  the  pali 
we  the  secondaries.  The  thickened  pali  are  correlated  with  the 
P  ir  exotheca,  the  various  skeletal  elements  seem  to  thicken 
og  her. 


400  BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


SYNONYMY  OF  SOLENASTREA  BOURNONI. 

Of  the  species  described  by  Duchassaing  and  Michelotti,  Ckjpha 
obliia,  Plesiastrea  carpinetti,  Solenastrea  ellisii,  Solenastrea  mica 
and  Leptastrea  caribxa  can  confidently  be  placed  in  this  synonyr 

I  examined  in  the  Museum  of  Natural  History  in  Turin  a  specm 
labeled  Cypliastrea  oblita  Duchassaing  and  Michelotti,  but  it 
small  caliced  corallum  of  Orbicella  annularis  (see  p.  374  of  this  pap< 
and  it  does  not  accord  with  the  original  description  of  C.  obi 
which  is  as  follows:  " Species  rounded,  with  rounded  calices, 
margins  of  which  are  a  little  elevated ;  costae  rare,  almost  conflue 
the  intercalicular  areas  are  beset  with  granulations:  columella,  la 
and  papillaiy." 

In  a  note  it  is  stated  the  septa  of  C.  oblita  bear  small,  subpalifc 
lobes.    It  seems  to  me  more  probable  that  the  type  is  the  s'peci 
in  the  Museum  d'Histoire  Naturelle,  Paris,  figured  by  me  in  Uni 
States  Geological  Survey  Professional  Paper  98-T,  plate  99,  figr 
3,  3a. 

The  original  description  of  P.  carpinetti  is  as  follows:  "The  forn 
the  corallum  is  convex  and  lobed;  the  calices  are  small,  and  of 
slightly  deformed  with  prominent  margins,  separated  by  disti 
costae  and  vesicular  tissue:  the  septa  are  finely  denticulate  and 
not  attain  a  length  of  one-third  the  radius  of  the  calice  becaus 
the  development  of  the  pali.    The  last  are  thick,  as  strong  as 
septa,  when  examined  with  a  lens  they  appear  covered  with  gr 
lations;  the  columella  is  formed  by  papillae  sinularly  granulate. 

Solenastrea  ellisii,  according  to  Duchassaing  and  Michelotti,  1 
for  a  synonym  the  Astrea  pleiades  figured  in  the  work  of  Ellis 
Solander,  Nos.  1  and  4  of  plate  53."    There  is  a  specimen,  proba 
the  type,  in  the  Museum  of  Natural  History  at  Turin,  labeled  So 
astrea,  ellisii.    It  has  small  calices,  2  mm.  in  diameter,  and  t 
cycles  of  septa,  the  members  of  the  last  cycle  are  very  small. 

The  original  description  of  Solenastrea  rnicans  is  as  folio 
" Corallum  orbicular,  with  crowded  calices,  circular,  but  often 
formed,  diameter  about  a  line  [2  mm.];  their  upper  margin  is 
projecting  above  the  rest  of  the  surface;  the  septa  are  very  echi 
late  and  thicken  outwardly;  the  columella  is  thick  and  vesicula 
St.  Thomas. 

The  calices  of  the  type  are  crowded;  2  to  3  mm.  in  chain 
Septa  in  two  complete  cycles,  with  a  few  tertiaries;  primaries 
secondaries  of  the  same  size 

The  original  description  of  Leptastrea  caribaea  is  as  follows :  "  Sp 
globular,  with  calices  almost  contiguous,  circular,  margins  eleva 
columella  simple,  septa  alternately  smaller."    St.  Thomas. 

Calices  of  the  type,  2  to  2.5  mm.  in  diameter:  margins  slig 
elevated.    Septa  of  the  last  cycle  rarely  fused  to  the  sides  of 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  401 


>ndaries;  paliform  lobes  insignificant  or  absent.  Columella  with 
*  filiate  upper  surface. 

I  i)uncan's  Plesiastraea  distorts  and  P.  globosa,  from  the  silt  of  the 

II  dstone  plain  of  Santo  Domingo,  belong  in  the  same  synonymy, 
i  b  types  of  both  species  are  preserved  in  the  collection  of  the 

•logical  Society  of  London,  where  I  have  studied  them.  A  dupli- 
&J  b  ol  the  latter  is  in  the  United  States  National  Museum.  The 
<  erence  between  P.  distorts  and  P.  globosa  consists  in  the  calices 
;  ,he  former  being  one-half  or  more  than  one-half  their  diameter 
In  rt,  while  in  the  latter  the  distance  between  them  is  usually  less 
:n  one-half  this  diameter. 

'yphastrea  hyades  and  0.  bournoni  are  closely  related  species.  The 
J  ces  of  C.  hyades,  however,  are  constantly  larger  than  those  of 
i  bournoni,  and  the  tertiary  septa,  except  in  young  coralla,  con- 
:  iitly  fuse  to  the  sides  of  the  secondaries.  C.  bournoni  has  smaller 
j  pes.  and  except  when  the  pali  are  decidedly  thickened,  has  the 

ir  ends  of  the  tertiary  septa  free.  These  differences  are  constant 
n  he  considerable  suites  of  specimens  that  I  have  been  able  to  study. 
kocalities  and  geologic  occurrence. — Living  at  St.  Thomas,  Virgin 
Jrnds,  whence  Duchassaing  had  a  number  of  specimens.  Tortugas, 
rida,  in  water  between  8  and  9  fathoms  deep. 

>4liocene,  in  the  Caloosahatehee  marl  of  Florida,  on  Caloosahatchee 
Jer,  collected  by  Frank  Burns  and  others;  and  Shell  Creek, 
;JHda,  collected  by  Frank  Burns  and  by  Doctor  Griffith, 
pliocene,  Rio  Cana,  Zone  H,  Santo  Domingo,  collected  by  Miss 
f.  Maury  in  association  with  an  invertebrate  fauna  of  the  age  of 
;  Bowden  marl  of  Jamaica. 

i|liocene,  in  the  La  Cruz  marl,  Santiago,  Cuba,  at  stations  3436, 
v  7,  3446,  collected  by  T.  W.  Vaughan,  in  association  with  an 
j  srtebrate  fauna  closely  related  to,  but  probably  a  little  younger 
l  that  of  the  Bowden  horizon. 

ANTIGUASTREA,  new  genus. 

rowth  form   massive;  asexual   reproduction   by  intercorallite 
ijjding;  septal  margins  very  obscurely  dentate,  subentire;  coral, 
f  usually  joined  by  thin  costae;  columella  lamellar,  usually  well 
loped  and  prominent;  exothecal  and  endothecal  dissepiments 
jjkdy  developed. 
'ype-sjyecies. — Astraea  ceUulosa  Duncan. 

his  genus  is  near  Orbicella,  from  which  it  differs  by  its  more 
t'urely  dentate  septa  and  its  lamellar  columella.    The  costae 
veen  corallites  are  thin  and  in  some  instances  disappear  on  the 
ace  of  the  exothecal  vesicles. 


■ 


402 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


is 


Reis1  proposed  the  name  Heterastraea  for  the  genus  here  nan 
Antiguasirea;  but,  as  R.  F.  Tomes  had  used  Heterastraea  for  a  gei 
of  English  Liassic  corals  in  1888, 2  Reis's  name  can  not  stand.  R 
account  of  the  columella  in  his  description  of  Heterastraea  is  cont 
dietary.  Regarding  Heterastraea  tenuilamellosa  (Gurnbel)  Reis, 
says,  ''zeigen  ein  verlangertes  blattartiges  bis  papilloses  Saulche 
The  columella  in  that  species,  therefore,  is  lamellate. 

This  genus  of  corals  is  important  in  its  bearing  on  the  correllat 
of  American  and  European  Tertiary  formations.  At  the  end  of 
table  of  the  corals  from  the  Reiter  Schichten,  Reis  sa}Ts:3  I 
diesem  Tabelle  geht  unzweifelhaft  hervor,  dass  erstens  die  Re: 
Korallenlager  und  die  vom  Hallthurm  mit  denen  von  Haer 
ganzlich  stimmen,  also  keinen  tieferem  Horizont  angehoren  koni 
und  dass  zweitens  dieser  Horizont  sowohl  durch  Haeringer  Schich 
als  auch  durch  die  deutlichsten  Beziehungen  zu  den  unter-  bis  mi 
oligociinen  Korallenlagern  des  Vicentins  als  solcher  festgestellt  it 
Reis  reports  species  of  Heterastraea  from  Reit,  Castelgomberto. 
Crosara. 

There  is  in  the  United  States  National  Museum  (No.  155186 
specimen  of  Heterastraea  michelottina  (Catullo)  Reis,  received  fr 
Prof.  K.  A.  von  Zittel.  This  specimen  has  a  distinct,  short,  thi 
lamellar  columella.  It  so  closely  resembles  Antiguasirea  crflul 
that  specific  distinction  is  difficult,  perhaps  even-doubtful.-  Isasi 
elegans  Reuss  is  referable  to  Antiguasirea.  It  is  described  after  A 
guastrea  eellulosa  (see  p.  409,  pi.  102,  figs.  1,  la).  Astrea  alveole 
Catullo  4  also  belongs  to  Antiguastrea.  Notes  on  it  follow  those 
A.  elegans. 

ANTIGUASTREA  CELLULOSA  (Duncan). 

Plate  08.  figs.  3,  So,  4,  4a:  plate  99,  figs.  1,  la,  2,  2a.  3,  3a;  plate  100,  figs.  1.  2.  3 

4.  -la;  plate  101,  figs.  2,  2a. 

18G3.  Astraea  eellulosa  Duncan,  Geol.  Soc*.  London  Quart.  Journ.,  vol.  19, 

417.  418.  pi.  13,  fig.  10. 
1863.  Isastraea  turbinata  Duncan,  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ.,  vol.  19 

423,  pi.  14,  figs,  la-  1c. 
1866.  Heliastraea  eellulosa  Duchassaing  and  Michelotti,  Sup.  Mem.  Co 

Antilles,  p.  86  (of  reprint). 

1866.  Isastraea  turbinata  Duchassaing  and  Michelotti.  Sup.  Mem.  Co 

Antilles,  p.  89  (of  reprint). 

1867.  Heliastraea  eellulosa  Duncan.  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart .  Journ..  vol.  24,  p 
1867.  Isastraea  turbinata,  Duncan,  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ..  vol.  24,  p 
1870.  Heliastraea  eellulosa  DUCHASSAING,  Rev.  Zooph.  et  Spong.  Antilles,  p. 


1  Koralicu  der  Reiter  Schichten,  Bayerisch.  geognost.  Lan:lcsuntersuch,  geognost.  Jahreshefte,  fah 
pp.  150-152,  1889. 
«  Geol.  Mag.,  Dec.  3,  vol.  5,  pp.  207-218,  pi.  7,  1888. 

3  Korallen  der  Reiter  Schichten,  r>.  94. 

4  Dei  tcrreni  di  Sedimento  superiore  <!el!e  Venezie,.e  dei  fossiii  hyrozoari,  antozoari,  e  spongiari.  ai « 
dann  iri:-etto,  p.  5«.  pi.  11,  fig.  1.    Padova.  (856. 


1 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


403 


1870.  Isastraea  t urbinata  Duchassaing,  Rev.  Zooph.  et  Spong.  Antilles,  p.  31. 
1902.  Orbicella  cellulosa  Vaughan.  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ.,  vol.  52,  p.  497. 
J915.  Orbicella  cellulosa  Vaughan.  Carnegie  Inst.  Washington  Yearbook,  No. 
13,  p.  360. 

riginal  description — u  Corallum  tall,  and,  judging  from  the  dis- 
tion  of  the  corallites,  subplane  above.  Corallites  very  numerous, 
slender,  crowded,  but  distinct;  usually  cylindrical,  but  some- 
3s  more  or  less  prismatic  from  mutual  pressure;  Yarying  in  size, 
transverse  section  of  the  corallites  is  generally  circular,  now  and 
i  deformed.  Septa  crowded,  linear;  the  primary  are  the  largest, 
often  the  secondary  are  nearly  as  large.  The  primary  septa  are 
early  the  same  thickness  at  the  wall  and  throughout.  There  are 
systems  of  four  cycles;  in  imperfectly  developed  systems  the 
th  cycle  is  wanting,  but  the  persistence  of  this  cycle  throughout 
the  systems  is  very  generally  decided.  The  fourth  and  fifth 
trs  are  very  small,  and  when  there  are  only  three  cycles,  the  third 
r  is  small;  the  septa  are  generally  straight.  Columella  small  and 
itly  developed.  The  wall  appears  to  be  stout.  Costae  attached 
rery  septum,  subequal,  and  not  very  greatly  developed.  Endo- 
la  vesicular,  greatly  developed.  There  are  often  four  dissepi- 
fis  dividing  each  interseptal  space.  Exotheca  cellular  and  highly 
looped;  exothecal  cells  small,  more  rectangular  and  larger  than 
jndo thecal  cells.  The  reproduction  is  by  extracalicular  gemma- 
5  the  smallest  buds  visible  have  three  perfect  cycles  of  septa. 
?rom  the  Conglomerate  of  Antigua.  Coll.  Geol.  Soc. 
Dimensions  —  Height  of  corallum  several  inches.  Diameter  of 
lites  from  1-2  lines  [2  to  4.2  mm.]." 

rie  type  of  the  species  was  examined  in  the  collections  of  the 
Ibgical  Society  of  London,  and  the  identification  of  the  specimens 
a  referring  to  it  was  verified. 

\k  this  is  an  enormously  variable  species  further  discussion  of  it 
io  .d  begin  with  a  clear  statement  of  the  characters  of  the  typical 
I.  These  may  be  summarized  as  follows:  Calices  2  to  4.2  mm.  in 
a  eter,  crowded,  but  distinct  ;  costae  subequal,  not  greatly  devel- 
^ ;  wall  stout.  Septa  in  four  cycles,  primaries  the  largest  and  of  the 
I  thickness  throughout;  secondaries  almost  as  large  as  the  pri- 
I  is;  tertiaries  and  quaternaries  smaller  according  to  cycle.  Colu- 
e]  said  to  be  small  and  slightly  developed.  Endothcca  and  exo- 
ie-  greatly  developed.  Plate  98,  figures  3,  3a  illustrate  a  typical 
)e<  nerj,  which  completely  satisfies  the  requirements  of  Duncan's 
Mption,  except  that  close  inspection  shows  a  small,  well-developed, 
Plate 'columella.  Plate  100,  figures  1,  2,  are  reproduced  from 
io  -graphs  of  thin  sections  of  specimens  and  show  the  lamellar 
Wiella. 

T  3  first  variant  to  be  considered  is  represented  by  plate  99,  figures 
1    The  corallites  have  free  limbs  as  much  as  1.25  mm.  tall,  and 


434  BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


are  separated  by  intercorallite  areas  usually  about  1  mm.  wide,  n 
in  width  from  0.5  to  1.5  mm.   The  walls  are  thick;  costae  slig 
developed,  thin.    Calieular  diameter  from  3  to  5  mm.  Septa 
complete  cycles;  6  thick  primaries  which  reach  the  columella; 
ondaries  stout,  but  thinner  than  primaries,  reach  to  or  almost  to, 
angle  formed  at  the  inner  ends  of  the  adjacent  primaries;  tertii 
thin,  their  inner  ends  project  just  beyond  a  peripheral  zone  of  disi 
ments;  quaternaries  small  and  thin,  their  inner  ends  barely  read, 
inner  side  of  the  dissepimental  zone.    Columella  a  compressed  ij 
tubercle  or  an  axial  lamella.    Endotheca  and  exotheca  well  d, 
oped.    This  specimen,  which  differs  only  slightly  from  the  ty 
form  of  the  species,  represents  the  extreme  of  variation  in 
direction. 

One  line  of  variation  from  the  typical  form  of  the  species  ij 
increase  in  the  size  of  the  calices,  diameter  from  7  to  9  mm., 
consequent  greater  development  of  the  higher  cycles  of  septa, 
the  development  of  thin  corallite  walls  which  are  separated  by  i 
spaces  from  1  to  2  mm.  wide.    The  intergradation  between  Si 
mens  with  the  large  and  small  calices  and  thick  and  thin  w\ 
corallites  is  complete;  in  fact,  the  variations  may  be  found  or 
same  specimen.    These  larger  calicled  specimens  belong  to 
Duncan  designated  var.  curvata. 

Specimens  showing  the  variations  so  far  discussed  occur  in  An 
at  the  southwestern  foot  of  the  limestone  hills  from  Willoughbyl 
practically  to  the  intersection  of  the  hills  with  the  sea  near  Wetl 
Point. 

Other  lines  of  variation  may  best  be  presented  by  describe 
series  of  specially  selected  specimens. 

Specimen  No.  1 ,  from  Station  6866,  opposite  the  Cathedral,  St. 
Antigua  (pi.  99,  figs.  2,  2a). — Corallum  broken  on  the  base;  66 
long,  50  mm.  wide,  34  mm.  tall.    There  is  one  tuberose  protuberi 

Corallites  separated  by  narrow  intercorallite  areas,  only  0.25 
wide,  or  by  areas  which  range  up  to  3.5  mm.  across,  measured  bel| 
the  peripheries  of  neighboring  calices.  Where  the  calices  are 
rated  the  intercorallite  areas  are  depressed  and  are  crossed  "by  J 
costae,  which  are  confluent  where  they  can  be  clearly  seen,  bj 
other  areas  they  may  alternate;  about  15  costae  to  5  mm.,  or  tl 
tance  between  summits  of  adjacent  costae  is  about  0.3  mm. ;  the 
spaces  decidedly  wider  than  the  thickness  of  the  costae. 

The  following  table  gives  the  size  of  eight  calices. 

Measurements  in  millimeters  of  calices  of  Antiguastrea  cellulosa. 


1 

2 

3 

n  '»4  i 

5 

6 

7  . 

Greater  diameter  

10.  75 

9.25 

9 

9.25 

5 

7.  75 

5 

lesser  diameter  

10.00 

9.  25 

7.5 

0.00 

4 

6.00 

5 

GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  405 


Ibout  half  the  calices  on  this  specimen  are  9  or  more  mm.  long, 
fe  large  calices  are  usually  separated  by  narrow  intercorallite  areas, 
He  most  of  the  smaller  calices  are  distant  from  1.25  up  to  as  much 
3.5  mm.  The  large  calices  are  excavated,  while  the  smaller  are 
Jlow  and  are  tumid  around  their  peripheries. 

>epta  thin,  normally  in  four  complete  cycles;  in  some  calices  qui- 
ies  are  present  in  a  few  quarter  systems.  The  primaries  are  usually 
>iewhat  thicker,  in  a  few  calices  conspicuously  thicker  than  the 
inbers  of  the  higher  cycles,  and  extend  to  the  columella  :  the  sec- 
taries also  extend  to  the  columella.  The  tertiaries  may  fuse  to 
^secondaries  near  the  columella;  and  the  quaternaries  may  fuse 
(he  tertiaries  about  halfway  between  the  calicular  periphery  and 
I  columella,  or  the  inner  septal  ends  may  be  free.  Septal  grouping 
I  conspicuous.  Septal  margins  with  fine  dentations,  about  7  in 
i  mm.;  that  is,  a  little  less  than  0.2  mm.  from  the  top  of  one 
tation  to  that  of  the  next. 

olumella  small,  in  some  calices  represented  by  an  axial  lamella. 

variant  represented  by  this  specimen  is  abundant  about  three- 
rters  of  a  mile  south  of  the  Cathedral  in  St.  John,  on  the  south- 
:  t  side  of  the  Otto  estate,  where  I  obtained  11  specimens. 
Specimen  No.  2,  also  from  Station  6866,  St.  John,  Antigua  (pi.  99, 

3,  3a) . — The  corallum  is  of  tuberose  shape  and  has  a  maximum 
th  of  about  75  mm. 

-  Ibis  specimen  resembles  in  its  characters  that  part  of  specimen 
♦  l  where  the  corallites  and  calices  are  smaller  and  more  distant. 
:  calices  are  tumid  around  their  peripheries  and  are  shallow.  The 
>J  calicular  diameter,  measured  between  the  tops  of  the  septal 
<es,  is  from  4.5  to  5  mm.;  distance  between  calices,  about  2.5  mm. 
'iher  characters  need  not  be  described,  except  to  say  that  the 
Jmella  is  either  a  compressed  papilla  or  a  short  lamella. 
becimen  No.  3,  from  Station  6856,  Friars  Hill,  Antigua  (pi.  100, 

•ft  3,  3a). — The  corallum  of  this  specimen  is  85  mm.  long,  70  mm. 
HW,  about  75  mm.  tall,  and  has  a  more  or  less  tuberose  form  of 
rcth. 

-  flie  fully  developed  calices  are  5  to  6  mm.  in  diameter,  and  are 
silly  about  2  mm.  apart,  with  depressed  intercorallite  areas,  and 
Btly  raised  calicular  rims,  which  project  as  much  as  0.75  mm. 
btfree  part  of  the  corallites  in  places  rises  perpendicularly  above 
intercorallite  areas,  but  in  other  places  the  calicular  peripheries 
•eounded  in  profile. 

£pta  in  four  complete  cycles,  with  a  few  quinaries  in  some  calices; 
riaries  the  thickest;  secondaries  nearly  as  thick  as  the  primaries; 
>r  tries  considerably  thinner;  quaternaries  the  thinnest,  unless 
li  iries  are  present.  There  is  grouping  of  the  highest  cycles  around 
Secondaries,  but  it  is  not  very  striking. 


406         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Columella  variable  in  development,  represented  by  an  |s 
papilla  or  by  a  distinct  axial  lamella. 

Other  specimens  from  Station  6866,  St.  John,  Antigua. — % 
are  in  addition  to  those  already  described,  from  station  ll 
two  large  specimens  and  fragments  representing  three  others.  tl 
largest  is  13  by  14  cm.  in  diameter  and  about  9  cm.  tall.  The  i] 
ular  and  septal  characters  are  similar  to  those  of  specimen  NcS 
the  foregoing  descriptions.  The  primary  septa  in  man y  calicli 
decidedly  thick,  the  thickness  of  the  other  septa  decreasing  acccli 
to  cycle.  The  columella,  although  it  appears  to  be  derived  fro:l 
septa,  is  an  axial  lamella  and  in  many  cycles  is  decidedly  thick! 

The  specimens  described  in  the  foregoing  remarks  are  the  one:i 
have  given  me  the  most  trouble  in  identification.  They  grade  dil 
into  typical  specimens,  such  as  the  one  on  which  Duncan  bas<lj 
original  description,  and  those  described  on  pages  403,  404  cm 
present  discussion. 

The  following  is  Duncan's  original  description  of  Isasiraea  Utrbm 

Corallum  7  inches  high,  subplane  and  irregularly  convex  above,  broad  and 
at  the  sides,  small  and  conical  at  the  base,  whence  the  corallites  radiate;  upper ' 


ridged  with  the  elevated  margins  of  more  or  less  polygonal,  close  calices.  Cc 
very  long,  slender,  and  prismatic,  excessively  crowded.  Walls  united, 
throughout.  Calices  very  numerous,  irregularly  pentagonal,  not  deep,  and  not 
geometrically.  Margins  existing  as  sharp  ridges,  not  marked  by  the  septa,  but 
ragged;  united,  crowded,  not  deep.  Septa  small,  not  exsert,  not  arched,  but  s 
irregularly  downwards  and  inwards,  except  the  primary,  which  stand  up  in  th 
and  are  easily  seen.  They  are  laminar,  delicate,  and  crowded,  slightly  tooth 
the  internal  end,  ragged  above,  and  granular  on  the  sides.  The  primary  sept; 
times  meet  by  their  inner  ends;  the  secondary  and  tertiary  are  subequal  whe' 
are  others.  They  are  disposed  in  six  systems.  In  fully  developed  calices  tl 
four  cycles  in  four  systems  and  three  in  the  rest;  in  other  calices  three  cycles 
occasional  fourth  order.  The  fourth  cycle  is  very  small.  Septa  straight,  not  ere 
but  slightly  ragged ;  no  external  spines.  Endotheca  tolerably  developed.  Fi 
condition  of  the  base,  which  has  been  rolled,  no  epitheca  can  be  seen.  Repro< 
by  submarginal  (close  to  the  wall)  gemination.  Diameter  of  the  calices  from 
to 3^  lines  [4.2  to  7.3  mm.].    (From  the  Chert  formation  of  Antigua  Coll.  Geol 

A  specimen  that  agrees  with  Duncan's  descriptions  and  figi 
represented  by  plate  100,  figures  4,  4a.  This  coral  puzzled  r 
some  time  but  it  is  almost  typical  Aniiguastrea  cellulosa,  in 
the  intercorallite  tissues  have  been  mineralogically  changed  so 
present  the  appearance  of  solid  intercorallite  walls;  however,  in 
places  the  calicular  edges  persist,  showing  separate  calicular  m 
between  which  is  a  lower  intercorallite  area  crossed  by  thin  c 
The  septal  and  columellar  characters  are  precisely  as  in  A.  eel 
I  failed  to  find  Duncan's  type  of  Isastraea  turbinata  in  Londo] 
I  am  convinced  1  hat  it  is  a  specimen  of  Aniiguastrea  cellulosa  in 
the  intercorallite  tissues  are  solidified  by  secondary  mineral  ch 

Localities  and  geologic  occurrence. — This  is  one  of  the  comn 
corals  in  the  Antigua  formation  of  Antigua,  where  I  collecte 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  407 

>ught  to  Washington  about  100  specimens.  A  list  of  the  stations 
which  collected  would  be  almost  a  list  of  the  exposures  of  the 

^tigua  formation  examined.  In  Cuba,  at  station  7508,  Ocujal 
•ing,  altitude  200  feet  a.  t.,  near  Guantanamo,  collected  by 
E.  Meinzer.  In  Porto  Rico,  zone  C,  near  Lares,  collected  by  Bela 
bbard,  of  the  New  Academy  Porto  Rican  Explorations.  Serro 

.  orado,  Arube,  Dutch  West  Indies. 

a  slight  variant  from  the  typical  form,  it  is  common  in  the  base 
;he  Chattahoochee  formation  along  Flint  River,  near  Bainbridge, 
iatur  County,  Georgia,  and  it  is  well  represented  in  the  silex  bed 
he  Tampa  formation  at  Tampa,  Florida. 

t  is  also  found  in  Anguilla,  where  I  collected  a  single  specimen  at 
jjaon  6893,  on  the  south  side  of  Crocus  Bay. 
n  the  State  of  Tamaulipas,  Mexico,  at  the  following  localities: 
I  mile  east  of  Salitre ;  Cerro  del  Aire,  7  miles  southeast  of  Refugio ; 
ile  east  of  San  Jose  de  las  Rusias;  hill  4  miles  east  of  San  Rafael 
^cimens  submitted  by  Mr.  E.  T!  Durable). 

l  specimen  sent  to  the  United  States  National  Museum  by  Mr. 
lip  Crutcher  is  reputed  to  come  from  Vicksburg,  Mississippi; 
sequently  collected  by  O.  B.  Hopkins  at  station  7463  in  the  Byram 
areous  marl,  4J  miles  south  of  Vicksburg,  Mississippi, 
i  general,  the  species  is  abundant  in  the  three  formations  men- 
ed,  and  is  important  in  indicating  an  Oligocene  horizon.    It  has 
yet  been  found  in  deposits  younger  than  those  of  Tampa  age. 
rof.  K.  Martin,  director  of  the  Geologisch-Reichs  Museum, 
len,  submitted  to  me  for  determination  some  material  from 
ai'O  Colorado,  Arube,  that  I  referred  to  Orbicella  tenuis  (Duncan), 
oosing  at  the  time  that  Duncan's  Astraea  tenuis  belonged  to  the 
'tis  Orbicella.1    Subsequent  study  of  additional  collections  has 
IJvn  that  Duncan's  Astraea  tenuis  is  in  reality  a  fungid  coral.  The 
Jwing  are  the  notes  I  published  on  the  xArube  specimens  in  the 
pr  referred  to  in  the  footnote: 

'e  corallites  are  long;  are  close  together,  only  a  millimeter  apart,  and  usually 
fjtot  round  because  of  having  been  deformed  by  mutual  pressure;  the  diameter 
rie  corallites  is  from  4  to  5  mm.    The  septa  are  thin,  and  crowded;  the  usual 
r  gement  being  four  complete  cycles.    The  members  of  the  first  and  second  cycles 
'  1  I.  the  columella;  those  of  the  third  cycle  are  not  so  long;  and  those  of  the  fourth 
.  -  Jill  shorter.    The  members  of  the  first  and  second  cycles  are  of  about  the  same 
illness,  no  constant  difference  in  thickness  according  to  cycles  is  discernible, 
ffte  is  no  marked  difference  in  the  thickness  of  any  of  the  septa  at  the  wall.  The 
,  ipers  of  the  third  and  fourth  cycles  are  slightly  thinner.    Endotheca  is  well  devel- 
I   The  exotheca  has  been  destroyed  in  the  process  of  fossilization.    The  columella 
>rly  developed,  being  formed  by  the  loose  fusion  of  the  principal  septa  in  the 
space. 

also  pointed  out  in  the  paper  cited  the  close  resemblance  of 
specimens  described  to  " Orbicella"  cellulosa  (Duncan).    I  have 


1  Geolog.  Reichs  Mus.  Leiden  Samml.,  ser.  2,  vol.  2,  p.  33,  1901. 
37149— 19— Bull.  103  15 


408         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 

carefully  restudied  the  specimens,  and,  as  I  can  find  only  diss 
mental  endo-  and  exotheca,  they  can  not  be  identified  as  Dunca 
Astraea  tenuis.  Because  of  silification  and  changes  due  to  fossili 
tion  the  columellar  characters  are  obscured,  but  it  is  possible 
recognize  the  presence  of  a  lamellar  columella.  The  species,  th(| 
fore,  is  definitely  Antiguastrea  cellulosa  (Duncan). 

ANTIGUASTREA  CELLULOSA  var.  CURVATA  (Duncan) 

Plate  98,  figs.  4,  4a. 

1863.  Astraea  cellulosa  var.  curvata  Duncan,  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Joi 
vol.  19,  p.  418. 

Original  description. — "Corallites  slender,  long,  close,  someti] 
compressed;  circular  in  transverse  section,  except  when  compresf 
Walls  thin  and  delicate.    Costae  delicate,  unequal,  narrow  at 
base,  tapering  externally.    Septa  well  developed,  in  six  systems 
four  complete  cycles.    The  primary  septa  are  large,  toothed  on  eit 
side,  not  larger  at  any  one  point  than  at  another.    The  second 
septa  are  smaller  than  the  primary,  and  have  a  tooth  near 
columella.    The  tertiary  are  smaller  than  the  secondary,  vary  m 
in  size,  often  extend  nearly  up  to  the  columella,  and  curve  tl 
towards  the  latter;  they  have  lateral  teeth,  and  a  larger  tooth  at 
end;  or  they  reach  only  halfway,  being  either  straight  or  cur* 
The  quaternary  septa  have  wedge-shaped  bases  and  spike-like  ] 
longations,  extend  one-quarter  the  distance  to  the  columella, 
sometimes  curve  towards  the  tertiary.    Columella  lax  and  park 
Endotheca  greatly  developed,  subdividing  the  septal  loculi 
transverse  bars.    Exotheca  distinct,  cells  small. 

"Dimensions. — Diameter  of  the  corallites  one-fifth  inch  [5  mm. 
bud  1  line  [2  mm.]  in  diameter  has  three  cycles. 

"  Chert-formation  of  Antugua.    Coll.  Geol.  Soc.    As  a  rule, 
variety  is  curiously  fossilized." 

Plesiotype.—U.S.'NM.  No.  324923  (pi.  98,  fig.  4,  4a).  Thi 
actually  more  abundant  in  Antigua  than  the  typical  examples  of 
species.  I  doubt  the  presence  of  teeth  on  the  primary  and  seconc 
septa.  The  appearance  of  their  being  present  is  probably  du- 
changes  resulting  from  fossilization. 

ANTIGUASTREA  CELLULOSA  var.  SILICENSIS,  new  variety. 

Plate  101,  figs.  1,  la. 

The  two  distinctive  characters  of  this  variety  are,  (1)  the  fla 
domed  upper  surface;  (2)  the  rather  large  calices,  which  are  o 
sionally  only  4  mm.  in  diameter,  but  usually  5  to  6.5  mm.,  some1' 
the  diameter  may  be  as  much  as  11.5  mm.  when  the  fifth  cycl 
septa  is  nearly  complete. 

Localities  and  geologic  occurrence. — Basal  part  of  the  Chattahoo< 
formation,  Blue  Springs,  Flint  River,  4  miles  below  Bainbridge, 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  4ll9 


des  Landing,  Flint  River,  about  7  miles  below  Bainbridge,  Ga.; 
ilex"  bed  of  the  Tampa  formation.    Specimens  obtained  about 
ee-quarters  of  a  mile  south  of  the  Cathedral  St.  John,  Antigua, 
at  station  6893,  Crocus  Bay,  Anguilla,  and  one  specimen  from 
4  miles  south  of  San  Rafael,  Tamaulipas,  Mexico,  are  referable  to 
variety. 
Vype.—No.  324936,  U.S.N.M. 

ANTIGLASTREA  ELEGANS  (Reuss)  Vaughan. 

Plate  102,  figs.  1,  la. 

1874.  Isastraea  elegans  Reuss,  K.  K.  Akad.  Wiss.  '\Yien,  Math.-Xatunviss.  CI., 

Denkschr.,vol.  33,  p.  36,  pi.  53,  figs.  3-5. 
1915.  Isastraea  elegans  Fabiani,  R.  Univ.  Padova  Inst,  geolog.  mem.,  vol.  3,  p.  230, 

lustrations  of  and  a  few  notes  on  this  species  are  introduced  for 
)oses  of  comparison  with  Antiguastrea  cellulosa.  The  illustra- 
is  exhibit  the  calicular  characters  so  well  that  a  detailed  descrip- 
i  is  not  necessary.  Specific  distinction  between  it  and  A.  cellu- 
is  exceedingly  doubtful. 

localities  and  geologic   occurrence. — Reuss   originally  described 
traea  elegans  from  Font  ana  della  Bova  di  San  Lorenzo,  the  locality 
rhich  the  specimen  here  figured  was  obtained.    Fabiani  lists  it  as 
pelian  Oligocene. 

'lesiotype. — No.  156898,  U.S.N.M. ;  specimen  received  in  exchange 
a  Prof.  J.  Felix  of  the  University  of  Leipzig. 

ANTIGUASTREA  ALVEOLARIS  (Catullo)  Vaughan. 

1856.  Astrea  alveolaris  Catullo,  Terr.  sed.  sup.  Venezie,  p.  54,  pi.  11,  fig.  1. 
L874.  Phyllangia  alveolaris  Reuss,  K.  K.  Akad.  Wiss.  Wien,  Math.-Natunviss. 

QL,  Denkschr.,  vol.  33,  p.  32,  pi.  52,  figs,  la,  lb. 
1868.  Phyllangia  alveolaris  D'Achiardi,  Stud,  comparat.  corall.  terr.  terz.  Pie- 

monte  e  Alpi  Veneto,  p.  20. 
1915.  Phyllangia  alveolaris  Fabiani,  R.  Univ.  Padova  Inst,  geolog.  mem.,  vol.  3, 
p.  231. 

is  coral  is  not  a  species  of  PJiylhngia,  the  type-species  of  which  is 
ngid  americana  Milne  Edwards  and  Haime,1  from  Florida  and 
est  Indies.    I  dredged  a  particularly  fine  example  of  P.  ameri- 
in  water  between  15  and  16  fathoms  deep  in  Rebecca  Channel, 
da,  between  Tortugas  and  Rebecca  Light.    The  columella  is 
sed  of  curled,  flaky  processes  from  the  inner  ends  of  the 
t  cipal  septa.    The  margins  of  the  largest  septa  are  faintly  dentate, 
rle  on  the  septal  faces  there  are  small,  sharp,  distinct  ridges  with 
r;  ulations  along  their  courses, 
euss's  figures  of  an  enlargement  of  the  calices  of  Phyllangia 
lans  represent  the  columella  as  bluntly  styliform.    He  says 
K>ever,  "Die  rudimentare  Axe  besteht  nur  aus  1-3  ofters  etwas 

1  Brit.  loss,  corals,  Introduction,  p.  44,  1850. 


m 


410         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


verlangerten  Papillen."  There  are  two  specimens  in  the  Uni&d 
States  National  Museum,  as  follows:  (1)  No.  156910  from  Fonti* 
della  Bova  di  San  Lorenzo,  received  from  Prof.  J.  Felix;  (2)  IP 
164726,  from  Monte  Grumi,  received  from  Professor  Parona  of  w 
University  of  Turin.  I  believe  there  is  no  doubt  as  to  the  correcti  >« 
of  the  identification  of  these  specimens.  The  columella  in  botlif 
lamellate;  in  No.  156918  a  relatively  thick,  coarse  lamella;  in  w 
164726  it  is  small  and  thinner  but  distinct.  Astrea  alveolaris  Catitf 
therefore,  belongs  to  the  genus  Aniiguastrea,  and  it  closely  resem^C' 
those  variants  of  A.  cellulosa,  in  which  the  calices  are  somewhat  Pi 
vated  and  relatively  remote  one  from  another.  Compare  especijp 
with  the  description  of  specimen  No.  2  on  page  405  of  this  papeiHp 
Localities  and  geologic  occurrence. — Catullo  originally  described  m 
species  from  "Gambugliano  nel  Vicentino;"  d'Achiardi  record* 
from  Dego,  Torricelle,  Castelgomberto,  Monte  Viale,  Montec<flp 
Maggiore,  Crosara,  and  Veronese;  Reuss  cites  it  from  Monte m> 
Carlotta;  the  United  States  National  Museum  has  it  from  Font 'ft 
della  Bova  di  San  Lorenzo  and  from  Monte  Grumi.  Fabiani .  jtfi 
the  species  as  of  only  Rupelian  Oligocene  age. 

Genus  STYLANGIA  Reuss. 

1874.  Stylangia  Reuss,  K.  K.  Akad.  Wiss.  "Wien,  Math.-Naturwiss.  CI.,  Denks 
vol.  33,  p.  11. 

Type-species. — Stylangia  elegans  Reuss  (K.  K.  Akad.  Wiss.  W 
Math-NaturwissCL,  Denkschr.,  vol.  33,  1874,  p.  11,  pi.  42,  figs.  11 
from  San  Giovanni  Ilarione.    Horizon,  Lutetian  Eocene  accordin 
Fabiani.1 

The  species  of  coral  next  to  be  described  does  not  precisely  fit 
any  of  the  genera  known  to  me.  It  has  the  general  aspect  of  A 
guasirea  alveolaris  (Cat.)  Vaughan,  and  as  it  has  a  compressed  sty 
or  very  narrow-lamellate  columella,  it  appeared  referable  to  A 
guastrea,  but  the  columella  is  really  more  in  the  nature  of  a  c 
pressed  style  than  a  lamella.  I  should  have  no  hesitancy  in  refer 
the  species  to  Stylangia,  if  it  were  not  for  the  very  distinctly  devek 
pali.  However,  as  pah  in  this  group  of  corals  are  usually  not  of 
neric  value  I  am  placing  the  species  in  Stylangia. 

STYLANGIA  PANAMENSIS,  new  species. 

Plate  86,  figs.  1,  la. 

The  following  is  a  description  of  the  type,  the  only  specime: 
the  species  well  enough  preserved  to  show  clearly  the  specific  cha 
ters: 

Corallum,  a  small  mass,  29  mm.  long  and  26  mm.  wide. 
Corallites  protuberant  from  1.5  up  to  3.5  mm.,  distance  betv 
the  calicular  margins  from  2  to  4.5  mm.    The  diameter  at  the  ci 

I  R.  Univ.  Padova  Inst,  geolog.  mem.,  vol.  3,  p.  22G,  1915. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  411 


:  a  corallite  about  3  mm.  tall  is  about  4  mm.,  at  its  base  about  5 
n.,  showing  that  although  the  diameter  at  the  base  of  the  free 

.  Yallite  limbs  is  greater  than  it  is  at  the  calice,  the  increase  in  diame- 
•  toward  the  base  is  rather  slight.  The  costae  on  the  free  limbs 
3  low,  subequal,  closely  crowded,  between  40  and  48  in  number, 
atively  thick,  as  thick  as  or  thicker  than  the  intercostal  furrows, 
d  closely  beaded  along  the  edges.  The  walls  are  thick, 
septa,  3  complete  cycles  and  a  variable  number  of  quaternaries, 
e  6  primaries  are  larger  than  the  other  septa,  extend  to  the  colu- 

t  ilia,  and  bear  paliform  thickenings  which  are  decidedly  prominent 
those  calices  where  they  have  been  preserved;  the  secondaries  are 
ne what  shorter  than  the  primaries;  the  tertiaries  still  shorter;  and 

;  i  quaternaries,  which  may  be  completely  developed  in  some  sys- 
as,  are  still  smaller;  in  some  systems  in  many  calices  the  quater- 
ies  are  not  distinguishable  within  the  calices,  but  are  represented 

:.a)  small  costae. 

i  fliJolumella,  a  narrow,  compressed  style. 

Lndotheca  and  exotheca,  details  of  their  character  not  clear  in 
type. 

locality  and  geologic  occurrence. — Canal  Zone,  station  6016,  in  the 
iiperador  limestone,  quarry,  Empire,  collected  by  T.  W.  Vaughan 
I  D.  F.  MacDonald. 
Type.— Cat.  No.  324955,  U.S.N.M. 

Genus  SEPTASTREA  d'Orbigny. 

.ijll849.  Septastrea  D'Orbigny,  Notes  sur  Polyp.,  p.  9. 

1849.  Septastrea  Milne  Edwards  and  Haime,  Ann.  Sci.  uar.,  ser.  3,  Zool..  yol. 
12,  p.  163. 

•7 ^1 1857.  Septastraea  Milne  Edwards  and  Haime,  Hist.  nat.  Corall..  vol.  2,  p.  449. 

'.;  18 — .  Septastraea  (part)  de  Fromentel,  Intr.  Etude  Polyp,  foss.,  p.  174. 
:  ;i)(1884.  Septastraea  (part")  Duncan,  Linn.  Soc.  London.  .Tourn.,  Zoology,  vol.  18, 
p.  103. 

1887.  Glyphastraea  Duncan,  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ.,  vol.  43,  pp.  24-32. 
pis.  1-3. 

^'■^1888.  Septastraea  Hinde,  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ.,  vol.  44,  pp.  200-227, 
pi.  9. 

1900.  Septastraea  Gane,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  Proc.  vol.  22,  p.  194. 
1904.  Septastrea  Vaughan,  Maryland  Geological  Survey  Miocene,  p.  444. 

'ype-species. — Septastrea  subramosa  d'Orbigny,  1849=5.  forbesi 
ie  Edwards  and  Haime,  1849  =  Astrea  marylandica  Conrad,  1841  = 
tastrea  marylandica  (Conrad)  Vaughan,  1904. 


to  JH 

1 1 


TeciiQ 


: 


SEPTASTREA  MATSONI,  new  species. 

Plate  86,  figs.  6,  6a. 


e.    jorallum  in  crusting  surfaces  of  shells.    The  type  incrusts  part  of 
'surface  of  a  Turritella  shell.    It  is  probable  that  the  fully  grown 
:  hVwax  may  be  massive  or  ramose. 


412         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Calices  irregular  in  form,  subpolygonal  or  more  or  less  elliptical! 
outline;  slightly  excavated.    Diameter  from  3  to  4.5  mm.;  de 
about  1  mm.    Intervening  walls  narrow,  acute. 

Septa  in  two  complete  cycles.  The  primaries  are  rather  thick 
reach  the  calicular  center;  in  fully  developed  cahces  all  or  nearly 
of  the  secondaries  also  extend  to  the  center,  tertiary  septa  absen 
very  rudimentary.  Margins  not  exsert;  within  the  calices  stra: 
or  slightly  concave  upward.  There  are  no  recognizable  dentati 
but  on  the  septal  edges  and  faces  there  are  many  rather  large  gr* 
lations.     Interseptal  ^culi  wide  and  open. 

Columella  false,  formed  by  the  fusion  of  the  thickened  inner  £ 
of  the  principal  septa.    There  are  no  trabecular  septal  processes. 

Asexual  reproduction  by  intercorallite  budding. 

Locality  and  geologic  occurrence. — Republic  of  Colombia,  sta 
7873,  Gatun  formation,  about  0.5  km.  west  of  Usiacuri,  collecte( 
G.  C.  Matson. 

Type.— Wo.  324956,  U.S.N.M. 

Septastrea  matsoni  closely  resembles  young  cor  alia  of  S.  m 
landica  (Conrad)  Vaughan,  from  the  St.  Marys  and  Yorktown  foil 
tions  in  Virginia.1  It  is  interesting  to  find  in  Colombia  a  speci(  ol 
Septastrea  that  is  doubtfully  distinguishable  from  a  species  in* 
Miocene  of  Virginia.  The  fossiliferous  marl  that  almost  surroi 
Usiacuri  appears  to  be  the  same  formation  as  the  Gatun  formation 
to  be  a  part  of  the  Gatun  formation.  Although  the  evidence 
plied  by  this  coral  is  not  great,  it  is  at  least  indicative  of  the 
Miocene  age  of  a  part  if  not  all  of  the  Gatun  formation. 


ICQ 


Family  FAVIIDAE  Gregory. 

Genus  FA  VIA  Oken. 

1815.  Favia  Oken,  Lehrb.  Naturgesch.,  Th.  3,  Abth.  1,  p.  67. 
1857.  Favia  Milne  Edwards  and  Haime,  Hist.  nat.  Corall,  vol.  2,  p.  426 
1902.  Favia  Verrill,  Conn.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sci.  Trans.,  vol.  11,  p.  88. 
1917.  Favia  Vaughan,  Carnegie  Inst.  Washington  Pub.  213,  p.  100. 

Type-species. — Madrepora  fragum  Esper . 

FAVIA  FRAGUM  (Esper). 

1795.  Madrepora  fragum  Esper,  Pflanzenth.,  Fortsetz.,  p.  79.,  pi.  64,  figs.  1 
1901.  Favia  fragum  Vaughan,  Geol.  Reichs  Mus.  Leiden  Samml.,  ser.  2,  vol 
34  (with  synonomy). 

1901.  Favia  fragum  Vaughan,  U.  S.  Fish  Com.  Bull,  for  1900,  vol.  2,  p.  303 

1902.  Favia  fragum  Verrill,  Conn.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sci.  Trans.,  vol.  11, 

pi.  13,  figs.  1,  2. 

1915.  Favia  fragum  Vaughan,  Washington  Acad.  Sci.  Journ.,  vol.  5,  p.  I 

1916.  Favia  fragum  Vaughan,  Carnegie  Inst.  Washington  Yearbook  No.  1 

224,  227. 


1  See  Vaughan,  T.  W.,  Anthozoa,  Maryland  Geol.  Survey,  Miocene,  pp.  444-447,  pi.  126,  figs,  la 
pi.  127,  figs.  1-3;  pi.  128,  figs.  1,  2;  pi.  129,  1904. 


or. 
ipts 
ipo 

hi 

15: 

Hi 

m 
Mae 
one 
abers 

DDE 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


413 


This  species  is  common  in  Pleistocene  deposits  near  Colon,  Canal 
ine. 

^Localities  and  geologic  occurrence. — Canal  Zone  stations  5850  and 
37;  Pleistocene,  Mount  Hope,  collected  by  D.  F.  MacDonald. 
;"4joughout  the  West  Indies,  in  Florida,  and  on  the  At1  antic  side  of 
iitral  America,  where  there  are  elevated  Pleistocene  reefs.  Now 
ing  throughout  the  same  area,  in  the  Bermudas,  the  Azores  (Quelch), 
d  St.  Vincent  (collected  by  Mr.  Cyril  Crossland,  specimens  do- 
ted to  the  United  States  National  Museum  by  Prof.  J.  Stanley 
r  diner). 

FA  VIA  MACDONALDI,  new  species. 

Plate  102,  fig.  2;  plate  103,  fig.  1. 

Dorallum  massive,  with  a  rounded  upper  surface  (for  general 
>ect  of  the  upper  surface  (see  pi.  102,  fig.  2). 
Dalices  large,  oblong,  elliptical  or  subquadrang^ar  in  outline;  sepa- 
ed  by  intercorallite  areas  from  2  to  5  mm.  across.  Cavities  slightly 
;avated.  WaPs  thin  on  the  upper  edge,  in  places  entirely  composed 
dissepiments;  deeper  down  fairly  thick. 


•  3 


Measurements,  in  millimeters,  of  calices  of  Favia  macdonaldi. 


ifiter  diameter, 
er  diameter . . 

it* 


1 

11.5 
11.5 


2 

9. 75 
8.5 


3  4 
10.  5       15.  5 
9.5  8 

I  *  j  i 


5 

14.5 
11.5 


7 

13.5 
12 


11 


rhe  number  of  septa  in  calico  No.  4  of  the  table  is  about  38,  of  which 
or  13  extend  to  the  columella.    A  few  rudimentary  septa  may  have 
hn  broken  so  as  not  to  be  distinguishable  now.    In  calice  No.  5, 

I  septa  were  counted,  of  which  about  12  extend  to  the  columella. 
[  a  polished  cross  section,  in  which  every  septum  is  clearly  visible, 
lire  are  31  septa  in  a  corallite  having  calicular  diameters  of  12.5 
tl  8.5  mm.;  of  the  septa  about  12  reach  the  columella — that  is,  usu- 
w  every  alternate  or  every  third  septum  extends  to  the  columella. 
Cthe  calice  the  septa  are  thin  and  distant,  but  deeper  down  they  are 
■iher  thick.  The  inner  ends  of  the  long  septa  are  slightly  thickened, 
r;gesting  that  paliform  lobes  were  present. 

;  3ostae  correspond  to  all  septa,  greatly  developed,  long;  those 
am  one  corallite  extending  to  meet  those  from  the  adjacent  corallite; 
fcmbers  of  the  different  cycles  subequal  in  thickness;  thicker  in  the 
Rll,  gradually  thinning  distally. 

Columella  composed  of  the  fused  inner  ends  of  the  septa;  fairly 

II  developed;  some  papillae  on  upper  surface. 

Chin  endo thecal  and  exo thecal  dissepiments  well  developed. 
Ho  clear  instance  of  asexual  reproduction  was  observed,  but  that 
*s  by  fission  seems  an  inference  warranted  by  the  configuration  of 
corallites. 


414 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


0 


Locality  and  geologic  occurrence. — Station  6587,  in  limestone  J 
iron  bearing  sandstone,  Tonosi,  Panama,  collected  by  D.  F.  M 
donald.  This  deposit  is  of  Oligocene  age  (for  fuller  discussion,  a 
pages  207,  555,  582).  Station  6881,  Antigua  formation,  Willougtf 
Bay,  Antigua,  collected  by  T.  W.  Vaughan. 

Type.-—  Cat,  No.  324993,  U.S.NJVL 

The  only  American  fossil  species  at  all  nearly  related  to  Fm 
macdonaldi  is  one  from  the  Oligocene  or  Miocene  of  Santo  Domi]|J 
not  yet  described  in  print.  It  has  smaller  corallites  and  relatr 
more  numerous  septa  than  F.  macdonaldi.  These  two  species  are  Ii 
Pacific  in  their  affinities,  there  being  no  nearly  related  specie; 
the  Atlantic  Ocean,  with  the  possible  exception  of  F.  leptopli 
Verrill,  of  which  I  have  no  specimen  for  comparison.  It  gives 
pleasure  to  attach  the  name  of  Doctor  Macdonald  to  this  re 
handsome  species  of  coral,  which  was  discovered  by  him. 

Genus  FAVITES  Link. 

1807.  Favites  Link,  Besehreib.  Xat.  Samml.  Rostock,  pt.  3,  p.  162. 

1901.  Favites  Vaughan,  Geolog.  Reichs  Mus.  Leiden  Samml.,  ser.  2,  vol.  2,  ] 

1902.  Favites  Verrill,  Conn.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sci.  Trans.,  vol.  11,  p.  92. 
1917.  Favites  Vaughan,  Carnegie  Inst.  Washington  Pub.  213,  p.  109. 

Type-species. —  Madrepora  abdita  Ellis  and  Solander. 

FAVITES  MEXICANA,  new  species. 

Plate  103,  figs.  2,  2a. 

Corallum  massive,  with  more  or  less  rounded  or  flattish  u]! 
surface.  Type  a  small  broken  specimen,  54  by  61  mm.  in  horizo' 
diameter  and  27  mm.  thick. 

Corallites  polygonal,  separated  by  narrow  intercorallite  walls  w 
are  barely  0.5  mm.  thick.    Diameter  of  corallites  as  follows: 

Diameter,  in  millim,eters ,  of  corallites  of  Favites  mexicana. 


Corallite  

Greater  diameter. 
Lesser  diameter.. 


1 

2  I 

3 

i 

5 

6 

7 

9 

11 

8.5 

8.5 

9 

7.5 

11.5 

7.5 

8 

7.5 

7.5 

6.5 

9 

Caliccs  damaged  so  that  their  depth  can  not  be  definitely  as 
tained,  but  apparently  they  were  shallow. 

There  are  46  septa  in  a  corallite  7.5  by  6.5  mm.  in  diametei 
these,  14  reach  the  columella  and  23  are  small  or  rudiment 
Usually  three  sizes  of  septa  are  recognizable;  the  tertiaries  fus 
the  side  of  the  secondaries,  as  a  rule.  Even  the  large  septa 
relatively  thin,  not  so  thick  as  the  width  of  the  interseptal  lo 
The  inner  ends  of  the  principal  septa  an;  somewhat  thickened 
paliform  lobes  may  have  been  present. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  415 


lumella  trabecular,  false,  fairly  well  developed, 
lirhin  endotheeal  dissepiments  abundant. 
.  Asexual  reproduction  by  marginal  fission. 

jLoc-ality  and  geologic  occurrence. — Mexico,  hill  4  miles  east  of  San 
fael  Ranch,  State  of  Tamaulipas,  collected  by  W.  F.  Cummins 
I  J.  M.  Sands  in  the  Oligocene  San  Rafael  formation  of  Dumble,1 

dissociation  with  Antiguastrea  cellulosa  (Duncan)  Vaughan. 

kype  —  Cat.  No.  324995,  U.S.N.M. 

'his  specimen  closely  resembles  Astroria  antiguensis  Duncan.2  I 
!i*e  a  photograph  (see  pi.  131,  fig.  4)  of  Duncan's  type  (No.  12936, 
I.  Geol.  Soc.  London),  and  because  of  the  resemblance,  I  furnished 
Dumble  the  name  Goniastrea  (?)  antiguensis  (Duncan),  as  given 
is  papers  cited.    Subsequent  study  of  the  photograph  and  further 
n  lparisons  with  specimens  from  Antigua  lead  me  to  believe  that 
rpria  antiguensis  is  in  reality  a  fungid  coral,  and  is  probably  based 
silicified  specimen  of   Cyathiomorpha  antiguensis  (Duncan) 
ighan  in  which  the  corallites  are  deformed  by  crowding.  That 
icent  corallites  are  separated  by  costate  intercorallites  areas  is 
r  on  most  of  this  photograph;  and  apparently  there  are  both 
rcostal  and  mural  synapticulae.    For  additional  notes  on  Astroria 
guensis  see  page  466  of  this  paper. 

FAV1TES  POLYGONALIS  (Duncan). 

33.  Astroria  polygonalis  Duncan,  Geol.  Soc.  London    Quart.  Journ.,  vol.  19, 
p.  424,  pi.  14,  fig.  6,  1863. 

esides  F.  mexicana,  the  only  other  definitely  known  species  of 
\ites  in  the  American  older  Tertiary  formations  is  F.  polygonalis 
tncan)  Vaughan,  which  is  very  abundant  in  Antigua.  The  calices 
'.  polygonalis  are  much  larger  than  in  F.  mexicana,  the  smallest 
usually  being  15  mm.,  rarely  as  little  as  14  mm.  in  "diameter: 
;e  in  diameter  from  the  size  just  stated  up  to  23  mm.  wide  by 
am.  long,  an  extraordinarily  large  calice.  The  lesser  diameter 
calice  is  usually  between  15  and  20  mm.  The  calices  are  exca- 
d,  depth  8  to  10  mm.,  separated  by  acute  walls.  Septa  in  4 
sizes,  thin,  rather  distant,  about  8  within  1  cm.  In  many 
imens  there  is  a  more  or  less  flattened  zone  around  the  colum- 
fossa,  which  is  bounded  by  the  rather  steep  inner  ends  of  the 
li.  In  F.  mexicana,  9  septa  were  counted  within  a  linear  dis- 
ke  of  5  mm.,  being  twice  as  many  within  the  same  distance  as 
k?  are  in  F.  polygonalis.  Cooke  and  Mansfield  collected  in  the 
|  of  the  Chattahoochee  formation,  station  7078,  8  miles  below 
bridge,  Georgia,  a  species  of  Favites  that  seems  to  be  the  same 
e  Antiguan  specimens  of  F.  polygonalis  with  small  calices. 


ptti 


1  See  p.  206  for  additional  notes. 

*  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ.,  vol.  19,  p.  425, 


416         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Genus  GONIASTREA  Milne  Edwards  and  Haime. 

1848.  Goniastrea  Milne  Edwards  and  Haime,  Comptes  Rend.,  vol.  27,  p.  4 
Type-species. — Astrea  retiformis  Lamarck. 

GONIASTREA  CANALIS,  new  species. 

Plate  91,  fig.  4. 

Corallum  massive,  rounded  or  flattened  on  the  upper  suri 
forms  masses  15  cm.  or  more  in  diameter. 

Calices  joined  directly  by  their  walls,  shallow,  polygonal  defon 
lesser  diameter  of  adult  calices  about  3.5  mm.,  greater  diameter  i 
3.5  mm.  up  to  5.5  mm. 

Septa  about  42,  in  a  calice  3.5  mm.  wide  by  4  mm.  long;  of  t 
11  extend  to  the  columella,  and  there  are  about  21  small  (ra 
rudimentary)  septa.    The  inner  ends  of  the  smallest  septa  are  usi|i 
free;  but  the  septa  of  the  intermediate  size  fuse  to  the  sides  oi 
members  of  lower  cycles,  and  in  places  a  small  septum  fuses  tc 
side  of  a  member  of  a  lower  cycle.    As  is  normally  the  case  in  c< 
reproducing  by  fission,  the  septal  arrangement  is  not  definite 
10  septa,  alternately  larger  and  smaller,  were  counted  in  a  spa<  m 
2.25  mm.  along  the  wall.    At  the  wall  the  interseptal  spaces 
about  as  wide  as  the  thickness  of  the  larger  septa.  Septal 
with  some  granulations.    Septal  margins  too  badly  damage 
permit  a  study  of  their  characters. 

Columella  false,  fairly  well  developed,  formed  by  the  fusion  o 
inner  end  of  the  long  septa. 

Asexual  reproduction  by  fission,  either  equal  or  unequal,  e 
fission  seems  more  common. 

Locality  and  geologic  occurrence. — Canal  Zone,  station  6016,  qu 
Empire,  in  the  Emperador  limestone  collected  by  T.  W.  Vau 
and  D.  F.  MacDonald. 

Type. — No.  324996  U.S.N.M. 

Of  the  species  of  Goniastrea  previously  described  from  the  Ame 
Tertiaries,  G.  variabilis  Duncan1  from  the  upper  Eocene  St 
tholomew  limestone,  French  West  Indies,  has  larger  calices,  abt 
mm.  wide,  and  as  it  has  about  40  septa  to  a  calice,  the  septa  in  i 
less  crowded  than  in  G.  canalis.  I  collected  in  the  Oligocei 
Antigua,  in  the  Antigua  formation,  a  species  of  Goniastrea,  th 
evidently  the  same  as  Stephanocoenia  reussi  Duncan.2  This  differs 
G.  canalis  only  by  the  absence  of  rudimentary  septa  betweei 
larger  septa.  The  two  forms,  although  closely  related,  seei 
represent  distinct  species. 


F 

ID 

irl 

lb 
I. 

\ 


ft] 

Ins 


'  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ.,  vol.  29,  p.  557,  pi.  21,  fig.  11,  1873 
2  Idem,  vol.  24,  p.  19,  pi.  2,  fig.  1,  1867.   I  have  excellent  photographs  of  Duncan's  type,  whic. 
5011,  Brit.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


417 


Genus  MAEANDRA  Oken. 

1815.  Maeandra  Oken  (part),  Lehrb.  Naturg.,  Th.  3,  Abth.  1,  p.  70. 
1902.  Maeandra  Yerrill,  Conn.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sci.  Trans.,  vol.  11,  p.  66. 
1917.  Maeandra  Yaughan,  Carnegie  Inst.  Washington  Pub.  213,  p.  119. 

Type-species. —  Madrepora  labyrinthiformis  Linnaeus. 

MAEANDRA  ANTIGUENSIS,  new  species. 

Plate  103,  figs.  3,  4,  4a. 

'he  general  habit  of  the  corallum  is  similar  to  that  of  Maeandra 
osa  (Ellis  and  Solander),  that  is,  the  upper  surface  is  more  or  less 
llate,  not  rather  uniformly  rounded  or  domed  as  M.  strigosa 
ina).  A  view  of  the  upper  surface  of  each  cotype  is  shown  on 
e  103,  figures  3,4.  Valleys  sinuous,  relatively  long,  as  much  as 
nore  than  26  mm.  in  length;  width  from  3.5  to  5.5  mm.,  about 
i  mm.  usual;  depth  about  2  mm.  Collines  with  narrow,  acute  or 
acute  summits,  the  septa  sloping  away  at  an  angle  of  about  45°. 
acent  valleys  are  usually  separated  by  simple  walls;  in  places 
irate  mural  edges  are  distinguishable,  but  in  such  instances  the 
ance  between  the  walls  is  less  than  0.5  mm. 

epta  decidedly  crowded,  8  or  9  long  septa  and  as  many  interme- 

e  short  septa  within  5  mm.,  that  is,  from  32  to  36  septa,  alternately 
19  rtand  long,  within  1  cm.    The  long  septa  extends  to  edge  of  the 

mellar  fossa;  the  intermediate  septa  are  about  half  as  long. 

tal  margins  finely  dentate,  about  10  small  teeth  on  the  long  septa; 

e  downward  and  inward  at  an  angle  of  about  45°,  as  previously 

led.    Inner  ends  of  long  septa  more  or  less  thickened,  some  appear 

>ear  paliform  lobes,  fused  by  lateral  expansions  and  processes  at 

edge  of  the  columellar  fossa. 
V:  Dlumella  composed  of  axial  septal  processes,  which  are  usually 

e  or  less  flattened  and  curled.    Calicinal  centers  indistinct. 

luin,  crowded,  endothecal  dissepiments  abundant. 
.  realities  and  geologic  occurrence. — Antigua,  station  6881,  Antigua 
*  (lation,  Willoughby  Bay,  cotypes,  2  specimens,  collected  by 

V.  Vaughan. 

anama,  station  6587,  Tonosi,  a  broken  specimen,  collected  by 
T.  MacDonald. 

vtypes.—No.  325003,  U.S.N.M. 
-  laeandra  antiguensis  is  very  close  to  M.  clivosa.    The  principal 
trences  seem  to  be  the  steeper  margins  and  the  thicker  inter- 
Hllite  walls,  and  the  slightly  wider  and  deeper  valleys  of  M. 
msa.    The  cotypes  of  M.  antiguensis  were  compared  with  33  small 
feimens  of  M.  clivosa  and  the  differential  characters  indicated 
.  ftar  valid. 

Ike  specimen  obtained  by  Doctor  MacDonald  is  only  a  fragment, 
*  as  the  cross-section  of  the  corallites  and  walls  and  the  septal 


418 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


characters  agree  with  M.  antiguensis,  there  is  no  reasonable  doubt 
to  its  belonging  to  that  species. 

MAEANDRA  PORTORICENSIS,  new  species. 

Plate  107..  figs.  1,  la. 

Corallum  massive,  composed  of  long  valleys,  from  5.5  to  9  n| 
wide,  and  about  3.5  mm.  deep,  separated  by  acute  collines.  W;! 
in  the  collines,  rather  thick  but  simple. 

Septa,  rather  thick,  crowded,  about  10  in  5  mm.,  or  20  to 
centimeter.  As  a  rule  alternately  shorter  and  longer,  but  in  so 
places  they  are  equal.  At  the  wall  usually  equal  in  thickness.  I 
inner  ends  of  some  septa  are  enlarged,  and  there  are  indications  I 
such  septa  bear  upright  paliform  teeth.  Margins  dentate.  Calici| 
centers  indistinct. 

Columella  absent. 

Locality  and  geologic  occurrence.— Four  miles  west  of  Lares,  Pc 
Rico,  Pepino  formation,  collected  by  R.  T.  Hill. 
Type. —'No.  325004,  U.S.N.M. 

Remarks. —  Maeandra  portoricensis  is  very  close  to  an  undescri 
species  from  the  St.  Bartholomew  Eocene,  to  which  Duncan  e] 
neously  applied  the  name  Manicina  areolata  (Linnaeus) .  The  dif 
ence  seems  to  lie  in  the  former  having  straighter  valleys  (a  chara< 
of  very  little  value),  and  thicker  septa  and  walls. 

MAEANDRA  DUMBLEI,  new  species. 

Plate  104,  figs.  1,  la. 

Corallum  massive,  upper  surface  gradually  curved,  without  }l 
bosities.  The  type,  a  segment  of  a  head,  is  63  mm.  long,  57  rj 
wide,  and  45  mm.  thick. 

Valleys  straight  or  curved;  length  from  5  mm.,  the  diameter 
a  solitary  calice,  up  to  30  mm.  or  even  more;  width  from  3  to  5  m  • 
depth  1.5  mm.  or  less/ the  valleys  are  very  shallow,  almost  su]r 
flcial  Collines  flat  or  furrowed  along  the  top;  width  from  1.5  to  J 
mm.  Each  of  two  adjacent  series  usually  with  its  own  sepa^ 
wall,  the  walls  separated  on  top  by  a  slight  depression  whicJl 
crossed  by  costae.  The  colline  characters  are  those  character]  ic« 
of  Diploria,  which  is  typical  Maeandra. 

Septa  rather  distant,  9  within  5  mm.  or  18  to  1  cm.;  subecil 
or  alternately  longer  and  shorter,  the  shorter  usually  almost  rac- 
ing the  columella;  no  rudimentary  septa  except  in  young  calis; 
outer  septal  ends  thick.  Septal  margins  broken  in  the  type,  fa 
the  trabeculae  indicate  fairly  large  dentations,  about  5  on  a  lg 
septum  outside  the  distinct,  thickened,  palar  lobe. 

Columella  composed  of  septal  processes,  only  slightly  develo  o 
Calicinal  centers  distinct  or  obscure. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  419 

Locality  and  geologic  occurrence. — Mexico,  hill  one  mile  east  of 
{ n  Jose  de  las  Rusias  ranch,  State  of  Tamaulipas,  collected  by  W.  F. 
(mmins  and  J.  M.  Sands,  in  the  Oligocene  formation  to  which 
!*.  E.  T.  Dumble  1  applied  the  name  "San  Fernando  beds,"  later 
(anged  to  San  Rafael  beds.  Antiguastrea  cellulosa  (Duncan) 
Vughan  was  also  collected  at  this  locality. 

AType.— No.  325005,  U.S.N.M.,  presented  by  Mr.  E.  T.  Dumble. 
This  species  groups  with  the  living  West  Indian  Maeandra  labijrintld- 
imis  (Linnaeus),  the  genotype,  which  has  far  more  crowded  septa, 
ai  with  M.  bowersi  Vaughan,  from  Carrizo  Creek,  California,  winch 
h  wider  intercorallite  areas,  deeper  valleys,  and  fewer  long  septa 
Ithe  centimeter. 

MAEANDRA  AREOLATA  (Linnaeus). 

\  1758.  Madrepora  areolata  Linnaeus,  Syst.  Nat.,  ed.  10,  p.  795. 
1901.  Mankind  areolata  Vaughan,  U.  S.  Fish  Com.  Bull,  for  1900,  vol.  2,  p.  305, 
pi.  4,  figs.  2,  3. 

f  1902.  Maeandra  areolata  Verrill,  Conn.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sci.  Trans.,  vol.  11,  p. 

81,  pi.  11,  figs.  1,  2;  pi.  12,  figs,  1,  2,  3. 
I  1915.  Maeandra  areolata  Vaughan,  Washington  Acad.  Sci.  Journ.,  vol.  5,  p.  596. 
ft  1916.  Maeandra  areolata  Vaughan,  Carnegie  Inst.  Washington  Yearbook  No.  14, 

pp.  225,  227. 

ii)ommon  in  the  Pleistocene  marl  of  Mount  Hope  near  Colon, 
Cial  Zone. 

E  jocality  and  geologic  occurrence. — Canal  Zone,  stations  5850  and 
8<  9,  Mount  Hope,  collected  by  D.  F.  MacDonald. 

Tiis  species  is  a  common  fossil  in  the  Pleistocene  coralliferous 
iosits  and  in  areas  of  living  reefs  in  the  Caribbean  region  and 
Frida.  M.  areolata  is  not  a  true  reef  coral.  It  thrives  best  on 
tl  flats  behind  the  reefs  or  in  water  10  to  12  fathoms  deep  off 
tl  reefs  proper.  As  it  has  no  firm  basal  attachment,  it  can  not 
st  the  impact  of  the  waves  of  rough  seas. 

MAEANDRA  CLIVOSA  (Ellis  and  Solander). 

1786.  Madrepora  clivosa  Ellis  and  Solander,  Nat.  Hist.  Zooph.,  p.  163. 
1901.  Platygyra  clivosa  Vaughan,  Geolog.  Reichs.  Mus.  Leiden  Samml.,  ser.  2, 

vol.  2,  p.  57.    (With  synonymy.) 
L902.  Maeandra  clivosa  Verrill,  Conn.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sci.  Trans.,  vol.  11,  p.  78. 
L902.  Maeandra  agassizi  Verrill,  Conn.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sci.  Trans.,  vol.  11,  p.  80, 
pi.  14,  figs.  1,  la. 

' 915 .  Maeandra  clivosa  Vaughan,  Washington  Acad.  Sci.  Journ.,  vol.  5,  pp. 
596,  597. 

916.  Maeandra  clivosa  Vaughan,  Carnegie  Inst.  Washington  Yearbook  No.  14, 
p.  227. 

ocality  and  geologic  occurrence. — Costa  Rica,  station  6251.  Monkey 
it,  in  a  slightly  elevated  Pleistocene  reef,  collected  by  D.  F.  Mac- 


mble,  E.  T.,  Some  events  in  the  Eogene  history  of  the  present  coastal  area  of  the  Gulf  of  Mexico 
as  and  Mexico,  Journ.  Geol.,  vol.  23,  pp.  481,  498,  1915  (see  pp.  495-496);  Tertiary  deposits  of  north- 
I  Mexico,  Calif.  Acad.  Sci.  Proc,  vol.  5,  pp.  163-193,  pis.  16-19,  Dec,  1915  (see  pp.  189-190). 


420         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Donald.  This  species  is  general  in  the  elevated  Pleistocene  n 
and  in  the  areas  of  living  reefs  in  the  Caribbean  region  and  in  Flori 
It  is  one  of  the  most  abundant  species  on  the  living  Bahamian  re 
but  appears  not  to  occur  in  the  Bermudas. 


MAEANDRA  STRIGOSA  (Dana). 


so 

I8| 

of  la 


1846.  Meandrina  strigosa  Dana,  U.  S.  Expl.  Exped.  Zooph.,  p.  257,  pi.  14, 
4a,  4b. 

L901.  Platygyra  viridis  Vaughan,  Geolog.  Reichs.  Mus.  Leiden,  ser.  2,  vo 
p.  51.    (With  synonymy.) 

1901.  Platygyra  viridis  Vaughan,  U.  S.  Fish  Com.  Bull,  for  1900,  vol.  2,  p. 

pis.  9,  10,  11,  12,  13. 

1902.  Maeandra  cerebrum  Verrill,  Conn.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sci.  Trans.,  vol|^ 

p.  74,  pi.  10,  fig.  4;  pi.  12,  fig.  4;  pi.  14,  figs.  4,  5. 
1902.  Maeandra  viridis  Vaughan,  Biol.  Soc.  Washington  Proc,  vol.  15,  p 
1907.  Maeandra  cerebrum  Verrill,  Conn.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sci.  Trans.,  vol]  P 

p.  169. 

1915.  Maeandra  strigosa  Vaughan,  Washington  Acad.  Sci.  Journ.,  vol.  5,  p 
1917.  Maeandra  strigosa  Vaughan,  Carnegie  Inst.  Washington  Yearbook  Xo 
p.  227. 

I  can  not  at  all  agree  with  Professor  Verrill's  application  of 
and  Solander's  name  u  cerebrum"  to  this  species.    There  are 
large,  massive  species  of  Maeandra  in  the  West  Indies  and  Flor  bi 
namely,  M.  labyrintMformis  (Linnaeus),  M.  clivosa,  (Ellis  and  So  jng 
der),  and  M.  strigosa  (Dana).    I  applied  to  M.  strigosa  a  varilnr( 
name  proposed  by  Le  Sueur,  but  Professor  Verrill  expressed  dc  \  \ 
as  to  Le  Sueur's  having  meant  the  species  under  consider ati  on 
There  is  good  evidence  that  Ellis  and  Solander  did  not  intend  Ma  ?ua 
j)ora  cerebrum  for  this  species,  for  they  applied  the  name  Madre^ 
labyrintJiica  to  it  and  figured  it.    As  they  applied  names  to  two  of 
identifiable  species,  it  is  probable  that  they  intended  Madrm 
cerebrum  for  the  third  species,  that  is,  for  Mad-repora  labyrinthifor 
of  which  Diploria  cerebriformis  (Lamarck)  M.  Edwards  and  Hg 
is  a  synonym. 

Under  these  circumstances,  the  proper  course  to  pursue  evide 
is  to  take  the  first  name  concerning  which  there  is  no  doubt.  Ch 
then  fall  on  Meandrina  strigosa  Dana,  the  type  of  which  is  in 
United  wStates  National  Museum. 

Locality  and  geologic  occurrence. — Costa  Rica,  station  6251,  Mor  ^ 
Point,  in  the  slightly  elevated  Pleistocene  reef,  collected  by  D.  F.  }  j, J!:-; 
Donald.    This  species  is  general  in  the  Pleistocene  and  living  c  ^ 
reefs  of  the  Caribbean  region,  Florida,  and  the  Bahamas,  an 
found  living  in  the  Bermudas.    It  is  one  of  the  two  most  impor 
massive  reef -building  species  in  Florida  and  the  West  Indies; 
other  of  the  most  important  species  is  Orbicella  annularis  (Ellis  *  u 
Solander). 


M 
llo 
spe 
em 
of] 
■on. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OE  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


421 


1 


Genus  LEPTORIA  Milne  Edwards  and  Haime. 

•  •  'III1 

1848.  Leptoria  Milne  Edwards  and  Haime,  Comptes  Rend.,  vol.  27,  p.  493. 
:L917.  Leptoria  Vaughan,  Carnegie  Inst.  Washington  Pub.  213,  p.  117. 

\jpe-species. —  Meandrina  phrygia  Lamarck  =  Madrepora  phrygia 
3  and  Solander. 

LEPTORIA  SPENCERI,  new  species. 

\  ' 

Plate  109,  figs.  2,  2a,  3. 

.863.  Maeandrina  species  Duncan,  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ.,  vol.  19, 
p.  424. 

Drallum  more  or  less  explanate,  with  a  flatish,  undulate  upper 
ace. 

alleys  long  and  sinuous,  shallow,  from  3.25  to  5  mm.  wide, 
rated  by  narrow,  but  strong  colline  walls. 

lere  are  8  or  9  long  septa  within  5  mm.,  18  to  19  within  1  cm. 
se  are  rather  stout  and  extend  from  the  wall  to  the  columellar 
somewhat  thickened  in  the  wall  and  on  their  inner  ends,  where 
e  appear  to  be  paliform  knots  or  lobes.  Usually  between  each 
I  of  larger  septa  is  a  very  thin  septum,  which  is  either  short  or  long, 
tl  le  columella  is  stout  and  lamelliform. 
Fioi  reality  and  geologic  occurrence. — Cuba,  station  3473,  Rio  Canapu, 
se  sing  of  Manassas  trail,  Oriente  Province,  Cuba,  collected  by  Dr. 
I  tur  C.  Spencer,  for  whom  the  species  is  named.  Cyathomorpha 
Is  (Duncan)  was  obtained  at  the  same  place.  The  geologic 
son,  therefore,  seems  to  be  that  of  the  Antigua  formation  of 
!;gua;  but  Dr.  J.  A.  Cushman  reports  Orthophragmina  from  the 
i  i  station,  and  suggests  that  the  formation  exposed  there  is  of 
;r  Eocene  age. 

le  specimen  from  Antigua  referred  to  by  Duncan  as  "  Maeandrina 
seems  to  belong  to  L.  spenceri,  according  to  two  photographs  I 
of  Duncan's  original  specimen,  No.  12946,  coll.  Geol.  Soc. 
on.  Duncan's  specimen  has  a  distinctly  lamellate  columella. 
Ape.—  No.  324968a,  U.S.N.M.  (pi.  109,  figs.  2,  2a). 
iratype.— No.  3249686,  U.S.N.M.  (pi.  109,  fig.  3). 
lere  is  no  other  known  species  from  the  West  Indies  to  which  L. 
zeri  is  nearly  related.  It  has  closer  affinities  with  the  Indo- 
le species  L.  phrygia  and  L.  gracilis.  L.  spenceri  has  about  the 
number  of  septa  to  the  centimeter  as  Maeandra  antiguensis,  but 
ffers  from  M.  antiguensis  in  having  shallower  valleys,  stouter 
.  i  serial  walls,  and  its  columella  is  distinctly  lamelliform. 

Genus  MANICINA  Ehrenberg. 

>34.  Manicina  Ehrenberg,  Corallenth.  Roth.  Meer.,  p.  101  (of  reprint). 
48.  Colpophyllia  Milne  Edwards  and  Haime,  Comptes  Rend.,  vol.  27,  p.  4^2, 
'02.  Manicina  Verrell,  Conn.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sci.  Trans.,  vol.  11,  p.  84. 

pe-species. — Madrepora  gyrosa  Ellis  and  Solander. 


422         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


MANICINA  GYROSA  (Ellis  and  Solander). 

1786.  Madrcpora  gyrosa  Ellis  and  Solander,  Nat.  Hist.  Zooph.,  p.  163,  pi 
figs.  1,  2. 

1901.  Colpophyllia  gyrosa  Vaughan,  Geolog.  Reichs-Mus.  Leiden,  ser.  2, 

2,  p.  41  (With  synonymy,  except  Mussa  fragilis  Dana). 

1902.  Manicina  gyrosa  Verrill,  Conn.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sci.  Trans.,  vol.  11,  t 

1915.  Manicina  gyrosa  Vaughan,  Washington  Acad.  Sci.  Jonrn.,  vol.  5,  p. 

1916.  Manicina  gyrosa  Vaughan,  Carnegie  Inst.  Washington  Year  Book.  N 

p.  227. 

Locality  and  geologic  occurrence. — Canal  Zone,  station  5850,  P 
tocene,  Mount  Hope,  collected  by  D.  F.  MacDonald. 

Costa  Kica,  station  5884?>,  probably  Pleistocene,  Moin  Hill, 
lected  by  D.  F.  MacDonald. 

This  species  is  general  in  the  elevated  Pleistocene  and  on  the  lr 
coral  reefs  of  the  Caribbean  area  and  in  Florida.  Usually  specin 
are  not  abundant,  but  can  nearly  always  be  found  in  both  the  P 
tocene  and  living  reefs. 

There  is  in  the  Antigua  formation  of  Antigua  a  very  hands 
species  of  Manicina,  which  is  of  interest  in  showing  the  presenc 
the  genus  in  American  Tertiary  deposits  of  middle  Oligocene  a 


MANICINA  WILLOUGHBIENSIS,  new  species. 

Plate  104,  figs.  2,2a:  plate  105. 


Corallum  attached  by  a  more  or  less  centrally  placed  basal  pedu 
from  which  the  lower  surface  slopes  upward  and  outward,  upper 
face  curved  or  flattish.  Common  wall  thrown  into  rounded 
rugations,  which  are  narrow  at  the  lower  end,  but  widen  with 
ward  growth  until  they  may  be  15  mm.  across,  height  as  much 
mm.  Besides  the  corrugations,  the  lower  surface  is  costate;  L 
low  rounded  costae  about  1  mm.  apart,  with  an  intermediate  sm 
costa  between  each  pair  of  larger.  There  is  no  vestige  of  epitl 
(There  are  only  occasional  shreds  of  epitheca  on  the  lower  suj 
of  M.  gyrosa.) 

Valleys  long  and  sinuous;  from  7  to  16  mm.  wide,  be  twee 
and  11  mm.  usual;  depth  8  to  10  mm.  Colline  submits  nai 
usually  from  1  to  1.5  mm.  wide,  but  the  walls  of  adjacent  serie 
nearly  always  distinct,  being  separated  by  a  narrow  furrow,  ag 
the  sides  of  which  the  outer  ends  of  the  septa  terminate. 

Septa  from  19  to  22  to  1  cm.,  one-half  of  which  are  small 
rudimentary;  the  larger  septa  are  thin  and  are  arranged  in  2, 
4  sizes.  Near  the  top  of  the  wall  all  septa  are  narrow  and  * 
through  a  distance  of  about  3  mm.,  below  which  the  larger  s 
widen  by  a  slope  of  about  45°;  their  inner  edges  fall  steeply,  in  p 
perpendicularly,  to  the  bottom  of  the  axial  furrow.  There  ai 
definitely  developed  p  aliform  lobes,  but  in  places  the  septal  ma 
rise  upward  just  outside  the  steep  fall  into  the  axial  fossa.  Di 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OE  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  423 


as  on  the  septal  margins  small  and  serrate,  not  prominant.  Septal 
es  with  small  granulations. 

columella  very  poorly  developed  or  absent;  calicinal  centers  as  a 
:,  9  fairly  distinct,  range  from  9  to  21  mm.  apart, 
^hin  endothecal  dissepiments  well  developed. 
locality  and  geologic  occurrence. — Antigua,  station  6881,  Wil- 
*hby  Bay,  (cotypes),  and  at  other  localities  in  the  Antigua  forma- 
'  1,  Antigua,  collected  by  T.  W.  Vaughan, 
myPe-— No-  325006a,  U.S.N.M. 
4  yaratype.— Cat.  No.  3250066,  U.S.N.M. 
his  species  is  closely  related  to  the  living  Manicina  gyrosa  of  the 
ibbean  and  Floridian  regions.    It  has  narrower  collines,  because 
septa  are  narrow  in  their  upper  part;  it  has  much  more  numerous 
J;a;  and  the  septa  of  M.  gyrosa  have  far  more  exsert-margins. 
j  he  only  European  species,  known  to  me,  with  which  comparison 
be  made  is  Diploria  intermedia  Michellotti  from  the  di- 
me of  Sassello,  Liguria  (specimen  so  labelled,  received  from 
Museum  of  Natural  History  at  Turin,  No.  156300,  U.S.N.M.). 
;  specimen,  although  it  has  the  aspect  of  Diploria  (precise  synonym 
rpical  Maeandra),  is  in  my  opinion  really  a  species  of  Manicina,  for 
lower  surface  is  corrugate  and  there  is  no  epitheca,  while  there 
complete,  concentrically  striate  epitheca  on  the  base  Maeandra 
iploria,})  labyrinthiformis.    The  costae  on  the  base  of  Diploria 
^media  are  similar  to  those  of  Manicina.    Besides  the  characters 
idy  mentioned,  the  calicinal  centers  in  D.  intermedia  are  more 
net  than  in  the  type-species  of  Diploria.    I  will  therefore  desig- 
Michelotti's  species  Manicina  intermedia  (Michellotti).  This 
ies  has  narrower  (3.5  to  7  mm.  wide),  shallower  (2.5  to  3  mm. 
),  valleys,  and  thicker  septa  than  M.  willoughbiensis,  and 
3  are  distinct,  thickish  paliform  lobes  on  many  long  septa. 
\ough  the  two  species  are  distinct,  the  genus  to.  which  they 
lig  was  coincident  in  the  Oligocene  of  southern  Europe  and  of  the 
j;  Indies.    D'Achiardi  has  described  two  species  of  this  genus  as 
iophyllia  tarameUii  and  C.  jlexuosa  from  the  Eocene  of  Friuli. 

Genus  THYSANUS  Duncan. 
1  >63.  Thysanus  Duncan,  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ.,  vol.  19,  pp.  430,  439, 

pi.  15,  figs.  3a,  36,  pi.  16,  figs.  6a,  66. 
j  163.  Teleiophyllia  Duncan,  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ.,  vol.  20,  p.  34. 
-li 64.  Thysanus  Duncan,  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ.,  vol.  21,  p.  10. 
|  84.  Thysanus  Duncan,  Linn.  Soc.  London  Journ.  (Zoology),  vol.  18.  p.  15. 
j 84.  Teleiophyllia  Duncan,  Linn.  Soc.  London  Journ.  (Zoology),  vol.  18,  p.  85. 

e-species. — Thysanus  excentricus  Duncan  (Geol.  Soc.  London 
.  Journ.,  vol.  19,  p.  439,  pi.  16,  figs.  6a,  66). 
ly-^Jncan  included  two  species  in  this  genus  at  the  time  he  described 
iierfjsignating  neither  one  as  the  type.    Thysanus  corbicula  occurs 
idwn  the  paper,  but  as  specimens  of  it  are  not  accessible  for  study, 
!  37149—19  Bull.  103  16 


424         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


I  have  selected  as  the  genotype  the  second  species,  Tliysanus 
centricus,  of  which  I  have  seen  nearly  700  specimens. 


THYSANUS  aff.  T.  EXCENTRICUS  Duncan. 

1863.  Thysanus  excentricus  Duncan,  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ.,  vol. 
p.  439,  pi.  16,  figs.  3a,  3c. 

Apparently  the  tall  variant  of  T.  excentricus  is  represented  by  cf 
in  material  from  Cuba. 

Locality  and  geologic  occurrence. — Cuba,  station  3439,  in  the 
Cruz  marl,  first  railroad  cutting  east  of  La  Cruz,  near  Santiaf 
collected  by  T.  W.  Vaughan. 

THYSANUS  HAYESI,  new  species. 

Plate  77,  figs.  3,  3a,  36. 

The  type  is  much  damaged,  but  the  three  views  on  plate 
figures  3,  3a,  3b,  give  an  idea  of  its  form.   The  corallum,  which 
about  21  mm.  long,  12  mm.  tall,  and  13  mm.  in  maximum  diame 
is  relatively  wide,  and  is  unilateral. 

The  costae  are  decidedly  prominent,  1  mm.  or  more  tall  at  the  mi 
edge,  and  are  distant,  about  2  mm.  between  the  summits  of  adja( 
costae.  Their  edges  are  coarsely  and  irregularly  dentate,  the  dei 
tions  compressed  transversely  to  the  septal  planes,  and  seconda 
spinulose.  Toward  the  base  of  the  corallum  the  costae  become 
prominent  and  are  obsolete  on  the  base.  There  are  no  dist 
secondary  costae. 

Nearly  all  of  the  septa  extend  to  the  columella,  they  are  disi 
and  rather  thin;  intermediate  small  septa  are  rare.  Margins  dent 
Faces  with  sharp  ridges  and  coarse  granulations. 

Columella  trabecular  and  obscurely  lamellate. 

Endothecal  dissepiments  abundant,  thin. 

Locality  and  geologic  occurrence. — Cuba,  station  3461,  Gorg 
Yumuri  River,  Matanzas,  lower  Miocene,  collected  by  T.  W.  Vaug 

Type.— No.  324994,  U.S.N.M. 

This  species,  which  I  am  naming  for  Dr.  C.  W.  Hayes,  is  most  ne 
related  to  Thysanus  corbicula  Duncan,  but  differs  in  its  more  dist 
more  prominent,  and  coarser  costae. 

Family  MUSSIDAE  Verrill. 

Genus  SYZYGOPHYLLIA  Reuss. 

1860.  Syzygophyllia  Reuss,  K.  K.  Akad.  Wiss.  Wien,  Mat.,  Natur.  CI.,  Sitzur 
vol.  39,  p.  216,  pi.  1,  figs.  10-12;  pi.*  2,  fig.  10. 

Type-species. — Syzygophyllia  brevis  Reuss. 

SYZYGOPHYLLIA  HAYESI,  new  species. 

Plate  106,  figs.  1,  la,  16. 

Corallum  compressed-turbinate  in  form.  Greater  diameter  75 1 
cesser  diameter  59  mm.;  height  40  mm.  +  .   The  tip  of  the  baser  % 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


425 


3  upper  part  of  the  calice  of  the  type  are  broken.  Wall  strong, 
•derately  thick;  with  coarsely  dentate  costae  just  below  the 
icular  edge,  lower  down  covered  by  thick,  finely  wrinkled  epitheca. 
The  number  of  septa  could  not  be  counted  with  certainty,  there 
about  200,  or  approximately  6  cycles.  The  primaries,  secondaries, 
,1  tertiaries  extend  to  the  columella  and  are  very  thick,  1  mm. 
I.al  and  2  mm.  occasional.  The  quaternaries  are  shorter  and  thin- 
I ;  and  the  members  of  the  fifth  and  sixth  cycles  shorter  and  thinner 
In  the  quaternaries  according  to  cycle.  The  very  thick  principal 
|ta  with  shorter  and  thinner  intermediate  septa  constitute  one  of 
I  most  striking  characteristics  of  the  species.  The  septal  margins 
■  broken  but  their  character  can  be  inferred  from  the  plan  of  the 
■ken  cross  section.  There  are  alternate  swollen  and  thinner  areas, 
Iwing  that  the  septa  are  composed  of  compound  trabeculae,  and  had 
Irsely  dentate  margins.  The  bases  of  some  of  the  teeth  were  prob- 
Jw  as  much  as  3  mm.  in  width,  but  a  more  usual  width  was  probably 
(veen  2  and  2.5  mm. 

4ie  columella  is  relatively  small,  it  appears  to  be  entirely  composed 
lie  fused  inner  ends  of  the  septa. 

locality   and  geologic  occurrence. — Nicaragua,   Brito  formation 
:4>er  Eocene),  on  or  near  the  Pacific  coast;  collected  by  C.  W. 
les,  for  whom  the  species  is  named. 
A/pe.— No.  325009,  U.S.N.M. 

|vo  other  species  of  SyzygophyUia  are  known  from  middle  America, 
mgophyUia  gregorii  (Vaughan)  and  S.  dentata  (Duncan).  S.  gre- 
'Jm  was  first  described  from  the  Bowden  marl  of  Bowden,  Jamaica, 

■  also  occurs  in  beds  of  equivalent  age  in  Santo  Domingo.  S. 

mta,  which  was  described  from  the  Nivaje  shale  of  Santo  Domingo, 

Irs  stratigraphically  above  S.  gregorii,  but  in  deposits  paleonto- 
.  «ally  closely  related  to  the  Bowden  marl.  Of  the  two'  species 
i'ilym  is  more  like  S.  gregorii,  but  its  principal  septa  are  thicker 

Its  columella  is  less  developed.  Probably  the  most  nearly  related 
■;  ies  is  one  collected  in  the  Eocene  St.  Bartholomew  limestone 
;  Jpof.  P.  T.  Cleve,  but  the  specimen  that  I  have  seen  of  this  is 

rt'ood  enough  for  positive  identification. 

MADREPORARIA  FUNGIDA. 
Family  AGARICIIDAE  Verrill. 

Genus  TROCHOSERIS  Milne  Edwards  and  Haime. 

49.  Trochoseris  Milne  Edwards  and  Haime,  Comptes  Rend.,  vol.  29,  p.  72. 
-)5.  Trochoseris  Vaughan,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  Proc.,  vol.  28,  p.  384. 

ftpe-species . — Antliophyllum  distortum  Michelin. 

I  >  columella  in  the  type-species  is  very  small,  false,  and  more  or 

Mpillarv. 


426 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


TROCHOSERIS  MEINZERI,  new  species. 

Plate  106,  figs.  2,  2a,  26. 

Corallum  trochoid,  attached  by  a  basal  peduncle.  Greater  di^ 
eter  of  calice,  59.5  mm.;  lesser  diameter,  41  mm.;  height,  38.5  m 
wall  solid,  finery  and  closely  costate;  costae  low,  equal  or  alii 
nating  in  size,  about  13  in  5  mm.  or  26  in  10  mm.  Calice,  flar^ 
shallow,  slightly  excavated. 

Septa  very  numerous  and  crowded,  about  16  in  5  mm.,  32  hi 
mm;  at  the  calicular  edge,  thicker  than  the  width  of  the  irjj 
septal  spaces.  Of  the  septa  about  every  eighth  seems  to  exten  I 
the  axial  fossa,  and  35  were  counted  around  the  fossa,  but  the  nlj 
ber  of  septa  probably  exceeds  280.  The  margins  are  obscuift 
very  finely,  dentate,  subentire.  Synapticulae  small,  numeri 
crowded. 

Columella  very  small,  2  mm.  in  diameter,  in  a  small  fossa  ;  a  I 
papillae  are  recognizable. 

Locality  and  geologic  occurrence. — Cuba,  station  7522,  Mogote  P 
0.5  mile  east  of  east  boundary  of  United  States  Naval  Reserva 
Guantanamo,  south  side  of  peak,  altitude  about  375  feet  a.  t.,  colle 
by  O.  E.  Meinzer  (type). 

Panama,  station  6587,  Tonosi,  collected  by  D.  F.  MacDonald 

Type:— No.  325228,  U.S.N.M. 

The  only  other  species  of  Trochqseris  described  from  the  Amei 
Tertiary  formations  is  T.  catadwpensis  Yaughan  1  from  the  Ec 
at  Catadupa,  Jamaica.  This  is  a  much  smaller  species  tha) 
meinzeri  and  does  not  appear  closely  related. 

The  specimen  obtained  by  Doctor  MacDonald  at  Tonosi,  Pan 
is  broken  and  poor,  but  the  identification  of  it  with  the  C 
specimen  seems  certain. 

Genus  AGARICIA  Lamarck. 

1801.  Agaricia  Lamarck,  Syst.  Anim.  sans  Vert.,  p.  373. 
1905.  Agaricia  Vaughan,  Science,  n.  s.,  vol.  21,  p.  984. 
1917.  Agaricia  Vaughan,  Carnegie  Inst.  Washington  Pub.  213,  p.  140. 

Type-species. —  Madrepora  undata  Ellis  and  Solander. 

AGARICIA  AGARICITES  (Linnaeus). 

1758.  Madrepora  agaricitcs  Linnaeus,  Syst.  Nat.,  ed.  10,  p.  795. 

1901.  Agaricia  agaricites  Vaughan,  Geol.  Reichs.  Mus.  Leiden  Samml., 

vol.  2,  p.  64. 

1902.  Agaricia  agarcites  Vehrill,  Conn.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sci.  Trans.,  vol. 

146,  pi.  26,  figs.  2,  3;  pi.  27,  figs.  1,  2,  2a,  3,  3a,  5,  6,  6a,  7,  7a. 

1915.  Agaricia  agaricites  Vaughan,  Washington  Acad.  Sci.  Journ.,  vol.  5,  J 

1916.  Agaricia  agaricites  Vaughan,  Carnegie  Inst.  Washington  Yearbook  Is 

p.  228. 

Locality  and  geologic  occurrence. — Canal  Zone,  station  6039,  1 
tocene,  Mount  Hope,  collected  by  D.  F.  MacDonald,  abun< 


i  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.  Bull.,  vol.  34,  p.  242,  pi.  30,  figs.  5,  6,  1899. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


427 


is  species  in  its  typical  form  is  generally  present  on  the  living 
3st  Indian  and  Floridian  reefs,  and  is  usual  in  the  Pleistocene 
liafs  of  the  same  region. 

AGARICIA  AGARICITES  var.  PURPUREA  Le  Sueur. 

ill 

1820.  Agaricia  purpurea  Le  Sueur,  Mus.  Hist.  nat.  Paris  Mem.,  vol.  6,  p.  276, 

pi.  15,  figs.  3a,  36,  3c. 
1902.  Agaricia  purpurea  Verrill,  Conn.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sci.  Trans.,  vol.  11, 

p.  149,  pi.  27,  figs.  4,  4a,  46. 
1902.  Agaricia  agaricites  var.  gibbosa  Verrill,  Conn.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sci.  Trans., 

vol.  11,  p.  148,  pi.  27,  figs.  1,  la. 
1012.  Agaricia  crassa  Vaughan,  Carnegie  Inst.  Washington  Yearbook,  No.  10, 
p.  153. 

1912.  Agaricia  fragilis  var.  Vaughan,  Carnegie  Inst.  Washington  Yearbook  No. 
10,  pp.  153-154. 

1915.  Agaricia  purpurea  Vaughan,  Washington  Acad.  Sci.  Journ.,  vol.  5,  p.  596. 
1915.  Agaricia  purpurea  Vaughan,  Carnegie  Inst.  Washington  Yearbook,  Xo. 
14,  p.  228. 


■  in 


,ocality  and  geologic  occurrence. — Canal  Zone,  station  Nos.  5849 
6039  Pleistocene,  Mount  Hope,  collected  by  D.  F.  MacDonald, 
ndant.    This  variety  is  widespread  on  the  living  reefs  in  the 
3t  Indies  and  Florida. 

garicia  agaricites  var.  purpurea  is  one  of  the  corals  on  which  I 
le  many  experiments  at  Tortugas,  Florida.  The  following  is  an 
>unt  of  one  experiment:  1 

v.  result  of  one  experiment  with  Agaricia  gave  unexpectedly  important  informa- 
on  the  influence  of  environment  on  variation.  On  the  piers  of  the  Fort  Jefferson 
a  thin,  unifacial,  subcircular,  or  reniform  Agaricia,  attached  by  the  center  of 
ower  surfaces,  is  rather  abundant.  This  seems  to  be  a  variety  of  Agaricia  fragilis 
a).  On  the  reefs  off  Loggerhead  Key  an  Agaricia  of  massive  form,  several  inches 
if  ameter  and  of  somewhat  less  height,  is  abundant.  This  appears  to  be  the  same 
■jaricia  crassa  Verrill.  One  specimen  of  the  thin  Agaricia  fragilis  form  attached 
tile  in  June,  1910,  had  by  June,  1911,  assumed  the  Agaricia  crassa  growth-form, 
specimen  was  attached  by  its  entire  lower  surface  and  seems  to  have  had  its 
:h-form  influenced  by  the  wide  basal  attachment.  It  is  evident  that  there  is 
one  species  of  Agaricia  that  under  different  conditions  assumes  different  growth- 
In  very  quiet  water  it  is  thin,  orbicular,  or  reniform,  with  a  slight  basal 
ament  at  its  center,  while  on  the  reefs  it  is  more  strongly  attached  and  has  a 
massive  growth-form.  But,  in  the  quiet  waters,  the  massive  growth-form  may 
oduced  by  giving  the  normally  thin  form  a  wide  base  of  attachment,  or  there  is 
:tion  to  contact.  On  the  reefs,  when  the  water  is  strongly  agitated,  there  is  prob- 
a  clinging  of  the  peripheral  polyps  to  the  basal  support;  this  causes  the  basal 
lment  to  cover  a  larger  area  than  in  the  more  quiet  waters ;  then  upward  growth 
this  wide  base  would  produce  the  massive  form. 


0 


AGARICIA  AGARICITES  var.  CRASSA  Verrill. 

v0jj  902.  Agaricia  crassa  Verrtll,  Conn.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sci.  Trans.,  vol.  11,  p.  145, 
pi.  30,  fig.  6;  pi.  34,  lig.  2. 
)15.  Agaricia  crassa  Vaughan,  Washington  Acad.  Sci.  Journ.,  vol.  5.  p.  596. 
U6.  Agaricia  crassa  Vaughan,  Carnegie  Inst.  Washington  Yearbook,  No.  14, 
p.  228. 


Carnegie  Inst.  Washington  Yearbook  No.  10,  pp.  153-154,  1912. 


428  BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Locality  and  geologic  occurrence. — Limon,  Costa  Rica,  Moin  H 
" Niveau  £"  collected  by  H.  Pittier,  probably  Pleistocene. 

As  has  been  stated  this  is  in  reality  only  a  vegetative  growth  foi 
of  Agaricia  agaricites  var.  purpurea.  It  is  especially  abunds 
on  the  reefs  off  the  west  side  of  Andros  Island,  Bahamas. 


AGARICIA  AGARICITES  var.  PUSILLA  Verrill. 

1902.  Agaricia  agaricites  var.  pusilla  Verrill,  Conn.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sci.  Trai 
vol.  11,  p.  148,  pi.  27,  figs.  3.  3a. 

Locality  and  geologic  occurrence. — Canal  Zone,  station  6039,  Pleis 
cene,  Mount  Hope,  collected  by  D.  F.  MacDonald,  moderat 
abundant.  This  variety  was  originally  based  on  specimens  fr< 
Colon,  Panama. 

AGARICIA  ANGU1LJLENSIS,  new  species. 

Plate  108,  figs.  2,  3,  4. 

Corallum  rather  low,  consisting  of  crispate,  divided,  and  lot 
fronds.  Height  or  extension  from  the  center,  44+ mm.  Thickn< 
3  to  4  mm;  thinner  on  the  edges. 

Calices  unifacial,  sub  concentrically  arranged,  mother  calice  exc 
trie.    In  the  type-specimen,  the  distance  from  the  mother  calice 
the  edge  of  the  frond  is  35  mm.,  with  five  rows  of  calices,  the  oui 
most  calice  6  mm.  from  the  margin,  making  7  mm.  the  average 
tance  between  the  rows,  the  distance  varies  from  5  or  6  to  9  : 
The  lower  side  o  f  the  rows  is  very  slightly  swollen;  the  ridges  are  ah 
suppressed.    Transverse  diameter  of  calices  3  to  7  mm.  On 
upper  side  the  septo-costae  are  directly  continuous  without  elevat 
to  the  next  series.    Under  side  of  frond  finely  striate. 

The  septa  vary  in  number  from  15  to  38,  alternately  larger 
smaller,  arranged  in  three  cycles;  6  to  12  septa  are  decidedly  lai 
and  thicker  than  the  others.    The  septo-costae  are  solid  and  coa 
alternately  larger  and  smaller.    Synapticulae  abundant. 

Calicular  fossa  shallow.  Columella  stout,  composed  of  two 
three  large  papillae  that  fuse  to  form  an  axial  tubercle  or  an  a 
lamella. 

Localities. — Island  of  Anguilla,  West  Indies;  collected  by  P 
Cleve. 

Type. — University  of  Upsala;  duplicates  in  the  United  St 
National  Museum  (Cat.  No.  324971). 

One  of  the  striking  characters  of  this  species  is  the  slight  tumi 
of  the  lower  side  of  the  calices;  otherwise  it  closely  resembles  I 
ricia  dominicensis,  the  species  next  to  be  described. 

AGARICIA  DOMINICENSIS,  new  species. 

Plate  109,  figs.  1,  la. 

The  type  is  a  fragment  of  a  frond,  27.5  mm.  long,  23  mm.  wide, 
from  1  to  2.5  mm.  thick  on  the  lower  edge,  exclusive  of  the  calic 


■ 


1  gl 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  429 


tuberances.  The  width  of  the  frond  as  given  is  the  true  width, 
I  the  specimen  is  not  broken  on  its  lateral  edges.  Common  wall 
[d,  naked.  Calices  are  confined  to  one  surface.  The  outer  surface 
pngitudinally  finely  costate;  16  costae,  alternating  in  size,  were 
nted  within  5  mm.  in  two  areas.  The  costae  are  low,  triangular 
•rofile,  their  bases  meeting  or  with  an  exceedingly  fine  costal  thread 
liveen  them.  These  costal  threads  are  not  included  in  the  count 
[ostae  within  5  mm.  as  given  above.  A  row  of  small  granulations 
lig  each  costal  edge. 

lalices  swallow-nest-like,  tend  to  be  arranged  in  concentric  rows 
I  series;  lower  side  protuberant  about  3  mm.  Distance  between. 
I:ular  series  4  to  7  mm.  In  the  same  series  adjacent  calices  con- 
lat  but  with  separate  centers;  isolated  calices  may  form  part  of 
I  same  row.  Transverse  diameter  of  isolated  calices  from  2.5  to 
;m. 

Ijpta  in  largest  isolated  calices  24  in  number,  10  of  which  extend 
lie  columella;  as  a  rule  alternately  longer  and  shorter,  and  alter- 
lly  more  and  less  exsert.  Septal  margins  over  the  edges  of  the 
luberant  side  of  the  calices  steeply  arched  but  not  pointed, 
lipto-costae  with  very  thin  edges,  as  a  rule  alternately  taller  and 
i  r;  16  within  a  linear  distance  of  5  mm.  The  septo-costae  from 
lupper  side  of  a  lower  calice  or  calicular  series  extend  as  septo- 
fie  to  the  next  higher  calice  or  calicular  series  and  continue  as 
isepta  of  the  higher  calice  or  series.  Synapticulae  are  highly 
"■loped. 

llumella  a  wide,  thin,  prominent,  axial  plate. 
Ucality  and  geologic  occurrence. ^-Santo  Domingo,  station  No.  7778, 
Ijrurabo,  zone  G,  collected  by  Miss  C.  J.  Maury  (type),  associated 
f  Placocyaihus  variabilis  Duncan. 

fba,  station  3461,  gorge  of  Yumuri  River,  Matanzas,  collected  by 
I".  Vaughan. 

\ve-—  No.  324973,  U.S.N.M.,  presented  by  Miss  C.  J.  Maury. 
vricia  dominicensis  differs  from  A.  anguillensis  by  the  greater 
ity  and  prominence  of  the  lower  lips  of  the  calices  or  calicular 
!  l.;  in  fact,  the  lower  edge  of  the  calices  in  A.  dominicensis  is  carried 
ird  so  that  usually  it  is  as  high  as  or  higher  than  the  upper  side 
•:  Jp  calicular  aperture.    It  also  differs  from  A.  anguillensis  in  its 
prominent,  platelike  columella. 

3  living  Agaricia  nobilis  Verrill,1  found  in  Florida,  Turks  Island 
•::lib  Indies),  and  Porto  Rico,  is  near  A.  dominicensis.    A.  nobilis 
3  till  a  more  prominent  calicular  lip,  and  more  prominent  and 
0  ;ly  alternating  septa  and  septo-costae. 


Acad.  Arts  and  Sci.  Trans.,  vol.  11,  p.  150,  pi.  28,  tigs.  1,  2,  1902.  See  also  Agaricia  elepTiantotus 
U.  S.  Fish  Com.  Bull,  for  1900,  vol.  1,  p.  310,  pi.  17,  fig.  1. 


430 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


The  three  species,  naming  them  in  geologically  ascending  series 
anguillensis,  A.  dominicensis,  and  A.  nobilis,  seem  to  form  an  ev( 
tionary  series,  the  lower  side  of  the  calices  becoming  progressh 
more  produced  and  more  prominent,  while  the  alternation  in  the 
of  the  septa  and  the  septo-costae  increases. 

Genus  PAVONA  Lamarck. 

1801.  Pavona  Lamarck,  Syst.  Anim.  sans.  Vert.,  p.  372. 

1917.  Pavona  Vatjghan,  Carnegie  Inst.  Washington  Pub.  213,  p.  132. 

Type-species. — Pavona  cristata  Lamarck  =  Madrepora  cristata  '. 
and  Solander  =  Madrepora  cactus  Forskal. 


ft 
v 
llmi 
itvl 


PAVONA  PANAMENSIS,  new  species. 

Plate  110,  figs.  1,  la,  16,  2,  2a,  3,  3a. 

This  species  is  so  variable  that  formal  descriptions  of  the 
extremes  will  be  presented. 

The  first  specimen  to  be  described  (pi.  110,  figs.  1,  la,  lb)  is  f: 
station  6016,  Empire,  Canal  Zone. 

Corallum  massive  or  forming  thick  plates,  maximum  thicknes 
type  37  mm. 

Calices  in  more  or  less  definite  series;  diameter,  about  4  n 
distance  between  series  as  much  as  3.5  mm.  Intercalicular  a 
arched  or  flat. 

Septa  strongly  alternating  in  size;  about  10  prominent,  tall  s< 
reach  the  columella;  between  each  pair  of  these  is  a  lower,  sm 
septum,  occasionally  three  small  between  two  larger  septa;  edge 
the  larger  septa  steep  around  the  columella  fossa. 

Septo-costae  continuous  from  calice  to  calice,  strongly  alterna 
or  in  places  subequal  in  size;  synapticulae  visible  between  them 

Columella  formed  by  the  fusion  of  the  inner  ends  of  the  large  se 
in  some  calices  it  appears  to  be  a  central  tubercle. 

Dissepiments  well  developed;  7  within  4  mm. 

The  next  specimen  (pi.  110,  figs.  2,  2a)  is  from  station  6015,  ak 
Empire,  Canal  Zone. 1 

Corallum  forming  nodular  masses  or  encrusting  dead  coral  or  c  \$ 
such  objects.    The  size  and  form  are  shown  by  plate  110,  figur 
2a.    Another  specimen  has  an  attached  base  and  flat  upper  sur 

Calices  irregularly  distributed  or  in  short,  indistinct  series ;  dian 
of  the  apertures  usually  range  between  2  and  3  mm.,  as  the  outlii  ii\ 
plan  is  subelliptical  or  oval  the  two  diameters  at  right  angles 
rarely  equal  in  the  same  calice;  depth  about  1.5  mm. ;  distance  g 
ranges  from  a  mere  dividing  wall  up  to  2.5  mm.,  about  1  mm.  u  g 
Intercalicular  areas  flat  between  fully  developed  calices. 

Septa,  number  in  fully  grown  calices  24  to  26 ;  of  these  about 
or  more  than  half  extend  to  the  columella;  around  the  calicular  <] 


in 

h 


Jalh: 
is  a 
I  the 
5,5  mi 

If 

fiateh 

im 
and 


ices  i 
cafe 


i  Compare  the  illustrations  of  this  specimen  with  the  figures  of  D'Achiardi's  Eeussastraea  gra 
Corall.  eocen.  Fruli,  p.  67,  pi.  13,  figs.  2a,  2b,  2c,  1875.    Reussastraea  is  a  synonym  of  Pavona 


•aise, 
as  n 
rath. 


hh1 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  431 


Y  are  thick  and  subequal,  within  the  calice  there  is  indefinite  alter- 
ion  in  size,  and  there  may  be  irregular  grouping,  but  usually  the 
ill  septa  do  not  fuse  to  the  sides  of  the  larger.  The  septal  margins 
ain  the  ealices  fall  steeply  to  the  bottom  of  the  relatively  large 
a. 

epto-costae  continuous  from  one  calice  to  the  next;  they  are  low, 

equal,  and  synapticulae  are  visible  between  them. 

olumella  formed  by  the  fusion  of  the  inner  ends  of  the  long  septa ; 

styliform  in  many  ealices,  and  in  some  it  is  distinctly  compressed. 
.  specimen  from  station  6016,  represented  by  plate  110,  figures 
x,  is  intermediate  in  its  septal  and  septo-costal  characters  between 

two  other  specimens  above  described. 

ocalities  and  geologic  occurrence. — Canal  Zone,  stations  6015  and 
6,  in  the  Emperador  limestone,  quarry,  Empire,  collected  by 
JST.  Vaughan  and  D.  F.  MacDonald. 
types  — Nos.  325232,  325334,  325335,  U.S.N.M. 
his  species  has  its  nearest  relative  in  the  living  P.  clivosa,  from 
rl  Island,  Bay  of  Panama. 

Genus  LEPTOSERIS  Milne  Edwards  and  Haime. 

1849.  Leptoseris  Milne  Edwards  and  Haime,  Coniptes  Rend.,  vol.  29,  p.  72. 
ype-species. — Leptoseris  fragilis  Milne  Edwards  and  Haime. 

LEPTOSERIS  PORTORICENSIS,  new  species. 

Plate  107,  figs.  2,  2a,  26. 

lorallum  forming  a  rather  thick  unifacial  frond.  The  type-speci- 
:.  is  a  fragment  and  does  not  give  a  definite  idea  of  the  size  to 
oh  the  corallum  grew.  It  is  45  mm.  long,  of  the  same  width, 
[5.5  mm.  thick.  The  back  is  without  ealices;  it  is  naked  and  finely 
ate,  about  23  costae  to  1  cm.  The  costae  are  subequal  in  size, 
rnately  larger  and  smaller,  or  every  fourth  may  be  slightly  larger 
i  those  intervening.  The  costal  edges  are  narrower  than  the 
is  and  are  finely  beaded.  Intercostal  furrows  of  about  the  same 
ih  as  the  costae. 

alices-iiot  very  definitely  arranged,  occurring  in  clusters  or  in 
.  Rilar  transverse  series.  Considerable  areas  are  without  ealices. 
h.  calice  is  surrounded  by  from  6  to  9  prominent  septo-costae, 
tail  as  2  mm.,  and  1  mm.  thick.  Between  these  on  the  upper 
fcal)  side  often  there  are  smaller  ones.  New  ealices  may  originate 
loudding  from  the  costate  area.  Diameter  of  fully  developed 
i  es,  about  4  mm.  The  septo-costae  in  the  noncaliculate  areas 
•  coarse,  prominent,  and  equal.  Number  to  the  centimeter,  10: 
ht  as  much  as  1  mm.;  thickness  of  base,  as  much  as  0.7  mm. 
ies  rather  acute  and  beaded.  Intercostal  furrows  usually  nar- 
Kr  than  the  costae.    Synapticulae  present. 


432 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


m 

Go 


BUI 

If  t 
teal 


is; 


Columella  absent,  or  slightly  developed  and  false. 
Locality  and  geologic  occurrence. — Porto  Rico,  station  3191,  4  mi 
west  of  Lares,  in  the  Pepin o  formation,  collected  by  R.  T.  Hill. 
Type.— No.  325231,  U.S.N.M. 

It  is  possible  that  this  species  may  ultimately  be  referred  to 
genus  Mycedium,  to  which  it  is  very  close. 

Genus  PIRONASTRAEA  D'Achiardi. 

1875.  Pironastraea  D'Achiardi,  Corall.  eocen.  del  Friuli,  p.  76,  pi.  15,  figi 
2b,  3a,  36,  3c,  3d. 

Type-species. — Pironastraea  discoides  D'Achiardi, from  the  Eoce;  fly 
at  Brazzano,  Russitz,  Cormons,  and  Rosazzo,  Italy. 

The  species  described  below  as  Pironastraea  anguillensis  is  esse 
tially  typical  of  the  genus  except  that  the  basal  epitheca  is  inco] 
plete,  occurring  only  as  shreds  in  both  the  type-specimens  frc 
Anguilla  and  in  a  specimen  from  Porto  Rico,  collected  by  Mr.  B< 
Hubbard,  of  the  New  York  Academy  of  Sciences  Porto  Rico  expe< 
tion.  The  columella  of  P.  discoides,  according  to  D'Achiardi,  is 
single  papilla. 

The  following  generic  diagnosis  is  based  on  the  two  West  Indi 
species,  P.  anguillensis  and  P.  antiguensis,  descriptions  of  which 
subsequently  given: 

Corallum  more  or  less  massive  or  forming  thick  undulating  plai 
which  expand  from  a  subcentra1  basal  attachment.  Lower  surfc 
mostly  naked,  a  few  epithecal  shreds  are  present,  finely  costate;  co: 
mou  wall  synapticular  hi  origin,  but  in  places  it  is  almost  or  qu 
solid.    Upper  surface  caliculate. 

Calices  usually  form  subconcentric  series,  some  are  circumscrib<|H0; 
In  the  series  calicinal  centers  either  distinct,  or  indistinct  as 
Pachyseris.    Separated  by  rounded  collines,  of  equal  slopes  on  be 
the  peripheral  and  proximal  sides;  no  interserial  walls. 

Septa  lamellate,  with  few  or  no  perforations;  apparently  some  p 
f orations  near  the  columella,  where  the  trabecular  fusion  is  inco: 
plete.  Septal  margins  with  obtuse,  crowded  dentations,  which  i 
compressed  transversely  to  the  septal  planes,  and  are  more  cc 
spicuous  around  the  axial  fossa,  where  the  calicinal  centers  are  d 
tinct,  or  along  the  bottom  of  the  valley  where  the  calicinal  cent*  ^ 
are  indistinct.  Columella  false,  in  places  a  few  papillae  may 
recognized.  Septo-costae  equal  in  size,  directly  confluent  across  t 
collines. 

Synapticulae  greatly  developed,  small,  crowded. 
Geologic  occurrences. — Oligocene  of  Anguilla,  Antigua,  Cuba,  a 
Porto  Rico. 

There  seems  to  be  only  one  genus  of  corals  with  which  compariso 
need  to  be  made.   Milne  Edwards  and  Haime1  proposed  Oroseris2 1 


Polyp,  foss.  Terr,  paloozoi'ques,  p.  130,  1851. 

A  synonym  of  Comoseris  D'Orbigny,  according  to  Gregory,  Juras.  Cor.  Cutch.,  pp.  154-156,  1900. 


nth 
i  . 
Dm, 
fu 
eit 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


433 


;e;< 


enus,  designating  as  the  type-species  0.  plana  M.  Edwards  and 
pne,  which  is  a  new  name  for  Agaricia  sommeringii  Michelin  1 
\  Goldfuss),  from  the  middle  Oolite  of  Mecrin  and  Hannonville 
use) .    A  part  of  the  description  of  0.  plana  is  as  follows :  ' 1  Quelques 
lines  minces  et  peu  saillantes  entre  lesquelles  on  voit  souvent 
Isieurs  series  de  centres  calicinaux.    Ceux-ci  sont  bien  distincts  et 
I  profonds." 

I'he  multiple  series  of  calices  between  collines  and  the  very  dis- 
ii  t  calicin  al  centers  appear  to  be  valid  generic  differences.  Further- 
■•e  in  the  distinct  calices  of  Pironastraea  the  columella  is  false  but 
■rly  papillary,  whereas  in  Oroseris  the  columella  is  rudimentary, 
■re  may  be  additional  differences  in  septa]  structure  not  ascertain - 
m  from  the  short  description  of  the  type-species  of  Oroseris. 
ironastraea  differs  from  Pachyseris  by  its  more  distinct  calicinal 
ers;  but  apparently  it  is  the  ancestor  of  the  ]atter  genus. 

Plate  111,  figs.  1,  la,  16;  plate  112,  figs.  1,  la. 

Drallum  forming  plates  as  much  as  nearly  5  cm.  thick,  and  more 
A  12  cm.  across.    Width  of  valleys  measured  between  collines 
1  •Bmits  from  2.5  to  5.5  mm.,  about  4  mm.  usual;  height  of  collines 
ibfe  the  bottom  of  the  axial  furrow  or  of  the  columella  pit  about 
.  <|pm.    Distance  between  distinct  calicinal  centers  ranges  from  3 

I mm. 
pta  numerous,  from  38  to  45  in  fully  developed  calices,  most  of 
ha  extend  to  the  axis,  some  grouping  in  3's  at  the  calicular  ends, 
ka  septum  2  mm.  long  about  10  crowded,  knot  like  dentations, 
ie  .o-costae  equal,  crowded,  18  were  counted  within  5  mm. 
»Vie  columella  fossa,  where  the  calicinal  centers  are  distinct,  is  a 
ml  pit,  less  than  0.5  mm.  in  diameter. 

|mapticulae  abundant,  crowded,  7  or  more  to  an  interseptal 
us.  - 

cality  and  occurrence. — Anguilla,  stations  6893,  6894,  6966, 
s  Bay,  T.  W.  Vaughan  collector.    A  specimen  from  station 
was  obtained  hi  place  between  30  and  50  feet  above  the  base 
e  bluff  on  the  west  side  of  Crocus  Bay. 
flfrto  Rico,  Lares  Road,  zone  C,  collected  by  Mr.  Bela  Hubbard 
e  New  York  Academy  of  Sciences  Porto  Rico  Expedition. 
pe.—No.  325174,  U.S.N.M.,  pi.  Ill,  figs.  1,  la,  lb. 
ratype.— No.  325175  U.S.N.M.,  pi.  112,  figs.  1,  la. 


Iconograph  zoophytol.,  p.  105,  pi.  23,  fig.  2,  1843. 


434 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


PIRONASTRAEA  ANTIGUENSIS,  new  species. 

Plate  112,  figs.  2,  2a;  plate  113,  figs.  1,  la. 

Corallum  massive.  Type  a  small  specimen,  48  mm.  long,  32  m 
wide,  and  about  30  mm.  thick.  Subsequently  two  larger  specime 
apparently  referable  to  this  species,  will  be  described. 

Width  of  calicinal  series,  measured  between  colline  summits 
mm.  to  7.5  mm.    Valleys  shallow,  about  1.5  mm.  deep.  Colli} 
with  broader  bases  than  in  P.  anguillensis,  some  colline-profiles  . 
more  triangular  than  in  the  latter  species.    Distance  between  c: 
cinal  centers  in  the  same  series  about  4.5  mm. 

Septa  numerous,  about  48  in  a  calice  6  mm.  in  diameter,  betw<j 
12  and  14  extend  to  the  axis,  other  septa  shorter,  irregularly  fu: 
in  pairs  or  in  groups  of  three.  Around  the  calicular  edges  all  sejl 
are  ^ubequal;  their  thickness  about  the  same  as  or  slightly  less  tl 
the  width  of  the  interseptal  loculi.  The  septal  margins  with  blunti 
crowded  dentations,  20  were  counted  in  a  length  of  3.4  mm. 

Septo-costae  subequal,  crowded,  each  of  three  counts  in  differ 
places  gave  22  to  5  mm.  of  linear  distance.  Synapticulae  numerc 
crowded,  9  were  counted  in  a  distance  of  2.5  mm.  along  the  coul 
of  a  septum. 

Columella  false,  papillary,  not  sunken  in  a  definite  pit. 

Locality  and  occurrence. — Antigua.  Type  (pi.  112,  figs.  2,  2a)  fi 
the  Antigua  formation,  station  6854,  Rifle  Butts,  T.  W.  Vaugll 
collector;  and  station  6880,  west  side  of  Otto's  estate,  T.  W.  Vaug] 
collector.  The  last-mentioned  specimen  is  silicified  and  broken, 
as  it  presents  the  general  aspect  of  the  type  of  P.  antiguensis,  and  i 
from  18  to  22  septo-costae  to  5  mm.,  the  specific  identity  of  the  ! 
specimens  appears  certain. 

Cuba,  station  7514,  about  5  miles  nearly  due  east  of  monumt 
H  4  on  the  east  boundary  of  the  United  States  Naval  Reservat 
Guantanamo,  altitude  about  400  feet  a.  t.,  collected  by  0.  E.  M 
zer.    The  latter  specimen  is  represented  by  plate  113,  figures  1,1 

Type.—  No.  325177,  U.S.N.M.. 

Paratype.—No.  325179,  U.S.N.M. 

P.  antiguensis  differs  from  P.  anguillensis  in  its  more  mas 
growth  form,  wider  valleys,  lower  collines,  more  numerous  se; 
costae,  and  the  absence  of  a  columella  pit.    The  calicinal  center 
the  specimen  from  station  7514,  near  Guantanamo,  Cuba,  are  usul 
joined  by  an  axial  septum  extending  from  one  to  the  next  cei™, 
producing  the  appearance  of  an  axial  lamella.    The  lamella,  h Cl- 
ever, is  not  a  columella,  for  the  calicinal  centers  are  usually  recog|# 
able,  and  when  they  are  distinct  there  are  a  few  papillae  in  m 
columellar  area.    It  appears  that  tho  well-developed  axial  lamol  i9 
one  of  the  specific  characters,  but  the  suite  of  specimens,  three  inl 
is  too  small  to  be  sure  of  this. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


435 


Genus  SIDERASTREA  de  Blainville. 

1801.  Astrea  (part)  Lamarck.  Anim.  sans  Vert.,  p.  371  (not  Astraea  Bolten, 
Mus.  Boltenianum,  p.  79,  1798). 

1815.  Astraea  Oken,  Leb-b.  der  Naturg.,  Th.  3,  Abth.  1,  p.  75. 
'   1830.  Siderastrea  De  Blainville,  Diet.  Sci.  nat.,  vol.  60,  p.  335. 

1846.  Siderina  Dana,  U.  S.  Expl.  Exp.  Zoophytes,  p.  218. 
;    1848.  Siderastrea  Milne  Edwards  and  Haime,  Comptes  Rend.,  vol.  27,  p.  495. 
jj   1857.  Astraea  Milne  Edwards  and  Faime,  Hist.  nat.  Corall.,  vol.  2,  p.  505. 

1861.  Astrea  De  Fromentel,  Introtf.  a  l'Etude  des  Polyp,  foss.,  p.  235. 

1886.  Siderastraea  Quelch,  Challenger  Exp.  Reef  Corals,  p.  133. 

•  1890.  Siderastraea  Verrill,  In  Dana's  Corals  and  Coral  Islands,  ed.  3,  p.  424. 
1895.  Astraea  Gregory,  Geol.  Soc.  Lond.  Quart.  Journ.,  vol.  51,  p.  278. 

t  1900.  Siderastrea  Vaughn,  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey  Mon.*39,  p.  154. 
l  1907.  Siderastrea  Vaughan,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  Bull.  59,  p.  136. 

«<  Type-species. —  Madrepora  radians  Pallas. 

i  Cn  the  last  publication  cited  in  the  synonymy  given  above  I  said 
ri  discussing  the  genus  Pavona:  Two  of  these  species  [of  Pavona],  P. 

wis  Dana  and  Siderastrea  maldivensis  Gardiner,  have  been  referred 
ia  [the  genus  Siderastrea,  type  species  Madrepora  radians  Pallas;  and 
rj  py  superficially  resemble  that  genus.    Upon  closer  scrutiny  an 

•  iitional  resemblance  is  found  in  the  distinct,  continuous  corallite 
Us,  but  there  are  important  differences.  The  septal  margins  of 
!  species  [of  Pavona]  discussed  in  the  foregoing  remarks  are  entire 

:  [microscopically  dentate,  and  the  septal  lamellae  are  absolutely 
i  id.  In  the  5  or  6  species,  specimens  of  which  I  have  studied,  there 
persistently  a  lamellate  columella  or  a  compressed  styliform  colu- 
alla.    The  septal  margins  of  Siderastrea  are  pronouncedly  dentate, 

.  dentations  rounded,  one  dentation  corresponding  to  each  septal 

becula.    The  younger  septa  are  distinctly  perforate,  the  perforations 

being  confined  to  the  inner  edges." 
:  t  would  seem  that  this  clear  statement  of  certain  characters  of 

erastrea  should  have  stopped  the  erroneous  reference  to  it  of  such 
»  cies  of  Pavona  as  P.  clavus  Dana  and  P.  maldivensis  (Gardiner) 
Vighan,1  yet  Felix  in  his  Die  fossilen  Anthozoen  aus  der  Umgegend 
n  Trinil  (Java)2  persists  in  the  erroneous  reference  to  it  of  species 
)  )nging  to  another  genus  or  other  genera.  He  places  in  Siderastraea 
{^spelling  the  generic  name)  S.  blanclcenhorni,  new  species,  which 
mn  his  figures3  and  his  description,4  is  certainly  not  Siderastrea, 
I'olumnaris,  new  species,  S.  maldivensis  Gardiner,  and  S.  microm- 
fta,  new  species,  no  .one  of  which  belongs  to  Siderastrea. 

t'his  is  not  the  only  misuse  or  misunderstanding  of  the  generic 
fcies  of  corals  by  Felix  in  the  paper  cited.    In  others  of  his  publi- 

ihr  a  discussion  of  the  known  living  species  of  Pavona,  see  Vaughan,  Some  shoal-water  corals  from 
*'  iy  Island  (Australia).  Cocos-Keeling  Islands,  and  Fanning  Island,  Carnegie  Inst.  Washington  Pub* 
j*j,p.  132-139,  1918.  Notes  on  P.  maldivensis  (Gardiner)  Vaughan  are  given  on  page  138,  and  it  is  illus- 
,{ 1  by  plate  56,  figs.  3,  3a,  36. 

4  uaeontographica,  vol.  60,  pp.  311-365,  pis.  24-27,  1913. 

'  em,  plate  27,  figs.  6,  6a. 
em,  p.  333. 


486         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


cations,  he  does  not  follow  the  accepted  canons  of  systematic  zoolo^ 1111 
an  instance  being  in  his  application1  of  Parastraea,2  originally  nam 
by  Milne  Edwards  and  Haime,  to  a  species,  Parastraea  grandiflo 
erroneously  referred  to  Parastraea  by  Keuss.  There  are  in  1 
United  States  National  Museum  specimens  of  this  species  receh 
from  Professor  Felix;  they  belong  to  a  genus  of  fungid  corals  relal 
to  Diploastrea  Matthai,  but  I  am  not  decided  as  to  their  gene 
identification.  However,  they  most  emphatically  do  not  belong  Da' 
Parastrea.  Other  instances  of  similar  errors  in  Felix's  work  mij 
be  mentioned. 

In  order  to  present  properly  the  systematic  affinities  of  the  spec 
of  Siderastrea  that  need  to  be  considered  in  this  paper,  it  is  desira 
to  discuss  all  Oligocene  and  later  species  known  from  the  W 
Indies,  Central  America,  and  the  southeastern  United  States. 
stellata  Verrill  from  Brazil  is  also  included. 

Siderastrea  is  represented  in  the  living  Caribbean  and  Florid" 
fauna  by  S.  radians  (Pallas)  and  S.  siderea  (Ellis  and  Solandf0Cf 
The  iossil  species  hitherto  described  from  the  West  Indies  are 
follows: 

S.  conferta  (Duncan)3  (as  Isastraea)  from  Antigua. 

S.  crenulata  var.  antillarum  Duncan  4  from  Santo  Domingo. 

S.  grandis  Duncan  5  (syn.  of  S.  siderea)  from  Jamaica. 

S.  pariana  (Duncan)6  (as  Astraea)  from  St.  Croix,  Trinidad. 

S.  confusa  (Duncan)7  (as  Isastraea)  from  St.  Croix,  Trinidad. 

S.  hexagonalis  Vaughan8  from  the  Eocene  Clayton  limes tcj'fP'1 
Prairie  Creek,  Alabama 

S.  clarki  Nomland  9  from  the  Oligocene  Agasoma  gravidum  zc 
Contra  Costa  County,  California. 

S.  mendenhalli  Vaughan,10  Pliocene,  Carrizo  Creek,  California. 

S.  calif  ornica  Vaughan,11  Pliocene,  Carrizo  Creek,  California. 

Neither  the  Calif  ornian  species  nor  the  Eocene  S.  hexagonalis  wil 
specially  considered  here. 

Duncan's  S.  crenulata  var.  antillarum  is  probably  a  synonyn  pan 
S.  siderea;  his  S.  grandis  is  certainly  a  synonym  of  8.  siderea.  A< 


M 


tains 

ally 

f  dei 
[de- 
mote] 

'3  eye 
eve 


»  Palaeontographica,  vol.  49,  p.  181,  1903. 

2  Parastrea  Milne  Edwards  and  Haime,  Comptes.  Rend.,  vol.  27,  p.  495,  1848;  examples  Astrea  ro 
and  A.  ananas  Lamarck.  Placed  in  the  synonymy  of  Favia  by  Milne  and  Haime,  Hist.  nat.  Corall 
2,  p.  426. 

»  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ.,  vol.  19,  p.  422,  pi.  14,  fig.  2,  1863. 
*  Idem,  p.  435. 

»  Idem,  p.  441,  pi.  16,  figs.  5a,  56. 
6  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ.,  vol.  24,  p.  14,  1867 
»  Idem,  p.  14,  pi.  2,  fig.  6. 

s  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey  Mon.  39,  p.  155,  pi.  18,  figs.  1-4,  1900. 
9  Univ.  Calif.  Pub.,  Bull.  Dept.  Geology,  vol.  9,  p.  65,  pi.  5,  figs.  3,  4,  1916. 
">  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey  Prof.  Pap.  98-T,  p.  374,  pi.  101,  figs.  3,  3a,  4,  and  var.  minor,  Idem,  p.  375,  p 
fig.  1,  1917. 
"  Idem,  p.  375,  pi.  102,  figs.  2,  2a,  3,  4. 


illume; 
Cali 

iume] 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  437 


ial  specimens  of  S.  pariana  and  S.  confusa  from  St.  Croix,  Trinidad, 
needed  before  those  species  can  be  adequately  characterized,  but 
original  descriptions  of  them  are  included.    Therefore,  the  fol- 
ing  old  names  are  adopted  in  the  discussion  here  given : 
.  radians  (Pallas),  living. 

.  siderea  (Ellis  and  Solander),  living;  fossil  in  the  Miocene  Bowden 
•1  of  Jamaica  and  in  deposits  of  similar  age  in  Santo  Domingo  and 
>a. 

stellata  Verrill,  living. 
.  conferta  (Duncan),  fossil. 
.  pariana  (Duncan),  fossil. 
.  confusa  (Duncan),  fossil. 

am  describing  as  new  five  species  and  one  variety  as  follows : 
.  pourtalesi,  upper  Oligocene  or  lower  Miocene  of  Santo  Domingo. 
.  pliocenica,  Pliocene  Caloosaha tehee  marl,  Florida. 
.  hillboroensis,  lower  Miocene  Alum  Bluff  formation,  Florida; 
;ocene  Chattahoochee  formation. 

.  silecensis,  Oligocene  Tampa  formation,  Florida,  and  Chatta- 
3hee  formation,  Florida  and  Georgia;  lower  Miocene,  Alum  Bluff 
lation,  Florida. 

.  dalli,  Pliocene  Caloosahatchee  marl,  Florida, 
bese  species  may  be  divided  into  five  groups  on  the  basis  of  the 
iber  of  septa.  The  first  group  has  only  three  cycles  of  septa  and 
•ains  one  species ;  the  second  group  has  the  fourth  cycle  of  septa 
mplete;  the  third  normally  has  four  complete  cycles  and  occa- 
ally  a  few  quinaries;  the  fourth  has  uniformly  a  few  quinaries  in 
m  developed  calices;  the  fifth  has  from  12  to  43  quinary  septa  in 
r  developed  calices.  The  following  synopsis  of  some  striking 
acters  may  aid  in  recognizing  the  different  species : 


SYNOPSIS  OF  CHARACTERS  OF  SPECIES  OF  SIDERASTREA. 


3  cycles  of  septa   1.  S.  pariana  (Duncan). 

,h  cycle  of  septa  incomplete. 
.J  Jolumellar  fossa  a  pronounced  pit. 

Calices  rarely  4  mm.  in  diameter. 

Columella  composed  of  from  1  to  3  fused  papilla?.  2.  S.  radians  (Pallas). 
Calices  deformed,  lesser  diameter  2  to  3  mm.,  length  as  much  as  6.5  mm.,  or 
more. 

Columella  finely  papillary   3.  S.  stellata  Verrill. 

lolumellar  fossa  only  moderately  deep. 
Calices  2.5  to  5  mm.  in  diameter. 

Columella  false   4.  S.  confusa  (Duncan). 

olumellar  fossa  shallow,  calices  shallow  and  open. 

Wall  delicate,  interseptal  loculi  relatively  open.  5.  S.  pourtalesi,  new  species. 
Wall  stout,  interseptal  loculi  narrow,  largely  closed  by  granulations  and 
syapticulae  (fourth  cycle  complete  in  some  large  calices). 

6.  S.  pliocenica,  new  species. 


4' 3  8         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Fourth  cycle  of  septa  normally  complete,  a  few  quinaries  in  large  calices. 

Columellar  fossa  not  very  deep;  lesser  diameter  of  calices  from  4  to  6  mm.;  tert 
septa  fuse  to  secondary  distinctly  back  from  the  columella;  about  4  septal  t< 
to  1  mm.  (fourth  cycle  of  septa  incomplete  in  some  calices). 

7.  S.  hillsboroensis,  new  spe( 
Columellar  fossa  deep,  rather  narrow  at  the  bottom;  calices  3  to  5  mm.  in  di 
eter;  tertiary  septa  normally  fuse  to  secondaries  distinctly  back  from 

columella;  6  to  8  septal  teeth  to  1  mm  8.1  5.  siderea  (Ellis  and  Solanc 

Four  complete  cycles  and  normally  some  quinaries  septa. 

Columellar  fossa  rather  deep  and  wide  bottomed;  calices  5  to  7,  even  8  mir 
diameter;  tertiary  septa  fuse  to  secondaries  near  or  at  the  columella;  septa 
septal  teeth  less  numerous  than  in  No.  11;  septal  teeth  not  transversely 

pressed  and  frosted  as  in  No.  10  9.  S.  silicensis,  new  spe< 

Columellar  fossa  shallow,  calices  widely  open;  calices  5  to  6.5,  even  8,  mm.  in  r 
imum  diameter;  tertiary  septa  fuse  to  secondaries  near  the  columella;  se 
teeth  numerous,  crowded,  transversely  compressed,  finely  frosted. 

10.  S.  dalli,  new  spe 

Four  complete  cycles  of  septa  and  many  quinaries. 

Columellar  fossa  shallow  or  rather  deep  and  narrow;  calices  from  4.25  to  6,  u 
8.5  mm.  in  maximum  diameter;  septa  numerous,  up  to  91  in  large  calices, 
crowded;  septal  teeth  small,  crowded   11.  S.  conferta  (Dune 

The  foregoing  is  intended  to  aid  in  the  preliminary  placing  c 
species  with  reference  to  the  other  members  of  the  genus,  and  is 
a  complete  summary  of  characters.    The  details  of  the  mural  chai 
ters,  the  relative  thickness  and  crowding  or  remoteness  of 
septa,  the  septal  trabeculae,  the  dentation  of  the  septal  margins, 
distribution  and  size  of  the  synapticulae,  and  the  details  of 
columella,  all  need  to  be  considered.    For  these  additional  det 
the  descriptions  and  the  rather  elaborate  illustrations  must  be  c 
suited. 

I.  SIDERASTREA  PARIANA  (Duncan). 

1867.    Astraea  pariana  Duncan,  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ.,  vol. 
pp.  14,  24. 

Original  description. — "The  corallum  is  massive  and  rather 
and  its  upper  surface  is  flat.  The  corallites  are  slender,  tall,  crowc 
and  equal.  The  calices  are  small,  and  the  fossa  is  rather  deep, 
columella  presents  one  rounded  process.  The  septa  are  in  six 
terns  and  there  are  three  cycles;  they  are  alternately  large  and  sir 
and  the  smallest  usually  unite  to  the  large  septa;  they  are  fail 
dentate.  The  laminae  present  on  their  sides  sets  of  granules 
horizontal  but  wavy  lines.  The  endotheca  is  rare.  The  diam 
of  the  calices  is  one-twelfth  inch  [2  mm.]." 

Locality. — St.  Croix,  Trinidad. 


i  S.  siderea  var.  dominicensis,  new  variety,  is  like  S.  siderea  except  that  it  has  larger  calices  and  ffsl 
-pondingly  a  number  of  quinary  septa. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  439 


2.  SIDERASTREA  RADIANS  (Pallas). 

Plate  114.  fig.  1. 

1766.  Madrepora  radians  Pallas,  Elench.  Zooph.,  p.  322. 

1767.  Madrepora  astroites  Linnaeus.  Syst.  Xat..  ed.  12.  p.  1276  (not  Pallas. 
1766). 

1786.    Madrepora  galaxea  Ellis  and  Solander.  Nat.  Hist.  Zooph..  p.  168, 
pi.  48,  fig.  7. 

1801.    Astrea  galaxea  Lamarck.  iSyst.  Anim.  s.  Vert.,  p.  371. 
1815.    Astraea  radians  sen  astroites  Okex.  Lehrb.  Xaturgesch..  Th.  3.  Ahth  1, 
p.  65. 

1830.    Astrea  (Siderastrea)  galaxea  De  Blaixville.  Diet.  Sei.  nat.,  vol.  60,  p. 
335. 

1834.    Astraea  astroites  Ehrexberg.   Cor.    Roth.  Meer..  p.  95  (of  separate). 

(Not  Explanarid  galaxea  Ehrenberg='  'yphastraea  savignyi  Milne  Edwards 
and  Haime.  > 

1846.    Siderina  galaxea  Daxa.  U.  S.  Expl.  Exped.    Zooph..    p.  218.  pi.  10. 
figs.  12.  121).  12c  (not  figs.  12tt,  V2d). 
,:     1880.    Siderastraea  galaxea  Pourtales,  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.  Mem.,  vol.  7.  pt.  1, 
pi.  11,  figs.  14-31:  pi.  15.  figs.  1-12. 
1895.  Astrifea  radians  Gregory.  Geol.  Soc.  Lond.  Quart.  Journ..  vol.  51.  p.  277. 
1901.  Siderastrea  radians  Vaughax.  Greolog.  Reiehs.  Mus.  Leiden  Samml.,  ser.  2. 
vol.  2.  p.  61. 

1901.  Siderastrea  radians  Vaughax.  I".  S.  Fish  Com.  Hull,  tor  1900.  vol.  2.  p. 
309.  pi.  15,  pi.  16,  fig.  2. 

1902.  Siderastraea  radians  Verrill.  Conn.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sei.  Trans.,  vol.  11.  p. 
153.  pi.  30.  lig.  1. 

1904.  Siderastrea  radians  Duerdex.  Carnegie  Inst.  Washington  Pub.  No.  20.  pp. 
1-130.  11  plates. 

1915.  Siderastrea  radians  Vaughax.  Washington  Acad.  Sei.  Journ..  vol.  5.  p.  597. 

1916.  Siderastrea  radians  Vaughax.  Xat.  Acad.  Sei.  Proc.  vol.  2.  pp.  95  et  passim. 
1916.  Siderastrea  radians  VAUGHAN,  Carnegie  Inst.  Washington  Yearbook  Xo.  14. 

p.  228. 

pis  is  one  of  the  best  known  species  of  Antiilean  corals.  Its 
►st  important  characters  may  be  summarized  as  follows:  Calicos 
►re  or  less  deformed  or  subhexagonal;  diameter  from  2  to  4  mm.  ; 
>ta  in  3  complete  cycles:  fourth  cycle  normally  incomplete.  Outer 
I  of  septal  margins  flattened  above,  inner  part  falls  steeply, 
lost  perpendicularly,  to  the  bottom  of  the  columella!*  fossa;  septal 
rations  relatively  coarse,  12  to  14  on  long  septa.  Columella 
tally  composed  of  two  or  three  solidly  fused  papillae.    All  of  these 
>  tractors  are  shown  on  plate  35,  figure  1. 
.  Locality  and  geologic  occurrence. — Canal  Zone,  stations  5850  and 
9,  Pleistocene,  Mount  Hope,  collected  by  D.  F.  MacDonald. 
nmon  on  the  living  and  Pleistocene  reefs  and  reef  flats  of  eastern 
ttral  America,  the  West  Indies,  and  Florida;  on  the  living  reefs 
I  reef  flats  of  the  Bermudas. 
37149— 19— Bull.  103  17 


440  BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


3.  SIDERASTREA  STELLATA  Verrill. 

Plate  115,  figs.  2,  2a,  2b. 

1868.  Siderastraea  stellata  Verrill,  Conn.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sci.  Trans.,  vol.  1,  p. 

1901.  Siderastrea  stellata  Vaughan,  Geolog.  Reichs.  Mus.  Leiden  Samml., 

vol.  2,  p.  02. 

1902.  Siderastraea  stellata  Verrill,  Conn.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sci.  Trans.,  vol 
p.  155,  pi.  30,  figs.  4,  5. 

This  species  resembles  S.  radians  in  usually  having  the  foui 
cycle  of  septa  incomplete,  in  the  flattened  outer  margins  and 
steep  inner  margins  of  the  septa,  and  a  deep  columellar  fossa, 
differs,  as  a  comparison  of  the  figures  shows,  by  having  deeper  calic 
which  may  be  meandriform,  by  its  more  coarsely  dentate  septa, 
by  its  much  less  developed,  finely  papillate  columella.    It  is  a 
distinct  species  and  is  not  a  synonym  of  S.  siderea,  as  Gregory 
posed.1    The  specimen  figured  (pi.  115,  figs.  2,  2a,  2b)  is  No.  368 
L.S.N.M. 

Locality  and  geologic  occurrence.—1 '  It  is  widely  distributed  on 
coast  of  Brazil;  Bahia,  Abrolhos  reefs,  etc.;  "  living.2 

4.  SIDERASTREA  CONFUSA  (Duncan). 

1867.  Isastraea  confusa  Duncan,  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ.,  vol.  24 
14,  24,  pi.  2,  fig.  6. 

Original  description. — ''The  corallum  is  short,  and  covers  mi 
space.  The  corallites  are  very  irregular  in  size,  and  the  calices  al 
The  fossa  is  moderately  deep,  and  presents  a  false  columella, 
septa  are  thick,  and  unite  laterally  in  sets  of  three,  four,  or  six. 
free  margin  is  faintly  dentate.  The  largest  calices  have  four  cy< 
of  septa  in  six  systems;  but  usually  only  three  cycles  are  found 
smaller  calices.  The  diameter  of  the  calices  is  from  one-tenth 
four-tenths  inch  2.5  to  10  mm.'' 

Locality. — St.  Croix,  Trinidad. 

5.  SIDERASTREA  POURTALESI,  new  species. 

Plate  115,  figs.  1,  la. 

1875.  Siderastraea  galaxea  Pourtales,  Geol.  Mag.,  new  ser.,  dec.  2,  vol.  2,  p. 

The  specimen  identified  by  Pourtales  as  Siderastrea  galaxea  (E 
and  Solander)  =  Siderastrea  radians  (Pallas),  the  older  name,  is 
that  species,  but  as  it  is  closely  related  the  following  is  a  comparai 
diagnosis. 

In  growth,  form,  size  of  calices,  and  septal  arrangement,  Sideras 
pourtalesi  is  similar  to  S.  radians,  but  the  wall  is  very  thin,  e 
interrupted,  zigzagging  between  the  thick  outer  ends  of  the  wee 
shaped  septa.    The  intcrseptal  spaces  are  relatively  wide  and 


1  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ.,  vol.  51,  p.  279,  1S95. 

2  Verrill,  Conn.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sci.  Trans.,  vol.  11,  p.  155,  1902. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


441 


nspicuously  open.    Synapticulae  are  present,  but  they  are  rather 
arce.  and  are  delicate.    The  delicate  wall  and  synapticulae  and  the 
lative  openness  of  the  interseptal  loculi  constitute  striking  differ- 
'jces  from  the  appearance  presented  by  S.  radians. 
Locality. — -Santo  Domingo,  collected  by  TV.  M.  Gabb. 
Type. — !Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology. 


6.  SIDERASTREA  PLIOCENICA,  new  species. 

Plate  118,  figs.  2.  2a,  2b,  3. 


Twelve  specimens,  all  of  them  excellent,  serve  as  the  basis  of  the 
lowing  specific  diagnosis.    One  is  designated  as  the  type  in  the 
;  lection. 

Irhe  corallum  usually  forms  a  rather  small  rounded  head;  but  a 
\r  are  elongate,  and  one  is  fiattish,  sublamellate.  The  heads  attain 
Jliameter  of  between  45  and  50  mm.  About  a  third  of  the  speci- 
Ins  show  signs  of  having  been  attached  or  have  not  calices  uni- 
flrnly  distributed  over  the  whole  outer  surface  of  the  corallum. 
The  corallites  are  rather  large,  and  are  rather  uniformly  hex- 
jnal  or  pentagonal;  usual  diameter  is  4.5  to  5  mm.;  intercorallite 
rl  distinct  and  zigzag  in  plan.    The  calices  are  shallow  or  super- 

¥■ 

epta  thick,  usually  in  almost  four  complete  cycles,  the  iourth 
e  is  as  a  rule  absent  in  one  or  two  systems.    Septal  margins 
ctate,  each  dentation  rounded,  corresponding  to  the  upper  termi- 
(on  of  a  septal  trabecula,  the  number  of  dentations  on  a  septum 
(he  first  cycle  varies  from  8  or  9  to  13.    The  length  of  such  a 
um  is  almost  2.5  mm.    Septal  grouping  is  as  usual  in  the  genus, 
;  -  members  of  the  first  cycle  are  continued  directly  to  the  colu- 
.v:  ar  space  and  do  not  form  parts  of  septal  groups;  the  members 
le  second  c}'cle,  also,  are  continued  directly  to  the  columellar 
e,  but  each  member  of  this  cycle  is  the  middle  of  a  septal  group, 
members  of  the  third  cycle  bend  toward  it,  and  the  members 
le  fourth  bend  toward  the  included  member  of  the  third.  Along 
jourse  of  each  trabecula  is  a  regular  row  of  granulations,  which 
impressed  in  a  plane  transverse  to  the  longitudinal  course  of 
trabecula.    Septal  perforations  are  frequent  near  the  inner 
;ins  of  the  septa,  usually  occurring  in  the  intertrabecular  spaces, 
i  in  places  a  large  perforation  interrupts  a  trabecular  course. 
\  perforations  become  rarer  as  the  wall  is  approached.  Com- 
ply imperforate  septa  are  very  rare  or  do  not  exist  at  all. 
th  synapticulate  and  dissepimental  endotheca  is  present.  In 
as  mam'  as  four  or  five  vertical  rows  of  synapticulae  can  be 
guished.    Very  thin  dissepiments  are  abundant.    The  wall  is 
^d  by  synapticulae  that  are  so  elongated  in  a  vertical  row  that 


442 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


J 


they  fuse  and  produce  a  continuous  wall  with  only  an  occask 
perforation. 

The  columella  is  papillary,  about  two  papillae  being  larger  t 
the  others.  In  worn  specimens  it  is  very  prominent,  appearing  c 
pressed  styliform. 

Locality  and  geologic  occurrence. — Florida,  Caloosahatchee  Ki 
collected  by  W.  H.  Ball  :  Shell  Creek,  Florida,  collected  by  Do 
Griffith;  Pliocene. 

Type- — No.  325184,  U.S.N.M. 

Paratype.—No.  325185,  U.S.N.M. 

The  most  striking  differences  between  S.  pliocenica  and  S.  tad 
to  which  it  probably  has  the  greatest  affinity,  are  its  larger  i| 
much  shallower  calices.  S.  calif omica  Vaughan  from  the  PlioceniJ 
Carizo  Creek,  California,  is  a  nearly  related  species. 

7.  SIDERASTKEA  HILLSBOROENSIS,  new  species. 

Plate  117,  fig.  2. 

Description  of  the  type. — Corallum  massive,  composed  of  1 
prismatic  corallites.  No  entire  corallum  is  available  for  descrip* 
but  the  height  may  certainly  exceed  10  cm. 

Diameter  of  a  large  corallite,  5.5  mm.:  of  a  smaller  one,  4 
The  two  measurements  indicate  the  range  in  diameter. 

Septa  normally  in  4  cycles,  the  fourth  cycle  complete  or  all 
complete,  arranged  as  follows:  The  six  primaries  extend  direct) 
the  columella  and  are  free  from  fusion  with  other  septa;  the  seco 
ries  also  extend  to  the  columella,  near  which  the  tertiaries  fue 
sides  of  the  included  secondaries:  the  quaternaries  fuse  to  the 
of  the  included  tertiary  system  about  halfway  between  the  wall] 
the  columella.  The  fourth  cycle  is  incomplete  in  a  few  quartJ 
terns  of  some  calices.  The  primaries  and  secondaries  are  of  a 
equal  thickness;  the  tertiaries  slightly  thinner,  and  quatern 
still  thinner.  The  number  of  dentations  on  the  septal  margins 
estimated  from  the  number  of  septal  trabeculae,  as  the  septal  ma 
are  not  preserved:  it  is  9  or  10. 

Synapticulae  well  developed;  in  each  interseptal  loculus;  1  hi 
four  are  usually  conspicuous  between  the  wall  and  halfway 
it  to  the  columella.  Although  the  upper  septal  margins  are  not 
served,  it  seems  probable  (ha(  there  is  a  flattened  area  hot 
adjacent  calicular  fossae  in  perfect  specimens. 

Columella  false,  but  strongly  developed  by  the  axial  fusion  t 
inner  ends  of  the  primary  and  secondary  septa. 

Localities  and  geologic  occurrence. — Station  No.  4890,  Tampa  1 
yard,  5  miles  northeast  of  Tampa,  Florida,  in  the  Alum  Bluff  f( 
tion,  G.  C.  Matson  collector,  the  type;  in  the  Alum  Bluff  form 
at  station  No.  3836,  near  Alachua,  Florida,  T.  W.  Vaughan  coll< 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  443 


nid  at  White  Springs,  Florida,  T.  W.  Vaughan  and  L.  W.  Stephen- 
n,  collectors.    Station  7076,  in  the  Chattahoochee  formation,  12 
ales  below  Bainbridge,  Georgia,  on  the  east  bank  of  Flint  River, 
(Elected  by  C.  W.  Cooke  and  W.  C.  Mansfield. 

Type.— Ho.  325183,  U.S.N.M. 
.Paratype. — No.  325155,  U.S.N.M.,  the  specimen  described  below. 
The  diagnosis  of  S.  Mllsboroensis  was  written  and-  the  figures  made 
illustrate  it  before  an  interesting  specimen  from  12  miles  below 
inbridge  came  to  my  notice.    This  specimen,  which  is  a  subcy- 
ndrical  segment  of  a  more  or  less  columnar  corallum,  has  a  maxi- 
jjim  horizontal  diameter  of  160  mm.,  and  a  vertical  thickness  of  75 
Aa.    The  entire  corallum  was  rather  large.    The  septal  margins 
Air  considerable  areas  are  somewhat  elevated  around  the  calicular 
sae  and  the  rims  are  separated  by  depressed  interspaces  that  in 
ces  are  as  much  as  2  mm.  across.    Adjacent  corallites,  however, 
separated  by  simple  common-walls.    The  number  of  septa  in 
y  developed  calices  ranges  from  a  few  less  than  to  about  four 
.  nplete  cycles,  grouped  as  in  the  types  of  the  species.    The  septal 
|itations  are  strikingly  large.    The  following  table  gives  the  dimen- 
is  of  several  corallites,  the  number  of  septa,  the  number  of  septal 
th  within  1  mm.,  and  the  character  of  the  columella: 


Dimensions  of  corallites,  etc.,  in  Siderastrea  hilhbnroensis. 


Corallitc  No. 

Qiameter  corallites. 

Number 
of  septa. 

Septal  teeth*. 

—  ■  —  

5  by  7.5  mm  ■  

50 

 d 

4.5  by  6.6  mm  

5.5  bv  6  mm  

 .-.  6  by  6.75  mm  

48 
50 
48 

 '  5.25  by  7  mm  

1  in  1  mm  

5  in  1.5  mm  

6  in  1.5  mm  

[-'■  !  

Columelh 


Weak. 
Do. 
Do. 


.Mllsboroensis  has, some  corallites  of  nearly  the  same  size  as  those  of 
Uecensis,  but  they  average  smaller;  it  has  thicker  and  relatively 
r  septa, which  fuse  into  groups  farther  from  the  columella;  and 
septal  teeth  are  distinctly  coarser. 


8.  SIDERASTREA  SIDEREA  (Ellis  and  Solander). 

Plate  114,  figs.  2,  3;  plate  122,  figs.  1,  2,  2a,  2b,  3,  3q. 

786.  Madrepora  siderea  Ellis  and  Solander,  Nat.  Hist.  Zooph.,  p.  168,  pi.  49, 
lig.  2. 

816.  Astrea  siderea  Lamarck,  Hist.  nat.  Anim.  s.  Vert.,  vol.  2,  p.  267. 
830.  Astrea  (Siderastrea)  siderea  De  Blainville,  Diet.  Sci.  nat.,  vol.  60,  p.  335. 
834.  Astraea  tricophylla  Ehrenberg,  Cor.  Roth.  Meer.,  p.  95  (of  separate) 
(fide  Milne  Edwards  and  Haime). 


444  BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 

1846.  Favonia  siderea  Dana,  U.  S.  Expl.  Exped.  Zooph.,  p.  331. 

1850.  Siderastrea  siderea  Milne  Edwards  and  Haime,  Ann.  Sci.  nat..  sel 

Zool.,  vol.  12,  p.  141. 
1857.  Astraea  siderea  Milne  Edwards  and  Haime,  Hist.  nat.  Corall.,  vol. 

p.  509,  pi.  D7,  fig.  2. 
1863.  Siderastra-ea  grandis  Duncan.  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ.,  vol. 

p.  441,  pi.  16,  figs.  da.  56. 
1871.  Siderastraea  siderea  Pourtales,  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.  111.  Cat.  No.  4,  p. 
1895.  Astraea  siderea  Gregory,  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ.,  vol.  51,  p.  2 
1901.  Siderastrea  siderea  Vaughan,  Geolog.  Reichs-Mus.  Leiden  Samml.,  ser 

vol.  2,  p.  62. 

1901.  Siderastrea  siderea  Vaughan,  U.  S.  Fish.  Com.  Bull,  for  1900,  vol.  2.  p.  c 

pi.  14,  figs.  1,  2;  pi.  16,  fig.  1. 

1902.  Siderastraea  siderea  Yerrill,  Conn.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sci.  Trans.,  vol. 

p.  151.  pi.  30,  figs.  2,  3. 

1903.  Siderastraea  siderea  Duerden,  Nat.  Acad.  Sci.  Mem.,  vol.  S.  p.  588,  ] 

22-24.  figs.  150-160. 

1915.  Siderastrea  siderea  Vaughan,  Washington  Acad.  Sci.  Journ..  vol.  5.  p.  I 

1916.  Siderastrea  siderea  Vaughan,  Carnegie  Inst.  Washington  Yearbook  Xo. 

p.  228. 

This  species  forms  much  larger  masses  than  S.  radians,  the  ot: 
abundant  living  species  of  Siderastrea  in  the  West  Indies  and  Flori 
and  is  a  common  exposed-reef  coral.  The  calices  average  larger  i\ 
in  S.  radians,  usually  4  to  5  mm.  in  diameter,  occasionally  smal 
3  to  3.5  mm.  in  diameter.  The  intercorallite  walls  are  more  ac 
and  the  septal  margins  are  more  sloping:  but,  as  is  shown  on  pi 
114,  figure  3,  on  some  areas  the  corallite  wall  may  occur  in  a  sli; 
depression  (pi.  114,  fig.  2).  The  septa  are  normally  in  four  compl 
cycles,  arranged  as  in  figure  3,  on  plate  114.  The  tertiary  septa  f 
to  the  secondaries,  and  the  quaternaries  to  the  tertiaries  nearer 
wall  than  in  S.  silecensis,  the  next  species  to  .be  described.  r 
septal  margins  are  more  finely  dentate  than  in  S.  radians,  and  usu: 
the  columella  is  distinctly,  finely  papillate. 

The  foregoing  notes  are  on  shallow-water  specimens,  and  appl} 
specimens  ranging  in  locality  from  Barbados  to  the  Bahamas  in 
West  Indies,  from  Central  America,  and  from  Florida.  About  c 
half  mile  south  of  Loggerhead  buoy,  Tortugas,  in  water  betwee 
and  9  fathoms,  I  dredged  three  specimens  of  S.  siderea  that  showT 
interesting  variation.  The  size  and  shape  of  the  calices,  the  chara< 
of  the  wall,  the  number  of  septa,  and  the  axial  fossae  are  as  w 
in  the  species;  but  the  septa  are  thicker,  the  septal  pectinations 
more  conspicuous,  and  the  columellar  papillae  are  solidly  fusee 
there  is  a  single,  stout,  compressed  axial  tubercle.  A  group  of  cal 
is  shown  on  plate  122,  figure  1.  These  specimens  agree  in  all  es; 
tial  particulars  with  a  specimen  from  the  Bowden  marl  of  Janiaic 
description  of  which  follows: 

Description  of  specimen  front  Boiuden,  Jamaica  (pi.  122,  figs.  3.  3a 
CoraJlum  with  a  rounded  upper  surface  and  a  flatfish  base:  epi 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  445 


ite  around  the  edge.  Transverse  diameters.  36  by  38  mm.:  height 
16  mm. 

Calices  irregularly  polygonal,  excavated  on  top  of  the  corallum,  but 
lallov  near  its  edges.    Length  of  largest  calices,   5.5  mm.:  width 
'largest  calices.  3.5  to  4  mm.;  4  to  4.5  mm.  about  the  usual  diame- 
r;   depth  between  2  and  2.25  mm.    The  area  between  adjacent 
ilicular  depressions  is  relatively  acute,  the  wall  usually  traceable 
long  the  summit  as  a  slightly  raised  zigzag  or  straight  line. 
•  Septa  thicker  than  the  width  of  the  interseptal  loculi;  four  com- 
ete  cycles  and  in  the  larger  calices  some  quinaries:  primaries  and 
jcondaries  extend  to  the  columella,  subequal,  •  or  the  primaries 
ghtly  larger:  tertiaries  fuse  to  the  included  secondary  about  two- 
irds  the  distance  from  the  wall  to  the  center  of  the  calice  or  very 
ar  the  columella:  quaternaries  fuse  to  the  included  tertiary  about 
e-tbird  or  one-half  the  distance  from  the  wall  to  the  calicular 
titer :  quinaries  where  present  fuse  to  the  included  quaternary. 
Septal  margins  slope  gently  from  the  wall  to  about  half  the  distance 
ward  the  calicular  center  and  then  incline  steeply  to  the  outer  edge 
,    the  columella.    The  dentations  are  small,  crowded,  and  bluntish 
rather  acute,  more  pointed  near  the  columella,  compressed  in 
mes  transverse  to  the  septal  planes  ;  15  were  counted  on  a  septum 
>  mm.  long:  in  other  words,  6  within  1  mm. 

Synapticulae  crowded  near  the  wall,  3  within  1  mm.  measured 
jwn  the  septal  slope  from  the  wall  edge. 

Columella  small,  false,  papillary  :  a  central,  styliform  papilla  notiee- 
jfte  in  many  calices. 

{Description  of  a  specimen  collected  by  Miss  C.  J.  Maury  in  Santo 
'wmingo,  Bio  Oana,  zone  H  (pi.  122,  figs.  2,  2a,  2b).- — Corallum  a  small 
Dss,  with  a  flattish  base  and  a  rounded  upper  surface.  Diameter, 
2  by  28  mm. :  height,  15  mm. 

■Calices  shallow,  polygonal,  usually  one  diameter  longer  than  the 
p  er,  separated  by  narrow,  straight,  or  zigzag  walls.  Diameter  of 
Is 'est  calice, 6  mm.:  about  4  mm.  a  usual  measure  of  the  diameter. 
I  n  the  largest  calice  (6  mm.  in  diameter)  there  are  52  septa,  which, 
e.«ording  to  the  usual  practice  of  assigning  septa  to  cycles,  would 
K resent  4  complete  cycles  and  4  quinary  septa.  Fifteen  septa, 
6  rimaries,  0  secondaries,  and  3  tertiaries,  extend  to  the  columella, 
Hi  2  other  tertiaries  fuse  to  the  included  secondary  almost  at  the 
p<ipherv  of  the  columella.  Where  quinary  septa  are  present  it  is 
diicult  to  distinguish  between  primaries  and  secondaries,  and 
■{ween  the  elongate  tertiaries  and  the  secondaries.  In  a  calice  4 
fcL  in  diameter  the  septal  arrangement  is  more  definite:  there  are 
4(epta,  the  quaternaries  not  being  developed  in  one  quarter 
)yiem.    The  tertiaries  fuse  to  the  secondaries  either  rather  near 


446  BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


the  columella  and  the  quaternaries  to  the  tertiaries  about  haltwa 
between  the  wall  and  the  columella,  or  somewhat  nearer  the  columella 
At  the  wall  the  thickness  of  the  septa  and  the  width  of  the  intercepts 
loculi  are  nearly  the  same,  but  farther  within  the  calice  the  sept 
are  thinner  and  the  loculi  are  wider. 

Next  the  wall  the  septal  margins  are  usually  flattened  from  abov< 
producing  a  flat  area  ranging  from  about  0.5  to  about  1  mm.  wide,  r 
inner  edge  marked  by  a  ring  of  synapticulae.  and  the  wall  forms 
more  or  less  median  slightly  raised  ridge.    From  this  area  the  margin 
slope  slightly  to  the  bottom  of  the  calicular  fossa.    The  peripher 
flat  zone  is  not  present  in  all  calices:  in  many  there  is  a  gradual  slop 
or  a  gently  convex  curve  from  the  wall  to  the  bottom  of  the  calic 
On  the  septal  margins  are  fine,  crowded,  bluntish  dentations,  whii 
in  many  instances  are  compressed  transversely  to  the  septal  plan 
About  16  were  counted  on  a  septum  2  mm.  long:  12  were  count! 
on  another  septum  1.5  mm.  long.    The  number,  therefore,  is  betwei 
8  and  9  for  a  distance  of  1  mm.    The  septal  faces  are  closely  bes 
with  blunt  granulations.    Synapticulae  well  developed  near  the  a\  a 

Columella  rather  small,  with  a  delicately  papillate  upper  surfaj 
in  the  best-preserved  calices. 

This  Santo  Domingan  specimen  has  greatly  puzzled  me,  perhaj 
partly  because  it  is  immature.    The  calices  are  shallow,  not  having, 
distinct  axial  fossa,  as  in  typical  8.  siderea,  and  the  septal  dentatiol 
are  more  numerous  than  is  usual  in  S.  siderea.    As  the  calices  of  tl 
Bowden  specimen  are  excavated  on  the  top  of  the  corallum  a] I 
superficial  near  the  lower  edge,  the  shallowness  of  the  calices  of  tit 
Santo  Domingan  specimen  does  not  seem  a  sufficient  basis  for  referri ; 
it  to  a  different  species.    Although  the  septal  dentations  are  finer  tht|l 
the  average  in  S.  siderea,  they  are  not  finer  than  the  dentations  on  tl 
outer  prolongations  on  some  of  the  septa  of  the  specimens  represent! 
by  plate  35,  figures  2,  3,  in  which  there  are  8  or  9  fine  teeth  withinl 
mm.  outside  the  calicular  fossa.    For  these  reasons  it  seems  to  ]| 
that  the  Santo  Domingan  fossil  should  be  referred  to  S.  siderM 
and  I  believe  that  the  coral  designated  as  Siderastraea  cre7iulf 
var.  antUlarjim 1  by  Duncan  should  also  be  referred  to  S.  side* 
Duncan  says  that  his  variety  antiM&rum  is  near  S.  siderea.    I  « 
amined  Duncan's  type  in  the  collection  of  the  Geological  Socr 
of  London.    Ft  is  a  flattened  mass,  rounded  above.    Calices  irr 
larly  polygonal  or  hexagonal,  separated  by  sharp  walls;  diam 
4  to  5  mm.    Septa  in  four  complete  cycles,  margins  beaded.  ( 
umella  papillary,  in  some  calices  terminated  by  several  stout  kn 

Fossil  specimens  obtained  by  me  at  station  3446,  in  the  La 
marl,  first  deep  cutting  east  of  La  Cruz,  near  Santiago,  Cuba, 


i  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Joum..  vol.  19,  p.  435,  1863. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  447 


do  noteworthy  character  from  typical  S.  siderea.  One  specimen 
.  >m  this  locality  is  187  mm.  across. 

Localities   and  geologic   occurrence. — Miocene:  Jamaica.  Bowden 

irl.  received  from  Hon.  T.  H.  Aldrich.    Santo  Domingo,  Rio  Cana, 

ne  H,  collected  by .  Miss  C.  J.  Maury.  Cuba,  La  Cruz  marl, 
dtion  3446,  near  Santiago,  collected  by  T.  W.  Vaughan. 

Pleistocene:  Canal  Zone,  at  station  5849,  Mount  Hope:  and  Costa 
a.  station  6251.  Monkey  Point,  collected  by  D.  F.  MacDonald: 
. j.in  Hill,  Costa  Rica,  collected  by  H.  Pittier. 

This  species  is  general  in  the  Pleistocene  and  living  reefs  of  the 

|ast  Indies,  eastern  Central  America,  and  Florida. 

The  stratigraphic  range  of  S.  siderea  is  from  the  horizon  of  the 
vftwden  marl  to  the  present. 

8a.  SIDERASTRFA  SIDEREA  var.  DOMINICENSIS,  new  variety. 

Plate  114,  figs.  4,  4a, 

^This  variety  differs  from  typical  S.  siderea  by  having  much  larger 
iices,  which  are  as  much  as  6  mm.  in  diameter  in  a  nearly  hexagonal 
»»ice,  and  4.5  by  8  mm.  in  diameter  in  a  much  deformed  calice;  and 

responding  to  the  greater  size  of  the  calices,  there  are  many  quinary 
-*ta.  Otherwise  there  seems  to  be  no  important  difference,  for  the 

« tal  slopes,  the  septal  dentations,  the  columellar  pit,  and  the 
nillary  columella  are  about  normal. 

l>.  siderea  var.  dominicensis  resembles  S.  conferta  (Duncan)  in 
assessing  more  than  4  cycles  of  septa,  but  according  to  the  size  of  the 
'  ces  the  septa  of  S.  conferta  are  more  numerous,  more  crowded, 
1 1  have  more  finely  dentate  septal  edges  :  and  the  calices  of  S. 
iferta  are  shallower  and  more  open. 

jocality  and  geologic  occurrence. — Haiti,  living,  collected  by  Lang- 
ii,  no  more  definite  information. 
.  type.— No.  36909,  U.S.N.M. 

9.  SIDERASTREA  SILECENSIS,  new  species. 

Plate  11(5.  tigs.  1.  J«,  2,  3;  plate  117,  figs.  1,  la,  lb;  plate  118,  figs.  1,  la. 

fi.  Siderastrea  sileceiisis  Vaughax,  nomen.  nudum,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mils.  Bull.  90,  p.  18. 

'he  following  is  a  description  of  the  type  of  the  species  (pi.  116, 
'  \.  1,  la): 

orallum  massive,  with  domed  upper  surface.  Greater  diameter 
Specimen  170  mm.;  lesser  diameter  140  mm.;  thickness,  originally 
n>e  than  85  mm. 

alices  polygonal,  separating  wall  usually  slightly  raised.  The 
i<  pheral  part  of  the  septal  margins  is  flattened,  producing  between 
Kicent  calicular  fossae  a  flat  area  which  ranges  from  0.5  to  1.5  mm. 
n  "idth.    Diameter  of  an  adult  calice.  measured  between  the  thecal 


448 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


summits,  5  mm. ;  some  oblong  calices  are  as  much  as  7  mm.  long 
5  mm.  wide.    Depth  of  calices,  1.5  mm. 

Septa,  number  in  a  calice  5  mm.  in  diameter,  50 — i.  e.,  4  comp 
cycles  and  2  quinaries;  in  a  calice  6  mm.  long  and  4.5  mm.  wide,  ie 
number  is  48,  precisely  4  cycles.  The  usual  number  of  sept  is 
4  complete  cycles,  with  a  few  quinaries  in  large  calices.  Around  n 
calicular  margins  the  septa  are  subequal  in  size,  the  outer  ends  of  m 
quaternaries  being  only  slightly  smaller  than  those  of  the  mem  J 
of  the  lower  cycles.  The  interseptal  spaces  average  slightly  wm 
than  the  thickness  of  the  septa.  Within  the  calices  the  prinul 
and  secondaries  are  only  faintly  larger  than  the  tertiaries.  The:  1 
the  usual  septal  fusion  of  tertiaries  to  secondaries  and  quatermd 
to  tertiaries,  but  the  tertiaries  may  almost  or  actually  reach  the  cl 
mella  area  while  the  quaternaries  extend  more  than  half  way  f  qj 
the  wall  to  the  columella. 

The  upper  flattened  part  of  the  septal  margins  is  beaded  ;  withl 
distance  of  1  mm.,  5  rounded  dentations  were  counted;  between lie 
place  where  the  septa  drop  downward  in  the  calicular  fossa  andlB 
columella  the  number  of  dentations  on  the  long  septa  is  betwe^ 
and  10;  the  total  number  on  the  large  septa  is,  therefore,  betwee  JI 
and  15.  Synapticulae  well  developed,  rather  coarse,  as  woul  bj 
expected  from  the  relatively  coarse  septal  trabeculae. 

Columella  weakly  developed;  upper  surface  papillary,  but  in  rjqf 
instances  crossed  by  directive  septa  which  meet  in  the  coralhte  as, 

Locality  and  occurrence  of  type  specimen. — Station  3694,  pine  w 
Waukulla,  Florida,  T.  W.  Vaughan  collector;  Chattahoochee  fofo 
tion. 

Type.— No.  325187,  U.S.N.M. 

The  following  is  a  description  of  a  young,  encrusting  cor£^ 
without  a  locality  label,  but  almost  certainly  from  the  "silex"  b 
Tampa,  Florida.    (See  pi.  116,  fig.  3.) 

The  calicular  cavities  are  slightly  excavated,  between  0.75 
mm.  deep;  separated  by  intervening  flattish  areas  which  are  froiil 
to  a  little  more  than  2  mm.  across  and  are  faintly  furrowed 
adjacent  corallites  meet.    The  corallite  wall  may  usually  be  r 
nized  as  a  raised  thread-like  ridge  in  the  intercprallite  furrow.  ( 
lite  diameter  from  5  to  6.5  mm. 

Septa  in  4  complete  cycles  with  6  or  a  few  more  quinaries  i| 
larger  calices.    The  septal  dentations  are  serrate  or  rounded,  i£ 
13  on  the  long  septa. 

Columella  with  a  papillary  upper  surface,  but  some  calices 
considerable  stereoplasmic  deposit  around  the  papillae  with  ten< 
toward  the  formation  of  a  compact  columella. 

A  specimen  from  the  "silex"  bed  at  Ballast  Point,  Tampa,  coll 
by  C.  W.  Cooke,  has  some  calices  that  duplicate  those  of  the  spe 


: 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  449 

st  described,  but  in  other  calices  the  septa  and  columella  are  thick- 
■  ed,  the  columella  in  some  calices  being  a  more  or  less  papillate 
■f mpressed  axial  plug.  The  variation  from  the  normal  is  similar  to 
:|ie  variation  exhibited  by  the  specimens  of  S.  siderea  from  a  depth 
i  about  9  fathoms  south  of  Tortugas,  described  on  page  444. 
^Another  specimen  from  Ballast  Point  has  calices  up  to  as  large  as 
■{by  6.5  mm.  in  diameter.  A  large  calice  has  64  speta.  Except  in 
tving  rather  large  calices  and  correspondingly  more  septa,  this 
?scimen  does  not  seem  to  differ  in  any  important  particular  from 
p  type  of  the  species. 

Plate  117,  figures  1,  la,  lb,  illustrates  a  variant  from  Coronet 
losphate  Mine,  station  No.  6043,  G.  C.  Matson  collector.  The 
?ices  in  it  are  from  7  to  a  little  more  than  8  mm.  in  diameter.  A 
lice,  6.5  by  8  mm.  in  diameter,  of  this  specimen  has  66  septa, 
i  specimen  from  station  6084,  Withlacoochee  River,  3  miles  below 
^ldosta,  Lowndes  County,  Georgia,  has  in  a  calice  6  by  7  mm.  in 
meter  64  septa  and  in  a  calice  5.5  by  7  mm.  in  diameter  72  septa. 
4is  specimen  very  closely  approaches  8.  conferta  (Duncan),  but 
ibears  to  have  on  the  average  fewer  septa  than  S.  conferta.  Perhaps 
$se  specimens  that  have  over  60  septa  should  be  separated  from 
)silecensis  and  either  referred  to  a  new  species  or  to  S.  conferta. 
\  one.  time  I  referred  them  to  S.  conferta,  but  their  average  fewer 
I  ta  according  to  the  size  of  calices  as  compared  with  S.  conferta, 
:<|  me  to  consider  them  and  the  specimen  next  to  be  described  as 
longing  to  a  different  species. 

[{description  of  a  specimen  from  station  3381,  Flint  River,  4  wxiles 
>w  Bainbridge,  Georgia  (pi.  118,  figs.  1,  la). — Corallum  subdiscoid 
rorm.    Its  greater  transverse,  diameter  45  mm.;  lesser  transverse 

(■meter,  about  38  mm.;  thickness,  14  mm.    Upper  and  lower  sui- 
te, subplane,  somewhat  undulated, 
'alices  irregularly  hexagonal  or  pentagonal  in  shape,  fairly  large, 
£ge  in  diameter  from  4  to  6.5  mm.  :  rather  shallow  or  superficial. 

epta  numerous,  in  one  calice  6.5  mm.  long  by  4.5  mm.  wide  5S 
tfe  counted.  There  are,  applying  the  ordinary  method  of  distri- 
:>ing  septa  into  cycles  according  to  the  number,  four  complete 
|les  and  a  fair  number  of  members  of  a  fifth.  The  various  cycles 
i  not  distinctly  marked.    The  septal  margins  in  places  slope  from 

ej|acute  ridge  to  the  bottom  of  a  moderately  deep  calice:  in  other 

>,i.lee$  the  calices  are  shallow,  superficial,  the  septal  margins  flat- 
lid  from  above,  no  ridge  being  present.    The  dentations  on  the 
esflal  margins  are  rounded  :  there  are  about  10  within  2  mm.  Some 

•^ta  are  perforated  between  the  trabeculae,  but  it  seems  probable 
h  these  perforations  are  of  secondary  origin,  resulting  from  the 
>tion  of  the  septa  in  the  thinnest  places  during  fossilization. 

.  niapticulae  are  very  abundant,  especially  well  developed  in 
J,ral,  at  least  two  or  three,  vertical  series  near  the  outer  boundary 


450         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 

of  the  corallites.  The  boundary  between  adjoining  calices  is  form 
by  a  vertical  row  of  synapticulae,  considerably  larger  than  the  othe 

Columella  papillary,  fairly  well  developed. 

Localities  and  geologic  occurrence. — Chattahooche  formation,  ba* 
part,  station  3381,  Little  Horse  Shoe  Bend,  Flint  River,  4  miles  bel 
Bainbridge,  Georgia,  collected  by  T.  W  Vaughan;  Chattahooc 
formation,  probably  near  the  base,  station  6084,  Withlacoochee  Riv 
3  miles  below  Valdosta,  Lowndes  County,  Georgia,  collected  by  L. 
Stephenson;  Chattahoochee  formation,  upper  part  (stratigr'aphica 
the  same  as  the  Tampa  formation),  station  3694,  Waukulla,  Flori 
collected  by  T.  W.  Vaughan. 

Tampa  formation,  the  "silex"  bed,  Ballast  Point,  Tampa,  stall 
2115,  collected  by  F.  Burns;  station  7754,  an  excellent  specimen  c 
lected  by  C.  W.  Cooke. 

Alum  Bluff  formation,  station  6043  Coronet  Phosphate  Mine,  n 
Plant  City,  Florida,  collected  by  G.  C.  Matson. 

Specimens  of  this  species  have  been  obtained  at  other  localities 
Georgia  and  Florida  in  the  Chattahoochee  and  Alum  Bluff  formatic 
It  is  abundant  around  Alachua,  Florida. 

Siderastrea  silecensis  so  closely  resemble  S.  conferta  (Duncan)  t. 
for  some  time  I  referred  the  specimens  of  it  to  that  species,  but 
calices  of  the  same  size  the  septa  in  S.  conferta  are  more  numerc 
more  crowded,  and  thinner,  and  have  more  finely  dentate  marg: 
In  a  calice,  4.5  by  8.5  mm.  in  diameter,  of  a  specimen  of  S.-conft 
from  Antigua  there  are  about  80  septa,  a  larger  number  than  | 
counted  in  any  calice  of  S.  silecensis. 

10.  SIDERASTREA  DALLI,  new  species. 

Plate  119,  %s.  \>  la,  2. 

Corattum  forming  a  mass  rounded  above.  The  type  has  a  lengt 
about  122  mm.  and  is  75  by  82  mm.  in  diameter  in  its  median  p 

The  corallites  are  large,  hexagonal  or  pentagonal  in  shape 
usual  diameter  is  from  5  to  6.5  mm.;  a  large  corallite  is  5.75  b 
mm.  in  diameter.    Wall  between  the  corallites  usually  distinct, 
Calices,  shallow. 

Septa,  rather  thin,  or  fairly  thick,  very  crowded.  There  are 
complete  cycles  and  a  fair  number  of  the  members  of  a  fifth  c} 
The  large  calice,  5.75  by  8  mm.  in  diameter,  has  68  septa, 
septal  grouping  need  not  be  described,  as  it  is  that  common  for 
genus.  Septal  dentations  fine,  compressed  transversely  bo  the  se 
planes,  finely  frosted,  from  seventeen  to  twenty  or  more  teeth  on 
members  of  the  firsl  cycle.  No  compound  or  double  dentations) 
seen.  The  septal  faces,  closely  granulate:  perforations  simila 
those  in  S.  plioeenica. 


lit 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  451 


Synapticulae  in  three  or  four  vertical  rows — in  the  outer  portion  of 
e  interseptal  loculi,  there  may  be  even  more.  Very  thin,  nearly 
>rizontal  dissepiments  present.  The  wall  is  similar  to  that  of 
pliocenica,  but  thinner. 
Columella,  papillary.  The  papillae  are  fine,  more  delicate  than  in 
pliocenica. 

Locality    and   geologic    occurrence. — Florida,    station    No.  3300, 
lell  Creek,  collected  by  F.  Burns  (type):  station  2094,  Caloosa- 
Itchee  River.  Florida,  collected  by  W.  H.  Dall;  Pliocene. 
Type.— No.  325196.  U.S.N.M.  (pi.  119,  figs.  1.  la), 
wuratofpe  — No.  325195,  U.S.N.M. 

This  species  is  separated  from  8.  pliocenica  by  its  generally  more 
licate  structure,  more  numerous  septal  dentations,  and  more 
imerous  septa.  It  differs  from  8.  siderea  (Ellis  and  Solander)  by 
i  larger  and  shallower  calices  and  its  more  numerous  septa. 
The  closely  crowded,  transversely  compressed,  and  finely  frosted 
ipi&l  dentations  of  S.  dalli  give  it  an  appearance  very  different 
>m  any  other  American  species  of  Siderastrea.  The  number  of 
pta  is  in  corallites  of  the  same  diameter  about  the  same  as  in 
fecimens  of  S".  sile.ee nsis. 

11.  SIDERASTKEA  CONFERTA  (Duncan). 

Plate  117,  tie:.  3;  plate  120,  figs.  I.  2.  2a,  3,  4;  plate  12L,  figs.  1,  La,  2,  2a. 

I  18H3.  Isastraea  conferta  Duncan,  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ.,  vol.  19.  p.  422. 
pi.  14,  fig!  2.  .. 

1867.  Isastraea  conferta  Duncan,  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ.,  vol.  24,  p.  25. 

The  original  description  of  Isastram  conferta  is  as  follows:  "Coral- 
ies  very  close,  tall,  slender,  straight,  and  prismatic;  a  transverse 
•tion  shows  the  wall  to  be  very  thin.    The  breadth  of  the  corallites 
Aries  from  three-tenths   to  one-tenth  inch  [  =  7.5  to  2.5  mm.]. 
J  pta  very  numerous:  linear:  the  primary  extend  to  the  centre  of 
fie  corallite,  the  secondary  less  so,  and  the  others  join  the  larger 
•*ota  at  a  very  acute  angle;  all  are  very  slender  and  excessively 
>wded.    There  are  eighty-two  septa  in  the  larger  corallites,  sixty 
the  smaller.    The  septa  of  one  corallite  do  not  join  those  of  the 
xt,  but  end  sharply  at  the  wall.    Endotheca  plainly  exists,  linear, 
pearing,  in  transverse  section,  to  divide  the  interseptal  loculi 
o  several  cells.    The  reproduction  is  by  submarginal  budding. 
Vhe  sclerenchyma  has  been  replaced  by  dark  homogeneous  silica, 
■*d  the  interspaces  by  porcellanous  and  opaline  silica. 
"From  the  Chert-formation  of  Antigua.    Coll.  Geol.  Soc. 
"This  is  a  very  remarkable  form.    Unfortunately  no  calices  exist: 
t  the  transverse  view  of  the  corallites  is  excellent.    If  the  specimen 


452  BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 

had  been  found  in  Oolitic  rocks,  it  would  have  passed  for  a  sn 
variety  of  Isastraea  tenuisiriata" 

I  examined  the  type  of  this  species  in  the  Geological  Society 
London  collection  (No.  12,929),  and  it  is  represented  by  plate  1 
figure  1.  It  belongs  to  the  genus  Siderastrea.  There  are  m 
than  four  cycles  of  septa.  The  septal  trabeculae  are  narrow,  * 
produce  fine  dentations  on  the  septal  margins.  The  estimated  num 
of  teeth  on  the  margins  of  the  longer  septa  is  about  20;  the  syn 
ticulae  are  fine  and  are  crowded  in  two  or  three  rings  near  the  ^ 
which  is  narrow  and  continuous.  The  columella  is  weakly  develop 
and  evidently  had  a  finely  papillary  upper  surface. 

I  collected  in  Antigua,  station  6888,  one-half  mile  north  of  McE  i 
non's  mill,  in  the  Antigua  formation,  one  satisfactory  specimen 
this  species.    It  is  of  massive,  subcolumnar  growth  form,  is  abtj 
105  mm.  tall,  and  is  82  by  92  mm.  in  diameter  near  the  top.  'j 
basal  part  is  appreciably  narrower  than  near  the  summit.  ' 
calices  are  shallow;  corallite  walls  thin.   Acalice  4.5  by  8.25  in  dii 
eter  has  about  80  septa.    Septa  composed  of  small  trabeculae  j 
correspondingly  have  finely  dentate  margins.    Synapticulae  delicM 
and  crowded. 

This  species  is  very  abundant  in  the  Oligocene  deposits  of  the  Vat- 
Indies  and  the  Canal  Zone.  Description  of  or  notes  on  specie  ft 
from  the  different  localities  follow.  The  next  specimen  to  be  pi 
scribed  is  essentially  typical,  and  as  it  is  in  a  better  state  of  preseiM 
tion  than  the  one  from  Antigua,  it  is  more  satisfactory  for  purpA 
of  illustration. 

Description  of  a  specimen  from  near  Lares,  Porto  Rico  (pi.  m 
fig.  2,  2a). — Corallum  massive,  rounded  above,  basal  portion  sow 
what  expanded.  Greater  diameter  of  base,  106  mm.:  lesser  diam 3fj 
of  base,  about  65  mm.;  height,  65  mm. 

Calices  polygonal,  rather  large,  diameter  (measured  from  sudc 
to  summit  of  wall)  from  4.7  to  7.4  mm.,  5  to  6  mm.  the  u 
diameter.  Near  the  edges  the  calices  are  shallow,  higher  up  on  j 
corallum  they  are  excavated  and  moderately  deep.  The  outer  < 
of  the  septa  are  arched  on  the  upper  part  of  the  corallum,  maj| 
somewhat  flattened  near  the  wall;  lower  down  they  may.be  depre; 
across  a  wide  area,  with  a  very  shallow  calicular  cavity;  in  a 
instances  a  depression  corresponds  in  position  to  the  upper  edg| 
the  wall.    Wall  usually  distinct,  narrow,  zigzag. 

Septa  very  crowded,  thin  and  numerous,  70  in  a  calice  4.6  by  j 
mm.  in  diameter,  76  in  one  5.75  by  7.6  mm.,  74  in  one  5.5  by  6.3  ]B- 
in  diameter.    They  are  so  crowded  that  it  is  difficult  to  make  tl 
the  cycles.    The  primaries  appear  to  be  free,  the  other  septa  fBv" 
groups   around   the  secondaries.    Septal  margins  finely  bea«B. 
about  26  dentations  on  a  large  septum,  an  actual  count  for  an  eitrfl 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  ©ANAL  ZONE.  453 

^tal  length  could  not  be  made,  but  6  teeth  within  0.7  mm.  were 
jnted  on  the  outer  part  of  a  septum.  This  would  be  more  than  8 
:bh  to  1  mm.    Synapticulae  abundant. 

•Columella  not  greatly  developed:  upper  surface  finely  papillary. 

collected  at  Crocus  Bay,  Anguilla,  a  suite  of  22  specimens  very 
|.ely  similar  to  the  Porto  Rican  specimen.    Several  of  these  are 
^strated  by  plate  117,  figure  3  :  plate  120,  figures  3,  4;  and  plate 
^f,  figures  2,  2a.    The  calice  represented  by  plate  117,  figure  3,  is 
1)  by  6.6  mm.  in  diameter,  and  has  68  septa;  the  larger  calice  illus- 
•  ed  by  plate  120,  figure  3,  is  7  by  9.5  mm.  in  diameter,  and  has  91 
the  calice  illustrated  by  plate  120,  figure  4,  is  5.5  by  7.3  mm. 
iameter,  and  has  64  septa;  and  one  of  those  figured  on  plate  121, 
re  2a,  is  4.5  by  6.3  mm.  in  diameter,  and  has  75  septa. 

cimens  of  what  seem  undoubtedly  to  belong  to  the  same  species 
13  collected  in  the  Culebra  formation,  station  6020c,  near  Las 
fadas,  by  Doctor  MacDonald  and  me.  Some  specimens  are  as 
^h  as  14  inches  (about  36  cm.)  tall,  and  over  12  inches  (about  31 
&•  thick.  A  part  of  the  surface  and  an  enlarged  view  of  the  calices 
^represented  by  plate  121,  figures  1,  la.    A  calice  4  by  5.7  mm. 

iameter  has  about  72  septa. 
I  specimen  collected  by  Gabb  in  Santo  Domingo  and  identified  by 
^rtales  as  Siderastraea  siderea  1  belongs  to  this  species.  The  speci- 
t  has  numerous  thin,  crowded  septa;  there  are  about  82  septa  in  a 
ve  4.5  mm.  wide  and  6.5  mm.  long.  It  is  the  property  of  the 
ieum  of  Comparative  Zoology,  Harvard  University. 
jcalities  and  geologic  occurrence. — Island  of  Antigua,  Antigua  for- 
aon,  Duncan's  type;  station  6888,  one-half  mile  north  of  Mc Kin- 
is  Mills,  collected  by  T.  W.  Vaughan. 

orto  Rico,  Pepino  formation,  station  3191,  4  miles  west  of  Lares, 
Icted  by  R.  T.  Hill. 

:Unal  Zone,  Culebra  formation,  station  6020c,  at  Las  Cascadas, 
icted  by  T.  W.  Vaughan  and  D.  F.  MacDonald. 
-land  of  Anguilla,  Anguilla  formation,  stations  6893,  6894,  6966, 
flr  and  middle  beds,  south  and  west  sides  of  Crocus  Bay,  collected 
W.  Vaughan. 

has  been  remarked,  S.  silecensis  Vaughan  from  Georgia  and 
(  da  is  very  close  to  S.  conferta.  In  calices  of  the  same  size  there 
aore  septa  and  the  septa  are  more  finely  dentate  in  S.  conferta 
f  in  S.  silecensis. 


Family  OULASTREIDAE,  new  family. 


1  ngid  corals  with  the  superficial  aspect  of  the  genera  belonging  to 
family  Orbicellidae.  Corallites  with  distinct  margins,  usually 
0'ated  by  intercorallite  areas  that  are  crossed  by  confluent  or 


1  Geol.  Mag.,  new  ser.,  dec.  2,  vol.  2,  p.  545,  1875. 


454  BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 

alternating  septo-costae.    Septa  lamellate  but  irregularly  more  or 
perforate.    Both  synapticulae  and  dissepiments  present.  Colunj 
trabecular.    Asexual  reproduction  by  intercalicular  gemmation.1! 

The  coral  genera  represented  by  Oulastrea  Milne  Edwards  I 
Haime,  Diplo&strm  Matthai,  and  OyatkomorpJia  Reuss  appear  tcjj 
to  deserve  recognition  as  a  group  of  family  value.    The  latter* 
of  these  genera  have  been  confused  with  OrbiceUa,  as  will  be  rJ 
evident  in  subsequent  remarks.    It  is  unfortunate  that  the  val  t 
of  neither  (ijathomonpha  nor  of  Diploastrea  can  be  establishe 
present.    The  reasons  for  the  uncertainty  will  appear  in  discus*1 
to  follow. 

Oulastrea  crispata  (Lamarck)  Milne  Edwards  and  Haime,  the 
species  of  Oulastrea 1  is  represented  in  the  United  States  Nat 
Museum  by  30  specimens  from  Puerto  Princesa,  Palawan.  ( ollei 
by  J.  B.  Steere,  and  from  near  Mariveles,  Luzon,  collected  by  Al 
M.  Reese,  Philippine  Islands.    The  description  and  figures  give 
Milne  Edwards  and  Haime  are  really  excellent,  but  they  did  not 
ognize  that  the  genus  belongs  to  the  Madreporaria  Fungida.  I 
septa  are  mostly  solid,  but  there  are  some  perforations,  especiai 
the  smaller  septa.    The  walls  of  the  corallitrs  are  synapticulatt 
perforate  around  the  periphery  of  tin4  corallum,  but  those  o'1 
interior  corallites  ate  continuous,  with  few  or  no  obvious  perform 
There  are  synapticulae1  between  the  peripheral  septo-costae ;  withi' 
coraHite  cavities  synapticulae  mostly  occur  near  the  inner  ed^ 
the  septa,  but  some  occur  between  the  wall  and  the  inner  s 
edges.    Thin  dissepiments  are  abundant.    The  septal  teeth  us 
make  two  fairly  definite,  in  some  very  definite,  palar  crowns ■ 
stand  a  little  higher  than  the  columeDar  papillae.    These  sped 
an1  stained  black  and  do  not  bleach  when  boiled  with  caustic  p(' 

As  Oulastrea  is  the  only  genus  referred  to  the  family  of  the  val 
of  whose  name1  I  can  fee  reasonably  certain,  notes  on  tin1  generic  \ 
acters  an1  given  in  some  detail. 

Genus  (  YATHOMORPH  A  Reuss. 

1868.  CyathnmorpJw  Reuss,  K.  K.   Akad.  Wiss.  Wien..  Mai .-Xaturwi:! 

Denkschr..  vol.  28,  p.  142.  pi.  2.  figs..  6a,  <>/>.  <>r.  i 
1884.  Cyathomorphn  Dlncax.  Linn.  Soc,  Lend.  Journ.  (Zool),  vol.  18.  p.  } 
J889.  Cyathomprpha  Reis,  Bayer,  geognoet.  Landesuntersueh.  Geognost.  Ja 

Jahrg.  -2.  v.  1 17.  pi.  3',  figs.  17-19. 

r 

Type-species.—  Cyaihvmorphu   conylobata    (Keuss)    Reuss  =.  ft 
rochettina  Michelin  =  ( 'yathomorpha  rochettina  (Michelin )  Reis,jide 

1  Comptes  Rend.,  vol.  27.  p.  49.5,  1S4S;  Ann.  Sci.  nat.,  ser.  %  Zool.,  vol.  10,  pi.  9,  figs.  4.  4a,  184 1 
vol.  12,  p.  116,  1849. 

2  Bayer,  geognosl.  Landtsnntcrsuch.  Oeognost.  Jahresh.,  Jalirg.  2,  p.  147. 


GEOLOGY  AXD  PALEOXTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZOXE.  455 

As  the  validity  of  this  genus  name  is  in  doubt  the  following 
marks  will  be  made  on  genera  that  appear  to  be  either  closely 
lated  or  synonymous. 

Brachyphyllia  Reuss:  type-species,  B.  dormitzeri  Reuss. 
,In  the  first  of  the  publications  cited   in  the  footnote  1  below 
euss  described  and  referred  the  following  species  to  Brachyphyllia  : 
(lepressa,  B.  dormitzeri,  and  B.  glome  rata.    In  the  second  paper  2 
:ed  Reuss  proposed  the  name  Agathi  phyllia,  referred  Brachyphyllia 
pressa  to  it,  and  said  "der  Typus  der  Gattung  Brachyphyllia  bleibt 
^thin  fortan  Br.  dormitzeri  Rss.    *    *    *    Sie  wird  durch  die  viel 
nneren  Zellensterne,  die  diinneren,  am  obem  Rande  gleichmassig 
n  gezahnelten  Radiallamellen  und  die  wenig  entwickelte,  sehr 
;  nkornige  Axe  charakterisirt." 
\Agathiphyllia  Reuss:  type-specie* ,  A.  explanata  Reuss. 
^Reuss  origin  ally  refeiTed  three  species  to  Agathi  phyllia:2  A. 
oressa  (Reuss)  Reuss  (first  placed  in  Brachyphyllia),  A.  conglobata 
uss,  and  A.  explanata  Reuss.    In  1868, 3  A.  conglobata  and  one 
jcimen  previously  referred  to  A.  explanata  are  combined  under  A. 
\iglobata,  and  made  the  type-species  of  a  new  genus,  Cyathomorpha . 
;ldch  is  separated  from  Agathiphyllia  by  possessing  a  conspicuous 
fciar  crown.    This  procedure  left  two  species,  A.  de pressa  (Reuss) 
il  A:  explanata  Reuss,  in  Agathi  phyllia.    Reuss  does  not  actually 
iiignate  a  type-species  for  Agathiphyllia,  but.  as  lie  says,  ''Die 
attorn g  Agathiphyllia  diirfte  sich  daher  auf  die  I.e.4.  Tab.  2,  Fig. 
p  abgebildete  A.  explanata  beschranken,"  I  take  A.  explanata  as 
.  M  genotype,  excluding  the  misidentified  specimen  of  A  conglobata. 
kn  an  endeavor  to  ascertain  the  generic  characters  of  Brachyphyllia, 
,  Ipourse,  B.  dormitzeri  must  be  studied.    As  there  is  no  specimen  of 
.:  It  species  in  the  United  States  National  Museum.  Renss's  original 
-Kcription  and  the  later  one  by  Felix  3  were  consulted,  but  neither 
J  the  details  of  the  structure  and  mode  of  formation  of  the  wall  or 
dhe  septa,  nor  is  the  character  of  the  endotheca  give-).    At  present 
t;not  known  whether  Brachyphyllia  is  an  imperforate  coral  belong- 
ito  the  family  Orbicellidae.  or  whether  it  is  a  fungid  coral,  related  to 
ihe  same  as  Cyathomorpha. 
•imcan  G  refei*s  Agathiphyllia  to  the  synonymy  of  Cyathomorpha 
-  pout  giving  any  reason  for  adopting  the  later  instead  of  the  earlier 
Bie.    The  type-species  of  Agathiphyllia,  A.  explanata  Reuss,  is 
i  Oberburg,  Styria.    According  to  the  figures,  Agathi  phyllia  has 
■\?s  the  wide  paliform  lobes  of  Cyathomorpha;  but  critical  studv  of 
;a>.«  h  :  — —  —  :  

1  K.  K.  Akad.  Wiss.  Wien.,  Mat.-Xaturwiss.  CI.,  Denkschr.,  vol.  7,  p.  103,  1854. 

2  Idem.  vol.  23,  p.  14,  1864. 

3  Idem.  vol.  28,  p.  143,  1868. 

4  Idem.  vol.  23,  p.  15,  1864. 

6  Palaeontographica,  vol.  49,  p.  260, 1903. 

6  Linn.  Soc.  London  Journ.  (Zool.),  vol.  IS.  p.  105, 1884. 

37149— 19— Bull.  103  18 


456 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


authentic  specimens  of  the  type-species  is  needed  to  ascertain  whetl 

the  genus  is  or  is  not  a  fungid  coral. 

At  present  neither  BrachypJvyllia  nor  Agathiphylhia  can  be  identify 
Cyathomorpha  is  a  fungid  genus  that  has  the  general  appearance 

Orbicella,  with  which  it  has  been  confused. 
The  next  description  is  of  the  genotype. 

CYATHOMORPHA  ROCHETTINA  (Michelin)  Reis. 

Plate  128,  figs.  1,  la}  lb,  lc,  le. 

1840-1847.  Astrea  rochettina  Michelin,  Icongraph.  Zoophytol.,  p.  58,  pi.  12, 
1889.  Cyathomorpha  rochettina  Reis,  Bayer,  geognost.  Landesuntersuch.  G 
noat.  Jahresh.,  Jahrg.  2,  p.  147,  pi.  3,  figs.  17,  19.    (With  synonymy 

There  is  in  the  United  States  National  Museum  one  young  specin 
(No.  156900),  from  Crosara,  Italy,  received  from  the  K.  K.  Muse 
fur  Naturkunde,  Berlin.    Plate  123,  figures  1,  la,  16,  presents  a  v] 
each  of  the  upper  surface,  of  the  side,  and  of  the  lower  surface  of 
specimen,  natural  size. 

On  the  base  and  in  places  on  the  sides  of  the  corallum  the  edge 
superposed  layers  are  clearly  seen,  the  lower  edge  of  the  outer  la 
often  flaring  somewhat.    There  are  prominent,  steep-sided,  dist 
costae,  crossed  by  transverse  carinae;  distance  between  costal  cr< 
usually  ranges  from  about  0.75  to  1.5  mm.    In  places  the  course 
these  costae  are  interrupted  by  what  morphologically  correspond 
septal  perforations.    Between  the  larger  are  small  costae,  which 
the  most  part  are  represented  by  rows  of  spines.  Exothecal 
sepiments  are  present.    The  walls  hi  general  appear  solid,  but  r 
the  upper  edges  synapticulae  and  intercostal  pits  or  perforations 
distinguishable.    The  spines,  trabeculae,  of  the  small  costae  in  pi 
are  joined  to  the  large  costae  by  synapticulae. 

The  larger  septa  are  imperforate,  at  least  for  the  most  part,  but 
last  two  or  three  cycles  are  clearly  perforate,  composed  of  imperfe 
fused  trabeculae.  Faces  of  large  septa  with  carinae;  synaptic 
well  developed,  especially  near  the  columella. 

Columella  large,  trabecular;  upper  surface  papillary. 

The  foregoing  notes  are  not  intended  as  a  description  of  the  spe< 
their  object  is  to  emphasize  the  fact  that  Cyathomorpha  is  a  fuj 
coral  and  to  indicate  its  important  generic  characters.  Reis1  re 
nized  the  presence  of  synapticulae  in  this  species  but  did  not  ref 
to  Madreporaria  Fungida. 

Localities  and  geologic  occurrence. — Castel  Gomberto,  Crosara, 
Sassello,  Italy;  Eeit-im-Winkel,  Bavaria;  lower  to  middle  01igoc< 

1  Bayer  geognost.  Landpsuntersiieh.  Geognost.  Jahresh.,  Jahrg.  2,  p.  147,  1*^89. 

-  Mem.,  pp.  93,  91. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  457 


CYATHOMORPHA  HILLI,  new  species. 

riate  124,  figs.  1,  la;  plate  125,  figs.  1,  la,  16,  lc,  Id,  2,  2a. 

-^Corallum  with  a  small  base,  above  which  it  increased  in  diameter; 
.per  surface  rounded;   calices  confined  to  the  upper  curvature; 
se  and  sides  below  the  'evel  of  the  calices  naked,  not  even  shreds 
lepitheca  were  observed.    Below  the  cahces,  the  sides  of  the  cora1- 
:n  grow  outward  by  the  superposition  of  costate  layers,  each  outer 
er  resting  on  the  costae  oi  the  next  inner  layer,  except  at  the 
fer  edge  where  it  may  flare  outward.    The  layers  range  in  thick- 
-p  from  0.5  and  1.5  mm.;  usually  they  are  imperforate,  but  in 
ces  perforations  and  synapticulae  can  be  clearly  recognized, 
e  costae  are   narrow,  steep-sided,  fairly   prominent,  acute  or 
J  Inded  on  the  edges;  distance  between  costal  summits  from  0.75  to 
■r-  mm.  The  type  is  112  mm.  in  horizontal  diameter  and  80  mm.  tall, 
yorallites  protuberant  from  1.5  up  to  more  than  10  mm.,  average 
r  6  mm.  ;  distance  between  thecal  summits  of  neighboring  coral- 
s  from  3  to  10  mm.,  or  even  more.    Corallite  walls  with  a  rather 
^  rp  upper  edge;    mostly  imperforate.    Some  perforations  and 
J  apticulae,  especially  near  the  upper  edges.    Septo-costae  low, 
'  equal,  wide,  flattish  or  rounded  in  profile. 

Malices  subcircular,  broadly  elliptical,  or  compressed  elliptic  al  in 
y  line.    A  large  subcircular  calice  on  the  type  is  18  mm.  in  diam- 
;      a  small,  but  apparently  fully  developed  calice,  on  the  same 
■  :imen,  is  10  by  13  mm.  in  diameter;  the  shorter  diameter  of 
ng  calices  is  only  8  mm.    The  calices  of  the  type  are  larger  than 
he  of  the  other  specimens  of  the  species.    In  paratype  No.  1 
125,  fig.  1),  the  largest  calice  is  11.5  by  13.5  mm.  in  diameter; 
Smallest  is  8  by  13  mm.  in  diameter.    In  paratype  No.  2  (pi.  125, 
2),  the  largest  calice  is  13.5  by  16.5  mm.  ;  the  smallest.,  10  mm. 
iameter.    Unless  the  calices  are  young  or  stunted  the  average 
he  two  diameters  is  rarely  below  10  mm.    Depth  of  calices  slight, 

I:  4  nun.  a  maximum;  columellar  fossa  not  deep. 
3  number  of  septa  in  the  calice  represented  by  plate  125,  fig.  lc, 
ype  No.  1,  is  70.  This  calice  is  11.5  by  13.5  mm.  in  diameter, 
s  of  the  size  about  normal  for  the  species.  It  has  four  com- 
cyeles  of  septa  and  22  quinaries.  About  8  of  the  septa  are 
?r  than  the  others,  and  bear  thick  paliform  lobes  which  are 
half  the  width  of  the  septa.  These  8  septa  and  about  15 
er  septa  extend  to  the  columella;  the  thinner  septa  also  bear 
paliform  lobes.  In  general  in  a  half  or  quarter  system  the 
of  the  penultimate  cycle  fuse  to  the  sides  of  the  included  mem- 
f  the  next  lower  cycle,  while  the  members  of  the  last  cycle  are 
.  All  except  the  smallest  septa  bear  paliform  lobes.  Septal 
ins  low  over  the  wall,  subentire:  within  the  calice  the  thicker 


458  BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


septa  have  subentire  margins,  the  thinner  septa  have  decide 
dentate  edges.    Larger  septa  solid;    the  thinner  ones,  espec 
those  next  to  the  last  cycle,  considerably  perforate;   septal  fa 
granulate. 

Synapticulae  well  developed,  especially  near  the  wall  and 
the  columella;   very  obvious  near  the  inner  fusion  of  the  sej 
groups.    Some  thin  dissepiments  present. 

Columella  rather  coarsely  trabecular,  well  developed,  appr 
mately  one-third  the  diameter  of  a  calico;  upper  surface  sunker 
a  shallow  central  fossa. 

•    Asexual  reproduction  by  interealicular  budding. 

Locality  and  geologic  occurrence. — Antigua,  in  the  Antigua  fori 
tion,  at  stations  6881,  Willoughby  Bay  (type  and  paratypes);  6£ 
Rifle  Butts;  6856,  south  side  of  Friar  s  hill;   6888,  one-half 
north  of  McKinnon's  mill,  collected  by  T.  W.  Yaughan. 

Type.— No,  325204,  U.S.N.M. 

Paratypes.— No.  325205,  U.S.N.M.  (2  specimens). 

That  Cyathomorpha  hiUi  is  very  nearly  related  to  Cyathomi 
rochettina  (Michelin)  Reis,  is  shown  by  a  comparison  of  the  desc 
tions  and  figures  here  presented.    C.  browni,  the  next  species  t( 
described,  differs  from  C.  liilli  by  its  prominent,  acute  costae] 
by  its  septa  higher  than  the  second  cycle  being  more  strongly  di 
entiated  according  to  cycles. 

It  gives  me  pleasure  to  attach  the  name  of  Mr.  Robert  T.  Hi' 
this  handsome  species. 

CYATHOMORPHA  BROWNI,  new  species. 

Plate  12(5.  figs.  1,  la,  lb. 

This  species  is  similar  to  Cyathomorpha  liilli  in  the  general  as 
of  the  corallum.  It  differs  principally  in  having  prominent,  a 
costae  corresponding  to  all  except  the  last  cycle  of  septa,  to  w 
the  corresponding  costae  are  either  very  small  or  obsolete. 

The  calices  range  from  about  8  to  13  mm.  in  diameter;  ave 
size  smaller  than  in  C.  hilli. 

In  a  calice  12.5  nun.  in  diameter  there  are  4  cycles  of  septa 
in  some  systems  the  fifth  is  complete  but  it  is  represented  by  s 
thin,  rudimentary  septa.  Primaries  and  secondaries  sube< 
tertiaries  and  quaternaries  shorter  and  thinner  according  to  c\ 
All  septa  except  the  last  cycle  bear  thickened  paliform  lobes, 
septa  are  thinner  and  the  interseptal  spaces  relatively  wider 
in  C.  hilli. 

Synapticulae  present  near  the  wall  and  near  the  inner  ends  o 
septa.    Apparently  some  thin  dissepiments  present. 

Locality  and  geologic  occurrence. — Antigua,  in  the  Antigua 
mation,  stations  6888,  one-half  mile  north  of  McKinnon's  mill  ( 


GEOLOGY  AXD  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


459 


Jfl  three  other  specimens);  6868,  Pope's  Saddle,  collected  by 
|  W.  Vaughan. 

\Type.--No.  325211,  U.S.X.M. 

iThis  coral-may  ultimately  be  shown  to  intergrade  with  Cyatlw- 
<rpha  MM.  but  according  to  the  specimens  available  for  study 
?y  are  distinct. 

Gyatlwmorpha  browrd  is  named  for  Prof.  Amos  P.  Brown  who  paid 
1  isiderable  attention  to  the  paleontology  of  the  Central  American 
•  i  West  Indian  Tertiary  formations. 

CYATHOMORPHA  BELLI,  new  species. 

i  Plate  128.  figs.  1,  la, 16. 

xJorallum  more  or  less  explanate,  rounded  above  and  llattish  below; 
■  e  without  epitheca,  similar  in  this  character  to  C.  rocheitina. 
I'alices  large,  11.5  mm.  a  usual  measure  of  the  diameter,  range  in 
■meter  from  7.5  mm.  (a  small  calice)  to  12.5  mm.;  distance  apart 
In  3.5  to  10.5  mm.;  calicular  rims  elevated  up  to  as  much  as 
■mi.,  usually  lower  on  the  distal  than  on  the  proximal  side.  Ga- 
llar  cavities  relatively  shallow  in  comparison  with  the  diameter, 
Ith  about  2.5  mm.  Corallite  walls  with  few  or  no  perforations 
Ispt  at  the  upper  edge;  appear  to  be  originally  synapticulate  and 
■sequently  compacted. 

Jlostae  at  the  calicular  edge  subequal  or  slightly  alternating  in 
f,  corresponding  to  all  septa;  but  just  below  the  calicular  edge 
■  costae  corresponding  to  the  last  cycle  of  septa  tend  to  decrease 
l  ize  and  usually  disappear  at  the  base  of  the  free  corallite  limb, 
lie  the  costae  corresponding  to  the  lower  cycles  of  septa  tend  to 
tease  in  height  and  extend  as  rather  prominent  plates  on  to  or 

.  li  across  the  intercorallite  areas.  Costal  edges  with  low  beading, 
t  he  septa  in  a  calice  10  mm.  in  diameter  are  only  46  in  number  ;  in 
fch-her  calice  9.25  by  13  mm.  in  diameter  there  are  48  septa, 
■before,  in  comparison  with  the  size  of  the  calices,  there  are  rel- 
My  few  septa,  barely  four  cycles.  In  general  the  following  is 
^septal  arrangement:  primaries  and  secondaries  extend  to  the 
Amelia,  and  have  a  circle  of  single  or  double  paliform  lobes; 
•jaries  extend  to  or  almost  to  the  columella,  but  are  thinner 

.  «  »  the  primaries  and  secondaries,  and  many  bear  a  paliform  lobe 

;  H  the  columella;  the  quaternaries  are  shorter  and  thinner,  some 
•lliese  bear  pali.  Over  the  mural  summit  the  margins  of  all  septa 
Wubequally  slightly  exsert,  about  0.6  mm.  is  a  maximum,  average 
ieen  0.25  and  0.5  mm.    Large  septa  solid;  higher  cycles  with 

..enwrations.  Septal  arch  a  gradual  curve.  Margins  with  some 
■itions. 

.  (lumella  large,  about  3  mm.  in  diameter  or  nearly  one-third  the 
iniif!iBteter  of  the  calice,  trabecular,  more  or  less  whoiied. 


460         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Synapticulae  present,  especially  near  the  columella,  Endothe 
dissepiments  highly  developed  and  vesicular. 

Locality  and  geologic  occurrence. — Antigua,  station  6854.  R' 
butts,  Antigua  formation,  collected  by  T.  W.  Vaughan. 

Type.— Ho.  325218,  U.S.N.M. 

This  species  is  dedicated  to  His  Excellency  Sir  H.  Hesketh  B., 
Governor  of  the  Leeward  Islands  at  the  time  I  collected  in  An  tig  a 
and  other  Leeward  Islands.  It  was  to  his  helpfulness  that  I 
success  of  my  work  was  largely  due. 

On  page  389  of  this  paper  attention  is  directed  to  the  resembla  J 
between  OrbiceUa  costata  (Duncan)  and  Cyatliomorplia  belli. 

CYATHOMORPHA  SPLENDENS,  new  species. 

Plate  128,  figs.  2,  2a,  2b. 

Corallum  unifacial,  calices  on  the  upper  surface;  base  naked,  vh 
wide,  low  costae.  Maximum  thickness  of  type  24.5  mm.  :  thickns 
to  base  of  corallite  15  mm. 

Calices  shallow,  but  excavated;  diameter,  17.5  by  20  mm.;  majJ 
elevated  4  mm.  on  one  side,  9  mm.  on  the  other  side.  Strong  subec  al 
costae  correspond  to  all  septa  except  those  that  are  rudimentary 

Septa  54  in  number,  the  quinaries  rudimentary;  primaries  id 
secondaries  larger  than  the  septa  of  higher  cycles. 

Columella  large,  8  mm.  in  diameter,  surface  coarsely  papillate. 

Dissepiments  greatly  developed;  synapticulae  present. 

Locality  and  geologic  occurrence.- — Antigua,  station  6854.  in 
Antigua  formation,  Rifle  Butts,  collected  by  T.  W.  Vaughan. 

Type.— No.  325219,  U.S.N.M. 

The  description  of  this  species  is  brief,  because  a  more  elabo 
one  would  be  largely  a  repetition  of  what  has  been  said  under  tie 
four  preceding  descriptions.  The  most  nearly  related  specie  is 
G.  belli,  from  which  it  differs  by  the  wider  and  lower  costae  o  ti 
lower  surface,  its  much  larger  calices,  and,  in  comparison  with  lie 
size  of  the  calices,  its  fewer  septa. 

CYATHOMORPHA  ANG L'lLLENSIS,  new  species. 

Plate  327,  figs.  1,  2,  8,  4,  5. 


This  species  is  usually  characterized  by 

its  large,  distant,  and  pi 

inent  calices. 

Dimension  of calices  of  Cyathomorpha  anguillensis. 

2 

3 

4 

•  5  ■ 

6 

mm. 

mm. 

m  m . 

mm. 

mm. 

mm. 

18. 6 

15 

12 

14. 5 

15 

14  1 

14.  :> 

u„ 

B 

12.5 

GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  461 


The  young  calices,  of  course,  are  smaller. 

Distance  apart  7  to  20  mm.  Isolated  calices  may  be  decidedly 
rominent.  5  mm.  or  more  in  height.    Depth,  moderate. 

The  corallites  externally  are  strongly  costate:  large,  tall,  thin 
iDstae  alternate  with  much  smaller  ones.    The  intercostal  spaces 

■  ider  than  the  costae.  Wall  mostly  dissepimental,  but  there  are 
nme  synapticulae  with  intervening  perforations  similar  to  those  in 
f.  rochettina. 

!  Septa  in  the  larger  calices  between  70  and  80,  the  various  systems 
id  cycles  are  not  distinctly  differentiated,  about  24  reach  the 
[lumella.  Within  the  wall  the  septa  are  thin,  in  the  thecal  ring 
l  ey  are  thicker  :  the  costae  are  thicker  than  the  inner  portions  of  the 
[pta.  Pali  before  the  members  of  the  first  three  cycles  of  septa. 
I)th  synapticulae  and  dissepiments  present. 

I  Columella  large,  composed  of  twisted,  interlacing,  fused  inner  ends 

■  septa.    Its  diameter  about  one-third  the  diameter  of  the  calice. 

I  Localities  and  geologic  occurrence. — Island  of  Anguilla,  West  Indies, 
Idlected  by  P.  T.  Cleve:  station  6969fl,  bottom  bed.  Road  Bay. 
liguilla.  collected  by  T.  W.  Vaughan. 

wA  specimen  from  station  7509,  west  of  Ocujal  Spring,  conglomerate 
lulder  on   hill   of  limestone   conglomerate,   near  Guantanamo, 
llba,  collected  by  O.  E.  Meinzer,  seems  to  be  referable  to  this  species: 
Sis  a  large  calicled  species  of  Cyathomorpha,  and  I  have  found  no 
Rerences  between  it  and  C.  anguiUensis. 

mType. — University  of  Upsala  (pi.  127,  fig.  1)  ;  4  specimens  in  the 
Tited  States  National  Museum. 

I  Three  specimens  belonging  to  the  University  of  Upsala  collection 
ka  typical,  although  they  show  some  variation.  Four  other  speci- 
fic ns  show  gradual  decrease  in  both  the  size  and  prominence  of  the 
pee.  These  four  specimens  are  figures  on  plate  127,  figures  2,  3, 
R,).  With  them  before  one  it  does  not  seem  possible  to  separate 
slrply  the  large  and  prominent  caliced  specimens  from  those  with 
p  Her  (7  mm.  diameter)  and  only  slightly  prominent  calices. 

he  specimens  with  smaller,  less  prominent  calices  closely  resemble 
B  specimens  described  below  under  the  name  G.  roxborovghi. 

CYATHOMORPHA  ROXBOROUGHI,  new  species. 

Plate  129,  figs.  1,  la,  15. 

Drallum  massive,  usually  rather  broadly  and  obtusely  conical  in 
sh>e.  Type — greater  diameter  of  base,  111  mm.:  lesser  diameter 
°f  ise,  73  mm.  :  height.  103  mm.  The  rather  large  difference  in  the 
ba  1  diameters  is  probably  in  part  due  to  compression.  A  paratype 
h&  a  greater  basal  diameter  of  121  mm.;  lesser  basal  diameter, 
JOmm.:  height,  96  mm.    Base  without  calices;  apparently  some 


462 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


shreds  of  epitheca.  Costae  of  base,  low,  rather  crowded,  subeqvl, 
with  clearly  visible  synapticulae  between  them. 

Calices  very  shallow,  quite  or  almost  superficial,  with  margins  rait 
ing  from  flush  with  the  intercorallite  areas  up  to  3.5  mm.  or  mor<ai 
height.  In  some  corallites  the  free  limb  on  the  lower  side  is  fin 
6.5  to  9  mm.  long,  while  the  margin  of  the  upper  side  is  only  sligly 
elevated.  The  calicular  outline  is  subcircular  or  broadly  elliptical;  ie 
diameter  ranges  from  6  to  1 0  mm.,  8  to  9  mm.  usual  for  fully  develo  «i 
calices.  Distance  between  calicular  rims  ranges  from  4  to  13  rS 
Intercalicular  area  flattish  except  near  the  peripheries  of  the  cales 
where  they  slope  upward  rather  steeply  if  the  calices  are  elevaJB 
Septo-costae  correspond  to  all  septa  and  are  subequal  at  the  ealicar 
margins ;  lower  down  they  are  either  subequal,  low,  broad,  and  with  life 
tish  or  rounded  summits,  or  they  alternate  in  prominence :  where  tl  re 
is  such  alternation  the  edges  are  usually  acute.  Transversely  c  n- 
pressed  granulations  on  some  septo-costae,  but  usually  the  mar  as 
are  almost  smooth.  The  septo-costae  are  confluent  between  adja»nt 
corallites  or  meet  at  a  sharp  angle ;  outer  limits  of  corallites  usu  ly 
marked  by  a  circumscribing  ridge  that  joins  adjacent  septo-cos^ 
Synapticulae  distinct  between  the  septo-costae,  in  both  transverse  id 
longitudinal  sections.    Walls  with  synapticulae  near  the  upper  c,'e. 

Septa  thick,  lanceolate,  in  the  wall,  rapidly  thinning  within  fafc 
calicular  cavity.  In  a  calice  8  mm.  in  diameter  there  are  38  seH" 
every  other  one  of  which  extends  to  the  columella.  There  are  stro  ;ly 
developed,  thick,  prominent  pali  on  the  inner  ends  of  all  unbnen 
long  septa,  obscurely  arranged  in  two  crowns.  Unless  decidedly  s  all 
the  septa  of  the  last  cycle  fuse  to  the  sides  of  the  septa  of  the  ^ 
lower  cycle;  in  some  systems  tertiaries  fuse  to  secondaries  and  qir- 
ternaries  to  tertiaries.  Septal  margins  subentire  or  obscurely  den  to. 
Usually  the  lamellae  are  solid,  but  broken  transverse  sections  o'  M 
corallites  of  a  specimen  not  the  type  show  some  perforations. 
apticulae  well  developed. 

Columella  large,  coarsely  trabecular)  in  the  center  of  the  show 
flat-bottomed  calice. 

Asexual  reproduction  by  intercalicular  gemmation. 

Locality  and  geologic  occurrence. — Anguilla,  at  the  following  stat  M 
6962,  1  mile  northeast  of  Boat  Harbor  (type);  6893,  Crocus  W:: 
on  roadside  from  Valley  Post  Office  down  the  bluff  (7  specimB' 
6894,  west  side  of  Crocus  Bay,  probably  from  the  lower  part  oB"- 
exposure  (paratype) ;  6963,  west  side  of  Sandy  Hill  (2  specimB- 
collected  by  T.  W.  Vaughan.  Professor  Cleve  obtained  at  B 
one  and  I  obtained  1  I  identifiable  specimens  of  this  species  in  AngB 

Type.—N.o.  325250,  U.S.N.M. 

J:'ir<it>ipe.~No.  325248,  U.S.N.M. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  463 


This  is  the  species,  to  which  I  referred  as  Diploastrea  from  the  lowest 
rizon  of  the  exposure  at  Crocus  Bay,  Anguilla,  in  discussing  the 

)QUS  Diploastrea  in  my  paper  entitled:  Some  shoal-water  corals 

]>m  Murray  Island  (Australia),  Cocos-Keeling  Islands,  and  Fanning. 

j.and.1    My  remarks  particularly  applied  to  the  paratype  from  sta- 

S>n  6894. 

Oyathomorpha  roxboroughi  closely  resembles  those  specimens  of 
tanguillensis  with  smaller  calices. 

.  C.  roxboroughi  is  named  for  His  Honor  T.  L.  Roxborough,  who  was 
4  minis  tr  a  tor  of  St.  Christopher  while  I  was  there  and  to  whom  I 
ii  indebted  for  many  acts  of  courtesy  and  kindness. 

CYATHOMORPHA  ANTIGUENSIS  (Duncan)  Vaughan. 

16,129,  fig.  2:  plate  130,  figs.  1,  la,  2,  2a,  3;  plate  131,  figs.  L,  La,  16,  2,  3,4;  plate 
132,  figs.  l,  2.  2a,  2b;  plate  133,  fig.  1. 
1863.  Astraea  antiguensis  Duncan,  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ..  vol.  19'r 
p.  419,  pi.  13.  fig.  8. 

1 1863.  /Astroria  affinis  Duncan,  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ..  vol.  195  p.  425. 
1 1863.  Astroria  antiguensis  Duncan,  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ..  vol.  19r 
p.  425. 

1S66.  f  Astroria  affinis  Duchassaixg  and  Michelqtti,  Suj>.  Corall.  A  ntalles,  p.  S3 
(of  reprints 

•  1866.  Astroria  antiguensis  Duchassaixg  and  Michelotti,  Sup.  Corall.  Antilles, 
p.  83  (of  reprint ). 

(  ,  1866.  Heliastraea  antiguensis  Duciiassaing  and  Michelotti,  Sup.  Corall.  Antilles, 
p.  86  (  of  rei)rint  I. 

1867.  ? Astroria  affinis  Duxcax,  Geol.  Soc  London  Quart.  Journ..  vol.  24,  p.  24. 
'1867.  Astroria  antiguensis  Duncan,  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ.,  vol.  24, 
p  24. 

486/.  Fleliastraea  antiguensis  Duncan,  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ.,  vol.  24, 
I  P.  24. 

,1870.  ?  Astroria  affinis  Dt  cn assalng.  Rev.  Zooph.  Antilles,  p.  30. 
|1870.  Heliaslraea  antiguensis  Duchassaixg,  Rev.  Zooph.  Antilles,  p.  30. 
1870.  Ast  ro  'a  antiguensis  Duchassaixg,  Rev.  Zooph.  Antilles,  p.  30. 

his  species  was  referred  by  me  doubtfully  to  the  synonymy  of 
micella  cavernosa  (Linnaeus)  in  my  Fossil  Corals  from  the  Elevated 
R'fs  of  Curacao,  Arube  and  Bonaire,'2  not  having  recognized  at 
th  time  that  the  species  is  one  of  the  Madreporaria  Fungida. 
I  riginal  description. — "Corallum  large,  turbinate,  convex  and 
•  Hous  above,  with  a  very  small  base.  Corallites  long,  close,  rather 
prded.  but  distinct  and  radiating  from  the  narrow  base.  Walls 
tfq  developed,  moderately  thick.  Costae  moderately  developed, 
(Meeting  more  than  the  width  of  their  base  ;  they  are  plain  where 
ft  superficially,  very  nearly  equal,  and  are  not  spined  or  toothed, 
fcpme  coiallites  the  fourth  cycle  of  costae  is  wanting,  but  not  in 
V"(3  that  are  fully  developed.    Calices  circular,  slightly  raised. 


1  Carnegie  Inst.  Washington  Pub.  213,  p.  142,  1918, 

2  Geologisch.  Reichs.  Museum  Leiden  Saminl.,  ser.  2,  vol.  2,  p.  28,  1901. 


464         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


appearing  as  truncated  cones,  sometimes  compressed  (at  the 
of  the  corallum  they  are  distorted),  unequal  in  size;  margins  I 
Fossa  not  deep,  but  variable.    Columella  well  developed,  projec 
at  the  bottom  of  the  fossa;  its  component  tissue  is  laminar  and  foL  d 
and  it  is  rounded  above.    Septa  straight,  very  slightly  exsert,  deli-  to 
throughout,  not  larger  at  any  point  decidedly;  but  the  largest A 
more  delicate  midway  between  the  walls  and  the  columella :  they  in 
arranged  in  six  s}7s  terns  of  four  cycles.    The  primary  and  socoinn 
septa  are  equal;   the  tertiary  a  little  smaller;   those  of  the  f o  tl 
order  are  very  small,  and  barely  developed  in  some  calices,  but  m 
exist  in  all.    The  primary  and  secondary  septa  have  a  tooth  ;|l 
the   columella.    Endotheca   tolerably   developed.    Exotheca  el 
developed,  forming  large  and  small  cells,  both  square,  though  oar 
divided  by  dissepiments.    Reproduction  by  extracalicular  gemM 
tion.    There  is  no  epitheea. 

"Dimensions. — Height  of  corallum  several  inches;  diametetfl 
calices  from  a  little  less  than  3  lines  to  4  [6.25  to  8.3  mm.];  thick  as 
of  septa  one-sixtieth  inch  [0.4  mm.].  The  dimensions  of  the  op- 
tical calices  are — length,  3 h  lines  [7.3  mm.] ;  breadth,  2 \  lines  [5.2  mm 
depth  of  fossa,  two-thirds  of  a  line  [1.4  mm.].  Exothecal  cells  j >03l 
one-fourth  to  one-half  line  [0.5  to  1  mm.].  The  lateral  calices  ire 
very  irregular,  and  the  younger  corallites  have  three  cycles  of  seta. 

11  Fossillization. — Calices,  as  a  rule,  not  filled  up.  Sclerenclnna 
light-brown  in  color,  opaque,  and  siliceous,  the  central  portior  of 
the  corallum  evidently  consisting  of  dark  homogeneous  flint,  he 
sclerenchyma  having  been  destroyed  in  the  process  of  silicificatic. 

" From  the  Marl-formation  of  Antigua.    Coll.  Geol.  Soc." 

Plate  130,  figures  2,  2a,  presents  illustrations  of  Duncan's  type 
12942,  collection  of  the  Geological  Society  of  London).  Dii/M 
was  of  the  opinion  that  this  species  belonged  to  the  genus  Helios  I 
Milne  Edwards  and  Haime,  which  is  a  synonym  of  Orbicelhi  I  | 
It  was  my  belief  that  the  species  was  referable  to  Orbicella  un 
obtained  a  number  of  remarkably  good  specimens  in  Antigu 
selected  series  of  these  will  be  described  in  the  following  remar 

The  corallum  forms  rounded  or  discoid  masses,  the  two  1 
collected  ha ving  the  following  dimensions ;  No.  1 ,  horizontal  dia: 
225  by  305  mm. ;  height,  155  mm.    No.  2,  horizontal  diameter,  3 
400  mm.;   height,  131  mm.    Specimen  No.  1  has  a  more 
upper  surface  than  No.  2  which  is  more  discoid  in  shape. 

On  the  lower  surface  of  the  corallum  there  is  very  little  epith< 
only  shreds  in  places.  Costae  are  well-developed,  subequal,  i 
rupted  here  and  there;  intercostal  furrows  perforate,  many  sj 
ticulae  present,  joining  the  outer  ends  of  adjacent  septa  (see  pi. 
figs.  1,  la). 


I 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  465 


The  series  of  figures  (pi.  131.  figs.  I,  2,  3),  shows  the  range  in  size, 
lape.  depth,  and  distance  apart  of  the  calices.  Except  very  young 
ilices,  which  may  be  only  3  mm.  in  diameter,  the  range  in 
iameter  of  these  on  the  specimen  represented  by  plate  129.  figure  2, 

from  5.5  to  10  mm.:  on  the  specimen  represented  by  plate  130, 
*ure  3,  one  calice  is  12.5  mm.  in  diameter.  In  shape  the  calices 
•e  subeircular,  elliptical,  deformed  elliptical,  or.  where  crowded, 
)lygoual.  The  depth  ranges  from  superficial  to  as  much  as  4.5  mm. 
'•a little  more,  but  on  most  specimens  the  calices  are  rather  shallow 

le  distance  apart  ranges  from  0.75  mm.  to  nearly  10  mm.  Plate 
I'll,  figure  3.  shows  polygonal  crowded  calices  and  distant  circular 
Ilices  on  the  same  specimen.    Costae  subequal  or  slightly  alter- 

ting.  correspond  to  all  septa.  Their  margins,  where  perfectly 
-  eserved,  are  beaded,  in  places  interrupted.    Unless  the  calices 

e  very  crowded,  synapticulae  are  obvious  between  the  costae. 
'ie  corallite  walls  are  synapticulate  and  very  perforate  (see  pi.  131, 
i.  la). 

The  septa  are  usually  thin,  in  about  4  cycles,  as  many  as  58  in 
•I'ge  calices.  Primaries  and  secondaries  subequal,  extend  to  the 
-f  umella:  tertiaries  rather  long  but  usually  do  not  reach  the  colum- 
<r.  quaternaries,  and  quinaries  where  present,  are  shorter.  In 
imy  calices  some  tertiaries  fuse  to  the  sides  of  the  secondaries,  and 
#i  quaternaries  may  fuse  to  the  sides  of  the  tertiaries:  but  there  is 
Jich  variation,  in  some  systems  there  are  no  septal  groups  by  fusion. 

septal  arches  may  be  rather  wide,  the  septal  edges  gradually 
cving  over  the  calicular  rim:  or  the  arches  may  be  narrow,  the 
fl'tal  edges  falling  steeply  to  near  the  level  of  calicular  bottom — 
t  h  of  these  conditions  occur  on  the  same  specimen.  Primary  and 
solidary  septa  appear  imperforate,  should  there  be  perforations 
iy  are  rare:  higher  cycles  perforate.  Septal  faces  with  carinae  and 
gnulations.  Margins  of  larger  septa  finely  beaded:  margins  of 
n nbers  of  higher  cycles  more  conspicuously  dentate.  Prominent, 
rner  wide,  thickish,  paliform  lobes  before  the  primary  and  second- 
a  septa:  an  outer  palar  crown  before  the  tertiary  septa. 

'olumella  fairly  well  developed,  trabecular:  upper  surface  papillary 
ii  he  best  preserved  calices. 

ynapticulae  abundant  within  the  corallite  cavities.  Endothecal 
<liepiments  also  present. 

sexual  reproduction  by  intercalicular  budding. 

ocalities  and  geologic  occurrence. — Antigua,  in  the  Antigua  forma- 
ti< .  at  stations  6854.  Friar's  Hill :  6856,  Rifle  Butts ;  6881 ,  Willoughby 
&  ;  6888,  one-half  mile  north  of  McKinnon's  Mill;  collected  by 
f-V.  Vaughan,  a  total  of  about  35  specimens. 

:>rto  Rico,  in  the  Pepino  formation,  station  3191,  4  miles  west  of 
^>s,  Porto  Rico,  collected  by  Robert  T.  Hill. 


466         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


a! 


Cuba,  station  7514,  5  miles  east  of  monument  H4  of  U.  S.  N* 
Reservation,  Guatanamo,  altitude  400  feet  a.  t.,  collected  by  O 
Meinzer. 

Mexico,  in  the  San  Rafael  formation,  4  miles  east  of  Salitre  Rai 
State  of  Tamaulipas,  collected  by  W.  F.  Cummins  and  J.  M.  Sa] 

The  foregoing  description,  except  the  measurements  of  the  h|e 
specimens,  is  based  entirely  on  the  five  specimens  represented  l>v 
plate  129,  figure  2;  plate  130,  figures  1,  la,  3;  plate  131,  figures  l.m, 
16,  2,  3.  Two  of  these  specimens,  plate  129,  figure  2  and  plate  |H), 
figures  1,  la,  3,  are  from  station  6881,  Willoughby  Bay;  and  trip 
plate  131,  figures  1,  la,  lb,  2,  3,  are  from  station  6854,  Rifie  Bits 
Antigua.  The  specimen  from  Salitre  Ranch,  Tamaulipas,  Mejp, 
is  so  completely  typical  that  no  further  notes  on  it  are  necessl 
Two  of  the  specimens  from  Porto  Rico,  plate  132,  figures  1 ,  2,  2a  lb, 
have  thicker  primary  and  secondary  septa,  and  the  costae  C(H 
sponding  to  the  last  cycle-  of  septa  seem  usually  to  be  small  or  <H 
obsolete  in  places.  The  rear  side  of  the  specimen,  general  v'w, 
plate  132,  figure  2,  lias  calices  and  costae  so  nearly  typical  thtH 
can  scarcely  be  regarded  as  more  than  a  variant  of  0.  antiguensis.  I 

The  specimen  from  station  7514,  near  Guatanamo,  representsB 
same  variant  as  the  Porto  Rico  specimens. 

Duncan's  Astroria  ({finis,  I  believe,  is  based  on  a  specime: 
Cyathornorpha  antiguensis  that  has  crowded,  polygonal  coral] es. 
Plate  133.  figure  I.  represents  the  type  (No.  12938,  Coll.  Geol.  M 
London),  and  the  following  is  the  original  description:  "Cora]bes 
crowded.  Walls  very  thin  indeed.  Transverse  section  of  cora'bes 
polygonal,  rarely  forming  short  series.  Columella  slightly  »ut 
decidedly  developed.  Septa  alternately  large  and  very  small,  liiar, 
a  little  larger  externally,  with  at  least  four  cycles  in  six  systns. 
Breadth  of  the  calices  four  lines  [8.4  mm.];  five  septa  to  one 
[2.1  mm.].   Endotheca  abundant. 

"From  the  Chert-formation  of  Antigua.  Coll.  Geol.  Soc." 

In  my  notes  on  the  type,  I  say  that  A.  ajjinis  is  undoubtedly 
same  as  Duncan's  Astroria  antiguensis  type  (No.  12936,  Coll.  ( ol. 
Soc.  London),  illustrated  by  plate  131,  figure  4  of  this  paper;  l  j 
am  not  certain  thai  it  is  different  from  0.  tenuis,  the  species  t 
considered  next.  The  original  description  is  as  follows: 

"Corallites  not  crowded,  but  close,  tall.  Walls  rather  thin, 
transverse  section  of  the  corallites  is  in  many  cases  circula 
others  obscurely  polygonal;  some  present  short  series,  bu1  ra 
Columella  very  indistinct.  Septa  alternately  large  and  small,  ii 
systems  of  four  cycles,  the  fourth  being  occasionally  deficient  in 
systems.  Breadth  of  the  corallites,  from2to  Z\  lines  [4.2  to  7.3  n 
Length  of  the  series,  (i  lines  [12.7  mm.];  five  septa  to  a  line  [2.1  n 
Endotheca  abundant. 


GEOLOGY  AXD  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  467 


I  "Fossilization  like  that  of  the  other  Astrorians,  and  rendering  the 
Btails  indistinct.  It  is  closely  allied  to  the  other  species  of  Astroria 
om  Antigua. 

j  "From  the  Chert-formation  of  Antigua.    Coll.  Geol.  Sac." 

CYATHOMORPHA  TENUIS  (Duncan)  Vaughan. 

Piatt.  132,  figs.  3,  3a:  Plate  133,  figs.  2,  3,  3a,  36. 

18(58.  Astraeu  tenuis  Duncan,* Geol,.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ.,  vol.  W,  p.  481*, 
pi.  13,  %.  11. 

,1  1807.  fleliastruea  tenuis  Duncan,  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ.,  vol.  24,  p.  24. 
j  1901.  OrhiceUa  tenuis  Vaugh ax  (port).  Geolog.  Reichs  Mus.  Leiden  SammL,  ser. 
B]  2.  vol.  2.  p.  33. 

This  species,  as  well  as  Astraea  antiguensis  Duncan,  was  errone- 
sly  confused  with  OrhiceUa  Dana.    I  obtained  excellent  material 

Antigua,  which  shows  that  both  the  common  corallum  wall  and 
|i  corallite  walls  are  synapticulate.  Three  views  of  one  of  these 
•icies  arc  given  on  plate  133,  figures  3,  3a,  36.  Plate  133,  figure  3, 
ti  general  view  of  the  upper  surface  of  the  corallum;  figure  3b  shows 
I)  synapticulate  character  of  the  common  wall;  and  figure  oa  illus- 
ttes  the  costae  and  the  synapticulae  between  them. 

The  following  description  is  based  upon  four  specimens  collected 
:  Mr.  Robert  T.  Hill  at  a  locality  4  inches  west  of  Lares,  Porto, 
by  satisfy  in  all  particulars  Duncan's  description  of  C.  tenuis  and 
I'er  in  no  important  particulars  from  the  Antiguan  specimen^. 

^he  corallum  is  pulvinate,  with  the  calices  confined  to  the  tipper 
jjface  and  sides. 

Diinensions  of  specimens  of  CyatMomorpka  tenuis  [Duncarn. 


■r  > 

4|jcimen  No. 

Greater 
diameter. 

Lesser 
diameter. 

Height. 

mrn. 

(»9 
87 

too 

12u 

mm. 

52 
7U 
100 

97 

m  m . 

55 
58 
45 
■  64 

Specimen  apparently  somewhat  crushed. 
Specimen  suhquadrahgular  in  shape. 

I 


w 

Of? 


Specimens  figured. 


he  calices  of  specimen  No.  1  (pi.  132,  figs.  3,  3a)  are  described, 
ough  those  along  the  top  have  been  somewhat  deformed  through 
'at  compression  of  the  corallum.  The  calices  on  the  upper  part 
ie  surface  have  slightly  elevated  margins;  0.75  mm.  is  the  maxi- 
height.  Some  calices  are  rather  deep,  about  2  mm.;  the 
teter  of  the  most  nearly  circular  ones  ranges  from  3.5  to  very 
try  more  than  4  mm.;  the  distance  between  adjacent  calices  is 
a  mere  dividing  ridge  to  2  mm.;  the  calicular  edges,  however, 
isually  distinct.  Around  each  calice  and  joining  adjacent  ones 
qual,  acute  costae,  between  which  are  synapticulae.    On  the 


468         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


sides,  near  the  lower  edges,  the  calices  flatten,  become  larger 
more  distant,  and  are  either  circular  or  faintly  hexagonal  in  out] 
Diameter  from  4.5  to  5  mm.;  distance  apart,  from  0.5  to  2  n 
the  range  in  the  distance  apart  is  the  same  as  on  the  top,  but 
calices  are  more  uniformly  separated.    The  costae  are  distinct, 
and  equal,  with  numerous  intervening  synapticulae. 

The  number  of  septa  to  a  calice  is  the  same  for  both  the  top 
sides,  ranging  from  26  to  a  few  over  30?  They  are  relatively  t 
that  is,  not  so  thick  as  the  width  of  the  interseptal  loculi,  except 
they  are  thickened  at  the  wall  and  the  principals  are  thiekene< 
their  inner  ends,  bearing  distinct  paliform  lobes.  The  primaries 
secondaries  are  subequal,  extend  to  the  columella,  and  are  pal 
ous:  tertiaries  shorter  and  thinner  within  the  calice;  quaternafei 
where  present,  still  smaller.  The  wall  is  composed  of  peripl 
synapticulae. 

Columella  only  slightly  developed. 

The  preceding  description  is  based  on  a  single  specimen — No. 
the  table.  The  principal  variation  shown  by  the  other  specime 
in  the  distance  apart  and  size  of  the  calices  and  the  number  of  set* 
In  specimen  No.  3  (see  pi.  133,  fig.  2)  the  calices  are  usually  a 
0.75  mm.  apart;  their  diameter  ranges  from  3.5  to  5.7  mm.,  an<i 
would  be  expected,  the  calicular  outlines  are  polygonal;  thenai 
in  the  larger  calices  as  many  as  40  septa,  the  fourth  cycle,  hower 
in  these  calices  seems  never  to  be  complete,  but  it  is  comple  k 
some  large  calices  of  the  Antiguan  specimens.  Palar  thickei 
can  be  seen  on  the  larger  septa;  columella  poorly  developed. 

Localities  and  geologic  occurrence. — Island  of  Antigua  at  num 
localities  in  the  Antigua  formation,  collected  by  T.  W.  Vaughan 

Porto  Rico,  station  3191,  in  the  Pepino  formation,  4  miles  w 
Lares,  collected  by  Robert  T.  Hill. 

Cuba,  station  3467,  Canapu  River,  Manasas  trail,  collecte 
Arthur  C.  Spencer.  Station  7511,  between  Ocujal  and  Palma, 
tude  about  500  feet  a.  t.,  near  Guantanamo,  Cuba,  collected  by 
Meinzer.  Station  7514,  5  miles  east  of  monument  H4  of  U.  S.  £ 
Reservation,  Guantanamo,  Cuba,  altitude  400  feet  a.  t,,  collecte 
O.  E.  Meinzer. 

Prof.  K.  Martin,  director  of  the  Geologisch  Reichs  Museum, 
submitted   to  me  for  determination  some  material  from 
Colorado,  Arube,  that  I  thought  referable  to  this  species.'  A 
time  1  studied  these  specimens  I  was  of  the  opinion  the  sffe 
belonged  to  the  genus  Orbicella.    The  specimens  referred  to  O.  t 
in  the  paper  cited  are  referred  in  the  present  paper  to  Antique 
ceUulosa  (Duncan)  Vaughan  (see  p.  407). 

i  Ceolog.  Reichs  Mus.  Loiden  Samml.,  scr.  2,  vol.  2,  p.  33. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  469 


JyathomorpJm  tut  u  is  in  some  of  its  characters  is  very  similar  to 
i  astrea.  In  fact  I  have  vacillated  between  referring  it  to  Cyatho- 
\ypha  or  to  Oulastrea,  particularly  as  there  is  in  the  New  York 
ll  itdemy  Porto  Rican  collection  a  species  that  resembles  C.  tenuis, 
is  more  appropriately  referable  to  Oulastrea  than  to  CyatJio- 

•pha.  and  a  specimen,  poorly  preserved  but  apparently  the  same 

2ies.  was  obtained  by  Mr.  Meinzer  at  Mogote  Peak,  east  of  the 
;  S.  Naval  Reservation,  near  Guantanamo,  Cuba,  in  beds  of  the 

iie  age  as  those  in  which  the  Porto  Rican  specimen  was  collected, 
j  ^the  Cuban  material  is  not  good  enough  for  an  accurate  descrip- 
ia  31,  the  discussion  of  this  interesting  species  must  be  deferred. 

Genus  DIPLOASTREA  Matthai. 

•  1914.  Diploastrea  Matthai,  Linn.  Soc.  London  Trans.,  sor.  2,  Zool..  vol.  17.  p.  72. 
1917.  Diploastrea  Vai  ghan,  Carnegie  Inst.  Washington  Pul».  213,  p.  142. 

ype-species. — Astrea  heliopora  Lamarck, 
v  1  my  paper  cited  in  the  synonymy  I  wrote  "Diploastrea  is  one  of 
11  1  most  important  genera  of  Oligocene  corals  in  the  southeastern 

•  ted  States  and  in  the  West  Indies.  Astraea  crassolamellata 
:  lean,  from  Antigua  belongs  to  it.    It  is  also  found  in  the  lowest 

zon  at  Crocus  Bay,  Anguilla;  in  Cuba  at  numerous  localities; 

g  Flint  River  near  Bainbridge,  Georgia:  and  in  eastern  Mexico." 

f  also  remarked  that  Diploastrea  might  ultimately  become  a 
:  »nym  of  Cyaihamorpha.    I  am  referring  the  Crocus  Bay  specimen 

pyatJmmorplw  roxboroughi  Vaughan,  new  species  (see  page  461  of 
h  paper),  and  am  referring  the  Mexican  specimen  to  Gyathomorpka 
tojuensis  (Duncan)  Vaughan  (p.  466  of  this  paper).  Diploastrea, 
[jkhomorpha,  and  Oulastrea  are  closely  related  genera.  All  are 
•id  corals  that  resemble  in  habit  the  genus  Orbicella,  and  all  have 
>e  confused  with  it.  Diploastrea  has  more  coarsely  dentate  and 
*«3  perforate  septa  than  Cyathomorpha ,  and  it  lacks  the  prominent; 
&  pali  of  Cyaihomorpha;  but  the  inner  septal  teeth  of  Diploastrea 
n  any  instances  simulate  pali.  For  the  present  at  least  it  is  desirable 
0  eat  each  as  a  valid  genus.  According  to  Reuss  (see  p.  455  of  this 
>&t),  Agathiphyllia  differs  from  Cyaihomorpha,  in  not  having  pali; 
More,  Diploastrea  may  be  a  synonym  of  Agathiphyllia. 

rfore  discussing  the  species  here  referred  to  Diploastrea,  mention 
n  be  made  of  two  species — Brachyphyllia  eckeli  1  and  Brachy- 
M'ia  irregularis  2  described  by  Duncan  from  St.  Croix,  Trinidad, 
i^e,  according  to  the  figures,  are  fungid  corals,  and  probably  are 
r&f  able  to  Diploastrea.  The  costae  of  the  type-species  of  Diploastrea 
Either  confluent  or  notched  in  the  intercorallite  areas.  Brachy- 
wia,  until  the  type-species,  B.  dormitzerij  has  been  studied  and 

1  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Tourn.,  vol.  24,  p.  13,  pi.  2,  fig.  4,  1867. 

2  Idem,  p.  13,  pi.  2,  fig.  5. 


470 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


described  in  more  detail  is  an  unidentifiable  genus  (see  pp.  455,  45 
this  paper). 

DIPLOASTREA  HELIOPORA  (Lamarck)  Matthai. 

Plate  134.  figs.  1.  la.  lb.  Ic. 

1816.  Astrea  helioporu  Lamarck.  Hist.  nat.  Anim.  sans  Vert.,  vol.  2.  p.  205. 
1914.  Diploastrea  heliopora  Matthai.  Linn.  Soc.  London  Trans.,  ser.  2.  't 

vol.  17.  p.  72.  pi.  20.  tigs.  7,  8:  pi.  34.  fig.  9. 
1917.  Diploastrea  heliopora  Vacchan.  Carnegie  Inst.  Washington  Pub. 

p.  143.  pi.  59.  figs.  5.  oa. 

Figures  1,  la,  \b,  Ic,  plate  184,  are  intended  to  illustrate  the  g& 
characters  of  the  genotype.  Plate  134,  figure  1,  is  a  natural  size 
of  the  calices:  figure  lb  is  a  view  of  the  calices  enlarged  four  ti 
These  figures  illustrate  the  imperfect,  synapticulate  wall  as  seen  j 
above,  the  dentate  septal  margins,  and  the  trabecular  columella 
should  be  noted  here  that  the  septal  margins  are  not  so  prominen 
are  they  so  coarsely  dentate  in  all  specimens.  Plate1  134,  ligur 
illustrates  the  costae  of  the  edge  of  the  lower  part  of  the  coral 
four  times  enlarged,  and  shows  that  the  common  wall  originally  is 
apticulate  and  perforate.  Plate  134,  figure  Ic,  is  a  longitudinal  s» 
of  the  corallites,  four  times  natural  size,  to  illustrate  the  interru 
corallited  walls,  the  perforate  character  of  the  septa,  and  the  s} 
ticulae  and  dissepiments  on  the  septal  faces. 

Geographic  distribution. — Diploastrea   heliopora   is  found  on 
living  coral  reefs  of  the  Indo-Pacific  from  the  east  coast  of  A 
French  Somaliland,  eastward  at  least  as  far  as  the  Fiji  Islands, 
specimen  here  figured  is  from  Djibouti,  French  Somaliland.  coll 
by  Dr.  Charles  Gravicr. 

DIPLOASTREA  CRASSOLAMELLATA  (Duncan)  Vaugban. 

Plate  135.  figs.  L,  2.  3.  4.  4a.  5.  oa.  56;  plate  13(5.  tigs.  1.  ia.  lb:  plate  137.  figs.  '. 
4,  4a,  5. 

186$.  Astraea  crassolamellata  Duncan.  Cieol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ.,  i 

pp.  412  417.  pi.  13.  figs.  1-7. 
IHttfi.  Heliastraea  crassolamellata  DuCHASSAiNO  and  Michelottt,  Sup. 

Antilles,  p.  8(5  (of  reprint). 
1S57.  Ifeliaslraea  crassolamellata   Di  m  an.  (leol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  . 

vol.  24.  p.  24. 

1870.  Heliastraea  crassolamellata  Duchassaing,  Rev.  Zooph.  Antilles,  p. 
1902.  Otfneella  crassolamellata  and  Brachyphtjllia  sp.  Vaic.han.  CSeol.  Soc.  1 
Quart.  Journ.,  vol.  57.  p.  fc97. 

The  following  are  Duncan's  original  descriptions  of  the  g< 
characters  of  this  species  and  of  the  typical  form,  and  his  syno 
the  seven  varieties  into  which  he  subdivided  it: 

General  description.  —"A  group  of  forms  from  the  Marl  pr 
the  following  structural  characteristics:  Corallum  very  massi 
large,  with  an  irregular  upper  surface,  which  is  convex  in  some 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  471 


nost  flat  in  others,  and  more  or  less  largely  gibbous  in  all:  inter- 
licular  groove  very  decided.  Corallites  usually  very  large,  and 
ver  very  small.  Wall  very  delicate  and  indistinct;  costae  small; 
lumella  large.  Septa  variable  in  cyclical  arrangement,  the  larger 
sessively  developed  at  the  wall  and  linear  within.  Endotheca 
Lundant.  but  not  in  excess,  vesicular.  Exotheca  not  well  devel- 
ed,  but  decided  and  plentiful.  Calices  invariably  found  as  casts, 
pressions  prove  them  to  have  been  shallow.  Coenenchyma  well 
/eloped. 

'These  characters,  common  to  many  forms,  are  more  or  less  varied 
intensity  in  different  specimens.  The  septal  number  varies  in 
ividuais  of  the  same  corallum,  in  one  series  of  forms  to  a  remarka- 

extent,  although  the  corallites  thus  differing  are  nearly  equal 
liameter,  and  are  nearly,  if  not  quite,  as  advanced  in  development, 
other  forms  it  is  fixed  to  four  cycles  in  six  systems;  whilst  in 
,ie  there  are  three  cycles  in  some  systems,  and  only  two  in  others, 

corallum  being  large. 

The  form  which  I  consider  typical  of  the  species  has  four  perfect 
las  in  six  systems;  but  in  some  corallites  the  rudimentary  sixth 

seventh  orders  of  a  fifth  cycle  exist.  The  specific  character- 
s—the thick  and  great  development  of  the  septal  laminae  at 
r  wall  end,  and  the  more  or  less  linear,  but  entire,  conditions  of 
r  internal  parts — are  seen  in  all  these  forms,  in  the  primary, 

ndary,  and  tertiary  septa,  according  to  the  relative  septal  arrange- 
|ts.  In  some  corallites  with  a  low  septal  number,  the  primary 
la  alone  are  thus  characterized;  and  as  the  higher  cycles  are 
I,  so  the  secondary  and  tertiary  septa  become  enlarged  and  resem- 
Ithe  primary.  The  septa  of  the  higher  orders  are  either  linear 
lughout  or  slightly  enlarged  at  the  wall;  and  as  they  approach 
.■tertiary  or  quaternary,  as  the  case  may  be,  they  are  seen  to 
•me  more  equal  to  them  in  size.  In  examining  these  forms 
■ranee  must  be  made  for  their  fossil  condition:  and  attention 
f  be  given,  in  examining  transverse  sections  of  corallites,  that 
I  are  quite  at  right  angles  to  the  coraliite,  for  any  obliquity  will, 
li'urse,  diminish  the  peculiar  spear-shape  or  mace-shape  of  the 
,  and  render  them  more  like  a  paddle,  or  a  leaf  with  the  stalk 
Hied. 

I  he  tendency  of  the  higher  orders  of  septa  to  become  linear 
aT'ghout,  or  to  be  less  decidedly  large  at  one  end  and  thin  else- 
fho — that  is,  more  or  less  uniformly  thick,  but  in  a  less  degree 
wis  usual  at  the  wall — is  seen  throughout  the  species;  and  in  a 
^ tic  variety,  where  the  fully  developed  corallites  have  12  or  14 
Ipi  in  every  system,  the  whole  of  the  septa  are  less  decidedly 
aicat  the  wall,  and  are  either  more  or  less  so  throughout,  or  present 
W  ual  form  of  the  septa  in  a  modified  degree. 
>  i  149— 19— Bull.  103  19 


472         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


"This  species  is  found  throughout  the  great  Marl  formation,  1 
presents  every  variety  of  siliceous  fossilization,  from  that  cliall 
terized  by  silicification  of.  the  scierenchyma  and  infiltration  of  I 
interspaces  by  granular  carbonate  of  lime,  to  that  where  all  is  silic<| 
and  capable  of  polish.  Destructive  silicification  almost  invaril 
exists  in  a  greater  or  less  degree;  and  as  the  sections  preserved  '1 
made,  as  a  rule,  for  ornament  or  amusement,  I  have  seldom  I 
accurately  transverse  and  longitudinal  views  of  the  corallites. 

"All  the  specimens,  with  the  specific  peculiarities  mentioned,  I 
be  ranged  in  several  groups;  that  which  contains  the  detailed  cm 
acters  in  their  greatest  intensity,  generally,  may  be  considered!! 
typical  form. 

"a.  Astraea  crassolamellata,  typical  form. 

"Corallum  large,  irregularly  convex  above.  Corallites  tall,  ill 
crowded  here  and  there,  but  not  so  much  so  higher  up  or  at  thep 
face.  Calices  circular,  but  more  or  less  elliptical  when  on  an  irregulB 
of  the  surface;  very  large,  and  separated  from  each  other,  by  ■ 
marked,  furrow-shaped,  polygonal  tracts;  tracts  marked  by  cm 
elevations  and  by  granules.1  Calices  crateriform,  not  much  elemt 
above  the  surface.  Wall  thin,  and  rendered  insignificant  b^m 
great  development  of  the  septa  at  the  margin.  Fossa  not  m 
Costae  numerous,  and,  considering  the  diameter  of  the  septa  am 
wall,  very  small;  they  project  but  little,  and  are,  as  a  rule,  H 
nately  large  and  small,  not  dentate,  and  often  incline  one  to  the  W 
at  their  free  edge.  The  larger  costae  present  regular  enlargerB| 
where  the  cross-tissue  (dissepiments)  of  the  exotheca  joins  iH 
when  there  are  more  than  four  cylces  of  septa,  the  smaller  (H 
are  irregular  as  regards  their'  appearance  and  development.  II 
mella  large,  of  lax  laminae,  parietal;  it  does  not  project  much  « 
bottom  of  the  fossa,  and  occupies  a  large  space  in  the  cor  lite 
Septa  numerous,  generally  characterized  by  great  enlargement  uH 
wall,  and  linear  appearance  in  the  rest  of  their  course,  the  ljbfii 
orders  being  nearly  linear  at  the  wall  also.  The  number  of 
varies  with  the  stage  of  development  of  the  corallite. 


Analysis  of  the  species. 


Astraea  crassolamellata 
(type). 

-var.  mayrtctica. 


Intercalicular 
furrow. 


Well  marked. 


.do. 


 var.  pulchella   Less  well  marked 

 var.  nobi/is  !  do  

 var.  minor  i  do  

 var.  nugivti  j  Less  marked  

 var.  matjvifica   Well  marked  


Septa. 


Verv  thick  at  wa 


 do  

 do  

Very  large  at  w  11. . 

Very  thick  at  wall.  . 
 do  

I. ess    thick,  more 
linear. 


Cycles. 


4,  in  some. 


Variable 

 do. . 

2  and  3. . 

 do.: 

4  to  G.... 


Dia 
cor 


19  to  20: 

12.7  mm. 
8  to  12.7] 
Vai  iabj 
Small, 

Do. 
8  to  25 


i  As  none  of  the  specimens  exhibit,  perfect  calices  many  of  these  characters  have,  of  necessity, 
from  casts. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


473 


r'ln  young  corallites  there  are  six  systems  of  three  cycles.  As 
Dwth  proceeds  the  other  orders  of  the  fourth  and  sometimes  of  the 

h  cycle  are  gradually  added.  Some  systems  are  defective  in 
i-tain  orders,  while  others  possess  them.  The  largest  corallites 
t(7e  four  perfect  cycles,  and  a  fifth  in  two  or  three  systems;  the 
sj.th  order  being  usually  wanting.  It  is  difficult,  in  the  larger 
iallites,  to  distinguish  the  systems  on  account  of  the  resemblance 

i the  primary,  secondary,  and  tertiary  septa  to  each  other. 
j'The  primary  septa  are  very  thick  externally,  but  delicate  and 
war  elsewhere;  the  linear  part  joins  the  rest  suddenly,  like  the 
diT  of  a  big-headed  spear;  at  the  junction  the  thick  corners  of  the 

argement  give  off  a  lateral  spine,  like  a  piece  of  endotheca;  near 

l  costal  end  of  the  septa  there  are  delicate  lateral  spines.  The 
lice  between  the  sets  of  lateral  spines  is  more  or  less  square.  The 

:>ndary  septa  are  very  like  the  primary. 

m When  there  are  more  orders  in  the  system  than  five — that  is, 
in  there  are  six,  seven,  eight,  and  nine — the  tertiary  septa  equal 
I  primary  and  secondary,  the  blunt  end  terminating  in  the  linear 
mon  a  little  nearer  the  wall.    When  there  are  four  cycles,  the 
ifary  septa  are  smaller  than  the  primar}7  and  secondary;  and  when 
■lie  are  only  three  cycles,  as  in  young  corallites,  the  tertiary  septa 
/linear  throughout.    The  quaternary  septa  are  linear  and  very 
i  tly  developed;  when  there  are  more  septa  than  those  of  the  fourth 
■jh,  the  quaternary  resemble  small  tertian  septa.    The  remaining 
•li  are  very  small  and  linear,  and  reach  a  very  little  way  from  the 
-1;  they  are  apt  to  curve  towards  the  septa  nearest  them.  In 
■lining  the  shape  of  the  septa  in  this  and  in  all  the  allied  forms, 
tcular  attention  must  be  paid  that  the  section  is  quite  transverse, 
. jiiy  obliquity  will  more  or  less  alter  the  shape  of  the  larger  end. 
Iks  regards  the  endotheca,  the  dissepiments  are  frequent  and 
lite,  and  not  very  much  developed.    The  exotheca  is  tolerably 
:  ideveloped,  but  not  in  proportion  to  the  size  of.  the  corallites. 
Ilissepiments  form  square  cells.    The  free  surface  between  the 
»9  and  calices  has  a  few  granules.    Increase  by  extracalicular 
Ciation. 

arl  formation  of  Antigua.  Coll.  Geol.  Soc. 
"leasurements. — Diameter  of  the  calices  in  six  specimens  j  inch 
j  m.],  in  seven  others  f  inch  [20  mm.],  and  in  some  from  \  to  \ 
etl2.5  to  6.25  mm.].  The  elliptical  calices  (situated  on  the  sides 
l>  corallum)  are  about  1^  inch  [27.5  mm.]  in  longest  diameter. 
Greatest  thickness  of  the  septa  at  the  wall  is  ^  inch  [2.5  mm.]. 
Piella  |  inch  [5  mm.]  in  diameter." 

It*  obvious  that  Duncan  had  no  really  good  specimens  on  which 
m-Q  his  original  description  of  this  species.  I  was  fortunate  in 
'taing  more  than  60  specimens  in  Antigua,  and  have  selected  14 


474         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


of  these  as  the  basis  of  the  following  notes.  Of  Duncan's  varil 
it  seems  to  me  that  magnetica,  pulchella,  and  nobilis  should  be  C| 
bined  with  the  typical  form  of  the  species;  that  his  varieties  m 
and  nugenti  should  be  combined  under  one  name,  nugenti,  prefe| 
by  me  as  it  is  desirable  to  preserve  the  record  of  the  part  Dc 
Nugent  played  in  making  known  the  fossil  corals  of  Antigua ;  and 
variety  magnificea  should  be  retained  without  any  important  cha 

DIPLOASTREA  CR ASSOLAM ELLATA  (Duncan)  Vaughan,  typical. 

Plate  135,  figs.  1,  2,  3,  4,  4a,  5,  5a,  56;  plate  136,  figs.  1,  la,  16;  plate  137,  figs.  1 

4,  4a,  5. 

Plate  135,  figure  1,  illustrates,  natural  size,  a  polished  surface 
typical  specimen  in  Duncan's  original  sense;  and  plate  135,  figu 
illustrates  natural  size,  a  polished  surface  of  Duncan's  variety  no 
Duncan  did  not  recognize  that  the  septa  in  such  specimens 
perforate  and  that  synapticulae  are  abundant.  These  two  fi: 
will  serve  to  validate  the  identifications  here  made,  as  referen 
Duncan's  original  figures  will  show. 

As  I  collected  a  series  of  specimens  ranging  from  a  solitary  cor 
to  a  fully  developed  corallum,  the  development  of  the  corallun 
be  described. 

Specimen  No.  1. — The  only  solitary  corallite  I  collected  (pi 
fig.  3)  is  inversely  sub-conical  in  shape,  the  apex  broken. 
28.5  mm.  tall,  and  is  16  by  18  mm.  in  maximum  diameter.  | 
older  calice  was  damaged  and  a  smaller  calice  has  formed  abo^j 
older.    On  the  outer  surface  is  an  incomplete,  finely  striate  pell 
epitheca;  subequal  or  alternately  larger  and  smaller,  more  o 
interrupted,  beaded  costae  are  seen  in  the  areas  not  covered  fc 
epitheca.    The  costal  ends  are  joined  by  synapticulae,  be 
which    are   perforations.    The   wall   originally   is  synapti 
Septal  margins  coarsely  beaded.      Primary  and  secondary 
solid  for  the  most  part;  tertiaries  more  perforate;  quaternari 
cidedly  perforate.      Columella  well  developed;    surface  co 
papillary;  fossa  shallow.    As  the  structural  characters  of  this 
men  are  essentially  identical  for  all  other  typical  specimen 
species,  descriptions  of  the  epitheca,  costae,  and  intercostal  sy 
culae  need  not  be  repeated. 

Specimen  No.  2. — In  this  specimen  the  primary  corallite  hi 
rise  to  one  lateral  bud  (pi.  135,  figs.  4,  4«),  between  which  ai 
parent  corallite  is  a  slightly  depressed  intercorallite  area.  Di 
of  parent  corallite,  24  mm.    Septo-costae  more  or  less  coi 
and  continuous,  interrupted  with  perforations,  joined  to  one  ajl 
by  synapticulae;  margins  coarsely,  rather  irregularly  beaded  ' 

Specimen  No.  3. — There  are  seven  corallites,  separated  b} 
intercorallite  grooves,  in  this  specimen.    Five  corallites  are 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


475 


i  plate  135,  figure  5.  The  lesser  diameter  of  the  three  larger  coral- 
nj  is  19  mm.;  the  greater  diameter  ranges  from  21  to  about  23  mm. 
le  calices  of  this  specimen  are  shallow.  In  the  calice  represented 
•plate  135,  figure  5b,  it  will  be  seen  that  the  primary  and  secondary 

•  ta  are  subequal  and  are  thicker  than  the  members  of  the  higher 
les.    There  are  about  86  septa  in  this  calice — that  is,  there  are  4 

•  lplete  cycles  and  38  quinaries.  The  primaries  and  secondaries 
,  solid  for  the  most  part;  the  tertiaries  are  somewhat  thinner  and 
|r  the  columella  they  are  represented  by  only  partially  fused 
ftal  tabeculae.  The  quaternaries  are  thinner  and  more  perforate 
In  the  tertiaries,  to  which  they  fuse  by  their  inner  ends  rather 
Ir  the  columella.  The  quinary  septa  are  still  thinner  and  very 
•Vorate;  they  tend  to  fuse  to  the  sides  of  the  included  quaternary, 
(the  inner  part  of  the  largest  septa  are  indefinite  lobes  or  teeth, 
4e  of  which  simulate  partially  developed  paliform  lobes.  Synap- 
ilae  are  greatly  developed,  between  both  the  costae  and  the  septa; 
T  there  are  endo thecal  dissepiments. 

necimen  No.  4- — This  specimen  is  composed  of  seven  corrallites, 
ie  137,  figure  1.  It  differs  from  specimen  No.  3  principally  by 
flng  deeper  calices  and  on  some  of  the  large  septa  there  are  fairly 
x  -developed  paliform  lobes. 

1  jecimen  No.  5. — Plate  136,  figures  1,  lb,  are  two  views,  natural 
%  of  a  specimen  that  is  essentially  typical  variety  nobilis  of  Duncan, 
i  iffers  from  the  typical  form  of  the  species  by  having  somewhat 
n  ler  corrallites  and  consequently  less  numerous  septa.  Specimens 
rising  the  slight  gap  between  specimens  Nos.  4  and  5  might  be 
Iribed,  but  to  do  so  seems  unnecessary. 

tie  foregoing  descriptions  apply  to  the  typical  form  of  the  species; 
w  variants  will  now  be  considered. 

wecimen  No.  6. — Plate  137,  figure  3,  represents  a  calice  and  inter 
d  ilar  areas  in  a  specimen  that  differs  from  specimen  No.  3  chiefly 
the  nonexsert  calicular  margins. 

mecimen  No.  7. — The  calices  represented  by  plate  137,  figures  4,  4a, 
«f  a  specimen  that  practically  intergrades  with  specimen  No.  6. 
hoalices  illustrated  are  smaller  and  the  septo-costae  coarser  than 
.  ftecimen  No.  6.  Plate  137,  figure  5,  illustrates  a  closely  similar 
>enen  from  the  base  of  the  Chattahoochee  formation,  on  Flint 
p!',  about  4  miles  below  Bainbridge,  Georgia.  The  calices  of  the 
&i  >ridge  specimens  are  excavated,  thereby  differing  from  specimen 
o.  . 

S  amen  No.  8.—  This  specimen,  plate  137,  figure  2,  has  corallites 
Ware  more  prominent  and  more  isolated  than  in  the  other 
•eciens  described,  and  the  costae  on  the  free  corallite  limbs  are 
°5  r  subequal. 


4  76         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Localities  and  geologic  occurrence. — Island  of  Antigua,  in  the  Ant! 
formation,  at  stations  6854,  Rifle  Butts;  6856,  Friar's  hill;  6i 
Willoughby  Bay;  6888,  one-half  mile  north  of  McKinnon's  i] 
collected  by  T.  W.  Vaughan.  Previously  collected  by  Robert  T.I 
and  by  J.  W.  Spencer,  in  addition  to  the  material  originally  stu|| 
by  Duncan. 

Island  of  Porto  Rico,  Lares  road,  associated  with  corals,  repre* 
ing  the  Pepino  formation  of  Hill,  collected  by  Bela  Hubbard  oj 
New  York  Academy  Scientific  Survey  of  Porto  Rico. 

Cuba,  station  3481,  Rio  Canapu,  Manassas  trail,  collectecll 
Arthur  C.  Spencer.  Station  7506  west  side  of  Ocujal  Spring,  I 
Guantanamo,  Cuba,  altitude  between  200  and  250  feet,  at  con 
with  underlying  conglomerate,  collected  by  O.  E.  Meinzer.  H 
ments  from  station  7522,  Mogote  Peak,  one-half  mile  east  of  I 
boundary  of  United  States  Naval  Reservation,  Guantanamo,  efl 
tion  about  375  feet,  a.  t.,  collected  by  O.  E.  Meinzer,  probably  slB 
be  referred  to  variety  magnifica  (Duncan). 

Georgia  station  3381,  4  miles  below  Bainbridge,  Flint  Riv<B 
the  base  of  the  Chattahoochee  formation,  collected  by  T.  W.  VaujB 

Panama,  station  6587,  Tonosi  River,  collected  by  D.  F.  B 
Donald.  A  poorly  preserved  specimen  from  this  locality  » 
referable  to  this  species. 

This  is  stratigraphicaUy  one  of  the  most  important  coral  spedB 
the  American  Oligocene,  for  it  seems  to  occupy  almost  the  ideB 
horizon  everywhere  it  has  as  yet  been  found.  Its  stratignB1 
position,  as  at  present  known,  is  middle  Oligocene :  but  the  poss:B 
of  some  specimens  being  upper  Eocene  needs  to  be  borne  in  minB- 
page  206). 

DIPLOASTREA  CRASSOLAMELLATA  var.  MAGNIFICA  (Duncan)  Vaughan. 

Plate  138,  figs.  1,  2,  2a. 

1863.  Astraea  crassolamellata  var.  magnifica  Duncan,  Geol.  Soc.  London, 
Journ.,  vol.  19,  p.  417,  pi.  13,  fig.  3. 

The  following  is  Duncan's  original  description:  "  In  the  ej 
corallites  of  this  variety  the  spear-shaped  septa  are  seen;  bujjj 
larger,  where  there  are  from  twelve  to  fourteen  septa  in  a  sysl 
primary,  secondary,  and  tertiary  orders  are  nearly  equal  ill 
They  have  lost  the  extreme  relative  thickness  between  their  ex 
ties,  and,  although  still  very  thin  at  the  columella,  they  are  not  {\ 
developed  at  the  wall.    In  some  corallites  the  septa,  in  trarj 
view,  are  not  straight,  but  form  curving  radii;  and  in  all,  the  rj 
which  the  septa  .bear  to  the  interseptal  spaces  and  to  the  wall 
much  exaggerated. 

" Corallites  circular  in  transverse  section;  they  vary  much  in 
ter,  and  are  now  and  then  crowded,  but  generally  have  much 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  477 


|iyma  between  them.    The  diameters  of  five  corallites  are  as  follows: 
linen  [21  mm.],  §  inch  [17  mm.],  1  inch  [25  mm.],  ly^  inches  [27.5  mm.] 
i||inch  [12.5  mm.].    Walls  very  indistinct.    Costae  small,  and  appear- 
']g  to  be  appended  to  all  the  septa.    Exotheca  is  present  and  connects 
ie  costae.    Septa  numerous,  especially  in  large  corallites,  where  the 
« cles,  which  are  small  and  rudimentary  in  the  lesser,  become  well 
.(veloped.    In  the  smallest  corallites  there  are  six  systems  of  four 
Jcles,  the  fourth  and  eighth  orders  being  very  small.    In  medium- 
led  corallites  there  are  six  systems,  four  cycles  in  five  systems,  and 
i  the  sixth  there  are  the  rudimentary  sixth,  seventh,  and  eighth 
Hers.    The  first,  second,  and  third  orders  are  nearly  equal  in  size. 
I  the  largest  there  are  six  systems,  and  from  twelve  to  fourteen 
j>ta  in  every  system.    Lateral  teeth  exist  on  all  the  primary  septa 
the  place  of  greatest  width.    The  higher  orders  in  every  system 
, }  very  linear.    Endotheca  abundant,  but  not  in  excess.  Columella 
.  ;,2je,  well  developed,  and  spongy.    Coenenchyma  formed  of  cells 
Kluced  by  the  costae  and  the  exo thecal  dissepiments." 
Cxcept  that  Duncan  failed  to  recognize  that  this  is  a  fungid  coral 
description  is  good. 

am  introducing  on  plate  138  figures  of  two  specimens  of  this 
iety,  one  specimen  from  Antigua  (fig.  1);  the  other  from  Flint 
er,  near  Bainbridge,  Georgia,  (figs.  2,  2a). 

<ocalifies  and  geologic  occurrence. — Antigua,  in  the  Antigua  forma- 
,  station  6881,  Willoughby  Bay,  collected  by  T.  W.  Vaughan. 
orto  Rico,  Lares  road,  associated  with  corals  representing  the 
ino  formation  of  Hill,  collected  by  Bela  Hubbard  of  the  New 
k  Academy  Scientific  Survey  of  Porto  Rico. 

uba,  station  7522,  collected  by  O.  E.  Meinzer.  It  was  stated  on 
476,  that  the  fragments  obtained  by  Mr.  Meinzer  on  Mogote  Peak 
Guantanamo  seem  referable  to  this  variety. 

eorgia,  station  3381,  4  miles  below  Bainbridge,  Flint  River,  in 
base  of  the  Chattahoochee  formation,  collected  by  T.  W. 
s;han. 

lis  variety  has  the  same  stratigraphic  significance  as  the  typical 
of  the  species. 


m 
m4 


*63.  Astraea  crass  olamrtlata  var.  minor  Duncan,  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart. 

Journ.,  vol.  19,  pp.  414,  416,  pi.  13,  fig.  6. 
*63.  Astraea  crassolamellata  var.  nugcnti  Duncan,  Geol.  Soc,  London  Quart. 
Journ.,  vol.  19,  pp.  414,  416,  pi.  13,  fig.  5. 


DIPLOASTREA  CRASSOLAMELLATA  var.  NUGENTI  (Duncan)  Vaughan. 

Plate  138,  fig.  3,  3a. 


ncan's  original  description  of  variety  nugenti  is  as  follows: 
he  specimen  upon  which  this  variety  is  founded  has  no  calices 


478         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


but  the  transverse  views  of  the  cor  alii  tes  are  very  distinct.  Co 
lites  one-third  inch  [8.3  mm.]  in  diameter,  not  crowded.  Sept 
six  systems,  two  cycles  in  four  systems  and  three  in  the  other 
The  tertiary  orders  are  small,  and  often  join  the  secondary  near 
columella.  The  primary  septa  are  square  and  large  at  the  wall, 
not  yctj  linear,  but  staff -shaped  within;  their  width  at  the  margi 
one-fifteenth  [1.7  mm.]  inch.  The  secondary  septa  are  very  m:h 
smaller  and  thinner  than  the  primary,  but  nearly  as  large  when  Ic 
tertiary  orders  are  present.  Costae  wide  apart.  Exothecal  (Ills 
scalariform,  wider  than  high;  from  one-thirtieth  to  one-sixtp 
[0.8  to  0.4  mm.]  inch  high,  and  one-fifteenth  inch  [1.7  mm.]  Iig, 
Endotheca  abundant. 

"This  form  has  squarer  headed  septa,  longer  exothecal  cells,  com 
wider  apart,  and  a  lower  septal  number  than  many  of  the  forirB 
the  species;  and  differs  from  the  forms  with  three  more  or  less  imm- 
plete  septal  cycles  in  the  greater  thickness  of  the  inner  part  of;he 
septal  laminae,  the  broad  exothecal  cells,  and  in  the  disposition  oim 
tertiary  septa  to  join  the  secondary." 

The  original  description  of  var.  minor  is  as  follows: 

"Corallites  tall,  slender,  crowded,  distinct;  walls  circular,  not  tlm 
Calices  circular,  somewhat  variable  in  size;  the  largest  is  three- teths 
inch  [7.5  mm.]  in  diameter.  The  larger  septa  are  spear-shaped  the 
smaller  linear;  they  are  in  six  systems  of  two  cycles;  rarely  three  C||q" 
in  two  systems  in  some  corallites.  Primary  septa  much  larger 
the  secondary,  but  nearly  equaling  them  when  there  is  a  third  c 
Columella  large. 

"The  alternate  large  and  small,  spear-shaped  and  linear  sept 
very  well  seen  in  this  form.  The  same  details  as  in  this  fornj 
found  in  several  specimens  with  larger  corallites." 

It  seems  to  me  that  varieties  nugenti  and  minor  should  not  be  I 
rated,  and  I  am  using  nugenti  as  the  varietal  name.  This  varijlij, 
principally  characterized  by  its  small  (diameter  about  7  mm.,'|p^ 
relatively  distant  calices.  The  specimen  represented  by  plate  138, 
figures  3,  3a,  apparently  has  more  compact  structures  than  speoi 
more  typical  of  the  species.  The  compact  appearance  I  believtl 
large  part  due  to  secondary  mineral  changes,  and  to  the  surface  htity 
been  worn,  for  soiiki  septal  perforations  arc  recognizable  and  s;||^ 
ticulae  are  distinct.  An  unfigured  specimen  referred  to  var.  n 
has  perforate  corallite  walls  and  perforate  septa,  but  the  septi 
worn  lateral  corallite  are  mostly  solid.  As  it  is  usual  for  the  ski 
structures  of  stunted  corals  to  be  denser  than  those  of  specM 
living  under  more  favorable  conditions,  it  is  probable  that  nug^ 
only  a  vcgetational  variant  of  typical  I),  crassolamellata. 

Localities  and  geologic  occurrence. — Antigua,  in  the  Antigu 
mation  at  station  6881,  Willoughby  Bay  (figured  specimen),  andj^ 
Rifle  Butts,  collected  by  T.  W.  Vaughan. 


GEOLOGY  AXD  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


479 


MADREPORARIA  PERFORATA. 

Family  EUPSAMMIIDAE  Milne  Edwards  and  Haime. 
Genus  BALANOPHYLLIA  Searles  Wood. 

.5  1844.    Balanophyllia  Searles  Wood,  Ann.  and  Mag.  Xat.  Hist.,  vol.  13,  p.  11". 

•  Type-species. — Balanophyllia  caly cuius  Searles  Wood. 

uf, 

BALANOPHYLLIA  PITTIERI,  new  species. 

Plate  339.  figs.  1.  la.  lb,  2,  2a. 

Corallum  compressed-eornute  in  form.     The  smaller  of  the  two 
types  is  32  mm.  long:  greater  diameter  of  calice,  4  mm.;  lesser 
imeter  of  calice,  8.5  mm.    (See  pi.  139,  figs.  1,  la,  lb.)    The  larger 
:ype  has  both  the  lower  and  upper  ends  broken.    It  is  41  mm.  long; 
Hfcer  diameter  of  lower  end,  9.5  mm. ;  lesser  diameter,  about  7  mm. ; 
Her  diameter  of  upper  end,  20.5  mm.  :  lesser  diameter,  13  mm. 
)e  pi.  139,  figs.  2,  2a.) 
iYall  perforate  between  the  costae,  less  perforate  along  the  costae; 
'omes  secondarily  thickened;  the  interseptal  loculi  near  the  base  are 
lost  solidly  filled.    There  is  some  pellicular  epitheca,  which  may 
ch  to  within  3  mm.  of  the  calicular  edge.  .  Costae  relatively  wide, 
h  narrow  interspaces,  subequal,  every  fourth  may  be  somewhat 
more  prominent  where  there  are  four  cycles  of  septa;  in  general 
costae  corresponding  to  the  primary  and  secondary  septa  are  the 
Ire  conspicuous.    In  profile  they  are  flat  or  faintly  carinate;  about 
ee  ill-defined  rows  of  granulations  along  them,  or  there  are  irregu- 
y  scattered  granulations ;  where  the  costae  are  slightly  carinate 
median  row  is  the  more  prominent. 

iepta  with  typical  balanophyiliid  arrangement;  in  the  smaller  co- 
|  e  four  complete  cycles  and  a  few  quinaries;  in  the  larger  cotype, 
|r  complete  cycles  and  many  quinaries,  a  total  of  about  78  septa. 

iform  lobes  appear  well  developed  before  the  secondaries. 

olumella  well  developed,  elongate,  vesicular,  protuberant  in  the 
1  torn  of  the  calice. 

:  locality  and  geologic  occurrence.— €osta  Rica,  "Colline  en  demoli- 
i,"  Limon,  Xo.  618,  H.  Pittier  collection.    Station  6249,  Hospital 
at,  Bocas  del  Toro,  collected  by  D.  F.  MacDonald.    The  horizon 
}  Jout  that  of  the  Bowden  marl. 
lj«  fotypes.— Nos.  325014,  U.S.N.M. 


Family  ACROPORIDAE  Verrill. 

Genus  ACROPORA  Oken. 


lS15.    Acropora  Okex  (part ).  Lehrb.  Xaturg.,  Th.  3,  Abth.  1,  p.  66. 
L902.    Acropora  Verrill,  Conn.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sci.  Trans.,  vol.  11,  pp.  164.  208 

(with  synonymy). 
918.    Acropora  Vaughan,  Carnegie  Inst,  Washington  Pub.  213,  p.  159. 

ype-species. —  Millepora  muricata  Linnaeus,  s.  s.  =  Madrepora  cervi- 
0  is  Lamarck. 


: 


480 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


ACROPORA  FANAMENSIS,  new  species. 

Plate  141,  figs.  L  la,  16,  2. 

Corallum  composed  of  rather  thick  branches,  apices  bluntish, 
least  not  acuminate.  The  specimen  (the  holotype)  represent e 
plate  141,  figure  1,  is  58  mm.  long;  the  diameter  of  its  lower  end 
mm.;  upper  end  broken,  compressed,  20  mm.  wide,  lesser diame 
fracture  8  mm.;  diameter  of  end  of  a  new  lateral  branch  not 
fully  formed  about  4.5  mm.  The  diameter  of  the  lower  end  o 
specimen  (paratype)  represented  by  plate  141,  figure  2,  is  15  mr 

As  the  axial  corallites  are  broken  their  characters  are  not  kne 
Radial  corallites  of  two  kinds,  protuberant  and  immersed  or  sul 
mersed.  Protuberant  corallites  ascending,  appressed,  tubular,  slig 
compressed.  Length  as  much  as  4  mm.,  about  2.5  mm.  probabl 
average;  all  intermediate  lengths  down  to  the  immersed  coral] 
Greater  diameter  ranges  from  2  up  to  3.5  mm.;  lesser  diameter  i\ 
2  to  2.5  mm.  Distance  apart  in  vertical  rows  or  spiral  from  1  t( 
mm.;  in  horizontal  plane,  from  1.5  to  3  mm.  Lower  wall  b< 
developed  than  the  upper,  texture  rather  loose,  of  moderate  thicfa 
outside  strongly  costulate  with  synapticulae  clearly  visible  beto 
the  costules;  upper  edge  not  rounded  or  incurved  in  the  cot} 
Upper  wall  short  but  traceable.  Apertures  with  margins  which  s 
downward  and  outward  from  the  upper  wall  or  they  are  short  lab 
no  nariform  or  dimidiate  apertures  were  observed.  Two  well-d< 
oped  cycles  of  septa,  primaries  larger  than  the  secondaries,  u 
directive  more  prominent  than  the  lower;  in  some  calices  apparc 
there  may  be  a  few  tertiaries.  Immersed  and  stibimmersed  coral 
smaller  and  with  less  developed  septa  than  the  protuberant  cora 
Coencnchyma  porous,  granulate,  reticulate,  costulate,  and  s 
what  flaky. 

Locality  and  geologic  occurrence. — Canal  Zone,  station  2024&,  c 
ing  of  Panama  Railroad  over  Rio  Agua  Salud,  between  Bohio  ± 
and  New  Frijoles,  in  the  Empcrador  limestone,  collected  by  T 
Vaughan  and  D.  F.  MacDonald. 

Antigua,  station  6854,  Rifle  Butts,  in  the  Antigua  formation, 
lected  by  T.  W.  Vaughan. 

Type.— No.  325042a,  U.S.N.M. 

Paratype.— No.  325042&,  U.S.N.M. 

This  species  belongs  to  the  subgenus  to  which  Brook  appli 
name  Eumadrepora,  that  is,  Acropora  s.  s.,  but  it  is  not  closely  r 
to  Acropora  muricata,   (Linnaeus)   and  its  relatives,  A.  pr 
(Lamarck)  and  A.  palmata  (Lamarck),  of  the  Floridian  and  1 
Indian  region. 

ACROPORA  SALUDENSIS,  new  species. 

Plate  141,  figs.  3,  3a,  4,  4a. 

Corallum  composed  of  relat  ively  slender  branches.    The  dime 
of  the  two  cotypes  which  are  branch  segments  arc  as  follows: 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 

Dimensions  of  branches  of  Aeropora  salaoensis. 


481 


Branch  No. 

Length. 

Diameter  of 
lower  end. 

Diameter  of 
upper  end. 

mm. 

28 

mm. 
]0bv  11 
10.5  by  12 

mm. 
9  by  11 
8  by  11.5 

34 

The  diameters  are  given  for  the  stem  proper,  exclusive  of  the 
ujwrallite  protuberances.    The  relatively  greater  width  of  the  upper 

id  of  Xo.  2  is  due  to  its  apparently  being  at  the  base  of  a  bifurca- 
Ijon.    The  form  of  the  corallum  was  probably  arborescent. 

The  characters  of  the  axial  corallites  not  distinguishable  in  the 

types.  The  radial  corallites,  although  not  ail  of  equal  size,  are 
iijiarry  all  protuberant,  a  few  subimmersed  but  no  immersed  coral- 

;es  were  seen;  however,  immersed  corallites  might  be  present  on 
le  basal  part  of  the  corallum.    The  form  is  ascending  appressed 

bular:  length  measured  along  lower  side,  2.5  to  3.5  mm.;  lesser 
^ameter  1.5  to  2.5  mm.;  greater  diameter  1.75  to  2.5  mm.;  lateral 

mpression  relatively  slight  but  apparent.  Lower  and  side  walls 
^30  developed,  thick,  rather  dense,  outer  surface  usually  strongly 

stulate:  upper  edge  of  lower  wall  more  or  less  rounded,  somewhat 

Lcinate  in  some  corallites.  Upper  wall  only  slightly  protuberant 
1  obsolete.    Apertures   nariform   or   dimidiate.    Primary  septa 

A\  developed:  secondaries  recognizable  in  many  calices,  appear  to 
!  usually  present. 

Cocnenchyma  relatively  dense,  surface  closely  beset  with  coarse, 
Vmewhat  elongate,  more  or  less  vermiculato  granules,  no  well- 
<  fined  costules. 

Ujocalities  and  geologic  occurrence. — Canal  Zone,  Emperador  lime- 
|>ne,  at  station  60245,  crossing  of  Panama  Railroad  over  Rio  Agua 
[jSlud  between  Bohio  Ridge  and  New  Frijoles  (cotypes):  and  at 
fcition  6016,  quarry,  Empire,  collected  "by  T.  W.  Yaughan  and 
1  P.  MacDonald. 

I  Antigua,  station  6854,  Rifle  Butts,  in  the  Antigua  formation, 
elected  by  T.  W.  Vaughan. 
Ootypes.— No.  325043,  U.S.N.M.  (2  specimens.) 
This  species  belong  in  the  same  group  of  Aeropora  as  A.  squarrosa 
•larenberg),  A.  rosaria  (Dana),  and  A.  murrayensis  Vaughan,1  and  is 
perrable  to  the  subgenus  Rliabdocyatlius  of  Brook. 

ACROPORA  M  URIC  AT  A  (Linnaeus). 

1758.    MiUepora  muricata  Lixxaeus  (part),  Syst.,  Nat.,  ed.  10,  p.  792. 
1767.    Madrepora  muricata  Linnaeus  (part),  Syst.,  Nat.,  ed.  12,  p.  1279. 


wghan,  T.  W.,  Some  shoal-water  corals  from  Murray  Island  (Australia),  Cocos-Keeling,  and  Fanning 
ds,  Carnegie  Institution,  Washington  Pub.  213,  pp.  183-184, 1918. 


482 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


1893.  Madrepora  muricata  forma  cervicornis  Brook,  Brit.  Mas.  (Xat.  Hist.)  jk 
Madrep.  corals,  gen.  Madrepora,  p.  27. 

1900.  Madrepora  cervicornis  Gregory,  Ann.  and  Mag.  Xat.  Hist.,  ser.  7,  xo'.ft, 

p.  30. 

1901.  Isopora  muricata  s.  s.  Vaughan,  U.  S.  Fish.  Com.  Bull,  for  1900,  vo2, 

p.  313,  pi.  21,  pi.  22,  fig.  2. 

1902.  Acropora  muricata  var.  cervicornis  Verrilt.,  Conn.  Acad.  Arts  and  l|L 

Trans.,  vol.  11,  p.  167. 

1903.  Madrepora  muricata  Duerden  (port),  Nat.  Acad.  Sci.  Mem.,  vol.  8,  p.  jjj. 

pis.  1  to  3,  figs.  1  to  27. 

1915.  Acropora  cervicornis  Vaughan,  Washington  Acad.  Sci.  Journ.,  vol|6, 

p.  597. 

1916.  Acropora  cervicornis  Vaughan,  Carnegie  Inst.  Washington  Yearbook  o, 

14,  p.  228. 

The  nomenclature  of  the  living  West  Indian  and  Floridian  spe  as 
of  Acropora  is,  in  some  respects,  amusing.  Brook  in  1893,  a  3r 
studying  the  considerable  collections  in  the  British  Museum  of  Nati  al 
History,  reached  the  conclusion  that  the  three  previously  rec*- 
nized  species  from  Florida  and  the  West  Indies,  A.  cervicoiu 
A.  prolifera,  and  A.  palmata,  really  represented  only  forms  of  le 
species,  to  which  he  applied  the  specific  name  muricata  of  Linna<s. 
Gregory  in  1895  1  adopted  the  opinion  of  Brook,  but  in  1899  ie 
visited  the  West  Indian  coral  reefs  and  decided  that  all  three  suppc  )d 
species  were  valid  (see  reference  for  1900  in  the  foregoing  synonyn )». 
I  studied  a  large  suite  of  specimens  and  concurred  with  BrciS 
(reference  for  1901  in  synonymy),  and  Verrill  in  his  paper  for  1)2 
followed  the  same  course.  From  1908  to  1915  (inclusive)  I  id 
extensive  field  experience  with  the  living  coral  reefs  of  Flora, 
the  Bahamas,  and  some  of  the  Lesser  Antilles,  and  am  convimd 
that  Gregory's  opinion,  based  on  field  acquaintance  with  these  coiis,  i 
is  correct.  Very  rarely  indeed  does  one  find  a  specimen  that  can  ot 
be  instantly  referred  to  its  proper  species.  In  some  of  my  pa  rs 
on  the  ecology  and  growth  rate  of  Floridian  and  Bahaman  cor  \) 
I  have  referred  to  this-  species  as  Acropora  cervicornis,  bec;se 
cervicornis  is  a  rather  generally  known  name  for  it. 

Localities  and  geologic  occurrence. — Pleistocene  at  stations  5  0, 
Mount  Hope,  and  6554, mud  flat,  1  foot  above  ordinary  high-tide  lcil, 
Colon,  Canal  Zone;  station  6251,  Monkey  Point,  Costa  IU, 
collected  by  D.  F.  MacDonald;  and  Moin  Hill,  Limon,  Costa  Ea, 
"Niveau  A.,"  collection  of  H.  Pittier. 

This  species  is  general  in  the  West  Indian  and  eastern  Ceral 
American  Pleistocene  reefs,  where  they  were  not  exposed  to  ie' 
beat  of  the  heavy  surf.    Recent;  eastern  Central  America,  the  T m 
Indies,  and  Florida. 


»  r.eol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ.,  vol.  51,  p.  281,  1895. 

2  Mostly  in  Vearboolcs  Nos.  9  to  11  of  the  Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CAXAL  ZOXE.  483 


ACROPORA  PALMATA  (Lamarck). 

1816.  Madrepora  palmata  Lamarck,  Hist.  nat.  Anim.  sans  Vert.,  vol.  2,  p.  279. 
J    1893.  Madrepora  mwricata  forma  palmata  Brook,  Brit.  Mus.  (Nat.  Hist.)  Cat. 

Maclrep.  corals,  gen.  Madrepora,  p.  25. 
.1   1900.  Madrepora  palmata  Gregory,  Ann.  and  Mag.  Xat.  Hist.,  ser.  7,  vol.  G, 
p.  29. 

j   1901.  Isopora  muricata  forma  palmata  Vaughax.  U.  S.  Fish  Com.  Bull,  for  1900, 
vol.  2,  p.  313,  pis.  26  and  27. 
1902.  Acropora  muricata  var.  palmata  Verrill,  Conn.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sci.  Trans., 
vol.  11,  p.  166. 

,it  1915.  Acropora  palmata  Vaughax.  Washington  Acad.  Sci.  Jonrn.,  vol.  5,  pp.  597, 
598. 

J  1916.  Acropora  palmata  Vaughax.  Xat.  Acad.  Sci.  Proc,  vol.  2,  pp.  95,  100. 
Ij  1916.  Acropora  palmata  Vaughax,  Carnegie  Inst.  Washington  Yearbook  Xo.  14, 
pp.  227,  228,  229,  230. 

'  Localities  and  geologic  occurrence. — Costa  Rica,  Pleistocene  at 
lition  6251,  Monkey  Point,  collected  by  D.  F.  MacDonald.  Also 
i  the  slightly  elevated  reefs  around  Colon  Bay. 

jtAcropora  palmata  is  of  general  occurrence  in  the  elevated  Pleisto- 
(ie  coral  reefs  of  eastern  Central  America  and  the  West  Indies; 
id  is  present  on  the  living  reefs  of  the  same  region  and  in  Florida. 
1  places,  as  in  the  Bahamas,  it  is  one  of  the  most  important  reef- 
i  ming  corals,  its  strong  skeleton  enabling  it  to  withstand  the  pound- 
•f  r  of  breakers. 

Genus  ASTREOPORA  de  Blainville. 

1896.  Astraeopora  Berxard.  Brit.  Mus.  Cat.  Madreporaria,  vol.  2,  pp.  77-99. 
1918.  Astreopora  Vaughax,  Carnegie  Inst.  Washington  Pub.  213,  p.  145. 

Type-species. — Astrea  mxjrioplitlialma  Lamarck. 

ASTREOPORA  GQETHALSI,  new  species. 
Plate  140,  figs.  3,  4,  4a. 

Ooralium  composed  of  rather  large,  subterete,  subelliptical,  or 
Dch  compressed  branches.    The  following  are  measurements  of 
r  broken  branches : 

Measurements  of  branches  of  Astreopora  goethalsi. 


Branch  No.  Length. 


Diameters  of 
lower  end. 


Diameters  of 
upper  end. 


mm.  mm. 

85  27  by  56.. 

134  42  by  52.. 

154  32bv44.. 

186  16  (thick) . 


mm. 
26  by  71  i 
28  by  55 
2S  by  65 
25  by  94 


1  Width  at  bifurcation  22  mm.  below  upper  end. 


alices  subcircular  or  more  or  less  distorted.  Diameter  ranges 
Bp  1  mm.  in  young,  to  2  mm.  in  large  calices,  usual  diameter  from 
1.  to  2  mm.    Distance  apart  from  1  to  1.5  mm.     Calicular  rims 


484         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


slightly  elevated,  not  quite  0.5  mm.,  due  to  the  projection  of  ■  $ 
corallite  walls  beyond  the  coenenchymal  surface.    Distinct  cos  3 
correspond  to  most,  if  not  all,  of  the  septa;  irregular  in  size,  1 
those  corresponding  to  the  primaries  are  usually  the  larger. 

Septa  in  two  complete  cycles,  with  a  variable  number  of  te 
aries.  Primaries  usually  well  differentiated  from  the  other  sej 
thicker,  longer,  and  somewhat  taller;  in  many  calices  a  lar 
primary  marks  the  plane  of  symmetry;  secondaries  and  tertia 
small. 

Columella  poorly  developed,  in  some  calices  a  false  colum 
formed  by  the  fusion  of  the  inner  end  of  the  primary  sept? 
recognizable. 

Coenenchyma  with  a  flattish  surface  between  corallites,  ver 
culately  cOstate,  with  perforations  between  the  costae  in  areas  I 
covered  by  glassy-looking  basal  deposit,  which  in  the  cross-sectijfi 
of  some  branches  is  solid,  in  the  cross-sections  of  others  there  jl 
platforms  one  above  another. 

Locality  and  geologic  occurrence. — Canal  Zone,  stations  6015  id 
6016,  in  the  Emperador  limestone,  quarries,  111  the  town  of  EmpK 
collected  by  T.  W.  Vaughan  and  D.  F.  MacDonald.  The  same  A 
very  closely  related  -species  occurs  at  stations  3381  and  3^ 
respectively,  4  and  7  miles  below  Bainbridge,  Georgia,  in  the  lb 
of  the  Chattahoochee  formation,  collected  by  T.  W.  Vaughan.  )..- 

Cotypes.— No.  325036,  U.S.N.M.  (2  specimens). 

Paratypes.— No.  325043,  U.S.N.M.  (4  specimens). 

ASTREIOPORA  ANTIGUENSIS,  new  species. 

Plate  139,  figs.  3,  3a;  plate  140,  fig.  1. 

Corallum  forming  large  thick  branches  that  may  be  more  or 
palmate.    Plate  139,  figure  3,  represents  a  branch  one-half  nat| 
size. 

The  calices  are  moderately  deep,  more  or  less  irregular  in  outl| 
often  subclliptical,  the  diameter  ranges  from  2  to  4  mm. 
margins  elevated  about  1  mm.,  and  are  distant  from  one  anoj 
from  1.5  to  2.5  mm.    Somewhat  swollen  around  the  base.  ]] 
limbs  of  corallites  more  or  less  distinctly  costate. 

The  septal  arrangement  appears  often  to  be  irregular,  sometij 
two  complete  cycles  and  an  incomplete  third,  in  many  calices 
third  cycle  is  complete,  and  occasionally  a  few  members  of 
fourth  cycle  may  be  present.    The  absence  of  the  smallest  stj 
undoubtedly  is  often  due  to  their  destruction  in  fossilization.  ] 

Columella  very  poorly  developed,  in  fact  there  may  be  none  atf 

Coenenchymal  surface  usually  formed  by  a  compact  basal  dep< 
but  in  places  perforations  may  be  recognized  between  costae. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  485 


{Locality  and  geologic  occurrence. — Antigua,  Morris  Looby's  Hill,  in 
sje  Antigua  formation,  collected  by  R.  T.  Hill. 

^Georgia,  station  No.  3381,  Russell  Spring,  Flint  River,  Decatur 
>unty,  Georgia,  collected  by  T.  W.  Vaughan,  in  the  base  of  the 
enattahoochee  formation. 

piCanal  Zone,  station  No.  6026,  2  miles  south  of  Monte  Lirio,  col- 
lated by  T.  W.  Vaughan  and  D.  F.  MacDonald  in  the  Culebra 
airmation. 

Type. — Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology. 
ttParatypc. — Ho.  325609,  U.S.N.M.;  also  other  specimens. 
^Comparison  of  the  specimens  from  near  Bainbridge,  Georgia,  with 

5  smaller  specimens  from  Antigua,  fails  to  reveal  any  difference 
natever  between  the  specimens;  and  no  noteworthy  difference  is 

\n  between  the  other  specimens  and  the  best  one  from  near  Monte 
olio. 

ASTREOPORA  PORTORICENSIS,  new  species. 
Plate  140,  figs.  2,  2a. 

^orallum  ramose,  branches  subcircular  or  elliptical  in  cross- 
<tion.  Length  of  type,  56  mm.;  greater  diameter  of  lower  end, 
,1mm.,  lesser,  13  mm.;  width  of  upper  end  (which  is  bifurcating) 
liut  30  mm. 

Malices  moderately  deep,  usually  deformed,  one  diameter  longer 
In  the  other.  A  small  calice  has  a  greater  diameter  of  1.7  mm., 
Eer,  1.3  mm.;  a  rather  large  calice  has  diameters  measuring  2.3 
|.  1.6  mm.,  respectively.  The  distance  apart  of  the  calices  varies 
in  1.3  to  slightly  more  than  2  mm.  Calicular  margins  scarcely 
1'ated;  there  is  really  no  distinctly  elevated  rim. 

epta,  in  the  larger  calices,  in  three  cycles,  the  last  very  small; 
\i  outer  ends  thick,  the  inner  portions  thin.  Upper  margins  very 
-Fitly  exsert. 

olumella,  poorly  developed, 
voenenchymal  surface  usually  coated  by  basal  deposit,  but  in 
f  es  costae  with  intervening  perforations  are  obvious. 
locality  and  geologic  occurrence. — Porto  Rico,  station  3191,  4  miles 
-  ft  of  Lares,  Pepino  formation,  collected  by  R.  T.  Hill. 
I'ype.— No.  325306,  U.S.N  .M. 

*  his  species- is  very  near  Astreopora  antiguensis;  in  fact,  I  am  by  no 
f'ns  sure  that  they  are  really  distinct.  The  type  of  A.  portoricensis 
(^smaller  and  less  prominent  calices;  but  some  of  the  specimens  of 
■  ihntiguensis  from  Bainbridge,  Georgia,  have  small  calices.  The 
f^al  difference,  therefore,  consists  in  the  low,  nonprotuberant 
ifes  of  A.  portoricensis,  a  difference  which,  according  to  the 
•viable  material,  is  valid. 


486         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Genus  ACTINACIS  d'Orbigny. 

1849.  Actinacis  d'Orbigny,  Notes  sur  des  Polyp,  foss..  p.  11. 
1860.  Actinacis  Milne  Ed\yards,  Hist.  nat.  Corall.,  vol.  3,  p.  170. 

Ty  pes  pedes .  — A  cti  nacis  ma  Hi  nia  na  d '  Or  bigny . 

I  have  not  been  able  to  study  the  type-species  of  this  genus,  J 
judging  from  Reuss's  figures  of  A.  martiniana  1  it  is  probable  that  m 
corals  here  referred  to  are  correctly  determined. 

Besides  the  species  described  here,  there  is  another  species! 
Actinacis  in  the  West  Indies  Tertiary  formations,  namely,  the  c  m 
from  the  Eocene  St.  Bartholomew  limestone,  to  which  Duncan  appiT 
the  name  Astreopora  panicea.2    It  will  be  considered  in  anon 
paper. 

The  species  to  which  Duncan  applied  the  names  Etiiast 
exscuipta  3  (not  Astraea  exsculpta  Reuss 4)  and  Heliastraea  cijcl 
formis,5  and  which  I  made  under  the  latter  name,  the  type  specie 
Multicolumnastraea,6  deserves  mention  here.    The  intercorailite  co  i 
in  Duncan's  Heliastraea  cyatJiiformis  are  more  or  less  vermicuj 
and  are  joined  one  to  another  by  synapticulae,  between  which  h| 
are  openings.    This  species  is  very  close  to  Actinacis,  but  the  c< 
columellar  tubercles  or  pillars  may  warrant  generic  separat 
The  species,  according  to  the  stratigraphic  data  supplied  by  Mr.  Ej 
Hill,  occurs  in  his  Blue  Mountain  Series,  of  Cretaceous  age,  ai 
Catadupa  beds,  of  Eocene  age.7    It  seems  to  me  that  the  Catac 
beds  are  probably  of  Cretaceous  age,  for  they  contain  no  speck, 
corals  in  common  with  the  Richmond  and  Cambridge  format] 
while  two  of  the  five  species  recorded  from  them  are  common  tc| 
Blue  Mountain  Cretaceous. 

ACTINACIS  ALABAMIENSIS  (Vaughan). 

Plato  149,  figs.  3,  3a. 

1900.  Turbinaria  (?)  alabamiensis  Vaughan.  U\  S.  Geol.  Survey  Mon.  30,  p  | 
pi.  23,  figs.  1,  2,  3;  pi.  24. 

The  t}^pe-specimen  (Cat.  No.  158482)  and  the  paratypes 
Nos.  158480  and   158481,   U.S.N.M.)  clearly  belong   to   the  gi 
Actinacis,  to  which  I  suggested  they  might  belong  in  the  orijj 
account  of  the  species.    The  following  is  the  original  descrip| 

''Corallum  massive,  the  masses  may  be  more  than  20  cm.  a- 
and  7  cm.  thick,  upper  surface  apparently  convex  or  concave. 

i  Bcitriigc  zur  Charaktcristik  der  Krekleschichten  in  don  ostalpen,  K.  K.  Akad.  Wiss.  "Wien. 
Naturw.-Cl.,  vol.  7,  pi.  24,  figs.  12-15,  1854. 

*  Geo!  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ.,  vol.  29,  p.  561,  1873. 
!  Idem,  vol.  21,  pp.  7,  8,  11,  186"). 

*  K.  k.  Akal.  Wissens.h.  Wien.  MaLh.-Xaturw.  CI.,  Denkshr.  vol.  7,  p.  114. 
s  Qe  A.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ.,  vol.  21,  pp.  7,  8,  pi.  1,  figs,  la,  16,  1865. 

*  Mus  Comp.  Zool.  Hull.,  vol.  34,  pp.  235-237,  pi.  37,  figs.  5,  6,  7;  pi.  38,  fig.  1,  1899. 
I  Vaugh  in.  T.  W.,  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.,  vol.  34,  p.  231,  1899. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  487 


^1  appearance  of  the  corallum  is  as  if  composed  of  superimposed 
kiinae.    Calices  shallow  (?),  crowded;  diameter,  1.5  mm.;  distance 
Lit,  quite   constantly  1  mm.   Coenenchyma,  of  superimposed 
ii  gularly  perforate  laminae.    Wall,  perforate.    Septa,  perforate,  in 
l?e  complete  cycles:  12  septa  reach  the  columnella:  the  members 
■;he  third  cycles  usually  fuse  by  pairs  to  the  sides  of  an  included 
turn  (the  first  and  second  cycles  can  not  be  distinguished  from 
[Q  other,  and  therefore  it  can  not  be  known  whether  the  septa 
he  third  fuse  to  the  sides  of  the  first  or  second).    Sides  granulate, 
i  are  probably  present,  but  no  detail  could  be  made  out.  Columella 
y  well  developed,  spongy. 

Locality. — Salt  Mountain,  6  miles  south  of  Jackson,  Alabama. 
'Geologic  horizon. — 'Coral  limestone,7  above  Vicksburg  beds.-" 
d  have  not  been  able  to  decide  positively  whether  this  is  an  Acti- 
ts  or  a  Turbinaria.    It  probably  belongs  to  the  latter  genus." 
he  following  is  a  description  of  a  species  of  Actinacis,  referred  to 
alabamiensis,  from  Flint  River,  near  Bainbridge,  Georgia: 
orallum  forming  large  explanate  masses,  a  foot  or  more  across 
I  70  to  75  mm.  thick.    The  perpendicular  section  shows  a  thinly 
i  fella  te  structure, 
hlices  small,  1.3  to  1.5  mm.  in  diameter,  usually  separated  by  less 
|u  their  own  diameter  of  coenenchyma.    The  coenenchyma  is 
kposed  of  flexuous,  perforate,  granulated  costae,  which  are  fused 
I  a  reticulum  by  abundant  synapticulae.    The  calices  are  dis- 
wlj  differentiated  from  the  coenenchyma,  but  a  definite  wall  is 
n  poorly  developed;  where  it  is  present,  it  appears  to  be  due  to 
pie  of  peripherally  disposed  synapticulae.    The  costae  often  lead 
I'tly  across  the  coenenchyma  from  one  calice  to  the  next,  thus 
fiag  the  septa  of  adjacent  calices. 

i  pta  slightly  less  in  thickness  than  the  interseptal  loculi.  The 
kl  number  is  about  20,  the  third  cycle  as  a  rule  is  incomplete, 
ftiged  with  reference  to  a  plane  of  symmetry.  The  presence  of  a 
it  tive  plane  and  the  grouping  of  the  septa  into  pairs  or  groups  of 
fc-s  is  characteristic.    Pali  occur  at  the  junctions  of  the  inner 

I  of  the  septa — it  seems  that  the  full  number  is  12.  The  inter- 
m\  loculi  are  conspicuously  open;  if  any  synapticulae  are  present, 

II  are  rare. 

&(lumella  well  developed,  composed  of  septal  processes. 
Impedes  of  Actinacis,  apparently  the  same  as  A.  alabamiensis ,  was 
>U'ted  by  me  in  Antigua.    It  is  represented  by  a  small  piece 
1  m.  long,  33  mm.  wide,  and  25  mm.  in  maximum  thickness. 

pper  surface  is  nodose:  calices  from  1.25  to  1.5  mm.  in  diameter; 

nchyma  composed  of  a  fine  trabecular  mesh  work.  This  speci- 
*i  eems  to  me  to  belong  to  the  same  species  as  the  specimens  from 
^  Bainbridge .  Georgia,  that  I  am  identifying  as  A.  alabamiensis. 

37149— 19— Bull.  103  20 


i 


488         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Localities  and  geologic  occurrence—  Alabama,  Salt  Mountain,  6  m 
south  of  Jackson,  in  the  "coral  limestone"  above  the  top  of 
Vicksburg  group,  collected  by  T.  W.  Vaughan  (the  type). 

Georgia,  station  3381  and  3383,  on  Flint  River,  respectively  4  ar 
miles  below  Bainbridge,  in  the  base  of  the  Chattahoochee  format 
collected  by  T.  W.  Vaughan. 

Antigua,  West  Indies,  station  6854,  Antigua  formation  at  l! 
Butts,  collected  by  T.  W.  Vaughan. 

This  species  is  of  a  high  order  of  importance  in  the  correlatio 
American  Oligocene  deposits. 

The  septal  arrangement  in  A.  alahamiensis  is  similar  to 
of  Porites  in  the  presence  of  a  plane  of  symmetry  and  the  tend(cg 
of  the. septa  to  fuse  by  their  inner  ends  in  pairs.    The  septa  tin 
selves,  however,  are  very  different,  being  lamellate,  almost  im'1 
f orate,  and  sharply  differentiated  from  the  surrounding  coenencrrjui 

Professor  Felix  in  his  Anthozoen  der  Gosauschichten  in  er 
Ostalpen  1  has  redescribed  and  figured  A.  haueri  Reuss  ancj 
martiniana  d'Orbigny.  He  does  not  speak  of  the  bilateral  symiriB 
of  the  calices  but  both  of  his  figures  indicate  such  a  condition,  k 
each  there  are  two  opposite  elongate  septa  that  connect  with  m 
other  through  the  columella.  I  take  it,  then,  that  the  calic<  fl| 
A.  martiniana  are  bilaterally  symmetrical  with  the  septa  grojd[ 
not  very  definitely  in  two's,  three's,  four's,  or  five's  on  each  si<M 
the  median  plane. 

It  seems  probable  that  Actinacis  maybe  intermediate  in  charjM 
between  the  families  Acroporidae  and  Poritidae.  These  notes m 
suggestions  are  made  in  the  hope  that  some  one  with  the  req  m 
material  may  make  a  more  careful  study  of  the  Cretaceous  sj. 
of  the  genus  to  determine  the  relations  of  those  two  families. 

Family  PORITIDAE  Dana. 

Genus  GONIOPORA  Quoy  and  Gaimard. 

1833.  Goniopora  Quoy  and  Gaimard,  Voyage  de  V Astrolabe,  Zool.,  vol.  4,  | 
Type-species. — Goniopora  pendunculata  Quoy  and  Gaimard. 

GONIOPORA  HILLI,  new  species. 

Plate  142,  figs.  1,  la. 

Corallum  composed  of  flattish  plates,  which  may  be  more  thj 
cm.  wide  and  4  cm.  thick  and  appear  to  have  grown  in  a  su 
zontal  position. 

The  calices  are  polygonal,  from  3  to  4  mm.  in  diameter,  fj 
to  1.5  mm.  deep,  separated  by  walls  from  0.75  to  1.25  mm. 
The  walls  are  crossed  by  rather  low  costae,  and  in  places  there 

•  Palaeontographira,  vol.  49,  pp.  176-178,  figs.  2,  3,  1903. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  489 


jrcalicuiar  reticulum,  but  it  usually  does  not  well  up  and  form 
ks,  ridges,  and  crests  between  the  calices. 

epta  of  the  normal  gonioporid  number  and  arraDgement,  outer 
its  thick  and  subequal,  all  relatively  narrow  in  their  upper  parts, 
i  either  fall  steeply  or  slope  to  the  level  of  the  large  columella 
i*le.  which  is  joined  by  the  primaries  and  secondaries  and  the  ter- 
iies  fuse  to  the  secondaries  near  it.  Usually  3  or  4  teeth  on  the 
l gins.  Paliform  lobes  not  greatly  developed, 
plumella  tangle  large,  about  1.5  mm.  in  diameter,  more  than  one- 
11  the  diameter  of  the  calice;  its  upper  surface  forms  the  flattish 
Gently  concave  bottom  of  the  calices. 

Kalities  and  geologic  horizon. — Canal  Zone,  stations  6015  and  6016, 
b/ries  in  the  Emperador  limestone,  Empire,  T.  W.  Vaughan  and 
l\  MacDonald,  collectors. 

ipe. — Figured  specimen  No.  325058,  U.S.N.M. 
Eratyves.—No.  325057,  U.S.N.M. 

GONIOPORA  PANAMENSIS,  new  species. 

Plate  142,  figs.  2,  2a,  2b. 

(rallum  forms  thick  plates,  which  may  be  more  than  17  cm.  wide 
ids  much  as  5  cm.  thick  in  the  center,  thin  on  the  edges.  Growth 
n  similar  to  that  of  Goniopora  hilli. 

fcices  large,  but  irregular  in  size  and  distribution,  because  of  the 
i{  development  of  intercorallite  reticulum,  which  in  some  areas 
el  upward  and  forms  nipple-shaped  peaks  in  the  angles  between 
ltirely  circumscribed  calices  or  forms  ridges  with  calices  on  each 
fc  The  diameter  of  the  calices  ranges  from  2.5  to  3.5  mm.;  the 
pe  ening  walls  or  ridges  range  up  to  2.5  mm.  thick,  their  length 
Q|3  up  to  13  mm.,  where  as  many  as  three  calices  occur  in  a  single 
dl  ,  their  height  ranges  up  to  2  mm.    Costae  can  be  traced  across 
ft  tercorallite  walls  and  the  ridges  between  calicinal  series. 
&ta  rather  thick,  about  24,  arrangement  indefinite,  but  according 
tl  gonioporid  plan;  they  slope  to  the  bottom  of  the  calice  or  their 
tepart  is  narrow  and  falls  steeply  to  the  level  or  the  columella 
&g,  to  which  the  primaries  and  secondaries  extend.    Three  or 
ur  antations  on  the  margin  of  each  large  septum.    Paliform  knots 
es<t,  but  lobes  are  not  conspicuous. 

Ccmella  tangle  well  developed,  but  not  so  large  as  in  67.  hilli. 
Po  lities  and  geologic  horizon. — Canal  Zone,  stations  6015  and  6016, 
at^s  in  the  Emperador  limestone,  Empire,  collected  by  T.  W. 
^an  and  D.  F.  MacDonald. 

taiilla,  station  6894,  Crocus  Bay,  collected  by  T.  W.  Vaughan. 
?V.— Figured  specimen,  No.  325053,  U.S.N.M. 
?a  types.—  No.  325054,  U.S.N.M. 


-490         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


GONIOPORA  DECATURENSIS,  new  species. 

Plate  143,  figs.  1,  la. 

Corallum  lamelliform,  the  lateral  expansion  far  exceedin 
thickness.  The  specimen  selected  as  the  type  is  a  portion  of  a  <n 
lum,  90  mm.  across  and  about  23  mm.  thick.  Another  specim 
49  mm.  long,  35  mm.  wide,  and  7.5  mm.  thick.  The  upper  si 'a 
is  plane  or  undulate.  When  the  corallum  is  foliaceous,  it  mi 
irregularly  flexed. 

Calices  polygonal,  shallow,  superficial  or  only  slightly  exca^B 
Usual  diameter  2.5  to  3  mm.  The  wall,  when  somewhat  worn,  w  I 
has  a  membraniform  appearance,  being  almost  continuous,  I 
rupted  in  places,  but  forming  a  quite  distinct  boundary  betweeB 
jacent  calices.  In  other  instances  there  may  be  no  well-dflj 
boundary  to  the  calices.  Two  rows  of  synapticulae  frequently^ 
force  the  wall  in  the  peripheral  portion  of  the  interseptal  .M 

Septa  of  variable  thickness  on  the  same  specimen,  usually  101 
erately  stout;  on  the  thinner  lamellae  they  are  thick.  The  thi<ne 
of  the  septa  seems  to  be  correlated  with  the  thickness  of  the  cm 
When  the  corallum  is  thick  the  septa  are  thin  and  vice  versa.  I 
normal  number  is  24,  although  there  are  in  some  places  a  few  la,j 
others  a  few  more.  The  usual  arrangement  is  six  primaries  exttdk 
directly  to  the  axis,  with  a  triplet  group  of  a  secondary  and  tvjjjj 
tiaries  between  each  pair.  A  directive  plane  could  be  obser  -d  i 
some  calices,  but  the  septa  are  too  much  damaged  to  permit  « 
ering  all  the  details  of  the  arrangement.  The  margins  are  d<tat 
five  to  seven  dentations  on  each  longer  septum.  The  faces  wiM 
usual  granulations.  Synapticulae  rather  abundant,  but  not  pat 
crowded,  variable  in  thickness. 

Columella  tangle  well  developed. 

The  texture  of  the  corallum  is  of  variable  firmness,  dependin  up» 
the  thickness  of  the  septal  trabeculae,  the  synapticulae,  etc  ho1 
ever,  it  seems  never  to  be  especially  dense. 

Localities  and  geologic  occurrence. — Georgia,  station  3381  Bl 
Springs,  4  miles  below  Bainbridge;  and  station  3383,  Hale's  Lidin 
7  miles  below  Bainbridge,  Flint  River,  Decatur  County,  in  the  ise 
the  Chattahoochee  formation,  collected  by  T.  W.  Vaughan. 

Cuba,  station  7523,  Mogote  Peak,  250  feet  a.  t.,  }  mile  east  (tfl 
Naval  Reservation,  Guantanamo,  Cuba,  collected  by  O.  E.  A:  in* 

Type.— No.  325031,  U.S.N.M. 

Besides  the  lot  of  specimens  referred  to  the  species  in  tl  «l 
going  description,  three  other  types  or  kinds  of  Goniopora  o<w 
Flint  River  at  Blue  Springs  and  Hale's  Landing.    It  is  imuw* 
with  the  material  at  hand  to  decide  whether  they  are  distinct)^ 
or  only  varieties  or  forms  of  G.  decaturensis.    Howover,  as  \yMl. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  491 


y  probable  that  two  of  these  are  only  varieties  of  G.  decalurensis, 
y  are  named  and  described  as  such. 

GONIOPORA  DECATURENSIS  var.  SILICENSIS,  new  variety. 

Plate  143,  figs.  2,  2a. 

'his  is  a  specimen  113  mm.  long,  54  mm.  wide,  and  20  mm.  thick. 
.'  upper  surface  is  slightly  undulated,  there  is  one  deep  depression, 
fit  may  have  been  caused  by  a  burrowing -animal  or  the  surface 
r  have  been  corroded. 

dices  2.5  to  4  mm.  in  diameter,  larger  than  in  typical  G.  decaturen- 
i  Septa  decidedly  thin;  texture  light  and  fragile. 

ocality  and  geologic  occurrence. — Georgia,  station  3381,  Flint  River, 
h  Springs,  4  miles  below  Bainbridge,  in  the  base  of  the  Chatta- 
D'hee  formation,  collected  by  T.  W.  Vaughan. 
■■ype—  No.  325026,  U.S.N.M. 

GONIOPORA  DECATURENSIS  var.  BAINBRIDGENSIS,  new  variety. 

Plate  143,  figs.  3,  3a. 

ho  small,  inflated,  rounded  specimens  are  referred  to  this  variety, 
c  1,  length  26.5  mm.,  width  25  mm.,  thickness  13.5  mm.; 
to  (type),  length  33  mm.,  width  24  mm.,  thickness  19  mm. 
dices  superficial,  about  3  mm.  in  diameter, 
fota  moderately  thick. 

lese  specimens  are  separated  from  typical  G.  decaturensis  solely 
\.e  growth  form. 

hality  and  geologic  occurrence . — Georgia,  station  3381,  Flint  River, 
u  Springs,  4  miles  below  Bainbridge,  in  the  base  of  the  Chatta- 
Ikee  formation,  collected  by  T.  W.  Vaughan. 
he.— No.  325029,  U.S.N.M. 

GONIOPORA  REGULARIS  (Duncan). 

1 53.  Alveopora  daedalaea  var.  rcgularis  Duncan,  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ., 

vol.  19,  p.  426,  pi.  14,  figs.  4a,  4c. 
|->7.  Alveopora  daedalaea  Duncan,  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ.,  vol.  24,  p.  25. 
i  91.  Alveopora  rcgularis  Vaughan,  Geolog.  Reichs.  Mus.  Leiden  Samml.,  ser.  2, 
vol.  2,  p.  71. 

lean's  material  of  this  coral  is  very  poor,  consisting  of  casts  and 
replacements  of  the  original  skeleton;  and,  as  I  pointed  out 
aper  cited  in  the  synonomy,  he  incorrectly  gave  the  dimensions 
corallites.  The  diameter  is  not  "  J  line"  [  =  about  1  mm.]  as 
by  Duncan,  but  is  usually  2  mm.,  with  a  range  from  1.5  to  2.5 
I  have  three  photographs  of  Duncan's  type  (No.  12949,  Coll. 

.  London),  and  after  having  made  a  large  collection  in 
a  identify  with  certainty  the  species  represented  by  Duncan's 
ecimen.  It  is  a  species  of  Goniopora  and  is  one  of  the  common- 
^ls  in  Antigue,  where  I  obtained  about  30  good  specimens. 


492 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


The  corallum  is  usually  more  or  less  turbinate  in  shape,  rising 
a  narrow  base,  expanding  upward,  with  a  lobulate,  but  some^i 
flattish  upper  surface.    The  dimensions  of  the  largest  specimen  a 
follows:  Least  diameter  of  fracture  on  basal  surface,  5  cm. ;  heights 
cm.;  diameter  of  upper  surface  22  by  25.5  cm.    Some  specimen  a 
more  or  less  columniform;  others  are  glomerate. 

The  calices  are  from  2  to  2.5  mm.  in  diameter  and  are  sepa:t< 
by  distinct,  straight  walls,  or  there  is  some  costate  intercorli 
reticulum. 

The  septal  formula  is  normal  for  Goniopora,  but  the  septa  are  m 
distinctly  lamellate  than  is  usual.    There  is  a  wide,  detached, 
granule,  that  is  usually  compressed  in  the  septal  plane  and  is  ]  it 
like.    Pali  well  developed;  plate-like  in  many  calices.  . 

This  species  will  be  described  in  detail  and  figured  in  a  forthccli 
report. 

Localities  and  geologic  occurrence. — Antigua,  at  nearly  every  ijj 
sure  of  the  coral  reef  in  the  Antigua  formation,  collected  by  r| 
Vaughan. 

Porto  Rico,  zone  C,  near  Lares,  collected  by  Bela  Hubbard, 
New  York  Academy  Porto  Rico  investigations. 
Arube,  Serro  Colorado. 

GONIOPORA  REGULARIS  var.  MICROSCOPICA  (Duncan). 

1863.  Alveopora  microscopica  Duncan,  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ., 

p.  426,  pi.  14,  fig.  5. 
1867.  Alveopora  microscopica  Duncan,  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ., 

p.  25. 

Duncan  based  Alveopora  microscopica  on  a  silicified  specime 
12951,  Coll.  Geol.  Soc.  London),  of  which  I  have  a  photo; 
This  is  a  small  calicled  species  of  Goniopora,  with  rather  stri 
lamellate  septa.  I  obtained  in  Antigua  three  specimens  ill 
identify  with  Duncan's  species,  which  probably  is  only  a  variifc 
Goniopora  regularis.  G.  microscopica  has  a  more  regularly  roi^ 
corrallum  and  smaller  calices,  1.25  to  1.5  mm.  in  diameter; 
wise  I  detect  no  important  differences. 

Locality  and  geologic  occurrence. — Antigua,  stations  6856, 
Hill,  and  6881,  Wilioughby  Bay,  Antigua  formation,  collec 
T.  W.  Vaughan. 

GONIOPORA  JAGOBIANA,  new  species. 

Plate  144,  figs.  1,  la,  2,  2a,  3,  3a. 

A  description  of  the  type  (pi.  144,  figs.  1,  la),  is  as  follows: 
lum  obtuse,  columniform.    Horizontal  diameter  160  by  16c 
height  133  mm.  +,  top  damaged,  when  perfect  probably  abc;^ 
mm.  tall.    Successive  shells  of  skeletal  substance  are  recogniz 

Calices  shallow,  polygonal  in  outline,  usual  diameter  slightl 
than  3.5  mm.  Intercorallite  walls  rather  narrow,  with  some 
lum,  septa  traceable  through  it,  in  places  about  1  mm.  wide. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  493 


Septa  thin,  formula  complete,  arrangement  typical.    Margins  with 
average  of  5  or  6  delicate  teeth  between  the  columella  and  the 
ill,  8  teeth  were  counted  on  each  of  a  few  septa.    There  is  no  con- 
icuous  palar  crown. 

Columella  tangle  weakly  developed;  apparently  a  central  tubercle 
is  present  in  a  number  of  the  calices. 

.Locality  and  geologic  occurrence. — Cuba,  station  3446,  La  Cruz 
irl,  first  deep  cutting  east  of  La  Cruz  near  Santiago,  collected  by 
IW.  Vaughan  (type). 

Florida,  station  6775,  White  Springs,  Alum  Bluff  formation,  col- 
lied  by  T.  W.  Vaughan  and  C.  W.  Cooke. 
hype.— No.  325077,  U.S.N.M. 

'here  are  two  undescribed  species  of  Goniopora  that  are  nearly 
Ibted  to  G.  jacobiana.  One  of  them  is  from  the  Chipola  marl  mem- 
I  of  Alum  Bluff  formation,  Chipola  River,  Florida.  Its  calices  are 
fhe  same  size  and  its  septa  are  fragile  as  in  G.  jacobiana,  but  the 
Urcorallite  reticulum  is  a  more  curly  mesh-work  in  which  the 
a  al  skeletal  elements  are  obscure  or  are  less  conspicuous  than  in 
licobiana.  This  difference  in  the  reticulum  seems  to  constitute  a 
fi -specific  distinction.  The  other  closely  related  species  is  from 
hBowden  marl,  Bowden,  Jamaica.  As  the  calices  of  the  Bowden 
pimen  average  about  2.3  mm.  in  diameter,  they  are  distinctly 
iler  than  in  G.  jacobiana.  The  radial  elements  are  obvious  in 
l  intercorallite  reticulum,  but  it  is  somewhat  flaky.  The  Bowden 
)«imen  may  belong  to  G.  jacobiana,  but  with  the  small  amount  of 
u?rial  for  comparison,  it  must,  for  the  present  be  considered 
feact. 

h  addition  to  the  two  species  mentioned,  there  is  a  somewhat 
par  species  found  abundantly  in  the  calcareous  marl  of  Anguilla, 
he  I  collected  about  50  specimens  of  it.  This  species  forms 
d  aniform  or  gibbous  masses,  composed  of  successive  caps.  It  is 
fho  massive  as  G.  jacobiana,  the  columns  are  more  slender,  and 
*  lices  are  more  excavated. 

1e  only  observed  difference  between  the  type  of  G.  jacobiana 
*c  he  specimen  from  White  Springs.  Florida,  identified  with  that 
is  that  the  calices  of  the  White  Springs  specimen  may  be 
Kvhat  deeper.    To  refer  specimens  so  similar  in  habit  and  strue- 
detail  to  different  species  appears  unjustifiable. 

GONIOPORA  IMPERATORIS,  new  species. 

Plate  142,  figs.  3,  3a. 

G  wth  form  as  a  compressed,  lobate  column,  54  mm.  tall,  22  mm. 
*c  37  mm.  wide  (excluding  a  lateral  lobe  which  is  about  13  mm. 


494 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Calices  sunken  between  a  rather  regular  mural  network,  diamet* 
calicular  openings  1.5  to  2.5  mm.,  diameter  measured  between  m| 
summits  2,5  to  3.5  mm.,  depth  about  0.75  mm.,  separating  vlfc 
from  0.75  to  1.25  mm.  wide.  The  walls  are  rather  flat-topped  (ad 
are  composed  of  costal  prolongations  of  the  septa  joined  togethejjby 
synapticulae.  In  places  there  is  considerable  intercorallite  rem- 
lum,  but  it  does  not  form  protuberances  between  the  calices;  wl 
the  surface  is  well  preserved,  subequal  costae  extend  across  the  w  lis. 

Septa  of  normal  gonioporid  arrangement,  in  the  typical  fornfc 
above  the  bottom  of  the  calices  they  are  narrow,  extending  c%d 
the  insides  of  the  walls  as  short  ribs,  which  bear  about  three  inwi  ily 
projecting  dentations;  at  the  bottom  of  the  calice  they  widen jjatf 
the  primaries  and  secondaries  extend  to  the  columellar  tangle.  m 
developed  paliform  lobes  occur  just  inside  the  junction  of  theser- 
tiaries  with  the  secondaries  and  form  a  crown  around  the  peripan 
of  the  columellar  tangle.  Width  of  interseptal  loculi  less  thai  thf 
thickness  of  the  septa. 

Columellar  tangle  well  developed,  large,  forms  a  flattish  boM; 
to  the  calices,  width  about  one-half  the  calicular  diameter. 

Locality  and  geologic  occurrence. — Canal  Zone,  station  6016,  qum 
in  the  Emperador  limestone,  Empire,  collected  by  T.  W.  Yaughai  m 
D.  F.  MacDonald. 

Anguilla,  stations  6893,  6894,  6966,  6967,  all  coralliferous  be*  a!' 
Crocus  Bav;  station  6969a,  bottom  bed,  Road  Bay,  collected  bj« 
T.  W  Vaughan. 

Type.— No.  325049,  U.S.N.M. 

This  species  really  should  have  been  based  on  the  Anguillan  nte 
rial,  of  which  I  collected  34  identifiable  specimens.    In  fully  (j| 
oped  colonies  the  branches  are  subcircular  or  elliptical  in 
section,  and  range  from  30  to  55  mm.  in  diameter.    The  disj 
between  mural  summits  ranges  up  to  4.5  mm.  but  is  usually  lee 

GONIOPORA  CANALIS,  new  species. 

Plate  140,  figs.  1,  2,  3. 

Corallum  composed  of  compressed  branches.    The  following 

measurements: 


Dimensions  of  branches  of  Goniopora  canalis. 


Branch  No. 

Length. 

Greater  di- 
ameter of 
lower  end. 

Lesser  di- 
ameter of 
lower  end. 

i 

1  

mm. 
41 
41 

mm. 

20 
20 
22 

mm. 
6.5 
12 

8 

7.5 

— 

2  

GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  495 


]a  The  lower  end  of  each  specimen  and  the  tops  of  Nos.  3  and  4  are 
iroken.  Some  coralla  are  evidently  formed  of  rather  thin,  branching 
ijates. 

:iCalices  polygonal,  usual  diameter  3  mm.,  young  calices  about  2 
.am.  in  diameter,  an  occasional  large  one  as  much  as  4  mm.  ;  depth 
nom  1  to  1.25  mm.:  separated  by  walls  from  0.75  to  1.25  mm.  thick, 
ijie  walls  are  crossed  by  costae  and  usually  form  a  fairly  regular 
iltwork  around  the  calicular  cavities,  but  in  places  there  is  con- 
ztierable  intercalicular  reticulum.  In  places  there  are  low,  rather 
•  ((definite  ridges  which  may  extend  the  length  of  as  many  as  four 
slices.  The  tops  of  the  walls  are  rounded  or  subacute. 
:  The  septa  are  normal  gonioporid  in  number  and  arrangement; 

ley  are  thick  at  the  wall,  becomes  thinner  toward  the  center; 
jteir  upper  part  narrow,  gradually  sloping  to  the  columella  tangle, 

iiichis  joined  by  the  primaries  and  secondaries;  margins  with  about 

(ine  dentations. 

Columella  tangle  not  very  conspicuous. 
^Locality  and  geologic  horizon, — Canal  Zone,  station  6016,  quarry  in 
h  Emperador  limestone,  Empire,  collected  by  T.  W.  Yaughan  and 
]  F.  MacDonald. 

•vlnguilla,  station  6966,  middle  bed,  Crocus  Bay,  collected  by 
r.  W.  Yaughan. 

vCotypes.—Xos.  325052,  U.S.N.M.  (3  specimens). 
[  am  not  certain  the  G.  canalis  is  really  different  from  G.  impera- 
[is. 

GONIOPORA  PORTORICENSIS.  new  species. 

Plate  146,  figs.  4,  5. 

.  'ivorallum  ramous,  branches  rounded  in  cross  section  or  very  com* 
fussed,  a  branch  of  the  latter  form  is  34  mm.  wide  with  a  maximum 
t  t'kness  of  about  9  mm. 

klices  polygonal,  shallow,  usual  diameter  2  mm.  The  outer  ends 
o:he  septa  are  flattened  and  fused  together,  separating  the  calicular 
d  sessions  by  a  wall  about  0.5  mm.  thick. 

>epta  delicate,  very  perforate,  in  three  complete  cycles.  Margins 
fi;ly  and  delicately  denticulate;  about  five  small  thin  teeth  on  a 
kg  septum.  Pali  appear  to  be  poorly  developed,  not  specially 
derentiated  from  the  ordinary  septal  dentations. 

Jolumella  weakly  developed. 

reality  and  geologic  occurrence. — Porto  Rico,  station  3191,  4 
3S  west  of  Lares,  Pepino  formation,  collected  by  R.  T.  Hill, 
^ntigua,  stations  6854,  Rifle  Butts;  6881,  Willoughby  Bay,  in  the 
-A.  igua  formation,  collected  by  T.  W.  Yaughan. 
nype.~ No.  325061,  U.S.N.M. 
'aratype.—^o.  325060,  U.S.N.M. 


496         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


This  species  resembles  compressed  specimens  of  Goniopora  cVm 
Vaughan,  from  which  it  is  distinguishable  by  its  thin  septa,  ^fih 
delicately  dentate  margins. 

GONIOPORA  CLEVEI,  new  species. 

Plate  145,  figs.  1,  2,  2a,  3,  4,  5,  5a,  6,  6a. 
Corallum  branching.  The  type  (pi.  145,  figs.  2,  2a)  is  an  irrei- 
larly  shaped  portion  of  a  branch,  selected  because  it  permits  >se 
septal  arrangement  to  be  definitely  determined.  It  is  44  mm.  kg; 
greater  diameter  of  lower  end,  12  mm.;  of  bulged  portion,  15.5  rn. 
Probably  some  of  the  irregularity  of  form  may  be  caused  by  eros  n. 
Another  broken  specimen,  a  paratype,  is  represented  by  plate 
figure  1. 

Caliees  shallow,  circular,  or  subcircular,  2  to  2.4  mm.  in  diamesr. 
They  may  be  close  together  or  separated  by  reticulate  and  cos  te 
coenenchyma,  as  much  as  1  mm.  across;  usually  in  the  type,  whic  is 
worn,  they  appear  distinctly  separated  from  the  bounding  coeia- 
chyma  and  sharply  defined  by  a  peripheral  zone  of  synapticulae. 

There  are  12  large  lamellate  septa  with  typical  poritid  arrangemit, 
solitary  directive,  four  lateral  pairs,  and  a  directive  triplet;  the  iier 
ends  of  the  laterals  in  the  triplet  are  directed  toward,  but  not  actu  ly 
fused,  to  the  inner  end  of  the  principal  directive.  The  outer  end  of 
these  larger  are  often  bifurcated,  or  costae  (these  are  to  be  eonsidod. 
rudimentary  septa)  exist  between  them,  in  some  instances  brin«ig 
the  number  up  to  24.    Pali  well  developed,  six  in  number. 

Columella  tangle  rather  dense,  with  an  axial  tubercle. 

Locality  and  geologic  occurrence. — Island  of  Anguilla,  West  Inos, 
P.  T.  Cleve,  collector  (type);  stations  6893,  6894,  6966,  Crocus  ly, 
and  6970,  130  to  140  feet  above  sea  level,  east  end  of  Road  ly, 
Anguilla,  collected  by  T.  W.  Vaughan. 

Canal  Zone,  station  6016,  in  the  Emperador  limestone,  collecteoy 
T.  W.  Vaughan  and  D.  F.  MacDonald. 

Antigua,  station  6854,  Rifle  Butts,  Antigua  formation,  collecteoy 
T.  W.  Vaughan. 

Type. — University  of  Upsala. 

Paratype—  University  of  Upsala. 

Paratopes. — Nos.  325111  (3  specimens),  325115  (1  specimi)yi 
U.S.N.M. 

It  was  decidedly  difficult  to  decide  whether  this  species  should  be 
referred  to  Porites  or  Goniopora.  Bernard  says:  " These  fossils 
12  central  rays  might  almost  be  considered  as  transition  forms  tovrd 
Pontes  having  to  all  appearance  only  12  septa;  but  whenever  it  in 
be  distinctly  seen  that  a  certain  number  of  these  septa  fork  here 
they  reach  the  wall,  I  assume  that  the  forking  is  the  vestige  of  he 
fusion  of  the  septa  characteristic  of  Goniopora,  and  that  there rei 
there  are  more  than  12."  1 

1  Brit.  Mus.,  Cat.  Madrep.  Corals,  vol.  4,  Gen.  Goniopora,  p.  21. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  497 

li  While  in  Anguilla  in  1914  I  collected  about  40  identifiable  speci- 
mens of  this  species,  and  am  illustrating  a  series  on  plate  145,  figures 
,  4,  5,  5a.    The  branches  are  thickish  and  blunt-ended,  having  some 
^semblance  in  growth  form  to  the  thicker-branched  forms  of  Porites 
orites,  such  as  are  common  on  the  reefs  on  the  east  side  of  Andros 
.pland,  Bahamas.    The  calices  of  these  specimens  are  not  perfectly 
.  reserved,  but  in  many  a  third  cycle  of  septa  is  clearly  recognizable, 
therefore  am  convinced  that  the  species  is  referable  to  Goniopora, 
Doctor  MacDonald  and  I  collected  in  the  quarries  at  Empire,  Canal 
one,  a  number  of  specimens  that  seem  completely  to  agree  with  the 
nguillan  specimens.    One  of  these  is  represented  by  plate  145, 
^ures  6,  6a. 

Flattened  specimens  of  G.  clevei  resemble  specimen  of  G.  portori- 
.  nsis,  but  the  latter  has  thinner  and  more  delicately  dentate  septa, 
\d  in  it  the  tertiary  septa  are  more  developed. 

GONIOPORA  CASCADENSIS,  new  species. 

Plate  146,  figs.  6,  6a,  66,  7,  8,  9. 

■  i.Corallum  composed  of  relatively  slender,  subterete  branches.  A 
.ranch  segment  40  mm.  long  is  9  by  10  mm.  in  diameter  at  the  lower 
::  >.d  and  8  by  9  mm.  in  diameter  at  the  upper  end,  showing  1  mm. 
•crease  in  diameter  for  40  mm.  in  length;  but  branches  may  be 
~4 acker,  up  to  as  much  as  15  mm.  in  diameter. 
Calices  slightly  excavated,  polygonal,  from  1.75  to  2.5  mm.  in 
•imeter,  separated  by  more  or  less  discontinuous  walls,  in  some 
>  >ices  a  straight  or  zigzag  wall  ridge  is  traceable,  but  in  other  places 
tere  seems  to  be  none.    Where  there  is  a  wall  ridge,  rather  coarse 
nral  denticles  corresponding  to  the  outer  ends  of  the  septa  are 
]3sent.   In  places  mural  reticulum  is  present  and  coarse  radial  skele- 
t  structures  are  clearly  traceable  through  it. 

There  are  12  large  septa  which  extend  to  the  columellar  tangle, 
&d  about  12  small  septa  which  fuse  in  pairs  to  the  sides  of  an  included 
S)tum  (assumed  to  a  secondary)  about  halfway  between  the  wall 
a  I  the  columellar  tangle.  The  septal  granules  seem  to  be  arranged 
a^ording  to  the  following  scheme:  A  ring  of  outer  granules  which 
a  adherent  to  or  only  slightly  detached  from  the  wall,  a  ring  of 
uermediate  granules  which  correspond  in  position  to  the  place  of 
Hon  of  the  small  (tertian-)  septa  to  the  sides  of  the  secondaries, 
al  an  inner  ring  of  granules  which  form  paliform  knots  around  the 
p iphery  of  the  columella  tangle.  The  intermediate  and  inner  rings 
s,m  constantly  recognizable,  but  the  outer  ring  is  not  always  defi- 
n3ly  developed.  The  interseptal  loculi  are  about  as  wide  as  the 
t  kness  of  the  septa. 

'olumella  tangle  well  developed;  width  more  than  one-third  the 
d  meter  of  the  calice.  In  some  calice  a  central  styliform  process  is 
d  inguishable. 


498  BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Locality  and  geologic  occurrence. — Canal  Zone,  station  6020c,  in  ije 
Culebra  formation  at  Las  Cascadas,  collected  by  T.  W.  Vaughan  ad 
D.  F.  MacDonald. 

Anguilla,  station  6967,  Crocus  Bay,  collected  by  T.  W.  Vaughn 

Antigua,  station  6854,  Rifle  Butts,  Antigua  formation,  collected  y 
T.  W.  Vaughan. 

Type.—  No.  325072,  U.S.N.M.  (pi.  146,  figs.  6,  6a,  66). 

Paratypes. — No.  335074,  U.S.N.M.  (3  specimens). 

This  species  is  one  of  those  that  is  intermediate  between  Pori% 
and  Goniopora.  As  there  are  short  tertiary  septa  within  the  wl 
according  to  Bernard's  treatment  of  such  forms,  it  is  referred  0 
Goniopora. 

The  types  are  from  Las  Cascadas,  Can  a]  Zone.  The  calicesif 
the  specimens  from  Anguilla  are  not  so  well  preserved  as  those  of  e 
cotypes,  but  the  identifications  seem  reasonably  certain,  as  thens 
agreement  in  all  general  characters  and  in  the  observed  detail. 

Genus  PORITES  Link. 

1807.  Pontes  Link,  Beschreibungen  der  Naturalieus  Sammlungen,  Rostock 0. 
162. 

1918.  Pontes  Vaughan,  Carnegie  Inst.  Washington  Pub.  213,  p.  138. 
Type-species. —  Madrepora  pontes  Pallas. 

PORITES  PORITES  (Pallas). 

1766.  Madrepora  porites  Pallas  (part),  Elench.  Zooph.,  p.  324. 

1901.  Porites  porites  forma  clavaria  Vaughan,  U.  S.  Fish  Com.  Bull,  for  19, 

vol.  2,  p.  316,  pi.  29;  pi.  31,  fig.  2. 

1902.  Porites  porites  Vaughan,  Biol.  Soc.  Washington  Proc,  vol.  15,  pp.  fym 

(with  references  to  literature  and  history  of  the  name) . 
1909.  Porites  porites  var.,  Vaughan,  Carnegie  Inst.  Washington  Yearbook  N  7, 
p.  135. 

1912.  Porites  clavaria  Vaughan,  Carnegie  Inst.  Washington  Yearbook  No.  10,  p. 
148,  152,  156,  pi.  4,  tig.  4c;  pi.  6,  figs.  3,  4. 

1915.  Porites  clavaria  Vaughan,  Washington  Acad.  Sci.  Journ.,  vol.  5,  p.  59/ 

1916.  Porites  clavaria  Vaughan,  Nat.  Acad.  Sci.  Proc,  vol.  2,  pp.  95,  98. 
1916.  Porites  clavaria  Vaughan,  Carnegie  Inst.  Washington  Yearbook  No. 

228. 

This  is  one  of  the  species  of  corals  to  which  most  attention 
given  during  my  studies  of  the  Floridian  and  Bahamian  reef  co 
and  it  is  referred  to  in  most  of  my  reports  in  Yearbooks  No.  7-1, 
inclusive,  of  the  Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington,  usually43 
Porites  clavaria,  because  that  is  the  more  generally  known  name!  [, 

Localities  and  geologic  occurrence. — Recent  throughout  the  col- 
reef  areas  of  the  West  Indies,  the  eastern  side  of  Central  Amer*, 
Florida,  and  the  Bermudas. 

Pleistocene,  in  the  elevated  West  Indian  reefs. 


GEOLOGY  AXD  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  499 


Miocene,  Santiago,  Cuba,  in  the  La  Cruz  marl,  at  station  3441,  east 
f  La  Cruz,  near  crossing  of  the  road  from  Santiago  to  the  Morro 
ver  the  railroad,  collected  by  T.  W.  Vaughan.  As  these  specimens 
gree  in  all  details  that  I  can  discover,  with  the  thicker-branched 
)rms  of  P.  pontes,  I  am  referring  them  to  that  species.  This  adds 
nother  to  the  considerable  list  of  living  species  recognized  in  the 
(a  Cruz  marl. 

PORITES  FUR  CAT  A  Lamarck. 

• 

1816.  Porites  furcata  Lamarck,  Hist.  nat.  Anim.  sans  Vert.,  vol.  2,  p.  271. 
1887.  Porites  furcata  Rathbun,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  Proc,  vol.  10,  p.  361,  pi.  15,  figs. 
1-3;  pi.  17,  fig.  1. 

1901.  Porites  porites  forma  furcata  Vaughan,  U.  S.  Fish  Com.  Bull,  for  1900,  vol. 
2,  p.  316,  pi.  30;  pi.  31,  fig.  1. 
i    1902.  Porites  polymorpha  Verrill  (part),  Conn.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sci.  Trans.,  vol. 
11,  p.  158. 

1913.  Porites  furcata  Vaughan,  Carnegie  Inst.  Washington  Yearbook  No.  10,  p. 
156,  pi.  5,  figs.  5c,  6c,  7,  8;  pi.  6,  figs,  la,  16,  2a,  26. 

1915.  Porites  furcata  Vaughan,  Washington  Acad.  Sci.  Journ.,  vol.  5,  p.  597. 

1916.  Porites  furcata  Vaughan,  Nat.  Acad.  Sci.  Proc,  vol.  2,  p.  95. 

1916.  Porites  furcata  Vaughan,  Carnegie  Inst.  Washington  Yearbook  No.  14,  p. 
228. 

Localities  and  geologic  occurrence. — Canal  Zone,  Pleistocene  at  sta- 
)iis  5850  and  6039,  Mount  Hope,  and  6554,  dug  out  of  mud  flat, 
>out  1  foot  above  ordinary  high-tide  level,  Colon,  collected  by  D.  F. 
acDonald. 

Costa  Rica,  Moin  Hill,  Niveau  a,  H.  Pittier  collection. 

Porites  furcata  is  a  common  Pleistocene  species.  It  is  usual  in  the 
Uterial  behind  elevated,  sea-front  reefs  of  the  West  Indies  and  east- 
n  Central  America,  and  it  is  one  of  the  most  abundant  corals  on 
1'3  flats  inside  the  living  coral  reefs  hi  the  same  region  and  Florida. 
3  has  not  been  found  in  Bermudas.1 

PORITES  BARACOAENSIS,  new  species. 

Plate  147,  figs.  1,  la. 

Uorall'um  composed  of  slender  branches.  The  type,  a  fragment  of 
a>ranch,  is  26  mm.  long;  lower  end,  siibcircular  in  cross  section,  6.25 
ra.  in  diameter;  8.5  below  upper  end,  the  diameter  is  6  by  8  mm.; 
swing  some  flattening  just  below  a  bifurcation. 

Malices  polygonal,  excavated  but  rather  shallow;  diameter  from 
1 5  to  2.25  mm.,  about  1.75  mm.  usual.  Wall  straight,  acute  or  with 
r  her  coarse  knots  corresponding  to  the  outer  ends  of  the  septa;  a 
dtinct  mural  shelf  is  present  in  all  or  nearly  all  calices. 

>epta  arranged  into  a  solitary  directive,  four  lateral  pairs,  and 
a  entral  triplet.  There  is  a  circle  of  septal  granules  detached  from 
M  wall  and  fused  by  their  bases,  forming  a  mural  shelf  on  the  inner 
nrgin  of  which  the  granules  stand  up  as  compressed  knots  or  as 


1  See  Verrill,  Conn.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sci.  Trans.,  vol.  11,  p.  158,  1902. 


500  BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 

plates.  Usually  there  are  six  pali;  that  is,  normally  there  are  p 
before  the  lateral  pairs,  the  solitary  directive,  and  the  triplet.  IeIi 
few  calices  there  is  a  palus  before  each  member  of  the  triplet,  makii 
eight  pali  in  all;  and  in  a  few  calices  there  is  no  recognizable  pall 
before  the  solitary  directive,  the  total  number  of  pali  being  only  frjyj 
The  pali  are  solidly  fused  in  the  bottom  of  the  calice  one  to  anotlr< 
and  to  the  columella  tangle.  No  columellar  tubercle  was  seen  y 
any  calice. 

Locality  and  geologic  occurrence. — Miocene,  Cuba',  station  3476,  nniJ 
Baracoa,  collected  by  T.  W.  Vaughan  (type) . 

Miocene,  Jamaica,  Bowden  marl,  Bowden,  received  from  H< . 
T.  H.  Aldrich. 

Type.— No.  325069,  U.S.N.M. 

There  is  no  other  previously  described  species  of  Porites,  fossil 
living,  in  tropical  or  subtropical  America  closely  resenbling 
baracoaensis.  Superficially  it  looks  like  the  living  P.furcata  Lami 
or  P.  divaricata  Le  Sueur;  but  the  definite  mural  shelf,  above  wl 
the  wall  stands  at  its  distal  edge  and  the  special  granules  on  its  ii 
edge,  is  distinctive. 

PORITES  BARACOAENSIS  var.  MATANZASENSIS,  new  variety. 

Plate  147,  figs.  2,  2a,  3,  4. 

Corallum  composed  of  attenuate  branches  of  small  diameter, 
fragment  15  mm.  long  is  3  mm.  in  diameter  at  one  end  and  3.25 
in  diameter  at  the  other.  The  maximum  diameter  of  a  branch  se< 
to  be  about  3.75  mm.,  except  where  there  is  some  flattening  j 
below  a  bifurcation.  The  length  of  branches  exceeds  20  mm.,  f 
probably  is  as  much  as  40  to  50  mm.,  or  even  more. 

Calices  polvgonal,  very  shallow  or  even  surficial;  diameter  fr| 
2  to  2.75  mm.  Yfall  slightly  elevated,  continuous  and  acute  or  \d 
knots  corresponding  to  the  outer  ends  of  the  septa.  Usually  therii 
a  distinct  mural  shelf. 

The  septal  characters  are  the  same  as  those  of  P.  baracoaensis, 
cept  that  the  pali  are  less  conspicuous  and  the  septa  in  the  upper  1 
of  the  calice  are  usually  elongated  and  have  between  three  and 
teeth  on  their  margins  between  the  wall  and  the  columella  ta: 
But  in  some  calices  the  upper  septa  are  not  produced,  and  in  t 
the  septal  characters  are  the  same  as  in  typical  P.  baracoaensis. 
cause  of  the  presence  of  calices  presenting  the  same  characters 
those  of  typical  P.  baraocodensis,  a  varietal  designation  seems  all  t 
is  justifiable. 

Locality  and  geologic  occurrence. — Miocene,  Cuba,  station  3 
marl,  gorge  of  Yumun  River,  Matanzas,  collected  by  T.  W.  Vaugb 
Type.— No.  325067a,  U.S.N.M.  (pi.  147,  figs.  2,  2a.). 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  501 


IParatypes.— Nos.  3250676,  U.S.N.M. 

:  Apparently  the  specimens  from  Yumuri  gorge  lived  in  deeper  or 
Kiieter  water  than  those  from  Baracoa,  for  the  differences  are  of  the 
Jid  incident  to  such  differences  in  ecologic  conditions.  The  speci- 
:13ns  of  Stylophora  granulata  from  the  Yumuri  gorge  are  decidedly 
j)re  attenuate  than  those  from  Baracoa;  and  the  specimens  referred 
A  Madracis  mirabilis  are  very  slender  and  fragile. 


-tOorallum  composed  of  compressed,  more  or  less  coalescent  branches, 
lite  151,  figure  1,  represents  a  part  of  a  corallum  66  mm.  long, 
1  mm.  in  maximum  thickness,  and  40  mm.  wide;  the  specimen, 
♦resented  by  figure  2  of  plate  149,  is  35.5  mm.  long  and  11  mm. 
ii maximum  thickness. 

4)alices  shallow,  polygonal,  1.25  to  2  mm.  in  diameter,  1.5  mm. 
phably  about  an  average;  separated  by  usually  continuous,  straight, 
nmbraniform  walls,  along  the  top  of  which  are  a  few  mural  denticles 
Di responding  to  the  outer  ends  of  the  septa;  where  the  septa  are 
d  ally  forked  there  may  be  a  denticle  for  each  fork. 
L  >epta  forming  four  lateral  pairs,  two  on  each  side  of  the  plane  of 
rimetry,  a  solitary  directive,  and  a  ventral  triplet  with  the  inner 
ns  of  its  members  free  from  each  other.  A  ring  of  thickish  septal 
'mules  is  detached  from  the  wall,  standing  about  half  way  between 
Jip,nd  the  palar  ring;  the  outer  ends  of  a  number  of  septa  fork 
Ween  the  septal  granule  and  the  wall.  Pali  well-developed, 
xmula  complete  or  suppressed  on  one  or  more  members  of  the 
tr lets,  suggestions  of  trident  formation  in  some  calices.  Synapti- 
.-Ike  in  two  rings,  the  outer  corresponds  in  position  with  the  septal 
p  rules  and  is  usually  incomplete,  the  inner  is  the  palar  synapticular 
*i]  and  normally  is  complete. 

olumella  tangle  consists  of  a  central  tubercle  joined  by  radii  to 
topali. 

»  locality  and  geologic  occurrence. — Canal  Zone,  station  6016,  quarry 
a  he  Emperador  limestone,  Empire,  collected  by  T.  W.  Vaughan 
i»D.  F.  MacDonald. 
otypes  —  Cat.  No.  325106  (2  specimens),  U.S.N.M. 


1  >rallum  composed  of  elongate,  rather  slender,  subterete,  or  only 
sli^tly  compressed  branches.  The  following  measurements  of 
w<en  branches  indicate  the  shape  and  size. 


PORITES  DOUVILLEI,  new  species. 


Plate  149,  figs.  2,  2a;  plate  151,  figs.  1,  la. 


PORITES  TOULAI,  new  species. 


Plate  150,  figs.  1,  la,  2,  3,  4. 


5,02  BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 

Measurements  of  branches  of  Pontes  toulai. 


Specimen  No. 

Length. 

Diameter  of 
lower  end. 

Di&met(  ff  u 
upper  e ! 

1  

mm. 
40.5 
46 
74 

mm. 
7bv8 
13. 5  bv  14 
11  by  17 

mm,  1 1 
6. 75  by  1 
12byi 
8by.$ 

2  

3  

Specimen  No.  3  has  been  somewhat  compressed  by  pressure,     j  J 

Calices  shallow,  diameter  about  1.75  mm.,  a  few  large  calices  hj« 
a  greater  diameter  of  as  much  as  2.5  mm.  There  is  a  pronoun  d 
tendency  for  the  calices  to  occur  in  rather  short,  longitudinal  sei3.j 
One  series  is  5.5  mm.  long  and  contains  4  calices,  one  of  wind  is 
immature;  another  series,  which  is  slightly  curved,  is  7.5  mm.  im 
and  contains  5  calices.  The  calices  within  a  series  are  separated  (j 
indistinct  walls;  in  fact,  between  some  no  definite  wall  is  recogz- 
able,  the  distal  ends  of  septa  from  one  calicinal  center  being  contM 
ous  with  the  distal  ends  of  the  septa  belonging  to  the  next  ceffiB 
Such  series  are  formed  by  fission.  The  walls  between  adjacent  seM 
are  definite;  a  wall-ridge  is  usually  but  not  invariably  recognizawl 
it  is  interrupted  and  straight  or  somewhat  zigzag.  There  is  in  pi  es 
a  considerable  development  of  intercalicular  or  interserial  reticular 
in  which  the  radial  (costal)  skeletal  elements  are  conspicuous,  jl< 

The  septal  arrangement  is  irregular  as  would  be  expected  in  a  cj,, 
in  which  asexual  reproduction  is  largely  by  fission.  Groups  of  ca 
from  two  specimens  are  shown  on  plate  150,  figures  la,  4. 
scheme  where  complete  seems  to  be  a  solitary  directive,  two  lal  al 
pairs  on  each  side  of  the  plane  of  symmetry,  and  a  ventral  tripL  in 
which  the  inner  ends  of  the  lateral  members  converge  toward  he 
included  directive  and  join  it  by  synapticulae,  but  such  a  scheir 
arrangement  is  rarely  recognizable.  There  are  usually  from  10  t 
septa  fusing  in  pairs  or  in  threes,  with  a  solitary  septum,  the  dire< 
plane  being  indicated  in  many  calices  by  an  elongate  septum,  tc  lie 
inner  end  of  which  the  columellar  tubercle  may  be  attached.  Usi  Uy 
coarse  septal  granules  slightly  detached  from  the  wall  form  a  i{u 
and  the  pali  form  a  ring  surrounding  the  columellar  tangle.  T«i 
is  indefiniteness  and  irregularity  in  the  pali  as  there  is  in  the  stm 
the  normal  number  seems  to  be  five  or  six.  There  are  an  outer  jn| 
of  synapticulae,  more  or  less  fused  to  or  detached  from  the  wall  nd 
an  inner  palar  ring. 

There  is  a  well  developed,  rather  prominent  columellar  tub(H 
which  is  joined  by  radii  to  the  inner  ends  of  the  septa. 

Locality  and  geologic  occurrence. — Canal  Zone,  station  6016, 
in  the  Emperador  limestone,  Empire,  collected  by  T.  W.  Vau 
and  D.  P.  MacDonald. 

Type.— Cat.  No.  325105a,  U.S.N.M.  pi.  150,  figs.  1,  la. 

Paraiypes.—C&t.  No.  3251056,  U.S.N.M.  (3  specimens). 


i: 


q.  TV 
hi  an 


GEOLOGY  AXD  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  503 
PORITES  ASTREOIDES  Lamarck. 

1816.  Pontes  astreoides  Lamarck,  Hist.  nat.  Anim.  sans  Vert.,  vol.  2,  p.  269. 
1887.  Pontes  astreoides  Rathbun,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  Proc,  vol.  10.  p.  354. 
[  1901.  Pontes  astreoides  Vaughan,  IT.  S.  Fish  Com.  Bull,  for  1900,  vol.  2,  p.  317, 

pi.  32;  pi.  33;  pi.  34,  figs.  1,  2. 
11902.  Pontes  astreoides  Yerrill,  Conn.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sci.  Trans.,  vol.  11,  p. 
160,  pi.  31,  fig.  4. 

L1902.  Pontes  verrilli  Verrill,  Conn.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sci.  Trans.,  vol.  11,  p.  161, 
pi.  31,  fig.  5. 

|  1903.  Pontes  astraeoides  Duerden,  Nat.  Acad.  Sci.  Mem.,  vol.  8,  p.  550,  pis.  3-5, 
figs.  28^2. 

1 1912.  Pontes  astreoides  Vaughan,  Carnegie  Inst.  Washington  Yearbook  No.  10, 
pp.  148-156,  pi.  4,  figs.  3a,  3d,  Ze\  pi.  5,  figs.  56,  pi.  6,  figs,  lc,  2e. 

i  1915.  Porites  astreoides  Vaughan,  Washington  Acad.  Sci.  Journ.,  vol.  5,  p.  597. 

|1916.  Porites  astreoides  Vaughan,  Nat.  Acad.  Sci.  Proc,  vol.  2,  p.  98. 

1 1916.  Porites  astreoides  Vaughan,  Carnegie  Inst.  Washington  Yearbook  No.  12, 
pp.  226,  227,  228,  231. 

I  his  is  one  of  the  coral  species  to  which  I  devoted  much  attention 
fring  my  field  studies  in  Florida  and  the  Bahamas.  The  results  of 
m  observations  and  experiments  have  mostly  been  published  in 
Trbook  Xos.  7  to  14,  inclusive,  of  the  Carnegie  Institution  of 
ftshington. 

ocalities  and  geologic  occurrence. — Canal  Zone,  Pleistocene,  station 
AO,  Mount  Hope,  collected  by  D.  F.  MacDonald.  This  species  is 
jeiral  in  both  the  living  and  the  Pleistocene  coral  reefs  of  the 
^bbean  region  and  Florida.  It  is  also  found  living  both  in  the 
3(nudas  and  on  the  Brazilian  reefs.1 

collected  in  the  Miocene  La  Cruz  marl  in  and  near  Santiago, 
3ui,  a  number  of  specimens  of  a  massive  species  of  Porites  that  I 
5a]  not  distinguish  from  P.  astreoides.  The  station  numbers  are 
14  and  3438,  south  side  of  the  city  along  the  trocha;  3446,  first 
cutting  east  of  La  Cruz,  along  the  railroad. 

PORITES  PANAMENSIS,  new  species. 

Plate  148,  figs.  1,  2,  3,  3a. 

' e  type  is  the  upper  part  of  a  plate,  which  is  90  mm.  tall,  75  mm. 
tic,  and  2S  mm.  in  maximum  thickness  near  the  lower  end.  One 
idus  nearly  flat,  while  on  the  other  there  are  two  low  gibbosities. 
Sepl.  148," fig.  3.) 

Oices  excavated  but  not  very  deep,  circumscribed,  1.5  to  2  mm. 
a  cimeter,  or  confluent  in  short  series  of  about  three  calices.  Wall 
0a. e,  rather  ragged  in  appearance,  forms  a  considerably  interrupted, 
lsuly  straight,  occasionally  zigzag,  elevated  ridge  with  coarse  knots 
l°i  its  top.  As  asexual  reproduction  is  largely  by  fission,  there 
re  )  definite  walls  between  many  calicinal  centers. 


1  Verrill,  Conn.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sci.  Trans.,  vol.  11,  p.  161,  1902. 
37149— 19— Bull.  103  21 


504 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


There  is  irregularity  in  the  number  and  arrangement  of  the  ses 
resulting  from  the  formation  of  new  calices  by  fission.  They  b 
usually  rather  thick  and  in  many  calices  are  bent  in  an  irregular 
In  fully  developed  calices  there  are  12  septa  with  the  usual  solilf; 
directive,  four  lateral  pairs,  and  a  directive  triplet.  The  lateral  ti 
the  triplet  are  more  or  less  free  from  the  directive  of  the  group,  a 
usually  appear  to  converge  toward  its  inner  end.  Septal  gran  a 
irregular  in  development,  rarely  forming  a  definite,  clear-cut  r| 
more  or  less  attached  to  the  wall.  Pali  from  six  to  eight  in  num  « 
irregular  in  development.  No  definite  outer  synapticular  ring,  jd 
a  few  synapticulae  correspond  in  position  to  the  septal  granules;  pi] 
synapticular  ring  better  developed. 

There  is  a  columellar  tubercle  rising  in  the  middle  of  an  irreg  tu 
columellar  tangle. 

Locality  and  geologic  occurrence. — Canal  Zone,  stations  6015  id 
6016,  quarries  in  the  Emperador  limestone,  Empire,  collectecbj 
T.  W.  Vaughan  and  D.  F.  Macdonald. 

Type— No.  325063,  U.S.N.M. 

Paratypes.—Nos.  325064,  U.S.N.M.  (2  specimens). 

The  type  and  three  other  specimens  are  plates  with  undulatio)  ■ 
low  gibbosities  on  the  sides.  This  growth-form  grades  into  ncH 
columns  (see  pi.  148,  fig.  1,  for  growth  habit,  and  fig.  2  for  an  enlfijrf 
view  of  the  calices  of  another  specimen  of  similar  growth-form).  J 
the  good  suite  of  specimens  shows  that  these  are  only  intergniuf 
growth-forms  of  the  same  species  and  as  they  occur  together  al  to 
tion  6016,  separate  nomenclatorial  designation  appears  unneces  ryi 

PORITES  A NGUILLENSIS,  new  species. 

Plate  149,  figs.  1,  la,  16  (type);  plate  150,  fig.  5. 

The  following  is  a  description  of  the  type:  Corallum  compos 
thin,  more  or  less  undulate,  separate  laminae,  resting  one  on  an< 
The  underside  epithecate  to  the  edge,  the  epitheca  minutely,  regu  rly 
and  concentrically  striate.  The  type-specimen  consists  of  twoucl 
laminae,  both  broken.  The  greatest  thickness  of  the  two  is  ou 
15  mm.,  the  greatest  width  58  mm.  One  lamina  is  5  mm.  thick  it 
thickest  portion,  the  edge  is  thinner. 

The  calices  are  shallow,  subcircular,  1.7  to  2.3  mm.  in  diaij 
separated  by  flat  coenenchymal  walls,  0.8  to  1  mm.  across, 
coenenchyma  is  perforate,  but  rather  compact  and  costate. 

Septa  rather  thick,  normal  number  12,  with  solitary  dire 
four  lateral  pairs,  and  the  laterals  on  the  sides  of  the  principal 
tive  loosely  fused  to  it  or  continued  to  the  columella  tangle, 
usually  six  in  number,  before  the  lateral  pairs,  on  the  ends  < 
solitary  and  principal  directives.    As  a  rule,  there  is  a  pron> 
dentation  at  the  inner  edge  of  the  wall.    Synapticulae  well  deve 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  505 


iree  rows  in  the  wall,  and  a  ring  of  thick  ones,  coinciding  with  the 
alar  ring,  around  the  axis,  of  each  cor  alii  te.  Trabeculae  of  columellar 
,  ingle  coarse ;  axial  tubercle  present.  In  longitudinal  section  there 
[*e  in  3.5  mm.  about  11  synapticulae ;  in  the  same  distance  about  10 
,  irtical  rods.  The  spaces  of  approximately  the  same  thickness  as 
lie  solid  parts,  except  that  the  median  portion  of  a  synapticula  is 
.  inner  than  its  ends. 

.  Locality  and  geologic  occurrence. — Island  of  Anguilla,  West  Indies, 
llected  by  P.  T.  Cleve;  Crocus  Bay,  Anguilla,  collected  by  T.  W. 
I  mghan. 

Canal  Zone,  station  6016,  in  the  Emperador  limestone,  Empire, 
,t  llected  by  T.  W.  Vaughan  and  D.  F.  MacDonald. 

Type. — University  of  Upsala. 
.  Duplicate  specimen  from  the  Cleve  collection  and  other  specimens 
i  the  United  States  National  Museum. 

This  is  an  abundant  species  at  Crocus  Bay,  Anguilla,  where  I  col- 
lated it  in  both  the  lower  and  the  upper  part  of  the  exposure  on  the 
sith  side  of  the  bay.  The  epitheca  is  not  always  distinct  on  the 
l'.'er  surface,  but  I  can  not  be  sure  whether  it  has  been  worn  of!  or 
V3  not  developed. 

)ne  of  the  two  specimens  from  Empire,  Canal  Zone,  is  represented 
b  plate  150,  figure  5.  The  calicular  characters  are  obscure  but  they 
am  to  be  the  same  as  those  of  P.  anguiUensis.  The  general  facies  of 
I  specimens  is  identical  with  that  of  P.  aiiguillensis. 

Subgenus  Synaraea  Verrill. 
1864.  Synaraea  Verrill,  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.  Bull.,  vol.  1,  p.  42. 

nype-species. — None  was  designated  by  Verrill;  therefore  I  select  as 
tl  type-species  Pontes  erosa  Dana,  the  first  species  in  VerrilTs  list 
oihose  referred  by  him  to  Synaraea. 

PORITES  (SYNARAEA)  HO  WEI,  new  species. 

Plate  151,  figs.  2,  2a,  3,  3a,  4. 

1  orallum  composed  of  rather  small,  slightly  or  greatly  compressed, 
*vi  subpalmate,  branches,  on  some  of  which  longitudinal  carinae  are 
W(  developed.  Plate  151,  figures  2,  3,  3a,  are  natural  size  illustra- 
tes of  two  specimens.  The  thickness  of  the  lower  end  of  the  speci- 
fic represented  by  figure  2  is  6  mm.,  of  the  upper  end  of  the  same 
sp'imen  about  5.5  mm. ;  the  width  and  length  of  the  specimen  are 
incated  by  the  figure. 

r  'ie  calices  are  small,  about  1  mm.  in  diameter,  and  occur  more  or 
fesin  series  from  5  to  18  mm.  long  between  reticular  coenenchymal 
nd  s,  that  range  in  thickness  from  a  merely  dividing  partition  up  to 
*  tfn.  wide,  and  in  height  up  to  a  maximum  of  about  1  mm. 
'  frpta  small,  12  in  number,  with  the  usual  poritid  arrangement, 
laterals  of  the  triplet  converge  toward  the  inner  end  of  the  direc- 


506         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


tive  and  fuse  to  it  at  the  periphery  of  the  columellar  tangle, 
circle  of  fairly  prominent  septal  granules  distinguishable  just  wit' 
and  more  or  less  attached  to  the  wall.  Pali  small,  but  distinct  zjl 
relatively  prominent,  usually  six  in  number,  on  the  inner  endsf 
the  two  directives  and  before  the  lateral  pairs.  The  synaptic!;! 
rings  are  very  clearly  distinguishable,  apparently  there  are  two,  m 
outer  of  irregular  development. 

Columellar  tangle  well  developed,  with  a  small,  erect  cen  il 
tubercle. 

Locality  and  geologic  occurrence. — Canal  Zone,  station  6016,  quay 
in  the  Emperador  limestone,  Empire,  collected  by  T.  W.  Vaugjn 
and  D.  F.  MacDonald. 

Cotypes.—No.  325113,  U.S.KM.  (3  specimens). 

PORITES  (SYNARAEA)  MACDONALDI,  new  species. 

Plate  152,  figs.  1,  2,  3,  3a,  4,  5,  5a. 

Corallum  begins  growth  as  an  explanate  plate  with  humps  <ty 
gibbosities  on  its  upper  surface,  by  continued  growth  the  protu]ra 
ances  rise  into  crests  and  compressed  columiform  lobes.  The  seis 
of  illustrations  on  plate  152,  figures  1,  2,  3,  4,  5,  indicate  the  grov 


forms. 

Calices  of  moderate  size,  average  about  1.5  mm.  in  diameter,  0(ir 
separately  or  in  series,  usually  in  series  which  range  in  length  fan 
the  diameter  of  two  or  three  calices  up  to  18  mm.  long  with  11  calis. 
Within  the  series,  although  the  calicinal  centers  are  clearly  demaridj. 
the  walls  between  adjacent  calices  are  only  slightly  develo  p 
but  the  series  are  separated  by  distinct  fairly  continuous  wlA 
which  are  cos  tat  e  on  top,  or  by  coarsely  reticular  coenenchyma.  fa 
many  places  the  reticulum  rises  upward  between  calices,  especi 
at  their  corners,  and  forms  papillae,  similar  to  those  in  the  papi] 
species  of  Montipora.  Such  papillae  may  be  single,  with  a  b 
diameter  of  about  1  mm.  and  a  height  also  of  about  1  mm.,  or 
may  fuse  and  form  ridges  as  much  as  7  mm.  long  and  1.5  mm.  t 
at  the  base.  The  reticulum  composing  the  papillae  is  of  cc 
texture. 

As  new  calices  are  largely  formed  by  fission,  the  septal  arranger 
is  not  definitely  schematic.  Where  it  appears  possible  to  recog 
a  ventral  directive,  the  laterals  of  the  triplet  are  joined  to  i 
synapticulae  at  the  periphery  of  the  columellar  tangle.  There 
ring  of  septal  granules  slightly  detached  from  the  wall,  and  co 
ponding  to  it  in  position  is  an  incomplete  ring  of  synaptic! io 
pali  are  present,  but  usually  indefinite  in  development,  in  one  c  eft 
there  appear  to  be  eight;  palar  synapticulae  indefinite. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  507 


Columellar  tangle  composed  of  indefinite,  confused  processes 
om  the  inner  ends  of  the  septa  among  which  an  axial  plate  is  recog- 
izable  in  a  few  calices. 

Locality  and  geologic  occurrence. — Canal  Zone,  station  6016,  quar- 
[  in  the  Emperador  limestone,  Empire,  collected  by  T.  W.  Vaughan 
:td  D.  F.  MacDonald. 

Anguilla,  station  68)3,  Crocus  Bay,  collected  by  T.  W.  Vaughan. 
tCotypes .—  No.  325046a,  U.S.N.M.    (4  specimens.) 

The  identification  of  the  specimen  represented  by  plate  152, 
feures  5,  5a  (No.  3250466,  U.S.N.M.),  is  not  positive. 

Class  HYDROZOA. 

Order  HYDROCORALLINAE  Moseley.1 
Family  MILLEPORIDAE  L.  Aggassiz. 

Genus  MILLEFORA  Linnaeus. 

MILLEPORA  ALCICORNIS  Linnaeus. 

'58.  Millepora  alcicornis  Linnaeus,  Syst.  Nat.,  ed.  10,  p.  791. 
•98.  Millepora  alcicornis  Hickson,  Zool.  Soc.  London  Proc.  for  1898,  p.  256. 
'01.  Millepora  alcicornis  Vaughan,  U.  S.  Fish  Com.  Bull,  for  1900,  vol  2,  p.  318, 
pis.  35-38. 

locality  and  geologic  occurrence. — Canal  Zone,  Pleistocene,  stations 
f?0  and  6039,  Mount  Hope,  collected  by  D.  F.  MacDonald.  One  of 
tl  two  specimens  is  partly  incrusted  by  Polytrema  mineaceum 
(Imaeus).  Millepora  alcicornis  is  found  living  on  the  West  Indian 
u!  Floridian  coral  reefs  nearly  everywhere  there  are  such  reefs 
&r  in  the  Bermudas.  According  to  Hickson,  there  is  only  one 
Img  species,  which  is  Indo-Pacific  as  well  as  Atlantic  in  its  distri- 
ct on. 

EXPLANATIONS  OF  PLATES. 
Plate  68. 


West  Indian  Shore  Lines.  Page 

!•  live  Islands  Harbor,  Antigua   273 

|.  )encer  Bay,  Antigua   273 

I  ibliken  Bay,  St.  Bartholomew   275 

I  .  Jean  Bay,  St.  Bartholomew   275 

Plate  69. 
West  Indian  Shore  Lines. 

I  inte  Blanche,  St.  Martin   276 

3-  st  side  of  Crocus  Bay,  north  side  of  Anguilla   276 

K|ls  Pond,  Anguilla   277 

p  ;  )re,  south  side  of  Anguilla,  looking  toward  St.  Martin   276 


e  organisms  are  not  corals,  but,  as  they  are  usually  associated  with  corals  and  contribute  calcium 
te  to  reefs,  accounts  of  them  are  frequently  included  in  discussion  of  Madreporia. 


508         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Plate  70. 
West  Indian  Shore  Lines. 

A.  Looking  into  the  mouth  of  Charlotte  Anialia  Harbor,  St.  Thomas  

B.  Cliffs  on  southern  shore  of  St.  Thomas  

C.  Alluvial  plain  at  head  of  an  embayment,  St.  Thomas  

D.  Mountains  on  north,  limestone  plain  on  south,  St.  Croix  

Plate  71. 
West  Indian  Shore  Lines. 

A.  Santiago  Harbor,  Cuba,  looking  into  the  harbor;  slightly  elevated  coral  reef 

rock  in  left  foreground  

B.  Santiago  Harbor,  Cuba,  looking  seaward  through  its  mouth  

C.  Yumuri  gorge,  Matanzas,  Cuba  

D.  Yumuri  Valley  above  the  gorge  

Plate  72. 

Views  of  Isle  of  Pines,  Cuba. 

A.  The  general  plain  

B.  Daguilla,  a  monadnock  of  hard  rock  

C.  Lower  part  of  course  of  Santa  Fe  River  

Plate  73. 

Model  of  Gulf  of  Mexico  and  Caribbean  Sea  

Plate  74. 

Stylophora  imperatoris,  new  species. 

Figs.  1,  la.  Two  views  of  the  type,  from  station  6016,  Empire,  Canal  Zone. 

1.  Corallum,  natural  size  

la.  Calices,  X  8.    The  slightly  protuberant  upper  calicular  margins 
are  at  the  right  in  the  figure  

2.  A  second  specimen  from  station  6016,  X  3  

3.  A  third  specimen  from  station  6016,  natural  size  

4.  4a.  Two  views  of  a  specimen  from  station  6894,  lowest  bed,  Crocus 

Bay,  Anguilla. 

4.  Part  of  surface,  natural  size  

4a.  Calices,  X  3.    Compare  figures  2  and  4a  

5.  Specimen,  natural  size,  from  station  5853,  Canal  Zone  

Plate  75. 

Fias.  1,  la.  Stylophora  panamensis,  new  species.    Two  views  of  the  type. 

1.  Corallum,  natural  size  

la.  Calices,  X  8  

2,  3,  4.  Stylophora  goethalsi,  new  species. 

2.  Type,  corallum,  natural  size  

3.  Tip  of  a  branch,  natural  size  

4.  Calices  of  another  specimen,  X  8  

5,  5a,  6,  6a,  7a.  Stylophora  macdonaldi,  new  species. 

5.  Tip  of  a  branch,  natural  size;  5a,  the  same,  X  3  

6.  A  part  of  a  branch,  natural  size;  6a,  the  same,  X  3  

7.  Part  of  another  branch,  natural  size;  7a,  calices  of  the  same,  X  8  


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  509 


Plate  76. 

tj^s.  1,  la.  Stylophora  portobellensis,new  species,  two  views  of  the  type.  Page. 

1.  Corallum,  natural  size   338 

la.  Calices,  X  3   338 

2,  2a.  Stylophora  canalis,  new  species,  two  views  of  the  type. 

2.  Corallum,  natural  size   341 

2a.  Calices,  X  8  :   341 

3,  3a,  36.  Pocillopora  arnoldi,  new  species,  three  views  of  the  type. 

3.  3a.  Branch,  natural  size   343 

36.  Calices,  X  8   343 

4,  4a.  Astrocoenia  portoricensis,  new  species,  two  views  of  the  type. 

4.  Corallum,  natural  size   350 

4a.  Calices,  X  5   350 

Plate  77. 

F3. 1,  la.  Pocillopora  baracoaensis,  new  species. 

1.  Branch,  natural  size   344 

la.  Calices,  X  5   344 

;    2,  2a.  Pocillopora  guantanamensis ,  new  species. 

2.  Corallum,  natural  size   344 

2a.  Calices,  X  5   344 

3,  3a,  36.  Thysanus  hayesi,  new  species. 

3.  Calicular  surface,  X  2   424 

3a.  Base,  X  2   424 

36.  Side,  X  2   424 

Plate  78. 

i  .  1,  la.  Astrocoenia  portoricensis,  new  species,  two  views  of  form  with 
subterete  branches. 

1.  Branch,  natural  size   351 

la.  Calices,  X  5   351 

2,  2a.  Astrocoenia  d'achiardii  Duncan. 

2.  Branch,  natural  size   346 

2a.  Calices,  X  5   346 

3,  3a,  4,  4a.  Astrocoenia  decaturensis ,  new  species. 

3.  View,  natural  size,  of  the  corallum;  3a,  calices,  X  5,  of  the  type  from 
near  Bainbridge,  Ga   348 

4.  View,  natural  size,  of  the  corallum;  4a,  calices,  X  5,  of  a  specimen 
from  Antigua   348 

Plate  79. 

■lj  la,  2.  Astrocoenia  guantanamensis,  new  species. 

1.  Corallum,  natural  size;  la,  calices,  X  5,  of  type,  from  Guantanamo, 
Cuba   347 

2.  Specimen  from  Tonosi,  Panama;  calices,  X  5   347 

3,  3a.  Astrocoenia  meinzeri,  new  species. 

3.  Corallum,  natural  size   349 

3a.  Calices,  X  5   349 

4,  4a,  46.  Dichocoenia  tuberosa  Duncan. 

4.  Corallum,  natural  size   360 

4a.  Costae,  X  4   360 

46.  Calices,  X  3   360 


,510         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Plate  80. 

Figs  1,  la,  16,  2,  3.  Archohclia  limonensis,  new  genus  and  species. 

1.  Corallum,  natural  size;  la,  calice,  X  4;  16,  axial  corallite,  X  4,  of 

the  type  

2,  3.  Views,  natural  size,  of  two  paratypes  

4,  5,  6,  6a.  Asterosmilia  killi,  new  species. 

4.  Corallum,  X  2  

5.  Corallum,  X  2|  

G.  Corallum,  X  2^,  6a,  calice,  X  3,  of  the  same  specimen  

7,  7a,  76.  Orbicella  annularis  (Ellis  and  Solander),  three  views  of  the 
specimen  identified  by  Milne  Edwards  and  Haime  as  Heli- 
astraea  stellulata  (Ellis  and  Solander). 

7.  Corallum,  five-sixths  natural  size  

7a.  Calices,  X  3$  

76.  Longitudinal  section  of  corallites,  X  3£  


Plate  81. 
Orbicella  annularis  (Ellis  and  Solander). 

Figs.  1,  la.  Two  views  of  a  typical  specimen  from  Tortugas,  Florida. 

1.  Corallum,  natural  size   36 

la.  Calices,  X  3  jM 

2.  Variant  with  nodular  surface,  X     from  Tortugas,  Florida  :   36 

Plate  82. 

.  Orbicella  annularis  (Ellis  and  Solander). 

Figs.  1,  la.  Variant  from  Mayaguez,  Porto  Rico. 

1.  Corallum,  X  $   361 

la.  Calices,  X  3  \  ft 

2.  Variant,  discoidal  in  form,  X*,  from  Fort  Taylor,  Key  West,  Florida.  .  36! 

Plate  83. 

Orbicella  annularis  (Ellis  and  Solander). 

Fig.  1.  Calices  of  Verrill's  type  of  Orbicella  hispidula,  X3  1 84 

2.  Calices,  X3,  of  a  specimen  from  Port  Castries,  Saint  Lucia   36! 

3,  3a.  Two  views  of  a  specimen  of  Orbicella  hispidula  Verrill,  from  the  reei 

east  of  Coeoanut  Point,  Andros  Island,  Bahamas. 

3.  Corallum,  Xi  [if 

3a.  Part  of  the  surface,  natural  size  

Plate  84. 
Orbicella  annularis  (Ellis  and  Solander). 


Fig.  1.  Calices  of  the  type  of  Echinopora  franksi  Gregory,  X3  

2.  Corallum  of  columnar  growth-form  from  Tortugas,  Florida,  natural  size. 

3,  3a.  Two  views  of  a  variant  with  columnar  growth-form  from  Westpunt, 

Curacao. 

3.  Corallum,  natural  size  

3a.  Calices,  X3  


371 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  511 


Plate  85. 
Orbicclla  limbata  (Duncan). 

Page. 

is.  1,  la.  Two  views  of  an  original  specimen  of  Duncan's  Plesiastraca  ramea. 

1.  Corallum,  natural  size   376 

la.  Calices,  X3   37G 

2,  2a,  26.  Three  views  of  the  same  specimen  in  the  Museum  of  Compar- 

ative Zoology. 

2.  Longitudinal  section,  natural  size   377 

2a.  Longitudinal  section,  X5   377 

2b.  Calices,  X3   377 

3,  Calices,  X3,  of  another  specimen   377 

4,  4a.  Two  views  of  one  of  the  original  specimens  referred  to  by  Duncan 

as  Phyllocoenia  scidpta  var.  tegu.la. 

4.  Surface  of  corallum,  natural  size   377 

4a.  Calices,  X3   377 

Plate  86. 

3. 1,  la.  Stylangia  panamensis,  new  species. 

1.  Corallum,  natural  size   410 

'       la.  Costa?,  X4   410 

2,  3,  4,  5.  Orbicella  imperatoris,  new  species. 

2.  Calices  of  a  cotype,  X3£   378 

3.  Calices  of  a  second  cotype,  X3£   378 

4.  Longitudinal  section  of  the  corallites  of  a  cotype,  natural  size   378 

5.  Calices  of  a  specimen  from  Cienaga,  Cuba,  X3J.   378 

6,  6a.  Septastrca  matsoni,  new  species. 

6.  Corallum,  natural  size   411 

<[      6a.  Calices,  X4   411 

Plate  87. 

Orbicella  cavernosa  (Linnaeus). 

Four  views  of  the  same  specimen. 
1.1.  Calices  of  one  end,  natural  size.    Corallites  protuberant;  costae  low, 

thick,  equal  or  subequal   381 

la.  Calices  of  the  other  end,  natural  size.    Corallites  low;  last  cycle  of 

costae  very  small  or  obsolete,  costae  of  lower  cycles  tall  and  thin.  382 

16.  Longitudinal  section  of  corailite,  X2   381 

Ac  Exothecal  cells,  X2   381 

Plate  88. 
Orbicella  cavernosa  (Linnaeus). 

■L.  Marginal  calices,  natural  size,  of  a  specimen  from  9  miles  northwest  of 

Key  West,  Florida   380 

Calices  natural  size  of  a  specimen  from  Tortugas,  Florida   380 

>, 3a,  36.  Three  views  of  the  specimen  labeled  Orbicella  com  pacta  Rathbun, 
from  Brazil  (lat.  12°  48'  S. ;  long.  38°  W.).  This  is  probably  a 
valid  variety  of  0.  cavernosa. 

3.  Upper  surface  of  corallum,  natural  size   384 

3a.  A  group  of  calices,  X2   384 

36.  Longitudinal  section  of  corallites,  X2   384 


512         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 

Plate  89. 

Figs.  1,  la.  Orbicella  cavernosa  var.  endothecata  (Duncan);  two  views  of  one  of 

Duncan's  original  specimens.  I 
1.  Outer  surface ;  la,  longitudinal  section  of  corallites,  each  natural  size . 

2.  Orbicella  cavernosa  var .  cylindrica  (Duncan);  calices,  natural  size,  of  one 

of  Duncari's  original  specimens  

3.  Orbicella  aperta  (Verrill).    Calices  natural  size  

Plate  90. 
Orbicella  bainbridgensis,  new  species. 
Four  views  of  the  type. 

Ftgs.  1.  Upper  surface  of  the  corallum,  natural  size  

la.  Calices,  X4  

16.  Longitudinal  section  of  a  corallite,  X4  

lc.  Exotheca,  X4  

Plate  91. 

Figs.  1,  la.  Orbicella  costata  (Duncan).  Cross-section  of  corallites  of  one  of 
Duncan's  original  specimen.  Figure  1,  natural  size;  figure  la, 
X3  

2.  Orbicella  costata  (Duncan).    View  natural  size  of  a  specimen  from 

Antigua  

3.  3a.  Orbicella  costata  (Duncan).   Two  views,  each  natural  size  of  another 

specimen  from  Antigua  

4.  Goniastrea  canalis,  new  species.    Calices  of  the  type,  X3^  

Plate  92. 
Orbicella  costata  (Duncan^. 
Fig.  1.  Specimen  from  4  miles  west  of  Lares,  Porto  Rico,  natural  size  


2.  Specimen  from  Culehra  formation,  Las  Cascadas,  Canal  Zone;  calices, 

X4   t 

3.  ^Specimen  from  Anguilla,  natural  size  


Plate  93. 
Orbicella  costata  (Duncan). 
Two  views  of  the  same  specimen  from  Anguilla. 
Fig.  1.  Calices,  X4  


la.  Corallum,  natural  size  

Plate  94. 
Orbicella  canalis,  new  species. 

Figs.  1,  la.  Two  views  of  the  type. 

1.  Corallum,  natural  size  

la.  Calices,  X4  

2,  2a.  Two  views  of  a  paratype  from  the  Canal  Zone. 

2.  Corallum,  natural  size  

2a.  Calices,  X4  

3,  3a.  Two  views  of  a  varietal  form  from  Anguilla. 

3.  Corallum,  natural  size  

3a.  Calices,  X4  


II 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OP  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  513 


Plate  95. 
Orbicella  tampaensis,  new  species. 

Page. 


1,  Corallum,  natural  size,  of  the  type   390 

2,  2a.  Two  views  of  the  same  paratype. 

2.  Corallum,  natural  size   390 

2a.  Calices  and  costae,  X2   390 

3,  3a.  Two  views  of  another  paratype,  Wagner  Free  Institute  of  Science. 

3.  Corallum,  natural  size   390 

3a.  Calices  and  cost&e,  X2   390 

Plate  96. 

Orbicella  tampaensis  var.  silecensis,  new  variety. 
General  view  of  the  type,  natural  size,  Wagner  Free  Institute  of  Science.  390 

Plate  97. 

1.  Orbicella  brevis  (Duncan).    View,  natural  size,  of  the  type,  Geological 

Society  of  London   391 

2.  Orbicella  intermedia  (Duncan).    View,  natural  size,  of  the  type,  Geo- 

logical Society  of  London   393 

3,  3a.  Orbicella  irradians  (Milne  Edwards  and  Haime).    Two  views  of  the 

same  specimen. 

3.  Corallum,  natural  size   395 

3a.  Calices  and  costae,  X2   395 

4,  4a.  Orbicella  canalis,  new  species.    Two  views  of  the  same  specimen. 

4.  Calice  and  costae,  X4   389 

4a.  Corallum,  natural  size   389 

Plate  98. 

1. 1,  2,  2a.  Orbicella  insignis  (Duncan). 

1.  Cross-section  of  corallitesof  one  of  Duncan's  original  specimen,  X2, 
Geological  Society  of  London   393 

2.  Cross-section  of  corallites;  2a,  longitudinal  section,  showing  endo- 
theca  and  exotheca  of  a  specimen  from  Serro  Colorado,  Arube. 
Both  figures  X  2   393 

3,  3a.  Antiguastrea  cellulosa  (Duncan). 

3.  Corallum,  natural  size;  3a,  calices,  X2,  of  a  typical  specimen,  from 
Antigua   403 

4,  4a.  Antiguastrea  cellulosa  var.  curvata  (Duncan). 

4.  Corallum,  natural  size;  4a,  calices,  X2,  of  the  same  specimen  from 
Antigua   408 

Plate  99. 
Antiguastrea  cellulosa  (Duncan). 

1,  la.  Two  views  of  a  specimen  with  protuberant,  separate  corallite  limbs, 
from  Willoughby  Bay,  Antigua. 

1.  Corallum,  natural  size   403 

la.  Calices,  X4   403 

2,  2a.  Two  views  of  a  specimen  from  Cathedral,  St.  John,  Antigua.  Cal- 
ices on  one  end  excavated;  on  the  other  end  shallow,  tumid 
around  the  margins. 

2.  Corallum,  natural  size   404 

2a.  Calice,  X6  :   404 

3,  3a.  Two  views  of  a  second  specimen  from  Cathedral,  St.  John,  Antigua. 
Calices  shallow,  distant,  tumid  around  the  margins. 

3.  Corallum,  natural  size   405 

3a.  Calices,  X6   405 


Li 


514         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Plate  100. 
Antiguastrea  cellulosa  (Duncan). 

Fig.  1.  Photograph  of  thin  cross-section  of  corallites,  X6;  shows  the  large, 
lamellar  columella.    Specimen  from  Cathedral,  St.  John,  Antigua.. 

2,  Photograph  of  thin  cross-section  of  corallites,  X6;  columella  not  so  wide 

as  in  figure  1.    Specimen  from  Cathedral,  St.  John,  Antigua  

3,  3a.  Two  views  of  a  specimen  from  station  6S56,  Friar's  Hill,  Antigua. 

3.  Corallum,  natural  size  

3a.  Calices,  X6  v  

4,  4a.  Two  views  of  a  specimen  of  the  kind  designated  Isastrsea  turbinata 

by  Duncan. 

4.  Corallum,  natural  size  

4a.  Calices,  X4  

Plate  101. 

Figs.  1,  la.  Antiguastrea  cellulosa  var.  sileccnsis,  new  variety.  Two  views  of 
the  type,  from  Flint  River  near  Bainbridge,  Georgia. 

1.  Upper  surface  of  the  corallum,  natural  size  

la.  Calices,  X3  

2,  2a.  Antiguastrea  cellulosa  (Duncan).    Two  views  of  the  same  specimen, 
from  the  Byrani  calcareous  marl,  Vicksburg,  Miss. 

2.  Part  of  upper  surface  of  the  corallum,  natural  size  

2a.  Calices,  X4  

Plate  102. 

Figs.  1,  la.  Antiguastrea  elegans  (Reuss)  Vaughan.  Two  views  of  a  specimen 
from  Fontana  della  Bova  di  San  Lorenzo,  Italy,  out  of  beds  of 
Rupelian  (middle  Oligocene)  age. 

1.  Upper  surface,  natural  size  

la.  Calices,  X4  

2.  Favia  macdonaldi,  new  species.  Corallum,  upper  surface,  natural 
size.  Enlarged  view  of  cross-section  of  corallites  shown  on  plate 
103,  fig.  1  1 

Plate  103. 

Fig.  1.  Favia  macdonaldi,  new  species.    Cross-section  of  corallites,  X2.  Gen- 
eral view  of  corallum,  plate  102,  fig.  2  

2,  2a.  Favites  mexicana,  new  species.    Two  views  of  the  same  specimen. 

2.  Corallum,  natural  size  

2a.  Calices,  X4  

3.  4,  4a.  Maeandra  antiguensis,  new  species. 

3.  Upper  surface  of  a  cotype,  natural  size  

4.  Upper  surface  of  the  second  cotype,  natural  size;  4a,  part  of  surface 

of  the  same,  X4  

Plate  104. 

Figs.  1,  la.  Maeandra  dumblei,  new  species.    Two  views  of  the  type. 

1.  Upper  surface,  natural  size  

la.  Part  of  surface,  X4  •  

2,  2a.  Manicina  uilloughbicnsis,  new  species. 

2.  Lower  surface,  natural  size,  of  the  type.  Upper  surface,  illustrated 

by  plate  105  

2a.  Part  of  lower  surface  of  a  paratype,  X2  


418 
41S 


422 
41!-' 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  515 
Plate  105. 

Page. 

xicina  iciUoughbiensis.  new  species.    Upper  surface,  natural  size.  Lower 
irface  illustrated  by  plate  104,  figure  2   422 

Plate  106. 

i3. 1,  la,  16.  Syzygophyllia  hayesi,  new  species.    Three  views  of  the  type. 

1.  Calicular  surface,  natural  size   424 

la.  Side  view,  natural  size   424 

16.  Epitheca,  X5.    Specimen  photographed  in  horizontal  position;  the 

top  toward  the  right   424 

2,  2a,  26.  Trochoseris  meinzeri,  new  species.   Three  views  of  the  type. 

2.  Corallum,  side  view,  natural  size   426 

2a.  Calice,  natural  size   426 

26.  Septa,  X5   426 

Plate  107. 

b .  1,  la.  Maeandra  portoricensis,  new  species.    Two  views  of  the  type. 

1.  Upper  surface,  natural  size   418 

la.  Part  of  upper  surface,  X2   418 


2,  2a,  26.  Leptoseris  portoricensis.  new  species.  Three  views  of  the  type. 

2.  Calicular  surface,  natural  size   431 

2a.  Outer  surface,  natural  size   431 

26.  Costae  of  outer  surface,  X4   431 

Plate  108. 

hi  1,  la,  16.  Orbicella  gabbi,  new  species.   Three  views  of  the  holotype, 
Philadelphia  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences. 

1.  Cross  section  of  corallites,  natural  size   394 

la.  Cross  section  of  a  corallite,  X2   394 

16.  Endotheca  and  exotheca,  X4   394 

2,  3,  4.  Agaricia  anguillensis ,  new  species.    A  view,  natural  size,  of  each 
of  three  cotypes,  University  of  Upsala   428 

Plate  109. 

?ig  1,  la.  Agaricia  dominicensis,  new  species.    Two  views  of  the  type. 

1.  Calicular  surface,  X2   428 

la.  Lower  surface,  X2   428 

2,  2a.  3.  Leptoria  spenceri,  new  species. 

2.  2a.  Two  views  of  the  upper  surface  of  the  holotype;  figure  2,  natural 

size:  figure  2a,  X2   421 

3.  Upper  surface,  natural  size,  a  worn  paratype   421 

Plate  110. 


Pavona  panamensis,  new  species. 

IG'l,  la,  16.  Three  views  of  a  cotype  in  which  the  septa  strongly  alternate 
in  prominence  around  the  calices,  but  the  septo-costae  in  places  are 


sub  equal. 

1.  Calicular  surface,  natural  size   430 

la.  Calices,  X4   430 

16.  Calices,  X4   430 


516         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Figs.  2,  2a.  Two  views  of  a  cotype  in  which  the  septa  are  subequal  in  promi- 
nence around  the  calices. 

2.  General  view  of  the  corallum,  natural  size  

2a.  Calices  and  septocostae,  X4  

3,  3a.  Two  views  of  a  specimen  intermediate  in  its  septal  and  septo-costal 


characters  between  the  preceding  specimens. 

3.  View,  natural  size   < 

3a.  Calices  and  septo-costae,  X4   4 

Plate  111. 

Pironastraea  anguillensis,  new  species. 

Figs.  1,  la,  16.  Three  views  of  the  holotype. 

1.  Part  of  upper  surface,  natural  size   4 

la.  Part  of  lower  surface,  natural  size   4 

16.  Valleys  and  collines,  X5   4 

Plate  112. 

Figs.  1,  la.  Pironastraea  anguillensis,  new  species.    Two  views  of  paratype. 

1.  Part  of  upper  surface,  natural  size   4 

la.  Valleys  and  collines,  X5  I 

2,  2a.  Pironastraea  antiguensis,  new  species.  Two  views  of  the  holotype 
from  Antigua. 

2.  Upper  surface,  natural  size   4S 

2a.  Part  of  upper  surface,  X5   42 

Plate  113. 
Pironastraea  antiguensis,  new  species. 

Figs.  1,  la.  Two  views  of  a  specimen  from  near  Guantanamo,  Cuba. 

1.  Part  of  upper  surface,  natural  size   43 

la.  Part  of  upper  surface,  X5   43 

Plate  114. 

Figs.  1.  Siderastrea  radians  (Pallas).  Calices,  X6,  of  a  specimen  from  off  Cocoj 

nut  Point,  Andros  Island,  Bahamas   .48 

2,  3.  Siderastrea  siderea  (Ellis  and  Solander). 

2.  Calices,  X6,  of  a  specimen  from  Guanica  Centrale,  Porto  Rico  I  M 

3.  Calices,  X6,  of  another  specimen,  the  usual  form  of  the  species,  als 

from  Guanica  Centrale.  Porto  Rico   4-1 


4,  4a.  Siderastrea  siderea  var.  dominicensis,  new  variety.    Two  views  ( 
the  type. 

4.  Corallum,  natural  size  

4a.  Calices,  X6  

Plate  115. 

Figs.  1,  la.  Siderastrea  pourtalesi,  new  species.    Two  views  of  the  type. 

1.  Corallum,  natural  size  

la.  Calices,  X  6  .... ;  

2,  2a,  26.  Siderastrea  slellata  Verrill.    Three  views  of  the  same  specimen. 

2.  Corallum,  one-half  natural  size  

2a.  Part  of  surface  above  the  lower  edge,  X  2  

26.  Summit  calices,  X  6  


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


517 


Plate  116. 

Siderastrea  silecensis,  new  species.  Page. 

1.  la.  Two  views  of  the  type. 

1.  Corallum,  one-half  natural  size   447 

la.  Calices,  X-  6   447 

2.  Photograph  of  thin  section  of  corallites  of  specimen  from  the  same 

locality  as  the  type,  X  6   447 

3.  Calices,  X  6,  of  a  specimen  supposed  to  come  from  the  "silex"  bed  at 

Tampa,  Florida   448 

Plate  117. 

1.  la,  16.  Siderastrea  silecensis,  new  species.    Three  views  of  a  specimen 

from  Coronet  Phosphate  Mine,  Florida. 

1.  Weathered  cross  section  of  corallites,  X  6   449 

la.  Longitudinal  section  of  a  corallite,  X  6   449 

16.  Thin  section  of  corallites,  X  6   449 

2.  Siderastrea  hillsboroensis,  new  species.    Weathered  cross  section  of 

corallites  of  holotype,  X  6   442 

3.  Siderastrea  conferta  (Duncan).    Calices,  X  6,  of  a  specimen  from  sta- 

tion 6893,  the  middle  or  the  upper  horizon  at  Crocus  Bay,  Anguilla. .  453 

Plate  118. 

1,  la.  Siderastrea  silecensis,  new  species.    Two  views,  each  X  6,  of  the 

calices  of  a  specimen  from  near  Bainbridge,  Georgia   449 

2,  2a,  26,  3.  Siderastrea  pliocenica,  new  species. 

2.  2a,  26.  Three  views  of  the  type.    2,  corallum,  natural  size;  2a,  cali- 

ces, X  4;  26,  calices,  X  6   441 

3.  Worn  calices  of  another  specimen,  X  6   441 

Plate  119. 
Siderastrea  dalli,  new  species. 

1,  la.  Two  views  of  the  type. 

1.  Corallum,  natural  size   450 

la.  A  group  of  calices,  X  4   450 

2.  Calices  of  another  specimen,  X  6   450 

Plate  120. 
Siderastrea  conferta  (Duncan). 

1,  Cross  section,  X  3,  of  corallites  of  Duncan's  type,  Geological  Society 

of  London  .   451 

2,  2a.  Two  views  of  a  specimen  from  the  Pepino  formation,  4  miles  west 

of  Lares,  Porto  Rico. 

2.  Corallum,  natural  size   452 

2a.  Calices,  X  6   452 

3,  4.  Specimens  from  Anguilla. 

3.  Calices,  X  6   453 

4.  Calices  of  another  specimen,  X  6   453 

Plate  121. 
Siderastrea  conferta  (Duncan). 
•  1,  la.  Two  views  of  a  specimen  from  the  Culebra  formation,  Canal  Zone. 

1.  Upper  surface,  natural  size   453 

la.  Calices,  X  6   453 

2,  2a.  Two  views  of  a  specimen  from  Anguilla. 

2.  Upper  surface,  natural  size   453 

2a.  Calices,  X  6   453 


518  BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Plate  122. 
Siderasirea  siderea  (Ellis  Solander). 

e 

Fig.  1.  Calices,  X  6,  of  a  specimen  from  Tortugas,  Florida,  water  8  to  9  k 
fathoms  deep   fa 

2,  2a,  26.  Three  views  of  a  specimen,  apparently  referable  to  this  species 

from  zone  H,  Rio  Gurabo,  Santo  Domingo. 

2.  Corallum,  natural  size  

2a,  26.  Calices,  X  6  

3,  3a.  Two  views  of  a  specimen  from  the  Bowden  marl,  Jamaica. 

3.  Corallum,  natural  size   I 

3a.  Calices,  X  6   I 

Plate  123. 

Cyathomorpha  rochettina  (Michelin)  Reis. 

Six  views  of  the  same  specimen,  from  Crosara,  Italy. 

Fig.   1.  Side  view,  natural  size   451 

la.  Calicular  view,  natural  size   ^51 

16.  Basal  view,  natural  size   |45( 

lc.  Coarse  costae,  X  2   45( 

Id.  Costae  at  calicular  edge,  X  4.    Shows  perforations  near  the  calicular 

margin   45H 

lc.  Calice,  X  4.  Shows  some  synapticulae  and  that  the  higher  cycles  of  j  j 

septa  are  perforate   456 

Plate  124. 
Cyathomorpha  hilli,  new  species. 
Two  views  of  the  type. 

Fig.  1.  Upper  surface,  natural  size  |45| 

la.  Lower  surface,  natural  size  '457 

Plate  125. 
Cyathomorpha  hilli,  new  species. 

Figs.  1,"  la,  16,  lc,  lc?.  Five  views  of  a  paratype. 

1.  Upper  surface,  natural  size  

la.  Side  view,  natural  size   457 

16.  Costae,  X  2  

lc.  Calice,  X  2  

lc?.  Another  calice,  X  2  

2,  2a.  Two   views  of  a  second  paratype 

2.  Side  view,  natural  size  

2a.  Upper  surface,  natural  size  

Plate  126. 

Cyathomorpha  browni,  new  species. 

Three  views  of  the  type. 


Fio.  1.  Upper  surface,  natural  size  . 
la.  Lower  surface,  natural  size. 
16.  Calices  and  costae,  X  2...  . 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  519 
Plate  127. 

Cyathomorpha  anguillensis,  new  species.    All  figures  natural  size. 

Page. 

1.  Upper  surface  of  type   461 

2.  Upper  surface  of  a  paratype  with  corallites  somewhat  smaller  than 

those  of  the  type   461 

3.  A  specimen  with  very  prominent  corallites   461 

4.  5.  Specimens  with  small  corallites.   The  specimen  represented  by 

figure  4  suggests  intergradation  with  Cyathomorpha  roxboroughi, 

new  species   461 

(All  of  these  specimens  are  in  the  collection  of  the  University  of  Upsala, 
Sweden.) 

Plate  128. 

.  1,  la,  16.  Cyathomorpha  belli,  new  species.    Three  views  of  the  type. 

1.  Upper  surface,  natural  size   459 

la.  Costae,  X  4   459 

16.  Calice,  X  4   459 

.  2,  2a,  26.  Cyathomorpha  splendens,  new  species.   Three  views  of  the  type. 

2.  Upper  surface,  natural  size   460 

2a.  Lower  surface,  natural  size   460 

•      26.  Costae,  X  2   460 

Plate  129. 

(  1,  la,  16.  Cyathomorpha  roxboroughi,  new  species.    Three  views  of  the 
type. 

1.  Corallum,  side  view,  natural  size  #.   461 

la,  16.  Groups  of  calices,  each  X  2   461 

2.  Cyathomorpha  antiguensis  (Duncan)  Vaughan.  Part  of  the  upper  sur- 
face of  a  specimen,  natural  size.  Two  other  views  of  this  specimen 
on  plate  130,  figures  la,  16   465 

Plate  130. 

Cyathomorpha  antiguensis  (Duncan)  Vaughan. 
G  1,  la.  Two  views  of  the  same  specimen.    Upper  surface  illustrated  by 
plate  129,  figure  2. 

1.  View  of  outer  surface  of  corallum  to  show  synapticulae  between 

the  costal  ends  of  the  septa,  X4   464 

la.  View  of  wall  as  seen  looking  across  a  corallite,  one  side  of  which 
is  broken  away,  to  show  synapticulae  between  the  peripheral 

ends  of  the  septa,  X  4   464 

\  2a.  Two  views  of  Duncan's  type  of  Astraea  antiguensis,  Geological 
Society  of  London. 

2.  Upper  surface,  natural  size   464 

2a.  Calices,  X  2   464 

5.  View,  natural  size,  of  a  specimen  with  large,  distant,  subcircular 

calices   465 

Plate  131. 

Cyathomorpha  antiguensis  (Duncan)  Vaughan. 
,  la,  16.  Three  views  of  the  same  specimen. 

1.   Upper  surface,  natural  size.    Calices  more  crowded  than  on  plate 

130,  figure  3   465 

la.  Costae  of  outer  surface,  X  2   465 

16.  A  calice,  X  4,  to  show  the  prominent  pali   465 

17149— 19— Bull.  103  22 


520  BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Figs.  2.  A  specimen,  natural  size,  with  both  crowded  and  rather  remote  calices 
on  the  same  corallum  

3.  A  specimen,  natural  size,  most  of  the  calices  crowded,  intercorallit 

areas  very  narrow,  except  at  lower  left-hand  corner,  where  there  if 
a  distant,  circular  calice  

4.  Duncan  type  of  Astroria  antiguensis,  natural  size,  Geological  Societ 

of  London.    Compare  with  figure  2  of  this  plate  f|  i 

Plate  132. 

Figs.  1,  2,  2a,  26.  Cyalhomorpha  antiguensis  (Duncan)  Vaughan,  from  Port 
Rico. 

1.  Calices,  natural  size   4 

2.  2a,  2b.  Three  views  of  the  same  specimen.  2,  corallum,  natural  siz 
2a,  2b,  calices,  X  4  M 

3,  3a.  Cyathomorpha  tenuis  (Duncan)  Vaughan.    Two  views  of  a  specime:; 
from  Porto  Rico. 

3.  Corallum,  natural  size   4 

3a.  Calices,  X  4  1 4 

Plate  133. 

Fig.  1.  Duncan's  type  of  Astroria  affinis,  natural  size,  Geological  Society  ( 
London.    Probably  a  synonym  of  Cyathomorpha  antiguensis  (Dui 

can)  I  4 

Cyathomorpha  tenuis  (Duncan)  Vaughan. 

2.  Calices,  X.2,  of  a  specimen,  with  crowded  calices,  from  Porto  Rico. .  4 

3,  3a,  36.  Three  views  of  a  specimen  from  Willoughby  Bay,  Antigua. 

3.  Upper  surface  of  corallum,  natural  size   4 

3a.  Part  of  upper  surface,  X  4,  to  show  synapticulae  between  the  cost*  4 
36.  Costae  with  intervening  synapticulae  on  lower  surface,  X  4   4 

Plate  134. 

Diploastrea  heliopora  (Lamarck)  Matthai. 
Four  views  of  the  same  specimen. 

Fig.  1.  Upper  surface,  natural  size  ,  4 

la.  Costae  and  intervening  synapticulae  of  lower  surface,  X  4   4 

16.  Calices,  X  4,  to  show  synapticulae  between  the  distal  ends  of  tl 

septa  j-'f 

lc.  Longitudinal  section  of  a  corallite,  X  4,  to  show  septal  perforatior  \ 
synapticulae,  and  dissepiments   4 

Plate  135. 

Diploastrea  crassolamellata  (Duncan)  Vaugh'an. 
Fig.  1.  Cross-section  of  the  corallites  of  a  typical  specimen,  natural  size.  Mci 

of  the  septal  lamellae  appear  dark  in  the  figure   4 

2.  Cross  section  of  the  corallites  of  a  specimen  representing  Duncai 

variety  nobilis  i  -1 

3.  A  young,  simple  corallite,  side  view,  natural  size   I 

4,  4a.  Two  views  of  the  same  specimen. 

4.  Side  view,  natural  size  

4a.  Calicular  view,  natural  size  

5,  5a,  56.  Three  views  of  the  same  specimen. 

.">.  Calicular  view,  natural  size  

5a.  Side  view,  natural  size  

56.  A  calice,  X  2  


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  521 


Plate  136. 

Diploastrea  crassolamellata  (Duncan)  Vaughan. 
Three  views  of  the  same  specimen. 

Page. 

.  1.  Side  view  of  corallum,  natural  size   47^ 

la.  Costae  of  side,  X  2   475 

16.  Calices,  natural  size  

A  Plate  137. 

Diploastrea  crassolamellata  (Duncan)  Vaughan. 

1.  Specimen  with  excavated  calices,  natural  size   475 

2.  Specimen  with  protuberant  divergent  corallites,  natural  size   475 

3.  Specimen  with  low  corallites,  X  2.  Note  the  reticulate  intercorallite 
area   475 

4.  4a.  Calices  of  the  same  specimen,  X  2. 

4.  With  some  intercorallite  reticulation   475 

4a.  Mostly  without  any  intercorallite  reticulation   475 

5.  Calices,  natural  size,  of  a  specimen  from  the  base  of  the  Chattahoochee 
formation  near  Bainbridge,  Georgia.  All  other  specimens  illus- 
trated on  this  plate  are  from  Antigua   475 

Plate  138. 

.  1,  2,  2a.  Diploastrea  crassolamellata  var.  magnifica  (Duncan)  Vaughan. 

L  Corallites,  natural  size,  of  a  specimen  from  Antigua   477 

2.  Corallites,  natural  size;  2a,  a  smaller  area,  X  2,  of  a  specimen  from 
the  base  of  the  Chattahoochee  formation  near  Bainbridge,  Georgia.  477 

3,  3a.  Diploastrea  crassolamellata  var.  nugenti  (Duncan)  Vaughan.  Two 
views  of  the  same  specimen. 

3.  Corallum,  natural  size   478 

3a.  Calices.  X  2   478 


Plate  139. 


(  1,  la,  16,  2,  2a.  Balanophyllia  pittieri,  new  species. 

1.  Corallum,  naturalsize;  la,  costae,  X  4: 16.  calice,  X  3,  of  theholotype.  479 

2.  Corallum,  natural  size;  2a,  calice,  X  3,  of  a  para  type   479 

3,  3a.  Astreopora  antiguensis ,  new  species.    Two  views  of  the  type. 

Enlarged  calices  of  paratype  on  plate  140,  figure  1. 

3.  Corallum,  one-half  natural  size   484 

3a.  Part  of  cross  section  of  lower  end,  X  3   484 

Plate  140. 

G  .  Astreopora  antiguensis,  new  species.    Calices  of  paratype.  X  6.  For 

other  views  see  plate  139,  figures  3,  3a   484 

.  2a.  Astreopora  portoricensis ,  new  species.    Two  views  of  the  type. 

2.  Corallum,  natural  size   485 

2a.  Calices,  X  6   485 

4.  4a.  Astreopora  goethalsi,  new  species. 

3.  Corallum  of  a  cotype,  one-half  natural  size   483 

4.  Corallum,  one-half  natural  size;  4a.  calices,  X  6,  of  the  second  cotype.  483 


522         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Plate  141. 

Figs.  1,  la,  16,  2.  Acropora  panamensis,  new  species. 

1.  la,  16.    Three  views  of  the  type.    1,  branch,  natural  size;  la,  pari 

of  branch,  X  3;  16,  calice,  X  8  

2.  View  of  a  paratype,  natural  size  '  

3,  3a,  4,  4a.  Acropora  saludensis,  new  species. 

3.  Branch,  cotype,  natural  size;  3a,  part  of  the  same  branch,  X  3  

4.  Branch,  cotype,  natural  size;  4a,  part  of  the  same  branch,  X  3  

Plate  142. 

Figs.  1,  la.  Goniopora  hilli,  new  species.    Two  views  of  the  type. 

1.  Surface  of  corallum,  natural  size  

la.  Calices,  X  6  

2,  2a,  26.  Goniopora  panamensis,  new  species.    Three  views  of  the  type. 

2.  One  surface,  natural  size  

2a.  The  other  surface,  natural  size  

26.  A  part  of  the  surface  represented  by  figure  2a,  X  3  

3,  3a.  Goniopora  imperatoris ,  new  species.    Two  views  of  the  type. 

3.  Corallum,  natural  size  

3a.  Calices,  X  6  

Plate  143. 

Figs.  1,  la.  Goniopora  decaturensis,  new  species.    Two  views  of  the  type. 

1.  Upper  surface,  natural  size  

la.  Calices,  X  3  

2,  2a.  Goniopora  decaturensis  var.  silecensis,  new  variety.    Two  views  ( 

the  type. 

2.  Corallum,  natural  size  

2a.  Calices,  X  3  

3,  3a.  Goniopora  decaturensis  var.  bainbridgensis,  new  variety. 

views  of  the  type. 

3.  Corallum,  natural  size  

3a.  Calices,  X  3  

Plate  144. 
Goniopora  jacobiana,  new  species. 
Fig.  1,  la.  Two  views  of  type. 

1.  Corallum,  one-half  natural  size  

la.  Calices,  X  6.    The  thick,  white  radii  represent  interseptal  filli 

the  septa  have  been  dissolved  and  are  represented  by  the  black  spac< 
2,  2a,  3,  3a.  Four  views  of  two  fragments  of  the  same  specimen  from  \Xhi 
Springs,  Florida. 

2.  Upper  surface,  natural  size;  2a,  calices,  X  6,  of  the  same  fragment 

3.  Upper  surface,  natural  size;  3a,  calices,  X  4,  of  the  same  fragment. 

Plate  145. 
Goniopora  clever,  new  species. 

Fig.  1.  Paratype,  natural  size,  University  of  Upsala  

2.  2a.  Two  views  the  type,  also  University  of  Upsala. 

2.  Branch,  natural  size  

2a.  Calices,  X  5  

3.  Paratype,  natural  size.    An  elongate  branch,  tip  rounded  

4.  Paratype,  natural  size.    A  thicker  branch;  tips  of  branchlets  obtuse! 

rounded  


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  523 


5,  5a.  Two  views  of  a  specimen  somewhat  flattened  by  pressure.  Page. 

5.  Natural  size   497 

5a.  Calices,  X  6   497 

(Originals  of  figures  l-5a  from  Anguilla.) 

6,  6a.  Two  views  of  a  specimen  somewhat  flattened  by  pressure,  from  Em- 

pire, Canal  Zone. 

6.  Natural  size   497 

6a.  Calices,  X  6   497 

Plate  146. 

■  2,  3.  Goniopora  canalis,  new  species. 

1.  Cotype,  corallum,  natural  size   494 

2.  Second  cotype,  corallum,  natural  size   494 

3.  Third  cotype,  calices,  X  6   494 

4,  5.  Goniopora  portoricensis,  new  species. 

4.  Type,  corallum,  natural  size   495 

5.  Calices,  X  6,  of  a  paratype   495 

6,  6a,  66,  7,  8,  9.  Goniopora  cascadensis,  new  species. 

6.  Type,  natural  size;  6a  and  66,  calices,  X  6   497 

7.  Paratype,  natural  size   497 

8.  Paratype,  natural  size   497 

9.  Calices  of  a  third  paratype,  X  6   497 

Plate  147. 

■:1,  la.  Poritcs  baracodcnsis,  new  species.    Two  views  of  the  type. 

1.  Branch,  natural  size   499 

la.  Part  of  branch,  X  5   499 

2,  2a,  3,  4.  Poritcs  baracoacnsis  var.  matazascnsis.  new  variety. 

2.  Type,  corallum,  natural  size;  2a,  the  same,  X  5   500 

3.  Paratype,  X  5   500 

4.  Paratype,  X  5,  shows  intergradation  with  the  typical  form  of  the 

species   500 

Plate  148. 

Poritcs  panamensis,  new  species. 

I  Paratype  corallum,  natural  size   504 

Calices,  X  8,  of  a  paratype   504 

3a.  Two  views  of  the  type. 

3.  Corallum,  natural  size   503 

3a.  Calices,  X8   503 

Plate  149. 

wL  la.  16.  Poritcs  anguillensis,  new  species.    Three  views  of  the  type. 

1.  Upper  surface,  natural  size   504 

la.  Lower  surf  ace,  natural  size   504 

16.  Calices,  X  5..'   504 

2a.  Poritcs  douvillei,  new  species.    Two  views  of  a  cotype. 

2.  Branch,  natural  size   501 

2a.  Calices,  X  8   501 

3a.  Actinacis  alabamiensis  (Yaughan).    Two  views  of  a  small  specimen 

from  Flint  River,  near  Bainbridge,  Georgia. 

,  3.  Corallum,  natural  size   486 

3a.  Calices,  X  5   486 


524         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Plate  150. 


Figs.  1,  la,  2,  3,  4.  Porites  toulai,  new  species. 

1.  la.  Type,  natural  size;  la,  calices,  X  8,  of  the  type   5 

2.  Paratype,  natural  size  I 

3.  Second  paratype,  natural  size   5 

4.  Calices  of  a  third  paratype,  X  8   5 

5.  Porites  anguillensis,  new  species.    Specimen  from  Empire,  Canal  Zone, 

natural  size  j{j 


Plate  151. 

Figs.  1,  la.  Porites  douvillei,  new  species.    Two  views  of  a  cotype. 

1.  Corallum,  natural  size   5 

la.  Calices,  X  8  j| 

2,  2a,  3,  3a,  4.  Porites  (Synaraea)  howei,  new  species.    Views  of  the  three 
cotypes. 

2.  Branch,  natural  size;  2a,  part  of  the  same  branch,  X  3  , 

3.  3a.  Two  views,  natural  size,  of  the  same  branch  !J 

4.  Calices,  X  8,  of  a  third  branch   51 


Plate  152. 
Porites  (Synaraea)  maedonaldi,  new  species. 

Fig.  1.  A  cotype,  natural  size   U 

2.  A  second  cotype,  natural  size   U 

3,  3a.  Two  views  of  a  third  cotype. 

3.  Natural  size   5* 

3a.  Part  of  surface,  X  3   5( 

4.  A  fourth  cotype,  natural  size   5( 

5,  5a.  Two  views  of  a  specimen  referred  to  this  species. 

5.  Corallum,  natural  size   5C 

5a.  A  calice,  X  8   8 


U.  S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN   103     PL.  68 


U.  S.   NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN  103 


PL.  69 


U.  S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN   103     PL.  70 


U.  S.   NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN   103     PL.  72 


C.  Lower  Part  of  Course  of  Santa  Fe  River. 
VIEWS  OF  ISLE  OF  PINES,  CUBA. 

F03   EXPLANATION   OF   PLATE  SEE   PAGE  608. 


I 


U.  S.   NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN   103     PL.  71 


U.  S.   NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN   103     PL. ) 


5a        X  3  6a  X  3  7a  X8 

Fossil  Corals  from  Central  America  and  West  Indies. 


For  explanation  of  plate  see  page  608. 


For  explanation  of  plate  see  page  609. 


U.  S.   NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN   103  PL 


J.  S.   NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN   103     PL.  78 


S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN   103     PL.  80 


U.  S.   NATIONAL  MUSEUM  BULLETIN  103 


Fossil  Corals  from  Central  America  and  West  Indies. 


For  explanation  of  plate  see  page  610. 


U.  S.   NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN   103     PL.  82 


U.  S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


3a 


Fossil  Corals  from  Central  America  and  West  Indies. 


For  explanation  of  plate  see  pace  610. 


Fossil  Corals  from  Central  America  and  West  Indies. 

For  explanation  of  plate  see  page  611. 


For  explanation  of  plate  see  page  611 


Fossil  Corals  from  Central  America  and  West  Indies. 

For  explanation  of  plate  see  page  612. 


U.  S.   NATIONAL.  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN  103 


PL.  90 


Fossil  Corals  from  Central  America  and  West  Indies. 


For  explanation  of  plate  see  page  612' 


S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN   103     PL.  92 


U.  S.   NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN   103     PL  93 


S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN   103     PL.  94 


S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN   103     PL.  96 


U.  S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN   103     PL.  98 


°  3a  <  6 

Fossil  Corals  from  Central  America  and  West  Indies. 


For  explanation  of  plate  see  page  613. 


For  explanation  of  plate  see  page  614. 


U.  S.   NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN   103     PL.  )3 


U.  S.   NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN   103     PL.  105 


Fossil  Corals  from  Central  America  and  West  Indies. 

For  explanation  of  plate  see  page  6  16. 


U.  S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


Bulletin  io3  Pl 


Fossil  Corals  from  Central  America  and  West  Indies. 


For  explanation  of  plate  see  page  515. 


U.  S.   NATIONAL  MUSEUM  BULLETIN   103     PL.  108 


Fossil  Corals  from  Central  America  and  West  Indies. 


For  explanation  of  plate  see  page  515. 


U.  S.   NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN   103     PL.  103 


NATIONAL  MUSEUM  BULLETIN   103     PL.  110 


Fossil  Corals  from  Central  America  and  West  Indiz3. 


For  explanation  of  plate  see  PA3ES  615  and  516. 


U.  S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN   103     PL.  1 1 


For  explanation  of  plate  see  page  616. 


U.  S.   NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN   103     PL.  113 


Fossil  Corals  from  Central  America  and  West  Indies 


For  explanation  of  plate  see  page  516. 


U.  S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN   103     PL.  114 


U.  S.   NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN   103     PL.  115 


For  explanation  of  plate  see  page  6  16. 


,1   NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN   103     PL.  116 


U.  S.   NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN   103  PL 


Fossil  Corals  from  Central  America  and  West  Indies. 


For  explanation  of  plate  see  page  617. 


U.  S.   NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN   103     PL.  118 


2 

Fossil  Corals  from  Central  America  and  West  Indies. 


X4 


For  explanation  of  plate  see  page  517. 


U.  S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM  BULLETIN   103  PL, 


Fossil  Corals  fromTCentralT America^andIWest  Indies. 


For  explanation  of  plate  see  page  617. 


U.   S.   NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN   103     PL.  |2I 


U.  S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN   103     P  |i 


U.  S.   NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN   103     PL.  124 


U.  S.   NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN   103     PL.  125 


For  explanation  of  plate  see  page  619. 


t».  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN   103     PL.  128 


U.  S.    NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN   103     PL  129 


For  explanation  of  plate  see  page  619. 


U.  S.   NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN 


Fossil  Corals  from  Central  America  and  West  Indies. 


For  explanation  of  plate  see  pages  619  and  620. 


NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN   103     PL.  132 


3  3a  X  4 


Fossil  Corals  from  Central  America  and  West  Indies. 


For  explanation  of  plate  see  page  520. 


U.  S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN 


3a  X  4  3b 


Fossil  Corals  from  Central  America  and  West  Indies. 


For  explanation  of  plate  see  pace  620. 


S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN   103     PL.  134 


lb  X4  lc 


Fossil  Corals  from  Central  America  and  West  Indies. 

For  explanation  of  plate  see  page  520. 


Fossil  Corals  from  Central  America  and  West  Indies. 


For  explanation  of  plate  see  page  620 


U.  S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN   103     PL.  136 


Fossil  Corals  from  Central  America  and  West  Indies, 

F03   EXPLANATION   OF  PLATE    SEE    PAGE  521. 


Fossil  Corals  from  Central  America  and  West  Indies. 


For  explanation  of  plate  see  page  52  1 


S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN   103     PL.  138 


For  explanation  of  plate  see  page  52  1 


For  explanation  of  plate  see  page  521. 


For  explanation  of  plate  see  page  522. 


S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN   103     PL.  142 


Fossil  Corals  from  Central  America  and  West  Indies 


For  explanation  of  platl  bee  page  622 


U.  S.   NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN   103     PL.  146 


For  explanation  of  plate  see  paoe  623. 


U.  S.   NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN   103     PL.  150 


For  explanation  of  plate  see  page  524. 


U.  S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN  103 


For  explanation  of  plate  see  page  624. 


U.  S.  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


BULLETIN   103     PL.  152 


INDEX 


[The  names  treated  as  valid  are  printed  in  roman  type,  while  the  synonyms  are  in  italics. 


Page. 

ibdita,  Favites   191 

Heliastraea   374 

Madrepora   414 

abnormalis,  Asterosmilia  213,215,217,354 

Trochocyathus   213,354 

Acropora   201, 202, 211, 212, 479, 480, 481, 482 

cervicornis   482 

corymbosa   192 

Heliastraea   364,365 

Madrepora   364,372 

muricata   225, 234, 256, 480, 481 

muricata  var.  cervicornis   482 

var.  palmata   483 

murrayensis   481 

ocellata   192 

Orbicella   365,372,376,380 

palifera   192 

palmata          225, 234, 253, 254, 480, 482, 483 

panamensis   201,209,234,480,522 

pharaonis   192 

forma  arabica  •..  192 

prolifera   480,482 

pulchra   192 

rosaria   481 

saludensis   201,209,234,480,522 

scherzeriana   192 

spicifera   192 

squarrosa   481 

variabilis   192 

Acroporidae   488,479 

Actinacis   194, 202, 203, 206, 212, 486, 488 

alabamiensis         201, 205, 206, 234, 488, 523 

haueri   488 

martiniana   486,488 

rollei   194 

acuta,  Pocillopora   342 

adunca,  Orbiculina   294 

affinis,  Astroria   463, 466, 520 

Lithohyllia   214 

Mussa   214.215 

Reussia   336 

Stylopbora   213,215, 

217, 21 9, 228, 334, 336, 337, 338, 359, 377, 385 

var.  minor,  Stylophora   334 

Agaricia   253,426,427 

agaricites   214, 232, 426, 515 

var.  crassa   225,232,427 

var.  gibbosa   427 

var.  purpurea .  .  225, 232, 427, 428 

var.  pusilla   225,232,428 

anguillensis   210, 428, 429, 430 

crassa   427 


Page. 

Agaricia  dominicensis          217, 232, 428, 429, 430, 515 

fragilis  var   427 

nobilis   429,430 

purpurea   427 

sommeringii   433 

undata   214 

Aganciidae   425 

agaricites,  Agaricia   214,232,426 

Madrepora   427 

var.  crassa,  Agaricia   225, 232, 427 

var.  gibbosa.  Agaricia   427 

var.  purpurea,  Agaricia   232 

var.  pusilla,  Agaricia . . .  225, 232, 427, 428 

agassizi,  Maeandra   419 

Agathiphyllia   455, 456, 469 

conglobata   455 

depressa   455 

explanata   455 

agglutinans,  Textularia   294 

alabamensis,  Oculina   352 

alabamiensis,  Actinacis   201, 

205,206,234,486,488, 523 

Turoinaria?   486 

alcicornis,  Millepora   225,236,507 

Aldrichia   195 

aldrichi,  Archohelia   199 

Oculina   353 

Aldrichiella  elegans   195 

altissima,  Heliastraea   375,379,380 

Orbicella   230,362,363 

Alveopora   201, 202, 203, 206, 211, 395 

daedalaea   491 

var.  regularis   201,491 

fenestrate   214 

microscopica   492 

regularis   491 

alveolaris,  Antiguastrea   230, 409, 410 

Astrea   402,409,410 

Phyllangia   409 

alveolus,  Placocyathus   212 

americana,  Astrangia  (Phyllangia)   225 

Orthophragmina   196 

Phyllangia   409 

Amphistegina   294 

lessonii   294 

ananas,  Astrea   436 

anguillensis,  Agaricia   21 0, 232, 428, 429, 430, 515 

Cyathomorpha . . .  210, 234, 460, 461, 519 

Pironastraea   204, 

210,232. 432, 433, 434,516 
Pontes . . ,  209, 210, 236, 504, 505, 523, 254 


I 


II 


INDEX. 


Page. 

angularis,  Clavulina   294 

angulata,  Antilloseris   194 

Seriatopora   191 

angulosa,  Mussa   214 

annularis,  A strea   364 

(OrMcclla)   364 

Explanaria   364 

Heliastraca   364,365 

Orbicella   214,215,223, 

■228, 253, 254, 255, 256, 362, 363, 364, 
365, 366, 368, 369, 371, 372, 373, 374, 
375,  376,  380, 396, 398, 400, 420, 510 

var.  stellulata,  Orbicella   365 

Madrepora  '.  364 

Madrepora   362 

annulata,  Cyathophyllia   202 

anomala,  Aster osmilia   213,354 

Anfhopora   333 

A  nthophyllum  distortum   425 

Anthozoa   333 

Antiguastrea   202, 203, 212, 363, 401, 402, 410 

alveolaris   230,409,410 

cellulosa  199,200, 

204,  205, 206,  207,  210,  230,  395,  402, 
404,405,  408,  409,  410,  415,  419,  468, 
513,514 

.  var.  curvata...  -   200, 

230,404,408,513 

silecensis   205, 

208, 230, 408,514 

elegans   230,409,514 

cellulosa  var.  silecensis   200 

antiguensis  A straea         363, 380, 415, 463, 466, 467, 519 

Astreopora.  201, 205, 208, 234, 484, 485, 521 

Astroria   520 

Cyathomorpha   200, 

204,  207,  234,  415, 463, 466, 469, 519, 520 

Ooniastrca  (?)   415 

Heliastraca   200,463 

Maeandra   200, 207, 230, 41 7, 421, 514 

Pironastraea   200,204,432,434,516 

antillarum,  Astraea   379,381,388,393 

Heliastraca   200,379 

Orbicella   200, 230, 362, 363, 379, 393 

Siderastrea crenulata  var..  214,436,446 

Antillastraea   356 

spongiformis   213,357,359 

Antillia. . . .  200, 203, 206, 210, 211, 213, 219, 222, 223, 224 

bilobata   214, 215, 217, 224, 377, 387 

(?)  clevei   194 

(?)  compressa   194 

dentata   214 

dubia  214,215,217,361 

lonsdaleia   214 

ponder  osa   214 

walli   212 

Antilloseris  angulata   194 

cantabrigiensis   194 

cyclolites   194 

eocaenica   194 

grandis   194 

jamaicaensis   19-4 

major   194 

aperta,  Heliastraca   386 

Orbicella   230,362,363,386,512 

Aplophyllia?   202 


Page; 

appendiculatum,  Flabellum   194 

arabica,  Acropora  pharaonis  forma   192 

arbuscula,  Caryophyllia   362; 

Cladocora   225,228,362 

Archohelia   352,353 

aldrichi   199 

burnsi   195 

harrisi   199 

limonensis          222, 223, 288, 352, 353, 510 

mississippiensis   199 

neglecta   19& 

vicksbur  gensis   1 99 

arcuatus,  Paracyathus   354 

arcolata,  Maeandra   419 

Manicina   194, 215, 225, 230, 418, 419 

argus,  A  strea   384 

Explanaria   384 

Orbicella   383 

arnoldi,  Pocillopora   208, 228, 343, 344, 509- 

aspera,  Eusmilia   361 

asperula,  Madracis   345 

Asteopora  antiguensis   201 

Asterosmilia   219, 354, 355 

abnormalis  ; . . .  213, 215, 217, 354 

anomala  213,354 

cornuta  213,354 

exarata   200,207,213,215,218,354 

exarata   213 

hilli . .  212, 221, 288, 354, 355, 360, 361, 510 

pourtalesi   194,354 

profunda   212 

prolif  era   354 

Astraea  antiguensis   208r 

234, 363, 380, 463, 466, 467, 519, 520 

antillarum   379,381,388,393 

astroites   439 

barbadensis   364,374,375 

brevis   380,391 

cellulosa   363,401,402 

var.  curvata   408 

costata ...   387 

crassolamellata   362, 469, 470, 472 

var.  magnetica.  472,474,476 

magnifica   472 

minor   472, 

474,  477,478 

nobilis   472,474 

nugenti   472 

nugenti   474,477 

pulchella   472,474 

cylindrica   380,385 

endothecata   380,384,388 

exsculpta   486 

mcgalaxona   362 

(Orbicella)  annularis   364 

excel  sa   395 

hyades   395 

stellulata   3721 

par  tana   438 

radiata   393,395,439 

var.  intermedia   39$ 

siderea   444 

tenuis   363,407,408,467 

tricophylla   443 

vesiculosa   388 

astraeoides,  For  it  eg   50$ 


INDEX. 


Ill 


Page. 

Astraeomorpha?  "  202 

Astraeopora   483 

panicea   194,486 

Astrangia   196, 202, 206 

conradi   220 

expansa   195 

harrisi   195 

lineata   220 

ludoviciana   195 

(Phyllangia)  americana   225 

Astrangiidae   361 

Astrea   435,436 

alveolar  is   402, 409, 410 

ananas   436 

annularis   364 

argus   384 

confer  ta   384 

emarciata   351 

faveolata   364 

ga'axea   439 

heliopora   469 

inter  septa   356 

myriophthalma   483 

marylandica   411 

numisma   345 

pleiades  .-   400 

retiformis   416 

rochettina   454,456 

rotulosa   436 

siderea   443,444 

-  (Siderastrea)  galaxea   439 

siderea   443 

astreoides,  Pontes   211,219,223,225,236,253,503 

Astreopora   202, 203, 206, 212, 483 

antiguensis   205,208,484,485,521 

goethalsi  s  ......  209,234,483,521 

myriophthalma   192 

portoricensis ...  204, 208, 234, 485, 509, 521 

Astrhelia   219,220,222,353 

palmata   220 

Astrocoenia   202, 

203, 206, 212, 214, 345, 346, 348, 349, 358 

decaturensis   200, 

204,205,288,346,348,509 
d'achiardii .  193, 194, 228, 346, 347, 350, 509 

duerdeni   194,348 

guantanamensis   200, 

204,207,288,347, 509 

incrustans   193, 194, 288, 347 

meinzeri   204, 228, 349, 350, 509 

multigranosa   195 

ormta   200,346,348,349,350 

ornata   350 

p  or  tdricensis   200, 228, 350 

pumpellyi   351 

.  ramosa   195 

Astrocoeniidae   345 

Astrohelia   195 

burnsi   352,353 

neglecta   352,353 

^twites,  Astraea   439 

Madrepora   383,439 

j  Astroria  affinis   463, 466 

antiguensis   415 

polygonalis   415 

auberiana,  Quinquloculina   294 


j  Axhelia   345 

mirabilis   345 

]  bainbridgensis,  Goniopora  decaturensis  var.  491,522 
?,  Orbicella.  205, 230, 362, 363, 386,512 

Orbicella   217,377 

Balanophyllia   479 

calyculus   479 

caulifera   199 

var.  multigranosa. . .  199 

elongata   199 

irrorata   195 

pittieri          221, 234, 360, 361, 479, 521 

baracoaensis,  Pocillopora   218,228,344,509 

Porites   212,218,236,499,500,523 

var.  matazasensis,  Porites   218, 

236,500,523 

barbadcnsis,  Astraea   364,374,375 

Heliastraea   201,365 

barretti,  Placocyathus  212,213,217 

Barysmilia  intermedia  '   213 

belli,  Cyathomorpha   200,234,459,460,519 

bilobata,  Antillia   214,215,217,224,377,387 

Biloculina   294 

blanckenhorni,  Siderastraea   435 

Bolivina   294 

bottae,  Leptastrea.   191 

bournoni,  Solenastrea   190,214,215, 

217-219, 222, 223, 225, 230, 374, 377, 387, 398-401 

bowersi,  Maeandra   223,419 

Brachyphyllia   455, 456, 469. 

Brachyphyllia  .   470 

depressa   455 

dormitzeri   455,469 

eckeli   469 

glomerata   455 

irregularis   469 

braziliana,  Orbicella   383 

brevis,  Astraea   380,391 

Heliastraea  214,391 

Orbicella. . . .  214, 215, 230, 362, 364, 391, 392, 513 

Syzygophyllia   424 

browni,  Cyathomorpha   200,234,458,459,518 

bulbosa,  Pocillopora   191 

burnsi,  Archohelia   195 

Astrohelia   352,353 

cactus,  Madrepora   430 

Calamophyllia   202 

caliculata,  Plocophyllia   195 

califorruca,  Siderastrea   223,436,442 

calyculus,  Balanophyllia   479 

canalis,  Goniastrea   208,230,416,512 

Goniopora   209,210,234,494,495,523 

Orbicella   208, 

210, 230, 364, 389, 390, 394, 512,  513 

Stylophora   208,228,341,509 

canadensis,  Pulvinulina   294 

cantabrigiensis,  Antilloseris   194 

Dendracis   194 

car ibaea,  Leptastrea   398,400 

carpinetfi,  Plesiastrea   398,400 

carrizensis.  Eusmilia    223 

Porites   223 

Caryophyllia  arbuscida   3G2 

cespitosa   361 

dalli   195 

cascadensis,  Goniopora   208, 210, 236, 497, 523 


f 


IV 


INDEX. 


Page. 

catadupensis,  Trochoseris   194,426 

caulifera,  Balanophyllia   199 

var.  multigranosa,  Balanophyllia. .  199 

cavernosa,  Hcliislraea   384 

Madrepora   380,383,384 

Orbicella   214, 215, 218, 230, 255, 362, 

363, 379-381, 383-386, 392, 393, 463, 511 

var.  compacta,  Orbicella   384 

var.  cylindrica,  Orbicella   217, 223, 

230, 337, 359, 362, 363, 377, 385, 386, 512 

var.  endothecata,  Orbicella   223 

230, 362, 363, 384-386, 394, 512 

var.  hirta,  Orbicella   383 

var.  silecensis,  Orbicella   390 

var.  tampaensis,  Orbicella   390 

cellulosa,  Antiguastrea   199,200, 

204-207, 210, 230, 395, 402, 404, 406, 
408, 409, 410, 415,  419, 468, 513, 514 

Astraea  %   363,401,402 

Heliastraea  *.   200,402 

Orbicella   403,407 

var.  curvata,  Antiguastrea   200, 

230,  404,  408,  513 

Astraea   408 

var.  silecensis,  Antiguastrea   200, 

205,206,230,408,514 

Ceratocyathus  prolifer   354 

Ceratotrochus  duodecim-costatus   213 

cerebriformis,  Diploria   420 

cerebrum,  Madrepora   420 

Maean-dro   420 

Cerithium  vaughani   387 

cervicornis.  Acropora   4S2 

Acropora   482 

murkata  var   4S2 

Madrepora  479,482 

murkata  fori  ma   482 

cespitosa,  Caryophyllia   361 

Circophyllia   194 

clevei   194 

compressa   194 

Stylophora   194,333 

circularis,  Triloculina   294 

Cladocora  210,361 

arbuscula   225,228,362 

johnsoni   222 

recrescens   200 

clarki,  Siderastrea   436 

clavaria,  Porites   498 

Porites  porite"  forma   498 

Clavulina  angularis   294 

clavus,  Pavona   435 

clcvci,  Antillia  (?)   194 

Circophyllia   194 

O.oniopora   201 , 

209, 210, 235, 236, 496,  497, 522 

Palacotrochus   194 

Turbinoscris   194 

clivosa,  Madrepora   419 

Maeandra   222,225,232,417,419,420 

Platygyra   419 

cocosensis,  Montipora   192 

Coeloria  den*  elephant  is   200 

labyrinthiformis   200 


Page. 

Coclosmilia   20S 

collegniana,  Porites   214 

Colpophyllia...   421 

flexuosa  

gyrosa   422 

taramellii   4: 

columnaris,  Leptoria  conferticosta  var .   19 

Siderastraea   435 

Solenastraea   19, 

Solenstrea  fairbanksi  var   22S 

Columnastrea  eyeri   194 

Comoseris?   202, 43 

compacta,  Orbicella   511 

Orbicella  cavernosa  var  

compressa,  Antillia  (?)   194 

confer ta,  Astrea   384 

Isastraea   200,451 

Orbicella   382 

Siderastrea   200, 204, 207, 208, 210, 211 

218, 234, 436-438, 447, 449-451, 453, 517 

Stylophora   195,334 

conferticosta.  Diploria   194 

Leptoria   194 

var.  columnaris,  Leptoria   194 

confusa,  Isastraea   440 

Siderastrea   232,436,437,440 

conglobata,  Agathiphyllia   455 

Cyathomorpha   454 

conradi,  Astrangia   220 

contorta,  Stylophora   194,333 

corbicula,  Thysanns   214,215,423,424 

cornuta,  Asterosmilia  213,354 

coryrnbosa,  Acropora   192 

costata,  Astraea   387 

Cyphastraea   214,364,365,374 

Heliastraea   200,387 

Orbicella   200,204,208, 

210, 211, 230, 362, 363, 387, 389-394, 460, 512 

costatus,  Placocyathus  213,215,217 

Plaeotrochus   212 

crassa,  Agarkia   427 

agaricites  var   225, 232, 427 

Herpetolitha   192 

Septastrea   220,222 

crassisepta,  Dichocoenia  merriami  var   223 

crassolamellata,  Astraea   362,469,470,472 

Diploastrea   201 

204-207, 234, 469, 474, 478, 520, 521 

Heliastreaea   201,470 

Orbicella   470 

var.  magnetica,  Astraea   472 

var.  magnifica,  Astraea   472 

Astraea....  474,476 
Diploastrea  .  201, 
205,234,476,521 

var.  minor,  Astraea   472, 

474,477,478 

var.  nobilis,  Astraea   472,474 

var.  nugenti,  Astraea.  472,474,477 
Diploastrea....  201, 
234,477, 478,521 

var.  pulchella,  Astraea   472,474 

crassoramosa,  Pocillopora   213, 

215, 217, 337, 342, 343, 359, 377, 385 


I 
I 


INDEX. 


V 


Page. 

crenulata  var.  antillarum,  Siderastrea  214,436 

Siderastraea   446 

crispata,  Oulastrea   454 

cristata,  Madrepora   430 

Pavona   4  0 

cuneiforme,  var.  vrailesi,  Flabelluiu   195 

curvata,  Antiguastrea  cellulosa  var   200, 

230,404,403,513 

Astraea  cellulosa  var   408 

Astraea  cellulosa   408 

cyathiformis,  IJeliastrcea   486 

Multicolumnastraea   194 

Cyathomorpha   202, 203, 

212, 363, 331, 454, 455, 460, 461, 430 

anguiilensis   204, 

210,234,460,461,463,519 

antiguensis   200. 204, 

207, 234, 415, 463, 466, 469, 519, 520 

belli  :          200, 234, 459, 460, 519 

browni   200,234,458,459,518 

conglobata   454 

hilli   200, 234, 467, 458, 459, 518 

rochettina   234, 

454.456,458,459,461,518 

roxboroughi   210, 

234, 461,463,469,519 

splendens   200,342,460,519 

tenuis . .  204, 234, 421, 466, 467, 468, 520 

Cyathophyllia  annulata   202  | 

tyathoseris   202 

cyclolites,  Antilloseris   194 

cylindrica,  Astraea   380,385 

Heliastraea  214,385 

Orbicella  cavernosa  var   217, 

223, 230,  337, 359, 362, 385, 386, 512 

Orbicella  cavernosa  var   377 

Cyphastraea  costata   214, 364, 365, 374 

Cyphastrea  boumoni   401 

hyades   401 

microphthalma  191,374 

oblita   373,374,398,400 

savignyi   439 

d'achlardii,  Astrocoenia   193, 

194,288,346,347,350,509 

daedalaea,  A Iveopora   491 

var.  regularis,  A  Iveopora   201,491 

dalli,  Caryophyllia   195 

Siderastrea . .  222, 223, 232, 438, 437, 450, 451, 517 

damicornis,  Pocillopora   191 

danai,  Pavona   192 

debilis,  Stephanocoenia   357-359 

decactis,  Madracis   217,337,359,377,385 

decaturensis,  Astrocoenia.,   200 

204, 205, 288, 346. 3 48, 509 
Goniopora . . .  204-206, 234, 490, 491 , 522 
var. bainbridgensis,  Goniopora.  491. 

522 

var.  silicensis,  Goniopora   491,522 

Dendracis   202 

cantabrigiensis   194 

dendroidea  Stephanocoenia   214 

Dendrophyllia   199, 201 

diaphana   192 

willeyi   192 

denselephantis,  Coeloria   200 

dens-elephantis,  Maeandra   200  j 


Page. 

dentata,  A  ntillia   214 

Syzygophyllia   214, 

215, 217, 224, 337, 359, 377, 385, 425 

depressa,  Agatbiphyllia   455 

Brachyphyllia   455 

diaphana,  Dendrophyllis   192 

Dichocoenia   202,222,223,360 

merriami   223 

var.  crassisepta   223 

porcata   360 

stokesi   223,229,360 

tuberosa. .  213, 215, 217, 221, 228, 360, 509 

diehotoma,  Millepora   192 

diffusa,  Oculina   225,22S,352 

Dimorphastrea?   202 

Diploastrea   212, 363, 436, 454, 463, 469 

crassolamellata   201, 204-207, 234 , 

469,474,478, 520,  521 
var.  magnifica. . .  201, 
205,234,476, 521 

\  ar.  nugenri   201, 

234,477,478, 521 

heliopora   234, 469, 520 

Viploria   418,423 

cercbrifoi  mis   420 

conferticosta   194 

intermedia  *   423 

Diplothecastraea  monitor   200 

discoides,  Pironastraea   432 

Discorbis  vilardeboana   294 

distam,  Plesiastraca   214,398,401 

Stylophora   195,333 

distortum,  Anthophyllum   425 

divaricata,  Porites   222,500 

dorainicei  sis,  Agaricia   217,232,428-430,515 

Siderastrea  siderea  var   232, 

438,447,516 

dormitzeri,  Brachyphyllia  455, 469 

douvillei,  Porites   209, 236, 501, 523, 524 

dubia,  Antillia  214,215,217,361 

dubium,  Flabellum   214 

duerdeni,  Astrocoenia   194, 348 

Stylocoenia   194,345 

dumblei,  Maeandra   206, 230, 418, 514 

duodccim-costatux,  Ceratotrochus   213 

Echinolampas  semiorbis   210 

Echinopora   371 

franksi   365,369,371,510 

lamellosa   191 

ecVreli,  Brachyphyllia   469 

ele/aus,  Aidrichiella   195 

Antiguastrea   230,409,514 

hastraea   402,409 

Pocillopora   191 

Stephanocoenia   195 

Stylangia   410 

Thysanus   212 

elliptica,  Leptaxis   203 

ellisii,  SolenaHrea   398,400 

elongata,  Balanophyllia   199 

emarciata,Astrea   351 

Endopachys   211,395 

maclurii   196 

var.  triangulare   196 

minutum   196 

shaleri   196 


VI 


INDEX. 


endothecata,  Astraea   380,384,388 

Hcliastraea  214,384 

Orbicella   362 

cavernosa  var   223, 

230,363,384,386,394,512 

eocaenica,  Antilloseris   194 

Epismilia?   202 

erosa,  Pontes   505 

Eumadrepora   480 

Euphyllia   200,202,203 

Eupsammiidae   479 

Eusmilia   361 

aspera   361 

carrizensis   223 

fastigiata   223, 225, 228, 361 

knorri   361 

Eusmiliidac   354 

exarata,  Asterosmilia   200,207,213,215,218,354 

exaratum,  Flabelluin   213 

excelsa,  A[stracd]  Orbicella   395 

OrbicHla   395-397 

excentricus,  Thysanus   212,219,232,377,423,424 

exesa,  Hydnophora   191 

expansa,  Astrangia   195 

Explanaria  annularis   364 

argus   384 

galaxea...:   439 

radiata   384 

explanata,  AgathiphyJlia   455 

exsculpta,  Astraea  -   486 

Hcliastraea   486 

eyeri  Columnastrea   194 

eydouxi  Pocillopora   191 

fairbanksi,  Solenastrea   223 

Stephanocoenia   190 

var.  columnaris,  Solenastrea   223 

var.  minor,  Solenastrea   223 

var.  normalis,  Solenastrea   223 

fastigiata,  Eusmilia   223,225,228,361 

Madrepora   361 

faveolata,  Astrea   364 

Madrepora   364,372 

Favia   194,412,436 

fragum   225,230,253,412 

leptophylla   414 

macdonaldi   206, 207, 230, 413, 414, 514 

speciosa   191 

stelligera   191 

Faviidae   412 

Favites   212,222,414,415 

abdita   191 

melicerum   191 

mexicana   206,230,414,415,514 

polvgonalis   200,205,230,415 

vaughani   220 

Favoidea  ju  ngh  uhni   201 

favosa,  Lepidocyclina   203 

fenestrata,  Alveopora   214 

filograna,  Maenndrina   214 

Flabellum   213 

appendiculatum   194 

cuneiforme  var.  wailesi   195. 

dubium   214 

exaratum   213 

magnocostatum   199 

rhomboideum   199 

flexuosa,  Colpophyllia   423 


Page. 

flintensis,  Orthophraginina   196,197 

floridana,  Orthophragmina   196 

Phyllangia   222 

foliosa,  Montipora   192 

forbesi,  Septastrea   411 

formosa,  Stephanocoenia   358 

fragilis,  Leptoseris   431 

var.,  Agaricia   427 

fragum,  Favia   225,230,253,412 

Madrepora   412 

frariksi,  Echinopora   365,369,371,510 

Fungia  fungites   192 

scutaria   192 

fungites,  Fungia   192 

furcata,  Porites   222,225,236,499,500 

Porites  pontes  forma   499 

gabbi,  Orbicella   230,352,363,394,515 

Galaxea  211,395 

Astrea   439 

(Siderastrea)   439 

Explanaria   439 

Madrepora   439 

Siderastraea   439,440 

Siderastrea   440 

Siderina   439 

gatunensis,  Oculina  190 

georgiana,  Orthophragmina  ,   196 

gibbosa,  Agaricia  agaricites  var   427 

gigas,  Lepidocyclina   203 

globosa,  Plesiastraea   214,399,401 

glomerata,  Brachyphyllia   455 

Gh/phastrae   411 

goethalsi,  Astreopora   209,234,483,521 

Stylophora   208,228,338,339,508 

goodei,  Plesiaslraea   357, 359 

Gombertangia   202 

Goniastrea   202,416 

(?)  antiguensis   415 

canalis   208,230,416,512 

reussi   200 

variabilis   194,416 

Goniopora. . . .  191, 194, 201-203, 206, 207, 210-212, 219, 
222-224, 266, 395, 488, 490-493, 496, 498 

canalis   209, 210, 234, 494, 495, 523 

cascadensis          201, 208, 210, 236, 497, 523 

Clevei   201, 209, 210, 236, 496, 497, 522 

decaturensis. . . .  204-206, 234, 490, 491, 522 
var.  bainbridgensis  491, 522 

var.  silicensis   491,522 

hilU   209,234,488,489,522 

imperatoris         209, 210, 234, 493, 495, 522 

jacobiana   219,234,377,493,522 

panamensis   209, 210, 234, 48.S,  522 

pendunculata   488 

portoricensis . .  .  201, 204, 234, 495, 497, 523 

regularis   201,234,491,492 

var.  microscopica. .  201, 234, 492 

?  tenuis   201 

gracilis,  Leptoria   421 

grandi flora,  Parastraea   -  -  -  436 

grandis,  Antilloseris   194 

Siderastrea   214,436,444 

Teleiophyllia   214 

Thysanus   214,215,217,377 

granulata.  Stylophora  195,212, 

217, 218, 228, 334, 337, 340, 341, 343, 344, 387,  501 


INDEX. 


VII 


Page. 

granulosa,  Reussastraea   430 

i,  Syzygophyllia  212, 

214,215,217,377, 387,425 

rumia   202 

tanamensis,  Astrocoenia   200, 

204,207,288,347,509 

Pocillopora   204, 228, 344, 509* 

rosa,  Colpophyllia   422 

Madrepora   421,422 

Manicina   225, 232, 255, 422, 423 

imiana,  Psammocora   192 

aloseris   200,212 

"risi,  Archohelia   199 

Astrangia   195 

Oculina   352 

ueri,  Actinacis   488 

yesi,  Syzygophyllia   193, 232, 424, 425, 515 

Thysanus   218,232,424,509 

eliastraea   464 

abdita   374 

acropora   364,365 

altissima   375, 379, 380 

annularis   364,365 

antiguemis   200,463 

antillarum   200,379 

aperta   3S6 

barbadensis   201,355 

brevis   214,391 

cavernosa   384 

cellulosa   200,402 

costata^.   200,387 

crassolamellata   201,470 

cyathiformis   486 

cylindrica  214,385 

endothecata  214,384 

esculpta  '   486 

insignis   200,392 

irradiam   394,395 

lamarcki   364,365,374 

radiata .'.   200 

rotulosa   374 

stellulata   373,510 

tenuis   200,467 

Tieliopora,  Astrea   469 

Diploastrea   234, 469, 520 

henekeni,  Paracyathus   213, 214 

Herpetolitha  erassa   192 

Heterastraea   402 

Eetcrastraea   402 

michelottina   402 

tenuilamellosa   402 

Heterosteginoides   210 

hexagonalis,  Siderastrea   436 

him,  Asterosmilia. .  212, 221, 288, 354, 355, 360, 361, 510 

Cyathomorpha   200,234,457-459,518 

Goniopora   209,234,488,489,522 

Trochosmilia   194,195 

hillsboroensis,  Siderastrea   211 

219, 232, 437, 442, 443,517 

hirata,  Orbicella  cavernosa  var   383 

lispidula,  Orbicella   365,368,369,510 

Holangia   202 

howei,  Porites  (Synaraea)   209, 236, 505, 524 

hyades,A[straea]  Orbicella   395 

Cyphastrea   401 

Orbicella  ,   396,397 

Solenastrea         211, 219, 222, 223, 230, 395, 396 


Page. 

Hydnophora   202 

exesa   191 

microconos   191 

Hydnophyllia   202 

Hydrocorallinae   507 

Hydrozoa   507 

immersa,  Leptastrea   191 

tmperatoris,  Goniopora ....  209, 210, 234, 493, 495, 522 
Orbicella..  208, 210, 230, 362, 363, 378, 390, 511 
Stylophora . .  208, 210, 228, 334-336, 338, 508 

inerustans,  Astrocoenia   193,194,288,347 

Stephanocoenia   194,347 

informis,  Montipora   192 

insignifica,  Turbinolia   199 

insignis,  Heliastraea   200,392 

Orbicella. .  200, 207, 230, 362-364, 392-394, 513 

Physoseris   194 

Trochosmilia   194 

intermedia,  Barysmilia   213 

Diploria   423 

Manicina   423 

Orbicella   200 

230,352-364, 390, 393, 394, 513 

interse pta ,  A  strea   356 

Madrepora   356,357 

Stephanocoenia.  .212, 213, 215, 217, 219, 221 
224, 228, 255, 256, 337, 356-361, 377, 385 

irradians,  Heliastraea   394,395 

Orbicella   230, 391, 394, 395. 513 

Phyllocoenia   394,395 

irregularis,  Brachyphyllia   469 

irrorata,  Balanophyllia   195 

Isastraea   436 

conferta   200,451 

confusa   440 

elegans   409 

tenuistriata   452 

turbinate   190 

turbinata   402,403,406,514 

elegans   402 

Isopora  muricata   482 

forma  palmata   483 

jacksonensis  Platycoenia   195 

jacobiana,  Goniopora   219,234,378,493,522 

j  amaicaensis,  Antilloseris   194 

j  ohnsoni,  Cladocora  -.   222 

junghuhni,  Favoidea   201 

knorri,  Eusmilia   361 

labato-rotundata,  Stylocoenia   200 

labyrintliica,  Madrepcra   420 

labyrinthiformis,  Ceoloria   200 

Madrepora   417,420 

Maeandra   223. 

253,255,256,419,420,423 

lamarcki,  Heliastraea   364,365,374 

Lamellastraea  sniythi   200 

lainellosa,  Echinopora   191 

larvata,  Planorbulina   294 

latcro-spinosus,  Trochocyathus   213 

leonensis,  Mesocyon?   220 

Parahippus   220 

Lepidocyclina   197, 203, 210, 211, 260, 387 

favosa   203 

gigas   203 

undosa....   203 

undulata..'   203 


VIII 


INDEX. 


Page. 

Leptastrea  bottae   191 

caribaea   398,400 

immersa   191 

purpurea   191 

Leptaxis   202,203 

elliptica   203 

Leptomeryx?   220 

Leptomussa   200,202,203,212,2.18 

leptophylla,  Favia   414 

Leptophyllia?   202 

Leptoria   212,421 

conferticosta   194 

var.  columnaris   194 

gracilis   421 

phrygia   191,421 

profunda   194 

spenceri   200,204,232,421,515 

Leptoseris   200,212.431 

fragilis   431 

portoricensis   204,232,431,515 

lessonii,  Amphistegina   294 

levis,  Montipora   192 

lichen,  Porites   192 

limbata,  .'  a<repora   376 

Orbicella   214,215,217,219,228, 

337, 359, 362, 363, 365, 375, 38-5, 387, 511  j 

Phyllocoenia   214,365,375,376  I 

Stylina   375  j 

var.  tegula,  Phyllocenia   365  | 

limonensis,  Archohelia   222,223,288.352,353,510 

lineata,  Astrangia   220 

linneana,  Triloculina   294 

Lithohyllia  affinis   214 

Lithotharnnion   265 

lonsdalei,  Placotrochus   213.214 

lomdileia,  Antillia  :   214 

ludoviciana,  Astrangia   195 

Parasmilia   195 

luiuilitiformis,  Trochocyathus   195 

var.montgomeriensis,Trocho- 

cyathus   195 

macdonaldi,  Faria   200, 207, 230, 413, 414, 514 

Porites(Synaraea) .  .209, 210, 236, 506, 524 

Stylophora   208, 228, 339, 340. 508 

maclurii,  Endopachys   196 

var.  triangulare,  Endopachys   196 

macrogyra,  Uiophyllia   194  | 

Madracis   345 

asperula   345 

decactis   217,337,359,377,385 

mirabilis   218, 223, 228, 345, 501 

Madrepora   200 

abdita   414 

acropora   364,372 

agaricites   426 

annularis   362 

annularis   364 

areolata   419 

astroitfs   383,439 

cactus   430 

cavernosa   380,383,384 

cerebrum   420 

cervicornis   479,482 

clivosa   419 

cristata   430 

fasligiata .  . .  '.   361 


Page 

Madrepora,  faveolata   364,372 

Jragum   412 

galaxea   439 

gyrosa   421,422 

intersepta   356,357 

labyrinlhica   420 

labyrinthiformis   417,420 

limbata   376 

muricata   481, 

muricata  forma  cervicornis   482 

muricata  forma  palmata  

palmala   353,483 

phrygia   421 

pistillata  

porites   498 

radians   435,439 

radiata,  Orbicella   382, 

siderea   443 

stellulata   373 

undata   426 

Madreporaria  Fungida   425 

Imperforata  

Perforata   479 

Maeandra   194, 210, 211, 417, 418, 420 

agassizi   419 

antiguensis          200, 207, 230, 417, 421, 514 

areolata   214,215,225,230,419 

bowersi   223,419 

cerebru  m   420 

clivosa   222,225,232,417,419,420 

dens-elephantis   200 

dumblei  206,230,418,514 

labyrinthiformis   223, 

253, 255,256,419,420,423 

pliocenica   222 

portoricensis   20-4,230,418.515 

strigosa..   214, 

222, 225, 232, 253, 255, 256, 420 

viridis   420 

Maeandrina   200,-421 

filograna   214 

maeandrites   222 

sinuosisima   214 

strigosa   420 

maeandrites,  Meandnna   222,255 

magnetica,  Astraea  crassolamellata  var   472,474 

magnifica  Astraea  crassolamellata  var   472 

crassolamellata  var   476 

Diploastrea  crassolamellata  var   201, 

205, 234,476,521 

magnocostatum,  Flabellum   199 

major,  Antilloseris   194 

maldivensis.  Pavona   192,435 

Siderastraca   435 

Manicina   421,422 

areolata   194,214,418,419 

gyrosa   225,232,255,265,422,423 

intermedia   423 

willoughbiensis. .  200, 232, 422, 423, 514, 515 

mariannensis,  Orthophragmina     196, 197 

var.    papillala,  Orthophrag- 
mina  1W 

martiniana.  Actinacis   486,488 

marylavdica,  Astrca   411 

Septastrea   211,220,226,411,412 

matanzasensis.  Porites  baracoaensis  var   218, 

236,500,523 


INDEX. 


IX 


Page. 

matsoni,  Septastrea   211,230,411,412,511 

Meandrina  maeandrites   255 

phrygia   421 

megalazona,  A  straea   362 

meinzeri,  Astrocoenia   204, 22S,  349, 350, 509 

Trochoseris   204,207,232,426,515 

melicerum,  Favites   191 

mendenhalli,  Siderastrea   223,436 

var.  minor,  Siderastrea   223, 436 

merriami,  Dichocoenia   223 

var.  crassisepta,  Dichocoenia   223 

Merychippus   220 

Mesocyon  ?  leonensis   220 

Mesomorpha   202,206,212 

Metethmos  ?   194 

mexicana,  Favites   206,230,414,415,514 

micam,  Solenastrea   398,400 

michelinii,  Stephanocoenia   357,359 

michelottina,  Heterastraea  -. .  402 

microconos,  Hydnophora   191 

micrommata,  Siderastraea   435 

microphthalma,  Cyphastrea   191,374 

microscopica ,  A  Iveopora   492 

Goniopora  regularis  var. .  201, 234, 492 

Millepora   192,507 

alcicornis   225,236,507 

dichotoma   192 

muricata   479,481 

platyphylla   192 

Milleporidae   507 

mineaceum,  Polytrema   507 

minor,  Astraea  crassolamellata  var..  472,474,477,478 

Siderastrea  mendenhalli  var   223, 436 

Solenstrea  fairbanksi  var   223 

Stylophora  213, 215, 339 

Stylophora  aff  nis  var.  'r\   334 

minuta,  Stylophora   334 

minutissima,  Stylophora   205,206,334 

minutum,  Endopachys   196 

mirabilis,  Axhelia   345 

Madracis   218, 223, 228, 3 15, 501 

Stylophora   334,345 

mississippiensis,  Arehohelia   199 

Oculina   352 

monitor,  Diplothecastraea   200 

montgomeriensis.    Trochocyathus  lunuliti- 

formisvar   195 

Montipora   192.506 

  192 

  192 

  192 

  192 

  192 

spumosa   192 

tortuosa   192 

Montlivaultia  ?   202 

Multicolumnastraea   486 

cyathiformis   194 

multigra nosa ,  A strococ nia   195 

Balanophyllia  caulifera  var   199 

muricata,  Acropora   225, 234, 255, 256, 480, 481 

forma  cervicornis,  adrepora   482 

forma  palmata ,  Isopora   483 

Midrcpora   483 

Isopora   482 

Madrepora   481,482 


cocosensis . 

foliosa  

informis... 

levis  

ramosa  — 


Page. 

muricata,  Millepora   479,481 

var.  cervicornis  Acropora   482 

var.  palmata,  Acropora   483 

murrayensis,  Acropora   481 

Mussaaffinis   214,215 

angulosa   214 

Mussidae   424 

Mycedium   432 

Mycetophyllia   202 

Mycetoseris. . ,   202 

myriophthalma,  Astrea   483 

Astreopora'.   192 

navicula,  Telleiophyllia   214 

Thysanus   214,215 

neglecta,  Arehohelia   199 

Astrohelia   352,353 

nigrescens,  Porites   192 

nobilis,  Agaricia   429,430 

Astraea  crassolamellata  var   472, 474 

normalis  Solenstrea  fairbanksi  var   223 

nugenti,  Astraea  crassolamellata  var   472,474 

Astraea  crassolamellata  var   477 

Diploastrea  crassolamellata  var   201, 

234,477,478,521 

nu  misma ,  A'strea   345 

Nummulites   197, 268, 294-296 

oblita,  Cyphastrea   373,374,398,400 

oblonga,  Quinqueloculina   294 

ocellata,  Acropora  ,  -  192 

Oculinidae   352 

Oculina   352,369 

alabamensis   352 

aldrichi   353 

diffusa   225,228,352 

gatunensis   190 

harrisi   352 

mississippiensis   352 

singleyi   352 

?  smithi   353 

varicosa   225,228,352 

vicksburgemis   352 

Orbicella   191,202,203,362,378, 

381, 395, 401, 407, 456, 464, 467, 46\  469 

acropora   365, 372, 376, 3S0 

altissima   230,362,363.379 

antillarum. . .  200, 230, 362, 363, 378, 379, 393 

annularis   214, 215, 223, 228, 253, 254, 

255, 256, 362, 363, 364, 365, 366, 
368,  369,  371, 372, 373, 374, 375, 
376.  3S0, 396, 398, 400, 420, 510 

Astraea   354 

var.  stcUulata   365 

aperta   230, 362, 363, 386, 512 

argus   383 

bainbridgensis   205, 

217, 230, 362, 383, 377, 386, 512 

braziliana   383 

brevis . . .  214, 215, 230, 362, 364, 391, 392, 513 

canalis   208, 

210, 230, 362, 364, 389, 390, 394, 512, 513 

cavernosa   214,215,218, 

230, 255, 362, 363, 379, 380, 381, 
383,  384, 385, 386, 392, 393. 511 
var.  compacta   384, 


X 


INDEX. 


Page. 

Orbicella  cavernosa,  var.  cylindrica  217, 

223,230,337,359,362, 
363,  377,  385,386,512 

var.  endothecata   223, 

230,362,363,384, 
385,  386, 394,512 

var.  hirta   383 

var.  silecensis   390 

var.  tampaensis   390 

cellulosa   403,407 

compacta   511 

conferta  «   383 

costata   200, 

204, 208, 210, 211, 230, 362, 363, 387, 
389, 390, 391,  392, 393,  394,  460, 512 

crassolamellata   470 

excelsa,  A  (straea)   395 

excelsa   395,396,397 

gabbi   230,362,363,394,515 

hispidula   365,368,369,510 

hyades   396,397 

hyades,  A  (straea)   395 

imperatoris   208, 

210,230,362 
363,378, 390,511 

insignis  .*   200,207, 

230,362,363 
364,392, 393,394, 513 

intermedia   200, 

230,362,363 
364,390,393,394, 513 

irradians   230, 391 , 394, 395, 513 

limbata   214,215,217,219,228,337, 

359, 362, 363, 365, 375, 385, 387, 511 

radiata   383 

Madrepora  radiata   382,383 

stellulata   373 

stellulata,  Astraea   372 

tampaensis   210, 

230, 362, 364, 390, 391, 392, 395, 513 

tempaensis  var.  silecensis   210, 

230,362,364,390,391,513 

tenuis   407,467,468 

theresiana   190 

versipora   191 

Orbicellidae   362,453,455 

Orbiculina  adunca   294 

ornata,  A  strocoenia   200, 346, 348, 349, 350 

Astrocoenia   350 

Pontes   350 

Oroseris   432,433 

plana   433 

Orthaulax  pugnax   205,210,211 

Orthophragmina   190, 197, 205, 421 

americana   196 

flintensis   196,197 

floridana   196 

georgiana   196 

mariannensis   190,197 

var.  papillata.  196 

vaughani   196 

Oulastrca   454,468 

crispata   454 

Oulastreidae   4.53 

Oxydactylus   220 

Pachyseris   432,433 


Page. 

palifera,  Acropora   19S 

palmata,  Acropora   225, 

234, 253, 254, 480, 482, 485 

Astrhelia   22( 

Isopora  muricata  forma   485 

Madrepora   353,485 

muricata  forma   485 

panamensis,  Acropora   201, 209, 234, 480, 525 

Goniopora   209, 210, 234, 488, 525 

Pavona   209, 232, 430, 51S 

Porites   209,236,503,523 

Stylangia   208,230,390,410,511 

Stylophora   208, 228, 335, 508 

panicea,  Astreopora   194, 

papillata,  mariannensis  Orthophragmina  var.  196 

Paracyathus  arcuatus   354 

henekeni   213,214 

vaughani   220 

Parahippus  leonensis   220 

Parasmilia   202 

ludoviciana   195 

Par  astraea   436 

grandiflora   436 

Parastrea   436 

pariana,  Astraea   438 

Siderastrea   232,436-438 

Pavona   200, 217, 222, 359, 430, 435 

clavus   436 

cristata   430 

danai   192 

maldivensis   192,435 

panamensis   209, 232, 430, 515 

varians   192 

Pavonia  siderea   444 

Pecten   206 

suwaneensis   206 

sayanus   220 

pendunculata,  Goniopora   488 

Peneroplis  pertusus   294 

Pentalojphora   345 

pertusus,  Peneroplis   294 

pharaonis,  Acropora   192 

forma  arabica,  Acropora   192 

pharetra,  Turbinolia   195 

phrygia,  Leptoria   191,421 

Madrepora   421 

Meandrina   421 

Phyllangia   409 

alveolar  is   409 

americana   409 

Astransjia   225 

floridana   222 

Phyllocoenia   362,395 

irradians  394,395 

limbata   214,365,375,376 

var.  tegula   365 

var.  tegula   365 

sculpta   214 

var.  tegula   360,375,377,511 

Phyllosmilia  ?   202 

Physoseris  insignis   1M 

Pironastraea   432,433 

anguillensis . .  204, 210, 232, 432-434, 516 

antiguensis   200,204,432,434,516 

discoides   432 


INDEX. 


XI 


Page. 

pistillata,  Madrepora   333 

pittieri,  Balanophyllia   221,234,360,361,479,521 

Placocyathus   213, 

215, 216, 217, 219, 220, 222, 223, 377, 387 

alveolus   212 

barretti   212,213,217 

costatus  212,213,217 

variabilis   213, 

214,215, 217, 359,361,429 

Plaeotrochus   223 

clevei   194 

lonsdalei  213,214 

plana,  Oroseris   433 

Planorbulina  larvata  .   294 

Platycoenia  jaeksonensis   195 

Platygyra  clivosa   419 

viridis   420 

platyphylla,  Uillepora   192 

pleiades,  Astrea   400 

Plesiastraea   359 

carpinetti   398,400 

disians   214,398,401 

globosa   214,399,401 

goodei   359 

ramea   214,365,375,376,511 

iplioeenica,  Maeandra   222 

Siderastrea   222, 

223, 232, 437, 441, 442, 450, 451, 517 

[piocophyllia   203 

caliculata   195 

\Pocilloporidae   333 

[Pocillopora   219, 222-224, 333, 342, 343, 345 

acuta   342 

arnoldi   208,228,343,344,509 

baracoaensis  218, 228, 344, 509 

bulbosa   191 

crassoramosa   213, 215, 217, 337, 

342,343,359,377,385 

daniieornis  :   191 

elegans   191 

eydouxi   191 

guantanamensis   204,228,344,509 

tennis   200,342,343 

verrucosa   191 

woodjcnesi   191 

ilygonalis,  Astroria   415 

Favites   200,205,230,415 

ilymorpha,  Porites   499 

'olystomella   294,295 

striatopunctata   294 

)lytrema  mineaceum   507 

lerosa,  Antillia   214 

Stylophcra   200,206,228,334,342 

rcata,  Diehocoenia   360 

'orites   202, 210, 211, 217, 488, 496, 498, 500 

anguillensis ....  209, 210, 236, 504, 505, 523, 524 

astreoides   211, 219, 223, 225, 236, 253, 503 

astraeoides   503 

baracoaensis   212, 218, 236, 499, 500, 523 

var.  matazasensis   218, 

236, 500, 523 

earrizensis   223 

clavaria   498 

collegniana   214 

divaricata   222,500 

douvillei   209,236,501,523,524 

37149— 19— Bull.  103  23 


Page. 

Porites  erosa   505 

forma  clavaria,  Porites   498 

furcata,  Porites   499 

furcata   222,225,236,499,500 

lichen   192 

Madrepora   498 

nigrescens   192 

ornata   350 

panamensis   209, 236, 503, 523 

polymorpha   499 

porites   219,222,236,497,498,499 


forma  clavaria . 
furcata.. 

ramosa  

solida  

scmaliensis  

(Synaraea)  

hovei  


toulai... 
verrilli. . 
willcoxi. 


  498 

  499 

  194 

  192 

  192 

  212 

209,236,505,524 

macdonaldi   209, 

210,236, 506,524 

  209,236,501,502,524 

  503 

  211 


Poritidae   488 

portobellensis,  Stylophora   211,228,338,509 

portoricensis,  Astreopora   204,234,485,521 

Astrocoenia   200, 

204,208,228,350,509 
Goniopora. . .  201, 204, 234, 495, 497, 523 

Leptoseris   204,232,431,515 

Maeandra   204,230,418,515 

pourtalesi,  Asterosmilia   194,354 

Siderastrea   232,437,440,516 

profunda,  Asterosmilia   212 

Leptoria   194 

profundus,  Trochocyathus   354 

|  prclifera,  Acropora   480,482 

Asterosmilia   354> 

!  prolifer,  Ceratocyaihus   354 

1  Protethmos?   194 

I  Psammocora  haimiana   192 

!  pugnas,  Orthanlax   205, 210, 211 

pulciieila,  Astraea  crassolamellata  var          472, 474 

pulcher,  Steriphonotrochus   199 

pulchra,  Acropora   192 

Pulvinulina  canariensis   294 

pumpellyi,  Astrocoenia   351 

Stylocoenia   200,205,228,351 

pu  rpurea,  A  garicia   427 

Agaricia  agaricites  var.  225,232,427,428 

Leptastrea   191 

pusilla,  Agaricia  agaricites  var   225, 232, 428 

Quinqueloculina  auberiana   294 

oblonga   294 

reticulata   29i 

radians,  A  siraea   439 

Madrepora   435,439 

Siderastraca   439 

Siderastrea   225, 232, 360, 

436, 437, 439, 440, 442, 444, 516 

radiata,  Astraea   393 

Astrea   395- 

Explanaria   384, 

Heliastraea   200 

Orbicella   385 

(Madrepora)   382,383 

var.  intermedia,  Astraea   393 


XII 


INDEX. 


Page. 

ramea,  Plesiastraea   365,375,376,511 

ramosa,  Astrocoenia   195 

Montipora   192 

Pontes   194 

raristella,  Stylophora  213,215,334 

recrescens,  Cladocora   200 

regularis,  Alveopora   491 

Alveopora  daedaleaxav   201,491 

Goniopora   201, 234, 491, 492 

var.  microscopica,  Goniopora.  201, 234, 492 

reticulata,  Quinqueloculina   294 

retiformis,  A  street   416 

Reussastraea  .   430 

granulosa   430 

reussi,  Goniastrea   200 

Stephanocoenia    200, 416 

Tteussia   345 

affinis   336 

Rhabdocyathus   481 

Rhabdophyllia   202 

Rhizangia   206 

rhomboideum,  Flabellum   199 

rocheitina,  Astrea   454,456 

Cyathomorpha   234, 

454,456,458, 459,461,518 

rollei,  A  ctinacis   194 

rosaria,  Acropora   481 

rotulosa,  Astrea   436 

Heliastraea   374 

roxboroughi,  Cyathomorpha   210, 

234, 461,463,469,519 

saludensis,  Acropora   201, 209, 234, 488, 522 

savignyi,  Cyphastraea   439 

sayanus,  Pecten   220 

scherzeriana,  Acropora   192 

sculpta,  Phyllocoenia   214 

vax.tegula,  Phyllocoenia...  369,375,377,511 

scutaria,  Fungia   192 

semiorbis,  Echinolarapas   210 

Septastrea   222,226,333,411,412 

crassa   220,222 

forbesi   411 

marylandica   211,220,411,412 

matsoni   211,230,411,412,511 

subramosa   411 

Seriatopora  angulata   191 

Seriatoporidae   333 

shaleri,  Fndopachys   196 

Siderastrea   267,435,436,444,451 

californica   223, 435, 442 

clarki   436 

confusa   232, 436, 437, 440 

conferta   200,204,207, 

20S,  210, 211, 218, 234, 436, 437, 
438,  447,  449,  450,451,453,517 

crenulata  var.  antillarnm   214 

var.  antillnrnm   436 

-dalli . . .  222, 223, 232, 437, 438, 450, 451, 517 

galaxea  Astrea   439 

hexagonalis   436 

hillsboroensis   211,219, 

232,437, 438,442,443,51 7 

maldivensvi   435 

mcndcnhalli   223,430 

var.  minor   223,430 

pariana   232,  136,437,  m 


Siderastrea  pliocenica  

223, 232,  437,  441, 442, 450, 451, 51 

pourtalesi   232, 437,  440, 5 

radians   22 

232, 360, 436, 437, 439, 440,  442, 444, 51 
siderea ....  212,  214, 215,217, 219,225, 23: 
253  ,  255, 256, 377, 3S7, 436, 437, 438,441 
443,  444,  446,  447,  449, 451, 453, 516, 51. 

(Siderastrea)  siderea,  Astrea   4' 

var.  dominicensis ...   23 

447,438,51 

silecensis. . . .  205, 210, 211, 219, 232, 437 
438, 443, 444, 447, 449, 450, 451, 4.53, 51 

stellata   232,436,437,440,51 

Siderastraea   43 

blanckenhorni   43 

columnaris   43 

crenulata  var.  antillarum.   44 

galaxea  

grandis   214,436,44 

micrommata   43! 

siderea   440,44 

siderea,  Siderastrea   225,44 

Astraea   443.44 

Madrepora   44 

Pavonia   44 

Siderastrea   212, 214,21 5, 21< 

219, 225, 232, 253, 255, 256, 377, 387, 436, 437 
438,  443,  444,  446,  447, 449,  451 , 453, 516, 51: 

var.  dominicensis,  Siderastrea   23i 

430,447,51 

Astrea  (Siderastrea)   44 

Siderina  

galaxea   43 

Sideropora   33 

silecensis,  Antiguastrea  cellulosa  var  

205,200,230, 108,51 

Goniopora  decaturensis  var   491,52 

Orbicclla  cavernosa  var  

tampaensis  var   21( 

230, 362, 3(M,  390, 391, 51 

Siderastrea   205,210,211,219,235 

437,  438, 443,  444, 447,  449, 450, 451, 453,51 

singleyi,  Oculina   35 

sinuosmma,  Maeandrina   21 

smithi,  Oculina?   35 

smythi,  Lamcllastraea   2C 

Solenastrea   202, 211, 214, 373, 374 

boumoni          190, 21 !,  215, 217, 218, 21f 

222, 223, 225, 230, 374, 377, 3  47, 31'S,  40 

ellisii   398,40 

fairbanksi  

var.  columnaris   22 

var.  minor   22 

var.  normalis   22 

hya  ICS....  211,219,222,223,230,395,39 

micans   393,40 

tampaensis   21 

Solenustraea  columnaris   19 

turonensis   20 

verhelsti   21 

solida.  Pontes   19 

somalicnsis,  Pontes   19 

sommcrinqii,  Agiricin.   43 

speciosa,  Fa  via   19 

spenceri,  I.eptoria   200,201,232,421,51 


Page. 

2    Sphenotrochus   212 

A  •spicifera  Acropora  :   192 

>ti  splendens,  Cyathomorpha   203, 234, 460, 519 

spongi/ormis ,  Anfillastraea   213,357,359 

jpongiformis,  Pleshstraea   357 

spumosa,  Montipora   192 

•squarrosa,  Acropora   481 

Siderastraea   440 

4  stellata,  Siderastrea   232,436,437,440,516 

^  stelligera,  Favia   191 

3j  stellulata,  Astraea  (Orbicella)   372 

Heliastraea   373,510 

Madrepora   373 

Sf  Orbicella   373 

annularis  var ."   365 

^  Stephanocoenia   348,356,358 

debilis   357,358,359 

dendroidea   214 

elegans   195 

n  fairbanksi   190 

formosa   358 

incr  us-tans   194,347 

intersepta   212,213,215, 

217,  219,  221,  224,  228,  255,  256,  337, 
356, 357, 358, 359, 360,  361,  377, 385 

michelini   357,359 

reussi   200,416 

tenuis   201 

Stephanosmilia   202,  203 

Stephanosmilia   203 

Steriphonotrochus  pulcher   199 

stokesi,  Dichocoenia   223,229,360 

•striatopunctata,  Polystomella   294 

strigosa,  Maeandra         214, 222,  232,  253, 255, 256, 420 

Macandrina   420 

Stylangia   410 

elegans   410 

panamensis   203,230,390,401,511 

Stylina   202,376 

limbata   375 

Stylocoenia   202,  203, 210,  212, 351 

duerdeni   194,  345 

labato-rotundata   200 

pumpellyi   200,205,228,351 

'•■Stylopkoridae   333 

'Stylophora  :   202,203 

206,  210,  211,  213,  215,  217,  219,  222, 
223,  224,  333,  338,  340,  359, 377, 395 

affinis   213,215,217,219, 

223, 334, 336, 337, 338, 359, 377, 385 

var.  minor   334 

canalis   203,228,341,509 

compressa   194,333 

conferta   195,334 

contorta   194,333 

distans   195,333 

goethalsi   208,  228, 333, 339, 509 

granulata          195,  212,  217,  218,  228, 334, 

337, 340,  311,  343,  344, 377, 3S7, 501 

imperatoris   208, 

210,  228,  334,  335,  335,  338, 508 

macdonaldi  208, 228, 339, 340, 508 

minuta   334 

minutissima.   205,206,334 

minor  213,215,339 


INDEX. 


XIII 


St ylophora  77?  irabilis   334,345 

panamensis   208,228,335,508 

ponderosa   200, 206, 228, 334, 342 

portobellensis   221,  228, 338, 509 

raristella  213,  215, 334 

tuberosa   195,334 

subcurvata  Trochosmilia   194 

subramosa,  Septastrea   411 

suwaneensis,  Pecten. . . »   206 

Synaraea   505 

(Synaraea)  howei,  Pontes   209,212,236,505,524 

macdonaldi,  Porites   209, 

210,  236,  506,  524 

Syzygophyllia  ....  211,  213, 219, 222,  223, 224, 424, 425 

b  re  vis   424 

dentata   214, 

215, 217, 224, 337, 359, 377, 385, 425 
gregorii.  212, 214, 215,  217, 377, 387, 425 

hayesi   193,  232, 424, 425,  515 

tampaensis,  Orbicella   210, 

230, 362, 364, 390-392, 395, 513 

Orbicella  cavernosa   390 

Solenastrea   211 

var.  silecensis,  Orbicella   210, 

230,362,364,390,391,513 

tararncllii,  Colpophyllia   423 

tegula,  Phyllocoenia  limbata  var   365 

sculpta  var   375,377 

sculpta  var   369,511 

Teleiophyllia  1   423 

grandis   214 

navicula   214 

enuilamellosa,  Hetcrastraea   402 

tenuis,  Astraea   363,407,408,467 

Cyathomorpha^ ....  204, 234, 421, 466-468, 520 

Goniopora?....'   201 

Heliastraea   200,467 

Orbicella   407,467,468 

Pocillopora   200,342,343 

Stephanocoenia   201 

tenuistriata,  Isastraea  :   452 

Textularia  agglutinans   294 

Thamnasteria?   202 

theresiana,  Orbicella   190 

Thysanus   212, 213, 219, 222, 223, 224, 423 

corbicula   214,215,423,424 

elegans   212 

execntricus          21 2, 219, 232, 377, 423, 424 

grandis  214,215,217,377 

hayesi  ,   218, 232, 424, 509 

navicula   214,215 

toulai,  Porites   209,236,501,502,524 

triangulare,  Endopachys  maclurii  var   196 

tricophylla,  Astraea   443 

Triloculina  circularis   294 

linneana   294 

Trochocyathus  abnormalis  213,354 

latero-spinosus   213 

lunulitiformis   195 

var.  montgom- 

eriensis   195 

profundus   354 

Trochoseris   202, 212, 425, 426 

catadupensis   194,426 

meinzeri   204,207,232,426,515 


XIV 


INDEX. 


Page. 

Trochosmilia   202 

hilii   194,195 

insignis  t  ,  194 

subcunata  '  194 

Truncatulina   294 

tuberosa,  Dichocoenia.  213,215,217,221,228,360,509 

Stplophora   195,334 

Turbinaria  (?)  alabamiensis   486 

turbinate,  Isastraea   190 

Isastraea   402,403,406,514 

Turbinolia  insignifica   199 

pharetra   195 

Turbinoseris  clcvei   194 

turonensis,  Solenastraca   201 

Turritella   411 

Ulopfiyllia  macrogyra   194 

undata,  Agaricia   214 

Madrepora   426 

undosa,  Lepidocyclina   203 

undulata,  Lepidocyclina   203 

variabilis,  Acropora   192 

Goniastrea   194,416 

Placocy athus . . .  213-215, 21?,  359, 361, 429 


Page. 

varians,  Pavona   192 

varicosa,  Oculina   225,228,352 

vaughani,  Ceritbium   387 

Favites   22G 

Orthophragmina   196 

Paracy  athus   22C 

vesiculosa,  Astraea   38? 

versipora,  Orbicella   191 

verrucosa,  Tocillopora   19] 

leriilli,  Pontes   50c 

verhelsli,  Sclenastraea    21-5 

vicksbur^ensis,  Archohelia   195 

Oculina   351 

vilardeboana,  Discorbis   294 

viridis,  Macandra   42( 

Plalygyra   42( 

wailesi,  Flabellum  cuneiforrne  var   19f 

walli,  Antillia   215 

Antillia   224 

willcoxi,  Forites   211 

willeyi,  Dendrophyllia   191 

willoughbiensis,  Manicina.  200,232,422,423,514,511 

woodjonesi,  Pocillopora   19] 


SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION 

UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 
Bulletin  103 


ONTRIBUTIONS  TO  THE  GEOLOGY  AND  PALEON- 
TOLOGY OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE,  PANAMA,  AND 
GEOLOGICALLY  RELATED  AREAS  IN  CEN- 
TRAL AMERICA  AND  THE  WEST  INDIES 


THE  SEDIMENTARY  FORMATIONS  OF 
THE  PANAMA  CANAL  ZONE,  WITH 
SPECIAL  REFERENCE  TO  THE  STRAT- 
IGRAPHIC  RELATIONS  OF  THE 
FOSSILIFEROUS  BEDS 

By  DONALD  FRANCIS  MacDONALD 

Formerly  Geologist  of  the  Canal  Commission 


Extract  from  Bulletin  103,  pages  525-545,  with  Plates  153-154 


WASHINGTON 
GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE 
1919 


CONTENTS. 


Page. 

ntroduction   525 

edimentary  formations   526 

Eocene  (?)   526 

Bas  Obispo  formation   526 

Las  Cascadas  agglomerate   526 

Oligocene   526 

Bohio  conglomerate   526 

Culebra  formation   527 

Cucuracha  formation   527 

Emperador  limestone   531 

Caimito  formation   531 

Miocene   531 

Gat u  n  formation   531 

Panama  formation   532 

Pliocene   532 

Toro  limestone   532 

Chagres  sandstone   532 

Pleistocene   532 

escriptions  of  local  sections  across  the  Isthmus  of  Panama   532 

Section  in  canal  cut  600  feet  south  of  Miraflores  Locks   533 

Section  at  Canal  Commission  station  2089  south  of  Miraflores  Locks   533 

Section,  north  end  of  Miraflores  Locks   534 

Section,  Pedro  Miguel  Locks  to  Paraiso  Bridge   534 

Section  at  Bald  Hill  near  Miraflores  Locks   534 

Section  along  east  side  of  Gaillard  Cut  from  Canal  Commission  stations  1843 

to  1850   535 

Section  on  west  side  of  Gaillard  Cut  from  Canal  Commission  stations  1775 

to  1756   535 

Section  on  west  side  of  Canal  Commission  station  1720,  near  Empire,  to 

1740  near  Culebra   536 

Section  on  west  side  of  Gaillard  Cut  near  Las  Cascades,  Canal  Commission 

stations  1617  to  1597   537 

Sections  in  cuttings  of  Panama  Railroad  near  Caimito  Junction   539 

Railroad  cut  near  stream  about  midway  between  Rio  Frijol  and  Rio 

Frijolito   539 

Section  in  railway  cuts  near  New  Frijoles   540 

Section  showing  chief  railway  cuttings  and  outcrops  along  the  Panama 

Railroad  between  Bohio  and  Monte  Lirio   540 

Exposure  a  quarter  of  a  mile  northwest  of  old  Bohio  railroad  station   541 

Exposure  opposite  old  Bohio  railroad  station,  north  side  of  the  railroad 

track   541 

Section  at  Peiia  Blanca,  about  one  mile  below  Bohio,  on  the  west  side  of 

Chagres  River   541 

Section  at  Vamos  a  Yamos,  2^-  miles  below  Bohio,  west  side  of  Chagres 

River   542 


IV 


CONTENTS. 


Descriptions  of  local  sections  across  the  Isthmus  of  Panama — Continued. 

Section  on  Panama  Railroad  from  Monte  Lirio  to  outcrop  of  Gatun  forma- 
tion on  south  side  of  Big  Swanip  

Section  showing  Gatun  formation,  one-quarter  to  one-half  mile  from  Camp 
Cotton,  toward  Monte  Lirio  

Large  railway  cutting  a  quarter  of  a  mile  from  Camp  Cotton  toward  Monte 
Lirio  

In  the  next  two  exposures  going  toward  Camp  Cotton  

Section  in  cut  one-half  mile  west  of  Camp  Cotton  toward  Gatun  

Generalized  sections  of  the  bluffs  exposed  along  the  Panama  Railroad,  re- 
located line,  about  3.500  feet  south  of  Gatun  railroad  station  

Section  from  top  of  hill  at  western  end  of  Gatun  dam  to  bottom  of  the  spill- 
way  

Section  at  west  end  of  the  spillway  

Exposures  in  the  vicinity  of  Mindi  Hill  

Monkey  Hill,  Mount  Hope  station  

Section  of  bluff  at  end  of  Toro  Point  

Section  one-third  mile  south  of  southern  end  of  Toro  Point  Breakwater,  in 
quarry  


THE  SEDIMENTARY  FORMATIONS  OF  THE  PANAMA  CANAL 
ZONE,  WITH  SPECIAL  REFERENCE  TO  THE  STRATI- 
GRAPHIC  RELATIONS  OF  THE  FOSSILIFEROUS  BEDS. 


By  Donald  Francis  MacDonald, 

Formerly  Geologist  of  the  Canal  Commission. 


INTRODUCTION. 

The  following  summary  statement  regarding  the  stratigraphio 
geology  of  the  Canal  Zone  is  intended  to  make  clear  the  stratigraphic 
relations  of  the  deposits  from  which  the  fossils  described  in  the 
accompanying  memoirs  were  obtained.  The  descriptions  of  the 
successive  formations  are  taken  from  my  paper  entitled  "Some 
i engineering  problems  of  the  Panama  Canal  in  their  relation  to 
geology  and  topography,"1  except  that  Dr.  T.  W.  Vaughan  has 
i  changed  the  age  classification  of  the  formations  as  published  in  the 
bulletin  cited  by  referring  the  Bohio  conglomerate  to  the  Oligocene 
and  by  placing  the  Gatun  and  Panama  formations  in  the  Miocene. 
The  small  scale  map  (pi.  153),  scale  about  5  miles  to  1  inch,  is  a 
republication  of  the  map  contained  in  the  same  paper,  of  which  it  is 
plate  4.  It  should  be  noted  here  that  the  Culebra  formation  out- 
crops at  locality  station  6024,  below  the  Emperador  limestone,  on 
Rio  Agua  Salud;  locality  station  6025,  Bohio  Ridge;  locality  station 

6026,  about  2  miles  southwest  of  Monte  Lirio;  and  locality  station 

6027,  in  the  old  site  of  Bohio  before  the  relocation  of  the  Panama 
Railroad.  The  position  of  each  of  these  stations  is  shown  on  plate 
154.  The  electrotypes  for  figures  26  and  27  were  loaned  by  the 
United  States  Bureau  of  Mines. 

The  detailed  descriptions  of  the  local  stations,  which  follow  the 
accounts  of  the  geologic  formations,  except  that  of  Bald  Hill,  near 
Miraflores  Locks,  were  made  more  or  less  jointly  by  Doctor  Vaughan 
and  myself.  The  study  of  these  exposures  by  both  of  us  supplies  to 
Doctor  Vaughan  the  basis  for  the  accurate  placing  of  the  fossils 
obtained  in  their  stratigraphic  relations.  He  prepared  the  key  map 
of  localities  here  reproduced  as  plate  154. 


"U.S.  Bureau  of  Mines  Bull.  86,  pp.  83,  29  pis.,  9  figs.,  1915.   Particularly  pp.  17-26. 

525 


526 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


The  localities  for  tlie  fossils  are  indicated  as  the  station  number! 
in  the  United  States  National  Museum  record  book  for  Cenozoi 
invertebrate  fossils.  In  order  to  obviate  confusion,  as  the  Cam 
Commission  also  had  station  numbers,  the  United  States  Nations 
Museum  numbers  are  printed  in  heavy-faced  types  in  the  descrip 
tions  of  the  exposures,  while  the  Canal  Commission  n umbers  ar 
printed  in  italics. 

SEDIMENTARY  FORMATIONS. 


Eocene  (?). 

BAS  OBISPO  FORMATION. 


■lde 

6 
I 


The  Bas  Obispo  formation  is  the  oldest  Isthmian  formation,  so  fa 
as  is  known,  and  although  referred  doubtfully  to  the  Eocene  it  ma; 
be  of  pre-Tertiary  age.  It  was  formed  of  rock  fragments  and  as! 
blown  from  old  volcanic  vents.  The  debris  settled  over  the  sur 
rounding  region  and  was  subsequently  cemented  into  fairJy  har< 
rock  by  the  slow-acting  processes  of  rock  cementation.  Locally  i 
shows  some  rough  bedding  and  some  rounded  water-worn  fragments 
In  composition  it  belongs  to  the  andesitic  tuff  group  of  rocks 
although  locally  it  might  be  classed  as  andesitic  breccia.  It  outcrop: 
extensively  at  Bas  Obispo  and  near  old  Panama,  and  small  outcrop 
rise  above  the  alluvium  near  Miraflores  and  Diablo  Ridge. 

LAS  CASCADAS  AGGLOMERATE. 


The  Las  Cascadas  agglomerate  also  had  its  origin  in  f ragmen ta 
rock  material  blown  from  volcanic  vents  and  later  washed  down  intc 
different  beds  and  masses.  It  rests  unconformably  on  the  Bas  Obispc 
formation,  is  much  less  consolidated  and  cemented  than  the  latter,  anc 
is  of  much  more  recent  origin.  It  is  a  greenish  to  gray,  basic  agglom 
erate,  which  contains  large  and  small  subangular  fragments  in  t 
fine-grained  groundmass  of  volcanic  clay  and  tuff.  The  whole  is 
arranged  in  massive  to  roughly  bedded  deposits,  often  unconformable 
with  each  other.  Interbedded  with  these  deposits  are  andesitk 
flow-breccias,  some  fine-grained  grayish  and  some  coarse-grained 
dark  andesitic  flows,  and  a  few  easily  crumbled  lava-mud  flows  which 
show  columnar  jointing  where  exposed  in  the  canal.  The  whole  is  cut 
by  large  and  small  basalt  dikes.  The  formation  outcrops  extensively 
along  the  canal  between  Empire  and  Las  Cascadas. 

Oligocene. 
bohio  conglomerate. 

The  Bohio  conglomerate  consists  of  beds  containing  water-worn 
cobblestones  and  pebbles.    These  beds  are  separated  from  each  other 
by  layers  of  sandstone  and  clay  rock.    The  lower  part  of  the  forma 
tion  contains  more  cobbles  and  pebbles  than  the  upper  part  and  seems 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  527 

"eft  to  be  largely  a  product  of  running  water.  It  is  generally  fairly  well 
zoil  bedded,  though  locally  massive,  and  contains  hard  boulders,  up  to  a 
ad  few  feet  in  diameter,  of  andesitic,  dioritic,  and  other  igneous  rocks, 
lal  The  upper  part  of  this  formation  is  of  the  same  general  composi- 
nw  tion  as  the  lower  part,  but  contains  some  beds  of  dark-gray  clay  marl 
an  which  contain  fossil  Foraminifera.    The  cobbles,  boulders,  and  gravel 

are  from  cherts,  andesites,  and  diorites,  and  were  derived  from  the 
I  older  intrusive  masses  of  igneous  rock  now  found  at  intervals  along 

the  central  part  of  the  Isthmus. 

The  formation  must  be  at  least  1,000  feet  thick,  and  it  outcrops 

extensively  in  the  vicinit}^  of  Bohio  and  near  Caimito  Junction, 
fji  Though  not  outcropping  in  the  Gaillard  Cut,  it  was  encountered  in 
J  many  of  the  cuts  near  Bohio  on  the  new  line  of  the  Panama  Railroad. 

wf  CULEBRA  FORMATION. 

1  The  Culebra  formation  contains  an  upper  and  a  lower  member. 
T  The  lower  member  consists  of  dark,  well-laminated  beds  of  soft 
shales,  marls,  and  carbonaceous  clays,  with  some  pebbly,  sandy,  and 
tufaceous  layers.  There  are  a  few  thin  beds  of  lignitic  shale,  but  the 
whole  upper  part  of  the  formation  contains  considerable  organic 
matter.  It  outcrops  in  Gaillard  Cut  near  Culebra  and  near  Pedro 
Miguel. 

The  upper  member  consists  of  calcareous  beds  and  lenses  ranging 
in  character  from  sandy  limestone  to  calcareous  sandstone,  3  to  10 
feet  thick,  separated  by  partings  of  dark  carbonaceous  clays  and 
fine-bedded  tuffs. 

Locally  this  formation  gives  off  a  little  natural  gas  and  in  some 
small  areas  it  shows  slightly  bituminous  shales. 

CUCURACHA  FORMATION. 

The  Cucuracha  formation  is  here  described  in  considerable  detail, 
because  in  it  not  only  the  Cucuracha  slide  but  also  the  big  Culebra 
slides  developed.  It  is  so  named  because  of  being  the  site  of  the 
Cucuracha  slide  and  because  it  is  typically  exposed  near  Cucuracha 
village. 

The  formation  consists  of  a  dark  green,  massive  and  locally  bedded, 
slightly  indurated,  volcanic  clay  rock  of  andesitic  composition.  It  is 
a  land-deposited  formation,  overlying  the  marine  Culebra  formation, 
from  which  it  is  separated  by  10  to  20  feet  of  slightly  indurated 
gravel.  It  is  the  upper  part  of  what  Hill 1  and  Howe  2  called  the 
Culebra  formation. 

1  Hill,  R.  T.,  Geological  history  of  the  Isthmus  of  Panama  and  portions  of  Costa  Rica,  Museum  Com- 
parative Zoology  Harvard  College  Bull.,  vol.  28,  1898. 

*  Howe,  Ernest,  Canal  Commission  Ann.  Rept.  1907,  Appendix  E,  pp.  10S-13S;  Isthmian  geology  of  the 
Panama  Canal,  Econ.  Geol.,  vol.  2, 1907,  pp.  639-658;  Geology  of  the  Isthmus  of  Panama,  Amer.  Journ. 
Bci.,  ser.  4,  vol.  26,  1908,  pp.  212-237. 


528 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


SUCCESSION  OF  BED  ROCKS. 


Pleistocene. 


Pliocene. 


Miocene. 


11. 


{c.  River  alluvium, 
b.  Muds  and  silts, 
a.  Gravel. 

Toro  1 
limestone.  |She11  marl  and  "^stone. 

formation*.   }Li^ht  colored  tuff  beds,  argillite,  etc. 


-  10. 


:v;.Vh;:-.\v 


Oiigocene. 


Tratun      (c-  Clay  beds. 


nft5m}fn     |e.  Sandstone. 

asss.  fc  ass—-* 


6*    Umeltone 1  }Marine  limestone,  many  corals. 

5-    formation*  }Land  formed  clay  rocks,  lava  flow,  etc. 


4*    formation    }Marme  carbonaceous  shale,  clay,  tuffs,  limy  sandstone. 


Bohio 


^Coarse  and  fine  conglomerate  and  sandstone  beds. 


f»  Eocene? 


Miocene? 
(Mostly). 


conglomerate.  Y 

2   Las  Cascadas  \ Volcanic  debris,  mud-lava,  some  flows  and  dikes  of 

•  agglomerate.  /  andesite. 

1-    lESSS  }V0leanic  breccia. 
SUCCESSION  OF  IGNEOUS  ROCKS. 
6.  Basalt. 


^o^o0^   5.  Meta-breccia. 


4.  Rhyolite. 


H 


3.  Andesite. 


(?) 


H 2- 


Diorite. 


l,  Grandiorite. 


Tig.  26— ROCK  succession  in  the  Canal  Zone.   (From  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Mines  Bull.  86.) 


GEOLOLGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  529 


GAM  BOA 


^V3A5  OBISPO 


LAS  CASCAOAS 


(Bey  of  Psna/na) 
PACJF/C  OCEAN 

SOOTH 


y  U  !  ATLANT/C  OCEAAf 


:^\| .*•  ."•*.  jyl*' Caribbean 3eal 


.  : .:  MOM  BAY? 


GAT  UN 


30 H  fO 


ODD, 


^'o  Chag.-<ss 
m  SAN  PABLO 


530-         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Locally  it  contains  red  beds  and  lenses,  but  these  are  of  the  same  ids 
general  character  as  the  green  clay  rock  in  which  they  are  inter  ;  ma: 
bedded,  except  that  they  contain  slightly  more  iron  and  aluminc 
and  a  little  less  silica.  In  certain  beds  there  is  a  network  of  smal 
irregular  joints,  contiguous  to  which  the  greenish  clay  rock  hat 
turned  red;  such  a  change  seems  to  be  due  to  the  oxidation  of  th< 
greenish  ferrous  iron  to  the  red  ferric  condition  by  surface  waters 
In  some  of  these  red  beds,  however,  there  has  been  some  local  con 
centra tion  of  iron  and  alumina  products. 

In  addition  to  the  red  beds  there  are  a  few  local  beds  and  lenses 
of  gravel  and  of  sandy,  dark-gray,  tufaceous  material.  This  gravel 
like  the  gravel  at  the  base  of  the  formation,  is  fairly  line,  loosely 
cemented,  and  consists  of  the  rounded  fragments  of  indurated  shales 
cherts,  and  concretions  from  the  lower  part  of  this  formation  anc 
from  some  of  the  older  rocks . 

There  are  also  four  distinct  beds  of  lignitic  shale,  1  to  5  feet  thick 
They  are  the  fossilized  remains  of  former  swamps. 

The  formation  is  cut  by  some  large  and  some  small  basaltic  dikes 
but  these  have  caused  scarcely  any  metamorphism.  Faulting  has 
considerably  broken  the  beds  and,  owing  to  their  soft  and  brittk 
character,  relatively  small  faults,  where  the  movement  seems  to  hav* 
been  less  than  75  feet,  have  resulted  in  shear  zones  up  to  several  feel 
wide.  These  rocks  weather  readily,  and  are  covered  by  10  to  25  feel 
of  red  soil.  They  are  easily  eroded,  so  that  the  outcrops  of  this 
formation  have  mostly  been  worn  into  flats  or  valleys. 

Extending  for  more  than  a  mile  over  what  must  have  been  an  old 
land  surface,  and  now  forming  an  interbedded  unit  of  this  forma 
tion,  is  a  light  to  dark  grayish,  or,  on  fresh  fracture,  greenish,  lava- 
breccia  flow  of  andesitic  composition.  Hand  specimens  of  it  show  8 
few  little  shiny  faces  of  feldspar  crystals  up  to  2  mm.  in  length,  sel 
in  a  groundmass  that  resembles  indurated  clay.  The  brecciated  frag 
ments  are  small,  somewhat  altered,  and  seem  to  have  been  picked 
up  from  the  formation  over  which  the  flow  moved.  Under  the 
microscope  the  rock  is  seen  to  consist  of  euhcdral  phenocrysts  cA 
andesine  ranging  in  size  up  to  1  by  2  mm.  and  some  crystals  of  potash 
feldspar  set  in  a  cloudy  claylike  groundmass,  dark  scaly  areas  result- 
ing from  the  decomposition  of  some  mineral,  considerable  chlorite 
some  calcite,  and  a  little  secondary  quartz.  The  outlines  of  the 
brecciated  fragments  were  recognized,  but  their  original  composition |rai 
was  obscured  by  alteration.  This  altered  andesite  flow  is  somewhat 
jointed  and  weak,  so  that  it  adds  but  little  strength  to  the  slopes 
and  is  practically  no  protection  against  slides. 

The  prevailing  grayish-green  color  of  the  formation  is  due  to  the 
fairly  high  percentage  of  very  findy  divided  chloritic  material  that  it 
contains.    These  greasy  mineral  particles  are  a  marked  source  of 


1 

on 

n 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  531 


>  weakness  and  mobility  and  are  one  of  the  factors  that  have  caused 
n  maximum  sliding  in  this  formation.  In  contrast  with  the  clays  of 
ml  the  Culebra  formation,  these  rocks  are  massive,  largely  of  terrestrial 
origin,  contain  little  organic  matter  outside  of  the  few  lignitic  shale 
m  beds  mentioned,  have  a  greenish  color  from  a  high  chlorite  content, 
iitj  and  are  much  more  given  to  sliding  than  the  other  rocks. 

EMPERADOR  LIMESTONE. 

The  Emperador  is  a  light-colored,  fairly  pure  limestone.  It  lies 
-Kj  unconformable  on  several  of  the  older  beds.    Its  outcrops  are 

comparatively  small  and  weather  locally  into  a  pitted  and  platy 
lr  condition.    Near  Las  Cascadas  a  section  cut  by  the  canal  shows  the 

limstone,  about  25  feet  thick,  overlying  the  upper  part  of  the 
ad  Culebra  formation.    It  outcrops  northwest  of  Empire,  south  of 

Las  Cascadas,  on  the  new  line  of  the  Panama  Railroad  near  San 

Pablo,  near  Frijoles,  in  the  swamp  southeast  of  Diablo  Ridge,  and 

extensively  near  Alhajuela. 


CAIMITO  FORMATION. 

The  Caimito  formation,  which  overlies  the  Emperador  limestone, 
consists  of  three  members,  as  follows:  (a)  A  basal  light-gray,  soft, 
argillaceous,  or  clay-like,  sandstone,  which  grades  upward  into  a 
yellowish  argillitic  sandstone  that  is  bluish  gray  on  fresh  fracture; 
(b)  a  peculiarly  calcareous  conglomerate  with  some  fragments  of 
much  decayed  basic  rock,  which  locally  give  a  bright-green  stain  to 
small  patches  of  the  formation;  (c)  a  light-colored  to  yellowish  argil- 
laceous sandstone  fairly  well  bedded.  The  upper  argillitic  sandstone 
is  the  rock  that  outcrops  in  the  Chagres  River  at  Barbacoas,  near 
San  Pablo.  Beds  a,  b,  and  c  m&y  be  seen  in  the  section  at  Bald  Hill, 
north  of  Miranores.  Bed  b  outcrops  extensively  at  San  Pablo  and 
near  the  site  of  the  proposed  wireless  telegraph  station  opposite 
San  Pablo.    The  formation  does  not  outcrop  at  all  in  Gaillard  Cut. 

Miocene. 

GATUN  FORMATION. 

The  Gatun  formation  consists  of  three  members,  as  follows: 
[a)  About  500  feet  of  marls  and  argillites,  or  clay  rocks,  and  some 
3eds  of  soft  sandstone  and  conglomerate;  this  member  is  bluish 
gray  but  locally  contains  many  brown  specks,  indicating  fragments 
)f  organic  material:  it  is  rich  in  the  fossil  shells  of  ancient  marine 
ife;  (b)  mostly  fine,  soft  sandstone,  about  100  feet  thick,  containing 
i few  fossils;  (c)  light  to  creamy  gray  indurated  clay  beds. 

The  formation  is  extensive  and  constitutes  the  foundation  on 
vhich  the  Gatun  Locks  are  built.  Fortunately,  its  fineness  of  grain 
enders  it  relatively  impervious  to  ground  water.    The  upper  part 


532'        BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


of  the  formation  weathers  into  red  clay,  and  it  covers  the  solid  rock 
to  a  depth  of  10  to  25  feet,  except  where  it  is  cut  through  by  streams 

PANAMA  FORMATION. 

The  Panama  formation  is  a  light-colored  well-bedded  tuff  some 
what  acid  in  composition.  Locally  it  contains  some  argillaceous 
beds.  It  outcrops  extensively  from  Miraflores  to  Panama  and  in  a 
few  other  places.  The  formation  is  at  least  400  feet  thick  and  over 
lies  the  Caimito  formation.  It  seems  to  be  relatively  porous,  fairly 
well  bedded,  somewhat  jointed,  and  of  a  crumbly  or  friable  nature. 

Pliocene. 

TORO  LIMESTONE. 

The  Toro  1  limestone  is  sandy  and  fragment al,  and  locally  is  a 
coquina  or  shell  marl.  Its  type  locality  is  at  Toro  Point,  but  similar 
appearing  limestone  fringes  the  Caribbean  coast,  except  where 
large  valleys  have  caused  it  to  be  eroded  or  covered  with  alluvium. 
In  places  it  forms  low  bluffs  or  headlands,  expecially  at  Toro  Point, 
west  of  the  Gatun  Dam,  and  at  the  mouth  of  Chagres  Kiver.  It  is 
the  rock  from  which  Fort  San  Lorenzo  was  built.  Rock  from  this 
formation  was  used  as  a  hearting  for  the  Toro  Point  Breakwater. 

CHAGRES  SANDSTONE.? 

The  name  Chagres  sandstone  is  proposed  for  a  massive,  coarse 
grained,  rather  soft  sandstone,  that  locally  shows  stratification  and 
considerable  cross-bedding.  Some  of  the  beds  contain  a  few  poorly 
preserved  bivalves  and  dark  to  brownish  fragments  of  organic  matter 
are  not  uncommon.  This  appears  to  be  a  land  or  beach  deposit 
and  is  probably  as  much  as  a  thousand  feet  or  even  more  thick 
It  is  tilted  oceanward  at  angles  ranging  from  5  to  20  degrees  and  lies 
on  top  of  the  Toro  limestone  on  which  it  may  or  may  not  be  con 
formable.  It  forms  the  hills  overlooking  the  coast  between  Toro 
Point  and  the  mouth  of  Chagres  River. 

Pleistocene. 

The  Pleistocene  formations  consist  of  (a)  swamp  deposits,  black 
soil,  and  silt,  filling  old  channels  to  depths  of  325  feet  below  the 
present  sea  level;  (6)  river  gravels  up  to  10  feot  above  the  present 
normal  river  levels;  (c)  old  sea  boachos  6  to  10  feet  above  the  present 
beach  level  ;  and  (d)  bars,  beaches,  and  the  present  river  alluvium. 

DESCRIPTION  OF  LOCAL  SECTIONS  ACROSS  THE  ISTHMUS  OF  PANAMA. 

The  black-faced  numbers  in  the  following  descriptions  are  the  station  numbers  in 
the  United  States  National  Museum  register  of  Cenozoic  invertebrate  collections 


»  Called  Caribbean  limestone  by  the  author  in  reports  of  Isthmian  Canal  Commission  for  1912  and  1913. 
See  p.  63  and  p.  570  of  report  for  1913. 
2  The  name  and  description  of  this  formation  were  added  to  the  proof  of  this  article. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  533 


I   for  localities  at  which  fossils  were  collected.    The  numbers  in  italics  are  for  the'Canal 
Commission  stations. 

Section  in  canal  cut  600 feet  south  of  Miraflores  Locks. 

Pleistocene:  Feet  thick. 

3.  River  alluvium  with  gravel  and  pebbles,  loosely  cemented 
conglomerate  at  base,  almost  horizontally  bedded,  is 

unconformable  on  (2),  and  has  an  exposed  thickness  of   20 

Unconformity. 

Oligocene  (Culebra  formation): 

6009-2.  Dark,  soft,  fairly  well-laminated  clay  rock  which 
seems  to  be  unconformable  on  (1),  shows  a  few  lines 
of  small  limy  concretions,  buff-colored  after  weath- 
ering, parallel  to  the  bedding.  This  is  a  foraminiferal 
clay  and  is  the  upper  part  of  the  lower  beds  of  the 
Culebra  formation.  Dip  12°  southward.  Thick- 
ness exposed  here   45 

Unconformity. 

Eocene  (?)  (Las  Cascadas  agglomerate  (?)): 

1.  Mottled,  light-greenish,  line-grained  agglomerate  to  coarse 
tuff.  The  grains,  one-eighth  to  1  inch  in  diameter,  are 
soft  irregular  particles  of  basic  mud  rock  or  much  altered 
andesitic  tuff.  Finely  divided  chlorite  seems  to  give 
greenish  color.  The  spaces  between  the  grains  are  filled 
with  white  limy  cementing  material,  thus  giving  the 
rock  a  whitish  and  light-green  mottled  appearance, 
though  the  prevailing  color  is  light  green  to  grayish- 
green.  Rock  very  similar  in  appearance  to  this  is  ex- 
posed in  the  upper  part  of  the  Contractors  Hill  mass, 
and  was  noted  in  the  bottom  of  the  Gaillard  Cut  near 
Paraiso,  and  near  station  1909  where  a  small  cave  in  the 
rock  was  found.  As  this  lithologically  resembles  the 
Las  Cascadas  agglomerate  and  is  distinctly  different 
from  the  typical  Culebra  formation,  it  is  considered  as 
representing  the  upper  part  of  the  Las  Cascadas  agglom- 
erate.   Thickness  exposed   15 

Section  at  Canal  Commission  station  2089  south  of  Miraflores  Locks. 

Pleistocene:  Feet  thick. 

3.  Silt  and  alluvium  faulted  down  opposite  (1),  exposed  about. .  30+ 
Miocene  (Panama  formation): 

2.  Light  to  buff-colored  tuff  beds  showing  some  cross-bedding 
and  some  iron  staining  along  the  cracks,  unconformable 
on  (1),  exposed  about  :   15+ 

Eocene  (?)  (Las  Cascadas  agglomerate): 

1.  Massive  basic  agglomerate,  much  altered,  mostly  greenish 
with  some  lighter-colored  patches,  giving  a  mottled  color 
effect;  cut  by  basaltic  dikes;  contains  a  few  little  cracks, 
some  of  which  are  filled  with  iron-stained  cherty  material. 

Exposed  about   30+ 

There  is  at  this  place  a  fault  which  trends  S.  15°  E.  and  hades 
80°  W.  It  is  impossible  to  estimate  the  amount  of  the  throw, 
because  it  is  not  known  how  much  may  have  been  eroded 
from  the  upthrow  side  since  faulting.    In  a  few  places  along 


534         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Eocene — Continued. 

the  fault  line  springs  bubble  up,  the  waters  from  which  were 
saline  and  astringent  and  gave  off  much  carbon  dioxide. 
This  locality  is  now  covered  by  the  water  in  the  canal. 

Section,  north  end  of  Mirajlores  Locks. 

Oligocene  (Culebra  formation): 

At  the  north  end  of  Miraflores  Locks  and  from  there  to  Pedro 
Miguel  Locks,  beds  belonging  in  the  lower  part  of  the  Cule- 
bra formation  outcropped  in  the  canal  cut.  They  consist 
of  dark,  well  laminated,  and  very  soft  carbonaceous  clay 
rocks,  and  locally  contain  lenses  of  granular  tufaeeous 
material  and  a  few  beds  that  carry  some  pebbles.  Some 
lines  of  small  concretions  parallel  to  the  bedding  were 
noted.  Foraminifera  common.  In  general,  the  beds  have 
a  dip  of  a  few  degrees  toward  the  south,  although  one  south- 
ward dip  of  25  degrees  was  noted . 

Section,  Pedro  Miguel  Locks  to  Paraiso  Bridge. 

Oligocene  (Culebra  formation  (lower  part)): 

6010.  Material  the  same  as  in  the  preceding  exposure.  Oslrca, 
Pecten,  and  many  Foraminifera, including  Lepidocyclina 
panamensis?,  were  collected, 

Section  at  Bald  Hill  near  Mirajlores  Locks. 
Total  thickness  of  exposure  about  325  feet;  dip  of  beds  15°  NW. 


Oligocene : 

Caimito  formation —  Feet  thick. 

5.  Limy,  fine-grained  sandstone,  which  weathers  slightly 
buff-colored.  A  few  fragments  of  fossils  noted;  out- 
crop indistinct.    Estimated   60  -f- 

4.  Dull  yellowish,  buff  after  weathering,  rather  soft  and 
somewhat  massively  bedded,  fine-grained  sandstone. 
Estimated   80+ 

3.  Limy  agglomerate  beds,  light  colored  to  brown,  with  a 
few  greenish  stains,  similar  to  the  blue  and  green 
stained  beds  that  outcrop  near  San  Pablo.  Middle 
member  of  the  Caimito  formation.    Estimated   65-f 

2.  Light  yellow  to  buff  after  weathering,  fine-grained 
sandstone,  fairly  thick-bedded,  but  weathers  rather 
platy  or  somewhat  spherical.  Lower  part  of  the 
sandstone  seems  to  be  rather  limy  and  weathers 
easily.  Lower  member  of  the  Caimito  formation. 
Estimated   80 -f- 


(There  is  some  evidence  of  an  unconformity  between  (2) 
and  (1),  but  the  contact  is  not  clear  enough  to  be 
sure  of  this.) 
Emperador  limestone — 

6256-1.  White  to  creamy  gray,  rather  pure  limestone; 

weathered  surface  much  pitted;  contains  many 
fossil  corals.  Typical  Emperador  limestone. 
Estimated   40 -f- 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  535 


ion  along  east  side  of  Gaillard  Cut  from  Canal  Commission  stations  18  j$  to  1850. 


Oligocene : 

Cucuracha  formation—  Feet  thick- 

11.  Material  the  same  as  No.  9.    Exposed   50+ 

10.  Bed  of  fairly  fine  gravel,  loosely  cemented  with  cal- 
careous material.    Estimated   15 

9.  Light  green,  fine-grained,  soft  and  friable  argillaceous 
rock.    Lower  part  of  the  Cucuracha  formation. 

Estimated   50 

Culebra  formation — 

8.  Beds  of  partly  consolidated  gravel,  with  some  dark- 
gray,  granular,  tufaceous  material;  light-colored, 
limy  cement.  Marks  a  small  unconformity  between 
the  upper  part  of  the  Culebra  formation  and  the 

overlying  Cucuracha  formation.    Estimated   30 

6011-7.  Limy  bed  similar  to  No.  5;  contains  Heterostcg  inoides 

panamensis   5 

G.  Material  similar  to  No.  4.    Estimated   50 

5.  Fairly  hard,  somewhat  coarse-grained,  light-colored, 

sandy  limestone  grading  into  limy  sandstone   5 

4.  Dark-gray,  thin-bedded,  friable  tufaceous  beds  with 
partings  of  soft  dark  carbonaceous  shales.  Part  of 
upper  part  of  the  Culebra  and  practically  same  as 
(2).    Estimated   50 


3.  Two  beds  of  gravel  loosely  cemented  by  light-colored 
limy  cement.  A  3-foot  bed  of  dark,  friable,  car- 
bonaceous shale  separates  the  two  gravel  beds. 
Gravel  contains  a  number  of  oysters  and  some  other 
fossils.  Appears  to  be  a  local  unconformity  here. 
Estimated  thickness  of  gravel  beds,  including  the 

shale  bed   30 

2.  Thin-bedded,  granular,  and  somewhat  friable,  dark- 
gray,  tufaceous  sandstone  beds,  separated  by  soft, 
dark-brown,  carbonaceous  shale  layers;  a  few  peb- 
bles present.  Part  of  the  upper  part  of  the  Culebra 
formation.    Dip  about  35°  northward.    Estimated.  100 

Age? 

1.  Laccolithic  mass  of  basalt  which  has  tilted  the  beds  into 
which  it  was  intruded  and  slightly  metamorphosed  them 
for  a  foot  or  more  distant  from  the  contact.  A  dike  1  to  3 
feet  wide  seems  to  connect  with  main  mass. 

Section  on  west  side  of  Gaillard  Cut  from  Canal  Commission  stations  1775  to  1756. 
Section  shows  three  small  faults,  also  contact  between  Cucuracha  forma- 


tion on  top  and  Culebra  formation  beneath  it.    Thickness  of  entire 
section  400+  feet. 
Oligocene : 

Cucuracha  formation — 

2.  Fine-grained,  light-green,  fairly  massive  volcanic  clay 

rock.  Feet  thick. 

/.  Same  as  (d)   100 

e.  Andesite-breccia  flow.    About   20 

d.  Light-green,  fairly  massive,  volcanic  clay  rock          3  to  8 

c.  Small  lens  of  limy  sandstone.    Maximum  thick- 
ness about   1 


536  BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Oligocene — Continued.  Feftt  thick 

6012e-6.  Dark-brown,  carbonaceous  shale  with  little  lenses 
of  lignite.    Thickness  irregular  but  maximum 

about   4 

a.  Lower  part  of  formation,  contains  some  sandy  and 

pebbly  layers   17+ 

Culebra  formation — 

1.  Dark  friable  carbonaceous  shales  and  dark-gray  granu- 
lar tufaceous  beds.  A  few  thin  lenses  and  beds  that 
contain  much  gravel.    Fossiliferous.    Upper  part  of 

Culebra  formation.    Total  thickness  about   130 

k.  Loosely  cemented  gravel  that  seems  to  mark  an  un- 
conformity between  the  Cucuracha  formation  on 
top  and  the  Culebra  formation  below  it.  Some 

limy  sandstone  lenses  at  base  of  gravel  10-25 

(Normal  faults  with  a  downthrow  of  10  to  40  feet  on 
the  north  side.) 

6012c7-j.  Few  lenses  of  limy  sandstone  at  base  of  gravel;  Lepi- 

docyclina  panamensis  ?   3 

6013-?'.1  Friable  shale  and  clay   35 

6012c-/l  Lens  of  sandy  limestone   5 


(Made  special  studies  of  and  collections  from  the 
uppermost  of  these  limestones  and  the  shales  be- 
tween them.    Found  Amphistegina  and  Lepidocy- 


clina,  many  oysters,  and  some  Turritella.) 

g.  Friable  shale  and  clay   16 

/.  Limy  sandstone   8 

e.  Friable  shale  and  clay   10 

d.  Bed  of  light-colored,  limy  sandstone,  similar  to  (6)..  5 

c.  Bed  of  friable  shale  and  clay   18 

6.  Lower  bed  of  limy  sandstone  and  sandy  limestone. 

Light  colored  and  fairly  hard  and  well  cemented. 

Fossiliferous   8 

a.  Lower  layer  of  friable  shale  and  clay   15 


Section  on  west  side  of  canal  from  Canal  Commission  station  1720,  near  Empire,  to  1740 

near  Culebra. 

(Total  thickness  of  section,  about.  530  feet.) 

Feet  thick. 

8.  Hard  and  finely  cemented  mass  of  dark  andesitic  tuff  and  brec- 
cia. Locally  contains  basalt  fragments  up  to  several  inches 
in  diameter,  cemented  into  a  mass.  Rough  bedding,  with 
dip  at  a  considerable  angle,  but  formation  generally  massive. 
(Fault  contact  between  (7)  and  (8)  shows  sheared  zone  several 
inches  wide.    Downthrow  apparently  on  south  side.) 

7.  Light  gray,  buff  after  weathering,  andesite  breccia,  a  flow. 

6.  Light-colored,  fairly  fine-grained,  limy  tuff,  somewhat  clayey; 


distinctly  bedded   20 

Oligocene  (Culebra  formation): 

5.  h.  Soil  and,  locally,  old  waste  dump  material.    About   15 

g.  Bed  of  very  loosely  cemented  gravel,  somewhat  weath- 
ered because  of  proximity  to  surface.    About   20 


1  About  this  horizon  but  on  east  side  of  cut. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


537 


Oligocene — Continued.  Feet  thick. 

f.  About  same  as  (d)   40 

e.  About  same  as  (c)   10 

d.  Dark,  well  laminated  and  very  friable  shale   35 

c.  Light-gray,  limy  sandstone  and  sandy  limestone  beds. 
Relatively  hard  and  coarse  grained.  This  limestone 
varies  in  thickness  from  2  to  12  feet,  which  would  seem 
to  indicate  a  small  unconformity  along  its  top.  Lo- 
cally it  contains  some  thin  partings  of  carbonaceous 

shales  2tol2 

6.  Lens  of  gravel  up  to  2  feet  thick.  Partly  consolidated 
with  limy  cementing  material.  Oysters  plentiful  in 
this  gravel. 

a.  Dark,  well  laminated  and  very  friable  shale   30 

4.  Dark,  well  laminated  and  very  friable  shaly  and  tufaceous 
beds.  Some  of  the  layers  less  than  an  inch  thick. 
Partings  show  fossil  plants  and  much  organic  matter. 
Some  of  the  layers  weather  brownish  from  organic 
matter.  Between  the  more  organic  and  clay-like  layers 
are  thin  beds  of  dark-gray,  granular  to  ash-like  tufaceous 

material.    Fossiliferous.    Exposed   150 

(Fault  with  a  downthrow  of  more  than  125  feet  on  the  south 
side.    Considerable  shearing  and  disturbing  of  the  beds 
for  several  feet  on  each  side  of  the  contact.) 
60126-3.  Light  gray,  limy  gravel  and  some  tufaceous  material, 
not  well  bedded  and  only  partly  consolidated  with 
limy  cementing  material .  Fossils ,  particularly  oys- 
ter shells,  are  plentiful.    This  bed  seems  to  mark  a 

local  overlap  or  small  unconformity   40 

2.  Dark-gray,  bedded  limy  tuffs  and  partly  consolidated 
shales.  Differs  from  (5)  in  having  more  granular 
tufaceous  material  and  less  of  the  fine  friable  shale 
material.    Is  very  limy,  contains  some  gravel, 

and  oyster  shells  are  common   30 

6012a-l.  Dark,  well  laminated,  soft,  very  friable,  carbona- 
ceous shales  and  dark-gray,  granular,  loosely  ce- 
mented tuff  beds.  Typical  lower  Culebra  beds. 
Fossil  plants;  marine  fossils  include  Lepidocyclina 
panamensis  ?,  Cyclichna,  Conus,  Pleurotoma  (3  spe- 
cies), Area,  Pecten,  Callianassa,  etc   150 

Section  on  west  side  of  Gaillard  Cut  near  Las  Cascadas,  Canal  Commission  stations  1617 

to  1597. 

Feet  thick. 

20.  Yellowish  to  cream  colored  clays   15 

Oligocene: 

Emperador  limestone — 

6019<7-19.  Light  gray  to  yellowish  gray,  somewhat  sandy 
limestone.  Massive,  but  some  bedding  in  upper 
part.  Very  fossiliferous:  Pecten,  Amusium, 
Stylophora,  Clypeaster  lanceolatus,  Echinolampas 

semiorbis,  Lepidocyclina,  etc   35 

37149— 19— Bull.  103  2 


588         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


0  ligocene — Continued . 
Culebra  formation — 

18.  Lignitic  shale  bed  at  base  of  limestone  

17.  Dark,  well  laminated,  very  friable,  carbonaceous 
shales  and  clays  with  dark,  granular,  tufaceous 

material.   Fossils  at  base  

16.  c.  Light  colored,  sandy  limestone.    Thickness  1^  

6019/-  b.  Dark,  very  friable  shales  and  tuffs.    Fossils  abun- 
dant, Lepidocyclina  chaperi.    Thickness  3  

a.  Light  colored  sandy  limestone  to  limy  sandstone. 

Thickness  1£  

15.  Dark,  friable  shale,  clay  and  tufaceous  material  with 
some  thin  layers  of  limy  sandstone  in  the  upper 

part  

6019c-14.  Thin-bedded,   light-gray  to  cream-colored  limy 
sandstone  with  some  partings  of  light-colored  clay, 

Orbitolites,  etc  

13.  Fine-grained,  very  friable,  dark-gray,  tufaceous 

material,  well  stratified  

6019c?-12.  c.  Grayish-green,  limy,  tufaceous  sandstones  

b.  Dark,  carbonaceous  clays  and  tuff  

6019c-     a.  Grayish,  well-stratified,  and  very  friable  tufa- 
ceous sandstone  

(Total  thickness,  7  feet.) 
60196-11.  Dark,  well  stratified,  and  very  friable  tufaceous 
material;    some  fossils.    Turritella,   Area,  Car- 

dium,  etc.,  Orbitolites  

6019a-10.  Grayish,  rather  nodular,  impure  limestone,  contains 
some  green  particles;  Lepidocyclina  canellei  was 

collected  in  this  bed  

9.  Lignitic  shale  bed  maximum.. 

8.  Dark-gray  carbonaceous  clays,  friable  shales  and 
tuffs,  some  lines  of  limy  nodules  parallel  to  the 
bedding.  Some  of  these  concretions  are  as  much 
as  6  inches  thick  and  a  foot  long,  their  longer 
axes  parallel  to  the  bedding.  One  or  two  regu- 
lar lines  of  these  nodules  near  base  

7.  Very  friable  lignitic  shale  bed  maximum. . 

6.  Dark-gray  carbonaceous  clays,  friable  shales  aDd 
tuffs.  Lenses  of  limy  nodules  parallel  to  bed- 
ding, same  as  (8)  

6020c  c.  Just  below  the  second  line  of  nodules  in  these  (6) 
beds  fossils  were  found  as  follows:  Area,  Ostrea, 
Pecten,  Spondylus,  etc.  Among  the  fossil  cor- 
als are  Orbicella,  Siderastrea,  and  Goniopora; 
one  Siderastra  head  measured  20  inches  high  by 
24  inches  in  horizontal  diameter. 
60206       b.  A  few  feet  below  (c)  found  numerous  cerithiids, 

Nassa,  and  Corbula. 
6020a  a.  In  the  lower  layers  of  this  member  of  the  section 
(No.  6)  were  found  some  poorly  preserved  mol- 
lusks,  such  as  ylrca,  Cardium,  Tellina,  Venus, 
and  fragments  of  crab  claws  in  calcareous  nod- 
ules. 


Feet  thick. 


30 


10 


30 
3 


33 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CAN"AL  ZONE.  539 


Oligocene— Continued.  Feet  thick. 

5.  Friable,  lignitic  shale  bed   2 

4.  Light-gray,  limy-looking  clay  bed  with  some  limy 
nodules  and  some  lenses  of  soft  nodular  clayey 

limestone   6 

3.  Friable,  lignitic  shale  bed   2 

2.  Light-gray  to  greenish  fine-grained  clay  and  fine 

agglomerate.    Fairly  massive   7 

Unconformity. 
Eocene? 

Las  Cascadas  agglomerate: 

\.  Dark-gray  volcanic  agglomerate   50 

Total  thickness   275 


Section  in  cuttings  of  Panama  Railroad  near  Caimito  Junction. 

Oligocene: 

Emperador  limestone — 

Feet  thick. 

6021  and  6673-4.  Light-gray  to  cream-colored,  sandy  lime- 
stone, Lepidocyclina  vaughani  abundant, 
also  anullipore  (Lithothammium  isthmi)  and 
numerous  fragments  of  echinoid  tests,  in- 
cluding a  Clypeaster  (?).  Strike  N.  30°  E., 
dip  20°  N.  60°  W  About . .  70 

LTnconformity. 

Bohio  conglomerate — 

3.  Fine  argillaceous  conglomerate;  small  pebble  beds 


with  sandy  matrix,  separated  by  clayey  and  sandy 

layers   20 

2.  Conglomerate,  with  gravel,  cobbles,  and  small  boul- 
ders; matrix  clayey  and  sandy;  fairly  well  bedded. 
Cobbles  and  boulders  are  mostly  hornblende  ande- 
site  and  diorite   20 


Unconformity. 

Eocene  (?)  (La3  Cascadas  agglomerate): 

1.  Dark,  massive,  hard,  and  fairly  well  cemented  andesitic 
agglomerate.    Contains  subangular  fragments  of  andesite 
and  basalt  from  a  foot  or  more  to  less  than  an  inch  in 
diameter.    Matrix  fine  dark  andesite  tuff. 
United  States  National  Museum  locality  record  station  6022  is 
on  limestone  about  the  same  as  (4),  described  above,  a  mile 
farther  north. 

Railroad  cut  near  stream  about  midway  between  Rio  Frijo'l  and  Rio  Frijolito. 

Oligocene  ('Culebra  formation):  Feet  thick, 

2.  Surficial,  residual  red  clay   15 

6023.  i.  Dark,  very  basic,  friable,  tufaceous  material;  Lepi- 
docyclina canellei  very  abundant  About..  25 


540         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Section  in  Railway  Cuts  Near  New  Frijoles. 

Oligocene: 

Emperador  limestone —  Feet  thlok. 
60246-5.  Rio  Agua  Salud:  Argillaceous,  cream-colored 
limestone;  fossil  corals  in  base  (Stylophora, 
Acropora,  etc.),  also  Pecten,  echinoids,  etc. 
The  limestone  is  bedded  and  has  clay  part- 
ings.   Dip  about  10°  W   10 

Culebra  formation — 

6024a-4.  Rio  Agua  Salud:   Dark,  basic,  tufaceous  ma- 
terial, Meter vsteginoides   panamensis,  Num- 

mulites  panamensis   10 

Bohio  conglomerate? — ■ 

3.  Small  pebble  conglomerate,  fairly  well  bedded   30 

a.  Fairly  well-bedded  conglomerate,  with  pebbles, 

cobbles,  and  boulders  well  rounded  and  in  con- 
siderable variety  but  largely  of  hornblende- 
andesite  and  diorite  facies.  Largest  boulders  2 
feet  in  diameter.   Matrix  consists  of  sand,  clay, 

etc.   Dip  35°  S   300 

2.  Dark,  basic,  orbitoidal,  tufaceous  material;  bedding 
not  distinct.  Probably  a  part  of  Bohio  conglomer- 
ate  20 

b.  Gray,    thick-bedded,    coarse-grained,  somewhat 

basic,  sandy,  foraminiferal  material.    Dip  35° 

S.  W.   Roughly  estimated  at   400 

a.  Grayish,  massive,  argillaceous  to  sandy  material; 
bedding  not  distinct.  Probably  part  of  Bohio 
conglomerate  

Unconformity. 

Eocene?  (Las  Cascadas  agglomerate  (?)): 

1.  Dark,  fairly  well  cemented  andesitic  agglomerate;  shows 
some  rough  bedding,  contains  subangular  fragments  of 
basalt  and  andesite  from  less  than  an  inch  to  more  than  2 
feet  in  diameter.  Matrix  dark,  fine-grained,  andesitic 
tuff.  Exposure  behind  New  Frijoles  railway  station. 
Strike  seems  to  be  about  N.  60°  E.,  dip  30°  W.  Ex- 
posed  70 

Section  Shovnng  Chief  Railway  Cuttings  and  Outcrops  Along  the  Panama  Railroa 
Between  Bohio  and  Monte  Lirio. 

Miocene  (Gatun  formation  (?)):  Feet  thick. 
4.  Monte  Lirio:  Fairly  hard,  sandy,  drab-colored  clay  stone. 
Massively  bedded  and  dipping  about  7°  northward;  the 
clay  weathers  slightly  buff-colored  and  contains  white 
powdery  particles  like  some  of  the  clayey  sandstone 
beds  of  the  Gatun  formation.  No  fossils  found.  Ex- 
posed   50 

Oligocene: 

Culebra  formation  (upper  part) — 

6025-3.  6.  Bohio  switch:  Light-colored,  fairly  coarse- 
grained, soft,  somewhat  limy  sandstone  with 
Nummulitcs  panamensis,  Lepidocyclina  chap- 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


541 


Oligocene — Continued . 

Culebra  formation — Continued.  Feet  thick. 

eri,  some  echinoid  fragments,  also  Conus, 
Natica,  Turritella,  Pecten,  Amusium,  Lucina, 
etc.  This  is  probably  the  equivalent  of  the 
upper  limy  beds  of  the  Culebra  formation. 

Exposed   25 

6026a.  Two  miles  south  of  Monte  Lirio:  Somewhat  coarse- 
grained sandstone  which  contains  a  few  pebbles; 
massive,  and  weathers  into  large  spherical 
masses;  fossiliferous,  Stylophora  and  other  corals, 
Lithothamnium  vaughani,  Lepidocyclina  canellei, 
Nummulites  panamensisf,  Conus,  Pecten,  Ostrea, 

etc.  Seems  to  be  nearly  the  same  bed  as  36  

Bohio  conglomerate — 

2.  e-f.  Rather  massive,  soft,  buff-weathing  sandstone. 

No  fossils  noted.    Slight  dip  southward.  Ex- 
posed  20 

Unconformity. 
2.  a-d.  Railroad  cuts  which  show  exposures  of  conglomer- 
ate and  sandy  beds,  dip  about  7°  northward. 
Unconformity. 
Eocene?  (Las  Cascadas  agglomerate): 

1.  Dark,  basic,  andesitic  agglomerate  and  breccia,  showing 
some  local  overlaps;  roughly  bedded;  dips  10°  northward. 
(Fault  zone  here  several  feet  wide  trends  N.  30°  W.  and 
dips  83°  southward.  Downthrow  side  on  the  south. 
Much  sheared  lignitic  shale  has  been  dragged  into  the 
fault  zone.   Some  silicified  wood  found  in  the  shale.) 

Exposure  a  quarter  of  a  mile  northwest  of  old  Bohio  railroad  station. 

Oligocene  (Culebra  formation) : 

6027.  Orbitoidal  marl  is  exposed  in  the  flat,  the  bottom  of  the 
canal,  at  the  base  of  a  hill  that  has  been  cut  away. 
This  is  Hill's  locality  for  " Orbitoid.es  forbesii,'y  which 
is  Lepidocyclina  canellei. 

Exposure  opposite  old  Bohio  railroad  station,  north  side  of  the  railroad  track. 

Oligocene  (Bohio  conglomerate  (?)): 

A  cliff  about  75  feet  high  composed  of  dark-colored  agglom- 
erate of  pyroclastic  origin.  This  agglomerate  is  overlain  at 
the  second  telegraph  pole  north  of  the  15th  milepost  from 
Colon  by  a  small  pebble  conglomerate  in  a  matrix  of  coarse, 
gritty  sand. 

tction  at  Pena  Blanca,  about  1  mile  below  Bohio,  on  the  west  side  of  Chagres  River. 

Oligocene  (Bohio  conglomerate)): 

The  entire  hill  is  composed  of  dark-colored  conglomerate  of 
hornblende  andesite  porphyry  pebbles,  cobbles,  and 
boulders  embedded  in  coarse  sand.  No  exposure  of  the 
orbitoidal  marl  was  observed.  Dip  toward  the  northeast, 
50  feet  thick. 


542, 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Section  at  Vamos  a  Vamos,  2\  miles  below  Bohio,  west  side  of  Chagres  River. 

Hill  to  the  south  across  small  ravine. 

Miocene  (Gatun  formation):  Feet  thick. 

2.  Yellowish  sandstone  and  small  pebble  conglomerate   50 

1.  Dark  bluish,  fine-grained,  argillaceous  sandstone  

At  and  near  landing,  north  side  of  the  small  ravine. 

60286-2.  Yellowish  sandstone,  some  fossils   75 

6028a-l.    Dark-blue,   argillaceous,    fossiliferous  sandstone, 

estimated   20 

Fossils:  Cylichna,  Turritella,  Cardium,  etc.  The  exposure  is  rapidly 
becoming  concealed  by  vegetation.  Fossils  were  firmly  embedded  in 
the  matrix  and  not  easily  removed. 

Section  on  Panama  Railroad  from  Monte  Lirio  to  outcrop  of  Gatun  formation  on  south 

side  of  Big  Swamp. 

5.  Hill  of  basalt;  quarried  for  facing  material  for  Gatun  dam. 
Miocene  (Gatun  formation):  Feet  thick. 

6030-4.  Bluish-gray,  argillaceous  beds  which  weather  reddish ; 

locally  contain  pebbles,  fragments  of  organic 
matter,  and  many  fossils.  Pecten,  dementia, 
Encope  megatrema,  Callianassa  vaughani.  (This 
bed  is  exposed  on  the  north  side  of  the  swamp, 
about  1£  miles  north  of  Monte  Lirio.)    Dip  about 

10°  northward   100 

3.  Fairly  hard,  sandy,  drab-colored  claystone;  mas- 
sively bedded  and  dips  about  7°  northward   50 

Oligocene  (Bohio  conglomerate) : 

2.  Conglomerate,  somewhat  weathered  and  not  extremely 

coarse;  overlies  sandstone,  bedding  not  very  clear. 
Local  unconformity. 
1.  Fairly  coarse  sandstone  with  a  southward  dip  of  about  20°. 

Section  showing  Gatun  formation,  one-quarter  to  one-hal f  mile  from  Camp  Cotton,  toward 
Monte  Lirio,  at  big  curve  on  railroad. 

Miocene  (Gatun  formation):  Feet  thick. 

7.  Reddish  soil.   10 

6029c-6.  Bluish,  fossiliferous  argillite;  contains  some  sandy 
beds  and  some  lenses  of  buff-weathering,  consoli- 
dated, impure  fuller's  earth   30 

5.  Bluish  argillite,  which  weathers  buff   9 

4.  Buff-weathering,  consolidated,  fuller's  earth  beds; 

not  very  pure   9 

6029^-3.  Bluish  argillite   10 

2.  Buff- weathering,  consolidated  fuller's  earth  beds; 

not  very  pure   12 

6029a-l.  Bluish,  fossiliferous  argillite;  some  sandy  and  pebbly 
beds.  Encope  platytata,  Callianassa  vaughani, 
exposed   20 

100 

Dip  of  all  above  beds  about  7°  northward.  Amphi- 
steaina  lessonii  occurs  in  beds  6029a,  b,  and  c. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  543 


Large  railway  cutting  a  quarter  of  a  mile  from  Camp  Cotton,  toward  Monte  Lirio. 

Miocene  (Gatun  formation):  Feet  thick. 

2.  Dark-colored  clay  with  white  particles  embedded  in  it. . . 

1.  Dark-colored  marl,  fossils  as  at  the  two  previous  localities. 

Dip  about  6°  N.  60°  W  

In  the  next  two  exposures  going  toward  Camp  Cotton. 

2.  Clay  with  white  particles  embedded  in  it  40  to  50 

1.  Dark-colored  marl,  fossiliferous   60 

The  lower  beds  exposed  in  the  cutting  one-half  mile  north  of  Camp 
Cotton  are  not  exposed  in  the  last-mentioned  cutting. 

Section  in  cut  one-half  mile  west  of  Camp  Cotton  toward  Gatun. 


4 

Miocene  (Gatun  formation):  Feet  thick. 

3-  Marl,  dark,  blackish-gray  when  un weathered,  brownish 

when  weathered   15 

2.  Clay  parting   2  or  3 

1.  Blackish-gray  marl  containing  a  conglomerate  bed   35 

This  bed  may  be  divided  into  three  parts: 

c.  Sandy  marl  

b.  Conglomerate  bed   2  feet. 

6032  a.  Sandy  marl  with  some  pebbles   3  " 


The  lower  bed  of  No.  1  (station  6032)  contains  fossils  characteristic  of 
the  lower  part  of  the  Gatun  formation. 

Generalized  section  of  the  bluffs  exposed  along  the  Panama  Railroad,  relocated  line,  about 
3,500  feet  south  of  Gatun  railroad  station. 


Miocene  (Gatun  formation):  Feet  thick. 
4.  Fine-grained,  buff  clays  (fuller's  earth)  with  mag- 

nesian-looking  spots   25 

6033 d-3.  Fine-grained;  soft,  yellow  sandstones   70 

^                          2.  Buff,  fine-grained,  rather  hard  clay   25 

1.  6033c  -c.  Dark-colored,  marly,  fossiliferous  clay   15-20 

60336  -b.  Yellowish  clay   4 

6003a}_a*  ^ayer  °^  dark,  fossiliferous  clay,  exposed.  28 

Section  from  top  of  hill  at  west  end  of  Gatun  dam  to  bottom  of  the  spillway. 

Pliocene  (Toro  limestone):  Feet  thick. 

6034-3.  Top  of  hill,  limestone.  A  rather  soft  coquina  lime- 
stone composed  of  comminuted  or  broken  tests  of  a 
number  of  kinds  of  organisms   70 

Unconformity. 

Miocene  (Gatun  formation): 

2.  Sandstone,  surface  oxidized  brown   120 

1.  Dark-colored  marl   35 

Section  at  west  end  of  the  spillway. 

2.  Yellowish  or  brownish,  sandy  clay;  soil  red   20 

5659  fl.  Dark-colored  Gatun  marl,  with  Amusium,  dementia, 
59001       etc   16 


544  '      BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Exposures  in  the  vicinity  of  Mindi  Hill. 

Miocene  (Gatun  formation) :  Feet  thick. 

Gray-green,  fine-grained,  sandy  shell  marl  is  exposed  from 
about  50  feet  above  sea  level  to  41  feet  below;  exposed  thick- 
ness about  90  feet.  The  material  occurs  in  beds  2  to  6  feet 
thick  and  is  similar  to  that  at  the  spillway.  A  number  of 
fossils  were  collected  from  the  exposures  near  the  bottom 

of  the  canal  6035  

Near  the  railroad  is  an  extensive  Pleistocene  shell  bed 
from  6  to  about  10  feet  above  sea  level.  Along  the 
canal  the  Gatun  formation  is  overlain  by  lignitic  or 
peaty  swamp  deposits  with  occasional  oysters. 

Monkey  Hill,  Mount  Hope  station. 

Miocene  (Gatun  formation): 

6036.  About  one-sixth  of  a  mile  south  of  the  station  on  the 
west  side  of  the  railroad  is  an  exposure  of  dark-colored, 

fine-grained,  sandy  clay  marl   20 

North  of  Mount  Hope  Station,  along  the  east  side  of  the  railroad 
on  the  north  side  of  the  cemetery,  is  the  following  exposure: 
Miocene  (Gatun  formation): 

2.  Clay,  light-gray,  stiff,  slightly  sandy,  with  white  particles 
of  softer  material,  like  the  clay  that  overlies  the  marl 
near  Camp  Cotton  on  the  relocated  Panama  Railroad. 
1.  Dark-colored,  fine,  sandy,  clay  marl,  the  same  as  that  ex- 
posed at  the  locality  immediately  preceding. 
Pleistocene  reef-fiat  corals  and  other  fossils  occur  4  or  5  feet 
above  sea  level  in  a  swamp  north  and  east  of  Mount  Hope 
and  very  near  to  the  Colon  road,  5850,  6038. 

Section  of  bluff  at  end  of  Tow  Point. 

Pliocene  (Toro  limestone) : 

Bedded  coquina  containing  great  numbers  of  barnacle  plates, 
comminuted  shells,  and  a  large  Scala  (Epitonium  toroense 
Dall),  forms  a  bluff  45  to  50  feet  high.  It  is  dark  to  light- 
gray  in  color,  cross-bedded,  and  contains  some  lenses  of 
coarse,  basic  beach  sand.  The  beds  dip  about  5°  northward. 
At  the  base  of  the  bluff  there  is  a  fringe  of  coral-reef  rock 
which  has  been  slightly  elevated.  This  material  has  been 
built  around  large  masses  of  the  Toro  Point  rock  that  have 
fallen  from  the  bluff,  so  that  they  are  now  inclosed  in  a 
matrix  of  coral-reef  rock  which  has  been  elevated  perhaps 
6  to  10  feet  above  the  level  at  which  it  was  originally  formed. 
This  marginal  coral  flat  is  from  200  feet  to  a  quarter  of  a 
mile  wide.  Extensive  fiat  swamps  filled  with  mud  and 
broken  coral  fragments  fringe  some  of  the  higher  land  at 
Toro  Point.  These  are  up  to  half  a  mile  or  more  wide  and 
are  about  a  foot,  more  or  less,  above  high-tide  level. 

The  coquina  rock  forming  the  bluff  at  Toro  Point  seems  to  be 
about  the  same  as  the  coquina  rock  forming  the  top  of  the 
hill  at  the  west  end  of  Gatun  Dam,  except  that  the  latter  is 
light  gray  to  creamy- white  in  color  and  is  a  purer  limestone. 
This  formation  clearly  overlies  the  Gatun  formation  and  is 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  545 


Pliocene — Continued . 

continuous  westward  into  Costa  Rica,  except  near  the 
mouths  of  large  river  valleys  where  it  has  been  removed  or 
covered  with  alluvium.  This  coquina  formation  is  clearly 
older  than  the  marine  Pleistocene  (5850),  occupying  a  level 
slightly  above  that  of  the  sea,  in  the  vicinity  of  Mindi, 
Mount  Hope,  and  around  the  margins  of  Limon  Bay. 
From  the  general  stratigraphic  relations  of  this  rock  I  am 
inclined  to  consider  it  not  younger  than  Pliocene. 

Section  one-third  of  a  mile  south  of  the  southern  end  of  Toro 
Point  Breakwater,  in  quarry. 

Feet  thick. 

6037.  Gray  coquina  rock  mixed  with  local  layers  and  lenses 

of  sand   35^to  40 

Barnacle  plates,  echinoid  spines,  fragments  of  oyster  shells, 

and  a  large  Scala  (Epitonium  toroense  Dall)  are  abundant. 

Specimens  of  the  last  named  form  were  the  only  perfect 

fossils  found. 


I 


I 


0 


T 
L 
I 
T 


SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION 


UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM 


Bulletin  103 


CONTRIBUTIONS  TO  THE  GEOLOGY  AND  PALEON- 
TOLOGY OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE,  PANAMA,  AND 
GEOLOGICALLY  RELATED  AREAS  IN  CEN- 
TRAL AMERICA  AND  THE  WEST  INDIES 


THE  BIOLOGIC  CHARACTER  AND  GEO- 
LOGIC CORRELATION  OF  THE  SEDI- 
MENTARY FORMATIONS  OF  PANAMA  IN 
THEIR  RELATION  TO  THE  GEOLOGIC 
HISTORY  OF  CENTRAL  AMERICA 
AND  THE  WEST  INDIES 


Custodian  of  Madreporaria,  United  States  National  Museum,  and  Geologist  in  charge 
of  Coastal  Plain  Investigations,  United  States  Geological  Survey 


By  THOMAS  WAYLAND  VAUGHAN 


Extract  from  Bulletin  103,  pages  547-612 


WASHINGTON 
GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE 

iyi9 


CONTENTS. 


Page. 


Introduction   547 

Biologic  character  of  the  sedimentary  formations  in  Panama   547 

Eocene   "547 

Oligocene   549 

Bohio  conglomerate   549 

Limestone  on  Haut  Chagres   549 

Limestone  at  David   549 

Large  Foraminifera  from  David   549 

Culebra  formation   550 

Fossils  from  the  Culebra  formation   551 

Deposits  of  the  age  of  the  Culebra  formation  near  Tonosi   554 

Large  Foraminifera  from  near  Tonosi   555 

Fossil  corals  from  station  6587,  Tonosi   555 

Cucuracha  formation   555 

Emperador  limestone   556 

Fossils  from  the  Emperador  limestone   557 

Caimito  formation   558 

Miocene   558 

Gatun  formation   558 

Fossils,  except  Mollusca,  from  the  Gatun  formation   559 

Mollusca  from  the  Gatun  formation  according  to  Brown  and  Pilsbry.  560 

Pliocene   562 

Toro  limestone   562 

Pleistocene   563 

Fossils  from  the  Pleistocene  of  the  Canal  Zone   563 

Correlation  of  the  sedimentary  formations  of  Panama   565 

Tertiary  formations  of  the  southeastern  United  States   565 

A  provisional  correlation  table  of  the  Tertiary  formations  of  the  South 

Atlantic  and  eastern  Gulf  Coastal  Plain  of  the  United  States   569 

Correlation  of  the  Tertiary  formations  of  the  southeastern  United  States 

with  European  subdivisions  of  the  Tertiary   569 

Eocene   569 

Oligocene   570 

Miocene   572 

Alum  Bluff  formation   572 

Marks  Head  marl  and  the  Calvert  formation   574 

Choptank  and  St.  Marys  formations   575 

Yorktown  formation  and  Duplin  marl   575 

Choctawhatchee  marl   576 

Pliocene   576 

Age  of  the  sedimentary  formations  of  Panama,  and  the  distribution  of  their 

age-equivalents  in  Central  America  and  the  West  Indies   577 

Eocene   577 

Oligocene   578 

Lower  Oligocene   578 

Middle  Oligocene   582 

Upper  Oligocene   585 

in 


IV 


CONTENTS. 


Correlation  of  the  sedimentary  formations  of  Panama — Continued. 

Age  of  the  sedimentary  formations  of  Panama,  and  the  distribution  of  their 

age-equivalents  in  Central  America  and  the  West  Indies— Continued.  Page. 

Miocene   586 

Pliocene   593 

Tentative  correlation  table  of  the  Tertiary  Marine  sedimentary  forma- 
tions of  Panama   595 

Pre-Tertiary  formations  in  Central  America  and  the  West  Indies   595 

'Outline  of  geologic  history  of  the  perimeters  of  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  and  the 

Caribbean  Sea   596 

Geographic  relations  of  the  three  Americas   597 

General  relations   598 

Tectonic  Provinces   599 

Bahamas   599 

Atlantic  and  Gulf  Coastal  Plain   600 

Mexican  Plateau   600 

Oaxaca-Guerrero   600 

Yucatan   601 

Guatemala  Chiapas   601 

Cuba   601 

Haiti,  northern  part   601 

Honduras  and  the  Jamaican  Ridge   602 

Haiti,  southern  part,  Porto  Rico,  and  the  Virgin  Islands.  602 

Saint  Croix   603 

Costa  Rican-Panama   603 

Andes   603 

Maritime  Andes   604 

Caribbean  Islands   604 

Barbadian  Ridge   604 

Caribbean  Arc   604 

Aves  Ridge   604 

Pal  eogcogr?  phi  c  summary  .   604 

Late  Paleozoic   605 

Triassic,  Jurassic,  and  Cretaceous   606 

Eocene  and  Oligocene   607 

Miocene   607 

Pliocene  and  later   609 

Tabular  summary  of  some  of  the  important  events  in  the  geologic  his- 
tory of  the  West  Indies  and  Central  America   611 


THE  BIOLOGIC  CHARACTER  AND  GEOLOGIC  CORRELA- 
TION OF  THE  SEDIMENTARY  FORMATIONS  OF  PANAMA 
IN  THEIR  RELATION  TO  THE  GEOLOGIC  HISTORY  OF 
CENTRAL  AMERICA  AND  THE  WEST  INDIES. 


By  Thomas  Wayland  Vaughan, 

Custodian  of  Madreporaria,  United  States  National  Museum,  and  Geologist  in  charge 
of  Coastal  Plain  Investigations,  United  States  Geological  Survey. 


INTRODUCTION. 

The  following  paper  presents:  (1)  biologic  summaries  for  each  of 
the  formations  for  which  paleontologic  data  are  available,  with 
brief  discussions  of  the  geologic  age;  (2)  geologic  correlation  of  the 
formations  and  the  distribution  of  their  age-equivalents  in  Central 
America,  the  West  Indies,  and  the  southeastern  United  States;  (3) 
an  outline  of  the  paleogeography  of  middle  America.  A  tabular 
statement  of  the  age  relations  of  the  formations  is  given  by  Doctor 
MacDonald  in  the  preceding  paper  of  this  volume,  page  528. 

The  biologic  summaries  are  based  on  the  paleontologic  memoirs  in 
this  volume,  by  Messrs.  Howe,  Berry,  Cushman,  Jackson,  Canu  and 
Bassler,  and  Pilsbry,  Miss  Rathbun,  and  myself.  Dr.  C.  W.  Cooke 
has  furnished  me  notes  on  a  few  of  the  fossil  Mollusca,  and  I  have 
incorporated  in  my  lists  the  molluscan  species  recorded  by  Messrs. 
A.  P.  Brown  and  H.  A.  Pilsbry.  I  deeply  regret  that  not  even  a 
preliminary  list  of  the  mollusks  that  Doctor  MacDonald  and  I  col- 
lected is  available.  Although  I  believe  such  a  list  would  not  modify 
the  opinions  here  expressed,  it  is  needed  as  a  supplement  to  the  other 
biologic  records,  particularly  in  order  to  supply  a  basis  for  the  corre- 
lation of  deposits  in  which  mollusks  are  the  only  abundant  organisms. 
I  trust  this  serious  omission  may  be  remedied  before  a  great  while. 

Needless  to  say  all  of  the  paleontologists  who  have  studied  the 
fossils  submitted  to  them  have  cooperated  in  trying  to  solve  the 
problems  of  local  and  regional  geologic  correlation,  and  I  wish  to 
record  my  grateful  appreciation  of  their  efforts.  I  wish  also  to  thank 
my  friend,  Dr.  T.  W.  Stanton,  of  the  United  States  Geological  Survey, 
for  much  advice  and  kindly  criticism. 

BIOLOGIC  CHARACTER  OF  THE  SEDIMENTARY  FORMATIONS  IN 

PANAMA. 

Eocene. 

The  only  geologic  formation  of  Eocene  age  definitely  recognized 
in  Panama  is  exposed  near  Tonosi,  Los  Santos  Province.    At  station 

547 


548         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


No.  6586c,  near  the  mouth  of  Tonosi  River,  Doctor  MacDonald  col-  1 
lected  a  species  of  Venericardia,  on  which  Dr.  C.  W.  Cooke  makes  the  i 
following  note:  "A  species  of  Venericardia  from  this  locality  is 
scarcely  distinguishable  from  a  specimen  labeled  Venericardia  plani- 
costa  var.  horni  from  Caliborne,  Alabama,  but  it  does  not  closely 
resemble  specimens  that  I  have  seen  from  the  Eocene  of  California, 
Washington,  and  Oregon."  According  to  Doctor  MacDonali's  de- 
scription of  the  section,  this  species  of  Venericardia  occurs  690  feet 
below  the  bed  in  which  Lepidocyclina  panamensis  Cushman  and  L. 
duplicata  Cushman  were  collected.  I  believe  that  the  latter  bed 
is  the  correlative  of  the  lower  part  of  the  Culebra  formation,  as  will 
later  be  shown.  Just  below  the  Oligocene  limestone  in  which  occur 
the  two  species  of  Foraminifera  mentioned  are  650  feet  of  grayish, 
well-beddea,  rather  fine-grained  sandstone;  this  is  underlain  by 
dark-gray,  argillaceous,  fossiliferous  sandstone  and  shale,  the  latter 
underlain  by  dark-gray,  argillaceous  sandstone,  in  which  the  speci- 
mens of  Venericardia  were  collected. 

Doctor  MacDonald  collected  the  plant  Diospyros  macdonaldi  Berry 
at  station  65866,  in  grayish,  argillaceous  sandstone  with  some  darker 
shale  beds,  which  immediately  underlies  the  material  in  which  the 
species  of  Venericardia  occurs. 

Dr.  R.  T.  Jackson  identifies  as  Schizaster  armiger  W.  B.  Clark,  an 
echinoid  collected  by  Mr.  R.  T.  Hill  at  Bonilla,  Costa  Rica.  The  type 
of  this  species  was  obtained  in  a  deposit  of  Jackson  Eocene  age  at 
Cocoa  post  office,  Choctaw  County,  Alabama.  It  should  be  noted 
that  Mr.  Hill  says:  "They  [the  rocks  exposed]  at  Bonilla  Cliff  [Costa 
Rica]  are  upper  Oligocene,  like  the  Monkey  Hill  beds."1  The  deter- 
mination of  the  Eocene  age  of  this  exposure  is  not  positive. 

On  page  197  of  this  volume,  in  my  paper  on  the  fossil  corals,  I 
gave  reasons  for  referring  the  typical  part  of  the  Brito  formation  of 
Nicaragua,  that  part  exposed  near  Brito,  to  the  upper  Eocene,  and 
correlated  that  part  of  the  formation  with  the  St.  Bartholomew  lime- 
stone of  the  Island  of  St.  Bartholomew  and  the  Jacksonian  upper 
Eocene  of  the  southeastern  United  States.  The  data  and  opinions 
referred  to  need  not  be  repeated.  The  presence  in  northern  Colombia 
of  limestone  containing  small  stellate  OrthopTiragmina,  indicating  a 
probable  upper  Eocene,  was  also  noted  on  page  197. 

No  fossil  organisms  were  found  in  the  Las  Cascadas  agglomerate 
or  the  Bas  Obispo  formation.  As  they  both  underlie  the  Bohio  con- 
glomerate, which  is  of  Oligocene,  probably  lower  Oligocene  age,  they 
are  almost  certainly  of  pre-Oligocene  age.  Although  at  present 
information  is  not  available  for  precisely  determining  their  age,  it 
appears  highly  probable  that  they  belong  to  the  Eocene.  However, 

i  Hill,  R.  T.,  The  geological  history  of  the  Isthmus  of  Panama  and  portions  of  Costa  Rica:  Mus.  Comp. 
Zool.  Bull.,  vol.  23,  p.  232,  1893. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


549 


Upper  Cretaceous  is  not  improbable  as  the  age  of  the  Bas  Obispo 
formation. 

Oligocene. 

BOHIO  CONGLOMERATE. 

This  is  the  oldest  formation  in  which  fossil  organisms  were  found 
within  the  Canal  Zone.  The  fossil  plant,  Taenioxylon  multiradiatum 
Felix,  collected  in  a  railroad  cut  on  Bohio  Ridge,  is  said  by  Doctor 
MacDonald  to  come  from  the  Bohio  conglomerate.  Should  the  spec- 
mens  really  come  from  the  Bohio  conglomerate,  it  is  probable  that 
that  formation  is  of  Oligocene  age.  Taenioxylon  multiradiatum, 
according  to  Professor  Berry,  is  also  found  in  the  Culebra  and  Cucu- 
racha  formations,  both  of  which  are  of  Oligocene  age,  should  the 
Aquitanian  be  considered  uppermost  Oligocene  instead  of  basal 
Miocene. 

LIMESTONE  ON  HALT  CHAGRES.  * 

H.  Douville  has  published  the  following  interesting  note:  "Un 
autre  echantillon  du  Haut  Chagres  est  representees  par  un  calcaire 
plus  compacte  prenant  bien  le  poli;  il  renforme  Sgalement  de  petites 
Nummulites  et  de  grandes  Lepidocyclines  voisines  de  L.  chaperi, 
mais  en  outre,  de  petites  Orbitoides  qui  sont  des  Orihophragmina 
6toile*es  (Asterodiscus).  C'est  la  meme  association  que  celle  que 
nous  avons  signalee  a  la  base  du  stampien  [  =  Lattorfian],  dans  l'ile 
de  la  Trinite.  .  .  Nous  avons  ainsi  dans  le  Haut  Chagres  un  niveau 
stampien  inferieur."  1 

This  corresponds  to  a  horizon  within  the  Vicksburg  group.  It  is 
probable  that  the  rocks  underlying  part  of  the  area  around  Alahajuela 
mapped  by  Doctor  MacDonald  as  Emperador  limestone  are  really  of 
this  age. 

LIMESTONE  AT  DAVID. 

A  similar  forminiferal  fauna  occurs  in  the  river  bed,  just  above 
the  ice  plant  in  David,  station  6512;  at  station  6526,  which,  accord- 
ing to  Doctor  MacDonald's  section,  is  on  the  bed  immediately  next 
below  the  one  exposed  at  station  6512;  and  at  station  6523,  2  miles 
north  of  David.  The  following  are  the  species  reported  by  Doctor 
Cushman: 

LARGER  FORAMINIFERA  FROM  DAVID. 


Name. 

Station 
6512. 

Station 
6526. 

Station 
6523. 

X 

X 

X 

X 
X 

X 

panamensis  Cushman  

X 

sp  

X 

Orihophragmina  minima  Cushman  

X 

X 

»  Soc.  g<§olog.  France,  Comptes  rend,  seance  No.  16, 1915,  p.  130, 1916. 


550         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Taenioxylon  multiradiratum  Felix  was  obtained  at  station  6523. 

The  limestone  exposed  at  these  three  stations,  which  are  all  near 
one  another,  clearly  belongs  to  one  formation,  and  it  seems  to  me 
to  be  of  lower  Oligocene  (Lattorfian)  age.  However,  Doctor  Cush- 
man  because  of  the  presence  of  Orthophragmina  minima  inclines  to 
the  opinion  that  it  is  of  upper  Eocene  age. 

Lepidocydina  duplicata  was  collected  in  association  with  L.  pana- 
mensis  at  station  6586e,  near  Tonosi,  in  a  bed  I  am  considering  of 
middle  Oligocene  (Rupelian)  age  (see  p.  555). 

CULEBRA  FORMATION. 

The  principal  localities  at  which  collections  were  made  from  the 
Culebra  formation  were  along  the  Canal  from  Miraflores  locks  to 
Las  Cascadas.  The  local  sections  are  described  in  Doctor  Mac- 
Donald's  article,  pages  533  to  541  of  this  volume,  and  the  position  of 
each  is  indicated  on  plate  154.  The  United  States  National  Museum 
station  record  numbers  are  6009  to  6020c,  as  given  at  the  column 
heads  in  the  following  table.  Stations  Nos.  6024a,  6025,  6026,  are* 
on  the  Panama  Railroad,  relocated  line,  and  are  platted  on  the  map 
(pi.  154).  Station  No.  6837,  on  shales  in  the  lower  part  of  the  Culebra 
formation,  one-quarter  of  a  mile  south  of  Empire  bridge,  is  not  platted 
on  the  map. 

The  names  of  the  specifically  determined  Mollusca  from  station  No. 
60l9a-d,  bed  not  identified,  are  taken  from  Brown  and  Pilsbry.1 
The  specimens  were  obtained  65  and  85  feet  below  the  "Pec ten  bed," 
which  is  the  basal  bed  of  the  Emperador  limestone.  There  are  five 
of  these  species,  only  one  of  which,  Turritella  altilira  Conrad,  has  been 
also  reported  from  the  Gatun  formation.  The  generic  names  of  the 
other  Mollusca  are  mostly  taken  from  my  field  notes.  Doctor  Mac- 
Donald  and  I  obtained  in  the  Culebra  formation  within  Gaillard  Cut, 
stations  6019a-/  and  6020a-c,  specimens  representing  about  70  genera 
of  mollusks,  but  the  species  have  not  been  identified. 

Orthaulax  pugnax  (Heilprin),  collected  by  Doctor  MacDonald  at 
station  5901 , 2  miles  south  of  Monte  Lirio,  formerly  known  as  Mitchell- 
ville,  was  identified  by  Dr.  C.  W.  Cooke.  This  is  the  same  locality  as 
station  No.  6026,  on  the  Panama  Railroad,  relocated  line.  Liiho- 
thamnium  vaughani,  Nummulites  panamensis  %  Lepidocydina  canellei, 
and  three  species  of  corals  were  also  collected  at  this  locality. 

i  Brown,  A.  P.,  and  Pilsbry,  H.  A.,  Fauna  of  the  Qatun  formation,  Isthmus  of  Pan  ama— II,  Acad. 

Nat.  Sci.  PhHa.  Proc.  for  1912,  pp.  502,  503,  1912. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


551 


=3  fl 
a  b  o 


88  *  S  c 


O.Sooo5 


(3  *-> 

o-ta 
=  2 


£  £  n  P     O  ~ 


0,2oo 

CJ.O  ©  3*  oto 


XX 


XX 


XXXXXXXXXX  X 


XXX 


bis 

®  e  « 
42  p.o 


«w  e 
b.2  s 

§£2 
I?* 

o.g  To 
111 


•5Cq 


«■£  ? 

S  ot  ® 

111 

§1*7 


5  .oTjJrt 


C3  . 

■as 


,QQ 


tlfi§||gfy 

2  £  2  5  e-2 


&8.g 


foe -2 


s  6 


3£ 


•8*  iiS 

fir, 


552         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


n  m 

03  O 
£  S  °  0*S 


X  X 


X  XXX 


XX 


XX 


XX 


XX 


S  ^  c 

III 
111 

a  §  6 


•1 


;  c  Eh  o 


35 .5 .5  a  a 

5  =0.2^  . 

llfalliiiJ 


fi  go 
c  £.2 

«6r 


i  I 

1 

9 

k  t!  e>  fc-  w 

3  a  eo-a 

•S    *"  a  ^ 


5  > 


sag 
».£  a 


8q 


ace 
aa  3 


ill 


*5 


■  ^  a 
s  :§T& 
Mfl  3 

5  ~  5 
■S  £0  a  R 
a    >-iM  *»  <» 

s.  lilfl 
.1  !!§§§ 

f  llfl 

~         »     h  g 

35  o^^O 


•S3 

II 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


553 


O  C  ;H 


y  6  o  6 
eQflfi 


XX 


XX 


XX 


XXX 


xxxxxxxxx 


XX 


XXX 


XX 


5  I 


11 


.  C  3 

«3-° 


g 


©  e 

II 


e 


s  s  e   -S  •=  -~  g  ,s 

5?  <u  R  (5,      S  SSr<o<:  o 


Is 
li 


"3  «^ 
.0  a.  s 

oo3 


■„**U* 

ill  I  ^2-1 


554         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


The  identification  of  deposits  within  the  Canal  Zone  as  belonging 
to  the  Culebra  formation  needs  brief  discussion.  The  type  sections 
are  in  Gaillard  Cut,  particularly  at  station  6020a  to  6019/  (see  p.  538  of 
Doctor  MacDonald's  paper),  and  beds  Nos.  1-5,  inclusive,  of  the  " 
section  on  the  west  side  of  the  cut  between  Empire  and  Culebra. 
The  collections  from  6020c  to  6019/  are  typical  of  the  upper  part  of 
the  formation;  those  from  6012a  typify  its  lower  part,  while  those 
from  6012c  and  601 2 d  represent  its  upper  part  (p.  536  of  Doctor  Mac-  t 
Donald's  paper).  He  refers  the  beds  that  were  exposed  at  stations  s 
6009  and  6010  to  the  lower  part  of  the  Culebra,  and  those  at  stations  | 
6011  to  the  upper  part.  In  Gaillard  Cut  Lepidocyclina  chaperi  occurs  | 
at  station  6019/  and  L.  canellei  at  station  6019a;  in  other  words 
both  of  these  species  occur  in  the  upper  part  of  the  Culebra  formation, 
the  latter  below  the  former.  Heterosteginoides  panamemsis  occurs  at  ] 
station  6011  in  the  upper  part  of  the  Culebra  formation  and  apparently 
it  was  also  obtained  at  stations  6015  and  6016  in  the  overlying  Em- 
perador  limestone.  As  at  station  6024a,  on  Rio  Agua  Salud,  immedi- 
ately beneath  a  coralliferous  bed  representing  the  Emperador  lime- 
stone, Heterostigenoides  panamensis  and  Nummulites  panamensis 
were  collected,  both  the  stratigraphic  relations  and  the  fossils  support 
the  reference  of  the  lower  bed  to  the  upper  part  of  the  Culebra  forma- 
tion. At  Bohio  switch,  station  6025,  Lepidocyclina  chaperi  and 
Nummulites  panamensis  were  found  in  association.  This  bed  also 
may  be  referred  to  the  upper  part  of  the  Culebra  formation.  At 
station  6026,  about  2  miles  south  of  Monte  Lirio,  Lepidocyclina  canellei 
and  a  species  of  Nummulites,  apparently  N.  panamensis,  were  found 
associated  with  fossil  corals  closely  related  to  the  fauna  of  the  Em- 
perador limestone  on  one  hand,  and  to  that  of  the  Antigua  formation 
of  Antigua  on  the  other;  and  Orthaulax  pugnax  was  collected  there. 
The  correlation  of  this  exposure  with  the  Culebra  formation,  probably 
about  its  middle  part,  seems  as  certain  as  it  is  possible  to  be  in  such 
matters.  The  principal  locality  for  Lepidocyclina  canellei  was  near 
the  old  town  of  Bohio,  station  6027,  now  under  water.  It  was  here 
that  Hill  obtained  his  specimens  of  llOrbitoides forbesi"  which  are  L. 
canellei,  and  it  is  probable  that  the  type  of  the  species  came  from  the 
same  place.  The  deposit  here  so  rich  in  this  species  of  Foraminifera 
is  referred  to  the  Culebra  formation,  as  are  also  the  beds  in  which  it 
was  obtained  at  Bailamonas  and  south  of  the  switch  at  Mamei. 

DEPOSITS  OF  THE  AGE  OF  THE  CULEBRA  FORMATION  NEAR  TONOSI. 

The  only  organisms  of  those  collected  by  Doctor  MacDonald  in  this 
area  that  have  been  studied  are  the  Foraminifera  and  the  corals. 
The  following  is  a  table  of  the  larger  Foraminifera: 
I  . 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OP  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  555 


LARGER  FORAMINIFERA  FROM  NEAR  TONOSI. 


Name. 

Station 
6586ff. 

Station 
6587. 

Other  stations. 

duplicata  Cushman  

X 
X 

X 

6010?,  6012a?,  6012c?,  6512. 
6523. 

Stations  6010,  6012a,  and  6012c  are  along  the  Canal  (see  pi.  154),  on 
the  Culebra  formation;  station  6512  is  the  river  bed  in  David  and 
station  6523  is  2  miles  north  of  David,  on  a  limestone  probably  of 
lower  Oligocene  age.  It  therefore  seems  that  L.  duplicata  is  of 
both  lower  and  middle  Oligocene  age,  while  L.  panamensis  occurs  in  ■ 
lower,  middle,  and  upper  Oligocene  deposits. 

The  following  is  a  list  of  the  corals  collected  by  Doctor  MacDonald 
near  Tonosi : 

FOSSIL  CORALS  FROM  STATION  6587,  TONOSI. 


Name. 

Distribution. 

Antigua;  Cuba. 
Antigua. 
Antigua. 
Cuba. 

Antigua;  Cuba:  etc. 

Favia  macdnnaldi  Vaughan  

Maemdra  antiquensis  Vaughan  

Trochoseris  meinzeri  Vaughan  

Diploastrea  crassolamellata  (Duncan)  

The  species  after  which  Cuba  is  given  in  the  column  for  distribution 
were  collected  by  Mr.  O.  E.  Meinzer  near  Guantanamo.  These  corals, 
which  clearly  belong  to  the  coral  fauna  found  in  the  Antigua  formation 
of  Antigua,  supply  additional  evidence  for  correlating  the  foramini- 
feral  limestones  exposed  at  stations  6586e  and  6587  with  the  lower 
part  of  the  Culebra  formation.  By  referring  to  my  account  of  the 
successive  coral  faunas  of  the  West  Indies  and  Central  America,  pages 
193  to  226  of  this  volume,  it  will  be  seen  that,  although  I  refer  the  coral 
fauna  of  the  upper  part  of  the  Culebra  formation  to  the  upper  Oligo- 
cene (  =  Aquitanian  of  European  terminology),  I  consider  that  fauna 
as  intermediate  between  the  fauna  of  the  Emperador  limestone  and 
Anguilla  formation  and  that  of  the  Antigua  formation,  because  it 
contains  a  number  of  species  in  common  with  the  latter  formation. 
The  coral  fauna  represented  at  Tonosi  is,  in  my  opinion,  of  middle 
Oligocene  age,  and  belongs  stratigraphically  just  below  that  found  in 
the  upper  part  of  the  Culebra  formation. 

CUCURACHA  FORMATION 

The  only  fossils  as  yet  identified  from  the  Cucuracha  formation 
are  two  species  of  plants,  Palmoxylon  palmacites  (Sprengel)  Stenzel 
and  Taenioxylon  multiradiatum  Felix,  from  station  No.  6845,  which 
is  on  the  green  clays  of  Gaillard  Cut,  near  the  lava  flow.  The  first  of 
these  species  was  obtained  only  in  the  Cucuracha  formation;  but 
the  second  occurs  in  the  Bohio  conglomerate  and  the  Culebra  for- 
mation. 


556         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 

EMPERADOR  LIMESTONE. 

The  type  locality  of  this  formation  is  in  Empire  village,  and  sta- 
tions  6015  and  6016  are  on  it.  As  the  two  localities  are  very  near 
together,  with  little  or  no  lithologic  or  faunal  difference,  the  fossils  ^ 
from  the  two  localities  are  listed  as  from  one  in  the  following  table*  nort 
The  position  of  the  locality  is  shown  on  the  map  (pi.  154).  Station 
6017  is  on  the  highway  between  Empire  and  Las  Cascadas,  about 
one  mile  from  Las  Cascadas.  Nos.  6021  and  6673  are  for  the  same 
locality,  which  is  just  north  of  Caimito  switch,  Panama  Railroad, 
relocated  line;  station  No.  6024&  is  on  the  same  railroad,  at  the 
lower  end  of  the  culvert  over  Rio  Agua  Salud.  Station  No.  6255 
is  on  the  wagon  road  about  one-half  mile  south  of  Miraflores;  and 
station  No.  6256  is  Bald  Hill,  1J  miles  south  of  Miraflores  (see  p.  534 
for  Doctor  MacDonald's  description  of  the  exposure). 

The  fossil  plant,  Taenioxylon  multiradiatum  Felix,  was  obtained 
at  station  6523,  which  is  about  2  miles  north  of  David,  where 
Lepidocyclina  macdonaldi  Cushman  and  L.  duplicata  Cushman  were 
also  collected.  It  is  my  belief  that  this  specimen  did  not  come  from 
the  Emperador  limestone;  for  it  is  my  opinion  that  the  horizon  is 
stratigraphically  below  the  Culebra  formation. 

The  specific  names  of  the  Mollusca  and  that  of  the  echinoid, 
Scliizaster  scherzeri  Gabb,  from  station  No.  6019#  are  taken  from 
the  paper  by  Brown  and  Pilsbry  already  cited.1  Doctor  MacDonald 
and  I  obtained  from  the  same  bed  species  representing  32  genera 
of  Mollusca,  but  they  have  not  been  identified. 

Regarding  the  larger  Foraminifera  from  stations  6015  and  6016, 
Dr.  J.  A.  Cushman  says:  "The  material  from  No.  6015  contains  an 
orbitoid  species,  but  the  sections  cut  did  not  clearly  reveal  the 
internal  structure.  It  has  a  papillate  surface,  and  resembles  Lepi- 
docyclina  macdonaldi  and  L.  panamensis,  but  does  not  seem  to  be 
identical  with  either.  Some  of  its  characters,  especially  in  its  nearly 
diamond  shaped  chambers,  it  resembles  L.  vaugliani,  but  the  speci- 
mens of  the  latter  are  larger  and  they  are  not  papillate.  Although 
this  appears  to  be  a  new  species,  I  do  not  care  to  give  a  name  to  it 
without  knowing  its  internal  structure  in  greater  detail,  and  suggest 
that  it  be  listed  as  Lepidocyclina  species. 

"The  material  from  No.  6016  apparently  contains  no  orbitoids, 
but  it  contains  Amphistegina,  which  superficially  might  be  mistaken 
for  an  orbitoid." 

Heterosteginoides  sp.,  apparently  H.  panamensis,  occurs  at  stations 
Nos.  6015  and  6016. 

Lepidocyclina  vaugTiani  Cushman  was  obtained  at  two"  localities,, 
stations  Nos.  6021  and  6255. 


i  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  Proc.  for  1912,  p.  503. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


557 


The  echinoid,  Clypeaster  gatuni  Jackson,  is  worth,  a  special  note, 
^e  holotype  is  from  the  Gatun  formation,  station  5662,  but  two 
pecimens  were  also  collected  at  station  6237,  in  limestone  referred 
y  Doctor  MacDonald  to  the  Emperador  limestone,  in  a  swamp 
orth  of  Ancon  Hill  and  about  4  miles  south  of  Diablo  Ridge.  This 
pecies  extended  from  the  Atlantic  to  the  Pacific  side  of  the  Isthmus, 
Doctor  MacDonald  and  I  obtained  at  station  No.  6019#  two  poor 
rushed  specimens  of  a  gastropod  that  belongs  to  the  genus  Orthaulax. 

A  few  remarks  should  be  made  on  the  reference  of  the  limestone 
xposed  at  station  6021  near  the  old  Caimito  switch,  to  Emperador 
imestone.  Only  two  identifiable  species,  Liihothammium  isthmi 
,nd  Lepidocyclina  vaughani,  were  obtained  at  this  place,  but  both 
^ere  found  elsewhere  in  the  Emperador  limestone.  Liihothammium 
sthmi  was  also  collected  on  Rio  Agua  Salud,  station  60246,  in 
ssociation  with  a  coral  fauna  very  nearly  the  same  as  that  at  the 
type  locality  of  the  formation;  and  Lepidocyclina  vaughani  was 
btained  in  the  Emperador  limestone  near  Miraflores. 


FOSSILS  FKOM  THE  EMPERADOK  LIMESTONE. 


6015, 
6016 


6017 


5S66&,1 


6021, 


6019?,  66?^ 
6671  bb™ 


60246 


6255 


6256 


PLANTAE. 

ithothammium  isthmi  M.A.  Hewe  

FORAMINTFERA. 

olystomella  macella  (Fichtel  and  Moll). 

mphistegina  lessonii  d'Orbigny  

epidocyclina  sp  , 

sp  

vaughani  Cushman. 


reterosteginoides  sp.,  apparently  H.  panamensis  Cushman... 
uinqueloculinaundosa  Karrer  


MADREPORARIA. 


tylophora  imperatoris  Vaughan  

panamensis  Vaughan  

goethalsi  Vaughan  

macdonaldi  Vaughan  

canalis  Vaughan  

ocillopora  arnoldi  Vaughan  

strocoenia  portoricensis  Vaughan  

rbicella  imperatoris  Vaughan  

canalis  Vaughan  

'tylangia  panqgnensis  Vaughan  

loniastrea  canalis  Vanghan  

'avona  panamensis  Vaughan  

cropora  panamensis  Vaughan  

saludensis  Vaughan  

istreopora  goethalsi  Vaughan  

■oniopora  hilli  Vaughan  

panamensis  Vaughan  

imperatoris  Vaughan  

canalis  Vaughan  

clevei  Vaughan  

orites  douvillei  Vaughan  

toulai  Vaughan  

panamensis  Vaughan  

anguillensis  Vaughan  

(Synaraea)  howei  Vaughan  

macdonaldi  Vaughan . 


■!  X 


558         BULLETIN"  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


FOSSILS  FROM  THE  EMPERADOR  LIMESTONE — Continued. 


6015, 
6016 

6017 

5S666, 
6019?, 
6671 

6021, 
6673 

60246 

6255 

6256 

ECHTNOIDEA. 

X 

gatuni  Jackson  , 

X 
X 

BRYOZOA. 

.     _  ...» 

X 
X 

MOLLU9CA. 

:  xxxxxx  i 

Pecten  (Aequipecten)  oxygonum  canalis  Brown  and  Pilsbry.. 

X 

X 
X 



sp  

 1.  

X 

xxxx  xxxxxx: 

 1  

 !  

::::::::::: 

CRUSTACEA. 

CAIMITO  FORMATION. 

No  fossils  were  obtained  in  this  formation  at  its  type  locality. 
Doctor  MacDonald  collected  fossil  plants  at  station  No.  6840,  about 
7  miles  northeast  of  Bejuca,  near  Chame,  Panama,  in  a  yellowish, 
argillaceous  sandstone  that  seems  to  overlap  agglomerates  and  is 
believed  to  represent  the  Caimito  formation.  Professor  Berry  records 
the  following  species  from  this  locality: 

Guatteria  culebrensis  Berry,  also  Culebra  and  Gatun  formations. 

Hiraea  oligocaenica  Berry. 

Hieronymia  lehmanni  Berry. 

Schmidelia  bejucensis  Berry,  also  Culebra  formation.  % 

As  two  of  the  four  species  also  occur  in  the  Culebra  formation,  it 

appears  that  the  deposit  in  which  they  were  obtained  is  in  age  near 

the  Culebra  formation. 

Miocene. 

GATUN  FORMATION. 

The  principal  collections  from  the  Gatun  formation  were  made 
jointly  by  Doctor  MacDonald  and  myself  at  stations  Nos.  6029a-&, 
6030,  60336-c,  6035,  and  6036,  the  position  of  each  of  which  is  platted 
on  the  map  (pi.  154),  and  the  sections  are  described  in  Doctor  Mac- 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


559 


Donald's  article,  pages  542-544  of  this  volume.  Four  species  of 
plants  were  collected  in  the  Gatun  borrow  pits.  No.  6003  is  for  the 
same  bed  as  60336.  Station  No.  5659  is  near  Gatun.  The  localities 
for  three  of  the  species  of  Crustacea  are  as  follows: 

Gatunia  proavita  Rathbun,  Cat.  No.  113706,  U.S.N.M.,  near 
Gatun. 

Callianassa  hilli  Rathbun,  Cat.  No.  135218,  U.S.N.M.,  Gatun  for- 
mation; nothing  more  definite. 

Mursilia  ecristata  Rathbun,  Cat.  No.  135219,  U.S.N.M.  Gatun 
formation;  nothing  more  definite. 


FOSSILS,  EXCEPT  MOLLUSCA,  FROM  THE  GATUN  FORMATION. 


Gatun 
bor- 
row 

pits. 

5900, 
Gatun 
locks . 

6029(7, 

60295. 

6030. 

60335 
6003 



6033c. 

6035.  |  6036. 

PLANT AE . 

Guattcria  culebrensis  Berry  

XXXX 



Rondelctia  qoHmani  Berry  

Rubiacitcs  ixoreoides  Berry  

FORAMINTFERA. 

X 
X 

X 

x 

carinata  d'Orbi^ny  

Chnjsalidina  pukhella  Cushman  

X 

X 
X 

X 

X 

X 

:  xxxxxx: 

V 

V 

....... 

V  V 

X 

X 
X 

xxxxxxxxx: 

X 

X 

V 

X 

V 



X  X 

V  V 



 !  

kxxxx: 

::::::: 

 |  

X 



concentrica  Parker  and  Jones  





X 

Polystomrtla  strhtopunctata   ( Fichtel  and 

X 

V 

Nonionina  depressula  (Walker  and  Jacobs)  

X 
X 

X 

::::::: 

X 

1  X 

:  xxxxx 

Quinqueloculina  seminulum  (Linnaeus)  



panamensis  Cushman  





X 
X 

asperula  (Karrer)  

X 

X 

X 

X 

ECHINOIDEA. 

X 

X 

Schizaster  panamensis  Jackson  (Stas.  6008, 

*  Also  6029c. 

37149— 19— Bull.  103  2 


560         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


FOSSILS,  EXCEPT  MOLLUSCA,  FROM  THE  GATUN  FORMATION— Continued. 


G  atun 
bor- 
row 
pits. 

5900, 
Gatun 
locks. 

6029a. 

60295. 

6030. 

60336, 
6003. 

6033c. 

6035. 

6036. 

MOLLUSCA. 

(See  next  following  list.) 

CRUSTACEA. 

Callianassa  vaughani  Rathbun  

X 

X 

crassa  Rathbun  

X 
X 

hilli  Rathbun  

(?)sp  

Gatunia  proavita  Rathbun  (also  Sta.  5859) 

X 

X 

Mursilia  ecristata  Rathbun  

BclIglixils  coticclvus  BrorLn 

X 

Lepas  injudicata  Pilsbry  

X 

SELACHH. 

Carcharias  sp.  (Sta.  5899)  

Lamna  cf.  L.  elegans  

X 
X 

 1  

Charctiarodon  cf.  C.  auriculatus  

X 

X 

 1  

MOLLUSCA  FROM  THE  GATUN  FORMATION,  ACCORDING  TO  BROWN  AND  PILSBRY.1 

The  collections,  mostly  Mollusca,  considered  in  the  first  paper  by 
these  authors,  "with  the  exception  of  a  tooth  of  a  shark  and  a  few 
specimens  of  Oliva  from  Monkey  Hill,  all  come  from  the  excavations 
for  the  locks  at  Gatun.  The  Oliva  taken  at  Monkey  Hill  is  the  same 
species  found  plentifully  at  the  Gatun  excavation.  The  specimens 
were  collected  from  dumps  and  fills  along  the  railway  as  well  as  from 
dumps  in  the  vicinity  of  Gatun."  In  their  second  paper,  collections 
from  other  localities  near  Gatun  and  from  two  horizons  at  Tower  N, 
Las  Cascadas,  are  included.  The  following  list  contains  all  the 
mollusca  referred  to  the  Gatun  formation  by  Pilsbry  and  Brown. 
The  names  of  those  preceded  by  an  asterisk  were  not  in  the  collections 
submitted  to  those  authors,  and  I  have  added  the  note  "not  at  Gatun" 
after  the  names  of  those  which  were  not  collected  at  Gatun.  The 
results  of  our  field  work  and  the  subsequent  paleontologic  studies 
cause  us  to  dissent  from  the  stratigraphic  interpretations  of  Messrs. 
Brown  and  Pilsbry,  for  they  combine  the  Culebra  formation,  the 
Emperador  limestone,  and  the  Gatun  formation  into  one  formation. 
As  the  species  described  by  Toula  in  his  Eine  jungteriare  Fauna  von 
Gatun  am  Panama-Kanal2  are  included  in  the  papers  by  Brown  and 
Pilsbry,  more  detailed  reference  to  his  article  is  not  necessary  here. 

i  Brown,  Amos  P.,  and  Pilsbry,  Henry  A.,  Fauna  of  the  Gatun  formation,  Isthmus  of  Panama:  Acad. 
Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  Proc.  for  1911,  pp.  336-373,  pis.  22-29,  April,  1911;  Fauna  of  the  Gatun  formation-^II, 
idem,  for  1912,  pp.  500-519,  pis.  22-26.  December,  1912. 

»  K.  K.  Geol.  Reichsanstalt  Jahrb.,  vol.  58,  pp.  673-760,  pis.  25-2.S,  Vienna,  1909.  Toula  in  a  second 
paper,  Die  junptertiare  Fauna  von  Gatun  am  Panama-kanal,  K.  K.  Geolo^.  Reichsanstalt  Jahrb.,  vol. 
61,  pp.  487-530,  pis.  30,  31,  Vienna,  1911,  published  a  supplement  to  his  first  paper  issued  in  1910,  and  the 
species  described  as  new  in  this  are  not  included  in  the  papers  by  Brown  and  Pilsbry.  This  one  of 
Toula's  papers  escaped  my  attention  until  the  present  volume  was  in  proof,  and  as  it  was  then  too  late 
to  consider  the  synonymy  of  the  species  described  in  it,  remarks  on  it  are  confined  to  this  note. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


561 


*Bullina  chipolana  Dall. 
Volvulella  micratracta  Brown  and  Pilsbry. 
Rigicula  hypograpta  Brown  and  Pilsbry. 
Terebra  subsulcifera  Brown  and  Pilsbry. 
gatunensis  Toula. 
wolfgang i  Toula. 
gansapatd  Brown  and  Pilsbry. 
Conus  concai (tectum  Brown  and  Pilsbry. 

haytensis  Sowerby. 

domingensis  Sowerby  (?). 

consobrinus  Sowerby. 

granozonatus  Guppy. 

atmulator  Brown  and  Pilsbry. 

imitator  Brown  and  Pilsbry. 

gaza  Johnson  and  Pilsbry. 

molis  Brown  and  Pilsbry. 
Pleurotoma  albida  Perry. 
*Pleurotoma  gertrudis  Toula. 

vaningeni  Brown  and  Pilsbry 
Drillia  gatunensis  Toula. 

isthmica  Brown  and  Pilsbry. 

f minus  Brown  and  Pilsbry. 

zooki  Brown  and  Pilsbry. 

consors  (Sowerby). 

enneacyma  Brown  and  Pilsbry. 
Cijihara  heptagona  (Gabb). 
Cancellaria  dariena  Toula. 

decaptyx  Brown  and  Pilsbry. 
Mitra  longa  Gabb . 

dariensis  Brown  and  Pilsbry 
sp.  undet. 

Marginella  gatunensis  Brown  and  Pilsbry. 

leander  Brown  and  Pilsbry. 

coniformis  Sowerby. 
Oliva  reticulata  gatunensis  Toula. 
Fasciolaria  gorgasiana  Brown  and  Pilsbry. 

sp.  undet. 

*Glyptostyla  panamensis  Dall  (not  at  Ga- 
tun). 

Solenosteira  dalli  Brown  and  Pilsbry. 
Phos  gatunensis  Toula. 

subsemicostatus  Brown  and  Pilsbry. 
metuloides  Dall. 
Metula  gabbi  Brown  and  Pilsbry. 
Nassa  (Ewia)  praeambigua  Brown  and 

Pilsbry  (not  at  Gatun). 
Anachis  fugax  Brown  and  Pilsbry. 
*Strombina  mira  Dall. 

lessepsiana  Brown  and  Pilsbry. 
Murex  messorius  Sowerby. 

polynematicus  Brown  and  Pilsbry. 
(Phyllonotus)    gatunensis  Brown 
and  Pilsbry. 


Typhis  alatus  Sowerby. 

gabbi  Brown  and  Pilsbry. 
S trombus  gatunensis  Toula. 

(?)  sp.  undet. 
Disiorsio  gatunensis  Toula. 
Malea  r.amura  Guppy. 
Sconsia  laevigata  (Sowerby). 
Fyrula  micronematica  Brown  and  Pilsbry 
(not  at  Gatun). 
near  papyratia  Say. 
Cypraea  heneheni  Sowerby  var. 
Bittium  nugatorium  Brown  and  Pilsbry. 

scotti  Brown  and  Pilsbry  (not  at 
Gatun). 

Turbonilla  bartschiana  Brown  and  Pilsbry. 
Turritella  mimetes  Brown  and  Pilsbry. 
gatunensis  Conrad. 
aliilira  Conrad. 
Petaloconchus  domingensis  Sowerby. 
Solariu  n  granulatum  gatunensis  Toula. 
Natica  guppyana  Toula. 

bolus  Brown  and  Pilsbry. 
canrena  (Linnaeus). 
canalizonalis  Brown  and  Pilsbry. 
(?)  sp.  undet, 
Polinices  subcl-ausa  (Sowerby). 
*Lupia  perovata  Conrad  (not  at  Gatun). 
Sigareius  gatunensis  Toula. 

(Eunaticina)  gabbi  Brown  and 
Pilsbry. 
*Capulus  (?)  gatunensis  Toula. 
Crepidula  plana  Say. 
Cheilea  princetonia  Brown  and  Pilsbry. 
Nucula  (Acila)  isthmica  Brown  and  Pilsbry 
Leda  balboae  Brown  and  Pilsbry. 
Area  dariensis  Brown  and  Pilsbry. 

dalli  Brown  and  Pilsbry  (not  at 
Gatun). 

Glycymcris  carbasina  Brown  and  Pilsbry. 
canalis  Brown  and  Pilsbry. 
acuticostata  Sowerby. 
Pecten  (JEquipectcn)  effosus  Brown  and 
Pilsbry. 
gatunensis  Toula. 

(Plagioctenium)  operculari for  mis 
Toula. 

*  Pecten  levicostatus  Toula. 

(Euvola)  reliquus  Brown  and 
Pilsbry. 

oxygofium  canalis  Brown  and  Pils- 
bry (not  at  Gatun) . 

oxygonum  optimum  Brown  and 
Pilsbry  (occurrence  at  Gatun 
doubtful). 


562         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Pecten  ( Cyclopecten)  oligolepis  Brown  and 
Pilsbry. 
*(Amusium)  lyonii  Gabb. 

toulae    Brown  and 

Pilsbry. 
sol  Brown  and  Pils- 
bry (not  at  Gatun). 
luna     Brown  and 
Pilsbry. 

Spondylus  scotti  Brown  and  Pilsbry  (not 

at  Gatun) . 
Ostrea  gaiunensis  Brown  and  Pilsbry. 
Crassatellites  reevei  (Gabb)  (occurrence  at 
Gatun  doubtful). 
mediaamericanus  Brown  and 
Pilsbry  (not  at  Gatun). 
Cardium  ( Tr  achy  eardrum)  stiriatum  Brown 

and  Pilsbry. 
*  dominicanum 

Dall. 
dominicense 

Gabb. 
durum  Brown 
and  Pilsbry. 

Cardium    (Laevi  cardium)  serratum  Lin- 
naeus. 
*dalli  Toula. 
*{Fragum)  gatunense  Dall. 
(?)  nervberryanum  Gabb. 
*  Tellina  dariena  Gabb . 

^gatunensis  Bagg. 
*rowlandi  Toula. 
*lepidota  Dall. 

aequiterrninata  Brown  and  Pils- 
bry. 


(Eurytellina)  xetula  Brown  and  Pilsbry 
(not  at  Gatun). 

sp.  undet. 

sp.  undet. 
*Semele  sayi  Toula. 

chipolana  Dall  (not  at  Gatun). 
Chione  tegulum  Brown  and  Pilsbry. 

sp.  undet. 

(Lirophora)  ulocyma  Dall. 

ulocyma  holocyma 
Brown  and  Pilsbry. 
*mactropsis  (Conrad). 
Pilar  ccntangulata  Brown  and  Pilsbry. 
cor  a  Brown  and  Pilsbry. 
*MUi  Dall. 
*circinata  (Brown). 
* Macrocallista  maculata  (Linnaeus)  (?). 
Dosinia  delicatissima  Brown  and  Pilsbry. 
*Callocardia  (Agriopoma)  gatunensis  Dall. 

^gatunensis  multifdosa  Dall. 
Petricola  millestriata  Brown  and  Pilsbry. 
dementia  dariena  (Conrad). 
Cyclinella  gatunensis  Dall. 
*Mactra  dariensis  Dall  (not  at  Gatun). 
Thracia  (Cyathodonta)  gaiunensis  Toula. 
Corbula  gatunensis  Toula. 
sphenia  Dall. 
sericea  Dall. 

(Cuneo corbula)  hexacyma  Brown 

and  Pilsbry. 
*alabamiensis  Lea. 
*gregorioi  Cossmann. 
heterogenea  Guppy  (not  at  Gatun). 
*viminea  Guppy  (not  at  Gatun). 
Teredo  dendrolest.es  Brown  and  Pilsbry. 
*Solecurtus  gatunensis  Toula. 

strigillatus  (Linnaeus). 


Sixteen  species  included  in  the  foregoing  list  have  not  been  found 
at  Gatun,  and  the  occurrence  there  of  two  other  species  is  doubtful. 
The  number  of  identified  species  of  mollusca  from  the  formation, 
including  two  doubtfully  determined,  is  125. 

Subsequent  to  the  publication  of  the  papers  by  Brown  and  Pilsbry, 
Cossmann1  has  described  four  additional  species  from  Mindi  out  of 
materal  belonging  to  the  Gatun  formation.  The  species  are  as  follows: 
Euchilodon  moierei  Cossmann;  Conus  lavillei  Cossmann;  Uxia  mio- 
caenica  Cossmann;  Marginella  mindiensis  Cossmann. 

Pliocene. 

TORO  LIMESTONE. 

At  Toro  Point,  the  type  locality  of  this  formation,  station  No.  6037, 
Doctor  MacDonald  and  I  collected  the  types  of  Epitonium  (Sthe- 

1  Cossmann,  M.,  Etudo  comparative  de  fossilos  miooeniques  recueillis  a  la  Martinique  ot  k  l'Isthme  de 
Panama,  Journ.  Conehyl.,  vol.  61,  pp.  1-64,  pis.  1-5,  1913. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  563 

norytis)  toroense  Dall  and  of  E.  toroenses  var.  insigne  Dall.1  In  addition 
to  these  identifiable  Mollusca,  dissociated  barnacle  plates  and  com- 
minuted milluscan  shell  fragments  are  abundant.  The  probably 
equivalence  of  this  deposit  with  the  coquina  rock,  which  contains 
many  fragments  of  Pecten  sp.,  on  the  top  of  the  hill  at  the  west  end 
of  Gatun  dam,  is  discussed  by  Doctor  MacDonald  on  page  544  of  his 
article  immediately  preceding  the  present  one. 

Pleistocene. 

Although  horizons  in  the  marine  Pleistocene  deposits  of  America 
have  not  yet  been  discriminated  on  the  basis  of  their  contained  fossils, 
it  is  my  opinion  that  such  discriminations  will  be  made.  As  a  con- 
tribution toward  the  biologic  characterization  of  a  Pleistocene 
deposit,  the  following  list  of  fossils  from  the  deposit  in  the  swamp 
north  and  east  of  Mount  Hope,  stations  Nos.  5850  and  6038,  has  been 
prepared.  Two  papers  on  the  fossil  mollusca  from  this  locality  have 
been  published.  The  first  is  by  Dr.  W.  H.  Dall,  in  his  paper  just 
referred  to;  the  second  is  by  Messrs.  Brown  and  Pilsbry.2  The  other 
lists  are  from  the  memoirs  forming  parts  of  this  volume. 

FOSSILS  FitOM  THE  PLEISTOCENE  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


PLANTAE. 

Archaeolithothamnium  episporum  M.  A. 
Howe. 

MADREPORARIA. 

Oculina  diffusa  Lamarck. 

varicosa  Le  Sueur. 
Eusmilia  fastigiata  (Pallas). 
Astrangia  (Phyllangia)  americana  Milne 

Edwards  and  Haime. 
Cladocora  arbuscula  Le  Sueur. 
Solenastrea  bournoni  Milne  Edwards  and 

Haime. 
Favia  fragum  (Esper). 
Maeandra  areolata  (Linnaeus). 
Manicina  gyrosa  (Ellis  and  Solander). 
Agaricia  agaricites  (Linnaeus). 

var.  purpurea  Le  Sueur. 
pusilla  Verrill. 
Siderastrea  radians  (Pallas). 

siderea  (Ellis  and  Solander). 
Acropora  muricala  (Linnaeus.) 
Porites  furcata  Lamarck. 

astreoides  Lamarck. 


HYDROZOA. 

Millepora  alcicornis  Linnaeus. 

MOLLUSCA. 

Tornatina  canaliculata  (Say).  Ii.3 

Cylichnella  bidentata  (Orbigny.) 

Atys  sander soni  Dall. 

Bullaria  occidental-is  (A.  Adams).  0. 

Haminea  canalis  Dall. 

Haminea  antUlarum  (Orbigny).  R. 

Terebra  spei  Brown  and  Pilsbry. 

Conus  proteus  Hwass.  R. 

Drillia  leucocyma  Dall. 

ostrearum  Stearns. 

harfordiana  (Reeve)  var.  colonen- 
sis  Brown  and  Pilsbry.  R. 
Clathurella  jewetti  Stearns.  R. 
Cythara  balteata  (Reeve). 

biconica  (C.  B.  Adams).  0. 
Marinula  colonia  Dall.  R. 
OlivellamyrmecoonBall.  C. 
Marginella  cincta  Kiener  C. 

pallida  (Linnaeus).  R. 
minuta  Pfeiffer. 


1  Dall,  W.  H.,  New  species  of  fossil  shells  from  Panama  and  Costa  Rica,  Smithsonian  Misc.  Coll.,  vol.  59, 
No.  2,  pp.  6,  7,  1912. 

2  Brown,  A.  P.,  and  Pilsbry,  H.  A.,  Two  collections  of  Pleistocene  fossils  from  the  Isthmus  of  Panama, 
A-Cad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  Proc.  for  1913,  pp.  493-500,  1913. 

3  The  abundance  or  rarity  of  the  species  is  indicated  by  the  letters  R.  (rare)  and  C.  (common). 


564 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


FOSSILS  FROM  THE  PLEISTOCENE 

mollusca — continued. 
Voluta  alfaroi  Dall.  R. 
Fasciolaria  species.   R.   Specimen  too 

young  to  determine. 
Latirus  cingulifera  (Lamarck).  R. 
Phos  intricatus  Dall.  R. 
Engina  turbin-ella  (Kiener) .  R. 
Nassa  vibex  Say. 

Columbella  mercatoria  (Linnaeus). 
Anachis  avara  (Say).  R. 

samanensis  Dall.  C. 
pulchella  (Kiener).  R. 
Aspella  scalaroides  (Blainville).  R. 
Strombus  bituberculatus  Lamarck. 

pugilis  Linnaeus. 
Trivia  pediculus  (Linnaeus).  R. 
Murex  rufus  Lamarck.  R. 
pomum  Gmelin. 
nodatus  Reeve.  C. 
Urosalpinx  species.  R. 
Eulima  bifasciata  ( Orbigny ) .    R . 
Cymatium  vespaceum  (Lamarck).  R. 

tuberosum  (Lamarck).  R. 
Cerithiopsis  species.  R. 
Bittium  varium  Pfeiffer.  C. 
Cerithium  liter atum  (Born).  R. 

algicola  C.  B.  Adams.  C. 
medium  Dall.  R. 
variabile  C.  B.  Adams. 
Cerithidea  varicosa  Sowerby.  R. 
Modulus  modulus  (Linnaeus).  C. 

catenulatus  Philippi.  R. 
LiMorina  angulifera  Lamarck.  R 
Vermetus  nigricans  Philippi  (?).  R. 
Alabina  cerithoides  Dall. 
Alaba  tervaricosa  Adams.  R. 
Rissoina  laevigata    C.    B.    Adams  var. 
browniana  Orbigny. 
striatocostata  Orbigny.  R. 
cancellata  Philippi.  R. 
elegantissima  Orbigny.  R. 
Crepidula  convexa  Say.  C. 

plana  Say.  C. 
Calyptraea  candeana  Orbigny.  C. 
Nitica  pusilla  Say.  R. 
Sigiretus  perspectivus  Say.  R. 
Phasianella  pulchella  C.  B.  Adams.  C. 
Turbo  crenulatus  Gmelin.  R. 
Astralium  brcvispina  (Lamarck).  R. 

tuberosum  (Philippi)  (?) 
Tegula  fasciaia  (Born). 
Fissuridea  alternata  (Say). 
Subemarginula  cmarginala  (Blainville). 

rollandii  (Fischer). 


of  the  canal  zone— continued. 

mollusca — continued. 

Acmaea  punctata  (Gmelin). 
Neritina  viridis  Lamarck.  C. 
Tonicia  schrammi  Shuttlworth.  R. 
Dentalium  callithrix  Dall.  C. 
Cadulus  vaughani  Dall.  C. 
Leda  vulgaris,  new  species.  C. 

acuta  Conrad.  R. 
Yoldia  perprotracta  Dall.  C. 
Area  umbonata  Lamarck.  R. 

imbricata  Brugiere.  R. 

antiquata  Linnaeus.  C. 

deshayesi  Hanley.  C. 

campechiensis  Dillwyn.  R. 

adamsi  Smith. 

occidentalis  Philippi.  R. 

reticulata  Gmelin.  R. 
Scapharca  pitlieri  Dall.  C. 
Byssoarca  fusca  Brugiere.  C. 
Melina  ephippium  (Linnaeus).  C. 
Ostrea  virginica  Gmelin.  C. 
Pecten  z iczac  (Linnaeus).  C. 

exasperatus  Sowerby.  C. 
gibbus  (Linnaeus). 
gibbus  dislocatus  Say.  R. 
Mytilus  exustus  Lamarck.  R. 
Chama  sp.  R. 
sp.  C. 

Crassinella  guadalupensis  (Orbigny).  R. 
Diplodonta  mediamericana  Brown  and 

Pilsbry.  R. 
Diplodonta  soror  C.  B.  Adams.  C. 
Codakia  orbiculata  (Montagu).  R. 

antillarum  Reeve.  C. 
Lucina  chrysostoma  Philippi.  C. 
Phacoides  lintea  (Conrad).  R. 

near  crenulatus  (Conrad).  R. 

antillarum  Reeve.  R. 

leucocyma  Dall.  R. 

pectinatus  (Gmelin).  0. 
Phacoides  species 

Cuspidaria  (Cardiomya)   coslellata  Des- 

hayes.  R. 
Cardium  serratum  Linnaeus.  C. 
medium  Linnaeus. 
muricatum  Linnaeus.  C. 
Gafrarium  (Gouldia)  cerina  (C.  B.  Adams). 
R. 

Pitar  subarrcsta  Dall. 

Chione  cancellata  (Linnaeus).  C. 

Tellina  {Eurytellina)  alternata  Say.  C. 

( Cyclotellina)  fausta  Don  ovan . 

(Angulus)  versicolor  <  ozzens. 
promera  Dall. 


GEOLOOrY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  565 


FOSSILS  FROM  THE  PLEISTOCENE  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE — Continued. 


mollusca — continued. 
Abra  aequalis  (Say).  R. 
Corbula  eqvivalvis  Philippi.  C. 

suiftiana  C.  B.  Adams  C. 

CRUSTACEA. 

Macrobrachium  ?  species. 
Neplirops  costatus  Rathbun. 

species. 
Axiusf  species. 

Eepatus  chilensis  Milne  Edwards. 


Crustacea — continued. 

Calappa  flammea  Rathbun. 

Leucosilia  jurinei  (Saussure). 

Leucosiidae,  genus  and  species  indeter- 
minable. 

Arenaeus  species. 

Panopeus  antepurpureus  Rathbun. 
tridentatus  Rathbun. 

Uca  macrodactylus  (Milne  Edwards  and 
Lucas). 

Parthenope  pleistocenicus  Rathbun. 


CORRELATION  OF  THE  SEDIMENTARY  FORMATIONS  OF  PANAMA. 
Tertiary  Formations  of  the  Southeastern  United  States. 

A  Table  of  the  Tertiary  geologic  formations  of  the  southeastern 
United  States  and  their  correlatives  within  that  area,  revised  to  the 
present  date — October  15,  1917 — is  presented  facing  page  569.  In 
1912  I  published  a  summary  of  the  stratigraphy  of  the  Tertiary  for- 
mations of  the  Gulf  and  south  Atlantic  Coastal  Plain,  incorporating 
all  data  available  up  to  that  time,1  and  gave  in  the  accompanying 
bibliography  references  to  the  principal  literature.  Since  the  sum- 
mary referred  to  was  printed  a  number  of  papers  containing  addi- 
tional information  have  been  published,  and  I  have  had  the  benefit 
of  consulting  the  manuscripts  of  reports,  to  be  mentioned  later,  not 
yet  available  in  print.  References  to  the  later  published  and  a  few 
unpublished  papers  are  as  follows: 

Berry,  E.  W.,  The  physical  conditions  and  age  indicated  by  the  flora  of  the  Alum  Bluff  formation, 
U.  S.  Geol.  Survey  Frof.  Paper  98,  pp.  41-59,  pis.  7-10,  1916. 

 The  physical  conditions  indicated  by  the  flora  of  the  Calvert  formation,  Idem,  pp.  61-73,  pis.  11, 12, 

1916. 

 The  flora  of  the  Citronelle  formation,  Idem,  pp.  193-204,  pis.  44-47,  1916. 

 The  flora  of  the  Catahoula  sandstone,  Idem,  pp.  227-243,  pis.  55-60,  1916. 

 The  lower  Eocene  floras  of  southeastern  North  America,  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey  Prof.  Paper  91,  pp.  481, 

117  p*.s.,  1916. 

Brantly,  J.  E.,  A  report  on  the  limestones  and  marls  of  the  Coastal  Plain  of  Georgia,  Georgia  Geol.  Survey 
Bull.  21,  pp.  300,  11  pis..  1916. 

Cooke,  C.  W.,  The  age  of  the  Ocala  limestone,  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey  Prof.  Paper  95  (I),  pp.  107-117,  1915. 

 The  stratigraphic  position  and  faunal  associates  of  the  orbitcid  Foraminifera  of  the  genus  Ortho- 

phragmina  from  Georgia  and  Florida,  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey  Prof.  Paper  108  (G),  pp.  109-113,  1917. 

 Correlation  of  the  deposits  of  Jackson  and  Vicksburg  ages  in  Mississippi  and  Alabama,  Washing- 
ton Acad.  Sci.  Journ.,  vol.  8,  pp.  186-198. 

 The  Jackson  formation  and  the  Vicksburg  group  in  Mississippi,  Unpublished  manuscript. 

 and  Shearer,  H.  K.,  Deposits  of  Claiborne  and  Jackson  age  in  Georgia,  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey  Prof. 

Paper  120(E),  pp.  41-81,  pi.  7,  figs.  7-9,  1918. 

Cushman,  J.  A.,  Orbitoid  Foraminifera  of  the  genus  Orthophragmina  from  Georgia  and  Florida,  U.  S.  Geol. 
Survey  Prof.  Paper  108  (G),  pp.  111-124  ,  pis.  43-44,  1917. 

Dall,  W.  ZL,  On  a  brackish  water  Pdocene  fauna  of  the  southern  Coastal  Plain,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  Proc, 
vol.  46,  pp.  225-227,  1913. 


1  Vaughan,  T.W.,  Earlier  Tertiary  (Eocene  and  Oligocene),  Texas,  Louisiana,  and  Arkansas,  pp.  723-731; 
South  Atlantic  and  eastern  Gulf  Coastal  Plain  and  north  end  of  Mississippi  Embayment,  pp.  731-745; 
Later  Tertiary  (Miocene  and  Pliocene),  Texas,  Louisiana,  and  Arkansas,  pp.  804-806;  South  Atlantic 
and  eastern  Gulf  Coastal  Plain  and  north  end  of  Mississippi  Embayment,  pp.  806-813:  in  Willis,  Bailey: 
Index  to  the  stratigraphy  of  North  America,  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey  Prof.  Paper  71, 1912. 


566         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Dall,  W.  H. ,  A  monograph  of  the  molluscan  fauna  of  the  Orthav.lax  pugnax  zone  of  the  Oiigocene  of  Tampa, 

Florida,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  Bull.  90,  pp.  173,  26  pis.,  1915. 
—  A  contribution  to  the  invertebrate  fauna  of  the  Oiigocene  beds  of  Flint  River,  Georgia,  LT.  S.  Nat 

Mus.  Proc,  vol.  51,  pp.  487-524,  pis.  83-88,  1916. 
Deussen,  Alexander,  Geology  and  underground  waters  of  the  southeastern  part  of  the  Texas  Coastal 

Plain,  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey  Water-Supply  Paper  335,  pp.  365,  9  p!s.,  1914. 
 Geology  of  the  Coastal  Plain  of  Texas  between  Brazos  and  Nueces  rivers,  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey  Prof. 

Paper  (manuscript  not  published). 

 and  Dole,  R.  B.,  Ground  water  in  La  Salle  and  McMullen  counties,  Texas,  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey 

Water-Supply  Paper  375  (G),  pp.  141-177,  pis.  9,  10,  1916. 
Dumble,  E.  T.,  Some  events  in  the  Eocene  history  of  the  present  Coastal  area  of  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  in 

Texas  and  Mexico,  Journ.  Geol.,  vol.  23,  pp.  481-498,  1915. 
 Problems  of  the  Texas  Tertiary  sands,  Geol.  Soc.  America  Bull.,  vol.  26,  No.  4,  pp.  447-476,  pis.  25-27, 

1915. 

 Tertiary  deposits  of  northeastern  Mexico,  California  Acad.  Sci.  Proc,  ser.  4,  vol.  5,  pp.  163-193r 

pis.  16-19,  1915. 

Lowe,  E.  N.,  Preliminary  report  on  iron  ores  of  Mississippi,  Miss.  Geol.  Survey  Bull.  10,  pp.  70,  7  pis., 

1913.   See  especially  pp.  23-25. 
 Mississippi,  its  geology,  geography,  soils,  and  mineral  resources,  Idem,  Bull.  12,  pp.  335,  28  pis., 

1  geol.  map,  1915. 

Mansfield,  W.  C,  Mollusks  from  the  type  locality  of  the  Choctawhatehee  marl,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  Proc, 

vol.  51,  pp.  599-607,  p!.  113,  1916. 
Matson,  G.  C,  The  phosphate  deposits  of  Florida,  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey  Bull.  604,  pp.  101,  17  pis.,  1915. 
—  The  Pliocene  Citronelle  formation  of  the  Gulf  Coastal  Plain,  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey  Prof.  Paper  98, 

pp.  167-192,  pis.  32-43,  1916. 
 The  Catahoula  sandstone,  Idem,  pp.  209-226,  pis.  48-54,  1916. 

 ,  and  Sanford,  S.,  Geology  and  groundwaters  of  Florida,  U.  S.  Geol  Survey  Water-Supply  Paper 

319,  pp.  445,  17  pis.,  1913. 

Rogers,  G.  S.,  The  phosphate  deposits  of  South  Carolina,  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey  Bull.  580  (J),  pp.  183-220. 
pi.  2,  1914. 

Sellards,  E.  H.,  Fossil  vertebrates  from  Florida:  A  new  Miocene  fauna,  Florida  Geol.  Survey  Eighth 

Ann.  Rept.,  pp.  83-93,  1916. 
Shaw,  E.  W.,  Pliocene  of  northeastern  Mississippi,  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey  Prof.  Paper  108  (H),  pp.  125- 

163,  p's.  45-60,  figs.  21-25, 1918. 
Shearer,  H.  K.,  A  report  on  the  bauxite  and  fuller's  earth  of  the  Coastal  Plain  of  Georgia,  Georgia  Geol. 

Survey  Bull.  31,  pp.  340,  pis.  16,  1917. 
Stephenson,  L.  W.,  and  Veatch,  J.  O.,  Underground  waters  of  the  Coastal  Plain  of  Georgia,  U.  S.  Geol. 

Survey  Water-Supply  Paper  341,  pp.  539,  21  p!s.,  1915. 
 ,  and  Crider,  A.  F.,  Geology  and  groundwaters  of  northeastern  Arkansas,  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey 

Water-Supply  Paper  399,  pp.  315, 11  pis.,  1916. 
Vaugiian,  T.  W.,  The  reef-coral  fauna  of  Carrizo  Creek,  Imperial  County,  California,  and  its  significance  $ 

U.  S.  Geol.  Survey  Prof.  Paper  98  (T),  pp.  355-386,  pis.  92-102,  1917. 
 Correlation  of  the  Tertiary  formations  of  the  southeastern  United  States,  Central  America,  and 

the  West  Indies,  Washington  Acad.  Sci.  Journ.,  vol.  8,  pp.  268-276,  1918. 
 and  Cooke,  C.  W.,  Correlation  of  the  Hawthorn  formation,  Washington  Acad.  Sci.  Journ.,  vol.  4, 

pp.  250-253,  1914. 

In  the  bibliography,  except  the  one  by  Professor  Berry  on  the 
flora  of  the  Calvert  formation,  I  have  purposely  omitted  references  to 
papers  on  that  part  of  the  Coastal  Plain  north  of  the  South  Carolina- 
North  Carolina  boundary  line.  The  contributions  to  the  paleontology 
and  stratigraphy  of  the  Tertiary  formations  of  the  south  Atlantic  and 
Gulf  Coastal  Plain  during  the  past  five  years  have  been  considerable, 
as  the  list  of  papers  shows,  but  much  more  work  has  been  done. 
Prof.  E.  W.  Berry  has  completed  a  monograph  of  the  middle  and 
upper  Eocene  floras  of  southeastern  North  America,  now  awaiting 
publication  as  a  Professional  Paper  of  the  United  States  Geological 
Survey;  Dr.  Joseph  A.  Cushman  has  a  monograph  of  the  Pliocene 
and  Miocene  Foraminifera  of  the  Coastal  Plain  in  press  as  a  bulletin 
of  the  United  States  Geological  Survey;  Messrs.  F.  Canu  and  R.  S. 
Bassler  have  submitted  the  manuscript  for  a  very  large  volume  on 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  567 

the  Eocene  and  lower  Oligocene  Bryozoa  of  the  Coastal  Plain  for  pub- 
lication by  the  United  States  National  Museum;  Miss  Julia  Gardner 
has  completed  the  manuscript  of  a  monograph  on  the  Mollusca 
of  the  Chipola  marl,  Oak  Grove  sand,  and  Shoal  River  marl  members 
of  the  Alum  Bluff  formation;  and  Dr.  C.  W.  Cooke  has  completed 
the  field  work  of  a  geologic  reconnaissance  of  the  Coastal  Plain  of 
South  Carolina,  on  a  scale  of  1 :  500,000.  The  results  of  all  this  un- 
published work  have  been* available  to  me,  and  I  have  utilized  them 
in  preparing  the  correlation  table. 

The  only  specific  correlations  that  it  seems  desirable  to  discuss  in 
this  connection  are  those  of  the  upper  Eocene  of  Texas.  Dumble, 
in  his  papers  already  cited,  represents  upper  Claibornian  deposits  as 
being  absent  in  Texas,  referring  his  Fayette  and  Yegua  formations 
to  the  lower  Claiborne,  while  the  Frio  is  placed  doubtfully  in  the 
same  division  of  the  Claiborne.  The  Fayette  overlies  the  Yegua, 
Which  is  the  same  as  the  formation  to  which  I  applied  the  name 
"Cocksfield  Ferry  beds"  in  1895.1  In  my  papers  cited  below1 1  made 
it  perfectly  clear  that  that  formation  overlies  the  lower  Claiborne 
deposits,  to  which  Harris  later  applied  the  name  St.  Maurice  forma- 
tion, and  underlies  the  marine  fossiliferous  Jackson  as  exposed  on 
Red  River  at  Montgomery,  Louisiana,  and  that  it  must  include  the 
deposits  in  Louisiana  that  are  the  stratigraphic  equivalent  of  the 
upper  Claiborne,  subsequently  designated  Gosport  sand,  of  Alabama* 
There  was  no  escape  from  this  correlation  at  the  time  I  made  it,  and 
it  has  subsequently  been  repeatedly  corroborated  by  others. 
Although  the  basal  part  of  the  Yegua  is  probably  the  equivalent  of 
the  upper  part  of  the  lower  Claiborne  Lisbon  formation,  the  greater 
part  of  the  Yegua  is  of  upper  Claiborne  age,  and  it  is  the  Texas  cor- 
relative of  the  Gosport  sand  of  Alabama.  Berry's  unpublished 
studies  of  the  middle  and  upper  Eocene  floras  of  southeastern  North 
America  supply  further  corroboration  of  this  correlation,  and  he  au- 
thorizes me  to  say  that  some  of  the  upper  beds  of  the  Yegua  may 
be  of  lower  Jackson  age. 

So  long  ago  as  1902  Miss  Maury  published  the  following  statement 
regarding  the  Fayette  sandstone:  2 

In  1895  Mr.  William  Kennedy  3  referred  both  the  Fayette  sandstone  and  the  Frio, 
clays  to  the  lower  Claiborne  because  of  the  presence  of  Vcnericardia  planicosta  in  the 
sandstones.  Mr.  Veatch,  during  the  winter  of  1902,  has  examined  the  sandstones  and 
finds  Venericardia  planicosta  is  limited  to  the  basal  layers  of  the  formation.  These 
he  refers  to  the  Jackson. 

1  Vaughan,  T.  W.,  Stratigraphy  of  northwestern  Louisiana,  Amer.  Geologist,  vol.  15,  pp.  205-229,  pi.  9, 
1895;  A  brief  contribution  to  the  geology  and  paleontology  of  northwestern  Louisiana,  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey 
Buil.  142,  pp.  65,  4  pis.,  1890. 

2  Maury,  Carlotta  J.,  A  comparison  of  the  Oligocene  of  western  Europe  and  the  southern  United  States, 
Bull.  Amer.  Paleontology,  vol.  3,  p.  80,  1902. 

3  Kennedy,  William,  Eocene  Tertiary  of  Texas,  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philadelphia  Proc.  for  1895,  pp.  92,  98, 
1895. 


568         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 

I  have  visited,  in  company  with  Mr.  Alexander  Deussen,  the  fos- 
siliferous  exposures  near  Wellborn,  Texas.  I  collected  fossils  and 
have  studied  them.  I  concur  with  Mr.  Veatch  in  his  opinion  that 
they  are  of  Jackson  age.  Mr.  Deussen  has  traced  the  formation 
westward;  it  is  persistent  and  persistently  overlies  the  Yegua  for- 
mation at  least  for  some  miles  beyond  Nueces  River.1  The  Frio 
clay  overlies  the  Fayette  sandstone,  and  it  contains  Ostrea  georgiana, 
a  species  that  is  abundant  in  the  Jackson  formation  in  Alabama 
and  in  the  Barnwell  formation,  which  is  the  correlative  of  the  Jackson 
formation,  in  eastern  Georgia.  The  Fayette  sandstone  and  the  Frio 
clay  of  Texas  are  the  correlatives  of  the  Jackson  formation  of  Lou- 
isiana and  Mississippi.  The  following  table  shows  the  stratigraphic 
equivalence: 


Correlation  of  the  middle  and  upper  Eocene  of  Texas. 


Mississippi. 

Louisiana. 

Texas  (east  of  Nueces 
River). 

Claiborne  group  

Jackson  formation  

[Yegua  formation  

<  Lisbon  formation  

iTallahatta  buarstone  

Jackson  formation  

Yegua  formation  

jst.  Maurice  formation  

fFrio  clay. 
\  Fayette  sandstone. 
Yegua  formation. 
fC  )dk  Mountain  formation. 
\  Mount  Seiman  formation. 

Southward  and  westward  of  a  line,  the  location  of  which  is  indi- 
cated on  Deussen's  map,1  there  is  a  change  in  the  strike  of  the  forma- 
tions. The  line  passes  between  Cotulla  and  Tilden  and  strikes  from 
about  N.  52°  W.  to  S.  52°  E.;  northeast  of  it,  the  strike  of  the  for- 
mations is  S.  39°  W.,  with  a  southeastward  dip  of  48  feet  to  1  mile; 
southwest  of  it,  the  strike  is  N.  19°  E.,  with  a  dip  S.  19°  E.  of  36 
feet  to  1  mile.  In  1912  Mr.  G.  C.  Matson  devoted  some  months  to  a 
field  study  of  the  area  along  Rio  Grande  seaward  of  the  Eocene- 
Cretaceous  contact,  and  I  accompanied  him  during  a  wagon  trip 
from  Laredo  to  Samfordyce.  As  Mr.  Matson  has  not  been  able  to 
prepare  a  report  for  publication,  it  is  fortunate  that  I  made  notes 
on  the  exposures  we  examined,  and  later  the  marine  fossils  collected 
were  studied  and  identified  by  Dr.  C.  W.  Cooke  and  myself.  Through 
out  much  of  its  course  between  Laredo  and  Roma,  Rio  Grande  is  a 
subsequent  stream — that  is,  its  course  is  along  the  strike  of  the  for- 
mations— and  for  miles  the  road  is  on  very  nearly  the  same  geologic 
formation.  However,  only  a  short  distance  eastward  from  the  river 
higher  geologic  formations  are  encountered.  The  most  important 
difference  of  the  successive  formations,  as  compared  with  those  far- 
ther east,  consists  in  the  slight  development  of  the  lignitiferous 
Yegua  formation,  which,  apparently,  is  represented  by  shoal-water 
marine  sands.    The  correlative  of  the  P^ayette  sandstone  was  not 


»  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey  Water-Supply  Paper  375,  pi.  8,  191G. 


A  PROVISIONAL  CORRELATION  TABLE  OF  THE  TERTIARY  FORMATIONS  OF  THE  SOUTH  ATLANTIC  AND  EASTERN  GULF  COASTAL  PLAIti 

OF  THE  UNITED  STATES. 


North  Carolina 
(soulh  of  Hatteras 
axis). 

South  Carolina 
(Santee  drainage). 

South  Carolina 
and  Georgia 
(Savannah 
drainage). 

(leorgia 
Chattahoochee 
drainage). 

Florida. 

Alabama. 

Mississippi. 

Louisiana. 

Pliocene. 

Waecamaw  marl. 

Waecamaw  marl. 

Not  recog- 
nized. 

Caloosa  h  a  t  ch  ee 
marl,  Nashua 
marl,  Alachua 
clay,  and  Bone 
Valley  gravel 
(largely  contem- 
poraneous). 

forma- 

Citronelle  forma!  inn 

Citronelle  formation. 

Citronelle  formation. 

Duplin  mail. 

Duplin  marl. 

Duplin  marl. 

Jacksonville 
formation. 

Chootawhat- 

chec  marl. 

Pascagoula  clay. 

Pa-caL'uLila  clay. 

Pascagoula  clay. 

—  Unconformity  — 

—  Unconformity  - 

Unconformity 

Edisto  marl. 

Marks  Head 
marl. 

t 
S 

Middle. 

3 

Unconformity 

Shoal  River  marl 
member. 

Alum  Bluff 

Alum  Blulf 
formation. 

Alum  Bluff  fori 

Oak  Grove  sand 
member. 

Alum 
BlulV 
forma- 

Hatties- 
luirpclay. 

Hat  ficsburg  clay. 

Hatliesburg  clay. 

Cbipola  marl 
member. 

Upper. 

Chattahoochee 

Chattahoochee 

Tampa  forma- 
tion. 

Chattahoochee 

Chatta- 
hooohee 

Catahoula  sandstone. 

Catahoula  sandstone. 

iddle. 

formation. 

formation. 

formation. 

forma- 
tion. 

sand- 

S 

Unconformity 

Byram  calc.  marl 

Oligoc 

Lower. 

Vicksburg  for- 

Vicksburg  group. 

Mariamia  limestone 
(western  Florida). 

Vicksburg  group. 

Marianna  lime- 
stone (with 
Glendon  lime- 

ber). 

Vicksburg  group. 

Marianna  lime- 
stone (with 
Glendon  lime- 
stone and  Mint 
Spring  calc. 
marl  m  e  in- 
here). 

\ 

Vicksburg  \ 
limestone.  \ 

Red  Bluff  clay. 

Red  Bluff  clay. 

\ 

Upper. 

Castle  Hayne  lime- 
Trent  marl. 

Cooper 
marl. 

Barnwell 

Barnwell  for- 
mation(with 
Twiggs^elay 

Ocala  lime- 

Ocala  limestone. 

Ocala 
lime- 

Jackson 
tion. 

Jackson  formation 
(with  Yazoo  clay 

Moodys  calr.  marl 
member). 

Jackson  formation. 

Gosport  sand. 

P, 

Yegua  formation 

p. 

Yegua  formation. 

diddle. 

Mrlieuu 

Me  Bean  forma- 

McBcan  forma 
Hon. 

(Buried.) 

! 
I 

Lisbon  forma- 
tion. 

1 
1 

Lisbon  fonna- 

borne  groi 

St.  Maurice  for- 

J 

1 

Clai 

Tallahattabuhr- 

TaNahatta  bulir- 

3. 

o 

Congaree  shales  of 

Williamsburg  for- 
mation. 

(Probahly 
overlapped. ) 

Wilcox  forma- 

(Buried.) 

Wilcox  group. 

Hatchetigbee 
formation. 

Bashi  formation 

Tuscahoma  for- 
mation. 

Nanafaha  forma- 
tion. 

Wilcox  group. 

Granada  forma- 
tion. 

Holly  Springs 
sand. 

Ackerman  for- 

Wilcox  formation. 

I 
° 

Black  Mingo  for- 

(Probably 

Midway  for- 

(Buried. 

7  group.  I 

Naheola  forma- 

S  u  c  a  r  nocliee 
clay. 

1 

Tippab  sand- 
stone of  Lowe. 

Porters  Creek 
clay. 

Midway  formation. 

mat  ion. 

overlapped.) 

mation. 

I 

Clayton  lime- 
stone. 

1 

Clayton  lime- 
stone absent 
or  replaced  by 
sand. 

37149-19.    (To  lace  page  569.) 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  569 


definitely  recognized,  but  Professor  Berry  has  identified  a  Jacksonian 
flora,  collected  by  Mr.  Matson,  "4 J  miles  north  of  Miraflores  Ranch, 
45  miles  southeast  of  Laredo,"  and  says  in  a  letter:  "I  consider  the 
Miraflores  Ranch  outcrops  as  Fayette  sandstone  and  of  lower  Jackson 
age.  I  am  sure  that  it  is  not  upper  Claiborne;  in  fact,  I  believe  that 
a  part  of  the  Yegua  in  the  Texas  area  is  also  lower  Jackson  in  age." 

The  Frio  clay  is  represented  by  clays  that  contain  abundant  speci- 
mens of  Ostrea  georgiana.  The  importance  of  these  notes  in  this 
connection  consists  in  showing  that  marine  deposits  of  Jackson  age 
extend  to  Rio  Grande,  but  the  strike  veers  southward  in  conformity 
with  the  trends  of  the  shore  of  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  and  of  the  moun- 
tains in  eastern  Mexico. 

Correlation  of  the  Tertiary  Formations  of  the  Southeastern  United  States 
-with  European  Subdivisions  of  the  Tertiary. 

eocene. 

As  the  remarks  to  be  made  here  are  intended  to  be  only  a  summary, 
no  extei  sive  account  of  literature  will  be  given.  However,  it  should 
be  mentioned  that  Dr.  W.  H.  Dall's  correlation  table,  published 
n  early  20  years  ago,1  is  valuable  in  that  it  gave  a  summary  of  opinion 
up  to  1898  ard  served  as  a  starting  pon  t  for  subsequent  attempts 
of  a  similar  kind.  A  comparison  of  the  correlation  table  of  the  for- 
mations in  the  southeastern  United  States  here  presented  with 
Doctor  Dali's  shows  that  during  the  past  20  years  many  modifica- 
tio  s  or  cha^  ges  in  opr  ion  have  been  rendered  necessary  because  of 
the  acquireme:  t  of  new  L  formation. 

The  most  recent  discussion  of  the  European  equivalence  of  the 
lower  Tertiary  deposits  of  the  Coastal  Plain  is  that  of  Berry,  who 
in  his  lower  Eoce:  e  floras2  presents  the  following  table  of  the 
names  applied  to  the  European  "stages": 

v      .  .  1D.n.  (Marine  facies=Cuisian. 

rYpresian  (Dumont,  1849)  <r  ,    .  T 

Lower  Eocene  lLagoon  facies=Laonman. 

[Sparnacian  (Dollfup,  1880)=Upper  Landenian  (>Iayer  Eymar,  ]857). 
[Thanetian  (Renevier,  1873)=Heersian  (Dumont,  1849),  Lower  Lan- 

Basal  Eocene  J    denian  (Ma^er  EVm*T>  1857>- 

Montian  (Dewalque,  lS69)=Pa!eocene  of  Von  Koenen  and  others. 

(Not  of  Schimper,  1874.) 

Berry  says:  "Together  these  stages  correspond  to  the  Eonummu- 
litic  of  Haug  (1911),  to  the  Suessonian  of  D'Orbig-  y,  and  to  the 
Palcocere  of  Schimper  (1874),  but  not  to  the  Paleocene  of  Von 
Koer  en,  Dollo,  ad  others,  which  is  limited  to  the  Montian  stage." 

i  Dall.  W.  H.,  A  table  of  the  North  American  Tertiary  horizons,  correlated  with  one  another  and  with 
those  of  western  Europe,  with  annotations,  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey  Eighteenth  Ann.  Rept.,  pt.  2,  pp.  323-348, 
1898. 

s  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey  Prof.  Paper  91,  pp.  140-152. 


570         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


With  regard  to  the  age  of  the  Midway  flora,  he  says : 1  1 1  The 
European  floras  most  similar  to  that  of  the  Midway  (?)  are  those, 
likewise  poorly  represented  in  marine  deposits,  of  the  Montian  and. 
Thanetian  stages  in  the  so-called  Paris  Basin  in  northern  France, 
Belgium,  and  southeastern  England."  * 

He  concludes  his  discussion  of  the  correlation  of  the  Wilcox  floras 
with  the  following  statement: 2  "In  view  of  the  foregoing  discussion,  I 
have  no  hesitation  in  making  the  most  positive  statement  that  the 
Wilcox  flora  is  largely  of  Ypresian  age.  This  is  rendered  conclusive 
by  the  exact  agreement  between  the  flora  of  the  overlying  Claiborne 
group  and  that  of  the  Lutetian  of  Europe,  as  brought  out  in  my  un- 
published studies  of  the  Claiborne  flora." 

The  foregoing  paragraph  contains  Berry's  opinion  in  1916  as  to 
the  equivalence  of  the  Claiborne  group  of  the  southern  United  States 
with  the  Lutetian  of  western  Europe.  This  is  an  old  correlation,  for 
it  is  the  same  as  that  made  by  De  Lapparent.3  More  recent  studies, 
not  yet  published,  have  led  Berry  to  correlate  the  Claiborne  flora  of 
the  southeastern  United  States  with  the  Auversian  of  Europe,  and 
he  grants  me  permission  to  present  his  conclusion  in  this  connection. 

As  a  part  of  my  discussion  of  the  coral  faunas  of  the  Jackson  forma- 
tion and  its  correlatives,  page  198  of  this  volume,  I  have  expressed  my 
opinion  that  the  Jacksonian  of  Mississippi  and  Albama  is  the  equiva- 
lent of  the  Bartonian-Ludian  of  western  Europe,  thereby  concurring 
in  a  previously  expressed  opinion  of  Haug,  which  is  essentially  the 
same  as  that  of  De  Lapparent.4  In  fact,  this  opinion  seems  generally 
accepted  by  all  geologists  who  have  studied  the  subject. 

OLIGOCENE. 

That  the  Vicksburgian  Oligocene  is  the  equivalent  of  the  European 
Tongrian5-Sannoisian-Lattorfian  has  long  been  recognized  and  needs 
only  mention  in  this  place. 

As  a  part  of  the  discussion  of  the  coral  faunas,  pages  199-207  of 
this  volume,  I  r^ave  correlated  the  basal  part  of  the  Chattahoochee 
formation  with  the  Rupelian-Stampian  of  western  Europe.  This 
conclusion,  which  seems  to  me  firmly  established,  is  new  for  the 
marine  Tertiary  formations  of  continental  North  America. 

That  the  Tampa  formation  of  Florida  is  the  equivalent  of  the  Euro- 
pean Aquitanian,  which  seems  to  include  the  Chattian,  is  generally 
acknowledged.    This  is  the  opinion  of  W.  H.  Dall  and  M.  Cossmann, 

1  U.  S.  Gcol.  Survey,  Frof.  Paper  91,  p.  11. 

2  Idem.  p.  152. 

a  De  Lapparent,  A.,  Traite  de  geologie,  p.  1454,  1900. 
*  Traite"  de  geologic,  ed.  4,  p.  1473. 

6  Maury,  Carlotta  J.,  A  comparison  of  the  Oligocene  of  western  Europe  and  the  southern  United  States, 
Bull.  Amer.  Paleontology,  vol.  3,  No.  15,  pp.  313-404,  pis.  20-29, 1902.  Here  it  should  be  noted  that  Tongrian 
has  been  used  in  two  senses,  one  as  the  equivalent  of  the  lower  (Lattorfian)  and  the  other  as  the  equivalent 
of  the  middle  (Rupelian)  Oligocene.    Miss  Maury  used  it  in  the  former  sense. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  571 


«,nd  apparently  Mr.  R.  B.  Newton  agrees  with,  them.1  The  papers 
rcited  below  contain  the  opinions  referred  to,  and  additiomal  references 
to  literature  are  given  in  the  footnotes  to  Doctor  Dall's  paper.  On 
page  211  of  this  volume,  under  my  discussion  of  the  successive  Amer- 
ican coral  faunas  of  Tertiary  age,  the  same  opinion  is  expressed. 
Paleontologists  are  divided  in  opinion  as  to  whether  the  Aquitanian 
should  be  referred  to  the  Oligocene  or  to  the  Miocene. 

From  my  experience  with  American  faunas  I  incline  to  consider 
it  as  belonging  to  the  older  series.  The  Rupelian  (basal  Chatta- 
hoochee and  Antiguan)  fauna  has  much  in  common  with  the 
Sannoisian-Lattorfian  (Vicksburgian)  faunas,  on  the  one  hand,  and 
with  the  Aquitanian  (Tampa)  fauna  on  the  other.  The  failure  to 
discover  Lepidocyclina  at  Tampa  seems  to  me  of  no  great  value  as 
evidence,  for,  so  far  as  I  am  aware,  no  careful  search  for  Foraminifera 
has  been  made  in  the  "silex"  bed.  Should  the  specimens  not  have 
Ibeen  destroyed  by  changes  in  the  sediments  subsequent  to  deposition, 
it  is  my  expectation  that  either  Lepidocyclina  or  Hetcrosteginoides, 
or  both,  will  be  found  at  Tampa,  for  in  the  Canal  Zone  both  of  those 
genera  of  Foraminifera  are  found  in  association  with  a  fauna  that 
I  am  correlating  with  the  Tampa,  and  Heterosteginoides  occurs  in 
Anguilla.  Mr.  Newton,  in  his  note  cited,  states  that  ''Nummulites 
died  out  at  the  end  of  Oligocene  time,  being  replaced  by  Lepidocycline 
| Foraminifera  in  the  succeeding  Aquitanian  and  later  stages  of  the 
Miocene  period."  This  is  an  unfortunate  remark,  for  the  type-species 
of  Lepidocyclina  is  L.  mantelli  (Morton)  from  the  Vicksburgian  Oligo- 
cene of  the  Gulf  States.  It  is  now  known  that  in  Georgia  the  genus 
ranges  stratigraphically  as  low  in  the  Eocene  as  a  middle  Jacksonian 
horizon,  overlapping  the  upward  range  of  OrihopTiragmina,2  and  it  is 
probable  that  it  ranges  as  low  as  the  base  of  the  Jackson  formation  in 
Mississippi  and  Louisiana.  Nummulites  panamensis  in  the  Canal  Zone 
I  occurs  at  a  horizon  very  nearly  the  same  as  that  of  the  "silex"  bed 
.at  Tampa.  There  are  important  differences  between  the  Tampa 
and  the  later  fauna  of  the  Chipola  marl,  which  is  considered  by  the 
students  of  Florida  stratigraphy,  except  Doctor  Dall,  as  the  basal 
I  member  of  the  Alum  Bluff  formation.  However,  it  should  be  recog- 
nized that  the  presence  of  the  Chipola  marl  considerably  west 
of  the  type  locality  on  Chipola  River  indicates  a  persistence 
that  may  warrant  according  it  formational  rank.  I  am  definitely 
placing  the  Chipola  marl  and  the  higher  members  of  the  Alum  Bluff 
formation  in  the  Miocene. 

1    1  Dall,  W.  H.,  Note  on  the  Oligocene  of  Tainpa,  Fla.,  the  Panama  Canal  Zone,  and  the  Antillean  region, 
Malacolog.  Soc.  Proc,  vol.  12,  pp.  38,  39,  1916. 
Newton,  R.  B.,  Remarks  on  Dr.  Dall's  paper,  idem,  p.  40. 
3  Generic  determinations  by  Dr.  Joseph  A.  Cushman. 


572         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


MIOCENE. 

ALUM  BLUFF  FORMATION. 

In  the  foregoing  paragraph  and  on  pages  219-220,  as  a  part  of  the 
discussion  of  the  fossil  coral-faunas,  I  have  referred  the  Chipola  marl 
member  of  the  Alum  Bluff  formation  to  the  basal  part  of  the  Mio- 
cene— that  is,  I  correlate  it  with  the  base  of  the  Burdigalian  of 
European  nomenclature.  Unfortunately,  information  on  the  basal 
contact  of  the  Chipola  is  not  adequate.  According  to  the  description 
by  Matson  and  Clapp  1  it  conformably  overlies  the  Chattahoochee 
formation.  In  1900  I  examined  the  exposure  at  the  type  locality,  the 
McClelland  farm  on  the  west  side  of  Chipola  River,  just  south  of  Ten- 
mile  Creek,  Calhoun  County,  Florida,  and  corroborated  the  previous 
observations  of  Dall  and  Stanley-Brown  that  the  marl  immediately 
overlies  limestone  at  the  top  of  the  Chattahoochee  formation,  but 
did  not  study  the  nature  of  the  contact  in  sufficient  detail.  Although 
the  evidence  is  not  definite,  it  is  probable  that  the  contact  is  one  of 
erosion  unconformity. 

As  regards  t  he  Mollusc  a  of  the  Chipola  marl,  Miss  Julia  Gardner,, 
who  has  almost  completed  a  monographic  account  of  them,  furnishes 
me  the  following  statement:  "The  earlier  investigation  of  the  Chipola 
fauna  indicated  that  1  about  50  per  cent  of  the  species  in  the  Chipola 
beds  are  peculiar  to  them;  of  the  others  the  larger  proportion  are 
common  to  the  Tampa  Orthaulax  bed  while  in  the  subsequent  Oak 
Grove  sands  about  24  per  cent  of  the  Chipola  species  survive.'  2 

"Further  investigations  have,  as  is  usually  the  case,  materially 
increased  the  percentage  of  peculiar  forms  and  materially  diminished 
the  percentage  of  species  common  to  other  horizons.  The  work 
upon  the  Chipola  fauna  is  not  3-et  complete  but  there  is  every  reason 
to  suppose  that  at  least  75  per  cent  of  the  species  are  restricted  to- 
the  single  horizon.  Twenty-three  of  the  Tampa  gastropods  have 
been  considered  identical  with  those  from  the  Chipola.  In  18  out  of 
the  23  the  resemblances  between  the  Tampa  and  Chipola  forms  are 
too  slight  to  justify  their  inclusion  under  the  same  specific  name. 
Two  other  species  must  be  discarded  for  the  present,  because  it  has 
been  impossible  to  find  the  Tampa  individuals  referred  to  them. 
Only  3  of  the  23  remain;  Strombus  cMpolanus  is  represented  in  the 
Tampa  beds  by  material  too  imperfect  to  determine  with  complete 
assurance;  Xenoplwra  concliyliophora  is  a  species  which  has  per- 
sisted with  no  perceptible  change  of  character  from  the  Upper 
Cretaceous  to  the  Recent;  Tegula  exoleta  apparently  initiated  in  the 
Tampa  persisted  throughout  the  Miocene.   The  relation  between  the 

1  Matson,  G.  C,  and  Clapp,  P.  G.,  A  preliminary  report  on  the  geology  of  Florida,  with  special  refer- 
ence to  the  stratigraphy,  Florida  Geol.  Survey  2d  Ann.  Rept.,  pp.  102,  103,  1910. 

«  Dall,  W.  H.,  A  monograph  of  the  molluscan  fauna  of  the  Orthaulax  pvgnax  zone  of  the  Oligocene  oi 
Tampa,  Fla.,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  Bull.  90,  p.  8, 1915. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  573 

Tampa  and  Chipola  pelecypods  promises  to  be  similar  to  that  be- 
tween the  gastropods.  No  identical  species  of  any  significance  has 
been  found,  and  except  a  single  conspicuous  element  the  entire 
aspect  of  the  fauna  looks  forward  to  the  later  Tertiary  and  Recent 
rather  than  backward.  The  presence  of  OrtJiaulax,  that  bizarre 
group  so  closely  associated  with  the  Oligocene  of  the  southeast 
coast  and  the  Antilles,  is  the  one  strong  band  between  the  Chipola 
and  the  later  Oligocene  faunas.  This  archaic  type  survived  the 
break  at  the  close  of  the  Tampa  and  continued  in  considerable 
abundance  throughout  the  Chipola,  but  no  trace  of  it  has  been 
found  in  the  later  formations. 

' 1  The  affinity  between  the  Oak  Grove  and  Chipola  is  much  closer  than 
the  percentage  of  identical  species  indicates.  Only  about  15  per  cent 
of  the  Chipola  forms  are  common  to  the  Oak  Grove,  although  about 
35  per  cent  of  the  Oak  Grove  forms  are  common  to  the  Chipola.  The 
Chipola  fauna  is  remarkably  varied  and  includes  two  decidedly  dis- 
tinct facies  and  a  third  more  obscurely  differentiated  assemblage. 
The  Oak  Grove  fauna,  on  the  other  hand,  is  much  more  uniform;  it 
includes  fewer  species  and  has  a  much  larger  relative  number  of 
individuals.  The  facies  of  the  Chipola  fauna  at  the  type  exposure 
on  Chipola  River  is  much  more  closely  allied  to  the  Oak  Grove  than 
is  the  facies  developed  in  the  lower  bed  at  Alum  Bluff,  which  con-t 
tains  a  rather  prominent  brackish  water  element.  The  third  assem- 
blage, a  marine  fauna  known  only  from  Boynton  Landing  on  Choc- 
tawhatchee  River,  has  a  rather  large  number  of  peculiar  species. 
Except  OrtJiaulax,  the  prominent  genera  of  the  Chipola  fauna  on  the 
Chipola  River  and  those  of  the  Oak  Grove  fauna  are  the  same,  and  a 
goodly  percentage,  probably  the  majority,  of  the  prolific  species  of  the 
Oak  Grove  have  closely  related  analogues  in  the  Chipola  fauna  as 
represented  on  Chipola  River.  The  change  following  the  Chipola 
was  apparently  sufficient  to  exterminate  the  archaic  types,  together 
with  a  large  number  of  the  newer  forms.  The  hardier  types,  however, 
survived  and  were  apparently  able  to  flourish  with  increased  abun- 
dance in  the  less  densely  populated  waters  of  the  Oak  Grove." 

The  Mollusca  of  this  horizon  are  only  remotely  related  to  those  of 
the  Tampa  formation,  which  is  the  stratigraphic  equivalent  of  the 
upper  part  of  the  Chattahoochee  formation,  while  they  are  closely 
related  to  those  of  the  next  higher  zone,  the  Oak  Grove  sand.  Be- 
cause of  the  faunal  kinship  and  the  stratigraphic  intergradation  of 
the  marl  with  the  typical  material  of  the  Alum  Bluff  formation  at 
Alum  Bluff,  it  is  classified  with  the  Oak  Grove  sand  as  a  member  of 
the  Alum  Bluff  formation. 

Berry  has  described  the  small  flora  obtained  in  the  Alum  Bluff 
formation  1  in  a  paper  by  him  already  cited.    The  fossil  plants  at 


i  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey  Prof.  Paper  98  (E),  pp.  41-59,  pis.  7-10, 1916. 


574         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 

Alum  Bluff  occur  between  12  and  17  feet  above  the  top  of  the  Chipola 
marl.  He  says  regarding  this  flora:  "It  is  thus  apparent  that  the 
Alum  Bluff  flora  can  be  considered  either  Aquitanian  or  Burdigalian, 
with  a  slight  preponderance  of  the  evidence  in  favor  of  the  Aquita- 
nian, *  *  *  If  the  Alum  Bluff  formation  is  of  Aquitanian  or 
Burdigalian  age — and  one  or  the  other  alternative  seems  certain— 
the  more  or  less  academic  question  is  raised  whether  it  shall  be 
classed  as  Oligocene  or  Miocene." 

The  floral  evidence  at  least  does  not  contradict  considering  the 
Alum  Bluff  as  Burdigalian. 

The  matrix  of  the  Chipola  marl  is  particularly  suited  for  the 
preservation  of  Foraminif era,  and  they  are  very  abundant ;  but  there 
are  no  orbitoid  Foraminifera,  neither  Lepidocyclina  nor  Hetero- 
steginoides. 

The  Bryozoa  of  the  Alum  Bluff  formation,  according  to  Messrs. 
Canu  and  Bassler,  are  of  distinctly  Burdigalian  affinities.  The 
fauna  is  particularly  characterized  by  the  introduction  of  certain 
species  that  persist  until  the  present  time.  Two  of  these  species  are 
Cupularia  umbellata  Def ranee  and  C.  canariensis  Busk,  both  of 
which  occur  in  the  Chipola  marl  at  its  type  locality, -and  both  were 
collected  by  Doctor  MacDonald  on  Banana  River,  Costa  Rica,  in 
deposits  correlated  with  the  Gatun  formation,  and  both  occur  in  the 
Bowden  marl  of  Jamaica. 

The  evidence  of  the  fossil  corals  and  of  the  fossil  vertebrates  has 
been  discussed  on  pages  219,  220  of  this  volume. 

MARKS  HEAD  MARL  AND  CALVERT  FORMATION. 

The  Marks  Head  marl  at  Porters  Landing,  Savannah  River, 
Effingham  County,  Georgia,  has  been  correlated  by  me  with  the 
Calvert  formation  of  Maryland  and  Virginia.1  The  most  recent 
discussion  of  the  age  equivalence  of  the  Calvert  with  European 
horizons  is  that  of  Berry  in  a  paper  already  mentioned.2  He  says, 
regarding  the  probable  age  of  the  formation:  " Seven  of  the  Calvert 
plants,  or  26.9  per  cent,  are  common  to  the  Tortonian  of  Europe, 
and  ten  others,  or  38  per  cent,  are  represented  in  the  Tortonian  by 
very  similar  forms.  In  view  of  the  fact  that  these  floras  spread 
into  both  regions  from  a  common  and  equally  accessible  source,  the 
evidence  that  the  Calvert  flora  indicates  a  Tortonian  age  is  as 
conclusive  as  intercontinental  correlations  ever  can  be." 

According  to  this  correlation  of  Berry,  there  is  no  Helvetian  in 
the  Atlantic  and  Gulf  Coastal  Plain  of  the  United  States. 

1  Vaughan,  T.  W.,  The  Miocene  horizons  at  Porters  Landing,  Georgia,  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  31,  pp. 
833,  834,  1910;  and  in  Veatch,  O.,  and  Stephenson,  L.  W.,  Preliminary  report  on  the  geology  of  the  Coastal 
Plain  of  Georgia,  Georgia  Geol.  Survey  Pull.  26,  pp.  362-369,  1911. 

»  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey  Prof.  Paper  98  (F),  pp.  61-73,  pis.  11, 12, 1916. 


GEOLOGY  AKD  PALEONTOLOGY  OB*  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  575 

CHOPTANK  AND  ST.  MARYS  FORMATIONS. 

Miss  Julia  Gardner  contributes  the  following  statement  on  these  for- 
mations: "Because  of  faunal  similarity  with  the  Calvert  formation, 
both  the  Choptank  and  the  St.  Marys  formations  arc  also  correlated 
with  the  Tortonian  of  Europe,  though,  of  course,  they  represent  hori- 
zons slightly  higher  than  that  of  the  Calvert.  The  Choptank  fauna  i3 
little  more  than  a  sandy  bottom  facics  of  the  Calvert  and  is  tho 
biologic  expression  of  the  physical  conditions  attending  its  close. 
About  60  per  cent  of  the  Choptank  species  are  present  in  the  under- 
lying formation,  whilo  approximately  30  per  cent  persist  into  tho 
overlying  St.  Marys. 

"Tho  St.  Marys  fauna,  though  similar  to  those  of  the  lower  forma- 
tions of  the  Chesapeake  group  in  the  general  make-up,  is  differentiated 
from  them  by  an  influx  of  new  forms  and  by  the  absence  of  those 
species  peculiar  to  the  cooler  waters  of  the  Calvert  and  the  sands  of 
the  Choptank.  The  more  modern  element  includes  not  far  from 
35  per  cent  of  the  entire  St.  Marys  fauna." 

YORKTOWN  FORMATION  AND  DUPLIN  MARL. 

Miss  Gardner  has  kindly  prepared  tho  following  statement: 
"The  chango  in  tho  paleontologic  character  at  tho  close  of  the 
St.  Marys  is  much  more  significant  than  that  preceding  it.  Although 
the  percentage  of  new  forms  in  the  Yorktown  is  not  remarkably 
large,  the  general  facics  shows  a  distinct  advance  over  the  St.  Marys. 
The  more  primitive  types,  such  as  Ostrea  comjjressirostra,  had  becomo 
extinct  or  they  show  an  abrupt  decrease  in  prominence,  while  a 
number  of  more  advanced  types  such  as  Area  lienosa,  which  con- 
stitute conspicuous  elements  in  tho  later  faunas,  are  initiated  at 
this  horizon. 

"The  views  advanced  by  Dall 1  on  the  approximate  synchroneity 
of  the  Yorktown  and  Duplin  faunas  have  been  verified  by  subsequent 
investigations.  Doctor  Dall,  in  his  discussion  of  Tertiary  conditions 
along  the  East  Coast,  suggested  the  elimination  of  the  cool  inshore 
current  of  the  earlier  Miocene  and  the  rccstablishment  of  a  Tertiary 
Gulf  Stream  as  tho  probable  cause  of  the  subtropical  aspect  of  tho 
Duplin  fauna.  This  late  Miocene  warm  current  apparently  hugged 
the  North  Carolina  shore  even  more  closely  than  docs  tho  present 
Gulf  Stream,  but  swung  off  into  the  open  sea  in  the  vicinity  of  Hatteras 
so  that  its  influence  upon  the  Yorktown  fauna  was  almost  negligible. 
The  sea  floor,  on  which  the  Dulphin  marl,  as  at  present  known,  was 
deposited,  was  apparently  more  sandy  than  that  on  which  the  St. 
Marys  and  Yorktown  formations  were  laid  down,  as  the  conspicuous 
abundance  in  Virginia  and  northern  North  Carolina  of  such  a  form 
as  Mulinia  congesta  indicates  dominantly  muddy  bottom  in  some 

i  Dall,  W.  H.,  Contributions  to  the  Tertiary  fauna  of  Florida,  Wagner  Free  Inst.  Sci.  Phila.  Trans. 
Vol.  3,  pt.  6,  p.  1598,  1903.  / 

37149— 19— Bull.  103  3 


576         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 

portions  at  least  of  the  area  covered  by  deposits  belonging  to  the  J 
Chesapeake  group,  while  the  profusion  of  Oliva  literata  and  Olivella 
mutica  give  evidence  of  extensive  sand  flats  in  the  area  covered  by 
the  Duplin  marl.  Already  in  the  late  Tertiary,  present  day 
conditions  had  been  approximated  along  the  East  Coast.  The  i 
faunas  of  Virginia  and  North  Carolina  flourished  in  rather  shallow 
inshore  waters  into  which  mud  and  sand  were  being  freely  carried, 
the  waters  of  the  Yorktown  basin  being  slightly  but  not  much 
warmer  than  those  off  the  Virginia  coast  today;  while  the  Duplin 
fauna  was  apparently  in  more  direct  communication  with  the  Flor- 
idian  life  than  are  the  present  faunas  off  Hatteras  and  Cape  Fear  and 
indicate  slightly  warmer  climatic  conditions  than  do  those  of  the 
Yorktown.' 1 

The  Yorktown  formation  and  the  Duplin  marl  are  the  correlatives  \ 
of  the  European  stage  next  younger  than  the  Tortonian,  which 
would  be  the  Sarmatian  or  Pontian  or  both. 

CHOCTAWHATCHEE  MARL. 

The  study  that  I  made  of  the  Mollusca  from  the  Duplin  marl  as 
exposed  at  Porters  Landing,  Savannah  River,  Georgia,1  and  of  Mol- 
lusca from  exposures  of  the  same  formation  in  South  Carolina,  led 
me  to  the  conclusion  that  the  Choctawhatchee  marl  of  Florida, 
exposed  between  Ocklocknee  River,  on  the  east,  and  Choctawhatchee 
Bay,  on  the  west,  is  of  very  nearly  the  same,  if  not  of  the  identical, 
age  as  the  Duplin  marl.  Therefore,  the  Choctawhatchee  marl  and 
its  correlative,  the  Jacksonville  formation  of  east  Florida,  are  about 
the  same  in  age  as  the  Sarmatian  and  Pontian  of  Europe. 

The  brackish  water  Pascagoula  clay  of  the  coastal  area  in  Missis- 
sippi and  Louisiana  is  probably  of  about  the  same  age — that  is,  late 
Miocene. 

PLIOCENE. 

In  the  South  Atlantic  and  Coastal  Plain  of  the  United  States  four 
formations,  the  Waccamaw  marl  of  the  Carolinas,  the  Nashua  and 
Caloosahatchee  marls  of  Florida,  and  the  Citronelle  formation  of  the 
Gulf  States  are  definitely  considered  of  Pliocene  age.  References  to 
literature  are  not  necessary,  as  they  are  given  in  the  papers  men- 
tioned in  the  footnotes  on  pages  565,  566.  At  present  correlation  of 
these  formations  with  the  three  recognized  European  stages,  Pla- 
sancian,  Astian,  and  Sicilian  is  not  warranted.  According  to  Berry, 
the  flora  of  "the  Citronelle  formation  belongs  in  the  later  half  of  the  i 
Pliocene  epoch  and  is  directly  ancestral  to  the  Pleistocene  and  ! 
Rocent  floras  of  the  same  region." 


»  Georgia  Gcol.  Survey  Bull.  26,  pp.  367-309, 1911. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


577 


Age  of  the  Sedimentary  Formations  op  Panama,  and  the  Distribution  op 
their  Age-Equivalents  in  Central  America  and  the  West  Indies. 

EOCENE. 

The  oldest  deposit  from  which  Eocene  fossils  were  obtained  is  a 
dark-gray  argillaceous  sandstone  near  Tonosi.  Here  specimens  of 
Venericardia  planicosta  closely  resembling  a  variety  found  at  Clai- 
borne, Alabama,  were  collected.  The  evidence  of  one  species  is 
meager,  but  as  much  as  there  is  points  to  the  deposit  being  of 
Claibornian-Lutetian  (or  Auversian)  age. 

Deposits  of  Claibornian  age  extend  as  a  belt  from  South  Carolina 
across  Georgia  into  Alabama,  thence  through  Mississippi,  eastern 
Arkansas,  Louisiana,  and  Texas,  and  into  Mexico.1 

Although  deposits  of  upper  Eocene  (Jacksonian)  age  have  not 
been  positively  identified  in  Panama,  they  probably  are  there. 
Doctor  Cushman  inclines  to  the  opinion  that  the  limestone  contain- 
ing OrtliopJiragmina  minima  at  David  is  of  upper  Eocene  age.  Upper 
Eocene  deposits  occur  in  Nicaragua,  St.  Bartholomew,  Jamaica, 
Cuba,  in  the  southeastern  and  southern  United  States  from  North 
Carolina  to  Mexico,  and  probably  in  northern  Colombia.  The  cor- 
relation and  distribution  of  deposits  of  this  age  are  discussed  on 
pages  193-198  in  the  account  of  the  fossil  coral-faunas.  They  are 
the  American  representatives  of  the  European  Bartonian-Ludian- 
Priabonian  stage. 

It  is  highly  probable  that  upper  Eocene  marine  sediments  are 
present  on  the  island  of  Antigua.  Hussakoff  has  described 2  a  fossil 
fish,  Zebrasoma  deani,  from  a  quarry  belonging  to  Mr.  Oliver  Nugent. 
I  did  not  visit  this  quarry  but  saw  it  from  a  distance.  It  is  at  a 
place  known  as  Golden  Grove,  which  is  1.4  nautical  miles  nearly  due 
south  from  the  Cathedral  in  St.  John,  about  400  feet  east  of  the 
southern  end  of  a  north  and  south  line,  and  is  in  a  sandstone  or 
bedded  tuff  that  is  stratigraphically  below  the  middle  Oligocene 
Antigua  formation.  I  believe  Hussakoff  is  correct  in  assigning  a 
probably  Eocene  age  to  the  fossil. 

Although  it  is  probable  that  deposits  of  upper  Eocene  age  occur 
in  a  number  of  other  West  Indian  islands,  Haiti,  Porto  Rico,  the 
Virgin  Islands,  St.  Croix,  Guadaloupe,  Martinique,  and  Barbados, 
the  available  evidence  is  indecisive.  Gregory  3  expressed  the  opin- 
ion in  1895  that  the  Scotland  "beds"  of  Barbados  are  of  lower 
Oligocene  age. 

According  to  Douville,  in  his  latest  paper4  on  the  orbitoids  of 
Trinidad,  there  are  in  that  island  deposits  of  Lutetian,  Auversian,  and 

i  See  p.  565  of  this  volume. 

!  Hussakoif,  L.,  Zebrasoma  deani,  a  fossil  surgeon  fish  from  the  West  Indies,  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.  Bull., 
vol.  23,  pp.  125,  126,  pi.  7,  1907. 

>  Gregory,  J.  W.,  Contributions  to  the  paleontology  and  physical  geology  of  the  West  Indies,  Gcol. 
Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ.,  vol.  51,  p.  298, 1895. 

«Comptes  Rend.,  vol.  164,  pp.  841-847,  1917. 


578         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 

Priabonian  age.  Miss  Maury  1  correlates  the  basal  bed  of  the  ex- 
posure at  Soldado  Rook,  Trinidad,  with  the  Midway  group  of  the 
Gulf  Coastal  Plain  of  the  United  States,  but  I  am  not  convinced  that 
the  fauna  is  quite  so  old.  In  fact,  the  paleontologic  evidence  seems 
to  me  just  about  as  strongly  in  favor  of  the  horizon  corresponding  to 
one  in  the  Wilcox  group.  Douville  is  of  the  opinion  that  most  of 
Miss  Maury's  horizons  are  younger  than  the  age  she  has  assigned 
them.  There  are  discrepancies  between  Miss  Maury's  and  Douville's 
correlations  that  probably  can  be  reconciled  only  by  a  critical  study 
of  Foraminifera  positively  known  to  be  associated  with  the  respec- 
tive beds  in  which  the  Mollusca  were  collected.  I  have  had  con- 
siderable experience  in  checking  M.  Douville's  results,  and,  except 
that  he  does  not  understand  all  of  the  stratigraphic  nomenclature 
and  is  greatly  confused  as  to  some  of  the  stratigraphic  relations  in 
the  southeastern  United  States,  I  have  usually  found  his  deductions 
as  to  the  age  of  formations  valid.  It  seems  to  me  that  the  table  in 
his  last  paper  on  the  Trinidad  orbitoids  is  correct,  except  that  it  seems 
to  me  more  appropriate  to  refer  the  Aquitanian  to  the  Oligocene  than 
to  the  Miocene. 

OLIGOCENE. 

LOWER  OLIGOCENE. 

The  quotation, page  549,  from  Douville  indicates  the  presence  on  tho 
Haut  Chagres  of  limestone  of  lower  Oiigocene  (Lattorfian)  ago,  as  it 
contains  specimens  of  Orihophragmina  (Asterodiscus)  species  in 
association  with  Lepidocyclina  species  resembling  L.  cliaperi. 

Doctor  MacDonald  collected  in  tho  river  bed  at  David,  station  6512, 
Lepidocyclina  macdonaldi,  L.  duplicaia,  L.panamensis,  Oriliopliragmina 
minima,  and  Nummulites  davidensis;  at  station  6526,  in  limestone 
which  according  to  his  section  immediately  underlies  tho  lime- 
stone at  station  6512,  where  ho  obtained  Lepidocyclina  spocies  unde- 
termined and  Nummvliles  davidensis;  and  he  found  at  station  6523,  2 
miles  north  of  David,  Lepidocyclina  macdonaldi  and  L.  duplicaia. 
These  three  localities  represent  very  nearly;  if  not  precisely,  the  same 
horizon,  and  havo  faunal  characters  vory  similar  to  those  of  tho 
horizon  in  Trinidad  that  Douville  correlates  with  tho  "Stampicn 
inferieur,"  which,  according  to  him,  is  Lattorfian.  It  therefore  seems 
that  tho  limestone  in  and  north  of  David  is  of  lower  Oligocene  (Lat- 
torfian) age,  and  is  the  correlative  of  tho  Vicksburg  group  of  tho 
eastern  Gulf  States  of  tho  United  States.  Doctor  Cushman 's  opin- 
ions as  to  the  probable  Eocene  ago  of  this  limcstono  was  given  on 
page  550. 

It  is  probable  that  tho  Bohio  conglomerate  is  of  this  ago,  for  it 
contains  the  Oligoccno  plant,  Taenioxylon  muldradiaium  Felix,  which 


i  Maury,  Carlotta  J.,  A  contribution  to  the  paleontology  of  Trinidad,  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philadelphia 
Journ.,  scr.  2,  vol.  15,  pp.  25-112,  pis.  6-13, 1912. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OP  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  579 


also  occurs  in  tho  Oligocenc  of  Antigua,  and  according  to  Doctor 
MacDonald  the  Bohio  underlies  the  Culebra  formation,  the  lower 
part  of  which  seems  to  bo  of  middle  Oligocono  age.  However,  tho 
Bohio  may  be  of  middle  Oligocenc  instead  of  lower  Oligocenc  age. 

Komancs  reports  from  Manzanilla,  on  tho  Pacific  coast  of  Costa 
Rica,1  a  cherty  rock  in  which  there  are  remains  of  Foraminifcra, 
including  Gobigerina  and  "a  complex  form  allied  to  Tinoporus,11 
which  according  to  Dr.  R.  L.  Sherlock  is  "most  probably  a  species  of 
Orbitoides."  As  the  so-called  species  of  Tinoporus  from  Trinidad, 
according  to  Douville,  are  referable  to  Orihophragmina  {Aslerodiscus) f 
it  appears  almost  certain  that  tho  "form  allied  to  Tinoporus17 
mentioned  by  Romanes  is  a  species  of  Aslerodiscus.  Dr.  J.  A. 
Cushman  has  examined  Romanes's  figure,  2  based  on  a  photomicro- 
graph of  a  thin  section  of  the  rock  from  Manzanilla,  and  writes  mo 
that  it  shows  " 0  rihopliragmina  and  abundant  Globigerina,  and  that 
the  rock  may  bo  similar  to  that  at  David  and  on  Haut  Chagres." 
The  evidence  is  not  entirely  decisive,  but  the  probability  is  very  strong 
that  tho  rock  from  Manzanilla,  Costa  Rica,  is  of  lower  Oligocono 
(Lattorfian)  ago  as  is  that  at  David  and  on  Haut  Chagres.  It  is 
unfortunate  that  the  box  containing  Mr.  Romanes's  most  important 
specimens  was  lost  in  transit,  but,  notwithstanding  this  loss,  he  has 
made  a  valuable  addition  to  the  literature  on  tho  geology  of  Costa 
Rica. 

Hill,  in  his  description  of  a  geologic  section  from  San  Jose,  Costa 
Rica,  to  the  coast  at  Port  Limon,  says:  "At  Guallava,  the  next 
station  oast  of  Las  Animas,  the  Tortairy  rocks  are  of  Vicksburg  age, 
according  to  Dr.  Dall."3  On  page  275  of  Hill  s  paper,  Doctor  Dall 
lists  from  this  locality  "the  genuine  Orbiioides  manieili,  Phos,  Dental- 
Hum,  Plicalula,  Anomia,  etc.,  all  Vicksburg  species." 

Between  Costa  Rica  and  Mexico  there  is  no  definite  evidence  as  to 
tho  presence  or  absence  of  lower  Oligocono  deposits,  but  as  Sapper 
mentions  Nummuliies  from  Zacualpa,  Yucatan,  either  Eocene  or 
Oligocene  occurs  at  this  place;4  and,  judging  from  the  indefinite 
statements  of  Sapper,  deposits  of  either  Eocene  or  Oligocene  ago 
underlie  extensive  areas  in  Chiapas  and  northern  Guatemala  .5 

Felix  and  Lenk  6  report  Nummuliies  and  "Orbiioides"  in  northern 
Chiapas,  from  collections  made  by  Karsten,  and  refer  them  to  tho 
Eocene,  but  sufficient  data  are  not  given  to  decide  whether  the 

>  Romanes,  J.,  Geology  of  a  part  of  Costa  Rica,  Gcol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ.,  vol.  68,  pp.  130,  131, 
pi.  9,  fig.  4, 1912. 
aIdcm.,  pi.  9,  Gg.  4. 

«  Hill,  R.  T.,  The  geologic  history  of  the  Isthmus  of  Panama  and  portions  of  Costa  Rica,  Mus.  f  omp„ 
Zool.  Bull.,  vol.  28,  No.  5,  p.  232,  1898. 

«  Sapper,  Carlos,  La  gcographia  fisica  y  la  geologica  do  la  Peninsula  dc  Yucatan,  Mexico  Inst.  geol.  BoL 
3,  p.  7,  1896. 

&  Petermann's  Mittheil.,  F.rglinzungs  vol.  27,  Erganzungshcft.  127,  p.  67, 1899. 

6  Felix,  J.,  and  Lenk,  H. ,  Leber  das  Vorkommen  von  Nummulitenschichten  in  Mexico,  Neues  Jahrb. 
far  Min.  Jahrg.  1895,  vol.  2,  pp.  208-209,  1895. 


580  BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


deposits  are  of  Eocene  or  Oligocene  age.  Aurelius  Todd  collected  at 
Tumbala,  Chiapas,  station  6403  U.S.N.M.  register,  Lepidocyclina  in 
quantity  and  a  Nummuliies  possibly  allied  to  a  species  described  by 
Cushman  from  St.  Bartholomuw.  Cushman  says,  "I  should  say  that 
the  material  repressnts  a  lower  Oligocene  horizon." 

Lepidocyclina  and  other  Foraminifera  that  a  ppears  to  be  num- 
mulitic  were  obtained  by  P.  C.  Steward  and  C.  W.  Washburnc  500 
meters  southeast  of  Pocero,  8  leagues  southwest  of  Ozuluama,  Vera 
Cruz,  Mexico,  station  5462  U.S.N.M.  register.  Doctor  Cushman 
says  that  at  best  some  of  this  material  is  from  strata  of  Oligocene 
age,  but  he  does  not  express  an  opinion  as  to  what  part  of  the  Oligo- 
cene it  represents. 

Lower  Oligocene  deposits  probably  occur  in  eastern  Mexico,  north 
of  the  Tamaulipas  Range,  for  Dumble  reports  a  Pecien  recalling 
Pecien  poulsoni  Morton,  specimens  identified  by  Doctor  Dall.1  South 
of  that  range,  the  same  author  records  "  Orbiioides  papyracea,  Crisiel- 
laria,  and  Nummuliies,  from  the  Buena  Vista  to  the  Tancochin  at 
Cerro  del  Oro."  2  The  palcontologic  evidence  is  indecisive,  for  tho 
" Orbi'.oides  papyracea"  is  certainly  misidentified ;  but  the  specimens 
probably  represent  a  large  species  of  Lepidocyclina,  of  the  kind 
abundant  in  the  lower  Oligocene  and  upper  Eocene  of  the  south- 
eastern United  States  and  in  tho  middle  Oligocene  of  Antigua  and 
Georgia.  The  deposits  from  which  the  Foraminifera  were  obtained 
may  be  of  upper  Eocene  or  of  upper  or  middle  Oligocene  age,  but  the 
probability  is  that  they  are  lower  Oligocene  in  age. 

No  marine  Oligocene  deposits  are  known  in  tho  State  of  Texas. 
Berry  reports  Palmoxylon  iexense  Stenzcl,  from  5  miles  north  of  Jasper, 
Texas,  from  "beds  of  Vicksburg  ago,"  3  and  states  that  "Unstudied 
material  indicates  the  probable  presence  of  this  species  at  several 
localities  in  tho  Catahoula  sandstone  of  Texas  and  in  tho  Vicksburg 
limestone  of  Alabama."  There  is  marine  lower  Oligocene  in  Louisiana 
at  Rosoficld,  near  Washita  River;  and  east  of  Mississippi  River  it 
outcrops  in  a  belt  running  from  Vicksburg  eastward  to  Georgia  and 
Florida. 

Marine  deposits  in  Cuba  havo  been  questionably  referred  to  tho 
lower  Oligocene,  but  a  definite  opinion  must  be  withheld  until  Doctor 
Cushman  has  completed  his  study  of  the  Cuban  orbitoid  Foraminifera. 

The  geologic  formation  in  Jamaica  to  which  Hill  applied  tho 
name  Montpelier  white  limestone4  contains  many  Foraminifera, 

»  Dumble,  E.  T.,  Tertiary  deposits  of  northeastern  Mexico,  California  Acad.  Sci.  Proc,  scr.  4,  vol.  5,  p. 
188,  1915. 

2  Dumble,  E.  T.,  Some  events  in  tho  Eocene  history  of  the  present  coastal  area  of  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  in 
Texas  and  Me\ico,  Journ.  Gcol.,  vol.  23,  No.  6,  p.  496,  1915. 
»  Berry,  E.  W.,  The  flora  of  tho  Catahoula  sandstone,  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey  Prof.  Paper  98  (M),  pp.  235, 

235,  pi.  56,  1916. 

«  Hill,  R.  T.,  The  geology  and  physical  geography  of  Jamaica,  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.  Bull.,  vol.  34,  pp. 
137-144, 1899. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


581 


one  of  which  was  identified  by  Bagg  as  Orbiioides  mantelli,  and  is 
definitely  correlated  by  Hill  with  the  Vicksburg  deposits  of  Missis- 
sippi. The  identification  of  Orbiioides  (Leiridocyclina)  maniclli 
is  subject  to  doubt,  and  the  doubt  attaching  thereto  affects  the 
validity  of  Hill's  correlation.  However,  the  fact  that  the  Montpelicr 
limestone  overlies  the  upper  Eocene  Cambridge  formation  and  that  a 
stratigraphic  break  occurs  between  it  and  the  Bowden  marl  is  strong 
stratigraphic  evidence  in  favor  of  the  correctness  of  Hill's  opinion. 
The  stratigraphic  evidence  leads  to  the  supposition  that  the  orbitoidal 
Foraminifera  belong  to  the  genus  Lepidocyclina,  and  their  having 
been  identified  as  Orbiioides  manielli  indicates  that  they  have  the 
form  of  that  species.  From  the  available  evidence  I  consider 
Hill's  conclusion  justified,  but  until  the  Foraminifera  have  been 
critically  studied  the  correlation  is  only  tentative. 

Hill1  presents  a  correlation  of  Tippenhauer's  columnar  section 
for  the  island  of  Haiti  with  the  Jamaican  formations.  Tippenhauer 
gives  very  meager  information  on  the  paleontology  of  Haiti,  but  he 
does  say  that  the  yellow  limestone,  the  formation  overlying  Eocene 
conglomerate,  contains  "Orbiioides."2  Gabb  mentions  the  abun- 
dance of  " Orbiioides"  in  Santo  Domingo/  but  his  statements  are 
indefinite.  It  will  later  be  made  clear  (p.  591  of  this  volume)  that 
orbitoid  Foraminifera  are  absent  in  Santo  Domingo  in  deposits  of  the 
same  age  as  and  younger  than  the  Bowden  marl.  The  orbitoidal 
limestones  of  Santo  Domingo  are  therefore  older  than  the  Miocene  of 
Rio  Gurabo,  etc.,  and  are  probably  of  lower  or  middle  Oligocene  age, 
although  they  may  be  of  upper  Oligocene  age.  Additional  strati- 
graphic and  paleontologic  work  is  needed  before  reliable  conclusions 
on  these  matters  are  possible. 

There  is  at  present  no  information  that  suggests  the  presence 
of  lower  Oligocene  marine  deposits  in  the  West  Indies  east  and  south 
of  Haiti.  At  the  base  of  the  Pepino  formation  in  Porto  Rico  and  of  the 
Antigua  formation  in  Antigua  there  are  erosion  unconformities, 
indicating  periods  of  uplift  during  the  lower  Oligocene.  I  have  not 
been  able  to  procure  information  on  Guadaloupe  or  Martinique 
that  would  serve  as  a  basis  for  an  opinion  on  the  age  of  the  lower 
formations  in  these  islands. 

On  the  island  of  Trinidad  lower  Oligocene  (Sannoisian  and  lower 
Stampian  of  Douville) 4  is  well  developed. 

There  is  no  information  on  northern  South  America. 

1  The  geology  and  physical  geography  of  Jamaica,  p.  172. 

*  Tippenhauer,  L.  G.,  Die  Insel  Haiti,  vol.  1,  pp.  86,  87, 1892. 

»  Gabb,  W.  M.,  On  the  topography  and  geology  of  Santo  Domingo,  Amer.  Philos.  Soc.  Trans.,  new 
ser.,  vol.  15,  p.  98,  1873. 

*  Douville,  H..  Les  Orbitoides  de  l'ile  de  la  Trinity  Comptes  Rend.,  vol.  161,  pp.  87-92,1915;  Les  Orbi- 
toldes  de  l'ile  de  la  Trinite,  Idem,  vol.  164,  pp.  841-817, 1917. 


582         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


MIDDLE  OLIGOCENE. 


in 


As  stated  on  page  203  in  the  discussion  of  the  coral  faunas,  the  is 
Antiguan  Oligoccne  must,  in  my  opinion,  be  taken  as  the  type  forma- 
tion and  type  locality  of  the  middle  (Rupclian)  Oligoccne  of  America.  T 
I  have  definitely  correlated  with  this  horizon  the  reef-coral  fauna  si 
from  Tonosi,  Panama,  station  6587,  which  I  consider  to  bo  the  strati-  ai 
graphic  equivalent  of  the  lower  part  of  the  Culebra  formation,  (i 
Lejridocyclina  panamensis  and  L.  duplicata  arc  associated  For-  h 
aminifera.  The  presence  of  marine  deposits  of  this  age  in  Antigua,  F 
Porto  Rico,  Santo  Domingo,  Cuba,  Florida,  Alabama,  and  eastern  n 
Mexico  has  been  mentioned  on  pages  199-207.  s 

Messrs.  Roy  E.  Dickerson  and  W.  S.  W.  Kcw  have  recently  pub-  is 

lished  a  paper 1  in  which  they  say:  "most  of  the  localities  listed  below  is 


appear  to  belong  to  the  San  Fernando  formation  of  Dumble."  This 


name  is  invalid,  because  it  is  preoccupied  by  the  name  of  certain 
formations  in  Trinidad,  and  has  been  renamed  San  Rafael  formation 


by  E.  T.  Dumble.  On  page  205  of  this  volume  I  correlate  it  with 
the  middle  Oligoccne  Antigua  formation,  the  basal  part  of  the  Chatta- 
hoochee formation,  and  tho  European  Rupclian,  on  the  basis  of  tho 
corals,  which  possess  no  such  heterogeneous  stratigraphic  affinities  as 
the  fossils  recorded  by  Messrs.  Dickerson  and  Kcw.  I  will  not  hero 
undertake  to  analyze  the  fauna  they  report,  but  will  say  that  it  con- 
tains names  of  species  of  upper  Eocene  (Jackson-Ludian),  lower 
Oligoccne  (Vicksburgian-Lattornam),  upper  Oligoccne  (upper  Chatta- 
hoochcc-Tampa-Aquitanian),  and  lower  Miocene  (lower  part  of  tho 
Alum  Bluff  and  the  higher  horizon  represented  by  tho  Bowdcn  marl- 
Burdigalian)  age.  In  fact  their  list  includes  nearly  every  horizon 
from  upper  Eocene  almost  to  middle  Miocene.  I  will  not  attempt 
to  explain  this  surprising  paleontologic  assemblage  as  tho  collections 
may  represent  a  number  of  horizons,  tho  species  may  be  misidenti- 
fiod,  or  some  of  tho  species  may  have  extraordinary  stratigraphic 
ranges;  and  it  will  bo  mentioned  that,  as  in  at  least  one  instance 
Cottcau  mado  an  error  in  stating  tho  locality  at  which  the  type  of 
a  species  was  collected,  thero  is  some  confusion  for  which  Messrs* 
Dickerson  and  Kcw  are  not  responsible.  An  attempt  will  bo  mado 
to  remove  in  the  forthcoming  memoirs  on  West  Indian  paleontology 
as  much  of  this  kind  of  confusion  as  is  possible. 

West  of  Alabama  in  Mississippi  and  Louisiana  there  are  plant- 
bearing  bods  of  middlo  Oligoccne  ago,  for  a  considerable  part  of  tho 
Catahoula  sandstone  is  certainly  of  that  age,  but  that  formation  seems 
to  include  beds  of  lowor,  middle,  and  probably  upper  Oligoccne  ago. 
No  middlo  Oligocono  doposits  are  known  in  Texas.    There  is  no 

»  The  fauna  of  a  medial  Tertiary  formation  and  tho  associated  horizons  of  northeastern  Mexico,  Cali- 
fornia Acad.  Sci.  Proc.,  vol.  7,  pp.  125-156,  pis.  17-26a,  1917  (date  printed  with  title  July  30,  1917;  received 
by  rac  Oct.  16,  1917). 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  583 


information  on  Central  American  between  Mexico  and  Panama,  nor 
is  there  any  on  northern  South  America. 

H.  Douville  1  has  referred  the  "couches  de  San  Fernando"  of 
Trinidad  to  what  he  designates  "Chattien  et  Tongrion"  or  "Stampien 
supericur."  The  species  of  Foraminifera  occurring  at  this  horizon, 
according  to  Douville,  are  Nummuliies  cf.  N.  vascus,  Lepidocyclina 
(Isolepidina)2  pusiulosa,  L.  (Isolepidina)  "du  typo  ogival,"  L.  (En- 
lepidina)  formosa,  L.  (Eulepidina)  cf.  L.  dilatata.  The  species  in 
Panama  that  would  represent  about  the  same  horizon,  according  to 
my  interpretation,  are  Lepidocyclina  panamensis  and  L.  muLiplicata, 
stations  65S6e  and  05S7  (see  page  555).  L.  panamensis,  it  should  bo 
stated,  may  range  upward  into  the  Emperador  limestone,  but  this 
is  not  certain. 

The  cvidonce  for  Barbados  is  not  altogether  decisive.  Franks  and 
Harrison  3  present  the  following  classification  of  tho  Barbadian  for- 
mations: 

(Low-level  reefs. 
High  level  reefs. 
Globigerina- marls. 
Break. 

Miocene   Oceanic  series. 

Break. 

Eocene  or  Oligocene   Scotland  beds. 

Tho  Globigerina-iau.rh  are  referred  to  in  the  section  on  page  544 
of  the  paper  cited,  as  the  Bissex  Hill  "beds."  The  only  comment 
I  will  here  make  on  this  section  is  that  it  seems  to  me  physically 
impossible  to  have  a  fringing  reef  conformably  built  on  Globigerina 
ooze  deposited  in  water  1,000  fathoms  deep. 

After  bringing  to  bear  on  tho  problem  of  tho  age  of  the  Scotland 
beds  tho  information  accumulated  by  R.  J.  L.  Guppy,  Harrison  and 
Jukes-Browne,  and  others,  as  well  as  that  obtained  through  his  own 
studies,  Gregory  says : 4  "It  is  therefore  advisable  at  present  to  cor- 
relate the  whole  of  the  beds  in  Barbados  below  the  Oceanic  Series 
with  tho  San  Fernando  or  Naparima  marls  of  Trinidad.  Guppy  has 
recently  referred  these  (and  the  lower  part,  at  least,  of  the  Scotland 
beds,  goes  with  them)  to  the  Eocene.  They  are,  however,  now  gen- 
erally assigned  to  the  Oligocene,  as,  for  example,  by  Hoilprin." 

A  preceding  paragraph  of  this  paper  contains  Douville's  correlation 
of  the  "couches  de  San  Fernando"  of  Trinidad,  with  the  " Stampien 

»  Lcs  Orbitoi'des  do  Hie  de  la  Trinitd,  Comptcs.  Rend.,  vol.  116,  pp.  87-92,  1915. 

*  This  sub<*eneric  name  is  invalid,  for  it  is  proposed  for  Lepidocyclina  manlilli,  which  is  the  typc-species 
I  of  Lepidocyclina.   The  name  should  be  written  Lepidocyclina  {Lepidocyclina)  pusiulosa  or  [Lepidocyclina] 

Lepidocyclina  pustulosa. 

»  Franks,  G.  F.,  and  ITarrison,  J.  B.,  The  Globigerina-mar]s  [and  basal  reef-rocks]  of  Barbados,  with  an 
appendix  on  the  Foraminifera  by  F.  Chapman,  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ.  vol.  54,  pp.  5J0-555, 
1898. 

*  Gregory,  J.  W.,  Contributions  to  the  paleontology  and  physical  geology  of  the  West  Indies,  Geol. 
Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ.,  vol.  51,  pp.  25.3-310,  pi.  11,  1395. 


584         BULLETIN  103,'  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 

supSriour,"  which  is  Rupolian.  Should  the  correlation  of  the  Scot- 
land "beds"  with  the  San  Fernando  be  valid,  the  Scotland  "bods" 
aro  of  the  sam3  ago  as  the  Antigua  formation  of  Antigua,  and  cor- 
roborates the  opinion  expressed  by  Gregory. 

Allusion  will  here  bo  made  to  two  species  of  fossil  corrals,  that  wore 
submitted  to  me  by  Dr.  J.  W.  Spencer  and  woro  said  to  have  been 
collected  in  Barbados,  near  the  Cathedral  at  Bridgetown;  and  I 
gave  him  the  generic  names  used  in  his  paper  referred  to  below.1 
The  specimens  are  no  longer  accessible  to  me,  but  I  have  photographs 
of  the  species  I  listed  as  Astrocoenia  species,  which  is  tho  species  to 
which  I  have  applied  the  name  Asirocoenia  ponoricensis,  page  350 
(pi.  76,  figs.  4,4a,  pi.  78,  figs.  1,  la)  of  this  volume;  and  I  have  notes  on 
the  other  species,  referred  to  by  me  as  Siylophora,  species.  The  latter 
species,  as  well  as  Astrocoenia  portoricensis,  is  exceedingly  abundant 
in  Antigua,  where  I  collected  between  60  and  70  specimens.  It  has 
six  septa  and  a  styliform  columella,  characters  that  led  me  to 
refer  it  to  Siylophora,  but  as  there  aro  well-developed  styles  in  tho 
corners  between  many  corrallites,  I  am  now  placing  it  in  Siylocoenia. 
As  these  two  species  not  only  occur  in  Antigua,  but  as  the  matrix, 
yellowish  clay,  in  which  the  specimens  wore  embedded  is  similar  to 
that  usual  in  Antigua,  I  have  wondered  if  the  specimens  did  nob 
really  come  from  that  Island,  and  not  from  Barbados. 

Messrs.  Harrison  and  Jukes-Browne,  it  seems,  became  much 
excited  over  the  reported  occurrence  in  Barbados  of  the  two  species 
of  corals  mentioned  above.2  I  will  not  enter  the  controversy  between 
these  authors  and  Doctor  Spencer  further  than  to  say  that  if  tho 
two  species  whose  tentative  identification  I  gave  Doctor  Spencer 
actually  came  from  Barbados,  their  evidence  is  decisive  as  to  beds 
of  the  age  of  the  Antigua  formation  being  in  Barbados,  and  that 
the  evidence  of  the  corals  is  in  accord  with  Gregory's  correlation  of 
tho  Scotland  "beds";  but  if  the  specimens  were  obtained  at  tho 
locality  at  which  Doctor  Spencer  says  he  found  them,  the  Scotland 
"bods"  must  be  very  near  the  surface  in  Bridgetown,  and  tho  veneer 
of  tho  elevated  coral-reef  limestone  decidedly  thin.  The  area  2.75 
miles  northeast  of  Bridgetown  is  indicated  on  Messrs.  Harrison  and 
Jukes-Browne's  geological  map  of  Barbados  as  "limestone  probably 
underlain  here  by  Scotland  beds."  Careful  search  should  be  made 
for  corals  in  the  material  underlying  the  elevated  reef  in  Bridgetown, 
and  if  the  older  coral-fauna  is  there,  additional  specimens  will 
almost  certainly  bo  found,  for  tho  two  species  reported  from  thero  aro 
usually  represented  not  by  occasional  but  by  numerous  specimens, 
if  present  at  all. 

1  Spencer,  J.  W.,  On  the  geological  and  physical  de\clopmcnt  of  Barbados;  with  notes  on  Trinidad, 
Gcol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Jonrn.,  vol.  58,  pp.  354-3G5,  1902. 

2  Harrison,  J.  B.,  and  Jukes-Browno,  A.  J.,  Tho  goology  of  Barbados,  Oeol.  Mag.,  vol.  9,  pp.  550-554, 
Dec.  4,  1902. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OP  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


585 


According  to  Hill 1  this  epoch  is  represented  in  Jamaica  by  an 
erosion  unconformity  that  intervenes  between  the  Montpelicr  white 
limestone  and  the  Bowden  marl.  The  orbitoids  and  nummulites 
of  Jamaica  are  greatly  in  need  of  critical  study.  It  is  entirely 
probable  that  part  of  Hill's  Montpelicr  limestone  is  of  middle  Oligo- 
cone  (Rupelian)  age.  ^ 

UPPER  OLIGOCENE. 

It  is  my  opinion,  as  expressed  on  a  previous  page  (555),  that  the 
upper  part  of  the  Culebra  formation  and  the  Empcrador  lime- 
stone are  the  correlatives  of  the  European  Aquitanian,  and  on  page 
571  I  havo  given  my  reasons  for  preferring  to  refer  the  Aquitanian 
to  the  upper  Oligocene  rather  than  to  the  basal  Miocene.  The  ref- 
erence of  the  upper  part  of  the  Culebra  formation,  in  which  Lepido- 
cyclina  canellei  R.  Douville  and  Lemoine  and  L.  chaperi  R.  Douville 
and  Lemoine  occur,  to  the  upper  Oligocene  is  old,  for  it  was  first  pub- 
lished by  H.  Douville  in  1898.2  Later  3  he  refers  the  beds  in  which 
L.  canellei  is  found  to  the  upper  Aquitanian,  which  he  considers  lower 
Miocene.  M.  Douville  apparently  is  confused  as  regards  the  strati- 
graphic  relations  of  L.  chaperi,  for  the  section,  station  6019e-/, 
page  538,  shows  that  it  occurs  stratigraphically  above  L.  canellei, 
station  6019a,  page  53S,  in  Gaillard  Cut. 

As  has  been  said,  I  correlate  that  part  of  the  Culebra  formation 
in  which  Lepidocyclina  canellei,  L.  chaperi,  L.  vaugliani,  Heiero- 
steginoides  panamensis,  Nummulites  panamensis,  Orbiioliies  ameri- 
cana,  and  the  corals  listed  on  page  208,  with  the  upper  half  of  the 
Chattahoochee  formation  of  Georgia  and  Florida  and  a  part  of  the 
Tampa  formation  of  Florida,  and  I  consider  it  the  American  corre- 
lative of  the  European  Aquitanian-Chattian. 

The  Emperador  limestone  is  paleontologically  very  closely  related 
to  the  underlying  top  of  the  Culebra  formation.  In  fact,  except  in 
the  Canal  Zone,  where  they  are  separable  because  of  lithologic 
differences,  it  seems  to  me  doubtful  if  the  horizons  represented  by 
them  can  be  positively  identified. 

As  a  part  of  my  discussion  of  the  fossil  corals  it  was  necessary  for 
me  to  discuss  the  geographic  distribution- of  coralliferous  deposits  of 
this  age  in  America.  Besides  those  in  Panama,  marine  deposits  of 
the  same  age  also  occur  in  Anguilla,  probably  in  Porto  Rico,  in 
Cuba,  Florida,  and  Georgia,  and  H.  Douville's  researches  on  the 
Foraminifera  of  Trinidad  show  their  presence  on  that  island.  It  is 
probable  that  they  are  also  present  in  Martinique,  Santo  Domingo, 
and  eastern  Mexico,  but  precise  data  are  lacking. 

i  Hill,  R.  T.,  The  geology  and  physical  geography  of  Jamaica,  Mus.  Camp.  Zool.  Bull.,  vol.  34,  p.  143, 
1899. 

1  Douvilld,  H.,  Sur  l'age  des  couches  traversers  par  le  Canal  de  Panama,  Soc.  Geol.  France  Bull.,  vol, 
26,  pp.  5S7-S00,  1898. 

*  Douville,  II.,  Les  coucbes  a  orbitoldes  de  l'isthme  de  Panama,  Idem.,  stance  du  20  d^cembre  191s* 
pp.  129-131, 1916. 


586 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Recently  Dr.  Sidney  Powers  has  presented  to  the  United  States 
National  Museum  some  specimens  ho  collected  at  the  cntranco  to 
Rio  Dulco,  Guatemala.  The  rock  is  a  massive  light-colored,  fino- 
tcxtured  limestone,  with  a  conchoidal  fracturo,  and  contains  many 
poorly  preserved  fossils.  Among  the  fossils  arc  Orbiioliles  species; 
sevcraj corals,  one  of  which  resembles  Siderasirea,  another  is  probably  a 
specimen  of  Goniopora,  and  a  third  seems  to  be  a  branching  poritid 
coral  that  looks  precisely  like  a  coral  obtained  by  Doctor  MacDonald 
in  limestone,  referred  by  him  to  tho  Emporador  limestone,  in  tho 
swamp  north  of  Ancon  Hill  and  about  one-quarter  of  a  mile  south 
of  Diablo  Ridge,  Canal  Zone;  and  there  are  specimens  of  Osirea, 
Pecten,  and  Lima.  This  material  is  too  poor  to  warrant  a  positive 
opinion,  but  it  is  worth  noting,  and  it  probably  represents  a  hori- 
zon very  near  that  of  the  Emporador  limestone. 

According  to  Hill's  account  of  the  stratigraphic  succession  in 
Jamaica,  the  correlatives  of  these  uppermost  Oligocene  deposits  are 
represented  there  by  a  stratigraphic  break,  tho  unconformity  be- 
tween the  Montpclier  white  limestone  and  the  Bowden  marl. 

MIOCENE. 

The  definite  correlation  of  the  Canal  Zone  Miocene  with  European 
horizons  was  first  attempted  by  H.  Douville  in  his  paper,  already 
cited,  on  the  age  of  the  deposits  along  the  Panama  Canal.  He 
says  regarding  the  deposits  overlying  those  discussed  in  the  fore- 
going remarks:  "Leur  age  est  incontestablcmcnt  Miocene. "*  He 
considers  the  lower  part  of  these  deposits  as  Burdigalian,  the  upper 
part  as  Helvetian  in  age.  That  part  of  the  Gatun  formation  exposed 
at  Monkey  Hill  is  referred  to  the  Helvetian. 

The  literature  on  the  age  of  the  Gatun  formation  is  considerable, 
but  a  lengthy  review  of  it  appears  unnecessary.  The  papers  by 
Toula  and  by  Pilsbry  and  Brown  have  already  been  cited  on  page 
560  of  this  volume.  Actually  there  is  in  most  cases  more  apparent 
than  real  discrepancy  between  the  correlations  of  the  different 
investigators,  due  to  the  fact  that  the  Alum  Bluff  formation,  includ- 
ing the  Chipola  marl  member  at  its  base,  has  been  referred  to  the 
upper  Oligocene.  The  Alum  Bluff  formation  is  certainly  of  Miocene 
age,  acoording  to  European  usage,  and  is  the  American  equivalent 
of  the  Burdigalian.  All  available  evidence  indicates  that  the  lower 
part  of  the  Gatun  formation  in  the  Canal  Zone  is  the  equivalent  of 
the  Alum  Bluff  formation  of  Florida  and  Georgia.  Although  the 
Gatun  formation  contains  numerous  species  of  Foraminifcra,  cchi- 
noids,  and  Crustacea,  the  fauna  is  predominantly  molluscan,  and  the 
discrimination  of  zones  within  it  must  await  the  completion  of  the 
study  of  the  careful  zonal  collections  Doctor  MacDonald  and  I 


■  Soc.  Gool.  Franco  Bull.,  vol.  2ti,  p.  509,  LS'JS. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CAXAL  ZONE.  587 

made.  At  present  I  have  not  strong  evidence,  but  it  is  nevertheless 
my  belief  that,  while  the  lower  part  of  the  formation  is  of  Burdigalian, 
the  upper  part  is  of  Helvetian  age,  as  Douville  in  essence  said  so 
long  ago  as  1898.  This  would  still  signify  that  the  Gatun  forma- 
tion is  geologically  older  than  the  Miocene  of  the  Chesapeake  group 
in  Maryland  and  Virginia  and  the  Marks  Head,  Duplin,  and  Choctaw- 
hatchec  marls  of  the  Carolinas,  Georgia,  and  Florida. 

Deposits  of  old  Miocene  (Burdigalian  =  Alum  Bluff)  age  arc  widely 
distributed  around  the  perimeters  of  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  and  the 
Caribbean  Sea.  The  Gatun  formation  extends  from  Panama  into 
Costa  Rica  on  one  side  and  into  Colombia  on  the  other.  The  lists 
of  corals,  Bryozoa,  and  Crustacea  already  given  show  the  extension 
into  Costa  Rica.  Pilsbry  and  Brown  1  say  regarding  a  collection 
from  near  Cartagena,  Colombia,  that  it  is  from  beds  "  about  equiva- 
lent in  age  to  the  Gatun  in  the  Canal  Zone."  They  record  the  fol- 
lowing species: 

Fossil  mollusks  from  near  Cartagena,  Colombia. 


Conus  proteus  Tlwass. 

molis  Brown  and  Pilsbry. 

imitutor  Brown  and  Pilsbry. 

acmuhitor  Brown  and  Pilsbry. 

ga:a  Pilsbry  and  Johnson. 
T urris  cartngcnensis  Pilsbry  and  Brown. 
Drilla  gatunensis  Toula. 
Cancellaria  claricna  Toula. 
Milra  longa  Gabb. 

Marginclla  mediocris  Pilsbry  and  Brown. 
Olira  sayana  immortua  Pilsbry  and  Brown. 
Strombina  carlagenensis     Pilsbry  and 
Brown. 

lloydsmilhi  Pilsbry  and  Brown. 
JSolenosteira  dalli  Brown  and  Pilsbry. 
Murex  gatunensis  Brown  and  Pilsbry. 

pomum  Gmulin. 
Typhis  linguifcrus  Dall. 
Cassis  mow'lifera  Guppy. 


Polinices  mammillaris  (Lamarck). 
Polamides  avus  Pilsbry  and  Brown. 
Turritella  cartagenensis  Pilsbry  and  Brown. 

lloydsmilhi  Pilsbry  and  Brown. 

subgrundij'cra  Dall. 

tornata  Guppy. 
Petaloconchus  domingensis  Sowerby. 
Dcntalium  solidissium  Pilsbry  and  Brown. 

cartagenense  Pilsbry  andBrown. 
Pitar  {IJysteroconcha)  casta  Pilsbry  and 
Brown. 

Yoldia  pisciformis  Pilsbry  and  Brown. 
Area  consobrina  Sowerby. 
Glycymeris  tumefactus  Tilsbry  and  Brown. 

trilobicosta  Pilsbry  and  Brown. 

lloydsmilhi  Pilsbry  and  Brown. 
Ostrea  sculpturata  osculum  Pilsbry  and 
Brown. 


In  1916,  Mr.  George  C.  Matson  was  engaged  in  geologic  work  in 
northern  Colombia,  near  Usiacuri,  and  sent  to  the  United  States 
National  Museum  collections  of  fossils  for  use  in  comparing  with 
those  from  the  Canal  Zone  and  Costa  Rica.  Dr.  C.  W.  Cooke, 
beforo  being  detailed  to  other  work,  had  prepared  preliminary  list3 
of  the  species  of  mollusks  received  up  to  the  time  he  had  to  under- 
take other  duties. 


1  Pilsbry,  IT.  A.,  and  Brown,  A.  P..  Oligocene  fossils  from  the  neighborhood  of  Cartagena.  Colombia, 
with  notes  on  some  Uaitian  species,  Philadelphia  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Proc.  for  1917,  pp.  32-41,  pis.  5,  6,  1917. 


588         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Preliminary  list  of fossils  from  Colombia. 
(All  determinations  subject  to  revision.) 
By  Charles  Wythe  Cooke. 


7852.  Las  Sierras,  between  el  Carmen  and  Zambrano;  from  surface 
on  top  of  knoll.    F.  L.  Wilde,  collector,  December  8,  19 16. 

Conus,  probably  C.  imitator  Brown  and 
Pilsbry. 
2  species. 


Terebra  gatunensis  Toula. 

subsuldfera  Toula. 
Drillia  gatunensis  (Toula)? 
Turns  barretti  (Guppy)? 
Canccllana  dariena    trachyostraca  Brown 
and  Pilsbry? 
2  species. 
Oliva  gatunensis  Toula? 
Marginella  species. 
Latirus  aff.  L.  prolractus  (Conrad). 
Strombina  gatunensis  (Toula). 
Distorsio  gatunensis  Toula. 


Turritella  gatunensis  Conrad. 
altilira  Conrad. 
mimet.es  Brown  and  Pilsbry. 

species. 

Architectonica  gatunensis  (Toula). 
Natica,  several  species. 
Cheilea  princeioniana  Brown  and  Pilsbry? 
Crucibulum  species. 
Area. 

species. 
Pecten  species. 

Corbula  ( Cuneocorbula)  hezacyma  Brown 

and  Pilsbry. 
Chama  species. 
Veneridae.  several  species. 


Correlation:  Gatun  formation. 
7873.  About  one-half  kilometer  east 
Matson,  collector. 


of  Usiacuri,  Colombia.    G.  C* 


Septastrea  matsoni  Vaughan. 

Terebra  cf .  T.  gausapata  Brown  and  Pilsbry 

gatunensis  Toula. 
Conus  dalli  Toula. 

2  species. 
Turritidae,  several  species. 
Cancellaria,  3  species. 
Olivella,  several  species. 
Mitra  longa  Gabb? 
Fusinus  species. 
Latirus  species. 
Alectrion  species. 
Columbcllidae,  several  species. 
Murex  species. 
Typhis  species. 

Turritella  mimetcs  Brown  and  Pilsbry. 

altilira  Conrad. 

gatunensis  Conrad. 
Petaloconchus  domingensis  Sowerby? 


Natica  species  (very  close  to  a  species  from 

Shell  Bluff,  Shoal  River,  Florida). 
Natica,  2  species. 
Neretina  species. 
Niso  species. 
Pyramidella  species. 
Architectonica  gatunensis  Toula. 
Capulus  species. 
Calyptrea  species. 
Glycymeris  new  species. 
Area  aff.  A.  grandis  Brown  and  Pilsbry. 
Area  new  species. 
Ostrea  speci es. 
Pecten  species. 
Amusium  large  species. 
Venericardia  species. 
Chione  species. 
Corbula,  2  species. 
Mactra  species. 


Correlation:  Gatun  formation. 
7855.  Two  kilometers  west  of  Usiacuri,  Colombia. 

Area  aff.  A.  grandis  Brodcrip  and  Sowerby. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


589 


Correlation :  Probably  Gatun  formation. 
785G.  Three  kilometers  north  of  Usiacuri,  Colombia. 

OHva  species.  Ostrea  species. 

Cancel laria  species.  Pccien  species. 


Cancellana  species.  recten  species. 

Pttalocomhus  dominigensis  Sowerby?  Anomia  species. 

Turritella  galunensis  Conrad.  Basta  species. 

species.  Cardium  specier 

GJijcymeris  species  (also  at  7873).  Chione  species. 

Arm  nff   A.  nmndia  "Rrnrlprin  anrl  Rowerhv  "Rarnn.rln. 


species.  Cardium  species. 

?  species  (also  at  7873).  Chione  sp 

Area  aff.  A.  grandis  Broderip  and  Sowerby  Barnacle, 

Correlation:  Probably  Gatun  formation. 
7874.  River  bed  at  Usiacuri,  Colombia.    G.  C.  Matson,  collector. 
Ostrea  species,  like  that  at  station  7859. 

7857.  Weathered  surface  of  calcareous  hard  sandstone  at  San  Anto- 

nio, 18  miles  east  of  Tenerife,  Colombia.  Rogers  and  Wil- 
son, collectors. 

T erebra  2  species.  Turritella  altilira  Conrad. 

Turns,  like  T.  albida  (Perry).  Cerithium,  2  species. 

Canccllaria  cf.  C.  guppyi  Gabb.  Chama  species,  etc. 

7858.  Creek  bed  at  San  Antonio.    Same  bed  as  7857. 
Cerithium  species.  Scapharca  species. 

7859.  Creek  at  San  Antonio. 

Scapharca  cf.  S.  chiriquiensis  (Gabb).  Ostrea  species,  etc. 

Other  material  was  forwarded  by  Mr.  Matson,  but  it  has  not  been 
examined. 

Marine  deposits  of  similar  age  are  found  in  Venezuela  at  Cumana 
and  in  Trinidad.  R.  J.  L.  Guppy  has  published  two  interesting 
papers  1  in  which  he  compares  the  species  found  at  Springvalc,  Trini- 
dad, with  species  from  Cumana  (Venezuela),  Jamaica,  and  Haiti. 
Douville,  in  his  account  of  the  orbitoids  of  Trinidad,  places  the 
u  couches  de  Cumana  a  Turritclla  tornata^  in  the  Burdigalian. 

The  "  Oceanic  Series"  of  Barbados  (see  p.  583  of  this  paper)  is 
referred  to  the  Miocene  by  all  the  recent  students  of  that  island. 
They  are  deposits  supposed  to  have  been  laid  down  in  water  at  least 
1,000  fathoms  deep,  as  they  contain  beds  of  radiolarian  earth  and 
specimens  of  a  deep-sea  echinoid,  CystecMnus  crassus  Guppy. 

H.  Douville  reports  Lcpidocyclina  giraudi  R.  Douville  from  the 
"Burdigalien  dc  la  Martinique."2  Subsequently  (p.  591)  Mollusca 
from  Martinique,  thought  by  M.  Cossmann  to  represent  a  higher 
horizon,  will  be  considered. 


•Guppy,  R.  J.  L.,  On  a  collection  of  fossils  from  Springvale,  near  Couva,  Trinidad,  Trinidad  Agric. 
Soc.  Paper  No.  4-10,  pp.  15,  1911;  Fossils  from  Springvale,  near  Couva,  Trinidad,  Idem.,  Paper  No.  454  , 
pp.  10.  3  pis.,  1911. 

«  Comptes  Rend.,  vol.  161,  p.  89, 1915. 


590 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Dall  said,  in  1903,  regarding  the  age  of  the  Bowden  marl  of 
Jamaica: 1  "It  is  perhaps  with  the  Oak  Grove  sands,  or  between  tho 
Chipola  and  the  Miocene,  that  the  position  of  the  Bowden  fauna 
would  be  marked  most  plausibly  against  tho  Tertiary  column  of 
Florida  formations." 

This  correlation  has  essentially  been  made  by  students  of  other 
groups  of  organisms,  but  instead  of  considering  the  Bowden  of 
Oligocene  age,  the}7  refer  it  to  the  Miocene.  W.  P.  Woodring,  in  a 
recently  published  summary  of  his  conclusions  based  upon  a  study  of 
the  Bowden  pelecypods,2  says:  "Though  many  of  the  post-Chipolan 
elements  are  found  among  the  characteristically  tropical  groups, 
yet  the  introduction  of  superspecific  groups,  some  of  which  are  not 
exclusively  tropical,  can  hardly  bo  disregarded.  The  Bowden 
pelecypods  are  distinctly  younger  than  those  of  the  Alum  Bluff 
faunas,  as  these  faunas  are  now  known.  It  may  be  suggested  that 
the  Bowden  fauna  is  Burdigalian,  that  is,  lower  Miocene  in  the  sense 
of  most  American  stratigraphers." 

Dr.  J.  A.  Cushman,  from  his  study  of  the  Foraminifera,  and 
Messrs.  Canu  and  Bassler  from  their  investigations  of  the  Bryozoa 
consider  the  Bowden  fauna  Miocene.  My  opinion,  based  upon  the 
fossil  corals  (see  pp.  212,  213  of  this  volume),  is  tho  same  as  that 
of  tho  authors  mentioned.  Until  the  results  of  Miss  Gardner's  work 
on  the  Mollusca  of  the  Alum  Bluff  formation  are  tabulated  and  com- 
parisons made  with  the  Bowden  fauna,  only  approximate  correlation 
is  practicable.  It  is  my  opinion  that  the  Bowden  is  equivalent  to  a 
horizon  high  in  the  Alum  Bluff,  perhaps  about  that  of  the  Shoal 
River  marl.  In  other  words,  the  Bowden  corresponds  to  upper 
rather  than  to  lower  Burdigalian. 

There  are  in  Santo  Domingo  at  least  three  Miocene  horizons, 
according  to  the  results  recently  obtained  there  by  Miss  C.  J.  Maury.] 
Sho  transmitted  the  Foraminifera,  corals,  echinoids,  and  Bryozoa 
to  me  for  study  in  connection  with  the  investigation  of  the  strati- 
graphic  paleontology  of  Central  America  and  the  southern  United 
States,  and  Miss  M.  J.  Rathbun  has  delivered  to  mo  a  manuscript 
in  which  she  has  included  descriptions  of  tho  fossil  Crustacea  col- 
lected by  Miss  Maury.  Besides  Miss  Maury's  report  on  the  Mollusca, 
I  am  able  to  use  Doctor  Cushman's  report  on  the  Foraminifera, 
my  own  on  the  corals,  Doctor  Jackson's  on  tho  echinoids,  Messrs. 
Canu  and  Bassler's  on  the  Bryozoa,  and  Miss  Rathbun's  on  tho 
Crustacea.  Miss  Maury's  zone  II  on  Rio  Cana  is  the  same  horizon 
as  the  Bowden;  and  she  considers  her  zones  G  and  I  to  bo  the  samo 

l  Dall,  W.  H.f  Tertiary  fauna  of  Florida,  Wagnor  Free  Inst.  Sei.  Trans.,  vol.  3,  pt.  G,  p.  1582,  1W3. 
»  Woodring,  W.  P.,  The  pelecypods  of  the  Bowden  fauna,  Johns  Hopkins  Univ.  Circular,  March,  1917, 
pp.  242-251,  1917. 

»  Maury,  Carlotta  J.,  Santo  Domingo  type  sections  and  fossils,  Bull.  Amor.  Paleontology,  vol.  5,  pp. 
165-459,  pis.  28-05,  1917. 

11 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


591 


horizon  as  her  zone  H.  The  age  of  the  Santo  Domingan  corals  is  dis- 
cussed on  page  2 1 8  of  this  volume.  The  Foraminifera,  among  which 
are  no  orbitoids,  and  the  Bryozoa,  both  groups  abundantly  repre- 
sented, give  essentially  the  same  result  as  the  corals.  Messrs.  Canu 
and  Bassler  consider  the  Bryozoa  froln  zones  H-I  as  of  unquestion- 
ably Burdigalian  age. 

This  same  horizon,  that  of  the  Bowden,  has  been  recognized  at  num- 
erous places  in  Cuba,  as  has  been  stated  in  discussing  the  fossil  coral 
faunas  of  Cuba  (p.  218).  It  has  been  identified  at  Baracoa  and  Matan- 
zas,  and  perhaps  at  Havana  and  Santiago.  The  lower  (Alum  Bluff) 
Miocene  of  the  southeastern  United  States  has  been  discussed  at 
some  length  on  pages  572-574.  Marine  deposits  of  this  age  occur  in 
Florida,  Georgia,  and  southern  Alabama;  in  Mississippi  they  are 
represented  by  the  nonmarine,  plant-bearing  Hattiesburg  clay. 

A  fauna  of  very  nearly  the  same,  if  not  identical,  age  occurs  on 
the  Isthmus  of  Tehauntepec.  It  has  been  particularly  considered  by 
Bose  and  Toula.1  Bose  says,  regarding  the  specimens  collected  by 
him:  "Eine  ganze  Roiho  von  Arten  steht  solchen  nahc,  die  nur  aus 
dem  Oligociin  der  Antillcn  bckannt  worden  sind."  Although 
precise  correlation  of  this  material  is  not  now  practicable,  it  seems 
that  a  lower  Miocene  horizon  is  represented. 

Dr.  C.  W.  Hayes  collected  on  the  Pacific  coast  of  Nicaragua,  75 
miles  northwest  of  Brito  Harbor,  station  6409,  worn  specimens  of  a 
species  of  bryozoan  that  Dr.  R.  S.  Bassler  says  is  apparently  Cupularia 
canariensis  Busk,  which  ranges  from  a  horizon  in  the  Alum  Bluff 
formation  to  Recent.  The  matrix  is  a  calcareous,  sandy,  consoli- 
dated marl,  and  was  included  by  Hayes  in  his  Brito  formation. 
The  age  of  these  specimens  is  not  older  than,  and  it  probably  is,  old 
Miocene.  The  Brito  formation,  therefore,  includes  deposits  ranging 
stratigraphically  from  upper  Eocene  to  lower  Miocene,  but  the  beds  at 
the  type  locality  are  of  upper  Eocene  age  (see  previous  pp.  193-197). 

It  was  stated  on  page  5S6  that  H.  Douville  considered  that  part  of 
the  Gatun  formation  exposed  around  Mount  Hope  as  Helvetian 
Miocene,  and  that  I  provisionally  accept  his  determination.  It  is 
probable  that  some  of  the  Miocene  deposits  of  northern  Colombia  are 
also  of  this  age.  Information  on  Venezuela  and  between  there  and 
Martinique  is  lacking. 

For  Martinique  we  have  the  following  statement  from  Cossmann:2 

D'apres  un  premier  apercu  qui  ne  porte  que  sur  une  partie  des  Siplionostomes,  il 
prait  a  peu  pres  certain  qu'un  grand  nombre  de  Gastropodes  se  trouvent  a  la  fois  dans 

1  Bose,  E.,  Zur  jungliaren  Fauna  von  Tehuantepcc.  I.  Stratigraphie,  Beschreibung  und  Vcrgleich  niit 
americhanisch.cn  Tertiarfaunen,  K.  k.  gcolog.  Iteichsanst.  (Wien)  Jahrb.,  vol.  60,  pp.  215-255,  pis.  12,  13, 
1910. 

Toula,  F.,  Zur  jungtertiaren  Fauna  von  Tchuantepec.  II.  Vergleichung  hauptsiichlich  mit  europaischen 
und  lebenden  Artcn,  Idem,  vol.  60,  pp.  255-276,  1910. 

*  Cossmann,  M.,  Etude  comparative  de  fossiles  mioceniques  recuellis  a  la  Martinique  et  a  I'isthme  de 
Panama,  Journ.  conch yliologie,  vol.  61,  pp.  1-64,  pis.  1-5,  1913. 

37149— 19— Bull.  103  4 


592 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


les  deux  gisements,  et  que  leur  age  est  au-dessus  des  couches  de  Bowden  a  la  Jamai'que*  ! 
qui  ont  fait  1'objet  d'une  etude  de  la  part  de  Guppy.  Ces  dernieres  renferment  uno  jr 
tres  belle  faune  dont  j'ai  pas  mal  de  specimens  dans  ma  collection:  sans  aller  jusqu'a  v 
partaker  completement  l'opinion  de  M.  Dall  qui  les  rapporte  a  l'Oligocene.  je  crois  I 
qu'elles  representent  l'equivalent  de  notre  Aquitanien,  c'est-a-dire  le  Miocene  . 
inferieur,  tandis,  que  les  fossiles  de  la  Martinique  et  de  Gatun  (Panama)  seraient  un  ^ 
peu  plus  recents,  probablement  du  Miocene  moyen.  Enfin.  d'apres  les  materiaux  t 
que  j'ai  pu  etudier  a  l'Ecole  des  Mines,  les  fossiles  de  Saint-Domingue  (Haiti),  etudies  t 
par  Gabb  at  par  Sowerby,  repr6senteraient  un  niveau  deja  plus  cleve,  celui  du  Miocene  „ 
supcrieur. 

M.  Cossmann  considers  this  material  from  Martinique  as  younger  ji  ] 
than  the  Bowden  fauna.  j 

Precise  information  on  the  paleontology  of  the  Tertiary  formations  , 
of  Guadeloupe  is  exceedingly  meager,  in  fact  it  is  almost  nothing.  , 
Dr.  J.  W.  Spencer  submitted  to  me  a  specimen  of  Stylojrfwra1  col- 
lected by  him  in  a  limestone  near  Les  Abimes.  Accurate  identi- 
fication of  a  species  of  Stylo'phora  may  be  a  proper  basis  for  precise 
correlation,  but  the  genus  ranges  from  upper  Eocene  to  middle 
Miocene  (about  Helvetian)  in  the  West  Indian  Tertiarics.  In 
1849  Milne  Edwards  and  Haime  described  a  coral  from  the  ''Terrain 
tcrtiare"  of  Guadeloupe,  under  the  name  Thecosmilia  ponderosa,  and 
subsequently  transferred  it  to  the  genus  Montlivaltia.2  I  have  photo- 
graphs of  the  type  of  this  species,  kindly  sent  me  by  my  friend  Dr 
Charles  Gravier  of  the  Museum  d'Histoire  Naturellc,  Paris.  It  be- 
longs to  the  genus  Antillia  and  is  closely  related  to  A.  bilobata  Duncan, 
Montlivaltia  guesdesi,  described  by  Duchassaing  and  Michelotti3  from 
Guadeloupe  and  said  to  be  associated  with  Antillia  ponderosa,  is  also 
a  species  of  Antillia.  A.  guesdesi  is  so  similar  to  A.  bilobata  that 
Duchassaing  and  Michelotti  placed  the  latter  in  its  synonomy.  As  I 
have  seen  no  specimens  of  A.  guesdesi,  I  must  base  any  opinions  con- 
cerning it  upon  its  authors'  figures  and  descriptions.  It  seems  to  me 
different  from  A.  bilobata,  but  as  the  distinction  between  the  two 
consists  in  the  relative  number  of  teeth  within  1  centimeter  on  the 
septal  margins,  and  as  the  details  of  the  figures  of  A.  guesdesi  may  bo 
inaccurate,  it  would  be  improper  to  insist  that  they  are  different. 
However  that  may  be,  there  are  in  Guadeloupe  two  supposed,  very 
nearly  related  species  of  Antillia,  and  they  are  actually  or  almost 
indistinguishable  from  species  that  occur  in  Santo  Domingo  at  a 
horizon  near  or  above  that  of  the  Bowden  marl.  The  evidence  for 
Guadeloupe,  therefore,  indicates  the  presence  there  of  deposits  of 
uppermost  Burdigalian  or  Helvetian  age.  There  may  be  Tertiary 
deposits  both  older  and  younger  than  the  bed  in  which  the  specimens  of 
Antillia  were  collected.  Doctor  Spencer's  structure  section  across  the 
island  strongly  suggests  that  such  deposits  arc  there. 

i  Spencer,  J.  W.,  On  the  geological  and  physical  development  of  Guadaloupe,  Geol.  Soc.  London  Journ., 
Vol.57,  pp.  500-519,  1901. 
»  Hist.  nat.  Corall.,  vol.  2,  p.  312.  1857. 
«  M&m.  corall.  Ant.,  p.  09  (of  reprint),  pis.  5,  fig.  13,  1S00. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


593 


It  has  already  been  stated  that  the  fossils  obtained  by  Miss  Maury 
in  Santo  Domingo  at  horizons  higher  than  her  zones  G,  H,  and  I  are 
younger  than  the  Bowden  fauna.  A  line  of  demarcation  between 
the  Burdigalian  and  higher  Miocene  is  not  at  present  practicable,  but 
it  is  almost,  if  not  quite,  certain  that  her  upper  zones  are  not  older 
than  Helvetian.  This  would  still  seem  to  indicate  a  horizon  below 
the  lowest  formation  of  the  Chesapeake  group  of  Maryland  and  Vir- 
ginia and  the  Marks  Head  marl  of  eastern  Georgia,  but  the  available 
data  do  not  warrant  a  positive  opinion.  However,  it  appears  that  the 
higher  Miocene  deposits  of  the  Santo  Domingan  section  are  represented 
in  Florida  and  Georgia  by  the  erosion  interval  between  the  deposition 
of  the  uppermost  beds  of  the  Alum  Biuff  formation  and  that  of  the 
overlying  Marks  Head  marl. 

The  presence  in  Cuba  of  deposits,  the  La  Cruz  marl,  of  the  same 
age  as  the  Santo  Domingan  deposits  above  Miss  Maury's  zones  H-I, 
was  noted  on  page  219  of  this  volume. 

It  seems  that  there  are  in  the  southeastern  United  States  no  Miocene 
marine  deposits  of  the  same  age  as  the  upper  part  of  the  Gatun 
formation,  the  Santo  Domingan  deposits  above  Miss  Maury's  zones 
H-I,  and  the  La  Cruz  marl  of  Cuba,  unless  some  of  the  latter  deposits 
are  younger  than  is  at  present  supposed. 

Except  for  the  Isthmus  of  Tehuantepec,  there  is  no  information  on 
marine  Miocene  formations  of  this  age  in  eastern  Mexico,  or  in  the 
area  between  Yucatan  and  Costa  Rica.  The  extension  of  the  Gatun 
formation  into  Costa  Rica  has  already  been  discussed. 

PLIOCENE. 

The  Toro  limestone  is  the  only  formation  within  the  Canal  Zone 
that  is  supposed  to  be  of  Pliocene  age.  The  determination  of  the 
age  of  this  formation  is  necessarily  by  means  of  its  stratigraphic 
relations,  as  only  one  identifiable  species  of  fossil,  Epitonium  toro'tnse 
Dall,  was  collected  in  it,  but  the  stratigraphic  relations,  described  by 
Doctor  MacDonald  on  pages  544,  545  of  this  volume,  are  such  that 
the  formation  can  scarcely  be  of  any  age  other  than  Pliocene. 

The  Pliocene  deposits  in  the  vicinity  of  Limon,  Costa  Rica, 
were  first  observed  by  W.  M.  Gabb,1  who  described  a  number 
of  species  from  there,  and  they  were  later  visited  by  R.  T.  Hill,2  who 
made  additional  collections,  on  which  Doctor  Dall  supplies  notes 
published  in  the  paper  cited.3  Doctor  Dall  has  recently  described 
an  interesting  species  of  Pecten,  P.  pittieri,4  collected  by  Mr.  H.  Pittier 
at  Moin  Hill,  near  Port  Limon.    This  species  will  be  referred  to  in 

1  Cabb,  W.  M.,  Descriptions  of  new  species  of  fossils  from  the  Fliocenc  clay  beds  between  Limon  and 
Mcen,  Costa  "Rica;  together  with  notes  on  previously  known  species  from  there  and  elsewhere  in  the  Carib- 
bean area,  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philadelphia  Journ.,  ser.  2,  vol.  S,  pp.  349-3S0,  figs,  on  pis.  45-47,  1881. 

3  Mus.  Comp.  ZoAL  Bull.,  vol.  28,  p.  234,  1898. 

s  The  geologic  history  of  the  Isthmus  of  Panama  and  portions  of  Costa  Pica,  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.  Bull., 
vol.  28,  p.  274,  1898. 
«  Smithsonian  Misc.  Coll.,  vol.  59,  p.  10, 1912. 


594 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


a  subsoquent  paragraph.  Pliocene  corals  from  this  locality  are 
considered  on  page  223. 

Mr.  George  C.  Matson  collected  at  Barranquilla,  Colombia,  somo 
fossils  that  belong  to  a  fauna  younger  than  that  obtained  around 
Usiacuri,  and  may  be  of  Pliocene  age.  Glyci/meris,  Ostrea,  Pecten, 
and  Lucina  are  the  genera  represented. 

The  Bissex  Hill  "beds"  of  Barbados  (see  p.  583  of  this  paper)  are 
considered  Pliocene  in  age  by  Franks  and  Harrison;  but  I  infer, 
from  his  remarks  on  the  Foraminifera,  that  Chapman  inclined  to  tho 
opinion  that  they  are  of  Miocene  age.  I  strongly  doubt  any  of  the 
elevated,  terraced  coral  reefs  of  Barbados  being  so  old  as  Pliocene, 
but  present  evidence  is  not  decisive.  The  only  known  extensive 
Pliocene  coral  fauna  in  America  is  that  of  the  Waccamaw  and 
Caloosahatcheo  marls  of  the  southeastern  United  States.  This  is 
discussed  on  page  222  of  this  volume.  I  have  studied  both  the 
specimens  on  which  Gregory  based  his  account  of  the  Barbadian 
elevated-reef  corals  and  a  collection  (see  p.  255  of  this  volume)  later 
sent  me  by  Professor  Jukes-Browne.  All  of  the  species  seem  to  mo 
inseparable  from  the  species  at  present  living  in  the  Caribbean  area, 
except  one  that  was  erroneously  identified  by  Gregory  as  Lithophyllia 
walli  (Duncan). 

Pliocene  deposits  have  been  recognized  at  very  few  places  in  the 
West  Indies;  in  fact,  about  the  only  locality  at  which  there  is  reason- 
able surety  of  there  being  beds  of  this  age  is  near  Guantnnamo,  Cuba, 
where  Mr.  O.  E.  Meinzer  collected  Pecten  pittieri  Dall,  identified  by 
C.  W.  Cooke. 

R.  T.  Hill  considers  the  Jamaican  formations,  to  which  he  applies 
the  names  Manchioneal  and  Kingston,  as  Pliocene,  and  it  seems  that 
he  is  correct,  but  the  evidence  adduced  is  not  completely  convincing. 
In  other  words,  from  the  evidence  available,  Hill  was  justified  in  his 
age  classification  of  the  deposits  mentioned,  but  their  paleontology 
needs  more  detailed  investigation. 

The  marine  Pliocene  of  the  southeastern  United  States  has  been 
considered  on  page  576  of  this  paper. 

Heilprin  was  the  first  to  call  attention  to  the  extensive  Pliocene 
"gray  or  white  shell  limestone"  of  Yucatan.1  His  examinations 
were  made  "at  several  points  in  and  about  Merida,  in  numerous 
cuttings  along  the  line  of  the  Merida-Kalkini  Railroad,  on  the  line  of 
the  railroad  connecting  the  capital  city  with  Ticul,  all  along  the 
traverse  between  Merida  and  Tankas/'  and  "at  various  points 
between  Tekanto  and  Cilam."    Sapper  has  published  a  rough  out- 

1  Ilcilpriri,  An:;elo,  Geological  researches  in  Yucatan,  Acad.  Nat;.  Sci.  Philadelphia  Proc.  for  1891,  pp. 
130-158,  1891. 


tentative  correlation  table  of  the  tertiary  marine  sedimentary  formations  of  Panama. 


American 
lime  sill- 

Panama. 

Jamaica. 

Other  Antilles. 

Mexico  and  Central 
America. 

Southeastern  United  States. 

European 
time  subdi- 
visions. 

Toro  limostone. 

Manehioneal 
formation. 

Kingston  for- 
mation. 

Pliocene  of  Guantanan 

o,  Cuba. 

and  Limon,  Costa 
Rica. 

and  Caloosahatchee  marl  (near- 
ly contemporaneous). 

Sicilian. 
Plaisanclan. 

Sannatlan. 
Tortonlan. 

s' 

| 

i 

i 

Yorktown  formation,  Duplin  marl, 
and  Choctawhatcheo  marl  (near- 
ly contemporaneous). 

St.  Marys  formation. 

Choptank  formation. 

^aTion^    M«kS  Head  marl. 

|       Lower.       J  Middle. 

Qatun  formation. 

La  Cruz  marl 
(Cuba). 

iVms'i 

horizon 
Unique. 

Upper  horizon 
in  Santo  Do- 
mingo. 

'!:»>  uu 

for- 
ma- 

'••o>U 
Rica) 

Pacific 
coast 

of 
Nica- 
ragua. 

Expn- 

Istll- 
mu-.ii 
Te- 
huan- 
tapec. 

Helvetian. 

Marl  at  Hoxa- 

Lower  horizon 
in  Martinique. 

Zones  G,  11, 
and  I  in  San- 
to Domingo. 

Alum  Bluff 
formation 

shoal  River  marl 

member. 
Dak  Grove  sand 

memner. 
'hipola  marl  mem- 
ber. 

Burdlgallanj 

Aqultanian. 
Chattian. 

1 
c 

| 

KmpiM': 

dor  limestone. 
Upper  part  of 

Anguilla  formation  (Anguilla),  and  heds  at 
many  localities  in  Cuba. 

San  Rafael  forma- 
tion. 

Chattahoo- 
chee for- 

Tampa  formation. 

Lower  part  of 
Culchraand 
limestone  at 

Coral  roe 

liinanio, 
Cuba. 

(Antigua). 

Pepino 
lormal  ion 
(Porto 
Rico). 

Lower  hor- 
izon in 

Domingo. 

Rupelian. 

Limestone 
with  Or- 
Ihophrtigmi- 

l''hanfreas'<. 
and  lime- 

vid  (contem- 
poraneous). 

Bohio 
eonRl.t 

Montpelier 
white  lime- 
stone. 

Deposits  with  Pec- 
ten  an".  P.  poul- 
son/anrt  large,  di--- 
coid  orbitoids. 

group8 

Byram  calcareous 

Mai  lanna  limestone. 
Red  Bluff  clay. 

Lattorfian 
(Sannoisian). 

Eocene. 

1 

Cambridge 
formation. 

formation. 

St.  Bartholomew  limestone  (St.  Bartholomew). 
Widely  distributed  in  Cuba;  also  in  Haiti. 

Brito  for- 
mation of 
Nicaragua 
(typical 
Brito). 

Frio 
yses"e 

Jackson  for- 

Ocala  limestone. 

I.udian  (Pria- 

bonian). 
Bartonian. 

Lower.            j  Middle. 

Eocene 

5f  Tonosi. 

Near  the  Texas  border. 

Claiborne 
group. 

group. 

Gosport  sand, 
l.io.nu  formation. 
TaUahatta  b  u  h  r  - 

Auversian.c 

Wilcox  for- 

Wilcox 
group. 

1  -  h'-l  igl.ce  furnia- 

tion. 
Ha  In  lormation. 
1'iisialioma  forma- 

Nanafalia  formation. 

Ypresian.^ 
Sparnacian.c 

Midway  for- 
mation. | 

Midway 
group. 

Naheola  formation. 

-m  ar  Iiee  clay. 

Clayton  limestone. 

Montian.c 

"  Reported  by  H.  Don  villi  and  referred  to"Stampien  inferipur"-Yickshuigiati-  Lattoilian;  Cushman  thinks  these  deposits  •brnild  be  referred  to  the  upper  Eocene  and  placed 
opposite  the  Si.  iiart holom.w  limostone  in  the  table. 
'  May  belong  straiigraphically  somewhat  higher, 
c  Correlation  proposed  by  E.  W.  Berry. 


37H9— 19.   (To  face  page  BM. ) 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


595 


line  map  of  the  Pliocene  area  in  Yucatan,1  and  he  repeated  Heilprin's 
lists  of  fossils. 

No  information  is  available  for  British  Honduras,  the  Republic  of 
Honduras,  or  Nicaragua. 

The  accompanying  table  presents  the  approximate  stratigraphic 
equivalence  of  the  Tertiary  marine  formations  in  Central  America,  the 
Antilles,  the  southeastern  United  States,  and  Europe.  It  will  be 
noticed  that  the  table  indicates  two  great  stratigraphic  bleaks, 
namely,  one  in  lower  and  middle  Eocene  time,  the  other  in  upper 
Miocene  time. 

Pre-Tertiary  Formations  in  Central  America  and  the  West  Indies. 

The  foregoing  discussion  of  the  marine  geologic  formations  of 
Panama  has  included  more  or  less  consideration  of  all  of  those  of 
Tertiary  age,  concerning  which  we  have  knowledge,  in  the  southern 
United  States,  eastern  Mexico,  Central  America,  and  the  West  Indies, 
and  a  few  notes  have  been  made  on  northern  South  America.  Since 
the  publication  of  Bailey  Willis's  Index  to  the  stratigraphy  of  North 
America,2  there  has  been  no  important  addition  to  our  knowledge  of  the 
pre-Tertiary  formations  of  the  West  Indies  and  Central  America.  As 
this  volume  and  the  geologic  map  of  North  America  it  was  prepared 
to  accompany  are  both  easily  accessible  to  geologists,  and  as  a  review 
of  the  formations  of  those  ages  would  be  mostly  repetition  of  informa- 
tion contained  in  that  work,  I  will  make  only  a  few  general  remarks. 

Rocks  of  supposed  Archean  age  outcrop  as  follows:  State  of  Oaxaca, 
Mexico,  granites  and  gneisses;  Chiapas  and  Guatemala,  granites, 
talc,  and  chloritic  schists;  Nicaragua  and  Honduras,  fundamental 
granite;  Venezuela,  granite  from  Puerto  Cabello  to  Trinidad.  Granitic 
debris  was  found  in  Eocene  sediments  in  Costa  Rica  and  along  Rio 
Chagres  in  Panama  by  Hill.  There  is  granite  overlain  by  arkose 
below  the  Upper  Cretaceous  near  the  city  of  Santa  Clara,  Cuba,  and 
marble  and  schists  in  the  Isle  of  Pines. 

Paleozoic  rocks  of  undertermined  age  occur  in  northern  Sonora, 
Mexico,  and  in  Chiapas:  in  Guatemala  there  are  formations  of  both 
pre-Carboniferous  and  Carboniferous  age;  Mierisch  reports  Devonian 
in  northern  Nicaragua;  and  Paleozoic  rocks  apparent!}^  are  present 
in  Honduras.  The  rocks,  largely  serpentine,  forming  the  proto-axis 
of  Cuba,  and  some  of  the  formations  in  the  Trinidad  Mountains, 
Cuba,  may  be  of  Paleozoic  age,  but  there  is  no  definite  proof. 

Triassic  deposits  occur  near  Zacatecr.s,  and  perhaps  at  Miquehuana, 
State  of  Tamaulipas,  Mexico;  the  Todas  Santos  formation  in  Chiapas 
and  Guatemala  is  of  Triassic  age,  and  it  appears,  according  to  Mierisch, 

i  Sapper,  Carlos,  La  geografia  fisica  y  la  geelogia  de  la  Feninsula  c'e  Yucatan,  Mexico  Instit.  geolog. 
Bol.  No.  3,  pp.  57,  6  pis.,  1896. 
»  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey  Prof.  Paper  71,  1912. 


596 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


also  to  occur  in  northern  Nicaragua.  Sapper  records  Triassic  rocks 
from  several  areas  in  Honduras. 

Jurassic  limestone  froms  the  axis  of  the  Organos  Mountain,  Province 
of  Pinar  del  Rio,  Cuba;  and  marine  Jurassic  is  extensively  developed 
in  Mexico  and  west  Texas. 

The  Lower  Cretaceous,  so  greatly  developed  in  Mexico  and  Texas, 
is  not  known  in  the  West  Indies  or  in  Central  America  proper,  that  is, 
below  the  Isthmus  of  Tehuantapec,  except  in  Honduras.1 

With  regard  to  the  Upper  Cretaceous,  it  will  be  said  that  the  pecul- 
iar Upper  Cretaceous  fauna  of  Jamaica  has  been  found  in  Cuba  and 
St.  Thomas.  Hill  has  noted  in  Porto  Rico  "  volcanic  tuffs  and  con- 
glomerates with  interbcdded  Cretaceous  rudistcan  limestone  similar 
to  that  of  Jamaica,"  thereby  confirming  a  previous  inference  of  Clcve 
that  the  horizon  he  recognized  in  St.  Thomas  also  occurs  in  Porto 
Rico;  and  it  is  reported  from  the  Island  of  Haiti.  Quin  figures  a 
specimen  of  Barretiia  from  the  " Blue-beach"  formation  of  St.  Croix 
(but  without  recognizing  its  affinities);  and  Sapper  records  Barreitia 
from  northwest  of  Coban,  Guatemala,  and  a  somewhat  similar  fauna 
from  Chiapas,  Mexico.  As  Clevo  years  ago  pointed  out,  this  fauna  is 
more  closely  related  to  that  of  Gosau,  Austria,  than  to  any  in  North 
America  north  of  the  Gulf  of  Mexico.  Hill  reports  Rudistes  and 
Inoccrami  from  his  San  Miguel  formation,  Costa  Rica,  but  Romanes 2 
doubts  the  correctness  of  the  identifications. 

OUTLINE  OF  THE  GEOLOGIC  HISTORY  OF  THE  PERIMETERS  OF  THE 
GULF  OF  MEXICO  AND  THE  CARIBBEAN  SEA. 

The  following  pages  will  present  only  the  broad  outlines  of  tho 
geologic  history  of  the  region  of  which  Panama  forms  a  part.  Tho 
details  for  Panama  are  given  by  Doctor  MacDonald  in  the  manu- 
script of  his  report  on  the  geology  of  the  Canal  Zone  and  adjacent 
areas,  to  be  published  by  the  Smithsonian  Institution.  Three 
manuscripts  on  the  physiography  and  stratigraphy  of  Cuba  arc  now 
in  my  possession.  One  of  these  is  on  an  area  adjacent  to  Guanta- 
namo,  by  Mr.  O.  E.  Meinzer;  the  second  is  on  an  area  northwest  of 
Guantanamo  by  Mr.  N.  H.  Darton;  and  the  third  is  a  general  ac- 
count of  the  physiography  and  stratigraphy  of  the  entire  island  and 
the  Isle  of  Pines  by  myself.  The  paleontolog}7  of  the  different  forma- 
tions is  considered  in  as  much  detail  as  available  information  per- 
mits. A  similar  account  of  the  geology  of  tho  Lesser  Antilles,  by 
Mr.  Robert  T.  Hill  and  myself,  is  nearly  ready  for  press,  and  palo- 
ontologic  monographs  of  the  fossil  biota  of  St.  Bartholomew,  Anti- 
gua, and  Anguilla  are  almost  complete.    The  geologic  history  of  theso 

1  Dr.  T.W.  Stanton  has  rccentiy  verified  the  age  determination  ol  these  deposits.  (Oral  communi- 
cation.) 

«  Romanes,  James,  Geology  of  a  part  of  Costa  Rica,  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ.,  vol.  68,  pp.  103-139, 
pis.  8,  9,  1912. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  597 


areas  is  discussed  in  the  reports  mentioned,  which  I  hope  may, 
within  a  few  months,  be  submitted  for  publication  by  the  Carnegie 
Institution  of  Washington. 

The  discussion  of  the  age  and  geographic  distribution  of  the  differ- 
ent geologic  formations  on  preceding  pages  partly  prepares  the  way 
for  an  account  of  the  paleogeography  of  the  region  under  considera- 
tion; but  before  proceeding  the  geographic  relations  of  the  Three 
Americas  should  receive  attention. 

Geographic  Relations  op  the  Three  Americas. 

Tins  subject  has  attracted  many  investigators,  some  of  whom  con- 
sidered only  segments  of  the  perimeters  of  the  two  American  seas,  the 
Caribbean  Sea  and  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  while  others  considered  the 
relations  between  Central  America  and  the  West  Indies  to  the  continent 
of  North  America,  on  the  north,  and  to  the  continent  of  South  America, 
on  the  south.  Some  of  the  important  facts  in  the  alignment  of  tho 
West  Indies  were  recognized  so  long  ago  as  1848,  for  Schomburgh  1 
called  attention  to  the  fact  that  in  the  Lesser  Antilles  there  arc  an 
outer  and  an  inner  group  of  islands,  the  outer  largely  composed  of 
calcareous  rocks,  the  inner  composed  of  volcanic  rocks.  Knowledge 
of  the  geographic  and  geologic  relations  within  this  region  has  grown 
gradually,  and  there  have  been  so  many  contributors  to  it  that  no 
attempt  will  be  made  to  credit  each  of  them  for  what  he  has  done. 
However,  special  acknowledgments  should  be  made  to  R.  T.  Hill  for 
his  investigations  in  a  number  of  the  West  Indian  and  Central  Ameri- 
can areas;  to  Carl  Sapper  for  his  exploration  in  Yucatan,  Tabasco, 
Chiapas;* Guatemala,  parts  of  Honduras,  and  San  Salvador;  and  to 
Karsten  and  Sievers  for  their  work  in  northern  South  America.  The 
footnotes  2  below  gives  the  titles  of  some  of  the  more  important 
publications,  and  they  contain  references  to  earlier  literature. 

i  Schomburgh,  Sir  R.,  TTistory  of  Barbados,  p.  532,  1S4S. 

*  Dollfus,  A.,  and  Mont-Scrrat,  E.  de,  Voyage  geologiquc  dans  Ics  republiqucs  de  Guatemala  et  do 
Salvador,  pp.  535,  18  pis.,  1868,  Paris.   See  particularly  pp.  250-258. 

Felix,  J.,  and  Lcnk,  II.,  Uebcr  die  tektonischen  Vcrhiiltmsse  der  Republik  Mexiko,  Deutsch.  geolog. 
Gesellsch.  Zeitsch.,  vol.  44,  pp.  303-323,  pis.  19,  20,  1892. 

Hi  1,  R.  T.,  Fundamental  geographic  relations  of  the  Three  Americas,  Nat.  Geog.  Mag.,  vol.  7,  pp. 
175-181,  1S9G;  The  physical  geography  of  Mexico  [Abstract],  Eighth  Internat.  Geog.  Cong.  Rept.,  pp. 
7G5-7GG,  1905.   (See  also  papers  by  Hill  listed  on  p.  604,  this  volume.) 

Karsten,  Hermann,  Geologic  de  1'ancienne  Colombie  bolivariennc,  Venezuela,  Nouvellc-Grenai'de  et 
Ecuador,  pp.  62,  1  map,  8  pis.,  188G,  Berlin. 

Sapper,  Carl,  Grundziige  der  physikalischen  geographic  von  Guatemala,  Fetermanns  Mittcil.  Ergan- 
zungsbd.  24,  Ergunzungsheft  113,  pp.  59,  4  maps,  1894;  La  geografia  flsica  y  la  geologia  de  la  peninsula  de 
Yucatan,  Mexico  Inst,  geolog.  Bol.  3,  pp.  57,  G  pis.,  1S96;  Das  nordliche  Mittel-Amerika,  pp.  436,  8  pis., 
1897,  Braunschweig;  Mitteiamerikanische  Rcisen  und  Studien  aus  den  Jahren  1SSS  bis  1900,  pp.  426,  4 
statistical  tables,  4  maps  .and  numerous  unnumbered  halftone  figs,  and  pis.,  1902,  Braunschweig;  Uber 
Gebirgsbau  und  Boden  des  siidlichen  Mittelamerika,  Petermann's  Mitteil.,  Ergiinzungs  Bd.  32,  Ergan- 
zungsheft 151,  pp.  82,  4  pis.,  1905. 

Sievers,  W.,  Karten  zur  physikalischen  geographic  von  Venezuela,  Fetermanns  Mitteil.,  vol.  42,  pp. 
125-129,  pi.  10,  pp.  149-155,  pi.  11;  pp.  197-201,  pi.  15,  1S96. 

Suess,  E.,  Lcs  Antilles,  La  face  de  la  terre  (translated  under  the  direction  of  E.  de  Margerie),  vol.  1 
pp.  724-737,  1897. 


598         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


GENERAL  RELATIONS. 

The  boundaries  of  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  and  the  Caribbean  Sea  form 
a  parallelogram  (see  pi.  73) ;  those  on  the  north  and  south  extend 
along  east  and  west  lines,  those  on  the  east  and  west  are  northwest 
to  southeast,  while  the  basins  are  separated  by  east  and  west 
structures. 

The  bottoms  of  the  continental  slopes  on  both  sides  of  the  continents 
range  between  2,500  and  3,000  fathoms  in  depth.  On  the  east  the 
2,500-fathom  curve  is  either  at  or  near  the  base  of  the  slope  from  off 
the  Banks  of  Newfoundland  southwestward  to  off  Jacksonville, 
Florida,  whence  it  bends  toward  the  southeast,  passing  east  of  the 
Bahamas,  north  of  Porto  Rico,  east  of  the  Caribbean  arc,  east  of 
Trinidad,  and  northeast  of  the  Guianas.  The  2,500-fathom  contour 
lies  farther  offshore  on  the  Pacific  side  than  on  the  Atlantic  side  of 
North  America,  but  is  nearer  shore  from  the  Revilla  Gigcdo  Islands, 
west  of  Manzanillo,  Mexico,  to  off  Guatemala,  whence  southward  the 
2,000-fathom  contour  is  near  the  base  of  the  slope  until  off  Peru, 
where  there  is  a  drop  to  over  3,000  fathoms  in  the  great  Callao  deep. 

Land  areas  bound  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  on  the  east,  north,  west,  and 
south.  The  land  on  the  west  continues  without  interruption  through 
Central  America  and  northern  South  America,  forming  the  western 
and  southern  boundaries  of  the  Caribbean  Sea.  Between  southern 
Florida  and  Trinidad  there  are  relatively  shallow-water  connections 
with  the  Atlantic  Ocean  through  passages  between  Florida  and  Cuba, 
and  through  passages  between  both  the  Greater  and  the  Lesser  Antil- 
les to  Trinidad.  Depths  of  about  1,000  fathoms  or  somewhat  more 
are  found  between  Cuba  and  Haiti  in  the  Windward  Passage,  and 
between  Anegada  and  Anguilla  in  the  Anegada  Passage,  but  they  are 
usually  less  than  500  fathoms. 

The  Gulf  of  Mexico  is  separated  from  the  Caribbean  Sea  by  the 
Yucatan  Peninsula  and  Cuba,  but  connects  with  it  through  the  Yuca- 
tan Channel.  The  deepest  part  of  this  basin,  which  is  a  simple  basin, 
is  slightly  over  2,000  fathoms. 

The  Caribbean  Sea  is  a  compound  basin,  separated  into  two  parts 
by  the  ridge  that  extends  from  Honduras  to  Jamaica.  The  northern 
division  is  almost  subdivided  by  the  Cayman  ridge,  which  extends 
westward  from  the  Sierra  Macstra  of  Cuba.  Depths  of  2,500  fathoms 
arc  attained  between  the  Caymans  and  Cape  San  Antonio,  Cuba, 
while  south  of  them  depths  exceeding  3,000  fathoms  are  recorded  in 
the  Bartlctt  deep.  The  southern  division  is  a  simple  basin  with 
depths  ranging  between  2,250  and  2,900  fathoms. 

The  data  presented  show  that  these  two  basins  are  land-locked, 
except  that  between  Florida  and  Trinidad  shallow  passages  between 
land  areas  connect  with  the  Atlantic  Ocean,  that  the  two  basins  are 
separated  by  structures  transverse  to  the  continental  trend  in  Yucatan 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


599 


and  Cuba,  and  that  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  is  a  simple  while  the  Carribbean 
Sea  is  a  compound  basin. 

The  major  tectonic  features  surrounding  and  occurring  within  the 
basins  will  now  be  briefly  considered. 

TECTONIC  PROVINCES. 

In  order  to  give  an  adequate  conception  of  the  relations  of  the  two 
basins  the  general  features  of  both  the  North  and  South  American 
continents  must  be  considered  as  well  as  the  details  of  the  land  areas 
and  submarine  banks  and  ridges  immediately  adjacent  to  and  within 
the  region.  The  provinces  germane  to  the  area  will  be  more  par- 
ticularly considered,  while  the  boundaries  of  those  more  remote  will 
be  only  indicated.  Twelve  major  with  several  subordinate  provinces 
may  be  discriminated  as  follows: 

1.  Bahamas. 

2.  Atlantic  and  Gulf  Coastal  Plain. 

3.  Mexican  Plateau. 

4.  Oaxaca-Guerrero. 

5.  Yucatan. 

C.  Guatemala — Chiapas. 

7.  Cuba  and  northern  Haiti. 

8.  Honduras,  and  its  continuation  to  Jamaica,  southern  Haiti, 
Porto  Rico,  the  Virgin  Islands,  and  the  outlying  island  of  Saint  Croix. 

9.  Costa  Rica-Panama. 

10.  Andes. 

11.  Maritime  Andes. 

12.  Caribbean  Islands: 
12a.  Barbadian  Ridge. 
12b.  Main  Caribbean  Arc. 
12c.  Aves  Ridge. 

1.  Bahamas. — The  Bahama  Islands  and  their  accompanying  shoals 
occupy  a  triangular  area  which  lies  east  of  Florida  and  north  of 
Cuba  and  Haiti.  The  islands  either  occur  on  one  of  two  large  banks, 
the  Little  Bahama  and  the  Great  Bahama  banks,  or  they  rise  to  the 
southeast  of  the  latter  bank  as  isolated  eminences  separated  by  water 
as  much  as  1,000  fathoms  in  depth.  Two  bodies  of  water  over  1,0C0 
fathoms  deep,  Exuma  Sound  and  The  Tongue  of  the  Ocean,  indent 
the  Great  Bahama  Bank.  Water  1,000  fathoms  in  depth  is  close 
to  the  eastern  shore  of  the  Bahamas  as  far  north  as  Elbow  Cay  on 
Little  Bahama  Bank.  Eastward  from  the  1,000-fathom  curve  the 
bottom  rapidly  descends  to  a  depth  between  2,000  and  3.000  fathoms. 
The  Bahama  Islands  are  subaerial  protuberants  above  the  nearly 
level,  slightly  submerged  surfaces  of  extensive  plateaus  which  on  one 
or  more  sides  rise  precipitously  from  oceanic  depths. 


600 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


2.  Atlantic  and  Gulf  Coastal  Plain. — This  plain  extends  beyond 
Rio  Grande  to  the  Sierra  Madre,  Mexico,  and  as  far  southward  as 
Tampico.  A  narrow,  more  or  less  broken  plain  continues  beyond 
Vera  Cruz  to  the  lowland  plain  of  Yucatan,  where  it  meets  the  trans- 
verse Oaxaca-Guerrero  structural  line. 

Throughout  its  extent,  notwithstanding  irregularities  in  surface 
configuration,  the  Coastal  Plain  in  general  slopes  from  its  landward 
margin  to  the  edge  of  the  Continental  Shelf.  The  inner  margin 
ranges  from  300  to  600  feet  in  altitude  between  Maryland  and  central 
Texas ;  while  in  west  Texas  it  attains  a  height  of  slightly  more  than 
1,000  feet  above  sea  level. 

3.  Mexican  Plateau. — At  least  four  provinces  of  major  rank  are 
recognized  in  the  western  Cordilleran  region  of  the  United  States, 
according  to  Ransome,1  namely:  (1)  The  Rocky  Mountains,  (2)  the 
Colorado  Plateau,  (3)  the  Nevada-Sonoran  region,  (4)  the  Pacific 
ranges.  Nos.  1  and  2  are  parts  of  the  Laramide  mountain  system; 
No.  3  is  the  intcrmontane  belt;  and  No.  4,  the  Pacific  mountain 
system.  Fenneman  dissents  from  this  classification  in  that  he  refers 
the  Colorado  Plateau  to  the  Intermontanc  plateaus,  along  with  the 
Nevada-Sonoran  region,2  and  considers  the  Mexican  "highland''  as  a 
part  of  his  Basin-and-Rangc  province  lying  south  of  the  Colorado 
Plateau.  Toward  the  south  in  trans-Pecos  Texas  the  Colorado  Pla- 
teau and  the  Nevada-Sonoran  region  of  Ransome  are  delimited  by  a 
rather  vague  boundary  from  the  Mexican  Plateau,  which  Ransome 
also  considers  a  part  of  the  Laramide  mountain  system.  The  Mexi- 
can Plateau  comprises  the  high  plateaus  and  central  mountains  of 
Mexico.  Southward  from  Rio  Grande,  below  the  mouth  of  Pecos 
River,  it  forms  the  western  boundary  of  the  Coastal  Plain.  The 
boundary,  according  to  Hayes  (oral  communication),  is  a  fault  scarp 
which  lies  a  little  east  of  Monterey  and  trends  cast  of  south  through 
Ciudad  Victoria  to  Misantla,  where  volcanic  mountains  reach  tho 
shore  and  interrupt  the  continuity  of  the  plain.  The  province  is  ter- 
minated on  the  south  by  a  fault  scarp  beyond  which  are  the  east  and 
west  trending  structural  axis  of  Michoacan,  Guerrero,  and  Oaxaca. 

4.  Oaxaca-Guerrero. — A  structural  axis  extends  through  Michoacan, 
Guerrero,  and  Oaxaca,  almost  at  right  angles  to  tho  trend  of  the 
Mexican  Plateau.  The  northern  boundary  of  this  province  is  tho 
escarpment  at  the  southern  margin  of  the  Mexican  Plateau;  the 
western  and  southern  boundary  is  the  Pacific  Ocean;  while  tho 
eastern  boundary  is  the  Isthmus  of  Tehuantapcc.  It  is  thus  set  off 
from  the  Mexican  Plateau,  and  the  Yucatan  lowland. 

>  Ransome,  F.  L.,  The  Tertiary  orogeny  ol  the  North  American  Cordillera  and  its  problems,  1'ioblem 
of  American  geology,  pp.  2S'J-2.1j,  New  Haven,  1915. 

«  Fennarrun,  N.  M.,  Physiographic  divisions  of  the  United  States,  Assoc.  Amer.  Geographers  Bull, 
vol.  0,  p.  41,  1910. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  601 

5.  Yucatan. — This  province  consists  of  lowlands,  under  600  meters 
in  height,  underlain  by  only  slightly  deformed  Tertiary  strata,  except 
some  problematic  rocks  west  of  Belize.  The  Yucatan  Peninsula  and 
Campccho  Bank  are  comparable  to  the  Floridian  Plateau.  They  are 
developed  along  a  structural  axis  almost  at  right  angles  to  the  con- 
tinental trend.  Campeche  Bank  projects  northward  from  the  shore 
line  of  the  peninsula  170  nautical  miles  to  the  100-fathom  curve  and 
has  a  width  of  nearly  360  nautical  miles  along  an  east  and  west  line. 
On  the  east  the  depth  of  water  between  it  and  Cuba  exceeds  1,000 
fathoms  and  the  axial  trends  are  not  coincident,  but  the  axis  of 
Yucatan  Bank  and  that  of  the  Province  of  Pinar  del  Rio,  Cuba,  curve 
so  that  they  are  nearly  parallel,  with  a  trough,  Yucatan  Channel, 
between  them. 

6.  Guatemala- CMajias. — This  province  lies  between  the  Yucatan 
lowland  on  the  north  and  Rio  Motagua  on  the  south.  It  is  an  up- 
land dominated  by  cast  and  west  tectonic  lines,  and  has  been  called 
the  Guatemala-Chiapas  Plateau  by  Tower.1 

7.  Cuba. — This  province  is  coincident  with  Cuba  and  its  submarine 
continuation,  the  Cayman  Ridge.  At  least  four  subdivisions  should 
be  recognized:  (1)  The  Isle  of  Pines,  which  is  composed  of  mountains 
of  schists  and  marbles  with  piedmont  plains  and  marsh,  separated 
from  the  main  island  by  water  less  than  10  fathoms  deep.  (2) 
Organos  Mountains  of  Pinar  del  Rio  and  the  accompanying  piedmont 
plains.  The  1,000-fathom  curve  is  less  than  20  miles  off  the  north 
shore.  (3)  Central  Cuba,  from  the  east  end  of  Organos  Mountains 
to  Cauto  River,  is  mostly  a  plain  broken  by  some  hills  of  serpentine 
and  granite,  and  in  Santa  Clara  Province,  near  Trinidad,  mountains 
reported  to  be  composed  of  Paleozoic  sediments  attain  an  altitudo 
of  about  2,000  feet.  (4)  Sierra  Maestra  and  Cayman  Ridge.  This 
subprovincc  lies  between  the  Cauto  Valley  and  the  south  shore  and 
is  continued  westward  as  the  submarine  Cayman  Ridge,  along  the 
axis  of  which  only  the  Cayman  Islands  project  above  water  level. 
The  axial  trend  is  nearly  east  and  west  between  Cabo  Cruz,  Cuba,  and 
Little  Cayman,  whence  it  curves  to  the  southwest  and  pitches  toward 
the  head  of  the  Gulf  of  Honduras,  which  is  an  area  of  depression. 
Between  the  Caymans  and  the  Isle  of  Pines  the  depth  of  water  exceeds 
1,000  fathoms,  while  the  Bartlett  deep  to  the  south,  separating  Cuba 
and  Jamaica,  exceeds  3,000  fathoms  in  depth. 

7a.  Haiti,  northern  part. — The  island  of  Haiti  lies  at  the  conver- 
gence of  the  trend  of  the  axis  of  the  central  subprovince  of  Cuba  and 
the  Honduran-Jamaican  axis.  The  dividing  line  in  Haiti  is  from 
Port  au  Prince  to  Ocoa  Bay.  The  area  south  of  this  line  belongs  to 
a  Jamaican  axis,  while  that  to  the  north  belongs  to  the  central 


i  Tower,  W.  L.,  Investigation  of  evolution  in  chrysoineiid  beetles  of  the  genus  Leptinotarsa,  Carnegie 
Inst.  Washington  Pub.  No.  48,  p.  60,  1906. 


G02         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 

Cuban  trend.  The  structural  axes  of  the  mountains  in  the  northern 
and  northeastern  part  of  Haiti  are  from  northwest  to  southeast  and 
are  parallel  to  the  axis  of  elongation  of  Cuba  from  the  Sierra  Maestra 
to  Santa  Clara.  In  Cuba  this  trend  is  cut  diagonally  by  the  axis  of 
the  Sierra  Maestra,  which  is  bounded  on  the  south  by  a  tremendous 
fault  scarp.  Previous  to  this  faulting  it  seems  that  central  Cuba  and 
Haiti  formed  parts  of  the  same  land  area.  The  island  of  Haiti  might 
be  treated  as  separate  from  Cuba  and  Jamaica,  but  lying  at  the 
intersection  of  two  tectonic  trends. 

8.  Honduras  and  the  Jamaican  Ridge. — -The  Honduran  Province  in 
Central  America  is  dominated  by  tectonic  lines  extending  from  south- 
west to  northeast,  of  which  the  Telusa  Mountains  are  representative. 
A  line  from  the  Gulf  of  Honduras  along  Motagua  River  to  a  point 
north  of  Jalapa,  thence  southwest  to  the  Pacific  coast,  may  be  taken 
as  the  northern  boundary' and  Rio  San  Juan  and  the  southern  side 
of  Lake  Nicaragua  as  the  southern  boundary. 

From  the  northeast  coast  of  Honduras  and  Nicaragua  a  great  sub- 
marine plateau  continues  with  depths  of  less  than  1,000  fathoms  to 
Jamaica.  Above  it  rise  numerous  banks  and  keys  and  along  its 
course  are  Thunder  Knoll,  Rosalind,  Seranilla,  and  Pedro  banks 
betv\"een  the  continental  shore  and  Jamaica. 

The  principal  old  tectonic  lines  of  Jamaica  trend  northwest  to 
southeast.  As  these  are  parallel  to  the  shore  northwest  of  Cape 
Gracias  a  Dios  and  to  the  northeast  edge  of  Mosquito  Bank,  there 
are  evidently  cross  tectonic  lines  nearly  at  right  angles  to  each  other 
in  this  ridge. 

A  submarine  ridge  extends  from  the  east  end  of  Jamaica  some  45 
miles  and  overlaps  on  the  south  side  a  ridge  which  protrudes  west- 
ward from  the  west  end  of  Haiti.  The  two  ridges,  however,  do  not 
connect  but  are  separated  by  water  over  1,000  fathoms  deep.  The 
ridge  representing  an  eastward  submarine  continuation  of  Jamaica 
indicates  a  third  tectonic  line  in  that  island.  The  last-mentioned 
line  nearly  parallels  the  Bartlett  deep,  which  lies  to  the  north.  The 
submarine  slopes  to  the  southeast  are  toward  the  bottom  of  the 
Caribbean  basin. 

8a.  Haiti  (southern  part),  Porto  Rico,  and  the  Virgin  Islands. — The 
political  division  of  Haiti  designated  Sud  is  dominated  by  east  and 
west  trending  mountains,  which  parallel  in  direction  the  east  and 
west  axis  of  Jamaica.  As  the  maximum  depth  between  Haiti  and 
Porto  Rico  is  about  318  fathoms,  the}'  rise  from  a  common,  not  greatly 
submerged  bank.  (See  statement  on  preceding  page  in  regard  to 
considering  Haiti  as  a  separate  Province.) 

The  main  mountain  mass  of  Porto  Rico,  the  Sierra  Central,  the 
maximum  altitude  of  which  is  3,750  feet  at  El  Yunque,  trends  east 
and  west,  paralleling  in  direction  Sud,  Haiti.    There  is  coincidence 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  603 

in  the  direction  of  elongation  of  the  Jamaican  bank,  Sud  (Haiti), 
and  Porto  Kico. 

The  relative  truncation  of  the  west  end  of  Porto  Rico,  except  the 
protuberant  which  forms  Cabo  de  San  Francisco,  is  striking  and 
suggests  faulting.  The  declivities  both  to  the  north  and  south  of 
the  island  are  great,  over  4,000  fathoms  in  depth  being  reached 
within  40  miles  of  the  north  coast,  while  2,000  fathoms  are  attained 
within  a  shorter  distance  from  the  south  coast. 

A  submarine  bank  extending  from  the  east  end  of  Porto  Rico  to 
Anegada  Passage  is  known  as  Virgin  Bank.  The  depth  of  water 
between  the  islands  rising  above  this  bank  is  less  than  20  fathoms, 
which  is  a  minimum  for  the  amount  of  submergence  they  have  recently 
(geologically  speaking)  undergone.  These  islands  are  detached  out- 
liers of  Porto  Rico. 

86.  Saint  Croix. — Although  St.  Croix  is  separated  from  the  Vir- 
gin Islands  by  a  depth  as  great  as  2,400  fathoms  and  is  joined  to  the 
St.  Christopher  chain  by  a  ridge  less  than  1,000  fathoms  deep,  it 
possesses  great  similarity  to  members  of  the  Virgin  group.    The  west 
end  is  truncate  and  the  submarine  slope  precipitous;  the  submarine 
slope  to  the  north  is  also  steep.    Tnere  is  clear  evidence  of  faulting 
on  the  west  and  north  sides.    A  ridge,  largely  of  igneous  rock,  stands 
j  against  the  north  shore  from  the  west  end  of  the  island  for  some  dis- 
tance to  the  east.    South  of  the  ridge  is  a  sloping,  rolling,  calcareous 
plain.    The  east  end  has  a  submarine  continuation  in  a  bank  less 
than  50  fathoms  deep.    The  tectonic  axis  is  east  and  west,  the  rocks 
j  resemble  those  of  the  Virgins,  and  the  zoogeography  indicates  former 
I  connection  with  them.    For  these  reasons  it  seems  probable  that  this 
island  was  formerly  a  part  of  the  Porto  Rican-Virgin  Island  land-mass 
and  has  been  sundered  irom  it  by  dias trophic  processes.  However, 
I  Saint  Croix  might  be  accorded  separate  status  as  a  province,  or 
I  referred  to  the  St.  Christopher  axis;  but  it  appears  to  me  preferable 
I  to  classify  it  with  the  Virgin  Islands. 

9.  Costa  Rica-Panama. — 'Between  the  Nicaragua-Costa  Ricanbound- 
I  ary  and  the  mouth  of  Rio  Atrato  is  an  S-shaped  land  area  which 
I  does  not  exhibit  striking  major  tectonic  lines,  although  some  de- 
I  formation  axes  are  obvious  in  Panama.  The  region  is  largely  one 
t  of  vulcanism,  present  or  past,  which  although  occurring  within 

definable  limits  does  not  follow  continuous  straight  axes  but  occurs 
in  a  curving  belt.  The  topography  appears  disordered,  with  volcanic 
protuberants  here  and  there  without  perceptible  system.  The  vol- 
canic heaps  range  from  a  few  hundred  to  nearly  10,000  feet  in 
altitude. 

10.  Andes. — The  south-north  trending  ranges  of  the  Andes  reach 
the  shores  of  the  Caribbean  Sea  between  the  Gulf  of  Darien  and 
Venezuela,  and  send  a  spur,  Cordillera  de  Merida,  northeastward  to 


604        ♦BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


Porto  Cabello  where  the  main  Andean  trend  is  crossed  by  that  of  the 
Maritime  Andes.  The  shore  of  the  Caribbean  Sea  lies  across  the 
northern,  end  of  the  Andes  in  a  way  similar  to  the  manner  in  which 
the  landward  border  of  the  Coastal  Plain  crosses  the  southwestern 
end  of  the  Appalachian  Mountains. 

The  islands  Curacao,  Arube,  and  Bonaire,  lie  off  the  Venezuelan 
coast  in  the  angle  between  the  ends  of  the  main  Andes  and  the 
Cordillera  de  Merida. 

11.  Maritime  Andes. — The  Maritime  Audes  lie  along  the  Vene- 
zuela coast  from  Caracas  eastward.  Trinidad  and  Tobago  are 
outlying  islands.  On  the  south  side  of  these  mountains  is  tho  great 
Valley  of  the  Orinoco. 

12.  Caribbean  Islands. — These  islands  lio  along  triplo  arcuate 
ridges,  the  Barbadian  Ridge,  the  main  Caribbean  Arc,  and  Aves 
Ridge,  tho  second  of  which  is  double  at  its  northern  end. 

12a.  Barbadian  Ridge. — As  Barbados  is  connected  undersea 
with  Tobago  Island  by  a  ridge  less  than  1,000  fathoms  deep,  and 
as  the  depth  between  it  and  St.  Lucia  is  loss  than  1,000  fathoms, 
there  is  a  closed  basin  over  1,000  fathoms  deep  between  the  Bar- 
badian Ridge  and  the  main  Caribbean  Arc. 

12b.  Caribbean  Arc. — The  Caribbean  arc  is  a  ridge  that  extends  from 
north  of  the  Gulf  of  Paria  to  Anegada  Passage.  The  islands  occurring 
along  it  from  the  Grenadines  to  Dominica  are  entirely  or  predominantly 
volcanic.  Guadaloupe  is  a  compound  island;  the  western  half  is 
volcanic,  the  eastern  half  with  the  outlying  Marie  Galanto  is  mostly 
composed  of  calcareous  sediments.  North  of  Martinique  the  arc 
splits;  along  tho  inner  fork  are  the  volcanic  islands  Montscrrat,  tho 
St.  Christopher  Chain,  and  Saba;  along  the  outer  fork  arc  Antigua 
and  Barbuda,  and  tho  St.  Martin  group.  Tho  latter  islands  aro 
largely  or  predominantly  composed  of  sedimentary  rocks  resting  on 
an  igneous  basement  of  pro-Tertiary  or  early  Tertiary  ago. 

12c.  Aves  Ridge. — This  ridge  takes  its  name  from  Aves  Island, 
which  stands  on  a  ridge  running  from  the  north  coast  of  Cumana  to 
Saba  Island  at  depths  slightly  less  than  1,000  fathoms,  while  water 
of  greater  depth  occurs  both  oast  and  west  of  it. 

Paleographic  Summary. 

Thoro  aro  many  publications  dealing  with  this  subject,  some  of 
which,  such  as  those  of  Gregory,1  Hill,2  and  Guppy,3  aro  specially 

1  Gregory,  J.  W.,  Contributions  to  the  paleontology  and  physical  geology  of  the  'West  Indies,  Geol. 
Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ.,  vol.  51,  pp.  255-310,  pi.  11,  1S95. 

*  Hill,  R.  T.,  Notes  on  the  geology  of  Cuba,  based  upon  a  reconnaissance  made  for  Alexander  Agnssiz, 
Mus.  Comp.  Zodl.  Bull.,  vol.  16,  pp.  243-2SS,  pis.  3-9,  1895;  The  geological  history  or  tho  Isthmusnr  Panama 
an.l  p  >rtions  of  Costa  Rica,  Idem.,  vol.  28,  pp.  159-285,  pis.  1-19,  1S93;  The  geology  and  physical  geography 
of  Jamaica,  Idem.,  vol.31,  pp.  1-226,  252-255,  p'.s.  1-35, 1901;  Pe'6  and  the.  evolution  of  the  Windward  Archi- 
pelago, Geol.  Soc.  America  Bull.,  vol.  10,  pp.  243-28S,  p'.s.  43-17,  1905. 

3  Guppy,  R.  J.  L.f  The  goological  connexions  of  the  Caribbean  region,  Canada  Inst.  Trans.,  vol.8,  pp. 
373-3J1,  one  plato,  1909. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


605 


dovotcd  to  the  West  Indies  and  Central  America,  or  consider  part9 
of  the  regions;  others  arc  devoted  to  the  geologic  history  of  smaller 
areas  that  are  parts  of  the  region  and  are  too  numerous  for  men- 
tion hero,  but  many  of  them  have  been  referred  to  in  my  papers 
on  the  fossil  corals  and  the  correlation  of  the  geologic  formations 
of  Panama,  forming  parts  of  this  volume;  while  still  other  works, 
for  instanco  those  by  Schuchcrt  1  and  Willis,2  treat  Central  America 
and  the  West  Indies  only  as  parts  of  much  larger  areas. 

Schuchcrt  in  his  work  cited  undertakes  to  reconstruct  for  this 
region  the  distribution  of  land  and  sea;  that  is,  connections  and 
barrier  between  tho  Atlantic  and  Pacific  Basins  during  Paleozoic 
time,  basing  his  inferences  upon  the  affinities  of  tho  Paleozoic  faunas. 
As  I  can  add  nothing  to  what  ho  says,  I  will  not  summarize  his 
conclusions — the  reader  may  consult  his  memoir. 

LATE  PALEOZOIC 

Tho  great  Appalachian  revolution  occurred  in  lato  Paleozoic- 
Permian  time,  and  resulted  in  the  northern  boundary  of  the  Gulf 
of  Mexico — tho  southern  Appalachian,  tho  Ouachita,  and  Wichita 
Mountains. 

The  cast  and  west  trend  in  southern  Mexico  already  existed  or 
was  developed  about  this  time;  while  farther  to  the  southeast,  as 
Sapper  has  shown,  Rio  Motagua  in  Guatemala  divides  two  chains 
of  this  age,  one  to  the  north,  the  other  to  the  south,  with  spurs 
of  a  third  chain  farther  toward  the  southeast.  The  nearly  north 
and  south  trend  of  the  Coxcomb  Mountains  in  British  Honduras, 
which  are  composed  of  sediments  apparently  of  pre-Paleozoic  ago 
indicates  that  the  Yucatan  protuberant  had  been  outlined  in  Paleo- 
zoic, perhaps  early  Paleozoic  time.  Granitic  debris  in  Costa  Rica 
and  Panama  suggests  old  deformation  along  east  and  west  lines  in 
those  areas.  The  cast  and  west  mountains  of  Venezuela  have  an 
old  foundation  and  certainly  date  back  to  the  Paleozoic  in  origin. 
There  is  evidence  of  old  deformation  in  Cuba,  rendering  it  highly 
probable,  if  not  certain,  that  the  major  tectonic  trends  of  Cuba 
are  as  old  as  Paleozoic.  Although  no  Paleozoic  rocks  have  been 
identified  in  Jamaica,  the  inference  appears  warranted  that  Jamaica 
itself  dates  back  to  late  Paleozoic,  as  it  has  been  shown  by 
Sapper  that  the  west  end  of  tho  tectonic  features  represented 
in  Mosquito  and  Rosalind  Banks  and  Jamaica  already  existed 
in  late  Paleozoic  time.  Tho  Cuban  and  Jamaican  trends  meet 
in  Haiti  and  continue  through  Porto  Rico  to  the  Virgin  Islands, 

>  Schuchort,  Charles,  Paleography  of  North  America,  Geol.  Soc.  America  Bull.,  vol.  20,  pp.  427-00G,  pis. 
4G-101,  1910. 

2  Willis,  Bailey,  Pa'ecgraphic  maps,  in  Outlines  of  geologic  history  with  special  reference  to  North 
America,  pp.  30G,  Chicago,  1910. 


606 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


while  St.  Croix,  which  is  closely  related  in  its  geologic  features 
to  the  Virgins,  was  probably  at  one  timo  a  member  of  that 
group  and  has  been  separated  from  them  by  faulting  of  compara- 
tively late  geologic  date.  There  is  no  direct  evidence  of  tho 
existence  at  this  time  of  any  of  the  Caribbean  Islands,  but  certain 
relations  suggest  that  at  least  parts  of  tho  Caribbean  Arc  maybe  old. 
St.  Croix  stands  on  tho  western  end  of  a  ridge  between  600  and  700 
fathoms  deep,  on  the  eastern  end  of  which  is  St.  Christopher.  This 
ridge  extends  northward  to  the  St.  Martin  Plateau,  eastward  to 
Antigua  and  Barbuda,  and  southward  from  the  latter  islands  through 
Guadeloupe,  St.  Lucia,  and  tho  Grenadines  to  South  America. 
These  relations  suggest  that  the  eastern  perimeter  of  the  Caribbean 
Basin  may  have  been  outlined  in  late  Paleozoic  time. 

From  the  preceding  statement  it  is  evident  that  the  principal 
tectonic  lines  of  the  perimeters  of  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  and  Caribbean 
Sea  existed  at  the  close  of  the  Paleozoic.  The  northern,  western, 
and  southern  boundaries  had  been  outlined  and  the  major  transverse 
trends  had  also  been  formed,  the  more  northern  through  Oaxaca 
and  Chiapas,  including  the  northward  trending  Coxcomb  Mountains 
of  British  Honduras;  the  more  southern  through  Honduras  and 
Nicaragua.  The  first  may  have  connected  along  the  axis  of  the 
Coxcomb  Mountains  with  Cuba  and  thence  Haiti;  the  second  prob- 
ably connected  with  Jamaica,  Haiti,  Porto  Rico,  and  the  Virgin 
Islands,  and  there  are  vague  suggestions  that  the  Caribbean  Arc 
also  existed.  As  the  positive  and  negative  areas  so  early  outlined 
dominated  the  tectonic  development  during  later  geologic  time,  the 
subsequent  history  consists  in  tracing  the  modification  of  these  old 
features. 

TRIASSIC,  JURASSIC,  AND  CRETACEOUS. 

It  seems  necessary  to  infer  diastrophic  movements  previous  to  or 
during  Jurassic  and  Cretaceous  time,  for  there  was  no  connection 
between  the  Atlantic  and  Pacific  oceans  across  Central  America  dur- 
ing these  periods,  with  the  possible  exception  of  certain  connections 
during  Jurassic  and  upper  Triassic  (Karnic)  time,  as  shown  in  the 
table  on  page  612.  During  Triassic  and  Jurassic  time  the  eastern  part 
of  the  North  American  continent,  except  areas  of  Triassic  in  Mexico 
and  several  Central  American  States  and  areas  of  Jurassic  in  Mexico 
and  trans-Pecos  Texas,  was  emerged  probably  to  the  limits  of  the  pres- 
ent Continental  Shelf,  while  the  western  end  of  Cuba  was  submerged. 
The  eastern  end  of  Cuba  apparently  was  a  land  area  and  may  have 
been  joined  to  the  southeastern  United  States.  During  upper  Creta- 
ceous time  there  was  extensive  submergence  throughout  the  West 
Indies  and  Central  America,  but  the  Lower  Cretaceous,  as  represented 
in  Mexico  and  Texas,  is  not  known  in  them,  except  in  Honduras. 
As  the  Jurassic  and  Cretaceous  faunas  are  Atlantic  in  their  facies, 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  607 

the  Atlantic  Ocean  must  have  had  access  to  these  oceanic  basins 
during  a  part  if  not  all  of  these  periods. 

According  to  Hill,  vulcanism  existed  prior  to  later  Mesozoic  in 
Guatemala,  Oaxaca,  Jamaica,  and  the  Andes,  and  perhaps  in  Cuba 
and  Haiti,  as  well  as  in  the  Cordilleras  of  North  America.  Probably 
there  was  vulcanism  in  Porto  Rico,  the  Virgin  Islands,  St.  Croix,  St. 
Martin,  St.  Bartholomew,  and  Antigua.  In  the  two  last  mentioned 
islands  there  are  volcanic  rocks  older  than  Eocene  sediments. 

At  the  close  of  the  Cretaceous  there  was  general  emergence  of  the 
Coastal  Plain,  an  event  probably  due  to  diastrophism  and  a  resultant 
of  Laramide  mountain  making. 

EOCENE  AND  OLIGOCENE. 

The  West  Indian  islands,  because  no  old  Eocene  sediments  are 
known  in  any  of  them  except  Trinidad,  which  is  South  American  in 
its  relations,  are  supposed  to  have  stood  above  sea  level  at  that 
time.  In  Cuba  and  Jamaica  there  are  Upper  Cretaceous  and  late 
Eocene  sediments  without  the  intervention  of  early  Eocene  deposits. 

During  later  Eocene  (Ludian)  and  middle  and  upper  Oligocene 
(Rupelian  and  Aquitanian)  time  there  was  extensive  submergence 
in  the  West  Indies  and  interoceanic  connection  through  a  number 
of  straits  across  Central  America.  There  may  have  been  interocanic 
connection  during  lower  Oligocene  (Lattorfian)  time,  but  this  is  not 
established.  The  maximum  submergence  was  in  middle  Oligocene 
(Rupelian)  time.  Vulcanism  was  widespread  in  Central  America 
and  the  Antilles  during  Eocene  and  probably  also  during  earlier 
Oligocene  time.  The  line  of  the  great  Mexican  volcanoes  had  its 
inception  at  the  close  of  the  Cretaceous,  near  the  beginning  of  the 
Tertiary,  according  to  Felix  and  Lenk. 

In  Jamaica,  Cuba,  St.  Bartholomew,  and  Antigua  the  later  Eocene 
age  of  some  of  the  volcanic  rocks  is  established.  There  was  between 
the  upper  Eocene  and  the  middle  Oligocene  deposition  periods  great 
deformation  in  the  Antilles.  The  folding  in  the  principal  mountains 
of  Jamaica,  the  Sierra  Maestra  of  Cuba,  and  apparently  those  of 
Haiti,  Porto  Rico,  the  Virgin  Islands,  and  St.  Croix  appears  to  have 
taken  place  at  this  time.  Diastrophism  seems  also  to  have  been 
active  in  Chiapas,  Tabasco,  Peten,  Guatemala,  Nicaragua,  Costa 
Rica,  and  Panama. 

MIOCENE. 

During  older  Miocene  (Burdigalian)  time  apparently  there  was  in 
places  connection  between  the  Atlantic  and  Pacific  oceans,  as  is 
shown  by  deposits  of  this  age  containing  fossils  of  Atlantic  afhnities 
on  the  Pacific  coast  of  Costa  Rica  1  and  Nicaragua,  and  perhaps  at 

1  Romanes,  J.,  Geology  of  a  part  of  Costa  Rica,  Geol.  Soc.  London  Quart.  Journ.,  vol.  68,  pp.  124,  125, 
1912. 

37149— 19— Bull.  103  5 


608         BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


other  places,  but  such  connections  seemingly  were  restricted,  not  of 
wide  extent  as  in  upper  Eocene  and  Oligocene  time. 

As  no  upper  Miocene  has  yet  been  identified  in  the  West  Indies 
this  is  supposed  to  have  been  a  period  of  high  uplift  which  terminated 
the  connection  between  the  Atlantic  and  Pacific  oceans.  The  mid- 
dle and  upper  Oligocene  and  lower  Miocene  sediments  of  Mexico, 
Panama,  Cuba,  Haiti,  Jamaica,  Porto  Rico,  Anguilla,  and  Antigua, 
although  deformed  by  tilting  and  faulting  are  not  intensely  folded, 
as  are  the  older  sediments.  According  to  Hill,  "in  mid-Tertiary 
time  granitoid  intrusions  were  pushed  upward  into  the  sediments  of 
the  Great  Antilles,  the  Caribbean,  Costa  Rican,  and  Panamic  regions." 
The  information  I  obtained  in  Antigua  and  St.  Bartholomew  accords 
with  this  opinion. 

That  there  was  at  some  place  interoceanic  connection  subsequent 
to  lower  Miocene  (Burdigalian)  time  is  suggested,  if  not  actually 
proven,  by  the  presence  on  Carrizo  Creek,  Imperial  County,  California, 
of  a  coral  fauna  of  post-Miocene  Atlantic  affinities.1 

Roy  S.  Dickerson2  in  the  paper  cited  below  says  regarding  my 
conclusion  that  the  coral  fauna  of  Carrizo  Creek  is  of  probably  Pliocene 
age:  ''His  [Vaughan's]  conclusions  concerning  the  Pliocene  age  of 
these  beds  rests  upon  the  infirm  basis  of  comparison  with  a  Pliocene 
coral  fauna  of  Florida,"  and  "All  the  coral  genera  except  one  occur 
in  the  Bowden  or  associated  horizons."  The  last  statement  is  correct 
in  the  restricted  sense  in  which  I  use  Bowden  and  its  related  zones, 
and  the  first  is  correct  in  that  I  compared  the  fauna  from  Carrizo 
Creek  with  that  from  the  Pliocene  Caloosaha tehee  marl  of  Florida; 
but  Doctor  Dickerson  evidently  did  not  comprehend  the  entire  basis 
for  my  opinion.  The  following  eight  genera,  now  extinct  in  the 
Atlantic  Ocean  but  present  in  the  Pacific,  occur  in  the  Bowden  marl 
and  related  zones,  that  is  in  Miss  Maury's  Santo  Domingan  section 
and  the  La  Cruz  marl  of  Cuba,  but  are  not  known  from  Carrizo 
Creek  or  from  the  Caloosaha  tehee  marl: 

Placocyathus.  Antillia. 

Placotrochus .  Syzygophyllia. 

Stylophora.  Pavona.3 

Pocillopora.  Goniopora. 

Neither  the  coral  fauna  of  Carrizo  Creek  nor  that  of  the  Caloosa- 
hatchee  marl,  as  at  present  known,  contains  any  of  the  coral  genera 
distinctive  of  the  Bowden  and  related  zones.    These  distinctive 

»  Vaughan,  T.  W.,  The  reef-coral  fauna  of  Carrizo  Creek,  Imperial  County,  California,  etc.,  U.  S.  Geol. 
Survey  Prof.  Paper  98,  pp.  355-386,  pis.  92-102,  1917. 

*  Ancient  Panama  Canals,  California  Acad.  Sci.  Proc,  vol.  7,  pp.  197-205,  1917  (date  printed  with  title 
July  30,  1917,  received  by  me  on  Oct.  16,  1917). 

»  Added  from  Miss  Maury's  Santo  Domingan  collections. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE.  609 

genera  became  extinct  in  the  Atlantic  during  upper  Miocene  time, 
according  to  the  present  information,  but,  they  persist  in  the  Indo- 
Pacific  region.  It,  therefore,  seems  that  the  fauna  of  Carrizo  Creek 
migrated  to  the  head  of  the  Gulf  of  California  after  the  extinction 
of  these  forms. 

FLIOCENE  AND  LATER. 

Subsequent  to  the  Miocene  there  have  been  many  oscillations 
of  the  West  Indian  area,  and  during  perhaps  Pliocene  time  there 
was  profound  deformation.  Zeogeographic  data  in  the  opinion  of 
several  investigators  seem  to  demand  former  connection,  prob- 
ably during  late  Miocene  or  Pliocene  time  from  Yucatan  across 
Cuba  to  Haiti,  Porto  Rico,  and  the  Virgin  Islands;  from  Honduras 
to  Jamaica;  and  from  Anguilla  to  South  America.  It  also 
appears  that  St.  Croix  was  once  joined  to  Anguilla  and  to  the 
eastern  end  of  the  Virgin  Islands.  There  are  certain  geologically 
late  fault-lines  which  perhaps  date  from  this  time  and  the 
severance  of  the  old  ridges  into  the  islands  we  now  know  may  be 
largely  due  to  movement  along  them.  One  of  these  fault  lines  forms 
the  northern  boundary  of  the  Bartlett  Deep,  and  passes  between 
the  east  end  of  Cuba  and  the  west  end  of  Haiti.  Another  tectonic 
line  which  forms  the  south  side  of  the  Bartlett  Deep  seems  to  con- 
verge toward  the  former  in  the  Windward  Passage.  A  down- thrown 
block  between  these  lines  has  separated  Cuba  and  Haiti  and  pro- 
duced the  Bartlett  Deep.  Probably  there  was  also  faulting  or 
flexing  between  Cayman  Ridge  and  the  southern  shore  of  Cuba,  west 
of  Manzanillo  Bay,  while  either  faulting  of  flexing  may  have  sep- 
arated Cuba  and  Yucatan.  There  is  evidence  of  a  downthrown 
fault  block  between  St.  Thomas  and  St.  Croix,  the  two  sides  converg- 
ing toward  Anegada  Passage.  This  will  account  for  the  deep  of  over 
2,400  fathoms  north  of  St.  Croix,  and  the  severance  of  St.  Croix 
and  the  St.  Martin  Plateau  group  of  islands  from  the  Virgin  group. 

There  are  three  kinds  of  evidence  that  bears  on  the  age  of  this 
faulting,  namely:  (1)  In  eastern  Cuba,  as  the  Miocene  La  Cruz 
marl  is  abruptly  cut  off  at  the  shore  line  in  the  vicinity  of  the  Morro 
at  the  mouth  of  Santiago  Harbor,  the  faulting  must  be  subsequent 
to  old  or  middle  Miocene;  (2)  as  the  sea  along  the  fault  shores  has 
been  able  since  the  faulting  to  cut  only  narrow  benches  into  the  fault 
planes  on  the  up-thrown  side,  the  faultplanes  are  physiographically 
young;  (3)  the  biologic  evidence,  in  the  opinion  of  most  of  those 
who  have  recently  considered  it,  demands  land  connection  in  late 
Tertiary  time  between  Cuba,  Santo  Domingo,  Porto  Rico,  and  thence 


610   .      BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


to  South  America.    Miller  has  recently  published  an  important  paper 
on  this  subject,1  and  states:  11  With  the  characters  of  so  many  [eight] 
genera  known  it  becomes  possible  to  gain  some  idea  of  the  Antillean 
hystricine  fauna.2    The  most  noticeable  feature  of  these  genera 
considered  as  a  group  is  their  similarity  to  the  Santa  Cruzian  and 
Entrerian  rodents  which  Ameghino  and  Scott  have  described  and! 
figured.    In  no  instance  has  the  same  genus  been  found  in  both  \ 
the  West  Indies  and  Argentina  or  Patagonia;   but  the  Antillean  j 
rodents  thus  far  discovered  never  show  such  peculiarities  that  their  1 
remains  would  appear  out  of  place  among  those  of  their  extinct 
southern  relatives,  while  as  a  whole  they  would  at  once  be  recognized 
as  foreign  to  the  present  South  American  fauna." 

On  the  following  page  of  the  same  paper  he  says:  "So  far  as  can 
be  judged  from  eight  very  distinct  genera  the  Antillean  hystricine 
rodents  do  not  present  the  characters  that  would  be  expected  in 
animals  derived  from  South  America  during  any  period  geologically 
recent.  Neither  have  they  the  appearance  of  an  assemblage  brought 
together  at  different  times  by  migration  or  chance  introduction. 
On  the  contrary  they  suggest  direct  descent  from  such  a  part  of  the 
general  South  American  fauna,  probably  not  less  ancient  than  that 
of  the  Miocene,  as  might  have  been  isolated  by  a  splitting  off  of  the 
archipelago  from  the  mainland.  Of  later  influence  from  the  conti- 
nent there  is  no  trace." 

The  mammals  furnish  more  evidence  of  this  kind  than  I  am  pre- 
senting  here,  and  Barbour  and  Stejneger,  from  their  study  of  rep- 
tiles, have  reached  the  same  conclusions.  These  conclusions  accord 
with  the  tectonic  history  of  the  region,  namely,  that  in  late  Tertiary, 
probably  Pliocene  time,  the  West  Indian  Islands  as  we  know  them 
were  produced  by  block-faulting  which  broke  into  pieces  a  far  more 
extensive  land  area.  Although  I  greatly  respect  the  scholarship  and 
appreciate  the  valuable  researches  of  Dr.  W.  D.  Matthew,  I  am  unable 
to  agree  with  his  opinions  as  to  the  means  of  distribution  of  West 
Indian  mammals  and  some  of  the  other  land  vertebrates. 

According  to  Hill,  the  volcanoes  of  the  Windward  Islands  date 
back  at  least  to  the  Eocene.  He  says:  "After  the  Miocene,  vul- 
canism  became  quiescent  in  the  Great  Antilles  and  the  Coastal  Plain 
of  Texas,  but  has  continued  to  the  present  in  the  four  great  foci  of 
present  activity — southern  Mexico,  the  northern  Andes,  Central 
America,  and  the  Windward  Islands.  In  the  last  two  regions  men- 
tioned, the  greater  masses  of  the  present  volcanic  heights  were  piled 

1  Miller,  Gerrit  S.,  Jr.,  Bones  of  mammals  Irom  Indian  sites  in  Cuba  and  Santo  Domingo,  Smithsonian 
Misc.  Coll.,  vol.  66,  No.  12,  10  pp.,  1  pi.,  1CI3. 

2  Idem.,  p.  3. 


GEOLOGY  AND  PALEONTOLOGY  OF  THE  CANAL  ZONE. 


611 


up  before  the  Pliocene,  and  the  present  craters  are  merely  secondary 
and  expiring  phenomena." 

The  last  important  shift  in  position  of  strand  line  along  the  At- 
lantic coast  of  the  United  States  and  around  the  shore  of  the  Gulf 
of  Mexico  and  the  Caribbean  Sea  has  been  by  submergence  of  land 
areas,  but  subsequent  to  this  there  has  been  local  emergence,  often 
accompanied  by  minor  tilting  or  warping. 

Except  vulcanism,  the  following  table  presents  a  succinct  summary 
of  the  major  events  considered  in  the  foregoing  remarks.  It  is  the 
primary  intention  of  the  present  paper  to  characterize  biologically 
and  to  correlate  the  marine  formations  of  the  Canal  Zone  and  the 
geologically  related  areas  in  Central  America  and  the  West  Indies, 
and  to  lay  particular  stress  upon  the  successive  periods  of  emergence 
and  submergence  of  the  land  and  the  crustal  deformation,  folding 
and  faulting,  concomitant  with  changes  of  that  kind.  Comparison 
of  the  table  opposite  page  594,  showing  the  correlation  of  the  Tertiary 
formations  of  Panama,  with  the  following  tabular  summary,  will 
reveal  that  the  story  told  by  the  two  tables  is  essentially  identical, 
the  erosion  intervals  and  the  marine  formations  in  the  correlation 
table  representing  respectively  the  periods  of  emergence  and  the 
periods  of  submergence  in  the  tabular  summary. 

TABULAR  SUMMARY  OF  SOME  OP  THE  IMPORTANT  EVENTS  IN  THE  GEOLOGIC  HISTORY 
OP  THE  WEST  INDIES  AND  CENTRAL  AMERICA. 


Time  subdivisions. 

Events. 

Submergence  of  land  areas  probably  resulting  from  deglaciation,  except  local 
differential  crustal  movements  in  places  producing  uplift. 

Pleistocene  

Emergence  of  large  areas,  probably  due  to  withdrawal  of  water  to  form  the 
continental  ice  sheets;  also  oscillation  of  land  areas  by  differential  crustal 
movement. 

Pliocene  

Local  moderate  submergence,  period  of  cataclysmic  faulting  breaking  up  a 
large  land  area  and  forming  the  Antilles  nearly  as  they  are  at  present.  Proba- 
bly a  narrow  inieroeeanic  connection  that  admitted  an  Atlantic  fauna  into 
the  present  site  of  the  Gulf  of  California. 

[upper  

Miocene..-! 

middle  and 
[  lower  

[Extensive  emergence  of  the  land  joining  North  and  South  America  through 
Central  America;  Greater  Antilles  joined  to  each  other,  and  possibly  to  Cen- 

<  tral  America  by  bridges  from  Jamaica  to  Honduras  and  from  western  Cuba 
to  Yucatan,  and  to  South  America  along  the  Caribbean  arc.  All  these  sup- 

l   posed  connections  not  necessarily  contemporaneous. 

(Extensive  submergence  in  the  West  Indies  and  around  the  continental  mar- 
|   gins;  narrow,  areally  limited  interoceanic  connections  in  lower  Miocene 
I  time,  none  known  in  upper  Miocene  time;  land  emerging  in  Central  America. 

(upper  

Dligocene.  A  middle  

Extensive  submergence  with  interoceanic  connections. 
Maximum  areal  submergence  with  extensive  interoceanic  connections. 
Extensive  submergence  in  Central  America  and  southeastern  United  States; 
local  emergence  in  the  West  Indies. 

Extensive  diastrophism  and  mountain  making  by  folding. 

(upper  

iocene.  .<  middle  

Ilower  

Extensive  submergence  with  interoceanic  connections. 
Apparently  interoceanic  connection  across  Central  America. 
Emergence  of  the  Greater  Antilles  and  Central  America,  no  known  interoceanic 
connection. 

612 


BULLETIN  103,  UNITED  STATES  NATIONAL  MUSEUM. 


TABULAR  SUMMARY  OP  SOME  OF  THE  IMPORTANT  EVENTS  IN  THE  GEOLOGIC  HISTORY 
OF  THE  WEST  INDIES  AND  CENTRAL  AMERICA — Continued. 


Time  subdivisions. 

Events. 

Upper 

Cretaceous**  1  Lower 

Extensive  submergence:  but  without  interoceanic  connection. 

Submergence  in  Mexico  and  Central  America,  especially  in  late  Comanche 
time.  Probable  emergence  in  the  Greater  Antilles;  no  iuteroceanic  connec- 
tion. 

Jurassic 

Upper 
Middle 
Lower 

Submergence  in  western  Cuba,  eastern  Mexico,  and  west  Texas  without  inter- 
oceanic  connection,  except  possibly  in  late  Upper  Jurassic  time. 

Submergence  in  southern  Mexico  (Oaxaca  and  Guerrero)  with  possible  inter- 
oceanic  connection. 

Submergence  in  southeastern  Mexico  (Puebla,  Vera  Cruz,  and  Hidalgo,  pos- 
sibly also  in  Guerrero)  with  prtssibie  interoceanic  connection.  Nonmarine 
plant-bearing  beds  in  same  region  and  also  in  Oaxaca.   Possibly  the  latter 
may  be  of  same  age  as  the  supposed  Rhaetic  plant-bearing  beds  of  Honduras 
and  Nicaragua. 

Triassic 

Upper 

(Rhaetic) 
Upper 

(Karnic) 
Middle 
Lower 

Plant-bearing  beds  in  Honduras  and  Nicaragua,  above  mentioned,  bespeak 
land  conditions  in  latest  Triassic  or  earliest  Jurassic. 

Submergence  in  central  Mexico  (Zacatecas)  with  probable  interoceanic  con- 
nection. 

Probable  land  conditions  throughout  Mexico  and  Central  America. 
Probable  land  conditions  throughout  Mexico  and  Central  America. 

Formation  of  the  major  tectonic  axes  of  Central  America  and  the  initial  east  and 
west  axes  of  the  Greater  Antilles. 

a  Mesozoic  history  of  Central  America,  Mexico,  and  the  West  Indies,  by  T.  W.  Stanton. 


o 


iO 


1 


UNIVERSITY  OF  FLORIDA 


1262   04803  4754 


STORAGE 


